Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
     
þ   Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009,
or
     
o   Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission File Number
000-53354
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  26-0241222
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
200 East Basse Road    
San Antonio, Texas   78209
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
(210) 822-2828
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
n/a   n/a
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of class
Class A common stock, $.001 par value
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES o    NO þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES o    NO þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES þ    NO o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES o    NO o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer þ   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES o NO þ
As of June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the common stock beneficially held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $3.9 million based on the closing sales price of the Class A Common Stock as reported on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.
On March 10, 2010, there were 23,424,102 outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, excluding 147,783 shares held in treasury, 555,556 outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and 58,967,502 outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 

 


 

CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
INDEX TO FORM 10-K
             
        Page
        Number
           
 
           
  Business     1  
 
           
  Risk Factors     17  
 
           
  Unresolved Staff Comments     25  
 
           
  Properties     25  
 
           
  Legal Proceedings     26  
 
           
           
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     28  
 
           
  Selected Financial Data     29  
 
           
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     31  
 
           
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     73  
 
           
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     74  
 
           
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     138  
 
           
  Controls and Procedures     139  
 
           
  Other Information     141  
 
           
           
 
           
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     142  
 
           
  Executive Compensation     142  
 
           
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     142  
 
           
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     142  
 
           
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     142  
 
           
           
 
           
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     143  
  EX-4.17
  EX-4.18
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.18
  EX-10.21
  EX-10.22
  EX-10.24
  EX-10.25
  EX-10.26
  EX-10.32
  EX-10.36
  EX-10.37
  EX-10.38
  EX-10.39
  EX-10.40
  EX-10.41
  EX-10.42
  EX-10.43
  EX-10.44
  EX-11
  EX-21
  EX-23
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2

 


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. Business
The Company
     We were incorporated in May 2007 by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of acquiring the business of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Clear Channel”). The acquisition was completed on July 30, 2008 pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 16, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and May 13, 2008 (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the merger, each issued and outstanding share of Clear Channel, other than shares held by certain of our principals that were rolled over and exchanged for our Class A common stock, was either exchanged for (i) $36.00 in cash consideration or (ii) one share of our Class A common stock. Prior to the consummation of our acquisition of Clear Channel, we had not conducted any activities, other than activities incident to our formation and in connection with the acquisition, and did not have any assets or liabilities, other than those related to the acquisition.
     Subsequent to the consummation of our acquisition of Clear Channel, we became a diversified media company with three reportable business segments: Radio Broadcasting, Americas Outdoor Advertising (consisting primarily of operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America) and International Outdoor Advertising.
     In 2008 and continuing into 2009, the global economic downturn adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated an ongoing, company-wide strategic review of our costs and organizational structure to identify opportunities to maximize efficiency and realign expenses with our current and long-term business outlook (the “restructuring program”). As of December 31, 2009, we had incurred a total of $260.3 million of costs in conjunction with this restructuring program. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $441.3 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating and corporate expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.
     No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.
     Also, as a result of the economic downturn and the corresponding reduction in our revenues, we recorded non-cash impairment charges primarily related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 of $5.3 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively.
     During 2007 and 2008, Clear Channel sold 262 of its radio stations, which it had designated as non-core stations and announced were for sale in late 2006.
     On November 11, 2005, Clear Channel completed the initial public offering, or IPO, of approximately 10% of the common stock of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCO”), comprised of the Americas and International outdoor segments. On December 21, 2005, Clear Channel completed the spin-off of its former live entertainment segment, which now operates under the name Live Nation Entertainment.
     You can find more information about us at our Internet website located at www.ccmediaholdings.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission ( “SEC”). The contents of our website are not deemed to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any of our other filings with the SEC.
     Our principal executive offices are located at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209 (telephone: 210-822-2828).

1


Table of Contents

Our Business Segments
     We have three reportable business segments: Radio Broadcasting, or Radio; Americas Outdoor Advertising, or Americas outdoor; and International Outdoor Advertising, or International outdoor. Approximately half of our revenue is generated from our Radio Broadcasting segment. The remaining half is comprised of our Americas Outdoor Advertising business segment, our International Outdoor Advertising business segment, Katz Media, a full-service media representation firm, and other support services and initiatives. In addition to the information provided below, you can find more information about our segments in our consolidated financial statements located in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     We believe we offer advertisers a diverse platform of media assets across geographies, radio programming formats and outdoor products. We intend to continue to execute upon our long-standing radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising strategies, while closely managing expenses and focusing on achieving operating efficiencies throughout our businesses. Within each of our operating segments, we share best practices across our markets in an attempt to replicate our successes throughout the markets in which we operate.
Radio Broadcasting
     As of December 31, 2009, we owned 894 domestic radio stations, with 149 stations operating in the 25 largest markets. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Radio Broadcasting represented 49% of our consolidated net revenue. Our portfolio of stations offers a broad assortment of programming formats, including adult contemporary, country, contemporary hit radio, rock, urban and oldies, among others, to a total weekly listening base of more than 113 million individuals based on Arbitron National Regional Database figures for the Spring 2009 ratings period. Our radio broadcasting business includes radio stations for which we are the licensee and for which we program and/or sell air time under local marketing agreements (“LMAs”) or joint sales agreements (“JSAs”).
     In addition to our radio broadcasting business, we operate Premiere Radio Networks, a national radio network that produces, distributes or represents approximately 90 syndicated radio programs and services for approximately 5,000 radio station affiliates. We also own various sports, news and agriculture networks.
Strategy
     Our radio broadcasting strategy centers on providing programming and services to the local communities in which we operate and being a contributing member of those communities. We believe that by serving the needs of local communities, we will be able to grow listenership and deliver target audiences to advertisers.
     Our radio broadcasting strategy also focuses on driving revenue growth in our stations through effective programming, promotion, and marketing and sales. We seek to maximize revenue by closely managing on-air inventory of advertising time and adjusting prices to local market conditions. We operate price and yield optimization systems and information systems, which provide detailed inventory information. These systems enable our station managers and sales directors to adjust commercial inventory and pricing based on local market demand, as well as to manage and monitor different commercial durations (60 second, 30 second, 15 second and five second) in order to provide more effective advertising for our customers at what we believe are optimal prices given market conditions.
     We focus on enhancing the radio listener experience by offering a wide variety of compelling content. We believe our investments in radio programming over time have created a collection of leading on-air talent. The distribution platform provided by Premiere Radio Networks allows us to attract talent and more effectively utilize quality content across many stations.
     Our strategy also entails improving the ongoing operations of our stations through careful management of costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through workforce reductions, the elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $121.5 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $267.3 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating expenses in 2009 and that the additional benefits of these initiatives will be realized in 2010.
     No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

2


Table of Contents

     We are also continually expanding content choices for our listeners, including utilization of HD radio, Internet and other distribution channels with complementary formats. HD radio enables crystal clear reception, interactive features, data services and new applications. Further, HD radio allows for many more stations, providing greater variety of content which may enable advertisers to target consumers more effectively. The interactive capabilities of HD radio will potentially permit us to participate in commercial download services. In addition, we provide streaming audio via the Internet, mobile and other digital platforms and, accordingly, have increased listener reach and developed new listener applications as well as new advertising capabilities. As a result, we rank among the top streaming networks in the US with regards to Average Active Sessions (“AAS”), Session Starts (“SS”) and Average Time Spent Listening (“ATSL”) according to Ando Media. AAS and SS measure the level of activity while ATSL measures the ability of our programming to keep an audience engaged. Finally, we have pioneered mobile applications such as the iheartradio smart phone application, which allows listeners to use their smart phones to interact directly with stations, talent, including finding titles/artists, requesting songs and downloading station wallpapers.
Sources of Revenue
     Our Radio Broadcasting segment generated 49%, 49% and 50% of our revenue in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The primary source of revenue in our Radio Broadcasting segment is the sale of commercial spots on our radio stations for local, regional and national advertising. Our local advertisers cover a wide range of categories, including consumer services, retailers, entertainment, health and beauty products, telecommunications, automotive and media. Our contracts with our advertisers generally provide for a term which extends for less than a one year period. We also generate additional revenues from network compensation, the Internet, air traffic, events, barter and other miscellaneous transactions. These other sources of revenue supplement our traditional advertising revenue without increasing on-air-commercial time.
     Each radio station’s local sales staff solicits advertising directly from local advertisers or indirectly through advertising agencies. Our ability to produce commercials that respond to the specific needs of our advertisers helps to build local direct advertising relationships. Regional advertising sales are also generally realized by our local sales staff. To generate national advertising sales, we engage one of our units, Katz Media Group, which specializes in soliciting radio advertising sales on a national level for Clear Channel Radio and other radio companies. National sales representatives such as Katz obtain advertising principally from advertising agencies located outside the station’s market and receive commissions based on advertising sold (see “Media Representation”).
     Advertising rates are principally based on the length of the spot and how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by independent ratings services. A station’s format can be important in determining the size and characteristics of its listening audience, and advertising rates are influenced by the station’s ability to attract and target audiences that advertisers aim to reach. The size of the market influences rates as well, with larger markets typically receiving higher rates than smaller markets. Rates are generally highest during morning and evening commuting periods.
Competition
     Our stations compete for listeners and advertising revenues directly with other radio stations within their respective markets, as well as with other advertising media, including satellite radio, broadcast and cable television, print media, outdoor advertising, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement. In addition, the radio broadcasting industry is subject to competition from services that use new media technologies that are being developed or have already been introduced, such as the Internet and satellite-based digital radio services. Such services reach national and regional audiences with multi-channel, multi-format, digital radio services.
     Radio stations compete for listeners primarily on the basis of program content that appeals to a particular demographic group. By building a strong brand identity with a targeted listener base consisting of specific demographic groups in each of our markets, we are able to attract advertisers seeking to reach those listeners.
Radio Stations
     As of December 31, 2009, we owned 260 AM and 634 FM domestic radio stations, of which 149 stations were in the 25 largest U.S. markets. Radio broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The FCC grants us licenses in order to operate our radio stations.

3


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our radio broadcasting stations:
         
        Number
    Market   of
Market   Rank*   Stations
New York, NY
  1   5
Los Angeles, CA
  2   8
Chicago, IL
  3   7
San Francisco, CA
  4   7
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX
  5   6
Houston-Galveston, TX
  6   6
Atlanta, GA
  7   6
Philadelphia, PA
  8   6
Washington, DC
  9   5
Boston, MA
  10   4
Detroit, MI
  11   7
Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL
  12   7
Seattle-Tacoma, WA
  13   7
Phoenix, AZ
  15   8
Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN
  16   7
San Diego, CA
  17   7
Nassau-Suffolk (Long Island), NY
  18   2
Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL
  19   8
Denver-Boulder, CO
  20   8
St. Louis, MO
  21   6
Baltimore, MD
  22   4
Portland, OR
  23   7
Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC
  24   5
Pittsburgh, PA
  25   6
Riverside-San Bernardino, CA
  26   6
Sacramento, CA
  27   6
Cincinnati, OH
  28   6
Cleveland, OH
  29   6
Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT
  30   6
San Antonio, TX
  31   7
Las Vegas, NV
  33   3
Orlando, FL
  34   7
San Jose, CA
  35   3
Columbus, OH
  36   7
Milwaukee-Racine, WI
  37   6
Austin, TX
  38   6
Indianapolis, IN
  39   3
Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI
  41   4
Raleigh-Durham, NC
  42   4
Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA
  43   4
Nashville, TN
  44   5
Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC
  45   5
Jacksonville, FL
  46   6
West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL
  47   6
Oklahoma City, OK
  48   6
Memphis, TN
  49   6
Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT
  50   4
New Orleans, LA
  52   7
Louisville, KY
  54   8
Richmond, VA
  55   6
Rochester, NY
  56   7
Birmingham, AL
  57   5
Greenville-Spartanburg, SC
  58   6
McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX
  59   5
Tucson, AZ
  60   7
Dayton, OH
  61   8
Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL
  62   4
Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY
  63   7
Honolulu, HI
  64   7
Tulsa, OK
  65   6
Fresno, CA
  66   8
Grand Rapids, MI
  67   7
Albuquerque, NM
  68   7
Allentown-Bethlehem, PA
  69   4
Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA
  72   5
Sarasota-Bradenton, FL
  73   6
El Paso, TX
  74   5
Bakersfield, CA
  75   5
Akron, OH
  76   4
Wilmington, DE
  77   5
Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA
  78   5
Baton Rouge, LA
  79   5
Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA
  80   5
Stockton, CA
  82   6
Charleston, SC
  83   4
Syracuse, NY
  84   6
Little Rock, AR
  85   5
Springfield, MA
  88   5
Columbia, SC
  89   6
Des Moines, IA
  90   5
Spokane, WA
  91   6
Toledo, OH
  92   5
Colorado Springs, CO
  93   3
Mobile, AL
  95   4
Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL
  96   6
Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL
  97   4
Wichita, KS
  98   4
Madison, WI
  99   6
Various U.S. Cities
  100-150   99
Various U.S. Cities
  151-200   98
Various U.S. Cities
  201-250   53
Various U.S. Cities
  251+   66
Various U.S. Cities
  unranked   78
 
     
Total (1) (2)
      894
 
     

4


Table of Contents

 
*   Per Arbitron Rankings as of October 2009.
 
(1)   Excluded from the 894 radio stations owned by us is one radio station programmed pursuant to a local marketing agreement (FCC license not owned by us). Also excluded are radio stations in Australia and New Zealand. We own a 50% equity interest in the Australian Radio Network which has radio broadcasting operations in both of these markets.
 
(2)   Included in the total are stations that were placed in a trust in order to bring the merger into compliance with the FCC’s media ownership rules. We have divested certain stations in the past and will continue to divest these stations as required.
Radio Networks
     In addition to radio stations, our Radio Broadcasting segment includes Premiere Radio Networks, a national radio network that produces, distributes or represents more than 90 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio station affiliates. Our broad distribution platform enables us to attract and retain top programming talent. Some of our more popular radio personalities include Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, Steve Harvey, Ryan Seacrest and Glenn Beck. We believe recruiting and retaining top talent is an important component of the success of our radio networks.
     We also own various sports, news and agriculture networks serving Alabama, California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Kentucky, Missouri, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Virginia.
International Radio Investments
     We own a 50% equity interest in the Australian Radio Network, which has broadcasting operations on Australia and New Zealand and which we account for under the equity method of accounting. We owned an equity interest in Grupo ACIR Comunicaciones (“Grupo ACIR”), the owner of radio stations in Mexico, which we sold in 2009.
Americas Outdoor Advertising
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment includes our operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 91% of our 2009 revenue in this segment derived from the United States. We own or operate approximately 195,000 displays in our Americas segment and have operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Americas Outdoor Advertising represented 22% of our consolidated net revenue.
     Our outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our outdoor advertising business is focused on urban markets with dense populations.
Strategy
     We believe outdoor advertising has attractive industry fundamentals, including a broad audience reach and a highly cost effective media for advertisers as measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media. Our Americas strategy focuses on our competitive strengths to position the Company through the following strategies:
      Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending. Outdoor advertising represented 3% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2008. Our strategy is to drive growth in outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending and leverage such growth with our national scale and local reach. We are focusing on developing and implementing better and improved outdoor audience delivery measurement systems to provide advertisers with tools to determine how effectively their message is reaching the desired audience. As a result of the implementation of strategies above, we believe advertisers will shift their budgets towards the outdoor advertising medium.
      Significant Cost Reductions and Capital Discipline. To address the softness in advertising demand resulting from the global economic downturn, we have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $17.4 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $50.5 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized in 2010.

5


Table of Contents

     No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.
     We plan to continue controlling costs to achieve operating efficiencies, sharing best practices across our markets and focusing our capital expenditures on opportunities that we expect to yield higher returns, leveraging our flexibility to make capital outlays based on the environment.
      Continue to Deploy Digital Billboards. Digital outdoor advertising provides significant advantages over traditional outdoor media. Our electronic displays may be linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change advertising copy on a large number of displays. The ability to change copy by time-of-day and quickly change messaging based on advertisers’ needs creates additional flexibility for our customers. The advantages of digital allow us to penetrate new accounts and categories of advertisers as well as serve a broader set of needs for existing advertisers. We expect this to continue as we increase our quantity of digital inventory. We have deployed a total of approximately 457 digital displays in 33 markets as of December 31, 2009, of which approximately 292 are in the top 20 U.S. markets.
Sources of Revenue
     Americas Outdoor Advertising generated 22%, 21% and 21% of our revenue in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Americas Outdoor Advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The margins on our billboard contracts tend to be higher than those on contracts for other displays, due to their greater size, impact and location along major roadways that are highly trafficked. Billboards comprise approximately two-thirds of our display revenues. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each category for our Americas Outdoor Advertising inventory:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
Billboards
                       
Bulletins (1)
    52 %     51 %     52 %
Posters
    14 %     15 %     16 %
Street furniture displays
    5 %     5 %     4 %
Transit displays
    17 %     17 %     16 %
Other displays (2)
    12 %     12 %     12 %
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                 
 
(1)   Includes digital displays.
 
(2)   Includes spectaculars, mall displays and wallscapes.
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment generates revenues from local, regional and national sales. Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered, expressed as a percentage of a market population, of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time. For all of our billboards in the United States, we use independent, third-party auditing companies to verify the number of impressions delivered by a display. “Reach” is the percent of a target audience exposed to an advertising message at least once during a specified period of time, typically during a period of four weeks. “Frequency” is the average number of exposures an individual has to an advertising message during a specified period of time. Out-of-home frequency is typically measured over a four-week period.
     While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. In addition, we have long-standing relationships with a diversified group of advertising brands and agencies that allow us to diversify client accounts and establish continuing revenue streams.

6


Table of Contents

Billboards
     Our billboard inventory primarily includes bulletins and posters.
Bulletins. Bulletins vary in size, with the most common size being 14 feet high by 48 feet wide. Almost all of the advertising copy displayed on bulletins is computer printed on vinyl and transported to the bulletin where it is secured to the display surface. Because of their greater size and impact, we typically receive our highest rates for bulletins. Bulletins generally are located along major expressways, primary commuting routes and main intersections that are highly visible and heavily trafficked. Our clients may contract for individual bulletins or a network of bulletins, meaning the clients’ advertisements are rotated among bulletins to increase the reach of the campaign. Our client contracts for bulletins generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.
Posters. Posters are available in two sizes, 30-sheet and 8-sheet displays. The 30-sheet posters are approximately 11 feet high by 23 feet wide, and the 8-sheet posters are approximately 5 feet high by 11 feet wide. Advertising copy for 30-sheet posters is digitally printed on a single piece of polyethylene material that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Advertising copy for 8-sheet posters is printed using silk screen, lithographic or digital process to transfer the designs onto paper that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Posters generally are located in commercial areas on primary and secondary routes near point-of-purchase locations, facilitating advertising campaigns with greater demographic targeting than those displayed on bulletins. Our poster rates typically are less than our bulletin rates, and our client contracts for posters generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year. Premiere displays, which consist of premiere panels and squares, are innovative hybrids between bulletins and posters that we developed to provide our clients with an alternative for their targeted marketing campaigns. The premiere displays utilize one or more poster panels, but with vinyl advertising stretched over the panels similar to bulletins. Our intent is to combine the creative impact of bulletins with the additional reach and frequency of posters.
Street Furniture Displays
     Our street furniture displays, marketed under our global Adshel TM brand, are advertising surfaces on bus shelters, information kiosks, public toilets, freestanding units and other public structures, and are primarily located in major metropolitan cities and along major commuting routes. Generally, we own the street furniture structures and are responsible for their construction and maintenance. Contracts for the right to place our street furniture displays in the public domain and sell advertising space on them are awarded by municipal and transit authorities in competitive bidding processes governed by local law. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years. As compensation for the right to sell advertising space on our street furniture structures, we pay the municipality or transit authority a fee or revenue share that is either a fixed amount or a percentage of the revenue derived from the street furniture displays. Typically, these revenue sharing arrangements include payments by us of minimum guaranteed amounts. Client contracts for street furniture displays typically have terms ranging from four weeks to one year, and, are typically for network packages.
Transit Displays
     Our transit displays are advertising surfaces on various types of vehicles or within transit systems, including on the interior and exterior sides of buses, trains, trams, and within the common areas of rail stations and airports. Similar to street furniture, contracts for the right to place our displays on such vehicles or within such transit systems and to sell advertising space on them generally are awarded by public transit authorities in competitive bidding processes or are negotiated with private transit operators. These contracts typically have terms of up to five years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.
Other Inventory
     The balance of our display inventory consists of spectaculars, wallscapes and mall displays. Spectaculars are customized display structures that often incorporate video, multidimensional lettering and figures, mechanical devices and moving parts and other embellishments to create special effects. The majority of our spectaculars are located in Times Square in New York City, Dundas Square in Toronto, Fashion Show in Las Vegas, Miracle Mile in Las Vegas, Westgate City Center in Glendale, Arizona, the Boardwalk in Atlantic City and across from the Target Center in Minneapolis. Client contracts for spectaculars typically have terms of one year or longer. A wallscape is a display that drapes over or is suspended from the sides of buildings or other structures. Generally, wallscapes are located in high-profile areas where other types of outdoor advertising displays are limited or unavailable. Clients typically contract for

7


Table of Contents

individual wallscapes for extended terms. We also own displays located within the common areas of malls on which our clients run advertising campaigns for periods ranging from four weeks to one year.
Competition
     The outdoor advertising industry in the Americas is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and Lamar Advertising Company, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement.
     Outdoor companies compete primarily based on ability to reach consumers, which is driven by location of the display.
Advertising Inventory and Markets
     As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 195,000 displays in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment. Our displays are located on owned land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. The majority of the advertising structures on which our displays are mounted require permits. Our permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are typically transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically specify the location which allows us the right to operate an advertising structure at the specified location.
     The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our Americas outdoor advertising inventory, with our markets listed in order of their designated market area (“DMA ® ”) region ranking (DMA ® is a registered trademark of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.):
                                 
DMA ®       Billboards   Street            
Region               Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays (1)   Displays (2)   Displays
 
  United States                            
1
  New York, NY               2,636  
2
  Los Angeles, CA               10,361  
3
  Chicago, IL               11,264  
4
  Philadelphia, PA               5,251  
5
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX               15,414  
6
  San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA               9,331  
7
  Boston, MA (Manchester, NH)               2,762  
8
  Atlanta, GA                 2,354  
9
  Washington, DC (Hagerstown, MD)               2,907  
10
  Houston, TX                 3,104  
11
  Detroit, MI                     318  
12
  Phoenix, AZ                 9,566  
13
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA                 13,057  
14
  Tampa-St. Petersburg (Sarasota), FL               2,273  
15
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN                 1,899  
16
  Denver, CO                     1,001  
17
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale, FL               5,267  
18
  Cleveland-Akron (Canton), OH                 3,479  
19
  Orlando-Daytona Beach-Melbourne, FL                 3,798  
20
  Sacramento-Stockton-Modesto, CA               2,623  
21
  St. Louis, MO                     297  
22
  Portland, OR                   1,191  
23
  Pittsburgh, PA                     94  

8


Table of Contents

                                 
DMA ®       Billboards   Street            
Region               Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays (1)   Displays (2)   Displays
24
  Charlotte, NC                       12  
25
  Indianapolis, IN                 3,193  
26
  Raleigh-Durham (Fayetteville), NC                     1,803  
27
  Baltimore, MD               1,910  
28
  San Diego, CA                 765  
29
  Nashville, TN                   756  
30
  Hartford-New Haven, CT                     656  
31
  Salt Lake City, UT                     66  
32
  Kansas City, KS/MO                       1,173  
33
  Cincinnati, OH                     12  
34
  Columbus, OH                 1,635  
35
  Milwaukee, WI               6,473  
36
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC-
Asheville, NC-Anderson, SC
                  91  
37
  San Antonio, TX               7,227  
38
  West Palm Beach-Ft. Pierce, FL                   1,465  
39
  Harrisburg-Lancaster-Lebanon-York,
PA
                    174  
41
  Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle
Creek, MI
                    312  
42
  Las Vegas, NV                 1,121  
43
  Norfolk-Portsmouth-Newport News, VA                 390  
44
  Albuquerque-Santa Fe, NM                   1,298  
45
  Oklahoma City, OK                       3  
46
  Greensboro-High Point-Winston
Salem, NC
                      1,047  
47
  Jacksonville, FL                 978  
48
  Austin, TX                 46  
49
  Louisville, KY                     159  
50
  Memphis, TN               1,747  
51-100
  Various U.S. Cities                 15,349  
101-150
  Various U.S. Cities               4,119  
151+
  Various U.S. Cities                 2,224  
 
  Non-U.S. Markets                            
n/a
  Australia                       1,466  
n/a
  Brazil                   7,199  
n/a
  Canada                   4,706  
n/a
  Chile                     1,085  
n/a
  Mexico                     4,998  
n/a
  New Zealand                       1,695  
n/a
  Peru               2,659  
n/a
  Other (3)                       4,316  
 
                               
 
              Total Americas Displays     194,575  
 
                               
 
(1)   Included in transit displays is our airport advertising business which offers products such as traditional static wall displays, visitor information centers, and other digital products including LCD screens and touch screen kiosks. Our digital products provide multiple display opportunities unlike our traditional static wall displays. Each of the digital display opportunities is counted as a unique display in the table.
 
(2)   Includes wallscapes, spectaculars, mall and digital displays. Our inventory includes other small displays not in the table since their contribution to our revenue is not material.
 
(3)   Includes displays in Antigua, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guam, Jamaica, Netherlands Antilles, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia and Virgin Islands.

9


Table of Contents

International Outdoor Advertising
     Our International Outdoor Advertising business segment includes our operations in Asia, Australia, the U.K. and Europe, with approximately 39% of our 2009 revenue in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom. We own or operate approximately 639,000 displays in 32 countries. For the year ended December 31, 2009, International Outdoor Advertising represented 26% of our consolidated net revenue.
     Our International outdoor assets consist of street furniture and transit displays, billboards, mall displays, Smartbike schemes, wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease agreements. Our International business is focused on urban markets with dense populations.
Strategy
     Similar to our Americas outdoor advertising, we believe international outdoor advertising has attractive industry fundamentals including a broad audience reach and a highly cost effective media for advertisers as measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media. Our International strategy focuses on our competitive strengths to position the Company through the following strategies:
      Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending. Our strategy is to drive growth in outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending and leverage such growth with our international scale and local reach. We are focusing on developing and implementing better and improved outdoor audience delivery measurement systems to provide advertisers with tools to determine how effectively their message is reaching the desired audience. As a result of the implementation of strategies above, we believe advertisers will shift their budgets towards the outdoor advertising medium.
      Significant Cost Reductions and Capital Discipline. To address the softness in advertising demand resulting from the global economic downturn, we have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, elimination of overlapping functions, takedown of unprofitable advertising structures and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $65.0 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $120.1 million aggregate reduction to our 2008 fixed operating expense base in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.
     No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.
     We plan to continue controlling costs to achieve operating efficiencies, sharing best practices across our markets and focusing our capital expenditures on opportunities that we expect to yield higher returns, leveraging our flexibility to make capital outlays based on the environment.
      Capitalize on Product and Geographic Opportunities. We are also focused on growing our business internationally through new product offerings, optimization of our current display portfolio and selective investments targeting promising growth markets. We have continued to innovate and introduce new products, such as our Smartbike programs, in international markets based on local demands.
Sources of Revenue
     Our International Outdoor Advertising segment generated 26%, 27% and 25% of our revenue in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. International outdoor advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our international outdoor display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as neon displays.

10


Table of Contents

     The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each inventory category of our International Outdoor Advertising segment:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
Billboards (1)
    32 %     35 %     39 %
Street furniture displays
    40 %     38 %     37 %
Transit displays (2)
    8 %     9 %     8 %
Other displays (3)
    20 %     18 %     16 %
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                 
 
(1)   Includes revenue from spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(2)   Includes small displays.
 
(3)   Includes advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays, and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services, operation of Smartbike schemes and production revenue.
     Our International Outdoor Advertising segment generates revenues worldwide from local, regional and national sales. Similar to the Americas, advertising rates generally are based on the gross ratings points of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display, in some countries, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic.
     While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. Our entrepreneurial culture allows local management to operate their markets as separate profit centers, encouraging customer cultivation and service.
Billboards
     The sizes of our international billboards are not standardized. The billboards vary in both format and size across our networks, with the majority of our international billboards being similar in size to our posters used in our Americas outdoor business (30-sheet and 8-sheet displays). Our international billboards are sold to clients as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. We lease the majority of our billboard sites from private landowners. Billboards include our spectacular and neon displays. DEFI, our international neon subsidiary, is a global provider of neon signs with approximately 361 displays in more than 16 countries worldwide. Client contracts for international neon displays typically have terms of approximately five years.
Street Furniture Displays
     Our international street furniture displays are substantially similar to their Americas street furniture counterparts, and include bus shelters, freestanding units, public toilets, various types of kiosks and benches. Internationally, contracts with municipal and transit authorities for the right to place our street furniture in the public domain and sell advertising on such street furniture typically provide for terms ranging from 10 to 15 years. The major difference between our International and Americas street furniture businesses is in the nature of the municipal contracts. In our international outdoor business, these contracts typically require us to provide the municipality with a broader range of urban amenities such as bus shelters with or without advertising panels, information kiosks and public wastebaskets, as well as space for the municipality to display maps or other public information. In exchange for providing such urban amenities and display space, we are authorized to sell advertising space on certain sections of the structures we erect in the public domain. Our international street furniture is typically sold to clients as network packages, with contract terms ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year.
Transit Displays
     Our international transit display contracts are substantially similar to their Americas transit display counterparts, and typically require us to make only a minimal initial investment and few ongoing maintenance expenditures. Contracts with public transit authorities or private transit operators typically have terms ranging from three to seven years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from one week to one year, or longer.

11


Table of Contents

Other International Inventory and Services
     The balance of our revenue from our International Outdoor Advertising segment consists primarily of advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services and production revenue. Internationally, our contracts with mall operators generally have terms ranging from five to ten years and client contracts for mall displays generally have terms ranging from one to two weeks, but are available for up to six-month periods. Long-term client contracts for mall displays are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. Our international inventory includes other small displays that are counted as separate displays since they form a substantial part of our network and International Outdoor Advertising revenue. We also have a bike rental program which provides bicycles for rent to the general public in several municipalities. In exchange for providing the bike rental program, we generally derive revenue from advertising rights to the bikes, bike stations, additional street furniture displays, or fees from the local municipalities. Several of our international markets sell equipment or provide cleaning and maintenance services as part of a billboard or street furniture contract with a municipality. Production revenue relates to the production of advertising posters, usually for small customers.
Competition
     The international outdoor advertising industry is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and JC Decaux, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement.
     Outdoor companies compete primarily based on ability to reach consumers, which is driven by location of the display.
Advertising Inventory and Markets
     As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 639,000 displays in our International segment. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our International advertising inventory, which are listed in descending order according to 2009 revenue contribution:
                         
        Street              
        Furniture   Transit   Other   Total  
International Markets   Billboards (1)   Displays   Displays (2)   Displays (3)   Displays  
France
            122,930  
United Kingdom
            57,685  
China
              66,965  
Italy
              53,589  
Spain
            31,603  
Australia/New Zealand
                18,611  
Belgium
            24,079  
Switzerland
              17,962  
Sweden
            113,622  
Denmark
            40,309  
Norway
            21,548  
Ireland
              9,493  
Turkey
            13,248  
Holland
              5,289  
Finland
            14,236  
Poland
              7,561  
Baltic States/Russia
                15,146  
Greece
                  1,121  
Singapore
                  3,845  

12


Table of Contents

                         
        Street              
        Furniture   Transit   Other   Total  
International Markets   Billboards (1)   Displays   Displays (2)   Displays (3)   Displays  
Romania
                134  
Hungary
                34  
India
                166  
Austria
                  15  
Portugal
                  14  
Germany
                  46  
Czech Republic
                  11  
United Arab Emirates
                  1  
 
                     
        Total International Displays     639,263  
 
                     
 
(1)   Includes spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(2)   Includes small displays.
 
(3)   Includes mall displays and other small displays counted as separate displays in the table since they form a substantial part of our network and International revenue.
Equity Investments
     In addition to the displays listed above, as of December 31, 2009, we had equity investments in various out-of-home advertising companies that operate in the following markets:
                     
                Street    
        Equity       Furniture   Transit
Market   Company   Investment   Billboards (1)   Displays   Displays
Outdoor Advertising Companies                
Italy
  Alessi   36.75%      
Italy
  AD Moving SpA   18.75%        
Hong Kong
  Buspak   50.00%        
Spain
  Clear Channel Cemusa   50.00%          
Thailand
  Master & More   32.50%        
Belgium
  MTB   49.00%          
Other Media Companies                
Norway
  CAPA   50.00%            
 
(1)   Includes spectaculars and neon displays.
Other
     The other category includes our media representation firm as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses.
Media Representation
     We own Katz Media Group (“Katz Media”), a full-service media representation firm that sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. As of December 31, 2009, Katz Media represents approximately 3,900 radio stations, approximately one-fifth of which are owned by us, as well as approximately 700 digital properties. Katz Media also represents approximately 600 television and digital multicast stations.
     Katz Media generates revenue primarily through contractual commissions realized from the sale of national spot and online advertising. National spot advertising is commercial airtime sold to advertisers on behalf of radio and television stations. Katz Media represents its media clients pursuant to media representation contracts, which typically have terms of up to ten years in length.
Employees
     As of March 10, 2010, we had approximately 14,980 domestic employees and 4,315 international employees, of which approximately 18,413 were in operations and approximately 882 were in corporate related activities.

13


Table of Contents

Approximately 398 of our United States employees and approximately 337 of our non-United States employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements in their respective countries. We are a party to numerous collective bargaining agreements, none of which represent a significant number of employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting
      General: Radio broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The Communications Act permits the operation of a radio broadcast station only under a license issued by the FCC upon a finding that grant of the license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. Among other things, the Communications Act empowers the FCC to: issue, renew, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses; assign frequency bands for broadcasting; determine stations’ frequencies, locations, power and other technical parameters; impose penalties for violation of its regulations, including monetary forfeitures and, in extreme cases, license revocation; impose annual regulatory and application processing fees; and adopt and implement regulations and policies affecting the ownership, operation, program content and employment practices of broadcast stations.
      License Assignments: The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of control of an FCC licensee without prior FCC approval. Applications for assignment or transfers that involve a substantial change in ownership or control are subject to a 30-day period for public comment, during which petitions to deny the application may be filed.
      License Renewals: The FCC grants broadcast licenses for a term of up to 8 years. The FCC will renew a license for an additional 8 year term if, after consideration of the renewal application and any objections thereto, it finds that: the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; and that, with respect to the station up for renewal, there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee, and there have been no other such violations by the licensee which, taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse. The FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a term less than 8 years. The vast majority of radio licenses are renewed by the FCC. Historically, all of our stations’ licenses have been renewed.
      Ownership Regulation: The Communications Act and FCC rules limit the official positions and ownership interests, known as “attributable” interests, that individuals and entities may have in broadcast stations and other specified mass media entities. Under these rules, attributable interests generally include: officers and directors of a licensee or of its direct or indirect parent; general partners, limited partners and limited liability company members, unless properly “insulated” from management activities; a 5% or more direct or indirect voting stock interest in a licensee, except that, for a narrowly defined class of passive investors, the attribution threshold is a 20% or more voting stock interest; and combined equity and debt interests in excess of 33% of a licensee’s total asset value, if the interest holder provides over 15% of the licensee station’s total weekly programming, or has a an attributable broadcast, cable or newspaper interest in the same market (the “EDP Rule”). An entity that owns one or more radio stations in a market and programs more than 15% of the broadcast time, or sells more than 15% per week of the advertising time, on a radio station in the same market is generally deemed to have an attributable interest in that station.
     Debt instruments, non-voting stock, minority voting stock interests in corporations having a single majority stockholder, and properly insulated limited partnership and limited liability company interests generally are not subject to attribution unless such interests implicate the EDP Rule. To the best of our knowledge at present, none of our officers, directors, or 5% or greater shareholders holds an interest in another television station, radio station, cable television system, or daily newspaper that is inconsistent with the FCC’s ownership rules.
     The FCC is required to conduct periodic reviews of its media ownership rules. In its 2003 media ownership decision, the FCC, among other actions, modified the radio ownership rules and adopted new cross-media ownership limits. Numerous parties, including us, appealed the decision. The United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit initially stayed implementation of the new rules. Later, it partially lifted the stay as to the radio ownership rules, allowing the modified rules to go into effect. It retained the stay on the cross-media rules, and remanded them to the FCC for further justification. In December 2007, the FCC adopted a decision that revised the newspaper-broadcast cross-ownership rule, but made no changes to the radio ownership or radio-television cross-ownership rules. This decision, including the determination not to relax the radio ownership limits, is the subject of a request for reconsideration and various court appeals, including by us. We cannot predict the outcome of the FCC’s media ownership proceedings or their effects on our business in the future. The FCC’s next periodic review is scheduled to begin in 2010.

14


Table of Contents

     Irrespective of the FCC’s radio ownership rules, the Antitrust Division of the DOJ and the FTC have the authority to determine that a particular transaction presents antitrust concerns. In particular, where the proposed purchaser already owns one or more radio stations in a particular market and seeks to acquire additional radio stations in that market the DOJ has, in some cases, obtained consent decrees requiring radio station divestitures.
     The current FCC ownership rules relevant to our business are summarized below.
      Local Radio Ownership Rule: The maximum allowable number of radio stations that may be commonly owned in a market ranges based on the size of the market. In the largest radio markets, defined as those with 45 or more stations, one entity may have an attributable interest in up to 8 stations, not more than 5 of which are in the same service (AM or FM). At the other end of the scale, in radio markets with 14 or fewer stations, one entity may have an attributable interest in up to 5 stations, of which no more than 3 are in the same service, so long as the entity does not have an interest in more than 50% of all stations in the market. To apply these ownership tiers, the FCC relies on Arbitron Metro Survey Areas, where they exist, and a signal contour-overlap methodology where they do not exist. An FCC rulemaking is pending to determine how to define radio markets for stations located outside Arbitron Metro Survey Areas.
      Newspaper-Broadcast Cross-Ownership Rule: FCC rules generally prohibit an individual or entity from having an attributable interest in a radio or television station and a daily newspaper located in the same market. In 2007, the FCC adopted a revised rule that would allow same-market newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership in certain limited circumstances. This rule is subject to a petition for reconsideration at the FCC and a pending judicial appeal.
     Radio-Television Cross-Ownership Rule: FCC rules permit the common ownership of 1 television and up to 7 same-market radio stations, or up to 2 television and 6 same-market radio stations, depending on the number of independent media voices in the market and on whether the television and radio components of the combination comply with the television and radio ownership limits, respectively.
      Alien Ownership Restrictions: The Communications Act restricts foreign entities or individuals from owning or voting more than 20% of the capital stock of a corporate licensee. Additionally, a broadcast license may not be held by any entity that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by a business entity more than one-fourth of whose capital stock is owned or voted by a foreign entity or individual. Since we serve as a holding company for FCC licensee subsidiaries, we are effectively restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by a foreign entity or individual.
      Indecency Regulation: Federal law regulates the broadcast of obscene, indecent, or profane material. Legislation enacted by Congress provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per utterance with a cap of $3.0 million for any violation arising from a single act. Broadcasters risks violating the prohibition against airing indecent or profane material because of the FCC’s broad and vague definition of such material; coupled with the spontaneity of live programming. Several judicial appeals of FCC indecency enforcement actions are currently pending, and their outcomes could affect future FCC policies in this area. Also, we have received, and may receive in the future, letters of inquiry and other notifications from the FCC concerning pending complaints alleging that programming aired on our stations contains indecent or profane language.
      Equal Employment Opportunity . The FCC’s rules require broadcasters to engage in broad recruitment efforts, keep a considerable amount of recruitment data, and report much of this data to the FCC and to the public via stations’ public files and websites. Broadcasters are subject to random audits regarding rules compliance, and could be sanctioned for noncompliance.
      Digital Radio . The FCC has established rules for the provision of digital radio broadcasting, and has allowed radio broadcasters to convert to a hybrid mode of digital/analog operation on their existing frequencies. Recently, the FCC approved an increase in the maximum allowable power for digital operations, which will improve the geographic coverage of digital signals. It is still considering whether to place limitations on subscription services offered by digital radio broadcasters or whether to apply new public interest requirements to this service. We have commenced digital broadcasts on 497 of our stations, and cannot predict the impact of this service on our business.
      Other . Congress and the FCC may in the future adopt new laws, regulations and policies that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation, profitability, and ownership of our broadcast stations. In addition to the regulations noted above, such matters include, for example: proposals to impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC licensees; legislation that would provide for the payment of performance royalties to artists and musicians whose music is played on our stations; changes to the political broadcasting rules, including the adoption of proposals to provide free air time to

15


Table of Contents

candidates; restrictions on the advertising of certain products such as beer and wine; technical proposals including the expansion of low power FM licensing opportunities and increased protection of low power FM stations from interference by full-power stations; and the adoption of significant new programming and operational requirements designed to increase local community-responsive programming, and enhance public interest reporting requirements.
     The foregoing is a brief summary of certain statutes, and FCC regulations, and policies and proposals thereunder. This does not comprehensively cover all current and proposed statutes, rules and policies affecting our business. Reference should be made to the Communications Act and other relevant statutes, and the FCC’s rules and its proceedings for further information concerning the nature and extent of Federal regulation of broadcast stations. Finally, several of the foregoing matters are now, or may become, the subject of court litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such litigation or its impact on our broadcasting business.
Regulation of our Americas and International Outdoor Advertising Businesses
     The outdoor advertising industry in the United States is subject to governmental regulation at the Federal, state and local levels. These regulations may include, among others, restrictions on the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and location of and, in some instances, content of advertising copy being displayed on outdoor advertising structures. In addition, the outdoor advertising industry outside of the United States is subject to certain foreign governmental regulation.
     Domestically, in recent years, outdoor advertising has become the subject of targeted state and municipal taxes and fees. These laws may affect prevailing competitive conditions in our markets in a variety of ways. Such laws may reduce our expansion opportunities, or may increase or reduce competitive pressure from other members of the outdoor advertising industry. No assurance can be given that existing or future laws or regulations, and the enforcement thereof, will not materially and adversely affect the outdoor advertising industry. However, we contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.
     Federal law, principally the Highway Beautification Act, or HBA, regulates outdoor advertising on Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads within the United States (“controlled roads”). The HBA regulates the size and placement of billboards, requires the development of state standards, mandates a state’s compliance program, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs and requires just compensation for takings.
     To satisfy the HBA’s requirements, all states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations which regulate, among other things, construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, height, size, spacing, and the placement and permitting of outdoor advertising structures. We are not aware of any state which has passed control statutes and regulations less restrictive than the prevailing Federal requirements, including the requirement that an owner remove any non-grandfathered non-compliant signs along the controlled roads, at the owner’s expense and without compensation. Local governments generally also include billboard control as part of their zoning laws and building codes regulating those items described above and include similar provisions regarding the removal of non-grandfathered structures that do not comply with certain of the local requirements. Some local governments have initiated code enforcement and permit reviews of billboards within their jurisdiction challenging billboards located within their jurisdiction, and in some instances we have had to remove billboards as a result of such reviews.
     As part of their billboard control laws, state and local governments regulate the construction of new signs. Some jurisdictions prohibit new construction, some jurisdictions allow new construction only to replace existing structures and some jurisdictions allow new construction subject to the various restrictions discussed above. In certain jurisdictions, restrictive regulations also limit our ability to relocate, rebuild, repair, maintain, upgrade, modify, or replace existing legal non-conforming billboards. While these regulations set certain limits on the construction of new outdoor advertising displays, they also benefit established companies, including us, by creating barriers to entry and by protecting the outdoor advertising industry against an oversupply of inventory.
     Federal law neither requires nor prohibits the removal of existing lawful billboards, but it does mandate the payment of compensation if a state or political subdivision compels the removal of a lawful billboard along the controlled roads. In the past, state governments have purchased and removed existing lawful billboards for beautification purposes using Federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, and these jurisdictions may continue to do so in the future. From time to time, state and local government authorities use the power of eminent domain and amortization to remove billboards. Thus far, we have been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for our billboards purchased or removed as a result of these types of governmental action, although there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future.

16


Table of Contents

     Other important outdoor advertising regulations include the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (currently known as SAFETEA-LU), the Bonus Act/Bonus Program, the 1995 Scenic Byways Amendment and various increases or implementations of property taxes, billboard taxes and permit fees. From time to time, legislation has been introduced in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions attempting to impose taxes on revenue from outdoor advertising. Several state and local jurisdictions have already imposed such taxes as a percentage of our outdoor advertising revenue in that jurisdiction. While these taxes have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect state and local governments to continue to try to impose such taxes as a way of increasing revenue.
     We have introduced and intend to expand the deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers that change up to several times per minute. We have encountered some existing regulations that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays. However, since digital technology for changing static copy has only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, existing regulations that currently do not apply to digital technology by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety.
     International regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our business. International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry can vary by municipality, region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations may limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays.
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Business
We may be adversely affected by a general deterioration in economic conditions
     The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The global economic downturn resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing by our customers, resulting in a decline in advertising revenues across our businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. The continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.
     Primarily as a result of the global economic downturn, our consolidated revenue decreased $1.14 billion during 2009 compared to 2008. Revenue declined $557.5 million during 2009 compared to 2008 from our radio business associated with decreases in both local and national advertising. Our Americas outdoor revenue declined $192.1 million attributable to decreases in poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers. Our International outdoor revenue also declined $399.2 million primarily as a result of challenging advertising markets and the negative impact of foreign exchange.
     Additionally, we performed an interim impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008, and again in the second quarter of 2009, on our indefinite-lived assets and goodwill and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $5.3 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our licenses, billboard permits and reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to further impairment charges in the future.
Our restructuring program may not be entirely successful
     In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring program targeting a reduction in fixed costs through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, the elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. The program has resulted in restructuring and other expenses, and we may incur additional costs pursuant to the restructuring program in the future. No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or for how long any cost savings will persist. In addition, the restructuring program may be modified or terminated in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

17


Table of Contents

If we need additional cash to fund our working capital, debt service, capital expenditures or other funding requirements, we may not be able to access the credit markets
     Our primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations, which has been adversely impacted by the decline in our advertising revenues resulting from the global economic downturn. Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand (including amounts drawn or available under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities) as well as cash flow from operations will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our ability to fund our working capital needs, debt service and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenant under Clear Channel’s financing agreements depends on our future operating performance and cash flow, which are in turn subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our future operating performance does not meet our expectation or our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate, we may need additional financing. Adverse securities and credit market conditions could significantly affect the availability of equity or credit financing. Consequently, there can be no assurance that such financing, if permitted under the terms of Clear Channel’s financing agreements, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. The inability to obtain additional financing in such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet Clear Channel’s obligations.
Downgrades in our credit ratings and/or macroeconomic conditions may adversely affect our borrowing costs, limit our financing options, reduce our flexibility under future financings and adversely affect our liquidity
     Our and Clear Channel’s current corporate ratings are “CCC+” and “Caa2” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, which are speculative grade ratings. These ratings have been downgraded and then upgraded at various times during the two years ended December 31, 2009. These ratings and any additional reductions in our credit ratings could further increase our borrowing costs and reduce the availability of financing to us. In addition, deteriorating economic conditions, including market disruptions, tightened credit markets and significantly wider corporate borrowing spreads, may make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain financing in the future.
Our financial performance may be adversely affected by certain variables which are not in our control
     Certain variables that could adversely affect our financial performance by, among other things, leading to decreases in overall revenues, the numbers of advertising customers, advertising fees, or profit margins include:
    unfavorable economic conditions, both general and relative to the radio broadcasting, outdoor advertising and all related media industries, which may cause companies to reduce their expenditures on advertising;
 
    unfavorable shifts in population and other demographics which may cause us to lose advertising customers as people migrate to markets where we have a smaller presence, or which may cause advertisers to be willing to pay less in advertising fees if the general population shifts into a less desirable age or geographical demographic from an advertising perspective;
 
    an increased level of competition for advertising dollars, which may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or which may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match;
 
    unfavorable fluctuations in operating costs which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our customers;
 
    technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive advertising or listening alternatives than what we currently offer, which may lead to a loss of advertising customers or to lower advertising rates;
 
    the impact of potential new royalties charged for terrestrial radio broadcasting which could materially increase our expenses;
 
    unfavorable changes in labor conditions which may require us to spend more to retain and attract key employees; and
 
    changes in governmental regulations and policies and actions of regulatory bodies which could restrict the advertising media which we employ or restrict some or all of our customers that operate in regulated areas from using certain advertising media, or from advertising at all.
We face intense competition in the broadcasting and outdoor advertising industries
     We operate in a highly competitive industry, and we may not be able to maintain or increase our current audience ratings and advertising and sales revenues. Our radio stations and outdoor advertising properties compete for audiences and advertising revenues with other radio stations and outdoor advertising companies, as well as with other

18


Table of Contents

media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, direct mail, satellite radio and Internet based media, within their respective markets. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, which could have the effect of reducing our revenues in that market. Our competitors may develop services or advertising media that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of our business segments. An increased level of competition for advertising dollars may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match.
Our business is dependent upon the performance of on-air talent and program hosts, as well as our management team and other key employees
     We employ or independently contract with several on-air personalities and hosts of syndicated radio programs with significant loyal audiences in their respective markets. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our key on-air talent and program hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these persons will remain with us or will retain their audiences. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of these individuals are under no legal obligation to remain with us. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these individuals on terms which we may be unwilling to meet. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key on-air talent and program hosts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could limit our ability to generate revenues.
     Our business is also dependent upon the performance of our management team and other key employees. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of these individuals, we can give no assurance that all or any of our executive officers or key employees will remain with us. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of our key employees are at-will employees who are under no legal obligation to remain with us. In addition, any or all of our executive officers or key employees may decide to leave for a variety of personal or other reasons beyond our control. Certain members of our senior management, including Randall T. Mays, our former President and Chief Financial Officer, Herbert W. Hill, Jr., our Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer, Paul J. Meyer, our former President and Chief Executive Officer of our Americas division, and Andrew Levin, our former Executive Vice President and General Counsel, have recently left the Company or changed their role within the Company. Although we have hired several new executive officers, if we are unable to hire new employees to replace our senior managers or are not successful in attracting, motivating and retaining other key employees, our business could be adversely affected.
Capital requirements necessary to implement strategic initiatives could pose risks
     The purchase price of possible acquisitions, capital expenditures for deployment of digital billboards and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional indebtedness or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the strategic opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures.
New technologies may affect our broadcasting operations
     Our broadcasting businesses face increasing competition from new broadcast technologies, such as broadband wireless and satellite radio, and new consumer products, such as portable digital audio players. These new technologies and alternative media platforms compete with our radio stations for audience share and advertising revenues. The FCC has also approved new technologies for use in the radio broadcasting industry, including the terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting, which significantly enhances the sound quality of radio broadcasts. We are unable to predict the effect such technologies and related services and products will have on our broadcasting operations, but the capital expenditures necessary to implement such technologies could be substantial and other companies employing such technologies could compete with our businesses.
Extensive current government regulation, and future regulation, may limit our broadcasting operations or adversely affect our business and financial results
     The Federal government extensively regulates the domestic broadcasting industry, and any changes in the current regulatory scheme could significantly affect us. Provisions of Federal law regulate the broadcast of obscene,

19


Table of Contents

indecent or profane material. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations. Congressional legislation enacted in 2006 provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per violation for the broadcast of such material. We therefore face increased costs in the form of fines for indecency violations, and cannot predict whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.
     In addition, from time to time regulations or legislation is proposed or enacted which affects our broadcasting business. Recently, legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress which seeks to impose a royalty payment obligation upon all U.S. broadcasters to pay copyright owners for their sound recording rights (this would be in addition to payments already being made by broadcasters to owners of musical work rights). We cannot predict whether this or other legislation affecting our broadcasting business will be adopted. This or other legislation affecting our broadcasting could have a material impact on our operations and financial results.
Environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations may limit or restrict some of our operations
     As the owner or operator of various real properties and facilities, especially in our outdoor advertising operations, we must comply with various foreign, Federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations. We and our properties are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety as well as zoning restrictions. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws. However, additional laws which may be passed in the future, or a finding of a violation of or liability under existing laws, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.
Government regulation of outdoor advertising may restrict our outdoor advertising operations
     United States Federal, state and local regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our business. One of the seminal laws is the HBA, which regulates outdoor advertising on the 306,000 miles of Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems. The HBA regulates the size and location of billboards, mandates a state compliance program, requires the development of state standards, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs, and requires just compensation for takings. Construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing, the location and permitting of billboards and the use of new technologies for changing displays, such as digital displays, are regulated by Federal, state and local governments. From time to time, states and municipalities have prohibited or significantly limited the construction of new outdoor advertising structures, and also permitted non-conforming structures to be rebuilt by third parties. Changes in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising at any level of government, including laws of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, could have a significant financial impact on us by requiring us to make significant expenditures or otherwise limiting or restricting some of our operations.
     From time to time, certain state and local governments and third parties have attempted to force the removal of our displays under various state and local laws, including zoning ordinances, permit enforcement, condemnation and amortization. Amortization is the attempted forced removal of legal but non-conforming billboards (billboards which conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built, but which do not conform to current zoning regulations) or the commercial advertising placed on such billboards after a period of years. Pursuant to this concept, the governmental body asserts that just compensation is earned by continued operation of the billboard over time. Amortization is prohibited along all controlled roads and generally prohibited along non-controlled roads. Amortization has, however, been upheld along non-controlled roads in limited instances where provided by state and local law. Other regulations limit our ability to rebuild, replace, repair, maintain and upgrade non-conforming displays. In addition, from time to time third parties or local governments assert that we own or operate displays that either are not properly permitted or otherwise are not in strict compliance with applicable law. For example, recent court rulings have upheld regulations in the City of New York that may impact the number of displays we have in certain areas within the city. Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal based on alleged noncompliance is immaterial, from time to time we have been required to remove billboards for alleged noncompliance. Such regulations and allegations have not had a material impact on our results of operations to date, but if we are increasingly unable to resolve such allegations or obtain acceptable arrangements in circumstances in which our displays are subject to removal, modification, or amortization, or if there occurs an increase in such regulations or their enforcement, our operating results could suffer.
     A number of state and local governments have implemented or initiated legislative billboard controls, including taxes, fees and registration requirements in an effort to decrease or restrict the number of outdoor signs and/or to raise revenue. In addition, a number of jurisdictions, including the City of Los Angeles, have implemented legislation or interpreted existing legislation to restrict or prohibit the installation of new digital billboards. While these controls have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect states and local governments to continue these efforts. The increased imposition of these controls and our inability to overcome any such regulations could reduce our operating income if those outcomes require removal or restrictions on the use of preexisting displays. In

20


Table of Contents

addition, if we are unable to pass on the cost of these items to our clients, our operating income could be adversely affected.
     International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry varies by region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays. For instance, the United States and most European Union countries, among other nations, have banned outdoor advertisements for tobacco products. Our failure to comply with these or any future international regulations could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our displays or their attractiveness to clients as an advertising medium and may require us to make significant expenditures to ensure compliance. As a result, we may experience a significant impact on our operations, revenue, International client base and overall financial condition.
Additional restrictions on outdoor advertising of tobacco, alcohol and other products may further restrict the categories of clients that can advertise using our products
     Out-of-court settlements between the major United States tobacco companies and all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and four other United States territories include a ban on the outdoor advertising of tobacco products. Other products and services may be targeted in the future, including alcohol products. Any significant reduction in alcohol-related advertising due to content-related restrictions could cause a reduction in our direct revenues from such advertisements and an increase in the available space on the existing inventory of billboards in the outdoor advertising industry.
Doing business in foreign countries creates certain risks not found in doing business in the United States
     Doing business in foreign countries carries with it certain risks that are not found in doing business in the United States. The risks of doing business in foreign countries that could result in losses against which we are not insured include:
    exposure to local economic conditions;
 
    potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of foreign countries with the United States;
 
    hostility from local populations;
 
    the adverse effect of currency exchange controls;
 
    restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investment and earnings;
 
    government policies against businesses owned by foreigners;
 
    investment restrictions or requirements;
 
    expropriations of property;
 
    the potential instability of foreign governments;
 
    the risk of insurrections;
 
    risks of renegotiation or modification of existing agreements with governmental authorities;
 
    foreign exchange restrictions;
 
    withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
 
    changes in taxation structure; and
 
    changes in laws or regulations or the interpretation or application of laws or regulations.
     In addition, because we own assets in foreign countries and derive revenues from our international operations, we may incur currency translation losses due to changes in the values of foreign currencies and in the value of the United States dollar. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results.
The success of our street furniture and transit products is dependent on our obtaining key municipal concessions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms
     Our street furniture and transit products businesses require us to obtain and renew contracts with municipalities and other governmental entities. Many of these contracts, which require us to participate in competitive bidding processes at each renewal, typically have terms ranging from three to 20 years and have revenue share and/or fixed payment components. Our inability to successfully negotiate, renew or complete these contracts due to governmental demands and delay and the highly competitive bidding processes for these contracts could affect our ability to offer these products to our clients, or to offer them to our clients at rates that are competitive to other forms of advertising, without adversely affecting our financial results.

21


Table of Contents

The lack of availability of potential acquisitions at reasonable prices could harm our growth strategy
     Our strategy is to pursue strategic opportunities and to optimize our portfolio of assets. We face competition from other radio broadcasting companies and outdoor advertising companies for acquisition opportunities. The purchase price of possible acquisitions could require the incurrence of additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing at all, or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the acquisition opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forgo that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable in economic downturns, including in the current downturn, and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures.
Future transactions could pose risks
     We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material. Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks, including:
    certain of our acquisitions may prove unprofitable and fail to generate anticipated cash flows;
 
    to successfully manage our large portfolio of broadcasting, outdoor advertising and other properties, we may need to:
    recruit additional senior management as we cannot be assured that senior management of acquired companies will continue to work for us and we cannot be certain that any of our recruiting efforts will succeed, and
 
    expand corporate infrastructure to facilitate the integration of our operations with those of acquired properties, because failure to do so may cause us to lose the benefits of any expansion that we decide to undertake by leading to disruptions in our ongoing businesses or by distracting our management;
    we may enter into markets and geographic areas where we have limited or no experience;
 
    we may encounter difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;
 
    our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns; and
 
    we may lose key employees of acquired companies or stations.
     Additional acquisitions by us of radio stations and outdoor advertising properties may require antitrust review by Federal antitrust agencies and may require review by foreign antitrust agencies under the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions. We can give no assurances that the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) or the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) or foreign antitrust agencies will not seek to bar us from acquiring additional radio stations or outdoor advertising properties in any market where we already have a significant position. The DOJ also actively reviews proposed acquisitions of outdoor advertising properties and radio broadcasting assets. In addition, the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions will apply if we acquire international outdoor properties or radio broadcasting properties.
We may be adversely affected by the occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks
     The occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks, intentional or unintentional mass casualty incidents, or similar events may substantially decrease the use of and demand for advertising, which may decrease our revenues or expose us to substantial liability. The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, for example, caused a nationwide disruption of commercial activities. The occurrence of future terrorist attacks, military actions by the United States, contagious disease outbreaks, or similar events cannot be predicted, and their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the economies of the United States and other foreign countries where we do business generally, specifically the market for advertising.

22


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock
The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile
     The market price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including, without limitation:
    as a result of the risk factors listed in this annual report on Form 10-K;
 
    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
 
    reasons unrelated to operating performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions, or negative announcements by our customers or competitors regarding their own performance;
 
    regulatory changes that could impact our business; and
 
    general economic and industry conditions.
     Shares of our Class A common stock are quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. The lack of an active market may impair the ability of holders of our Class A common stock to sell their shares of Class A common stock at the time they wish to sell them or at a price that they consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock.
There is no assurance that holders of our Class A common stock will ever receive cash dividends
     We have never paid cash dividends on our Class A common stock, and there is no guarantee that we will ever pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the future. The terms of our credit facilities restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. In addition to those restrictions, under Delaware law, we are permitted to pay cash dividends on our capital stock only out of our surplus, which in general terms means the excess of our net assets over the original aggregate par value of its stock. In the event we have no surplus, we are permitted to pay these cash dividends out of our net profits for the year in which the dividend is declared or in the immediately preceding year. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that, if we wish to pay cash dividends, we would be able to do so pursuant to Delaware law. Also, even if we are not prohibited from paying cash dividends by the terms of our debt or by law, other factors such as the need to reinvest cash back into our operations may prompt our board of directors to elect not to pay cash dividends.
We may terminate our Exchange Act reporting, if permitted by applicable law
     We are obligated by the merger agreement to use reasonable efforts to continue to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, and to continue to file periodic reports (including annual and quarterly reports), until at least July 30, 2010. After such time, if at any time our Class A common stock is held by fewer than 300 holders of record, we will be permitted to cease to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act to the extent we are not otherwise required to continue to report pursuant to any contractual agreements, including with respect to any of our indebtedness. If we were to become a voluntary filer, the information now available to our stockholders in the annual, quarterly and other reports we currently file with the SEC would not be available to them as a matter of right.
Entities advised by or affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Bain Capital Partners, LLC control us and may have conflicts of interest with us in the future
     Entities advised by or affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain”) currently indirectly control us through their ownership of all of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock, which represent approximately 72% of the voting power of all of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, THL and Bain have the power to elect all but two of our directors (and, in addition, the Company has agreed that each of Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays shall serve as directors of the Company pursuant to the terms of their respective amended and restated employment agreements), appoint new management and approve any action requiring the approval of the holders of our capital stock, including adopting any amendments to our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and approving mergers or sales of substantially all of our capital stock or its assets. The directors elected by THL and Bain will have significant authority to effect decisions affecting our capital structure, including the issuance of additional capital stock, incurrence of additional indebtedness, the implementation of stock repurchase programs and the decision of whether or not to declare dividends.
     Additionally, THL and Bain are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the entities advised by or affiliated with THL or Bain may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as entities advised by or affiliated with THL and Bain directly or indirectly own a significant amount of the voting power of our capital stock, even if such amount is less

23


Table of Contents

than 50%, THL and Bain will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We have a large amount of indebtedness
     We currently use a significant portion of our cash flow from operations for debt service. Our exposure to floating rate indebtedness could make us vulnerable to an increase in interest rates or a downturn in the operating performance of our businesses due to various factors including a decline in general economic conditions. Our debt obligations could increase substantially because of acquisitions and other transactions that may be approved by our Board as well as the indebtedness of companies that we may acquire in the future.
     Such a large amount of indebtedness could have negative consequences for us, including, without limitation:
    dedicating a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, thereby reducing cash available for other purposes, including to fund operations and capital expenditures, invest in new technology and pursue other business opportunities;
 
    limiting our liquidity and operational flexibility and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;
 
    limiting our ability to adjust to changing economic, business and competitive conditions;
 
    requiring us to defer planned capital expenditures, reduce discretionary spending, sell assets, restructure existing indebtedness or defer acquisitions or other strategic opportunities;
 
    limiting our ability to refinance any of our indebtedness or increasing the cost of any such financing in any downturn in our operating performance or decline in general economic conditions;
 
    making us more vulnerable to an increase in interest rates, a downturn in our operating performance or a decline in general economic conditions; and
 
    making us more susceptible to changes in credit ratings which could impact our ability to obtain financing in the future and increase the cost of such financing.
     If compliance with our debt obligations materially hinders our ability to operate our business and adapt to changing industry conditions, we may lose market share, our revenue may decline and our operating results may suffer. The terms of our credit facilities allow us, under certain conditions, to incur further indebtedness, which heightens the foregoing risks. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future, which together with cash on hand and availability under our senior secured credit facilities, is not sufficient to service our debt, we may have to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or to obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that any refinancing of this kind would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained.
The documents governing our indebtedness contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business
     Clear Channel’s material financing agreements, including its credit agreements, bond indentures and subsidiary senior notes, contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, incur or permit liens, merge or consolidate with or into, another company, sell assets, pay dividends and other payments in respect to our capital stock, including to redeem or repurchase our capital stock, prepay or amend certain junior indebtedness, make certain acquisitions and investments and enter into transactions with affiliates.
Our failure to comply with the covenants in Clear Channel’s material financing agreements could be an event of default and could accelerate the payment obligations and, in some cases, could affect other obligations with cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions
     In addition to covenants contained in Clear Channel’s material financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, that impose restrictions on our business and operations, Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities include a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA limitation. Our ability to comply with this limitation may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. The breach of any covenants set forth in our financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, would result in a default thereunder. An event of default would permit the lenders under a defaulted financing agreement to declare all indebtedness thereunder to be due and payable prior to maturity. Moreover, the lenders under the revolving credit facility under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities would have the option to terminate their commitments to make further extensions of revolving credit thereunder. If we are unable to repay Clear Channel’s obligations under any secured credit facility, the lenders could proceed against any assets that were pledged to secure such facility (including certain deposit accounts). In addition, a default or acceleration under any of Clear Channel’s

24


Table of Contents

material financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, could cause a default under other obligations that are subject to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions. The threshold amount for a cross-default under the senior secured credit facilities is $100 million dollars.
Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
     The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Except for the historical information, this report contains various forward-looking statements which represent our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including without limitation, our future operating and financial performance and availability of capital resources and the terms thereof. Statements expressing expectations and projections with respect to future matters are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. We caution that these forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and are subject to many variables which could impact our future performance. These statements are made on the basis of management’s views and assumptions, as of the time the statements are made, regarding future events and performance. There can be no assurance, however, that management’s expectations will necessarily come to pass. We do not intend, nor do we undertake any duty, to update any forward-looking statements.
     A wide range of factors could materially affect future developments and performance, including:
    the impact of the substantial indebtedness incurred to finance the consummation of the merger;
 
    risks associated with the global economic crisis and its impact on capital markets and liquidity;
 
    the need to allocate significant amounts of our cash flow to make payments on our indebtedness, which in turn could reduce our financial flexibility and ability to fund other activities;
 
    the impact of the global economic downturn, which has adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses and other general economic and political conditions in the United States and in other countries in which we currently do business, including those resulting from recessions, political events and acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts;
 
    our restructuring program may not be entirely successful;
 
    the impact of the geopolitical environment;
 
    our ability to integrate the operations of recently acquired companies;
 
    shifts in population and other demographics;
 
    industry conditions, including competition;
 
    fluctuations in operating costs;
 
    technological changes and innovations;
 
    changes in labor conditions;
 
    fluctuations in exchange rates and currency values;
 
    capital expenditure requirements;
 
    the outcome of pending and future litigation settlements;
 
    legislative or regulatory requirements;
 
    changes in interest rates;
 
    the effect of leverage on our financial position and earnings;
 
    taxes;
 
    access to capital markets and borrowed indebtedness; and
 
    certain other factors set forth in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     This list of factors that may affect future performance and the accuracy of forward-looking statements is illustrative and is not intended to be exhaustive. Accordingly, all forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty.
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
ITEM 2. Properties
Corporate
     Our corporate headquarters is in San Antonio, Texas, where we own an approximately 55,000 square foot executive office building and an approximately 123,000 square foot data and administrative service center.

25


Table of Contents

Radio Broadcasting
     Our radio executive operations are located in our corporate headquarters in San Antonio, Texas. The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. We either own or lease our transmitter and antenna sites. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from five to 15 years. A radio station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in downtown or business districts. A radio station’s transmitter sites and antenna sites are generally located in a manner that provides maximum market coverage.
Americas and International Outdoor Advertising
     The headquarters of our Americas Outdoor Advertising operations is in Phoenix, Arizona, and the headquarters of our International Outdoor Advertising operations is in London, England. The types of properties required to support each of our outdoor advertising branches include offices, production facilities and structure sites. An outdoor branch and production facility is generally located in an industrial or warehouse district.
     With respect to each of the Americas and International Outdoor Advertising segments, we primarily lease our outdoor display sites and own or have acquired permanent easements for relatively few parcels of real property that serve as the sites for our outdoor displays. Our leases generally range from month-to-month to year-to-year and can be for terms of 10 years or longer, and many provide for renewal options.
     There is no significant concentration of displays under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. We believe that an important part of our management activity is to negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.
Consolidated
     The studios and offices of our radio stations and outdoor advertising branches are located in leased or owned facilities. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from one to 40 years. We do not anticipate any difficulties in renewing those leases that expire within the next several years or in leasing other space, if required. We own substantially all of the equipment used in our radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising businesses.
     As noted above, as of December 31, 2009, we owned 894 radio stations and owned or leased approximately 834,000 outdoor advertising display faces in various markets throughout the world. Therefore, no one property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations.
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
     We are a co-defendant with Live Nation (which was spun off as an independent company in December 2005) in 22 putative class actions filed beginning in May 2006 by different named plaintiffs in various district courts throughout the country. These actions generally allege that the defendants monopolized or attempted to monopolize the market for “live rock concerts” in violation of Section 2 of the Sherman Act. Plaintiffs claim that they paid higher ticket prices for defendants’ “rock concerts” as a result of defendants’ conduct. They seek damages in an undetermined amount. On April 17, 2006, the Judicial Panel for Multidistrict Litigation centralized these class action proceedings in the Central District of California. On March 2, 2007, plaintiffs filed motions for class certification in five “template” cases involving five regional markets, Los Angeles, Boston, New York, Chicago and Denver. Defendants opposed that motion and, on October 22, 2007, the district court issued its decision certifying the class for each regional market. On February 20, 2008, defendants filed a Motion for Reconsideration of the Class Certification Order, which is still pending. Plaintiffs filed a Motion for Approval of the Class Notice Plan on September 25, 2009, but the Court denied the Motion as premature and ordered the entire case stayed until the 9th Circuit issues its en banc opinion in Dukes v. Wal-Mart , 509 F.3d 1168 (9th Cir. 2007), a case that may change the standard for granting class certification in the 9th Circuit. In the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement between us and Live Nation that was entered into in connection with our spin-off of Live Nation in December 2005, Live Nation agreed, among other things, to assume responsibility for legal actions existing at the time of, or initiated after, the spin-off in which we are a defendant if such actions relate in any material respect to the business of Live Nation. Pursuant to the Agreement, Live Nation also agreed to indemnify us with respect to all liabilities assumed by Live Nation, including those pertaining to the claims discussed above.

26


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant
     The following information with respect to our executive officers is presented as of March 10, 2010:
             
Name   Age   Position
Mark P. Mays
    46     Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Thomas W. Casey
    47     Chief Financial Officer
Robert H. Walls, Jr.
    49     Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Herbert W. Hill, Jr.
    51     Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary
John Hogan
    53     Senior Vice President — CC Media Holdings, Inc.
     The officers named above serve until the next Board of Directors meeting immediately following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. We expect to retain the individuals named above as our executive officers at such Board of Directors meeting.
     Mr. M. Mays was appointed Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company on July 30, 2008. Mr. M. Mays was Clear Channel’s President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1997 until his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2004. He relinquished his duties as President in February 2006 until he was reappointed President in January 2010. He has been one of Clear Channel’s directors since May 1998. Mr. M. Mays is the son of L. Lowry Mays, our Chairman Emeritus and the brother of Randall T. Mays, our Vice Chairman.
     Mr. Casey was appointed Chief Financial Officer effective as of January 4, 2010. Previously, Mr. Casey served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual Inc. until October 2008. Prior thereto, Mr. Casey served as Vice President of General Electric Company and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Financial Assurance since 1999.
     Mr. Walls was appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary on January 1, 2010. Previously, Mr. Walls served as Managing Director and was a founding partner of Post Oak Energy Capital LP through December 31, 2009. Prior thereto, Mr. Walls was Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Enron Corp., and a member of its Chief Executive Office since 2002. Prior thereto, he was Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Enron Global Assets and Services, Inc. and Deputy General Counsel at Enron Corp.
     Mr. Hill was appointed Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary on July 30, 2008. Mr. Hill was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Clear Channel in February 1997. Mr. Hill’s service as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary of the Company will end effective March 31, 2010. Following March 31, 2010, Mr. Hill has agreed to continue with the Company as Director of Special Accounting and Information Systems Operations for an additional year.
     Mr. Hogan was appointed a Senior Vice President of the Company on July 30, 2008. He was appointed President/Chief Executive Officer — Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc., our indirect subsidiary, in August 2002. Prior thereto Mr. Hogan served as Chief Operating Officer of Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. from June 2002 and Senior Vice President of Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. for the balance of the relevant period.

27


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
     Our Class A common shares are quoted for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CCMO”. There were 385 shareholders of record as of March 10, 2010. This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies. The following quotations obtained from the OTC Bulletin Board reflect the high and low bid prices for our Class A common stock based on inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.
                 
    Common Stock Market Price
    High   Low
2009
               
First Quarter.
  $ 2.45     $ 0.51  
Second Quarter
    2.45       0.65  
Third Quarter.
    1.75       0.75  
Fourth Quarter
    4.00       1.11  
                 
    Common Stock Market Price
    High   Low
2008
               
Third Quarter
  $ 18.95     $ 7.75  
Fourth Quarter
    13.25       1.15  
     There is no established public trading market for our Class B and Class C common stock. There were 555,556 Class B common shares and 58,967,502 Class C common shares outstanding on March 10, 2010. All of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock are held by Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC and all of our outstanding shares of Class C common stock are held by Clear Channel Capital V, L.P.
Dividend Policy
     The Company currently does not intend to pay regular quarterly cash dividends on the shares of its common stock. The Company has not declared any dividend on its common stock since its incorporation. Clear Channel’s debt financing arrangements include restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, which in turn affects the Company’s ability to pay dividends.
Equity Compensation Plan
     The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2009, relating to the Company’s equity compensation plan pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time.
                         
                    Number of
                    securities
                    remaining available
    Number of           for future issuance
    securities to be           under equity
    issued upon           compensation plans
    exercise price of   Weighted-average   (excluding
    outstanding   exercise price of   securities
    options, warrants   outstanding   reflected in column
    and rights   warrants and rights   (a))
Plan category   (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    6,791,922     $ 31.29       5,307,985  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)
                 
Total (2)
    6,791,922     $ 31.29       5,307,985  
 
(1)   Represents the Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan.
 
(2)   Does not include option to purchase an aggregate of 745,621 shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.42, granted under plans assumed in connection with acquisition transactions. No additional options may be granted under these assumed plans.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
     We did not sell any equity securities during 2009 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
Purchases of Equity Securities
     We did not purchase any shares of our Class A common stock during the fourth quarter of 2009.

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
     The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. Acquisitions and dispositions impact the comparability of the historical consolidated financial data reflected in this schedule of Selected Financial Data.
     We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51, codified in ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009. In connection with our subsidiary’s offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes, we filed a Form 8-K on December 11, 2009 to retrospectively recast the historical financial statements and certain disclosures included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the adoption of ASC 810-10-45.
     The summary historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 is comprised of two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. We applied purchase accounting adjustments to the opening balance sheet on July 31, 2008 as the merger occurred at the close of business on July 30, 2008. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008. For additional discussion regarding the pre-merger and post-merger periods, please refer to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007 (1)     2006 (2)     2005  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Combined     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Results of Operations Information:
                                       
Revenue
  $ 5,551,909     $ 6,688,683     $ 6,921,202     $ 6,567,790     $ 6,126,553  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,583,263       2,904,444       2,733,004       2,532,444       2,351,614  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,466,593       1,829,246       1,761,939       1,708,957       1,651,195  
Depreciation and amortization
    765,474       696,830       566,627       600,294       593,477  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    253,964       227,945       181,504       196,319       167,088  
Merger expenses
          155,769       6,762       7,633        
Impairment charges (3)
    4,118,924       5,268,858                    
Other operating income (expense) — net
    (50,837 )     28,032       14,113       71,571       49,656  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    (3,687,146 )     (4,366,377 )     1,685,479       1,593,714       1,412,835  
Interest expense
    1,500,866       928,978       451,870       484,063       443,442  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (13,371 )     (82,290 )     6,742       2,306       (702 )
Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (20,689 )     100,019       35,176       37,845       38,338  
Other income (expense) — net
    679,716       126,393       5,326       (8,593 )     11,016  
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (4,542,356 )     (5,151,233 )     1,280,853       1,141,209       1,018,045  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    493,320       524,040       (441,148 )     (470,443 )     (403,047 )
 
                             
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (4,049,036 )     (4,627,193 )     839,705       670,766       614,998  
Income from discontinued operations, net (4)
          638,391       145,833       52,678       338,511  
 
                             
Consolidated net income (loss)
    (4,049,036 )     (3,988,802 )   $ 985,538     $ 723,444     $ 953,509  
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (14,950 )     16,671       47,031       31,927       17,847  
 
                             
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (4,034,086 )   $ (4,005,473 )   $ 938,507     $ 691,517     $ 935,662  
 
                             

29


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
            For the Five     For the Seven        
    Year Ended     Months Ended     Months Ended     For the Years  
    December 31,     December 31,     July 30,     Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007 (1)     2006 (2)     2005  
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                               
Basic:
                                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59     $ 1.27     $ 1.09  
Discontinued operations
          (.02 )     1.29       .30       .11       .62  
 
                                   
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.89     $ 1.38     $ 1.71  
 
                                   
Diluted:
                                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59     $ 1.27     $ 1.09  
Discontinued operations
          (.02 )     1.29       .29       .11       .62  
 
                                   
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.88     $ 1.38     $ 1.71  
 
                                   
Dividends declared per share
        $     $     $ .75     $ .75     $ .69  
                                         
    As of December 31,
    2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006 (2)   2005
(In thousands)   Post-Merger   Post-Merger   Pre-Merger   Pre-Merger   Pre-Merger
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Current assets
  $ 3,658,845     $ 2,066,555     $ 2,294,583     $ 2,205,730     $ 2,398,294  
Property, plant and equipment — net, including discontinued operations (5)
    3,332,393       3,548,159       3,215,088       3,236,210       3,255,649  
Total assets
    18,047,101       21,125,463       18,805,528       18,886,455       18,718,571  
Current liabilities
    1,544,136       1,845,946       2,813,277       1,663,846       2,107,313  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    20,303,126       18,940,697       5,214,988       7,326,700       6,155,363  
Shareholders’ equity (deficit)
    (6,844,738 )     (2,916,231 )     9,233,851       8,391,733       9,116,824  
 
(1)   Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , codified in ASC 740-10. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740-10, the effects of adoption were accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the balance of retained earnings on the date of adoption. The adoption of ASC 740-10 resulted in a decrease of $0.2 million to the January 1, 2007 balance of “Retained deficit”, an increase of $101.7 million in “Other long term-liabilities” for unrecognized tax benefits and a decrease of $123.0 million in “Deferred income taxes”.
 
(2)   Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, codified in ASC 718-10. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10, the Company elected to adopt the standard using the modified prospective method.
 
(3)   We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.1 billion in 2009 and $5.3 billion in 2008 as a result of the global economic downturn which adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses, as discussed more fully in Item 7.
 
(4)   Includes the results of operations of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses, which we spun-off on December 21, 2005, our television business, which we sold on March 14, 2008, and certain of our non-core radio stations.
 
(5)   Excludes the property, plant and equipment — net of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses, which we spun-off on December 21, 2005.

30


Table of Contents

ITEM 7 . Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Consummation of Merger
     We were formed in May 2007 by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of acquiring the business of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., (“Clear Channel”). The acquisition was completed pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 16, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and May 13, 2008. As a result of the merger, each issued and outstanding share of Clear Channel, other than shares held by certain of our principals that were rolled over and exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock, was either exchanged for (i) $36.00 in cash consideration or (ii) one share of our Class A common stock.
     We accounted for our acquisition of Clear Channel as a purchase business combination in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations , and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions . We allocated a portion of the consideration paid to the assets and liabilities acquired at their respective fair values with the remaining portion recorded at the continuing shareholders’ basis. Excess consideration after this allocation was recorded as goodwill.
     During the first seven months of 2009, we decreased the initial fair value estimate of our permits, contracts, site leases and other assets and liabilities primarily in our Americas segment by $116.1 million based on additional information received, which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $71.7 million and a decrease to deferred taxes of $44.4 million. During the third quarter of 2009, we adjusted deferred taxes by $44.3 million to true-up our tax rates in certain jurisdictions that were estimated in the initial purchase price allocation. Also, during the third quarter of 2009, we recorded a $45.0 million increase to goodwill in our International outdoor segment related to the fair value of certain noncontrolling interests which existed at the merger date, with no related tax effect. This noncontrolling interest was recorded pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99 which determines the classification of redeemable noncontrolling interests. We subsequently determined that the increase in goodwill related to these noncontrolling interests should have been included in the impairment charge resulting from the December 31, 2008 interim goodwill impairment test. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2009, we impaired this entire goodwill amount, which after considering the effects of foreign exchange movements, was $41.4 million.
     The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Format of Presentation
     Our consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows are presented for two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:
    The year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 reflect our post-merger period. Subsequent to the acquisition, Clear Channel became an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ours and our business became that of Clear Channel and its subsidiaries.
 
    The period from January 1 through July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 reflect the pre-merger period of Clear Channel. Prior to the consummation of our acquisition of Clear Channel, we had not conducted any activities, other than activities incident to our formation and in connection with the acquisition, and did not have any assets or liabilities, other than as related to the acquisition. The consolidated financial statements for all pre-merger periods were prepared using the historical basis of accounting for Clear Channel. As a result of the merger and the associated purchase accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the post-merger periods are not comparable to periods preceding the merger.
     The discussion in this MD&A is presented on a combined basis of the pre-merger and post-merger periods for 2008. The 2008 post-merger and pre-merger results are presented but are not discussed separately. We believe that the discussion on a combined basis is more meaningful as it allows the results of operations to be analyzed to comparable periods in 2009 and 2007.
     Management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. Our discussion is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis. Our reportable operating segments are radio broadcasting (“radio” or “radio

31


Table of Contents

broadcasting”), which includes our national syndication business, Americas Outdoor Advertising (“Americas” or “Americas outdoor advertising”), and International Outdoor Advertising (“International” or “International outdoor advertising”). Included in the “other” segment are our media representation business, Katz Media, as well as other general support services and initiatives.
     We manage our operating segments primarily focusing on their operating income, while Corporate expenses, Merger expenses, Impairment charge, Other operating income (expense) — net, Interest expense, Gain (loss) on marketable securities, Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates, Other income (expense) — net, Income tax benefit (expense) and Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net are managed on a total company basis and are, therefore, included only in our discussion of consolidated results.
Cash Flow and Liquidity
     Our primary source of liquidity is cash on hand as well as cash flow from operations. We have a large amount of indebtedness, and a substantial portion of our operating income and cash flow are used to service debt. At December 31, 2009, we had $1.9 billion of cash on our balance sheet, with $609.4 million held by our subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiaries. We have debt maturities totaling $403.2 million and $873.0 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively. Based on our current operations and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand as well as cash flow from operations will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months.
     Our ability to fund our working capital needs, debt service and other obligations depends on our future operating performance and cash flow. If our future operating performance does not meet our expectation or our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate, we may need additional financing. Continuing adverse securities and credit market conditions could significantly affect the availability of equity or credit financing. Consequently, there can be no assurance that such financing, if permitted under the terms of our financing agreements, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. The inability to obtain additional financing in such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet our obligations.
Impairment Charges
      Impairments to Definite-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets
     We review our definite-lived tangible and intangible assets for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated from those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.
     We use various assumptions in determining the current fair market value of these assets, including future expected cash flows, industry growth rates and discount rates. Impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.
     During fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded impairments of $28.8 million primarily related to contract intangible assets and street furniture tangible assets in our International segment and $11.3 million related to corporate assets based on the provisions of ASC 360-10. ASC 360-10 states that long-lived assets should be tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The decline in our contract intangible assets was primarily driven by a decline in cash flow projections from these contracts. The remaining balance of the contract intangible assets, for the contracts that were impaired, and the remaining balance of the corporate assets after impairment was $4.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively.
     During the second quarter of 2009, we recorded a $21.3 million impairment to taxi contract intangible assets in our Americas segment and a $26.2 million impairment primarily related to street furniture tangible assets and contract intangible assets in our International segment under ASC 360-10. We determined fair values using a discounted cash flow model. The decline in fair value of the contracts was primarily driven by a decline in the revenue projections since the date of the merger. The decline in revenue related to taxi contract intangible assets and street furniture and billboard contract intangible assets was in the range of 10% to 15%. The balance of these taxi contract intangible assets and street furniture and billboard contract intangible assets after the impairment charges, for the contracts that were impaired, was $3.3 million and $16.0 million, respectively. We subsequently sold our taxi advertising business in the fourth quarter of 2009 and recorded a loss of $20.9 million.

32


Table of Contents

      Interim Impairments to FCC Licenses
     FCC broadcast licenses are granted to radio stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Act”). The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if the FCC finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity, there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee, and there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse. The licenses may be renewed indefinitely at little or no cost.
     The United States and global economies have undergone an economic downturn, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions in the discounted cash flow models used to value our FCC licenses since the merger. Therefore, we performed an interim impairment test on our FCC licenses as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $936.2 million.
     The industry cash flows forecast by BIA Financial Network, Inc. (“BIA”) during the first six months of 2009 were below the BIA forecast used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, we performed another interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on our FCC licenses resulting in an additional non-cash impairment charge of $590.3 million.
     Our impairment tests consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the FCC licenses at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the FCC license exceeded its fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the FCC license is its new accounting basis. The fair value of the FCC licenses was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the FCC licenses was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . We engaged Mesirow Financial Consulting LLC (“Mesirow Financial”), a third-party valuation firm, to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our FCC licenses.
     Our application of the direct valuation method attempts to isolate the income that is properly attributable to the license alone (that is, apart from tangible and identified intangible assets and goodwill). It is based upon modeling a hypothetical “greenfield” build up to a “normalized” enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for (or added) as part of the build-up process. We forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of our markets in our application of the direct valuation method. We also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each market. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the licenses in each market.
     Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically develops indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flow model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
     Our key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average FCC license within a market.
     Management uses publicly available information from BIA regarding the future revenue expectations for the radio broadcasting industry.
     The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market share and profit margin. Management believes that a three-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to obtain the necessary infrastructure and obtain advertisers. It is estimated that a start-up operation would gradually obtain a mature market revenue share in three years. BIA forecasted industry revenue growth of 1.9% and negative 1.8%, respectively, during the build-up period used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to establish operations and recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the FCC licenses within the market.

33


Table of Contents

     The estimated operating margin in the first year of operations was assumed to be 12.5% based on observable market data for an independent start-up radio station for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The estimated operating margin in the second year of operations was assumed to be the mid-point of the first-year operating margin and the normalized operating margin. The normalized operating margin in the third year was assumed to be the industry average margin of 30% and 29% based on an analysis of comparable companies for the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests, respectively. The first and second-year expenses include the non-operating start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e. development of customers, workforce, etc.).
     In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 2% beyond the discrete build-up projection period for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.
     The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.
     We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the radio broadcasting industry.
     The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e., market participants). We calculated the average yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” and “CCC” rated corporate bond which was used for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.
     The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified Capital Asset Pricing Model (“CAPM”). Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.
     Our concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the licenses was 10% for our 13 largest markets and 10.5% for all of our other markets in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the licenses. The initial capital investment represents the fixed assets needed to operate the radio station.
     The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased 150 basis points compared to the discount rate used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008 which resulted in a decline in the fair value of our licenses. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge in approximately one-quarter of our markets, which totaled $936.2 million. The fair value of our FCC licenses was $3.0 billion at December 31, 2008.
     The BIA forecast for 2009 declined 8.7% and declined between 13.8% and 15.7% through 2013 compared to the BIA forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. Additionally, the industry profit margin declined 100 basis points from the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the FCC licenses below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge in approximately one-quarter of our markets, which totaled $590.3 million. The fair value of our FCC licenses was $2.4 billion at June 30, 2009.
     In calculating the fair value of our FCC licenses, we primarily relied on the discounted cash flow models. However, we relied on the stick method for those markets where the discounted cash flow model resulted in a value less than the stick method indicated.
     To estimate the stick values for our markets, we obtained historical radio station transaction data from BIA which involved sales of individual radio stations whereby the station format was immediately abandoned after acquisition. These transactions are highly indicative of stick transactions in which the buyer does not assign value to any of the other acquired assets (i.e. tangible or intangible assets) and is only purchasing the FCC license.

34


Table of Contents

     In addition, we analyzed publicly available FCC license auction data involving radio broadcast licenses. Periodically, the FCC will hold an auction for certain FCC licenses in various markets and these auction prices reflect the purchase of only the FCC radio license.
     Based on this analysis, the stick values were estimated to be the minimum value of a radio license within each market. This value was considered to be the fair value of the license for those markets where the present value of the cash flows and terminal value did not exceed the estimated stick value. Approximately 17% and 23% of the fair value of our FCC licenses at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, was determined using the stick method.
     The following table shows the increase to the FCC license impairment that would have occurred using hypothetical percentage reductions in fair value, had the hypothetical reductions in fair value existed at the time of our impairment testing:
                 
(In thousands)   June 30, 2009   December 31, 2008
Percent change in fair value   Change to impairment   Change to impairment
5%
  $ 118,877     $ 151,008  
10%
  $ 239,536     $ 302,016  
15%
  $ 360,279     $ 453,025  
      Annual Impairment Test to FCC Licenses
     We perform our annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. We engaged Mesirow Financial, a third-party valuation firm, to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our FCC licenses. The aggregate fair value of our FCC licenses on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 11% from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value resulted primarily from an increase of $120.4 million related to improved revenue forecasts and an increase of $195.9 million related to a decline in the discount rate of 50 basis points. We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the radio broadcasting industry. These market driven changes were responsible for the decline in the calculated discount rate.
     As a result of the increase in the fair value of our FCC licenses, no impairment was recorded at October 1, 2009. The fair value of our FCC licenses at October 1, 2009 was approximately $2.7 billion.
     While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized reasonable assumptions to calculate the fair value of our FCC licenses, it is possible a material change could occur. If our future actual results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations. The following table shows the decline in the fair value of our FCC licenses that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:
                         
(In thousands)            
Indefinite-lived intangible   Revenue growth rate   Profit margin   Discount rate
FCC licenses
  $ 275,410     $ 117,410     $ 378,300  
      Interim Impairments to Billboard Permits
     Our billboard permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments as they are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically specify the locations at which we are allowed to operate an advertising structure. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in our International segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike our permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived assets in our International segment.
     The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions in the discounted cash flow models used to value our billboard permits since the merger. Therefore, we

35


Table of Contents

performed an interim impairment test on our billboard permits as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $722.6 million.
     Our cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, we performed an interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on our billboard permits resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $345.4 million.
     Our impairment tests consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the billboard permits at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the billboard permit exceeded its fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the billboard permit is its new accounting basis. The fair value of the billboard permits was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the billboard permits was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our billboard permits.
     Our application of the direct valuation method utilized the “greenfield” approach as discussed above. Our key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average billboard permit within a market.
     Management uses its internal forecasts to estimate industry normalized information as it believes these forecasts are similar to what a market participant would expect to generate. This is due to the pricing structure and demand for outdoor signage in a market being relatively constant regardless of the owner of the operation. Management also relied on its internal forecasts because there is little public data available for each of its markets.
     The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market revenue share and profit margin. Management believes that a one-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to erect the necessary structures and obtain advertisers in order to achieve mature market revenue share. It is estimated that a start-up operation would be able to obtain 10% of the potential revenues in the first year of operations and 100% in the second year. Management assumed industry revenue growth of negative 9% and negative 16% during the build-up period for the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 interim impairment tests, respectively. However, the cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the permits within the market.
     For the normalized operating margin in the third year, management assumed a hypothetical business would operate at the lower of the operating margin for the specific market or the industry average margin of 46% and 45% based on an analysis of comparable companies in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models, respectively. For the first and second year of operations, the operating margin was assumed to be 50% of the “normalized” operating margin for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The first and second-year expenses include the non-recurring start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e. development of customers, workforce, etc.).
     In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 3% beyond the discrete build-up projection period in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.
     The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.
     We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.
     The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e. market participants). We used the yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” rated corporate bond for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.

36


Table of Contents

     The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.
     Our concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the permits was 9.5% at December 31, 2008 and 10% at June 30, 2009. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the permits. The initial capital investment represents the expenditures required to erect the necessary advertising structures.
     The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased approximately 100 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 10% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge which totaled $722.6 million. The fair value of our permits was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2008.
     The discount rate used in the June 30, 2009 impairment model increased approximately 50 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits at December 31, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 8% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge in all but five of our markets in the United States and Canada, which totaled $345.4 million. The fair value of our permits was $1.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
     The following table shows the increase to the billboard permit impairment that would have occurred using hypothetical percentage reductions in fair value, had the hypothetical reductions in fair value existed at the time of our impairment testing:
                 
(In thousands)   June 30, 2009   December 31, 2008
Percent change in fair value   Change to impairment   Change to impairment
5%
  $ 55,776     $ 80,798  
10%
  $ 111,782     $ 156,785  
15%
  $ 167,852     $ 232,820  
      Annual Impairment Test to Billboard Permits
     We perform our annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our billboard permits. The aggregate fair value of our permits on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 8% from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value resulted primarily from an increase of $57.7 million related to improved industry revenue forecasts. The discount rate was unchanged from the June 30, 2009 interim impairment analysis. We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.
     The fair value of our permits at October 1, 2009 was approximately $1.2 billion.
     While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized reasonable assumptions to calculate the fair value of our permits, it is possible a material change could occur. If our future actual results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations. The following table shows the decline in the fair value of our billboard permits that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:
                         
(In thousands)            
Indefinite-lived intangible   Revenue growth rate   Profit margin   Discount rate
Billboard permits
  $ 405,900     $ 102,500     $ 428,100  

37


Table of Contents

      Interim Impairments to Goodwill
     We test goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions in the discounted cash flow model used to value our reporting units since the merger. Therefore, we performed an interim impairment test resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2008.
     Our cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. Additionally, the fair value of our debt and equity at June 30, 2009 was below the carrying amount of our reporting units at June 30, 2009. As a result of these indicators, we performed an interim goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2009 resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $3.1 billion.
     Our goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our reporting units.
     Each of our U.S. radio markets and outdoor advertising markets are components. Our U.S. radio markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit and our U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test using the guidance in ASC 350-20-55. We also determined that in our Americas segment, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil constitute separate reporting units and each country in our International segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.
     The discounted cash flow model indicated that we failed the first step of the impairment test for substantially all reporting units as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, which required us to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value.
     The discounted cash flow approach we use for valuing our reporting units involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value.
     We forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of our reporting units. In projecting future cash flows, we consider a variety of factors including our historical growth rates, macroeconomic conditions, advertising sector and industry trends as well as company-specific information. Historically, revenues in our industries have been highly correlated to economic cycles. Based on these considerations, our assumed 2008 and 2009 revenue growth rates used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models were negative followed by assumed revenue growth with an anticipated economic recovery in 2009 and 2010, respectively. To arrive at our projected cash flows and resulting growth rates, we evaluated our historical operating results, current management initiatives and both historical and anticipated industry results to assess the reasonableness of our operating margin assumptions. We also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each reporting unit. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the reporting unit.
     We calculated the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages for each of our reporting units. WACC is an overall rate based upon the individual rates of return for invested capital (equity and interest-bearing debt). The WACC is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average data for publicly traded companies in the radio and outdoor advertising industry. Our calculation of the WACC considered both current industry WACCs and historical trends in the industry.
     The calculation of the WACC requires the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e. market participants) and the indicated yield on similarly rated bonds.

38


Table of Contents

     The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.
     In line with advertising industry trends, our operations and expected cash flow are subject to significant uncertainties about future developments, including timing and severity of the recessionary trends and customers’ behaviors. To address these risks, we included company-specific risk premiums for each of our reporting units in the estimated WACC. Based on this analysis, as of December 31, 2008, company-specific risk premiums of 100 basis points, 300 basis points and 300 basis points were included for our Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 11%, 12.5% and 12.5% for each of our reporting units in the Radio, Americas and International segments, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, company-specific risk premiums of 100 basis points, 250 basis points and 350 basis points were included for our Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 11%, 12.5% and 13.5% for each of our reporting units in the Radio, Americas and International segments, respectively. Applying these WACCs, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.
     The discount rate utilized in the valuation of the FCC licenses and outdoor permits as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 excludes the company-specific risk premiums that were added to the industry WACCs used in the valuation of the reporting units. Management believes the exclusion of this premium is appropriate given the difference between the nature of the licenses and billboard permits and reporting unit cash flow projections. The cash flow projections utilized under the direct valuation method for the licenses and permits are derived from utilizing industry “normalized” information for the existing portfolio of licenses and permits. Given that the underlying cash flow projections are based on industry normalized information, application of an industry average discount rate is appropriate. Conversely, our cash flow projections for the overall reporting unit are based on our internal forecasts for each business and incorporate future growth and initiatives unrelated to the existing license and permit portfolio. Additionally, the projections for the reporting unit include cash flows related to non-FCC license and non-permit based assets. In the valuation of the reporting unit, the company-specific risk premiums were added to the industry WACCs due to the risks inherent in achieving the projected cash flows of the reporting unit.
     We also utilized the market approach to provide a test of reasonableness to the results of the discounted cash flow model. The market approach indicates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on a company’s market capitalization (if publicly traded) and a comparison of the business to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in its industry. This approach can be estimated through the quoted market price method, the market comparable method, and the market transaction method.
     One indication of the fair value of a business is the quoted market price in active markets for the debt and equity of the business. The quoted market price of equity multiplied by the number of shares outstanding yields the fair value of the equity of a business on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. We then apply a premium for control and add the estimated fair value of interest-bearing debt to indicate the fair value of the invested capital of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.
     The market comparable method provides an indication of the fair value of the invested capital of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. The conditions and prospects of companies in similar lines of business depend on common factors such as overall demand for their products and services. An analysis of the market multiples of companies engaged in similar lines of business yields insight into investor perceptions and, therefore, the value of the subject business. These multiples are then applied to the operating results of the subject business to estimate the fair value of the invested capital on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. We then apply a premium for control to indicate the fair value of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.
     The market transaction method estimates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in similar companies recently offered for sale. This process involves comparison and correlation of the subject business with other similar companies that have recently been purchased. Considerations such as location, time of sale, physical characteristics, and conditions of sale are analyzed for comparable businesses.
     The three variations of the market approach indicated that the fair value determined by our discounted cash flow model was within a reasonable range of outcomes as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009.

39


Table of Contents

     Our revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 18%, 21% and 29% for Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the July 30, 2008 preliminary purchase price allocation primarily as a result of our revenues realized for the year ended December 31, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of our reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce our goodwill of $3.6 billion at December 31, 2008.
     Our revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 8%, 7% and 9% for Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test primarily as a result of our revenues realized during the first six months of 2009. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of our reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce our goodwill of $3.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
     The following table shows the increase to the goodwill impairment that would have occurred using hypothetical percentage reductions in fair value, had the hypothetical reduction in fair value existed at the time of our impairment testing:
                                                 
    June 30, 2009     December 31, 2008  
(In thousands)   Change to impairment     Change to impairment  
Reportable segment   5%     10%     15%     5%     10%     15%  
Radio Broadcasting
  $ 353,000     $ 706,000     $ 1,059,000     $ 460,007     $ 920,007     $ 1,380,007  
Americas Outdoor
  $ 164,950     $ 329,465     $ 493,915     $ 166,303     $ 341,303     $ 516,303  
International Outdoor
  $ 7,207     $ 18,452     $ 33,774     $ 6,761     $ 14,966     $ 24,830  
      Annual Impairment Test to Goodwill
     We perform our annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our reporting units. The fair value of our reporting units on October 1, 2009 increased from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value of our radio reporting unit was primarily the result of a 50 basis point decline in the WACC as well as a 130 basis point increase in the long-term operating margin. The increase in fair value of our Americas reporting unit was primarily the result of a 150 basis point decline in the WACC. Application of the market approach described above supported lowering the company-specific risk premium used in the discounted cash flow model to fair value the Americas reporting unit. The increase in the aggregate fair value of the reporting units in our International outdoor segment was primarily the result of an improvement in the long-term revenue forecasts. A certain reporting unit in our International outdoor segment recognized a $41.4 million impairment to goodwill related to the fair value adjustments of certain noncontrolling interests recorded in the merger pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99.
     While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to impairment charges in the future. The following table shows the decline in the fair value of each of our reportable segments that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:
                         
(In thousands)                  
Reportable segment   Revenue growth rate     Profit margin     Discount rates  
Radio Broadcasting
  $ 770,000     $ 210,000     $ 700,000  
Americas Outdoor
  $ 480,000     $ 110,000     $ 430,000  
International Outdoor
  $ 180,000     $ 150,000     $ 160,000  

40


Table of Contents

     A rollforward of our goodwill balance from July 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009 by reporting unit is as follows:
                                                         
    Balances as                                             Balances as of  
    of                     Foreign                     December 31,  
(In thousands)   July 30, 2008     Acquisitions     Dispositions     Currency     Impairment     Adjustments     2008  
United States Radio Markets
  $ 6,691,260     $ 3,486     $     $     $ (1,115,033 )   $ (523 )   $ 5,579,190  
United States Outdoor Markets
    3,121,645                         (2,296,915 )           824,730  
France
    122,865                   (14,747 )     (23,620 )           84,498  
Switzerland
    57,664                   (977 )           198       56,885  
Australia
    40,520                   (11,813 )           (529 )     28,178  
Belgium
    37,982                   (4,549 )     (7,505 )           25,928  
Sweden
    31,794                   (8,118 )                 23,676  
Norway
    26,434                   (7,626 )                 18,808  
Ireland
    16,224                   (1,939 )                 14,285  
United Kingdom
    32,336                   (10,162 )     (22,174 )            
Italy
    23,649             (542 )     (2,808 )     (20,521 )     222        
China
    31,187                   234       (31,421 )            
Spain
    21,139                   (2,537 )     (18,602 )            
Turkey
    17,896                         (17,896 )            
Finland
    13,641                   (1,637 )     (12,004 )            
Americas Outdoor — Canada
    35,390                   (5,783 )     (24,687 )           4,920  
All Others — Americas
    86,770                   (23,822 )                 62,948  
All Others — International Outdoor
    54,265                   3,160       (19,692 )     (2,448 )     35,285  
Other
    331,290                                     331,290  
 
                                         
 
  $ 10,793,951     $ 3,486     $ (542 )   $ (93,124 )   $ (3,610,070 )   $ (3,080 )   $ 7,090,621  
 
                                         
                                                         
    Balances as of                                             Balances as of  
(In thousands)   December 31, 2008     Acquisitions     Dispositions     Foreign Currency     Impairment     Adjustments     December 31, 2009  
United States Radio Markets
  $ 5,579,190     $ 4,518     $ (62,410 )   $     $ (2,420,897 )   $ 46,468     $ 3,146,869  
United States Outdoor Markets
    824,730       2,250                   (324,892 )     69,844       571,932  
Switzerland
    56,885                   1,276       (7,827 )           50,334  
Ireland
    14,285                   223       (12,591 )           1,917  
Baltics
    10,629                         (10,629 )            
Americas Outdoor — Mexico
    8,729                   7,440       (10,085 )     (442 )     5,642  
Americas Outdoor — Chile
    3,964                   4,417       (8,381 )            
Americas Outdoor — Peru
    45,284                         (37,609 )           7,675  
Americas Outdoor — Brazil
    4,971                   4,436       (9,407 )            
Americas Outdoor — Canada
    4,920                               (4,920 )      
All Others — International Outdoor
    205,744       110             15,913       (42,717 )     45,042       224,092  
Other
    331,290             (2,276 )           (211,988 )     (482 )     116,544  
 
                                         
 
  $ 7,090,621     $ 6,878     $ (64,686 )   $ 33,705     $ (3,097,023 )   $ 155,510     $ 4,125,005  
 
                                         

41


Table of Contents

Restructuring Program
     In 2008 and continuing into 2009, the global economic downturn adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated an ongoing, company-wide strategic review of our costs and organizational structure to identify opportunities to maximize efficiency and realign expenses with our current and long-term business outlook. As of December 31, 2009, we had incurred a total of $260.3 million of costs in conjunction with this restructuring program. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $441.3 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating and corporate expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.
     No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.
     The following table shows the expenses related to our restructuring program recognized as components of direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses and corporate expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively:
                 
    Post-Merger     Combined  
    Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008  
Direct operating expenses
  $ 89,604     $ 31,704  
SG&A expenses
    39,193       57,909  
Corporate expenses
    35,612       6,288  
 
           
Total
  $ 164,409     $ 95,901  
 
           
Sale of Non-core Radio Stations
     Clear Channel’s sale of non-core radio stations was substantially complete in the first half of 2008. We determined that each radio station market in Clear Channel’s non-core radio station sales represents a disposal group consistent with the provisions of ASC 360-10. Consistent with the provisions of ASC 360-10, Clear Channel classified these assets sales as discontinued operations. Additionally, net income and cash flow from these non-core radio station sales were classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows, respectively, in 2008 through the date of sale and for all of 2007.
Sale of the Television Business
     On March 14, 2008, Clear Channel completed the sale of its television business to Newport Television, LLC for $1.0 billion, adjusted for certain items including proration of expenses and adjustments for working capital. As a result, Clear Channel recorded a gain of $662.9 million as a component of “Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net” in our consolidated statement of operations during 2008. Additionally, net income and cash flows from the television business were classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows, respectively, in 2008 through the date of sale and for all of 2007.
Radio Broadcasting
     Our radio business has been adversely impacted and may continue to be adversely impacted by the recession in the United States. The weak economy in the United States has, among other things, adversely affected our clients’ need for advertising and marketing services thereby reducing demand for, and prices for, our advertising spots. Continued weak demand for these services could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
     Our revenue is derived from selling advertising time, or spots, on our radio stations, with advertising contracts typically less than one year in duration. The programming formats of our radio stations are designed to reach audiences with targeted demographic characteristics that appeal to our advertisers. Management monitors average advertising rates, which are principally based on the length of the spot and how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by an independent ratings service. The size of the market influences rates as well, with larger markets typically receiving higher rates than smaller markets. Also, our advertising rates are influenced by the time of day the advertisement airs, with morning and evening drive-time hours typically highest priced. Management monitors yield per available minute in addition to average rates because yield allows management to track revenue performance across our inventory. Yield is measured by management in a variety of ways, including revenue earned divided by minutes of advertising sold.

42


Table of Contents

     Management monitors macro level indicators to assess our radio operations’ performance. Due to the geographic diversity and autonomy of our markets, we have a multitude of market specific advertising rates and audience demographics. Therefore, management reviews average unit rates across each of our stations.
     Management looks at our radio operations’ overall revenue as well as the revenue from each type of advertising, including local advertising, which is sold predominately in a station’s local market, and national advertising, which is sold across multiple markets. Local advertising is sold by each radio station’s sales staff while national advertising is sold, for the most part, through our national representation firm. Local advertising, which is our largest source of advertising revenue, and national advertising revenues are tracked separately, because these revenue streams have different sales forces and respond differently to changes in the economic environment. We periodically review and refine our selling structures in all markets in an effort to maximize the value of our offering to advertisers and, therefore, our revenue.
     Management also looks at radio revenue by market size. Typically, larger markets can reach larger audiences with wider demographics than smaller markets. Additionally, management reviews our share of radio advertising revenues in markets where such information is available, as well as our share of target demographics listening to the radio in an average quarter hour. This metric gauges how well our formats are attracting and retaining listeners.
     A portion of our radio segment’s expenses vary in connection with changes in revenue. These variable expenses primarily relate to costs in our sales department, such as commissions and bad debt. Our programming and general and administrative departments incur most of our fixed costs, such as talent costs, rights fees, utilities and office salaries. Lastly, we incur discretionary costs in our marketing and promotions, which we primarily use in an effort to maintain and/or increase our audience share.
Americas and International Outdoor Advertising
     Our outdoor advertising business has been, and may continue to be, adversely impacted by the difficult economic conditions currently present in the United States and other countries in which we operate. The recession has, among other things, adversely affected our clients’ need for advertising and marketing services, resulted in increased cancellations and non-renewals by our clients, thereby reducing our occupancy levels, and could require us to lower our rates in order to remain competitive, thereby reducing our yield, or affect our client’s solvency. Any one or more of these effects could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
     Our revenue is derived from selling advertising space on the displays we own or operate in key markets worldwide, consisting primarily of billboards, street furniture and transit displays. We own the majority of our advertising displays, which typically are located on sites that we either lease or own or for which we have acquired permanent easements. Our advertising contracts with clients typically outline the number of displays reserved, the duration of the advertising campaign and the unit price per display.
     Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered by a display or group of displays, expressed as a percentage of a market population. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time and, in some international markets, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic. Management typically monitors our business by reviewing the average rates, average revenue per display, or yield, occupancy, and inventory levels of each of our display types by market. In addition, because a significant portion of our advertising operations are conducted in foreign markets, primarily the Euro area, the United Kingdom and China, management reviews the operating results from our foreign operations on a constant dollar basis. A constant dollar basis allows for comparison of operations independent of foreign exchange movements.
     The significant expenses associated with our operations include (i) direct production, maintenance and installation expenses, (ii) site lease expenses for land under our displays and (iii) revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed amounts payable under our billboard, street furniture and transit display contracts. Our direct production, maintenance and installation expenses include costs for printing, transporting and changing the advertising copy on our displays, the related labor costs, the vinyl and paper costs and the costs for cleaning and maintaining our displays. Vinyl and paper costs vary according to the complexity of the advertising copy and the quantity of displays. Our site lease expenses include lease payments for use of the land under our displays, as well as any revenue-sharing arrangements or minimum guaranteed amounts payable that we may have with the landlords. The terms of our site leases and revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed contracts generally range from one to 20 years.

43


Table of Contents

     In our International business, normal market practice is to sell billboards and street furniture as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks, compared to contract terms typically ranging from four weeks to one year in the U.S. In addition, competitive bidding for street furniture and transit display contracts, which constitute a larger portion of our International business, and a different regulatory environment for billboards, result in higher site lease cost in our International business compared to our Americas business. As a result, our margins are typically less in our International business than in the Americas.
     Our street furniture and transit display contracts, the terms of which range from three to 20 years, generally require us to make upfront investments in property, plant and equipment. These contracts may also include upfront lease payments and/or minimum annual guaranteed lease payments. We can give no assurance that our cash flows from operations over the terms of these contracts will exceed the upfront and minimum required payments.
THE COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 IS AS FOLLOWS:
                                            
            Period from     Period from                
            July 31     January 1                
    Year ended     through     through     Year ended          
    December     December     July 30,     December 31,          
    31, 2009     31, 2008     2008     2008     %  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Combined     Change  
Revenue
  $ 5,551,909     $ 2,736,941     $ 3,951,742     $ 6,688,683       (17 %)
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,583,263       1,198,345       1,706,099       2,904,444       (11 %)
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,466,593       806,787       1,022,459       1,829,246       (20 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    765,474       348,041       348,789       696,830       10 %
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    253,964       102,276       125,669       227,945       11 %
Merger expenses
          68,085       87,684       155,769          
Impairment charges
    4,118,924       5,268,858             5,268,858          
Other operating income (expense) — net
    (50,837 )     13,205       14,827       28,032          
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    (3,687,146 )     (5,042,246 )     675,869       (4,366,377 )        
Interest expense
    1,500,866       715,768       213,210       928,978          
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (13,371 )     (116,552 )     34,262       (82,290 )        
Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (20,689 )     5,804       94,215       100,019          
Other income (expense) — net
    679,716       131,505       (5,112 )     126,393          
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (4,542,356 )     (5,737,257 )     586,024       (5,151,233 )        
Income tax benefit (expense):
                                       
Current
    76,129       76,729       (27,280 )     49,449          
Deferred
    417,191       619,894       (145,303 )     474,591          
 
                             
Income tax benefit (expense)
    493,320       696,623       (172,583 )     524,040          
 
                             
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (4,049,036 )     (5,040,634 )     413,441       (4,627,193 )        
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
          (1,845 )     640,236       638,391          
 
                             
Consolidated net income (loss)
    (4,049,036 )     (5,042,479 )     1,053,677       (3,988,802 )        
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (14,950 )     (481 )     17,152       16,671          
 
                             
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (4,034,086 )   $ (5,041,998 )   $ 1,036,525     $ (4,005,473 )        
 
                             

44


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations
Revenue
     Our consolidated revenue decreased $1.14 billion during 2009 compared to 2008. Revenue declined $557.5 million during 2009 compared to 2008 from our radio business associated with decreases in both local and national advertising. Our Americas outdoor revenue also declined approximately $192.1 million attributable to decreases in bulletin, poster and airport revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from larger national advertisers. Our International revenue declined approximately $399.2 million primarily as a result of challenging advertising climates in our markets and approximately $118.5 million from movements in foreign exchange.
Direct Operating Expenses
     Our consolidated direct operating expenses decreased approximately $321.2 million during 2009 compared to 2008. Our international outdoor business contributed $217.6 million of the overall decrease primarily from a decrease in site-lease expenses from lower revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program and $85.6 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Our Americas outdoor direct operating expenses decreased $39.4 million driven by decreased site-lease expenses from lower revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program. Our radio broadcasting direct operating expenses decreased approximately $77.5 million primarily related to decreased compensation expense associated with cost savings from the restructuring program.
SG&A Expenses
     Our SG&A expenses decreased approximately $362.7 million during 2009 compared to 2008. SG&A expenses in our radio business decreased approximately $249.1 million primarily from decreases in commission and salary expenses and decreased marketing and promotional expenses. Our international outdoor SG&A expenses decreased approximately $71.3 million primarily attributable to $23.7 million from movements in foreign exchange and an overall decline in compensation and administrative expenses. Our Americas outdoor SG&A expenses decreased approximately $50.7 million primarily related to a decline in commission expense.
Depreciation and Amortization
     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $68.6 million in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily due to $139.9 million associated with the fair value adjustments to the assets acquired in the merger. Partially offsetting the increase was a $43.2 million decrease in depreciation expense associated with the impairment of assets in our International outdoor segment during the fourth quarter of 2008 and a $20.6 million decrease from movements in foreign exchange.
Corporate Expenses
     Corporate expenses increased $26.0 million in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily as a result of a $29.3 million increase related to the restructuring program and a $23.5 million accrual related to an unfavorable outcome of litigation concerning a breach of contract regarding internet advertising and our radio stations. The increase was partially offset by $33.3 million primarily related to reductions in the legal accrual as a result of litigation settled in the current year.
Other Operating Income (Expense) — Net
     The $50.8 million expense for 2009 is primarily related to a $42.0 million loss on the sale and exchange of radio stations and a $20.9 million loss on the sale of our taxi advertising business. The losses were partially offset by a $10.1 million gain on the sale of Americas and International outdoor assets.
     The $28.0 million income in 2008 consists of a gain of $3.3 million from the sale of sports broadcasting rights, a $7.0 million gain on the disposition of a representation contract, a $4.0 million gain on the sale of property, plant and equipment, a $1.7 million gain on the sale of international street furniture and $9.6 million from the favorable settlement of a lawsuit.
Interest Expense
     Interest expense increased $571.9 million in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily from an increase in outstanding indebtedness due to the merger. Additionally, we borrowed approximately $1.6 billion under Clear Channel’s $2.0 billion credit facility during the first quarter of 2009 to improve our liquidity position in light of the uncertain economic environment.
Gain (Loss) on Marketable Securities
     The loss on marketable securities of $13.4 million in 2009 relates to the impairment of Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”). The fair value of INM was below cost for an extended period of time. As a result, we considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, we concluded that the

45


Table of Contents

impairment was other than temporary and recorded an $11.3 million non-cash impairment charge to our investment in INM. In addition, we recognized a $1.8 million loss on the third quarter sale of our remaining 8.6% interest in Grupo ACIR Communicaciones (“Grupo ACIR”).
     During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to INM and Sirius XM Radio. The fair value of these available-for-sale securities was below their cost each month subsequent to the closing of the merger. After considering the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99, we concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a $116.6 million impairment charge to our investments in INM and Sirius XM Radio. This loss was partially offset by a net gain of $27.0 million recorded in the second quarter of 2008 on the unwinding of our secured forward exchange contracts and the sale of our American Tower Corporation (“AMT”) shares.
Equity in Earnings (Loss) of Non-consolidated Affiliates
     Equity in loss of nonconsolidated affiliates of $20.7 million in 2009 is primarily related to a $22.9 million impairment of equity investments in our International outdoor segment in addition to a $4.0 million loss on the sale of a portion of our investment in Grupo ACIR. Subsequent to the January 2009 sale of 57% of our remaining 20% interest in Grupo ACIR, we no longer accounted for our investment as an equity method investment and began accounting for it at cost in accordance with ASC 323.
     Included in equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates in 2008 is a $75.6 million gain on the sale of Clear Channel’s 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor advertising company.
Other Income (Expense) — Net
     Other income of $679.7 million in 2009 relates to an aggregate gain of $368.6 million on the repurchases of certain of Clear Channel’s senior notes and an aggregate gain of $373.7 million on the repurchases of certain of Clear Channel’s senior toggle notes and senior cash pay notes. The gains on extinguishment of debt were partially offset by a $29.3 million loss related to loan costs associated with the $2.0 billion retirement of certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding senior secured debt. Please refer to the Sources and Uses section within this MD&A for additional discussion of the repurchases and debt retirement.
     Other income of $126.4 million in 2008 relates to an aggregate net gain of $94.7 million on the tender of certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding notes, a $29.3 million foreign exchange gain on translating short-term intercompany notes and an $8.0 million dividend received from a cost investment, partially offset by a $4.7 million impairment of our investment in a radio partnership.
Income Taxes
     Current tax benefits for 2009 increased $26.7 million compared to the full year for 2008 primarily due to our ability to carry back certain net operating losses to prior years. On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (the “Act”) was enacted into law. The Act amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code to allow net operating losses realized in a tax year ended after December 31, 2007 and beginning before January 1, 2010 to be carried back for up to five years (such losses were previously limited to a two-year carryback). This change will allow us to carryback fiscal 2009 taxable losses of approximately $361 million, based on our projections of projected taxable losses eligible for carryback, to prior years and receive refunds of previously paid Federal income taxes of approximately $126.4 million. The ultimate amount of such refunds realized from net operating loss carryback is dependent on our actual taxable losses for fiscal 2009, which may vary from our current expectations.
     The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 10.9% as compared to 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The effective tax rate for 2009 was impacted by the goodwill impairment charges which are not deductible for tax purposes. In addition, as noted above, due to the law change on November 6, 2009 that allows us to carryback a portion of our 2009 net operating losses back five years and based on our expectations as to future taxable income from deferred tax liabilities that reverse in the relevant carryforward period for those net operating losses that cannot be carried back, we believe that the realization of the deferred tax assets associated with the remaining net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets is more likely than not and therefore no valuation allowance is needed for the majority of our deferred tax assets.
     The 2008 effective tax rate was impacted by the impairment charge that resulted in a $5.3 billion decrease in “Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations” and tax benefits of approximately $648.2 million. Partially offsetting this decrease to the effective rate were tax benefits recorded as a result of the release of valuation allowances on the capital loss carryforwards that were used to offset the taxable gain from the disposition of Clear Channel’s investment in AMT and Grupo ACIR. Additionally, Clear Channel sold its 50% interest in Clear Channel

46


Table of Contents

Independent in 2008, which was structured as a tax free disposition. The sale resulted in a gain of $75.6 million with no current tax expense. Further, in 2008 valuation allowances were recorded on certain net operating losses generated during the period that were not able to be carried back to prior years.
     For the year ended December 31, 2009, deferred tax benefits decreased $57.4 million as compared to 2008 primarily due to larger impairment charges recorded in 2008 related to the tax deductible intangibles. This decrease was partially offset by increases in deferred tax expense in 2009 as a result of the deferral of certain discharge of indebtedness income, for income tax purposes, resulting from the reacquisition of business indebtedness, as provided by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 signed into law on February 17, 2009.
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations
     Income from discontinued operations of $638.4 million recorded during 2008 primarily relates to a gain of $631.9 million, net of tax, related to the sale of Clear Channel’s television business and the sale of radio stations.
Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
     Our radio broadcasting operating results were as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2009     2008        
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Combined     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 2,736,404     $ 3,293,874       (17 %)
Direct operating expenses
    901,799       979,324       (8 %)
SG&A expenses
    933,505       1,182,607       (21 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    261,246       152,822       71 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 639,854     $ 979,121       (35 %)
 
                   
     Our radio broadcasting revenue declined approximately $557.5 million in 2009 compared to 2008, driven by decreases in local and national revenues of $388.5 million and $115.1 million, respectively. Local and national revenue were down as a result of an overall weakness in advertising and the economy. The decline in advertising demand led to declines in total minutes sold and yield per minute in 2009 compared to 2008. Our radio revenue experienced declines across markets and advertising categories.
     Direct operating expenses declined approximately $77.5 million in 2009 compared to 2008. Compensation expense declined approximately $55.0 million primarily as a result of cost savings from the restructuring program. We also reclassified $34.2 million of direct operating expenses to amortization expense related to a purchase accounting adjustment to talent contracts. Non-renewals of sports contracts resulted in a decrease of $9.1 million while non-cash compensation decreased $13.5 million as a result of accelerated expense taken in 2008 related to options that vested in the merger. The declines were partially offset by an increase of approximately $9.4 million in programming expenses primarily related to new contract talent payments in our national syndication business and an increase of $34.1 million in expense primarily associated with severance accruals related to the restructuring program. SG&A expenses decreased approximately $249.1 million in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily from a $43.3 million decline in marketing and promotional expenses, a $122.9 million decline in commission and compensation expenses related to the decline in revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program, and an $18.3 million decline in bad debt expense. Non-cash compensation decreased $16.0 million as a result of accelerated expense taken in 2008 on options that vested in the merger.
     Depreciation and amortization increased approximately $108.4 million in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily as a result of additional amortization associated with the purchase accounting adjustments to intangible assets acquired in the merger.

47


Table of Contents

Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our Americas outdoor advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2009     2008        
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Combined     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 1,238,171     $ 1,430,258       (13 %)
Direct operating expenses
    608,078       647,526       (6 %)
SG&A expenses
    202,196       252,889       (20 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    210,280       207,633       1 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 217,617     $ 322,210       (32 %)
 
                   
     Our Americas revenue decreased approximately $192.1 million in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily driven by declines in bulletin, poster and transit revenues due to cancellations and non-renewals from larger national advertisers resulting from the overall weakness in advertising and the economy. The decline in bulletin, poster and transit revenues was also impacted by a decline in rate compared to 2008.
     Our Americas direct operating expenses decreased $39.4 million in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily from a $25.3 million decrease in site-lease expenses associated with cost savings from the restructuring program and the decline in revenues. This decrease was partially offset by $5.7 million related to the restructuring program. Our SG&A expenses decreased $50.7 million in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily from a $26.0 million decline in compensation expense associated with the decline in revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program and a $16.2 million decline in bad debt expense as a result of accounts collected and an improvement in the agings of our accounts receivable during the current year.
International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our international operating results were as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2009     2008        
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Combined     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 1,459,853     $ 1,859,029       (21 %)
Direct operating expenses
    1,017,005       1,234,610       (18 %)
SG&A expenses
    282,208       353,481       (20 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    229,367       264,717       (13 %)
 
                   
Operating income (loss)
  $ (68,727 )   $ 6,221       (1205 %)
 
                   
     Our International revenue decreased approximately $399.2 million in 2009 compared to 2008, with approximately $118.5 million from movements in foreign exchange. The revenue decline occurred across most countries, with the most significant decline in France of $75.5 million due to weak advertising demand. Other countries with significant declines include the U.K. and Italy, which declined $30.4 million and $28.3 million, respectively, due to weak advertising markets.
     Direct operating expenses decreased $217.6 million in 2009 compared to 2008, in part due to a decrease of $85.6 million from movements in foreign exchange. The remaining decrease in direct operating expenses was primarily attributable to a $146.4 million decline in site lease expenses partially attributable to cost savings from the restructuring program. The decrease in direct operating expenses was partially offset by $12.8 million related to the restructuring program and the decline in revenue. SG&A expenses decreased $71.3 million in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily from $23.7 million related to movements in foreign exchange, $34.3 million related to a decline in compensation expense and a $25.8 million decrease in administrative expenses, both partially attributable to cost savings from the restructuring program and the decline in revenue.
     Depreciation and amortization decreased $35.4 million in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily related to a $43.2 million decrease in depreciation expense associated with the impairment of assets during the fourth quarter of 2008 and a $20.6 million decrease from movements in foreign exchange. The decrease was partially offset by $31.9 million related to additional amortization associated with the purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired intangible assets.

48


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Combined  
Radio Broadcasting
  $ 639,854     $ 979,121  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
    217,617       322,210  
International Outdoor Advertising
    (68,727 )     6,221  
Other
    (43,963 )     (31,419 )
Impairment charges
    (4,118,924 )     (5,268,858 )
Other operating income (expense) — net
    (50,837 )     28,032  
Merger expenses
          (155,769 )
Corporate
    (262,166 )     (245,915 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income (loss)
  $ (3,687,146 )   $ (4,366,377 )
 
           
THE COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 IS AS FOLLOWS:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2008     2007        
(In thousands)   Combined     Pre-Merger     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 6,688,683     $ 6,921,202       (3 %)
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,904,444       2,733,004       6 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,829,246       1,761,939       4 %
Depreciation and amortization
    696,830       566,627       23 %
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    227,945       181,504       26 %
Merger expenses
    155,769       6,762          
Impairment charges
    5,268,858                
Other operating income — net
    28,032       14,113          
 
                   
Operating income (loss)
    (4,366,377 )     1,685,479          
Interest expense
    928,978       451,870          
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (82,290 )     6,742          
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    100,019       35,176          
Other income — net
    126,393       5,326          
 
                   
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (5,151,233 )     1,280,853          
Income tax benefit (expense):
                       
Current
    49,449       (252,910 )        
Deferred
    474,591       (188,238 )        
 
                   
Income tax benefit (expense)
    524,040       (441,148 )        
 
                   
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (4,627,193 )     839,705          
Income from discontinued operations, net
    638,391       145,833          
 
                   
Consolidated net income (loss)
    (3,988,802 )     985,538          
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    16,671       47,031          
 
                   
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (4,005,473 )   $ 938,507          
 
                   

49


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations
Revenue
     Our consolidated revenue decreased $232.5 million during 2008 compared to 2007. Revenue growth during the first nine months of 2008 was offset by a decline of $254.0 million in the fourth quarter. Revenue declined $264.7 million during 2008 compared to 2007 from our radio business associated with decreases in both local and national advertising. Our Americas outdoor revenue also declined approximately $54.8 million attributable to decreases in poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers. The declines were partially offset by an increase from our international outdoor revenue of approximately $62.3 million, with roughly $60.4 million from movements in foreign exchange.
Direct Operating Expenses
     Our consolidated direct operating expenses increased approximately $171.4 million during 2008 compared to 2007. Our international outdoor business contributed $90.3 million to the increase primarily from an increase in site-lease expenses and $39.5 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Our Americas outdoor business contributed $57.0 million to the increase primarily from new contracts. These increases were partially offset by a decline in direct operating expenses in our radio segment of approximately $3.6 million related to a decline in programming expenses.
SG&A Expenses
     Our SG&A expenses increased approximately $67.3 million during 2008 compared to 2007. Approximately $48.3 million of this increase occurred during the fourth quarter primarily as a result of an increase in severance. Our international outdoor business contributed approximately $41.9 million to the increase primarily from movements in foreign exchange of $11.2 million and an increase in severance in 2008 associated with the restructuring program of approximately $20.1 million. Our Americas outdoor SG&A expenses increased approximately $26.4 million largely from increased bad debt expense of $15.5 million and an increase in severance in 2008 associated with the restructuring program of $4.5 million. SG&A expenses in our radio business decreased approximately $7.5 million primarily from reduced marketing and promotional expenses and a decline in commissions associated with the decline in revenues, partially offset by increase in severance in 2008 associated with the restructuring program of approximately $32.6 million.
Depreciation and Amortization
     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $130.2 million in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to $86.0 million in additional depreciation and amortization associated with the preliminary purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired assets, $29.3 million of accelerated depreciation in our Americas and International outdoor segments from billboards that were removed and approximately $11.3 million related to impaired advertising display contracts in our international segment.
Corporate Expenses
     The increase in corporate expenses of $46.4 million in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily relates to a $16.7 million increase in non-cash compensation related to awards that vested at closing of the merger, a $6.3 million management fee to the Sponsors in connection with the management and advisory services provided following the merger, and $6.2 million related to outside professional services.
Merger Expenses
     Merger expenses for 2008 were $155.8 million and include accounting, investment banking, legal and other expenses.
Impairment Charge
     The global economic downturn has adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses in recent months. As discussed above, we performed an impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008 and recognized a non-cash impairment charge to our indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill of $5.3 billion.

50


Table of Contents

Other Operating Income — Net
     The $28.0 million income for 2008 consists of a gain of $3.3 million from the sale of sports broadcasting rights, a $7.0 million gain on the disposition of a representation contract, a $4.0 million gain on the sale of property, plant and equipment, a $1.7 million gain on the sale of international street furniture and $9.6 million from the favorable settlement of a lawsuit. The $14.1 million income in 2007 related primarily to $8.9 million gain from the sale of street furniture assets and land in our international outdoor segment as well as $3.4 million from the disposition of assets in our radio segment.
Interest Expense
     The increase in interest expense for 2008 over 2007 is the result of the increase in our average debt outstanding after the merger. Our outstanding debt was $19.5 billion and $6.6 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Gain (Loss) on Marketable Securities
     During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to certain available-for-sale securities. The fair value of these available-for-sale securities was below their cost each month subsequent to the closing of the merger. As a result, we considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, we concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a $116.6 million impairment charge. This loss was partially offset by a net gain of $27.0 million recorded in the second quarter of 2008 on the unwinding of our secured forward exchange contracts and the sale of our AMT shares.
     The $6.7 million gain on marketable securities for 2007 primarily related to changes in fair value of the shares of AMT held by Clear Channel and the related forward exchange contracts.
Equity in Earnings of Non-consolidated Affiliates
     Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates increased $64.8 million in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily from a $75.6 million gain recognized in the first quarter 2008 on the sale of Clear Channel’s 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor advertising company. We also recognized a gain of $9.2 million on the disposition of 20% of Grupo ACIR. These gains were partially offset by a $9.0 million impairment charge to one of our international outdoor equity method investments and declines in equity in income from our investments in certain international radio broadcasting companies as well as the loss of equity in earnings from the disposition of Clear Channel Independent.
Other Income – Net
     Other income of $126.4 million in 2008 relates to an aggregate gain of $124.5 million on the fourth quarter 2008 tender of certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding notes, a $29.3 million foreign exchange gain on translating short-term intercompany notes, an $8.0 million dividend received, partially offset by a $29.8 million loss on the third quarter 2008 tender of certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding notes and a $4.7 million impairment of our investment in a radio partnership and $0.9 million of various other items.
     Other income of $5.3 million in 2007 primarily relates to a foreign exchange gain on translating short-term intercompany notes.
Income Taxes
     Current tax expense for 2008 decreased $302.4 million compared to 2007 primarily due to a decrease in “income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations” of $1.2 billion which excludes the non-tax deductible impairment charge of $5.3 billion recorded in 2008. In addition, current tax benefits of approximately $74.6 million were recorded during 2008 related to the termination of Clear Channel’s cross currency swap. Also, we recognized additional tax depreciation deductions as a result of the bonus depreciation provisions enacted as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008. These current tax benefits were partially offset by additional current tax expense recorded in 2008 related to currently non deductible transaction costs as a result of the merger.
     The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased to 10.2% as compared to 34.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the impairment charge that resulted in a $5.3 billion decrease in

51


Table of Contents

“income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations” and tax benefits of approximately $648.2 million. Partially offsetting this decrease to the effective rate were tax benefits recorded as a result of the release of valuation allowances on the capital loss carryforwards that were used to offset the taxable gain from the disposition of Clear Channel’s investment in AMT and Grupo ACIR. Additionally, Clear Channel sold its 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent in 2008, which was structured as a tax free disposition. The sale resulted in a gain of $75.6 million with no current tax expense. Further, in 2008 valuation allowances were recorded on certain net operating losses generated during the period that were not able to be carried back to prior years. Due to the lack of earnings history as a merged company and limitations on net operating loss carryback claims allowed, the Company cannot rely on future earnings and carryback claims as a means to realize deferred tax assets which may arise as a result of future period net operating losses. Pursuant to the provision of ASC 740-10, deferred tax valuation allowances would be required on those deferred tax assets.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, deferred tax expense decreased $662.8 million as compared to 2007 primarily due to the impairment charge recorded in 2008 related to the tax deductible intangibles. This decrease was partially offset by increases in deferred tax expense in 2008 related to recording of valuation allowances on certain net operating losses as well as the termination of the cross currency swap and the additional tax depreciation deductions as a result of the bonus depreciation provisions enacted as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 mentioned above.
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations
     Income from discontinued operations of $638.4 million recorded during 2008 primarily relates to a gain of $631.9 million, net of tax, related to the sale of Clear Channel’s television business and the sale of radio stations.
Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
     Our radio broadcasting operating results were as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2008     2007        
(In thousands)   Combined     Pre-Merger     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 3,293,874     $ 3,558,534       (7 %)
Direct operating expenses
    979,324       982,966       (0 %)
SG&A expenses
    1,182,607       1,190,083       (1 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    152,822       107,466       42 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 979,121     $ 1,278,019       (23 %)
 
                   
     Our radio broadcasting revenue declined approximately $264.7 million during 2008 compared to 2007, with approximately 43% of the decline occurring during the fourth quarter. Our local revenues were down $205.6 million in 2008 compared to 2007. National revenues declined as well. Both local and national revenues were down as a result of overall weakness in advertising. Our radio revenue experienced declines across advertising categories including automotive, retail and entertainment advertising categories. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our total minutes sold and average minute rate declined compared to 2007.
     Direct operating expenses declined approximately $3.6 million. Decreases in programming expenses of approximately $21.2 million from our radio markets were partially offset by an increase in programming expenses of approximately $16.3 million in our national syndication business. The increase in programming expenses in our national syndication business was mostly related to contract talent payments. SG&A expenses decreased approximately $7.5 million primarily from reduced marketing and promotional expenses and a decline in commission expenses associated with the revenue decline. Partially offsetting the decline in SG&A expenses was an increase in severance in 2008 associated with the restructuring program of approximately $32.6 million and an increase in bad debt expense of approximately $17.3 million.
     Depreciation and amortization increased approximately $45.4 million mostly as a result of additional amortization associated with the preliminary purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired intangible assets.

52


Table of Contents

Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our Americas outdoor advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2008     2007        
(In thousands)   Combined     Pre-Merger     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 1,430,258     $ 1,485,058       (4 %)
Direct operating expenses
    647,526       590,563       10 %
SG&A expenses
    252,889       226,448       12 %
Depreciation and amortization
    207,633       189,853       9 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 322,210     $ 478,194       (33 %)
 
                   
     Revenue decreased approximately $54.8 million during 2008 compared to 2007, with the entire decline occurring in the fourth quarter. Driving the decline was approximately $87.4 million attributable to poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers, partially offset by an increase of $46.2 million in airport revenues, digital display revenues and street furniture revenues. Also impacting the decline in bulletin revenue was decreased occupancy while the decline in poster revenue was affected by a decrease in both occupancy and rate. The increase in airport and street furniture revenues was primarily driven by new contracts while digital display revenue growth was primarily the result of an increase in the number of digital displays. Other miscellaneous revenues also declined approximately $13.6 million.
     Our Americas direct operating expenses increased $57.0 million primarily from higher site-lease expenses of $45.2 million primarily attributable to new taxi, airport and street furniture contracts and an increase of $2.4 million in severance. Our SG&A expenses increased $26.4 million largely from increased bad debt expense of $15.5 million and an increase of $4.5 million in severance in 2008 associated with our restructuring program.
     Depreciation and amortization increased approximately $17.8 million mostly as a result of $6.6 million related to additional depreciation and amortization associated with preliminary purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired assets and $11.3 million of accelerated depreciation from billboards that were removed.
International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our international operating results were as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2008     2007        
(In thousands)   Combined     Pre-Merger     % Change  
Revenue
  $ 1,859,029     $ 1,796,778       3 %
Direct operating expenses
    1,234,610       1,144,282       8 %
SG&A expenses
    353,481       311,546       13 %
Depreciation and amortization
    264,717       209,630       26 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 6,221     $ 131,320       (95 %)
 
                   
     Revenue increased approximately $62.3 million, with roughly $60.4 million from movements in foreign exchange. The remaining revenue growth was primarily attributable to growth in China, Turkey and Romania, partially offset by revenue declines in France and the United Kingdom. China and Turkey benefited from strong advertising environments. We acquired operations in Romania at the end of the second quarter of 2007, which also contributed to revenue growth in 2008. The decline in France was primarily driven by the loss of a contract to advertise on railways and the decline in the United Kingdom was primarily driven by weak advertising demand.
     During the fourth quarter of 2008, revenue declined approximately $88.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2007, of which approximately $51.8 million was attributable to movements in foreign exchange and the remainder primarily the result of a decline in advertising demand.
     Direct operating expenses increased $90.3 million. Included in the increase is approximately $39.5 million related to movements in foreign exchange. The remaining increase in direct operating expenses was driven by an increase in site-lease expenses. SG&A expenses increased $41.9 million in 2008 over 2007 with approximately $11.2 million related to movements in foreign exchange and $20.1 million related to severance in 2008 associated with the restructuring program.

53


Table of Contents

     Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $55.1 million with $18.8 million related to additional depreciation and amortization associated with the preliminary purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired assets, approximately $18.0 million related to an increase in accelerated depreciation from billboards to be removed, approximately $11.3 million related to impaired advertising display contracts and $4.9 million related to an increase from movements in foreign exchange.
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
(In thousands)   Combined     Pre-Merger  
Radio Broadcasting
  $ 979,121     $ 1,278,019  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
    322,210       478,194  
International Outdoor Advertising
    6,221       131,320  
Other
    (31,419 )     (11,659 )
Impairment charges
    (5,268,858 )      
Other operating income — net
    28,032       14,113  
Merger expenses
    (155,769 )     (6,762 )
Corporate
    (245,915 )     (197,746 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income (loss)
  $ (4,366,377 )   $ 1,685,479  
 
           
Share-Based Payments
     As of December 31, 2009, there was $83.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on service conditions. This cost is expected to be recognized over three years. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, there was $80.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions. This cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.
     Vesting of certain Clear Channel stock options and restricted stock awards was accelerated upon the closing of the merger. As a result, holders of stock options, other than certain executive officers and holders of certain options that could not, by their terms, be cancelled prior to their stated expiration date, received cash or, if elected, an amount of Company stock, in each case equal to the intrinsic value of the awards based on a market price of $36.00 per share while holders of restricted stock awards received, with respect to each share of restricted stock, $36.00 per share in cash or, if elected, a share of Company stock. Approximately $39.2 million of share-based compensation was recognized in the 2008 pre-merger period as a result of the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock awards and is included in the table below.
     The following table details compensation costs related to share-based payments for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
(In millions)   Post-Merger     Combined     Pre-Merger  
Radio Broadcasting
                       
Direct operating expenses
  $ 3.8     $ 17.2     $ 10.0  
SG&A expenses
    4.5       20.6       12.2  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
                       
Direct operating expenses
  $ 5.7     $ 6.3     $ 5.7  
SG&A expenses
    2.2       2.1       2.2  
International Outdoor Advertising
                       
Direct operating expenses
  $ 1.9     $ 1.7     $ 1.2  
SG&A expenses
    0.6       0.4       0.5  
 
                       
Corporate and other expenses
  $ 21.1     $ 30.3     $ 12.2  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 39.8     $ 78.6     $ 44.0  
 
                 

54


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Flows
                                         
            Period from   Period from            
    Year ended     July 31 through       January 1 to             Year ended
    December 31,   December 31,   July 30,           December 31,
    2009   2008   2008   2008   2007
(In thousands)   Post-Merger   Post-Merger   Pre-Merger   Combined   Pre-Merger
Cash provided by (used in):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 181,175     $ 246,026     $ 1,035,258     $ 1,281,284     $ 1,576,428  
Investing activities
  $ (141,749 )   $ (17,711,703 )   $ (416,251 )   $ (18,127,954 )   $ (482,677 )
Financing activities
  $ 1,604,722     $ 17,554,739     $ (1,646,941 )   $ 15,907,798     $ (1,431,014 )
Discontinued operations
  $     $ 2,429     $ 1,031,141     $ 1,033,570     $ 366,411  
Operating Activities
      2009
     The decline in cash flow from operations in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily driven by a 17% decline in consolidated revenues associated with the weak economy and challenging advertising markets and a 62% increase in interest expense to service our debt obligations. Other factors contributing to our operating cash flow include a consolidated net loss of $4.0 billion adjusted for non-cash impairment charges of $4.1 billion related to goodwill and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization of $765.5 million and $229.5 million related to the amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of fair value adjustments related to existing Clear Channel notes in the purchase accounting for the merger. In addition, we recorded a $713.0 million gain on the extinguishment of debt discussed further in the Debt Repurchases, Tender Offers, Maturities and Other section within this MD&A and deferred taxes of $417.2 million. We also recorded a $20.7 million loss in equity of nonconsolidated affiliates primarily due to a $22.9 million non-cash impairment of equity investments in our International segment.
      2008
     Cash provided by operating activities for 2008 primarily reflects a net loss before discontinued operations of $4.6 billion adjusted for non-cash impairment charges of $5.3 billion related to goodwill and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization of $696.8 million and $106.4 million related to the amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of fair value adjustments made to existing Clear Channel notes in the purchase accounting for the merger. In addition, we recorded a deferred tax benefit of $474.6 million that was partially offset by share-based compensation of $78.6 million. In addition, Clear Channel recorded $100.0 million in equity in earnings primarily related to a $75.6 million gain in equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates related to the sale of its 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor company, based on the fair value of the equity securities received. Clear Channel also recorded a net gain of $27.0 million on the termination of its secured forward sales contracts and sale of its AMT shares.
      2007
     Net cash flow from operating activities during 2007 primarily reflected income before discontinued operations of $839.7 million plus depreciation and amortization of $566.6 million and deferred taxes of $188.2 million.
Investing Activities
      2009
     In 2009, we spent $41.9 million for non-revenue producing capital expenditures in our Radio segment. We spent $84.4 million in our Americas segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment mostly related to the construction of new billboards and $91.5 million in our International segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts. We received proceeds of $41.6 million primarily related to the sale of our remaining investment in Grupo ACIR. In addition, we received proceeds of $48.8 million primarily related to the disposition of radio stations and corporate assets.
      2008
     Cash used in investing activities during 2008 principally reflects cash used in the acquisition of Clear Channel of $17.5 billion. In 2008, Clear Channel spent $61.5 million for non-revenue producing capital expenditures in its Radio segment. Clear Channel spent $175.8 million in its Americas segment for the purchase of

55


Table of Contents

property, plant and equipment mostly related to the construction of new billboards and $182.5 million in its International segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts. Clear Channel spent $177.1 million primarily for the purchase of outdoor display faces and additional equity interest in international outdoor companies, representation contracts and two FCC licenses. In addition, Clear Channel received proceeds of $38.6 million primarily from the sale of radio stations, $41.5 million related to the sale of Americas and International assets and $9.6 million related to a litigation settlement.
      2007
     Net cash used in investing activities during 2007 principally reflects the purchase of property, plant and equipment of $363.3 million. Clear Channel spent $79.7 million for non-revenue producing capital expenditures in its Radio segment. Clear Channel spent $142.8 million in its Americas segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment mostly related to the construction of new billboards and $132.9 million in its International segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts. During 2007, Clear Channel acquired domestic outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $69.1 million. In addition, Clear Channel’s national representation business acquired representation contracts for $53.0 million.
Financing Activities
      2009
     Cash provided by financing activities during 2009 primarily reflects a draw of remaining availability of $1.6 billion under Clear Channel’s $2.0 billion revolving credit facility and $2.5 billion of proceeds from issuance of subsidiary senior notes, offset by the $2.0 billion paydown of Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities. We also redeemed the remaining principal amount of Clear Channel’s 4.25% senior notes at maturity with a draw under the $500.0 million delayed draw term loan facility that is specifically designated for this purpose as discussed in the Debt Repurchases, Tender Offers, Maturities and Other section within this MD&A. Our wholly-owned subsidiaries, CC Finco and CC Finco II, LLC, together repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding senior notes for $343.5 million as discussed in the Debt Repurchases, Tender Offers, Maturities and Other section within this MD&A. In addition, during 2009, our Americas Outdoor segment purchased the remaining 15% interest in our fully consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million and our International Outdoor segment acquired an additional 5% interest in our fully consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.
      2008
     Cash used in financing activities during 2008 primarily reflects $15.4 billion in debt proceeds used to finance the acquisition of Clear Channel and an equity contribution of $2.1 billion to finance the merger. Also included in financing activities is $1.9 billion related to the redemption of Clear Channel’s 4.625% senior notes due 2008 and 6.625% senior notes due 2008 at their maturity, the redemption of and cash tender offer for AMFM Operating Inc.’s 8% senior notes due 2008, and the cash tender offer and consent solicitation for Clear Channel’s 7.65% senior notes due 2010. In addition, $93.4 million relates to dividends paid.
      2007
     Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 principally reflects $372.4 million in dividend payments and a net reduction in debt of approximately $1.1 billion. Cash used in financing was partially offset by the proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $80.0 million.
Discontinued Operations
     During 2008, we completed the sale of Clear Channel’s television business to Newport Television, LLC for $1.0 billion and completed the sales of certain radio stations for $110.5 million. The cash received from these sales was recorded as a component of cash flows from discontinued operations during 2008.
     The proceeds from the sale of 160 stations in 2007 are classified as cash flows from discontinued operations in 2007.

56


Table of Contents

Anticipated Cash Requirements
     Our primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations, which has been adversely affected by the global economic downturn. The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The current global economic downturn has resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing services among our customers, resulting in a decline in advertising revenues across our businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. A continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.
     Our ability to fund our working capital needs, debt service and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenant under our financing agreements depends on our future operating performance and cash flow, which are in turn subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our future operating performance does not meet our expectation or our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate, we may need additional financing. Consequently, there can be no assurance that such financing, if permitted under the terms of Clear Channel’s financing agreements, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. The inability to obtain additional financing in such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet Clear Channel’s obligations.
     Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand (including amounts drawn or available under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities) as well as cash flow from operations will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months.
     We expect to be in compliance with the covenants contained in Clear Channel’s material financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, in 2010, including the maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA limitation contained in our senior secured credit facilities. However, our anticipated results are subject to significant uncertainty and our ability to comply with this limitation may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. The breach of any covenants set forth in Clear Channel’s financing agreements would result in a default thereunder. An event of default would permit the lenders under a defaulted financing agreement to declare all indebtedness thereunder to be due and payable prior to maturity. Moreover, the lenders under the revolving credit facility under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities would have the option to terminate their commitments to make further extensions of revolving credit thereunder. If we are unable to repay Clear Channel’s obligations under any secured credit facility, the lenders could proceed against any assets that were pledged to secure such facility. In addition, a default or acceleration under any of Clear Channel’s material financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, could cause a default under other of our obligations that are subject to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions. The threshold amount for a cross-default under the senior secured credit facilities is $100 million dollars.
     Our and Clear Channel’s current corporate ratings are “CCC+” and “Caa2” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, which are speculative grade ratings. These ratings have been downgraded and then upgraded at various times during the two years ended December 31, 2009. These adjustments had no impact on Clear Channel’s borrowing costs under the credit agreements.

57


Table of Contents

Sources of Capital
     As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had the following indebtedness outstanding:
                 
    Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
    December 31,     December 31,  
(In millions)   2009     2008  
Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
               
Term Loan A Facility
  $ 1,127.7     $ 1,331.5  
Term Loan B Facility
    9,061.9       10,700.0  
Term Loan C – Asset Sale Facility
    695.9       695.9  
Delayed Draw Term Loan Facilities
    874.4       532.5  
Receivables Based Facility
    355.7       445.6  
Revolving Credit Facility (1)
    1,812.5       220.0  
Secured Subsidiary Debt
    5.2       6.6  
 
           
Total Secured Debt
    13,933.3       13,932.1  
 
               
Senior Cash Pay Notes
    796.3       980.0  
Senior Toggle Notes
    915.2       1,330.0  
Clear Channel Senior Notes (2)
    2,479.5       3,192.3  
Subsidiary Senior Notes
    2,500.0        
Clear Channel Subsidiary Debt
    77.7       69.3  
 
           
Total Debt
    20,702.0       19,503.7  
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
    1,884.0       239.8  
 
           
 
  $ 18,818.0     $ 19,263.9  
 
           
 
(1)   In February 2009, Clear Channel borrowed the approximately $1.6 billion of remaining availability under this facility.
 
(2)   Includes $788.1 million and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in unamortized fair value purchase accounting discounts related to the merger with Clear Channel.
     We and our subsidiaries have from time to time repurchased certain debt obligations of Clear Channel and may in the future, as part of various financing and investment strategies we may elect to pursue, purchase additional outstanding indebtedness of Clear Channel or its subsidiaries or outstanding equity securities of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., in tender offers, open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. We may also sell certain assets or properties and use the proceeds to reduce our indebtedness or the indebtedness of our subsidiaries. These purchases or sales, if any, could have a material positive or negative impact on our liquidity available to repay outstanding debt obligations or on our consolidated results of operations. These transactions could also require or result in amendments to the agreements governing outstanding debt obligations or changes in our leverage or other financial ratios, which could have a material positive or negative impact on our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our debt agreements. These transactions, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
     Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
     The margin percentages applicable to the term loan facilities and revolving credit facility are the following percentages per annum:
    with respect to loans under the term loan A facility and the revolving credit facility, (i) 2.40% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans subject to downward adjustments if our leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities) decreases below 7 to 1; and

58


Table of Contents

    with respect to loans under the term loan B facility, term loan C — asset sale facility and delayed draw term loan facilities, (i) 2.65%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.65%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans subject to downward adjustments if our leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 7 to 1.
     Clear Channel is required to pay each revolving credit lender a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving credit facility, which is 0.50% per annum, subject to downward adjustments if Clear Channel’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 4 to 1. Clear Channel is required to pay each delayed draw term facility lender a commitment fee in respect of any undrawn commitments under the delayed draw term facilities, which initially is 1.825% per annum until the delayed draw term facilities are fully drawn or commitments thereunder terminated.
     The senior secured credit facilities include two delayed draw term loan facilities. The first is a $589.8 million facility which may be drawn to purchase or redeem Clear Channel’s outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010, of which $451.0 million was drawn as of December 31, 2009, and a $423.4 million facility which was drawn to redeem Clear Channel’s outstanding 4.25% senior notes in May 2009.
     The senior secured credit facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:
    50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and to 0% based upon our leverage ratio) of our annual excess cash flow (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities), less any voluntary prepayments of term loans and revolving credit loans (to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction of the commitment) and subject to customary credits;
 
    100% (which percentage will be reduced to 75% and 50% based upon our leverage ratio) of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions by us or our wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (including casualty and condemnation events) of assets other than specified assets subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions; and
 
    100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under the senior secured credit facilities.
     The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of certain incurrences of debt and annual excess cash flow will be applied (i) first to the term loans other than the term loan C — asset sale facility loans (on a pro rata basis) and (ii) second to the term loan C — asset sale facility loans, in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of the sale of assets (including casualty and condemnation events) will be applied (i) first to the term loan C — asset sale facility loans and (ii) second to the other term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity.
     We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under our senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.
     We are required to repay the loans under our term loan facilities, after giving effect to the December 2009 prepayment of $2.0 billion of term loans with proceeds from the issuance of subsidiary senior notes discussed elsewhere in this MD&A, as follows:
    the term loan A facility will amortize in quarterly installments commencing on the third interest payment date after the fourth anniversary of the closing date of the merger, in annual amounts equal to 4.7% of the original funded principal amount of such facility in year four, 10% thereafter, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date (July 2014) of such term loans; and
 
    the term loan B facility and the delayed draw facilities will be payable in full on the final maturity date (January 2016) of such term loans; and
 
    the term loan C facility will amortize in quarterly installments on the first interest payment date after the third anniversary of the closing date of the merger, in annual amounts equal to 2.5% of the original funded principal amount of such facilities in years four and five and 1% thereafter, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date (January 2016) of such term loans.
     We are required to repay all borrowings under the receivables based facility and the revolving credit facility at their final maturity in July 2014.
     The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

59


Table of Contents

     All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by:
    a first-priority lien on the capital stock of Clear Channel;
    100% of the capital stock of any future material wholly-owned domestic license subsidiary that is not a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes;
    certain assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes);
    certain assets that constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes) securing obligations under the senior secured credit facilities up to the maximum amount permitted to be secured by such assets without requiring equal and ratable security under the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes; and
    a second-priority lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility.
     The obligations of any foreign subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility will also be guaranteed by certain of their material wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of all such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions.
     The senior secured credit facilities require Clear Channel to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (maximum of 9.5:1). This financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time beginning in the second quarter of 2013. Clear Channel’s secured debt consists of the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility and certain other secured subsidiary debt. Secured leverage, defined as secured debt, net of cash, divided by the trailing 12-month consolidated EBITDA was 7.4:1 at December 31, 2009. Clear Channel’s consolidated adjusted EBITDA of $1.6 billion is calculated as the trailing twelve months operating income before depreciation, amortization, impairment charge, other operating income (expense) – net, all as shown on the consolidated statement of operations plus non-cash compensation, and is further adjusted for certain items, including: (i) an increase for expected cost savings (limited to $100.0 million in any twelve month period) of $100.0 million; (ii) an increase of $20.9 million for cash received from nonconsolidated affiliates; (iii) an increase of $24.6 million for non-cash items; (iv) an increase of $164.4 million related to expenses incurred associated with our cost savings program; and (v) an increase of $38.8 million for various other items.
     In addition, the senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness;
    create liens on assets;
    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
    sell assets;
    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock;
    make investments, loans, or advances;
    prepay certain junior indebtedness;
    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and
    change our lines of business.
     The senior secured credit facilities include certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, the invalidity of material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities documentation, the failure of collateral under the security documents for the senior secured credit facilities, the failure of the senior secured credit facilities to be senior debt under the subordination provisions of certain of our subordinated debt and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
Receivables Based Credit Facility
     The receivables based credit facility of $783.5 million provides revolving credit commitments in an amount equal to the initial borrowing of $533.5 million on the closing date plus $250 million, subject to a borrowing base. The

60


Table of Contents

borrowing base at any time equals 85% of our and certain of our subsidiaries’ eligible accounts receivable. The receivables based credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.
     Borrowings, excluding the initial borrowing, under the receivables based credit facility are subject to compliance with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 if at any time excess availability under the receivables based credit facility is less than $50 million, or if aggregate excess availability under the receivables based credit facility and revolving credit facility is less than 10% of the borrowing base.
     Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
     The margin percentage applicable to the receivables based credit facility which is (i) 1.40%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 2.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans subject to downward adjustments if Clear Channel’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 7 to 1.
     Clear Channel is required to pay each lender a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the receivables based credit facility, which is 0.375% per annum, subject to downward adjustments if Clear Channel’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 6 to 1.
     If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounts under the receivables based credit facility (including the letter of credit outstanding amounts and swingline loans thereunder) exceeds the lesser of (i) the borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
     We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the receivables based credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.
     The receivables based credit facility is guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, the guarantors of the senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under the receivables based credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all of our and all of the guarantors’ accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions.
     The receivables based credit facility includes negative covenants, representations, warranties, events of default, conditions precedent and termination provisions substantially similar to those governing our senior secured credit facilities.
      Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes
     We have outstanding $796.3 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and $915.2 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016.
     The senior toggle notes mature on August 1, 2016 and may require a special redemption of up to $30.0 million on August 1, 2015. We may elect on each interest election date to pay all or 50% of such interest on the senior toggle notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or by issuing new senior toggle notes (such increase or issuance, “PIK Interest”). Interest on the senior toggle notes payable in cash will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum.
     On January 15, 2009, Clear Channel made a permitted election under the indenture governing the senior toggle notes to pay PIK Interest under the senior toggle notes for the semi-annual interest period commencing February 1, 2009. For subsequent interest periods, Clear Channel must make an election regarding whether the applicable interest payment on the senior toggle notes will be made entirely in cash, entirely through PIK Interest or 50% in cash and 50% in PIK Interest. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the senior toggle notes will be payable according to the election for the immediately preceding interest period. As a result, Clear Channel is deemed to have made the PIK Interest election for future interest periods unless and until Clear Channel elects otherwise.
     A contractual payment to bondholders will be required on August 1, 2013. The amount included in “Interest payments on long-term debt” in the Contractual Obligations table of this MD&A assumes that Clear Channel continues to make the PIK election.

61


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Senior Notes
     In December 2009 Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of our publicly traded subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”), issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by CCOH, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCOH, and certain other existing and future domestic subsidiaries of CCOH (collectively, the “Guarantors”).
     The Notes are senior obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors.
     The indentures governing the Notes require us to maintain at least $100 million in cash or other liquid assets or have cash available to be borrowed under committed credit facilities consisting of (i) $50.0 million at the issuer and guarantor entities (principally the Americas outdoor segment) and (ii) $50.0 million at the non-guarantor subsidiaries (principally the International outdoor segment) (together the “Liquidity Amount”), in each case under the sole control of the relevant entity. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., for the period thereafter that is the shorter of such proceeding and 60 days, the Liquidity Amount shall be reduced to $50.0 million, with a $25.0 million requirement at the issuer and guarantor entities and a $25.0 million requirement at the non-guarantor subsidiaries.
     In addition, interest on the Notes accrues daily and is payable into an account established by the trustee for the benefit of the bondholders (the “Trustee Account”). Failure to make daily payment on any day does not constitute an event of default so long as (a) no payment or other transfer by CCOH or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the cash management sweep with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds in the Trustee Account is equal to at least the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes.
     The indenture governing the Series A Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:
    incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;
 
    create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;
 
    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;
 
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;
 
    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH).
     The indenture governing the Series A Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.
     The indenture governing the Series B Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:
    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;
 
    redeem, repurchase or retire CCOH’s subordinated debt;
 
    make certain investments;
 
    create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;
 
    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the Notes;
 
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;
 
    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;
 
    designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries;
 
    pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments; and

62


Table of Contents

    purchase or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any of the Series B Notes if after doing so the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes shall be greater than 0.250. This stipulation ensures, among other things, that as long as the Series A Notes are outstanding, the Series B Notes are outstanding.
     The Series B Notes indenture restricts CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.5:1 and 3.25:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. Similarly in order for CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales, its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.0:1 and 3.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. If these ratios are not met, CCOH has certain exceptions that allow it to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends, such as a $500.0 million exception for the payment of dividends. CCOH was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2009.
     A portion of the proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the Notes offering, (ii) fund $50.0 million of the Liquidity Amount (the $50.0 million liquidity amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iii) apply $2.0 billion of the cash proceeds (which amount is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) to repay an equal amount of indebtedness under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities. In accordance with the senior secured credit facilities, the $2.0 billion cash proceeds were applied ratably to the Term Loan A, Term Loan B, and both delayed draw term loan facilities, and within each such class, such prepayment was applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal.
     The balance of the proceeds is available to CCOI for general corporate purposes. In this regard, all of the remaining proceeds could be used to pay dividends from CCOI to CCOH. In turn, CCOH could declare a dividend to its shareholders of which Clear Channel would receive its proportionate share. Payment of such dividends would not be prohibited by the terms of the Notes or any of the loan agreements or credit facilities of CCOI or CCOH.
Dispositions and Other
     During 2009, we sold six radio stations for approximately $12.0 million and recorded a loss of $12.8 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.” In addition, we exchanged radio stations in our radio markets for assets located in a different market and recognized a loss of $28.0 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.”
     During 2009, we sold international assets for $11.3 million resulting in a gain of $4.4 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.” In addition, we sold assets for $6.8 million in our Americas outdoor segment and recorded a gain of $4.9 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.” We sold our taxi advertising business and recorded a loss of $20.9 million in our Americas outdoor segment included in “Other operating income (expense) –net.” We also received proceeds of $18.3 million from the sale of corporate assets during 2009 and recorded a loss of $0.7 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.”
     In addition, we sold our remaining interest in Grupo ACIR for approximately $40.5 million and recorded a loss of approximately $5.8 million during 2009.
     During 2008, Clear Channel received proceeds of $110.5 million related to the sale of radio stations recorded as investing cash flows from discontinued operations and recorded a gain of $28.8 million as a component of “Income from discontinued operations, net” during 2008. Clear Channel received proceeds of $1.0 billion related to the sale of its television business recorded as investing cash flows from discontinued operations and recorded a gain of $662.9 million as a component of “Income from discontinued operations, net”.
     In addition, Clear Channel sold its 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent during 2008 and recognized a gain of $75.6 million in “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates” based on the fair value of the equity securities received in the pre-merger period.
     Clear Channel sold a portion of its investment in Grupo ACIR for approximately $47.0 million on July 1, 2008 and recorded a gain of $9.2 million in “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates.”

63


Table of Contents

Uses of Capital
Debt Repurchases, Tender Offers, Maturities and Other
     During 2009 and 2008, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, CC Finco, LLC, and CC Finco II, LLC, repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding senior notes through open market repurchases, privately negotiated transactions and tenders as shown in the table below. Notes repurchased and held by CC Finco, LLC and CC Finco II, LLC, are eliminated in consolidation.
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
CC Finco, LLC
               
Principal amount of debt repurchased
  $ 801,302     $ 102,241  
Purchase accounting adjustments (1)
    (146,314 )     (24,367 )
Deferred loan costs and other
    (1,468 )      
Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) – net” (2)
    (368,591 )     (53,449 )
 
           
Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt
  $ 284,929     $ 24,425  
 
           
 
               
CC Finco II, LLC
               
Principal amount of debt repurchased (3)
  $ 433,125     $  
Deferred loan costs and other
    (813 )      
Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) – net” (2)
    (373,775 )      
 
           
Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt
  $ 58,537     $  
 
           
 
(1)   Represents unamortized fair value purchase accounting discounts recorded as a result of the merger.
 
(2)   CC Finco, LLC, and CC Finco II, LLC, repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s legacy notes, senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a discount, resulting in a gain on the extinguishment of debt.
 
(3)   CC Finco II, LLC immediately cancelled these notes subsequent to the purchase.
     On January 15, 2008, Clear Channel redeemed its 4.625% senior notes at their maturity for $500.0 million with proceeds from its bank credit facility. On June 15, 2008, Clear Channel redeemed its 6.625% senior notes at their maturity for $125.0 million with available cash on hand.
     Clear Channel terminated its cross currency swaps on July 30, 2008 by paying the counterparty $196.2 million from available cash on hand.
     On August 7, 2008, Clear Channel announced that it commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for the outstanding $750.0 million principal amount of 7.65% senior notes due 2010. The tender offer and consent payment expired on September 9, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of 7.65% senior notes validly tendered and accepted for payment was $363.9 million. Clear Channel recorded a $21.8 million loss in “Other income (expense) – net” during the pre-merger period as a result of the tender.
     Clear Channel repurchased $639.2 million aggregate principal amount of the AMFM Operating Inc. 8% senior notes pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation in connection with the merger. The remaining 8% senior notes were redeemed at maturity on November 1, 2008. The aggregate loss on the extinguishment of debt recorded in 2008 as a result of the tender offer for the AMFM Operating Inc. 8% notes was $8.0 million.
     On November 24, 2008, Clear Channel announced that it commenced another cash tender offer to purchase its outstanding 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010. The tender offer and consent payment expired on December 23, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of 7.65% senior notes validly tendered and accepted for payment was $252.4 million. The aggregate gain on the extinguishment of debt recorded during the post-merger period as a result of the tender offer for the 7.65% senior notes due 2010 was $74.7 million.
     During the second quarter of 2009, we redeemed the remaining principal amount of Clear Channel’s 4.25% senior notes at maturity with a draw under the $500.0 million delayed draw term loan facility that is specifically designated for this purpose.

64


Table of Contents

Dividends
     We have never paid cash dividends on our Class A common stock, and we currently do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the future. Clear Channel’s debt financing arrangements include restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, which in turn affects our ability to pay dividends.
     Prior to the merger, Clear Channel declared a $93.4 million dividend on December 3, 2007 payable to shareholders of record on December 31, 2007 and paid on January 15, 2008.
Capital Expenditures
     Capital expenditures were $223.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Capital expenditures on a combined basis for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $430.5 million.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
          Americas Outdoor     International     Corporate        
(In millions)   Radio     Advertising     Outdoor Advertising     and Other     Total  
Non-revenue producing
  $ 41.9     $ 23.3     $ 23.8     $ 6.0     $ 95.0  
Revenue producing
          61.1       67.7             128.8  
 
                             
 
  $ 41.9     $ 84.4     $ 91.5     $ 6.0     $ 223.8  
 
                             
Acquisitions
     During 2009, our Americas outdoor segment paid $5.0 million primarily for the acquisition of land and buildings.
     We acquired FCC licenses in our radio segment for $11.7 million in cash during 2008. We acquired outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $96.5 million in cash during 2008. Our national representation business acquired representation contracts valued at $68.9 million during 2008.
Purchases of Additional Equity Interests
     During 2009, our Americas outdoor segment purchased the remaining 15% interest in our consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million and our International outdoor segment acquired an additional 5% interest in our consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.
Certain Relationships with the Sponsors
     We are party to a management agreement with certain affiliates of the Sponsors and certain other parties pursuant to which such affiliates of the Sponsors will provide management and financial advisory services until 2018. These arrangements require management fees to be paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors for such services at a rate not greater than $15.0 million per year plus expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized management fees of $15.0 million. For the post-merger period of 2008, we recognized Sponsors’ management fees of $6.3 million.
     In addition, we reimbursed the Sponsors for additional expenses in the amount of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     In connection with the merger, we paid certain affiliates of the Sponsors $87.5 million in fees and expenses for financial and structural advice and analysis, assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations and $15.9 million for reimbursement of escrow and other out-of-pocket expenses. This amount was allocated between merger expenses, deferred loan costs or included in the overall purchase price of the merger.
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
     We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings. Based on current assumptions, we have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. Future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in these assumptions.

65


Table of Contents

     Certain agreements relating to acquisitions provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired companies generally over a one to five-year period. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact our financial position or results of operations.
     In addition to our scheduled maturities on our debt, we have future cash obligations under various types of contracts. We lease office space, certain broadcast facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by our outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of our lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for our payment of utilities and maintenance.
     We have minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable us to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions that are calculated as the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. Also, we have non-cancelable contracts in our radio broadcasting operations related to program rights and music license fees.
     In the normal course of business, our broadcasting operations have minimum future payments associated with employee and talent contracts. These contracts typically contain cancellation provisions that allow us to cancel the contract with good cause.
     The scheduled maturities of our senior secured credit facilities, receivables based facility, senior cash pay and senior toggle notes, other long-term debt outstanding, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable lease agreements, minimum payments under other non-cancelable contracts, payments under employment/talent contracts, capital expenditure commitments, and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:
                                         
(In thousands)   Payments due by Period  
Contractual Obligations   Total     2010     2011-2012     2013-2014     Thereafter  
Long-term Debt
                                       
Senior Secured Debt
  $ 13,928,111     $     $ 26,095     $ 3,315,026     $ 10,586,990  
Senior Cash Pay and Senior Toggle Notes (1)
    1,711,450                         1,711,450  
Clear Channel Senior Notes
    3,267,549       356,156       1,082,829       853,564       975,000  
Subsidiary Senior Notes
    2,500,000                         2,500,000  
Other Long-term Debt
    82,882       47,077       31,769       4,036        
Interest payments on long-term debt (2)
    7,270,202       1,152,658       2,033,704       2,334,780       1,749,060  
 
                                       
Non-Cancelable Operating Leases
    2,649,573       367,524       588,254       468,144       1,225,651  
Non-Cancelable Contracts
    2,294,611       541,683       748,929       423,184       580,815  
Employment/Talent Contracts
    458,903       168,505       179,442       55,689       55,267  
Capital Expenditures
    136,262       67,372       45,638       19,837       3,415  
Other long-term obligations (3)
    152,499       1,224       13,077       3,448       134,750  
 
                             
Total (4)
  $ 34,452,042     $ 2,702,199     $ 4,749,737     $ 7,477,708     $ 19,522,398  
 
                             
 
(1)   On January 15, 2009, Clear Channel made a permitted election under the indenture governing the senior toggle notes to pay PIK Interest with respect to 100% of the senior toggle notes for the semi-annual interest period commencing February 1, 2009. For subsequent interest periods, Clear Channel must make an election regarding whether the applicable interest payment on the senior toggle notes will be made entirely in cash, entirely through PIK Interest or 50% in cash and 50% in PIK Interest. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the senior toggle notes will be payable according to the election for the immediately preceding interest period. As a result, Clear Channel is deemed to have made the PIK Interest election for future interest periods unless and until Clear Channel elects otherwise. Therefore, the interest payments on the senior toggle notes assume that the PIK Interest election remains the default election over the term of the notes. Assuming the PIK Interest election remains in effect over the term of the Notes, we are contractually obligated to make a payment of $486.1 million on August 1, 2013 which is included in “Interest payments on long-term debt” in the table above.
 
(2)   Interest payments on the senior secured credit facilities, other than the revolving credit facility, assume the obligations are repaid in accordance with the amortization schedule included in the credit agreement and the interest rate is held constant over the remaining term based on the weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2009 on the senior secured credit facilities.

66


Table of Contents

    Interest payments related to the revolving credit facility assume the balance and interest rate as of December 31, 2009 is held constant over the remaining term. Interest payments on $6.0 billion of the Term Loan B facility are effectively fixed at interest rates between 2.6% and 4.4%, plus applicable margins, per annum, as a result of an aggregate $6.0 billion notional amount of interest rate swap agreements. $3.5 billion notional amount of interest rate swap agreements mature in October of 2010 with the remaining $2.5 billion maturing in September 2013. Interest expense assumes the rate is fixed through maturity of the swaps, at which point the rate reverts back to the floating rate in effect at December 31, 2009.
 
(3)   Other long-term obligations consist of $51.3 million related to asset retirement obligations recorded pursuant to ASC 410-20, which assumes the underlying assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. Also included are $36.1 million of contract payments in our syndicated radio and media representation businesses and $65.1 million of various other long-term obligations.
 
(4)   Excluded from the table is $672.1 million related to various obligations with no specific contractual commitment or maturity, $308.3 million of which relates to unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties recorded pursuant to ASC 740-10 and $237.2 million of which relates to the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements.
Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
     After the merger a significant amount of our long-term debt bears interest at variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings will be affected by changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2009 we had interest rate swap agreements with a $6.0 billion notional amount that effectively fixes interest at rates between 2.6% and 4.4%, plus applicable margins, per annum. The fair value of these agreements at December 31, 2009 was a liability of $237.2 million. At December 31, 2009, approximately 36% of our aggregate principal amount of long-term debt, including taking into consideration debt on which we have entered into pay-fixed rate receive floating rate swap agreements, bears interest at floating rates.
     Assuming the current level of borrowings and interest rate swap contracts and assuming a 30% change in LIBOR, it is estimated that our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have changed by approximately $5.6 million.
     In the event of an adverse change in interest rates, management may take actions to further mitigate its exposure. However, due to the uncertainty of the actions that would be taken and their possible effects, this interest rate analysis assumes no such actions. Further, the analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
     We have operations in countries throughout the world. Foreign operations are measured in their local currencies except in hyper-inflationary countries in which we operate. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we have operations. We believe we mitigate a small portion of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations with a natural hedge through borrowings in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our foreign operations reported a net loss of approximately $285.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. We estimate a 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would have changed our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009 by approximately $28.6 million.
     Our earnings are also affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies as a result of our equity method investments in various countries. It is estimated that the result of a 10% fluctuation in the value of the dollar relative to these foreign currencies at December 31, 2009 would change our equity in loss of nonconsolidated affiliates by $2.1 million and would change our net loss by approximately $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     This analysis does not consider the implications that such fluctuations could have on the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment in the U.S. or the foreign countries or on the results of operations of these foreign entities.

67


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements
     In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-02, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . The ASU clarifies that the decrease-in-ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance apply to (1) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity, (2) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture, and (3) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity (including an equity method investee or joint venture). In addition, the ASU expands the information an entity is required to disclose upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This standard is effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2009 with retrospective application required for the first period in which the entity adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160. We adopted the amendment upon issuance with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.
     In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . This standard amends ASC 810-10-25 by requiring consolidation of certain special purpose entities that were previously exempted from consolidation. The revised criteria will define a controlling financial interest for requiring consolidation as: the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s performance, and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We adopted the amendment on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.
     In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . The update is to ASC Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures-Overall , for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The purpose of this update is to reduce ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring the fair value of liabilities. The guidance provided in this update is effective for the first reporting period beginning after the date of issuance. We adopted the amendment on October 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , codified in ASC 105-10, was issued in June 2009. ASC 105-10 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. ASC 105-10 establishes the ASC as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Following this statement, the FASB will issue new standards in the form of ASUs. ASC 105-10 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of ASC 105-10 on July 1, 2009.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”), which is not yet codified, was issued in June 2009. Statement No. 167 shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. Statement No. 167 amends Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , codified in ASC 810-10-25, to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Statement No. 167 requires an additional reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. These requirements will provide more relevant and timely information to users of financial statements. Statement No. 167 amends ASC 810-10-25 to require additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities, which will enhance the information provided to users of financial statements. We adopted Statement No. 167 on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

68


Table of Contents

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events , codified in ASC 855-10, was issued in May 2009. The provisions of ASC 855-10 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and are intended to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date—that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 855-10, we currently evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued.
     FASB Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , codified in ASC 260-10-45, was issued in June 2008. ASC 260-10-45 clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards with a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends are participating securities. Guidance is also provided on how to allocate earnings to participating securities and compute basic earnings per share using the two-class method. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions of ASC 260-10-45. We retrospectively adopted the provisions of ASC 260-10-45 on January 1, 2009. The impact of adopting ASC 260-10-45 decreased previously reported basic earnings per share by $.01 for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 , codified in ASC 810-10-45, was issued in December 2007. ASC 810-10-45 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under this guidance, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. The provisions of ASC 810-10-45 are effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. Guidance is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. We adopted the provisions of ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009, which resulted in a reclassification of approximately $426.2 million of noncontrolling interests to shareholders’ equity.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , codified in ASC 815-10-50, was issued in March 2008. ASC 815-10-50 requires additional disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items effect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. We adopted the provisions of ASC 815-10-50 on January 1, 2009. Please refer to Note H in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure required by ASC 815-10-50.
     FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , codified in ASC 820-10, was issued in February 2008. ASC 820-10 delays the effective date of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on January 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.
     FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly , codified in ASC 820-10, was issued in April 2009. ASC 820-10-35 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. ASC 820-10 also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

69


Table of Contents

     FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments , codified in ASC 320-10-35, was issued in April 2009. It amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. ASC 320-10-35 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASC 320-10-35 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.
     FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , codified in ASC 825-10-50, was issued in April 2009. ASC 825-10-50 amends prior authoritative guidance to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The provisions of ASC 825-10-50 are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. We adopted the disclosure requirements of ASC 825-10-50 on April 1, 2009.
Inflation
     Inflation is a factor in the economies in which we do business and we continue to seek ways to mitigate its effect. Inflation has affected our performance in terms of higher costs for wages, salaries and equipment. Although the exact impact of inflation is indeterminable, we believe we have offset these higher costs by increasing the effective advertising rates of most of our broadcasting stations and outdoor display faces.
Critical Accounting Estimates
     The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates that are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of these evaluations forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such difference could be material. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. The following narrative describes these critical accounting estimates, the judgments and assumptions and the effect if actual results differ from these assumptions.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
     We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what we believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions.
     If our agings were to improve or deteriorate resulting in a 10% change in our allowance, we estimated that our bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2009, would have changed by approximately $7.2 million and our net loss for the same period would have changed by approximately $4.4 million.
Long-Lived Assets
     Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangibles are reviewed for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that depreciable and amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

70


Table of Contents

     We use various assumptions in determining the current fair market value of these assets, including future expected cash flows, industry growth rates and discount rates, as well as future salvage values. Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.
     Using the impairment review described above, we recorded aggregate impairment charges of approximately $87.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.
     If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.
Indefinite-lived Assets
     Indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually for possible impairment using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the indefinite-lived assets was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
     Our key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average asset within a market.
     In accordance with ASC 350-30, we performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and again as of June 30, 2009. The estimated fair value of our FCC licenses and permits was below their carrying values at the date of each interim impairment test. As a result, we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $1.7 billion and $935.6 million at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, related to our indefinite-lived FCC licenses and permits. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.
     If our future results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.
Goodwill
     Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We test goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The fair value of our reporting units is used to apply value to the net assets of each reporting unit. To the extent that the carrying amount of net assets would exceed the fair value, an impairment charge may be required to be recorded.
     The discounted cash flow approach we use for valuing goodwill involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value. In accordance with ASC 350-20, we performed an interim impairment test on goodwill as of December 31, 2008 and again as of June 30, 2009.
     The estimated fair value of our reporting units was below their carrying values at the date of each interim impairment test, which required us to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value. As a result, we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $3.6 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, to reduce our goodwill. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.
     If our future results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.

71


Table of Contents

Tax Accruals
     The IRS and other taxing authorities routinely examine our tax returns we file as part of the consolidated tax returns filed by us. From time to time, the IRS challenges certain of our tax positions. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and we would vigorously defend these positions if challenged. The final disposition of any positions challenged by the IRS could require us to make additional tax payments. We believe that we have adequately accrued for any foreseeable payments resulting from tax examinations and consequently do not anticipate any material impact upon their ultimate resolution.
     Our estimates of income taxes and the significant items giving rise to the deferred assets and liabilities are shown in the notes to our consolidated financial statements and reflect our assessment of actual future taxes to be paid on items reflected in the financial statements, giving consideration to both timing and probability of these estimates. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or results from the final review of our tax returns by Federal, state or foreign tax authorities.
     We have considered these potential changes in accordance with ASC 740-10, which requires us to record reserves for estimates of probable settlements of Federal and state tax audits.
Litigation Accruals
     We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims.
     Management’s estimates used have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.
     It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. During 2009, we recorded a $23.5 million accrual related to an unfavorable outcome of litigation concerning a breach of contract regarding internet advertising and our radio stations.
Insurance Accruals
     We are currently self-insured beyond certain retention amounts for various insurance coverages, including general liability and property and casualty. Accruals are recorded based on estimates of actual claims filed, historical payouts, existing insurance coverage and projected future development of costs related to existing claims.
     Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management must make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported as of December 31, 2009.
     If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in our self-insurance liabilities at December 31, 2009, would have affected our net loss by approximately $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Asset Retirement Obligations
     ASC 410-20 requires us to estimate our obligation upon the termination or nonrenewal of a lease, to dismantle and remove our billboard structures from the leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition. We record the present value of obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets in the period in which they are incurred. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset’s carrying amount. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an operating expense and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the expected useful life of the related asset.
     Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, our calculation assumes all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk-adjusted credit rate for the same period. If our assumption of the risk-adjusted credit rate used to discount current year additions to the asset retirement obligation decreased approximately 1%, our liability as of December 31, 2009 would increase approximately $0.2 million. Similarly, if our assumption of the risk-adjusted credit rate increased approximately 1%, our liability would decrease approximately $0.1 million.

72


Table of Contents

Shared-based Payments
     Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award. For awards that vest based on service conditions, this cost is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For awards that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions, this cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance conditions will be satisfied. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Required information is within Item 7.

73


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The consolidated financial statements and notes related thereto were prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The financial statements and related notes were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts based upon management’s best estimates and judgments.
It is management’s objective to ensure the integrity and objectivity of its financial data through systems of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that all transactions are properly recorded in our books and records, that assets are safeguarded from unauthorized use and that financial records are reliable to serve as a basis for preparation of financial statements.
The financial statements have been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, to the extent required by auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and, accordingly, they have expressed their professional opinion on the financial statements in their report included herein.
The Board of Directors meets with the independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically to satisfy itself that they are properly discharging their responsibilities. The independent registered public accounting firm has unrestricted access to the Board, without management present, to discuss the results of their audit and the quality of financial reporting and internal accounting controls.
         
   
/s/ Mark P. Mays    
President and Chief Executive Officer   
     
 
     
/s/ Thomas W. Casey    
Chief Financial Officer   
     
 
   
/s/ Herbert W. Hill, Jr.    
Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer   
       

74


Table of Contents

         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (Holdings) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows of Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Clear Channel) for the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also include the financial statement schedule listed in the index as Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of Holdings’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the consolidated results of Holdings’ operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the consolidated results of Clear Channel’s operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Antonio, Texas
March 16, 2010

75


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
(In thousands)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,883,994     $ 239,846  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $71,650 in 2009 and $97,364 in 2008
    1,301,700       1,431,304  
Income taxes receivable
    136,207       46,615  
Prepaid expenses
    81,669       133,217  
Other current assets
    255,275       215,573  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    3,658,845       2,066,555  
 
               
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
               
Land, buildings and improvements
    633,222       614,811  
Structures
    2,514,602       2,355,776  
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment
    381,046       353,108  
Furniture and other equipment
    234,101       242,287  
Construction in progress
    88,391       128,739  
 
           
 
    3,851,362       3,694,721  
Less accumulated depreciation
    518,969       146,562  
 
           
 
    3,332,393       3,548,159  
 
               
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
               
Definite-lived intangibles, net
    2,599,244       2,881,720  
Indefinite-lived intangibles – licenses
    2,429,839       3,019,803  
Indefinite-lived intangibles – permits
    1,132,218       1,529,068  
Goodwill
    4,125,005       7,090,621  
 
               
OTHER ASSETS
               
Notes receivable
    1,465       11,633  
Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates
    345,349       384,137  
Other assets
    378,058       560,260  
Other investments
    44,685       33,507  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 18,047,101     $ 21,125,463  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

76


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands, except share data)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Accounts payable
  $ 132,193     $ 155,240  
Accrued expenses
    726,311       793,366  
Accrued interest
    137,236       181,264  
Current portion of long-term debt
    398,779       562,923  
Deferred income
    149,617       153,153  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    1,544,136       1,845,946  
 
               
Long-term debt
    20,303,126       18,940,697  
Deferred income taxes
    2,220,023       2,679,312  
Other long-term liabilities
    824,554       575,739  
 
               
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note J)
               
 
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
               
Noncontrolling interest
    455,648       426,220  
Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 400,000,000 shares, issued 23,428,807 and 23,605,923 shares in 2009 and 2008, respectively
    23       23  
Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 150,000,000 shares, issued 555,556 shares in 2009 and 2008
    1       1  
Class C Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 100,000,000 shares, issued 58,967,502 shares in 2009 and 2008
    58       58  
Additional paid-in capital
    2,109,110       2,100,995  
Retained deficit
    (9,076,084 )     (5,041,998 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (333,309 )     (401,529 )
Cost of shares (147,783 in 2009 and 81 in 2008) held in treasury
    (185 )     (1 )
 
           
Total Shareholders’ Deficit
    (6,844,738 )     (2,916,231 )
 
               
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit
  $ 18,047,101     $ 21,125,463  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

77


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
                                     
            Period from     Period from        
    Year Ended     July 31 through     January 1     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
    Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Revenue
  $ 5,551,909     $ 2,736,941     $ 3,951,742     $ 6,921,202  
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,583,263       1,198,345       1,706,099       2,733,004  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,466,593       806,787       1,022,459       1,761,939  
Depreciation and amortization
    765,474       348,041       348,789       566,627  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    253,964       102,276       125,669       181,504  
Merger expenses
          68,085       87,684       6,762  
Impairment charges
    4,118,924       5,268,858              
Other operating income (loss) net
    (50,837 )     13,205       14,827       14,113  
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    (3,687,146 )     (5,042,246 )     675,869       1,685,479  
Interest expense
    1,500,866       715,768       213,210       451,870  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (13,371 )     (116,552 )     34,262       6,742  
Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (20,689 )     5,804       94,215       35,176  
Other income (expense) – net
    679,716       131,505       (5,112 )     5,326  
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (4,542,356 )     (5,737,257 )     586,024       1,280,853  
Income tax benefit (expense):
                               
Current
    76,129       76,729       (27,280 )     (252,910 )
Deferred
    417,191       619,894       (145,303 )     (188,238 )
 
                       
Income tax benefit (expense)
    493,320       696,623       (172,583 )     (441,148 )
 
                       
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (4,049,036 )     (5,040,634 )     413,441       839,705  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
          (1,845 )     640,236       145,833  
 
                       
Consolidated net income (loss)
    (4,049,036 )     (5,042,479 )     1,053,677       985,538  
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (14,950 )     (481 )     17,152       47,031  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (4,034,086 )   $ (5,041,998 )   $ 1,036,525     $ 938,507  
 
                       
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    151,422       (382,760 )     46,679       105,574  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:
                               
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities
    1,678       (95,669 )     (52,460 )     (8,412 )
Unrealized holding loss on cash flow derivatives
    (74,100 )     (75,079 )           (1,688 )
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gain) loss on securities and derivatives included in net income
    10,008       102,766       (29,791 )      
 
                       
Comprehensive income (loss)
    (3,945,078)       (5,492,740 )     1,000,953       1,033,981  
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    20,788       (49,212 )     19,210       30,369  
 
                       
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (3,965,866 )   $ (5,443,528 )   $ 981,743     $ 1,003,612  
 
                       
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations – basic
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59  
Discontinued operations – basic
          (.02 )     1.29       .30  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company – basic
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.89  
 
                       
Weighted average common shares – basic
    81,296       81,242       495,044       494,347  
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations – diluted
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59  
Discontinued operations – diluted
          (.02 )     1.29       .29  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company – diluted
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.88  
 
                       
Weighted average common shares – diluted
    81,296       81,242       496,519       495,784  
 
                               
Dividends declared per share
  $     $     $     $ .75  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

78


Table of Contents

     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                                                    
                                    Controlling Interest        
                                                            Accumulated              
                    Common                     Additional             Other              
                    Shares     Noncontrolling     Common     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive     Treasury        
(In thousands, except share data)                   Issued     Interest     Stock     Capital     (Deficit)     Income     Stock     Total  
Pre-merger Balances at December 31, 2006
                    493,982,851     $ 363,966     $ 49,399     $ 26,745,687     $ (19,054,365 )   $ 290,401     $ (3,355 )   $ 8,391,733  
Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption
                                                    (152 )                     (152 )
Net income
                            47,031                       938,507                       985,538  
Dividends declared
                                                    (373,133 )                     (373,133 )
Subsidiary common stock issued for a business acquisition
                            5,084                                               5,084  
Exercise of stock options and other
                    4,092,566       10,780       409       74,827                       (1,596 )     84,420  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                            9,370               37,565                               46,935  
Other
                            (2,049 )                             1               (2,048 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Currency translation adjustment
                            30,369                               75,205               105,574  
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow derivatives
                                                            (1,688 )             (1,688 )
Unrealized (loss) on investments
                                                            (8,412 )             (8,412 )
 
                                                               
Pre-merger Balances at December 31, 2007
                    498,075,417       464,551       49,808       26,858,079       (18,489,143 )     355,507       (4,951 )     9,233,851  
Net income
                            17,152                       1,036,525                       1,053,677  
Exercise of stock options and other
                    82,645               30       4,963                       (2,024 )     2,969  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                            10,767               57,855                               68,622  
Other
                            (39,813 )                             33,383               (6,430 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Currency translation adjustment
                            22,367                               24,312               46,679  
Unrealized (loss) on investments
                            (3,125 )                             (49,335 )             (52,460 )
Reclassification adjustments for realized gain included in net income
                            (32 )                             (29,759 )             (29,791 )
 
                                                               
Pre-merger Balances at July 30, 2008
                    498,158,062       471,867       49,838       26,920,897       (17,452,618 )     334,108       (6,975 )     10,317,117  
 
                                                               
Elimination of pre-merger equity
                    (498,158,062 )     (471,867 )     (49,838 )     (26,920,897 )     17,452,618       (334,108 )     6,975       (10,317,117 )
 
  Class C   Class B   Class A                                                        
 
  Shares   Shares   Shares                                                        
 
                                                                         
Post-merger Balances at July 31, 2008
    58,967,502       555,556       21,718,569       471,867       81       2,089,266                         2,561,214  
Net (loss)
                            (481 )                     (5,041,998 )                     (5,042,479 )
Issuance of restricted stock awards and other
                    1,887,354               1                               (1 )      
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                            4,182               11,729                               15,911  
Other
                            (136 )                             1               (135 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Currency translation adjustment
                            (50,010 )                             (332,750 )             (382,760 )
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow derivatives
                                                            (75,079 )             (75,079 )
Unrealized (loss) on investments
                            (6,856 )                             (88,813 )             (95,669 )
Reclassification adjustment for realized loss included in net income
                            7,654                               95,112               102,766  
 
                                                           
Post-merger Balances at December 31, 2008
    58,967,502       555,556       23,605,923       426,220       82       2,100,995       (5,041,998 )     (401,529 )     (1 )     (2,916,231 )
 
                                                           

79


Table of Contents

     
                                                                                    
                    Common             Controlling Interest        
                    Shares                                     Accumulated              
                    Issued                     Additional             Other              
    Class C     Class B     Class A     Noncontrolling     Common     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive     Treasury        
(In thousands, except share data)   Shares     Shares     Shares     Interest     Stock     Capital     (Deficit)     Income     Stock     Total  
Post-merger Balances at December 31, 2008
    58,967,502       555,556       23,605,923     $ 426,220     $ 82     $ 2,100,995     $ (5,041,998 )   $ (401,529 )   $ (1 )   $ (2,916,231 )
Net (loss)
                            (14,950 )                     (4,034,086 )                     (4,049,036 )
Issuance (forfeiture) of restricted stock awards and other
                    (177,116 )                     4                       (184 )     (180 )
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                            12,104               27,682                               39,786  
Other
                            11,486               (19,571 )                             (8,085 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Currency translation adjustment
                            21,201                               130,221               151,422  
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow derivatives
                                                            (74,100 )             (74,100 )
Reclassification adjustments for realized loss included in net income
                            727                               9,281               10,008  
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments
                            (1,140 )                             2,818               1,678  
 
                                                           
Post-merger Balances at December 31, 2009
    58,967,502       555,556       23,428,807     $ 455,648     $ 82     $ 2,109,110     $ (9,076,084 )   $ (333,309 )   $ (185 )   $ (6,844,738 )
 
                                                           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

80


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    
            Period from     Period from        
    Year Ended     July 31 through     January 1     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Consolidated net income (loss)
  $ (4,049,036 )   $ (5,042,479 )   $ 1,053,677     $ 985,538  
Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
          (1,845 )     640,236       145,833  
 
                       
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (4,049,036 )     (5,040,634 )     413,441       839,705  
 
                               
Reconciling Items:
                               
Depreciation
    423,835       197,702       290,454       461,598  
Amortization of intangibles
    341,639       150,339       58,335       105,029  
Impairment charges
    4,118,924       5,268,858              
Deferred taxes
    (417,191 )     (619,894 )     145,303       188,238  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    52,498       54,603       23,216       38,615  
Amortization of deferred financing charges, bond premiums and accretion of note discounts, net
    229,464       102,859       3,530       7,739  
Share-based compensation
    39,786       15,911       62,723       44,051  
(Gain) loss on sale of operating and fixed assets
    50,837       (13,205 )     (14,827 )     (14,113 )
Loss on forward exchange contract
                2,496       3,953  
(Gain) loss on securities
    13,371       116,552       (36,758 )     (10,696 )
Equity in loss (earnings) of nonconsolidated affiliates
    20,689       (5,804 )     (94,215 )     (35,176 )
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
    (713,034 )     (116,677 )     13,484        
(Gain) loss on other investments and assets
    9,595                    
Increase (decrease) in other, net
    36,571       12,089       9,133       (91 )
 
                               
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
                               
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable
    99,225       158,142       24,529       (111,152 )
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses
    9,105       6,538       (21,459 )     5,098  
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
    (21,604 )     156,869       (29,329 )     694  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (27,934 )     (130,172 )     190,834       27,027  
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
    33,047       98,909       (16,572 )     (13,429 )
Increase (decrease) in deferred income
    2,168       (54,938 )     51,200       26,013  
Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes
    (70,780 )     (112,021 )     (40,260 )     13,325  
 
                       
 
                               
Net cash provided by operating activities
    181,175       246,026       1,035,258       1,576,428  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

81


Table of Contents

                                    
            Period from     Period from        
    Year Ended     July 31 through     January 1     Years Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
    Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Decrease (increase) in notes receivable, net
    823       741       336       (6,069 )
Decrease (increase) in investments in, and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net
    (3,811 )     3,909       25,098       20,868  
Cross currency settlement of interest
                (198,615 )     (1,214 )
Purchases of investments
    (3,372 )     (26 )     (98 )     (726 )
Proceeds from sale of other investments
    41,627             173,467       2,409  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (223,792 )     (190,253 )     (240,202 )     (363,309 )
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    48,818       16,955       72,806       26,177  
Acquisition of operating assets
    (8,300 )     (23,228 )     (153,836 )     (122,110 )
Decrease (increase) in other — net
    6,258       (47,342 )     (95,207 )     (38,703 )
Cash used to purchase equity
          (17,472,459 )            
 
                       
 
                               
Net cash used in investing activities
    (141,749 )     (17,711,703 )     (416,251 )     (482,677 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Draws on credit facilities
    1,708,625       180,000       692,614       886,910  
Payments on credit facilities
    (202,241 )     (128,551 )     (872,901 )     (1,705,014 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    500,000       557,520       5,476       22,483  
Proceeds from issuance of subsidiary senior notes
    2,500,000                    
Payments on long-term debt
    (472,419 )     (554,664 )     (1,282,348 )     (343,041 )
Payments on senior secured credit facilities
    (2,000,000 )                  
Repurchases of long-term debt
    (343,466 )     (24,425 )            
Deferred financing charges
    (60,330 )                  
Debt proceeds used to finance the merger
          15,382,076              
Equity contribution used to finance the merger
          2,142,830              
Payments on forward exchange contract
                (110,410 )      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other
                17,776       80,017  
Dividends paid
                (93,367 )     (372,369 )
Payments for purchase of noncontrolling interest
    (25,263 )                  
Payments for purchase of common shares
    (184 )     (47 )     (3,781 )      
 
                       
 
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,604,722       17,554,739       (1,646,941 )     (1,431,014 )
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

82


Table of Contents

                                    
            Period from     Period from        
    Year Ended     July 31 through     January 1     Years Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
    Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
                               
 
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
          2,429       (67,751 )     33,832  
Net cash provided by investing activities
                1,098,892       332,579  
Net cash provided by financing activities
                       
 
                       
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
          2,429       1,031,141       366,411  
 
                               
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    1,644,148       91,491       3,207       29,148  
 
                               
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    239,846       148,355       145,148       116,000  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 1,883,994     $ 239,846     $ 148,355     $ 145,148  
 
                       
 
                               
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:
                               
Cash paid during the year for:
                               
Interest
  $ 1,240,322     $ 527,083     $ 231,163     $ 462,181  
Income taxes
          37,029       138,187       299,415  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE A — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Business
CC Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed in May 2007 by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of acquiring the business of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas company (“Clear Channel”). The acquisition was completed on July 30, 2008 pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 16, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and May 13, 2008 (the “Merger Agreement”).
As a result of the merger, each issued and outstanding share of Clear Channel, other than shares held by certain principals of the Company that were rolled over and exchanged for Class A common stock of the Company, was either exchanged for (i) $36.00 in cash consideration or (ii) one share of Class A common stock of the Company.
The purchase price was approximately $23 billion including $94 million in capitalized transaction costs. The merger was funded primarily through a $3 billion equity contribution, including the rollover of Clear Channel shares, and $20.8 billion in debt financing, including the assumption of $5.1 billion aggregate principal amount of Clear Channel debt.
The Company accounted for its acquisition of Clear Channel as a purchase business combination in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations , and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions . The Company allocated a portion of the consideration paid to the assets and liabilities acquired at their respective fair values with the remaining portion recorded at the continuing shareholders’ basis. Excess consideration after this allocation was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
The merger is discussed more fully in Note B.
Liquidity
The Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations, which has been adversely affected by the global economic downturn. The risks associated with the Company’s businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The global economic downturn has resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing services among the Company’s customers, resulting in a decline in advertising revenues across the Company’s businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on the Company’s revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. The continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact the Company’s revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.
The Company commenced a restructuring program in the fourth quarter of 2008 targeting a reduction of fixed costs. The Company recognized approximately $164.4 million and $95.9 million of costs related to its restructuring program during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
On February 6, 2009 Clear Channel borrowed the approximately $1.6 billon of remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility. In December of 2009, Clear Channel applied $2.0 billion of the cash proceeds it received from Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. from the issuance and sale of the Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes to repay an equal amount of indebtedness under its senior secured credit facilities, thereby strengthening the Company’s capital structure meaningfully in the short and long term.

84


Table of Contents

Based on the Company’s current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in its markets, it believes that cash on hand (including amounts drawn or available under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities) as well as cash flow from operations will enable the Company to meet its working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months.
The Company expects to be in compliance with the covenants contained in Clear Channel’s material financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, in 2010, including the maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA limitation contained in Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities. However, the Company’s anticipated results are subject to significant uncertainty and the Company’s ability to comply with this limitation may be affected by events beyond its control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. The breach of any covenants set forth in the financing agreements would result in a default thereunder. An event of default would permit the lenders under a defaulted financing agreement to declare all indebtedness thereunder to be due and payable prior to maturity. Moreover, the lenders under the revolving credit facility under the senior secured credit facilities would have the option to terminate their commitments to make further extensions of revolving credit thereunder. If the Company is unable to repay Clear Channel’s obligations under any senior secured credit facilities or the receivables based credit facility, the lenders could proceed against any assets that were pledged to secure such facility. In addition, a default or acceleration under any of Clear Channel’s material financing agreements, including the subsidiary senior notes, could cause a default under other obligations that are subject to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions. The threshold amount for a cross-default under the senior secured credit facilities is $100 million dollars.
The Company’s and Clear Channel’s current corporate ratings are “CCC+” and “Caa2” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, which are speculative grade ratings. These ratings have been downgraded and then upgraded at various times during the two years ended December 31, 2009. The adjustments had no impact on Clear Channel’s borrowing costs under the credit agreements.
Format of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, statements of cash flows and shareholders’ equity are presented for two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:
    The year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 reflect the post-merger period of the Company, including the merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with and into Clear Channel. Subsequent to the acquisition, Clear Channel became an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the business of the Company became that of Clear Channel and its subsidiaries.
 
    The periods from January 1 through July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 reflect the pre-merger period of Clear Channel. Prior to its acquisition of Clear Channel, the Company had not conducted any activities, other than activities incident to its formation and in connection with the acquisition, and did not have any assets or liabilities, other than as related to the acquisition. The consolidated financial statements for all pre-merger periods were prepared using the historical basis of accounting for Clear Channel. As a result of the merger and the associated purchase accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the post-merger periods are not comparable to periods preceding the merger.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in companies in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over operating and financial policies of the company are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
The Company holds nontransferable, noncompliant station combinations pursuant to certain FCC rules or, in a few cases, pursuant to temporary waivers. These noncompliant station combinations were placed in a trust in order to

85


Table of Contents

bring the merger into compliance with the FCC’s media ownership rules. The Company will have to divest of certain stations in these noncompliant station combinations. The trust will be terminated, with respect to each noncompliant station combination, if at any time the stations may be owned by the Company under the then-current FCC media ownership rules. The trust agreement stipulates that the Company must fund any operating shortfalls of the trust activities, and any excess cash flow generated by the trust is distributed to the Company. The Company is also the beneficiary of proceeds from the sale of stations held in the trust. The Company consolidates the trust in accordance with ASC 810-10, which requires an enterprise involved with variable interest entities to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in the variable interest entity, as the trust was determined to be a variable interest entity and the Company is its primary beneficiary.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, it records a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected. For all other customers, it recognizes reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions. The Company believes its concentration of credit risk is limited due to the large number and the geographic diversification of its customers.
Land Leases and Other Structure Licenses
Most of the Company’s outdoor advertising structures are located on leased land. Americas outdoor land rents are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from one to twelve months. International outdoor land rents are paid both in advance and in arrears, for periods ranging from one to twelve months. Most international street furniture display faces are operated through contracts with the municipalities for up to 20 years. The street furniture contracts often include a percent of revenue to be paid along with a base rent payment. Prepaid land leases are recorded as an asset and expensed ratably over the related rental term and license and rent payments in arrears are recorded as an accrued liability.
Purchase Accounting
The Company accounts for its business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. Various acquisition agreements may include contingent purchase consideration based on performance requirements of the investee. The Company accounts for these payments in conformity with the provisions of ASC 805-20-30, which establish the requirements related to recognition of certain assets and liabilities arising from contingencies.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates that, in the opinion of management, are adequate to allocate the cost of such assets over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:
Buildings and improvements — 10 to 39 years
Structures — 5 to 40 years
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment — 7 to 20 years
Furniture and other equipment — 3 to 20 years
Leasehold improvements — shorter of economic life or lease term assuming renewal periods, if appropriate

86


Table of Contents

For assets associated with a lease or contract, the assets are depreciated at the shorter of the economic life or the lease or contract term, assuming renewal periods, if appropriate. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.
The Company tests for possible impairment of property, plant, and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value. The impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and the discount rates that reflect the risk inherent in future cash flows.
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an $8.7 million impairment to street furniture tangible assets in its International segment. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $12.3 million impairment primarily related to street furniture tangible assets in its International segment and an $11.3 million impairment of corporate assets.
Intangible Assets
The Company classifies intangible assets as definite-lived, indefinite-lived or goodwill. Definite-lived intangibles include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, talent and representation contracts, customer and advertiser relationships, and site-leases, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements, or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived assets. These assets are recorded at cost.
The Company impaired definite-lived intangible assets related to certain street furniture and billboard contract intangible assets in its Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments by $38.8 million as of June 30, 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $16.5 million impairment related to billboard contract intangible assets in its International segment.
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles include broadcast FCC licenses in its radio broadcasting segment and billboard permits in its Americas outdoor advertising segment. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is classified as goodwill. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests for possible impairment of definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.
The Company performs its annual impairment test for its FCC licenses and permits using a direct valuation technique as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. The key assumptions used in the direct valuation method include market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up cost and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk adjusted discount rate and terminal values. The Company engages Mesirow Financial Consulting LLC (“Mesirow Financial”), a third party valuation firm, to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its FCC licenses and permits.
The Company performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, which resulted in non-cash impairment charges of $1.7 billion and $935.6 million, respectively, on its indefinite-lived FCC licenses and permits. See Note D for further discussion.

87


Table of Contents

At least annually, the Company performs its impairment test for each reporting unit’s goodwill using a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company identified its reporting units in accordance with ASC 350-20-55. The U.S. radio markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit and the U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test. The Company also determined that within its Americas outdoor segment, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil constitute separate reporting units and each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.
Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company engages Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units.
The Company performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and recognized non-cash impairment charges of $3.6 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, to reduce its goodwill. See Note D for further discussion.
Nonconsolidated Affiliates
In general, investments in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not recognize gains or losses upon the issuance of securities by any of its equity method investees. The Company reviews the value of equity method investments and records impairment charges in the statement of operations as a component of “equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates” for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary.
Other Investments
Other investments are composed primarily of equity securities. These securities are classified as available-for-sale or trading and are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. Securities are carried at historical value when quoted market prices are unavailable. The net unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a component of shareholders’ equity. The net unrealized gains or losses on the trading securities are reported in the statement of operations. In addition, the Company holds investments that do not have quoted market prices. The Company periodically assesses the value of available-for-sale and non-marketable securities and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary. The average cost method is used to compute the realized gains and losses on sales of equity securities.
The Company periodically assesses the value of its available-for-sale securities. Based on these assessments, the Company concluded that an other-than-temporary impairment existed at December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $116.6 million and $11.3 million, respectively, on the statement of operations in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities”. The Company assessed the value of these available-for-sale securities through December 31, 2009 and concluded that no other-than-temporary impairment existed.
Financial Instruments
Due to their short maturity, the carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

88


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire asset will not be realized. As all earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are permanently reinvested and not distributed, the Company’s income tax provision does not include additional U.S. taxes on foreign operations. It is not practical to determine the amount of Federal income taxes, if any, that might become due in the event that the earnings were distributed.
Revenue Recognition
Radio broadcasting revenue is recognized as advertisements or programs are broadcast and is generally billed monthly. Outdoor advertising contracts typically cover periods of up to three years and are generally billed monthly. Revenue for outdoor advertising space rental is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Advertising revenue is reported net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue for the Company’s broadcasting and outdoor operations. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as deferred income.
Barter transactions represent the exchange of advertising spots or display space for merchandise or services. These transactions are generally recorded at the fair market value of the advertising spots or display space or the fair value of the merchandise or services received. Revenue is recognized on barter and trade transactions when the advertisements are broadcasted or displayed. Expenses are recorded ratably over a period that estimates when the merchandise or service received is utilized or the event occurs. Barter and trade revenues and expenses from continuing operations are included in consolidated revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. Barter and trade revenues and expenses from continuing operations were:
                                 
            Period from     Period from        
    Year ended     July 31 through     January 1 through     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
(In millions)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Barter and trade revenues
  $ 71.9     $ 33.7     $ 40.2     $ 70.7  
Barter and trade expenses
    86.7       35.0       38.9       70.4  
Barter and trade expenses for 2009 include $14.9 million of trade receivables written off as it was determined they no longer had value to the Company.
Share-Based Payments
Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. For awards that vest based on service conditions, this cost is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For awards that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions, this cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance conditions will be satisfied. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The provisions of ASC 815-10 require the Company to recognize all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further, on

89


Table of Contents

the type of hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for speculation or trading purposes.
Foreign Currency
Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries and foreign equity investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year. The assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and investees, other than those of operations in highly inflationary countries, are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses from translation of financial statements of subsidiaries and investees in highly inflationary countries, are included in operations.
Advertising Expense
The Company records advertising expense as it is incurred. Advertising expenses from continuing operations were:
                                 
            Period from July     Period from        
    Year ended     31 through     January 1     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
(In millions)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Advertising expenses
  $ 67.3     $ 51.8     $ 56.1     $ 138.5  
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes including, but not limited to, legal, tax and insurance accruals. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-02, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . The ASU clarifies that the decrease-in-ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance apply to (1) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity, (2) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture, and (3) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity (including an equity method investee or joint venture). In addition, the ASU expands the information an entity is required to disclose upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This standard is effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2009 with retrospective application required for the first period in which the entity adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160. The Company adopted the amendment upon issuance with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

90


Table of Contents

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . This standard amends ASC 810-10-25 by requiring consolidation of certain special purpose entities that were previously exempted from consolidation. The revised criteria will define a controlling financial interest for requiring consolidation as: the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s performance, and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted the amendment on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.
In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . The update is to ASC Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures-Overall , for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The purpose of this update is to reduce ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring the fair value of liabilities. The guidance provided in this update is effective for the first reporting period beginning after the date of issuance. The Company adopted the amendment on October 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , codified in ASC 105-10, was issued in June 2009. ASC 105-10 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. ASC 105-10 establishes the ASC as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Following this statement, the FASB will issue new standards in the form of ASUs. ASC 105-10 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 105-10 on July 1, 2009.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”), which is not yet codified, was issued in June 2009. Statement No. 167 shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. Statement No. 167 amends Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , codified in ASC 810-10-25, to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Statement No. 167 requires an additional reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. These requirements will provide more relevant and timely information to users of financial statements. Statement No. 167 amends ASC 810-10-25 to require additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities, which will enhance the information provided to users of financial statements. The Company adopted Statement No. 167 on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events , codified in ASC 855-10, was issued in May 2009. The provisions of ASC 855-10 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and are intended to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855-10 requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date—that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 855-10, the Company currently evaluates subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued.

91


Table of Contents

FASB Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , codified in ASC 260-10-45, was issued in June 2008. ASC 260-10-45 clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards with a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends are participating securities. Guidance is also provided on how to allocate earnings to participating securities and compute basic earnings per share using the two-class method. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions of ASC 260-10-45. The Company retrospectively adopted the provisions of ASC 260-10-45 on January 1, 2009. The impact of adopting ASC 260-10-45 decreased previously reported basic earnings per share by $.01 for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 , codified in ASC 810-10-45, was issued in December 2007. ASC 810-10-45 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under this guidance, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. The provisions of ASC 810-10-45 are effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. Guidance is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009, which resulted in a reclassification of approximately $426.2 million of noncontrolling interests to shareholders’ equity. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009. In connection with the offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes by the Company’s subsidiary, the Company filed a Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2009 to retrospectively recast the historical financial statements and certain disclosures included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the adoption of ASC 810-10-45.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, codified in ASC 815-10-50, was issued in March 2008. ASC 815-10-50 requires additional disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items effect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 815-10-50 on January 1, 2009. Please refer to Note H for disclosure required by ASC 815-10-50.
FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , codified in ASC 820-10, was issued in February 2008. ASC 820-10 delays the effective date of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on January 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.
FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly , codified in ASC 820-10-35, was issued in April 2009. ASC 820-10 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. ASC 820-10 also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

92


Table of Contents

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments , codified in ASC 320-10-35, was issued in April 2009. It amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. ASC 320-10-35 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 320-10-35 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.
FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , codified in ASC 825-10-50, was issued in April 2009. ASC 825-10-50 amends prior authoritative guidance to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The provisions of ASC 825-10-50 are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements of ASC 825-10-50 on April 1, 2009.
NOTE B — BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
2009 Purchases of Additional Equity Interests
During 2009, the Company’s Americas outdoor segment purchased the remaining 15% interest in its consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million and the Company’s International outdoor segment acquired an additional 5% interest in its consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.
2008 Acquisitions
The Company completed its acquisition of Clear Channel on July 30, 2008. The transaction was accounted for as a purchase in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations , and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions . The Company allocated a portion of the consideration paid to the assets and liabilities acquired at their respective fair values with the remaining portion recorded at the continuing shareholders’ basis. Excess consideration after this allocation was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
Following is a summary of the purchase price allocations:
                                 
    Preliminary     2008     2009     Final  
(In thousands)   Allocation     Adjustments     Adjustments     Allocation  
Consideration paid
  $ 18,082,938                     $ 18,082,938  
Debt assumed
    5,136,929                       5,136,929  
Historical carryover basis
    (825,647 )                     (825,647 )
 
                           
 
  $ 22,394,220                     $ 22,394,220  
 
                           
 
                               
Total current assets
    2,311,777       5,041       1,234       2,318,052  
PP&E — net
    3,745,422       125,357       (2,664 )     3,868,115  
Intangible assets — net
    20,634,499       (764,472 )     51,293       19,921,320  
Long-term assets
    1,079,704       44,787             1,124,491  
Current liabilities
    (1,219,033 )     (13,204 )     26,555       (1,205,682 )
Long-term liabilities
    (4,158,149 )     602,491       (43,036 )     (3,598,694 )
 
                       
 
    22,394,220             33,382       22,427,602  
Other comprehensive income
                (33,382 )     (33,382 )
 
                       
 
  $ 22,394,220     $     $     $ 22,394,220  
 
                       

93


Table of Contents

2008 Adjustments
The adjustments to PP&E – net primarily relate to fair value appraisals received for land and buildings. The adjustments to intangible assets – net primarily relate to an aggregate $3.6 billion adjustment to lower the estimated fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses and permits based on appraised values, partially offset by a $1.5 billion fair value adjustment to recognize advertiser relationships and trade names in the Company’s radio segment based on appraised values, a $240.6 million fair value adjustment to advertising contracts in the Company’s Americas and International outdoor segments based on appraised values and an increase of $1.0 billion to goodwill. The adjustment to long-term liabilities primarily relates to the deferred tax effects of the fair value adjustments.
The purchase price allocation adjustments related to the Company’s FCC licenses, permits and goodwill were recorded prior to the Company’s interim impairment test.
2009 Adjustments
During the first seven months of 2009, the Company decreased the initial fair value estimate of its permits, contracts, site leases and other assets and liabilities primarily in its Americas outdoor segment by $116.1 million based on additional information received, which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $71.7 million and a decrease to deferred taxes of $44.4 million. During the third quarter of 2009, the Company increased its deferred tax liability by $44.3 million to true-up its tax rates in certain jurisdictions that were estimated in the initial purchase price allocation. Additionally, the Company increased other comprehensive income by $33.4 million and decreased accrued income taxes by $18.9 million. Other miscellaneous adjustments resulted in an additional increase of $15.0 million to goodwill and a decrease of $8.6 million to other intangible assets. Also, during the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $45.0 million increase to goodwill in its International outdoor segment related to the fair value of certain noncontrolling interests which existed at the merger date, with no related tax effect. This noncontrolling interest was recorded pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99 which determines the classification of redeemable noncontrolling interests. The Company subsequently determined that the increase in goodwill related to these noncontrolling interests should have been included in the impairment charge resulting from the December 31, 2008 interim goodwill impairment test. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company impaired this entire goodwill amount, which after considering the effects of foreign exchange movements, was $41.4 million.
The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information reflects the consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 2007. The historical financial information was adjusted to give effect to items that are (i) directly attributed to the merger, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results. Such items include depreciation and amortization expense associated with preliminary valuations of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, corporate expenses associated with new equity based awards granted to certain members of management, expenses associated with the accelerated vesting of employee share based awards upon closing of the merger, interest expense related to debt issued in conjunction with the merger and the fair value adjustment to Clear Channel’s existing debt and the related tax effects of these items. This unaudited pro forma information should not be relied upon as necessarily being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the merger had actually occurred on that date, nor of the results that may be obtained in the future.
                 
(In thousands)   Unaudited     Unaudited  
    Period from January     Year ended  
    1 through July 30,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
(In thousands)   Pre-merger     Pre-merger  
Revenue
  $ 3,951,742     $ 6,921,202  
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
  $ (64,952 )   $ 4,179  
Net income (loss)
  $ 575,284     $ 150,012  
Earnings (loss) per share — basic
  $ 7.08     $ 1.85  
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted
  $ 7.05     $ 1.85  

94


Table of Contents

The Company also acquired assets in its operating segments in addition to the merger described above. The Company acquired FCC licenses in its radio segment for $11.7 million in cash during 2008. The Company acquired outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $96.5 million in cash during 2008. The Company’s national representation business acquired representation contracts valued at $68.9 million during 2008.
2007 Acquisitions
Clear Channel acquired domestic outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $69.1 million in cash during 2007. Clear Channel’s national representation business acquired representation contracts for $53.0 million in cash during 2007.
The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration given for acquisitions made during 2007:
         
(In thousands)   2007  
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 28,002  
Accounts receivable
     
Definite lived intangibles
    55,017  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
    15,023  
Goodwill
    41,696  
Other assets
    3,453  
 
     
 
    143,191  
Other liabilities
    (13,081 )
Noncontrolling interest
     
Deferred tax
     
Subsidiary common stock issued, net of noncontrolling interest
     
 
     
 
    (13,081 )
 
     
Less: fair value of net assets exchanged in swap
    (8,000 )
 
     
Cash paid for acquisitions
  $ 122,110  
 
     
The Company has entered into certain agreements relating to acquisitions that provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired company. The Company will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets were met, would not significantly impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
NOTE C – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Sale of non-core radio stations
The Company determined that each radio station market in Clear Channel’s previously announced non-core radio station sales represents a disposal group consistent with the provisions of ASC 360-10. Consistent with the provisions of ASC 360-10, the Company classified these assets that are subject to transfer under the definitive asset purchase agreements as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Accordingly, depreciation and amortization associated with these assets was discontinued. Additionally, the Company determined that these assets comprised operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company.

95


Table of Contents

Sale of the television business
On March 14, 2008, Clear Channel completed the sale of its television business to Newport Television, LLC for $1.0 billion, adjusted for certain items including proration of expenses and adjustments for working capital. As a result, Clear Channel recorded a gain of $662.9 million as a component of “Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net” in its consolidated statement of operations during the first quarter of 2008. Additionally, net income and cash flows from the television business were classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows, respectively, in 2008 through the date of sale and for the year ended December 31, 2007. The net assets related to the television business were classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2007.
Summarized Financial Information of Discontinued Operations
Summarized operating results for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 from these businesses are as follows:
                         
    Period from July 31     Period from January     Year ended  
    through December 31,     1 through July 30,     December 31,  
    2008     2008     2007  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Revenue
  $ 1,364     $ 74,783     $ 442,263  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (3,160 )   $ 702,698     $ 209,882  
Included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net is an income tax benefit of $1.3 million for the period July 31 through December 31, 2008. Included for the period from January 1 through July 30, 2008 is income tax expense of $62.4 million and a gain of $695.8 million related to the sale of Clear Channel’s television business and certain radio stations. The Company estimates utilization of approximately $585.3 million of capital loss carryforwards to offset a portion of the taxes associated with these gains. The Company had approximately $699.6 million, before valuation allowance, in capital loss carryforwards remaining as of December 31, 2008.
Included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net is income tax expense of $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Also included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net for the year ended December 31, 2007 are gains on the sale of certain radio stations of $144.6 million.
NOTE D — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
Definite-lived Intangible Assets
The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts, permanent easements that provide the Company access to certain of its outdoor displays, and other contractual rights in its Americas and International outdoor segments. The Company has talent and program right contracts in its radio segment and contracts for non-affiliated radio and television stations in its media representation operations. These definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows.
The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008:

96


Table of Contents

                                 
    Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
(In thousands)   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Transit, street furniture, and other outdoor contractual rights
  $ 803,297     $ 166,803     $ 883,130     $ 49,818  
Customer / advertiser relationships
    1,210,205       169,897       1,210,205       49,970  
Talent contracts
    320,854       57,825       161,644       7,479  
Representation contracts
    218,584       54,755       216,955       21,537  
Other
    550,041       54,457       548,180       9,590  
 
                       
Total
  $ 3,102,981     $ 503,737     $ 3,020,114     $ 138,394  
 
                       
Total amortization expense from continuing operations related to definite-lived intangible assets was:
                                 
            Period from July     Period from        
    Year ended     31 through     January 1 through     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     July 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007  
(In millions)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Amortization expense
  $ 341.6     $ 150.3     $ 58.3     $ 105.0  
Included in amortization expense in 2009 is $32.4 million for amounts since the date of the merger related to a purchase accounting adjustment of $157.7 million to increase the balance of the Company’s talent contracts.
During the first seven months of 2009, the Company decreased the initial fair value estimate of its permits, contracts, site leases, and other assets and liabilities primarily in its Americas segment by $116.1 million based on additional information received.
As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized, amortization expense may vary. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets:
         
(In thousands)      
2010
  $ 319,967  
2011
    298,927  
2012
    289,449  
2013
    275,033  
2014
    253,626  
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC broadcast licenses and billboard permits. FCC broadcast licenses are granted to radio stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Act”). The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if the FCC finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity, there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee, and there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse. The licenses may be renewed indefinitely at little or no cost. The Company does not believe that the technology of wireless broadcasting will be replaced in the foreseeable future.
The Company’s billboard permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically specify the location which allows the Company the right to operate an advertising structure at the specified location. The Company’s permits are located on owned

97


Table of Contents

land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases typically have initial terms of between 10 and 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation-based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use.
The indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests for possible impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used, indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.
Interim Impairments to FCC Licenses
The United States and global economies have undergone an economic downturn, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models used to value the Company’s FCC licenses since the merger. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test on its FCC licenses as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $936.2 million.
The industry cash flows forecast by BIA Financial Network, Inc. (“BIA”) during the first six months of 2009 were below the BIA forecast used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company performed another interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on its FCC licenses resulting in an additional non-cash impairment charge of $590.3 million.
The impairment test consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the FCC licenses at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the FCC license exceeded its fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the FCC license is its new accounting basis. The fair value of the FCC licenses was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the FCC licenses was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial, a third-party valuation firm, to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its FCC licenses.
The application of the direct valuation method attempts to isolate the income that is properly attributable to the license alone (that is, apart from tangible and identified intangible assets and goodwill). It is based upon modeling a hypothetical “greenfield” build up to a “normalized” enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for (or added) as part of the build-up process. The Company forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of its markets in its application of the direct valuation method. The Company also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each market. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the licenses in each market.
Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically develops indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flow model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
The key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry

98


Table of Contents

normalized information representing an average FCC license within a market.
Management uses publicly available information from BIA regarding the future revenue expectations for the radio broadcasting industry.
The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market share and profit margin. Management believes that a three-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to obtain the necessary infrastructure and obtain advertisers. It is estimated that a start-up operation would gradually obtain a mature market revenue share in three years. BIA forecasted industry revenue growth of 1.9% and negative 1.8%, respectively, during the build-up period used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to establish operations and recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the FCC licenses within the market.
The estimated operating margin in the first year of operations was assumed to be 12.5% based on observable market data for an independent start-up radio station for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The estimated operating margin in the second year of operations was assumed to be the mid-point of the first-year operating margin and the normalized operating margin. The normalized operating margin in the third year was assumed to be the industry average margin of 30% and 29%, respectively, based on an analysis of comparable companies for the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The first and second-year expenses include the non-operating start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e. development of customers, workforce, etc.).
In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 2% beyond the discrete build-up projection period for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment tests. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.
The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.
The Company calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the radio broadcasting industry.
The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e. market participants). The Company calculated the average yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” and “CCC” rated corporate bond which was used for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.
The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified Capital Asset Pricing Model (“CAPM”). Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.
The concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the licenses was 10% for the 13 largest markets and 10.5% for all other markets in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the licenses. The initial capital investment represents the fixed assets needed to operate the radio station.

99


Table of Contents

The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased 150 basis points compared to the discount rate used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008 which resulted in a decline in the fair value of the Company’s licenses. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge in approximately one-quarter of its markets, which totaled $936.2 million. The fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses was $3.0 billion at December 31, 2008.
The BIA forecast for 2009 declined 8.7% and declined between 13.8% and 15.7% through 2013 compared to the BIA forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. Additionally, the industry profit margin declined 100 basis points from the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the FCC licenses below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge in approximately one-quarter of its markets, which totaled $590.3 million. The fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses was $2.4 billion at June 30, 2009.
In calculating the fair value of its FCC licenses, the Company primarily relied on the discounted cash flow models. However, the Company relied on the stick method for those markets where the discounted cash flow model resulted in a value less than the stick method indicated.
To estimate the stick values for its markets, the Company obtained historical radio station transaction data from BIA which involved sales of individual radio stations whereby the station format was immediately abandoned after acquisition. These transactions are highly indicative of stick transactions in which the buyer does not assign value to any of the other acquired assets (i.e. tangible or intangible assets) and is only purchasing the FCC license.
In addition, the Company analyzed publicly available FCC license auction data involving radio broadcast licenses. Periodically, the FCC will hold an auction for certain FCC licenses in various markets and these auction prices reflect the purchase of only the FCC radio license.
Based on this analysis, the stick values were estimated to be the minimum value of a radio license within each market. This value was considered to be the fair value of the license for those markets where the present value of the cash flows and terminal value did not exceed the estimated stick value. Approximately 17% and 23% of the fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, was determined using the stick method.
Annual Impairment Test to FCC Licenses
The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial, a third-party valuation firm, to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its FCC licenses. The aggregate fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 11% from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value resulted primarily from an increase of $120.4 million related to improved revenue forecasts and an increase of $195.9 million related to a decline in the discount rate of 50 basis points. The Company calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the radio broadcasting industry. These market driven changes were responsible for the decline in the calculated discount rate.
As a result of the increase in the fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses, no impairment was recorded at October 1, 2009. The fair value of the Company’s FCC licenses at October 1, 2009 was approximately $2.7 billion.

100


Table of Contents

Interim Impairments to Billboard Permits
The Company’s billboard permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments as they are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically include the location which permits the Company to operate an advertising structure. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in the International segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike the Company’s permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived assets in the International segment.
The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models used to value the Company’s billboard permits since the merger. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test on its billboard permits as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $722.6 million.
The Company’s cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company performed an interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on its billboard permits resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $345.4 million.
The impairment test consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the billboard permits at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the billboard permits exceeded their fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the billboard permit is its new accounting basis. The fair value of the billboard permits was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the billboard permits was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of the billboard permits.
The Company’s application of the direct valuation method utilized the “greenfield” approach as discussed above. The key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average billboard permit within a market.
Management uses its internal forecasts to estimate industry normalized information as it believes these forecasts are similar to what a market participant would expect to generate. This is due to the pricing structure and demand for outdoor signage in a market being relatively constant regardless of the owner of the operation. Management also relied on its internal forecasts because there is little public data available for each of its markets.
The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market revenue share and profit margin. Management believes that a one-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to erect the necessary structures and obtain advertisers in order achieve mature market revenue share. It is estimated that a start-up operation would be able to obtain 10% of the potential revenues in the first year of operations and 100% in the second year. Management assumed industry revenue growth of negative 9% and negative 16%, respectively, during the build-up period used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 interim impairment tests. However, the cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the permits within the market.
For the normalized operating margin in the third year, management assumed a hypothetical business would operate at the lower of the operating margin for the specific market or the industry average margin of approximately 46% and 45% based on an analysis of comparable companies in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models, respectively. For the first and second-year of operations, the operating margin was assumed to be 50% of the “normalized” operating margin for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The first and second-year expenses include the non-recurring start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e. development of customers, workforce, etc.).
In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 3% beyond the discrete build-up projection period in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.

101


Table of Contents

The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.
The Company calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.
The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e. market participants). Management used the yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” rated corporate bond for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.
The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.
The concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the permits was 9.5% at December 31, 2008 and 10% at June 30, 2009. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the permits. The initial capital investment represents the expenditures required to erect the necessary advertising structures.
The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased approximately 100 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 10% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge which totaled $722.6 million. The fair value of the permits was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2008.
The discount rate used in the June 30, 2009 impairment model increased approximately 50 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits at December 31, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 8% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge in all but five of its markets in the United States and Canada, which totaled $345.4 million. The fair value of the permits was $1.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
Annual Impairment Test to Billboard Permits
The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of the billboard permits. The aggregate fair value of the Company’s permits on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 8% from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value resulted primarily from an increase of $57.7 million related to improved industry revenue forecasts. The discount rate was unchanged from the June 30, 2009 interim impairment analysis. The Company calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.
The fair value of the Company’s permits at October 1, 2009 was approximately $1.2 billion.

102


Table of Contents

Interim Impairments to Goodwill
The Company tests goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model used to value the Company’s reporting units since the merger. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2008.
The Company’s cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. Additionally, the fair value of the Company’s debt and equity at June 30, 2009 was below the carrying amount of its reporting units at June 30, 2009. As a result of these indicators, the Company performed an interim goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2009 resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $3.1 billion.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.
Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units.
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments. The provisions of ASC 350-20-50-1 require the disclosure of cumulative impairment. As a result of the merger, a new basis in goodwill was recorded in accordance with ASC 805-10. All impairments shown in the table below have been recorded subsequent to the merger and, therefore, do not include any pre-merger impairment.
                                         
(In thousands)           Americas     International              
Pre-Merger   Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Other     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 6,045,527     $ 688,336     $ 474,253     $ 2,000     $ 7,210,116  
Acquisitions
    7,051             12,341             19,392  
Dispositions
    (20,931 )                       (20,931 )
Foreign currency
          (293 )     28,596             28,303  
Adjustments
    (423 )     (970 )                 (1,393 )
 
                             
Balance as of July 30, 2008
  $ 6,031,224     $ 687,073     $ 515,190     $ 2,000     $ 7,235,487  
 
                             

103


Table of Contents

                                         
(In thousands)           Americas     International              
Post-Merger   Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Other     Total  
Balance as of July 31, 2008
  $     $     $     $     $  
Preliminary purchase price allocation
    6,335,220       2,805,780       603,712       60,115       9,804,827  
Purchase price adjustments — net
    356,040       438,025       (76,116 )     271,175       989,124  
Impairment
    (1,115,033 )     (2,321,602 )     (173,435 )           (3,610,070 )
Acquisitions
    3,486                         3,486  
Foreign exchange
          (29,605 )     (63,519 )           (93,124 )
Other
    (523 )           (3,099 )           (3,622 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2008
    5,579,190       892,598       287,543       331,290       7,090,621  
Impairment
    (2,420,897 )     (390,374 )     (73,764 )     (211,988 )     (3,097,023 )
Acquisitions
    4,518       2,250       110             6,878  
Dispositions
    (62,410 )                 (2,276 )     (64,686 )
Foreign currency
          16,293       17,412             33,705  
Purchase price adjustments — net
    47,086       68,896       45,042       (482 )     160,542  
Other
    (618 )     (4,414 )                 (5,032 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2009
  $ 3,146,869     $ 585,249     $ 276,343     $ 116,544     $ 4,125,005  
 
                             
Each of the Company’s U.S. radio markets and outdoor advertising markets are components. The U.S. radio markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit and the U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test using the guidance in ASC 350-20-55. The Company also determined that within its Americas outdoor segment, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil constitute separate reporting units and each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.
The discounted cash flow model indicated that the Company failed the first step of the impairment test for certain of its reporting units as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, which required it to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value.
The discounted cash flow approach the Company uses for valuing its reporting units involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value.
The Company forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of its reporting units. In projecting future cash flows, the Company considers a variety of factors including its historical growth rates, macroeconomic conditions, advertising sector and industry trends as well as Company-specific information. Historically, revenues in its industries have been highly correlated to economic cycles. Based on these considerations, the assumed 2008 and 2009 revenue growth rates used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models were negative followed by assumed revenue growth with an anticipated economic recovery in 2009 and 2010, respectively. To arrive at the projected cash flows and resulting growth rates, the Company evaluated its historical operating results, current management initiatives and both historical and anticipated industry results to assess the reasonableness of the operating margin assumptions. The Company also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each reporting unit. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the reporting unit.
The Company calculated the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages for each of its reporting units. WACC is an overall rate based upon the individual rates of return for invested capital (equity and interest-bearing debt). The WACC is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average data for publicly traded companies in the radio and outdoor advertising industry. The calculation of the WACC considered both current industry WACCs and historical trends in the industry.

104


Table of Contents

The calculation of the WACC requires the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e. market participants) and the indicated yield on similarly rated bonds.
The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.
In line with advertising industry trends, the Company’s operations and expected cash flow are subject to significant uncertainties about future developments, including timing and severity of the recessionary trends and customers’ behaviors. To address these risks, the Company included company-specific risk premiums for each of the reporting units in the estimated WACC. Based on this analysis, as of December 31, 2008, company-specific risk premiums of 100 basis points, 300 basis points and 300 basis points were included for the Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 11%, 12.5% and 12.5% for each of the reporting units in the Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, company-specific risk premiums of 100 basis points, 250 basis points and 350 basis points were included for the Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 11%, 12.5% and 13.5% for each of the reporting units in the Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively. Applying these WACCs, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.
The discount rate utilized in the valuation of the FCC licenses and outdoor permits as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 excludes the company-specific risk premiums that were added to the industry WACCs used in the valuation of the reporting units. Management believes the exclusion of this premium is appropriate given the difference between the nature of the licenses and billboard permits and reporting unit cash flow projections. The cash flow projections utilized under the direct valuation method for the licenses and permits are derived from utilizing industry “normalized” information for the existing portfolio of licenses and permits. Given that the underlying cash flow projections are based on industry normalized information, application of an industry average discount rate is appropriate. Conversely, the cash flow projections for the overall reporting unit are based on internal forecasts for each business and incorporate future growth and initiatives unrelated to the existing license and permit portfolio. Additionally, the projections for the reporting unit include cash flows related to non-FCC license and non-permit based assets. In the valuation of the reporting unit, the company-specific risk premiums were added to the industry WACCs due to the risks inherent in achieving the projected cash flows of the reporting unit.
The Company also utilized the market approach to provide a test of reasonableness to the results of the discounted cash flow model. The market approach indicates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on a company’s market capitalization (if publicly traded) and a comparison of the business to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in its industry. This approach can be estimated through the quoted market price method, the market comparable method, and the market transaction method.
One indication of the fair value of a business is the quoted market price in active markets for the debt and equity of the business. The quoted market price of equity multiplied by the number of shares outstanding yields the fair value of the equity of a business on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. A premium for control is then applied and added to the estimated fair value of interest-bearing debt to indicate the fair value of the invested capital of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.
The market comparable method provides an indication of the fair value of the invested capital of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. The conditions and prospects of companies in similar lines of business depend on common factors such as overall demand for their products and services. An analysis of the market multiples of companies engaged in similar lines of business yields insight into investor perceptions and, therefore, the value of the subject business. These multiples are then applied to the operating results of the subject business to estimate the fair value of the invested capital on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. The Company then applies a premium for control to indicate the fair value of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

105


Table of Contents

The market transaction method estimates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in similar companies recently offered for sale. This process involves comparison and correlation of the subject business with other similar companies that have recently been purchased. Considerations such as location, time of sale, physical characteristics, and conditions of sale are analyzed for comparable businesses.
The three variations of the market approach indicated that the fair value determined by the Company’s discounted cash flow model was within a reasonable range of outcomes as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009.
The revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 18%, 21% and 29% for Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the July 30, 2008 preliminary purchase price allocation primarily as a result of the revenues realized for the year ended December 31, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce its goodwill of $3.6 billion at December 31, 2008.
The revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 8%, 7% and 9% for Radio, Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test primarily as a result of the revenues realized during the first six months of 2009. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce its goodwill of $3.1 billion at June 30, 2009.
Annual Impairment Test to Goodwill
The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units. The fair value of the Company’s reporting units on October 1, 2009 increased from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value of the radio reporting unit was primarily the result of a 50 basis point decline in the WACC as well as a 130 basis point increase in the long-term operating margin. The increase in fair value of the Americas reporting unit was primarily the result of a 150 basis point decline in the WACC. Application of the market approach described above supported lowering the company-specific risk premium used in the discounted cash flow model to fair value the Americas reporting unit. The increase in the aggregate fair value of the reporting units in the Company’s International outdoor segment was primarily the result of an improvement in the long-term revenue forecasts. As discussed in Note B, a certain reporting unit in the International outdoor segment recognized a $41.4 million impairment to goodwill related to the fair value adjustments of certain noncontrolling interests recorded in the merger pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99.
NOTE E – INVESTMENTS
The Company’s most significant investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are listed below:
Australian Radio Network
The Company owns a fifty-percent (50%) interest in Australian Radio Network (“ARN”), an Australian company that owns and operates radio stations in Australia and New Zealand.
Grupo ACIR Comunicaciones
Clear Channel sold a portion of its investment in Grupo ACIR for approximately $47.0 million on July 1, 2008 and recorded a gain of $9.2 million in “equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates” during the pre-merger period ended July 30, 2008. Effective January 30, 2009 the Company sold 57% of its remaining 20% interest in Grupo ACIR. The Company sold the remainder of its interest on July 28, 2009.
Summarized Financial Information
The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in nonconsolidated affiliates:

106


Table of Contents

                                 
                    All        
(In thousands)   ARN     Grupo ACIR     Others     Total  
At December 31, 2008
  $ 290,808     $ 41,518     $ 51,811     $ 384,137  
Reclass to cost method investments and other
          (17,469 )     1,283       (16,186 )
Acquisition (disposition) of investments, net
          (19,153 )     (19 )     (19,172 )
Cash advances (repayments)
    (17,263 )     3       4,402       (12,858 )
Equity in net earnings (loss)
    15,191       (4,372 )     (31,508 )     (20,689 )
Foreign currency transaction adjustment
    (10,354 )                 (10,354 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    42,396       (527 )     819       42,688  
Fair value adjustments
                (2,217 )     (2,217 )
 
                       
At December 31, 2009
  $ 320,778     $     $ 24,571     $ 345,349  
 
                       
The investments in the table above are not consolidated, but are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its investments in these entities in the balance sheet as “Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates.” The Company’s interests in their operations are recorded in the statement of operations as “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates”. There were no undistributed earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009. Accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained deficit for these investments were $3.6 million and $133.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Other Investments
Other investments of $44.7 million and $33.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, include marketable equity securities and other investments classified as follows:
                                 
(In thousands)   Fair     Gross Unrealized     Gross Unrealized        
Investments   Value     Losses     Gains     Cost  
2009
                               
Available-for sale
  $ 38,902     $ (12,237 )   $ 32,035     $ 19,104  
Other cost investments
    5,783                   5,783  
 
                       
Total
  $ 44,685     $ (12,237 )   $ 32,035     $ 24,887  
 
                       
 
                               
2008
                               
Available-for sale
  $ 27,110     $     $     $ 27,110  
Other cost investments
    6,397                   6,397  
 
                       
Total
  $ 33,507     $     $     $ 33,507  
 
                       
The Company’s available-for-sale security, Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”), was in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time in 2008 and 2009. As a result, the Company considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, the Company concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $11.3 million and $59.8 million in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
In addition, the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale security, Sirius XM Radio, Inc., was below its cost for an extended period of time in 2008. After considering ASC 320-10-S99 guidance, the Company concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $56.7 million in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Clear Channel sold its American Tower Corporation securities in the second quarter of 2008 and recorded a gain of $30.4 million on the statement of operations in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities”.

107


Table of Contents

Other cost investments include various investments in companies for which there is no readily determinable market value.
NOTE F — ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION
The Company’s asset retirement obligation is reported in “Other long-term liabilities” and relates to its obligation to dismantle and remove outdoor advertising displays from leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related long-lived assets’ carrying value. Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, the calculation assumes that all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk adjusted credit rate for the same period.
The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s asset retirement obligation:
                         
    Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
    Year ended     Period ended     Period ended  
(In thousands)   December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008     July 30, 2008  
Beginning balance
  $ 55,592     $ 59,278     $ 70,497  
Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs
    (6,721 )     (3,123 )     1,853  
Accretion of liability
    5,209       2,233       3,084  
Liabilities settled
    (2,779 )     (2,796 )     (2,558 )
 
                 
Ending balance
  $ 51,301     $ 55,592     $ 72,876  
 
                 

108


Table of Contents

NOTE G — LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt at December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
               
Term loan A Facility Due 2014 (1)
  $ 1,127,657     $ 1,331,500  
Term loan B Facility Due 2016
    9,061,911       10,700,000  
Term loan C — Asset Sale Facility Due 2016 (1)
    695,879       695,879  
Revolving Credit Facility Due 2014
    1,812,500       220,000  
Delayed Draw Facilities Due 2016
    874,432       532,500  
Receivables Based Facility Due 2014
    355,732       445,609  
Other Secured Long-term Debt
    5,225       6,604  
 
           
Total Consolidated Secured Debt
    13,933,336       13,932,092  
 
               
Senior Cash Pay Notes
    796,250       980,000  
Senior Toggle Notes
    915,200       1,330,000  
Clear Channel Senior Notes:
               
4.25% Senior Notes Due 2009
          500,000  
7.65% Senior Notes Due 2010
    116,181       133,681  
4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010
    239,975       250,000  
6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011
    692,737       722,941  
4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011
    140,241       223,279  
5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012
    249,851       275,800  
5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013
    312,109       475,739  
5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014
    541,455       750,000  
4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015
    250,000       250,000  
5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016
    250,000       250,000  
6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018
    175,000       175,000  
7.25% Senior Debentures Due 2027
    300,000       300,000  
Subsidiary Senior Notes:
               
9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017
    500,000        
9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017
    2,000,000        
Other long-term debt
    77,657       69,260  
Purchase accounting adjustments and original issue discount
    (788,087 )     (1,114,172 )
 
           
 
    20,701,905       19,503,620  
Less: current portion
    398,779       562,923  
 
           
Total long-term debt
  $ 20,303,126     $ 18,940,697  
 
           
 
(1)   These facilities are subject to an amortization schedule with the final payment on the Term Loan A and Term Loan C due 2014 and 2016, respectively.
The Company’s weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2009 was 6.3%. The aggregate market value of the Company’s debt based on quoted market prices for which quotes were available was approximately $17.7 billion and $17.2 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

109


Table of Contents

The Company and its subsidiaries have from time to time repurchased certain debt obligations of Clear Channel and may in the future, as part of various financing and investment strategies it may elect to pursue, purchase additional outstanding indebtedness of Clear Channel or its subsidiaries or outstanding equity securities of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., in tender offers, open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The Company may also sell certain assets or properties and use the proceeds to reduce its indebtedness or the indebtedness of its subsidiaries. These purchases or sales, if any, could have a material positive or negative impact on the Company’s liquidity available to repay outstanding debt obligations or on the Company’s consolidated results of operations. These transactions could also require or result in amendments to the agreements governing outstanding debt obligations or changes in the Company’s leverage or other financial ratios, which could have a material positive or negative impact on the Company’s ability to comply with the covenants contained in its debt agreements. These transactions, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
The margin percentages applicable to the term loan facilities and revolving credit facility are the following percentages per annum:
    with respect to loans under the term loan A facility and the revolving credit facility, (i) 2.40% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans, subject to downward adjustments if Clear Channel’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities) decreases below 7 to 1; and
 
    with respect to loans under the term loan B facility, term loan C — asset sale facility and delayed draw term loan facilities, (i) 2.65% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.65% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans subject to downward adjustments if the Company’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 7 to 1.
Clear Channel is required to pay each revolving credit lender a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving credit facility, which is 0.50% per annum, subject to downward adjustments if Clear Channel’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 4 to 1. Clear Channel is required to pay each delayed draw term facility lender a commitment fee in respect of any undrawn commitments under the delayed draw term facilities, which initially is 1.825% per annum until the delayed draw term facilities are fully drawn or commitments thereunder terminated.
The senior secured credit facilities include two delayed draw term loan facilities. The first is a $589.8 million facility which may be drawn to purchase or redeem Clear Channel’s outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010, of which $451.0 million was drawn as of December 31, 2009, and a $423.4 million facility which was drawn to redeem Clear Channel’s outstanding 4.25% senior notes in May 2009.
The senior secured credit facilities require the Company to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

110


Table of Contents

    50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and to 0% based upon the Company’s leverage ratio) of the Company’s annual excess cash flow (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities), less any voluntary prepayments of term loans and revolving credit loans (to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction of the commitment) and subject to customary credits;
 
    100% (which percentage will be reduced to 75% and 50% based upon the Company’s leverage ratio) of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions by the Company or its wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (including casualty and condemnation events) of assets other than specified assets subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions; and
 
    100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under the senior secured credit facilities.
The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of certain incurrences of debt and annual excess cash flow will be applied (i) first to the term loans other than the term loan C — asset sale facility loans (on a pro rata basis) and (ii) second to the term loan C — asset sale facility loans, in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of the sale of assets (including casualty and condemnation events) will be applied (i) first to the term loan C — asset sale facility loans and (ii) second to the other term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity.
The Company may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under its senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.
The Company is required to repay the loans under its term loan facilities, after giving effect to the December 2009 prepayment of $2.0 billion of term loans with proceeds from the issuance of subsidiary senior notes discussed elsewhere in Note G, as follows:
    the term loan A facility will amortize in quarterly installments commencing on the third interest payment date after the fourth anniversary of the closing date of the merger in annual amounts equal to 4.7% of the original funded principal amount of such facility in year four, 10% thereafter, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date (July 2014) of such term loans; and
 
    the term loan B facility and delayed draw facilities will be payable in full on the final maturity date (January 2016) of such term loans; and
 
    the term loan C facility will amortize in quarterly installments on the first interest payment date after the third anniversary of the closing date of the merger, in annual amounts equal to 2.5% of the original funded principal amount of such facilities in years four and five and 1% thereafter, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date (January 2016) of such term loans.
The Company is required to repay all borrowings under the receivables based facility and the revolving credit facility at their final maturity in July 2014.
The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.
All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by:
    a first-priority lien on the capital stock of Clear Channel;
 
    100% of the capital stock of any future material wholly-owned domestic license subsidiary that is not a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes;
 
    certain assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes);
 
    certain assets that constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes) securing obligations under the senior secured credit facilities up to the maximum amount permitted to be secured by such assets without requiring equal and ratable security under the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes; and
 
    a second-priority lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility.

111


Table of Contents

The obligations of any foreign subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility will also be guaranteed by certain of their material wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of all such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions.
The senior secured credit facilities contain a financial covenant that requires Clear Channel to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (maximum of 9.5:1). This financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time. Clear Channel’s senior secured debt consists of the senior secured facilities, the receivables based credit facility and certain other secured subsidiary debt. The Company was in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2009.
In addition, the senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness;
 
    create liens on assets;
 
    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
 
    sell assets;
 
    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock;
 
    make investments, loans, or advances;
 
    prepay certain junior indebtedness;
 
    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and
 
    change its lines of business.
The senior secured credit facilities include certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, the invalidity of material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities documentation, the failure of collateral under the security documents for the senior secured credit facilities, the failure of the senior secured credit facilities to be senior debt under the subordination provisions of certain of the Company’s subordinated debt and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
Receivables Based Credit Facility
The receivables based credit facility of $783.5 million provides revolving credit commitments in an amount equal to the initial borrowing of $533.5 million on the closing date plus $250 million, subject to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time equals 85% of the eligible accounts receivable for certain subsidiaries of the Company. The receivables based credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.
Borrowings, excluding the initial borrowing, under the receivables based credit facility are subject to compliance with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 if at any time excess availability under the receivables based credit facility is less than $50 million, or if aggregate excess availability under the receivables based credit facility and revolving credit facility is less than 10% of the borrowing base.
Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
The margin percentage applicable to the receivables based credit facility which is (i) 1.40% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 2.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans subject to downward adjustments if the Company’s

112


Table of Contents

leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 7 to 1.
Clear Channel is required to pay each lender a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the receivables based credit facility, which is 0.375% per annum, subject to downward adjustments if Clear Channel’s leverage ratio of total debt to EBITDA decreases below 6 to 1.
If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounts under the receivables based credit facility (including the letter of credit outstanding amounts and swingline loans thereunder) exceeds the lesser of (i) the borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, the Company will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
The Company may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the receivables based credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.
The receivables based credit facility is guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, the guarantors of the senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under the receivables based credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all of the Company’s and all of the guarantors’ accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions.
The receivables based credit facility includes negative covenants, representations, warranties, events of default, conditions precedent and termination provisions substantially similar to those governing our senior secured credit facilities.
Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes
Clear Channel has outstanding $796.3 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and $915.2 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016.
The senior toggle notes mature on August 1, 2016 and may require a special redemption of up to $30.0 million on August 1, 2015. The Company may elect on each interest election date to pay all or 50% of such interest on the senior toggle notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or by issuing new senior toggle notes (such increase or issuance, “PIK Interest”). Interest on the senior toggle notes payable in cash will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum.
The Company may redeem some or all of the notes at any time prior to August 1, 2012, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and a “make-whole premium,” as described in the notes. The Company may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after August 1, 2012 at the redemption prices set forth in notes. In addition, the Company may redeem up to 40% of any series of the outstanding notes at any time on or prior to August 1, 2011 with the net cash proceeds raised in one or more equity offerings. If the Company undergoes a change of control, sells certain of its assets, or issues certain debt offerings, it may be required to offer to purchase notes from holders.
The notes are senior unsecured debt and rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior debt. Guarantors of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility guarantee the notes with unconditional guarantees that are unsecured and equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of such guarantors, except that the guarantees are subordinated in right of payment only to the guarantees of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility. In addition, the notes and the guarantees are structurally senior to Clear Channel’s senior notes and existing and future debt to the extent that such debt is not guaranteed by the guarantors of the notes. The notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to the existing and future secured debt and that of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.
On January 15, 2009, Clear Channel made a permitted election under the indenture governing the senior toggle notes to pay PIK Interest with respect to 100% of the senior toggle notes for the semi-annual interest period commencing

113


Table of Contents

February 1, 2009. For subsequent interest periods, Clear Channel must make an election regarding whether the applicable interest payment on the senior toggle notes will be made entirely in cash, entirely through PIK Interest or 50% in cash and 50% in PIK Interest. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the senior toggle notes will be payable according to the election for the immediately preceding interest period. As a result, Clear Channel is deemed to have made the PIK Interest election for future interest periods unless and until it elects otherwise.
Subsidiary Senior Notes
In December 2009, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company’s publicly traded subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”), issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by CCOH, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCOH, and certain other existing and future domestic subsidiaries of CCOH (collectively, the “Guarantors”).
The Notes are senior obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors.
The indentures governing the Notes require the Company to maintain at least $100 million in cash or other liquid assets or have cash available to be borrowed under committed credit facilities consisting of (i) $50.0 million at the issuer and guarantor entities (principally the Americas outdoor segment) and (ii) $50.0 million at the non-guarantor subsidiaries (principally the International outdoor segment) (together the “Liquidity Amount”), in each case under the sole control of the relevant entity. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., for the period thereafter that is the shorter of such proceeding and 60 days, the Liquidity Amount shall be reduced to $50.0 million, with a $25.0 million requirement at the issuer and guarantor entities and a $25.0 million requirement at the non-guarantor subsidiaries.
In addition, interest on the Notes accrues daily and is payable into an account established by the trustee for the benefit of the bondholders (the “Trustee Account”). Failure to make daily payment on any day does not constitute an event of default so long as (a) no payment or other transfer by CCOH or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the cash management sweep with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds in the Trustee Account is equal to at least the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes.
The indenture governing the Series A Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:
    incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;
 
    create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;
 
    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;
 
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;
 
    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH).
The indenture governing the Series A Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.
The indenture governing the Series B Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

114


Table of Contents

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;
 
    redeem, repurchase or retire CCOH’s subordinated debt;
 
    make certain investments;
 
    create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;
 
    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the Notes;
 
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;
 
    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;
 
    designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries;
 
    pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments; and
 
    purchase or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any of the Series B Notes if after doing so the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes shall be greater than 0.250. This stipulation ensures, among other things, that as long as the Series A Notes are outstanding, the Series B Notes are outstanding.
The Series B Notes indenture restricts CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.5:1 and 3.25:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. Similarly in order for CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales, its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.0:1 and 3.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. If these ratios are not met, CCOH has certain exceptions that allow it to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends, such as a $500.0 million exception for the payment of dividends. CCOH was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2009.
A portion of the proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the Notes offering, (ii) fund $50.0 million of the Liquidity Amount (the $50.0 million liquidity amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iii) applied $2.0 billion of the cash proceeds (which amount is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) to repay an equal amount of indebtedness under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities. In accordance with the senior secured credit facilities, the $2.0 billion cash proceeds were applied ratably to the Term Loan A, Term Loan B, both delayed draw term loan facilities, and within each such class, such prepayment was applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal. The Company recorded a loss of $29.3 million in “Other income (expense) – net” related to deferred loan costs associated with the retired senior secured debt.
The balance of the proceeds is available to CCOI for general corporate purposes. In this regard, all of the remaining proceeds could be used to pay dividends from CCOI to CCOH. In turn, CCOH could declare a dividend to its shareholders, of which Clear Channel would receive its proportionate share. Payment of such dividends would not be prohibited by the terms of the Notes or any of the loan agreements or credit facilities of CCOI or CCOH.
Debt Repurchases, Tender Offers, Maturities and Other
During 2009 and 2008, CC Finco, LLC, and CC Finco II, LLC, both indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding senior notes through open market repurchases, privately negotiated transactions and tenders as shown in the table below. Notes repurchased and held by CC Finco, LLC and CC Finco II, LLC are eliminated in consolidation.

115


Table of Contents

                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
CC Finco, LLC
               
Principal amount of debt repurchased
  $ 801,302     $ 102,241  
Purchase accounting adjustments (1)
    (146,314 )     (24,367 )
Deferred loan costs and other
    (1,468 )      
Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) — net” (2)
    (368,591 )     (53,449 )
 
           
Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt
  $ 284,929     $ 24,425  
 
           
 
CC Finco II, LLC
               
Principal amount of debt repurchased (3)
  $ 433,125     $  
Deferred loan costs and other
    (813 )      
Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) — net” (2)
    (373,775 )      
 
           
Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt
  $ 58,537     $  
 
           
 
(1)   Represents unamortized fair value purchase accounting discounts recorded as a result of the merger.
 
(2)   CC Finco, LLC, and CC Finco II, LLC, repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s legacy notes, senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a discount, resulting in a gain on the extinguishment of debt.
 
(3)   CC Finco II, LLC immediately cancelled these notes subsequent to the purchase.
On January 15, 2008, Clear Channel redeemed its 4.625% senior notes at their maturity for $500.0 million with proceeds from its bank credit facility. On June 15, 2008, Clear Channel redeemed its 6.625% Senior Notes at their maturity for $125.0 million with available cash on hand.
Clear Channel terminated its cross currency swaps on July 30, 2008 by paying the counterparty $196.2 million from available cash on hand.
On August 7, 2008, Clear Channel announced that it commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for its outstanding $750.0 million principal amount of 7.65% senior notes due 2010. The tender offer and consent payment expired on September 9, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of 7.65% senior notes validly tendered and accepted for payment was $363.9 million. Clear Channel recorded a $21.8 million loss in “Other income (expense) — net” during the pre-merger period as a result of the tender.
Clear Channel repurchased $639.2 million aggregate principal amount of the AMFM Operating Inc. 8% senior notes pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation in connection with the merger. The remaining 8% senior notes were redeemed at maturity on November 1, 2008. The aggregate loss on the extinguishment of debt recorded in “Other income (expense) — net” in 2008 as a result of the tender offer for the AMFM Operating Inc. 8% notes was $8.0 million.
On November 24, 2008, Clear Channel announced that it commenced another cash tender offer to purchase its outstanding 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010. The tender offer and consent payment expired on December 23, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of 7.65% senior notes validly tendered and accepted for payment was $252.4 million. The Company recorded an aggregate gain on the extinguishment of debt of $74.7 million in “Other income (expense) — net” during the post-merger period as a result of the tender offer for the 7.65% senior notes due 2010.
During the second quarter of 2009, the Company redeemed the remaining principal amount of Clear Channel’s 4.25% senior notes at maturity with a draw under the $500.0 million delayed draw term loan facility that is specifically designated for this purpose.

116


Table of Contents

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
         
(In thousands)        
2010
  $ 403,233  
2011
    873,035  
2012
    267,658  
2013
    457,355  
2014
    3,715,271  
Thereafter
    15,773,439  
 
     
Total (1)
  $ 21,489,991  
 
     
 
(1)   Excludes a negative purchase accounting fair value adjustment of $788.1 million, which is amortized through interest expense over the life of the underlying debt obligations.
NOTE H — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company’s aggregate $6.0 billion notional amount interest rate swap agreements are designated as a cash flow hedge and the effective portion of the gain or loss on the swap is reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Ineffective portions of a cash flow hedging derivative’s change in fair value are recognized currently in earnings. No ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings related to these interest rate swaps.
The Company entered into the swaps to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. The Company assesses at inception, and on an ongoing basis, whether its interest rate swap agreements are highly effective in offsetting changes in the interest expense of its floating rate debt. A derivative that is not a highly effective hedge does not qualify for hedge accounting.
The Company continually monitors its positions with, and credit quality of, the financial institutions which are counterparties to its interest rate swaps. The Company may be exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps. However, the Company considers this risk to be low. If a derivative instrument no longer qualifies as a cash flow hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued and the gain or loss that was recorded in other comprehensive income is recognized currently in income.
Secured Forward Exchange Contracts
Clear Channel terminated its secured forward exchange contracts effective June 13, 2008, receiving net proceeds of $15.2 million. A net gain of $27.0 million was recorded in the pre-merger period in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” related to terminating the contracts and selling the underlying AMT shares.
Foreign Currency Rate Management
Clear Channel terminated its cross currency swap contracts on July 30, 2008 by paying the counterparty $196.2 million from available cash on hand. The contracts were recorded on the balance sheet at fair value, which was equivalent to the cash paid to terminate them. The related fair value adjustments in other comprehensive income were deleted when the merger took place.
NOTE I — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, codified in ASC 820-10, on January 1, 2008 and began to apply its recognition and disclosure provisions to its financial assets and financial liabilities that are remeasured at fair value at least annually. ASC 820-10-35 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs

117


Table of Contents

other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
The Company’s marketable equity securities and interest rate swaps are measured at fair value on each reporting date.
The marketable equity securities are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets. Due to the fact that the inputs used to measure the marketable equity securities at fair value are observable, the Company has categorized the fair value measurements of the securities as Level 1. The fair value of these securities at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $38.9 million and $27.1 million, respectively.
The Company’s aggregate $6.0 billion notional amount of interest rate swap agreements are designated as a cash flow hedge and the effective portion of the gain or loss on the swap is reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The Company entered into the swaps to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed basis, thus reducing the impact of interest-rate changes on future interest expense. Due to the fact that the inputs to the model used to estimate fair value are either directly or indirectly observable, the Company classified the fair value measurements of these agreements as Level 2. No ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings related to these interest rate swaps.
Due to the fact that the inputs are either directly or indirectly observable, the Company classified the fair value measurements of these agreements as Level 2.
The table below shows the balance sheet classification and fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments:
                     
(In thousands)                
Classification as of December 31, 2009   Fair Value     Classification as of December 31, 2008   Fair Value  
                 
Other long-term liabilities
  $ 237,235     Other long-term liabilities   $ 118,785  
The following table details the beginning and ending accumulated other comprehensive loss and the current period activity related to the interest rate swap agreements:
         
(In thousands)   Accumulated other
comprehensive loss
 
Balance at January 1, 2009
  $ 75,079  
Other comprehensive loss
    74,100  
 
     
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 149,179  
 
     
NOTE J — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company accounts for its rentals that include renewal options, annual rent escalation clauses, minimum franchise payments and maintenance related to displays under the guidance in ASC Topic 840, Leases .
The Company considers its non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters, etc. to be leases in accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-10. These contracts may contain minimum annual franchise payments which generally escalate each year. The Company accounts for these minimum franchise payments on a straight-line basis. If the rental increases are not scheduled in the lease, for example an increase based on the CPI, those rents are considered contingent rentals and are recorded as expense when accruable. Other contracts may contain a variable rent component based on revenue. The Company accounts for these variable components as contingent rentals and records these payments as expense when accruable.

118


Table of Contents

The Company accounts for annual rent escalation clauses included in the lease term on a straight-line basis under the guidance in ASC 840-10. The Company considers renewal periods in determining its lease terms if at inception of the lease there is reasonable assurance the lease will be renewed. Expenditures for maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.
The Company leases office space, certain broadcasting facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by its outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. The Company accounts for these leases in accordance with the policies described above.
The Company’s contracts with municipal bodies or private companies relating to street furniture, billboard, transit and malls generally require the Company to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures during the term of the contract. The Company owns these structures and is generally allowed to advertise on them for the remaining term of the contract. Once the Company has built the structure, the cost is capitalized and expensed over the shorter of the economic life of the asset or the remaining life of the contract.
Certain of the Company’s contracts contain penalties for not fulfilling its commitments related to its obligations to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures. Historically, any such penalties have not materially impacted the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year, minimum payments under non-cancelable contracts in excess of one year, and capital expenditure commitments consist of the following:
                         
    Non-Cancelable     Non-Cancelable     Capital  
(In thousands)   Operating Leases     Contracts     Expenditures  
2010
  $ 367,524     $ 541,683     $ 67,372  
2011
    311,768       447,708       32,274  
2012
    276,486       301,221       13,364  
2013
    250,836       232,136       9,970  
2014
    217,308       191,048       9,867  
Thereafter
    1,225,651       580,815       3,415  
 
                 
Total
  $ 2,649,573     $ 2,294,611     $ 136,262  
 
                 
Rent expense charged to continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1.13 billion. Rent expense charged to continuing operations for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 to July 30, 2008 was $526.6 million and $755.4 million, respectively. Rent expense charged to continuing operations for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.2 billion.
The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.
In various areas in which the Company operates, outdoor advertising is the object of restrictive and, in some cases, prohibitive zoning and other regulatory provisions, either enacted or proposed. The impact to the Company of loss of displays due to governmental action has been somewhat mitigated by Federal and state laws mandating compensation for such loss and constitutional restraints.
Certain acquisition agreements include deferred consideration payments based on performance requirements by the seller typically involving the completion of a development or obtaining appropriate permits that enable the Company to construct additional advertising displays. At December 31, 2009, the Company believes its maximum aggregate contingency, which is subject to performance requirements by the seller, is approximately $35.0 million. As the contingencies have not been met or resolved as of December 31, 2009, these amounts are not recorded. If future

119


Table of Contents

payments are made, amounts will be recorded as additional purchase price.
NOTE K — GUARANTEES
At December 31, 2009, the Company guaranteed $39.9 million of credit lines provided to certain of its international subsidiaries by a major international bank. Most of these credit lines related to intraday overdraft facilities covering participants in the Company’s European cash management pool. As of December 31, 2009, no amounts were outstanding under these agreements.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding commercial standby letters of credit and surety bonds of $175.7 million and $95.2 million, respectively. Letters of credit in the amount of $67.5 million are collateral in support of surety bonds and these amounts would only be drawn under the letters of credit in the event the associated surety bonds were funded and the Company did not honor its reimbursement obligation to the issuers.
These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters including insurance, bid, and performance bonds as well as other items.
NOTE L — INCOME TAXES
 Significant components of the provision for income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
                                 
            Period from July 31     Period from January        
    Year ended December     through December     1 through July 30,     Year ended December  
    31, 2009     31, 2008     2008     31, 2007  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
Current — Federal
  $ (104,539 )   $ (100,578 )   $ (6,535 )   $ 187,700  
Current — foreign
    15,301       15,755       24,870       43,776  
Current — state
    13,109       8,094       8,945       21,434  
 
                       
Total current (benefit) expense
    (76,129 )     (76,729 )     27,280       252,910  
 
                               
Deferred — Federal
    (366,024 )     (555,679 )     145,149       175,524  
Deferred — foreign
    (30,399 )     (17,762 )     (12,662 )     (1,400 )
Deferred — state
    (20,768 )     (46,453 )     12,816       14,114  
 
                       
Total deferred (benefit) expense
    (417,191 )     (619,894 )     145,303       188,238  
 
                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $ (493,320 )   $ (696,623 )   $ 172,583     $ 441,148  
 
                       

120


Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
                 
    Post-Merger  
(In thousands)   2009     2008  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangibles and fixed assets
  $ 2,074,925     $ 2,332,924  
Long-term debt
    530,519       352,057  
Foreign
    62,661       87,654  
Equity in earnings
    36,955       27,872  
Investments
    18,067       15,268  
Other
    17,310       25,836  
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    2,740,437       2,841,611  
 
               
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accrued expenses
    117,041       129,684  
Unrealized gain in marketable securities
    22,126       29,438  
Net operating loss/Capital loss carryforwards
    365,208       319,530  
Bad debt reserves
    11,055       28,248  
Deferred Income
    717       976  
Other
    27,701       17,857  
 
           
Total gross deferred tax assets
    543,848       525,733  
Less: Valuation allowance
    3,854       319,530  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    539,994       206,203  
 
           
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ 2,200,443     $ 2,635,408  
 
           
Included in the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities are $19.6 million and $43.9 million of current net deferred tax assets for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company presents these assets in “Other current assets” on its consolidated balance sheets. The remaining $2.2 billion and $2.7 billion of net deferred tax liabilities for 2009 and 2008, respectively, are presented in “Deferred tax liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded certain impairment charges that are not deductible for tax purposes and resulted in a reduction of deferred tax liabilities of approximately $379.6 million. Additional decreases in net deferred tax liabilities are as a result of increases in deferred tax assets associated with current period net operating losses. The Company is able to utilize those losses through either carrybacks to prior years as a result of the November 6, 2009, tax law change and expanded loss carryback provisions provided by the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (the “Act”) or based on our expectations as to future taxable income from deferred tax liabilities that reverse in the relevant carryforward period for those net operating losses that cannot be carried back. Increases in 2009 deferred tax liabilities of approximately $338.9 million are as a result of the deferral of certain discharge of indebtedness income, for income tax purposes, resulting from the reacquisition of business indebtedness (see Note G). These gains are allowed to be deferred for tax purposes and recognized in future periods beginning in 2014 through 2019, as provided by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 signed into law on February 17, 2009.
At December 31, 2009, net deferred tax liabilities include a deferred tax asset of $23.2 million relating to stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718-10, Compensation—Stock Compensation . Full realization of this deferred tax asset requires stock options to be exercised at a price equaling or exceeding the sum of the grant price plus the fair value of the option at the grant date and restricted stock to vest at a price equaling or exceeding the fair market value at the grant date. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the stock price of the Company’s common stock will rise to levels sufficient to realize the entire tax benefit currently reflected in its balance sheet.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded approximately $2.5 billion in additional deferred tax liabilities associated with the applied purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the acquisition of Clear Channel. The additional deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to differences between the purchase accounting

121


Table of Contents

adjusted book basis and the historical tax basis of the Company’s intangible assets. During the post-merger period ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge to its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill resulting in a decrease of approximately $648.2 million in recorded deferred tax liabilities.
The deferred tax liability related to intangibles and fixed assets primarily relates to the difference in book and tax basis of acquired FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill created from the Company’s various stock acquisitions. In accordance with ASC 350-10, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , the Company no longer amortizes FCC licenses and permits. As a result, this deferred tax liability will not reverse over time unless the Company recognizes future impairment charges related to its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill or sells its FCC licenses or permits. As the Company continues to amortize its tax basis in its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill, the deferred tax liability will increase over time.
The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. Federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit) is:
                                                                 
    Post-merger year ended     Post-merger period ended     Pre-merger period ended     Pre-merger year ended  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008     July 30, 2008     December 31, 2007  
(In thousands)   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates
  $ (1,589,825 )     35 %   $ (2,008,040 )     35 %   $ 205,108       35 %   $ 448,298       35 %
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit
    (7,660 )     0 %     (38,359 )     1 %     21,760       4 %     35,548       3 %
Foreign taxes
    92,648       (2 %)     95,478       (2 %)     (29,606 )     (5 %)     (8,857 )     (1 %)
Nondeductible items
    3,317       (0 %)     1,591       (0 %)     2,464       0 %     6,228       0 %
Changes in valuation allowance and other estimates
    (54,579 )     1 %     53,877       (1 %)     (32,256 )     (6 %)     (34,005 )     (3 %)
Impairment charge
    1,050,535       (23 %)     1,194,182       (21 %)                        
Other, net
    12,244       (0 %)     4,648       (0 %)     5,113       1 %     (6,064 )     (0 %)
 
                                                       
 
  $ (493,320 )     11 %   $ (696,623 )     12 %   $ 172,583       29 %   $ 441,148       34 %
 
                                                       
A tax benefit was recorded for the post-merger period ended December 31, 2009 of 11%. The effective tax rate for the post-merger period was primarily impacted by the goodwill impairment charges which are not deductible for tax purposes (see Note D). In addition, the Company was unable to benefit tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years. These impacts were partially offset by the reversal of valuation allowances on certain net operating losses as a result of the Company’s ability to utilize those losses through either carrybacks to prior years or based on our expectations as to future taxable income from deferred tax liabilities that reverse in the relevant carryforward period for those net operating losses that cannot be carried back.
A tax benefit was recorded for the post-merger period ended December 31, 2008 of 12% and reflects the Company’s ability to recover a limited amount of the Company’s prior period tax liabilities through certain net operating loss carrybacks. The effective tax rate for the 2008 post-merger period was primarily impacted by the goodwill impairment charges which are not deductible for tax purposes (see Note D). In addition, the Company recorded a valuation allowance on certain net operating losses generated during the post-merger period that are not able to be carried back to prior years. The effective tax rate for the 2008 pre-merger period was primarily impacted by the tax effect of the disposition of certain radio broadcasting assets and investments.
During 2007, Clear Channel utilized approximately $2.2 million of net operating loss carryforwards, the majority of which were generated by certain acquired companies prior to their acquisition by Clear Channel. The utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards reduced current taxes payable and current tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. Clear Channel’s effective income tax rate for 2007 was 34.4% as compared to 41.2% for 2006. For 2007, the effective tax rate was primarily affected by the recording of current tax benefits of approximately $45.7 million related to the settlement of several tax positions with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for the 1999 through 2004 tax years and deferred tax benefits of approximately $14.6 million related to the release of

122


Table of Contents

valuation allowances for the use of certain capital loss carryforwards. These tax benefits were partially offset by additional current tax expense being recorded in 2007 due to an increase in Income (loss) before income taxes of $139.6 million.
The remaining Federal net operating loss carryforwards of $996.7 million expires in various amounts from 2020 to 2029.
The Company continues to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current income tax expense. The total amount of interest accrued at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $70.7 million and $53.5 million, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $308.3 million and $267.8 million, respectively, and is recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Of this total, $308.3 million at December 31, 2009 represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.
                         
    Post-merger year ended     Post-merger period     Pre-merger period ended  
    December 31,     ended December 31,     July 30,  
Unrecognized Tax Benefits (In thousands)   2009     2008     2008  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 214,309     $ 207,884     $ 194,060  
Increases for tax position taken in the current year
    3,347       35,942       8,845  
Increases for tax positions taken in previous years
    33,892       3,316       7,019  
Decreases for tax position taken in previous years
    (4,629 )     (20,564 )     (1,764 )
Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities
    (203 )     (9,975 )     (276 )
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations
    (9,199 )     (2,294 )      
 
                 
Balance at end of period
  $ 237,517     $ 214,309     $ 207,884  
 
                 
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States Federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. During 2009, the Company increased its unrecognized tax benefits for issues in prior years as a result of certain ongoing examinations in both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. In addition, the Company released certain unrecognized tax benefits in certain foreign jurisdictions as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations for certain tax years. During 2008, the Company favorably settled certain issues in foreign jurisdictions that resulted in the decrease in unrecognized tax benefits. In addition, as a result of the currency fluctuations during 2008, the balance of unrecognized tax benefits decreased approximately $12.0 million. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently auditing the Company’s 2007 and 2008 pre and post merger periods. The company is currently in appeals with the IRS for the 2005 and 2006 tax years. The Company expects to settle certain state examinations during the next twelve months. The Company has reclassed the estimated amount of such settlements to “Accrued expenses” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Substantially all material state, local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2000.
NOTE M — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
In connection with the merger, the Company issued approximately 23.6 million shares of Class A common stock, approximately 0.6 million shares of Class B common stock and approximately 59.0 million shares of Class C common stock. Every holder of shares of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock. Every holder of shares of Class B common stock is entitled to a number of votes per share equal to the number obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the total number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the record date for such vote and the number of shares of Class C common stock outstanding as of the record date for such vote by (b) the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the record date for such vote. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of outstanding shares of Class C common stock are not entitled to any votes upon any matters presented to our stockholders.
Except with respect to voting as described above, and as otherwise required by law, all shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock have the same powers, privileges, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and will be identical to each other in all respects.

123


Table of Contents

Vesting of certain Clear Channel stock options and restricted stock awards was accelerated upon closing of the merger. As a result, except for certain executive officers and holders of certain options that could not, by their terms, be cancelled prior to their stated expiration date, holders of stock options received cash or, if elected, an amount of Company stock, in each case equal to the intrinsic value of the awards based on a market price of $36.00 per share. Holders of restricted stock awards received $36.00 per share in cash or a share of Company stock per share of Clear Channel restricted stock. Approximately $39.2 million of share-based compensation was recognized in the pre-merger period as a result of the accelerated vesting of the stock options and restricted stock awards.
Dividends
Clear Channel did not declare dividends in 2008 or 2009. The Company has never paid cash dividends on its Class A common stock, and currently does not intend to pay cash dividends on its Class A common stock in the future. Clear Channel’s debt financing arrangements include restrictions on its ability to pay dividends thereby limiting the Company’s ability to pay dividends.
Prior to the merger, Clear Channel’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $93.4 million on December 3, 2007 and paid on January 15, 2008.
Share-Based Payments
Stock Options
The Company has granted options to purchase its Class A common stock to certain key executives under its equity incentive plan at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not to exceed ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the executive terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company or one of its affiliates. Approximately one-third of the options granted vest based solely on continued service over a period of up to five years with the remainder becoming eligible to vest over five years if certain predetermined performance targets are met. The equity incentive plan contains antidilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.
The Company accounts for its share-based payments using the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10. The fair value of the portion of options that vest based on continued service is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the fair value of the remaining options which contain vesting provisions subject to service, market and performance conditions is estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo model. Expected volatilities were based on implied volatilities from traded options on peer companies, historical volatility on peer companies’ stock, and other factors. The expected life of the options granted represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company used historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of these options:
                 
    2009   2008
Expected volatility
  58%   58%
Expected life in years
  5.5 – 7.5   5.5 –7.5
Risk-free interest rate
  2.30% –3.26%   3.46% – 3.83%
Dividend yield
  0%   0%

124


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):
                                 
                    Weighted Average        
                    Remaining     Aggregate  
(In thousands, except per share data)   Options     Price     Contractual Term     Intrinsic Value  
Outstanding, January 1, 2009
    7,751     $ 35.70                  
Granted (1)
    491       36.00                  
Exercised
          n/a                  
Forfeited
    (1,797 )     36.00                  
Expired
    (285 )     46.01                  
 
                             
Outstanding, December 31, 2009 (2)
    6,160       35.15     8.5 years   $ 0  
 
                             
Exercisable
    808       29.55     7.3 years     0  
Expect to Vest
    2,191       36.00     8.7 years     0  
 
(1)   The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $0.12 per share.
 
(2)   Non-cash compensation expense has not been recorded with respect to 3.4 million shares as the vesting of these options is subject to performance conditions that have not yet been determined probable to meet.
A summary of the Company’s unvested options and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009 is presented below:
                 
            Weighted Average  
            Grant Date  
(In thousands, except per share data)   Options     Fair Value  
Unvested, January 1, 2009
    7,354     $ 21.20  
Granted
    491       0.12  
Vested
    (696 )     6.38  
Forfeited
    (1,797 )     13.72  
 
             
Unvested, December 31, 2009
    5,352       19.29  
 
             
Restricted Stock Awards
Prior to the merger, Clear Channel granted restricted stock awards to its employees and directors and its affiliates under its various equity incentive plans. These common shares held a legend which restricted their transferability for a term of up to five years and were forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminated his or her employment or relationship with Clear Channel prior to the lapse of the restriction. Recipients of the restricted stock awards were entitled to all cash dividends as of the date the award was granted.
At July 30, 2008, there were 2,692,904 outstanding Clear Channel restricted stock awards held by Clear Channel’s employees and directors under Clear Channel’s equity incentive plans. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, 1,876,315 of the Clear Channel restricted stock awards became fully vested and converted into the right to receive, with respect to each share of such restricted stock, a cash payment or equity in the Company equal to the value of $36.00 per share. The remaining 816,589 shares of Clear Channel restricted stock were converted on a one-for-one basis into restricted stock of the Company. These converted shares continue to vest in accordance with their original terms. Following the merger, Clear Channel restricted stock automatically ceased to exist and is no longer outstanding, and, following the receipt of the cash payment or equity, if any, described above, the holders thereof no longer have any rights with respect to Clear Channel restricted stock.
On July 30, 2008, the Company granted 555,556 shares of restricted stock to each its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under its 2008 Incentive Plan. The aggregate fair value of these awards was $40.0 million, based on the market value of a share of the Company’s Class A common stock on the grant date, or $36.00 per

125


Table of Contents

share. These Class A common shares are subject to restrictions on their transferability, which lapse ratably over a term of five years and will be forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his employment or relationship with the Company prior to the lapse of the restriction. The following table presents a summary of the Company’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):
                 
(In thousands, except per share data)   Awards     Price  
Outstanding January 1,2009
    1,887     $ 36.00  
Granted
          n/a  
Vested (restriction lapsed)
    (474 )     36.00  
Forfeited
    (36 )     36.00  
 
             
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
    1,377       36.00  
 
             
Subsidiary Share-Based Awards
Subsidiary Stock Options
The Company’s subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCO”), grants options to purchase shares of its Class A common stock to its employees and directors and its affiliates under its equity incentive plan typically at no less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCO or one of its affiliates. These options vest over a period of up to five years. The incentive stock plan contains anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of CCO’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.
Prior to CCO’s IPO, CCO did not have any compensation plans under which it granted stock awards to employees. However, Clear Channel had granted certain of CCO’s officers and other key employees, stock options to purchase shares of Clear Channel’s common stock under its own equity incentive plans. Concurrent with the closing of CCO’s IPO, all such outstanding options to purchase shares of Clear Channel’s common stock held by CCO employees were converted using an intrinsic value method into options to purchase shares of CCO Class A common stock.
The fair value of each option awarded on CCO common stock is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on CCO’s stock, historical volatility on CCO’s stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. CCO uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. CCO includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of CCO’s options on the date of grant:
                 
    Post-Merger   Pre-Merger
        Period from   Period from    
        July 31   January 1    
    Year Ended   through   through   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   July 30,   December 31,
    2009   2008   2008   2007
Expected volatility
  58%   n/a   27%   27%
Expected life in years
  5.5 — 7.0   n/a   5.5 — 7.0   5.0 — 7.0
Risk-free interest rate
  2.31% — 3.25%   n/a   3.24% — 3.38%   4.76% — 4.89%
Dividend yield
  0%   n/a   0%   0%

126


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of CCO’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):
                                 
                    Weighted        
                    Average     Aggregate  
                    Remaining     Intrinsic  
(In thousands, except per share data)   Options     Price     Contractual Term     Value  
Post-Merger
                               
Outstanding, January 1, 2009
    7,713     $ 22.03                  
Granted (1)
    2,388       5.92                  
Exercised (2)
          n/a                  
Forfeited
    (167 )     17.37                  
Expired
    (894 )     24.90                  
 
                             
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
    9,040       17.58     6.0 years   $ 10,502  
 
                             
Exercisable
    3,417       22.82     3.7 years     0  
Expect to vest
    5,061       14.66     7.4 years     9,095  
 
(1)   The weighted average grant date fair value of CCO options granted during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $3.38 per share. The weighted average grant date fair value of CCO options granted during the pre-merger prior from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 was $7.10 per share. The weighted average grant date fair value of CCO options granted during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $11.05 per share.
 
(2)   No CCO options exercised during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009. Cash received from CCO option exercises during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, was $4.3 million. Cash received from CCO option exercises during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, was $10.8 million. The total intrinsic value of CCO options exercised during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, was $0.7 million. The total intrinsic value of CCO options exercised during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million.
A summary of CCO’s nonvested options at and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted Average  
(In thousands, except per share data)   Options     Grant Date Fair Value  
Nonvested, January 1, 2009
    4,734     $ 7.40  
Granted
    2,388       3.38  
Vested (1)
    (1,332 )     7.43  
Forfeited
    (167 )     6.43  
 
             
Nonvested, December 31, 2009
    5,623       5.71  
 
             
 
(1)   The total fair value of CCO options vested during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $9.9 million. The total fair value of CCO options vested during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 was $5.7 million. The total fair value of CCO options vested during the post-merger period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 was $2.3 million. The total fair value of CCO options vested during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million.
Restricted Stock Awards
CCO also grants restricted stock awards to employees and directors of CCO and its affiliates. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCO prior to the lapse of the restriction. Restricted stock awards are granted under the CCO equity incentive plan.

127


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of CCO’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):
                 
(In thousands, except per share data)   Awards     Price  
Post-Merger
               
Outstanding, January 1, 2009
    351     $ 24.54  
Granted
    150       9.03  
Vested (restriction lapsed)
    (122 )     24.90  
Forfeited
    (14 )     22.11  
 
             
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
    365       18.14  
 
             
Share-Based Compensation Cost
The share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table presents the amount of share-based compensation recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009, five months ended December 31, 2008, the seven months ended July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007:
                                 
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
    Year Ended     July 31 -     January 1 -     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December     July 30,     December  
(In thousands)   2009     31, 2008     2008     31, 2007  
Direct operating expenses
  $ 11,361     $ 4,631     $ 21,162     $ 16,975  
Selling, general & administrative expenses
    7,304       2,687       21,213       14,884  
Corporate expenses
    21,121       8,593       20,348       12,192  
 
                       
Total share based compensation expense
  $ 39,786     $ 15,911     $ 62,723     $ 44,051  
 
                       
As of December 31, 2009, there was $83.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on service conditions. This cost is expected to be recognized over three years. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, there was $80.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions. This cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.

128


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Earnings (Loss) per Share
                                    
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
            Period from     Period from        
    Year ended     July 31 through     January 1     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2009     2008     2008     31, 2007  
NUMERATOR:
                               
Income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the Company — common shares
  $ (4,034,086 )   $ (5,041,998 )   $ 1,036,525     $ 938,507  
Less: Participating securities dividends
    6,799                    
Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
          (1,845 )     640,236       145,833  
 
                       
Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to the Company
    (4,040,885 )     (5,040,153 )     396,289       792,674  
Less: Income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the Company — unvested shares
                2,333       4,786  
 
                       
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the Company per common share — basic and diluted
  $ (4,040,885 )   $ (5,040,153 )   $ 393,956     $ 787,888  
 
                       
 
                               
DENOMINATOR:
                               
Weighted average common shares — basic
    81,296       81,242       495,044       494,347  
 
                               
Effect of dilutive securities:
                               
Stock options and common stock warrants (1)
                1,475       1,437  
 
                       
Denominator for net income (loss) per common share — diluted
    81,296       81,242       496,519       495,784  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations — basic
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59  
Discontinued operations — basic
          (.02 )     1.29       .30  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company — basic
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.89  
 
                       
 
                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations — diluted
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59  
Discontinued operations — diluted
          (.02 )     1.29       .29  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company — diluted
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.88  
 
                       
 
(1)   6.2 million, 7.6 million, 7.8 million, and 22.2 million stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2009, July 30, 2008, December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as the respective options’ strike price was greater than the current market price of the shares.

129


Table of Contents

NOTE N — EMPLOYEE STOCK AND SAVINGS PLANS
The Company has various 401(k) savings and other plans for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for substantially all employees. Under these plans, an employee can make pre-tax contributions and the Company will match a portion of such an employee’s contribution. Employees vest in these Company matching contributions based upon their years of service to the Company. Contributions from continuing operations to these plans of $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $12.4 million for the post-merger period ended December 31, 2008 and $17.9 million for the pre-merger period ended July 30, 2008, were charged to expense. Contributions from continuing operations to these plans of $39.1 million were charged to expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. As of April 30, 2009, the Company suspended the matching contribution.
Clear Channel sponsored a non-qualified employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Under the plan, employees were provided with the opportunity to purchase shares of the Clear Channel’s common stock at 95% of the market value on the day of purchase. During each calendar year, employees were able to purchase shares having a value not exceeding 10% of their annual gross compensation or $25,000, whichever was lower. The Company stopped accepting contributions to this plan, effective January 1, 2007, as a condition of its Merger Agreement. Clear Channel terminated this plan upon the closing of the merger and each share held under the plan was converted into the right to receive a cash payment equal to the value of $36.00 per share.
Clear Channel offered a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for its highly compensated executives, under which such executives were able to make an annual election to defer up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. Clear Channel accounted for the plan in accordance with the provisions of ASC 710-10, Compensation—General . Clear Channel terminated this plan upon the closing of the merger and the related asset and liability of approximately $38.4 million were settled.
The Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for its highly compensated executives, under which such executives are able to make an annual election to defer up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. The Company accounts for the plan in accordance with the provisions of ASC 710-10. Matching credits on amounts deferred may be made in the Company’s sole discretion and the Company retains ownership of all assets until distributed. Participants in the plan have the opportunity to allocate their deferrals and any Company matching credits among different investment options, the performance of which is used to determine the amounts to be paid to participants under the plan. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 710-10, the assets and liabilities of the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are presented in “Other assets” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, respectively. The asset and liability under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2009 was approximately $9.9 million recorded in “Other assets” and $9.9 million recorded in “Other long-term liabilities”, respectively. The asset and liability under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2008 were approximately $2.5 million recorded in “Other assets” and $2.5 million recorded in “Other long-term liabilities”, respectively.
NOTE O — OTHER INFORMATION
                                 
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
            Period from     Period from        
    Year ended     July 31 through     January 1     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008     2008     2007  
The following details the components of “Other income (expense) — net”:
                               
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
  $ (15,298 )   $ 21,323     $ 7,960     $ 6,743  
Gain (loss) on early redemption of debt, net
    713,034       108,174       (13,484 )      
Other
    (18,020 )     2,008       412       (1,417 )
 
                       
Total other income (expense) — net
  $ 679,716     $ 131,505     $ (5,112 )   $ 5,326  
 
                       

130


Table of Contents

                                 
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
            Period from              
            July 31     Period from        
    Year ended     through     January 1     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     through July 30,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008     2008     2007  
The following details the deferred income tax (asset) liability on items of other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ 16,569     $ (20,946 )   $ (24,894 )   $ (16,233 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:
                               
Unrealized holding gain (loss)
  $ 6,743     $     $ (27,047 )   $ (5,155 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow derivatives
  $ (44,350 )   $ (43,706 )   $     $ (1,035 )
                 
    Post-Merger  
    As of December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008  
The following details the components of “Other current assets”:
               
Inventory
  $ 25,838     $ 28,012  
Deferred tax asset
    19,581       43,903  
Deposits
    20,064       7,162  
Other prepayments
    51,700       53,280  
Deferred loan costs
    55,479       29,877  
Other
    82,613       53,339  
 
           
Total other current assets
  $ 255,275     $ 215,573  
 
           
                 
    Post-Merger  
    As of December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008  
The following details the components of “Other assets”:
               
Prepaid expenses
  $ 988     $ 125,768  
Deferred loan costs
    251,938       295,143  
Deposits
    11,225       27,943  
Prepaid rent
    87,960       92,171  
Other prepayments
    16,028       16,685  
Non-qualified plan assets
    9,919       2,550  
 
           
Total other assets
  $ 378,058     $ 560,260  
 
           
                 
    Post-Merger  
    As of December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008  
The following details the components of “Other long-term liabilities”:
               
Unrecognized tax benefits
  $ 301,496     $ 266,852  
Asset retirement obligation
    51,301       55,592  
Non-qualified plan liabilities
    9,919       2,550  
Interest rate swap
    237,235       118,785  
Deferred income
    17,105       9,346  
Other
    207,498       122,614  
 
           
Total other long-term liabilities
  $ 824,554     $ 575,739  
 
           

131


Table of Contents

                 
    Post-Merger  
    As of December 31,  
(In thousands)   2009     2008  
The following details the components of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”:
               
Cumulative currency translation adjustment
  $ (202,529 )   $ (332,750 )
Cumulative unrealized gain (losses) on securities
    (85,995 )     (88,813 )
Reclassification adjustments
    104,394       95,113  
Cumulative unrealized gain (losses) on cash flow derivatives
    (149,179 )     (75,079 )
 
           
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (333,309 )   $ (401,529 )
 
           
NOTE P — SEGMENT DATA
The Company’s reportable operating segments, which it believes best reflects how the Company is currently managed, are radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising. Revenue and expenses earned and charged between segments are recorded at fair value and eliminated in consolidation. The radio broadcasting segment also operates various radio networks. The Americas outdoor advertising segment consists of our operations primarily in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 91% of its 2009 revenue in this segment derived from the United States. The international outdoor segment includes operations in Europe, the U.K., Asia and Australia. The Americas and international display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The other category includes our media representation firm as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating and selling, general and administrative expenses.
                                                         
                                    Corporate              
            Americas     International             and other              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             reconciling              
(In thousands)   Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     items     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Post-Merger Year Ended December 31, 2009                                        
Revenue
  $ 2,736,404     $ 1,238,171     $ 1,459,853     $ 200,467     $     $ (82,986 )   $ 5,551,909  
Direct operating expenses
    901,799       608,078       1,017,005       98,829             (42,448 )     2,583,263  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    933,505       202,196       282,208       89,222             (40,538 )     1,466,593  
Depreciation and amortization
    261,246       210,280       229,367       56,379       8,202             765,474  
Corporate expenses
                            253,964             253,964  
Impairment charges
                            4,118,924             4,118,924  
Other operating expense — net
                            (50,837 )           (50,837 )
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 639,854     $ 217,617     $ (68,727 )   $ (43,963 )   $ (4,431,927 )   $     $ (3,687,146 )
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Intersegment revenues
  $ 31,974     $ 2,767     $     $ 48,245     $     $     $ 82,986  
Identifiable assets
  $ 8,601,490     $ 4,722,975     $ 2,216,691     $ 771,346     $ 1,734,599     $     $ 18,047,101  
Capital expenditures
  $ 41,880     $ 84,440     $ 91,513     $ 322     $ 5,637     $     $ 223,792  
Share-based payments
  $ 8,276     $ 7,977     $ 2,412     $     $ 21,121     $     $ 39,786  

132


Table of Contents

                                                         
                                    Corporate              
            Americas     International             and other              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             reconciling              
(In thousands)   Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     items     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Post-Merger Period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008                                
Revenue
  $ 1,355,894     $ 587,427     $ 739,797     $ 97,975     $     $ (44,152 )   $ 2,736,941  
Direct operating expenses
    409,090       276,602       486,102       46,193             (19,642 )     1,198,345  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    530,445       114,260       147,264       39,328             (24,510 )     806,787  
Depreciation and amortization
    90,166       90,624       134,089       24,722       8,440             348,041  
Corporate expenses
                            102,276             102,276  
Merger expenses
                            68,085             68,085  
Impairment charges
                            5,268,858             5,268,858  
Other operating income — net
                            13,205             13,205  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 326,193     $ 105,941     $ (27,658 )   $ (12,268 )   $ (5,434,454 )   $     $ (5,042,246 )
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Intersegment revenues
  $ 15,926     $ 3,985     $     $ 24,241     $     $     $ 44,152  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,905,689     $ 5,187,838     $ 2,409,652     $ 1,016,073     $ 606,211     $     $ 21,125,463  
Capital expenditures
  $ 24,462     $ 93,146     $ 66,067     $ 2,567     $ 4,011     $     $ 190,253  
Share-based payments
  $ 3,399     $ 3,012     $ 797     $ 110     $ 8,593     $     $ 15,911  
 
                                                       
Pre-Merger Period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008                                
Revenue
  $ 1,937,980     $ 842,831     $ 1,119,232     $ 111,990     $     $ (60,291 )   $ 3,951,742  
Direct operating expenses
    570,234       370,924       748,508       46,490             (30,057 )     1,706,099  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    652,162       138,629       206,217       55,685             (30,234 )     1,022,459  
Depreciation and amortization
    62,656       117,009       130,628       28,966       9,530             348,789  
Corporate expenses
                            125,669             125,669  
Merger expenses
                            87,684             87,684  
Other operating income — net
                            14,827             14,827  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 652,928     $ 216,269     $ 33,879     $ (19,151 )   $ (208,056 )   $     $ 675,869  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Intersegment revenues
  $ 23,551     $ 4,561     $     $ 32,179     $     $     $ 60,291  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,667,570     $ 2,876,051     $ 2,704,889     $ 558,638     $ 656,616     $     $ 18,463,764  
Capital expenditures
  $ 37,004     $ 82,672     $ 116,450     $ 1,609     $ 2,467     $     $ 240,202  
Share-based payments
  $ 34,386     $ 5,453     $ 1,370     $ 1,166     $ 20,348     $     $ 62,723  

133


Table of Contents

                                                         
                                    Corporate              
            Americas     International             and other              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             reconciling              
(In thousands)   Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     items     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Pre-Merger Year Ended December 31, 2007                                        
Revenue
  $ 3,558,534     $ 1,485,058     $ 1,796,778     $ 207,704     $     $ (126,872 )   $ 6,921,202  
Direct operating expenses
    982,966       590,563       1,144,282       78,513             (63,320 )     2,733,004  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,190,083       226,448       311,546       97,414             (63,552 )     1,761,939  
Depreciation and amortization
    107,466       189,853       209,630       43,436       16,242             566,627  
Corporate expenses
                            181,504             181,504  
Merger expenses
                            6,762             6,762  
Other operating income — net
                            14,113             14,113  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,278,019     $ 478,194     $ 131,320     $ (11,659 )   $ (190,395 )   $     $ 1,685,479  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Intersegment revenues
  $ 44,666     $ 13,733     $     $ 68,473     $     $     $ 126,872  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,732,311     $ 2,878,753     $ 2,606,130     $ 736,037     $ 345,404     $     $ 18,298,635  
Capital expenditures
  $ 78,523     $ 142,826     $ 132,864     $ 2,418     $ 6,678     $     $ 363,309  
Share-based payments
  $ 22,226     $ 7,932     $ 1,701     $     $ 12,192     $     $ 44,051  
Revenue of $1.6 billion, $799.8 million, $1.2 billion, and $1.9 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the year ended December 31, 2009, the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the pre-merger period January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. Identifiable assets of $2.5 billion, $2.6 billion, $2.9 billion, and $2.9 billion derived from foreign operations are included in the data above for the year ended December 31, 2009, the post-merger five months ended December 31, 2008, the pre-merger seven months ended July 30, 2008, and the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, respectively.

134


Table of Contents

NOTE Q — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
                                                                 
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
(In thousands, except per share data)   Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Post-Merger     Combined (3)     Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
Revenue
  $ 1,207,987     $ 1,564,207     $ 1,437,865     $ 1,831,078     $ 1,393,973     $ 1,684,593     $ 1,512,084     $ 1,608,805  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Direct operating expenses
    618,349       705,947       637,076       743,485       632,778       730,405       695,060       724,607  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    377,536       426,381       360,558       445,734       337,055       441,813       391,444       515,318  
Depreciation and amortization
    175,559       152,278       208,246       142,188       190,189       162,463       191,480       239,901  
Corporate expenses
    47,635       46,303       50,087       47,974       79,723       64,787       76,519       68,881  
Merger expenses
          389             7,456             79,839             68,085  
Impairment charges (1)
                4,041,252                         77,672       5,268,858  
Other operating income (expense) — net
    (2,894 )     2,097       (31,516 )     17,354       1,403       (3,782 )     (17,830 )     12,363  
 
                                               
Operating income (loss)
    (13,986 )     235,006       (3,890,870 )     461,595       155,631       201,504       62,079       (5,264,482 )
Interest expense
    387,053       100,003       384,625       82,175       369,314       312,511       359,874       434,289  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
          6,526             27,736       (13,378 )           7       (116,552 )
Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (4,188 )     83,045       (17,719 )     8,990       1,226       4,277       (8 )     3,707  
Other income (expense) — net
    (3,180 )     11,787       430,629       (6,086 )     222,282       (21,727 )     29,985       142,419  
 
                                               
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (408,407 )     236,361       (3,862,585 )     410,060       (3,553 )     (128,457 )     (267,811 )     (5,669,197 )
 
                                               
Income tax (expense) benefit (2)
    (19,592 )     (66,581 )     184,552       (125,137 )     (89,118 )     52,344       417,478       663,414  
 
                                               
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (427,999 )     169,780       (3,678,033 )     284,923       (92,671 )     (76,113 )     149,667       (5,005,783 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
          638,262             5,032             (4,071 )           (832 )
 
                                               
Consolidated net income (loss)
    (427,999 )     808,042       (3,678,033 )     289,955       (92,671 )     (80,184 )     149,667       (5,006,615 )
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (9,782 )     8,389       (4,629 )     7,628       (2,816 )     10,003       2,277       (9,349 )
 
                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (418,217 )   $ 799,653     $ (3,673,404 )   $ 282,327     $ (89,855 )   $ (90,187 )   $ 147,390     $ (4,997,266 )
 
                                               

135


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Post-Merger     Combined (3)     Post-Merger     Post-Merger  
Net income per common share:
                                                               
Basic:
                                                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations
  $ (5.15 )   $ .33     $ (45.23 )   $ .56     $ (1.12 )     N.A.     $ 1.71     $ (61.50 )
Discontinued operations
          1.29             .01             N.A.             (.01 )
 
                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (5.15 )   $ 1.62     $ (45.23 )   $ .57     $ (1.12 )     N.A.     $ 1.71     $ (61.51 )
 
                                               
Diluted:
                                                               
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
  $ (5.15 )   $ .32     $ (45.23 )   $ .56     $ (1.12 )     N.A.     $ 1.71     $ (61.50 )
Discontinued operations
          1.29             .01             N.A.             (.01 )
 
                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (5.15 )   $ 1.61     $ (45.23 )   $ .57     $ (1.12 )     N.A.     $ 1.71     $ (61.51 )
 
                                               
Dividends declared per share
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
The Company’s Class A common shares are quoted for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol CCMO.
(1)   As discussed in Note B, the fourth quarter of 2009 includes a $41.4 million adjustment related to previously recorded impairment charges.
(2)   See Note L for further discussion of the tax benefits recorded in the fourth quarters of 2009 and 2008.
(3)   The third quarter results of operations contain two months of post-merger and one month of pre-merger results, which relate to the period succeeding the merger and the periods preceding the merger, respectively. The Company believes that the presentation on a combined basis is more meaningful as it allows the results of operations to be analyzed to comparable periods in 2009. The following table separates the combined results into the post-merger and pre-merger periods:

136


Table of Contents

                         
    Period from July 31              
    through     Period from July 1 through     Three Months ended  
    September 30,     July 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2008     2008  
(In thousands)   Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Combined  
Revenue
  $ 1,128,136     $ 556,457     $ 1,684,593  
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    473,738       256,667       730,405  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    291,469       150,344       441,813  
Depreciation and amortization
    108,140       54,323       162,463  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    33,395       31,392       64,787  
Merger expenses
          79,839       79,839  
Gain (loss) on disposition of assets — net
    842       (4,624 )     (3,782 )
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    222,236       (20,732 )     201,504  
Interest expense
    281,479       31,032       312,511  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    2,097       2,180       4,277  
Other income (expense) — net
    (10,914 )     (10,813 )     (21,727 )
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
    (68,060 )     (60,397 )     (128,457 )
Income tax benefit
    33,209       19,135       52,344  
 
                 
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (34,851 )     (41,262 )     (76,113 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
    (1,013 )     (3,058 )     (4,071 )
 
                 
Consolidated net income (loss)
    (35,864 )     (44,320 )     (80,184 )
Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest
    8,868       1,135       10,003  
 
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
  $ (44,732 )   $ (45,455 )   $ (90,187 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) per common share:
                       
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations — Basic
  $ (.54 )   $ (.09 )        
Discontinued operations — Basic
    (.01 )              
 
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company — Basic
  $ (.55 )   $ (.09 )        
 
                 
Weighted average common shares — Basic
    81,242       495,465          
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations — Diluted
  $ (.54 )   $ (.09 )        
Discontinued operations — Diluted
    (.01 )              
 
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company — Diluted
  $ (.55 )   $ (.09 )        
 
                 
Weighted average common shares — Diluted
    81,242       495,465          
 
                       
Dividends declared per share
  $     $          

137


Table of Contents

NOTE R — CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In connection with the merger, the Company paid certain affiliates of the Sponsors $87.5 million in fees and expenses for financial and structural advice and analysis, assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations and $15.9 million for reimbursement of escrow and other out-of-pocket expenses. This amount was preliminarily allocated between merger expenses, debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price of the merger.
The Company is party to a management agreement with certain affiliates of the Sponsors and certain other parties pursuant to which such affiliates of the Sponsors will provide management and financial advisory services until 2018. These agreements require management fees to be paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors for such services at a rate not greater than $15.0 million per year. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized management fees of $15.0. For the post-merger period ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized management fees of $6.3 million.
In addition, the Company reimbursed the Sponsors for additional expenses in the amount of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
NOTE S — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 15, 2010, Clear Channel redeemed its 4.50% senior notes at their maturity for $250.0 million with available cash on hand.
ITEM 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not Applicable

138


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A.   Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, who joined us effective January 4, 2010, we have carried out an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009 to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As of December 31, 2009, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on those criteria.
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

139


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
We have audited CC Media Holdings, Inc.’s (Holdings) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Holdings’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Holdings maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria .
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows of Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. for the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Antonio, Texas
March 16, 2010

140


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.   Other Information
Not Applicable

141


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
     The information required by this item with respect to our executive officers is set forth in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 11.   Executive Compensation
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

142


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)1. Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008   76  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.   78  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.   79  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.   81  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   84  
(a)2. Financial Statement Schedule.
The following financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and related report of independent auditors is filed as part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

143


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
(In thousands)
                                         
            Charges                      
    Balance at     to Costs,     Write-off             Balance  
    Beginning     Expenses     of Accounts             at end of  
Description   of period     and other     Receivable     Other     Period  
Year ended December 31, 2007
  $ 56,068     $ 38,615     $ 38,711     $ 3,197 (1)   $ 59,169  
 
                             
 
                                       
Period from January 1, through July 30, 2008
  $ 59,169     $ 23,216     $ 19,679     $ 2,157 (1)   $ 64,863  
 
                             
 
                                       
Period from July 31, through December 31, 2008
  $ 64,863     $ 54,603     $ 18,703     $ (3,399) (1)   $ 97,364  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2009
  $ 97,364     $ 52,498     $ 77,850     $ (362) (1)   $ 71,650  
 
                             
 
(1)   Primarily foreign currency adjustments.

144


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
(In thousands)
                                         
            Charges                        
    Balance at     to Costs,                     Balance  
    Beginning     Expenses                     at end of  
Description   of period     and other (1)     Utilization (2)     Adjustments (3)     Period  
Year ended December 31, 2007
  $ 553,398     $     $ (77,738 )   $ 41,262     $ 516,922  
 
                             
 
                                       
Period from January 1, through July 30, 2008
  $ 516,922     $     $ (264,243 )   $     $ 252,679  
 
                             
 
                                       
Period from July 31, through December 31, 2008
  $ 252,679     $ 62,114     $ 3,341     $ 1,396     $ 319,530  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2009
  $ 319,530     $     $ (7,369 )   $ (308,307 )   $ 3,854  
 
                             
 
(1)   During 2008 the Company recorded a valuation allowance on certain net operating losses that are not able to be carried back to prior years.
 
(2)   During 2007, 2008 and 2009 the Company utilized capital loss carryforwards to offset the capital gains generated in both continuing and discontinued operations from the disposition of primarily broadcast assets and certain investments. The related valuation allowance was released as a result of the capital loss carryforward utilization.
 
(3)   Related to a valuation allowance for the capital loss carryforward recognized during 2005 as a result of the spin-off of Live Nation and certain net operating loss carryforwards. During 2007 the amount of capital loss carryforward and the related valuation allowance were adjusted due to the impact of settlements of various matters with the Internal Revenue Service for the 1999-2004 tax years. During 2008 the amount of capital loss carryforward and the related valuation allowance were adjusted due to the true up of the amount utilized on the 2007 tax return and the impact certain IRS audit adjustments that were agreed to during the year. During 2009 the Company released all valuation allowances related to its capital loss carryforwards due to the fact the all capital loss carryforwards were utilized or expired as of December 31, 2009. In addition, the Company released valuation allowances related to certain net operating loss carryforwards due to the fact that the Company can now carryback certain losses to prior years as a result of the enactment of the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (the “Act”) on November 6, 2009 that allowed carryback of certain net operating losses five years. The Company’s expectations as to future taxable income from deferred tax liabilities that reverse in the relevant carryforward period for those net operating losses that cannot be carried back will be sufficient for the realization of the deferred tax assets associated with the remaining net operating loss carryforwards.

145


Table of Contents

(a)3. Exhibits.
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  2.1    
Agreement and Plan of Merger among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
       
 
  2.2    
Amendment No. 1, dated April 18, 2007, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006, by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2007).
       
 
  2.3    
Amendment No. 2, dated May 17, 2007, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006, by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, BT Triple Crown Holdings III, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2007).
       
 
  2.4    
Amendment No. 3, dated May 13, 2008, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006, by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2008).
       
 
  2.5    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 20, 2007, between Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc., ABO Broadcasting Operations, LLC, Ackerley Broadcasting Fresno, LLC, AK Mobile Television, Inc., Bel Meade Broadcasting, Inc., Capstar Radio Operating Company, Capstar TX Limited Partnership, CCB Texas Licenses, L.P., Central NY News, Inc., Citicasters Co., Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc., Clear Channel Investments, Inc. and TV Acquisition LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2007).
       
 
  3.1    
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).
       
 
  3.2    
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).
       
 
  4.1    
Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).
       
 
  4.2    
Second Supplemental Indenture dated June 16, 1998 to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 27, 1998).
       
 
  4.3    
Third Supplemental Indenture dated June 16, 1998 to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 27, 1998).
       
 
  4.4    
Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated September 12, 2000, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as

146


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
       
Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000).
       
 
  4.5    
Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated January 9, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
       
 
  4.6    
Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated March 17, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 18, 2003).
       
 
  4.7    
Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated May 1, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 2, 2003).
       
 
  4.8    
Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated May 21, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 22, 2003).
       
 
  4.9    
Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated December 9, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2003).
       
 
  4.10    
Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated September 15, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 15, 2004).
       
 
  4.11    
Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated November 22, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2004).
       
 
  4.12    
Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated December 13, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2004).
       
 
  4.13    
Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated March 21, 2006, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2006).
       
 
  4.14    
Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated August 15, 2006, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 16, 2006).
       
 
  4.15    
Twenty-Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 2, 2008, by and between Clear Channel and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008).
       
 
  4.16    
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 2, 2008, by and among AMFM, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., and the guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference

147


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
       
to Exhibit 4.2 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008).
       
 
  4.17*    
Indenture with respect to 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and the guarantors party thereto.
       
 
  4.18*    
Indenture with respect to 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and the guarantors party thereto.
       
 
  10.2**    
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2008, by and among CC Media Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., L. Lowry Mays, Randall T. Mays, Mark P. Mays, LLM Partners, Ltd., MPM Partners, Ltd. and RTM Partners, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Form 8-A Registration Statement filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.3**    
Side Letter Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2008, among CC Media Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays, LLM Partners, Ltd., MPM Partners Ltd. and RTM Partners, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 to the Company’s Form 8-A Registration Statement filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.4    
Affiliate Transactions Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2008, by and among CC Media Holdings, Inc., Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P. and BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6 to the Company’s Form 8-A Registration Statement filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.5§    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2007, by and between L. Lowry Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 1, 2007).
       
 
  10.6§    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2007, by and between Mark P. Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 1, 2007).
       
 
  10.7§    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2007, by and between Randall T. Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 1, 2007).
       
 
  10.8§    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2008, by and among Randall T. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.9    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2008, by and among Mark P. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.10§    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2008, by and among L. Lowry Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.11**§    
Employment Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2008, by and between John E. Hogan and Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.12§    
Amendment, dated as of January 20, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Mark P. Mays, dated as of July 28, 2008, by and among Mark P. Mays, CC

148


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
       
Media Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2009).
       
 
  10.13§    
Amendment, dated as of January 20, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Randall T. Mays, dated as of July 28, 2008, by and among Randall T. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2009).
       
 
  10.14§    
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2005, by and between Paul Meyer and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 10, 2005).
       
 
  10.15**†    
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as the successor-in-interest to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. following the effectiveness of the Merger), the subsidiary co-borrowers of the Company party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).
       
 
  10.16    
Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 9, 2008, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., the subsidiary co-borrowers of the Company party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.17    
Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 28, 2008, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., the subsidiary co-borrowers of the Company party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.18**†    
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as the successor-in-interest to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. following the effectiveness of the Merger), the subsidiary borrowers of the Company party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).
       
 
  10.19    
Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 9, 2008, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers of the Company party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.20    
Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 28 2008, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers of the Company party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.21**    
Purchase Agreement, dated May 13, 2008, by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).

149


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  10.22**    
Indenture, dated July 30, 2008, by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as the successor-in-interest to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. following the effectiveness of the Merger) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.23    
Supplemental Indenture, dated July 30, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel party thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.24*    
Supplemental Indenture, dated December 9, 2008, by and among CC Finco Holdings, LLC, a subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.
       
 
  10.25**    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 30, 2008, by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.26**§    
Clear Channel 2008 Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.27§    
Form of Senior Executive Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.28§    
Form of Senior Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.29§    
Form of Senior Management Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.30§    
Form of Executive Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.31§    
Clear Channel 2008 Investment Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.32**§    
Clear Channel 2008 Annual Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.33    
Form of Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008).
       
 
  10.34    
Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 13, 2008 by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, CC Media Holdings, Inc., Highfields Capital I LP, Highfields Capital II LP, Highfields Capital III LP and Highfields Capital Management LP (Incorporated by reference to Annex E to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).
       
 
  10.35    
Voting Agreement dated as of May 13, 2008 by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, CC Media Holdings, Inc., Abrams Capital Partners I, LP, Abrams Capital Partners II, LP, Whitecrest Partners, LP, Abrams Capital International, Ltd. and Riva Capital Partners, LP (Incorporated by reference to Annex F to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-151345) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2008).

150


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
  10.36*    
Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.
       
 
  10.37*    
Registration Rights Agreement with respect to 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017, dated December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. party thereto, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.
       
 
  10.38*    
Registration Rights Agreement with respect to 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017, dated December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. party thereto, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.
       
 
  10.39**§    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and among Randall T. Mays, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2009).
       
 
  10.40**§    
Employment Separation Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2009, by and between Andrew W. Levin and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 17, 2009).
       
 
  10.41*    
First Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2009, to the Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of November 10, 2005, by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as Maker, to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
       
 
  10.42*    
First Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2009, to the Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of November 10, 2005, by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., as Maker, to Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
       
 
  10.43*    
Series A Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
       
 
  10.44*    
Series B Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
       
 
  10.45§    
Employment Separation Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Herbert W. Hill (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Amendment to Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2009).
       
 
  10.46§    
Amendment, dated as of January 20, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2008, by and among Mark P. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2009).
       
 
  10.47§    
Letter Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and among Randall T. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and other parties thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2009).
       
 
  11*    
Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
       
 
  21*    
Subsidiaries.
       
 
  23*    
Consent of Ernst and Young LLP.
       
 
  24*    
Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
       
 
  31.1*    
Certification Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  31.2*    
Certification Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.1***    
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.2***    
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
*   Filed herewith.
 
**   Previously filed and being re-filed herewith solely for the purpose of including certain exhibits and schedules previously omitted.
 
***   This exhibit is furnished herewith and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
§   A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
 
  This Exhibit was filed separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for confidential treatment. The confidential portions of the Exhibit have been omitted and have been marked by the following symbol: [**].

151


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 16, 2010.
         
  CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
    Mark P. Mays   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Power of Attorney
     Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Herbert W. Hill, Jr., or any one of them, each of whom may act without joinder of the others, to execute in the name of each such person who is then an officer or director of the Registrant and to file any amendments to this annual report on Form 10-K necessary or advisable to enable the Registrant to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, which amendments may make such changes in such report as such attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Name   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Mark P. Mays
 
Mark P. Mays
  Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Randall T. Mays
 
       
Randall T. Mays
  Vice Chairman and Director   March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Thomas W. Casey
 
       
Thomas W. Casey
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Herbert W. Hill, Jr.
 
Herbert W. Hill, Jr.
  Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ David Abrams
 
       
David Abrams
  Director   March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Steve Barnes
 
       
Steve Barnes
  Director   March 16, 2010

152


Table of Contents

         
Name   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Richard J. Bressler
 
       
Richard J. Bressler
  Director   March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Charles A. Brizius
 
Charles A. Brizius
  Director    March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ John Connaughton
 
John Connaughton
  Director    March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Blair Hendrix
 
Blair Hendrix
  Director    March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Jonathan S. Jacobson
 
Jonathan S. Jacobson
  Director    March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Ian K. Loring
 
Ian K. Loring
  Director    March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Scott M. Sperling
 
Scott M. Sperling
  Director    March 16, 2010
 
       
/s/ Kent R. Weldon
 
Kent R. Weldon
  Director    March 16, 2010

153

Exhibit 4.17
EXECUTION COPY
 
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 23, 2009
among
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
as Guarantor,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
as Guarantor,
EACH OF THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
9.25% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
 
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
     
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
  (a)(2)
  7.10
  (a)(3)
  N.A.
  (a)(4)
  N.A.
  (a)(5)
  7.10
  (b)
  7.03, 7.10
  (c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
  (b)
  7.11
  (c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.05
  (b)
  12.03
  (c)
  12.03
313(a)
  7.06
  (b)(1)
  N.A.
  (b)(2)
  7.06; 7.07
  (c)
  7.06; 12.02
  (d)
  7.06
314(a)
  4.03; 12.05
  (b)
  N.A.
  (c)(1)
  12.04
  (c)(2)
  12.04
  (c)(3)
  N.A.
  (d)
  N.A.
  (e)
  12.04
  (f)
  N.A.
315(a)
  7.01
  (b)
  7.05; 12.02
  (c)
  7.01
  (d)
  7.01
  (e)
  6.14
316(a)(last sentence)
  2.09
  (a)(1)(A)
  6.05
  (a)(1)(B)
  6.04
  (a)(2)
  N.A
  (b)
  6.07
  (c)
  2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)
  6.08
  (a)(2)
  6.12
  (b)
  2.04
318(a)
  12.01
  (b)
  N.A.
  (c)
  12.01
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    32  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    33  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    34  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    35  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 THE 2017 A NOTES
    36  
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    36  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    38  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    38  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    39  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    39  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    39  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    51  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    51  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    52  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    52  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    52  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    53  
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
    53  
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    53  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
    54  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    54  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    55  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    55  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    56  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    56  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    57  
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
    60  
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    60  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    61  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    61  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    62  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    63  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    63  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    63  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    64  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
    66  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    73  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    73  
Section 4.12 Liens
    76  
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
    76  
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    76  
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
    78  
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount
    79  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
    79  
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    79  
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
    82  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    82  
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    82  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    84  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    85  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    85  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    85  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    85  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes To Receive Payment
    86  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    86  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    86  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    86  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    86  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    87  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    87  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    88  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
    88  
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    88  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    89  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    90  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    90  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    91  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 A Notes
    91  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    91  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent
    92  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
    93  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    93  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
    93  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    93  
 
       
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    93  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    94  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    94  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    95  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    96  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer
    96  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    97  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    97  
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    97  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    98  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    100  
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    100  
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    100  
Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
    101  
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
    101  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
    101  
 
       
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    101  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    103  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
    103  
Section 10.04 Subrogation
    104  
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    104  
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees
    104  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    105  
 
       
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    105  
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
    106  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
    106  
 
       
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    106  
Section 12.02 Notices
    106  
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    107  
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    108  
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    108  
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    108  
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    108  
Section 12.08 Governing Law
    109  
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    109  
Section 12.10 Force Majeure
    109  
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    109  
Section 12.12 Successors
    109  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 12.13 Severability
    109  
Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals
    110  
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
    110  
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture
    110  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A            Form of 2017 A Note
       
Exhibit B            Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit C            Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D            Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

-iv-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as Guarantor, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CCO”), as Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Initial Notes ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions .
          “ 2017 A Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ 2017 A Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered under the this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 A Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 A Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 2017 B Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) of the 2017 B Indenture.
          “ 2017 B Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with respect to the 2017 B Notes.
          “ 2017 B Notes ” means the 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 and more particularly means any 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered under the 2017 B Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 B Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 B Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 2017 B Notes Asset Sale Offer ” means an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in the 2017 B Notes Indenture).
          “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of,

 


 

and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 A Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
          “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “ Additional 2017 A Notes ” means additional 2017 A Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than 2017 A Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.
          “ Additional 2017 B Notes ” means additional 2017 B Notes (other than the 2017 B Notes issued on the Issue Date and other than 2017 B Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such 2017 B Notes) issued by the Issuer after this offering under the 2017 B Indenture.
          “ Additional Notes ” means both the Additional 2017 A Notes and the Additional 2017 B Notes.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.
          “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any 2017 A Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 A Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such 2017 A Note at December 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof and in Section 5(d) of such 2017 A Note), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such 2017 A Note through December 15,2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such 2017 A Note on such Redemption Date.

-2-


 

          “ Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          “ Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2)(a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
          (b) in the case of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

-3-


 

     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95.0% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
          “ Cash Management Arrangements ” means the treasury and cash management services pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, including any amounts advanced and repaid under the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note, in each case, solely with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash from operations.

-4-


 

          “ CCO ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ CCOH Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Company, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “ CCU ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, together with its successors.
          “ CCU Credit Event ” means (a) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, CCU (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law, (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due or (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against CCU in a proceeding in which CCU is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of CCU, or for all or substantially all of the property of CCU or (iii) orders the liquidation of CCU and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
          “ CCU Intercompany Note ” means the Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 between CCO, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended through the Issue Date.
          “ CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between CCU, as maker, and the Company, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
     (2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (other than as a result of a Permitted Debt Restructuring);

-5-


 

     (3) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;
     (4) the Company becoming at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of CCU or merging with and into CCU whether or not it is the surviving entity; or
     (5) the Issuer ceasing to be at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including because of having merged with and into CCU, the Company or CCO.
          “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.
          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
          “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness

-6-


 

in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
          For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however, that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Consolidated Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Consolidated Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Consolidated Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness at such subsequent time.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall

-7-


 

be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded;
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded;
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;

-8-


 

     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;
     (6) [Reserved];
     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

-9-


 

     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
     (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
          “ Corporate Services Agreement ” means the Corporate Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., and the Company, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that such amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially adverse to the Holders.
          “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the 2017 A Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated 2017 A Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, except that such 2017 A Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

-10-


 

          “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the 2017 A Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the 2017 A Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
          “ Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof.
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the 2017 A Notes or the date the 2017 A Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
          “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed

-11-


 

value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2,000,000; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the 2017 A Notes, the 2017 B Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities; plus
     (e)(w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10.0% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided

-12-


 

that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) [Reserved]; plus
     (h) [Reserved]; plus
     (i) solely for purposes of determining the amount of EBITDA in connection with calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio, the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions identified and taken on or prior to June 30, 2011; provided that (A) such actions and amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have an ongoing (and other than temporary) impact on the Company’s direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses or corporate expenses, as determined in good faith by the Company, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed in any
four-quarter period ended after September 30, 2009, an amount equal to $58,800,000; plus
     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and

-13-


 

     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
          “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
          “ euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
          “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
          “ Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning given to such term in the 2017 B Indenture.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means both the 2017 A Exchange Notes and the 2017 B Exchange Notes.
          “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from,
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the

-14-


 

Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.
          “ Excluded Event ” means any default or acceleration under the Credit Agreement described in the definition of Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder subject to a $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder (and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements or supplements thereof so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder and is subject to the $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder), if such default or acceleration results from, or is attributable to, any event, condition or circumstance (including a CCU Credit Event) attributable to CCU and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as, to the extent legally permitted to do so (including pursuant to any suit or other legal proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction related to a CCU Credit Event), the Company and its Subsidiaries have repaid (or reserved or set aside cash for repayment in a restricted account) the principal amount equal to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Credit Agreement.
          “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company and (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
          “ Existing Senior Notes ” means CCU’s 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.
          “ Existing Senior Notes Indentures ” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between CCU and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 between among CCU, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

-15-


 

     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes (and 2017 A Exchange Notes).
          “ Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the 2017 A Notes (and 2017 A Exchange Notes) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,

-16-


 

commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
          “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
          “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Restricted Guarantor (a) whose total assets, together with the total assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors, at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues, together with the gross revenues of all such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

-17-


 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Indentures ” means both the 2017 B Indenture and this Indenture.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
          “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
          “ Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means June 15 and December 15 of each year to stated maturity.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company;

-18-


 

     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
          “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.
          “ Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
          “ Issue Date ” means December 23, 2009.
          “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the 2017 A Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
          “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

-19-


 

          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
          “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
          “ Notes ” means both the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.
          “ Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular, dated December 18, 2009, relating to the sale of the Notes issued on the Issue Date.
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, by an Officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Trustee.
          “ Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) with respect to the Issuer, the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes; and
     (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee, its guarantee of the 2017 B Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

-20-


 

          “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Debt Restructuring ” means (1) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, (2) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, including in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan, (3) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness for or to any Equity Interests or any issuance of Equity Interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of Capital Stock and any offering of Capital Stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of such direct or indirect parent companies of the Company is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged, or (4) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange, conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of Capital Stock of any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company owned by the Investors.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof) shall thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
          “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to

-21-


 

secure surety, appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof remains classified as incurred thereunder; and provided further , however , that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

-22-


 

     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) [Reserved];
     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clauses (20) and (33) below; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (20) and (33) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (20) or clause (33), the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable, and not this clause (18) for purposes of

-23-


 

determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) [Reserved];
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by, or any automated clearing house transfers of funds with, lenders under such Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender;

-24-


 

     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and
     (33) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations under any Credit Facilities which do not exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.
          For purposes of this definition, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.
          “ Permitted Liquidity Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (3) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
     (4) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

-25-


 

          “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all 2017 A Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Proceeds Loans ” means (a) the $500,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the issuance of the 2017 A Notes (the “ 2017 A Proceeds Loan ”), and (b) the $2,000,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the Issuance of the 2017 B Notes (the “ 2017 B Proceeds Loan ”).
          “ Proceeds Loan Agreements ” means each of the Proceeds Loan Agreements dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and CCO pursuant to which the Proceeds Loans shall be made.
          “ Proof of Claim ” shall mean a proof of claim or debt filed in accordance with and pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Law, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and/or a final order of the U.S. bankruptcy court.
          “ Proper Proof of Claim ” shall mean, at any time, a Proof of Claim in an amount not less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2017 A Notes at such time plus accrued but unpaid interest on the 2017 A Notes at such time.
          “ Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “ Public Debt ” (i) shall not include the 2017 B Notes (or any Additional 2017 B Notes) or the 2017 A Notes (or any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (ii) shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”
          “ OIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “ Qualified Asset Sale ” means any Asset Sale:
     (1) pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to

-26-


 

the Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
     (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this definition and for no other purpose.
          “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.
          “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the 2017 A Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
          “ Record Date ” for the interest or Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Registration Rights Agreements ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 A Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement ”), (b) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 B Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (c) any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional 2017 A Notes or Additional 2017 B Notes, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

-27-


 

          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 A Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
          “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

-28-


 

          “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Senior Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13,2008, as amended as of July 9, 2008 and July 28, 2008, by and among CCU, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any agreements, collateral documents, guarantees, instruments, mortgages and notes executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements, or supplements thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such refinancing, refunding or replacement facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
          “ Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Pari Passu Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness at such subsequent time.

-29-


 

          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

-30-


 

          “ Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing on the 2017 A Notes pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the 2017 A Notes.
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
          “ Total Assets ” means total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Transactions ” means the offering and issuance of the Notes for cash on the Issue Date, the making of the Proceeds Loans, the refinancing of the CCU Intercompany Note and the amendments to the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note and transactions related to any of the foregoing on or prior to the Issue Date and the payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
          “ Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

-31-


 

          “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing 2017 A Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the 2017 B Notes; provided that the Company may not designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the 2017 A Notes unless such Subsidiary is also designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary under the 2017 B Notes; provided further that the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such designation is made under the 2017 B Notes.
          Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
          “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.
          “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“2017 A Notes Purchase Offer”
  3.08(b)
“Affiliate Transaction”
  4.11(a)
“Asset Sale”
  4.10
“Authentication Order”
  2.02
“Change of Control Offer”
  4.14(a)
“Change of Control Payment”
  4.14(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”
  4.14(a)

-32-


 

         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Covenant Defeasance”
  8.03
“Defeased Covenants”
  8.03
“DTC”
  2.03
“Event of Default”
  6.01(a)
“Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
  4.16
“Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
  4.16
“Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
  4.16
“incur” or “incurrence”
  4.09(a)
“Legal Defeasance”
  8.02
“Liquidity Facilities”
  4.16
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
  4.16
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
  4.16
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
  4.16
“Note Register”
  2.03
“Offer Amount”
  3.09(b)
“Offer Period”
  3.09(b)
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
  4.10(c)
“Paying Agent”
  2.03
“Payment Blockage Period”
  11.03
“Payment Default”
  11.03
“Purchase Date”
  3.09(b)
“Redemption Date”
  3.07(a)
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
  4.09(b)
“Refunding Capital Stock”
  4.07(b)
“Registrar”
  2.03
“Restricted Payments”
  4.07(a)
“Special Redemption”
  3.08(a)
“Special Redemption Amount”
  3.08(a)
“Special Redemption Date”
  3.08(a)
“Successor Company”
  5.01(a)
“Successor Person”
  5.01(c)
“Transfer Agent”
  2.03
“Treasury Capital Stock”
  4.07(b)
“Trustee Account”
  4.01
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
          “indenture securities” means the 2017 A Notes;
          “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a 2017 A Note;

-33-


 

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the 2017 A Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the 2017 A Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
     (i) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
     (j) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
     (k) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater; and
     (l) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

-34-


 

     (m) Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a 2017 A Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of 2017 A Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any 2017 A Note shall bind every future Holder of the same 2017 A Note and the Holder of every 2017 A Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such 2017 A Note.
          (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or to take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular 2017 A Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such 2017 A Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by

-35-


 

a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
ARTICLE 2
THE 2017 A NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .
          (a) General . The 2017 A Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The 2017 A Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each 2017 A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The 2017 A Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (b) Global Notes . 2017 A Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). 2017 A Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding 2017 A Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each Global Note shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 A Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 A Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

-36-


 

          (c) Temporary Global Notes . 2017 A Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the 2017 A Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.
          Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
          (d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
          The terms and provisions contained in the 2017 A Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any 2017 A Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The 2017 A Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer as provided in Section 3.08(b) hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The 2017 A Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.
          Additional 2017 A Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional 2017 A Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional 2017 A Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
          (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of

-37-


 

Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .
          At least one Officer shall execute the 2017 A Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a 2017 A Note no longer holds that office at the time such 2017 A Note is authenticated, such 2017 A Note shall nevertheless be valid.
          A 2017 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the 2017 A Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional 2017 A Notes and 2017 A Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional 2017 A Notes or 2017 A Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate 2017 A Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate 2017 A Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 A Notes may be presented for registration (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 A Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“ Transfer Agent ”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 A Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the 2017 A Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of 2017 A Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

-38-


 

          The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints U.S. Bank National Association to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the 2017 A Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the 2017 A Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (or similar proceedings) relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the 2017 A Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists .
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of 2017 A Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the 2017 A Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another 2017

-39-


 

A Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof

-40-


 

in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
     (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the

-41-


 

Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

-42-


 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 A Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take

-43-


 

delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 A Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

-44-


 

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 A Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (l)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 A Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder

-45-


 

substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer shall be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

-46-


 

     (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 A Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 A Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such 2017 A Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

-47-


 

          (f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such 2017 A Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any 2017 A Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and 2017 A Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
          (g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
     (i) Private Placement Legend .
     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all 2017 A Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL

-48-


 

APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all 2017 A Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

-49-


 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”
          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of 2017 A Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
          (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
     (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
     (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).
     (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any 2017 A Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 A Note being redeemed in part.
     (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 A Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of 2017 A Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 A Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 A Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a 2017 A Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 A Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not

-50-


 

withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer.
     (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any 2017 A Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any 2017 A Note is registered as the absolute owner of such 2017 A Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such 2017 A Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any 2017 A Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement 2017 A Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
     (viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, 2017 A Notes may be exchanged for other 2017 A Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the 2017 A Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .
          If either (x) any mutilated 2017 A Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any 2017 A Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement 2017 A Note. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a 2017 A Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a 2017 A Note.
          Every replacement 2017 A Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other 2017 A Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .
          The 2017 A Notes outstanding at any time are all the 2017 A Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a 2017 A

-51-


 

Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such 2017 A Note.
          If a 2017 A Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such 2017 A Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced 2017 A Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the principal amount of any 2017 A Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such 2017 A Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any 2017 A Notes payable on such date, then such 2017 A Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and after such date.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of 2017 A Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, 2017 A Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only 2017 A Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 2017 A Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged 2017 A Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the 2017 A Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .
          Until certificates representing 2017 A Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary 2017 A Notes. Temporary 2017 A Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated 2017 A Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary 2017 A Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive 2017 A Notes in exchange for temporary 2017 A Notes.
          Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary 2017 A Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders or beneficial holders, respectively, of 2017 A Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation .
          The Issuer at any time may deliver 2017 A Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any 2017 A Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all 2017 A Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled 2017 A Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled 2017 A Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor.

-52-


 

The Issuer may not issue new 2017 A Notes to replace 2017 A Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the 2017 A Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 A Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each 2017 A Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each 2017 A Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of any other 2017 A Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other 2017 A Note.
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers .
          The Issuer in issuing the 2017 A Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 A Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the 2017 A Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .
          If the Issuer elects to redeem 2017 A Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such 2017 A Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

-53-


 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .
          If less than all of the 2017 A Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar shall select the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if such 2017 A Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such 2017 A Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Registrar shall deem appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar from the outstanding 2017 A Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the 2017 A Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any 2017 A Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. 2017 A Notes and portions of 2017 A Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; no 2017 A Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the 2017 A Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of 2017 A Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to 2017 A Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of 2017 A Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .
          Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of 2017 A Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of 2017 A Notes at such Holder’s registered address, or shall otherwise deliver on such time frame such notice in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.
          The notice shall identify the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
     (a) the redemption date;
     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) that if any 2017 A Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that 2017 A Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such 2017 A Note, a new 2017 A Note or 2017 A Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original 2017 A Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the 2017 A Notes upon cancellation of the original 2017 A Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

-54-


 

     (e) that 2017 A Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on 2017 A Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the 2017 A Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the 2017 A Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the 2017 A Notes.
          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, 2017 A Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided in Section 3.07 hereof and in Section 5 of the 2017 A Notes). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any 2017 A Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other 2017 A Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 A Notes or portions of 2017 A Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
          On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the 2017 A Notes or the portions of 2017 A Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a 2017 A Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such 2017 A Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any 2017 A Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or

-55-


 

purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 A Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .
          Upon surrender of a 2017 A Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new 2017 A Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new 2017 A Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new 2017 A Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
          (a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the 2017 A Notes. The 2017 A Notes will be payable at par at maturity.
          (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 A Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date” ), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.
          (c) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The 2017 A Notes shall be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of 2017 A Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 A Notes
Year   Percentage
2012
  106.93750%
2013
  104.62500%
2014
  102.31250%
2015 and thereafter
  100.00000%

-56-


 

          (d) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, redeem up to 35.0% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional 2017 A Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
          (e) The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (f) The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the 2017 A Notes to be purchased in pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire, any 2017 A Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 A Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 B Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes required to be made under the 2017 B Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 B Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes. References to the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes in this Section 3.08 do not include any Additional 2017 B Notes or any Additional 2017 A Notes, as applicable.
          (b) If the Issuer makes (1) any optional redemption of the 2017 B Notes, purchase of 2017 B Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption of the 2017 A Notes, purchase 2017 A Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes (in accordance with procedures similar to those applicable to the 2017 B Notes) to all Holders of 2017 A Notes, in each case, to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100%) of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest (a “2017 A Notes Purchase Offer”), or (2) any 2017 B Notes Asset Sale Offer under the 2017 B Notes Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but

-57-


 

unpaid interest. For purposes of this Section 3.08(b), “pro rata amount” with respect to the 2017 A Notes shall be calculated taking into account all 2017 B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption, purchase, or offer. Any purchase or redemption of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture shall be deemed to be a purchase of 2017 B Notes covered by clause (1) of this Section 3.08(b).
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .
          (a) The Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in clauses (b) through (f) of this Section 3.09 for any 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer commenced pursuant to Section 3.08(b) hereof.
          (b) A 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply the pro rata portion of Excess Proceeds taking into account all 2017 B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of 2017 A Notes, or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 A Notes tendered in response to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer. Payment for any 2017 A Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
          (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a 2017 A Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender 2017 A Notes pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer.
          (d) Upon the commencement of a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender 2017 A Notes pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer, shall state:
     (i) that the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 3.08(b) hereof and the length of time the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall remain open;
     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (iii) that any 2017 A Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any 2017 A Note accepted for payment pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (v) that Holders electing to have a 2017 A Note purchased pursuant to a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer may elect to have 2017 A Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only;

-58-


 

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a 2017 A Note purchased pursuant to any 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall be required to surrender the 2017 A Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the 2017 A Note completed, or transfer such 2017 A Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the 2017 A Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such 2017 A Note purchased;
     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Registrar shall select the 2017 A Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the 2017 A Notes tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only 2017 A Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
     (ix) that Holders whose 2017 A Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 A Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
          (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of 2017 A Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 A Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the 2017 A Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
          (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the 2017 A Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new 2017 A Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new 2017 A Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new 2017 A Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new 2017 A Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Any 2017 A Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

-59-


 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .
          The Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 A Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 A Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 A Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 A Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
          Unless otherwise expressly requested in writing by the Issuer, the amounts in the Trustee Account shall be held in cash in U.S. dollars.
          The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the 2017 A Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          The Trustee shall pay or cause to be paid the aggregate amount of interest payable on the 2017 A Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the 2017 A Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee holds as of noon Eastern Time on the Interest Payment Date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no additional interest or other amounts shall be payable in respect of the interest period for which such payment is made as a result of such extension of time.

-60-


 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) where 2017 A Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
          The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the 2017 A Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at U.S. Bank National Association, 100 Wall Street, 16th floor, New York, NY 10005, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Company shall file with the SEC no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

-61-


 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of 2017 A Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the 2017 A Notes, in each case within five days after the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to this Section 4.03(a). To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above in Section 4.03(a) and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 A Notes have declared the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 A Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any 2017 A Notes are outstanding the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor of the 2017 A Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
          (c) In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, the Company shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .
          (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default

-62-


 

shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
          (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture of which the Issuer is aware, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Company gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default of which the Issuer is aware, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes .
          The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
          The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) Without limitation, the Company may and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

-63-


 

     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:
     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
     (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (4) make any Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).
          (b) The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it is also an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the 2017 B Notes and the Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary unless it is also a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the 2017 B Notes.
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay (A) dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (B) any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

-64-


 

     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;
     (2) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and (y) the Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees and the guarantees of the 2017 B Notes;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Company or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) customary provisions contained in any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities as permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof and an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make any

-65-


 

payments, when due, with respect to the 2017 A Notes or its Guarantee thereof and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company shall not permit the Issuer to, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if in each case (a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further , however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $30,000,000 of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time; provided further , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Subordinated Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness) if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Subordinated Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Subordinated Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at

-66-


 

the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.
     (b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
     (1) [Reserved];
     (2) the incurrence by (a) the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and (ii) the 2017 A Notes (including any guarantee of the 2017 A Notes, but excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (b) CCO of Indebtedness represented by the Proceeds Loans;
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and guarantees of the 2017 B Exchange Notes pursuant to the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the 2017 A Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 A Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, including $150,000,000 under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.09(b)), and Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date;
     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary,

-67-


 

other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));
     (8) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as applicable; provided further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company owed or issued to CCU or any of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock of a parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $65,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred

-68-


 

for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded);
     (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Guarantors (other than Disqualified Stock of any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a), clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b) (including with respect to (x) Section 4.09(a), any unfunded commitment for which an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee as provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Senior Leverage Ratio, and (y) clause (4) above, any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date), or
     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock set forth in clause (a) above (including unfunded commitments that serve to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any unfunded commitments under Indebtedness set forth in such clause (a)); provided , however, that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any unfunded commitment shall continue to be treated as outstanding for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, to the extent such unfunded commitment was outstanding for purposes thereof prior to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance under this clause (13),
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

-69-


 

     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 A Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 A Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,
     (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses; and
     (D) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and provided further , however that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) (A) with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (ii) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (B) other than with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than the Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

-70-


 

provided , however , that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) [Reserved]
     (17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; or
     (c) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor), the Company or CCO of obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor);
provided that, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $30,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded;
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement;

-71-


 

     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (y) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified and (z) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified on the date; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that (x) with respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under this Indenture and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under this Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification.
          (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
          (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in

-72-


 

effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          (g) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales .
          There shall be no limitation on (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (each, an “ Asset Sale ”).
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:

-73-


 

     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).
     (b) Section 4.11 (a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
     (1) (A) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (B) any Affiliate Transaction, directly or indirectly, (i) constituting the payment of dividends or making any other distributions to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures) or payment of any Indebtedness owed to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures), (ii) making loans or advances to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Senior Notes Indentures), or (iii) selling, leasing or transferring any properties or assets to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures);
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 of the 2017 B Indenture and Investments constituting Permitted Investments (as defined in the 2017 B Indenture);
     (3) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return with any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (regardless of whether the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such parent company), payments in respect of the hypothetical consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as if the Company were the common parent of a group of a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income tax return (or the common parent of the applicable comparable group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return under state, local, or foreign law);
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

-74-


 

     (6) any agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby with an affiliate as in effect as of the Issue Date, and any extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement to, or replacement of, any of the foregoing and so long as any such extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement is not materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) agreements and transactions between the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures), on the other hand;
     (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and

-75-


 

     (14) (a) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt or Notes held by Affiliates.
Section 4.12 Liens .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the 2017 A Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the 2017 A Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
          (b) Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to Liens securing the 2017 A Notes and the related Guarantees thereof or the 2017 A Exchange Notes and the related guarantees thereof.
          (c) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.12(a) hereof.
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer and the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 A Notes as set forth in each of Section 5 of the 2017 A Notes and Sections 3.03 and 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 A Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 A Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of 2017 A Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

-76-


 

     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all 2017 A Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any 2017 A Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all 2017 A Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any 2017 A Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such 2017 A Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such 2017 A Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered 2017 A Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such 2017 A Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the 2017 A Notes, the principal amount of 2017 A Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered 2017 A Notes and its election to have such 2017 A Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose 2017 A Notes are being repurchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 A Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.
          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the 2017 A Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of 2017 A Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the

-77-


 

provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
          (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all 2017 A Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all 2017 A Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the 2017 A Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such 2017 A Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
          (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all 2017 A Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
          (d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .
          The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the 2017 A Notes or such Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and
     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its

-78-


 

sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth above.
          The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.15.
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount .
          On the Issue Date, (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have $50,000,000 in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantors in U.S. dollars under any Credit Facility to which the Company is a party (but to which none of its Affiliates (other than the Issuer and Restricted Guarantors) is a party) (the “ Guarantor Liquidity Facility ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall maintain such Liquidity Amount at all times and (2) the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall have, and the Company shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to have, $50,000,000 (or an equivalent amount in other currencies) in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by any one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors under any Credit Facility to which none of the Company’s Affiliates (other than the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries) is a party (the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility ” and, together with the Guarantor Liquidity Facility, the “ Liquidity Facilities ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount (or an equivalent amount in other currencies), the
Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall cause the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount to be maintained at all times. The Liquidity Facilities shall only constitute Liquidity Facilities to the extent all conditions to borrowing thereunder are satisfied (other than any notice of borrowing that may be required) and the amount available under any Liquidity Facility shall be part of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount without duplication. Assets that constitute Guarantor Liquidity Assets shall not also constitute Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets and vice versa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor Liquidity Assets and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets may be subject to Permitted Liquidity Liens.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
          (a) Neither the Company nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation), nor may the Company or the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than CCU or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of Existing Senior Notes Indentures)) unless:

-79-


 

     (1) the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company, the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the 2017 A Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Company’s Guarantee or the 2017 A Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (B) (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger and (y) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(B) of Section 5.01(c) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes; and
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
          (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
     (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor; and
     (2) the Company or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company or the Issuer, as

-80-


 

the case may be, in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), other than Section 5.01(a)(3) which shall be applicable, any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or Equity Interests in, its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any Person (such disposition, a “ Foreign Disposition ”); provided , however , that (1) such Foreign Disposition is a Qualified Asset Sale, and (2) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 6.0 to 1.0 or the Senior Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all the outstanding 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in a manner and time frame as would be required if such offer were a Change of Control Offer. If a Foreign Disposition does not constitute a disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer, this paragraph shall not be applicable.
          (c) No Restricted Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than CCU or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures)) unless:
     (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
          (2) the transaction is a Qualified Asset Sale.
          (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (other than the Company, which is covered by Section 5.01(a)) may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties

-81-


 

and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Guarantor).
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 A Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default .
          (a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the 2017 A Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the 2017 A Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (9) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted

-82-


 

Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the 2017 A Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding, in each case, other than as a result of an Excluded Event;
     (5) failure by the Company, the Issuer, or any other Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $35,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Party in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Party; or

-83-


 

     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; and
     (9) failure to maintain the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount which failure continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days; provided , however , that upon the event of a CCU Credit Event and during the continuance thereof, for the period that is the shorter of the continuance of the CCU Credit Event and 60 days after the occurrence of such CCU Credit Event, it shall not be an Event of Default if the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount shall each be at least $25,000,000 during such period.
          (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the 2017 A Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Section 6.02 Acceleration .
          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer or the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 A Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) may declare the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 A Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the 2017 A Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding 2017 A Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice.

-84-


 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 A Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the 2017 A Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the 2017 A Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a 2017 A Notes in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 A Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any 2017 A Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the 2017 A Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority .
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 A Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a 2017 A Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .
          Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a 2017 A Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 A Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the 2017 A Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

-85-


 

     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 A Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
          A Holder of a 2017 A Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a 2017 A Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a 2017 A Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes To Receive Payment .
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a 2017 A Note to receive payment of principal premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the 2017 A Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the 2017 A Note (including in connection with a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the 2017 A Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 A Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any 2017 A Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this

-86-


 

Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the 2017 A Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the 2017 A Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the 2017 A Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities .
          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee and the Agents and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and any Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) to Holders of 2017 A Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the 2017 A Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the 2017 A Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Issuer, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, all amounts in the Trustee Account shall be paid first to the Holders of 2017 A Notes. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of 2017 A Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

-87-


 

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a 2017 A Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs ; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity, security or prefunding satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion, as applicable, against loss, liability or expense.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

-88-


 

     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
          (h) Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will hold the Trustee Account in trust for the benefit of Holders of 2017 A Notes and shall be responsible for payment of amounts therefrom.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

-89-


 

          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture.
          (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of 2017 A Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the 2017 A Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the 2017 A Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the 2017 A Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

-90-


 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of 2017 A Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of any covenants contained in Article 4.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 A Notes .
          Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as 2017 A Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of 2017 A Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the 2017 A Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the 2017 A Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
          The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and any Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and each Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services (other than amounts in the Trustee Account). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements (other than amounts in the Trustee Account) and expenses of the Trustee’s or each such Agent’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and each Agent for, and hold each of the Trustee and each Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and each Agent shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or applicable Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or any Agent through such Person’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

-91-


 

          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.
          To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, each of the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the 2017 A Notes on all money or property held or collected by such Person, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular 2017 A Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent .
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or any successor Agent shall become effective only upon the acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 by such successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. The Trustee or any Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee or such Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or any Agent if:
     (a) in the case of the Trustee, such Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
     (b) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or such Agent or such Person’s property; or
     (d) the Trustee or such Agent becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee or any Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or any Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes may appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, to replace such successor Trustee or successor Agent appointed by the Issuer.
          If a successor Trustee or successor Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Agent.

-92-


 

          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee or successor Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the applicable Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or successor Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee or Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .
          If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust or relevant agent business, as applicable, to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding 2017 A Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

-93-


 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding 2017 A Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding 2017 A Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such 2017 A Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder;
     (a) the rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 A Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture as referenced in Section 8.04 hereof;
     (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to 2017 A Notes concerning issuing temporary 2017 A Notes, registration of such 2017 A Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 A Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (d) this Section 8.02.
          Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a “ Defeased Covenant , and collectively, the “ Defeased Covenants ”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding 2017 A Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the 2017 A Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such 2017 A Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding 2017 A Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any Defeased Covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision

-94-


 

herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such 2017 A Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to any Significant Party), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to any Significant Party) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the 2017 A Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the 2017 A Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such 2017 A Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such 2017 A Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the 2017 A Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 A Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 A Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in

-95-


 

each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding 2017 A Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such 2017 A Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such 2017 A Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding 2017 A Notes.
          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .
     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 A Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if

-96-


 

any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such 2017 A Notes shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement .
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 A Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 A Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or 2017 A Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated 2017 A Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2017 A Notes;
     (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with this Indenture;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

-97-


 

     (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the 2017 A Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Series A Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Series A Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantee or the 2017 A Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of 2017 A Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to 2017 A Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of 2017 A Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the 2017 A Notes; provided , however , that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in 2017 A Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer 2017 A Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the 2017 A Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the 2017 A Notes then outstanding, other than 2017 A Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, 2017 A Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes, other than 2017 A Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such 2017 A Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of 2017 A Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the

-98-


 

Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of 2017 A Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of 2017 A Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
          Without the consent of each affected Holder of 2017 A Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any 2017 A Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such 2017 A Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such 2017 A Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such 2017 A Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any 2017 A Note;
     (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 A Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the 2017 A Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
     (5) make any 2017 A Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 A Notes;
     (7) make any change to this paragraph of this Section 9.02;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s 2017 A Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s 2017 A Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the 2017 A Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
     (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes; or

-99-


 

     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase 2017 A Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer required to be made or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such requirement has arisen, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
          Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, (1) no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of any Agent may be made without the consent of such Agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement shall constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such Agent).
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a 2017 A Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a 2017 A Note and every subsequent Holder of a 2017 A Note or portion of a 2017 A Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s 2017 A Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any 2017 A Note. However, any such Holder of a 2017 A Note or subsequent Holder of a 2017 A Note may revoke the consent as to its 2017 A Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any 2017 A Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all 2017 A Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new 2017 A Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new 2017 A Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-100-


 

Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .
          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee .
          Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder of a 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the 2017 A Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 A Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the 2017 A Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the 2017 A Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any 2017 A Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the 2017 A Notes with respect

-101-


 

to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the 2017 A Notes). Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the 2017 A Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the 2017 A Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the 2017 A Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor, and will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, including, the guarantee by such Guarantor of the 2017 A Notes and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s Obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note. Each Guarantor’s obligations

-102-


 

under its Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor under its Secured Indebtedness, if any, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of 2017 A Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .
          (a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the 2017 A Notes.
          (c) If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a 2017 A Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.
          (d) The delivery of any 2017 A Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          (e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

-103-


 

Section 10.04 Subrogation .
          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall have been paid in full.
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .
          A Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor after which the applicable Restricted Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof;
     (B) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (C) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted under this Indenture; provided , however , if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor and continues to be a guarantor of such other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, no such release shall be permitted;
     (D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 12 hereof; and
     (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

-104-


 

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all 2017 A Notes, when either:
     (1) all 2017 A Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed 2017 A Notes which have been replaced or paid and 2017 A Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2) (A) all 2017 A Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the 2017 A Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
     (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the 2017 A Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

-105-


 

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 A Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 A Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 12.02 Notices .
          Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Telephone: (210) 832-3311
Facsimile: (210) 832-3432

-106-


 

with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY
Attention: Jay J. Kim, Esq.
Telephone: (212) 596-9000
Facsimile: (212) 596-9090
If to the Trustee, the initial Paying Agent and the Registrar:
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Facsimile: (651) 495-8097
          The Issuer, the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

-107-


 

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
          Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
            Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the 2017 A Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

-108-


 

Each Holder by accepting 2017 A Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 A Notes.
Section 12.08 Governing Law .
          THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 A NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .
          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 A NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.10 Force Majeure .
          In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.12 Successors .
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.
Section 12.13 Severability .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the 2017 A Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-109-


 

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture .
          The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes and printing this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
[Signatures on following page]

-110-


 

         
ISSUER: Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary 
 
 
GUARANTORS: Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  1567 Media LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
[Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
GUARANTORS: Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T . Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
[Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch    
    Title:   Vice President   
[Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of 2017 A Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
           [THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. THE ISSUE DATE IS [ ]. INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER THIS NOTE CAN BE PROMPTLY OBTAINED BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE TREASURER OF THE ISSUER AT 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78209.]

A-1


 

CUSIP [                      ]
ISIN [                      ] 1
[[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$500,000,000
9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     
No.         [$                      ]
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                           United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1
 
1   Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 18451QAA6
Rule 144A Note ISIN: US 18451QAA67
Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18294 AA3
Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18294AA32
Exchange Note CUSIP:
Exchange Note ISIN:

A-2


 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [ ]
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Issuer
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-3


 

This is one of the 2017 A Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A-4


 

[Back of 2017 A Note]
9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
     1. INTEREST.
     (a) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 2017 A Note at 9.25% per annum from December 23, 2009 2 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the 2017 A Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 A Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 A Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
     (b) Prior to the Issue Date, the Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 A Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 A Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 A Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 A Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
 
2   With respect to the Initial Notes

A-5


 

     2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 A Notes shall be paid to the Persons who are registered Holders of the 2017 A Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 2017 A Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other 2017 A Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
     3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
     4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the 2017 A Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors party thereto, and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. This 2017 A Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional 2017 A Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the 2017 A Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The 2017 A Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this 2017 A Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
     (a) Except as described below under Sections 5(b) and 5(c), the 2017 A Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before December 15, 2012.
     (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2017 A Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (c) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of 2017 A Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0%

A-6


 

of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional 2017 A Notes that are 2017 A Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
     (d) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 A
Year   Notes Percentage
2012
  106.93750%
2013
  104.62500%
2014
  102.31250%
2015 and thereafter
  100.00000%
     (e) Any redemption of 2017 A Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
     6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.
     (a) Notwithstanding the anything to the contrary in the Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any 2017 A Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 A Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 B Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however, that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes required to be made under the 2017 B Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 B Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes. References to the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes in this Section 6 do not include any Additional 2017 A Notes or any Additional 2017 B Notes, as applicable.
     (b) If the Issuer makes (1) any optional redemption of the 2017 B Notes, purchase of 2017 B Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption of the 2017 A Notes, purchase 2017 A

A-7


 

Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes (in accordance with procedures similar to those applicable to the 2017 B Notes) to all Holders of 2017 A Notes, in each case, to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest (a “2017 A Notes Purchase Offer”), or (2) any 2017 B Notes Asset Sale Offer under the 2017 B Notes Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest. For purposes of this Section 6(b), “pro rata amount” with respect to the 2017 A Notes shall be calculated taking into account all 2017 B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption, purchase, or offer. Any purchase or redemption of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture shall be deemed to be a purchase of 2017 B Notes covered by clause (1) of this Section 6(b).
     7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose 2017 A Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the 2017 A Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 A Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
     8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 A Notes as set forth in Sections 3.03 and 3.07 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 A Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 A Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
     9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The 2017 A Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of 2017 A Notes may be registered and 2017 A Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any 2017 A Note or portion of a 2017 A Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 2017 A Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any 2017 A Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or (y) any 2017 A Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer.
     10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a 2017 A Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
     11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the 2017 A Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

A-8


 

     12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the 2017 A Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the 2017 A Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the 2017 A Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 A Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the 2017 A Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
     13. AUTHENTICATION. This 2017 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
     14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 A Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest (as defined in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement).
     15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE 2017 A NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
     16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 2017 A Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 A Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
     The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road

A-9


 

San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

A-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
    To assign this 2017 A Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this 2017 A Note to:
   
 
   
 
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                  to transfer this 2017 A Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 A Note)
         
Signature Guarantee*:
       
 
 
 
   
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this 2017 A Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
o Section 4.10                      o Section 4.14
     If you want to elect to have only part of this 2017 A Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                     
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 A Note)
         
 
       Tax Identification No.:    
 
       
         
Signature Guarantee*:
       
 
 
 
   
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
     The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                    Principal Amount        
                    of        
    Amount of     Amount of increase     this Global Note     Signature of  
    decrease     in Principal     following such     authorized officer  
Date of   in Principal     Amount of this     decrease or     of Trustee or Note  
Exchange   Amount     Global Note     increase     Custodian  
 
                               
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
     Re: 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 A Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                           (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the 2017 A Note[s] or interest in such 2017 A Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 A Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
     1. [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     2. [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in

B-1


 

the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     3. [  ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) [  ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) [  ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
(c) [  ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
     4. [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
     (a) [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (b) [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the

B-2


 

Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (c) [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3


 

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Dated:
       
 
 
 
   

B-4


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)   [  ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [  ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (ii)   [  ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
(b)   [  ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
 
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a)   [  ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [  ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (ii)   [  ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (iii)   [  ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [     ]); or
(b)   [  ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
 
(c)   [  ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Re: 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 A Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                           (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the 2017 A Note[s] or interest in such 2017 A Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 A Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
     1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
a) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
b) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

C-1


 

compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
c) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
d) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
a) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
b) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note o Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2


 

      This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                                                                .
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Dated:
       
 
 
 
   

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
     Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                      , among                                           (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 A Notes ”);
     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the 2017 A Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”);
     WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is, concurrently herewith, executing a supplemental indenture with respect to the 2017 B Indenture; and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes as follows:
     (1)  Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     (2)  Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Articles 10 and 11 thereof.
     (3)  No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the 2017 A Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 A Notes.

D-1


 

     (4)  Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (5)  Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
     (6)  Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     (7)  The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
     (8)  Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall have been paid in full.
     (9)  Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     (10)  Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  U.S Bank National Association, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

D-3

Exhibit 4.18
EXECUTION COPY
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 23, 2009
among
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
as Guarantor,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
as Guarantor,
EACH OF THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
9.25% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
         
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section  
310(a)(1)
    7.10  
(a)(2)
    7.10  
(a)(3)
    N.A.  
(a)(4)
    N.A.  
(a)(5)
    7.10  
(b)
    7.03, 7.10  
(c)
    N.A.  
311(a)
    7.11  
(b)
    7.11  
(c)
    N.A.  
312(a)
    2.05  
(b)
    12.03  
(c)
    12.03  
313(a)
    7.06  
(b)(1)
    N.A.  
(b)(2)
    7.06; 7.07  
(c)
    7.06; 12.02  
(d)
    7.06  
314(a)
    4.03; 12.05  
(b)
    N.A.  
(c)(1)
    12.04  
(c)(2)
    12.04  
(c)(3)
    N.A.  
(d)
    N.A.  
(e)
    12.04  
(f)
    N.A.  
315(a)
    7.01  
(b)
    7.05; 12.02  
(c)
    7.01  
(d)
    7.01  
(e)
    6.14  
316(a)(last sentence)
    2.09  
(a)(1)(A)
    6.05  
(a)(1)(B)
    6.04  
(a)(2)
    N.A.  
(b)
    6.07  
(c)
    2.12; 9.04  
317(a)(1)
    6.08  
(a)(2)
    6.12  
(b)
    2.04  
318(a)
    12.01  
(b)
    N.A.  
(c)
    12.01  
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    37  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    38  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    38  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 THE 2017 B NOTES
    41  
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    41  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    42  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    43  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    43  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    44  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    44  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    56  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    56  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    56  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    57  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    57  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    57  
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
    58  
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    58  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
    58  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    58  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    59  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    60  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    60  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    60  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    61  
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    62  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
    64  
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    64  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    65  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    65  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    66  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    67  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    67  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    67  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    73  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
    74  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    82  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    84  
Section 4.12 Liens
    86  
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
    87  
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    87  
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
    89  
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
    90  
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    90  
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
    92  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    93  
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    93  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    95  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    95  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    96  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    96  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    96  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes To Receive Payment
    96  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    97  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    97  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    97  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    97  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    97  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    98  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    98  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
    99  
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    99  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    100  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    101  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    101  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    101  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 B Notes
    101  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    102  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent
    103  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
    104  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    104  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
    104  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    104  
 
       
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    104  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    104  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    105  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    106  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    107  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer
    107  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    108  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    108  
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    108  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    109  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
  111
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
  111
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
  111
Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
    112  
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
    112  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
    112  
 
       
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    112  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    114  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
    114  
Section 10.04 Subrogation
    115  
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    115  
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees
    115  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    116  
 
       
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    116  
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
    117  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
    117  
 
       
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    117  
Section 12.02 Notices
    117  
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    118  
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    119  
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    119  
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    119  
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    119  
Section 12.08 Governing Law
    120  
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    120  
Section 12.10 Force Majeure
    120  
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    120  
Section 12.12 Successors
    120  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 12.13 Severability
    120  
Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals
    121  
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
    121  
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture
    121  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A            Form of 2017 B Note
       
Exhibit B            Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit C            Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D            Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

-iv-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as Guarantor, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CCO ”), as Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Initial Notes ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions .
          “ 2017 A Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) of the 2017 A Indenture.
          “ 2017 A Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with respect to the 2017 A Notes.
          “ 2017 A Notes ” means the 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and more particularly means any 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered under the 2017 A Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 A Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 A Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in the 2017 A Notes Indenture.
          “ 2017 B Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ 2017 B Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 B Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 B Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of,

 


 

and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 B Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
     “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “ Additional 2017 A Notes ” means additional 2017 A Notes (other than the 2017 A Notes issued on the Issue Date and other than 2017 A Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such 2017 A Notes) issued by the Issuer after this offering under the 2017 A Indenture.
          “ Additional 2017 B Notes ” means additional 2017 B Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than 2017 B Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.
          “ Additional Notes ” means both the Additional 2017 A Notes and the Additional 2017 B Notes.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.
          “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any 2017 B Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 B Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such 2017 B Note at December 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof and in Section 5(d) of such 2017 B Note), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such 2017 B Note through December 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such 2017 B Note on such Redemption Date.

-2-


 

     “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
     “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or
     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof and (ii) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof or the making of any Permitted Investment;
     (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50,000,000;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like properly or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

-3-


 

     (j) any disposition of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in binding joint venture or similar agreements;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
     (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
     (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;
     (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
     (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
     (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law; or
     (s) any disposition in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

-4-


 

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2)(a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
     (b) in the case of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

-5-


 

     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95.0% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
          “ Cash Management Arrangements ” means the treasury and cash management services pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, including any amounts advanced and repaid under the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note, in each case, solely with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash from operations.
          “ CCO ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ CCOH Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Company, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of this Indenture.
          “ CCU ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, together with its successors.
          “ CCU Credit Event ” means (a) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, CCU (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law, (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due or (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against CCU in a proceeding in which CCU is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of CCU, or for all or substantially all of the property of CCU or (iii) orders the liquidation of CCU and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

-6-


 

          “ CCU Intercompany Note” means the Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 between CCO, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended through the Issue Date.
          “ CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between CCU, as maker, and the Company, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of this Indenture.
     “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
     (2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (other than as a result of a Permitted Debt Restructuring);
     (3) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;
     (4) the Company becoming at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of CCU or merging with and into CCU whether or not it is the surviving entity; or
     (5) the Issuer ceasing to be at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including because of having merged with and into CCU, the Company or CCO.
     “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Sociėtė Anonyme.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and

-7-


 

Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
          For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

-8-


 

          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however, that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Consolidated Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Consolidated Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Consolidated Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness at such subsequent time.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense

-9-


 

reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded;
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded;
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;
     (6) [Reserved];
     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets,

-10-


 

investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
          (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
          (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
          “ Corporate Services Agreement ” means the Corporate Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., and the Company, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that such amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially adverse to the Holders.

-11-


 

          “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the 2017 B Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated 2017 B Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, except that such 2017 B Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
          “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the 2017 B Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the 2017 B Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
          “ Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof.
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or

-12-


 

exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the 2017 B Notes or the date the 2017 B Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
          “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2,000,000; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including any

-13-


 

such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 A Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities; plus
     (e)(w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10.0% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) [Reserved]; plus
     (h) [Reserved]; plus
     (i) solely for purposes of determining the amount of EBITDA in connection with calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio, the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions identified and taken on or prior to June 30, 2011; provided that (A) such actions and amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have an ongoing (and other than temporary) impact on the Company’s direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses or corporate expenses, as determined in good faith by the Company, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed in any four-quarter period ended after September 30, 2009, an amount equal to $58,800,000; plus

-14-


 

     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and
     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
          “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
     “ euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

-15-


 

          “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means both the 2017 A Exchange Notes and the 2017 B Exchange Notes.
          “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from,
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.
          “ Excluded Event ” means any default or acceleration under the Credit Agreement described in the definition of Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder subject to a $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder (and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements or supplements thereof so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder and is subject to the $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder), if such default or acceleration results from, or is attributable to, any event, condition or circumstance (including a CCU Credit Event) attributable to CCU and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as, to the extent legally permitted to do so (including pursuant to any suit or other legal proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction related to a CCU Credit Event), the Company and its Subsidiaries have repaid (or reserved or set aside cash for repayment in a restricted account) the principal amount equal to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Credit Agreement.
          “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company and (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its

-16-


 

assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
          “ Existing Senior Notes ” means CCU’s 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016,10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.
          “ Existing Senior Notes Indentures ” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between CCU and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 between among CCU, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

-17-


 

     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes (and 2017 B Exchange Notes).
          “ Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the 2017 B Notes (and 2017 B Exchange Notes) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
          “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
          “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Restricted Guarantor, (a) whose total assets, together with the total assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors, at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues, together with the gross revenues of all such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the

-18-


 

only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Indentures ” means both the 2017 A Indenture and this Indenture.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

-19-


 

          “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
          “ Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means June 15 and December 15 of each year to stated maturity.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
          “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

-20-


 

     (a) the Company’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.
          “ Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
          “ Issue Date ” means December 23, 2009.
          “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the 2017 B Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
          “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

-21-


 

          “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Company and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons). For purposes of this definition only, the term “Asset Sale” shall be deemed to include any Foreign Disposition.
          “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
          “ Notes ” means both the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.
          “ Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular, dated December 18, 2009, relating to the sale of the Notes issued on the Issue Date.
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, by an Officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

-22-


 

          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Trustee.
          “ Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) with respect to the Issuer, the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes; and
     (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee, its guarantee of the 2017 A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.
          “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Debt Restructuring ” means (1) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, (2) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, including in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan, (3) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness for or to any Equity Interests or any issuance of Equity Interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of Capital Stock and any offering of Capital Stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of such direct or indirect parent companies of the Company is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged, or (4) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange, conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of Capital Stock of any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company owned by the Investors.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section l3(d)(3) or Section l4(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any

-23-


 

successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof) shall thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
          “ Permitted Investments ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

-24-


 

     (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
     (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under Section 4.09;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);
     (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
     (12) Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) hereof and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (12);
     (13) Investments in any Indebtedness of CCU or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that substantially concurrently with such Investment, such Indebtedness is cancelled or assigned to CCU or an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in consideration for a reduction of the amount then owing by the Company under the CCOH Mirror Note, in each case by an amount equal to the fair market value of such Indebtedness;
     (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $500,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
     (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;
     (17) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;
     (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;
     (19) any purchase or repurchase of the 2017 B Notes; and

-25-


 

     (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, that does not exceed the greater of (x) $500,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (20).
          “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

-26-


 

     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof remains classified as incurred thereunder; and provided further , however , that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) [Reserved];

-27-


 

     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clauses (20) and (33) below; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (20) and (33) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (20) or clause (33), the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable, and not this clause (18) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

-28-


 

     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) [Reserved];
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by, or any automated clearing house transfers of funds with, lenders under such Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender;
     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and
     (33) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations under any Credit Facilities which do not exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.
          For purposes of this definition, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.
          “ Permitted Liquidity Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of

-29-


 

banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (3) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
     (4) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
          “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all 2017 B Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Proceeds Loans ” means (a) the $500,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the issuance of the 2017 A Notes (the “ 2017 A Proceeds Loan ”), and (b) the $2,000,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the Issuance of the 2017 B Notes (the “ 2017 B Proceeds Loan ”).
          “ Proceeds Loan Agreements ” means each of the Proceeds Loan Agreements dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and CCO pursuant to which the Proceeds Loans shall be made.
          “ Proof of Claim ” shall mean a proof of claim or debt filed in accordance with and pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Law, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and/or a final order of the U.S. bankruptcy court.
          “ Proper Proof of Claim ” shall mean, at any time, a Proof of Claim in an amount not less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2017 B Notes at such time plus accrued but unpaid interest on the 2017 B Notes at such time.
          “ Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “ Public Debt ” (i) shall not include the 2017 B Notes (or any Additional 2017 B Notes) or the 2017 A Notes (or any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (ii) shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar

-30-


 

Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”
          “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.
          “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the 2017 B Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
          “ Record Date ” for the interest or Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Registration Rights Agreements ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 A Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement ”), (b) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 B Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (c) any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional 2017 A Notes or Additional 2017 B Notes, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 B Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be

-31-


 

Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
          “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
           “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
           “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
           “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

-32-


 

          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Senior Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, as amended as of July 9, 2008 and July 28, 2008, by and among CCU, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any agreements, collateral documents, guarantees, instruments, mortgages and notes executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements, or supplements thereof and anyone or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such refinancing, refunding or replacement facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
          “ Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Pari Passu Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness at such subsequent time.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,

-33-


 

amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “ Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing on the 2017 B Notes pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the 2017 B Notes.

-34-


 

          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
          “ Total Assets ” means total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Transactions ” means the offering and issuance of the Notes for cash on the Issue Date, the making of the Proceeds Loans, the refinancing of the CCU Intercompany Note and the amendments to the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note and transactions related to any of the foregoing on or prior to the Issue Date and the payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
          “ Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing 2017 B Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
          (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-35-


 

          The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, in each case other than the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
     (2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and
     (3) each of:
          (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
          (b) its Subsidiaries
has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
          The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or
     (2) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation and (B) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation; provided , however , that in the case of each of clause (A) and (B), such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
          Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
          “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

-36-


 

     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.
          “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.11 (a)
“Asset Sale Offer”
    4.10 (c)
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.14 (a)
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.14 (a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.14 (a)
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“Defeased Covenants”
    8.03  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01 (a)
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10 (c)
“Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
    4.16  
“Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
    4.16  
“Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
    4.16  
“incur” or “incurrence”
    4.09 (a)
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02  
“Liquidity Facilities”
    4.16  
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
    4.16  
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
    4.16  
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
    4.16  
“Note Register”
    2.03  
“Offer Amount”
    3.09 (b)
“Offer Period”
    3.09 (b)
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
    4.10 (c)
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Payment Blockage Period”
    11.03  
“Payment Default”
    11.03  
“Purchase Date”
    3.09 (b)
“Redemption Date”
    3.07 (a)
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
    4.09 (b)
“Refunding Capital Stock”
    4.07 (b)

-37-


 

         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Restricted Payments”
    4.07 (a)
“Special Redemption”
    3.08 (a)
“Special Redemption Amount”
    3.08 (a)
“Special Redemption Date”
    3.08 (a)
“Successor Company”
    5.01 (a)
“Successor Person”
    5.01 (c)
“Transfer Agent”
    2.03  
“Treasury Capital Stock”
    4.07 (b)
“Trustee Account”
    4.01  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
     “indenture securities” means the 2017 B Notes;
     “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a 2017 B Note;
     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the 2017 B Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the 2017 B Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .
          Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

-38-


 

     (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
     (i) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
     (j) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
     (k) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater; and
     (l) the words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.
     (m) Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a 2017 B Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also

-39-


 

constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of 2017 B Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any 2017 B Note shall bind every future Holder of the same 2017 B Note and the Holder of every 2017 B Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such 2017 B Note.
          (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or to take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular 2017 B Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such 2017 B Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

-40-


 

ARTICLE 2
THE 2017 B NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .
          (a) General . The 2017 B Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The 2017 B Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each 2017 B Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The 2017 B Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (b) Global Notes . 2017 B Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). 2017 B Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding 2017 B Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each Global Note shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 B Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 B Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
          (c)  Temporary Global Notes . 2017 B Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the 2017 B Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.
          Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S

-41-


 

Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
          (d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
          The terms and provisions contained in the 2017 B Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any 2017 B Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The 2017 B Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The 2017 B Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.
          Additional 2017 B Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional 2017 B Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional 2017 B Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
          (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook“of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .
          At least one Officer shall execute the 2017 B Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a 2017 B Note no longer holds that office at the time such 2017 B Note is authenticated, such 2017 B Note shall nevertheless be valid.
          A 2017 B Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the 2017 B Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional 2017 B Notes and 2017 B Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional 2017 B Notes or 2017 B Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

-42-


 

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate 2017 B Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate 2017 B Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 B Notes may be presented for registration (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 B Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“ Transfer Agent ”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 B Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the 2017 B Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrar, the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of 2017 B Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.
          The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints U.S. Bank National Association to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the 2017 B Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the 2017 B Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (or similar proceedings) relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the 2017 B Notes.

-43-


 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of 2017 B Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the 2017 B Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another 2017 B Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

-44-


 

     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
     (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an

-45-


 

Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

-46-


 

     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 B Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person

-47-


 

who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary

-48-


 

and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 B Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

-49-


 

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 B Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 B Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with

-50-


 

Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer shall be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

-51-


 

     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 B Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 B Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such 2017 B Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
          (f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such 2017 B Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any 2017 B Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and 2017 B Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
          (g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
          (i) Private Placement Legend .

-52-


 

     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all 2017 B Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all 2017 B Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE

-53-


 

BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”
          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of 2017 B Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
     (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the

-54-


 

Issuer shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).
     (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any 2017 B Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 B Note being redeemed in part.
     (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 B Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of 2017 B Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 B Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 B Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a 2017 B Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 B Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
     (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any 2017 B Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any 2017 B Note is registered as the absolute owner of such 2017 B Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such 2017 B Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any 2017 B Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement 2017 B Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
     (viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, 2017 B Notes may be exchanged for other 2017 B Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the 2017 B Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

-55-


 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .
          If either (x) any mutilated 2017 B Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any 2017 B Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement 2017 B Note. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a 2017 B Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a 2017 B Note.
          Every replacement 2017 B Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other 2017 B Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .
          The 2017 B Notes outstanding at any time are all the 2017 B Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a 2017 B Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such 2017 B Note.
          If a 2017 B Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such 2017 B Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced 2017 B Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the principal amount of any 2017 B Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such 2017 B Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any 2017 B Notes payable on such date, then such 2017 B Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and after such date.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of 2017 B Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, 2017 B Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only 2017 B Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 2017 B Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged 2017 B Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the 2017 B Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.

-56-


 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .
          Until certificates representing 2017 B Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary 2017 B Notes. Temporary 2017 B Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated 2017 B Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary 2017 B Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive 2017 B Notes in exchange for temporary 2017 B Notes.
          Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary 2017 B Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders or beneficial holders, respectively, of 2017 B Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation .
          The Issuer at any time may deliver 2017 B Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any 2017 B Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all 2017 B Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled 2017 B Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled 2017 B Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new 2017 B Notes to replace 2017 B Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the 2017 B Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 B Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each 2017 B Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each 2017 B Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of any other 2017 B Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other 2017 B Note.

-57-


 

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers .
          The Issuer in issuing the 2017 B Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 B Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the 2017 B Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .
          If the Issuer elects to redeem 2017 B Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such 2017 B Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .
          If less than all of the 2017 B Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar shall select the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if such 2017 B Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such 2017 B Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Registrar shall deem appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar from the outstanding 2017 B Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the 2017 B Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any 2017 B Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. 2017 B Notes and portions of 2017 B Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; no 2017 B Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the 2017 B Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of 2017 B Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to 2017 B Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of 2017 B Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .
          Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the

-58-


 

purchase or redemption date to each Holder of 2017 B Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of 2017 B Notes at such Holder’s registered address, or shall otherwise deliver on such time frame such notice in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.
The notice shall identify the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
     (a) the redemption date;
     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) that if any 2017 B Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that 2017 B Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such 2017 B Note, a new 2017 B Note or 2017 B Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original 2017 B Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the 2017 B Notes upon cancellation of the original 2017 B Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (e) that 2017 B Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on 2017 B Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the 2017 B Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the 2017 B Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the 2017 B Notes.
          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, 2017 B Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided in Section 3.07 hereof and in Section 5 of the 2017 B Notes). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any 2017 B Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other 2017 B Note. Subject to Section

-59-


 

3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 B Notes or portions of 2017 B Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
          On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the 2017 B Notes or the portions of 2017 B Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a 2017 B Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such 2017 B Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any 2017 B Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 B Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .
          Upon surrender of a 2017 B Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new 2017 B Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new 2017 B Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new 2017 B Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
          (a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the 2017 B Notes. The 2017 B Notes will be payable at par at maturity.
          (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 B Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

-60-


 

          (c) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The 2017 B Notes shall be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of 2017 B Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 B Notes  
Year   Percentage  
2012
    106.93750 %
2013
    104.62500 %
2014
    102.31250 %
2015 and thereafter
    100.00000 %
          (d) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, redeem up to 35.0% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional 2017 B Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
          (e) The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (f) The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the 2017 B Notes to be purchased in pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire, any 2017 B Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 B Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 A Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of

-61-


 

any Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes required to be made under the 2017 A Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 A Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes. References to the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes in this Section 3.08 do not include any Additional 2017 B Notes or any Additional 2017 A Notes, as applicable.
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .
          (a) The Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in clauses (b) through (f) of this Section 3.09 for any Asset Sale Offer commenced pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof.
          (b) An Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of 2017 B Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 B Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any 2017 B Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
          (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a 2017 B Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender 2017 B Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
          (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender 2017 B Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
     (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;
     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (iii) that any 2017 B Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any 2017 B Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (v) that Holders electing to have a 2017 B Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have 2017 B Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only;

-62-


 

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a 2017 B Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the 2017 B Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the 2017 B Note completed, or transfer such 2017 B Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the 2017 B Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such 2017 B Note purchased;
     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Registrar shall select the 2017 B Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rate basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the 2017 B Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only 2017 B Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
     (ix) that Holders whose 2017 B Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 B Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
          (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of 2017 B Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 B Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the 2017 B Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
          (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the 2017 B Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new 2017 B Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new 2017 B Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new 2017 B Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new 2017 B Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Any 2017 B Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

-63-


 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .
          The Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 B Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 B Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 B Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 B Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
          Unless otherwise expressly instructed in writing by the Issuer, the amounts in the Trustee Account shall be held in cash in U.S. dollars.
          The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the 2017 B Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          The Trustee shall pay or cause to be paid the aggregate amount of interest payable on the 2017 B Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the 2017 B Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee holds as of noon Eastern Time on the Interest Payment Date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no additional interest or other amounts shall be payable in respect of the interest period for which such payment is made as a result of such extension of time.

-64-


 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) where 2017 B Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
          The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the 2017 B Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at U.S. Bank National Association, 100 Wall Street, 16th floor, New York, NY 10005, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Company shall file with the SEC no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

-65-


 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of 2017 B Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the 2017 B Notes, in each case within five days after the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to this Section 4.03(a). To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above in Section 4.03(a) and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 B Notes have declared the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 B Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any 2017 B Notes are outstanding the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor of the 2017 B Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
          (c) In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, the Company shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .
          (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default

-66-


 

shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
          (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture of which the Issuer is aware, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Company gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default of which the Issuer is aware, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes .
          The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
          The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
          (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

-67-


 

     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:
     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
     (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (4) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).
          (b) Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof,if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
      (2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan, management equity plan, other management or employment benefit plan or agreement or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of, Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, to the extent of the cash proceedings actually contributed to the capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”),
     (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan, management equity plan, other management or employment benefit plan or agreement or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and
     (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct

-68-


 

or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:
     (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the 2017 B Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;
     (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and
     (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $7,500,000 with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $15,000,000 in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the

-69-


 

Company, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;
     (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);
provided , however , that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof;

-70-


 

     (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (8) [Reserved];
     (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
     (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $25,000,000;
     (11) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions in an aggregate amount taken together with all other dividends or distributions made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed $500,000,000;
     (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates paid substantially concurrently with the completion of the Transactions, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;
     (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided , however , that all 2017 B Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;
     (14) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends, distributions or other amounts or the making of loans or advances by the Company, if applicable, in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes (as the case may be) imposed directly on or paid by such parent to the extent such income taxes are paid by such parent and are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including by virtue of such parent being the common parent of a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar tax group of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members) and (b) the declaration and payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts or the making of loans or advances by the Company, if applicable, in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;
     (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01 hereof; provided , however , that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer

-71-


 

of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all 2017 B Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;
     (17) (a) any transaction constituting an Investment in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements, in each case, out of cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) any transaction constituting a Restricted Payment made with (x) cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in lieu of any Investment that would have been permitted by clause (17)(a) and (y) amounts repaid under the CCU Mirror Note, and (c) if the Cash Management Arrangements are no longer in effect, Restricted Payments made with (x) cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in an amount that could have been used to make Investments and Restricted Payments if such Cash Management Arrangements referred to in clause (17)(a) were in effect as of the date such Restricted Payment is made pursuant to this clause (17)(c) and (y) amounts repaid under the CCU Mirror Note;
     (18) after December 15, 2010, the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company made with the proceeds of any Indebtedness; provided , however , that after giving pro forma effect thereto (a) in the case of dividends or distributions made with the proceeds of Subordinated Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and (b) in the case of dividends or distributions made with the proceeds of any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0; and
     (19) distributions, by dividend or otherwise, of Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that do not, or no longer, constitute Excess Proceeds or the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition applied in accordance with clauses (2) or (3) of the proviso to the first sentence of the third paragraph under Section 5.01 hereof, in each case, because they were used to make an Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes as contemplated by such clauses (2) and (3); provided , however , that all 2017 B Notes validly tendered by Holders of 2017 B Notes in the Asset Sale Offer have been purchased and all 2017 A Notes validly tendered by Holders of 2017 A Notes in the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer have been purchased and, if after giving pro forma effect to such distribution (and any other application of Net Proceeds), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0;
provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10) and (15) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
          (c) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-72-


 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay (A) dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (B) any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;
     (2) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and (y) the Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees and the guarantees of the 2017 A Notes;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Company or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

-73-


 

     (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) customary provisions contained in any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities as permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof and an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make any payments, when due, with respect to the 2017 B Notes or its Guarantee thereof and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company shall not permit the Issuer to, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is

-74-


 

not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if in each case (a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further , however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $30,000,000 of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time; provided further , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Subordinated Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness) if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Subordinated Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Subordinated Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.
          (b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
     (1) [Reserved];
     (2) the incurrence by (a) the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and (ii) the 2017 A Notes (including any guarantee of the 2017 A Notes, but excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (b) CCO of Indebtedness represented by the Proceeds Loans;
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the 2017 A Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 A Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and guarantees of the 2017 A Exchange Notes pursuant to the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, including $150,000,000 under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.09(b)), and Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date;

-75-


 

     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));
     (8) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as applicable; provided further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred

-76-


 

Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company owed or issued to CCU or any of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock of a parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $65,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded);
     (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Guarantors (other than Disqualified Stock of any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a), clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b) (including with respect to (x) Section 4.09(a), any unfunded commitment for which an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee as provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Senior Leverage Ratio, and (y) clause (4) above, any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date), or

-77-


 

     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock set forth in clause (a) above (including unfunded commitments that serve to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any unfunded commitments under Indebtedness set forth in such clause (a)); provided , however , that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any unfunded commitment shall continue to be treated as outstanding for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, to the extent such unfunded commitment was outstanding for purposes thereof prior to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance under this clause (13),
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 B Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 B Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,
     (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses; and
     (D) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

-78-


 

and provided further , however that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) (A) with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (ii) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (B) other than with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than the Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
      provided , however , that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) [Reserved]
     (17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; or
     (c) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor), the Company or CCO of obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor);
      provided that, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof;

-79-


 

     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $30,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded;
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;
     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (y) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified and (z) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified on the date; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in

-80-


 

more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that (x) with respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under this Indenture and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under this Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification.
          (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
          (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          (g) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness

-81-


 

as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
     (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.
     (b) Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale:
     (1) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Guarantors (other than any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (2) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to

-82-


 

permanently reduce Obligations under (i) the 2017 B Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided , however , that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce) Obligations under the 2017 B Notes as provided in Section 5 of each of the Notes and Sections 3.02 and 3.07 hereof, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 and Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders of 2017 B Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 B Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest;
     (3) [Reserved];
     (4) [Reserved];
     (5) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, then such Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or not Guarantors, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or
     (6) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided , however , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) either (x) are used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided , however , that, in the case of clause (6) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided further , however , that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
          (c) Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale pursuant to Section 4.10(b) that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”, except the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reduced by the sum of the amount of the 2017 B Notes offered to be purchased in an offer pursuant to clause (2) above and the amount of 2017 A Notes offered to be purchased in a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer by reason of clause (2) above. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes exceeds $50,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the 2017 B Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such 2017 B Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum

-83-


 

of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof (in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50,000,000 by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $50,000,000 or less.
          To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to make Restricted Payments, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the 2017 B Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
          (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest or apply such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
          (e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

-84-


 

     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.1 l(a).
     (b) Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;
     (3) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return with any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (regardless of whether the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such parent company), payments in respect of the hypothetical consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as if the Company were the common parent of a group of a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income tax return (or the common parent of the applicable comparable group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return under state, local, or foreign law);
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
     (6) any agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby with an affiliate as in effect as of the Issue Date, including the CCU Mirror Note and the CCOH Mirror Note, and any extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement to, or replacement of, any of the foregoing otherwise permitted by this Indenture and so long as any such extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement is not materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing

-85-


 

agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) [Reserved];
     (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and
     (14) (a) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt or Notes held by Affiliates.
          (c) Notwithstanding Sections 4.1 l(a) and 4.1 l(b) hereof, the Company will be permitted to engage in any Affiliate Transaction (i) constituting set off or other payments under the CCU Mirror Note and (ii) involving Net Proceeds of Asset Sales (or Excess Proceeds related thereto) or Foreign Dispositions applied in a manner that complies with Sections 4.10 or 5.01 hereof.
Section 4.12 Liens .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

-86-


 

     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the 2017 B Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the 2017 B Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
          (b) Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to Liens securing the 2017 B Notes and the related Guarantees thereof or the 2017 B Exchange Notes and the related guarantees thereof.
          (c) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.12(a) hereof.
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer and the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 B Notes as set forth in each of Section 5 of the 2017 B Notes and Sections 3.03 and 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 B Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of 2017 B Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all 2017 B Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any 2017 B Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all 2017 B Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

-87-


 

     (5) that Holders electing to have any 2017 B Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such 2017 B Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such 2017 B Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered 2017 B Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such 2017 B Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the 2017 B Notes, the principal amount of 2017 B Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered 2017 B Notes and its election to have such 2017 B Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose 2017 B Notes are being repurchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 B Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.
          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the 2017 B Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of 2017 B Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all 2017 B Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all 2017 B Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the 2017 B Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the

-88-


 

Trustee stating that such 2017 B Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
          (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all 2017 B Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
          (d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .
          The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the 2017 B Notes or such Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and
     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth above.
          The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.15.
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount .
          On the Issue Date, (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have $50,000,000 in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available

-89-


 

to be borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantors in U.S. dollars under any Credit Facility to which the Company is a party (but to which none of its Affiliates (other than the Issuer and Restricted Guarantors) is a party) (the “ Guarantor Liquidity Facility ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall maintain such Liquidity Amount at all times and (2) the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall have, and the Company shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to have, $50,000,000 (or an equivalent amount in other currencies) in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by any one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors under any Credit Facility to which none of the Company’s Affiliates (other than the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries) is a party (the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility ” and, together with the Guarantor Liquidity Facility, the “Liquidity Facilities”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount (or an equivalent amount in other currencies), the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall cause the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount to be maintained at all times. The Liquidity Facilities shall only constitute Liquidity Facilities to the extent all conditions to borrowing thereunder are satisfied (other than any notice of borrowing that may be required) and the amount available under any Liquidity Facility shall be part of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount without duplication. Assets that constitute Guarantor Liquidity Assets shall not also constitute Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets and vice versa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor Liquidity Assets and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets may be subject to Permitted Liquidity Liens.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
          (a) Neither the Company nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation), nor may the Company or the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company, the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company” ) : provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co- obligor of the 2017 B Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Company’s Guarantee or the 2017 B Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

-90-


 

     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (B) (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger and (y) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(B) of Section 5.01(c) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes; and
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
          (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
     (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor; and
     (2) the Company or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), other than Section 5.01(a)(3) which shall be applicable, any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or Equity Interests in, its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any Person (such disposition, a “ Foreign Disposition ”); provided , however , that (1) such Foreign Disposition is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(l) and 4.10(a)(2), (2) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall apply the Net Proceeds of such Foreign Disposition in accordance with Section 4.10(b) or to make an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise in accordance

-91-


 

with the this Indenture, and (3) if, on a pr o forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 6.0 to 1.0 or the Senior Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all the outstanding 2017 B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in a manner and time frame as would be required if such offer were a Change of Control Offer. If a Foreign Disposition does not constitute a disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer, this paragraph shall not be applicable.
          (c) No Restricted Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”):
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
          (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.10(a) hereof.
          (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (other than the Company, which is covered by Section 5.01 (a)) may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Guarantor).
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01

-92-


 

hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 B Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default .
          (a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the 2017 B Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the 2017 B Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (9) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the 2017 B Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and

-93-


 

     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding, in each case, other than as a result of an Excluded Event;
     (5) failure by the Company, the Issuer, or any other Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $35,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Party in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Party; or
     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; and

-94-


 

     (9) failure to maintain the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount which failure continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days; provided , however , that upon the event of a CCU Credit Event and during the continuance thereof, for the period that is the shorter of the continuance of the CCU Credit Event and 60 days after the occurrence of such CCU Credit Event, it shall not be an Event of Default if the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount shall each be at least $25,000,000 during such period.
          (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the 2017 B Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Section 6.02 Acceleration .
          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer or the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 B Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) may declare the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 B Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the 2017 B Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding 2017 B Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies .
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 B Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the 2017 B Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the 2017 B Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a 2017 B Notes in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

-95-


 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 B Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any 2017 B Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the 2017 B Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority .
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 B Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a 2017 B Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .
          Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a 2017 B Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 B Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the 2017 B Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 B Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
          A Holder of a 2017 B Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a 2017 B Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a 2017 B Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes To Receive Payment .
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a 2017 B Note to receive payment of principal premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the 2017 B Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the 2017 B Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of

-96-


 

any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(l) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the 2017 B Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 B Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any 2017 B Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the 2017 B Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the 2017 B Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on

-97-


 

any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the 2017 B Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities .
          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee and the Agents and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and any Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) to Holders of 2017 B Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the 2017 B Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the 2017 B Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Issuer, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, all amounts in the Trustee Account shall be paid first to the Holders of 2017 B Notes. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of 2017 B Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a 2017 B Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes.

-98-


 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity, security or perfunding satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion, as applicable, against loss, liability or expense.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
          (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

-99-


 

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
          (h) Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will hold the Trustee Account in trust for the benefit of Holders of 2017 B Notes and shall be responsible for payment of amounts therefrom.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.
          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee

-100-


 

at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture.
          (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of 2017 B Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the 2017 B Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the 2017 B Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the 2017 B Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of 2017 B Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of any covenants contained in Article 4.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 B Notes .
          Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as 2017 B Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of

-101-


 

the 2017 B Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of 2017 B Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the 2017 B Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the 2017 B Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
          The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and any Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and each Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services (other than amounts in the Trustee Account). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements (other than amounts in the Trustee Account) and expenses of the Trustee’s or each such Agent’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and each Agent for, and hold each of the Trustee and each Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and each Agent shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or applicable Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or any Agent through such Person’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.
          To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, each of the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the 2017 B Notes on all money or property held or collected by such Person, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular 2017 B Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 (a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

-102-


 

          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent .
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or any successor Agent shall become effective only upon the acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 by such successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. The Trustee or any Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee or such Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or any Agent if:
     (a) in the case of the Trustee, such Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
     (b) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or such Agent or such Person’s property; or
     (d) the Trustee or such Agent becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee or any Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or any Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes may appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, to replace such successor Trustee or successor Agent appointed by the Issuer.
          If a successor Trustee or successor Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Agent.
          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee or successor Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the applicable Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or successor Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee or Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of

-103-


 

the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .
          If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust or relevant agent business, as applicable, to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(l), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 31l(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 31l(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 31l(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding 2017 B Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding 2017 B Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding 2017 B Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such 2017 B Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at

-104-


 

the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
          (a) the rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 B Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture as referenced in Section 8.04 hereof;
          (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to 2017 B Notes concerning issuing temporary 2017 B Notes, registration of such 2017 B Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 B Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
          (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
          (d) this Section 8.02.
          Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .
               Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a “ Defeased Covenant , and collectively, the “ Defeased Covenants ”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding 2017 B Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the 2017 B Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such 2017 B Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding 2017 B Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any Defeased Covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such 2017 B Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to any Significant Party), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to any Significant Party) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

-105-


 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the 2017 B Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the 2017 B Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such 2017 B Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such 2017 B Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the 2017 B Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 B Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 B Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such

-106-


 

Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding 2017 B Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such 2017 B Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such 2017 B Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding 2017 B Notes.
          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 B Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such 2017 B Notes shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

-107-


 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement .
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 B Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 B Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or 2017 B Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated 2017 B Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2017 B Notes;
     (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with this Indenture;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the 2017 B Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Series B Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the

-108-


 

extent that such provision in such “Description of the Series B Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantee or the 2017 B Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of 2017 B Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to 2017 B Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of 2017 B Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the 2017 B Notes; provided , however , that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in 2017 B Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer 2017 B Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the 2017 B Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the 2017 B Notes then outstanding, other than 2017 B Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, 2017 B Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes, other than 2017 B Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such 2017 B Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of 2017 B Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

-109-


 

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of 2017 B Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of 2017 B Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
          Without the consent of each affected Holder of 2017 B Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any 2017 B Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such 2017 B Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such 2017 B Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such 2017 B Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any 2017 B Note;
     (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 B Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the 2017 B Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
     (5) make any 2017 B Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 B Notes;
     (7) make any change to this paragraph of this Section 9.02;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s 2017 B Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s 2017 B Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the 2017 B Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
     (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes; or
     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase 2017 B Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes the

-110-


 

obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
          Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, (1) no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of any Agent may be made without the consent of such Agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement shall constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such Agent).
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a 2017 B Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a 2017 B Note and every subsequent Holder of a 2017 B Note or portion of a 2017 B Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s 2017 B Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any 2017 B Note. However, any such Holder of a 2017 B Note or subsequent Holder of a 2017 B Note may revoke the consent as to its 2017 B Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any 2017 B Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all 2017 B Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new 2017 B Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new 2017 B Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-111-


 

Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .
          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .
          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee .
          Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder of a 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the 2017 B Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 B Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the 2017 B Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the 2017 B Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any 2017 B Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the 2017 B Notes with respect

-112-


 

to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the 2017 B Notes). Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the 2017 B Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the 2017 B Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the 2017 B Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor, and will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, including, the guarantee by such Guarantor of the 2017 A Notes and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s Obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note. Each Guarantor’s obligations

-113-


 

under its Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor under its Secured Indebtedness, if any, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of 2017 B Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .
          (a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the 2017 B Notes.
          (c) If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a 2017 B Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.
          (d) The delivery of any 2017 B Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          (e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

-114-


 

Section 10.04 Subrogation .
          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall have been paid in full.
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .
          A Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor after which the applicable Restricted Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof;
     (B) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (C) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted under this Indenture; provided , however , if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor and continues to be a guarantor of such other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, no such release shall be permitted;
     (D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 12 hereof; and
          (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

-115-


 

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all 2017 B Notes, when either:
     (1) all 2017 B Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed 2017 B Notes which have been replaced or paid and 2017 B Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2) (A) all 2017 B Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the 2017 B Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
     (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the 2017 B Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

-116-


 

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 B Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 B Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 12.02 Notices .
          Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Telephone: (210) 832-3311
Facsimile: (210) 832-3432

-117-


 

with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY
Attention: Jay J. Kim, Esq.
Telephone: (212) 596-9000
Facsimile: (212) 596-9090
If to the Trustee, the initial Paying Agent and the Registrar:
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Facsimile: (651) 495-8097
          The Issuer, the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

-118-


 

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
     Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the 2017 B Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

-119-


 

Each Holder by accepting 2017 B Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 B Notes.
Section 12.08 Governing Law .
          THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 B NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .
          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 B NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.10 Force Majeure .
          In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.12 Successors .
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.
Section 12.13 Severability .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the 2017 B Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-120-


 

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture .
          The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes and printing this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
[Signatures on following page]

-121-


 

         
ISSUER:  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary 
 
 
GUARANTORS:  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  1567 Media LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
GUARANTORS:  Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company
Canada
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of 2017 B Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
           [THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. THE ISSUE DATE IS [ ]. INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER THIS NOTE CAN BE PROMPTLY OBTAINED BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE TREASURER OF THE ISSUER AT 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78209.]

A-1


 

CUSIP [          ]
ISIN [          ] 1
[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$2,000,000,000
9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
     
No. ___   [$__________]
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                           United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1
 
1   Rule l44A Note CUSIP: l845lQ AB4
 
    Rule l44A Note ISIN: US1845lQAB4l
 
    Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18294 AB1
 
    Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18294AB15
 
    Exchange Note CUSIP:
 
    Exchange Note ISIN:

A-2


 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [ ]
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as Issuer
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

A-3


 

This is one of the 2017 B Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A-4


 

[Back of 2017 B Note]
9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. INTEREST.
          (a) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 2017 B Note at 9.25% per annum from December 23, 2009 2 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the 2017 B Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 B Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 B Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          (b) Prior to the Issue Date, the Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 B Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 B Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 B Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further, however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 B Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
 
2   With respect to the Initial Notes

A-5


 

          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 B Notes shall be paid to the Persons who are registered Holders of the 2017 B Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 2017 B Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other 2017 B Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the 2017 B Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors party thereto, and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. This 2017 B Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional 2017 B Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the 2017 B Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The 2017 B Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this 2017 B Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
          (a) Except as described below under Sections 5(b) and 5(c), the 2017 B Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before December 15, 2012.
          (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2017 B Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
          (c) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of 2017 B Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0%

A-6


 

of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional 2017 B Notes that are 2017 B Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (d) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 B  
Year   Notes Percentage  
2012
    106.93750 %
2013
    104.62500 %
2014
    102.31250 %
2015 and thereafter
    100.00000 %
          (e) Any redemption of 2017 B Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
          6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any 2017 B Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 B Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 A Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes required to be made under the 2017 A Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 A Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes. References to the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes in this Section 6 do not include any Additional 2017 B Notes or any Additional 2017 A Notes, as applicable.
          7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose 2017 B Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the 2017 B Notes

A-7


 

held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 B Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 B Notes as set forth in Sections 3.03 and 3.07 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 B Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
          (b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the 2017 B Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (in aggregate principal amount), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and aggregate amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 B Notes (as selected by the Trustee or the Paying Agent) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (as selected by the agent thereof) shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of 2017 B Notes that are the subject of an offer to repurchase shall receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such 2017 B Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the 2017 B Notes.
          9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The 2017 B Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of 2017 B Notes may be registered and 2017 B Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any 2017 B Note or portion of a 2017 B Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 2017 B Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any 2017 B Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or (y) any 2017 B Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

A-8


 

          10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a 2017 B Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the 2017 B Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
          12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the 2017 B Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the 2017 B Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the 2017 B Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 B Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the 2017 B Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
          13. AUTHENTICATION. This 2017 B Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
          14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 B Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest (as defined in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement).
          15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE 2017 B NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
          16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 2017 B Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 B Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A-9


 

          The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

A-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          To assign this 2017 B Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this 2017 B Note to:
   
 
   
     
    (Insert assignee’s legal name)
     
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                     to transfer this 2017 B Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                          
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 B Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                                                               
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this 2017 B Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
[ ] Section 4.10            [ ] Section 4.14
     If you want to elect to have only part of this 2017 B Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                     
Date:                                          
         
 
  Your Signature:     
 
     
 
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 B Note)
 
       
 
  Tax Identification No.:   
 
       
Signature Guarantee*:                                                               
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
          The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                    Principal Amount        
                    of        
    Amount of     Amount of increase     this Global Note     Signature of  
    decrease     in Principal     following such     authorized officer  
Date of   in Principal     Amount of this     decrease or     of Trustee or  
Exchange   Amount     Global Note     increase     Note Custodian  
 
                               
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
          Re: 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 B Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the 2017 B Note[s] or interest in such 2017 B Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 B Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
          1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction

B-1


 

was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
(c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
          4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
          (a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the

B-2


 

Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
Dated:                                          

B-4


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
(b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
 
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (iii)   [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [ ]); or
(b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)   [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Re: 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 B Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the 2017 B Note[s] or interest in such 2017 B Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 B Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
          1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

C-1


 

compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                      .
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
Dated:                                          

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
          Supplemental Indenture (this “Su pplemental Indenture ”), dated as of             , among             (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “ Issuer” ) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 B Notes ”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the 2017 B Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”);
          WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is, concurrently herewith, executing a supplemental indenture with respect to the 2017 A Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes as follows:
          (1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          (2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Articles 10 and 11 thereof.
          (3) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the 2017 B Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 B Notes.

D-1


 

          (4) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          (5) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          (6) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          (7) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
          (8) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall have been paid in full.
          (9) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
          (10) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  U.S Bank National Association, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

D-3

Exhibit 10.2
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
by and among
CC Media Holdings, Inc.,
BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.,
Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC,
Clear Channel Capital V, L.P.,
L. Lowry Mays,
Mark P. Mays,
Randall T. Mays
and
the other Stockholders (as defined herein)
Dated as of July 29, 2008
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
1. EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS.
    2  
1.1. Effectiveness
    2  
1.2. Definitions
    3  
2. VOTING AGREEMENT.
    3  
2.1. Board of Directors
    3  
2.2. Drag Along Sale Transactions
    4  
2.3. Recapitalization Transactions
    5  
2.4. Consent to Amendment
    5  
2.5. FCC Matters
    5  
2.6. No Effect to Certain Actions
    5  
2.7. Grant of Proxy
    5  
2.8. Further Assurances
    6  
2.9. Period
    6  
3. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.
    6  
3.1. Transfers Allowed
    6  
3.2. Permitted Transferees to Become Parties
    8  
3.3. Restrictions on Transfers to Strategic Investors
    9  
3.4. Conversion of Class B Stock and Class C Stock
    10  
3.5. Legal Restrictions
    10  
3.6. Other Restrictions on Transfer; Indirect Transfers
    10  
3.7. Impermissible Transfers
    10  
3.8. Period
    10  
4. “TAG ALONG” AND “DRAG ALONG” RIGHTS.
    11  
4.1. Tag Along
    11  
4.2. Sale Event Drag Along
    13  
4.3. Miscellaneous Sale Provisions
    14  
4.4. Recapitalization Transaction Drag Along
    17  
4.5. Period
    20  

 


 

         
    Page  
5. RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION.
    20  
5.1. Right of Participation
    20  
5.2. Post-Issuance Notice
    24  
5.3. Excluded Transactions
    24  
5.4. Certain Provisions Applicable to Convertible Securities
    25  
5.5. Acquired Shares
    25  
5.6. Period
    25  
6. LOCK-UP.
    25  
7. MANAGEMENT SALE RIGHTS.
    26  
8. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.
    26  
8.1. Demand Registration Rights
    26  
8.2. Piggyback Registration Rights
    28  
8.3. Certain Other Provisions
    30  
8.4. Indemnification and Contribution
    36  
8.5. Public Dispositions Without Registration
    39  
9. REMEDIES.
    40  
9.1. Generally
    40  
9.2. Deposit
    40  
10. LEGENDS.
    41  
10.1. Restrictive Legend
    41  
10.2. 1933 Act Legends
    41  
10.3. Stop Transfer Instruction
    41  
10.4. Termination of 1933 Act Legend
    41  
10.5. Book-Entry Shares
    41  
11. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, ETC.
    42  
11.1. Oral Modifications
    42  
11.2. Written Modifications
    42  
11.3. Withdrawal from Agreement
    42  
11.4. Effect of Termination
    43  
12. DEFINITIONS, Etc.
    43  
12.1. Certain Matters of Construction
    43  
12.2. Definitions
    43  

 


 

         
    Page  
13. MISCELLANEOUS.
    54  
13.1. Authority; Effect
    54  
13.2. Notices
    54  
13.3. Merger; Binding Effect, Etc
    56  
13.4. Counterparts
    57  
13.5. Severability
    57  
13.6. No Recourse
    57  
13.7. Aggregation of Shares for Certain Rights
    57  
13.8. Company Obligations
    58  
14. GOVERNING LAW.
    58  
14.1. Governing Law
    58  
14.2. Consent to Jurisdiction
    58  
14.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    59  
14.4. Exercise of Rights and Remedies
    59  
Exhibit A — Form of Joinder
Schedule I — Holdings of Shares & Options

 


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
This Stockholders Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 29, 2008 and is by and among:
(i)   CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as BT Triple Crown Capital Holdings III, Inc. (the “ Company ”);
 
(ii)   BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“ Mergerco ”);
 
(iii)   Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed and jointly controlled by the Sponsor Groups (“ Capital IV ”; together with its Permitted Transferees, if any, that become parties to this Agreement as “Investors” in accordance with Section 3.2, the “ Capital IV Investors ”);
 
(iv)   Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership formed and jointly controlled by the Sponsor Groups (“ Capital V ”; together with its Permitted Transferees, if any, that become parties to this Agreement as “Investors” in accordance with Section 3.2, the “ Capital V Investors ”);
 
(v)   L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays (who are listed on the signature pages hereto as the “Mays Executives”) and such other persons, if any, who from time to time become parties to this Agreement as “Executives” by executing a counterpart hereto that is accepted by the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority (each of the persons named or otherwise described in this clause (v), an “ Executive ”);
 
(vi)   the Initial Executive Designees and such other Persons, if any, that from time to time become parties hereto as “Executive Designees” in accordance with Section 3.2 (the “ Executive Designees ”; together with the Executives and their and the Executives’ respective Permitted Transferees, if any, that become parties to this Agreement as “Executive Stockholders” in accordance with Section 3.2, the “ Executive Stockholders ”);
 
(vii)   such other Persons, if any, that from time to time become party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart hereto that is accepted by the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority (such other Persons, together with the Capital IV Investors, the Capital V Investors and the Executive Stockholders, the “ Stockholders ”); and
 
(viii)   the Sponsor Entities that are listed on the signature pages hereto, which are joining this Agreement with respect to Section 4.1.5.

 


 

RECITALS
     1. The Company is party to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and May 13, 2008 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among the Company, Mergerco, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Clear Channel ”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to acquire Clear Channel through the merger of Mergerco with and into Clear Channel (the “ Merger ”). The rights and obligations of “ Opco ” hereunder shall refer to the rights and obligations of Mergerco prior to the consummation of the Merger, and thereafter shall refer to the rights and obligations of Clear Channel, as the successor entity to Mergerco pursuant to the Merger, and Clear Channel’s successors and permitted assigns.
     2. In connection with the closing under the Merger Agreement (the “ Closing ”), as part of the equity financing of the Merger, the Company will issue shares of Class B Stock to Capital IV, shares of Class C Stock to Capital V and shares of Class A Stock to certain of the Executives and the Initial Executive Designees in exchange for cash or in exchange for (or in substitution of) shares of common stock of Clear Channel (including restricted stock) pursuant to, or otherwise by operation of, the various Subscription Agreements and other agreements to which those Stockholders are then party. After giving effect to those issuances and the Option grants that will be made to certain of the Executives in connection with the Closing, the Shares will be held by Capital IV, Capital V, the Executives and the Initial Executive Designees as set forth on Schedule I .
     3. In addition, immediately following the Closing, certain Persons that were shareholders of Clear Channel prior to the Merger will be issued shares of Class A Stock as merger consideration pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Except for Executive Stockholders that receive any of such shares, such Persons will not be “Stockholders” under this Agreement, and, unless acquired following the initial issuance thereof by any of the Stockholders then party hereto, such shares will not be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
     4. The parties believe that it is in the best interests of the Clear Channel Entities and the Stockholders to set forth in this Agreement their agreements on certain matters.
AGREEMENT
     Therefore, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS.
     1.1. Effectiveness . This Agreement is being entered into before, but will not become effective until, the consummation of the Merger. If the Merger Agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Merger, then this Agreement will automatically terminate.

2


 

     1.2. Definitions . Certain terms are used in this Agreement as specified in Section 12.2.
2. VOTING AGREEMENT.
     2.1. Board of Directors .
     2.1.1. Board Size . Each Stockholder hereby agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, so as to fix the size of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) at twelve or such other number greater than ten as a Requisite Capital IV Majority specifies in writing from time to time.
     2.1.2. Designation of Directors . Each Stockholder hereby agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, so as to elect as the members of the Board:
     (a) Mark P. Mays for so long as he is serving as an officer of the Company and Clear Channel;
     (b) Randall T. Mays for so long as he is serving as an officer of the Company and Clear Channel;
     (c) such persons as a Requisite Capital IV Majority determines are required to be elected to the Board as independent directors in accordance with (i) the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws, and (ii) if then in effect, any applicable provisions of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 13, 2008 by and among the Company, Highfields Capital Management LP and the other Persons named therein as parties thereto (the “ Highfields Voting Agreement ”); and
     (d) each other person designated by a Requisite Capital IV Majority (each such director, an “ Investor Director ”).
     2.1.3. Removal; Replacement; Vacancies .
     (a) Investor Directors . Investor Directors may be removed only by a Requisite Capital IV Majority. If, following election to the Board, any Investor Director resigns, is removed in accordance with this Section 2.1.3(a), or is unable to serve for any reason prior to the expiration of his or her term as a director, then a Requisite Capital IV Majority may designate a replacement. If a Requisite Capital IV Majority does not designate a replacement, then the relevant directorship shall be vacant. The Company shall take all actions as and when reasonably requested by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, and each Stockholder hereby agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, in each so as to cause the election to the Board of any person designated as a replacement Investor Director in accordance with this Section 2.1.3(a).

3


 

     (b) Mays Executives . If at any time Mark P. Mays or Randall T. Mays ceases to serve as an officer of Clear Channel or the Company, then he shall be promptly removed as a director.
     2.1.4. Committees . The Company shall, and each Stockholder agrees to take all necessary actions within such Stockholder’s power to, cause the Board to maintain the following committees: (a) an audit committee, (b) a compensation committee, (c) a nominating committee and (d) such other committees, if any, as the Board may determine to maintain; provided that the appointment of committee members and the delegation of the Board’s authority to a committee shall be consistent with the by-laws of the Company and, to the extent in effect, the applicable provisions of the Highfields Voting Agreement; and provided , further , that, subject to the rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association that are then applicable to the Company, except as otherwise agreed in writing by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the composition of any committee of the Board shall at all times include at least two Investor Directors designated by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, of which one will be designated by the Bain Entities and the other will be designated by the THL Entities.
     2.1.5. Subsidiary Directors . The Company shall cause the composition of the respective boards of directors or equivalent governing bodies of each of Opco, Capital I and Capital II at all times to be the same as the composition of the Board; provided that a Requisite Capital IV Majority may consent to a different composition for the board of directors or equivalent governing bodies for any or all of Opco, Capital I and Capital II as long as any such different composition includes Mark P. Mays if he is then a member of the Board and Randall T. Mays if he is then a member of the Board. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the respective boards of directors or equivalent governing bodies of each of Opco, Capital I and Capital II to maintain at all times the same committees as are then maintained by the Company, with the same member composition, except to the extent that, subject to Section 2.1.6, a Requisite Capital IV Majority consents to any such board’s or other governing body’s maintaining a different set of committees or any such committee’s having a different member composition.
     2.1.6. Highfields Voting Agreement . The Company acknowledges and affirms its obligations under the Highfields Voting Agreement for as long such obligations are in effect.
     2.2. Drag Along Sale Transactions . If a vote of holders of shares of capital stock of the Company (or any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Company) is required under any applicable law or rule or regulation of any national securities exchange or national securities association applicable to the Company, in each case in connection with a transaction being implemented pursuant to Section 4.2 or is determined to be otherwise desirable by the Requisite Capital IV Majority initiating a transaction being implemented pursuant to Section 4.2, each Stockholder agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, in such manner as

4


 

such Requisite Capital IV Majority may instruct by written notice, to approve any sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization or any other transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or all or any portion of their respective assets) in connection with, or in furtherance of, the exercise by such Requisite Capital IV Majority of its rights under Section 4.2 and in all cases consistent with the provisions thereof.
     2.3. Recapitalization Transactions . If a vote of holders of shares of capital stock of the Company (or any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Company) is required under any applicable law or rule or regulation of any national securities exchange or national securities association applicable to the Company, in each case in connection with a transaction being implemented pursuant to Section 4.4 or is determined to be otherwise desirable by the Requisite Capital IV Majority initiating a Recapitalization Transaction being implemented pursuant to Section 4.4, each Stockholder agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, in such manner as such Requisite Capital IV Majority may instruct by written notice, to approve any aspect or aspects of such Recapitalization Transaction in connection with, or in furtherance of, the exercise by such Requisite Capital IV Majority of its rights under Section 4.4 and in all cases consistent with the provisions thereof.
     2.4. Consent to Amendment . Each Stockholder agrees to cast all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, to amend the Company’s certificate of incorporation to increase the number of shares of Common Stock authorized thereunder to the extent necessary to permit the Company to comply with the provisions of its certificate of incorporation or any agreement approved by the Board to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party.
     2.5. FCC Matters . Without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement that address seeking approval from the FCC with respect to a specific action or matter, if any action that is proposed to be taken under this Agreement would result in a change of control or assignment of any license, permit or other authorization issued by the FCC such that the prior approval of the FCC would be required for the consummation of such action under any applicable U.S. federal communications laws, including the rules, regulations and policies of the FCC, the receipt of such approval shall be a condition to the consummation of such action and the Company and the Stockholders shall cooperate with each other and use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain such approval, including by making any filings with the FCC required to obtain such approval, before taking such action.
     2.6. No Effect to Certain Actions . The Company shall not, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to, give effect to any action by any Stockholder or any other Person that conflicts with this Section 2.
     2.7. Grant of Proxy . Each Stockholder hereby grants to Capital IV an irrevocable proxy coupled with an interest, with full power of substitution, to vote such Stockholder’s Shares in accordance with the agreements contained in this Section 2, which proxy shall be valid and remain in effect until the provisions of this Section 2 terminate pursuant to Section 2.9.

5


 

     2.8. Further Assurances . The Company and each Stockholder hereby agree to use their respective reasonable best efforts to take, at any time and from time to time, all actions within their power necessary to accomplish the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7, including, in the case of each Stockholder, by casting all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, so as to accomplish any such provisions.
     2.9. Period . Each of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the occurrence of a Change of Control; provided that, unless and until otherwise determined by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the provisions of Section 2.1 (and, insofar as they relate to Section 2.1, the provisions of Sections 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8) will survive the occurrence thereof, (b) to the extent so determined by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, a date on or after the closing of the Qualified Public Offering and (c) with respect to any particular provision, the last date permitted by applicable law (including the rules of the Commission or any national securities exchange or national securities association upon which equity securities of the Company become listed).
3. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.
     3.1. Transfers Allowed . No Stockholder will have the right to Transfer any of such Stockholder’s Shares or any interest therein to any other Person except to the extent expressly permitted by this Section 3.1, subject in all cases to compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement set forth in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6. If a Stockholder proposes a Transfer of a type permitted by more than one subsection of this Section 3.1, then, except as otherwise contemplated in Section 3.1.2, such Stockholder shall designate, by written notice to the Company, the specific subsection pursuant to which such Stockholder intends to make such Transfer, which will be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as the subsection under which such Transfer is made.
     3.1.1. Permitted Transferees . Any Stockholder may Transfer any or all of such Shares that are not Unvested Executive Shares to any of such Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees, so long as such Permitted Transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.2 (if not already bound hereby). Any Shares so Transferred shall conclusively be deemed thereafter to be Shares under this Agreement.
     3.1.2. Distributions . After the Qualified Public Offering, any Investor may Transfer any or all of such Shares in a distribution to its Equity Holders. Any Shares Transferred in such a distribution to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee of such Investor (with respect to whom any such distribution will be governed by Section 3.1.1) shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.

6


 

     3.1.3. Bona Fide Charitable Contributions . At any time that is no more than five business days prior to the closing of the Qualified Public Offering, or at any time after the closing of the Qualified Public Offering, any Stockholder may Transfer any or all of such Shares to a Charitable Organization as a bona fide charitable contribution (such Stockholder, a “ Donating Stockholder ”), so long as such contribution is made immediately prior to, and in contemplation of, a sale of such Shares by such Charitable Organization to another Person or Persons (collectively, the “ Ultimate Transferee ”) pursuant to a Transfer of a type that would have been permitted under this Section 3.1 and the other provisions of this Section 3 if such Donating Stockholder proposed to sell such Shares directly to such Ultimate Transferee. Any Shares Transferred under this Section 3.1.3 shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     3.1.4. Public Transfers . As of the closing of the Qualified Public Offering, any Stockholder other than an Executive Stockholder (and after the Minimum Executive Holding Period, any Stockholder, including any Executive Stockholder) may Transfer any or all of such Shares pursuant to (a) a block sale to a financial institution in the ordinary course of its trading business or (b) Rule 144. Any Shares Transferred pursuant to this Section 3.1.4 shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     3.1.5. Other Transfers .
     (a) An Investor may Transfer Shares as follows: (i) in a private sale to any Person; provided that such Investor must comply with the “tag along” provisions contained in Section 4.1 if they are in effect at the time of such Transfer; or (ii) in a transaction with respect to which a Requisite Capital IV Majority has exercised its “drag along” rights contained in Section 4.2. Any Shares Transferred under either clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 3.1.5(a) shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     (b) After the Minimum Executive Holding Period, an Executive Stockholder may Transfer Shares in a private sale to any Person. Any Shares so Transferred shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     (c) A Stockholder may Transfer Shares as a Participating Seller pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, as applicable. Any Shares so Transferred shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     (d) A Stockholder may exchange or convert Shares pursuant to Section 4.4. Shares received upon such exchange or conversion shall conclusively be deemed thereafter to be Shares under this Agreement.
     (e) An Executive Stockholder may Transfer Shares pursuant to Section 7. Any Shares Transferred by an Executive Stockholder pursuant to Section 7 shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.

7


 

     (f) A Stockholder may Transfer Shares that are Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 8. Any Shares so Transferred shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     (g) An Executive Stockholder may Transfer Shares in accordance with this Section 3.1.5(g), if at any time before the end of the Minimum Executive Holding Period:
     (i) any Investor makes a Transfer of Shares pursuant to Section 3.1.4;
     (ii) any Investor that is a Sponsor Entity makes a distribution to its Equity Holders that is governed by Section 3.1.2;
     (iii) any Investor makes a Transfer of Registrable Securities in a Public Offering pursuant to Section 8 and such Executive Stockholder is not a Qualifying Holder at the time of such Public Offering with respect thereto; or
     (iv) any Investor makes a Transfer of Shares pursuant to Section 3.1.5(a)(i) at a time when the “tag along” provisions contained in Section 4.1 have terminated and a Requisite Capital IV Majority has not granted to such Executive Stockholder “tag along” rights with respect to such Transfer that are comparable to those set forth in Section 4.1, including with respect to the set of obligations accompanying the exercise of the “tag along” rights set forth in Section 4.1.
     If there is any Transfer by an Investor of a type described by clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 3.1.5(g), then such Executive Stockholder will be permitted to Transfer, pursuant to (A) a block sale to a financial institution in the ordinary course of its trading business or (B) Rule 144, a portion of the Shares then held by such Executive Stockholder that bears the same proportion to the total number of Shares then owned by such Executive Stockholder as the number of Shares that were distributed or otherwise Transferred by such Investor bears to the total number of Shares that were owned by all Investors immediately prior to such distribution or other Transfer. Any Shares Transferred under this Section 3.1.5(g) shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     3.2. Permitted Transferees to Become Parties . Any Permitted Transferee receiving Shares in a Transfer pursuant to Section 3.1.1 shall become a Stockholder party to this Agreement and be subject to the terms and conditions of, and be entitled to enforce, this Agreement, to the same extent, and in the same capacity, as the Stockholder that Transfers such Shares to such Permitted Transferee, with each Permitted Transferee of an Investor to be deemed an “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement and each Permitted Transferee of an Executive Stockholder to be deemed to be an “Executive Stockholder” and an “Executive Designee” for

8


 

purposes of this Agreement. Prior to the initial Transfer of any Shares to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 3.1.1, and as a condition thereto, the Stockholder effecting such Transfer shall (a) cause such Permitted Transferee to deliver to the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority a written agreement in the form of Exhibit A (or in form and substance that is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such Requisite Capital IV Majority), to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the extent described in the preceding sentence, and (b) remain directly liable for the performance by such Permitted Transferee of all obligations of such Permitted Transferee under this Agreement.
     3.3. Restrictions on Transfers to Strategic Investors . In addition to the other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Section 3, no Stockholder shall Transfer any Shares pursuant to Section 3.1.4, 3.1.5(a)(i), 3.1.5(b) or 3.1.5(g) to a Strategic Investor without the prior written approval of a Requisite Capital IV Majority. If any Stockholder proposes to Transfer any Shares pursuant to Section 3.1.4, 3.1.5(a)(i), 3.1.5(b) or 3.1.5(g) to any Person, such Stockholder shall furnish a written notice to the Company and a member of each Sponsor Group at least ten business days prior to such proposed Transfer. Such notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall set forth the principal terms of the proposed Transfer, including (a) the number and class of the Shares to be Transferred, (b) the per Share purchase price or the formula by which such price is to be determined, (c) the name and address of the proposed purchaser(s) of such Shares and (d) whether such proposed purchaser(s) (or an Affiliate thereof) is an owner of an attributable interest (as such term is used in applicable U.S. federal communication laws, rules and regulations) or an operator of radio or television broadcast operations or a business involving newspaper publishing or outdoor advertising. If such proposed purchaser(s) (or an Affiliate thereof) has previously been determined by a Requisite Capital IV Majority to be a Strategic Investor and such determination has not been reversed by a Requisite Capital IV Majority by written notice to the Company, the Stockholder proposing such Transfer shall not Transfer any Shares to such proposed purchaser(s) without the prior written approval of a Requisite Capital IV Majority. If such proposed purchaser(s) (or an Affiliate thereof) has not previously been determined by a Requisite Capital IV Majority to be a Strategic Investor, the Stockholder may Transfer Shares to such proposed purchaser(s) unless, within seven business days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, a Requisite Capital IV Majority delivers written notice to such Stockholder that such proposed purchaser(s) has been designated a Strategic Investor. If, within such time period, a notice designating such proposed purchaser(s) a Strategic Investor is delivered, then such Stockholder shall not Transfer any Shares to such Prospective Buyer without the prior written approval of a Requisite Capital IV Majority. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the restrictions in this Section 3.3 shall not apply to any Transfer of Shares (i) to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) to any Investor or any Affiliated Fund of any Investor, (iii) pursuant to Rule 144 as a “brokers’ transaction” (as defined in Rule 144) or directly to a “market maker” (as defined in Rule 144) or pursuant to a block sale to a financial institution in the ordinary course of its trading business, as long as, to the knowledge of the Stockholder proposing such Transfer, the market maker(s) or block sale purchaser(s) are not acquiring such Shares for the intended purpose of reselling such Shares (A) to any Person that, after giving effect to such resale, would own, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of the applicable class of Shares or (B) to any Person that is a Strategic Investor.

9


 

     3.4. Conversion of Class B Stock and Class C Stock . Unless otherwise agreed in writing by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, in addition to any other restrictions on transfer contained or otherwise referenced in this Section 3, it will be a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer of shares of Class B Stock or Class C Stock by a Stockholder to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder that the shares to be transferred be converted into shares of Class A Stock in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation.
     3.5. Legal Restrictions . The restrictions on transfer contained in this Agreement, including those specified in this Section 3 and in Section 6, are in addition to any prohibitions and other restrictions on transfer arising under any applicable laws, rules or regulations, and no Stockholder may Transfer Shares to any other Person unless such Stockholder first takes all reasonable and customary steps, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, to ensure that such Transfer would not violate, or be reasonably expected to restrict or impair the respective business activities of any of the Clear Channel Entities or their respective subsidiaries under, any applicable laws, rules or regulations, including applicable securities, antitrust or U.S. federal communications laws, rules and regulations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence or any of the Company’s powers, rights or remedies under its certificate of incorporation, unless otherwise agreed in writing by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, it shall be a condition to the effectiveness of any Transfer of Shares (other than a Transfer pursuant to Section 3.1.2, 3.1.4, 3.1.5(d), 3.1.5(e), 3.1.5(f) or 3.1.5(g)) that the Stockholder proposing to make such Transfer obtain from the proposed transferee a written (i) certification reasonably satisfactory to a Requisite Capital IV Majority to the effect that the ownership of Shares by such transferee will not result in an FCC Regulatory Limitation (as defined on the date hereof in the Company’s certificate of incorporation) or (ii) statement that such transferee cannot make such certification and a reasonably detailed explanation of the reasons therefor. In either case (i) or (ii), the Company will be entitled to exercise any or all of its available powers, rights and remedies, including those set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, that it considers necessary or desirable to prevent any such FCC Regulatory Limitation.
     3.6. Other Restrictions on Transfer; Indirect Transfers . The restrictions on transfer contained in this Agreement are in addition to any other restrictions on transfer to which a Stockholder may be subject, including any restrictions on transfer contained in the Company’s certificate of incorporation (including restrictions therein relating to federal communications laws), or any restricted stock agreement, stock option agreement, stock subscription agreement or other agreement to which such Stockholder is a party or by which such Stockholder is bound or any applicable lock-up rules and regulations of any national securities exchange or national securities association. In addition, until the end of the Minimum Executive Holding Period, no Executive Stockholder that is not a natural person shall redeem for value, or permit any of its Equity Holders, including any Executive or any Member of the Immediate Family of any Executive, to Transfer for value, any direct or indirect equity or other beneficial interests in such Executive Stockholder.
     3.7. Impermissible Transfers . Any Transfer of Shares not made in compliance with the terms of this Section 3 shall be null and void ab initio, and the Company shall not in any way give effect to any such Transfer.
     3.8. Period . Each of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.

10


 

4. “TAG ALONG” AND “DRAG ALONG” RIGHTS.
     4.1. Tag Along . If an Investor or a group of Investors (collectively, the “ Prospective Selling Investor ”) proposes to Transfer any Shares (the “ Offered Shares ”) to any Prospective Buyer(s) in compliance with Section 3.1.5(a)(i), then, unless they have terminated in accordance with Section 4.1.7 at the time of such Transfer, the provisions of this Section 4.1 will apply to such Transfer.
     4.1.1. Notice . The Prospective Selling Investor shall, prior to any such proposed Transfer, furnish a written notice (the “ Tag Along Notice ”) to the Company, and the Company shall promptly furnish such notice to each other Stockholder (each, a “ Tag Along Holder ”). The Tag Along Notice shall include:
     (a) the principal terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer insofar as it relates to the Shares, including (i) the number of Offered Shares, (ii) the per Share purchase price or the formula by which such price is to be determined and the payment terms, including a description of any non-cash consideration, (iii) the name and address of each Prospective Buyer and (iv) if known, the proposed closing date; and
     (b) an invitation to each Tag Along Holder to participate in the proposed Transfer to the applicable Prospective Buyer(s) by Transferring therein up to its Pro Rata Portion of the Offered Shares, on the same terms and conditions as the Prospective Selling Investor.
The Prospective Selling Investor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Tag Along Holder copies of all transaction documents relating to the proposed Transfer of the Offered Shares to which such Tag Along Holder would be expected to become party in order to participate in such Transfer as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents become available.
     4.1.2. Exercise . Each Tag Along Holder that desires to participate in the proposed Transfer (each such Tag Along Holder, a “ Participating Seller ” and, together with the Prospective Selling Investor, collectively, the “ Tag Along Sellers ”) shall furnish a written notice (a “ Tag Along Offer ”) to the Company and the Prospective Selling Investor within ten business days after the date of delivery of the Tag Along Notice that indicates the number of Tag Eligible Shares that such Tag Along Holder desires to Transfer as Offered Shares in the proposed Transfer; provided , however , that such number of Tag Eligible Shares may in no event exceed such Tag Along Holder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Offered Shares. Subject to Section 4.1.4, to the extent one or more Tag Along Holders makes a Tag Along Offer in accordance with this Section 4.1.2, the number of Offered Shares that the Prospective Selling Investor may Transfer in the proposed Transfer will be correspondingly reduced. If any Tag Along Holder fails to make a Tag Along Offer in compliance with the above requirements, including the time period, such Tag Along Holder will conclusively be deemed to have waived all of its rights with respect to the proposed Transfer, and the Tag Along Sellers shall thereafter be

11


 

free to Transfer to the Prospective Buyer, for the same form of consideration set forth in the Tag Along Notice, at a per Share price no greater than the per Share price set forth in the Tag Along Notice and on other terms and conditions that are not materially more favorable to the Tag Along Sellers than those set forth in the Tag Along Notice.
     4.1.3. Irrevocable Offer . Subject to Section 4.1.4, the offer of each Participating Seller contained in such Participating Seller’s Tag Along Offer shall be irrevocable, and such Participating Seller shall be bound and obligated to Transfer Shares in the proposed Transfer, on the same terms and conditions as the Prospective Selling Investor with respect to each Share Transferred (subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 4.3.2), such number of Tag Eligible Shares as was specified in such Participating Seller’s Tag Along Offer.
     4.1.4. Additional Compliance . If, prior to consummation, the terms of the proposed Transfer shall change with the result that the per Share price to be paid in such proposed Transfer shall be greater than the per Share price set forth in the Tag Along Notice, the number of Shares to be purchased by the Prospective Buyer shall be greater than the number of Offered Shares specified in the Tag Along Notice or the other principal terms of such proposed Transfer shall be materially more favorable to the Tag Along Sellers than those set forth in the Tag Along Notice, then, in any such case, the Tag Along Notice shall be null and void, and it shall be necessary for a separate Tag Along Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 4.1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such proposed Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.1; provided , however , that in the case of such a separate Tag Along Notice, the applicable period to which reference is made in Section 4.1.2 shall be three business days or such longer period as the Prospective Selling Investor and the Prospective Buyer may agree. In addition, if the Prospective Selling Investor has not completed the proposed Transfer by the end of the 180th day after the date of delivery of the Tag Along Notice by the Company, each Participating Seller shall be released from such Participating Seller’s obligations under its Tag Along Offer, the Tag Along Notice shall be null and void, and it shall be necessary for a separate Tag Along Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 4.1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such proposed Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.1, unless the failure to complete such proposed Transfer involves either (a) a failure by any Participating Seller to comply with the terms of this Section 4.1, or (b) a failure by a governmental or regulatory authority, including the FCC, DOJ or FTC, to approve such Transfer. In the case of a failure of a type described in clause (b), the Prospective Selling Investor will have an additional 90 days beyond such 180th day in which to obtain any such approval and complete the proposed Transfer before the Tag Along Notice becomes null and void.
     4.1.5. Indirect Transfers .
     (a) Subject to Section 4.1.5(b), no Investor or any of the undersigned Sponsor Entities shall permit a Sponsor Entity to Transfer any direct or indirect equity interests in any Investor in a Transfer of a type that would be subject to this Section 4.1 if such Transfer involved a Transfer of Shares by such Sponsor Entity or Investor (any such Transfer of any such equity interests, an “ Indirect

12


 

Transfer ”), unless the undersigned Sponsor Entities and such Investor cause to be provided to each other Stockholder “tag along” rights with respect to such Indirect Transfer that are substantially equivalent to the “tag along” rights set forth in this Section 4.1 and subject to obligations and other terms and conditions that are substantially equivalent to those set forth in this Section 4.1.
     (b) Until the one-year anniversary of the Closing, the Sponsor Entities will be entitled to Transfer up to an aggregate of $200,000,000 of direct or indirect equity interests in Sponsor Investment Vehicles that were purchased by the Sponsor Entities in connection with the Closing. With respect to any such Transfer of any such equity interests, as long as the purchase price per unit of equity interest in such Transfer is no greater than the purchase price per unit of equity interest that the Sponsor Entity making such Transfer paid for such equity interests in connection with the Closing plus any additional amounts paid in such Transfer as interest for the period from the Closing until the date of such Transfer or as other carrying costs and related expenses, then the provisions of Section 4.1.5(a) will be inapplicable to such Transfer.
     4.1.6. Miscellaneous Provisions . The provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply to any Transfer that is subject to this Section 4.1 to the extent, and on the terms, provided therein.
     4.1.7. Period . Each of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (a) the closing of the Qualified Public Offering and (b) the occurrence of a Change of Control.
     4.2. Sale Event Drag Along . If one or more Investors propose to Transfer any Shares to a Prospective Buyer that is not an Affiliate of any Sponsor Entity in a transaction, including a merger, or a series of related transactions that, after giving effect to the provisions of this Section 4.2, would constitute a Change of Control, then, at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the provisions of this Section 4.2 will apply to such Transfer and each Stockholder agrees to Transfer to such Prospective Buyer in connection with such transaction or transactions, as the case may be, a percentage of the Shares held by such Stockholder that is equal to the percentage of the aggregate number of Shares then owned by the Investors that are proposed to be Transferred to such Prospective Buyer (the “ Drag Along Sale Percentage ”); provided that in no event may the Drag Along Sale Percentage be less than 50%.
     4.2.1. Exercise . The applicable Requisite Capital IV Majority that has elected to exercise its rights under this Section 4.2 with respect to a proposed Transfer shall furnish a written notice (the “ Drag Along Sale Notice ”) to the Company at least ten business days prior to the consummation of such proposed Transfer, and the Company shall promptly furnish any such Drag Along Sale Notice to each Stockholder other than the Investor or Investors designated in the Drag Along Sale Notice as initiating the proposed Transfer (such Investor or Investors, the “ Prospective Selling Investor ”). The Drag Along Sale Notice shall set forth the principal terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer insofar is it relates to the Shares, including (a) the number of Shares to be acquired from the Prospective Selling Investor, (b) the Drag Along Sale Percentage, (c)

13


 

the per Share consideration to be received in the proposed Transfer, including the form of consideration (if other than cash), (d) the name and address of the Prospective Buyer and (e) if known, the proposed closing date. If the Prospective Selling Investor consummates the proposed Transfer to which reference is made in the Drag Along Sale Notice, each other Stockholder (each, a “ Participating Seller ,” and, together with the Prospective Selling Investor, collectively, the “ Drag Along Sellers ”) shall be bound and obligated to Transfer the Drag Along Sale Percentage of such Stockholder’s Shares in the proposed Transfer on the same terms and conditions as the Prospective Selling Investor with respect to each Share Transferred (subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 4.3.2). If, at the end of the 270th day after the date of delivery of the Drag Along Sale Notice, the Prospective Selling Investor has not completed the proposed Transfer, the Drag Along Sale Notice shall be null and void, each Participating Seller shall be released from its obligation under the Drag Along Sale Notice and it shall be necessary for a separate Drag Along Sale Notice to be furnished and the terms and provisions of this Section 4.2 separately complied with, in order to consummate such proposed Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.2, unless the failure to complete such proposed Transfer involves a failure by a governmental or regulatory authority, including the FCC, DOJ or FTC, to approve such Transfer, in which case the Prospective Selling Investor will have an additional 180 days beyond such 270th day in which to obtain any such approval and complete the proposed Transfer before the Drag Along Sale Notice becomes null and void. The eligibility of an Executive Stockholder to receive consideration for Unvested Executive Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be subject to the vesting and other terms of such Executive Shares.
     4.2.2. Waiver of Appraisal Rights . Each Stockholder agrees not to demand or exercise appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL or otherwise with respect to any transaction subject to this Section 4.2, whether or not such appraisal rights are otherwise available.
     4.2.3. Miscellaneous Provisions . The provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply to any transaction that is subject to this Section 4.2 to the extent, and on the terms, provided therein.
     4.2.4. Period . The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2 shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.
     4.3. Miscellaneous Sale Provisions . The provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply to any Transfer to which Section 4.1 or 4.2 applies.
     4.3.1. Certain Legal Requirements . If the consideration to be paid for Shares in a Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 includes any securities, and the receipt thereof by a Participating Seller would require under applicable law (a) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any Person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities where such registration or qualification would not otherwise be required for the Transfer by the Prospective Selling Investor or (b) the provision to any Tag Along Seller or Drag Along Seller of any specified information regarding the Company or any of its subsidiaries, such securities or the issuer thereof, in each case that

14


 

is not otherwise required to be provided for the Transfer by the Prospective Selling Investor, then such Participating Seller shall not have the right to Transfer Shares in such Transfer. In such event, the Prospective Selling Investor will have the right, but not the obligation, to cause to be paid to such Participating Seller in lieu of such securities, against surrender of the Shares (in accordance with Section 4.3.6 hereof) that would have otherwise been Transferred by such Participating Seller to the Prospective Buyer in the Transfer, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Shares as of the date such securities would have been delivered in exchange for such Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board.
     4.3.2. Further Assurances . The Company and each Participating Seller whether in such Participating Seller’s capacity as a stockholder, director or officer of the Company or otherwise, shall use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or reasonably desirable in order expeditiously to consummate each Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 and any related transactions, including executing, acknowledging and delivering consents, assignments, waivers and other documents or instruments; furnishing information and copies of documents; filing applications, reports, returns, filings and other documents or instruments with governmental authorities; and otherwise cooperating with the Prospective Selling Investor and the Prospective Buyer; provided , however , that Participating Sellers shall be obligated to become liable in respect of any representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities or otherwise to the Prospective Buyer in connection with such Transfer solely to the extent provided in the immediately following sentence. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Participating Seller agrees to execute and deliver such agreements as may be reasonably specified by the Prospective Selling Investor to which such Prospective Selling Investor will also be party, including agreements to (a)(i) make individual representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, in each case as to the unencumbered title to its Shares and the power, authority and legal right to Transfer such Shares and the absence of any Adverse Claim with respect to such Shares and (ii) be liable as to such representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, in each case to the same extent as the Prospective Selling Investor is liable for the comparable representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made by it or on its behalf (with any limit on liability applied based on the relative value of their respective Shares), and (b) be liable (whether by purchase price adjustment, indemnity payments or otherwise) in respect of representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in respect of the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with such Transfer; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of liability described in this clause (b) shall not exceed the lesser of (x) such Participating Seller’s pro rata share of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Participating Seller’s portion of the aggregate proceeds to all Participating Sellers and Prospective Selling Investors in connection with such Transfer and (y) the proceeds to such Participating Seller in connection with such Transfer. In connection with any governmental or regulatory approval required for any Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, including any such required approval of the FCC, DOJ or FTC, the Company shall file such applications and other materials as are necessary or desirable to file in order to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval, and each Stockholder shall cooperate with the Company and promptly provide it with any and all information, certifications and other materials necessary or otherwise reasonably

15


 

requested by the Company to complete the filing of such applications and materials and to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval. Without limitation to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval as promptly as practicable, including (a) diligently prosecuting any such applications and other filings and, when applicable, opposing any petitions to deny, or any other objections filed with respect to, any such applications or other filings, and (b) promptly taking all other actions reasonably requested by the Prospective Selling Investor as necessary or desirable to facilitate obtaining such governmental or regulatory approval.
     4.3.3. Sale Process . The Prospective Selling Investor shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, decide whether or not to pursue, consummate, postpone or abandon any proposed Transfer and the terms and conditions thereof. No Stockholder or Affiliate of any Stockholder will have any liability to any other Stockholder or the Company arising from, relating to or in connection with the pursuit, consummation, postponement, abandonment or terms and conditions of any proposed Transfer, except to the extent contemplated herein or arising from a failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 4.
     4.3.4. Treatment of Convertible Securities . If any Participating Seller Transfers Convertible Securities in any Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such Participating Seller shall receive, in exchange for each such Convertible Security that it Transfers, consideration equal to the amount (if greater than zero) determined by multiplying (a) the purchase price per Share received by the Prospective Selling Investors in such Transfer less the exercise price, if any, per Share of such Convertible Security times (b) the number of Shares that would be issued upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Convertible Security (in all cases to the extent vested and exercisable or convertible or exchangeable at the time of such Transfer), subject to reduction for any taxes required to be withheld in respect of such Transfer under applicable law.
     4.3.5. Expenses . All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Prospective Selling Investor or the Company in connection with any proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and expenses, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions, shall be paid by the Company. The reasonable fees and expenses of (a) a single legal counsel representing the Sponsor Entities and (b) a single legal counsel representing the Executive Stockholders, in each case (a) and (b) in connection with a proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 (whether or not consummated), shall be paid by the Company. Any other fees, costs or expenses incurred by a Stockholder in connection with any proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 (whether or not consummated) shall be borne by such Stockholder.
     4.3.6. Closing . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.1.4 (in the case of a Transfer to which Section 4.1 applies) or Section 4.2.1 (in the case of a Transfer to which Section 4.2 applies), in each case that relate to the timing of the completion of a proposed Transfer to which such Section applies, the closing of a Transfer to which Section 4.1 or 4.2 applies shall take place (a) (i) on the proposed closing date, if any, specified in the

16


 

Tag Along Notice or Drag Along Sale Notice, as applicable; provided that the consummation of any such Transfer may be extended beyond such date at the election of the Prospective Selling Investor (in the case of a Transfer to which Section 4.1 applies) or a Requisite Capital IV Majority (in the case of a Transfer to which Section 4.2 applies), in each case to the extent necessary to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval or other required approval or to satisfy other conditions, or (ii) if no proposed closing date was required to be specified in the applicable notice, at such time as the Prospective Selling Investor shall specify by notice to each Participating Seller and (b) at such place as the Prospective Selling Investor shall specify by notice to each Participating Seller. At the closing of such Transfer, each Participating Seller shall deliver, against delivery of the applicable consideration therefor, (x) the certificates evidencing the Shares to be Transferred by such Participating Seller, duly endorsed, or with stock (or equivalent) powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, with any stock (or equivalent) transfer tax stamps affixed and (y) any comparable transfer materials for any Convertible Securities to be Transferred.
     4.4. Recapitalization Transaction Drag Along . If requested by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, each Stockholder agrees, with respect to each class of Shares held by such Stockholder, to exchange or convert a percentage of the Shares of each such class held by such Stockholder that is equal to the percentage of the Shares of such class that are proposed by such Requisite Capital IV Majority to be exchanged or converted in a Recapitalization Transaction (as to each such class, the “ Drag Along Recapitalization Percentage ”), in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Section 4.4.
     4.4.1. Exercise in a Recapitalization Transaction . The Company (solely at the direction of the applicable Requisite Capital IV Majority) shall furnish a written notice (the “ Drag Along Recapitalization Notice ”) to each Stockholder at least ten business days prior to the consummation of the Recapitalization Transaction. The Drag Along Recapitalization Notice shall set forth the principal terms and conditions of the proposed Recapitalization Transaction insofar as it relates to the Shares, including (a) the number and class of Shares to be exchanged or converted in the Recapitalization Transaction, (b) the Drag Along Recapitalization Percentage for each class and (c) the form of securities to be received upon exchange or conversion of the Shares of each class of Shares being exchanged or converted. If the Recapitalization Transaction described in such Drag Along Recapitalization Notice is consummated, each Stockholder shall be bound and obligated to convert or exchange the Drag Along Recapitalization Percentage of each class of Shares held by such Stockholder that are to be included in the proposed Recapitalization Transaction on the same terms and conditions as each other Stockholder with respect to each Share of the same class being exchanged or converted. If, at the end of the 270th day after the date of delivery of the Drag Along Recapitalization Notice, the Recapitalization Transaction has not been completed, then the Drag Along Recapitalization Notice shall be null and void, each Stockholder shall be released from such Stockholder’s obligation under the Drag Along Recapitalization Notice and it shall be necessary for a separate Drag Along Recapitalization Notice to be furnished and the terms and provisions of this Section 4.4.1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such proposed Recapitalization Transaction pursuant to Section 4.4, unless

17


 

the failure to complete such proposed Recapitalization Transaction involves a failure by a governmental or regulatory authority, including the FCC, DOJ or FTC, to approve such Recapitalization Transaction, in which case the Company will have an additional 180 days beyond such 270th day in which to obtain any such approval and complete the proposed Recapitalization Transaction before the Drag Along Recapitalization Notice becomes null and void.
     4.4.2. Certain Legal Requirements . If the receipt of securities to be received in exchange for, or upon conversion of, Shares in a proposed Recapitalization Transaction pursuant to Section 4.4 by any Stockholder would require under applicable law (a) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any Person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities where such registration or qualification is not otherwise required for the Recapitalization Transaction or (b) the provision to any Stockholder of any information regarding the Company or any of its subsidiaries, such securities or the issuer thereof, in each case that is not otherwise required to be provided for the Recapitalization Transaction, then, at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority, such Stockholder shall not have the right to exchange or convert Shares in such proposed Recapitalization Transaction. In such event, the Company will have the right, but not the obligation, to cause to be paid to such Stockholder in lieu of such securities, against the surrender of the Shares (in accordance with Section 4.4.6) that would have otherwise been exchanged or converted by such Stockholder in the Recapitalization Transaction, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Shares as of the effective date of the Recapitalization Transaction, as determined in good faith by the Board.
     4.4.3. Further Assurances . The Company and each Stockholder, whether in his capacity as a stockholder, officer or director of the Company or otherwise, shall use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or reasonably desirable in order expeditiously to consummate any Recapitalization Transaction and any related transactions, including executing, acknowledging and delivering consents, assignments, waivers and other documents or instruments; furnishing information and copies of documents; filing applications, reports, returns filings and others instruments or documents with governmental authorities; and otherwise cooperating with the Company; provided that no Stockholder shall be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business in any state or other jurisdiction where it is not already so qualified or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless such Stockholder is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Stockholder agrees to execute and deliver such agreements as may be reasonably specified by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, including agreements to (a) make individual representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, in each case as to the unencumbered title to its Shares and the power, authority and legal right to Transfer such Shares and the absence of any Adverse Claim with respect to such Shares and (b) be liable as to such representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, in each case to the same extent as the other Stockholder(s) are liable for the comparable representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made by them or on their behalf. In connection with any governmental or

18


 

regulatory approval required for any Recapitalization Transaction, including any such required approval of the FCC, DOJ or FTC, the Company shall file such applications and other materials as are necessary or desirable to file in order to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval, and each Stockholder shall cooperate with the Company and promptly provide it with any and all information, certifications and other materials necessary or otherwise reasonably requested by the Company to complete the filing of such applications and materials and to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval. Without limitation to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval as promptly as practicable, including (a) diligently prosecuting any such applications and other filings and, when applicable, by opposing any petitions to deny, or any other objections filed with respect to, any such applications or other filings, and (b) promptly taking all other actions reasonably requested by a Requisite Capital IV Majority as necessary or desirable to facilitate obtaining such governmental or regulatory approval.
     4.4.4. Treatment of Convertible Securities . If any Stockholder shall convert or exchange Convertible Securities in any Recapitalization Transaction pursuant to this Section 4.4, such Stockholder shall receive in exchange for such Convertible Securities, options, warrants or other convertible securities, as the case may be, with substantially similar vesting and other terms (including with respect to the spread between the fair market value of the relevant security and the exercise price to purchase such security) as the Convertible Securities being exchanged or converted, and that are exercisable or convertible for securities of the same nature as are being issued to the Stockholders in the Recapitalization Transaction in exchange for the Shares with respect to which the Convertible Securities in question were initially exercisable for, or convertible into.
     4.4.5. Expenses . All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any Recapitalization Transaction pursuant to this Section 4.4 (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and expenses, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions, shall be paid by the Company. The reasonable fees and expenses of (a) a single legal counsel representing the Sponsor Entities and (b) a single legal counsel representing the Executive Stockholders, in each case (a) and (b) in connection with a Recapitalization Transaction pursuant to this Section 4.4 (whether or not consummated), shall be paid by the Company. Any other fees, costs or expenses incurred by a Stockholder in connection with any Recapitalization Transaction pursuant to this Section 4.4 (whether or not consummated) shall be borne by such Stockholder.
     4.4.6. Closing . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.4.1 that relate to the timing of the completion of a proposed Recapitalization Transaction, the closing of a Recapitalization Transaction to which this Section 4.4 applies shall take place (a) on the proposed conversion or exchange date, if any, specified in the Drag Along Recapitalization Notice; provided that consummation of any conversion or exchange may be extended beyond such date at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority to the extent necessary to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval or other required approval or to satisfy other conditions, or (b) if no proposed conversion or exchange date was specified in the Drag Along Recapitalization Notice, at such time as a

19


 

Requisite Capital IV Majority shall specify by reasonable notice to each Stockholder. At the closing of such Recapitalization Transaction, each Stockholder shall deliver, against the delivery of the applicable consideration, (i) the certificates evidencing the Shares to be converted or exchanged by such Stockholder, duly endorsed, or with stock (or equivalent) powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, with any stock (or equivalent) transfer tax stamps affixed, and (ii) any comparable transfer materials for any Convertible Securities to be converted or exchanged.
     4.4.7. Acquired Securities . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any securities to be received upon the exchange or conversion of Shares by any Stockholder pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be Shares under this Agreement.
     4.5. Period . The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4 shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.
5. RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION.
     Subject to Section 5.3, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries to, issue or sell any shares of any of its capital stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock, issue or grant any options or warrants for the purchase of, or enter into any agreements providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of, any of its shares of capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock, in each case, to any Sponsor Investment Vehicle or any Sponsor Entity or an Affiliated Fund of any Sponsor Entity (each an “ Issuance ” of “ Subject Securities ”), except in compliance with the provisions of Section 5.1 or Section 5.2.
     5.1. Right of Participation .
     5.1.1. Offer . Not fewer than 20 business days prior to the consummation of an Issuance, a notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) shall be furnished by the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary proposing to issue such Subject Securities (the “ Issuer ”) to each Investor and each Executive Stockholder that then holds Shares (the “ Participation Offerees ”). The Participation Notice shall include:
     (a) the principal terms and conditions of the proposed Issuance, including (i) the amount, kind and terms of the Subject Securities to be included in the Issuance, (ii) the number of Equivalent Shares represented by such Subject Securities (if applicable), (iii) such Participation Offeree’s Participation Percentage, (iv) the maximum and minimum price (including if applicable, the maximum and minimum Price Per Equivalent Share) per unit of the Subject Securities, it being understood and agreed that the maximum price shall be no greater than 120% of the minimum price, (v) the name of each Sponsor Investment Vehicle or Sponsor Entity or Affiliated Fund of a Sponsor Entity to which the Subject Securities will be issued (the “ Prospective Subscriber ”) and (vi) if known, the proposed issuance date; and

20


 

     (b) an offer by the Issuer to issue, at the option of each Participation Offeree, to such Participation Offeree such portion of the Subject Securities to be included in the Issuance as may be requested by such Participation Offeree (not to exceed such Participation Offeree’s Participation Percentage of the total amount of Subject Securities to be included in the Issuance), on the same terms and conditions, with respect to each unit of Subject Securities issued to the Participation Offerees, as each of the Prospective Subscribers shall be issued units of Subject Securities.
     5.1.2. Exercise .
     (a) General . Each Participation Offeree desiring to accept the offer contained in the Participation Notice shall accept such offer by furnishing a written notice of such acceptance to the Issuer within 15 business days after the date of delivery of the Participation Notice specifying the amount of Subject Securities (not in any event to exceed such Participation Offeree’s Participation Percentage of the total amount of Subject Securities to be included in the Issuance) which such Participation Offeree desires to be issued to it (each a “ Participating Buyer ”). Each Participation Offeree who does not so accept such offer in compliance with the above requirements, including the applicable time periods, shall be deemed to have waived all rights to participate in such Issuance, and the Issuer shall thereafter be free to issue Subject Securities in such Issuance to the Prospective Subscriber and the Participating Buyers, at a price no less than the minimum price set forth in the Participation Notice and on other principal terms not substantially more favorable to the Prospective Subscriber than those set forth in the Participation Notice, without any further obligation to such non-accepting Participation Offerees pursuant to this Section 5. If, prior to consummation, the terms of such proposed Issuance change with the result that the price shall be less than the minimum price set forth in the Participation Notice or the other principal terms shall be substantially more favorable to the Prospective Subscriber than those set forth in the Participation Notice, it shall be necessary for a separate Participation Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 5.1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such Issuance pursuant to this Section 5.1.
     (b) Irrevocable Acceptance . The acceptance of each Participating Buyer shall be irrevocable except as hereinafter provided, and each such Participating Buyer shall be bound and obligated to acquire in the Issuance on the same terms and conditions as the Prospective Subscriber, with respect to each unit of Subject Securities issued, such amount of Subject Securities as such Participating Buyer has specified in such Participating Buyer’s written notice of acceptance.
     (c) Time Limitation . If, at the end of the 90th day following the date of the delivery of the Participation Notice, the Issuer has not completed the Issuance, each Participating Buyer shall be released from all obligations under its written notice of acceptance, the Participation Notice shall be null and void, and it

21


 

shall be necessary for a separate Participation Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 5.1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such Issuance pursuant to this Section 5.1, unless the failure to complete such Issuance involves a failure by any governmental or regulatory authority, including the FCC, DOJ or FTC, to approve such Issuance, in which case the Issuer will have 180 days beyond such 90th day in which to obtain any such approval and complete the Issuance before the Participation Notice becomes null and void.
     5.1.3. Other Securities . The Issuer may condition the participation of the Participation Offerees in an Issuance upon the purchase by such Participation Offerees of any securities (including debt securities) other than Subject Securities (“ Other Securities “) if and to the extent that the Prospective Subscribers’ participation in such Issuance is so conditioned. In such case, each Participating Buyer shall acquire in the Issuance, together with the Subject Securities to be acquired by it, Other Securities in the same proportion to the Subject Securities to be acquired by it as the proportion of Other Securities to Subject Securities being acquired by the Prospective Subscriber in the Issuance, on the same terms and conditions, as to each unit of Subject Securities and Other Securities issued to the Participating Buyers, as the Prospective Subscriber shall be issued units of Subject Securities and Other Securities.
     5.1.4. Certain Legal Requirements . If the participation in any Issuance of Subject Securities by a Participating Offeree as a Participating Buyer would require under applicable law (a) the registration or qualification of such securities or (b) the provision to any participant in the Issuance of any information (other than information required to be provided pursuant to Section 5) regarding the Company or any of its subsidiaries or such securities that is not otherwise required to be provided for the Issuance, such Participation Offeree shall not have the right to participate in the Issuance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that neither the Company nor the Issuer shall be under any obligation to effect a registration of such securities under the Securities Act or similar state statutes.
     5.1.5. Further Assurances . The Company and each Participating Buyer, whether in such Participating Buyer’s capacity as a stockholder, officer or director of the Company or otherwise, shall use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all such reasonable actions as may be necessary or reasonably desirable in order expeditiously to consummate each Issuance pursuant to this Section 5.1.1 and any related transactions, including executing, acknowledging and delivering consents, assignments, waivers and other documents or instruments; filing applications, reports, returns, filings and other documents or instruments with governmental authorities; and otherwise cooperating with the Issuer and the Prospective Subscriber. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each such Participating Buyer agrees to execute and deliver such subscription and other agreements specified by the Issuer to which the Prospective Subscriber will be party. In connection with any governmental or regulatory approval required for any Issuance, including any such required approval of the FCC, DOJ or FTC, the Company shall file such applications and other materials as are necessary or desirable to file in order to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval, and each Stockholder

22


 

shall cooperate with the Company and promptly provide it with any and all information, certifications and other materials necessary or otherwise reasonably requested by the Company to complete the filing of such applications and materials and to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval. Without limitation to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such governmental or regulatory approval as promptly as practicable, including (a) diligently prosecuting any such applications and other filings and, when applicable, opposing any petitions to deny, or any other objections filed with respect to, any such applications or other filings, and (b) promptly taking all other actions reasonably requested by a Requisite Capital IV Majority as necessary or desirable to facilitate obtaining such governmental or regulatory approval. In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.1.5, upon prior written request from a Participating Buyer or a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the Issuer shall convert any voting securities to be issued to such Participating Buyer into non-voting securities immediately prior to such issuance.
     5.1.6. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by the Issuer in connection with any proposed Issuance of Subject Securities pursuant to this Section 5 (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and expenses, all accounting fees and expenses and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions, shall be paid by the Company or the Issuer. The reasonable fees and expenses of (a) a single legal counsel representing the Sponsor Entities and (b) a single legal counsel representing the Executive Stockholders, in each case (a) and (b) in connection with any such proposed Issuance of Subject Securities (whether or not consummated), shall be paid by the Company. Any other fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Stockholder in connection with any such proposed Issuance (whether or not consummated) shall be borne by such Stockholder.
     5.1.7. Closing . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.2 that relate to the timing of the completion of a proposed Issuance, the closing of an Issuance pursuant to Section 5.1 shall take place (a) (i) on the proposed date of Issuance, if any, set forth in the Participation Notice; provided that consummation of any Issuance may be extended beyond such date at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority and the Company to the extent necessary to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval or other required approval or to satisfy other conditions, or (ii) if no proposed Transfer date was required to be specified in the Participation Notice, at such time as the Issuer shall specify by notice to each Participating Buyer; provided that, as to any Participating Buyer, such closing shall not be prior to the date that is 20 business days after the Company issues the applicable Participation Notice without the consent of such Participating Buyer, and (b) at such place as the Issuer shall specify by notice to each Participating Buyer. At the closing of any Issuance under this Section 5.1.7, each Participating Buyer shall be delivered the notes, certificates or other instruments evidencing the Subject Securities (and, if applicable, Other Securities) to be issued to such Participating Buyer, registered in the name of such Participating Buyer or such Participating Buyer’s designated nominee, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, with any transfer tax stamps affixed, against delivery by such Participating Buyer of the applicable consideration.

23


 

     5.2. Post-Issuance Notice . Notwithstanding the requirements of 5.1, the Issuer may proceed with any Issuance prior to having complied with the provisions of Section 5.1 so long as the Issuer has used reasonable best efforts to give the Investors and the Executive Stockholders the opportunity to participate in such Issuance, it being understood that the Company may proceed with such Issuance under this Section 5.2 without first using such reasonable best efforts if the Company determines that it is in the best interests of the Company to do so in light of the need for confidentiality or other business reasons; provided that the Issuer shall:
     (a) provide all Stockholders that would have been Participation Offerees in connection with such Issuance (i) with prompt notice of such Issuance and (ii) the Participation Notice described in Section 5.1.1 in which the actual price per unit of Subject Securities (and, if applicable, actual Price Per Equivalent Share) shall be set forth;
     (b) offer to issue to each such Stockholder such number of securities of the type issued in the Issuance as may be requested by such Stockholder (not to exceed the product of such Stockholder’s Participation Percentage, determined in accordance with, and as of the time contemplated by, Section 5.1, multiplied by the sum of (i) the number of Subject Securities included in the Issuance and (ii) the aggregate number of securities issuable to all such Stockholders pursuant to this Section 5.2 with respect to such Issuance) on the same economic terms and conditions with respect to such securities as the subscribers in the Issuance received; and
     (c) keep such offer open for a period of at least ten business days, during which period, each such Stockholder may accept such offer by sending a written acceptance to the Issuer committing to purchase an amount of such securities (not in any event to exceed the product of such Stockholder’s Participation Percentage, determined in accordance with, and as of the time contemplated by, Section 5.1, multiplied by the sum of (i) the number of Subject Securities included in the Issuance and (ii) the aggregate number of securities issuable to all such Stockholders pursuant to this Section 5.2 with respect to such Issuance).
     5.3. Excluded Transactions . The provisions of this Section 5 shall not apply to any of the following types of Issuances by the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company:
     (a) any Issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or conversion of any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities outstanding or approved as of the Closing Date or otherwise issued after the Closing Date in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5;
     (b) any Issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Public Offering;
     (c) any Issuance of any Shares in connection with the Closing;
     (d) any Issuance of Subject Securities in connection with (i) any stock split or stock dividend that is consistent with the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and is approved by the Board or (ii) any Recapitalization Transaction; or

24


 

     (e) any Issuance of Subject Securities relating to any acquisition or merger after the Closing Date involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is approved by the Board, except to the extent such Issuance involves the sale of Subject Securities for cash to provide the Company or any of it subsidiaries with acquisition funds for such acquisition or merger.
     5.4. Certain Provisions Applicable to Convertible Securities . If the Issuance of Subject Securities results in any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities, the number of shares (or Equivalent Shares, if applicable) of Subject Securities (and Other Securities, if applicable) that the holders of such Convertible Securities shall be entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 5.1, if any, shall be reduced, share for share, by the amount of any such increase.
     5.5. Acquired Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, any Subject Securities constituting shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities acquired by any Investor or Executive Stockholder pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be Shares under this Agreement.
     5.6. Period . Each of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5 shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (b) the closing of the Qualified Public Offering.
6. LOCK-UP.
     In connection with each underwritten Public Offering after the Closing Date, each Stockholder hereby agrees, at the request of the Company or the managing underwriters of such Public Offering, to be bound by and/or to execute and deliver, a lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering restricting such Stockholder’s right to (a) Transfer, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that Transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, in each case to the extent that such restrictions are agreed to by a Requisite Capital IV Majority with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering (any such lock-up agreement, a “ Principal Lock-Up Agreement ”); provided , however , that no Stockholder shall be required by this Section 6 to be bound by or execute and deliver a lock-up agreement covering a period of greater than 90 days (or 180 days in the case of any Public Offering up to and including the Qualified Public Offering) following the effectiveness of the related registration statement for such Public Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Principal Lock-Up Agreement shall apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions or block purchases after the completion of the applicable Public Offering, (b) Transfers made in accordance with the terms of Section 3.1.1, (c) conversions of shares of Common Stock into other classes of capital stock or securities without change of holder, or (d) during the period preceding the execution of the underwriting agreement, Transfers to a Charitable Organization made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

25


 

7. MANAGEMENT SALE RIGHTS.
     Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing with any Executive, upon any termination of an Executive’s employment with the Company or any its subsidiaries due to the death or Disability of such Executive, such Executive, each of his or her Executive Designees and each Person holding Executive Shares who acquired them as a Permitted Transferee of such Executive or any of such Executive Designees (as to a given Executive, such Executive and all such other Persons, collectively, such Executive’s “ Sale Group ”) will have the right, subject to Sections 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7, to sell to the public pursuant to Rule 144 at any time during the one-year period following the effective date of such termination (the “ Permitted Sale Period ”), all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock then are then held by such Executive’s Sale Group and are then Vested Executive Shares (any such sale, a “ Permitted Public Transfer ”), notwithstanding that such a Transfer might not otherwise then be permitted by Section 3.1.4. Executive Shares sold in Permitted Public Transfers pursuant to this Section 7 shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
8. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.
     8.1. Demand Registration Rights .
     8.1.1. General . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8, at any time and from time to time, any one or more Capital IV Investors, Capital V Investors and/or Investors that are members of either Sponsor Group (in each case, the “ Initiating Investors ”), by notice to the Company specifying the amount and intended method or methods of disposition, may request that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of a Public Offering of all or a specified part of the Registrable Securities held by such Initiating Investors (including by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if so requested by a majority of the Initiating Investors and if the Company is then eligible to use such registration); provided that the value of Registrable Securities that the Initiating Investors propose to sell in any such Public Offering must be at least $150,000,000 or such lower amount as agreed by a Requisite Capital IV Majority; provided further that the Qualified Public Offering may not be initiated pursuant to this Section 8.1 except by a Requisite Capital IV Majority. Within ten days of receiving such notice, the Company shall inform the Initiating Investors by written notice whether it desires to include any securities to be sold for its own account in such registration and, if so, the kind and amount thereof. The Company will then use its best efforts to (i) effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been requested to register by such Initiating Investors together with all other Registrable Securities that the Company is requested to register pursuant to Section 8.2 and all securities that the Company desires to sell for its own account, all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register and such securities that the Company desires to sell for its own account, and (ii) if requested by the Initiating Investors, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 8.1.1:
     (a) during the effectiveness of any Principal Lock-Up Agreement that relates to a registration statement for an underwritten Public Offering of securities of the Company for its own account (other than a Rule 145 Transaction or a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans); or

26


 

     (b) if a registration statement requested under this Section 8.1.1 shall have been declared effective within the 180 days preceding such request of the Initiating Investors, unless (i) a Requisite Capital IV Majority otherwise agrees or (ii) the Company included shares for its own account in such prior registration statement and the Initiating Investors in such prior registration were unable to register more than 50% of the Registrable Securities that they requested to register therein.
     8.1.2. Form . Except as otherwise provided above, required by law or requested by the Principal Participating Holders, so long as the Company is eligible and qualified to register Registrable Securities on Form S-3 (or any successor or similar short form registration statement), each registration requested pursuant to Section 8.1.1 shall be effected by the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any other form that includes substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement on such form as currently constituted); provided that if any registration requested pursuant to this Section 8.1 is proposed to be effected on Form S-3 (or any successor or similar short-form registration statement) and is in connection with an underwritten offering, and if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (or any successor or similar registration statement) or to include in such registration statement information not required to be included pursuant to Form S-3 (or any successor or similar short-form registration statement), then the Company will file a registration statement on Form S-1 or supplement Form S-3 (or any successor or similar short-form registration statement) as reasonably requested by such managing underwriter.
     8.1.3. Payment of Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 8.1.1, including all reasonable expenses (other than fees and disbursements of counsel that do not constitute Registration Expenses) that any Holder incurs in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 8.1.1.
     8.1.4. Additional Procedures . In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 8.1.1, whenever the Principal Participating Holders shall request that such registration shall be effected pursuant to an underwritten offering, the Company shall include such information in the written notices to Qualifying Holders referred to in Section 8.2. In such event, the right of any Holder to have securities owned by such Holder included in such registration pursuant to Section 8.1.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Principal Participating Holders and such Holder). If requested by the Principal Participating Holders, the Company together with the Holders proposing to distribute their securities through the underwriting will enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters for such offering containing such representations and warranties by the Company and

27


 

such Holders and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions, including customary indemnity and contribution provisions (subject, in each case, to the limitations on such liabilities set forth in this Section 8).
     8.1.5. Suspension of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a registration statement, including a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, in respect of a registration pursuant to this Section 8.1.1 at any time would require the Company to make a public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the Board (after consultation with external legal counsel) (i) would be required to be made in any registration statement so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such registration statement and (iii) would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders participating in such registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such registration statement; provided , that, unless otherwise agreed in writing by a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the Company shall not be permitted to do so (i) more than two times during any 12 month period, (ii) for a period exceeding 30 days on any one occasion or (iii) for an aggregate period exceeding 60 days in any 12 month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, such Holders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify such Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 8.1.5. The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 8.1.5, it shall, within 30 days following the giving of the notice of suspension, update the suspended registration statement as may be necessary to permit the Holders to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law.
     8.2. Piggyback Registration Rights .
     8.2.1. Piggyback Registration .
     (a) General . Each time the Company proposes to register any shares of Common Stock for sale in a Public Offering under the Securities Act on a form that would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public for its own account and/or for the account of any other Person, in each case whether pursuant to a registration initiated pursuant to Section 8.1 or otherwise, the Company will give notice thereof to each Qualifying Holder. Each Qualifying Holder may, by written response delivered to the Company within 20 days after the date of delivery of such notice, request that all or a specified part of such Qualifying Holder’s Registrable Securities be included in such registration. The Company thereupon will use its best efforts to cause to be included in such

28


 

registration under the Securities Act all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by such Qualifying Holders, to the extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with the methods to be used by the Company and/or the Initiating Investors in such Public Offering) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities (other than in connection with a registration pursuant to Section 8.1), the Company determines for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration of the securities to be sold by it, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Qualifying Holder and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith). If such registration involves an underwritten offering, all Qualifying Holders requesting to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company (with such differences as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings, but in any event subject to the limitations on liability contained in this Section 8) or, in the case of a registration initiated pursuant to Section 8.1.1, the Principal Participating Holders. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 8.2 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations to effect registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 8.1.
     (b) Excluded Transactions . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration of Registrable Securities, or give notice to Qualifying Holders of the Company’s intention to register a sale of shares of Common Stock, under this Section 8.2 incidental to the registration of any of its securities in connection with:
     (i) any Public Offering relating to employee benefit plans or dividend reinvestment plans;
     (ii) any Public Offering relating to the acquisition or merger after the Closing by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of or with any other businesses except to the extent such Public Offering is for the sale of securities for cash; or
     (iii) the Qualified Public Offering, unless (A) it shall have been initiated as a secondary offering pursuant to Section 8.1.1 or (B) a Requisite Capital IV Majority determines otherwise.
     8.2.2. Payment of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 8.2.
     8.2.3. Additional Procedures . Holders participating in any Public Offering pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall take all such actions and execute all such documents and instruments that are reasonably requested by the Company to effect the sale of their

29


 

Registrable Securities in such Public Offering, including being parties to the underwriting agreement entered into by the Company and any other selling stockholders in connection therewith and being liable in respect of the representations and warranties and the other agreements (including customary selling stockholder representations, warranties, indemnifications and “lock-up” agreements) for the benefit of the underwriters contained therein; provided , however , that (a) with respect to individual representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of sellers of Registrable Securities in such Public Offering, the aggregate amount of such liability shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such offering and (b) to the extent selling stockholders give further representations, warranties and indemnities, then with respect to all other representations, warranties and indemnities of sellers of shares in such Public Offering, the aggregate amount of such liability shall not exceed the lesser of (i) such Holder’s pro rata share of any such liability, as determined according to such Holder’s portion of the total number of Registrable Securities included in the offering, and (ii) such Holder’s net proceeds from such offering.
     8.2.4. Registration Statement Form . The Company shall select the registration statement form for any registration pursuant to this Section 8.2 (other than a registration initiated pursuant to Section 8.1); provided that if any registration requested pursuant to this Section 8.2 is proposed to be effected on Form S-3 (or any successor form) and is in connection with an underwritten offering, and if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering to include in such registration statement information not required to be included pursuant to such form, then the Company will supplement such registration statement as reasonably requested by such managing underwriter.
     8.3. Certain Other Provisions .
     8.3.1. Underwriter’s Cutback . In connection with any registration of shares, the underwriter may determine that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 8 and subject to the terms of this Section 8.3.1, the underwriter may limit the number of shares that would otherwise be included in such registration by excluding any or all Registrable Securities from such registration; provided that, if the registration in question involves a registration for sale of securities for the Company’s own account (including a registration initiated pursuant to Section 8.1), then the number of shares that the Company seeks to have registered in such registration shall not be subject to exclusion, in whole or in part, under this Section 8.3.1. Upon receipt of notice from the underwriter of the need to reduce the number of shares to be included in the registration, the Company shall advise all holders of the Company’s securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant thereto, and the number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that may be included in the registration shall be allocated in the following manner, unless the underwriter shall determine that marketing factors require a different allocation: shares, other than Registrable Securities, requested to be included in such registration shall be excluded unless the Company, with the consent of a Requisite Capital IV Majority, has granted the holders thereof registration rights that are to be treated on an equal basis with Registrable

30


 

Securities for the purpose of the exercise of the underwriter cutback (such shares afforded such equal treatment being “ Parity Shares ”); and, if a limitation on the number of shares is still required, the number of Registrable Securities and Parity Shares that may be included in such registration shall be allocated among the holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, as follows:
     (a) there shall be first allocated to each such holder requesting that its Registrable Securities or Parity Shares be registered in such registration a number of such shares to be included in such registration equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such shares requested to be registered by such holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such holder’s Pro Rata Portion; and
     (b) the balance, if any, of such shares remaining after the allocation pursuant to clause (a) above shall then be allocated to those holders of Registrable Securities or Parity Shares that requested to register a number of such shares in excess of their Pro Rata Portions, which allocation shall be made among such holders in proportion to their respective Pro Rata Portions (it being understood that there shall not be allocated to any such holder more than the number of Registrable Securities or Parity Shares that such holder requested to include in such registration), or in such other manner as is agreed by the holders requesting that their Registrable Securities or Parity Shares be registered in such registration.
For purposes of any underwriter cutback, all Registrable Securities held by any Holder shall also include any Registrable Securities held by the partners, retired partners, shareholders or Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such Holder or such partners and retired partners, any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons and, at the election of such Holder or such partners, retired partners, trusts or Affiliates, any Charitable Organization to which any of the foregoing shall have contributed Common Stock in compliance with Section 3 prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with such underwritten offering, and such Holder and other Persons shall be deemed to be a single selling Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such selling Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Common Stock owned by all entities and individuals deemed to be included in such selling Holder in accordance with this sentence. Upon delivery of a written request that Registrable Securities be included in the underwriting pursuant to Section 8.1.1 or 8.2.1(a), the Holder thereof may not thereafter elect to withdraw therefrom without the written consent of the Principal Participating Holders; provided that if the managing underwriter of any underwritten offering shall advise the Holders participating in a registration pursuant to Section 8.1 that the Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement cannot be sold in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Principal Participating Holders, then the Principal Participating Holders shall have the right to notify the Company that they have determined that the registration statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Company shall abandon or withdraw such registration statement; provided , further , that if the Company has a class of Common Stock listed on a national securities exchange or national securities association and the price to the public at which the Registrable Securities are proposed to be sold will be less than 90% of the average closing price of shares of Common Stock of that class during the 10 trading days preceding the date on which notice of such offering was given pursuant to Section 8.2.1(a), then the Investors and the Executive Stockholders participating in such registration pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 may elect to withdraw from such registration by written notice to the Company.

31


 

     8.3.2. Registration Procedures . If, and in each case when, the Company is required to effect a registration of any Registrable Securities as provided in this Section 8, the Company shall promptly:
     (a) prepare and, in any event within 45 days (30 days in the case of a Form S-3 registration) after the end of the period under Section 8.2.1(a) within which a piggyback request for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the initial filing;
     (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period not in excess of 270 days or, in the case of shelf registration statements, two years (or, in any case, such shorter period that will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold thereunder) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto in accordance with Sections 8.1 or 8.2, the Company will furnish to counsel selected pursuant to Section 8.3.3 copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel;
     (c) furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;
     (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration in such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for the requirements of this clause (d), it would not be obligated to be so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

32


 

     (e) promptly notify each seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the Company’s becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
     (f) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than 18 months) after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;
     (g) use its best efforts to (i) list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or authorize for quotation on each other market (including, if applicable, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”) Automated Quotation System) on which the Common Stock is then listed or authorized for quotation; and (ii) provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;
     (h) enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form), which may include indemnification provisions in favor of underwriters and other Persons in addition to the provisions of Section 8.4, and take such other actions as the Principal Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
     (i) obtain a “cold comfort” letter or letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the Principal Participating Holders shall reasonably request;
     (j) make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any managing underwriter or underwriters participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by

33


 

any such seller or any such managing underwriter(s), all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement (subject to each party referred to in this clause (j) entering into customary confidentiality agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company);
     (k) notify counsel (selected pursuant to Section 8.3.3 hereof) for the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, immediately, and confirm the notice in writing (i) when the registration statement, or any post-effective amendment to the registration statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to the prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request of the Commission to amend the registration statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the registration statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, (v) of the issuance by the Commission of a notice of objection to the use of the form on which such registration statement has been filed, and (vi) of the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
     (l) use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order as soon as practicable;
     (m) if requested by the managing underwriter or agent or any Holder with Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or agent or such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such Holder to such underwriter or agent, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or agent and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (n) cooperate with Holders with Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

34


 

     (o) obtain for delivery to Holders with Registrable Securities being registered and to the underwriter or agent an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company in customary form and in form, substance and scope reasonably satisfactory to such Holders, underwriters or agents and their counsel;
     (p) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; and
     (q) use its best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the Holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with distribution of the Registrable Securities.
     8.3.3. Selection of Underwriters and Counsel . The underwriters and legal counsel to be retained by the Company in connection with any Public Offering requested pursuant to Section 8.1 shall be selected by the Principal Participating Holders and, in any other Public Offering to which Section 8.2 applies, shall be selected by the Board; provided that, in the case of any such other Public Offering, such underwriters and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Principal Participating Holders. In connection with any registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2, the Principal Participating Holders may select one counsel to represent at the Company’s expense all Holders with Registrable Securities covered by such registration; provided , however , that in the event that the counsel selected as provided above is also acting as counsel to the Company in connection with such registration, the Holders other than the Principal Participating Holders shall be entitled to select one additional counsel to represent, at the Company’s expense, all such Holders.
     8.3.4. Shelf Take-Downs . At any time that a shelf registration statement covering Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 8 is effective in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act, if any Qualifying Holder intends to effect an offering of all or part of its Registrable Securities that are covered by such shelf registration statement (any such offering, a “ Shelf Offering ”), then (i) such Qualifying Holder shall deliver a notice of such intention to the Company (a “ Take-Down Notice ”) stating the number of the Registrable Securities to be included therein, and (ii) the Company shall amend or supplement the shelf registration statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Offering (taking into account the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other Qualifying Holders pursuant to this Section 8.3.4). In connection with any Shelf Offering:
     (a) the Qualifying Holder proposing to initiate such Shelf Offering shall also deliver the Take-Down Notice to all other Qualifying Holders with Registrable Securities covered by such shelf registration statement and permit

35


 

each such other Qualifying Holder to include in the Shelf Offering its Registrable Securities covered by the shelf registration statement if such other Qualifying Holder notifies such initiating Qualifying Holder and the Company within five business days after delivery of the Take-Down Notice to such other Qualifying Holder; and
     (b) in the event that the managing underwriter(s) for such Shelf Offering, if any, determines that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be included in such Shelf Offering, such managing underwriter(s), if any, may limit the number of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be included in such take-down offering in the same manner as is contemplated in Section 8.3.1.
     8.3.5. Company Lock-Up . If any registration pursuant to Section 8.1 of this Agreement is in connection with an underwritten Public Offering, then, except as part of such registration, the Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any equity securities of the Company, including Common Stock and Convertible Securities, for its own account (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering and other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8), within 90 days (or such shorter period as the managing underwriters of such registration may require) after, the effective date of such registration.
     8.3.6. Other Agreements . The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any Investor holds any Registrable Securities in respect of which any registration rights provided for in Section 8.1 or 8.2 of this Agreement remain in effect, without the prior written approval of a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, grant to any Person or agree to or otherwise become obligated in respect of (i) rights of registration in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 of this Agreement that would have priority over or be on parity with the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any registration or (ii) any rights of registration in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 8.1 that are exercisable prior to 180 days after the closing of the Qualified Public Offering.
     8.4. Indemnification and Contribution .
     8.4.1. Indemnities of the Company . In the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities or other debt or equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 8 or otherwise, and in connection with any registration statement or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries including reports required and other documents filed under the Exchange Act, and other documents pursuant to which any debt or equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are sold (whether or not for the account of the Company or its subsidiaries), the Company will, and hereby does, and will cause each of its subsidiaries, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any Person who is or might be deemed to be a controlling Person

36


 

of the Company or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, their respective direct and indirect general and limited partners, advisory board members, advisors, directors, officers, trustees, managers, members and shareholders, and each other Person, if any, who controls any such holder or any such controlling Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such Holder and each other Person identified in this sentence as being indemnified and held harmless by the Company and its subsidiaries being referred to herein as a “ Covered Person ”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Covered Person may be or become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other securities or other law of any jurisdiction, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus included therein, or any related summary prospectus, “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (“ Issuer FWP ”) or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or other document or report, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or other document or report, and will reimburse such Covered Person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however , that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be liable to any Covered Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or to any of its subsidiaries through an instrument duly executed by such Covered Person specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof. The indemnities of the Company and of its subsidiaries contained in this Section 8.4.1 shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Covered Person and shall survive any Transfer of securities or any termination of this Agreement.
     8.4.2. Indemnities to the Company . Subject to Section 8.4.4, the Company and any of its subsidiaries may require, as a condition to including any securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 8, that the Company and any of its subsidiaries shall have received an undertaking satisfactory to it from each prospective seller of such securities, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the

37


 

Company and any of its subsidiaries, each director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, each officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who shall sign such registration statement and each other Person (other than such seller), if any, who controls the Company and any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other prospective seller of such securities with respect to any statement in or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus included therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act or any document incorporated therein) or other document or report, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or any of its subsidiaries through an instrument executed by such seller specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, Issuer FWP, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other document or report. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any such director, officer or controlling Person and shall survive any transfer of securities or any termination of this Agreement.
     8.4.3. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 8.4.1 or 8.4.2 is unavailable to a party that would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.4 (an “ Indemnitee ”) in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each party that would have been an indemnifying party thereunder shall, subject to Section 8.4.4 and in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such indemnifying party on the one hand and such Indemnitee on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof). The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or such Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8.4.3 were determined solely by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentence. The amount paid or payable by a contributing party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 8.4.3 shall include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

38


 

     8.4.4. Limitation on Liability of Holders of Registrable Securities . The liability of any individual Holder in respect of any indemnification or contribution obligation of such Holder arising under this Section 8.4 shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder (after deduction of all underwriters’ discounts and commissions) from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such Holder pursuant to such registration.
     8.4.5. Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 8.4, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action or proceeding; provided that the failure of the Indemnitee to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 8.4, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action or proceeding is brought against an Indemnitee, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof (at its expense), jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and shall have no liability for any settlement made by the Indemnitee without the consent of the indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in such Indemnitee’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such Indemnitee and the indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such action or proceeding or the indemnifying party does not assume the defense of any such action or proceeding within a reasonable time after notice of commencement, the Indemnitee shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any reasonable expenses therefor, but in no event will bear the expenses for more than a single legal counsel for all Indemnitees in each jurisdiction who shall be approved by the Principal Participating Holders in the registration in respect of which such indemnification is sought, unless there is a conflict of interest among Indemnitees, in which case the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable expenses of additional counsel. No indemnifying party will settle any action or proceeding or consent to the entry of any judgment without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, unless such settlement or judgment (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff of a release to such Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such action or proceeding and (ii) does not involve the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any obligations on such Indemnitee and does not otherwise adversely affect such Indemnitee, other than as a result of the imposition of financial obligations for which such Indemnitee will be fully indemnified hereunder.
     8.5. Public Dispositions Without Registration . With a view to making available to the Stockholders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that, subject to Section 3, may at any time permit the sale of Shares to the public without registration, the Company agrees at all times after the closing of the Qualified Public Offering until the occurrence of a Change of Control:
     (a) to make and keep public information available in the manner and to the extent contemplated by Rule 144;

39


 

     (b) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act any time when it is subject to such reporting requirements; and
     (c) to furnish to each Stockholder holding at least 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock promptly upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time when it is subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as such Stockholder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Stockholder to sell any such Securities without registration (subject to the terms of any applicable restrictions, limitations or other provisions of Section 3).
9. REMEDIES.
     9.1. Generally . Each party to this Agreement has all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise against any other party in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder by such other party. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies that may be available against the breaching party, each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the breaching party and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies against the breaching party (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances.
     9.2. Deposit . Without limiting the generality of Section 9.1, if any Stockholder fails to deliver to the purchaser thereof the certificate or certificates evidencing Shares to be Transferred pursuant to Section 4, such purchaser may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, deposit the purchase price for such Shares with any national bank or trust company having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $1,000,000,000 (the “ Escrow Agent ”) and the Company shall cancel on its books the certificate or certificates representing such Shares and thereupon all of such Stockholder’s rights in and to such Shares shall terminate. Thereafter, upon delivery to such purchaser by such Stockholder of the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares (duly endorsed, or with stock powers duly endorsed, for transfer, with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any Adverse Claims, and with any transfer tax stamps affixed), such purchaser shall instruct the Escrow Agent to deliver the purchase price (without any interest from the date of the closing to the date of such delivery, any such interest to accrue to such purchaser) to such Stockholder.

40


 

10. LEGENDS.
     10.1. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing Shares shall have the following legend endorsed conspicuously thereupon:
The voting of the shares of stock evidenced by this certificate and the sale, encumbrance or other disposition thereof are subject to the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and a Stockholders Agreement to which the Corporation and certain of its stockholders are party, a copy of which may be inspected at the principal office of the Corporation or obtained from the Corporation without charge.
     In the event of a Transfer of Shares permitted by this Agreement in which the transferee thereof is not required pursuant to this Agreement to become bound by, or become a party to, this Agreement with respect to such Shares, such transferee will have the right to have the foregoing legend removed at the Company’s expense from any certificates representing such Shares (insofar as such legend references the provisions of this Agreement) by the delivery of substitute certificates to evidence such Shares that do not reference this Agreement.
     10.2. 1933 Act Legends . Each certificate representing Shares shall also have the following legend endorsed conspicuously thereupon:
The securities evidenced by this certificate were issued without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and may not be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act covering the transfer thereof or an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to CC Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”), that registration under the Act is not required.
     10.3. Stop Transfer Instruction . The Company will instruct any transfer agent not to register the Transfer of any Shares unless the conditions specified in the foregoing legends and this Agreement are satisfied.
     10.4. Termination of 1933 Act Legend . The requirement imposed by Section 10.2 shall cease and terminate as to any particular Shares (i) when, in the opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company, such legend is no longer required in order to assure compliance by the Company with the Securities Act or (ii) when such Shares have been effectively registered under the Securities Act or transferred pursuant to Rule 144. Wherever (x) such requirement shall cease and terminate as to any Shares or (y) such Shares shall be transferable under paragraph (k) of Rule 144, then the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, as the case may be, without expense, new certificates not bearing the legend set forth in Section 10.2.
     10.5. Book-Entry Shares . The provisions of this Section 10 and the share legends required hereunder shall apply to Shares that are represented by book entry (as opposed to certificates) to the same extent as if such Shares were represented by certificates.

41


 

11. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, ETC.
     11.1. Oral Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor shall any purported oral waiver of any of its terms be effective.
     11.2. Written Modifications . If, at any time when there are Investors party to this Agreement and a Requisite Capital IV Majority believes that doing so is in the interests of the Company and/or the Stockholders from a corporate, financing or business perspective, then this Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority, or, if there are no Sponsor Entities or Sponsor Investment Vehicles remaining as parties to this Agreement, by the Company and Stockholders holding at least a majority of the number of Shares then held by all Stockholders; provided , however , that the consent of Executive Stockholders holding at least a majority in number of the Vested Executive Shares held at the time by all Executive Stockholders shall be required for any amendment, modification, extension, termination or waiver that (a) would delete or in any way modify or otherwise alter the provisions of Section 4.1 or this Section 11.2, or would otherwise in any way modify or otherwise alter the rights of the Executive Stockholders embodied in Sections 4.1 or 11.2, (b) would by its terms adversely affect the Executive Stockholders to any greater extent than such amendment, modification, extension, termination or waiver would affect the Investors or (c) would otherwise adversely affect in any material respect the rights or obligations of the Executive Stockholders under this Agreement.
     11.3. Withdrawal from Agreement . On and after the first date on which the Investors and the Executive Stockholders hold Shares that in the aggregate represent less than 33% or such greater percentage as a Requisite Capital IV Majority agrees in writing (the “ Withdrawal Threshold ”) of the Shares held, in the aggregate, by Capital IV, Capital V and the Executive Stockholders immediately after the Closing (treating as Shares held immediately after the Closing all shares of Common Stock (and all Equivalent Shares underlying Convertible Securities) issued with respect to the Shares actually held as of such time pursuant to any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or the like affecting any of such Shares), any Stockholder that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock may elect (on behalf of itself and all of its Affiliates that hold Shares), by written notice to the Company and the Sponsor Groups, to (a) withdraw all Shares held by such Stockholder and its Affiliates from this Agreement (Shares withdrawn pursuant to this clause (a), the “ Withdrawn Shares ”) and (b) terminate this Agreement with respect to such Stockholder and its Affiliates (Stockholders and their Affiliates withdrawing pursuant to this clause (b), the “ Withdrawing Holders ”). From the date of delivery of such notice, the Withdrawn Shares shall cease to be Shares subject to this Agreement, and the Withdrawing Holders shall cease to be parties to this Agreement and shall no longer be subject to the obligations of this Agreement or have rights under this Agreement; provided that a Withdrawing Holder will continue to be obligated with respect to any Transfer or other transaction, whether or not such Withdrawing Holder is a party thereto, with respect to which such Withdrawing Holder has obligations under this Agreement as of such date of delivery to the same extent such Withdrawing Holder would have been obligated with respect thereto if such Withdrawing Holder had not withdrawn from this Agreement. The Company shall use its best efforts to provide all Stockholders with a written notice promptly following the first date on which the Withdrawal Threshold has been reached.

42


 

     11.4. Effect of Termination . No termination (in whole or in part) of, or withdrawal from, this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for any breach by it prior to such termination or withdrawal.
12. DEFINITIONS, ETC.
     12.1. Certain Matters of Construction . In this Agreement, unless specified otherwise:
     (a) references to Sections, Exhibits or Schedules are to Sections of, or Exhibits or Schedules to, this Agreement;
     (b) all Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein, and any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in any such Exhibit or Schedule shall have the meanings given to those terms in this Agreement;
     (c) the captions and headings in this Agreement are provided for convenience and do not affect its meaning;
     (d) the words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or provision of this Agreement, and reference to a particular Section of this Agreement will be deemed to include all subsections thereof;
     (e) the word “including” means “including, without limitation”;
     (f) definitions are equally applicable to both nouns and verbs and the singular and plural forms of the terms defined;
     (g) the masculine, feminine and neuter genders each include the others;
     (h) any reference to an agreement or organizational document, such as a certificate of incorporation, means that agreement or organizational document as amended or supplemented from time to time, subject to any restrictions on amendment contained in such agreement or organizational document, and any reference to a statute, rule or regulation means that statute, rule or regulation as amended or supplemented from time to time and any corresponding provisions of any successor statute, rule or regulation;
     (i) if any date specified in this Agreement as a date for taking action falls on a day that is not a business day, then that action may be taken on the next business day; and
     (j) the word “party” refers only to a party to this Agreement.
     12.2. Definitions . The following terms have the following meanings:
     “ Adverse Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8-102 of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code.

43


 

     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, or (b) if such specified Person is a natural person, any Member of the Immediate Family of such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be considered an Affiliate of any Sponsor Entity or any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds.
     “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to any specified Person, an investment fund that is an Affiliate of such Person or that is advised by the same investment adviser as such Person or by an Affiliate of such investment adviser or such Person.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Bain Entities ” means Bain Capital (CC) IX, L.P., Bain Capital (CC) IX Offshore, L.P., Bain Capital (CC) IX Coinvestment, L.P., Bain Capital (CC) IX Coinvestment Offshore, L.P., Bain Capital CC Investors, L.P., Bain Capital (CC) X, L.P., Bain Capital (CC) X Offshore, L.P., together with any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds that, as of any relevant time, is (a) a Stockholder or (b) an Equity Holder of a Sponsor Investment Vehicle.
     “ Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1.
     “ business day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.
     “ Capital I ” means Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the sole stockholder of Clear Channel immediately after the Closing.
     “ Capital II ” means Clear Channel Capital II, a Delaware limited liability company and, immediately after the Closing, (a) the sole member of Capital I and (b) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
     “ Capital IV ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Capital IV Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Capital V ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Capital V Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Change of Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other Person, or any other corporate reorganization or transaction (including the acquisition of capital stock of the Company), whether or not the Company is a

44


 

party thereto, after which the Sponsor Investment Vehicles and the Sponsor Entities and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates do not directly or indirectly control capital stock representing more than 25% of the economic interests in and 25% of the voting power of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization or transaction; (b) any stock sale or other transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is owned directly or indirectly by any Person and its “affiliates” or “associates” (as such terms are defined in the rules adopted by the Commission under the Exchange Act), other than the Sponsor Investment Vehicles and the Sponsor Entities and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates (or a group of Persons that includes such Persons); or (c) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person and the “affiliates” or “associates” of such Person (or a group of Persons acting in concert), other than the Sponsor Investment Vehicles and the Sponsor Entities and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates (or a group of Persons that includes such Persons).
     “ Charitable Organization ” means a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “ Class A Stock ” means the Company’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
     “ Class B Stock ” means the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
     “ Class C Stock ” means the Company’s Class C Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
     “ Clear Channel ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Clear Channel Entities ” means the Company, Capital I, Capital II and Opco.
     “ Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
     “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing occurs.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor entity.
     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, including the Class A Stock, the Class B Stock and the Class C Stock.
     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Convertible Securities ” means any evidence of indebtedness, shares of stock (other than Common Stock), options, warrants or other securities, including Options and Warrants, that are directly or indirectly convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock.

45


 

     “ Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.1.
     “ DGCL ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.
     “ Disability ” (a) when used in relation to L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays or Randall T. Mays, has the meaning given to such term in the respective Employment Agreement to which such Executive is a party, or (b) when used in relation to any other Executive, (i) has the meaning, if any, given to such term in the employment agreement then in effect, if any, between such Executive and the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) if there is no such term in such employment agreement or there is no such employment agreement then in effect, means the disability of an Executive during his or her employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature as a result of which, in the judgment of the Board, he or she is unable to perform substantially all of his or her duties and responsibilities, notwithstanding the provision of any reasonable accommodation, for 6 consecutive months during any period of 12 consecutive months.
     “ DOJ ” means the U.S. Department of Justice or any successor entity.
     “ Donating Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3.
     “ Drag Along Recapitalization Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.1.
     “ Drag Along Recapitalization Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.
     “ Drag Along Sale Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.1.
     “ Drag Along Sale Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
     “ Drag Along Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.1.
     “ Employment Agreements ” means, collectively, the respective Amended and Restated Employment Agreements to be entered into prior to the Closing Date by Opco, the Company and each of L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays or Randall T. Mays.
     “ Equity Holder ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that owns of record shares of capital stock or partnership, limited liability company or other equity interests in such specified Person or owns of record trust or other similar beneficial interests in such specified Person.
     “ Equivalent Shares ” means, at any given time, (a) as to any number of outstanding shares of Common Stock that constitute Shares, such number of shares of Common Stock and (b) as to any outstanding Convertible Securities that constitute Shares, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which or into which such Convertible Securities may at the time be exercised, converted or exchanged (or which will become exercisable, convertible or exchangeable on or prior to, or by reason of, the transaction or circumstance in connection with which the number of Equivalent Shares is to be determined).

46


 

     “ Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Executive Designees ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Executive Shares ” means Shares of any type held by an Executive Stockholder.
     “ Executive Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission or any successor entity.
     “ FTC ” means the Federal Trade Commission or any successor entity.
     “ Highfields Voting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in 2.1.2.
     “ Holder ” means, as of any given time, any Investor or Executive Stockholder holding Registrable Securities.
     “ Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.3.
     “ Indirect Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.5.
     “ Initial Executive Designee ” means (a) when used in relation to L. Lowry Mays, LLM Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, (b) when used in relation to Mark P. Mays, MPM Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, or (c) when used in relation to Randall T. Mays, RTM Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership.
     “ Initiating Investors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1.
     “ Investor Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
     “ Investors ” means the Capital IV Investors and the Capital V Investors.
     “ Investor Shares ” means Shares of any type held by an Investor.
     “ Issuance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.
     “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.
     “ Issuer FWP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.1.
     “ Members of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any individual, each spouse or child or other descendant of such individual, each trust created solely for the benefit of one or more of the aforementioned persons and their spouses and each custodian or guardian of any property of one or more of the aforementioned persons in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian.

47


 

     “ Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Mergerco ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Minimum Executive Holding Period ” means, with respect to any Executive Stockholder, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the third anniversary of the closing of the Qualified Public Offering or such other period as may be agreed to in writing by such Executive Stockholder, the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority.
     “ NASD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.2.
     “ Offered Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
     “ Opco ” has the meaning contemplated in the Recitals.
     “ Options ” means any options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise directly acquire shares of Common Stock from the Company, other than any right to purchase shares pursuant to this Agreement.
     “ Other Class B Securities ” is defined below in this Section 12.2 in the definition of Requisite Capital IV Majority.
     “ Other Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.3.
     “ Parity Shares ” has the meaning set forth in 8.3.1.
     “ Participating Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.2.
     “ Participating Seller ” (a) in relation to a Transfer subject to Section 4.1, has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.2, and (b) in relation to a Transfer subject to Section 4.2, has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.1.
     “ Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.1.
     “ Participation Offerees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.1.
     “ Participation Percentage ” means, as to any Participation Offeree with respect to a given Issuance, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Shares (other than Options) held by such Participation Offeree immediately prior to such Issuance and the denominator of which is the sum of (a) the aggregate number of Shares (other than Options) then held by all Participation Offerees plus (b) in the case of a proposed Issuance with respect to which the Company has granted participation rights to any other Person or Persons in addition to the Participation Offerees, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then held by such other Person or Persons.

48


 

     “ Permitted Public Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.
     “ Permitted Sale Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.
     “ Permitted Transferee ” means (a) with respect to any Investor, any Affiliate or Affiliated Fund of such Investor, (b) with respect to any Sponsor Investment Vehicle, any Sponsor Entity that is an Equity Holder of such Sponsor Investment Vehicle receiving Shares in connection with an in-kind distribution by such Sponsor Investment Vehicle, (c) with respect to any Stockholder who is a natural person, upon the death of such Stockholder, such Stockholder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees or distributees in each case acquiring the Shares in question pursuant to the will or other instrument taking effect at death of such Stockholder or by applicable laws of descent and distribution, or (d) with respect to any Executive, a trust, private foundation or entity formed for estate planning purposes for the benefit of such Stockholder and/or any of the Members of the Immediate Family of such Stockholder, including, in the case of L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays or Randall T. Mays, the Initial Executive Designee associated with such Executive. In addition, any Stockholder shall be a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees and any member of a Sponsor Group shall be a Permitted Transferee of any other member of such Sponsor Group.
     “ Person ” means any natural person or individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “ Price Per Equivalent Share ” means the Board’s good faith determination of the price per Equivalent Share of any Convertible Securities that are the subject of an Issuance pursuant to Section 5 hereof.
     “ Principal Lock-Up Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.
     “ Principal Participating Holders ” means (a) in relation to any registered Public Offering pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 in which one or more Investors is including Registrable Securities, the Investor or Investors including Registrable Securities in such registered Public Offering that constitute at least a majority in number of the Registrable Securities included by all Investors in such registered Public Offering, and (b) in relation to any other such registered Public Offering, the Stockholder or Stockholders including Registrable Securities in such registered Public Offering that constitute at least a majority in number of the Registrable Securities included by all Stockholders in such registered Public Offering.
     “ Pro Rata Portion ” means:
     (a) as to a specified Tag Along Holder, with respect to Offered Shares that are subject to a proposed Transfer under Section 4.1, a number of Tag Eligible Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Offered Shares multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Tag Eligible Shares held by such Tag Along Holder as of the date of the Tag Along Notice, and the denominator of which is the sum of (A) the aggregate number of Tag Eligible Shares held by the Prospective Selling Investor and all Tag Along Holders as of the date of the Tag Along Notice plus (B) in the case of a proposed Transfer with respect to which a Requisite Capital IV Majority has granted tag-along

49


 

rights to any other Person or Persons in addition to the Tag Along Holders, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and other equity securities of the Company that are eligible for inclusion in such proposed Transfer according to the terms of such grant and that are held by such other Person or Persons as of the date of the Tag Along Notice; or
     (b) as to any Holder or holder of Parity Shares requesting that Registrable Securities or Parity Shares, as the case may be, be included in an underwritten Public Offering pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2, a number of Registrable Securities or Parity Shares, as the case may be, equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be registered in such registration (excluding any shares to be registered for the account of the Company) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which (A) as to any Holder, is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder, and (B) as to any holder of Parity Shares, is the aggregate number of Parity Shares held by such holder, and the denominator of which, as to any Holder or holder of Parity Shares is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Parity Shares held by all Holders and holders of Parity Shares requesting that their Registrable Securities or Parity Shares, as the case may be, be registered in such registration.
     “ Prospective Buyer ” means any Person or Persons, including the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Stockholder, proposing to purchase or otherwise acquire Shares from a Prospective Selling Investor.
     “ Prospective Selling Investor ” (a) in relation to a Transfer under Section 4.1, has the meaning set forth therein, and (b) in relation to a Transfer under Section 4.2, has the meaning set forth therein.
     “ Prospective Subscriber ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.1.
     “ Public Offering ” means a public offering and sale of shares of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
     “ Qualified Public Offering ” means the first underwritten Public Offering after the Closing Date (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) in connection with which the Company or any Initiating Investor receives sale proceeds therefrom.
     “ Qualifying Holder ” means, as of any given time, any Holder whose Shares represent at least 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other Holder whom the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority have agreed in writing is to be treated as a “Qualifying Holder”as of such time.
     “ Recapitalization Transaction ” means a transaction: (a) in which one or more classes of securities issued by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries are, in whole or in part on a pro rata basis among all holders of such securities, converted into, or exchanged for, securities of another form issued by the Company, any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, a newly formed parent of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates; (b) in which the terms of the respective form or forms of securities, if any, received by the holders of Class A Stock, Class B Stock and Class C Stock may preserve or change differences in the conversion rights

50


 

and/or voting rights to which the holders of one class of Common Stock were entitled prior to such transaction in respect of their shares of such class relative to the conversion rights or voting rights, as the case may be, to which the holders of any other class of Common Stock were entitled in respect of such other class, but shall be pari passu with respect to dividend, liquidation and other economic rights; and (c) that, if carried out by means of a Share Distribution (as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation) complies with the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, if any, that are then applicable to Share Distributions.
     “ Registrable Securities ” means, at any given time, all Shares that are (a) outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than any such shares that are Unvested Executive Shares), (b) shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any outstanding Convertible Security (other than any such Convertible Security that is an Unvested Executive Share) or (c) shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (a) or (b) above by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization (other than any such shares that are, or upon issuance will be, Unvested Executive Shares). As to any particular Registrable Securities, such Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) except as otherwise contemplated in Section 8.3.1, such Shares shall have ceased to be Shares hereunder, (ii) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such Shares shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such Shares shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (iii) such Shares shall have been Transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145, (iv) the disposition of such Shares may be made by the holder thereof under Rule 144 or 145 and such holder holds no more than 1% of the shares of the applicable class outstanding as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the Company, or (v) such Shares shall have been otherwise transferred to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the transferor, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company as part of such transfer and subsequent disposition of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act and such Shares may be distributed without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer under Rule 144 or Rule 145 (including without application of paragraphs (c), (e) (f) and (h) of Rule 144).
     “ Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance with Section 8 of this Agreement (other than underwriting discounts and commissions paid to underwriters and transfer taxes, if any), including (a) all Commission and securities exchange or NASD registration and filing fees, (b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (c) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (d) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or the NASD pursuant to Section 8.3.2(g) and all rating agency fees, (e) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (f) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders selected pursuant to the terms of Section 8.3.3 and one counsel for certain Holders selected pursuant to the second proviso of Section 8.3.3, if applicable, (g) any fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities, and (h) expenses incurred in connection with any road show (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders).

51


 

     “ Requisite Capital IV Majority ” means (a) at any time when any Capital IV Investor holds shares of Class B Stock and/or Shares that were issued upon the conversion of, in exchange for, or otherwise with respect to, shares of Class B Stock (any such Shares, “ Other Class B Securities ”), one or more Capital IV Investors that hold at least a majority in number of the total number of Equivalent Shares represented by the total number of shares of Class B Stock and Other Class B Securities, if any, that are then held by all Capital IV Investors, which majority must include, unless otherwise agreed by the Bain Entities and the THL Entities, (i) a Bain Entity at any time when the Capital IV Investors include a Bain Entity and (ii) a THL Entity at any time when the Capital IV Investors include a THL Entity, or (b) at any time when no Capital IV Investor holds any shares of Class B Stock or any Other Class B Securities, one or more Investors that are Sponsor Entities that hold at least a majority in number of the Shares then held by all Investors that are Sponsor Entities, which majority must include, unless otherwise agreed by the Bain Entities and the THL Entities, (i) a Bain Entity at any time when the Investors include a Bain Entity and (ii) a THL Entity at any time when the Investors include a THL Entity.
     “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 145 Transaction ” means a registration on Form S-4 (or any successor form) pursuant to Rule 145.
     “ Sale Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Shares ” means (a) all shares of Common Stock held by a Stockholder (other than, in the case of an Executive Stockholder, Stock Merger Consideration Shares issued by the Company to such Executive Stockholder pursuant to the Merger Agreement), whenever issued, including all shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities, and (b) all Convertible Securities held by a Stockholder (treating such Convertible Securities as a number of Shares equal to the number of Equivalent Shares represented by such Convertible Securities for all purposes of this Agreement except as otherwise specifically set forth herein).
     “ Shelf Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.4.
     “ Sponsor Entities ” means the Bain Entities and the THL Entities.
     “ Sponsor Group ” means each of (a) the Bain Entities, collectively, and (b) the THL Entities, collectively.
     “ Sponsor Investment Vehicle ” means each of Capital IV, Capital V, Bain Capital CC Investors, L.P., THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Clear Channel), L.P. and any other partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity controlled (a) jointly by the two Sponsor Groups and/or their respective Affiliates or (b) individually by a single Sponsor Group and/or its Affiliates, in each case (a) and (b) that is formed to invest directly or indirectly in the Company

52


 

and its subsidiaries and that is designated as a Sponsor Investment Vehicle in a written notice to the Company by the Sponsor Group or Sponsor Groups that control, or whose Affiliates control, such entity.
     “ Stock Merger Consideration Shares ” means shares of Class A Stock issued by the Company to a pre-Closing shareholder of Clear Channel pursuant to a Stock Election (as defined in the Merger Agreement) made by such pre-Closing shareholder, or pursuant to the provisions of the Merger Agreement that provide for issuance of Additional Equity Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement).
     “ Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Strategic Investor ” means, with respect to any proposed Transfer, any (a) Person that is determined in good faith by a Requisite Capital IV Majority (i) to be an owner of an attributable interest (as such term is used in applicable U.S. federal communication laws, rules and regulations) or an operator of radio or television broadcast operations or a business involving newspaper publishing or outdoor advertising or (ii) to otherwise be a competitor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) any Affiliate of any Person described by clause (a).
     “ Subject Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.
     “ Subscription Agreement ” means, in relation to any Stockholder, the subscription, rollover or similar agreement pursuant to which such Stockholder was issued shares of Common Stock by the Company in connection with the Closing.
     “ Tag Along Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.1.
     “ Tag Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.1.
     “ Tag Along Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.2.
     “ Tag Along Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.2.
     “ Tag Eligible Shares ” means, with respect to any given proposed Transfer under Section 4.1, all Shares other than Executive Shares that will not be Vested Executive Shares as of the proposed closing date of such Transfer specified in the Tag Along Notice related thereto.
     “ Take-Down Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.4.
     “ THL Entities ” means Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Clear Channel), L.P., together with any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds that, as of any relevant time, is (a) a Stockholder or (b) an Equity Holder of a Sponsor Investment Vehicle.
     “ Transfer ” means any sale, pledge, assignment, encumbrance, distribution or other transfer or disposition of Shares or other property to any other Person, whether directly, indirectly, voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise.

53


 

     “ Transfer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.
     “ Ultimate Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3.
     “ Unvested Executive Shares ” means, as of any given time, Executive Shares that are not then Vested Executive Shares.
     “ Vested Executive Shares ” means, as of any given time, Executive Shares granted or issued under any restricted stock award, stock option award or similar agreement or plan with respect to which all applicable vesting conditions have then been satisfied.
     “ Warrants ” means any warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise directly acquire shares of Common Stock.
     “ Withdrawing Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
     “ Withdrawn Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
     “ Withdrawal Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
13. MISCELLANEOUS.
     13.1. Authority; Effect . Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party that this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, and that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties as members of a joint venture or other association.
     13.2. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by facsimile, or (c) sent by overnight courier, in each case, addressed as follows:
     If to the Company, to it:
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Phone:            (210) 822-2828
Facsimile:       (210) 832-3433
Attention:      Andy Levin, Executive Vice President
                      and Chief Legal Officer

54


 

     with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Phone:            (617) 951-7000
Facsimile:       (617) 951-7050
Attention:      David C. Chapin
                      Patrick Diaz
                      Alfred O. Rose
     If to Capital IV, Capital V or a Requisite Capital IV Majority, to it:
c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02199
Phone:            (617) 516-2000
Facsimile:       (617) 516-2010
Attention:      John Connaughton
                      Ian K. Loring
     and
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Phone:            (617) 227-1050
Facsimile:       (617) 227-3514
Attention:      Scott M. Sperling
                      Joshua M. Nelson
     with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Phone:            (617) 951-7000
Facsimile:       (617) 951-7050
Attention:      David C. Chapin
                      Patrick Diaz
                      Alfred O. Rose
     If to L. Lowry Mays, to him:
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Phone:
Facsimile:

55


 

     If to Mark P. Mays, to him:
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Phone:
Facsimile:
     If to Randall T. Mays, to him:
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Phone:
Facsimile:
     with a copy of any notice to any of the foregoing three Executives (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Phone:            (212) 455-2000
Facsimile:       (212) 455-2502
Attention:      Eric Swedenburg
                      Andrea K. Wahlquist
     If to any other Stockholder, to such Stockholder at the address set forth in the records of the Company.
     Notice to the holder of record of any Shares shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof.
     Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective (a) on the date received, if personally delivered, (b) on the date received if delivered by facsimile on a business day, or if not delivered on a business day, on the first business day thereafter and (c) two business days after being sent by overnight courier. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.
     13.3. Merger; Binding Effect, Etc . This Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersede all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions among the parties and their respective Affiliates with respect to such subject matter, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives,

56


 

successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Stockholder may assign any of his, her or its respective rights or delegate any of his, her or its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void. No provision in this Agreement will give, or be construed to give, any legal or equitable rights hereunder to any Person other than the parties hereto, the Sponsor Entities and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
     13.4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
     13.5. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.
     13.6. No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Company and each Stockholder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Stockholder or any current or future member of any Stockholder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, for any obligation of any Stockholder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.
     13.7. Aggregation of Shares for Certain Rights .
     13.7.1. Investor Shares . All Shares held by Capital IV, Capital V or any other Sponsor Investment Vehicle controlled jointly by the two Sponsor Groups and/or their respective Affiliates may be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement that are based on the number of Shares held by a Stockholder in such manner as is specified by written notice to the Company by a Requisite Capital IV Majority; provided that, in the absence of such notice, the ability to exercise such rights shall be presumed to be held by Capital IV, Capital V or any such other Sponsor Investment Vehicle in proportion to the respective numbers of Shares it holds. All Shares at any time held by any Sponsor Entity and its Affiliates and Affiliated Funds may be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement that are based on the number of Shares held by a Stockholder

57


 

in such manner as is specified by written notice to the Company by such Sponsor Entity; provided that, in the absence of such notice, the ability to exercise such rights shall be presumed to be held by such Sponsor Entity and its Affiliates and Affiliated Funds in proportion to the respective numbers of Shares they hold; and provided further that within any Sponsor Group, the ability to exercise any rights under this Agreement of the members of such Sponsor Group that at any time hold Shares may be allocated among such members in such manner as is determined by the members of such Sponsor Group that then hold at least a majority of the total number of Shares then held by such Sponsor Group, as set forth in a written notice to the Company.
     13.7.2. Executive Shares . All Shares held by L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and their respective Permitted Transferees may be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement that are based on the number of Shares held by a Stockholder in such allocation as such Executives specify by written notice to the Company; provided that, in the absence of such notice, the ability to exercise such rights shall be presumed to be held by such Executive Stockholders and their respective Permitted Transferees in proportion to the respective numbers of Shares they hold. Subject to the foregoing sentence, all Shares held by any Executive Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement that are based on the number of Shares held by a Stockholder and such Executive Stockholder will have right to allocate the ability to exercise any such rights in any manner that such Executive Stockholder sees fit, as set forth in a written notice to the Company.
     13.8. Company Obligations . Opco agrees to be jointly and severally liable with the Company for the obligations of the Company under this Agreement to indemnify any Stockholders or reimburse any Stockholders for certain expenses they incur in connection with transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
14. GOVERNING LAW.
     14.1. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
     14.2. Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not

58


 

be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 14.2 is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.
     14.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 14.3 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 14.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
     14.4. Exercise of Rights and Remedies . No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.
[Signature pages follow]

59


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement (or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer or representative) as of the date first above written.
         
COMPANY   CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   President   
 
OPCO   BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   President   
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
INVESTORS   CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL IV, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Han    
    Name:   Edward J. Han   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL V, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CC Capital V Manager, LLC, its
general partner  
 
     
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Han    
    Name:   Edward J. Han   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
MAYS EXECUTIVES   L. LOWRY MAYS
 
 
  /s/ L. Lowry Mays    
     
     
 
  MARK P. MAYS
 
 
  /s/ Mark P. Mays    
     
     
 
  RANDALL T. MAYS
 
 
  /s/ Randall T. Mays    
     
     
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  LLM PARTNERS, LTD.
 
 
  By:   LL MAYS MANAGEMENT, LLC    
     
  By:   /s/ L. Lowry Mays    
    Name:   L. Lowry Mays   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  MPM PARTNERS, LTD.
 
 
  By:   MP MAYS MANAGEMENT, LLC    
     
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
    Name:   Mark P. Mays   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  RTM PARTNERS, LTD.
 
 
  By:   RT MAYS MANAGEMENT, LLC    
     
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 

 


 

The undersigned Sponsor Entities join in this Agreement with respect to Section 4.1.5:
         
  BAIN CAPITAL (CC) IX, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Bain Capital Partners (CC) IX, L.P., its general partner  
     
  By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC, its general partner  
     
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  BAIN CAPITAL (CC) IX OFFSHORE, L.P.
 
  By:   Bain Capital Partners (CC) IX, L.P., its general partner  
     
  By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC, its general partner  
     
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  BAIN CAPITAL (CC) IX COINVESTMENT, L.P.
 
  By:   Bain Capital Partners (CC) IX, L.P., its general partner    
     
  By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  BAIN CAPITAL (CC) IX COINVESTMENT
OFFSHORE, L.P.

 
 
  By:   Bain Capital Partners (CC) IX, L.P., its general
partner  
 
     
  By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC, its general
partner  
 
     
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  BAIN CAPITAL CC INVESTORS, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Bain Capital CC Partners, LLC, its general
partner  
 
     
  By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC, its sole member    
     
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND VI, L.P.
 
 
  By:   THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL FUND VI, L.P.
 
 
  By:   THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL (DT) FUND VI, L.P.
 
 
  By:   THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   Managing Director   
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  THL EQUITY FUND VI INVESTORS (CLEAR CHANNEL), L.P.
 
 
  By:   THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member    
     
  By:   Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   Managing Director   
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CC MEDIA HOLDINGS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF JOINDER TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
     This JOINDER (“ Joinder ”) is executed by the undersigned (the “ Transferee ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2008, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Agreement ”), by and among CC Media Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.) and certain stockholders of the Company that are identified therein as being parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.
     By the execution of this Joinder, the Transferee hereby agrees as follows:
     1.  Acknowledgment . The Transferee acknowledges that the Transferee is acquiring securities of the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Agreement, and that such securities will be subject to the terms of, and the Transferee agrees and confirms that it will abide by, the terms of the Agreement as contemplated by Section 3.2 of the Agreement.
     2.  Agreement . The Transferee agrees that (i) the Transferee and the securities acquired by the Transferee shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement, (ii) the Transferee shall be considered a [“            ”], [an “Investor” / or / an “Executive Stockholder” and an “Executive Designee” etc.] and (iii) the securities acquired by the Transferee shall be considered [“            Shares”] [“Investor Shares” / or / “Executive Shares”] for all purposes of the Agreement. The Transferee hereby adopts the Agreement.
     3.  Shares Transferred . The Transferee proposes to acquire from                                           , the following number and class of shares of the Company:                                                                .
     4.  Relationship . The Transferee hereby certifies that it is an [Affiliate] 1 of such above-referenced transferor and therefor a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Agreement) of such transferor.
 
1   Edit as appropriate. This language is for Investor transfer to an Affiliate. If, for example, this is signed as part of a permitted transfer of Executive Shares from an Executive to a family trust “Executive Designee”, then this language would be modified accordingly.

 


 

Stockholders Agreement
     5.  Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to the Transferee at the address listed beside the Transferee’s signature below.
[ Balance of page intentionally blank; signature page follows. ]

 


 

Stockholders Agreement
EXECUTED AND DATED this              day of                        , 20                .
         
  TRANSFEREE:
 
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:      
    Title:      
         
    Address:      
    Fax:      
 
       
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 
By:   /s/    
  Name:      
  Title:      

 


 

         
SCHEDULE I
Holdings of Shares & Options
                     
    Class A Stock           Options   Options
Stockholder   (including restricted shares)   Class B Stock   Class C Stock   (Rollover)   (New)
Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC
  0   555,556   0   0   0
Clear Channel Capital V, L.P.
  0   0   58,967,502   0   0
L. Lowry Mays
  39,750   0   0   102,137   0
LLM Partners, Ltd.
  0   0   0   0   0
Mark P. Mays
  686,556   0   0   66,628   2,083,333
MPM Partners, Ltd.
  102,168   0   0   0   0
Randall T. Mays
  686,556   0   0   66,628   2,083,333
RTM Partners, Ltd.
  102,168   0   0   0   0
TOTAL
  1,617,198   555,556   58,967,502   235,393   4,166,666

 

Exhibit 10.3
Execution Copy
July 29, 2008
Messrs.
L. Lowry Mays
Mark P. Mays, and
Randall T. Mays
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
          Re: Side Letter Agreement
Dear Lowry/Mark/Randall:
     This letter agreement relates to the Stockholders Agreement of even date herewith by and among CC Media Holdings, Inc., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and the other parties thereto (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”).
     The purpose of this letter agreement is to supplement the agreements of the undersigned parties that are contained in the Stockholders Agreement. Accordingly, the Company, Capital IV, Capital V, L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and the other undersigned Executive Stockholders hereby agree, on behalf of themselves and their respective Permitted Transferees, heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns, as follows:
     1. Whenever the term “Minimum Executive Holding Period” is used in the Stockholders Agreement in relation to L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays or Randall T. Mays or any of their respective Permitted Transferees, that term will be deemed to mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is the earlier of (a) the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) the third anniversary of the closing of the Qualified Public Offering.
     2. Each of L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays will be treated as a “Qualifying Holder” for purposes of the Stockholders Agreement with respect to any period of time during which such Executive establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such Executive is an “affiliate” of the Company (as that term is used in Rule 144), even if such Executive does not then hold Shares that represent at least 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and therefore would not otherwise then qualify as a “Qualifying Holder” for purposes of the Stockholders Agreement.
     3. Section 7 of the Stockholders Agreement will not apply to L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays or Randall T. Mays or any of their respective Permitted Transferees, including the respective undersigned Initial Executive Designee associated with such Executive. Instead, the agreements set forth in Exhibit A to this letter agreement, together with the capitalized terms used therein that are defined or referred to in Exhibit B to this letter agreement, will apply to each such Executive and each of such Executive’s Permitted Transferees as fully as though such agreements were contained in the Stockholders Agreement as Section 7 thereof and such capitalized terms were included with the terms defined or referred to in Section 12.2 thereof. Unless otherwise specified, references to Sections in this letter agreement or in either of the

 


 

Exhibits hereto are references to sections of the Stockholders Agreement (which, for purposes of this sentence, will be deemed to contain, in Section 7 thereof, the agreements set forth in Exhibit A to this letter agreement and, in Section 12.2 thereof, the capitalized terms used in such Exhibit or defined in Exhibit B to this letter agreement).
     4. This letter agreement applies only to the undersigned parties hereto and does not apply to, and is not to be construed as applying to, any other current or any future stockholder of the Company (whether as an amendment or modification of the Stockholders Agreement under Section 11.2 thereof, or otherwise), except for the respective Permitted Transferees of the undersigned Investors and Executive Stockholders that become party to the Stockholders Agreement in accordance with its terms.
     5. Except to the extent supplemented by this letter agreement or supplemented or otherwise modified by any subsequent written agreement of the undersigned parties hereto, the terms of the Stockholders Agreement will apply to each of the undersigned parties to this letter agreement as set forth therein. Capitalized terms that are used in this letter agreement and/or in any Exhibit to this letter agreement, but that are not defined in this letter agreement or in either of those Exhibits, have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Stockholders Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
     6. This letter agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor shall any purported oral waiver of any of its provisions be effective. This letter agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company, a Requisite Capital IV Majority and each of the undersigned Executives who would be affected thereby. No amendment, modification, extension or termination of Section 7 of the Stockholders Agreement, or any waiver of any of the provisions thereof, will apply to any of the undersigned Executives, each of whose rights and obligations with respect to the subject matters of that Section are contained entirely in this letter agreement and the Exhibits hereto, each as amended, modified, extended, terminated or waived from time to time in accordance with this paragraph.
     7. This letter agreement is being entered into concurrently with the Stockholders Agreement and, like the Stockholders Agreement, will not become effective until the consummation of the Merger. If the Stockholders Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, this letter agreement will terminate automatically. If any of the undersigned parties withdraws from the Stockholders Agreement in accordance with its terms, that party will be deemed to have simultaneously withdrawn from this letter agreement without the need for any further action on part of that party or any of the other undersigned parties. No termination (in whole or in part) of, or withdrawal from, this letter agreement shall relieve any of the undersigned parties of liability for any breach by that party prior to such termination or withdrawal.
     8. No provision in this letter agreement will give, or be construed to give, any legal or equitable rights hereunder to any Person other than the undersigned parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

2


 

     9. Sections 12.1, 13.1, 13.2, 13.4, 13.5, 13.6, 14.1, 14.2 and 14.3 of the Stockholders Agreement are hereby made part of this letter agreement as if each of those sections of the Stockholders Agreement were set forth herein, mutatis mutandis .

3


 

     If you agree with us that this letter agreement correctly reflects the terms of the agreements that the Company, Capital IV, Capital V, L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and the Initial Executive Designees intend to have supplement their agreements in the Stockholders Agreement, then please kindly acknowledge the same by signing in the space provided below.
         
  Sincerely,


CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott M. Sperling    
    Name:   Scott M. Sperling   
    Title:   President   
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL IV, LLC

 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Han    
    Name:   Edward J. Han   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL V, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CC Capital V Manager, LLC, its general partner
 
 
     
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Han    
    Name:   Edward J. Han   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LETTER AGREEMENT]

 


 

MAYS EXECUTIVES
         
  L. LOWRY MAYS
 
 
  /s/ L. Lowry Mays    
     
     
 
  MARK P. MAYS
 
 
  /s/ Mark P. Mays    
     
     
 
  RANDALL T. MAYS
 
 
  /s/ Randall T. Mays    
     
     
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LETTER AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  LLM PARTNERS, LTD.
 
 
  By:   LL MAYS MANAGEMENT, LLC    
       
     
  By:   /s/ L. Lowry Mays    
    Name:   L. Lowry Mays   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  MPM PARTNERS, LTD.
 
 
  By:   MP MAYS MANAGEMENT, LLC    
       
     
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
    Name:   Mark P. Mays   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 
  RTM PARTNERS, LTD.
 
 
  By:   RT MAYS MANAGEMENT, LLC    
       
     
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Authorized Person   
 

6


 

Exhibit A
7.   COMPANY CALL OPTION AND EXECUTIVE SALE RIGHTS.
     7.1. Call Option Upon Termination . Upon any termination of a Mays Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Company will have the right to purchase Executive Shares held by such Mays Executive or any of his Executive Designees or originally issued to such Mays Executive or any of his Executive Designees but held by one or more Persons that acquired such Shares as Permitted Transferees of such Mays Executive or any of such Executive Designees (as to a given Mays Executive, such Mays Executive and all such other Persons, collectively, such Mays Executive’s “ Call Group ”) to the extent, and on the terms and conditions, specified in this Section 7.1 (each such right, a “ Call Option ”).
     7.1.1. Termination Events; Resulting Call Rights .
     (a) Termination due to Death or Disability . If such termination is the result of the death or Disability of such Mays Executive, then the Company will have the right to purchase all or any portion of the New Option Shares held by such Mays Executive’s Call Group at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.
     (b) Termination by the Company other than for Cause or by a Mays Executive for Good Reason . If such termination is the result of (i) a termination by the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than for Cause (or Disability) or (ii) a termination by such Mays Executive for Good Reason, then, in either such event, the Company will have the right to purchase all or any portion of the New Option Shares held by such Mays Executive’s Call Group at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.
     (c) Termination for Cause . If such termination is the result of a termination by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for Cause, then the Company will have the right to purchase all or any portion of (i) the Vested Restricted Shares, Purchased Shares and Rollover Option Shares held by such Mays Executive’s Call Group, in each case at a per Share price equal to the respective Fair Market Value thereof, and (ii) the New Option Shares held by such Call Group at a per Share price equal to the lesser of the Fair Market Value thereof and the Cost thereof.
     (d) Termination by a Mays Executive other than for Good Reason . If such termination is the result of a termination by such Mays Executive other than for Good Reason, then the Company will have the right to purchase all or any portion of (i) the Purchased Shares and Rollover Option Shares held by such Mays Executive’s Call Group, in each case at a per Share price equal to the respective Fair Market Value thereof, and (ii) the New Option Shares held by such Call Group at a per Share price equal to the lesser of the Fair Market Value thereof and the Cost thereof.

 


 

     (e) Retirement . If such termination is the result of Retirement by such Mays Executive, then the Company will have the right to purchase all or any portion of the New Option Shares held by such Mays Executive’s Call Group at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.
     7.1.2. Notices . Any Call Option may be exercised by delivery of written notice thereof (the “ Call Notice ”) to all members of the applicable Call Group from whom the Company has elected to purchase Shares by no later than the Call Notice Due Date. The Call Notice shall identify the Shares with respect to which the Company has elected to exercise the Call Option and the purchase price therefor (as calculated above under the applicable provision of Section 7.1.1). For purposes of this Section 7, the “ Call Notice Due Date ” shall mean the date that is six months after the effective date of the applicable termination of employment; provided that, as to any Option Shares first acquired by the applicable Mays Executive or any other member of such Mays Executive’s Call Group on or after such date, the Call Notice Due Date shall be extended until the date that is one month after the date such Option Shares were first acquired by such Mays Executive or other member of such Call Group (such date of acquisition, the “ Option Exercise Date ”); provided , further , that in the case of a termination of employment of a type described in Section 7.1.1(b) or 7.1.1(e): (i) a Call Option may not be exercised as to any Option Shares, until the date that is six months and one day after the Option Exercise Date with respect to such Option Shares; and (ii) the “ Call Notice Due Date ” shall mean the date that is no later than the later of (x) the date that is six months after the effective date of such termination of employment and (y) the date that is nine months after the last Option Exercise Date (in the case of any such Option Shares).
     7.1.3. Determination Date . The purchase price for any Shares to be purchased pursuant to a Call Option shall be determined as of the date the applicable Call Notice is delivered.
     7.1.4. No Modification of Vesting, Etc. . The rights of the Company and the Investors to purchase Executive Shares under this Section 7.1 are in addition to, and do not modify, any vesting provisions or other terms of any restricted stock, stock option, subscription or other agreement or plan applicable to any Executive Shares.
     7.1.5. Payments . Any payment required to be made by the Company or the Investors to a Call Group under any provision of this Section 7.1 shall be made in cash.
     7.1.6. Closing .
     (a) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Mays Executive whose Call Group’s Executive Shares are the subject of a Call Notice, the closing of any purchase and sale of Executive Shares pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall take place at the principal executive office of the Company as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event not later than the date that is the later of (i) 15 business days after the delivery of the applicable Call Notice and (ii) five business days after all determinations of Fair Market Value by a nationally-recognized investment bank that are required under clause (b) of the

A-2


 

definition of “Fair Market Value” (any such determination, an “ Appraisal ”) in connection with such purchase and sale have become final; provided that such closing may be extended at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority and the Company solely to the extent necessary to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval. If the closing of any purchase and sale of Executive Shares is extended by a Requisite Capital IV Majority pursuant to Section 7.1.7 or the preceding proviso clause, in either case for more than 30 days after the delivery of the Call Notice for such Executive Shares, then the aggregate purchase price therefor shall accrue interest from and after such 30th day at a per annum interest rate equal to the prime rate as reported by JPMorgan Chase at such time through the date payment is finally made, such rate of interest to increase by 100 basis points on each three-month anniversary of such 30th day; provided , however , that in no event will the per annum rate of interest in effect under this Section 7.1.6(a) exceed 12%. In a case where an Appraisal is conducted in connection with a purchase and sale of Executive Shares under this Section 7.1, (A) interest shall begin to accrue under the preceding sentence only if the closing of such purchase and sale has not occurred within 45 days after the engagement of the investment bank conducting such Appraisal (in which case all references in the preceding sentence to such “30th day” will be deemed to be replaced with a reference to the 45th day after such engagement); and (B) no interest shall be due if the Fair Market Value of such Executive Shares, as determined by the investment bank conducting such Appraisal, is not more than 110% of the determination of the Fair Market Value of such Executive Shares by the Board set forth in the Call Notice for such Executive Shares. In any event, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Mays Executive whose Call Group’s Executive Shares are the subject thereof, the closing of any purchase and sale of Executive Shares under this Section 7.1 that has been extended or has otherwise been delayed for more than 30 days after the delivery of the Call Notice for such Executive Shares shall take place as soon as practicable (and in any event within five business days) after the circumstances giving rise to such extension or delay no longer exist.
     (b) At the closing of any purchase and sale of Executive Shares pursuant to this Section 7.1, the holders of Shares to be sold shall deliver to the Company and/or the Investors and any applicable Investor Designees a certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or the Investors and any applicable Investor Designees duly endorsed, or with stock (or equivalent) powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, with all necessary stock (or equivalent) transfer tax stamps affixed, and the Company and/or the Investors and Investor Designees shall pay to such holder by certified or bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds the purchase price of the Shares being purchased by the Company and/or the Investors, less any taxes required to be withheld in respect of such purchase and sale under applicable law. The receipt of consideration by any Person selling Shares pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Person that (a) such Person has full right, title and interest in and to such Shares, (b) such Person has all necessary power and authority and has taken all necessary action to sell such Shares as

A-3


 

contemplated and (c) such Shares are free and clear of any and all Adverse Claims.
     7.1.7. Investor Call Option . If the Company elects not to purchase pursuant to 7.1 all Executive Shares that are held by a Call Group, then the Company shall notify each Investor and each Investor may purchase, or elect to have one or more Investor Designees purchase, such Investor’s Ratable Share of the remaining Shares for the same purchase price(s) and on the same terms and conditions as the Company would be entitled to purchase such Shares under this Section 7.1; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1.6(a), if Investors or Investor Designees elect to take part in the purchase of such remaining Shares, then a Requisite Capital IV Majority may extend the closing date for up to 15 business days solely to the extent necessary to obtain equity financing for such purchase. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, any exercise of such right by one or more Investors (or their Investor Designees) shall be made by notice to the applicable Call Group within the applicable time period set forth in Section 7.1.2. In addition, if the closing of any purchase and sale of Executive Shares by the Company pursuant to Section 7.1 is extended in accordance with Section 7.1.6(a) to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval, then the Company may assign to the Investors the right to purchase (which the Investors may assign to their respective Investor Designees) their respective Ratable Shares of the Executive Shares that are the subject of such purchase and sale for the same purchase price (including interest, if applicable) and on the same terms and conditions as the Company would be entitled to purchase such Shares under this Section 7.1. If any Investor agrees to forego its full Ratable Share of any Shares that it is entitled to purchase under this Section 7.1.7, the remainder shall be made available to the other Investors in proportion to their respective Ratable Shares (unless the Investors otherwise agree). The Company or any Investor or Investor Designee purchasing Executive Shares pursuant to this Section 7.1.7 may, at any time following the purchase and sale thereof, require that the Executive Shares being purchased by such Investor or Investor Designee be converted by the Company into shares of Class C Stock in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.
     7.2. Certain Public Sale Rights . Upon any termination of a Mays Executive’s employment with the Company or any its subsidiaries, such Mays Executive, each of his Executive Designees and each Person holding Executive Shares who acquired them as a Permitted Transferee of such Mays Executive or any of such Executive Designees (as to a given Mays Executive, such Mays Executive and all such other Persons, collectively, such Mays Executive’s “ Sale Group ”) will have the right, subject to Section 7.2.2 and Sections 3.3, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7, to sell shares of Common Stock to the public pursuant to Rule 144, to the extent, and on the terms and conditions, specified in this Section 7.2 (any such sale, a “ Permitted Public Transfer ”), notwithstanding that such a Transfer might not otherwise then be permitted by Section 3.1.4. Executive Shares sold in Permitted Public Transfers pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be Shares under this Agreement.
     7.2.1. Termination Events; Resulting Public Sale Rights .

A-4


 

     (a) Termination due to Death or Disability . If such termination is the result of the death or Disability of such Mays Executive, then, subject to Section 7.2.2, at any time during the respective Permitted Sale Period applicable to such Executive Shares, each member of such Mays Executive’s Sale Group will have the right to sell in one or more Permitted Public Transfers all or any portion of the Vested Restricted Shares, Purchased Shares, Rollover Option Shares and New Option Shares held by such member (other than any New Option Shares that are then subject to a valid Call Notice under Section 7.1.2).
     (b) Termination by Company other than for Cause or Termination by Mays Executive for Good Reason . If such termination is the result of (i) a termination by the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than for Cause or (ii) a termination by such Mays Executive for Good Reason, then, in either such event, subject to Section 7.2.2, at any time during the respective Permitted Sale Period applicable to such Executive Shares, each member of such Mays Executive’s Sale Group will have the right to sell in one or more Permitted Public Transfers all or any portion of the Vested Restricted Shares, Purchased Shares and Rollover Option Shares held by such member.
     (c) Retirement . If such termination is the result of the Retirement of such Mays Executive, then, subject to Section 7.2.2, at any time during the Permitted Sale Period applicable to such Executive Shares, each member of such Mays Executive’s Sale Group will have the right to sell in one or more Permitted Public Transfers all or any portion of the Vested Restricted Shares held by such member.
     7.2.2. Rights of First Offer . If a member of a Sale Group proposes to make a Permitted Public Transfer of any shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 7.2.1, then, prior to making such Permitted Public Transfer, such member (the “ Transferring Executive Stockholder ”) must comply with this Section 7.2.2.
     (a) Notice . The Transferring Executive Stockholder shall notify the Company and each of the Investors of such Transferring Executive Stockholder’s intention to make a Permitted Public Transfer (the “ ROFO Notice ”). The ROFO Notice shall identify the number of Shares that are the subject of the proposed Permitted Public Transfer (the “ ROFO Shares ”) and shall constitute an irrevocable offer to Transfer the ROFO Shares to the Company and the Investors and their respective Investor Designees, on the basis described in this Section 7.2.2, for the per Share purchase price set forth in the ROFO Notice (the “ ROFO Price ”).
     (b) Company Option . The Company will have the right to purchase all or any portion of the ROFO Shares by giving written notice (the “ Company Acceptance Notice ”) to the Transferring Executive Stockholder and the Investors as to the number of ROFO Shares that the Company is willing to purchase by no later than the date that is five business days after the date the ROFO Notice is effective (the “ Company ROFO Period ”).

A-5


 

     (c) Investor Option . If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the ROFO Shares by the end of the Company ROFO Period, the Transferring Executive Stockholder shall provide the Investors with an additional notice (the “ Second ROFO Notice ”) on the last day of the Company ROFO Period that identifies the ROFO Shares that the Company has declined to purchase (the “ Remaining ROFO Shares ”). Each Investor will have the right to purchase, or to cause one or more of its Investor Designees to purchase, up to such Investor’s Ratable Share of the Remaining Shares by giving written notice (an “ Investor Acceptance Notice ”) to the Transferring Executive Stockholder and the other Investors as to the number of Remaining ROFO Shares that such Investor and/or its Investor Designees are willing to purchase by no later than the date that is two business days after the date the Second ROFO Notice is effective (the “ Extended ROFO Period ”); provided that if any Investor declines to purchase (and does not designate any Persons to purchase as such Investor’s Investor Designees) such Investor’s Ratable Share of the Remaining ROFO Shares, the Remaining ROFO Shares that such Investor has declined to purchase shall be made available to the each of the other Investors and their respective Investor Designees that have delivered an Investor Acceptance Notice pro rata to such Investors’ respective Ratable Shares unless any such other Investor has specified in its Investor Acceptance Notice an unwillingness to participate in such a reallocation. The Company or any Investor or Investor Designee purchasing Remaining ROFO Shares pursuant to this Section 7.2.2 may, at any time following the purchase and sale thereof, require that such Remaining ROFO Shares be converted by the Company into shares of Class C Stock in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.
     (d) Closing .
     (i) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Transferring Executive Stockholder, the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the closing of any purchase and sale of ROFO Shares by the Company and/or the Investors or their Investor Designees pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall take place at the principal office of the Company as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than 15 business days after the delivery of the applicable ROFO Notice; provided that if any Investors or their Investor Designees are participating in such purchase and sale, such closing may be extended solely to the extent necessary to obtain equity financing for such purchase for an additional 15 business days by a Requisite Capital IV Majority; provided , further , that, in any case, such closing may be extended at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority and the Company solely to the extent necessary to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval. If the closing of any purchase and sale of ROFO Shares is extended by a Requisite Capital IV Majority pursuant to either or both of the two preceding proviso clauses for more than 30 days after the delivery of the applicable ROFO Notice, then the aggregate purchase price therefor shall accrue interest from and after such 30th day at a per annum interest rate equal to the prime rate as reported by

A-6


 

JPMorgan Chase at such time through the date payment is finally made, such rate of interest to increase by 100 basis points on each three-month anniversary of such 30th day; provided , however , that in no event will the per annum rate of interest in effect under this Section 7.2.2(d) exceed 12%. In any event, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Transferring Executive Stockholder, the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority, the closing of any purchase and sale of ROFO Shares under this Section 7.2.2 that has been extended or has otherwise been delayed for more than 30 days after the delivery of the ROFO Notice under this Section 7.2.2 for such purchase and sale shall take place as soon as practicable (and in any event within five business days) after the circumstances giving rise to such extension or delay no longer exist.
     (ii) At such closing, the Transferring Executive Stockholder shall deliver to the Company and/or the Investors and any applicable Investor Designees a certificate or certificates representing the ROFO Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or the Investors and any applicable Investor Designees duly endorsed, or with stock powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, with any necessary stock transfer tax stamps affixed, and the Company and/or the Investors and any Investor Designees shall pay to the Transferring Executive Stockholder the purchase price for the respective ROFO Shares that the Company and/or the Investors and any Investor Designees are purchasing by certified or bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, less any taxes required to be withheld in respect of the purchase and sale of any of such ROFO Shares under applicable law. The receipt of consideration for any ROFO Shares being sold pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Transferring Executive Stockholder that (a) the Transferring Executive Stockholder has full right, title and interest in and to such ROFO Shares, (b) the Transferring Executive Stockholder has all necessary power and authority and has taken all necessary action to sell such ROFO Shares as contemplated and (c) such ROFO Shares are free and clear of any and all Adverse Claims.
     (e) Permitted Public Sale . If the Company, the Investors and the Investor Designees do not purchase all of the ROFO Shares in accordance with this Section 7.2.2, then the Transferring Executive Stockholder may proceed with a Permitted Public Transfer with respect to the remaining balance of the ROFO Shares until the end of the respective Permitted Sale Period, but shall not Transfer any other shares of Common Stock in a Permitted Public Transfer without first complying with this Section 7.2.2. In addition, except as otherwise agreed by the Transferring Executive Stockholder, the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority, if, at any time during such Permitted Sale Period, the Transferring Executive Stockholder desires to make a Permitted Public Transfer of any such ROFO Shares for a per Share price that is less than 95% of the ROFO Price, then such Transferring Executive Stockholder must once again comply with the

A-7


 

provisions of this Section 7.2.2 before doing so; provided , however , that each applicable period for giving notice to which reference is made in Section 7.2.2(b) and 7.2.2(c) will be one business day or such longer period as the Transferring Executive Stockholder, the Company and a Requisite Capital IV Majority may agree.
7.3. Put Option .
     7.3.1. Restricted Shares . Until the end of a Permitted Sale Period following the termination of the employment of any Mays Executive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries during which such Mays Executive and the other members of his Sale Group are permitted to sell Vested Restricted Shares in Permitted Public Transfers in accordance with Section 7.2 such Mays Executive will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any portion of such Vested Restricted Shares at a per Share price equal to the Fair Market Value thereof (such right, the “ Restricted Stock Put Option ”), determined as of the Closing (in the case of a termination of employment of a type described in Section 7.2.1(a) or 7.2.1(b)) or as of the date the Put Notice related thereto is delivered (in the case of a termination of employment of a type described in Section 7.2.1(c)).
     7.3.2. Other Shares . If, following any termination of the employment of any Mays Executive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is of a type described in Section 7.2.1(a) or 7.2.1(b), such Mays Executive and the other members of such Mays Executive’s Sale Group comply with the requirements of Section 7.2 and use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to sell in Permitted Public Transfers the Purchased Shares, Rollover Option Shares and, in the case of a termination of employment of a type described in Section 7.2.1(a), New Option Shares they are permitted to sell under Section 7.2, but are unable to sell all such Executive Shares by the end of the Permitted Sale Period applicable thereto, then, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7.3, such Mays Executive will have the right to require the Company to purchase under this Section 7.3.2 all or any portion of such Executive Shares that have not been sold (any such Executive Shares, “ Other Put Eligible Shares ”), in each case at a per Share price equal to the respective Fair Market Value thereof (such right, the “ Other Stock Put Option ”; the Restricted Stock Put Option and the Other Stock Put Option, each a “ Put Option ”), determined as of the date on which the Put Notice applicable thereto is delivered.
     7.3.3. Exercise; Notice . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7.3, (a) a Mays Executive may exercise the Restricted Stock Put Option with respect to all or any portion of the Vested Restricted Shares held by such Mays Executive and the other members of his Sale Group on a single occasion by delivery of written notice (a “ Put Notice ”) on any date during the respective Permitted Sale Period applicable such Vested Restricted Shares; and (b) a Mays Executive may exercise the Other Stock Put Option with respect to all or any portion of the Other Put Eligible Shares held by such Mays Executive and the other members of his Sale Group by delivery of written notice (a “ Put Notice ”) on the first business day after the last day of the respective Permitted Sale Period applicable to such Other Put Eligible Shares.

A-8


 

     7.3.4. Determination Date; Payment . The purchase price for any Executive Shares that are the subject of a valid Put Notice (any such Executive Shares, “ Put Shares ”) shall be determined as of the applicable date specified in Section 7.3.1 (in the case of the Restricted Stock Put Option) or in Section 7.3.2 (in the case of the Other Stock Put Option). The Company shall deliver the applicable Mays Executive a written notice setting forth such purchase price within five business days following the receipt of any applicable Put Notice. Any payment required to be made by the Company or the Investors or any Investor Designees to the applicable Call Group under any provision of this Section 7.3 shall be made in cash.
     7.3.5. Restricted Payments .
     (a) If (i) any payment of cash by the Company otherwise required by this Section 7.3 or any distribution to the Company from any of its subsidiaries of cash in the amount of any payment otherwise required to be made by the Company under this Section 7.3 would result in, or give rise to, a breach or violation of, or any default or right or cause of action under, any agreement of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that relates to indebtedness, or (ii) the Board determines in good faith that the authorization or making of any such payment or distribution (A) would be detrimental to the Company and its subsidiaries given their financial condition and liquidity requirements at such time or (B) would constitute a violation of law or of the Board’s fiduciary duties, then, in either case (i) or (ii), the Company will have the right to postpone the making of such payment until such time as it may do so, or may cause a distribution from any of its subsidiaries to do so, without giving rise to any of the circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii). Without duplication of any interest chargeable under Section 7.3.6, any payments that are required to be postponed under this Section 7.3.5, if postponed for more than a 30-day period, shall accrue interest from and after the end of such 30-day period at a per annum rate equal to the prime rate as reported by JPMorgan Chase at such time through the date payment is finally made, such rate of interest to increase by 100 basis points on each three-month anniversary of the end of such 30-day period; provided , however , that in no event will the per annum rate of interest in effect under this Section 7.3.5 exceed 12%. The Company shall pay any amount required under Section 7.3 (together with interest accrued thereon, as calculated in accordance with this Section 7.3.5) that is postponed in accordance with this Section 7.3.5 as soon as practicable (and in any event within five business days) after the Company can do so without giving rise to any of the circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 7.3.5.
     (b) The Company agrees to use good faith efforts to resist any amendment proposed by its current or future lenders to the terms of the senior credit facility of the Company and its subsidiaries that by its express terms would prevent the Company from satisfying its obligations under any valid Put Option without availing itself of the provisions of Section 7.3.5(a); provided , however , that nothing in this Section 7.3.5(b) will prevent the Company from agreeing to such an amendment if it believes that doing so is in the best interests of the Company.

A-9


 

     7.3.6. Closing .
     (a) Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Company, a Requisite Capital IV Majority and the Mays Executive exercising the applicable Put Option, the closing of any purchase and sale of Put Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Put Option pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall take place at the principal office of the Company as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than the date that is the later of (i) 15 business days after the delivery of the Put Notice applicable to such Put Option and (ii) five business days after all Appraisals, if any, conducted in connection with such Put Option have become final; provided that such closing may be extended at the election of a Requisite Capital IV Majority and the Company solely to the extent necessary to obtain any applicable governmental or regulatory approval. If the closing of any purchase and sale of Put Shares is extended by a Requisite Capital IV Majority pursuant to Section 7.3.7 or the preceding proviso clause, in either case for more than 30 days after the delivery of the applicable Put Notice, then the purchase price therefor shall accrue from and after the 30th day at a per annum interest rate equal to the prime rate as reported by JPMorgan Chase at such time through the date payment is finally made, such rate of interest to increase by 100 basis points on each three-month anniversary of such 30th day; provided , however , that in no event will the per annum rate of interest in effect under this Section 7.3.6 exceed 12%. In a case where an Appraisal is conducted in connection with a purchase and sale of Put Shares under this Section 7.3, (A) interest shall begin to accrue under the preceding sentence only if the closing of such purchase and sale has not occurred within 45 days after the engagement of the investment bank conducting such Appraisal (in which case all references in the preceding sentence to such “30th day” will be deemed to be replaced with a reference to the 45th day after such engagement); and (B) no interest shall be due if the Fair Market Value of such Put Shares, as determined by the investment bank conducting such Appraisal, is not more than 110% of the determination of the Fair Market Value of such Put Shares by the Board set forth in the Put Notice applicable to such Put Shares. In any event, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Company, a Requisite Capital IV Majority and the Mays Executive exercising the applicable Put Option, the closing of any purchase and sale of Put Shares under this Section 7.3 that has been extended or has otherwise been delayed for more than 30 days under this Section 7.3 after the delivery of the Put Notice for such Put Shares shall take place as soon as practicable (and in any event within five business days) after the circumstances giving rise to such extension or delay no longer exist.
     (b) At the closing of any purchase and sale of Put Shares following the exercise of any Put Option, each member of the Sale Group selling Put Shares shall deliver to the Company and/or the Investors and any applicable Investor Designees a certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be purchased by the Company and/or the Investors or any applicable Investor Designees duly endorsed, or with stock powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, with any necessary stock transfer tax stamps affixed, and the Company and/or the Investors and Investor

A-10


 

Designees shall pay to such member the purchase price for such Put Shares by certified or bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, less any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law. The receipt of consideration for any Shares being sold pursuant to any Put Option shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Person receiving such consideration that (a) such Person has full right, title and interest in and to such Shares, (b) such Person has all necessary power and authority and has taken all necessary action to sell such Shares as contemplated and (c) such Shares are free and clear of any and all Adverse Claims.
     7.3.7. Assignment . The Company may at any time assign its obligation, in whole or in part, to purchase any Put Shares that are subject to a valid Put Option to any Investors that agree in writing to accept the same. If one or more Investors agree in writing to accept such obligation, in whole or in part, then each of those Investors may elect to purchase (or elect to have an Investor Designee purchase) up to such Investor’s Ratable Share of the Put Shares in question for the same purchase price(s) (including any interest thereon, if applicable) and on the same terms and conditions as the Company would be required to purchase such Put Shares under this Section 7.3; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.3.6(a), if Investors or Investor Designees take part in a purchase and sale of Put Shares, then a Requisite Capital IV Majority may extend the closing date for up to 15 business days solely to the extent necessary to obtain equity financing for such purchase; provided , further , however , that Investors and Investor Designees taking part in any such purchase and sale of Put Shares may not avail themselves of the provisions of Section 7.3.5 to postpone the payment of such purchase price(s) (or interest thereon, if applicable), it being understood that if any such Investor or Investor Designee assigns the obligation to purchase any such Put Shares back to the Company (which the Company will be obligated to accept without condition), the provisions of Section 7.3.5 will be available to the Company and applicable to the purchase and sale of such Put Shares. The Company or any Investor or Investor Designee purchasing Put Shares pursuant to this Section 7.3.7 may require, at any time following the purchase and sale thereof, that such Put Shares be converted by the Company into shares of Class C Stock in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.
     7.4. Acknowledgment . Each Mays Executive and each of his Executive Designees acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, any Investor, any Investor Designee or any Person that is directly or indirectly affiliated with the Company, any Investor, any Investor Designee and exercises any rights, or performs any obligations, under any of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3 (in each case including as a director, officer, manager, employee, agent or otherwise) has any duty or obligation to disclose to any of such Executive’s Call Group or Sale Group, and no member of any such Call Group or Sale Group shall have any right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise at any time prior to, upon, or in connection with any termination of an Mays Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or upon the exercise of any Call Option, Put Option or other right to purchase Shares under this Section 7 or otherwise in connection with any purchase of Shares in accordance with the terms of any of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3.

A-11


 

     7.5. Period . The provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (b) the closing of the Qualified Public Offering.

A-12


 

Exhibit B
Definitions
     “ Appraisal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.16.
     “ Call Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
     “ Call Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.2.
     “ Call Notice Due Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.2.
     “ Call Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
     “ Cause ” when used in relation to a Mays Executive, has the meaning given to such term in the respective Employment Agreement to which such Mays Executive is a party.
     “ Company Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Company ROFO Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Comparable Company ” means, in relation to the Company during any given period of time following the termination of employment of a Mays Executive, any corporation that during such time has Publicly-Traded Shares and an amount of Publicly-Held Shares that have an aggregate value that is not less than 90%, or greater than 110%, of the aggregate value of the Company’s Publicly-Held Shares during such time and that the Board and such Mays Executive mutually agree is otherwise comparable to the Company.
     “ Cost ” means, with respect to any Executive Share, the purchase price paid for such Executive Share by the original holder thereof, less any distributions received with respect to such Executive Share.
     “ Extended ROFO Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Fair Market Value ” will be determined with respect to any Share as of any given date under clause (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable to such Share under the circumstances, except that in all cases for purposes of this Agreement the “Fair Market Value” of a Restricted Share as of the Closing Date will be deemed to equal $36.00 (subject to appropriate adjustment as determined by the Company for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar transaction affecting the Class A Stock that occurs after the Closing Date):
     (a) if, on such date, the Company has Publicly-Traded Shares and the average weekly reported volume of trading in the Company’s Publicly-Traded Shares during the calendar weeks falling in the 30 calendar days preceding such date is at least equal to 50% of the median of the average weekly reported volumes of trading in the Publicly-Traded Shares of Comparable Companies during those same calendar weeks, then the “Fair Market Value” of such Share will be the average closing trading-price of the Company’s Publicly-Traded Shares during all of the trading days in that 30 calendar-day period; or

 


 

     (b) if the foregoing clause (a) is not applicable, then the “Fair Market Value” of such Share as of such date will be as determined by the Board in good faith; provided that if, not later than ten business days after being delivered notice of any such determination pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.3, as applicable, the Mays Executive whose Call Group or Sale Group, as the case may be, has Executive Shares subject to such determination delivers written notice to the Board of his objection to such determination, then the “Fair Market Value” of such Share will be as determined by a nationally-recognized investment bank that is mutually acceptable to the Board and the applicable Mays Executive (which bank shall be selected by no later than ten business days after the applicable Mays Executive delivers such objection to the Board), whose determination will be binding on the Company and such Mays Executive and all members of his Call Group or Sale Group, as applicable, and whose fees and expenses shall be paid for by the Company.
     “ Good Reason ” when used in relation to a Mays Executive, has the meaning given to such term in the respective Employment Agreement to which such Mays Executive is a party.
     “ Investor Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Investor Designee ” means, in relation to any Investor, any Person designated by such Investor to purchase Executive Shares under Section 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3.
     “ Mays Executive ” means each of L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays.
     “ New Options ” means, as to any Mays Executive or his Permitted Transferees, Options that are Shares but are not Rollover Options.
     “ New Option Shares ” means Shares acquired upon exercise of a New Option.
     “ Option Exercise Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.2.
     “ Option Shares ” means Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option that is a Share.
     “ Other Put Eligible Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.2.
     “ Other Stock Put Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.2.
     “ Permitted Public Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Permitted Sale Period ” means (a) with respect to any Restricted Shares held by a member of a Mays Executive’s Sale Group, the period commencing on the effective date of the Mays Executive’s termination of employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries and ending on the earlier of (i) the 90th day thereafter or (ii) March 1st of the year following the calendar year in which the Mays Executive’s termination of employment occurs; or (b) with respect to any other Executive Shares held by a member of a Mays Executive’s Sale Group, the period commencing on the effective date of the Mays Executive’s termination of employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries and ending on the six-month anniversary thereof.

B-2


 

     “ Publicly-Held Shares ” means, as of any given time, with respect to any class of common stock of a corporation that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the total number of issued and outstanding shares of such class, as set forth in the most recent report filed by such corporation under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (excluding, for purposes of this definition, all of the issued and outstanding shares of such class, if any, that are beneficially owned by any Person (or group of Persons reporting as a group under the Exchange Act) that beneficially owns 25% or more of such total number of reported issued and outstanding shares).
     “ Publicly-Traded Shares ” means, in relation to any corporation as of any given time, shares of such corporation’s common stock that are then issued and outstanding and belong to a class of common stock that is (a) registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and (b) listed on a national securities exchange, authorized for quotation in the automated quotations system of national securities association or traded over-the-counter.
     “ Purchased Shares ” means, as to any Mays Executive or Executive Designee or any of their respective Permitted Transferees: (a) all Shares originally purchased by or issued to such Mays Executive or Executive Designee (i) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement to which such Mays Executive or Executive Designee is party, (ii) in connection with the Closing in substitution of shares of restricted stock of Clear Channel granted to such Mays Executive on or about May 22, 2007 or (iii) pursuant to Section 5; and (b) all other Executive Shares designated as “Purchased Shares” by a Requisite Capital IV Majority.
     “ Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.3.
     “ Put Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Put Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.4.
     “ Ratable Share ” means:
     (a) as to any Investor, with respect to any Executive Shares that the Investors have a right to purchase under Section 7.1.7, a number of such Executive Shares equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of such Executive Shares multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares held by that Investor as of the date the Investors are notified of or otherwise acquire their right to purchase such Executive Shares, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares held by all Investors as of that date;
     (b) as to any Investor, with respect to any Remaining ROFO Shares that the Investors have a right to purchase under Section 7.2.2, a number of such Remaining ROFO Shares equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of such Remaining ROFO Shares multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares held by that Investor as of the date of the applicable Second ROFO Notice, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares held by all Investors as of that date; or
     (c) as to any Investor, with respect to any Put Shares that the Investors are notified of their opportunity to purchase under Section 7.3.7, a number of such Put

B-3


 

Shares equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of such Put Shares multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares held by that Investor as of the date the Investors are notified of their opportunity to purchase such Put Shares, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares held by all Investors as of that date.
     “ Remaining ROFO Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Restricted Shares ” means, as to Mark P. Mays or any of his Permitted Transferees or Randall T. Mays or any of his Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, the respective Shares originally granted to such Mays Executive pursuant to the terms of the respective Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Company and such Mays Executive.
     “ Restricted Stock Put Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1.
     “ Retirement ” means, with respect to any Mays Executive, such Mays Executive’s retirement from service with the Company and its subsidiaries (a) after attaining 62 years of age or (b) after attaining 60 years of age and completing 36 months of service after the Closing.
     “ ROFO Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ ROFO Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ ROFO Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Rollover Options ” means, as to any Mays Executive or any Permitted Transferee of any such Mays Executive, Options governed by the terms of the respective Rollover Option Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Company and such Mays Executive.
     “ Rollover Option Shares ” means Shares acquired upon exercise of a Rollover Option.
     “ Sale Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Second ROFO Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Transferring Executive Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.2.
     “ Unvested Restricted Shares ” means, as of any given time, Restricted Shares that are not then Vested Executive Shares.
     “ Vested Restricted Shares ” means, as of any given time, Restricted Shares that are then Vested Executive Shares.

B-4

Exhibit 10.11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Employment Agreement is entered into and effective this 29 th day of June, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) between Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. (the “Company”) and John Hogan (the “Employee”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to enter into an employment relationship under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, which supersedes the prior employment agreement dated February 18, 2004;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. Company hereby agrees to employ Employee, and Employee hereby agrees to be employed by Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing as of the Effective Date and ending on June 29, 2013 (the “Employment Period” or “Term”). Thereafter, beginning on June 30, 2013, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended from year to year unless either Company or Employee gives written notice of non-renewal on or before April 1, 2013, or annually on each April 1 thereafter, that the Employment Period shall not be extended. The term “Employment Period” shall refer to the Employment Period if and as so extended. If this Agreement is extended pursuant to the foregoing provisions, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain the same; provided, however, that the terms of this Agreement may be modified in accordance with Section 18.
2. TITLE AND DUTIES. The Employee’s title is President and Chief Executive Officer, Clear Channel Radio. The Employee will perform job duties that are usual and customary for this position, and will perform additional services and duties that the Company may from time to time designate that are consistent with the usual and customary duties of this position. The Employee will report to Mark Mays, Chief Executive Officer, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. The Employee will devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of Clear Channel Radio.
3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.
     (A) BASE SALARY. The Company will continue to pay Employee his annual base salary through January 31, 2009. Employee is eligible for a raise after completion of the 2008 compensation study on or about October 1, 2008. Thereafter, Employee will be eligible for annual raises after January 31, 2009 commensurate with Company policy. All payments of base salary will be made in installments according to the Company’s regular payroll practice, prorated monthly or weekly where appropriate, and subject to any increases that are determined to be appropriate by the Board or its Compensation Committee.
     (B) PERFORMANCE BONUS. No later than March 15 of each calendar year following that in which the Performance Bonus was earned during the term, Employee will be eligible to receive a performance bonus as set forth in the Performance Bonus Calculation attached as “Exhibit A” to this Employment Agreement.

1


 

     (C) EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS. The Employee will be entitled to participate in all pension, profit sharing, and other retirement plans, all incentive compensation plans, and all group health, hospitalization and disability or other insurance plans, paid vacation, sick leave and other employee welfare benefit plans in which other similarly situated employees of the Company may participate as stated in the employee guide.
     (D) EXPENSES. The Company will pay or reimburse the Employee for all normal and reasonable travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s responsibilities to the Company upon submission of proper vouchers in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy. Any reimbursement that would constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be subject to the following additional rules: (i) no reimbursement of any such expense shall affect the Employee’s right to reimbursement of any other such expense in any other taxable year; (ii) reimbursement of the expense shall be made, if at all, not later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
     (E) STOCK OPTIONS OR OTHER FORM OF ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION. Employee shall be eligible to receive Stock Options or an alternative form of additional compensation, subject to performance criteria, input from the CEO of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (CCU), and approval from CCU’s Board of Directors. In Company’s sole discretion, Company may at any time (i) alter, suspend or discontinue its stock option grant or long term incentive compensation program or (ii) replace the program with an alternative form of additional compensation.
4. NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. During the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Company will provide the Employee with access to certain confidential information, trade secrets, and other matters which are of a confidential or proprietary nature, including but not limited to the Company’s customer lists, pricing information, production and cost data, compensation and fee information, strategic business plans, budgets, financial statements, and other information the Company treats as confidential or proprietary (collectively the “Confidential Information”). The Company provides on an ongoing basis such Confidential Information as the Company deems necessary or desirable to aid the Employee in the performance of his duties. The Employee understands and acknowledges that such Confidential Information is confidential and proprietary, and agrees not to disclose such Confidential Information to anyone outside the Company except to the extent that (i) the Employee deems such disclosure or use reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with performing his duties on behalf of the Company; (ii) the Employee is required by order of a court of competent jurisdiction (by subpoena or similar process) to disclose or discuss any Confidential Information, provided that in such case, the Employee shall promptly inform the Company of such event, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such court order; or (iii) such Confidential Information becomes generally known to and available for use in the industries in which the Company does business, other than as a result of any action or inaction by the Employee. The Employee further agrees that he will not during employment and/or at any time thereafter use such Confidential Information in competing, directly or indirectly, with the

2


 

Company. At such time as the Employee shall cease to be employed by the Company, he will immediately turn over to the Company all Confidential Information, including papers, documents, writings, electronically stored information, other property, and all copies of them, provided to or created by him during the course of his employment with the Company. This nondisclosure covenant is binding on the Employee, as well as his heirs, successors, and legal representatives, and will survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.
5. NONHIRE OF COMPANY EMPLOYEES. To further preserve the rights of the Company pursuant to the nondisclosure covenant discussed above, and for the consideration promised by the Company under this Agreement, during the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of twelve months thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, (i) hire any current or prospective employee of the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company (including, without limitation, any current or prospective employee of the Company within the 6-month period preceding the Employee’s last day of employment with the Company or within the 12-month period of this covenant) who worked, works, or has been offered employment by the Company; (ii) solicit or encourage any such employee to terminate their employment with the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; or (iii) solicit or encourage any such employee to accept employment with any business, operation, corporation, partnership, association, agency, or other person or entity with which the Employee may be associated.
6. NON-COMPETITION. To further preserve the rights of the Company pursuant to the nondisclosure covenant discussed above, and for the consideration promised by the Company under this Agreement, during the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of one year thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, as an owner, director, principal, agent, officer, employee, partner, consultant, servant, or otherwise, carry on, operate, manage, control, or become involved in any manner with any business, operation, corporation, partnership, association, agency, or other person or entity which is in the same business as the Company in any location in which the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, operates or has plans or has projected to operate during the Employee’s employment with the Company, including any area within a 50-mile radius of any such location. The foregoing shall not prohibit the Employee from owning up to 5.0% of the outstanding stock of any publicly held company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Employee’s employment with the Company has terminated, upon receiving written permission by the Board, the Employee shall be permitted to engage in such competing activities that would otherwise be prohibited by this covenant if such activities are determined in the sole discretion of the Board in good faith to be immaterial to the operations of the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, in the location in question.
     To further preserve the rights of the Company pursuant to the nondisclosure covenant discussed above, and for the consideration promised by the Company under this Agreement, during the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of one year thereafter, regardless of the reason for termination of employment, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for any other business, operation, corporation, partnership, association, agency, or other person or entity, call upon, compete for, solicit, divert, or take away, or attempt to divert or take away current or prospective customers (including, without limitation, any customer with whom the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the

3


 

Company, (i) has an existing agreement or business relationship; (ii) has had an agreement or business relationship within the six-month period preceding the Employee’s last day of employment with the Company; or (iii) has included as a prospect in its applicable pipeline) of the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.
     The Company and the Employee agree that the restrictions contained in this noncompetition covenant are reasonable in scope and duration and are necessary to protect the Company’s business interests and Confidential Information. If any provision of this noncompetition covenant as applied to any party or to any circumstance is adjudged by a court or arbitrator to be invalid or unenforceable, the same will in no way affect any other circumstance or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. If any such provision, or any part thereof, is held to be unenforceable because of the scope, duration, or geographic area covered thereby, the parties agree that the court or arbitrator making such determination shall have the power to reduce the scope and/or duration and/or geographic area of such provision, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. The parties agree and acknowledge that the breach of this noncompetition covenant will cause irreparable damage to the Company, and upon breach of any provision of this noncompetition covenant, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable relief; provided, however, that this shall in no way limit any other remedies which the Company may have (including, without limitation, the right to seek monetary damages).
     Should the Employee violate the provisions of this noncompetition covenant, then in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, the duration of this covenant shall automatically be extended for the period of time from which the Employee began such violation until he permanently ceases such violation.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the noncompetition covenant is adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable, or if it is substantially reduced in scope or geographic area, and if Employee then performs services in any capacity in competition with the Company, then the Company shall have no severance compensation obligations to Employee under Section 8 of this Agreement.
7. TERMINATION. The Employee’s employment with the Company may be terminated under the following circumstances:
     (A) DEATH. The Employee’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon his death.
     (B) DISABILITY. The Company may terminate the Employee’s employment with the Company if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee is unable to perform his duties under this Agreement on a full-time basis for more than 90 days in any 12 month period, as determined by the Company.
     (C) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY. The Company may terminate the Employee’s employment without cause, subject to the severance obligations in Section 8(d). The Company may also terminate his employment for Cause. A termination for Cause must be

4


 

for one or more of the following reasons: (i) conduct by the Employee constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including, without limitation, violation of the Company’s policy on sexual harassment, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes, or other willful misconduct as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of the Company; (ii) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by the Employee of his duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Employee’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) where such non-performance has continued for more than 10 days following written notice of such non-performance; (iii) the Employee’s refusal or failure to follow lawful directives where such refusal or failure has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such refusal or failure; (iv) a criminal or civil conviction of the Employee, a plea of nolo contendere by the Employee, or other conduct by the Employee that, as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of the Board, has resulted in, or would result in if he were retained in his position with the Company, material injury to the reputation of the Company, including, without limitation, conviction of fraud, theft, embezzlement, or a crime involving moral turpitude; (v) a material breach by the Employee of any of the provisions of this Agreement; or (vi) a material violation by the Employee of the Company’s employment policies.
     (D)  Termination By Employee For Good Cause. Employee may terminate this Agreement at any time for “Good Cause,” which is defined as one of the following: (i) a repeated willful failure of Company to comply with a material term of this Agreement after written notice by Employee specifying the alleged failure; or (ii) a substantial and unusual change in Employee’s position, material duties, responsibilities, or authority without an offer of additional reasonable compensation as determined by Company in light of compensation levels for similarly situated employees; or (iii) a substantial and unusual reduction in Employee’s material duties, responsibilities or authority. If Employee elects to terminate this Agreement for “Good Cause” as described above in this paragraph, Employee must provide Company written notice within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of “Good Cause,” after which Company shall have thirty (30) days within which to cure. If in spite of Company’s efforts to cure, Employee still elects to terminate this Agreement, he must do so within ten (10) days after the end of the cure period.
     (E) KEY MAN. (This provision has been approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.) In the event that during the Term of this Agreement the circumstance arises that the Employee does not report directly to Lowry Mays, Mark Mays, or Randall Mays, Employee may terminate this Agreement, in writing, but in no event later than 90 days after such circumstance occurs. Compensation as a result of a Termination under this provision shall be treated the same as if the Employee had terminated for Good Cause (See Section 8(e), below).
8. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION.
     (A) DEATH. If the Employee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of his death, the Company will, within 45 days of said termination, pay in a lump sum amount to such person as the Employee shall designate in a notice filed with the Company or, if no such person is designated, to the Employee’s estate, the Employee’s accrued and unpaid base

5


 

salary and prorated bonus, if any (See Exhibit A), and any payments to which the Employee’s spouse, beneficiaries, or estate may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies).
     (B) DISABILITY. If the Employee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of his disability, the Company shall, within 45 days of said termination, pay in a lump sum amount to the Employee his accrued and unpaid base salary and prorated bonus, if any (See Exhibit A), and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies).
     (C) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY FOR CAUSE. If the Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause the Company will, within 45 days of said termination, pay in a lump sum amount to the Employee his accrued and unpaid base salary and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies).
     (D) NON-RENEWAL BY COMPANY; TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY WITHOUT CAUSE. If the Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, or if Company terminates employment following its notice of non-renewal, the Employment Period shall end on a date to be determined by Company and the Company will, within 45 days of said termination, pay in a lump sum amount to the Employee his accrued and unpaid base salary and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). In addition, if Employee signs a severance agreement and general release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to Company, Company will pay to Employee, in periodic payments twice per month over a period of three years in accordance with ordinary payroll practices and deductions, an amount equal to three times the average of Employee’s annualized base salary for the current and prior full year of employment.
     (E) TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE FOR GOOD CAUSE. If the Employee terminates for Good Cause under Section 7, employment shall end on a date to be determined mutually by Company and Employee, and the Company will, within 45 days of said termination, pay in a lump sum amount to the Employee his accrued and unpaid base salary and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). In addition, if Employee signs a severance agreement and general release of claims in a form and manner satisfactory to Company, Company will pay to Employee, in periodic payments twice per month over a period of three years, in accordance with ordinary payroll practices and deductions, an amount equal to three times the average of Employee’s annualized base salary for the current and prior full year of employment.
     (F) NON-RENEWAL BY EMPLOYEE. If Employee gives notice of non-renewal under Section 1, employment shall end on a date to be determined by Company and the Company will, within 45 days, pay in a lump sum amount to the Employee his accrued and unpaid base salary and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). In addition, if Employee signs a severance agreement and general release of claims in a form and manner

6


 

satisfactory to Company, Company will, within 45 days, pay to Employee, an amount equal to Employee’s then current base salary for one year, payable in periodic payments twice per month over a period of one year during the Employee’s one year noncompete, in accordance with ordinary payroll practices and deductions.
     (G) PRO-RATA BONUS. If Company terminates Employee without Cause or due to non-renewal notice by Company, or if Employee terminates for Good Cause, Employee shall be paid a pro-rata Performance Bonus no later than March 15 of the calendar year following that in which the Performance Bonus would otherwise have been earned during the term, It is expressly understood and agreed that the pro-rata Performance Bonus will be paid only if such bonus would have otherwise been earned if employment had not been terminated.
     (H) EFFECT OF COMPLIANCE WITH COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION PROVISIONS. Upon complying with Subparagraphs 8(a) through 8(e) above, as applicable, the Company will have no further obligations to the Employee except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement, provided that such compliance will not adversely affect or alter the Employee’s rights under any employee benefit plan of the Company in which the Employee has a vested interest, unless, otherwise provided in such employee benefit plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto.
9. PARTIES BENEFITED; ASSIGNMENTS. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Employee, his heirs and his personal representative or representatives, and upon the Company and its respective successors and assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by the Employee, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
10. NOTICES. Any notice provided for in this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. If to the Board or the Company, the notice will be sent to Mark P. Mays, 200 E. Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209 and a copy of the notice will be sent to Chief Legal Officer, 200 E. Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209. If to the Employee, the notice will be sent to 30899 Venturer, Fair Oaks Ranch, TX 78015 and a copy of the notice will be sent to Michael Hogan. Such notices may alternatively be sent to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Agreement, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
11. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict provisions or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas and the Employee hereby expressly consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Texas for any lawsuit arising from or relating to this Agreement.
12. DEFINITION OF COMPANY. As used in this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any of its present and future divisions, operating companies, subsidiaries and affiliates.

7


 

13. LITIGATION AND REGULATORY COOPERATION. During and after the Employee’s employment, the Employee shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Employee was employed by the Company; provided, however, that such cooperation shall not materially and adversely affect the Employee or expose the Employee to an increased probability of civil or criminal litigation. The Employee’s cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Employee’s employment, the Employee also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Employee was employed by the Company. The Company will pay the Employee on an hourly basis (to be derived from his base salary) for requested litigation and regulatory cooperation that occurs after his termination of employment, and reimburse the Employee for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with his performance under this paragraph, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.
14. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE; LEGAL EXPENSES. The Company shall indemnify the Employee to the fullest extent permitted by law, in effect at the time of the subject act or omission, and shall advance to the Employee reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as such fees and expenses are incurred (subject to an undertaking from the Employee to repay such advances if it shall be finally determined by a judicial decision which is not subject to further appeal that the Employee was not entitled to the reimbursement of such fees and expenses), and the Employee will be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies that the Company may elect to maintain generally for the benefit of its directors and officers against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or his serving or having served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company (other than any dispute, claim or controversy arising under or relating to this Agreement). The Company covenants to maintain during the Employee’s employment for the benefit of the Employee (in his capacity as an officer and director of the Company) Directors and Officers Insurance providing benefits to the Employee no less favorable, taken as a whole, than the benefits provided to the other similarly situated employees of the Company by the Directors and Officers Insurance maintained by the Company on the date hereof; provided, however, that the Board may elect to terminate Directors and Officers Insurance for all officers and directors, including the Employee, if the Board determines in good faith that such insurance is not available or is available only at unreasonable expense.
15. ARBITRATION. The parties agree that any dispute, controversy or claim, whether based on contract, tort, statute, discrimination, retaliation, or otherwise, relating to, arising from or connected in any manner to this Agreement, or to the alleged breach of this Agreement, or arising out of or relating to Employee’s employment or termination of employment, shall, upon timely written request of either party be submitted to and resolved by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in San Antonio, Texas. The arbitration shall proceed in accordance with the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration

8


 

Association (“AAA”) in effect at the time the claim or dispute arose, unless other rules are agreed upon by the parties. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, the arbitration shall be conducted by one arbitrator who is a member of the AAA and who is selected pursuant to the methods set out in the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the AAA. Any claims received after the applicable/relevant statute of limitations period has passed shall be deemed null and void. The award of the arbitrator shall be a reasoned award with findings of fact and conclusions of law. Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Agreement, to enforce an arbitration award, and to vacate an arbitration award. However, in actions seeking to vacate an award, the standard of review to be applied by said court to the arbitrator’s findings of fact and conclusions of law will be the same as that applied by an appellate court reviewing a decision of a trial court sitting without a jury. The Company will pay the actual costs of arbitration excluding attorney’s fees. Each party will pay its own attorneys fees and other costs incurred by their respective attorneys. A breach or threat of breach of this Agreement by either party to this Agreement shall give the non-breaching party the right to seek a temporary restraining order and a preliminary or permanent injunction in the appropriate court to enjoin the breaching party from violating this Agreement in order to prevent immediate and irreparable harm to the non-breaching party.
16. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE EMPLOYEE. The Employee represents and warrants to the Company that he is under no contractual or other restriction which is inconsistent with the execution of this Agreement, the performance of his duties hereunder or the other rights of Company hereunder. The Employee also represents and warrants to the Company that he is under no physical or mental disability that would hinder the performance of his duties under this Agreement.
17. SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE. Payments under this Agreement (the “Payments”) shall be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A, the Regulations, applicable case law and administrative guidance. All Payments shall be, under all circumstances, deemed to come from an unfunded plan. Further, notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, all Payments subject to Section 409A will not be accelerated in time or schedule. Employee and Company will not be able to change the designated time or form of any Payments subject to Section 409A. In addition, all Severance Payments that are deferred compensation and subject to Section 409A will only be payable upon a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations. All references in this Agreement to a termination of employment and correlative terms shall be construed to require a “separation from service.”
18. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any prior written or oral agreements or understandings between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. No modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the parties hereto. The failure of a party to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall in no manner affect the right of such party at a later time to enforce any provision of this Agreement. A waiver of the breach of any term or condition of this Agreement

9


 

shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term or condition. This Agreement is intended to be performed in accordance with, and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall, for any reason and to any extent, be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity and unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof or the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances, all of which shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be a part of or control or affect the meaning of any provision hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above, with the express understanding that this Agreement is subject to (i) closing of the amended merger agreement dated May 13, 2008, and (ii) formal approval by the Board of Directors of CCU and CC Media Holdings, Inc.
         
DATE: 6-30-08  JOHN HOGAN
 
 
  /s/ John Hogan    
     
     
 
DATE: 6-30-08  CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
    Name:   MARK P. MAYS   
    Title:   Director, Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. and
Chief Executive Officer, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 
 
 

10


 

EXHIBIT A – PERFORMANCE BONUS CALCULATION JOHN HOGAN

11


 

Exhibit A — Performance Bonus
     The Employee’s performance objectives will be established by the Board or its Compensation Committee no later than the earlier of the date that is ninety (90) days after the commencement of the performance period or the day prior to the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the performance period has elapsed. The performance period will be the calendar year or such other shorter or longer period designated by the Committee during which performance will be measured in order to determine the Employee’s entitlement to receive payment of a Performance Bonus.
     When setting the Employee’s performance objectives, the Committee shall specify the level or levels of performance required to be attained with respect to each objective in order that the Employee shall become entitled to receive payment of a Performance Bonus. The aggregate Target level of compensation which may be earned when all of the Employee’s performance objectives are achieved shall be not less than $1,000,000 when the performance period is a calendar year. The minimum aggregate Target level of compensation shall vary on a pro rata basis for performance periods shorter or longer than a calendar year.
     Performance objectives may be expressed in terms of any of the following business criteria: revenue growth, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), EBITDA growth, operating income before depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense (“OIBDAN”), OIBDAN growth, funds from operations, funds from operations per share and per share growth, cash available for distribution, cash available for distribution per share and per share growth, operating income and operating income growth, net earnings, earnings per share and per share growth, return on equity, return on assets, share price performance on an absolute basis and relative to an index, improvements in attainment of expense levels, improvements in ratings, implementing or completion of critical projects, or improvement in cash-flow (before or after tax). These objectives may be measured over a periodic, annual, cumulative or average basis and may be established on a corporate-wide basis or established with respect to one or more operating units, divisions, subsidiaries, acquired businesses, minority investments, partnerships or joint ventures.

 

Exhibit 10.15
[**] = PORTIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS
EXHIBIT PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT. AN
UNREDACTED VERSION OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
EXECUTION COPY
 
Published CUSIP No:
Dollar Revolving Credit Loans: [
      ]; Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans: [       ]
Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan: [
      ]; Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan: [       ]; Tranche A Term Loan: [       ]
Tranche B Term Loan: [
      ]; Tranche C Term Loan: [       ]
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 13, 2008
among
BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
(to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.),
as Parent Borrower,
the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers party hereto,
the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers party hereto,
CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC,
as Holdings,
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender
and L/C Issuer,
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as L/C Issuer,
and
THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO
 
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Syndication Agents,
CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC and
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
as Co-Documentation Agents,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    2  
 
       
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
    2  
SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions
    66  
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms
    66  
SECTION 1.04. Rounding
    67  
SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.
    67  
SECTION 1.06. Times of Day
    67  
SECTION 1.07. Additional Alternative Currencies
    67  
SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally
    68  
SECTION 1.09. Change in Currency
    69  
SECTION 1.10. Pro Forma Calculations
    69  
SECTION 1.11. Funding Through Applicable Lending Offices
    70  
 
       
ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    71  
 
       
SECTION 2.01. The Loans
    71  
SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    72  
SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit
    74  
SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans
    83  
SECTION 2.05. Prepayments
    86  
SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    90  
SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans
    91  
SECTION 2.08. Interest
    91  
SECTION 2.09. Fees
    92  
SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees
    92  
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness
    93  
SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally
    93  
SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments
    95  
SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions
    95  
SECTION 2.15. Designation of Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower, Termination of Designations
    98  
 
       
ARTICLE III TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    99  
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Taxes
    99  
SECTION 3.02. Illegality
    102  

-i- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 3.03. Inability To Determine Rates
    102  
SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans
    103  
SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses
    104  
SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation
    104  
SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances
    105  
SECTION 3.08. Survival
    106  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    106  
 
       
SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension
    106  
SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Subsequent Credit Extensions
    107  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    108  
 
       
SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
    108  
SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention
    108  
SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization
    108  
SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect
    108  
SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    109  
SECTION 5.06. Litigation
    109  
SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters
    109  
SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens
    109  
SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters
    110  
SECTION 5.10. Taxes
    110  
SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance, Etc
    111  
SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries
    111  
SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    111  
SECTION 5.14. Disclosure
    111  
SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc
    112  
SECTION 5.16. Solvency
    112  
SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing
    112  
SECTION 5.18. Special Representations Relating to FCC Authorizations, Etc
    112  
 
       
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    113  
 
       
SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements
    113  
SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information
    115  
SECTION 6.03. Notices
    117  
SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations
    118  

-ii- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc.
    118  
SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties
    118  
SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance
    118  
SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws
    118  
SECTION 6.09. Books and Records
    119  
SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights
    119  
SECTION 6.11. Covenant To Guarantee Obligations and Give Security
    119  
SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws
    123  
SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post-Closing Deliveries
    123  
SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries
    124  
SECTION 6.15. Interest Rate Protection
    124  
SECTION 6.16. License Subsidiaries
    124  
 
       
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    125  
 
       
SECTION 7.01. Liens
    125  
SECTION 7.02. Investments
    129  
SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness
    133  
SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes
    136  
SECTION 7.05. Dispositions
    139  
SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments
    142  
SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business
    145  
SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates
    145  
SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements
    147  
SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds
    148  
SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes
    148  
SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
    148  
SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    150  
SECTION 7.14. Financial Covenant
    150  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    150  
 
       
SECTION 8.01. Events of Default
    150  
SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default
    153  
SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds
    153  
SECTION 8.04. Right to Cure
    154  
 

-iii- 


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS
    155  
 
       
SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent
    155  
SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties
    156  
SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents
    156  
SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent
    157  
SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default
    157  
SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents
    158  
SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents
    158  
SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax
    159  
SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities
    159  
SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent
    160  
SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    161  
SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    162  
SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers
    162  
SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents
    163  
SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement
    163  
Administrative Agent Dutch Claims; Dutch Secured Party Claims
    164  
 
       
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
    164  
 
       
SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc.
    164  
SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
    166  
SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    168  
SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses
    168  
SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers
    168  
SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside
    169  
SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns
    170  
SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality
    173  
SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information
    174  
SECTION 10.10. Setoff
    175  
SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation
    176  
SECTION 10.12. Counterparts
    176  
SECTION 10.13. Integration
    176  
SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties
    176  
SECTION 10.15. Severability
    177  
SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW
    177  
 

-iv- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
    177  
SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect
    177  
 
SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency
    178  
 
SECTION 10.20. Lender Action
    178  
 
SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act
    178  
 
SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    178  
 
SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability
    179  
 
SECTION 10.24. Limitations on Foreign Loan Parties
    179  
 
SECTION 10.25. FCC
    179  
 
SECTION 10.26. Effectiveness of Merger
    180  
 
       
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    2  
 
       
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
    2  
SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions
    66  
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms
    66  
SECTION 1.04. Rounding
    67  
SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.
    67  
SECTION 1.06. Times of Day
    67  
SECTION 1.07. Additional Alternative Currencies
    67  
SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally
    68  
SECTION 1.09. Change in Currency
    69  
SECTION 1.10. Pro Forma Calculations
    69  
SECTION 1.11. Funding Through Applicable Lending Offices
    70  
 
       
ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    71  
 
       
SECTION 2.01. The Loans
    71  
SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    72  
SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit
    74  
SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans
    83  
SECTION 2.05. Prepayments
    86  
SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    90  
SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans
    91  
SECTION 2.08. Interest
    91  
SECTION 2.09. Fees
    92  

-v- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees
    92  
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness
    93  
SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally
    93  
SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments
    95  
SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions
    95  
SECTION 2.15. Designation of Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower, Termination of Designations
    98  
 
       
ARTICLE III TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    99  
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Taxes
    99  
SECTION 3.02. Illegality
    102  
SECTION 3.03. Inability To Determine Rates
    102  
SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans
    103  
SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses
    104  
SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation
    104  
SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances
    105  
SECTION 3.08. Survival
    106  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    106  
 
       
SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension
    106  
SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Subsequent Credit Extensions
    107  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    108  
 
       
SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
    108  
SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention
    108  
SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization
    108  
SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect
    108  
SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    109  
SECTION 5.06. Litigation
    109  
SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters
    109  
SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens
    109  
SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters
    110  
SECTION 5.10. Taxes
    110  
SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance, Etc.
    111  
SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries
    111  
SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    111  

-vi- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 5.14. Disclosure
    111  
SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
    112  
SECTION 5.16. Solvency
    112  
SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing
    112  
SECTION 5.18. Special Representations Relating to FCC Authorizations, Etc.
    112  
 
       
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    113  
 
       
SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements
    113  
SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information
    115  
SECTION 6.03. Notices
    117  
SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations
    118  
SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc.
    118  
SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties
    118  
SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance
    118  
SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws
    118  
SECTION 6.09. Books and Records
    119  
SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights
    119  
SECTION 6.11. Covenant To Guarantee Obligations and Give Security
    119  
SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws
    123  
SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post-Closing Deliveries
    123  
SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries
    124  
SECTION 6.15. Interest Rate Protection
    124  
SECTION 6.16. License Subsidiaries
    124  
 
       
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    125  
 
       
SECTION 7.01. Liens
    125  
SECTION 7.02. Investments
    129  
SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness
    133  
SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes
    136  
SECTION 7.05. Dispositions
    139  
SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments
    142  
SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business
    145  
SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates
    145  
SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements
    147  
SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds
    148  
SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes
    148  

-vii- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
    148  
SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    150  
SECTION 7.14. Financial Covenant
    150  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    150  
 
       
SECTION 8.01. Events of Default
    150  
SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default
    153  
SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds
    153  
SECTION 8.04. Right to Cure
    154  
 
       
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS
    155  
 
       
SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent
    155  
SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties
    156  
SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents
    156  
SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent
    157  
SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default
    157  
SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents
    158  
SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents
    158  
SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax
    159  
SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities
    159  
SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent
    160  
SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    161  
SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    162  
SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers
    162  
SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents
    163  
SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement
    163  
SECTION 9.16. Administrative Agent Dutch Claims; Dutch Secured Party Claims. With respect to any security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties which is created under any Collateral Document governed by the laws of the Netherlands:
    164  
 
       
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
    164  
 
       
SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc.
    164  
SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
    166  
SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    168  
SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses
    168  
SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers
    168  

-viii- 


 

         
    Page
SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside
    169  
SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns
    170  
SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality
    173  
SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information
    174  
SECTION 10.10. Setoff
    175  
SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation
    176  
SECTION 10.12. Counterparts
    176  
SECTION 10.13. Integration
    176  
SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties
    176  
SECTION 10.15. Severability
    177  
SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW
    177  
SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
    177  
SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect
    177  
SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency
    178  
SECTION 10.20. Lender Action
    178  
SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act
    178  
SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    178  
SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability
    179  
SECTION 10.24. Limitations on Foreign Loan Parties
    179  
SECTION 10.25. FCC
    179  
SECTION 10.26. Effectiveness of Merger
    180  
     
SCHEDULES    
 
1.01A
  Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
1.01B
  Post-Closing Transaction Expenses
1.01C
  Mandatory Cost Formula
1.01D
  NCR Stations
1.01E
  Disqualified Institutions
1.01G
  Existing Rollover Letters of Credit
2.01A
  Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments; Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments
2.01B
  Tranche A Term Loan Commitments; Tranche B Term Loan Commitments; Tranche C Term Loan Commitments; Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitments; Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitments
5.11(b)
  ERISA
5.12
  Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
5.18
  Broadcast Licenses
6.11(h)
  Post-Closing Collateral
7.01(b)
  Existing Liens
7.02(g)
  Existing Investments
7.03(b)
  Existing Indebtedness

-ix- 


 

     
7.05(o)
  Specified Dispositions
7.05(p)
  Other Specified Dispositions
7.08
  Transactions with Affiliates
7.09
  Existing Restrictions
10.02
  Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
 
   
Annex I
  Scheduled Repayments of Term Loans
     
EXHIBITS    
 
A
  Form of Committed Loan Notice
B
  Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
C-1
  Form of Tranche A Term Loan Note
C-2
  Form of Tranche B Term Loan Note
C-3
  Form of Tranche C Term Loan Note
C-4
  Form of Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Note
C-5
  Form of Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Note
C-6
  Form of Dollar Revolving Credit Note
C-7
  Form of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note
D
  Form of Compliance Certificate
E
  Form of Assignment and Assumption
F-1
  Form of Holdings Guarantee Agreement
F-2
  Form of Company Guarantee Agreement
F-3
  Form of U.S. Guarantee Agreement
F-4
  Form of Overseas Guarantee Agreement
G-1
  Form of Principal Properties Security Agreement
G-2
  Form of Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
G-3
  Form of Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
G-4
  Form of Receivables Collateral Security Agreement
G-5
  Form of Holdings Pledge Agreement
H-1
  Form of Legal Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
H-2
  Form of Legal Opinion of New Jersey and Florida Counsel
H-3
  Form of Legal Opinion of Colorado Counsel
H-4
  Form of Legal Opinion of Nevada Counsel
H-5
  Form of Legal Opinion of Washington Counsel
H-6
  Form of Legal Opinion of Texas Counsel
H-7
  Form of Legal Opinion of Ohio Counsel
H-8
  Form of Legal Opinion of Special FCC Counsel
I
  Form of Intercreditor Agreement
J
  Form of Joinder Agreement
K
  Form of Loss Sharing Agreement
L
  Form of Foreign Lender Certification

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
          This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 13, 2008 among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“ Parent Borrower ”), upon consummation of the Merger, CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers (as defined below), the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers (as defined below) from time to time party hereto, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
          Pursuant to the Merger Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.01 below), Merger Sub, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, will merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into the Parent Borrower, with (i) subject to dissenters’ rights, the Merger Consideration being paid, and (ii) the Parent Borrower surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.
          The Parent Borrower has requested that substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Merger, the Lenders extend credit in the form of (i) Term Loans to the Parent Borrower (and, in the case of the Tranche B Term Loans, to the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers, on a joint and several basis, in accordance with the Designated Amounts) consisting of (A) Tranche A Term Loans in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount equal to the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Amount, (B) Tranche B Term Loans in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $10,700,000,000 and (C) Tranche C Term Loans in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount equal to the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment Amount, (ii) a Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Facility to the Parent Borrower in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $750,000,000, (iii) a Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Facility to the Parent Borrower in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $500,000,000, (iv) a Dollar Revolving Credit Facility to the Parent Borrower in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $1,850,000,000 and (v) an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility to the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $150,000,000. The Dollar Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Dollar Letters of Credit from time to time and one or more Swing Line Loans from time to time. The Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Alternative Currency Letters of Credit from time to time.
          The proceeds of the Term Loans (other than the proceeds of (x) the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans, which will be used to repay, redeem or repurchase the Designated 2010 Retained Existing Notes, and (y) the Designated Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans which will be used to repay, redeem or repurchase the Designated 2009 Retained Existing Notes) and the Initial Revolving Borrowing (to the extent permitted in accordance with clause (a)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes”), together with (i) a portion of the Parent Borrower’s cash on hand, (ii) the proceeds of the issuance of the New Senior Notes, (iii) the proceeds of borrowings under the ABL Credit Agreement and (iv) the proceeds of the Equity Contribution, will be used to finance the Debt Repayment and to pay the cash portion of the Merger Consideration and the Transaction Expenses. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans made after the Closing Date, the Initial Revolving Borrowing (to the extent permitted in accordance with clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes”), and Letters of Credit issued on or after the Closing Date, will be used for (i) working capital needs of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) general corporate purposes of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (iii) any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including Restricted Payments and repayments of the Retained Existing Notes on their respective maturity dates.

 


 

          The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
          In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Accounting Terms
          SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “ ABL Administrative Agent ” means Citibank in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement.
          “ ABL Credit Agreement ” means that certain asset-based revolving credit agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, as administrative agent and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time.
          “ ABL Facilities ” means the asset-based revolving credit facilities under the ABL Credit Agreement.
          “ ABL Facility Documentation ” means the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.
          “ Activities ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).
          “ Additional Cash from Revolver Draw ” means if (a) the Initial Revolving Borrowing exceeds $80,000,000 and (b) the Equity Contribution is less than $3,500,000,000, the excess of the Initial Revolving Borrowing over $80,000,000.
          “ Additional Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Additional Non-Principal Properties Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.11(d) or 6.11(e), setting forth, as of the time of delivery of such certificate, a list of any new Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral.
          “ Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral ” means any assets of the Parent Borrower or any U.S. Guarantor identified as “Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral” in an Additional Non-Principal Properties Certificate, which assets the Parent Borrower has determined, in its discretion, do not constitute “Principal Properties” under (and as defined in and determined in accordance with) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Additional Principal Properties Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.11(d),

-2-


 

setting forth, as of the time of delivery of such certificate, a list of any new Additional Principal Properties Collateral and a calculation of the Principal Properties Collateral Amount.
          “ Additional Principal Properties Collateral ” means any assets of the Parent Borrower or any U.S. Guarantor identified as “Additional Principal Properties Collateral” in an Additional Principal Properties Certificate.
          “ Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent, it being understood that Citibank may designate any of its Affiliates, including without limitation Citicorp International plc, as administrative agent for the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility and that such Affiliate shall be considered an Administrative Agent for all purposes hereunder.
          “ Administrative Agent Dutch Claim” has the meaning specified in Section 9.16(a).
          “ Administrative Agent’s Office ” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.
          “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Arrangers, the Agents, their respective lending affiliates or any entity acting as an L/C Issuer hereunder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
          “ Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.
          “ Agent’s Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).
          “ Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any) and the Arrangers.
          “ Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
          “ Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
          “ Agreement Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
          “ Aloha Trust ” means The Aloha Trust Station Trust, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

-3-


 

          “ Alternative Currency ” means Euros, Sterling, Canadian Dollars and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved by the Administrative Agent, the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders and the Alternative Currency L/C Issuers in accordance with Section 1.07.
          “ Alternative Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.
          “ Alternative Currency L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. All Alternative Currency L/C Advances shall be denominated in Dollars.
          “ Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing. All Alternative Currency L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.
          “ Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.
          “ Alternative Currency L/C Issuer ” means Citibank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and any other Lender that becomes an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit hereunder.
          “ Alternative Currency L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Alternative Currency Letters of Credit (whether or not (i) such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit or (ii) the conditions to drawing can then be satisfied) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, including all Alternative Currency L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
          “ Alternative Currency L/C Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $150,000,000.
          “ Alternative Currency Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency and issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B).
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

-4-


 

          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, denominated in the same currency and having the same Interest Period made by each of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans to the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(ii) and (b) purchase participations in Alternative Currency L/C Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A under the caption “Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Amount of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments of all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $150,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase.
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the Outstanding Amount of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations at such time.
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b)(ii).
          “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers, payable to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-7 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of such Borrower to such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans made by such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender.
          “ AMFM ” means AMFM Operating Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ AMFM Notes ” means the 8% Senior Notes due 2008 of AMFM.
          “ AMFM Notes Indenture ” means that certain Indenture dated as of November 17, 1998 among AMFM (formerly known as Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles), the guarantors thereto, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 1999, as further supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 19, 1999 and as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 18, 2000, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

-5-


 

          “ Annual Financial Statements ” means the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower as of each of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the Parent Borrower for the fiscal years then ended.
          “ Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to:
     (a) with respect to Tranche A Term Loans (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 3.40% and (B) for Base Rate Loans, 2.40% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
                         
Applicable Rate
Pricing           Eurocurrency    
Level   Total Leverage Ratio   Rate   Base Rate
1
  <4:1       2.90 %     1.90 %
2
  ≥4:1 but <5:1       3.025 %     2.025 %
3
  ≥5:1 but <6:1       3.150 %     2.150 %
4
  ≥6:1 but <7:1       3.275 %     2.275 %
5
  ≥7:1       3.40 %     2.40 %
     (b) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 3.65% and (B) for Base Rate Loans, 2.65% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
                         
Applicable Rate
Pricing           Eurocurrency    
Level   Total Leverage Ratio   Rate   Base Rate
1
    <7:1       3.40 %     2.40 %
2
    ≥7:1       3.65 %     2.65 %
     (c) with respect to Tranche C Term Loans (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 3.65% and (B) for Base Rate Loans, 2.65% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
                         
Applicable Rate
Pricing           Eurocurrency    
Level   Total Leverage Ratio   Rate   Base Rate
1
    <7:1       3.40 %     2.40 %
2
    ≥7:1       3.65 %     2.65 %
     (d) with respect to Delayed Draw Term Loans (i) for commitment fees in respect of (x) the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment, 1.825%, and (y) the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment, 1.825%, and (ii)(x) until delivery of financial statements for the first full

-6-


 

fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 3.65% and (B) for Base Rate Loans, 2.65%, and (y) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
                         
Applicable Rate
Pricing           Eurocurrency    
Level   Total Leverage Ratio   Rate   Base Rate
1
    <7:1       3.40 %     2.40 %
2
    ≥7:1       3.65 %     2.65 %
     (e) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Letter of Credit fees, (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 3.40%, (B) for Base Rate Loans, 2.40%, (C) for Letter of Credit fees, 3.40% and (D) for commitment fees, 0.50% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
                             
Applicable Rate
        Eurocurrency            
Pricing       Rate and Letter           Commitment
Level   Total Leverage Ratio   of Credit Fees   Base Rate   Fees
1
  <4:1     2.90 %     1.90 %     0.375 %
2
  ≥4:1 but <5:1     3.025 %     2.025 %     0.50 %
3
  ≥5:1 but <6:1     3.15 %     2.15 %     0.50 %
4
  ≥6:1 but <7:1     3.275 %     2.275 %     0.50 %
5
  ≥7:1     3.40 %     2.40 %     0.50 %
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided that if a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered the highest Applicable Rate pertaining to any pricing level shall apply as of the earlier of (i) 15 days after the day such Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered and (ii) the day on which the Required Lenders so require, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply); provided further that if an Event of Default exists, the highest Applicable Rate pertaining to any pricing level shall apply with respect to Commitment Fees.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined at any time before the 91 st day after the date on which all Loans have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated that the Total Leverage Ratio set forth in any Compliance Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Rate that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Total Leverage Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Rate” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Compliance Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Total Leverage Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrowers for the relevant period pursuant to Sections 2.08(a) and 2.09(a) as a result of the miscalculation of the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable upon the date that is five (5) Business Days after notice by the Administrative

-7-


 

Agent to the Parent Borrower of such miscalculation. If the preceding sentence is complied with the failure to previously pay such interest and fees shall not in and of itself constitute a Default and no amounts shall be payable at the Default Rate in respect of any such interest or fees.
          “ Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.
          “ Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to any Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer and (ii)(x) with respect to any Dollar Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(A), the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders and (y) with respect to any Alternative Currency Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B), the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders.
          “ Approved Electronic Communications ” means each Communication that any Loan Party is obligated to, or otherwise chooses to, provide to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein, including any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request and certificate; provided , however , that, solely with respect to delivery of any such Communication by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent and without limiting or otherwise affecting either the Administrative Agent’s right to effect delivery of such Communication by posting such Communication to the Platform or the protections afforded hereby to the Administrative Agent in connection with any such posting, “Approved Electronic Communication” shall exclude (i) any notice of borrowing, letter of credit request, swing loan request, notice of conversion or continuation, and any other notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material relating to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing, (ii) any notice pursuant to Section 2.05(a) and Section 2.05(b) and any other notice relating to the payment of any principal or other amount due under any Loan Document prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) all notices of any Default or Event of Default and (iv) any notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material required to be delivered to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Article IV or any other condition to any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder or any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement.
          “ Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.
          “ Arrangers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.
          “ Assignees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(b).
          “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Assignment Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).
          “ Attorney Costs ” means all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

-8-


 

          “ Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (x) when used with respect to any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP and (y) when used with respect to any sale-leaseback transaction, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Parent Borrower’s then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such sale-leaseback transaction.
          “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
          “ Available Amount ” means, at any time (the “ Reference Date ”), the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Available Amount Reference Period (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, minus 100% of such negative number) provided that the amount in this clause (a) shall only be available if the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such incurrence calculated on a pro forma basis for any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(v), 7.02(j)(B)(ii) or 7.02(p)(ii), any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(ii) or any repayments, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance and other payments made pursuant to Sections 7.12(a)(vii)(2), would be less than or equal to 6.8 to 1.0; plus
     (b) [Reserved];
     (c) the amount of any cash capital contributions (other than any Cure Amount and any Specified Equity Contribution and other than any amount funded for any cost or expense referenced in clause (a)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”) or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances (or issuances of debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests) (other than the Equity Contribution and Net Cash Proceeds used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(f) and any Specified Equity Contribution) received by the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent as common equity capital to the Parent Borrower) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus
     (d) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above or (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries made or designated by using the Available Amount during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus
     (e) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above or (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash repayments of principal received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date in respect of loans or advances made by the Parent

-9-


 

Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries made by using the Available Amount; plus
     (f) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above, (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment or (C) required to be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii), the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of its ownership interest in any Minority Investment or Unrestricted Subsidiary that was made by using the Available Amount during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; minus
     (g) the aggregate amount of distributions and redemptions by any Securitization Entity in respect of its Equity Interests of the kind set forth in the definition of “Restricted Payment”, except to the extent such distribution or redemption is received by, or substantially concurrently therewith, contributed to, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Reference Date; minus
     (h) the aggregate amount of (A) any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(iv), Section 7.02(j)(B)(ii) and Section 7.02(p)(ii), (B) any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(ii), and (C) any repayments, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance and other payments made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(vii)(2), in each case during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Reference Date (and, for purposes of this clause (h), without taking account of the intended usage of the Available Amount on such Reference Date).
          “ Available Amount Reference Period ” means, with respect to any Reference Date, the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on April 1, 2008 and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), and the related Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.
          “ Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
          “ Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
          “ Basel II ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(a).
          “ BBA LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

-10-


 

          “ Borrowers ” means the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers.
          “ Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing or a Term Borrowing, as the context may require.
          “ Broadcast Licenses ” means the main station license issued by the FCC or any foreign Governmental Authority and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Broadcast Station operated by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Broadcast Stations ” means each full-service AM or FM radio broadcast station or full-service television broadcast station now or hereafter owned and operated by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York, New York or in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located; provided that:
     (a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;
     (b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euros, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euros in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day;
     (c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euros, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and
     (d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euros in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euros, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.
          “ Canadian Dollars ” and “ Cdn. ” each mean the lawful money of Canada.
          “ Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

-11-


 

          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
          “ Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at Citibank (or any successor Administrative Agent) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:
     (a) Dollars;
     (b) (i) Canadian Dollars, Sterling, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (ii) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
     (e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;
     (f) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or preferred

-12-


 

stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (g) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (h) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;
     (i) solely for the purpose of determining if an Investment therein is allowed under this Agreement and not for the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (j) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (i) above.
          In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (i) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (i) and in this paragraph.
          “ Cash for Post-Closing Expenses ” means (x) the aggregate amount of estimated post-closing expenses specified on Schedule 1.01B, less (y) the amount of such post-closing expenses paid or satisfied prior to the Closing Date (it being understood that the Parent Borrower may reduce any such estimated post-closing expense based on its good faith estimate of the actual amount of such post-closing expense as of the Closing Date).
          “ Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time it provides any Cash Management Services, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.
          “ Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services and designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as “Cash Management Obligations.”
          “ Cash Management Services ” means any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
          “ Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment,

-13-


 

fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.
          “ CC UK ” means Clear Channel UK Limited, a limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales.
          “ CCO Cash Management Arrangements ” means the cash management arrangements established by the Parent Borrower and CCOH pursuant to the CCO Intercompany Agreements.
          “ CCO Intercompany Agreements ” means (a) the Master Agreement dated as of November 16, 2005 between the Parent Borrower and CCOH as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c) and (b) the Corporate Services Agreement dated as of November 16, 2005 between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P. and CCOH, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c).
          “ CCOH ” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ CCOH 90% Investment ” means the first Investment in Equity Interests of CCOH which results in the U.S. Loan Parties owning at least 90% of the then outstanding Equity Interests in CCOH.
          “ CCU Cash Management Notes ” means (a) the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005, issued by CCOH to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c) and (b) the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005, issued by the Parent Borrower to CCOH pursuant to the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c) (the “ Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note ”).
          “ CCU Notes ” means the CCU Cash Management Notes and the CCU Term Note.
           “CCU Term Note” means the $2.5 billion Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated as of August 2, 2005 made by Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc to CCOH, subsequently endorsed to the Parent Borrower, as amended on August 2, 2005, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c).
          “ Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of:
     (a) (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders ceasing to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least a majority of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or the Sponsors ceasing to have the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Parent; or
     (ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of

-14-


 

Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting power of Voting Stock of Parent owned, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, by the Permitted Holders,
unless, in the case of clause (a)(ii) above, the Sponsors have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Parent; or
     (b) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) under the ABL Credit Agreement, any New Senior Notes Indenture or any other Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
     (c) subject to Section 7.04, the Parent Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings or Holdings ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent, provided that a “Change of Control” under this clause (c) shall not be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of options held by certain employees in the United Kingdom to purchase shares of the Parent Borrower that remain outstanding after the Closing Date so long as such options are terminated by no later than 60 days after the Closing Date.
          “ Citibank ” means Citibank, N.A.
          “ Class ” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders, Tranche A Term Loan Lenders, Tranche B Term Loan Lenders, Tranche C Term Loan Lenders, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Lenders or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments, Tranche A Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitments or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Dollar Revolving Credit Loans, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans.
          “ Closing Date ” means the “Closing Date” as defined in the Merger Agreement.
          “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.
          “ Co-Documentation Agents ” means Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
          “ Co-Investors ” means, collectively, (a) Highfields Capital I LP, Highfields Capital II LP, Highfields Capital III LP, Highfields Capital Management LP, FMR LLC, Fidelity Management & Research Company, Strategic Advisers, Inc., Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company, and any other Persons who, directly or indirectly, own Equity Interests of Parent on the Closing Date, and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or their respective Affiliates and (b) and the Management Stockholders.

-15-


 

          “ Collateral ” means all the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document and shall include the Mortgaged Properties.
          “ Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:
          (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 or 6.13, subject in each case to the limitations and exceptions of this definition, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;
          (b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed (the “ U.S. Guarantees ”) by Holdings, the Parent Borrower (in the case of Obligations of the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers) and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary and not an Excluded Subsidiary (each, a “ U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor ”, and each unconditional guarantee thereby, a “ U.S. Subsidiary Guarantee ”) (each of Holdings, the Parent Borrower (to the extent set forth above), and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors, a “ U.S. Guarantor ”);
          (c) all Obligations of the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers (the “ Foreign Obligations ”) shall have been unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Foreign Subsidiary Guarantees ” and, together with the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantees, the “ Subsidiary Guarantees ”) by each Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower (in the case of Obligations of such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower and of all other Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers) and CC UK and each subsequently formed or acquired wholly-owned Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) of CC UK organized under the laws of England and Wales (each, a “ Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor ” and, together with the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, together with all U.S. Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”);
          (d) all guarantees issued or to be issued in respect of any Permitted Additional Notes (i) shall be subordinated to the Obligations to the same extent as the guarantees issued on the Closing Date in respect of the New Senior Notes are subordinated to the Obligations and (ii) shall provide for their automatic release upon a release of the corresponding U.S. Guarantee;
          (e) except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and (ii) all Equity Interests and intercompany debt of each Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary subject to any limitations and requirements under Communications Laws;
          (f) except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in, and Mortgages on, (i) the Non-Principal Properties Collateral and (ii) the Principal Properties Collateral; provided that to the extent any portion of the Collateral includes Principal Properties Collateral, until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the maximum principal amount of Obligations secured by Principal Properties Collateral shall be limited to the Principal Properties Permitted Amount; provided, however, that if any Retained Existing Notes become required to be secured by a Lien on any Collateral constituting Principal Properties Collateral as a result of a breach by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the covenant set forth in the last paragraph of Section 7.01 of this Agreement, then the amount of Obligations that are secured by such Collateral shall equal the full amount of the Obligations;
          (g) the Foreign Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in, and Mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower and each Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor (including accounts, inventory, equipment, investment

-16-


 

property, contract rights, intellectual property, other general intangibles, Material Real Property and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, (i) with the priority required by the Collateral Documents, (ii) subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction), and (iii) to the extent permitted by applicable Laws and provided that it would not result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case of this clause (iii) as determined in the good faith judgment of the Parent Borrower;
          (h) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in the Receivables Collateral, subject to the terms of the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement;
          (i) to the extent a security interest in and Mortgages on any Material Real Property is required under clause (f) or (g) above or clause (j) below or Section 6.11 (each, a “ Mortgaged Property ”), the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 110% of the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value), (ii) fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage (except for standard exclusions from coverage that constitute Permitted Liens) title insurance policies or the equivalent or other form available in each applicable jurisdiction (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed 110% of the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and providing endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (it being understood that the Parent Borrower shall not be required to provide or obtain (or to update, supplement or replace any existing), abstracts, appraisals (unless required by any Law), property conditions reports, environmental assessment reports or deletion of zoning endorsements), legal opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (iv) a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, (v) fixture filings, and (vi) other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
          (j) upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the Obligations shall be, no later than 60 days after the date of such satisfaction, secured by a perfected security interest in, and Mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Parent Borrower and each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property, other general intangibles, Material Real Property and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, (i) prior to all Liens other than Permitted Liens, (ii) subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction), and (iii) to the extent permitted by applicable Laws (it being understood and agreed that, unless the Existing Notes Condition has been satisfied pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof, any Existing Notes that shall then be outstanding shall

-17-


 

be permitted to be equally and ratably secured by such assets under this clause (j) to the extent required by the terms of the Retained Existing Notes Indenture).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary:
     (A) the foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance or taking other actions with respect to, (i) any fee owned real property (other than Material Real Properties) and any leasehold rights and interests in real property, (ii) commercial tort claims where the amount of damages claimed by the applicable Loan Party is less than $15,000,000), (iii) pledges and security interests prohibited by Law (other than to the extent such prohibition is expressly deemed ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition), (iv) except as set forth in clause (j) above, intercompany indebtedness between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than, solely to the extent required to be pledged pursuant to clause (e) above, intercompany indebtedness issued by any Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary), (v) equity or debt securities of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower to the extent a pledge of such equity or debt securities would result in additional financial reporting requirements under Rule 3-16 under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act, (vi) except as set forth in clause (j) above, margin stock and Equity Interests in any Person (other than Equity Interests in the Parent Borrower and, solely to the extent required to be pledged pursuant to clause (e) above, Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiaries), (vii) any FCC Authorizations to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Administrative Agent may not validly possess a security interest therein pursuant to the applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral shall include, to the maximum extent permitted by law, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations (except to the extent requiring approval of any Governmental Authority, including by the FCC) and the right to receive all proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations, (viii) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent evidenced in writing, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Lenders under the Loan Documents or (ix) permitted agreements, leases and licenses (other than FCC Authorizations which are addressed in (vii) above) to the extent the assignment of which is prohibited by the terms thereof or would result in the termination of such agreements, leases and licenses (other than to the extent such prohibition is expressly deemed ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition);
     (B) the foregoing definition shall not require the perfection of pledges of or security interests in motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, cash, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, fixtures (other than fixtures relating to any Mortgaged Property) or investment property (other than Equity Interests in the Parent Borrower and, solely to the extent required to be pledged pursuant to clause (e) above, Equity Interests of, and intercompany notes issued by, Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiaries and other than as set forth in clause (j) above), except to the extent the perfection of such pledges and security interests is achieved by the filing of a financing statement that is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of jurisdiction in which the applicable Loan Party is “located” (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code);

-18-


 

     (C) the Administrative Agent in its discretion may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of security interests in, and Mortgages on, or obtaining of title insurance or surveys or taking other actions with respect to, particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or the date referenced in clause (j) above) or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition where it reasonably determines in writing, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that the creation or perfection of security interests and Mortgages on, or obtaining of title insurance or surveys or taking other actions, or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition cannot be accomplished without undue delay, burden or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents;
     (D) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower in writing; and
     (E) all Collateral and security interests contemplated or required by this definition, this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall be limited so as not to require the grant of equal and ratable security to or for the benefit of the holders of any Existing Retained Notes under the applicable Existing Retained Notes Documentation, and neither the Parent Borrower nor any Guarantor shall be required to grant a security interest in any Collateral if the effect of such grant would result in any obligation to grant equal and ratable security to or for the benefit of the Holders of any Existing Retained Note.
     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Parent Borrower may cause any Restricted Subsidiary to take all actions necessary under this definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” to become a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, in the case of such Restricted Subsidiary organized in the United States, or a Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor, in the case of such Restricted Subsidiary organized outside the United States, in which case such Restricted Subsidiary shall be treated as a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor or Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, hereunder for all purposes.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if any intended Guaranty cannot be provided on or prior to the date required under Section 6.13(b) or with respect to any intended Collateral, if the creation or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such intended Collateral may not be accomplished on or prior to the date required under Section 6.13(b) (other than the pledge and perfection of domestic assets of the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to which a lien may be perfected solely by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code) after use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so or without undue delay, burden or expense, then such Guaranty or Collateral shall not be required to be delivered under Section 6.13(b) if the Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests, (i) in the case of any intended Guaranty, within 20 days after the Closing Date and (ii) in the case of any intended Collateral, the time period for delivery applicable upon the acquisition of intended Collateral pursuant to Section 6.11 (in each case subject to extension by the Administrative Agent in its discretion).
          “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreements, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to

-19-


 

the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, the Guaranties, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Loss Sharing Agreement and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Commitment ” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.
          “ Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Term Borrowing, (b) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (c) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (d) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .
          “ Communications ” means each notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise transmitted between the parties hereto relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Loan Party or its Affiliates, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request and certificate.
          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (a) increased (without duplication) by the following:
     (i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (ii) total interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (whether amortized or immediately expensed), to the extent in each case the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

-20-


 

     (iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (iv) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Investment, acquisition, asset disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the New Senior Notes, the ABL Facilities, the Loans and any credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the New Senior Notes, the ABL Facilities, the Loans or any credit facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to the ABL Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing, and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R)) and losses associated with FASB Interpretation No. 45), and in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (v) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after Closing Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added pursuant to this clause (v) shall not exceed 10% of LTM Cost Base in any four-quarter period; plus
     (vi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (vii) any other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any (A) write-offs or write-downs, (B) equity-based awards compensation expense, (C) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (D) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (E) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (viii) the amount of cost savings projected by the Parent Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such

-21-


 

period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus
     (ix) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including transaction fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise to the Sponsors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (x) any costs or expense incurred by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and other than from the proceeds of the exercise of the Cure Right); plus
     (xi) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus
     (b) decreased by (without duplication):
     (i) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; plus
     (ii) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and
     (c) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, in each case to the extent excluded or included, as applicable, in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries resulting in such period from Swap Contracts and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations;
     (ii) any net gain or loss (after any offset) of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or loss resulting from Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses; and

-22-


 

     (iii) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction Expenses, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,
     (b) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations (other than the Permitted Disposition Assets to the extent included in discontinued operations prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower, shall be excluded,
     (d) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or cash to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
     (e) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (f) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) obligations under any Swap Contracts, (ii) Indebtedness or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
     (g) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
     (h) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Parent Borrower

-23-


 

or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,
     (i) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,
     (j) solely for the purpose of determining the Available Amount pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted in to cash) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (k) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded, and
     (l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          “ Consolidated Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)) included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.
          “ Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date and set forth on the balance sheet of such Persons, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition); provided that

-24-


 

Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit or bank guaranty, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder, (ii) obligations under Swap Contracts and (iii) any non-recourse debt to the extent of the amount in excess of the fair market value of the assets securing such non-recourse debt.
          “ Consolidated Working Capital ” means, at any date, the excess of (i)  all amounts (other than Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date over (ii) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (b) all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations and revolving loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations under the ABL Facilities, in each case to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of interest, (d) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (e) the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligations, (f) the current portion of any long-term liabilities and (g) income taxes payable from discontinued operations and in the case of both clauses (i) and (ii), excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition.
          “ Contract Consideration ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”
          “ Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
          “ Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”
          “ Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Parent Borrower and/or other companies.
          “ Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
          “ Cure Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.
          “ Cure Right ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.
          “ Debt Proceeds ” means the sum of the proceeds of (a) the Term Loans made on the Closing Date, (b) the Initial Revolving Borrowing, (c) the proceeds of the issuance of the New Senior Notes, and (d) the proceeds of the initial borrowings under the ABL Credit Agreement.
          “ Debt Repayment ” shall mean the repayment, prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance or tender, in whole or in part, of (a) the Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Existing Credit Agreement, (b) the Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower in respect of the Repurchased Existing Notes and (c) the other Indebtedness identified on Schedule 7.03(b) and that is repaid, prepaid, repurchased, redeemed or defeased or tendered on the Closing Date (or such later date as

-25-


 

may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date).
          “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
          “ Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).
          “ Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
          “ Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
          “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (d) has notified the Parent Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent in writing of any of the foregoing (including any written certification of its intent not to comply with its obligations under Article II).
          “ Delayed Draw Commitment Fee Rate ” means the rate per annum as specified in clause (d) of the definition of “Applicable Rate.”
          “ Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan ” means the term loans made by the Lenders to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iv) or by an Incremental Amendment.
          “ Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment ” means, as to each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender, its obligation to make Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iv) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as any such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Delayed Draw Term 1 Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $750,000,000.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan 1 Commitment Termination Date ” means September 30, 2010.
          “ Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment at such time.

-26-


 

          “ Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender with a Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan.
          “ Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower payable to any Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-4 hereto evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower to such Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Lender resulting from the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans made by such Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Lender.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment ” means the collective reference to the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment and the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Period ” means the time period commencing on the Closing Date through and including the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date ” means the Delayed Draw Term Loan 1 Commitment Termination Date or the Delayed Draw Term Loan 2 Commitment Termination Date, as applicable.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility ” means the collective reference to the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Facility and the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Facility.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender with a (i) Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment or an (ii) outstanding Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan or outstanding Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loans ” means the collective reference to the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iv) or by an Incremental Amendment and Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(v) or by an Incremental Amendment. Each Delayed Draw Term Loan shall be either a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan.
          “ Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan ” means the term loans made by the Lenders to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(v) or by an Incremental Amendment.
          “ Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment ” means, as to each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender, its obligation to make Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(v) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as any such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $500,000,000.
          “ Delayed Draw Term Loan 2 Commitment Termination Date ” means the second anniversary of the Closing Date.
          “ Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment at such time.
          “ Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender with a Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan.

-27-


 

          “ Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower payable to any Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-5 hereto evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower to such Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Lender resulting from the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans made by such Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Lender.
          “ Designated Amount ” means (i) with respect to Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc., $1,815,000,000, (ii) with respect to Capstar Radio Operating Company, Inc., $3,731,556,926, (iii) with respect to Citicasters Co., $1,590,000,000 and (iv) with respect to Premiere Radio Networks, Inc., $173,000,000.
          “ Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(j) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
          “ Designated 2009 Retained Existing Notes ” means the Parent Borrower’s 4.25% Senior Notes due 2009.
          “ Designated 2010 Retained Existing Notes ” means any 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 of the Parent Borrower, to the extent not repaid, prepaid, repurchased or defeased on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date).
          “ Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale-leaseback transaction and any sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower)) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that no transaction or series of related transactions shall be considered a “Disposition” for purposes of Section 2.05(b)(ii) or Section 7.05 unless the net cash proceeds resulting from such transaction or series of transactions shall exceed $25,000,000.
          “ Disposition Prepayment Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A).
          “ Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or any other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable, the termination of the Commitments and the termination of or backstop on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion all outstanding Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part or (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date of the Term Loans; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased

-28-


 

by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or under the terms of the plan under which such Equity Interests are issued and any stock subscription or shareholder agreement to which such Equity Interests are subject; provided, further , that any Equity Interests held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Disqualified Institutions ” means those banks and institutions set forth on Schedule 1.01E hereto or any Persons who are competitors of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as identified to the Administrative Agent from time to time.
          “ Divestiture Assets ” means the DoJ Divestiture Assets and the FCC Divestiture Assets.
          “ DoJ Divestiture Assets ” means the “Divestiture Assets” as defined in the DoJ Consent Orders.
          “ DoJ Orders ” means the Final Judgment and the Hold Separate Stipulation and Order entered by the United States District Court for the District of Columbia in the matter of United States of America v. Bain Capital, LLC, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Clear Channel .
          “ Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.
          “ Dollar Amount ” means, at any time:
     (a) with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount; and
     (b) with respect to an amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, an equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.
          “ Dollar L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Dollar L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.
          “ Dollar L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Dollar Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing.
          “ Dollar L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Dollar Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.
          “ Dollar L/C Issuer ” means Citibank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and any other Lender that becomes a Dollar L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder.

-29-


 

          “ Dollar L/C Obligation ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit (whether or not (i) such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Dollar Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Dollar Letter of Credit or (ii) the conditions to drawing can then be satisfied) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Dollar Letters of Credit, including all Dollar L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
          “ Dollar L/C Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $500,000,000.
          “ Dollar Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars and issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(A).
          “ Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i).
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i), (b) purchase participations in Dollar L/C Obligations in respect of Dollar Letters of Credit and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A under the caption “Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of all Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $1,850,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase.
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the Dollar L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b)(i).
          “ Dollar Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower payable to any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of

-30-


 

Exhibit C-6 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower to such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
          “ Dutch Loan Party ” means any Foreign Loan Party organized under the laws of the Netherlands.
           “Dutch Secured Party Claim” means any amount which a Dutch Loan Party owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Loan Documents.
          “ ECF Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).
          “ Eligible Assignee ” means any assignee permitted by and, to the extent applicable, consented to in accordance with Section 10.07(b); provided that under no circumstances shall (i) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any Disqualified Institution be an Assignee.
          “ EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “ EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.
          “ Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, drinking water, groundwater, land surfaces, subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.
          “ Environmental Claim ” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings with respect to any Environmental Liability (hereinafter “ Claims ”), including (i) any and all Claims by a Governmental Authority for enforcement, response or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any Person seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law.
          “ Environmental Laws ” means any and all Laws relating to the pollution or protection of the Environment including those relating to the generation, handling, storage, treatment transport or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials or, to the extent relating to exposure or threat of exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.
          “ Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, or Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

-31-


 

          “ Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
          “ Equity Contribution ” means, collectively, (a) the direct or indirect contribution by the Sponsors and certain other investors of an aggregate amount of cash (the “ Cash Contribution ”) and (b) the Rollover Equity, in an amount which, together with (A) the Parent Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash on hand and (B) the Debt Proceeds, is sufficient to finance (a) the Merger Consideration, (b) the Debt Repayment, (c) Transaction Expenses paid on or prior to the Closing Date, (d) Cash for Post-Closing Expenses and (e) the Additional Cash from Revolver Draw. The Equity Contribution will be no less than $3,000,000,000. Any portion of the Cash Contribution not directly received by Merger Sub or used by Parent or Holdings to pay Transaction Expenses will be contributed to the common equity capital of Merger Sub.
          “ Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).
          “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with Holdings or the Parent Borrower and is treated as a single employer pursuant to Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
          “ ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan for which notice to the PBGC is not waived by regulation; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan, notification of Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (d) the filing by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan; (e) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (f) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code and Section 303(d) of ERISA (or, after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the Code and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (h) the filing by the PBGC of a petition under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; or (i) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to Holdings or the Parent Borrower.
          “ Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among Merger Sub, Parent, the Parent Borrower, the financial institutions and other parties thereto.

-32-


 

          “ Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful single currency of the European Union.
          “ Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch (or other branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
          “ Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan, whether denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency, that bears interest at a rate based on the applicable Eurocurrency Rate.
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
          “ Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:
     (a) the sum, without duplication, of:
     (i) Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower for such period,
     (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period,
     (iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),
     (iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and
     (v) cash receipts in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated Net Income; over
     (b) the sum, without duplication, of:
     (i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any non-cash credit to the extent representing

-33-


 

the reversal of an accrual or reserve described in clause (a)(ii) above) and cash charges included in clauses (a) through (j) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income,
     (ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property and Capitalized Software Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise other than with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to such Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and (Z) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except, in the case of clauses (Y) and (Z) only, to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) made during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise other than with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
     (v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),
     (vi) cash payments by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and to the extent financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (viii) or (ix) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Investments made pursuant to Sections 7.02(b)(iii), 7.02(n) (but excluding such loans and advances in respect of Sections 7.06(g)(iv) (to the extent the amount of such Investment would not have been deducted pursuant to this clause if made by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) and 7.06(l)(ii)), 7.02(j), 7.02(o), 7.02(p)(i), 7.02(v)(ii) and 7.02(x) made during such period to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

-34-


 

     (viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 7.06(f), 7.06(g) (other than subclause (iv) (to the extent the amount of the Investment made pursuant thereto would not have been deducted pursuant to this definition if made by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof), 7.06(h) and 7.06(i) (to the extent that dividends paid pursuant to Section 7.06(i) would have otherwise been permitted under another clause of Section 7.06 referenced in this clause (viii)), 7.06(k) and 7.06(l)(i) (to the extent that dividends pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(i) are used other than for the purpose of directly or indirectly paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring any Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower for cash from, the Sponsors) and to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries from internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,
     (x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and financed with internally generated cash flow of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,
     (xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,
     (xii) the amount of cash taxes paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and
     (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
          “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing the Obligations, or a guarantee by which would require governmental consent, approval, license or

-35-


 

authorization, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (e) AMFM and its Subsidiaries, until AMFM has completed the Debt Repayment of the AMFM Notes, as result of which the covenants in the AMFM Indenture have been defeased or, in the case of a tender offer and consent solicitation, eliminated in accordance therewith, (f) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (g) any Securitization Entity, and (h) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.
          “ Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 13, 2004, among the Parent Borrower and the subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower party thereto as borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto.
          “ Existing Notes ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Retained Existing Notes.”
          “ Existing Notes Condition ” means (i) the repayment of Existing Notes such that no more than $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Existing Notes remains outstanding or (ii) the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries are no longer subject to the negative covenants set forth in the Existing Notes Indentures as a result of a consent solicitation or other discharge or defeasance, as notified to the Administrative Agent in writing.
          “ Existing Notes Indentures ” means collectively the (i) Retained Existing Notes Indenture and the (ii) AMFM Notes Indenture.
          “ Facility ” means the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loans, the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Facility, the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Facility, the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility or the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.
          “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all Broadcast Licenses and other licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ FCC Divestiture Assets ” means (a) Broadcast Licenses transferred to the Aloha Trust pursuant to the FCC Order, (b) any interest in the Aloha Trust and (c) any assets of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to the Stations operated under the Broadcast Licenses referred to in clause (a).
          “ FCC Order ” means the Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 08-3, released by the FCC on January 24, 2008, as amended by the Erratum dated January 30, 2008.

-36-


 

          “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Foreign Asset Sale ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
          “ Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).
          “ Foreign Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers and the Foreign Subsidiary Guarantors.
          “ Foreign Obligations ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary Guarantees ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Foreign Subsidiary Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers ” means any Qualified Foreign Subsidiary as to which an Election to Participate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.15; provided that the status of any of the foregoing as a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower shall terminate if and when an Election to Terminate is delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.15.
          “ FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
          “ Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
          “ Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates

-37-


 

the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Parent Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Parent Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.
          “ Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
          “ Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).
          “ Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “ Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Guaranty ” means (a) the guaranty made by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors and the Foreign Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on

-38-


 

behalf of the Secured Parties pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , Exhibit F-2 , Exhibit F-3 or Exhibit F-4 , as applicable, and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11, all guarantees hereunder, the “ Guaranties .”
          “ Hazardous Materials ” means materials, chemicals, substances, compounds, wastes, pollutants and contaminants, in any form, including all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes, mold, petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and infectious or medical wastes, in each case regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
          “ Hedge Bank ” means any Person that is an Agent, a Lender, or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement, in its capacity as a party thereto, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means obligations of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement.
          “ Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          “ Holdings Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-5 between Holdings and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
          “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
     (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
     (b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;
     (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

-39-


 

     (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable);
     (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
     (f) all Attributable Indebtedness;
     (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and
     (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
          For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (i) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated Total Debt of such Person and (ii) in the case of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person that is not assumed by such Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.
          “ Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
          “ Indemnified Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Parent Borrower and its Affiliates.
          “ Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.
          “ Initial Incremental Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Initial Non-Principal Properties Collateral ” means “Collateral”, as defined in the Non-Principal Properties Security Agreements, which assets the Parent Borrower has determined do not constitute “Principal Properties” under (and as defined in and determined in accordance with) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.

-40-


 

          “ Initial Principal Properties Collateral ” means “Collateral”, as defined in the Principal Properties Security Agreement.
          “ Initial Revolving Borrowing ” means one or more borrowings of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans or issuances or deemed issuances of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amounts specified or referred to in the definition of “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes.”
          “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreements.
          “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I , as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith and herewith.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.
          “ Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan and the Administrative Agent, nine or twelve months (or such period of less than one month as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent and each Lender), as selected by the relevant Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:
     (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.
          “ Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of

-41-


 

transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value of such Investment, net of any return representing a return of capital with respect to such Investment.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower.
          “ IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.
          “ ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
          “ Issuer Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
          “ Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J , as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith and herewith.
          “ Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
          “ Junior Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(a).
          “ Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.
          “ Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
          “ L/C Advances ” means the collective reference to Dollar L/C Advances and Alternative Currency L/C Advances.
          “ L/C Borrowing ” means the collective reference to Dollar L/C Borrowings and Alternative Currency L/C Borrowings.
          “ L/C Credit Extensions ” means the collective reference to the Dollar L/C Credit Extensions and the Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extensions.
          “ L/C Issuer ” means the collective reference to each Dollar L/C Issuer and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

-42-


 

          “ L/C Obligations ” means the collective reference to the Dollar L/C Obligations and the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations.
          “ Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”
          “ Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          “ Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder or any letter of credit set forth on Schedule 1.01G . A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.
          “ Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.
          “ Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facilities (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
          “ License Subsidiary ” means a direct or indirect wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower substantially all of the assets of which consist of Broadcast Licenses and related rights.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory, judgment or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease in and of itself be deemed a Lien.
          “ LMA ” means a time brokerage agreement between a broadcaster-broker and a radio station licensee pursuant to which the broadcaster-broker supplies programming and sells commercial spot announcements in discrete blocks of time provided by the radio station licensee that amount to 15% or more of the weekly broadcast hours of the radio station licensee’s radio broadcast station.
          “ Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.
          “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Joinder Agreement, (iii) the Notes, (iv) the Guaranties, (v) the Collateral Documents, (vi) the Issuer Documents and (vii) the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Holdings, the U.S. Loan Parties and the Foreign Loan Parties.
          “ Loss Sharing Agreement ” means the Loss Sharing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date among the Lenders (it being understood that no Loan Party and no Borrower is a party to such agreement), as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

-43-


 

          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation, amortization and interest expense, of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries who are investors in the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof.
          “ Mandatory Cost ” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01C .
          “ Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder.
          “ Material Adverse Effect on the Company ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Merger Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date).
          “ Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Parent Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or contribute more than 5.0% of the gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, then the Parent Borrower shall, not later than 45 days after the date by which financial statements for such quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Domestic Subsidiaries as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 applicable to such Subsidiaries; provided , however , that, any License Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Material Domestic Subsidiary if such License Subsidiary would constitute a Material Domestic Subsidiary if it were assumed that such License Subsidiary had the revenues associated with the Broadcast Stations operated by the Parent Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries that utilized the Broadcast Licenses owned by such License Subsidiary.
          “ Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Parent Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements

-44-


 

have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or contribute more than 5.0% of the gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, then the Parent Borrower shall, not later than 45 days after the date by which financial statements for such quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Foreign Subsidiaries as “Material Foreign Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 applicable to such Subsidiaries; provided , however , that, any License Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Material Foreign Subsidiary if such License Subsidiary would constitute a Material Foreign Subsidiary if it were assumed that such License Subsidiary had the revenues associated with the Broadcast Stations operated by the Parent Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries that utilized the Broadcast Licenses owned by such License Subsidiary.
          “ Material Real Property ” means any fee owned real property owned by any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value in excess of $15,000,000 (at the Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Closing Date, at the time of acquisition as reasonably estimated by the Parent Borrower), but solely to the extent either (a) constituting Non-Principal Properties Collateral or (b) expressly designated as Principal Properties Collateral to secure the Principal Properties Permitted Amount.
          “ Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or Material Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facilities, the date that is six years after of the Closing Date, (b) with respect to the Tranche A Term Loans, the date that is six years after the Closing Date and (c) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and Tranche C Term Loans, the date that is seven years and six months after the Closing Date; provided that if either such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.
          “ Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11.
          “ Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
          “ Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006, by and among the Parent Borrower, Merger Sub, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Parent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of April 18, 2007, Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 17, 2007 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 13, 2008.
          “ Merger Consideration ” means an amount equal to the total funds required to pay to the holder of each share of issued and outstanding common stock (subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the Merger Agreement) of the Parent Borrower (and to the holders of certain outstanding options to purchase, and outstanding restricted stock units with respect to, shares of common stock of the Parent Borrower (after deduction for any applicable exercise price)), other than shares the holders of which have elected to convert into common stock of Parent, an aggregate amount per share equal to the Cash Consideration (as defined Merger Agreement).

-45-


 

          “ Merger Sub ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
          “ Minority Investment ” means any Person other than a Subsidiary in which the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.
          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
          “ Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Mortgages ” means collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 6.11 and 6.13.
          “ Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates makes or is obligated to make contributions, or with respect to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.
          “ NCR Stations ” means the Stations listed on Schedule 1.01D .
          “ Net Cash Proceeds ” means:
     (a) with respect to the Disposition of any asset (other than an asset constituting Receivables Collateral) by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Casualty Event with respect to an asset not constituting Receivables Collateral, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash and Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) incurred by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (C) taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(i) or (g)(iii) paid or estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including withholding taxes imposed on the repatriation of any such Net Cash Proceeds), (D) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Parent Borrower or a wholly-owned

-46-


 

Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and (E) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include the amount of any reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in this clause (E); provided that no net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $75,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)); and
     (b) (i) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Equity Issuance by the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or any Qualified Securitization Financing by Holdings or any of its direct wholly-owned Subsidiaries, or Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (B)(x) taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(i) paid or estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including withholding taxes imposed on the repatriation of any cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance) and (y) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Equity Issuance by any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, the amount of cash from such Permitted Equity Issuance contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ New Senior Cash-Pay Notes ” means $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Parent Borrower’s 10.75% senior notes due 2016, and any exchange notes in respect thereof.
          “ New Senior Notes ” means, collectively, (i) the New Senior Cash-Pay Notes and (ii) the New Senior Toggle Notes.
          “ New Senior Notes Indentures ” means any one or more indentures to be entered into in among the Borrower, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and a trustee, pursuant to which the New Senior Notes are issued.
          “ New Senior Toggle Notes ” means $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Parent Borrower’s 11.0%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016, and any exchange notes in respect thereof, and any increases in the principal amount of New Senior Toggle Notes (or related exchange notes) in lieu of the payment of cash interest in accordance with the terms thereof.
          “ Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d).
          “ Non-Loan Party ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

-47-


 

          “ Non-Principal Properties Collateral ” means the Initial Non-Principal Properties Collateral and Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral.
          “ Non-Principal Properties Security Agreements ” means the Non-Principal Properties Security Agreements, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 and Exhibit G-3 , as applicable, among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Non-Principal Property ” means any assets that do not constitute “Principal Properties” under (and as defined in and determined in accordance with) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
          “ Note ” means a Tranche A Term Loan Note, a Tranche B Term Loan Note, a Tranche C Term Loan Note, a Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Note, a Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Note, a Dollar Revolving Credit Note or an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.
          “ Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, (y) Hedging Obligations and (z) Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
          “ Organization Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
          “ Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).
          “ Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of

-48-


 

Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.
          “ Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.
          “ Parent ” means CC Media Holdings, Inc. (formerly BT Triple Crown Capital Holdings III, Inc.).
          “ Parent Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          “ Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “CCU Cash Management Notes.”
          “ Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).
          “ Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).
          “ Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.
          “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
          “ Pension Act ” means the U.S. Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.
          “ Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is either (i) sponsored or maintained by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates or (ii) to which Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute or with respect to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.
          “ Permits ” means any and all franchises, licenses, permits, approvals, notifications, certifications, registrations, authorizations, exemptions, qualifications, and other rights, privileges and approvals required for the operation of the Parent Borrower’s business under its organizational documents or under any loan treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
          “ Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(j).
          “ Permitted Additional Notes ” means unsecured notes issued by the Parent Borrower and guaranteed on a subordinated unsecured basis by one or more Guarantors, provided that (a) the terms of such notes provide for customary subordination of the guarantees of such notes by each Guarantor to the Obligations (and in any event the terms of such subordination shall be no less favorable to the Lenders

-49-


 

than the terms of the subordination set forth in the New Senior Notes Indentures) and do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption, sinking fund obligation or other payment prior to six months after the Maturity Date for the Tranche B Term Loans, other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights upon an event of default and (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees and other terms for such notes ( provided that such notes shall have interest rates and redemption premiums determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower to be market rates and premiums at the time of issuance of such notes), taken as a whole, are determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower to be market terms on the date of issuance and in any event are not materially more restrictive on the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, or materially less favorable to the Lenders, than the terms of the New Senior Notes Indentures and do not require the maintenance or achievement of any financial performance standards other than as a condition to taking specified actions, provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).
          “ Permitted Additional Notes Documentation ” means any notes, instruments, agreements and other credit documents governing any Permitted Additional Notes.
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Disposition Assets ” means (a) the Specified Assets and (b) the assets permitted to be Disposed of pursuant to clauses (k), (o), (p) and (t) of Section 7.05.
          “ Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower (to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Parent Borrower), in each case to the extent not prohibited hereunder and neither in connection with the exercise of the Cure Right or which is for the funding of costs or expenses referenced in clause (a)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any Sponsor or Co-Investor; provided that for purposes of determining ownership by Permitted Holders of Voting Stock of Parent, Co-Investors shall be deemed to own the lesser of (x) the percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent actually owned by them at such time and (y) 25% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent, and shall only be deemed to be a Permitted Holder to such extent.
          “ Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes ” means (a) one or more Borrowings of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans in an aggregate amount of up to $600,000,000 to (i) finance the Transactions or (ii) finance working capital needs of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the issuance of Letters of Credit (i) in replacement of, or as a backstop for, letters of credit of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date or (ii) to finance working capital needs of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

-50-


 

          “ Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Junior Financing or Retained Existing Notes, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and does not include guarantees by any other Person who is not an obligor of such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; provided that, notwithstanding this clause (d), so long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom, Retained Existing Notes with a stated final maturity (as of the Closing Date) prior to the Maturity Date of the Tranche A Term Loans (and if at such time all Tranche A Term Loans have been repaid in full, the Maturity Date of the Tranche B Term Loans) may be refinanced with Indebtedness that constitutes Permitted Additional Notes, and (e) in the case of any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the ABL Facilities, such Permitted Refinancing is secured only by all or any portion of the collateral securing the ABL Facilities (but not by any other assets) pursuant to one or more security agreements subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement).
          “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
          “ PIK Interest Amount ” means the aggregate principal amount of all increases in outstanding principal amount of New Senior Toggle Notes and issuances of additional New Senior Toggle Notes or “PIK Notes” (as defined in any New Senior Notes Indenture or any similar document) in connection with an election by the Parent Borrower to pay interest in kind.

-51-


 

          “ Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established, maintained or contributed to by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.
          “ Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “ Pledged Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreements.
          “ Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreements.
          “ primary obligor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Guarantee.”
          “ Principal L/C Issuer ” means each of Citibank and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch.
          “ Principal Properties ” means each radio broadcasting, television broadcasting or outdoor advertising property located in the United States owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) that is a “Principal Property” under (and as defined in and determined in accordance with) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Principal Properties Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at the time of delivery of the financial statements set forth in Section 6.01(a), setting forth, as of the end of such fiscal year, a calculation of the Principal Properties Collateral Amount.
          “ Principal Properties Collateral ” means the Initial Principal Properties Collateral and any Additional Principal Properties Collateral.
          “ Principal Properties Collateral Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Principal Properties, determined by the Parent Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith), that are the subject of Liens securing the Obligations.
          “ Principal Properties Permitted Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, as determined in accordance with the Retained Existing Notes Indenture, an amount equal to 15% of the total consolidated stockholders’ equity (including preferred stock) of the Parent Borrower as shown on the audited consolidated balance sheet contained in the latest annual report to stockholders of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Principal Properties Security Agreement ” means the Principal Properties Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 , among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).
          “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).
          “ Projections ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).
          “ Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the

-52-


 

Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans, as applicable, of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans, as applicable, at such time; provided that, in the case of a Revolving Credit Facility, if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.
          “ Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “ Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.
          “ Qualified Foreign Subsidiary ” means any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) that (i) is organized or incorporated under the laws of any of the following jurisdictions: (a) England and Wales or (b) Canada and (ii) has satisfied the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.
          “ Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).
          “ Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its direct wholly-owned Subsidiaries, the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Person may, directly or indirectly, sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) one or more Securitization Entities or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of CCOH or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCOH or its Subsidiaries by the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) that are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Entity that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Securitization Entity, (b) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Entity are made at Fair Market Value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower), (d) giving effect on a pro forma basis for such Qualified Securitization Financing in accordance with Section 1.10, for the Test Period immediately preceding such transaction (i) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than the lesser of (x) 8.0 to 1.0 and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio for such Test Period before giving effect to such transaction, (ii) the Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than the lesser of (x) the ratio required for pro forma compliance with Section 7.14 and (y) the Secured Leverage Ratio for such Test Period before giving effect to such transaction and (iii) the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt of the Parent Borrower and U.S. Guarantors to Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received an officers’ certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (d) have been satisfied. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets

-53-


 

of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Entity) to secure Indebtedness under this Agreement prior to engaging in any securitization transaction shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
          “ Receivables Collateral ” means all the “Intercreditor Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Receivables Collateral Security Agreement ” means the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-4 , among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Reference Banks ” means, in relation to Mandatory Cost, the principal London offices of Citibank or such other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Parent Borrower.
          “ Reference Date ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Available Amount.”
          “ Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
          “ Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).
          “ Rejection Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon the receipt by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.
          “ Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
          “ Reportable Event ” means, with respect to any Plan any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.
          “ Repurchased Existing Notes ” means (i) the 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 of the Parent Borrower and (ii) the AMFM Notes, in each case to the extent repaid, prepaid, repurchased or defeased on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date).
          “ Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

-54-


 

          “ Required Facility Lenders ” means, with respect to any Facility on any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Total Outstandings under such Facility (with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, as applicable, under such Facility being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that the unused Commitments of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings under such Facility held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Facility Lenders.
          “ Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
          “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, or treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Restricted Payment ” means any direct or indirect dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Parent Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
          “ Restricting Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09(a).
          “ Retained Existing Notes ” means (a) the Parent Borrower’s (i) 6.625% Senior Notes due 2008, (ii) 4.25% Senior Notes due 2009, (iii) 4.5% Senior Notes due 2010, (iv) 6.25% Senior Notes due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes due 2011, (v) 5.0% Senior Notes due 2012, (vi) 5.75% Senior Notes due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes due 2014, (vii) 4.9% Senior Notes due 2015, (viii) 5.5% Senior Notes due 2016, (ix) 6.875% Senior Debentures due 2018 and (x) 7.25% Debentures Due 2027 and (b) any 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 of the Parent Borrower and 8% Senior Notes due 2008 of AMFM to the extent not repaid, prepaid, repurchased or defeased on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date) (the “ Retained Existing Notes ” and, together with the Repurchased Existing Notes, the “ Existing Notes ”).

-55-


 

          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture ” means the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 among the Parent Borrower and The Bank of New York, as trustee (with The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as current trustee), as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 2003, as further supplemented by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, as further supplemented by the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 21, 2003, as further supplemented by the Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 20, 2004, as further supplemented by the Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 22, 2004, as further supplemented by the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 16, 2004, as further supplemented by the Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 2006 and as further supplemented by the Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 15, 2006, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Debt ” means “Debt” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Sale-Leaseback Transaction ” means any “Sale-Leaseback Transaction” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary ” means any License Subsidiary that (a) is created or acquired after the Closing Date and (b) constitutes an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Revaluation Date ” means (a) with respect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.02, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine or the Required Facility Lenders under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility shall reasonably require; and (b) with respect to any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall reasonably determine or the Required Facility Lenders under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility shall reasonably require.
          “ Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means the collective reference to a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing and an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing.

-56-


 

          “ Revolving Credit Commitments ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment.
          “ Revolving Credit Facilities ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility.
          “ Revolving Credit Lenders ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders.
          “ Revolving Credit Loans ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans.
          “ Rollover Equity ” means the value of all Equity Interests of existing shareholders (including management) of the Parent Borrower (prior to giving effect to the Merger) that are converted into Equity Interests of Parent (valued based upon the cash consideration payable in the Merger) in connection with the Merger and the value of all Equity Interests of Parent issued to or otherwise directly or indirectly acquired by, any existing shareholders and management of the Parent Borrower (prior to giving effect to the Merger) in connection with the Transactions.
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
          “ Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.
          “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
          “ Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Section 7.03(f) that is entered into by and between any U.S. Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank and designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Hedge Agreement.”
          “ Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period.
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c).
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.
          “ Securitization Assets ” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.
          “ Securitization Entity ” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower), or another Person formed for the purposes

-57-


 

of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries, makes an Investment and to which the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Entity (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Parent Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower, (c) to which none of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results, and (d) if such Securitization Entity is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, (i) to the extent permitted by the terms of the Qualified Securitization Financing, Holdings shall have pledged the Equity Interests of such Securitization Entity to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that the Obligations shall have been secured by a first priority security interest in such Equity Interests and Holdings shall not permit any other Liens on such Equity Interests and (ii) Holdings shall not transfer any Equity Interests in such Securitization Entity to any other Person (other than to Holdings or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries) and shall not permit such Securitization Entity to issue any additional Equity Interests (other than to Holdings or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries). Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower, or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
          “ Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Entity in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
          “ Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a Standard Securitization Undertaking, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
          “ Security Agreements ” means, collectively, (i) the Principal Properties Security Agreement, (ii) the Non-Principal Properties Security Agreements, (iii) the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement and (iv) the Holdings Pledge Agreement, each executed by the applicable Loan Parties, together with each other Security Agreement Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.

-58-


 

          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreements.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Parent and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “ Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
          “ SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).
          “ Specified Assets ” means assets used in the operation of the NCR Stations.
          “ Specified Date ” means March 27, 2008.
          “ Specified Equity Contribution ” means any cash capital contributions (other than any Cure Amount, other than any contribution increasing the Available Amount pursuant to clause (c) of the definition thereof and other than any amount funded for any cost or expense referenced in clause (a)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”) or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances (other than the Equity Contribution and other than any contribution increasing the Available Amount pursuant to clause (c) of the definition thereof) received by the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent as common equity capital to the Parent Borrower) and certified by a Responsible Officer as a Specified Equity Contribution concurrently with such contribution or issuance.
          “ Specified L/C Sublimit ” means, with respect to any L/C Issuer, (i) in the case of Citibank (or any of its Affiliates), (x) in the case of Dollar L/C Credit Extensions, 50% of the Dollar L/C Sublimit and (y) in the case of Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extensions, 50% of the Alternative Currency L/C Sublimit, (ii) in the case of Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch (or any of its Affiliates), (x) in the case of Dollar L/C Credit Extensions, 50% of the Dollar L/C Sublimit and (y) in the case of Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extensions, 50% of the Alternative Currency L/C Sublimit and (iii) in the case of any other L/C Issuer, (x) in the case of Dollar L/C Credit Extensions, 100% of the Dollar L/C Sublimit or (y) in the case of Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extensions, 100% of the Alternative Currency L/C Sublimit, as applicable, or in each case such lower percentage as is specified in the agreement pursuant to which such Person becomes an L/C Issuer entered into pursuant to Section 2.03(l) hereof.
          “ Specified Transaction ” means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

-59-


 

          “ Sponsor ” means any of Bain Capital LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any or both of them or their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.
          “ Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, substantially in the form delivered to the Arrangers on or prior to the date hereof, between certain of the management companies associated with the one or more of the Sponsors or their advisors, the Parent Borrower (as successor by merger to Merger Sub), T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Parent, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however , that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the Lenders in any material respect than the agreement in the form delivered to the Arrangers on or prior to the date hereof.
          “ Sponsor Termination Fees ” means the one-time payment under the Sponsor Management Agreement of a termination fee to one or more of the Sponsors and their Affiliates in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.
          “ Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office; provided that the Administrative Agent or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided that the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.
          “ Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing.
          “ Stations ” means all radio and television broadcast stations owned by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Sterling ” and the sign “ £ ” each mean the lawful money of the United Kingdom.
          “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Subsidiary Co-Borrowers ” means each of the Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc., Capstar Radio Operating Company, Citicasters Co. and Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.

-60-


 

          “ Subsidiary Guarantee ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d)(iii).
          “ Successor Parent Borrower ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d)(i).
          “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.14 and “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ” shall have the corresponding meaning.
          “ Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
          “ Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
          “ Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
          “ Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit sub-facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.
          “ Swing Line Lender ” means Citibank, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
          “ Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
          “ Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

-61-


 

          “ Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.
          “ Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments.
          “ Syndication Agents ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc., each in its capacity as a Syndication Agent under this Agreement.
          “ TARGET ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes interlinked national real time gross settlement systems and the European Central Bank’s payment mechanism and which began operations on 4 January 1999.
          “ TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.
          “ TARGET Day ” means:
  (a)   until such time as TARGET is permanently closed down and ceases operations any day on which both TARGET and TARGET2 are; and
 
  (b)   following such time as TARGET is permanently closed down and ceased operations, any day on which TARGET2 is,
          open for the settlement of payments in euro.
          “ Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Tender Offers ” means one or more tender offers and consent solicitations by the Parent Borrower and AMFM to repurchase the Parent Borrower’s outstanding 7.65% Senior Notes Due 2010 and the outstanding AMFM Notes.
          “ Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.
          “ Term Commitment ” means the collective reference to the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment.
          “ Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a (i) Tranche A Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment or a (ii) Tranche A Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Tranche C Term Loan, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan or Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan at such time.
          “ Term Loans ” means the collective reference to the Tranche A Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i), Tranche B Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii), Tranche C Term

-62-


 

Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iii), and Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iv) and Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(v).
          “ Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended September 30, 2008. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “December 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended December 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.
          “ Threshold Amount ” means $100,000,000.
          “ Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
          “ Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period.
          “ Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan ” means the term loans made by the Lenders to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) or by an Incremental Amendment. Each Tranche A Term Loan shall be either a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan Backstop Amount ” means the excess, if any, of (i) $750,000,000 over (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the initial borrowing under the ABL Facilities on the Closing Date.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Tranche A Term Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Tranche A Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments is the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Amount.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Amount ” means the sum of (i) $1,115,000,000 plus (ii) the Tranche A Term Loan Backstop Amount.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender with a Tranche A Commitment or an outstanding Tranche A Term Loan.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower payable to any Tranche A Term Loan Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1

-63-


 

hereto evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower to such Tranche A Term Loan Lender resulting from the Tranche A Term Loans made by such Tranche A Term Loan Lender.
          “ Tranche B Term Loan ” means the term loans made by the Lenders to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii) or by an Incremental Amendment. Each Tranche B Term Loan shall be either a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan.
          “ Tranche B Term Loan Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Tranche B Term Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments is $10,700,000,000.
          “ Tranche B Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender with a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Tranche B Term Loan.
          “ Tranche B Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower payable to any Tranche B Term Loan Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers to such Tranche B Term Loan Lender resulting from the Tranche B Term Loans made by such Tranche B Term Loan Lender.
          “ Tranche C Term Loan ” means the term loans made by the Lenders to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iii) or by an Incremental Amendment. Each Tranche C Term Loan shall be either a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan.
          “ Tranche C Term Loan Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Tranche C Term Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments is the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment Amount.
          “ Tranche C Term Loan Commitment Amount ” means (i) $705,638,000 minus (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of Specified Assets after the Specified Date and on prior to the Closing Date.
          “ Tranche C Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender with a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Tranche C Term Loan.
          “ Tranche C Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note of the Parent Borrower payable to any Tranche C Term Loan Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower to such Tranche C Term Loan Lender resulting from the Tranche C Term Loans made by such Tranche C Term Loan Lender.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

-64-


 

          “ Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Merger, (c) the issuance of the New Senior Notes, (d) the funding of the Term Loans and the Initial Revolving Borrowing on the Closing Date, (e) the funding of the ABL Facilities on the Closing Date, if any, (f) the repayment of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (g) the consummation of the Tender Offers on or after to the Closing Date, (h) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (i) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.
          “ Type ” means, with respect to a Loan denominated in Dollars, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan; provided , that any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars may only be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.
          “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.
          “ United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.
          “ Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the date hereof, (b) any Securitization Entity and (c) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, until such Person ceases to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower in accordance with Section 6.14 or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower.
          “ USA PATRIOT Act ” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.
          “ U.S. Guarantees ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ U.S. Guarantor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ U.S. Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(d).
          “ U.S. Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Parent Borrower and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors.
          “ U.S. Subsidiary Guarantee ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors of such Person.

-65-


 

          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
          “ wholly-owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
          “ Withdrawal Liability ” means the liability of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
          SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
     (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
     (b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
     (ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.
     (iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
     (iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
     (c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”
     (d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     (e) The word “or” is not exclusive.
          SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Annual Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

-66-


 

          SECTION 1.04. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
          SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
          SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
          SECTION 1.07. Additional Alternative Currencies .
          (a) The Parent Borrower may from time to time request that Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans be made and/or Alternative Currency Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency”; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.
          (b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days prior to the date of the desired Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing or Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). Any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer thereof and each of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders. Each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans) or each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer and each of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders (in the case of a request pertaining to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., five Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans or the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.
          (c) Any failure by an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender or such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to permit Alternative Currency

-67-


 

Revolving Credit Loans to be made or Alternative Currency Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders consent to making Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowings of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, and if the Administrative Agent, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit issuances. If the consents required to be obtained by this Section with respect to an additional currency proposed by the Parent Borrower are not obtained, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Parent Borrower.
          SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally .
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial ratios hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent.
          (b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Alternative Currency Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar Amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 7.03 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.08 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.
          (d) For purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.14 and otherwise computing the Total Leverage Ratio and Secured Leverage Ratio, the equivalent in Dollars of any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars (i) with respect to income statement items, in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Net Income in the Parent Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) and (ii) with respect to balance sheet items, in a manner consistent with that used in calculating balance sheet items in the Parent Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) and will, in the case of Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Contracts for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness.

-68-


 

          SECTION 1.09. Change in Currency .
          (a) Each obligation of the Parent Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.
          (b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.
          (c) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
          SECTION 1.10. Pro Forma Calculations .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section.
          (b) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness included in the definitions of Consolidated Secured Debt or Consolidated Total Debt, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), subsequent to the end of the Test Period for which the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.
          (c) For purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions that have been made by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the applicable Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving

-69-


 

pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, when calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.14 at the end of a Test Period (excluding determinations of compliance with such Section on a pro forma basis pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(ii), 2.14, 6.14 and 7.04), the definition of “Applicable Rate” and Sections 2.05(b)(i) and 2.05(b)(ii), the events described in Sections 1.10(b) and 1.10(c) above that occurred subsequent to the end of the Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.
          (e) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from such Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and shall be certified in an officers’ certificate by such responsible financial or accounting officer delivered to the Administrative Agent); provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) actions to realize such amounts are taken within 12 months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” and Section 2.05(b)(i) and 2.05(b)(ii) shall not include any cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies that have not been actually realized.
          SECTION 1.11. Funding Through Applicable Lending Offices . Any Lender may, by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, designate an Affiliate of such Lender as its applicable Lending Office with respect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans to be made by such Lender to any Borrower (and, for the avoidance of doubt, a Lender may designate different applicable Lending Offices to make Loans to the Parent Borrower, on the one hand, and any Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower, on the other hand, under the same Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility) or make any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan available to any Borrower by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loans. In the event that a Lender designates an Affiliate of such Lender as its applicable Lending Office for Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans to any Borrower under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility or makes any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan available to any Borrower by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loans, then all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and reimbursement obligations to be funded by such Lender under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility to such Borrower shall be funded by such applicable Lending Office or foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate, as applicable, and all payments of interest, fees, principal and other amounts payable to such Lender under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility shall be payable to such applicable Lending Office or foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate, as applicable. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no designation by any Lender of an Affiliate as its applicable Lending Office or making any Loan available to any Borrower by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loans shall alter the obligation of the applicable Borrower to pay any principal, interest, fees or other amounts hereunder.

-70-


 

ARTICLE II
The Commitments and Credit Extensions
          SECTION 2.01. The Loans .
          (a) The Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Tranche A Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make to the Parent Borrower a single loan denominated in Dollars in an aggregate Dollar Amount equal to such Tranche A Term Loan Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitment on the Closing Date; (ii) each Tranche B Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make to the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers (which shall be allocated among them ratably in accordance with the Designated Amounts) a single loan denominated in Dollars in an aggregate Dollar Amount equal to such Tranche B Term Loan Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan Commitment on the Closing Date; (iii) each Tranche C Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make to the Parent Borrower a single loan denominated in Dollars in an aggregate Dollar Amount equal to such Tranche C Term Loan Lender’s Tranche C Term Loan Commitment on the Closing Date; (iv) each Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make to the Parent Borrower loans denominated in Dollars as elected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 on not more than three occasions on any Business Day on or after the Closing Date to the Delayed Draw Term Loan 1 Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed its Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitment; provided that all proceeds of such loans shall be used to repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise satisfy the Designated 2010 Retained Existing Notes and (v) each Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make to the Parent Borrower loans denominated in Dollars as elected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 on not more than two occasions on any Business Day after the Closing Date to the Delayed Draw Term Loan 2 Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed its Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Commitment; provided that all proceeds of such loans shall be used to repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise satisfy the Designated 2009 Retained Existing Notes. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
          (b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars to the Parent Borrower as elected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date ( provided that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars in an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the Initial Revolving Borrowing on the Closing Date), in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; and (ii) each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency to the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers as elected by the relevant Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Alternative Currency L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the

-71-


 

limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Dollar Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein, and Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans (other than Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, which may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans) must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
          SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .
          (a) Each Term Borrowing made after the Closing Date, each Revolving Credit Borrowing (other than Swing Line Borrowings with respect to which this Section 2.02 shall not apply) made after the Closing Date (or on the Closing Date in the case of an Initial Revolving Borrowing permitted under clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes”), each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, shall be made upon the relevant Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) four (4) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (ii) not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal Dollar Amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of the Dollar Amount of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the relevant Borrower is requesting a Tranche A Term Loan, a Tranche B Term Loan, a Tranche C Term Loan, a Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan, a Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan, a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the currency in which the Loans to be borrowed are to be denominated, (v) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, (vi) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, (vii) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, whether such Revolving Credit Loans are being borrowed under the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility or the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility and (viii) in the case of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, whether the borrower shall be the Parent Borrower or one of the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers. If the relevant Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans (unless the Loan being made or continued is denominated in an Alternative Currency, in which case it shall be made or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan with an Interest Period of one month). Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the relevant Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period (or fails to give a timely notice requesting a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency), it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. If no currency is specified, the requested Borrowing shall

-72-


 

be in Dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the date which is six months after the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent), all Eurocurrency Rate Loans may not have an Interest Period in excess of one (1) month.
          (b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the respective currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time in the case of any Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is on the Closing Date, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the relevant Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the relevant Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the relevant Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Borrowing under a Revolving Credit Facility is given by any Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second, to the relevant Borrower as provided above.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Facility Lenders may require that no Loans under the applicable Facility may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and the Required Facility Lenders under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility may require that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Amount thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.
          (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
          (e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than thirty (30) Interest Periods in effect unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          (f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

-73-


 

          (g) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and such Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of such Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(g) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower (to the extent such amount is covered by interest paid by such Lender) the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit .
          (a) The Letter of Credit Commitments .
          (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A)(1) each Dollar L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Dollar Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower ( provided that any Dollar Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) and to amend or renew Dollar Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the Dollar Letters of Credit and (2) the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Dollar Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 and (B)(1) each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Alternative Currency Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency for the account of the Parent Borrower or any Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower ( provided that any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower) and to amend or renew Alternative Currency Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the Alternative Currency Letters of Credit and (2) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Alternative Currency Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that L/C Issuers shall not be obligated to make L/C Credit Extensions with respect to Letters of Credit, and Lenders shall not be obligated to participate in Letters of Credit if, as of the date of the applicable (I) Dollar Letter of Credit, (x) the Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar L/C Obligations would exceed the Dollar L/C Sublimit and (II) Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, (x) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Alternative

-74-


 

Currency Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of all Alternative Currency L/C Obligations would exceed the Alternative Currency L/C Sublimit; provided further that no Letter of Credit shall be issued by any L/C Issuer the stated amount of which, when added to the Outstanding Amount of L/C Credit Extensions with respect to such L/C Issuer, would exceed the applicable Specified L/C Sublimit of such L/C Issuer then in effect. Each request by the Parent Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Parent Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Parent Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Parent Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
     (ii) An L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless otherwise agreed by such L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion; or
     (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender shall have approved such expiry date or (2) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized.
     (iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);
     (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally; or
     (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than (i) in the case of Dollar Letters of Credit, Dollars and (ii) in the case of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, Dollars or an Alternative Currency.
          (iv) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
          (v) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Appropriate Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have

-75-


 

all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuers.
          (b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit .
          (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Parent Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (g) the currency in which the requested Letter of Credit will be denominated and whether such Letter of Credit shall constitute a Dollar Letter of Credit or an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit; and (h) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.
          (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Parent Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the relevant L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Dollar Letter of Credit, or any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of (x) each Dollar Letter of Credit, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Dollar Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Dollar Letter of Credit and (y) each Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit.

-76-


 

          (iii) If the Parent Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Parent Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time until an expiry date not later than the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent or any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Dollar Letter of Credit, or any Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit Lender, in the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, or the Parent Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.
          (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
          (c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.
          (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Parent Borrower shall reimburse the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) such L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Parent Borrower shall have notified the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Parent Borrower will reimburse such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall notify the Parent Borrower of the Dollar Amount of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day following the date of any payment by any L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars (including all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars), or the Applicable Time on the third Business Day following the date of any payment by any L/C Issuer under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Parent Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing in the applicable currency. If the Parent Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars or in the Dollar Amount thereof in the case of an Alternative Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, (x) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under a Dollar Letter of Credit, the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans and

-77-


 

(y) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have requested an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in Dollars, in each case to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the applicable Revolving Credit Facility of the Appropriate Lenders, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
          (ii) Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Dollar Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which may be the same Business Day such notice is provided if such notice is provided prior to 12:00 noon), whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Dollar Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Parent Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer. Each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which may be the same Business Day such notice is provided if such notice is provided prior to 12:00 noon), whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan in Dollars to the Parent Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.
          (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Dollar Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer a Dollar L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Dollar L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Dollar L/C Borrowing and shall constitute a Dollar L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03. With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer an Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount in Dollars that is not so refinanced, which Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an Alternative

-78-


 

Currency L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
          (iv) Until each Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.
          (v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the relevant Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the relevant Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Parent Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
          (vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          (d) Repayment of Participations .
          (i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Appropriate Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with this Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Parent Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
          (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight

-79-


 

Rate from time to time in effect. The Obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
          (e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Parent Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
     (iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;
     (v) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally;
     (vi) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or
     (vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;
provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Parent Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, claims in respect of which are waived by the Parent Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Parent Borrower that are caused by acts or omissions of such L/C Issuer constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such L/C Issuer.
          (f) Role of L/C Issuers . Each Lender and the Parent Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain

-80-


 

any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) a problem with the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Parent Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Parent Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.03(f); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Parent Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Parent Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to lost profits or punitive or consequential damages suffered by the Parent Borrower that were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
          (g) Cash Collateral . If (i) any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Required Lenders require the Parent Borrower to Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02(c), (ii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing or (iii) for any reason, any Letter of Credit is outstanding at the time of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and a backstop letter of credit that is satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion is not in place, then the Parent Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Event of Default), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m. on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (i) or (iii), (1) the Business Day that the Parent Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Parent Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (ii), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Appropriate Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Appropriate Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Parent Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in Cash Equivalents selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant

-81-


 

L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Parent Borrower. In the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, if such Event of Default is cured or waived and no other Event of Default is then occurring and continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral shall be refunded to the Parent Borrower.
          (h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
          (i) Letter of Credit Fees .
          (i) The Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Dollar Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to (A) the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Dollar Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Dollar Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Dollar Letter of Credit), minus (B) the fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) below. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Dollar Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Dollar Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
          (ii) The Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Alternative Currency Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to (A) the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum Dollar Amount then available to be drawn under such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit), minus (B) the fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) below. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Alternative Currency Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
          (j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers . The Parent Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Parent Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance,

-82-


 

presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.
          (k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.
          (l) Addition of an L/C Issuer .
          (i) A Dollar Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional Dollar L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional Dollar L/C Issuer.
          (ii) An Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional Alternative Currency L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.
          (iii) On the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (and on such other dates as the Administrative Agent may request), each L/C Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit issued by it that are outstanding at such time together with such other information as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
          (m) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Parent Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Parent Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Parent Borrower, and that the Parent Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans .
          (a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Parent Borrower from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) prior to the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and Dollar L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of any other Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Parent Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans shall only be denominated in Dollars. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a

-83-


 

risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
          (b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Parent Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000), and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Parent Borrower.
          (c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .
          (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Parent Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Parent Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Dollar Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Parent Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
          (ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

-84-


 

          (iii) If any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          (iv) Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Parent Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Parent Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
          (d) Repayment of Participations .
          (i) At any time after any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
          (ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
          (e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Parent Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

-85-


 

          (f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Parent Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
          SECTION 2.05. Prepayments .
          (a) Optional .
          (i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars or Applicable Time in the case of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four (4) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any partial prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding (it being understood that Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only). Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of principal of, and interest on, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans shall be made in the relevant Alternative Currency (even if the relevant Borrower is required to convert currency to do so). Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.
          (ii) The Parent Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. All Swing Line Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only.
          (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the relevant Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.
          (iv) Voluntary prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied ratably to outstanding Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans and Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans and, within each such Class, shall be applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal of such particular Class in a manner determined at the discretion of the Parent Borrower and specified in the notice of prepayment.

-86-


 

          (b) Mandatory .
          (i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been (or are required hereunder to be) delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been (or is required hereunder to be) delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), the Parent Borrower shall prepay, subject to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 2.05, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (allocated among the tranches of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(v)) equal to (A) 50% (such percentage as it may be reduced as described below, the “ ECF Percentage ”) of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009) minus (B) the sum of (i) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such fiscal year and (ii) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans during such fiscal year to the extent the Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness or anything else other than internally generated cash flow; provided that (x) the ECF Percentage shall be 25% if the Total Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0 and greater than 3.0 to 1.0 and (y) the ECF Percentage shall be 0% if the Total Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0.
          (ii) (A)  If (x) the Parent Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f)(ii), (g), (h), (i), (l), (m), (n), (p) (except as set forth in the proviso thereof) or (q)), or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the Parent Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries of Net Cash Proceeds, or (z) the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries disposes of any Specified Assets, in each case, the Parent Borrower shall prepay on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, subject to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 2.05, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (allocated among the tranches of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(v)) equal to 100% (such percentage as it may be reduced as described below, the “ Disposition Prepayment Percentage ”) of all Net Cash Proceeds realized or received; provided that in the case of clause (x) only, (I) the Disposition Prepayment Percentage shall be 75% if the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such Disposition or Casualty Event calculated on a pro forma basis for such Disposition or Casualty Event in accordance with Section 1.10 as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0 and greater than 3.0 to 1.0 and (II) the Disposition Prepayment Percentage shall be 50% if the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such Disposition or Casualty Event calculated on a pro forma basis for such Disposition or Casualty Event in accordance with Section 1.10 as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0; provided , further , that, except as provided in Section 7.05(f)(i) and (k), no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) with respect to such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that the Parent Borrower shall have, on or prior to such date, given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B);
          (B) With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received by the Parent Borrower or any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any Disposition (other than any Disposition specifically excluded from the application of Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) (including, without limitation, any Disposition of the Specified Assets)) or any Casualty Event, at the option of the Parent Borrower, the Parent Borrower may reinvest all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for its business within (x) eighteen (18) months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if the Parent Borrower enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within eighteen (18)

-87-


 

months following receipt thereof, within the later of (1) eighteen (18) months following receipt thereof and (2) one hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of such legally binding commitment; provided that if any Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested at any time after delivery of a notice of reinvestment election, and subject to clauses (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) of this Section 2.05, an amount equal to any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days after the Parent Borrower reasonably determines that such Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 2.05.
          (iii) If the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03 (other than clause (y)(i) or clause (s) thereof) or Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) incurs any Qualified Securitization Financing, the Parent Borrower shall prepay, subject to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 2.05, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (allocated among the tranches of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(v)) equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.
          (iv) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower at any time that the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Parent Borrower shall prepay Alternative Currency Revolving Loans and/or the Parent Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Alternative Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect; provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(g), the Parent Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iv) unless after the prepayment in full of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of further exchange rate fluctuations.
          (v) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(i) and (b)(iii) shall be applied first , ratably to outstanding Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans and Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans, and within each such Class, such prepayment shall be applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in direct order of maturity, and second , to outstanding Tranche C Term Loans, applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal pursuant to Section 2.07(a) of such Tranche C Term Loans in direct order of maturity. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) shall be applied first , to outstanding Tranche C Term Loans, applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal pursuant to Section 2.07(a) of such Tranche C Term Loans in direct order of maturity, and second , ratably to outstanding Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans and Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans, and within each such Class, such prepayment shall be applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in direct order of maturity. Each such prepayment of Term Loans allocated in accordance with the prior sentence shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment, subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b).
          (vi) The Parent Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of

-88-


 

such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Term Lender of the contents of the Parent Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Term Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment. With respect to prepayments pursuant to clause (b)(i) or (iii) above and to the extent of Tranche A Term Loans outstanding after giving effect to such prepayment, each Tranche B Term Loan Lender and Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Tranche B Term Loans or Delayed Draw Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Tranche B Term Loan Lender and Delayed Draw Term Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Tranche B Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans, as applicable, to be rejected by such Lender. If a Tranche B Term Loan Lender or Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans or Delayed Draw Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment. Any Declined Proceeds shall be applied to prepay outstanding Tranche A Term Loans, applied to remaining scheduled installments of principal pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in direct order of maturity.
          (c) Foreign Asset Sales . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.05, (i) to the extent that Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event or Disposition by a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment under Section 2.05(b)(ii) (a “ Foreign Asset Sale ”) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States, such portion of the Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.05 but may be retained by the applicable Restricted Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Parent Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions required by the applicable local law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be immediately effected and such repatriated Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than two Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans as required pursuant to this Section 2.05 and (ii) to the extent that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Foreign Asset Sale would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds, the Net Cash Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of this clause (ii), on or before the date on which any Net Cash Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B), (x) the Parent Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Cash Proceeds had been received by the Parent Borrower rather than such Restricted Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Cash Proceeds had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Cash Proceeds that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary) or (y) such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to the repayment of Indebtedness of a Restricted Foreign Subsidiary.
          (d) Interest, Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05.
          Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required

-89-


 

to be made under this Section 2.05 prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the last day of such Interest Period into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Section 2.05.
          SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .
          (a) Optional . The Parent Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent one (1) Business Day prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. Except as provided above, the amount of any such Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Parent Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.
          (b) Mandatory . The Term Commitment of each Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 (i) in the case of each Tranche A Term Loan Lender, upon the making of such Tranche A Term Loan Lender’s Tranche A Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i), (ii) in the case of each Tranche B Term Loan Lender, upon the making of such Tranche B Term Loan Lender’s Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii), (iii) in the case of each Tranche C Term Loan Lender, upon the making of such Tranche C Term Loan Lender’s Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iii) and (iv) in the case of each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender, upon the earlier of (x) the making of such Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender’s Delayed Draw Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iv) in the full aggregate amount of its Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and (y) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date. The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities.
          (c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments or Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

-90-


 

          SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans .
          (a)  Term Loans . The Parent Borrower (and, in the case of the Tranche B Term Loans, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers on a joint and several basis) shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders on the dates set forth on Annex I , or if any such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, an aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loans, the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans and the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans equal to the amount set forth on Annex I for such date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05), together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment, and on the Maturity Date, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche A Term Loans outstanding on such date, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such date, (iii) the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche C Term Loans outstanding on such date, (iv) the aggregate principal amount of all Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans outstanding on such date and (v) the aggregate principal amount of all Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans outstanding on such date.
          (b)  Revolving Credit Loans . The Parent Borrower and, in the case of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.
          (c)  Swing Line Loans . The Parent Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the Maturity Date for the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility.
          (d) For the avoidance of doubt, all Loans shall be repaid, whether pursuant to this Section 2.07 or otherwise, in the currency in which they were made.
          SECTION 2.08. Interest .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that is an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Dollar Revolving Credit Loans. For the avoidance of doubt, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan (other than an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars) shall be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.
          (b) The Borrowers shall pay interest on past due amounts hereunder (whether principal, interest, fees or other amounts) at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
          (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall

-91-


 

be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
          (d) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in the currency in which each Loan was made.
          SECTION 2.09. Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and (j):
     (a)  Commitment Fee . With respect to each Revolving Credit Facility, the Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender for such Facility in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment for such Facility exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans for such Facility and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations for such Facility; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Revolving Credit Commitments under such Facility of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Parent Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Parent Borrower prior to such time; provided further that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Facility of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fees for a Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears in Dollars on the tenth Business Day following the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for such Facility. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
     (b) The Parent Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee for the period from and including the first day of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Period to the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date, computed at the Delayed Draw Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the unutilized Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date as the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date.
     (c)  Other Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the relevant Borrower and the applicable Agent).
          SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Administrative Agent’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days

-92-


 

elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year) or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
          SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .
          (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrowers, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
          (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
          (c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally .
          (a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s

-93-


 

Office for payment and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. (except with respect to payments in an Alternative Currency) on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time on the dates specified herein. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Amount of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time), in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.
          (b) If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made, unless otherwise specified herein, on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
          (c) Unless the relevant Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder, that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to such Lender or L/C Issuer. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then such Lender or L/C Issuer shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender or L/C Issuer in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or L/C Issuer to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.
          A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or any Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
          (d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the relevant Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
          (e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.
          (f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

-94-


 

          (g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.
          SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.
          SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .
          (a) The Parent Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (a) one or more additional tranches of term loans or, if satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, an increase of an existing tranche of Term Loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”), (b) one or more increases in the amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, a “ Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase ”) or (c) one or more increases in the amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase ” and, together with any Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided that (i) upon the effectiveness of any Incremental

-95-


 

Amendment referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall exist, (ii) at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), no Default or Event of Default shall exist and (iii) upon the effectiveness of any such Incremental Amendment and at the time any such Incremental Term Loan is made (after giving effect thereto), the Parent Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.14 for the Test Period then last ended calculated on a pro forma basis for such Incremental Amendment and/or Incremental Term Loan in accordance with Section 1.10 (and a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower demonstrating compliance with such Section calculated in reasonable detail shall be provided to the Administrative Agent). Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans and each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than a Dollar Amount of $100,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than a Dollar Amount of $100,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the Revolving Commitment Increases shall not exceed the sum of (i) $1,500,000,000 (such amount, the “ Initial Incremental Amount ”) plus (ii) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended prior to the date of determination and calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.10 over (y) the Initial Incremental Amount plus (iii) the aggregate amount of principal of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(i) and (iii) since the Closing Date that have not been refinanced with Indebtedness under this Agreement. The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans (or the Tranche A Term Loans in the case of any increase of the Tranche A Term Loans) and (c) shall be treated substantially the same as the Tranche B Term Loans (in each case, including with respect to mandatory and voluntary prepayments), provided that (i) the terms and conditions applicable to Incremental Term Loans may be materially different from those of the Term Loans to the extent such differences (other than interest rates and amortization schedule) are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the interest rates and amortization schedule applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Parent Borrower and the lenders thereof; provided that the Incremental Term Loans shall not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than that of the Tranche B Term Loans (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence). Each notice from the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Term Lender will have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan and no existing Revolving Credit Lender will have an obligation to provide a portion of any Revolving Commitment Increase), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.14 and otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or by any other lender (any such other lender being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, an accession by each Additional Lender to the Loss Sharing Agreement), executed by the Parent Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders or Loan Parties, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness

-96-


 

of (and, in the case of any Incremental Amendment for an Incremental Term Loan, the borrowing under) any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” or similar language in such Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. The Parent Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement; provided that (i) to the extent the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases are being used to refinance Retained Existing Notes, such refinancing occurs no earlier than the final maturity date of such Retained Existing Notes, and (ii) any amount of Incremental Term Loans in excess of the Initial Incremental Amount may only be used to refinance Existing Notes on their final maturity date. Upon each increase in (A) the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (x) each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Dollar Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of all Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Dollar Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Dollar Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05 and (B) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (x) each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase (each an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” and, together with each Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender, the “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders ”), and each such Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Alternative Currency Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Alternative Currency Letters of Credit held by each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments of all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

-97-


 

          (b) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.
          SECTION 2.15. Designation of Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower, Termination of Designations .
          (a) The Parent Borrower may from time to time designate any Qualified Foreign Subsidiary as an additional Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower for purposes of this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent (i) written notice of election to become a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower (an “ Election to Participate ”) duly executed on behalf of such Qualified Foreign Subsidiary and the Parent Borrower, (ii) any document reasonably required by the Administrative Agent for such Qualified Foreign Subsidiary to satisfy all requirements with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower set forth in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and Section 6.11 (without giving effect to any grace periods), including, without limitation, legal opinions, officer’s and secretary’s certificates and mortgages and perfection of Liens on personal property and (iii) all documentation and other information with respect to such Subsidiary required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act.
          (b) The Parent Borrower may terminate the status of any Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower for purpose of making further Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowings hereunder this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent a written notice of election to terminate such status as a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower (an “ Election to Terminate ”) duly executed on behalf of such Subsidiary and the Parent Borrower; provided , at the time of such Election to Terminate, such Subsidiary shall have no Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans or Alternative Currency Letters of Credit outstanding. After the delivery of such Election to Terminate such Subsidiary shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement as a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower, but after the delivery of such Election to Terminate such Subsidiary shall still be deemed to be a Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement and the delivery of such an Election to Terminate shall not affect the obligations of any other Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or thereafter incurred by any other Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower.
          (c) If the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining any Loan to a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower is increased (or the amount of any sum received or receivable by any Lender or its lending office is reduced) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, by reason of the fact that such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower is incorporated in, or conducts business in, a jurisdiction outside the United States, such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower shall indemnify such Lender for such increased cost or reduction within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) (excluding for purposes of this Section 2.15(c) any such increased costs resulting from (i) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income (including branch profits), and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized or maintains a lending office, (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c) (as to which Section 3.04(c) shall govern) and (iii) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost (as to which Section 3.04(a) shall govern)). A certificate of such Lender claiming compensation under this Section 2.15(c) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder in reasonable detail shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          (d) Each Lender will promptly notify the Parent Borrower, the relevant Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any event or circumstance of which it has

-98-


 

knowledge that will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to Section 2.15(c). If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15(c), then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another lending office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage.
ARTICLE III
Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality
          SECTION 3.01. Taxes .
          (a) Except as required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent), any and all payments by any Borrower or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender (which term shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include, for the purposes of Section 3.01, any L/C Issuer) under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority (“ Taxes ”). If a Borrower or a Guarantor or the Administrative Agent is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (as defined below) or Other Taxes (as defined below) from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable by such Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a)), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower or such Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions, (iii) such Borrower or such Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as practicable thereafter), such Borrower or such Guarantor shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other documentary evidence of payment satisfactory to such Agent or Lender. If any Borrower or any Guarantor fails to pay any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Borrower or such Guarantor shall indemnify such Agent and such Lender for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure. “ Indemnified Taxes ” refers to any Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, (i) net income Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of any connection between such Agent or Lender and such jurisdiction other than the connection arising from executing or entering into any Loan Document or any of the Transactions contemplated by any Loan Document, (ii) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (including branch profits), franchise (and similar) taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, (iii) any withholding taxes to the extent imposed at the time a Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except (x) to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01 or (y) if such Foreign Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower and (iv) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of any Lender to comply with either the provisions of Section 3.01(b) or (c) (in the case of any Foreign Lender) or the provisions of Section 3.01(d) (in the case of any U.S. Lender).

-99-


 

          (b) To the extent it is legally able to do so, each Agent or Lender (including an Assignee to which a Lender assigns its interest in accordance with Section 10.07) that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each a “ Foreign Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), an accurate, complete and original signed copy of whichever of the following is applicable: (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying that it is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party that reduces or eliminates U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of interest; (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI certifying that the income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; (iii) if the Foreign Lender (A) is not a bank described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) is not a 10-percent shareholder described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (C) has income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document that is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (D) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code, a certificate to that effect in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L and an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States person; or (iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner of any obligation of any Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable.
          (c) Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, (i) promptly, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, submit to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available to secure an exemption from or reduction in the rate of U.S. federal withholding tax (A) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete, (B) after the occurrence of a change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (C) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (ii) promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any previously claimed exemption or reduction.
          (d) Each Agent or Lender that is a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (each a “ U.S. Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent an accurate, complete and original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor form certifying that such Agent or Lender is not subject to United States backup withholding tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Agent’s or Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent first becomes a party to this Agreement, such U.S. federal withholding tax (including additions to tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to such U.S. federal withholding tax) shall be considered excluded from Indemnified Taxes except to the extent the Foreign Lender’s assignor was entitled to additional amounts or indemnity payments prior to the assignment or the assignment was pursuant to a request

-100-


 

of a Borrower. Further, no Borrower shall be required pursuant to this Section 3.01 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, with respect to Indemnified Taxes to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to such Indemnified Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) solely as a result of a change in the place of organization or place of doing business of such Lender or Agent or a change in the Lending Office of such Lender (other than at the written request of a Borrower to change such Lending Office).
          (f) Each Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including additions to tax, penalties and interest related thereto) excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Agent or Lender’s Assignment and Assumption, grant of a Participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document (collectively, “ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes result from a connection that the Agent or Lender has with the taxing jurisdiction other than the connection arising out of the Loan Document or the transactions therein, except for Assignment Taxes resulting from assignment or participation that is requested or required in writing by the Parent Borrower (all such non-excluded taxes described in this Section 3.01(f) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).
          (g) If any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are directly asserted against any Agent or Lender, such Agent or Lender may pay such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and the relevant Borrower will promptly pay such additional amounts so that each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes been asserted; whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted; provided that if the relevant Borrower reasonably believes that such Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or reasonably asserted, each such Agent or Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes or Other Taxes (which shall be repaid such Borrower in accordance with Section 3.01(h)) so long as such efforts would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Agent or Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it. Payments under this Section 3.01(g) shall be made within ten (10) days after the date such Borrower receives written demand for payment from such Agent or Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or any other Agent, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          (h) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to receive such refund and upon receipt of any such refund shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the relevant Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to such Borrower, net of all reasonable out of pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that each Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party, together with any interest and penalties charged by the relevant taxing authority, in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall provide the relevant Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the

-101-


 

relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential in its reasonable discretion). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or make available its tax returns or any other information it reasonably deems confidential or require any Lender to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, relief, remission or repayments to which it may be entitled.
          (i) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or (g) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the relevant Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to mitigate the effect of any such event, including by designating another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any tax related forms which would reduce or eliminate any amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes required to be deducted or withheld or paid by the relevant Borrower; provided that such efforts are made at the relevant Borrower’s expense and on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(i) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of such Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (g).
          SECTION 3.02. Illegality . If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the applicable Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Parent Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Parent Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all then outstanding affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Parent Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.
          SECTION 3.03. Inability To Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that by reason of any changes affecting the applicable interbank eurodollar market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that deposits are not being offered to banks in the relevant interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, in each case due to circumstances arising on or after the date hereof, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Parent Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Parent Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency

-102-


 

Rate Loans or, failing that, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
          SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans .
          (a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law, in each case after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01, or any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exception (i) thereof to the extent such Taxes are imposed on or measured by net income or profits or branch profits or franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of the foregoing taxes) and any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (ii) and (iii) thereof, (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c), (iii) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost or that does not represent the cost to such Lender of complying with the requirements of any applicable Law in relation to its making, funding or maintaining of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (iv) the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Lenders or any of their Affiliates or the Agents or any of their Affiliates)), then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. At any time that any Eurocurrency Rate Loan is affected by the circumstances described in this Section 3.04(a), the Borrowers may either (i) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrowers receive any such demand from such Lender or (ii) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then outstanding and is denominated in Dollars, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert such Eurocurrency Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, if applicable.
          (b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrowers shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction after receipt of such demand.
          (c) The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as

-103-


 

long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Parent Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.
          (d) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(d) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b) or (c).
          SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses . Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount, each Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense reasonably incurred by it as a result of:
     (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or
     (b) any failure by such Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by such Borrower;
including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.
          SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .
          (a) Any Agent or Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.
          (b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrowers under Section 3.04, the Borrowers may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or

-104-


 

to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.
          (c) If any Lender gives notice to the Parent Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.
          SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
          (a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Parent Borrower may, on five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) only) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, with respect to clause (iii) above, all of its rights and obligations with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, waiver or amendment) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents. No such replacement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
          (b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Administrative Agent (or a lost or destroyed note indemnity in lieu thereof). Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (B) the assignee Lender shall purchase, at par, all Loans, accrued interest, accrued fees and other amounts owing to the assigning Lender as of the date of replacement and (C) upon such payment (regardless of whether such replaced Lender has executed an Assignment and Assumption or delivered its Notes to the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent), the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding

-105-


 

hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.
          (d) In the event that (i) the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”
          SECTION 3.08. Survival . All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions
          SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of executed counterparts of (i) this Agreement, executed by Merger Sub and (ii) the Joinder Agreement, executed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each Subsidiary Co-Borrower, each of which shall be original or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party.
          (b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension on the Closing Date, the Merger shall be consummated pursuant to the Merger Agreement; provided that none of the following provisions of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Lead Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld: Sections 2.01, 2.03, 3.01, 6.01(c) (but only to the extent such amendment or waiver would have been required if the reference therein to $100 million were replaced with $200 million), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (but only to the extent such amendment or waiver would have been required if Clear Media Limited and its subsidiaries were excluded from such provision), 6.01(g), 6.01(n), 6.01(r), 6.01(t) (to the extent relating to any of the foregoing), 6.13(b), 7.01 or 7.02 (except to the extent any condition set forth therein is not satisfied solely as a result of a breach of any of the foregoing provisions of Article VI of the Merger Agreement).
          (c) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the Equity Contribution shall have been consummated.
          Upon satisfaction of the foregoing conditions and the disbursement of the Debt Funding (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) of the Escrow Agreement, such Debt Funding shall be deemed to constitute an initial Credit Extension hereunder. The Parent Borrower may also obtain an Initial Revolving Borrowing permitted under clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted

-106-


 

Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes” by delivery to the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer of a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof. The Lenders may terminate their obligations to make Loans or other Credit Extensions hereunder if the foregoing conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 10.01) at or prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the earliest of (i) the twentieth Business Day following the receipt of the Requisite Shareholder Approval (as defined in the Merger Agreement), (ii) the twentieth Business Day following the failure to obtain the Requisite Shareholder Approval at a duly held Shareholders’ Meeting (as defined in the Merger Agreement) after giving effect to all adjournments and postponements thereof, (iii) five Business Days following the termination of the Merger Agreement or (iv) December 31, 2008 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that if (A) the Requisite Shareholder Approval is obtained and (B) any regulatory approval required in connection with the consummation of the Merger has not been obtained (or has lapsed and not been renewed) or any waiting period under applicable antitrust laws has not expired (or has restarted and such new period has not expired), then the Termination Date shall automatically be extended until the twentieth Business Day following receipt of all such approvals (or renewals), but in no event later than March 31, 2009. If as of the Termination Date there is a dispute among any of the parties to the Escrow Agreement with respect to the disposition of any Escrow Funds (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), Merger Sub may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, extend the Termination Date until the fifth Business Day following the final resolution of such dispute by a court of competent jurisdiction or mutual resolution by the parties to such dispute; provided , however , that the Termination Date with respect to any Lender shall occur on the date such Lender withdraws its portion of the Escrow Funds pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Escrow Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Subsequent Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension after the Closing Date (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Except in the case of borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans, the representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.
          (b) (i) Except in the case of borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans, no Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom and (ii) in the case of borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans, no Default under Section 8.01(a) or (j) (with respect to Parent Borrower only in the case of Section 8.01(j)) shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.
          (c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
          Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by a Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

-107-


 

ARTICLE V
Representations and Warranties
          Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, at the times expressly set forth in Section 4.02, that:
          SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party nor the consummation of the Transactions will (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (b) result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as permitted by Section 7.01) under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any applicable material Law; except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (b) and (c), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect, (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) informational filings and notifications required to be made after the consummation of the Merger Agreement.
          SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing.

-108-


 

          SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .
          (a) (i) The Annual Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.
          (ii) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2007 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ending on such date (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared based on the Annual Financial Statements and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Parent Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2007 and their estimated results of operations for the period covered thereby.
          (b) As of the Specified Date, except (i) as reflected or reserved against in the Annual Financial Statements, (ii) for liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Annual Financial Statements and (iii) for liabilities or obligations arising under the Merger Agreement, neither the Parent Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (or notes thereto) of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than those which would not have, individually or in aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Parent Borrower.
          (c) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.06. Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, overtly threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made based on hours worked to employees of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with wage and hour matters; and (c) all payments due from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.
          SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-109-


 

          SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters .
          (a) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (including having obtained all Environmental Permits) and (ii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any pending, or to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened Environmental Claim or any other Environmental Liability.
          (b) None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported or disposed of Hazardous Materials at, or arranged for the disposal or treatment or for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials from, any currently or formerly owned or operated real estate or facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries is listed or formally proposed for listing on the National Priorities List or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on at or under any property currently owned or operated by Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material at or on any facility, equipment or property currently owned or operated by Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any Person on any property currently, or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries formerly, owned or operated by any of them and there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries at any other location.
          (d) The properties currently owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute, or constituted a violation of, (ii) require response or other corrective action under, or (iii) could give rise to Environmental Liability, which violations, actions and liability, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (e) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not conducting or financing, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or response or action that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under any Environmental Law or is subject to any order, decree or judgment which imposes any obligation under any Environmental Law.
          SECTION 5.10. Taxes . Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal and state and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid all federal and state and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges

-110-


 

(including satisfying its withholding tax obligations) levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable , except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.
          SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance, Etc .
          (a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.
          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.11(b) , no ERISA Event has occurred that when taken together with all other ERISA Events which have occurred within the one-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Except where noncompliance or the incurrence of an obligation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and (ii) neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan.
          SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries . As of the Specified Date, neither Holdings nor any other Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrowers and the Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and all Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any other Loan Party are owned free and clear of all security interests of any Person except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents or under the ABL Facility Documentation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Specified Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
          SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .
          (a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.
          (b) Neither the Parent Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
          SECTION 5.14. Disclosure . None of the factual information and data heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such factual information and data (taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under

-111-


 

which it was delivered, not materially misleading; it being understood that for purposes of this Section 5.14, such factual information and data shall not include projections and pro forma financial information or information of a general economic or general industry nature.
          SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . The Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid license or right to use, all of their patents, patent rights, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights, technology, software, know-how, database rights, rights of privacy and publicity, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of each Borrower, the operation of the respective businesses of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted does not infringe upon, misuse, misappropriate or violate any rights held by any Person, except for such infringements, misuses, misappropriations or violations individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any IP Rights is pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.16. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
          SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor are “Designated Senior Debt,” “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) with respect to any guaranties of the New Senior Notes under, and as defined in, the New Senior Notes Indentures.
          SECTION 5.18. Special Representations Relating to FCC Authorizations, Etc .
          (a) The Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries hold all FCC Authorizations that are necessary or required for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct their business in the manner in which it is currently being conducted, except where the failure to do so would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.18 hereto lists each material FCC Authorization held by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as of the Specified Date. With respect to each Broadcast License issued by the FCC and listed on Schedule 5.18 hereto, the description includes the call sign, FCC identification number, community of license and the license expiration date.
          (b) All material FCC Authorizations held by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, with such exceptions as would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18 , as of the Specified Date and except for such matters as would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Parent Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has received any notice of apparent liability, notice of violation, order to show cause or other writing from the FCC, (ii) there is no proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened by or before the FCC relating to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Broadcast Station, and (iii) to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no complaint or investigatory proceeding is pending before the FCC (other than rulemaking proceedings and proceedings of general applicability to the broadcasting industry or substantial segments thereof). The Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed all required reports and notices with the FCC and have paid all amounts due in

-112-


 

timely fashion on account of fees and charges to the FCC, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has obtained and holds all Permits required for any property owned, leased or otherwise operated by such Person and for the operation of each of its businesses as presently conducted, (ii) all such Permits are in full force and effect, and each of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has performed all requirements of such Permits to the extent performance is due, (iii) no event has occurred which allows or results in, or after notice or lapse of time would allow or result in, revocation or termination by the issuer thereof or in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit prior to the expiration of any stated term; and (iv) none of such Permits contain any restrictions, either individually or in the aggregate, that are materially burdensome to the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or to the operation of any of their respective businesses or any property owned, leased or otherwise operated by such Person.
          (d) No consent or authorization of, filing with or Permit from, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, other than (i) the requirement under the Communications Laws that certain Loan Documents be filed with the FCC following the closing under the Merger Agreement and (ii) the consents, authorizations and filings contemplated by the Loan Documents.
ARTICLE VI
Affirmative Covenants
          So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations) hereunder that is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), from and after the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:
          SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
     (a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results

-113-


 

of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year;
     (b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2008), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year;
     (c) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008) of the Parent Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Parent Borrower for its internal use (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material; and
     (d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower that holds all of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or (B) the Parent Borrower’s or such entity’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Parent Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Parent Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to

-114-


 

any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.
          SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
     (a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (which shall include a reasonably detailed calculation of Consolidated EBITDA);
     (b) not later than the date of delivery of financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a Principal Properties Certificate;
     (c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings or the Parent Borrower files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
     (d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of any class or series of debt securities of any Loan Party having an aggregate outstanding principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount or pursuant to the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement (other than borrowing base and related certificates), the ABL Facility Documentation or the New Senior Notes Indentures, in each case, so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereunder is greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
     (e) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to (i) Section 6.01(a), a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(c) of each Security Agreement (other than the Holdings Pledge Agreement) or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report, and (ii) Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) (x) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (y) a list of each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such list;
     (f) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and
     (g) upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of: (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Pension Plan; and (iii) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Pension Plan as

-115-


 

the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Promptly following any reasonable request therefor by the Administrative Agent, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if such documents or notices have not been obtained or requested from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Person shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.
          Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.02(a) or 6.02(c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents or a link thereto and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.
          The Parent Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders Communications by posting such Communications on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Parent Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Communications that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Communications shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Communications “PUBLIC,” the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Communications as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided, however, that to the extent such Communications constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.08); (y) all Communications marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Communications that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall be responsible for any statement or other designation by a Loan Party regarding whether a Communication contains or does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates incur any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates based upon such statement or designation, including any action as a result of which

-116-


 

Restricting Information is provided to a Lender that may decide not to take access to Restricting Information. Nothing in this Section 6.02 shall modify or limit a Lender’s obligations under Section 10.08 with regard to Communications and the maintenance of the confidentiality of or other treatment of Information.
          Although the Platform and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Closing Date, a dual firewall and a User ID/Password Authorization System) and the Platform is secured through a single-user-per-deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. In consideration for the convenience and other benefits afforded by such distribution and for the other consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party hereby approves distribution of the Approved Electronic Communications through the Platform and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.
          THE PLATFORM AND THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NONE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE AGENT’S GROUP WARRANT THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.
          Each of the Lenders and each Loan Party agree that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally-applicable document retention procedures and policies.
          SECTION 6.03. Notices . Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:
     (a) of the occurrence of any Default; and
     (b) of (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of IP Rights, the occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with, or liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, in any such case, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

-117-


 

          SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations . Timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent (i) any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all corporate rights and privileges (including its good standing) to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction and (c) maintain all other material rights and privileges (including, without limitation, material Broadcast Licenses) except, in the case of (a) (other than in the case of the Borrowers except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.04), (b) or (c) to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or pursuant to a transaction permitted by Article VII.
          SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted and consistent with past practice.
          SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .
          (a) Maintain with insurance companies that the Parent Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of its management) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.
          (b) If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws.
          (c) All such insurance (other than business interruption insurance) as to which the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to be so named, shall name the Administrative Agent as loss payee and/or additional insured, as applicable; provided, however, that the naming of the Administrative Agent as loss payee is only for the purpose of perfecting the Lien on the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
          SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws .
          (a) Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property,

-118-


 

except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) (i) Operate all of the Broadcast Stations in material compliance with the Communications Laws and the FCC’s rules, regulations and published policies promulgated thereunder and with the terms of the Broadcast Licenses, (ii) timely file all required reports and notices with the FCC and pay all amounts due in timely fashion on account of fees and charges to the FCC and (iii) timely file and prosecute all applications for renewal or for extension of time with respect to all of the FCC Authorizations, except, in each case, for any failure which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 6.09. Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
          SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than the records of the Board of Directors of such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary) and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to customary access agreements), all at the reasonable expense of the Parent Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Parent Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Parent Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Parent Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Parent Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
          SECTION 6.11. Covenant To Guarantee Obligations and Give Security . At the Parent Borrower’s expense, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:
     (a) (1) upon the formation, acquisition or designation (x) by any U.S. Loan Party of any existing or new direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary (for the avoidance of doubt, including CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries but not Excluded Subsidiaries upon CCOH becoming wholly-owned by the Loan Parties) or (y) by any U.S. Loan Party or Foreign Loan Party of any direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) upon the

-119-


 

designation by any Loan Party of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary or Material Foreign Subsidiary referred to in the foregoing clause (x) or (y) (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.14:
     (i) within 45 days after such formation, acquisition or designation, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion:
     (A) (x) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty (or supplement thereto) and (y) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to grant a Lien on any Collateral pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent Mortgages with respect to any Material Real Property, Guaranties, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other security agreements and documents, as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other security agreements in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
     (B) cause each Loan Party that is required to pledge any Equity Interests or intercompany note held by such Loan Party pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests and intercompany notes (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock or note powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer, indorsed in blank to the Administrative Agent; and
     (C) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of UCC financing statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and perfected Liens to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
     (ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, within forty-five (45) days after such request, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
     (iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent with respect to each parcel of Material Real Property constituting Collateral, any existing title reports, abstracts, surveys or environmental assessment reports, to the extent available and in the possession or control of

-120-


 

the Parent Borrower; provided, however, that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any existing environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Parent Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Parent Borrower to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained.
     (b) If after the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary creates or acquires any License Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary, then the Parent Borrower shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 days (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its discretion), designate such License Subsidiary as a Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     (c) If any Principal Properties Certificate required to be delivered hereunder demonstrates that the Principal Properties Collateral Amount does not exceed the Principal Properties Permitted Amount multiplied by 2.5, then the Parent Borrower shall cause, as soon as practicable (and in any event within 120 days (as such date may be extended in writing by the Administrative Agent in its discretion) after the date of delivery of such Principal Properties Certificate) Additional Principal Properties of the Parent Borrower or any U.S. Guarantor, as selected by the Parent Borrower, having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Parent Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith), that would result in, after giving effect to grant of a Lien thereon, the aggregate Principal Properties Collateral Amount being at least 2.5 times the Principal Properties Permitted Amount, to be subject to a Lien and Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
     (d) If after the Closing Date, the Loan Parties acquire any asset or group of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000 (as determined by the Parent Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith)) the Parent Borrower shall within 45 days following the end of the fiscal quarter in which such acquisition occurred make a determination (acting reasonably and in good faith) as to whether such asset or group of assets constitutes Non-Principal Property. If the Parent Borrower determines that such asset or group of assets constitutes Non-Principal Property, the Parent Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such designation by delivery of an Additional Non-Principal Properties Certificate determining that such Non-Principal Property constitutes Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Loan Party will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien and Mortgage, if applicable, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and will take, and cause the other applicable Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 75 days following the end of the quarter in which such acquisition occurred, unless extended by the Administrative Agent in writing in its discretion, to grant and perfect the Liens required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement. Any designation made by the Parent Borrower in accordance with this paragraph (d) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
     (e) If (i) the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party Disposes of any Non-Principal Properties Collateral with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000 as determined by the Parent Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith), and (ii) the Parent Borrower does not give

-121-


 

written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest, in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B), the Net Cash Proceeds received from such Disposition in Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral that will be subject to a Lien and Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (in which case the Parent Borrower shall take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), then, as soon as practicable (in the reasonable judgment of the Parent Borrower) the Parent Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (x) designate Additional Non-Principal Properties Collateral having an equal or greater Fair Market Value, as determined by the Parent Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith), than the Fair Market Value of such Disposed Collateral and (y) cause such Additional Non-Principal Properties to be subject to a Lien and Mortgage if applicable, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
     (f) No later than 60 days after the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition (unless extended by the Administrative Agent in writing in its discretion), the Parent Borrower shall, in each case at the Parent Borrower’s expense, cause the assets of each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor to be subject to a Lien and Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (it being understood and agreed that any Existing Notes that, unless the Existing Notes Condition has been satisfied pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition thereof, shall then be outstanding shall be permitted to be equally and ratably secured by such assets under this clause (f) to the extent required by the term of the Retained Existing Notes Indenture).
     (g) Not later than 60 days after the acquisition by any Foreign Loan Party of any real or personal property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000 as determined by the Parent Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith) that is required to be provided as Collateral pursuant to the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” which property would not be automatically subject to another Lien pursuant to pre-existing Collateral Documents, cause such property to be subject to a Lien and Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
     (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall not be required to (i) deliver any Mortgages or related documentation prior to the date that is 120 days after the Closing Date, which may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, or (ii) take any action or deliver any document set forth on Schedule 6.11(h) before the

-122-


 

time limit set forth on such Schedule with respect to such action or document, any such time limit which may be extended by the Administrative Agent acting in its sole discretion.
          SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause any lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties or facilities to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations, properties and facilities; and (c) in each case to the extent required by applicable Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any response or other corrective action necessary to investigate, remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials at, on, under, or emanating from any of its properties and facilities, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.
          SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post-Closing Deliveries .
          (a) From time to time duly authorize, execute and deliver, or cause to be duly authorized, executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates, financing statements, agreements or documents, and take all reasonable actions (including filing UCC and other financing statements), as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, for the purposes of perfecting the rights of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds or products thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), in each case subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
          (b) Within five Business Days of the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent), the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the following documents, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party:
     (i) executed counterparts of the Guaranty (subject to the last paragraph of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), executed by each U.S. Guarantor;
     (ii) a Note executed by the relevant Borrower(s) in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;
     (iii) each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01A required to be executed on or about the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule (subject to Section 6.11(h) and the last paragraph of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”), duly executed by each Loan Party thereto, together with:
     (A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank; and
     (B) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for filing in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of each jurisdiction in which a U.S.

-123-


 

Loan Party is “located” (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code); and
     (C) (i) an opinion from Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 ; (ii) an opinion from New Jersey and Florida counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 ; (iii) an opinion from Colorado counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-3 ; (iv) an opinion from Nevada counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 ; (v) an opinion from Washington counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-5 ; (vi) an opinion from Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-6 ; (vii) an opinion from Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-7 ; and (viii) an opinion from special FCC counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-8 .
          SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of the Parent Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.14 calculated on a pro forma basis for such designation in accordance with Section 1.10 (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating satisfaction of such test) and (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facilities, the New Senior Notes, or any other Junior Financing or any other Indebtedness of any Loan Party. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Loan Parties in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Loan Parties’ (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.
          SECTION 6.15. Interest Rate Protection . No later than 150 days after the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall incur, and for a minimum of 3 years after the Closing Date maintain, Hedging Obligations such that, after giving effect thereto, at least 40% of the aggregate principal amount of its consolidated funded long-term Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date (excluding Revolving Credit Loans) is effectively subject to a fixed or maximum interest rate.
          SECTION 6.16. License Subsidiaries .
          (a) Use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all material Broadcast Licenses obtained on or after the Closing Date are held at all times by one or more Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiaries; provided , however , such requirement will not apply if holding any Broadcast License in a Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary (i) is reasonably likely to have material adverse tax, operational or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (ii) requires any approval of the FCC or any other Governmental Authority that has not been obtained (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approval).

-124-


 

          (b) Ensure that each License Subsidiary engages only in the business of holding Broadcast Licenses and rights and activities related thereto.
          (c) Ensure that the FCC Authorizations held by each License Subsidiary are not (i) commingled with the property of any Borrower and any Subsidiary thereof other than another License Subsidiary or (ii) transferred by such License Subsidiary to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any other License Subsidiary), except in connection with a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05.
          (d) Ensure that no License Subsidiary has any Indebtedness or other material liabilities except (a) liabilities arising under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (b) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, tax liabilities incidental to ownership of such rights and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those in connection with agreements necessary or desirable to operate a Broadcast Station, including retransmission consent, affiliation, programming, syndication, time brokerage, joint sales, lease and similar agreements.
ARTICLE VII
Negative Covenants
          So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), from and after the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall not, nor shall the Parent Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
          SECTION 7.01. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”):
     (a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document;
     (b) Liens existing on the Specified Date, provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness in excess of (x) $5,000,000 individually or (y) $10,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens outstanding in reliance on this clause (b) that are not set forth on Schedule 7.01(b) shall only be permitted in reliance on this clause (b) to the extent that such Lien is listed on Schedule 7.01(b) ;
     (c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;
     (d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, so long as, in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business;
     (e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or

-125-


 

indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any title exceptions referred to in Schedule B to the applicable Mortgage Policies;
     (h) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(g);
     (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (C) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
     (j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;
     (k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(j) or Section 7.02(p) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05;

-126-


 

     (n) Liens on assets of CCOH and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(s);
     (o) Liens in favor of a U.S. Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d);
     (p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(e) or (h);
     (q) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as tenant, subtenant, licensee or sublicensee in the ordinary course of business;
     (r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (t) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (u) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
     (v) [Reserved]
     (w) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

-127-


 

     (x) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;
     (y) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
     (z) Liens on the Receivables Collateral securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement and ABL Facility Documentation (or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof); provided such Liens are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or, in the case of any Permitted Refinancing thereof, another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement);
     (aa) Liens granted by any Securitization Entity on any Securitization Assets or accounts into which collections or proceeds of Securitization Assets are deposited, in each case arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (bb) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (cc) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;
     (dd) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clause (b), (i) or (p) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 and otherwise permitted to be secured under this Section 7.01, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;
     (ee) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $100,000,000 determined as of the date of incurrence; and
     (ff) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), 7.03(f), 7.03(g), 7.03(h), 7.03(n), 7.03(o), 7.03(r), 7.03(s), 7.03(cc) or 7.03(dd).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure any Existing Notes, (y) the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any stock or indebtedness of any Retained Existing Notes Indenture Restricted Subsidiaries or any Principal Properties of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, securing Retained Existing Notes Indenture Debt (other than (i) Liens securing the Obligations, (ii) Liens permitted by Section 6.11(f),

-128-


 

(iii) Liens permitted by this Section 7.01 to the extent constituting “Permitted Mortgages” (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) referenced in clause (i) of the second paragraph of Section 1006 of the Retained Existing Notes Indenture and (iv) Mortgages (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) upon stock or indebtedness of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary, or existing upon stock or indebtedness of a Subsidiary at the time of acquisition of such stock or indebtedness, and any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any such Mortgage) and (z) the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) to, enter into a Sale-Leaseback Transaction (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) that is not permitted by the first sentence of Section 1007 of the Retained Existing Notes Indenture
          SECTION 7.02. Investments . Make any Investments, except:
     (a) Investments by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;
     (b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and other business purposes in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with previous practice, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof); provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (iii) not to exceed $20,000,000;
     (c) Investments in the CCU Term Note, and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof in accordance with Section 7.12(c);
     (d) Investments (i) by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a U.S. Loan Party in the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a U.S. Loan Party, (ii) by any Non-Loan Party in any other Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) by any Non-Loan Party in the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, (iv) by any Foreign Loan Party in any other Foreign Loan Party, (v) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (v) when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(j)(B) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) the greater of $500,000,000 and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment and (y) the Available Amount at such time and (vi) by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness or Equity Interests or a combination thereof of such Foreign Subsidiary or another Foreign Subsidiary so long as such exchange does not adversely affect the Collateral, (B) in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or (C) constituting Guarantees of Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries owing to any Loan Party;
     (e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

-129-


 

     (f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, transactions of the type subject to Section 7.04, Dispositions, Restricted Payments and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03 (other than Section 7.03(d)), 7.04, 7.05 (other than Sections 7.05(d) or (e)), 7.06 (other than Section 7.06(d)) and 7.12, respectively;
     (g) Investments existing on the Specified Date hereof (other than the CCU Term Note) or made pursuant to legally binding written contracts in existence on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.02(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing, to the extent permitted; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Specified Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Specified Date or as otherwise permitted by another clause of this Section 7.02;
     (h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;
     (i) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;
     (j) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (except to the extent permitted by subclause (B) below), including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation; provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(j) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):
     (A) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the Collateral Documents, the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (and, to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Subsidiary) shall be Guarantors and shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11, within the times specified therein (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (A) shall not override any provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);
     (B) the aggregate amount of Investments made in Persons that do not become U.S. Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (j), when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(v), shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (i) the greater of $500,000,000 and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) the Available Amount at such time;
     (C) the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in a business permitted under Section 7.07;
     (D) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     (E) the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.14 for the Test Period ended immediately preceding such purchase or other acquisition calculated on a pro forma basis for such purchase or other acquisition in accordance with Section 1.10 and a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower demonstrating

-130-


 

compliance with such Section calculated in reasonable detail shall be provided to the Administrative Agent; and
     (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (j) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition;
     (k) the Transactions;
     (l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
     (m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
     (n) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance with Section 7.06(f), (g) or (l) so long as such amounts are counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of such clauses;
     (o) (i)(A) Investments in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided that any such Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a contribution of additional Securitization Assets or as customary Investments in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing.
     (p) other Investments that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the sum of (i) the greater of $900,000,000 and 3.0% of the Total Assets determined as of the date of such Investment and (ii) the Available Amount at such time; provided , however , that the foregoing amount may be increased, to the extent not otherwise included in the determination of the Available Amount, an amount equal to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts actually received in cash in respect of any Investment pursuant to this clause (p) (which amount referred to in this sentence shall not exceed the amount of such Investment valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment was made); provided further , however , that if the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries make any Investments in Equity Interests of CCOH pursuant to this clause (p) that is a CCOH 90% Investment, upon CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries and not Excluded Subsidiaries becoming U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors and otherwise complying with Section 6.11, such Investments shall be deemed to be have been made pursuant to Section 7.02(v)(ii) (and Investments made by CCOH and its Subsidiaries which are U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been retroactively made by U.S. Loan Parties) and the amount previously utilized in connection with such Investment under this clause (p) shall be restored;

-131-


 

     (q) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
     (r) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests of Holdings (or by any direct or indirect parent thereof);
     (s) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section 7.02 or of a Person merged or amalgamated with or into the Parent Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
     (t) Guarantees by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (u) for the avoidance of doubt to avoid double counting, Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment made pursuant to clauses (d)(v), (j)(B) or (p) of this Section 7.02;
     (v) Investments (i) in CCOH and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the CCOH Cash Management Arrangements and (ii) in CCOH constituting the acquisition of outstanding Equity Interests of CCOH not owned by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise) so long as after giving effect to such acquisition, CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries and not Excluded Subsidiaries become U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and otherwise comply with Section 6.11;
     (w) (i) cash Investments in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party by any U.S. Loan Party to the extent returned in the form of a cash dividend, distribution or other payment substantially concurrently with such cash Investment or (ii) non-cash Investments in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party by any U.S. Loan Party in the form of intercompany debt issued to such U.S. Loan Party in exchange for Equity Interests of another Foreign Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party that was held by such U.S. Loan Party, in each case, consummated on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date in order to effect a corporate restructuring to improve the efficiency of repatriation of foreign cash flows; and
     (x) Investments in non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries, joint ventures (regardless of the legal form) and Unrestricted Subsidiaries not to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding the greater of $300,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not directly acquire any material operating assets or Broadcast Licenses that are not promptly contributed to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries which are U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors or (ii) any wireless radio licenses used for intercompany communications and satellite earth station authorizations used for reception and transmission of programming or other communications; provided , however , such requirement will not apply if the acquisition of such operating assets or Broadcast Licenses by a Restricted Subsidiary (A) is reasonably

-132-


 

likely to have material adverse tax, operational or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (B) requires any approval of the FCC or any other Governmental Authority that has not been obtained (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approval).
          SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than:
     (a) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;
     (b) (i) Indebtedness existing on the Specified Date; provided that any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness refinanced on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions) that is in excess of (x) $5,000,000 individually or (y) $10,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (b) that is not set forth on Schedule 7.03(b)) shall only be permitted under this clause (b) to the extent that such Indebtedness is and set forth on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that all such Indebtedness (other than the Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note) of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a U.S. Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (c) Guarantees by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(c), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guaranty of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the U.S. Guaranty and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guaranty shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness; provided that, in any event, any Guaranty of any Permitted Additional Notes shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the New Senior Notes Indentures on the Closing Date;
     (d) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a U.S. Loan Party (other than the Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note) shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (e) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions, and (iii) Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases other than those in effect on the Specified Date hereof or entered into pursuant to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (e) and, in the case of

-133-


 

clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that not more than $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (e) shall be outstanding at any time;
     (f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks and not for speculative purposes and Guarantees thereof;
     (g) [Reserved]
     (h) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition: provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing and so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (h) does not exceed $250,000,000, determined at the time of incurrence;
     (i) [Reserved];
     (j) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (k) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.06;
     (l) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (l));
     (m) [Reserved];
     (n) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business and any Guarantees thereof;
     (o) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,000,000,000;
     (p) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

-134-


 

     (q) Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;
     (r) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
     (s) Indebtedness of CCOH and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are solely used to refinance the CCU Term Note; provided that the Parent Borrower subsequently applies all of the Net Cash Proceeds from such repayment of the CCU Term Note to prepayment of Loans in the order specified in Section 2.05(b)(v) with respect to mandatory prepayments under Section 2.05(b)(iii).
     (t) Indebtedness under the ABL Facilities and any Permitted Refinancing thereof in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) $1,000,000,000 minus the Tranche A Term Loan Backstop Amount, plus (y) on and after such time as CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries but not Excluded Subsidiaries shall become U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and otherwise comply with Section 6.11 and additional Indebtedness thereunder not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, plus (z) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Tranche A Term Loans (except any mandatory prepayment of Tranche A Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii)); provided that the aggregate amount of additional Indebtedness under this clause (y) shall not exceed the Tranche A Term Loan Backstop Amount;
     (u) (i) Indebtedness and Guarantees by U.S. Guarantors in respect of the New Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,310,000,000 plus the PIK Interest Amount and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
     (v) [Reserved];
     (w) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (u) above and (x) through (dd) below;
     (x) Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations not constituting Indebtedness to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees;
     (y) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;
     (z) Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Additional Notes to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are immediately after the receipt thereof, used to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

-135-


 

     (aa) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;
     (bb) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation to employees or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;
     (cc) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than another Securitization Entity); and
     (dd) Indebtedness of any Non-Loan Party that is Restricted Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed $400,000,000 at any one time outstanding.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party will guarantee any Indebtedness for borrowed money of a U.S. Loan Party unless such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Loan Parties may not incur Indebtedness pursuant to, without duplication, the first paragraph of this Section and clauses (g), (h) and (o) of this Section in an aggregate combined principal amount at any time outstanding in excess of $500,000,000 in each case determined at the time of incurrence and (ii) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, (A) the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantee of the Existing Notes and (B) all Indebtedness (other than the Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note) owed to the Parent Borrower by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Parent Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially

-136-


 

all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:
     (a) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with the Parent Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Parent Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that (x) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, (y) such merger or consolidation does not result in the Parent Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (z) in the case of a merger or consolidation of Holdings with and into the Parent Borrower, Holdings shall have no direct Subsidiaries at the time of such merger or consolidation other than the Parent Borrower and, after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the direct parent of the Parent Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower shall be pledged as Collateral;
     (b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;
     (c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Parent Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a U.S. Loan Party or a Foreign Loan Party, then the transferee must be a U.S. Loan Party or Foreign Loan Party, as the case may be;
     (d) (i) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom and the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.14 for the Test Period then last ended calculated on a pro forma basis for such merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 1.10, the Parent Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Parent Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Parent Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Parent Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Parent Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Parent Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to the Successor Parent Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to each Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Parent Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Parent Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this

-137-


 

Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Parent Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Parent Borrower under this Agreement;
     (ii) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom and the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.14 for the Test Period then last ended calculated on a pro forma basis for such merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 1.10, (x) any Subsidiary Co-Borrower may merge with any other Subsidiary Co-Borrower and (y) any Subsidiary Co-Borrower may merge with any other Person (other than a Subsidiary Co-Borrower); provided that (i) such Subsidiary Co-Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not such Subsidiary Co-Borrower (any such Person, each a “ Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the relevant Subsidiary Co-Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Subsidiary Co-Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to such Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to each Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to such Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to such Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) the relevant Subsidiary Co-Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, such Successor Subsidiary Co-Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the relevant Subsidiary Co-Borrower under this Agreement;
     (iii) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom and the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.14 for the Test Period then last ended calculated on a pro forma basis for such merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 1.10, (x) any Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower may merge with any other Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower and (y) any Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower may merge with any other Person (other than a Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower); provided that (i) such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower (any such Person, each a “ Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the same jurisdiction of organization as such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower, (B) the Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the relevant Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to such Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement

-138-


 

to each Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to such Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to such Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) the relevant Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, such Successor Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the relevant Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower under this Agreement;
     (e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person (i) in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 or (ii) for any other purpose; provided that (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11; and (B) in the case of subclause (ii) only, if (1) the merger or consolidation involves a Guarantor and such Guarantor is not the surviving Person, the surviving Restricted Subsidiary shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (2) the Parent Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.14 calculated on a pro forma basis for such merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 1.10;
     (f) the Merger may be consummated; and
     (g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to transfer to the Parent Borrower any material operating assets or Broadcast Licenses, other than (i) Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries which are U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors or (ii) any wireless radio licenses used for intercompany communications and satellite earth station authorizations used for reception and transmission of programming or other communications; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any such assets to the Parent Borrower if (x) the failure to do so is reasonably likely to have material adverse tax, operational or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (y) required by the FCC or any other Governmental Authority (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver of such requirement) and (B) the Parent Borrower shall not, transfer or participate any interests under any CCU Term Note other than to a U.S. Loan Party.
          SECTION 7.05. Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
     (a) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out, used or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer

-139-


 

used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (b) Dispositions of inventory, goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any IP Rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business);
     (c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such similar replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); provided that to the extent the property being transferred constitutes Collateral, such replacement property shall be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents;
     (d) Dispositions of property to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a U.S. Loan Party or a Foreign Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a U.S. Loan Party or a Foreign Loan Party, as the case may be, and to the extent such property is Collateral, it shall continue to constitute Collateral after such Disposition, or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;
     (e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04, 7.06 and 7.12 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;
     (f) Dispositions of property (i) owned on the Closing Date that does not constitute Collateral pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that all Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B), and (ii) acquired after the Closing Date that does not constitute Collateral pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions;
     (g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;
     (h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license) (other than FCC Authorizations) and LMAs, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;
     (j) Dispositions of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition; (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of property Disposed of pursuant to this clause (j) shall not exceed $900,000,000 since the Closing Date and (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $50,000,000, the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)); pro vided ,

-140-


 

however , that for the purposes of this clause (iii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Parent Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $300,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;.
     (k) Dispositions of the Specified Assets; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds in respect thereof shall be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B);
     (l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
     (m) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (n) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (o) Dispositions of all or any part of the assets listed on Schedule 7.05(o);
     (p) Dispositions of all or any part of the assets listed on Schedule 7.05(p) ; provided, however , that (i) the first $2,500,000,000 of Net Cash Proceeds (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”, if applicable) of Dispositions pursuant to this Section 7.05(p) shall be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B) and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $2,500,000,000 shall be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) or reinvested in the business of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B);
     (q) Dispositions of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (r) the unwinding of any Swap Contract;
     (s) (i) Permitted Asset Swap allowable under Section 1031 of the Code and (ii) other Permitted Asset Swaps with a Fair Market Value not to exceed $50,000,000 in any calendar year; provided that, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), the portion of the consideration received in

-141-


 

exchange for the disposed asset in the form of Cash Equivalents shall constitute proceeds of a Disposition subject to Section 2.05; and
     (t) Dispositions of the Divestiture Assets and any other asset required to be Disposed of by the FCC or other Governmental Authorities under applicable Laws.
provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(d), 7.05(e), 7.05(i), 7.05(l) and 7.05(m)) shall be for no less than the Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Parent Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to transfer to the Parent Borrower any material operating assets or Broadcast Licenses, other than (i) Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries which are U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors or (ii) any wireless radio licenses used for intercompany communications and satellite earth station authorizations used for reception and transmission of programming or other communications; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any such assets to the Parent Borrower if (x) the failure to do so is reasonably likely to have material adverse tax, operational or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (y) required by the FCC or any other Governmental Authority (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver of such requirement) and (B) the Parent Borrower shall not, transfer or participate any interests under any CCU Term Note other than to a U.S. Loan Party.
          SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:
     (a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Parent Borrower and to its other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Parent Borrower and any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);
     (b) (i) the Parent Borrower may redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests, provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby or (ii) the Parent Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;
     (c) Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions (including any amounts to be paid under, or contemplated by, the Merger Agreement) and the fees and expenses related thereto owed to Affiliates, including any payment to holders of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions) in connection

-142-


 

with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;
     (d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(n)), 7.04 (other than a merger or consolidation of Holdings and the Parent Borrower) or 7.08 (other than Section 7.08(a) or (j));
     (e) repurchases of Equity Interests in Parent, the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (f) the Parent Borrower may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or of any such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Parent Borrower (or of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement); provided that payments made pursuant to this paragraph (f) may not exceed in any calendar year $50,000,000 with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75,000,000 in any calendar year; provided that any cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Parent Borrower in connection with and as consideration for a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parents) shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this clause (f); provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the sum of (1) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances to employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date plus (2) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;
     (g) the Parent Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings or to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings:
     (i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) the tax liability (including additions to tax, penalties and interests with respect thereto) to each foreign, federal, state or local jurisdiction in respect of which a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated return is filed by Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) that includes the Parent Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent such tax liability (including additions to tax, penalties and interest with respect thereto) does not exceed the lesser of (A) the taxes that would have been payable by the Parent Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group and (B) the actual tax liability (including additions to tax, penalties and

-143-


 

interest with respect thereto) of Holdings’ consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated group (or, if Holdings is not the parent of the actual group, the taxes that would have been paid by Holdings, the Parent Borrower and/or the Parent Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group), reduced by any such payments paid or to be paid directly by the Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) legal existence;
     (iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) the Parent Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or U.S. Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a U.S. Loan Party under Section 7.02) or (2) the merger or amalgamation (to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or U.S. Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a U.S. Loan Party under Section 7.02) in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11;
     (v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement (whether or not successful) and directly attributable to the operation of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, only to the extent such amounts are deducted, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period;
     (h) the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion;

-144-


 

     (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default occurred and was continuing;
     (j) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Parent Borrower’s common stock following the first public offering of the Parent Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parents after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Parent Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Parent Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;
     (k) purchases of Equity Interests of CCOH permitted by Section 7.02(p) or 7.02(v)(ii); and
     (l) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Parent Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of repayments, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings made pursuant to Sections 7.12(a)(vii), not to exceed the sum of (i) the greater of $400,000,000 and (ii) the Available Amount at such time.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article VII (including Sections 7.02 and 7.12 and this Section 7.06), the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on or in respect of the Parent Borrower’s Equity Interests or purchase or otherwise acquire for cash any Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, for the purpose of directly or indirectly paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring any Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower for cash from, the Sponsors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Equity Interests to or from the Sponsors, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative dividend and investment credit provided by the use of the Available Amount or the exceptions provided by Sections 7.02(n) and (p), Sections 7.06(i) and (l) and Section 7.12(a)(vii), unless (x) at the time and after giving effect to such payment, the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period than last ended is less than 6.0 to 1.0 and (y) such payment is otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto or constituting a reasonable extension thereof.
          SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than:
     (a) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction,
     (b) transactions on terms substantially as favorable to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would reasonably be obtainable by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate,

-145-


 

     (c) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions,
     (d) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in connection with the Transactions,
     (e) if, at the time of such payment and after giving effect to such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist, the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory, retainer and other fees, indemnities and expenses to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (other than any Sponsor Termination Fees), plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year,
     (f) Investments permitted under Section 7.02,
     (g) employment and severance arrangements between the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements,
     (h) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (i) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Specified Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement) and set forth on Schedule 7.08 , or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Specified Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower),
     (j) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.12,
     (k) [Reserved],
     (l) transactions in which the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (b) of this Section 7.08,
     (m) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party,

-146-


 

     (n) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Parent to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof,
     (o) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business, and
     (p) investments by the Sponsors in loans or debt securities (other than any debt securities issued in connection with the Transactions) of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (A) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of loans or securities (it being understood and agreed that any purchase by the Sponsors of any loans or debt securities of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in secondary market transactions are not restricted by this Section 7.08).
          SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party (other than Holdings) or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that:
     (i) (A) exist on the Specified Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (B) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (A) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation,
     (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14,
     (iii) contracts for the sale of assets that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (iv) (a) with respect to clause (b) only, arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 7.01(a), (l), (s), (t)(i) or (t)(ii) and relate to the property subject to such Lien or (b) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05,
     (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness

-147-


 

constituting any Junior Financing or Retained Existing Notes) and the proceeds and products thereof,
     (vii) are customary provisions contained in any leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, LMAs or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), 7.03(h) or 7.03(o)(as limited by the second paragraph of Section 7.03) (with respect to non-Loan Parties) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness,
     (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,
     (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Facility Documentation, the New Senior Notes, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing,
     (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01, and
     (xiv) are restrictions in any one or more agreements governing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted to be incurred by Section 7.03.
          SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, in a manner inconsistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes . Make any change in fiscal year except to, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.
          SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .
          (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal, interest and mandatory prepayments shall be permitted) any New Senior Notes, any Retained Existing Notes, any Permitted Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (or guarantees in respect thereof) that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) except
     (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing, to the extent not required to prepay any Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b);

-148-


 

     (ii) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution made substantially contemporaneously with such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction;
     (iii) prepayments and redemptions of Repurchased Existing Notes;
     (iv) on or after September 30, 2015, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary may redeem a portion of the New Senior Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the product of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) a fraction (which, for the avoidance of doubt, cannot exceed one), the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding on such date for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,500,000,000;
     (v) beginning on the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of the New Senior Toggle Notes, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary may make “AHYDO catch-up” payments on such Indebtedness;
     (vi) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Parent or any of its direct or indirect parents;
     (vii) so long as no Default is continuing or would result therefrom, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(l), not to exceed the sum of (1) the greater of $550,000,000 or 1.75% of Total Assets at such time and (2) the Available Amount at such time; and
     (viii) the Parent Borrower may redeem, defease or discharge any AMFM Notes or Designated 2010 Retained Existing Notes not purchased pursuant to the tender offers made in connection with the Debt Repayment; and
     (ix) the Parent Borrower may prepay, redeem, purchase (including pursuant to an offer to purchase) the New Senior Notes with the proceeds of any asset disposition to the extent such proceeds are (i) not required to be used to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) and are not used to voluntarily prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(a) and (ii) required to be so applied under the New Senior Notes Indentures.
          (b) Make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation.
          (c) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation, Retained Existing Notes Indenture, the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, the CCU Notes or the CCO Intercompany Agreements, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld); it being understood and agreed that any extension of the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, the CCU Notes or the CCO Intercompany Agreements, or any change in the interest rate on the CCU Notes approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower, will be deemed not to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.

-149-


 

          SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) Permit any Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary to become a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary continues to be a Guarantor, (ii) in connection with a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all or a portion of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.05, (iii) as a result of the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 or (iv) the remaining Investment in such non-wholly-owned Subsidiary held by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a permitted Investment under Section 7.02 (valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment is deemed made).
          (b) Until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, permit the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be owned by any Person other than (i) one or more Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Material Domestic Subsidiary, then such Equity Interests shall only be owned by a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) other Unrestricted Subsidiaries whose Equity Interest are owned by Persons permitted under this Section 7.13(b).
          SECTION 7.14. Financial Covenant . Permit the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period (beginning with the Test Period ending on the last day of the second full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date) to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite the last day of such Test Period:
                                 
Fiscal Year   Q1   Q2   Q3   Q4
2008
                       
2009
    9.50:1 1     9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1  
2010
    9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1  
2011
    9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1  
2012
    9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1       9.50:1  
2013
    9.50:1       9.25:1       9.25:1       9.00:1  
2014
    9.00:1       9.00:1       9.00:1       8.75:1  
2015
    8.75:1       8.75:1              
Any provision of this Agreement that contains a requirement for the Parent Borrower to be in compliance with the covenant contained in this Section 7.14 prior to the time that this covenant is otherwise applicable shall be deemed to require that the Secured Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period not be greater than 9.50 to 1.
ARTICLE VIII
Events of Default and Remedies
          SECTION 8.01. Events of Default . Each of the events referred to in clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:
 
1  
Applicable only if the Closing Date occurs on or prior to September 30, 2008.

-150-


 

     (a)  Non-Payment . Any Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or
     (b)  Specific Covenants . Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a), 6.05(a) (solely with respect to any Borrower), 6.13(b) or Article VII; or
     (c)  Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Parent Borrower of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or
     (d)  Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
     (e)  Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period, if any, whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount (individually or in the aggregate with all other Indebtedness as to which such a failure shall exist) of not less than the Threshold Amount, (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness (other than any such Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facilities), or any other event occurs (other than with respect to any such Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facilities and other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder; provided further that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to any termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 8.02 or (C) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facilities, or any other event occurs with respect to the ABL Facilities, and either (i) the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or the ABL Administrative Agent on behalf of such holder or holders) cause such Indebtedness to become due (automatically or otherwise) prior to its stated maturity or (ii) such failure has not been cured or waived within 60 days; or
     (f)  Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or

-151-


 

similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
     (g)  Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or
     (h)  ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any Borrower or their respective ERISA Affiliates under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) Holdings, any Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) with respect to a funded Foreign Plan a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
     (i)  Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or
     (j)  Collateral Documents . (i) Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 6.11 or 6.13 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create, or any Lien purported to be created by any Collateral Document shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents (or other security purported to be created on the applicable Collateral) on any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of any Borrower ceasing to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreements free of Liens other than Liens created by the Security Agreements or any nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01; or

-152-


 

     (k)  Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” or “Guaranteed Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any such Junior Financing, if applicable; or
     (l)  Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.
          SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
     (a) declare Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
     (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower;
     (c) require that the Parent Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
     (d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;
provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws, the Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Parent Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
          SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
      First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

-153-


 

      Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
      Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
      Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; provided that any proceeds from the exercise of remedies against collateral that constitutes Specified Assets shall be allocated to repay Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Tranche C Term Loans prior to repayment of any other Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations;
      Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;
      Sixth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
      Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Parent Borrower.
          SECTION 8.04. Right to Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article VIII, in the event that the Parent Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of Section 7.14 as of the end of any relevant Test Period, until the date that is 10 days after the date the financial statements with respect to such Test Period are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, Parent shall have the right to make an equity investment in the Parent Borrower (other than in the form of Disqualified Equity Interests) in cash or otherwise make cash common equity contributions to the Parent Borrower (in each case, with the proceeds of any equity investment made in Parent by the Sponsors) (the “ Cure Right ”), and upon receipt by the Parent Borrower of such cash contributions (the “ Cure Amount ”), the Parent Borrower’s compliance with Section 7.14 shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: (i) EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.14, including determining compliance with Section 7.14 as of the end of such Test Period and applicable subsequent periods that include such fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right is exercised by an amount equal to the Cure Amount and (ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, giving pro forma effect to any repayment of Indebtedness in connection therewith), the requirements of Section 7.14 shall be satisfied, then the requirements of Section 7.14

-154-


 

shall be deemed satisfied as of the end of the relevant Test Period with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of Section 7.14 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) in each four fiscal quarter period there shall be a period of at least one fiscal quarter in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (y) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with Section 7.14 and (z) the Cure Amount shall be disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with any other provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any other provision that requires compliance with Section 7.14 on a pro forma basis).
ARTICLE IX
Administrative Agent and Other Agents
          SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent .
          (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The provisions of this Article (other than Sections 9.10 and 9.12) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
          (b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.
          (c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedge Bank and/or Cash Management Bank) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender and its Affiliates for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes

-155-


 

of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.
          SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact (including for the purpose of any Borrowing or payment in Alternative Currencies) as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent (other than to a Disqualified Institution) and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each such sub-agent and the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each such sub-agent shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 (as though such sub-agents were the “Administrative Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).
          SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the execution, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (vi) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. No Agent-Related Person shall have any duties or obligations to any Lender or participant except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent-Related Persons:

-156-


 

     (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
     (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Person is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that such Person shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
     (c) shall not be required to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates.
          No Agent-Related Person be liable (i) to any participant or Secured Party or their Affiliates for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or such Person shall believe in good faith shall be necessary under the circumstances) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent .
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law.
          (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
          SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment

-157-


 

of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or any Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.
          SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.
          SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07; provided further that any obligation to indemnify an L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall be limited to the Lenders of the appropriate Facility only. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings

-158-


 

or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrowers’ continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Agents may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrowers to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as taxes or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities .
          (a) Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though such Agent were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include each Agent in its individual capacity.
          (b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as Administrative Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 9.09 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, the Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in the Parent Borrower, another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates.

-159-


 

Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, the Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of the Agent’s Group. None of the Administrative Agent nor any member of the Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.
          (c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of the Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of the Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the Person serving as Administrative Agent being a member of the Agent’s Group, and that each member of the Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by the Agent’s Group of information (including Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by the Administrative Agent or any member of the Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict the Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.
          SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Parent Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent and/or supplemental administrative agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments

-160-


 

thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.10). After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.
          Any resignation by the Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as an L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit issued by the Administrative Agent, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer effectively to assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
          SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.
          Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement,

-161-


 

adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
          SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably agree:
     (a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party (it being understood that in the event that property that constitutes Collateral is transferred to any Loan Party, such property shall continue to constitute Collateral under the Loan Documents), (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor, upon release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below;
     (b) to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and
     (c) that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the New Senior Notes, or any Junior Financing.
          Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.12. In each case as specified in this Section 9.12, the Administrative Agent will promptly (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.12.
          SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . Except as expressly provided herein, none of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “joint bookrunner” or “joint lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

-162-


 

          SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents .
          (a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).
          (b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.
          (c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Parent Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement . The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the parties hereto acknowledge that the Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby consents to the subordination of the Liens on the Receivables Collateral securing the Obligations on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Receivables Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the ABL Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to extend credit to the borrowers under the ABL Credit Agreement and such ABL Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

-163-


 

          SECTION 9.16. Administrative Agent Dutch Claims; Dutch Secured Party Claims . With respect to any security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties which is created under any Collateral Document governed by the laws of the Netherlands:
     (a) Each Dutch Loan Party must pay the Administrative Agent, as an independent and separate creditor, an amount equal to each Dutch Secured Party Claim on its due date (the “ Administrative Agent Dutch Claim” ).
     (b) The Administrative Agent may enforce performance of any Administrative Agent Dutch Claim in its own name as an independent and separate right. This includes any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in respect of any kind of insolvency proceeding.
     (c) Each Secured Party must, at the request of the Administrative Agent, perform any act required in connection with the enforcement of any Administrative Agent Dutch Claim. This includes joining in any proceedings as co-claimant with the Administrative Agent.
     (d) Each Dutch Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to require a Secured Party to join in any proceedings as co-claimant with the Administrative Agent in respect of any Administrative Agent Dutch Claim.
     (e) (i) Discharge by a Dutch Loan Party of a Secured Party Claim will discharge the corresponding Administrative Agent Dutch Claim in the same amount and (ii) discharge by a Dutch Loan Party of an Administrative Agent Dutch Claim will discharge the corresponding Secured Party Claim in the same amount.
     (f) The aggregate amount of the Administrative Agent Dutch Claims will never exceed the aggregate amount of the Secured Party Claims.
     (g) (i) A defect affecting an Administrative Agent Dutch Claim against a Dutch Loan Party will not affect any Secured Party Claim and (ii) a defect affecting a Secured Party Claim against a Dutch Loan Party will not affect any Administrative Agent Dutch Claim.
ARTICLE X
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Parent Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
     (a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

-164-


 

     (b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 or fee under Section 2.03 or 2.09(a) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;
     (c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest or premium specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Total Leverage Ratio or Secured Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest; provided that, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;
     (d) change any provision of this Section 10.01, the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Required Facility Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” or any provision of the last sentence of Section 2.05(b)(v), 2.06(c) relating to pro rata sharing, 2.13 or 8.03 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
     (e) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;
     (f) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;
     (g) change the currency in which any Loan is denominated or interest or fees thereon is paid without the written consent of the Lender holding such Loans;
     (h) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.02 as to any Credit Extension under any Revolving Credit Facility or under any Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders under such Facility;
     (i) change any provision of Section 2.05(a)(iv) or 2.05(b)(v) without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders with respect to each of the Tranche A Term Loan Facility, Tranche B Term Loan Facility, Tranche C Term Loan Facility, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Facility and Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Facility; or
     (j) amend the definition of “Interest Period” to allow intervals in excess of six months or shorter than one month without the agreement of each affected Lender without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of a L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or

-165-


 

any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) the consent of Required Facility Lenders shall be required with respect to any amendment that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders under such Facility in respect of payments hereunder in a manner different than such amendment affects other Facilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).
          No amendment or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be effective unless consented to in writing by the Required Lenders, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.
          In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of a particular Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans of such Class (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Rate with respect to such Replacement Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Replacement Term Loans) shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Refinanced Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans) immediately prior to such refinancing, (c) the final maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be prior to the final maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.
          The Parent Borrower will not , directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Lender for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Lenders and is paid to all Lenders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
          SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .
          (a)  General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including

-166-


 

by facsimile or electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to any Borrower, any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c)), when delivered and (E) if delivered by posting to a Platform, an Internet website or a similar telecommunication device requiring that a user have prior access to such Platform, website or other device (to the extent permitted by Section 10.02(d) to be delivered thereunder), when such notice, demand, request, consent and other communication shall have been made generally available on such Platform, Internet website or similar device to the class of Person being notified (regardless of whether any such Person must accomplish, and whether or not any such Person shall have accomplished, any action prior to obtaining access to such items, including registration, disclosure of contact information, compliance with a standard user agreement or undertaking a duty of confidentiality) and such Person has been notified in respect of such posting that a communication has been posted to the Platform; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II or Article IX shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.
          (b)  Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication (i.e., TIF or PDF or other similar communication). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.
          (c)  Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Each Borrower, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of such Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent

-167-


 

jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
          (d) Notwithstanding clause (a) (unless the Administrative Agent requests that the provisions of clause (a) be followed) and any other provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document providing for the delivery of any Approved Electronic Communication by any other means, the Loan Parties shall deliver all Approved Electronic Communications to the Administrative Agent by properly transmitting such Approved Electronic Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com or such other electronic mail address (or similar means of electronic delivery) as the Administrative Agent may notify to the Parent Borrower. Nothing in this clause (d) shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to deliver any Approved Electronic Communication to any Loan Party in any manner authorized in this Agreement or to request that the Parent Borrower effect delivery in such manner.
          SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.
          SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses . (a) The Parent Borrower agrees if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp and one local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and (b) each Borrower agrees, jointly and severally, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including Attorney Costs but limited to those of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties). The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid promptly following receipt by the Parent Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
          SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers . Each Borrower shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees or advisors (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and Arrangers and one counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for each such group and, in the

-168-


 

event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned or operated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability arising out of the activities or operations of any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, member, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee or (y) a breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.05 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any applicable law or public policy, the Borrowers shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
          SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share

-169-


 

of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.
          SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns .
          (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Holdings nor any Borrower may, except as permitted by Section 7.04, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Sections 10.07(g) and 10.07(i) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Parent Borrower (both prior to and after the consummation of the Merger) shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.
          (b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, it being understood that the Parent Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent if the Parent Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make a filing or registration with, a Governmental Agency) of:
     (A) the Parent Borrower, provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee;
     (B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
     (C) solely in the case of any assignment under any Revolving Credit Facility under which such Person is a Principal L/C Issuer, each Principal L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of any Principal L/C Issuer shall be required for an assignment to an Agent or any Affiliate thereof; and
     (D) in the case of any assignment of any of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Lender; provided that no consent of the Swing Line Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans to another Dollar Revolving Credit Lender.

-170-


 

     (ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
     (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or such other date on which such Assignment and Assumption is effective) shall not be less than and shall be an integral multiple of (x) a Dollar Amount of $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Credit Facilities) or (y) $1,000,000 (in the case of a Term Loan) unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that (1) no such consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;
     (B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any Assignment;
     (C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and
     (D) the Assignee shall comply with Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable.
          This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
          (c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the relevant Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).
          (d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person

-171-


 

whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower, any Agent and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
          (e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements of Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable), 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.10 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the participation in question for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
          (f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless, in the case of Section 3.01, the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Parent Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
          (g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
          (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms

-172-


 

hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including their obligations under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05), except, in the case of Section 3.01, the increase or change results from a Change in Law after the SPC becomes a SPC and the grant was made with the Parent Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
          (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.
          (j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have identified, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, a successor L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Parent Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).
          SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, and to not use or disclose such Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors, partners, advisors, agents and other representatives,

-173-


 

including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made shall be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (c) to any other party to this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; (d) subject to an agreement to be bound by provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g), Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee or pledgee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or to any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrowers and their obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, any rating agency, or the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; (e) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower; (f) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party who is not known to such Person to be in breach of any obligation of confidentiality; (g) to any Governmental Authority, examiner, self-regulatory authority or other regulatory authority (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating or purporting to regulate any Lender; or (h) in connection with the administration of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from or on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries or any Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, relating to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their subsidiaries or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or (ii) is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
          SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information .
          (a) Certain of the Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities (“ Restricting Information ”). Other Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that may contain Restricting Information. Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall, by making any Communications (including Restricting Information) available to a Lender, by participating in any conversations or other interactions with a Lender or otherwise, make or be deemed to make any statement with regard to or otherwise

-174-


 

warrant that any such information or Communication does or does not contain Restricting Information nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates be responsible or liable in any way for any decision a Lender may make to limit or to not limit its access to Restricting Information. In particular, none of the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates (i) shall have, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, hereby disclaims, any duty to ascertain or inquire as to whether or not a Lender has or has not limited its access to Restricting Information, such Lender’s policies or procedures regarding the safeguarding of material, nonpublic information or such Lender’s compliance with applicable laws related thereto or (ii) shall have, or incur, any liability to any Loan Party or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates arising out of or relating to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates providing or not providing Restricting Information to any Lender.
          (b) Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that might contain Restricting Information. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will nominate at least one designee to receive Communications (including Restricting Information) on its behalf and identify such designee (including such designee’s contact information) on such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time of such Lender’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Restricting Information may be sent by electronic transmission.
          (c) Each Lender acknowledges that Communications delivered hereunder and under the other Loan Documents may contain Restricting Information and that such Communications are available to all Lenders generally. Each Lender that elects not to take access to Restricting Information does so voluntarily and, by such election, acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and other Lenders may have access to Restricting Information that is not available to such electing Lender. None of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender with access to Restricting Information shall have any duty to disclose such Restricting Information to such electing Lender or to use such Restricting Information on behalf of such electing Lender, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, such Restricting Information.
          (d) The provisions of the foregoing clauses of this Section 10.09 are designed to assist the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties, in complying with their respective contractual obligations and applicable law in circumstances where certain Lenders express a desire not to receive Restricting Information notwithstanding that certain Communications hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or other information provided to the Lenders hereunder or thereunder may contain Restricting Information. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants or makes any other statement with respect to the adequacy of such provisions to achieve such purpose nor does the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates warrant or make any other statement to the effect that an Loan Party’s or Lender’s adherence to such provisions will be sufficient to ensure compliance by such Loan Party or Lender with its contractual obligations or its duties under applicable law in respect of Restricting Information and each of the Lenders and each Loan Party assumes the risks associated therewith.
          SECTION 10.10. Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrowers (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing to, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now

-175-


 

or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates and no L/C Issuer or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owing by such Lender or its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 10.10 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.
          SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the relevant Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
          SECTION 10.12. Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission.
          SECTION 10.13. Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.
          SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation (other than Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations and other Obligations that are not accrued and payable) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) shall remain outstanding.

-176-


 

          SECTION 10.15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW .
          (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED THEREIN).
          (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS AND THE APPELLATE COURTS THEREOF. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELEPHONE, FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
          SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
          SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrowers, Holdings and the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer that each such Lender,

-177-


 

Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrowers, Holdings, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns.
          SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).
          SECTION 10.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements or agreements governing Cash Management Obligations (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 10.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.
          SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each of Holdings and each Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the Facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and their Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and each Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers and the

-178-


 

Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising any Borrower or any of their Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and Holdings and the Borrowers have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each of Holdings and each Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.
          SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of any Borrower, Holdings or any Loan Party or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (other than the Borrowers, Holdings and any other Loan Party) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Borrowers or the Loan Parties under the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Facilities, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Lender hereby waives and releases all such liability.
          SECTION 10.24. Limitations on Foreign Loan Parties .
          (a) Any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by any Loan Party incorporated in England and Wales pursuant to this Agreement (including but not limited to Section 10.05) and other Loan Documents shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by such Loan Party to the extent the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 151 of the Companies Act 1985 of England and Wales and the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, this limitation does not apply to any obligation of such Loan Party as principal debtor under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility.
          (b) Any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by any Loan Party incorporated in the Netherlands pursuant to this Agreement (including but not limited to Section 10.05) and other Loan Documents shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by such Loan Party to the extent the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Article 207(c) or 98(c) of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, this limitation does not apply to any obligation of such Loan Party as principal debtor under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility.
          SECTION 10.25. FCC . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the Loan Documents, neither the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor any of their agents, will

-179-


 

take any action pursuant to the Collateral Documents that would constitute or result in any assignment of the FCC Authorizations or any transfer of control thereof, within the meaning of 310(d) of the Communications Act of 1934 or other Communications Law, if such assignment of license or transfer of control thereof would require thereunder the prior approval of the FCC, without first obtaining such approval of the FCC.
          SECTION 10.26. Effectiveness of Merger . None of Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers or the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers shall have any rights or obligations hereunder until the consummation of the Merger and any representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers or the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers under the Loan Documents shall not become effective, and no Event of Default may occur, until such time. Upon consummation of the Merger, and without any further action by any Person, each of Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers or the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) assumes and agrees punctually to pay, perform and discharge when due each of the Obligations and each and every debt, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by it under the Loan Documents, (ii) agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Loan Documents applicable to it and (iii) agrees that it will be responsible for and deemed to have made all of its representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents, whenever made or deemed to have been made.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

-180-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:      
 

S-1


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent, Swing
Line Lender, L/C Issuer and as a Lender,
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ross A. MacIntyre    
    Name:   Ross A. MacIntyre   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

S-2


 

         
  DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Mayhew    
    Name:   David Mayhew   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Peter Yearlev    
    Name:   Peter Yearlev   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

S-3


 

         
  MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING INC. , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Henry F. D’Alessandro    
    Name:   Henry F. D’Alessandro   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

S-4


 

         
  MORGAN STANLEY Bank , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Charles C. O’Brien    
    Name:   Charles C. O’Brien   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

S-5


 

         
  CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judith Smith    
    Name:   Judith Smith   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Doreen Barr    
    Name:   Doreen Barr   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

S-6


 

         
  THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven F. Killilea    
    Name:   Steven F. Killilea   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

S-7


 

         
  WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ James Jeffries    
    Name:   James Jeffries   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

S-8


 

Annex I
Repayment of Term Loans
If the Closing Date occurs on or prior to September 30, 2008:
                                         
                            Percentage of   Percentage of
    Percentage of   Percentage of   Percentage of   Delayed Draw 1   Delayed Draw 2
    Tranche A Loan   Tranche B Loan   Tranche C Loan   Term Funded   Term Loan
Date   Funded Amount   Funded Amount   Funded Amount   Amount   Funded Amount
March 31, 2008
                             
June 30, 2008
                             
September 30, 2008
                             
December 31, 2008
                             
March 31, 2009
                             
June 30, 2009
                             
September 30, 2009
                             
December 31, 2009
                             
March 31, 2010
                             
June 30, 2010
                             
September 30, 2010
    1.25 %                        
December 31, 2010
    1.25 %                        
March 31, 2011
    1.25 %                        
June 30, 2011
    1.25 %                        
September 30, 2011
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
December 31, 2011
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
March 31, 2012
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
June 30, 2012
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
September 30, 2012
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
December 31, 2012
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
March 31, 2013
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
June 30, 2013
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
September 30, 2013
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
December 31, 2013
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
March 31, 2014
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
June 30, 2014
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Maturity Date of
  Remaining Balance     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Tranche A Term Loans
  of Tranche A Term                                
  Loan Funded Amount                                
September 30, 2014
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
December 31, 2014
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
March 31, 2015
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
June 30, 2015
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Maturity Date of Term
    N/A     Remaining Balance   Remaining Balance   Remaining Balance   Remaining Balance
Loans other than
          of Tranche B Term   of Tranche C Term   of Delayed Draw 1   of Delayed Draw 2
Tranche A Term Loans
          Loan Funded Amount   Loan Funded Amount   Term Loan Funded   Term Loan Funded
 
                          Amount   Amount

 


 

Annex I
(continued)
Repayment of Term Loans
If the Closing Date occurs after September 30, 2008:
                                         
                            Percentage of   Percentage of
    Percentage of   Percentage of   Percentage of   Delayed Draw 1   Delayed Draw 2
    Tranche A Loan   Tranche B Loan   Tranche C Loan   Term Funded   Term Loan
Date   Funded Amount   Funded Amount   Funded Amount   Amount   Funded Amount
March 31, 2008
                             
June 30, 2008
                             
September 30, 2008
                             
December 31, 2008
                             
March 31, 2009
                             
June 30, 2009
                             
September 30, 2009
                             
December 31, 2009
                             
March 31, 2010
                             
June 30, 2010
                             
September 30, 2010
                             
December 31, 2010
    1.25 %                        
March 31, 2011
    1.25 %                        
June 30, 2011
    1.25 %                        
September 30, 2011
    1.25 %                        
December 31, 2011
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
March 31, 2012
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
June 30, 2012
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
September 30, 2012
    1.25 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
December 31, 2012
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
March 31, 2013
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
June 30, 2013
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
September 30, 2013
    2.50 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %     0.625 %
December 31, 2013
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
March 31, 2014
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
June 30, 2014
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
September 30, 2014
    2.50 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Maturity Date of
  Remaining Balance     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Tranche A Term Loans
  of Tranche A Term                                
 
  Loan Funded
Amount
                               
December 31, 2014
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
March 31, 2015
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
June 30, 2015
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
September 30, 2015
    N/A       0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Maturity Date of Term
    N/A     Remaining Balance   Remaining Balance   Remaining Balance   Remaining Balance
Loans other than
          of Tranche B Term   of Tranche C Term   of Delayed Draw 1   of Delayed Draw 2
Tranche A Term Loans
          Loan Funded Amount   Loan Funded Amount   Term Loan Funded   Term Loan Funded
 
                          Amount   Amount
Annex I-2

 


 

Schedule 1.01A
Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
Principal Properties Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Pledge Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Holdings Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Company Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
U.S. Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Guarantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between AMFM Broadcasting, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between AMFM Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between AMFM Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between AMFM Michigan, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 


 

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between AMFM Operating Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between AMFM Radio Group, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Broadcast Architecture, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Capstar Radio Operating Company and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Capstar Radio Operating Company and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Christal Radio Sales, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Citicasters Co. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Citicasters Co. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Citicasters Licenses, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Chanel Broadcasting, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Patent Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc., Endeavor Productions, LLC, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 


 

Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Jacor Broadcasting Corporation and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Katz Communications, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Katz Millennium Sales & Marketing Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between Premiere Radio Networks, Inc. and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 


 

Schedule 1.01B
Post-Closing Expenses
         
    Estimated  
    Amount  
    ($ millions) 1  
Taxes due on Asset Sales
  $ 106  
Cross Currency Swap Breakage
    191  
International Retirement Plan Change in Control
    5  
Other Fees and Expenses (including Rating Agencies, Akin Gump, Ernst & Young, R.R. Donnelly and Mellon Investor Services)
    4  
Total Post-Closing Fees & Expenses
  $ 306  
 
1   Estimates as of March 31, 2007. Actual costs to be determined at closing.

 


 

Schedule 1.01C
Mandatory Cost Formula
1.   The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
 
2.   On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender in the relevant [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
 
3.   The Additional Cost Rate for any [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender lending from a Lending Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by that [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender’s participation in all [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Loans made from that Lending Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Lending Office.
 
4.   The Additional Cost Rate for any [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender lending from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:
  (a)   in relation to a sterling [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Loan:
         
 
  AB + C(B-D) + E × 0.01    
 
       
 
  100-(A+C)   per cent. per annum
  (b)   in relation to a [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Loan in any currency other than sterling:
             
 
  E × 0.01    
 
           
 
    300     per cent. per annum.
Where:
    is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender is from time to time

 


 

      required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.
 
    is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable and the Mandatory Cost and, if the [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the Default Rate payable for the relevant Interest Period on the [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Loan.
 
    is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.
 
    is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.
 
    is designed to compensate [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
5.   For the purposes of this Schedule:
  (a)   Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
 
  (b)   Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
 
  (c)   Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and
 
  (d)   Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
 
  (e)   Party ” means a party to this Agreement.
 
  (f)   Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.
 
  (g)   Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Loan Party under the Loan Documents.
6.   In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 


 

7.   If requested by the Administrative Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Administrative Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.
8.   Each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender:
  (a)   the jurisdiction of its Lending Office; and
  (b)   any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
Each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
9.   The percentages of each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Lending Office in the same jurisdiction as its Lending Office.
10.   The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.
11.   The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender based on the information provided by each [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.
12.   Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a [Alternative Currency

 


 

    Revolving Credit] Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.
13.   The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Parent and the [Alternative Currency Revolving Credit] Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 


 

Schedule 1.01D
NCR Stations
     
Market: Ashland/Mansfield, OH
   
WNCO-FM
   
WNCO-AM
   
WFXN-FM
   
WXXF-FM
   
WXXR-FM
   
WYHT-FM
   
WSWR-FM
   
WMAN-AM
   
Market: Anchorage, AK
   
KASH-FM
   
KBFX-FM
   
KGOT-FM
   
KYMG-FM
   
KENI-AM
   
KTZN-AM
   
Market: Augusta, ME
   
WIGY-FM
   
WFAU-AM
   
WABK-FM
   
WTOS-FM
   
WKCG-FM
   
WMCM-FM
   
WRKD-AM
   
WQSS-FM
   
WCME-FM
   
Market: Bangor, ME
   
WABI-AM
   
WVOM-FM
   
WBFB-FM
   

 


 

     
WKSQ-FM
   
WLKE-FM
   
WWBX-FM
   
Market: Binghamton, NY
   
WMXW-FM
   
WENE-AM
   
WMRV-FM
   
WKGB-FM
   
WBBI-FM
   
WINR-AM
   
Market: Bismarck, ND
   
KFYR-AM
   
KYYY-FM
   
KXMR-AM
   
KSSS-FM
   
KQDY-FM
   
KBMR-AM
   
Market: Burlington, VT
   
WCPV-FM
   
WEAV-AM
   
WXZO-FM
   
WEZF-FM
   
WVTK-FM
   
Market: Chillicothe, OH
   
WCHO-FM
   
WCHO-AM
   
WSRW-AM
   
WBEX-AM
   
WCHI-AM
   
WKKJ-FM
   
Market: Cookeville, TN
   
WGSQ-FM
   
WGIC-FM
   

 


 

     
WHUB-AM
   
WPTN-AM
   
Market: Defiance, OH
   
WDFM-FM
   
WDFM-LP
   
WNDH-FM
   
WONW-AM
   
WZOM-FM
   
Market: Dickinson, ND
   
KCAD-FM
   
KLTC-AM
   
KZRX-FM
   
Market: Eau Claire, WI
   
WATQ-FM
   
WBIZ-AM
   
WBIZ-FM
   
WMEQ-AM
   
WMEQ-FM
   
WQRB-FM
   
Market: Fairbanks, AK
   
KIAK-FM
   
KAKQ-FM
   
KFBX-AM
   
KKED-FM
   
Market: Farmington, NM
   
KTRA-FM
   
KDAG-FM
   
KCQL-AM
   
KKFG-FM
   
KAZX-FM
   
Market: Fayetteville, AR
   
KEZA-FM
   
KKIX-FM
   

 


 

     
KMXF-FM
   
KIGL-FM
   
Market: Findlay/Tiffin, OH
   
WPFX-FM
   
WTTF-AM
   
Market: The Florida Keys, FL
   
WFKZ-FM
   
WAIL-FM
   
WEOW-FM
   
WCTH-FM
   
Market: Fort Smith, AR
   
KWHN-AM
   
KMAG-FM
   
KZBB-FM
   
KKBD-FM
   
KYHN-AM
   
Market: Gadsden, AL
   
WAAX-AM
   
WGMZ-FM
   
Market: Gallup, NM
   
KGLX-FM
   
KXTC-FM
   
KFMQ-FM
   
KFXR-FM
   
Market: Grand Forks, ND
   
KSNR-FM
   
KKXL-FM
   
KQHT-FM
   
KJKJ-FM
   
KKXL-AM
   
Market: Huntington, WV
   
WTCR-FM
   
WKEE-FM
   

 


 

     
WBVB-FM
   
WAMX-FM
   
WVHU-AM
   
WTCR-AM
   
Market: Lancaster, PA
   
WLAN-AM
   
WLAN-FM
   
Market: Laurel, MS
   
WEEZ-AM
   
WJKX-FM
   
WUSW-FM
   
WZLD-FM
   
WFOR-AM
   
WNSL-FM
   
Market: Lima, OH
   
WZRX-FM
   
WIMA-AM
   
WIMT-FM
   
WMLX-FM
   
WLWD-FM
   
Market: Marion, OH
   
WDIF-FM
   
WMRN-AM
   
WYNT-FM
   
Market: Meridian, MS
   
WHTU-FM
   
WMSO-FM
   
WZKS-FM
   
WYHL-AM
   
WJDQ-FM
   
Market: Minot, ND
   
KCJB-AM
   
KYYX-FM
   

 


 

     
KMXA-FM
   
KIZZ-FM
   
KZPR-FM
   
Market: Montgomery, AL
   
WZHT-FM
   
WWMG-FM
   
WHLW-FM
   
Market: Ogallala, NE
   
KOGA-FM
   
KMCX-FM
   
KOGA-AM
   
Market: Parkersburg, WV
   
WDMX-FM
   
WRVB-FM
   
WNUS-FM
   
WHNK-AM
   
WLTP-AM
   
Market: Poughkeepsie, NY
   
WRNQ-FM
   
WRWD-FM
   
WCTW-FM
   
WPKF-FM
   
WELG-AM
   
WHUC-AM
   
WKIP-AM
   
WZCR-FM
   
WRWC-FM
   
WBWZ-FM
   
Market: Randolph, VT
   
WCVR-FM
   
WTSJ-AM
   
Market: Reading, PA
   
WRAW-AM
   

 


 

     
WRFY-FM
   
Market: Rochester, MN
   
KMFX-AM
   
KMFX-FM
   
KRCH-FM
   
KWEB-AM
   
KNFX-AM
   
Market: Salisbury, MD
   
WQHQ-FM
   
WSBY-FM
   
WJDY-AM
   
WWFG-FM
   
WOSC-FM
   
WTGM-AM
   
Market: Sandusky, OH
   
WMJK-FM
   
WLEC-AM
   
WCPZ-FM
   
Market: Sioux City, IA
   
KGLI-FM
   
KSEZ-FM
   
KSFT-FM
   
KWSL-AM
   
KMNS-AM
   
Market: Somerset, KY
   
WSEK-FM
   
WSFC-AM
   
WKEQ-FM
   
WLLK-FM
   
WSFE-AM
   
Market: Sparta-McMinnville, TN
   
WRKK-FM
   
WSMT-AM
   

 


 

     
WTZX-AM
   
WAKI-AM
   
WTRZ-FM
   
WBMC-AM
   
Market: Tupelo, MS
   
WKMQ-AM
   
WTUP-AM
   
WWZD-FM
   
WESE-FM
   
WBVV-FM
   
WWKZ-FM
   
Market: Wheeling, WV
   
WWVA-AM
   
WOVK-FM
   
WKWK-FM
   
WBBD-AM
   
WVKF-FM
   
WEGW-FM
   
Market: Williamsport, PA
   
WKSB-FM
   
WBYL- FM
   
WBLJ-FM
   
WRAK-AM
   
WRKK-AM
   
WVRT- FM
   
WVRZ-FM
   

 


 

Schedule 1.01E
Disqualified Institutions
CBS Corporation
Cumulus Media Inc.
Citadel Broadcasting Corporation
Entercom Communications Corp.
Lamar Media Corp.
JCDecaux S.A.
Radio One, Inc.
Cox Radio, Inc.
ABC, Inc.
FOX Entertainment Group, Inc.
NBC Universal, Inc.
Belo Corp.
Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc.
or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing

 


 

Schedule 1.01G
Existing Rollover Letters of Credit
None.

 


 

Schedule 2.01A
Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments; Alternative Currency Revolving Credit
Commitments
                 
            Alternative Currency
    Dollar Revolving   Revolving Credit
Lender   Credit Commitments 1   Commitments 2
Citibank, N.A.
    18.75 %     18.75 %
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch
    18.75 %     18.75 %
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc.
    18.75 %     18.75 %
Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch
    14.583 %     14.583 %
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
    14.583 %     14.583 %
Wachovia Bank, National Association
    14.584 %     14.584 %
 
1   To be converted from percentages to dollar amounts on the Closing Date.
 
2   To be converted from percentages to dollar amounts on the Closing Date.

 


 

Schedule 2.01B
Tranche A Term Loan Commitments; Tranche B Term Loan Commitments; Tranche C
Term Loan Commitments; Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Commitments; Delayed Draw 2
Term Loan Commitments
                                         
                            Delayed Draw 1   Delayed Draw 2
    Tranche A Term   Tranche B Term   Tranche C Term   Term Loan   Term Loan
Lender   Loan Commitments   Loan Commitments   Loan Commitments   Commitments   Commitments
Citibank, N.A.
    18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch
    18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %
Morgan Stanley Bank
    0 %     9.07 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc.
    18.75 %     9.68% %     18.75 %     18.75 %     18.75 %
Credit Suisse,
Cayman Islands Branch
    14.583 %     14.583 %     14.583 %     14.583 %     14.583 %
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
    14.583 %     14.583 %     14.583 %     14.583 %     14.583 %
Wachovia Bank,
National Association
    14.584 %     14.584 %     14.584 %     14.584 %     14.584 %

 


 

Schedule 5.11(b)
ERISA
None.

 


 

Schedule 5.12
Subsidiaries
                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
1.
  1567 Media LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     95.94 %     0 %
2.
  1567 Media LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings CV     4.06 %     0 %
3.
  Ackerley Broadcasting Fresno, LLC   Delaware   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC     100 %     0 %
4.
  Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
5.
  Ackerley Ventures, Inc.   Washington   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC     100 %     0 %
6.
  AdCart AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %
7.
  Adshel (Brazil) Ltda.   Brazil   Clear Channel Brazil Holdco, LLC     100 %     0 %
8.
  Adshel Argentina SRL   Argentina   Adshel (Brazil) Ltda.     40 %     0 %
9.
  Adshel Argentina SRL   Argentina   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     60 %     0 %
10.
  Adshel Ireland, Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
11.
  Adshel Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor, Ltd.     100 %     0 %
12.
  Adshel Ltda.   Brazil   Adshel (Brazil) Ltda.     89.2 %     0 %
13.
  Adshel Ltda.   Brazil   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     10.8 %     0 %
14.
  Adshel New Zealand Ltd.   New Zealand   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
15.
  Adshel NI Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
16.
  Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   Australia   Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
17.
  Aircheck India Pvt Ltd.   India   Media Monitors, LLC.     100 %     0 %
18.
  AK Mobile Television, Inc.   Washington   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
19.
  Allied Outdoor Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
20.
  AMFM Air Services, Inc.   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company     100 %     0 %
21.
  AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   Delaware   AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
22.
  AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Radio Group, Inc.     100 %     0 %
23.
  AMFM Holdings Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Inc.     100 %     0 %
24.
  AMFM Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
25.
  AMFM Internet Holding Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Inc.     100 %     0 %
26.
  AMFM Michigan, LLC   Delaware   Capstar TX Limited Partnership     100 %     0 %
27.
  AMFM Operating Inc.   Delaware   Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.     96 %     0 %
28.
  AMFM Operating Inc.   Delaware   KTZMedia Corporation     4 %     0 %
29.
  AMFM Radio Group, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Operating Inc.     100 %     0 %
30.
  AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company     100 %     0 %
31.
  AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.   Texas   Capstar Radio Operating Company     100 %     0 %
32.
  AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP   Delaware   AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   1% general partner     0 %
33.
  AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP   Delaware   AMFM Texas, LLC   99% limited partner     0 %
34.
  AMFM Texas Licenses, LP   Delaware   AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.   1% general partner     0 %
35.
  AMFM Texas Licenses, LP   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company   99% limited partner     0 %
36.
  AMFM Texas, LLC   Delaware   AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
37.
  AMFM.com Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
38.
  Arcadia Cooper Properties Ltd   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
39.
  ARN Holdings PTY Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
40.
  Barnett and Son Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
41.
  Bel Meade Broadcasting Company, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
42.
  BK Studi BV   Netherlands   Hillenaar Outdoor Advertising BV     100 %     0 %
43.
  BPS London Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
44.
  BPS Ltd.   UK   Team Relay Ltd.     100 %     0 %
45.
  Broadcast Architecture, Inc.   Massachusetts   AMFM Radio Group, Inc.     100 %     0 %
46.
  Broadcast Finance, Inc.   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
47.
  C.F.D. Billboards Ltd   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
48.
  CAC City Advertising Company   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
49.
  Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Holdings Inc.     100 %     0 %
50.
  Capstar Radio Operating Company   Delaware   AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP     100 %     0 %
51.
  Capstar TX Limited Partnership   Delaware   AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.   1% general partner     0 %
52.
  Capstar TX Limited Partnership   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company   99% limited partner     0 %
53.
  CC Broadcast Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.     100 %     0 %
54.
  CC Cayco Limited   Cayman Islands   Clear Channel CV     100 %     0 %
55.
  CC CV LP LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings CV     100 %     0 %
56.
  CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
57.
  CC Identity GP, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.     100 %     0 %
58.
  CC Identity Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.     100 %     0 %
59.
  CC Licenses, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
60.
  CC LP BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel CP III BV     100 %     0 %
61.
  CCB Texas Licenses, L.P.   Texas   CCBL FCC Holdings, Inc.   99% limited partner     0 %
62.
  CCB Texas Licenses, L.P.   Texas   CCBL GP, LLC   1% general partner     0 %
63.
  CCBL FCC Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
64.
  CCBL GP, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
65.
  CCHCV LP LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
66.
  CCO International Holdings BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel CV     100 %     0 %
67.
  CCO Ontario Holdings Inc.   Canada   Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada     64 %     0 %
68.
  CCO Ontario Holdings Inc.   Canada   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     36 %     0 %
69.
  Central NY News, Inc.   Washington   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC     100 %     0 %
70.
  China Outdoor Media (HK) Co., Ltd.   Hong Kong   China Outdoor Media Investment, Inc.     100 %     0 %
71.
  China Outdoor Media Investment, Inc.   British Virgin Islands   Clear Media Limited     100 %     0 %
72.
  Christal Radio Sales, Inc.   Delaware   Katz Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
73.
  Cine Guarantors II, Inc.   California   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %
74.
  Cine Guarantors II, Ltd.   Canada   Cine Guarantors II, Inc.     100 %     0 %
75.
  Cine Movile SA de CV   Mexico   Cine Guarantors II, Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
76.
  Cinemobile Systems International NV   Netherlands Antilles   Cine Guarantors II, Inc.     100 %     0 %
77.
  Citi GP, LLC   Delaware   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %
78.
  Citicasters Co.   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
79.
  Citicasters FCC Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %
80.
  Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   Nevada   Citicasters FCC Holdings, Inc.   99% limited partner     0 %
81.
  Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   Nevada   Citi GP, LLC   1% general partner     0 %
82.
  City Lights Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
83.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising (Albert) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
84.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising (S. Australia) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
85.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising (W. Australia) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
86.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
87.
  Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
88.
  Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
89.
  Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
90.
  Clear Channel ACIR Holdings NV   Netherlands Antilles   Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
91.
  Clear Channel Adshel AS   Norway   Clear Channel Norge AS     100 %     0 %
92.
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
93.
  Clear Channel Affitalia SRL   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
94.
  Clear Channel Airport PTE Ltd   Singapore   Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
95.
  Clear Channel Airports of Georgia, Inc.   Georgia   Universal Outdoor, Inc.     70 %     0 %
96.
  Clear Channel Airports of Texas JV   Texas   Universal Outdoor, Inc.     85 %     0 %
97.
  Clear Channel Australia Pty Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
98.
  Clear Channel Aviation, LLC   Delaware   Radio Active Media, Inc.     100 %     0 %
99.
  Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %
100.
  Clear Channel Baltics & Russia Limited   Russia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
101.
  Clear Channel Banners Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
102.
  Clear Channel Belgium SA   Belgium   Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.     97 %     0 %
103.
  Clear Channel Belgium SA   Belgium   Clear Channel More France SA     3 %     0 %
104.
  Clear Channel Brazil Holdco, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Espectaculos SL     100 %     0 %
105.
  Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Peoples, LLC     87 %     0 %
106.
  Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda   Brazil   CC Sao Paulo Participacoes Ltda     13 %     0 %
107.
  Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
108.
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   Nevada   CC Broadcast Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
109.
  Clear Channel Collective Marketing, LLC   Delaware   Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.     100 %     0 %
110.
  Clear Channel Communications India Private Ltd.   India   Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd     97 %     0 %
111.
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   Texas   Clear Channel Capital I, LLC     100 %     100 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
112.
  Clear Channel Company Store, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
113.
  Clear Channel CP III BV   Netherlands   CCO International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
114.
  Clear Channel CP IV BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
115.
  Clear Channel CV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Holdings CV     92.242 %     0 %
116.
  Clear Channel CV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.     7.757 %     0 %
117.
  Clear Channel CV   Netherlands   CC CV LP LLC     0.001 %     0 %
118.
  Clear Channel Danmark AS   Denmark   Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.     100 %     0 %
119.
  Clear Channel Entertainment of Brazil Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Espectaculos SL     100 %     0 %
120.
  Clear Channel Espana SL   Spain   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
121.
  Clear Channel Espectaculos SL   Spain   Clear Channel CP III BV     100 %     0 %
122.
  Clear Channel Estonia OU   Estonia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
123.
  Clear Channel European Holdings SAS   France   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
124.
  Clear Channel Felice GmbH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
125.
  Clear Channel France SA   France   Clear Channel European Holdings SAS     100 %     0 %
126.
  Clear Channel GP, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
127.
  Clear Channel Haidemenos Media Societe Anonyme   Greece   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     51 %     0 %
128.
  Clear Channel Hillenaar BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Netherlands BV     86 %     0 %
129.
  Clear Channel Holding AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel European Holdings SAS     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
130.
  Clear Channel Holding Italia SPA   Italy   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     70 %     0 %
131.
  Clear Channel Holdings CV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.     99.998 %     0 %
132.
  Clear Channel Holdings CV   Netherlands   CCHCV LP LLC     0.002 %     0 %
133.
  Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
134.
  Clear Channel Holdings, Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
135.
  Clear Channel Hong Kong Ltd   Hong Kong   Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.     100 %     0 %
136.
  Clear Channel Identity, L.P.   Texas   CC Identity Holdings, Inc.   99% limited partner     0 %
137.
  Clear Channel Identity, L.P.   Texas   CC Identity GP, LLC   1% general partner     0 %
138.
  Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
139.
  Clear Channel International BV   Netherlands   CCO International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
140.
  Clear Channel International Holdings BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel International BV     100 %     0 %
141.
  Clear Channel Investments, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
142.
  Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
143.
  Clear Channel Italy Outdoor SRL   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
144.
  Clear Channel Japan Inc.   Japan   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     55 %     0 %
145.
  Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA   Italy   Clear Channel Holding Italia SPA     100 %     0 %
146.
  Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV   Netherlands Antilles   Clear Channel CP III BV     100 %     0 %
147.
  Clear Channel LA, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
148.
  Clear Channel Latvia   Latvia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
149.
  Clear Channel Lietuva   Lithuania   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
150.
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Texas   Clear Channel GP, LLC   0.99% general partner     0 %
151.
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Texas   CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.   99.01% limited partner     0 %
152.
  Clear Channel Metra, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     80 %     0 %
153.
  Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
154.
  Clear Channel Mexico, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel ACIR Holdings NV     100 %     0 %
155.
  Clear Channel More France SA   France   Clear Channel European Holdings SAS     100 %     0 %
156.
  Clear Channel Netherlands BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel International BV     100 %     0 %
157.
  Clear Channel NI Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
158.
  Clear Channel Norge AS   Norway   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
159.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Company Canada   Canada   CCO Ontario Holdings Inc.     100 %     0 %
160.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
161.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.     89 %     0 %
162.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Holdings Ltd.     100 %     0 %
163.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico Operaciones, SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     99.09 %     0 %
164.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     93.9 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
165.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV   Mexico   CC Outdoor Spanish Holdings SL     6 %     0 %
166.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico Operaciones, SA de CV     0.1 %     0 %
167.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico Servicios Administrativos,
SA de CV
  Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     98 %     0 %
168.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Servicios Corporativos, SA
de CV
  Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     98 %     0 %
169.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
170.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Spanish Holdings SL   Spain   Clear Channel CV     100 %     0 %
171.
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
172.
  Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
173.
  Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.   Singapore   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
174.
  Clear Channel Peoples, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Espectaculos SL     100 %     0 %
175.
  Clear Channel Plakanda AIDA GmbH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
176.
  Clear Channel Plakanda GmbH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
177.
  Clear Channel Poland Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
178.
  Clear Channel Real Estate, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
179.
  Clear Channel Sales AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %
180.
  Clear Channel Sao Paulo Participacoes Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Peoples, LLC     100 %     0 %
181.
  Clear Channel Satellite Services, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
182.
  Clear Channel Scotland Ltd.   Scotland   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
183.
  Clear Channel Singapore Pte Ltd.   Singapore   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
184.
  Clear Channel Solutions Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
185.
  Clear Channel South Africa Invest. Pty Ltd   South Africa   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
186.
  Clear Channel South America S.A.C.   Peru   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     99.99 %     0 %
187.
  Clear Channel Southwest Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
188.
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC   Delaware   1567 Media LLC     100 %     0 %
189.
  Clear Channel Suomi Oy   Finland   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
190.
  Clear Channel Sverige AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
191.
  Clear Channel Tanitim ve Lierisin A.S.   Turkey   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
192.
  Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
193.
  Clear Channel UK Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
194.
  Clear Channel Wireless, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
195.
  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
196.
  Clear Channel/Interstate Philadelphia, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     51 %     0 %
197.
  Clear Media Limited   Bermuda   Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV     51.79 %     0 %
198.
  Clearmart, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
199.
  Comurben SA   Morocco   Clear Channel Espana SL     59 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
200.
  Concord Media Group, Inc.   Florida   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
201.
  CR Phillips Investments Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
202.
  Critical Mass Media, Inc.   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
203.
  Dauphin Adshel SAS   France   Clear Channel More France SA     100 %     0 %
204.
  Defi Belgique   Belgium   Defi Group SAS     75 %     0 %
205.
  Defi Czecia   Czech Republic   Defi Reklam     100 %     0 %
206.
  Defi Deutschland GmbH   Germany   Defi Group SAS     95 %     0 %
207.
  Defi France SAS   France   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
208.
  Defi Group Asia   Hong Kong   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
209.
  Defi Group SAS   France   Clear Channel European Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
210.
  Defi Italia SPA   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
211.
  Defi Neolux   Portugal   Defi Group SAS     51 %     0 %
212.
  Defi Pologne Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Defi Reklam     100 %     0 %
213.
  Defi Reklam Kft   Hungary   Defi Group SAS     80 %     0 %
214.
  Defi Russie   Russia   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
215.
  Defi Ukraine   Ukraine   Defi Group SAS     51 %     0 %
216.
  Dolis BV   Netherlands   CCO International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
217.
  Eller Holding Company Cayman I   Cayman Islands   Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV     100 %     0 %
218.
  Eller Holding Company Cayman II   Cayman Islands   Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV     100 %     0 %
219.
  Eller Media Asesarris y Comercializacion Publicitaria   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     99.99 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
220.
  Eller Media Asesarris y Comercializacion Publicitaria   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman II     0.01 %     0 %
221.
  Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltd.   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     99.99 %     0 %
222.
  Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltd.   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman II     0.01 %     0 %
223.
  Eltex Investment Corp.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
224.
  Epiclove Ltd   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
225.
  Equipamientos Urbanos - Gallega de Publicidad Y Disseno AIE   Spain   Clear Channel Espana SL     60 %     0 %
226.
  Equipamientos Urbanos de Canarias SA   Spain   Clear Channel Espana SL     55 %     0 %
227.
  Equipamientos Urbanos Del Sur SL   Spain   Clear Channel Espana SL     67 %     0 %
228.
  Exceptional Outdoor, Inc.   Florida   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
229.
  Expoplakat AS   Estonia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
230.
  Foxmark UK Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
231.
  France Bus Publicite   France   France Rail Publicite SA     100 %     0 %
232.
  France Rail Publicite SA   France   Clear Channel France SA     80 %     0 %
233.
  Get Outdoors Florida, LLC   Florida   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
234.
  Giganto Holding Cayman   Cayman Islands   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     100 %     0 %
235.
  Giganto Outdoor SA   Chile   Giganto Holding Cayman     99.99 %     0 %
236.
  Giganto Outdoor SA   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     0.01 %     0 %
237.
  Grosvenor Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
238.
  Hainan Whitehorse Advertising Media Investment Company Ltd.   The Peoples’ Republic of China   China Outdoor Media (HK) Co., Ltd.     80 %     0 %

 


 

                             
    Current Legal Entities           Percent   Percent  
Line   Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged  
239.
  HCA, Inc.   Illinios   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
240.
  Hillenaar Outdoor Advertising BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Hillenaar BV     100 %     0 %
241.
  Hillenaar Services BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Hillenaar BV     100 %     0 %
242.
  Iberdefi (Espagne)   Spain   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
243.
  Idea Piu Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Dolis BV     100 %     0 %
244.
  Illuminated Awning Systems Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
245.
  Immobiliaria Radial SA de CV   Mexico   Jacor Broadcasting Corp.     99.998 %     0 %
246.
  Immobiliaria Radial SA de CV   Mexico   Broadcast Finance, Inc.     0.002 %     0 %
247.
  Infotrak AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
248.
  Interpubli Werbe AG   Switzerland   Plakanda GMBH     100 %     0 %
249.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Australia Pty., Ltd.   Australia   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
250.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Costa Rica, S.A.   Costa Rica   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
251.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Curacao, N.V.   Netherlands Antilles   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
252.
  Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC   Pennsylvania   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
253.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Netherlands Antilles, N.V.   Netherlands Antilles   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
254.
  Interspace Airport Advertising New Zealand Limited   New Zealand   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
255.
  Interspace Airport Advertising West Indies Limited   West Indies   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
256.
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.   Pennsylvania   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
257.
  Interstate Bus Shelter, Inc.   Pennsylvania   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
258.
  Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
259.
  Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   Colorado   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
260.
  Jacor Broadcasting of Denver, Inc.   California   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %
261.
  Jacor Communications Company   Florida   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
262.
  Jacor/Premiere Holding, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
263.
  Katz Communications, Inc.   Delaware   Katz Media Group, Inc.     100 %     0 %
264.
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Operating Inc.     100 %     0 %
265.
  Katz Millennium Sales & Marketing Inc.   Delaware   Katz Media Group, Inc.     100 %     0 %
266.
  Katz Net Radio Sales, Inc.   Delaware   Katz Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
267.
  Klass Advertising SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     81.79 %     0 %
268.
  Klass Rooftop SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     82 %     0 %
269.
  KMS Advertising Ltd   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
270.
  KTZMedia Corporation   Delaware   Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.     100 %     0 %
271.
  KVOS TV, Ltd.   British Columbia   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC     100 %     0 %
272.
  L&C Outdoor Comunicacao Visual Ltda.   Brazil   Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda     100 %     0 %
273.
  Landimat   France   France Rail Publicite SA     99.94 %     0 %
274.
  L’Efficience Publictaire SA   Belgium   Clear Channel Belgium SA     99 %     0 %
275.
  L’Efficience Publictaire SA   Belgium   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     1 %     0 %
276.
  Lubbock Tower Company   Texas   Capstar Radio Operating Company     75 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
277.
  M Street Corporation   Washington   M Street L.L.C.     100 %     0 %
278.
  M Street L.L.C.   Ohio   Broadcast Finance, Inc.     39.94 %     0 %
279.
  M Street L.L.C.   Ohio   Critical Mass Media, Inc.     60.06 %     0 %
280.
  Mars Reklam ve Producksiyon AS   Turkey   Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.     100 %     0 %
281.
  Maurice Stam Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
282.
  Media Monitors, LLC   NY   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
283.
  Media Vehicle BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
284.
  Mensa Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Clear Channel Poland Sp. z o.o.     100 %     0 %
285.
  Metrabus   Belgium   Clear Channel Belgium SA     100 %     0 %
286.
  MG Pubblicita SRL   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
287.
  Ming Wai Holdings Ltd.   British Virgin Islands   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
288.
  Mobiliario Urbano de Nueva Leon SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     98 %     0 %
289.
  More Communications Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
290.
  More Media Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
291.
  More O’Ferrall Adshel Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
292.
  More O’Ferrall Ireland Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
293.
  More O’Ferrall Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
294.
  Morebus Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
295.
  Multimark Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
296.
  Musicpoint International, L.L.C.   Delaware   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
297.
  Nitelites (Ireland) Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
298.
  Nobro, SC   Mexico   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
299.
  Outdoor Advertising BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Hillenaar BV     100 %     0 %
300.
  Outdoor International Holdings BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel CP III BV     100 %     0 %
301.
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
302.
  Outstanding Media I Norge AS   Norway   Clear Channel Norge AS     56 %     0 %
303.
  Outstanding Media I Stockholm AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %
304.
  Overtop Services SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     70 %     0 %
305.
  Panales Napsa S.A.   Peru   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     85 %     0 %
306.
  Parkin Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
307.
  Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
308.
  Phillips Finance Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
309.
  Phillips Neon Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
310.
  Plakanda AWI AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
311.
  Plakanda GMBH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
312.
  Plakanda Management AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
313.
  Plakanda Ofex AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
314.
  Plakatron AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
315.
  Postermobile Advertising Ltd.   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
316.
  Postermobile PLC   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
317.
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor/Premiere Holding, Inc.     100 %     0 %
318.
  Premium Holdings Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
319.
  Premium Outdoor Ltd.   UK   Premium Holdings Ltd.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
320.
  Procom Publicidade via Publica Ltda   Chile   Eller Media Asesarris y Comercializacion Publicitaria     99.99 %     0 %
321.
  Procom Publicidade via Publica Ltda   Chile   Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltd.     0.01 %     0 %
322.
  PTKC Rollerdam BV   Netherlands   Outdoor Advertising BV     95 %     0 %
323.
  PTKC Rollerdam BV   Netherlands   BK Studi BV     5 %     0 %
324.
  Pubbli A SPA   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
325.
  Pubblicita Zangari Ltd.   Italy   Pubbli A SPA     100 %     0 %
326.
  Publicidad Klimes Sao Paulo Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda     100 %     0 %
327.
  Racklight SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     100 %     0 %
328.
  Radio Broadcasting Australia Pty Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
329.
  Radio Computing Services (Africa) Pty Ltd.   South Africa   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
330.
  Radio Computing Services (India) Pvt Ltd.   India   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
331.
  Radio Computing Services (NZ) Ltd.   New Zealand   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
332.
  Radio Computing Services (SEA) Pte Ltd.   Singapore   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
333.
  Radio Computing Services (Thailand) Ltd.   Thailand   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
334.
  Radio Computing Services (UK) Ltd.   UK   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
335.
  Radio Computing Services Canada Ltd.   Canada   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
336.
  Radio Computing Services of Australia Pty Ltd.   Australia   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
337.
  Radio Computing Services, Inc.   New Jersey   CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.     100 %     0 %
338.
  Radio-Active Media, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
339.
  Radio Computing Services (China) Company Ltd.   China   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
340.
  Regentfile Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
341.
  Rockbox Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
342.
  RCS Europe SARL   France   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
343.
  SC Q Panel SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     65 %     0 %
344.
  Shelter Advertising of America, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
345.
  Shelter Advertising Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
346.
  Signways Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
347.
  Simon Outdoor Ltd   Russia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     65 %     0 %
348.
  Sirocco International SAS   France   Dauphin Adshel SAS     100 %     0 %
349.
  Sites International Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
350.
  Street Furnit. (NSW) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
351.
  Taxi Media Holdings Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
352.
  Taxi Media Ltd   UK   Taxi Media Holdings Ltd.     100 %     0 %
353.
  Team Relay Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
354.
  Tebus SAR   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     60 %     0 %
355.
  Terrestrial RF Licensing, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
356.
  The Canton Investment Company Limited   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
357.
  The Kildoon Property Co. Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
358.
  The Media Vehicle Group Limited   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
359.
  The New Research Group, Inc.   Nevada   Critical Mass Media, Inc.     100 %     0 %
360.
  Torpix Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.     67 %     0 %
361.
  Torpix Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     33 %     0 %
362.
  Town & City Posters Advertising Ltd.   UK   Tracemotion Ltd.     100 %     0 %
363.
  Tracemotion Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
364.
  Trainer Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Scotland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
365.
  Universal Outdoor, Inc.   Illinois   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
366.
  Urban Design Furnit. Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
367.
  Vision Posters Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
368.
  Werab Werbung Hugo Wrage GmbH & Co KG   Germany   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
369.
  Westchester Radio, L.L.C.   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company     100 %     0 %
370.
  Williams Display Excellence AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %

 


 

Schedule 5.18
Broadcast Licenses
See attached.

 


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WWPR-FM
  New York, NY     6373     New York, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKTU(FM)
  New York, NY     6595     Lake Success, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WAXQ(FM)
  New York, NY     23004     New York, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WLTW(FM)
  New York, NY     56571     New York, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WHTZ(FM)
  New York, NY     59953     Newark, NJ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2006 (See Notes)
KMCB(TV)
  Eugene, OR (DMA)     35183     Coos Bay, OR   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KTCW(TV)
  Eugene, OR (DMA)     35187     Roseburg, OR   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KMTR(TV)
  Eugene, OR (DMA)     35189     Eugene, OR   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KKFX-CA
  Santa Barbara — Santa Maria- San Luis, CA (DMA)     33870     San Luis Obispo, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KCOY-TV
  Santa Barbara — Santa Maria- San Luis, CA (DMA)     63165     Santa Maria, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KION-TV
  Monterey-Salinas, CA (DMA)     26249     Monterey, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KGET-TV
  Bakersfield, CA (DMA)     34459     Bakersfield, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KTVF(TV)
  Fairbanks, AK (DMA)     49621     Fairbanks, AK   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KBIG-FM
  Los Angeles, CA     6360     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KIIS-FM
  Los Angeles, CA     19218     Los Angeles, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KTLK(AM)
  Los Angeles, CA     19219     Los Angeles, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KOST(FM)
  Los Angeles, CA     34424     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KFI(AM)
  Los Angeles, CA     34425     Los Angeles, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KHHT(FM)
  Los Angeles, CA     35022     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KYSR(FM)
  Los Angeles, CA     36019     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KLAC(AM)
  Los Angeles, CA     59958     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WVAZ(FM)
  Chicago, IL     6588     Oak Park, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WGRB(AM)
  Chicago, IL     51162     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WGCI-FM
  Chicago, IL     51165     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WNUA(FM)
  Chicago, IL     53971     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WLIT-FM
  Chicago, IL     70042     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WKSC-FM
  Chicago, IL     74178     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WVON(AM
  Chicago, IL     87178     Berwyn, IL   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
KIOI(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     34930     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KMEL(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     35121     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KKGN(AM)
  San Francisco, CA     59957     Oakland, CA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KISQ(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     59964     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KNEW(AM)
  San Francisco, CA     59966     Oakland, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013

Page 1 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KYLD(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     59989     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KKSF(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     65484     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KZPS(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     6378     Dallas, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KDGE(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     9620     Fort Worth-Dallas, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KEGL(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     18114     Fort Worth, TX   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KHKS(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     23084     Denton, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KFXR(AM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     25375     Dallas, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KDMX(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     47739     Dallas, TX   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KKRW(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     9625     Houston, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KPRC(AM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     9644     Houston, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KTBZ-FM
  Houston-Galveston, TX     18516     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KBME(AM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     23082     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KLOL(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     35073     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KODA(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     35337     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KTRH(AM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     35674     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KHMX(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     47749     Houston, TX   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
WIOQ(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     20348     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WUSL(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     20349     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WRFF(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     53969     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WISX(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     53973     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WUBA(AM)
  Philadelphia, PA     71315     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WDAS-FM
  Philadelphia, PA     71316     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WWVA-FM
  Atlanta, GA     10698     Canton, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WKLS(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     11275     Atlanta, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WGST(AM)
  Atlanta, GA     29730     Atlanta, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WUBL(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     29735     Atlanta, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WCOH(AM)
  Atlanta, GA     48739     Newnan, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WWLG(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     61142     Peachtree City, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WBZY(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     63406     Bowdon, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WWRC(FM)
  Washington, DC     8681     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WWDC(FM)
  Washington, DC     8682     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WTNT(AM)
  Washington, DC     11846     Bethesda, MD   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WIHT(FM)
  Washington, DC     25080     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WTEM(AM)
  Washington, DC     25105     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011

Page 2 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WBIG-FM
  Washington, DC     54459     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WASH(FM)
  Washington, DC     70933     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WMZQ-FM
  Washington, DC     73305     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WKOX(AM)
  Boston, MA     20441     Framingham, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WXKS(AM)
  Boston, MA     53964     Everett, MA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WXKS-FM
  Boston, MA     53965     Medford, MA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WJMN(FM)
  Boston, MA     53972     Boston, MA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WKQI(FM)
  Detroit, MI     6592     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDTW(AM)
  Detroit, MI     6593     Dearborn, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WNIC(FM)
  Detroit, MI     6594     Dearborn, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WJLB(FM)
  Detroit, MI     59592     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WMXD(FM)
  Detroit, MI     59596     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDTW-FM
  Detroit, MI     59952     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDFN(AM)
  Detroit, MI     59969     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WBGG-FM
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     11965     Fort Lauderdale, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WIOD(AM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     14242     Miami, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WHYI-FM
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     41381     Fort Lauderdale, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WINZ(AM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     51977     Miami, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WLVE(FM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     51978     Miami Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WMGE(FM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     51979     Miami Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WMIB(FM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     67193     Fort Lauderdale, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
KFNK(FM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     3915     Eatonville, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KHHO(AM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     18523     Tacoma, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KNBQ(FM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     33829     Centralia, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KJR-FM
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     48385     Seattle, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KJR(AM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     48386     Seattle, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KUBE(FM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     48387     Seattle, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KMXP(FM)
  Phoenix, AZ     6361     Phoenix, AZ   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KNIX-FM
  Phoenix, AZ     7698     Phoenix, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013

Page 3 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KYOT-FM
  Phoenix, AZ     18648     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KESZ(FM)
  Phoenix, AZ     40992     Phoenix, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KZZP(FM)
  Phoenix, AZ     47742     Mesa, AZ   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KOY(AM)
  Phoenix, AZ     63914     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KFYI(AM)
  Phoenix, AZ     63918     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KGME(AM)
  Phoenix, AZ     65480     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KFXN(AM)
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     10141     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KTCZ-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     10142     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KDWB-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     41967     Richfield, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KQQL(FM)
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     54457     Anoka, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KTLK-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     54458     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KFAN(AM)
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     59961     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KEEY-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     59967     St. Paul, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KIOZ(FM)
  San Diego, CA     13504     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KHTS-FM
  San Diego, CA     20697     El Cajon, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KLSD(AM)
  San Diego, CA     34452     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KGB-FM
  San Diego, CA     34454     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KOGO(AM)
  San Diego, CA     51514     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KMYI(FM)
  San Diego, CA     58821     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KUSS(FM)
  San Diego, CA     67664     Carlsbad, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
WXTB(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     11274     Clearwater, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WHNZ(AM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     23077     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WMTX(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     23078     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WFLA(AM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     29729     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WFLZ-FM
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     29732     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WBTP(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     41382     Clearwater, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFUS(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     63984     Gulfport, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WDAE(AM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     74198     St. Petersburg, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
KLOU(FM)
  St. Louis, MO     9626     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KMJM-FM
  St. Louis, MO     13793     Columbia, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2012
KSD(FM)
  St. Louis, MO     20360     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KATZ-FM
  St. Louis, MO     48958     Alton, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2012
KSLZ(FM)
  St. Louis, MO     48960     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KATZ(AM)
  St. Louis, MO     48968     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WSMJ(FM)
  Baltimore, MD     8684     Baltimore, MD   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
WPOC(FM)
  Baltimore, MD     47747     Baltimore, MD   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
WCAO(AM)
  Baltimore, MD     63777     Baltimore, MD   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
KRFX(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29731     Denver, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013

Page 4 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KOA(AM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29738     Denver, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KBPI(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29739     Denver, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KKZN(AM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29740     Thornton, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KHOW(AM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     48962     Denver, CO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KBCO(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     48966     Boulder, CO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KPTT(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     48967     Denver, CO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KTCL(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     68684     Wheat Ridge, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KEX(AM)
  Portland, OR     11271     Portland, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KKRZ(FM)
  Portland, OR     11280     Portland, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KPOJ(AM)
  Portland, OR     53069     Portland, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KQOL(FM)
  Portland, OR     60640     Vancouver, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KKCW(FM)
  Portland, OR     68210     Beaverton, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
WPGB(FM)
  Pittsburgh, PA     18511     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WDVE(FM)
  Pittsburgh, PA     59588     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WBGG(AM)
  Pittsburgh, PA     59960     Pittsburgh, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WWSW-FM
  Pittsburgh, PA     59968     Pittsburgh, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WXDX-FM
  Pittsburgh, PA     60153     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WKST-FM
  Pittsburgh, PA     65678     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WRFX-FM
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     53970     Kannapolis, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKKT(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     68207     Statesville, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WLYT(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     68211     Hickory, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WEND(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     74074     Salisbury, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WIBT(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     74194     Shelby, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
KTDD(AM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     2399     San Bernardino, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KMYT(FM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     2910     Temecula, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KKDD(AM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     10134     San Bernardino, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KGGI(FM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     10135     Riverside, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KDIF(AM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     27390     Riverside, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KTMQ(FM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     85012     Temecula, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KHYL(FM)
  Sacramento, CA     10144     Auburn, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KFBK(AM)
  Sacramento, CA     10145     Sacramento, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KGBY(FM)
  Sacramento, CA     10146     Sacramento, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KSTE(AM)
  Sacramento, CA     22883     Rancho Cordova, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KJDX(FM)
  Sacramento, CA     60300     Pollock Pines, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WGAR-FM
  Cleveland, OH     47740     Cleveland, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMVX(FM)
  Cleveland, OH     59594     Cleveland, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WTAM(AM)
  Cleveland, OH     59595     Cleveland, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WMJI(FM)
  Cleveland, OH     73268     Cleveland, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMMS(FM)
  Cleveland, OH     73273     Cleveland, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012

Page 5 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WLW(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     29733     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WEBN(FM)
  Cincinnati, OH     29734     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WKRC(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     29737     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WSAI(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     41994     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WCKY(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     51722     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WOFX-FM
  Cincinnati, OH     51725     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WNNF(FM)
  Cincinnati, OH     59593     Cincinnati, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKFS(FM)
  Cincinnati, OH     70866     Milford, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
KAJA(FM)
  San Antonio, TX     11919     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KTKR(AM)
  San Antonio, TX     11945     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
WOAI(AM)
  San Antonio, TX     11952     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KQXT-FM
  San Antonio, TX     11962     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KRPT(FM)
  San Antonio, TX     25904     Devine, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KXXM(FM)
  San Antonio, TX     28668     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KJMY(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     6543     Bountiful, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KODJ(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     48916     Salt Lake City, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KOSY-FM
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     63536     Spanish Fork, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KNRS(AM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     63818     Salt Lake City, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KZHT(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     63820     Salt Lake City, UT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KTMY(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     69555     Centerville, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KPLV(FM)
  Las Vegas, NV     6893     Las Vegas, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KWID(FM)
  Las Vegas, NV     55503     Las Vegas, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KWNR(FM)
  Las Vegas, NV     61527     Henderson, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KSNE-FM
  Las Vegas, NV     71525     Las Vegas, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WXXL(FM)
  Orlando, FL     29569     Tavares, FL   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2012
WFLF(AM)
  Orlando, FL     51970     Pine Hills, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WMGF(FM)
  Orlando, FL     51981     Mount Dora, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WQTM(AM)
  Orlando, FL     51982     Orlando, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTKS-FM
  Orlando, FL     53457     Cocoa Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WRUM(FM)
  Orlando, FL     59976     Orlando, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WQBW(FM)
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     26609     Milwaukee, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WRIT-FM
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     60233     Milwaukee, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012
WOKY(AM)
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     63917     Milwaukee, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012

Page 6 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WMIL-FM
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     63919     Waukesha, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012
WISN(AM)
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     65695     Milwaukee, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WKKV-FM
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     68758     Racine, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012
WTVN(AM)
  Columbus, OH     11269     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCOL-FM
  Columbus, OH     25037     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WYTS(AM)
  Columbus, OH     25038     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WNCI(FM)
  Columbus, OH     47741     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WLZT(FM)
  Columbus, OH     52042     Chillicothe, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WBWR(FM)
  Columbus, OH     64716     Hilliard, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WHJJ(AM)
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     37234     Providence, RI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WWBB(FM)
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     54568     Providence, RI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2014
WHJY(FM)
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     72298     Providence, RI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WSNE-FM
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     74069     Taunton, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WRZX(FM)
  Indianapolis, IN     59589     Indianapolis, IN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WFBQ(FM)
  Indianapolis, IN     59590     Indianapolis, IN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WNDE(AM)
  Indianapolis, IN     59591     Indianapolis, IN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WJCD(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     31123     Windsor, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WOWI(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     69558     Norfolk, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WKUS(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     69570     Norfolk, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WCDG(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     70345     Moyock, NC   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2011
KPEZ(FM)
  Austin, TX     11935     Austin, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KHFI-FM
  Austin, TX     11948     Georgetown, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KASE-FM
  Austin, TX     35849     Austin, TX   Gulf Star Communications, Inc.   8/1/2013
KVET(AM)
  Austin, TX     35850     Austin, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KVET-FM
  Austin, TX     62048     Austin, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WKSL(FM)
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     53596     Burlington, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WDCG(FM)
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     53597     Durham, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WRDU(FM)
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     73936     Wilson, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WRVA-FM
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     74125     Rocky Mount, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WUBT(FM)
  Nashville, TN     34387     Russellville, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WLAC(AM)
  Nashville, TN     34391     Nashville, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WNRQ(FM)
  Nashville, TN     34392     Nashville, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WSIX-FM
  Nashville, TN     59815     Nashville, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WRVW(FM)
  Nashville, TN     59824     Lebanon, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012

Page 7 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WMKS(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     501     Clemmons, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WGBT(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     55754     Eden, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WTQR(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     58392     Winston-Salem, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WMAG(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     73258     High Point, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WVBZ(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     74204     High Point, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKGR(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     1245     Fort Pierce, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WJNO(AM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     1917     West Palm Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WLDI(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     2680     Fort Pierce, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WBZT(AM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     20439     West Palm Beach, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WRLX(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     20442     West Palm Beach, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WZZR(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     36544     Riviera Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WSOL-FM
  Jacksonville, FL     23830     Brunswick, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WQIK-FM
  Jacksonville, FL     29728     Jacksonville, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WFXJ(AM)
  Jacksonville, FL     51973     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WPLA(FM)
  Jacksonville, FL     51974     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WJBT(FM)
  Jacksonville, FL     51975     Callahan, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFKS(FM)
  Jacksonville, FL     67243     Neptune Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
KJYO(FM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     11918     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KTOK(AM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     11925     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KHBZ-FM
  Oklahoma City, OK     11964     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KEBC(AM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     58388     Midwest City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KXXY-FM
  Oklahoma City, OK     58389     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013

Page 8 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KTST(FM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     58390     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KJMS(FM)
  Memphis, TN     35874     Olive Branch, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WHRK(FM)
  Memphis, TN     54916     Memphis, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WREC(AM)
  Memphis, TN     58396     Memphis, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WEGR(FM)
  Memphis, TN     58397     Arlington, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WHAL-FM
  Memphis, TN     58399     Horn Lake, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WDIA(AM)
  Memphis, TN     69569     Memphis, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WPOP(AM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     37232     Hartford, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WKSS(FM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     53384     Hartford-Meriden, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WHCN(FM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     72144     Hartford, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WWYZ(FM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     74205     Waterbury, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WAMZ(FM)
  Louisville, KY     11921     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WHAS(AM)
  Louisville, KY     11934     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WTFX-FM
  Louisville, KY     37753     Clarksville, IN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WQMF(FM)
  Louisville, KY     50763     Jeffersonville, IN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WKRD(AM)
  Louisville, KY     53587     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WLUE(FM)
  Louisville, KY     53593     Louisville, KY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2012
WKJK(AM)
  Louisville, KY     55497     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WZKF(FM)
  Louisville, KY     60706     Salem, IN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WKGS(FM)
  Rochester, NY     3205     Irondequoit, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WVOR(FM)
  Rochester, NY     8505     Canandaigua, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WFXF(FM)
  Rochester, NY     24958     Honeoye Falls, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WCRR(FM)
  Rochester, NY     27580     South Bristol Township, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WHAM(AM)
  Rochester, NY     37545     Rochester, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WDVI(FM)
  Rochester, NY     37546     Rochester, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WHTK(AM)
  Rochester, NY     37549     Rochester, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WQUE-FM
  New Orleans, LA     11915     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WODT(AM)
  New Orleans, LA     11947     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WYLD-FM
  New Orleans, LA     11972     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WRNO-FM
  New Orleans, LA     54890     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012

Page 9 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WNOE-FM
  New Orleans, LA     58394     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WYLD(AM)
  New Orleans, LA     60707     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WRVA(AM)
  Richmond, VA     11914     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WRNL(AM)
  Richmond, VA     11960     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WRXL(FM)
  Richmond, VA     11961     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WRVQ(FM)
  Richmond, VA     11963     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WTVR-FM
  Richmond, VA     54387     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WBTJ(FM)
  Richmond, VA     74168     Richmond, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WMJJ(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     2111     Birmingham, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WERC(AM)
  Birmingham, AL     2112     Birmingham, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WDXB(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     2114     Jasper, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WQEN(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     22997     Trussville, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WENN(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     62278     Hoover, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
KHKZ(FM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     36166     Mercedes, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KQXX-FM
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     36168     Mission, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KBFM(FM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     40777     Edinburg, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KTEX(FM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     64631     Brownsville, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KVNS(AM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     87142     Brownsville, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
WLFJ(AM)
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     4678     Greenville, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WESC-FM
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     4679     Greenville, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WBZT-FM
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     25240     Mauldin, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WMYI(FM)
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     59818     Hendersonville, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WSSL-FM
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     59819     Gray Court, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WGVL(AM)
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     59821     Greenville, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WONE(AM)
  Dayton, OH     1903     Dayton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMMX(FM)
  Dayton, OH     1904     Dayton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WTUE(FM)
  Dayton, OH     1909     Dayton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WLQT(FM)
  Dayton, OH     55500     Kettering, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WIZE(AM)
  Dayton, OH     62208     Springfield, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WETM-TV
  Elmira (Corning), NY (DMA)     60653     Elmira, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WXEG(FM)
  Dayton, OH     67689     Beavercreek, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KOHT(FM)
  Tucson, AZ     8143     Marana, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KXEW(AM)
  Tucson, AZ     8144     South Tucson, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013

Page 10 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KTZR-FM
  Tucson, AZ     24583     Green Valley, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KNST(AM)
  Tucson, AZ     53589     Tucson, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KRQQ(FM)
  Tucson, AZ     53591     Tucson, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KWMT-FM
  Tucson, AZ     53594     Tucson, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KWFM(AM)
  Tucson, AZ     68316     Tucson, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
WOLZ(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     13898     Fort Myers, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WZJZ(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     35213     Port Charlotte, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WCKT(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     55755     Lehigh Acres, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WBTT(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     55756     Naples Park, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTRY-FM
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     8563     Rotterdam, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WGY(AM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     15329     Schenectady, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WRVE(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     15330     Schenectady, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKKF(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     17030     Ballston Spa, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WOFX(AM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     37233     Troy, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WHRL(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     55490     Albany, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WPYX(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     73911     Albany, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
KHVH(AM)
  Honolulu, HI     34591     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KIKI-FM
  Honolulu, HI     34592     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KHBZ(AM)
  Honolulu, HI     40143     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KDNN(FM)
  Honolulu, HI     40144     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KSSK(AM)
  Honolulu, HI     48774     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KSSK-FM
  Honolulu, HI     48775     Waipahu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KUCD(FM)
  Honolulu, HI     48778     Pearl City, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KIZS(FM)
  Tulsa, OK     7669     Collinsville, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KAKC(AM)
  Tulsa, OK     11939     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KMOD-FM
  Tulsa, OK     11957     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KTBT(FM)
  Tulsa, OK     33727     Broken Arrow, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KTBZ(AM)
  Tulsa, OK     68293     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KQLL-FM
  Tulsa, OK     68294     Owassa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KALZ(FM)
  Fresno, CA     2097     Fowler, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KCBL(AM)
  Fresno, CA     9749     Fresno, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013

Page 11 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KRZR(FM)
  Fresno, CA     48776     Hanford, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KHGE(FM)
  Fresno, CA     48777     Fresno, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KRDU(AM)
  Fresno, CA     54559     Dinuba, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KSOF(FM)
  Fresno, CA     54560     Dinuba, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WBFX(FM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     51727     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WTKG(AM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     51729     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WOOD(AM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     73604     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WOOD-FM
  Grand Rapids, MI     73605     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WBCT(FM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     73606     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WAEB(AM)
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     14371     Allentown, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WAEB-FM
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     14372     Allentown, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WZZO(FM)
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     14375     Bethlehem, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WSAN(AM)
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     18233     Allentown, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
KPEK(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     4704     Albuquerque, NM   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KBQI(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     4706     Albuquerque, NM   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KSYU(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     39265     Corrales, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KABQ(AM)
  Albuquerque, NM     65394     Albuquerque, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KZRR(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     68609     Albuquerque, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KHUS(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     163     Bennington, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KGOR(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     26928     Omaha, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KFAB(AM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     26931     Omaha, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KXKT(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     69686     Glenwood, IA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
KQBW(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     71411     Omaha, NE   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
WLTQ-FM
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     3059     Venice, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WDDV(AM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     3060     Venice, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WSDV(AM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     48671     Sarasota, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WCTQ(FM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     48672     Sarasota, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WSRZ-FM
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     48673     Coral Cove, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WTZB(FM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     59127     Englewood, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WHLO(AM)
  Akron, OH     43858     Akron, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WKDD(FM)
  Akron, OH     43863     Canton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WARF(AM)
  Akron, OH     49951     Akron, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WDSD(FM)
  Wilmington, DE     4669     Dover, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WRDX(FM)
  Wilmington, DE     4676     Smyrna, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WWTX(AM)
  Wilmington, DE     14373     Wilmington, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WILM(AM)
  Wilmington, DE     16438     Wilmington, DE   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2014
KTSM-FM
  El Paso, TX     67762     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013

Page 12 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KHEY(AM)
  El Paso, TX     67771     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KPRR(FM)
  El Paso, TX     68688     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KTSM(AM)
  El Paso, TX     69561     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KHEY-FM
  El Paso, TX     69563     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KRAB(FM)
  Bakersfield, CA     17359     Green Acres, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KBFP(AM)
  Bakersfield, CA     28846     Bakersfield, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KDFO(FM)
  Bakersfield, CA     28847     Bakersfield, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KBFP-FM
  Bakersfield, CA     37774     Delano, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KHTY(AM)
  Bakersfield, CA     40868     Bakersfield, CA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KSRY(FM)
  Bakersfield, CA     66228     Tehachapi, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WHP(AM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     15322     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WKBO(AM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     15323     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRVV(FM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     15324     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WTKT(AM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     23463     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WHKF(FM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     23464     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRBT(FM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     54019     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
KQOD(FM)
  Stockton, CA     9134     Stockton, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KMRQ(FM)
  Stockton, CA     12963     Manteca, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KWSX(AM)
  Stockton, CA     32214     Stockton, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
WFMF(FM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     4053     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WJBO(AM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     4054     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WSKR(AM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     37815     Denham Springs, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KRVE(FM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     40866     Brusly, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WYNK-FM
  Baton Rouge, LA     47402     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WPYR(AM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     47403     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KOCN(FM)
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     8082     Pacific Grove, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KPRC-FM
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     8204     Salinas, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KION(AM)
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     26925     Salinas, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KDON-FM
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     26930     Salinas, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KTOM-FM
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     40145     Marina, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WHEN(AM)
  Syracuse, NY     7080     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WPHR-FM
  Syracuse, NY     25018     Auburn, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WSYR(AM)
  Syracuse, NY     48720     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WYYY(FM)
  Syracuse, NY     48725     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WBBS(FM)
  Syracuse, NY     48730     Fulton, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014

Page 13 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WWHT(FM)
  Syracuse, NY     57842     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
KDJE(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     23025     Jacksonville, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KMJX(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     39689     Conway, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KSSN(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     61363     Little Rock, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KHLR(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     61366     Maumelle, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WNNZ(AM)
  Springfield, MA     9736     Westfield, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WRNX(FM)
  Springfield, MA     25906     Amherst, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WPKX(FM)
  Springfield, MA     46965     Enfield, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WHYN(AM)
  Springfield, MA     55757     Springfield, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WHYN-FM
  Springfield, MA     55758     Springfield, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WEZL(FM)
  Charleston, SC     2441     Charleston, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WSCC-FM
  Charleston, SC     31939     Goose Creek, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WXLY(FM)
  Charleston, SC     34163     North Charleston, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WRFQ(FM)
  Charleston, SC     38901     Mount Pleasant, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WLTQ(AM)
  Charleston, SC     73874     Charleston, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WPFX-FM
  Toledo, OH     7821     North Baltimore, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCWA(AM)
  Toledo, OH     19627     Toledo, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WIOT(FM)
  Toledo, OH     19628     Toledo, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WVKS(FM)
  Toledo, OH     48964     Toledo, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WSPD(AM)
  Toledo, OH     62187     Toledo, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WRVF(FM)
  Toledo, OH     62188     Toledo, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WLTY(FM)
  Columbia, SC     4667     Cayce, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WCOS(AM)
  Columbia, SC     4673     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WVOC(AM)
  Columbia, SC     11902     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WXBT(FM)
  Columbia, SC     13589     West Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WNOK(FM)
  Columbia, SC     19472     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WCOS-FM
  Columbia, SC     71290     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
KCCQ(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     2115     Ames, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KASI(AM)
  Des Moines, IA     2116     Ames, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KXNO(AM)
  Des Moines, IA     12964     Des Moines, IA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
KKDM(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     42108     Des Moines, IA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
WHO(AM)
  Des Moines, IA     51331     Des Moines, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KDRB(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     51332     Des Moines, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KPTL(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     69635     Ankeny, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KKZX(FM)
  Spokane, WA     53146     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KPTQ(AM)
  Spokane, WA     53149     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KCDA(FM)
  Spokane, WA     57625     Post Falls, ID   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KISC(FM)
  Spokane, WA     60419     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014

Page 14 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KQNT(AM)
  Spokane, WA     60421     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KIXZ-FM
  Spokane, WA     60422     Opportunity, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
WNTM(AM)
  Mobile, AL     8695     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WMXC(FM)
  Mobile, AL     8696     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRKH(FM)
  Mobile, AL     53142     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WKSJ-FM
  Mobile, AL     53145     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
KVUU(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     35868     Pueblo, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KCCY(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     40847     Pueblo, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KIBT(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     66669     Fountain, CO   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KKLI(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     67187     Widefield, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
WAVW(FM)
  Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL     14376     Stuart, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WZTA(AM)
  Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL     41067     Vero Beach, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WMMB(AM)
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     11408     Melbourne, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WBVD(FM)
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     11409     Melbourne, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WMMV(AM)
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     20371     Cocoa, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WLRQ-FM
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     20372     Cocoa, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
KRBB(FM)
  Wichita, KS     39902     Wichita, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KZCH(FM)
  Wichita, KS     53599     Derby, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KTHR(FM)
  Wichita, KS     53600     Wichita, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KZSN(FM)
  Wichita, KS     61364     Hutchinson, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WXXM(FM)
  Madison, WI     17383     Sun Prairie, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WIBA(AM)
  Madison, WI     17384     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WIBA-FM
  Madison, WI     17385     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WTSO(AM)
  Madison, WI     41973     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WZEE(FM)
  Madison, WI     41980     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WMAD(FM)
  Madison, WI     50055     Sauk City, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
KEZL(AM)
  Visalia-Tulare-Hanford, CA     2096     Visalia, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KBOS-FM
  Visalia-Tulare-Hanford, CA     9748     Tulare, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
WLKT(FM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     29575     Lexington-Fayette, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WXRA(AM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     34246     Georgetown, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WKQQ(FM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     68206     Winchester, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WMXL(FM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     68208     Lexington, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WLAP(AM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     68209     Lexington, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WBUL-FM
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     70192     Lexington, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WUSY(FM)
  Chattanooga, TN     12315     Cleveland, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WLND(FM)
  Chattanooga, TN     72371     Signal Mountain, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WRXR-FM
  Chattanooga, TN     72375     Rossville, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
KFIV(AM)
  Modesto, CA     12959     Modesto, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KJSN(FM)
  Modesto, CA     12960     Modesto, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013

Page 15 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KOSO(FM)
  Modesto, CA     35426     Patterson, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WQRV(FM)
  Huntsville, AL     19456     Meridianville, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WTAK-FM
  Huntsville, AL     25383     Hartselle, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WHOS(AM)
  Huntsville, AL     44023     Decatur, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WDRM(FM)
  Huntsville, AL     44024     Decatur, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WBHP(AM)
  Huntsville, AL     44025     Huntsville, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WKSP(FM)
  Augusta, GA     46966     Aiken, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WPRW-FM
  Augusta, GA     46967     Martinez, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WSGF(AM)
  Augusta, GA     59248     Augusta, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WBBQ-FM
  Augusta, GA     59249     Augusta, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WEKL(FM)
  Augusta, GA     59250     Augusta, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WYNF(AM)
  Augusta, GA     72467     North Augusta, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WSRS(FM)
  Worcester, MA     35225     Worcester, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WTAG(AM)
  Worcester, MA     35230     Worcester, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WLAN-FM
  Lancaster, PA     52259     Lancaster, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WLAN(AM)
  Lancaster, PA     52260     Lancaster, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WAVZ(AM)
  New Haven, CT     11920     New Haven, CT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WKCI-FM
  New Haven, CT     11930     Hamden, CT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WELI(AM)
  New Haven, CT     11933     New Haven, CT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WJJX(FM)
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     36094     Appomattox, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WROV-FM
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     37747     Martinsville, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WJJS(FM)
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     64082     Roanoke, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WYYD(FM)
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     74282     Amherst, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WMYF(AM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     35217     Portsmouth, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WUBB(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     35218     York Center, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WHEB(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     35219     Portsmouth, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WERZ(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     53385     Exeter, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WGIN(AM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     53387     Rochester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WQSO(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     53388     Rochester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WNCD(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     13668     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WNIO(AM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     13669     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKBN(AM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     70519     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMXY(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     73154     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WBBG(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     73309     Niles, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WAKZ(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     74468     Sharpsville, PA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2014
WQJQ(FM)
  Jackson, MS     6482     Kosciusko, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WZRX(AM)
  Jackson, MS     37169     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WSTZ-FM
  Jackson, MS     37177     Vicksburg, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012

Page 16 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WJDX(AM)
  Jackson, MS     59817     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WMSI-FM
  Jackson, MS     59822     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WHLH(FM)
  Jackson, MS     59825     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KXBG(FM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     7693     Cheyenne, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KSME(FM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     17626     Greeley, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KCOL(AM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     68685     Wellington, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KIIX(AM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     68966     Fort Collins, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KPAW(FM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     68976     Fort Collins, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.    
WTKX-FM
  Pensacola, FL     61243     Pensacola, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WYCL(FM)
  Pensacola, FL     63931     Pensacola, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WHOF(FM)
  Canton, OH     73135     North Canton, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WRFY-FM
  Reading, PA     69562     Reading, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRAW(AM)
  Reading, PA     69566     Reading, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
KEZA(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     12702     Fayetteville, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KIGL(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     35014     Seligman, MO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
KKIX(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     48951     Fayetteville, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KMXF(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     48955     Lowell, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KSAB(FM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     33776     Robstown, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KUNO(AM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     33777     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KRYS-FM
  Corpus Christi, TX     55162     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KMXR(FM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     55163     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KKTX(AM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     55166     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KNCN(FM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     67186     Sinton, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WEZF(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     35232     Burlington, VT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCPV(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     36269     Essex, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WXZO(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     36422     Willsboro, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WEAV(AM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     52806     Plattsburgh, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WVTK(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     53613     Port Henry, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
KLVI(AM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     25580     Beaumont, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KYKR(FM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     25581     Beaumont, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KIOC(FM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     33060     Orange, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KKMY(FM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     62239     Orange, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KCOL-FM
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     70443     Groves, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
WRWC(FM)
  Newburgh-Middletown, NY     63525     Ellenville, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
KSWF(FM)
  Springfield, MO     3258     Aurora, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013

Page 17 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KXUS(FM)
  Springfield, MO     16574     Springfield, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
KTOZ-FM
  Springfield, MO     55164     Pleasant Hope, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
KGMY(AM)
  Springfield, MO     63886     Springfield, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
KGBX-FM
  Springfield, MO     63887     Nixa, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
WOSC(FM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     4674     Bethany Beach, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WJDY(AM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     13672     Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WSBY-FM
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     13673     Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WTGM(AM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     28165     Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WOAI-TV
  San Antonio, TX (DMA)     69618     San Antonio, TX   CCB Texas Licenses, LP   6/1/2014
WQHQ(FM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     28166     Ocean City-Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WWFG(FM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     74179     Ocean City, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
KCQQ(FM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     32987     Davenport, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WFXN(AM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     43199     Moline, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KUUL(FM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     43208     East Moline, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KMXG(FM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     60359     Clinton, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WOC(AM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     60360     Davenport, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WLLR-FM
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     60361     Davenport, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WWWW-FM
  Ann Arbor, MI     41080     Ann Arbor, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WLBY(AM)
  Ann Arbor, MI     41081     Saline, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WTKA(AM)
  Ann Arbor, MI     47116     Ann Arbor, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WQKL(FM)
  Ann Arbor, MI     47117     Ann Arbor, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WHLW(FM)
  Montgomery, AL     6655     Luverne, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WZHT(FM)
  Montgomery, AL     8649     Troy, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WWMG(FM)
  Montgomery, AL     8662     Millbrook, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WQYZ(FM)
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     24513     Ocean Springs, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WBUV(FM)
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     29687     Moss Point, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WSYR-TV
  Syracuse, NY (DMA)     73113     Syracuse, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   10/1/2011
WHAM-TV
  Rochester, NY (DMA)     73371     Rochester, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   10/1/2011
WBGH-CA
  Binghamton, NY (DMA)     15569     Binghamton, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   10/1/2011
WWTI(TV)
  Watertown, NY (DMA)     16747     Watertown, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   2/1/2013
WKNN-FM
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     61367     Pascagoula, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WMJY(FM)
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     61368     Biloxi, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WPCH(FM)
  Macon, GA     29128     Gray, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WIBB(AM)
  Macon, GA     41989     Macon, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WQBZ(FM)
  Macon, GA     64641     Fort Valley, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WIBB-FM
  Macon, GA     64652     Fort Valley, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRBV(FM)
  Macon, GA     65043     Warner Robins, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012

Page 18 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WVVM(AM)
  Macon, GA     87110     Dry Branch, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
KLFX(FM)
  Killeen-Temple, TX     60090     Nolanville, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KIIZ-FM
  Killeen-Temple, TX     60802     Killeen, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WTKS(AM)
  Savannah, GA     8589     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WQBT(FM)
  Savannah, GA     8594     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WAEV(FM)
  Savannah, GA     50403     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WSOK(AM)
  Savannah, GA     50406     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WYKZ(FM)
  Savannah, GA     67680     Beaufort, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKEE-FM
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     500     Huntington, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WVHU(FM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     505     Huntington, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WBVB(AM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     507     Coal Grove, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WTCR-FM
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     7983     Huntington, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WTCR(AM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     14377     Kenova, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WAMX(FM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     60450     Milton, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WWNC(AM)
  Asheville, NC     2946     Asheville, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKSF(FM)
  Asheville, NC     2947     Old Fort, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WMXF(AM)
  Asheville, NC     40979     Waynesville, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WQNS(FM)
  Asheville, NC     41008     Waynesville, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WPEK(AM)
  Asheville, NC     41565     Fairview, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WQNQ(FM)
  Asheville, NC     71341     Fletcher, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WRNQ(FM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     17771     Poughkeepsie, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WBWZ(FM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     48615     New Paltz, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WELG(AM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     63528     Ellenville, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WRWD-FM
  Poughkeepsie, NY     70719     Highland, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WPKF(FM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     72380     Poughkeepsie, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKIP(AM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     73163     Poughkeepsie, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WFLA- FM
  Tallahassee, FL     5379     Midway, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WXSR(FM)
  Tallahassee, FL     25022     Quincy, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTNT-FM
  Tallahassee, FL     51590     Tallahassee, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WNLS(AM)
  Tallahassee, FL     51592     Tallahassee, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTLY(FM)
  Tallahassee, FL     61250     Thomasville, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
KYMG(FM)
  Anchorage, AK     12514     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014

Page 19 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KGOT(FM)
  Anchorage, AK     12515     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KENI(AM)
  Anchorage, AK     12516     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KASH-FM
  Anchorage, AK     12958     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KBFX(FM)
  Anchorage, AK     12962     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KTZN(AM)
  Anchorage, AK     12967     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KMAG(FM)
  Fort Smith, AR     22098     Fort Smith, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KYHN(AM)
  Fort Smith, AR     22099     Fort Smith, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KKBD(FM)
  Fort Smith, AR     26909     Sallisaw, OK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KZBB(FM)
  Fort Smith, AR     72715     Poteau, OK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KWHN(AM)
  Fort Smith, AR     87114     Ft. Smith, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WTSJ(AM)
  Lebanon-Rutland-White River Junction, NH-VT     63472     Randolph, VT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCVR-FM
  Lebanon-Rutland-White River Junction, NH-VT     63473     Randolph, VT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WBBI(FM)
  Binghamton, NY     18899     Endwell, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WMXW(FM)
  Binghamton, NY     19624     Vestal, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WENE(AM)
  Binghamton, NY     19625     Endicott, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WMRV-FM
  Binghamton, NY     19626     Endicott, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKGB-FM
  Binghamton, NY     34451     Conklin, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WINR(AM)
  Binghamton, NY     67191     Binghamton, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WHAL(AM)
  Columbus, GA     32383     Phenix City/Columbus, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WVRK(FM)
  Columbus, GA     39457     Columbus, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WAGH(FM)
  Columbus, GA     60656     Smiths, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WSTH-FM
  Columbus, GA     60763     Alexander City, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WDAK(AM)
  Columbus, GA     60764     Columbus, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WGSY(FM)
  Columbus, GA     66668     Phenix City, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WWKZ(FM)
  Tupelo, MS     64364     Okolona, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WKMQ(AM)
  Tupelo, MS     68351     Tupelo, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WESE(FM)
  Tupelo, MS     68352     Baldwyn, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WTUP(AM)
  Tupelo, MS     68353     Tupelo, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WWZD-FM
  Tupelo, MS     68354     New Albany, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WBVV(FM)
  Tupelo, MS     71214     Guntown, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WGIR(AM)
  Manchester, NH     35237     Manchester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WGIR-FM
  Manchester, NH     35240     Manchester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
KWTX(AM)
  Waco, TX     33057     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KBGO(FM)
  Waco, TX     33724     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KWTX-FM
  Waco, TX     35902     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WACO-FM
  Waco, TX     59264     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KXIC(AM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     29075     Iowa City, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KKRQ(FM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     29076     Iowa City, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013

Page 20 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KMJM(AM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     54164     Cedar Rapids, IA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
WMT(AM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     73593     Cedar Rapids, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WMT-FM
  Cedar Rapids, IA     73594     Cedar Rapids, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WLVH(FM)
  Hilton Head, SC     31094     Hardeeville, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WVRZ(FM)
  Sunbury-Selinsgrove-Lewisburg, PA     25751     Mount Carmel, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WBLJ-FM
  Sunbury-Selinsgrove-Lewisburg, PA     47286     Shamokin, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WKSQ(FM)
  Bangor, ME     341     Ellsworth, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WABI(FM)
  Bangor, ME     3670     Bangor, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WWBX(FM)
  Bangor, ME     3671     Bangor, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WVOM(FM)
  Bangor, ME     4092     Howland, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KFLD(AM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     16725     Pasco, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   4/1/2014
KORD-FM
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     16726     Richland, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   4/1/2014
KXRX(FM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     16727     Walla Walla, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KOLW(FM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     51128     Basin City, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KEYW(FM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     68846     Pasco, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
WBFB(FM)
  Bangor, ME     25411     Belfast, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
WTFX(AM)
  Winchester, VA     4668     Winchester, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WFQX(FM)
  Winchester, VA     4675     Front Royal, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WKSI-FM
  Winchester, VA     26998     Stephens City, VA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KUTI(AM)
  Yakima, WA     49722     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KFFM(FM)
  Yakima, WA     49723     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KATS(FM)
  Yakima, WA     64397     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2015
KIT(AM)
  Yakima, WA     64398     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KDBL(FM)
  Yakima, WA     64507     Toppenish, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KQSN(FM)
  Yakima, WA     88006     Naches, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2014
WAZR(FM)
  Winchester, VA     57910     Woodstock, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KBMX(FM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     4588     Proctor, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
KKCB(FM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     49686     Duluth, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
WEBC(AM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     49689     Duluth, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
KLDJ(FM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     53999     Duluth, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
WUSQ-FM
  Winchester, VA     74160     Winchester, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WNSL(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     16784     Laurel, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WEEZ(AM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     16785     Laurel, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WUSW(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     54611     Hattiesburg, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WFOR(AM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     54612     Hattiesburg, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WJKX(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     61116     Ellisville, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WZLD(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     66954     Petal, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KWEB(AM)
  Rochester, MN     35526     Rochester, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2011

Page 21 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KRCH(FM)
  Rochester, MN     35527     Rochester, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
KMFX(AM)
  Rochester, MN     54624     Wabasha, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
KMFX-FM
  Rochester, MN     54635     Lake City, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WACT(AM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     48643     Tuscaloosa, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WRTR(FM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     48645     Brookwood, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WTXT(FM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     68418     Fayette, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WZBQ(FM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     70264     Carrollton, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WMRR(FM)
  Muskegon, MI     24640     Muskegon Heights, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WSNX-FM
  Muskegon, MI     24644     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WMUS(FM)
  Muskegon, MI     25086     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WKBZ(AM)
  Muskegon, MI     25087     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WSHZ(FM)
  Muskegon, MI     70635     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WPAP-FM
  Panama City, FL     61252     Panama City, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFLF-FM
  Panama City, FL     61262     Parker, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WDIZ(AM)
  Panama City, FL     66666     Panama City, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFSY(FM)
  Panama City, FL     66667     Panama City, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WEBZ(FM)
  Panama City, FL     73617     Mexico Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WDDD(AM)
  Marion-Carbondale, IL     122     Johnston City, IL   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
KNFX-FM
  Bryan-College Station, TX     41410     Bryan, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KAGG(FM)
  Bryan-College Station, TX     49944     Madisonville, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KVJM(FM)
  Bryan-College Station, TX     52835     Hearne, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KKYS(FM)
  Bryan-College Station, TX     54903     Bryan, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
WBIZ(AM)
  Eau Claire, WI     2107     Eau Claire, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WBIZ-FM
  Eau Claire, WI     2108     Eau Claire, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
KEZJ-FM
  Twin Falls (Sun Valley), ID     3403     Twin Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
KLIX(AM)
  Twin Falls (Sun Valley), ID     3404     Twin Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
KLIX-FM
  Twin Falls (Sun Valley), ID     3407     Twin Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WQRB(FM)
  Eau Claire, WI     5870     Bloomer, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WATQ(FM)
  Eau Claire, WI     36357     Chetek, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WMEQ-FM
  Eau Claire, WI     52473     Menomonie, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WNNJ-FM
  Sussex, NJ     25413     Newton, NJ   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WSUS(FM)
  Sussex, NJ     74077     Franklin, NJ   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
KDZA-FM
  Pueblo, CO     40848     Pueblo, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
KCSJ(AM)
  Pueblo, CO     53846     Pueblo, CO   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2012
KGHF(AM)
  Pueblo, CO     53850     Pueblo, CO   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013

Page 22 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WWVA(AM)
  Wheeling, WV     44046     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WOVK(FM)
  Wheeling, WV     44048     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WVKF(FM)
  Wheeling, WV     50150     Shadyside, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WEGW(FM)
  Wheeling, WV     72173     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WBBD(AM)
  Wheeling, WV     73192     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WKWK-FM
  Wheeling, WV     73193     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WZRX-FM
  Lima, OH     8061     Fort Shawnee, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WIMT(FM)
  Lima, OH     37497     Lima, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WIMA(FM)
  Lima, OH     37498     Lima, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WMLX(FM)
  Lima, OH     37499     St. Marys, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WLWD(FM)
  Lima, OH     40714     Columbus Grove, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDMX(FM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     4756     Vienna, WV   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WLTP(AM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     55182     Marietta, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WNUS(FM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     67465     Belpre, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WRVB(FM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     68306     Marietta, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WHNK(AM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     73353     Parkersburg, WV   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WBCK(AM)
  Battle Creek, MI     37459     Battle Creek, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WBCK-FM
  Battle Creek, MI     37461     Battle Creek, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WBXX(FM)
  Battle Creek, MI     37463     Marshall, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WTOS-FM
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     46352     Skowhegan, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WFAU(AM)
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     68296     Gardiner, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WABK-FM
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     68297     Gardiner, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WKCG(FM)
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     68660     Augusta, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WJIZ-FM
  Albany, GA     6616     Albany, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WJYZ(AM)
  Albany, GA     6617     Albany, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRAK-FM
  Albany, GA     52402     Bainbridge, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WOBB(FM)
  Albany, GA     74182     Tifton, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WMRZ(FM)
  Albany, GA     88542     Dawson, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRAK(AM)
  Williamsport, PA     15325     Williamsport, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WKSB(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     15326     Williamsport, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRKK(AM)
  Williamsport, PA     49265     Hughesville, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WVRT(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     58313     Mill Hall, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
KWSL(AM)
  Sioux City, IA     8769     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
KMHK(FM)
  Billings, MT     1315     Hardin, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KBUL(AM)
  Billings, MT     16772     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KCTR-FM
  Billings, MT     16773     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KKBR(FM)
  Billings, MT     16774     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012

Page 23 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KBBB(FM)
  Billings, MT     35370     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KGLI(FM)
  Sioux City, IA     8771     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
KUCW(TV)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT (DMA)     1136     Ogden, UT   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2011
KMNS(AM)
  Sioux City, IA     10775     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
KSFT-FM
  Sioux City, IA     10776     South Sioux City, NE   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2013
KSEZ(FM)
  Sioux City, IA     10777     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
WKCY-FM
  Harrisonburg, VA     41811     Harrisonburg, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
KTVX(TV)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT (DMA)     68889     Salt Lake City, UT   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
WKCY(AM)
  Harrisonburg, VA     41815     Harrisonburg, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WACL(FM)
  Harrisonburg, VA     63491     Elkton, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WPTY-TV
  Memphis, TN (DMA)     11907     Memphis, TN   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
KQDY(FM)
  Bismarck, ND     2204     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KBMR(AM)
  Bismarck, ND     2207     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KSSS(FM)
  Bismarck, ND     2210     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KXMR(AM)
  Bismarck, ND     2211     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KYYY(FM)
  Bismarck, ND     41424     Bismarck, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KFYR(AM)
  Bismarck, ND     41426     Bismarck, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
WGSQ(FM)
  Cookeville, TN     13819     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WPTN(AM)
  Cookeville, TN     13820     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WHUB(AM)
  Cookeville, TN     70514     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WGIC(FM)
  Cookeville, TN     72329     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
KQHT(FM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     9657     Crookston, MN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KKXL(AM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     20324     Grand Forks, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KKXL-FM
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     20325     Grand Forks, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KJKJ(FM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     35012     Grand Forks, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KSNR(FM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     73625     Thief River Falls, MN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KIYS(FM)
  Jonesboro, AR     51855     Jonesboro, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KOLZ(FM)
  Cheyenne, WY     30225     Cheyenne, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WAWS(TV)
  Jacksonville, FL (DMA)     11909     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
WTEV-TV
  Jacksonville, FL (DMA)     35576     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2011
WEOW(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     11194     Key West, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WAIL(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     31637     Key West, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFKZ(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     34356     Plantation Key, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012

Page 24 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WCTH(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     60910     Plantation Key, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WYHL(AM)
  Meridian, MS     7064     Meridian, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WJDQ(FM)
  Meridian, MS     7065     Marion, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WMSO(FM)
  Meridian, MS     7067     Meridian, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KASN(TV)
  Little Rock — Pine Bluff, AR (DMA)     41212     Pine Bluff, AR   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
WZKS(FM)
  Meridian, MS     17357     Union, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WHTU(FM)
  Meridian, MS     48780     Newton, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WGMZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     2465     Glencoe, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WNCO-FM
  Outside All Markets     2925     Ashland, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KCGY(FM)
  Cheyenne, WY     14753     Laramie, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
KGAB(AM)
  Cheyenne, WY     30224     Orchard Valley, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
WNCO(AM)
  Outside All Markets     2926     Ashland, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KIGN(FM)
  Cheyenne, WY     56234     Burns, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
WSMT(AM)
  Outside All Markets     3336     Sparta, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
KOKI-TV
  Tulsa, OK (DMA)     11910     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KMYT-TV
  Tulsa, OK (DMA)     54420     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WPMI-TV
  Mobile, AL — Pensacola, FL (DMA)     11906     Mobile, AL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WRKK-FM
  Outside All Markets     3337     Sparta, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WTZX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     3341     Sparta, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WJTC(TV)
  Mobile, AL — Pensacola, FL (DMA)     41210     Pensacola, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WCME(FM)
  Outside All Markets     4090     Boothbay Harbor, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WDOV(AM)
  Outside All Markets     4670     Dover, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KMGW(FM)
  Casper, WY     7360     Casper, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KTWO(AM)
  Casper, WY     11924     Casper, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KWYY(FM)
  Casper, WY     26300     Casper, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KTRS-FM
  Casper, WY     26301     Casper, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KKTL(AM)
  Casper, WY     86873     Casper, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2012
KRVK(FM)
  Casper, WY     88406     Midwest, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KZPR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     9675     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WSVO(FM)
  Outside All Markets     11665     Staunton, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011

Page 25 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WKDW(AM)
  Outside All Markets     11666     Staunton, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KIAK-FM
  Outside All Markets     12517     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KFBX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     12518     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KAKQ-FM
  Outside All Markets     12519     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KOCW(TV)
  Wichita-Hutchinson Plus, KS (DMA)     83181     Hoisington, KS   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KAAS-TV
  Wichita-Hutchinson Plus, KS (DMA)     11912     Salina, KS   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KLYQ(AM)
  Outside All Markets     4699     Hamilton, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2013
KBAZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     4700     Hamilton, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2013
KLLP(FM)
  Outside All Markets     8413     Chubbuck, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WBMC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     14734     McMinnville, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WKZP(FM)
  Outside All Markets     14735     McMinnville, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KIZZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     15968     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KTRA-FM
  Outside All Markets     16827     Farmington, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WAKI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     17758     McMinnville, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
WTRZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     17759     Spencer, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WLEC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     19705     Sandusky, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCPZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     19706     Sandusky, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKEQ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     21624     Somerset, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WSFC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     21626     Somerset, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WAAX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     22996     Gadsden, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WMRE(AM)
  Outside All Markets     27003     Charlestown, WV   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WIGY(FM)
  Outside All Markets     28684     Madison, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCCF(AM)
  Outside All Markets     28897     Punta Gorda, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WIKX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     28899     Charlotte Harbor, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
KDAG(FM)
  Outside All Markets     29519     Farmington, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KID(AM)
  Outside All Markets     22194     Idaho Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KID-FM
  Outside All Markets     22195     Idaho Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KCQL(AM)
  Outside All Markets     29520     Aztec, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KMMS(AM)
  Outside All Markets     24170     Bozeman, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2012
KMMS-FM
  Outside All Markets     24171     Bozeman, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2012
KISN(FM)
  Outside All Markets     24172     Belgrade, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2012
KOWB(AM)
  Outside All Markets     24700     Laramie, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2012
KKFG(FM)
  Outside All Markets     29521     Bloomfield, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WXXF(FM)
  Outside All Markets     33066     Loudonville, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KMXA-FM
  Outside All Markets     34996     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
WKII(AM)
  Outside All Markets     35214     Solana, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WSFE(AM)
  Outside All Markets     37024     Burnside, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012

Page 26 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WSEK(FM)
  Outside All Markets     37027     Burnside, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WMGP(FM)
  Outside All Markets     39619     Hogansville, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
KPKY (FM)
  Outside All Markets     30246     Pocatello, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KXLB(FM)
  Outside All Markets     30566     Livingston, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   4/1/2013
WVCC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     39620     Hogansville, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WFXN-FM
  Outside All Markets     39730     Galion, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WMRN(AM)
  Outside All Markets     40169     Marion, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KWIK(AM)
  Outside All Markets     35885     Pocatello, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WRXS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40170     Marion, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WONW(AM)
  Outside All Markets     40710     Defiance, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KPRK(AM)
  Outside All Markets     37816     Livingston, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2012
KGRS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     39267     Burlington, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KBUR(AM)
  Outside All Markets     39268     Burlington, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WZOM(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40711     Defiance, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WNDH(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40713     Napoleon, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KFMQ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40806     Gallup, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WQSS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     41104     Camden, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
KMCX-FM
  Outside All Markets     42075     Ogallala, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WJKT(TV)
  Jackson, TN (DMA)     68519     Jackson, TN   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WBYL(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     49267     Salladasburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
KVVS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     49950     Rosamond, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KOGA(AM)
  Outside All Markets     50065     Ogallala, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KOGA-FM
  Outside All Markets     50066     Ogallala, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WXXR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     50121     Fredericktown, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
WBEX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     52041     Chillicothe, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMEQ(AM)
  Outside All Markets     52474     Menomonie, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
KYYX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     55680     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KCJB(AM)
  Outside All Markets     55681     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KNFX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     56811     Austin, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WRKD(AM)
  Outside All Markets     57300     Rockland, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WMCM(FM)
  Outside All Markets     57301     Rockland, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCHO-FM
  Outside All Markets     57354     Washington Court House, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCHO(AM)
  Outside All Markets     57355     Washington Ct. House, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KCAD(FM)
  Outside All Markets     57740     Dickinson, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KZRX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     57741     Dickinson, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
WMJK(FM)
  Outside All Markets     58344     Clyde, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMRN-FM
  Outside All Markets     59282     Marion, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012

Page 27 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KGLX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     60596     Gallup, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WLKE(FM)
  Outside All Markets     62289     Bar Harbor, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WCTW(FM)
  Outside All Markets     63527     Catskill, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WHUC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     63531     Hudson, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WZCR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     63532     Hudson, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WSRW(AM)
  Outside All Markets     65700     Hillsboro, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WSRW-FM
  Outside All Markets     65701     Hillsboro, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KTPI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     66229     Mojave, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WSWR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     66247     Shelby, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KSAS-TV
  Wichita-Hutchinson Plus, KS (DMA)     11911     Wichita, KS   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2012
KBKB-FM
  Outside All Markets     64564     Fort Madison, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KBKB(AM)
  Outside All Markets     64567     Fort Madison, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2014
WBYL(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     49267     Salladasburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2014
KFXR-FM
  Outside All Markets     66816     Chinle, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
WMAN(AM)
  Outside All Markets     67609     Mansfield, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WYHT(FM)
  Outside All Markets     67611     Mansfield, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WYNT(FM)
  Outside All Markets     68681     Caledonia, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KKED(FM)
  Outside All Markets     69120     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
WCKY-FM
  Outside All Markets     70526     Tiffin, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KSEN(AM)
  Outside All Markets     67655     Shelby, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   6/1/2014
KZIN-FM
  Outside All Markets     68295     Shelby, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2013
WTTF(AM)
  Outside All Markets     70527     Tiffin, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKCI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     70862     Waynesboro, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WCVU(FM)
  Outside All Markets     71594     Solana, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KLTC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     71870     Dickinson, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
WLLK-FM
  Outside All Markets     72780     Somerset, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WDFM-LP
  Outside All Markets     73389     Defiance, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KGVO(AM)
  Outside All Markets     71751     Missoula, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2014
KMPT(AM)
  Outside All Markets     71754     East Missoula, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2012
KYSS-FM
  Outside All Markets     71759     Missoula, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp    
WDFM(FM)
  Outside All Markets     73393     Defiance, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KZMY(FM)
  Outside All Markets     72722     Bozeman, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2012
WKKJ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     74224     Chillicothe, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WCHI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     74225     Chillicothe, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2012
KXTC(FM)
  Outside All Markets     74310     Thoreau, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KAZX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     76749     Kirtland, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WBCG(FM)
  Outside All Markets     82071     Murdock, FL   Concord Media Group, Inc.   2/1/2012

Page 28 of 29


 

     
Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KPHT(FM)
  Outside All Markets     87658     Rocky Ford, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KENR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     88404     Superior, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KKSY(FM)
  Outside All Markets     162475     Anamosa, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
Notes:
KKSY(FM), Anamosa, IA, has a pending application for its initial license.
WHTZ(FM), Newark, New Jersey, has a timely filed pending application for renewal of its license.

Page 29 of 29


 

Schedule 6.11(h)
Post-Closing Collateral
None.

 


 

Schedule 7.01(b)
Existing Liens
None.

 


 

Schedule 7.02(g)
Existing Investments
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.’s interest in the Aloha Station Trust, pursuant to the Trust Agreement, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Aloha Station Trust LLC.
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated October 16 th , 2007 between Clear Channel International B.V. and Clear Media Limited in the amount of HK $350,000,000
Equity Investments (listed by Loan Party):
AMFM Texas Broadcasting LP. –
  (1)   Investment in 33.33% of Senior Tower Group
AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.–
  (1)   Investment in 25% of FM Broadcasters, LLC
Capstar Radio Operating Company–
  (1)   Investment in Muzak Holdings L.L.C.
  (2)   Investment in 75% of Lubbock Tower Co. (a Texas corporation)
Citicasters Co.-
  (1)   Investment in 16.66% of The Turp Company
  (2)   Investment in 11.11% of Senior Road Tower Group
  (3)   Investment in 16.66% of The Plura Services Company
Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. –
  (1)   Investment in ARN Holdings Pty Ltd (an Australia corporation) which holds an investment in 50% of Australian Radio Network Pty Ltd. (an Australia corporation) and its subsidiaries
 
  (2)   Investment in 3.14% of San Antonio Spurs LLC
 
  (3)   Investment in 33.33% of Osage Towers Associates II
 
  (4)   Investments in 14.79% Quetzal/J.P. Morgan Partners LP
 
  (5)   Investment in 50% of Austin Tower Company
 
  (6)   Investment in 50% Oklahoma City Tower Company
 
  (7)   Investment in 13.57% of Capital Region Broadcasters, LLC
 
  (8)   Investment in 33.33% of Tower FM Consortium, LLC
 
  (9)   Investment in 200,000 shares of Radio Data Group
Clear Channel Investments, Inc. –
  (1)   Investment in 2,920,700 shares of American Tower Corporation
  (2)   Investment in 8,329,877 shares of XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc.
  (3)   Investment in USA Digital Radio, Inc.

 


 

Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.-
  (1)   Investment in Clear Channel Acir Holdings N.V. (a Dutch Antilles corporation) which holds an indirect 40% investment in Grupo Acir Comunicaciones, S.A. de C.V. (a Mexico corporation) and its subsidiaries
Clear Channel Holdings, Inc. –
  (1)   Investment in 89% of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation)
Critical Mass Media, Inc.
  (1)   Investment in 40% of Duncan’s American Radio, LLC
Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.
  (1)   Investment in 0.96% of Colorado Rockies Baseball Club

 


 

Schedule 7.03(b)
Existing Indebtedness
Multi-Option Facility Agreement dated December 25 th , 2005 between Adshel Street Furniture Pty Limited and Adshel New Zealand Limited (each a borrower and guarantor) and National Australia Bank Limited in the amount of A $24,700,000 (“Tranche A Commitment”) and NZ $27,500,000 (“Tranche B Commitment”)
Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated September 19 th , 2007 between Clear Channel Outdoor Company Canada, the Bank of Montreal and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. in the amount of CDN $35,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated October 16 th , 2007 between Clear Channel International B.V. and Clear Media Limited in the amount of HK $350,000,000
Overdraft facility dated January 7 th , 2008 between Barclays Bank PLC, Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd. and Clear Channel U.K. Ltd. with the Gross Facility Limit of GBP 20,000,000.
HK $90,000,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2009 issued by Clear Media Limited
Loan Agreement dated September 27 th , 2007 between Adshel Street Furniture Pty Limited and Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Limited in the amount of A $7,383,150
Loan Agreement dated September 27 th , 2007 between Adshel Street Furniture Pty Limited and Biffen Pty Limited in the amount of A $7,382,573
Overdraft facility dated March 22 nd , 2007 between Cassa di Risparmio di Padova e Rovigo S.p.A. and Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita S.p.A.
Overdraft facility dated March 7 th , 2008 between Credit Industriel et Commercial and Clear Channel France in the amount of EUR 5,000,000
Overdraft facility dated March 21 st , 2006 between Banca Antoniana Popolare Veneta S.p.A. and Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita S.p.A.
Lease Agreement dated August 27 th , 1998 by and between DON JACOBS REVOCABLE TRUST Agreement dated January 10 th , 1994, and DON JACOBS, JR. and Jacor Broadcasting of Lexington, Inc.
Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated August 15 th , 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and Joseph Cubiero and Victoria S. Cuberio in the amount of $2,250,000
Overdraft facility dated July 27 th , 2007 between Banca Antonveneta and Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita S.p.A.

 


 

Promissory Note dated October 30 th , 1997 between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Hagerman Construction Corporation in the amount of $700,000
Lease Agreement dated February 18 th , 2003 between WHEELS LT and Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
Promissory Note dated March 1 st , 1999 between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and United Outdoor Advertising, Inc. in the amount of $464,000
Promissory Note dated October 16 th , 2000 between Eller Media Company and Robert L. Hopkins, individually and doing business as Hopkins Outdoor Advertising; Terry B. Kafka, individually and doing business as Impact Outdoor Advertising Company; and Impact Outdoor Advertising Company, Inc. in the amount of $225,000
Letters of Credit:
                     
Applicant   Beneficiary   USD Amount   Issuer   Reference   Exp. Date
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Fairbanks International Airport    10,000   Wachovia   SM209565   8/1/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Panama City – Bay County Airport   25,000   Wachovia   SM214599   7/15/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Metropolitan Knoxville Airport   37,500   Wachovia   SM212354   3/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Shreveport Airport Authority   50,000   Wachovia   SM203653   6/11/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Sacramento Intl Airport   561,445   Wachovia   SM210429   10/11/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Spokane Airport Board   32,000   Wachovia   406094   7/15/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  City of Pensacola   40,000   Wachovia   SM416738   4/30/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  General Mitchell Airport   70,000   Wachovia   517519   9/1/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Palm Beach County Dept of Airports   75,000   Wachovia   405029   12/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Port of Portland   100,000   Wachovia   SM413131   3/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Broward County, Fort Lauderdale   500,000   Wachovia   405264   6/30/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Princess Juliana Intl Airport   50,000   Wachovia   SM202761   4/9/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  MBJ Airports Limited   87,500   Wachovia   SM217914   1/30/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Bank of New Zealand   35,000   Wachovia   SM218556   2/22/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  City of San Jose   2,287,500   Wachovia   SM227049   8/1/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Edmonton Intl Airport   10,267   Wachovia   518546   12/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Halifax Intl Airport   47,227   Wachovia   406324   10/01/08

 


 

                     
Applicant   Beneficiary   USD Amount   Issuer   Reference   Exp. Date
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Ottawa Macdonald – Cartier   61,601   Wachovia   405399   10/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Port of Oakland   51,255   Wachovia   517506   03/01/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Broward County, Fort Lauderdale   500,000   Wachovia   SM229469   12/31/08

 


 

Schedule 7.05(o)
Specified Dispositions
Disposition of the whole or part of the real property located in the United Kingdom and known as “Land lying on the south east side of West Cromwell Road, London” registered at the Land Registry with title number BGL45344.
Disposition of any equity interest in Clear Channel South Africa Investments (Proprietary) Limited. To the extent the proceeds from such disposition, expected to be 39 million ordinary shares of Independent News & Media PLC, consist of non-cash, such proceeds shall be deemed to be part of this schedule.
Disposition of equity interest in Clear Channel Acir Holdings N.V. (a Dutch Antilles corporation) which holds an indirect 40% investment in Grupo Acir Comunicaciones, S.A. de C.V. (a Mexico corporation) and its subsidiaries.
Dispositions of Stock of XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. and American Tower Corp. held by Clear Channel Investments, Inc. (and any related derivative contracts)
Dispositions of Broadcast Stations operating under call signs WTEM, WTNT, and WWRC (and any prepaid variable forward contract relating thereto).

 


 

Schedule 7.05(p)
Other Specified Dispositions
Disposition of any and all assets of the [**].


 

Schedule 7.08
Transactions with Affiliates
Voting agreement dated as of May 26, 2007, among B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., Highfields Capital I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Highfields Capital II LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Highfields Capital III LP, an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, B.W.I., and Highfields Capital Management LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 


 

Schedule 7.09
Existing Restrictions
Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note in the amount of $2,500,000,000, dated as of August 2, 2005 made by Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. subsequently endorsed to Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as amended on August 2, 2005.
Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (with The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as current trustee), as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 2003, as further supplemented by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, as further supplemented by the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 21, 2003, as further supplemented by the Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 20, 2004, as further supplemented by the Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 22, 2004, as further supplemented by the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 16, 2004, as further supplemented by the Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 2006 and as further supplemented by the Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 15, 2006, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
Indenture dated as of November 17, 1998 among AMFM Operating Inc. (formerly known as Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles), the guarantors thereto, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 1999, as further supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 19, 1999 and as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 18, 2000, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 


 

Schedule 10.02
Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender
Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender
Citigroup Global Loans
2 Penns Way, Suite 100
New Castle, DE 19720
Attn: Sonja Gore
Tel: 302-894-6107
Fax: 212-994-0849
E-mail: sonja.gore@citi.com
L/C Issuers
Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer
Citigroup Global Loans
2 Penns Way, Suite 100
New Castle, DE 19720
Attn: Sonja Gore
Tel: 302-894-6107
Fax: 212-994-0849
E-mail: sonja.gore@citi.com
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as L/C Issuer
60 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Charles Ferris
Tel: 212-250-1214
Fax: 212-797-0403
E-mail: charles.ferris@db.com
Holdings
Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02199
Attn: John Connaughton
Tel:
Fax:
and

 


 

Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal St.
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: Scott Sperling
Tel:
Fax:
With a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Steven R. Rutkovsky
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Jay J. Kim
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:
The Borrowers and the Other Loan Parties (other than Holdings)
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Website: www.clearchannel.com
Attn: Brian Coleman
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:
With a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Steven R. Rutkovsky
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:

 


 

Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Jay J. Kim
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF]
COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE
         
To:
  Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent    
 
  Citigroup Global Loans    
 
  2 Penns Way, Suite 100    
 
  New Castle, DE 19720    
 
  Attention: [   ]
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement to be dated on or before May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowe-rs, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited lia-bility company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
[The Parent Borrower] [[Each of the] [The] undersigned Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower[s]] [Each of the Borrowers] hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement that it hereby requests (select one):
  o   A Borrowing of new Loans
 
  o   A conversion of Loans
 
  o   A continuation of Loans
to be made on the terms set forth below:

 


 

         
(A)
  Class of Borrowing 1    
 
       
 
       
(B)
  Date of Borrowing, conversion or continuation (which is a Business Day)    
 
       
(C)
  Principal amount 2    
 
       
 
       
(D)
  Type of Loan 3    
 
       
 
       
(E)
  Interest Period 4    
 
       
 
       
(F)
  Currency of Loan    
 
       
          [[The Parent Borrower] [[Each of the] [The] undersigned Foreign Subsidiary Re-volving Borrower[s]] [Each of the Borrowers] hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lending specified in Section[s] [4.02(a)] 5 [and (b)(i)] 6 [and (b)(ii)] 7 of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied as of the date of Borrowing set forth above.] 8
 
1   With respect to the Parent Borrower, Tranche A Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Tranche C Term Loan, Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan, Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan, Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing or Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing. With respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing only.
 
2   Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 (and any amount in excess of $1,000,000 shall be an integral multiple of $500,000), in each case, or the Alternative Currency Equivalent thereof. Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 (and any amount in excess of $500,000 shall be an integral multiple of $100,000), in each case, or the Alternative Currency Equivalent thereof.
 
3   Specify Eurocurrency or Base Rate. Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans (other than an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars) must be Eurocurrency.
 
4   Applicable for Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings/Loans only and until 6 months after the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent) cannot be in excess of one (1) month.
 
5     Inapplicable for Borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans only.
 
6     Inapplicable for the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date and for borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans.
 
7     Applicable for Borrowings of Delayed Draw Term Loans only.
 
8     Applicable for Borrowings of new Loans only.

A - 2


 

          [The above request has been made to the Administrative Agent by telephone at (212) [     ]].

A - 3


 

         
  [CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,]


[[                  ], as a
Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrower,]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Committed Loan Notice]

 


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF]
SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE
         
To:
  Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent    
 
  Citigroup Global Loans    
 
  2 Penns Way, Suite 100    
 
  New Castle, DE 19720    
 
  Attention: [   ]
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Re-volving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citi-bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
          The undersigned hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement that the Parent Borrower requests a Swing Line Borrowing under the Credit Agree-ment with the terms set forth below:
         
(A)
  Principal amount to be borrowed 1    
 
       
 
       
(B)
  Date of Borrowing (which is a Business Day)    
 
       
          The Parent Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lend-ing specified in Section[s] 4.02(a) [and (b)(i)] 2 of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied as of the date of Borrowing set forth above.
 
1   Shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000).
 
2     Inapplicable for the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date.

 


 

The above request has been made to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent by telephone at (212) [           ].

B - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Swing Line Loan Notice]

 


 

Exhibit C-1
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
TRANCHE A TERM LOAN NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the " Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning as-signed to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and res-tated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to Tranche A Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Tranche A Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue prin-cipal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights he-reunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a nota-tion or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Tranche A Term Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-1 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Tranche A Term Loan Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

Exhibit C-2
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
TRANCHE B TERM LOAN NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the " Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to Tranche B Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Tranche B Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Tranche B Term Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-2 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Tranche B Term Loan Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

Exhibit C-3
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
TRANCHE C TERM LOAN NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the " Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to Tranche C Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Tranche C Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Tranche C Term Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-3 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Tranche C Term Loan Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

Exhibit C-4
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
DELAYED DRAW 1 TERM LOAN NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the lesser of (i) the principal amount set forth above and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount, if any, of all Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-4 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Delayed Draw 1 Term Loan Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

Exhibit C-5
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
DELAYED DRAW 2 TERM LOAN NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the lesser of (i) the principal amount set forth above and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount, if any, of all Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(v) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-5 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Delayed Draw 2 Term Loan Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

Exhibit C-6
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
DOLLAR REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the relevant Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (A) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the lesser of (i) the principal amount set forth above and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and (B) interest from the date hereof on the principal amount from time to time outstanding on each such Dollar Revolving Credit Loan at the rate or rates per annum and payable on such dates as provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at a rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Dollar Revolving Credit Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-6 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Dollar Revolving Credit Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

Exhibit C-7
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
ALTERNATIVE CURRENCY REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in immediately available funds of Dollars or the Alternative Currencies called for by the Credit Agreement at the relevant Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (A) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the lesser of (i) the principal amount set forth above and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and (B) interest from the date hereof on the principal amount from time to time outstanding on each such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan at the rate or rates per annum and payable on such dates as provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at a rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Parent Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-7 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                     
                    Name of
            Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation
 
                   

 


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF]
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers and the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Section 6.02(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower, certifies as follows:
  [1.   Pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower [has][is] deliver[ed][ing] to the Administrative Agent [by attachment hereto] (i) the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of [insert fiscal year], and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and not subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year. Also delivered [by attachment hereto] [were][are] the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements as well as consolidating footnotes to eliminate Non-Loan Parties.
 
  2.   Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(c) of each Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such report.
 
  3.   Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a list of each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of this Compliance Certificate or a confirmation

 


 

      that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such list delivered to the Administrative Agent.
 
  4.   Attached hereto as Exhibit C is the true and accurate calculation of Excess Cash Flow for the period [insert fiscal year] with a line by line detail based on the components included in the definition of Excess Cash Flow in the Credit Agreement.
 
  5.   Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are detailed calculations demonstrating compliance by the Parent Borrower with Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement. The Parent Borrower is in compliance with such Section as of the date hereof. 1 ]
 
  [1.   Pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower [has][is] deliver[ed][ing] to the Administrative Agent [by attachment hereto] (A) the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of [insert fiscal quarter], and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year and (iii) a certification by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (B) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year. Also delivered [by attachment hereto] [were][are] the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements as well as consolidating footnotes to eliminate Non-Loan Parties.]
 
  [6.][2.]   Except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing pursuant to the Credit Agreement, at no time during the last fiscal quarter covered by this Compliance Certificate or, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer, from the end of such fiscal quarter until delivery of this Compliance Certificate, did a
 
1   Section 1.10(e) of the Credit Agreement provides that Total Leverage Ratio may be calculated giving pro forma effect to cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.14 but not for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” or Sections 2.05(b)(i) and 2.05(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

D - 2


 

      Default or an Event of Default exist. [If unable to provide the foregoing certification, fully describe the reasons therefor and circumstances thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto on Annex A attached hereto.]
 
  [7.][3.]   Attached hereto as Exhibit [D][A] is the true and accurate calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio for the period [insert fiscal year] with a line by line detail based on the components included in the definition of Total Leverage Ratio in the Credit Agreement. 2
 
  [8.][4.]   Attached hereto as Exhibit [E][B] is a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by this Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
2   Section 1.10(e) of the Credit Agreement provides that Total Leverage Ratio may be calculated giving pro forma effect to cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.14 but not for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” or Sections 2.05(b)(i) and 2.05(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

D - 3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower, has executed this certificate for and on behalf of the Parent Borrower and has caused this certificate to be delivered this ___ day of                      .
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Compliance Certificate]

 


 

EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF]
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the] [each] 1 Assignor (as defined below) and [the] [each] 2 Assignee (as defined below) pursuant to Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the] [each] Assignee. [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors] [the Assignees] 3 hereunder are several and not joint.] 4 Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Assumption and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
          For an agreed consideration, [the] [each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee] [the respective Assignees], and [the] [each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of [the Assignor’s] [the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender] [their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Documents and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing to the extent related to the
 
1   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.
 
2   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.
 
3   Select as appropriate.
 
4   Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

 


 

amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors] under the Facility identified below (including participations in any Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)] [the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or the transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the] [any] Assignor to [the] [any] Assignee pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the] [an] “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the] [any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the] [any] Assignor.
             
  1.    
Assignor[s] (the “ Assignor[s] ”):                                          
   
       
 
   
  2.    
Assignee[s] (the “ Assignee[s] ”):                                          
   
       
 
   
       
Assignee is an Affiliate of: [Name of Lender]
   
       
 
   
       
Assignee is an Approved Fund of: [Name of Lender]
   
       
 
   
  3.    
Borrower[s]: [Clear Channel Communications, Inc.], [          ]
   
       
 
   
  4.    
Administrative Agent: Citibank, N.A.
   
       
 
   
  5.    
Assigned Interest:
   
                       
    Aggregate Amount of     Amount of      
    Commitment/Loans of     Commitment/Loans     Percentage Assigned
Facility   all Lenders     Assigned     of Commitment/ Loans 5
Dollar Revolving Credit Facility
  $       $         %
 
                     
Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility
  $       $         %
 
                     
Tranche A Term Loans
  $       $         %
 
                     
Tranche B Term Loans
  $       $         %
 
5   Set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

E - 2


 

                       
Tranche C Term Loans
  $       $         %
 
                     
Delayed Draw 1 Term Loans
  $       $         %
 
                     
Delayed Draw 2 Term Loans
  $       $         %
Effective Date:

E - 3


 

     The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
         
  [NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

         
[Consented to and] 1 Accepted:

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent,
 
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
[Consented to] 2 : CITIBANK, N.A.,

as a Principal L/C Issuer,
 
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
[Consented to] 3 : DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST
COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Principal L/C Issuer,
 
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
[Consented to] 4 :
 
1   No consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.
 
2   No consent of the Principal L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment of a Term Loan or any assignment to an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent.
 
3   No consent of the Principal L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment of a Term Loan or any assignment to an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent.
 
4   Only required for any assignment of any of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility.
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

         
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Swing Line Lender,
 
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

         
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATION, INC. 5
 
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
 
5   No consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee.
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

Annex I
CREDIT AGREEMENT 1
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
     1. Representations and Warranties.
     1.1 Assignor . [The] [Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the] [such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrowers, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrowers, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
     1.2. Assignee . [The] [Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement and a party to the Loss Sharing Agreement, dated as of [    ], 2008 (the “ Loss Sharing Agreement ”) by and among the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.07(b) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.07(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Loss Sharing Agreement and, to the extent of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with
 
1   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein.

 


 

respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the] [such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the] [such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the Loss Sharing Agreement, and has received copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(f) or Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance on any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vii) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is an Administrative Questionnaire, (viii) the Administrative Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date and (ix) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, [the] [any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
     2.  Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the] [each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the] [each] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the] [each] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
     3.  General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
Annex I — 2

 


 

Exhibit F-1
     
 
[FORM OF]
HOLDINGS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[            ], 2008,
between
CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
     
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I
 
       
DEFINITIONS
 
       
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
GUARANTEE
 
       
SECTION 2.01 Guarantee
    2  
SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment
    2  
SECTION 2.03 No Limitations
    2  
SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement
    3  
SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    3  
SECTION 2.06 Information
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION
 
       
SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.02 Subordination
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
 
       
SECTION 4.01 Notices
    4  
SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment
    4  
SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    5  
SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns
    5  
SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement
    5  
SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    6  
SECTION 4.07 Severability
    6  
SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off
    6  
SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    7  
SECTION 4.10 Headings
    7  
SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute
    7  
SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs
    7  
SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release
    8  
SECTION 4.14 Continuing Guarantee
    8  
SECTION 4.15 Consent to Certain Provisions
    8  

-i-


 

          HOLDINGS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of [        ], 2008, between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (“ Holdings ”) and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” means this Guarantee Agreement.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Obligations ” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
          “ Paid in Full ” means termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).


 

          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
Guarantee
          SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . Holdings unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Holdings further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Holdings waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
          SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment . Holdings further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person.
          SECTION 2.03 No Limitations .
          (a) Except for termination of Holdings’ obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of Holdings hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of Holdings hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of Holdings or otherwise operate as a discharge of Holdings as a matter of Law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Holdings expressly authorizes the Secured Parties

-2-


 

to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of Holdings hereunder.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Holdings waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Holdings hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Holdings waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of Holdings against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
          SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement . Holdings agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
          SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at Law or in equity against Holdings by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrower or other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, Holdings hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by Holdings of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of Holdings against such Borrower or other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
          SECTION 2.06 Information . Holdings assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that Holdings assumes and incurs hereunder, and

-3-


 

agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise Holdings of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
ARTICLE III
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as Holdings may have under applicable Law (but subject to Section 3.02), each Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by Holdings under this Agreement, such Borrower shall indemnify Holdings for the full amount of such payment and Holdings shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.
          SECTION 3.02 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of Holdings under Section 3.01 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to Holdings on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower to make the payments required by Section 3.01 (or any other payments required under applicable Law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of Holdings with respect to its obligations hereunder, and Holdings shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 4.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph

-4-


 

(b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, provision of Cash Management Services or entering into Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of Holdings or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns , to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, issuance of any Letters of Credit, provision of any Cash Management Services and entering into of Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any

-5-


 

Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
          SECTION 4.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such

-6-


 

obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of any such deposits or other Indebtedness for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such set off may only be against any obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 4.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of Holdings hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Holdings in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations).
          SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and all the rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

-7-


 

          SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations have been Paid in Full.
          (b) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to Holdings, at Holdings’ expense, all documents that Holdings shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          (c) At any time that the Parent Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (b), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of Holdings is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to Holdings as a result of any release of Holdings by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.13.
          (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of Holdings effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.
          SECTION 4.14 Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.
          SECTION 4.15 Consent to Certain Provisions . Holdings has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto.
[Signatures on following page]

-8-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Holdings Guaranty (Cash Flow)


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Holdings Guaranty (Cash Flow)


 

Exhibit F-2
     
 
[FORM OF]
COMPANY GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[            ], 2008,
between
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
     
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II GUARANTEE
    2  
 
       
SECTION 2.01. Guarantee
    2  
SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment
    2  
SECTION 2.03. No Limitations
    2  
SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement
    3  
SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    3  
SECTION 2.06. Information
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE III INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION
    4  
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.02. Subordination
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS
    4  
 
       
SECTION 4.01. Notices
    4  
SECTION 4.02. Waivers; Amendment
    4  
SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    5  
SECTION 4.04. Successors and Assigns
    5  
SECTION 4.05. Survival of Agreement
    5  
SECTION 4.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    6  
SECTION 4.07. Severability
    6  
SECTION 4.08. Right of Set-Off
    6  
SECTION 4.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    7  
SECTION 4.10. Headings
    7  
SECTION 4.11. Guaranty Absolute
    7  
SECTION 4.12. Intercreditor Agreement Governs
    7  
SECTION 4.13. Termination or Release
    8  
SECTION 4.14. Continuing Guarantee
    8  
SECTION 4.15. Consent to Certain Provisions
    8  

i


 

     COMPANY GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of [          ], 2008, among CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the “ Company ”) and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
     Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Company is an affiliate of the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
     SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement .
     (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
     (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
     “ Agreement ” means this Guarantee Agreement.
     “ Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
     “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers ” means the “Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers” from time to time party to the Credit Agreement.
     “ Obligations ” means the “Foreign Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.


 

     “ Paid in Full ” means termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
     “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
Guarantee
     SECTION 2.01. Guarantee . The Company unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. The Company further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. The Company waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Borrower or other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
     SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment . The Company further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person.
     SECTION 2.03. No Limitations .
     (a) Except for termination of the Company’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan

-2-


 

Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Company or otherwise operate as a discharge of the Company as a matter of Law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). The Company expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of the Company hereunder.
     (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of the Company hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Company against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
     SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement . The Company agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
     SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at Law or in equity against the Company by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, the Company hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by the Company of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of the Company against such Borrower or other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of

-3-


 

subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
     SECTION 2.06. Information . The Company assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers’ and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that the Company assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise the Company of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
ARTICLE III
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
     SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Company may have under applicable Law (but subject to Section 3.02), each Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by the Company under this Agreement, such Borrower shall indemnify the Company for the full amount of such payment and the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.
     SECTION 3.02. Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Company under Section 3.01 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to the Company on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower to make the payments required by Section 3.01 (or any other payments required under applicable Law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of the Company with respect to its obligations hereunder, and the Company shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
     SECTION 4.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
     SECTION 4.02. Waivers; Amendment .
     (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial

-4-


 

exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, provision of Cash Management Services or entering into Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
     (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
     (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
     (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
     SECTION 4.04. Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Company or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
     SECTION 4.05. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this

-5-


 

Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, issuance of any Letters of Credit, provision of any Cash Management Services and entering into of Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
     SECTION 4.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
     SECTION 4.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
     SECTION 4.08. Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Company or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Company and each other Loan Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off

-6-


 

and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of any such deposits or other Indebtedness for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such set off may only be against any obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
     SECTION 4.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
     (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
     SECTION 4.10. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
     SECTION 4.11. Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of the Company hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations).
     SECTION 4.12. Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and all the rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or

-7-


 

relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.
     SECTION 4.13. Termination or Release .
     (a) This Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations have been Paid in Full.
     (b) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, all documents that the Company shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
     (c) At any time that the Company desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (b), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the Company is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to the Company as a result of any release of the Company by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.13.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of the Company effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.
     SECTION 4.14. Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.
     SECTION 4.15. Consent to Certain Provisions . The Company has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto. The Company will comply with all covenants in the Loan Documents applicable to it as a Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party even if it is not a signatory to the applicable Loan Document.
[Signatures on following page]

-8-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Company Guaranty (Cash Flow)


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Company Guaranty (Cash Flow)


 

Exhibit F-3
     
 
[FORM OF]
U.S. GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[            ], 2008,
among
THE GUARANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
     
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I
 
       
Definitions
 
       
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
       
Guarantee
 
       
SECTION 2.01 Guarantee
    2  
SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment
    2  
SECTION 2.03 No Limitations
    2  
SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement
    3  
SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    3  
SECTION 2.06 Information
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
 
       
SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.02 Contribution and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.03 Subordination
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
 
       
Miscellaneous
 
       
SECTION 4.01 Notices
    4  
SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment
    5  
SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    5  
SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns
    5  
SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement
    5  
SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    6  
SECTION 4.07 Severability
    6  
SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off
    6  
SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    7  
SECTION 4.10 Headings
    7  
SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute
    7  
SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs
    7  
SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release
    7  
SECTION 4.14 Additional Guarantors
    8  
SECTION 4.15 [Reserved.]
    8  
SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations
    8  
SECTION 4.17 Continuing Guarantee
    8  
SECTION 4.18 Consent to Certain Provisions
    9  

i


 

Exhibits
Exhibit I            Form of Guarantee Agreement Supplement

ii


 

          U.S. GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of [          ], 2008, among the Guarantors identified herein and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Guarantors are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” means this Guarantee Agreement.
          “ Borrowers ” means the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers and the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers.
          “ Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Guarantee Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I he-reto.

 


 

          “ Guarantor ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on the signature pages hereto and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor after the Closing Date.
          “ Obligations ” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
          “ Paid in Full ” means termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
Guarantee
          SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . Each Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each of the Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
          SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment . Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person.
          SECTION 2.03 No Limitations .
          (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the

-2-


 

provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of Law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
          SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
          SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at Law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrower or other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against such Borrower or other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
          SECTION 2.06 Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of

-3-


 

the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
ARTICLE III
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable Law (but subject to Section 3.03), each Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, such Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.
          SECTION 3.02 Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 3.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrowers as provided in Section 3.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties together with the net worth of the Claiming Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 4.14, the date of the Guarantee Agreement Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party to the extent of such payment. Each Guarantor recognizes and acknowledges that the rights to contribution arising hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of the party entitled to such contribution. In this connection, each Guarantor has the right to waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its contribution right against any other Guarantor to the extent that after giving effect to such waiver such Guarantor would remain solvent, in the determination of the Lenders.
          SECTION 3.03 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to such Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 3.01 and 3.02 (or any other payments required under applicable Law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 4.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit

-4-


 

Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, provision of Cash Management Services or entering into Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other

-5-


 

instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, issuance of any Letters of Credit, provision of any Cash Management Services and entering into of Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
          SECTION 4.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of any such

-6-


 

deposits or other Indebtedness for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such set off may only be against any obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 4.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations).
          SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and all the rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.
          SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations have been Paid in Full.
          (b) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary (other than an

-7-


 

Immaterial Subsidiary); provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.
          (c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          (d) At any time that the Parent Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (c), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Guarantor is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Guarantor as a result of any release of any Guarantor by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.13.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of a Guarantor effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.
          SECTION 4.14 Additional Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Restricted Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that are not Excluded Subsidiaries are required to enter in this Agreement as Guarantors upon becoming Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Subsidiaries. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Guarantee Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.15 [Reserved.]
          SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations . Each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Debtor Relief Laws (including the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal or state law). To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby irrevocably agrees that the Obligations owing by such Guarantor under this Agreement shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such Debtor Relief Laws and after giving effect to any rights to contribution and/or subrogation pursuant to any agreement providing for an equitable contribution and/or subrogation among such Guarantor and the other Guarantors, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
          SECTION 4.17 Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.

-8-


 

          SECTION 4.18 Consent to Certain Provisions . Each Guarantor has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto. Each Guarantor will comply with all covenants in the Loan Documents applicable to it as a Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party even if it is not a signatory to the applicable Loan Document.

-9-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [GUARANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
U.S. Guarantee Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as
Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
U.S. Guarantee Agreement

 


 

Exhibit I
to the U.S. Guarantee Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [ ], to the U.S. Guarantee Agreement, dated as of [                      ], 2008, among the Guarantors identified therein and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Guarantee Agreement ”).
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [          ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement.
          C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 4.14 of the Guarantee Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, (y) Secured Hedge Agreements previously entered into and/or maintained and (z) Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 4.14 of the Guarantee Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee Agreement applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guarantee Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New
Exh. I-1

 


 

Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
          SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 4.01 of the Guarantee Agreement.
          SECTION 8. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
Exh. I-2

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
U.S. Guarantee Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
U.S. Guarantee Agreement

 


 

[FORM OF]
OVERSEAS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[                      ],
among
THE GUARANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I
 
       
Definitions
SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
       
Guarantee
 
       
SECTION 2.01. Guarantee
    2  
SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment
    2  
SECTION 2.03. No Limitations
    3  
SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement
    4  
SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 2.06. Information
    4  
SECTION 2.07. Guarantee Limitation in respect of Guarantors incorporated in England and Wales
    4  
SECTION 2.08. Guarantee Limitation in respect of Guarantors incorporated in the Netherlands
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.02. Contribution and Subrogation
    5  
SECTION 3.03. Subordination
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
 
       
Miscellaneous
 
       
SECTION 4.01. Notices
    5  
SECTION 4.02. Waivers; Amendment
    6  
SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    6  
SECTION 4.04. Successors and Assigns
    7  
SECTION 4.05. Survival of Agreement
    7  
SECTION 4.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    7  
SECTION 4.07. Severability
    7  
SECTION 4.08. Right of Set-Off
    8  
SECTION 4.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    8  
SECTION 4.10. Headings
    8  
SECTION 4.11. Guaranty Absolute
    8  

 


 

         
SECTION 4.12. [Reserved]
    9  
SECTION 4.13. Termination or Release
    9  
SECTION 4.14. Additional Guarantors
    10  
SECTION 4.15. [Reserved.]
    10  
SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations
    10  
SECTION 4.17. Continuing Guarantee
    10  
SECTION 4.18. Consent to Certain Provisions
    10  
Exhibits
Exhibit I            Form of Guarantee Agreement Supplement

 


 

          OVERSEAS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of [          ], 2008, among the Guarantors identified herein and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Guarantors are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” means this Guarantee Agreement.
          “ Borrowers ” means the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers.
          “ Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Guarantee Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

 


 

          “ Guarantor ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on the signature pages hereto and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor after the Closing Date.
          “ Obligations ” means the “Foreign Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
          “ Paid in Full ” means termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
Guarantee
          SECTION 2.01. Guarantee . Each Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each of the Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Borrower or other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
          SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment . Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person.

2


 

          SECTION 2.03. No Limitations .
               (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of Law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.
               (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

3


 

          SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
          SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at Law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against such Borrower or other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
          SECTION 2.06. Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
          SECTION 2.07. Guarantee Limitation in respect of Guarantors incorporated in England and Wales . The guarantee given by any Guarantor incorporated in England and Wales does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in the guarantee of such Guarantor constituting unlawful financial assistance by that Guarantor within the meaning of Section 151 of the Companies Act 1985 of England and Wales.
          SECTION 2.08. Guarantee Limitation in respect of Guarantors incorporated in the Netherlands . The guarantee given by any Guarantor incorporated in the Netherlands does not apply to any liability or obligation to the extent that it would result in the guarantee of such Guarantor constituting unlawful financial assistance by that Guarantor within the meaning of article 207(c) or 98(c) of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
ARTICLE III
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable Law (but subject to Section 3.03), each Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, such Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the

4


 

full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.
          SECTION 3.02. Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 3.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrowers as provided in Section 3.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties together with the net worth of the Claiming Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 4.14, the date of the Guarantee Agreement Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party to the extent of such payment. Each Guarantor recognizes and acknowledges that the rights to contribution arising hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of the party entitled to such contribution. In this connection, each Guarantor has the right to waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its contribution right against any other Guarantor to the extent that after giving effect to such waiver such Guarantor would remain solvent, in the determination of the Lenders.
          SECTION 3.03. Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to such Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 3.01 and 3.02 (or any other payments required under applicable Law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 4.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

5


 

          SECTION 4.02. Waivers; Amendment .
               (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, provision of Cash Management Services or entering into Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
               (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
               (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
               (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.

6


 

          SECTION 4.04. Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.05. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, issuance of any Letters of Credit, provision of any Cash Management Services and entering into of Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
     SECTION 4.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
          SECTION 4.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a

7


 

provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 4.08. Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of any such deposits or other Indebtedness for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such set off may only be against any obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 4.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 4.10. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.11. Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the

8


 

Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.12. [Reserved] .
          SECTION 4.13. Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations have been Paid in Full.
          (b) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary); provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.
          (c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          (d) At any time that the Parent Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (c), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Guarantor is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Guarantor as a result of any release of any Guarantor by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.13.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of

9


 

a Guarantor effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.
          SECTION 4.14. Additional Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Restricted Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that are not Excluded Subsidiaries are required to enter in this Agreement as Guarantors upon becoming Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Subsidiaries. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Guarantee Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.15. [Reserved.]
          SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations . Each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Debtor Relief Laws (including the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal or state law).
          SECTION 4.17. Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.
          SECTION 4.18. Consent to Certain Provisions . Each Guarantor has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto. Each Guarantor will comply with all covenants in the Loan Documents applicable to it as a Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party even if it is not a signatory to the applicable Loan Document.
[Signatures on following page]

10


 

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [FOREIGN GUARANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Overseas Guarantee Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as
Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Overseas Guarantee Agreement

 


 

Exhibit I to the
Overseas Guarantee Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [ ], to the Overseas Guarantee Agreement, dated as of [                      ], 2008, among the Guarantors identified therein and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Guarantee Agreement ”).
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                      ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders party thereto.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement.
          C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 4.14 of the Guarantee Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, (y) Secured Hedge Agreements previously entered into and/or maintained and (z) Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 4.14 of the Guarantee Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee Agreement applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guarantee Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and

 


 

delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
          SECTION 5. The guarantee given by any New Subsidiary incorporated in England and Wales does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in the guarantee of such New Subsidiary constituting unlawful financial assistance by that New Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 151 of the Companies Act 1985 of England and Wales.
          SECTION 6. The guarantee given by any New Subsidiary incorporated in the Netherlands does not apply to any liability or obligation to the extent that it would result in the guarantee of such New Subsidiary constituting unlawful financial assistance by that New Subsidiary within the meaning of article 207(c) or 98(c) of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
           SECTION 7. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 8. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 9. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 4.01 of the Guarantee Agreement.
          SECTION 10. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Supplement to Overseas Guarantee Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Supplement to Overseas Guarantee Agreement

 


 

Exhibit G-1
 
[FORM OF]
PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES SECURITY AGREEMENT
dated as of
[          ], 2008
among
THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
ARTICLE II [Reserved]
    7  
ARTICLE III Security Interests in Personal Property
    7  
SECTION 3.01 Security Interest
    7  
SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties
    9  
SECTION 3.03 Covenants
    11  
ARTICLE IV Remedies
    14  
SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default
    14  
SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds
    16  
SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney
    16  
ARTICLE V Subordination
    17  
SECTION 5.01 Subordination
    17  
ARTICLE VI Miscellaneous
    18  
SECTION 6.01 Notices
    18  
SECTION 6.02 Waivers; Amendment
    18  
SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    18  
SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns
    19  
SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement
    19  
SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    19  
SECTION 6.07 Severability
    20  
SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off
    20  
SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    20  
SECTION 6.10 Headings
    21  
SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute
    21  

i


 

         
SECTION 6.12 Reserved
    21  
SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release
    21  
SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors
    22  
SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    22  
SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent
    23  
SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care
    23  
SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement
    23  
SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous
    24  
 
       
Schedule I               Subsidiary Parties
       
Schedule II              Specified Assets
       
Schedule III             Commercial Tort Claims
       
 
       
Exhibits
       
 
       
Exhibit I              Form of Security Agreement Supplement
       
Exhibit II             Form of Perfection Certificate
       
Exhibit III            Form of Patent Security Agreement
       
Exhibit IV            Form of Trademark Security Agreement
       
Exhibit V             Form of Copyright Security Agreement
       

ii


 

          PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [            ] , among the Grantors (as defined below) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each Lender from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.
          “ Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Agreement ” means this Principal Properties Security Agreement.
          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral.

 


 

          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Excluded Assets ” means:
     (a) any fee owned real property and all leasehold rights and interests in real property, other than, in each case, any fixtures (other than fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property);
     (b) any General Intangible (other than FCC Authorizations, which are addressed in subsection (h) below), Investment Property, Intellectual Property or other property or rights of a Grantor arising under or evidenced by any contract, lease, instrument, license or other document if (but only to the extent that) the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, such General Intangible, Investment Property, Intellectual Property or other property or rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, unless and until all required consents shall have been obtained (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty) or (y) expressly give any other party (other than another Grantor or its Affiliates) in respect of any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (b) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable Law, including the UCC; provided , further , that, at such time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (b) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the

2


 

contract, lease, instrument, license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or to the extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;
     (c) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the UCC or other applicable law;
     (d) Equity Interests or debt securities of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower to the extent and for so long as a pledge of such Equity Interests or debt securities hereunder would result in additional financial reporting requirements under Rule 3-16 under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act;
     (e) margin stock;
     (f) Equity Interests in any Person;
     (g) intercompany notes between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (h) any FCC Authorizations to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Administrative Agent may not validly possess a security interest therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral shall include, to the maximum extent permitted by law, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations (except to the extent requiring approval of any Governmental Authority, including by the FCC) and the right to receive all proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations;
     (i) any Intellectual Property to the extent that the attachment of the security interest of this Agreement thereto, or any assignment thereof, would result in the forfeiture, invalidation or unenforceability of the Grantors’ rights in such property including, without limitation, any Trademark applications filed in the USPTO on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of such Trademark has been filed with the USPTO pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq.), to the extent that granting a lien in such Trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such Trademark application;
     (j) unless and until the Existing Notes Condition has been satisfied, any particular assets if pledging or creating a security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties would require the grant of equal and ratable security to or for the benefit of the holders of any Retained Notes under the applicable Retained Notes Documentation; provided , however , that if any Retained Existing Notes become required to be se-

3


 

cured by a Lien on any assets that would otherwise constitute Collateral as a result of a breach by the Parent Borrower of the covenant set forth in the last paragraph of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, then such assets shall not be excluded from the Collateral pursuant to this clause (j);
     (k) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower and evidenced in writing, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) to the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries of creating or perfecting a pledge or security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or obtaining title insurance or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Secured Parties; and
     (l) any Specified Assets of a Grantor;
     (m) any Receivables Collateral.
provided that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clauses (f) and (g) above shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Grantor ” means each Subsidiary Party.
          “ Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing any of the foregoing.
          “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form

4


 

Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits III, IV and V, respectively.
          “ License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.
          “ Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Principal Properties ” means each radio broadcasting, television broadcasting or outdoor advertising property located in the United States owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) that is a “Principal Property” under (and as defined in and determined in accordance with) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Principal Properties Permitted Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, as determined in accordance with the Retained Existing Notes Indenture, an amount equal to 15% of the total consolidated stockholders’ equity (including preferred stock) of the Parent Borrower as shown on the audited consolidated balance sheet contained in the latest annual report to stockholders of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Receivables Collateral ” means any assets that are “Collateral” as defined in the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture ” mean that certain Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997, between the Parent Borrower and The Bank of New York Trust

5


 

Company, N.A., as Trustee, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time through the date hereof.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary ” means any License Subsidiary that (a) is created or acquired after the Closing Date and (b) constitutes an Unrestricted Subsidiary under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any portion of the Collateral includes one or more Principal Properties, until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the maximum principal amount of Obligations secured by Principal Properties under this Agreement, together with the maximum principal amount of Obligations secured by Principal Properties under the other Collateral Documents, shall be limited to the Principal Properties Permitted Amount; provided , however , that if any Retained Existing Notes become required to be secured by a Lien on any Collateral constituting Principal Properties as a result of a breach by the Parent Borrower of the covenant set forth in the last paragraph of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, then the amount of Secured Obligations hereunder that are secured by Principal Properties under this Agreement, together with the maximum principal amount of Obligations secured by Principal Properties under the other Collateral Documents, shall equal the full amount of the Obligations.
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
          “ Specified Assets ” means the assets identified on Schedule II; provided that Specified Assets shall not include any Receivables Collateral.
          “ Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.
          “ Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof,

6


 

and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.
          “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
          “ USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.
          “ USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
ARTICLE II
[Reserved]
ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property
          SECTION 3.01 Security Interest .
     (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all Chattel Paper;
     (iii) all Documents;
     (iv) all Equipment;

7


 

     (v) all General Intangibles;
     (vi) all Goods;
     (vii) all Instruments;
     (viii) all Inventory;
     (ix) all Investment Property;
     (x) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;
     (xi) all Fixtures;
     (xii) all Letter of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;
     (xiii) all Intellectual Property;
     (xiv) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III and on any supplement thereto received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.03(h); and
     (xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;
provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset except that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clauses (f) and (g) of the definition of Excluded Assets shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify,

8


 

any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United States Intellectual Property granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Administrative Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State(s), and filings in the applicable real estate records with respect to any fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property, (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required elsewhere herein, (C) delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments as expressly required elsewhere herein or (D) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) and (C) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or (iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute.
          SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.
     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(e), the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or

9


 

specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.
     (c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending, unless it constitutes an Excluded Asset) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, as may be necessary to establish a valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)).
     (d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction and (iii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(c), a perfected security interest in all registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of fully executed short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the USPTO and the USCO, as applicable. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other

10


 

Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any statutory or similar Lien that has priority as a matter of Law and (ii) any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $15,000,000, other than the Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III.
          SECTION 3.03 Covenants .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 60 days, after any change in (i) the legal name of such Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of such Grantor.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower, on behalf of the Grantors, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(c) and 2 of the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c).

11


 

          (d) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $15,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days thereof) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          (e) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time (unless the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such actions or payments are necessary to protect the Security Interest, to avoid any loss or forfeiture or material impairment of any material Collateral or the use thereof, or to preserve and maintain any material Collateral in good condition) after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , the Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property that any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, in accordance with Section 3.03(g)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which is in excess of $15,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

12


 

           (g) Intellectual Property Covenants .
     (i) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, and except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other governmental authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property of such Grantor.
     (ii) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, become publicly known).
     (iii) Other than as excluded or as not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the applicable Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.
     (iv) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.
     (v) Within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter each Grantor shall provide a list of any additional registrations of Intellectual Property of such Grantor not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the USPTO and USCO.

13


 

      (h) Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed $15,000,000 for which this clause has not been satisfied and for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such complaint was filed notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
Remedies
          SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon the request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assign the entire right, title, and interest of such Grantor in each of the Patents, Trademarks, domain names and Copyrights to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall not have the right under this Agreement to assume operational control of any FCC Authorization and facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC Authorization except in compliance with the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the

14


 

right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or

15


 

courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
     Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.
          The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).
          SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise

16


 

rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the Administrative Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Administrative Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the applicable Grantor, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that such licenses granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Furthermore, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, subject only to the giving of 10 Business Days’ notice to the Grantor, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO or the USCO in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in each registration and application for a Patent, Trademark or Copyright, and to record the same.
ARTICLE V
Subordination
          SECTION 5.01 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

17


 

ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 6.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

18


 

          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of Cash Management Services, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) or so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the

19


 

Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          SECTION 6.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Grantor, any such notice being waived by each Grantor to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Grantors against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

20


 

          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 6.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.12 Reserved .
          SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
          (b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

21


 

          (c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign,

22


 

transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby; and provided further , that no right accorded to Administrative Agent to act as attorney-in-fact for any Grantor shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of any Grantor any application or other instrument required to be filed with the FCC in any manner or under any circumstances not permitted by the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.
          SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.
          SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or

23


 

returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
          SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.
[Signature Pages Follow.]

24


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  AMFM AIR SERVICES, INC.
AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
AMFM HOLDINGS INC.
AMFM INC.
AMFM INTERNET HOLDING INC.
AMFM OPERATING INC.
AMFM RADIO GROUP, INC.
AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
AMFM.COM INC.
BROADCAST ARCHITECTURE, INC.
CAPSTAR BROADCASTING PARTNERS, INC.
CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
KTZMEDIA CORPORATION
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  AMFM BROADCASTING LICENSES, LLC
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its sole member
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  AMFM MICHIGAN, LLC
By CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Its sole member
 
 
         
  By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  By CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
Its Limited Partner
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  AMFM RADIO LICENSES, LLC
By CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
Its sole member
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  AMFM TEXAS, LLC
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its sole member
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  AMFM TEXAS BROADCASTING, LP
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  AMFM TEXAS LICENSES, LP
By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.,
Its General Partner
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
         
  WESTCHESTER RADIO, L.L.C.
By CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
Its sole member
 
 
         
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

Schedule I to
the Principal Properties Security Agreement
SUBSIDIARY PARTIES
The entities set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date to the extent they are wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date and any other entities which would additionally be required to become Grantors under this Agreement after giving effect to the Transactions pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 


 

Schedule II to
the Principal Properties Security Agreement
SPECIFIED ASSETS
The assets set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date and owned by the Grantors on the Closing Date.

 


 

Schedule III to
the Principal Properties Security Agreement
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 


 

Exhibit I to the
the Principal Properties Security Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [ ], to the Principal Properties Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [       ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide additional Cash Management Services and as consideration for Loans previously made, Letters of Credit previously issued and Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured

 


 

Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Grantor, the information required by Schedules II and III to the Security Agreement applicable to it and the list of (i) all Intellectual Property held by the New Grantor and (ii) all instruments and debt securities held by the New Grantor and required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office.
          SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
           SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

2


 

          SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.
          SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
[Signature pages follow.]

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]    
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
         
 
   
 
      Title:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
    Legal Name:    
    Jurisdiction of Formation:    
    Location of Chief Executive office:    
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

                 
    CITYBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
   
 
  By:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
         
 
   
 
      Title:        
 
         
 
   
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

Schedule I
to the Supplement No __ to the
Security Agreement
LOCATION OF COLLATERAL
     
Description   Location
     
EQUITY INTERESTS
                 
            Number and    
    Number of   Registered   Class of   Percentage
Issuer   Certificate   Owner   Equity Interest   of Equity Interests
 
               
INSTRUMENTS AND DEBT SECURITIES
             
    Principal        
Issuer   Amount   Date of Note   Maturity Date
 
           

 


 

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

2


 

Exhibit II to the
the Principal Properties Security Agreement
FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or the ABL Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
(a) The exact legal name of the Company, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . The Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of the Company, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of the Company and the jurisdiction of formation of the Company.
(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names the Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by the Company or any other business or organization to which the Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , the Company has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of the Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in

 


 

each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement) has been originated by the Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by the Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved ].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of the Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Company’s balance sheet.
          9. [ Reserved ] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by the Company.

-2-


 

          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by the Company, including a brief description thereof.
          12. Concentration Accounts . Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and complete list of all Blocked Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) maintained by the Parent Borrower, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of the entity that holds each account.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___day of                      , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of [           ], 2008 (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of Holdings, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Holdings is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of Holdings, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of Holdings and the jurisdiction of formation of Holdings.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names Holdings has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by Holdings or any other business or organization to which Holdings became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , Holdings has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of Holdings is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. [ Reserved].
          4. [Reserved].
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. [Reserved] .

 


 

          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest held by Holdings. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of Holdings that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved].
          10. [Reserved] .
          11. [Reserved] .
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-2-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto executed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___day of                      , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein (the “ SA Grantors ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (v) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names .
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or oth-

 


 

erwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Facility Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved].
          6. [Reserved ].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property owned by each of the Companies that is a SA Grantor as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to such Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each such Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved] .

-2-


 

          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each such Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each such Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of March, 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

-4-


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Principal Properties Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ AA15 Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ AA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iv) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (v) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (vi) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (vii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.

 


 

          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement).
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [ Reserved ].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company

-2-


 

membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of                                           , 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Exhibit III to the
Principal Properties Security Agreement
FORM OF
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
     PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
     Reference is made to the Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [          ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):
All letters Patent of the United States, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States in or to which the Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, including registrations, recordings and pending

 


 

applications in the USPTO, and all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, including those listed on Schedule I.
               Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Patent Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Patent Collateral.
     Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
     Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Patent Collateral consisting of U.S. Patent registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
     Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Patent Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Patent Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Patent Registrations and Published Applications
                 
                Registration
                Number/Serial
Patent Description   Owner   Number

 


 

Exhibit IV to the
Principal Properties Security Agreement
FORM OF
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
               TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
     Reference is made to the Principal Properties Security Agreement dated as of [          ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):
(a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade

 


 

dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names, other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by the Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I, and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by such marks; provided that the grant of security interest shall not include any trademark, service mark or other application for registration that may be deemed invalidated, canceled or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest unless and until such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not affect the validity of such trademark, service mark or other application for registration.
     Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Trademark Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Trademark Collateral.
     Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
     Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Trademark Collateral consisting of U.S. Trademark registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
     Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Schedule I
Trademark Registrations and Use Applications
                 
                Registration
                Number/
Trademark   Owner   Serial Number

 


 

Exhibit V to the
Principal Properties Security Agreement
FORM OF
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
               COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
     Reference is made to the Principal Properties Security Agreement dated as of [          ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):
(a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations,

 


 

recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO, including those listed on Schedule I.
     Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Copyright Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Copyright Collateral.
     Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
     Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Copyright Collateral consisting of U.S. Copyright registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
     Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Copyright Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Copyright Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Copyright Registrations
                 
Copyright Title   Owner   Registration Number

 


 

Exhibit G-2
 
[FORM OF]
NON-PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES (ALL ASSETS) SECURITY AGREEMENT
dated as of
[                       ], 2008
among
THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II Pledge of Securities
    7  
SECTION 2.01 Pledge
    7  
SECTION 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Equity
    7  
SECTION 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants
    8  
SECTION 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests
    9  
SECTION 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
    10  
SECTION 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest
    10  
SECTION 2.07 FCC Limitations
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE III Security Interests in Personal Property
    13  
SECTION 3.01 Security Interest
    13  
SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties
    15  
SECTION 3.03 Covenants
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Remedies
    20  
SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default
    20  
SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds
    22  
SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE V Subordination
    23  
SECTION 5.01 Subordination
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Miscellaneous
    23  
SECTION 6.01 Notices
    23  
SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment
    23  
SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    24  
SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns
    24  


 

         
SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement
    25  
SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    25  
SECTION 6.07 Severability
    25  
SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off
    26  
SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    26  
SECTION 6.10 Headings
    26  
SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute
    26  
SECTION 6.12 Reserved
    27  
SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release
    27  
SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors
    28  
SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    28  
SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent
    29  
SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care
    29  
SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement
    29  
SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous
    29  
         
Schedule I  
Subsidiary Parties
Schedule II  
Pledged Equity
Schedule III  
Commercial Tort Claims
       
 
Exhibits  
 
       
 
Exhibit I  
Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit II  
Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit III  
Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit IV  
Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit V  
Form of Copyright Security Agreement

ii 


 

          NON-PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES (ALL ASSETS) SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [   ], 2008, among the Grantors (as defined below) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each Lender from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.
          “ Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Agreement ” means this Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement.
          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

 


 

          “ Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.
          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Excluded Assets ” means:
     (a) any fee owned real property and all leasehold rights and interests in real property, other than, in each case, any fixtures (other than fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property);
     (b) any General Intangible (other than FCC Authorizations, which are addressed in subsection (h) below), Investment Property, Intellectual Property or other property or rights of a Grantor arising under or evidenced by any contract, lease, instrument, license or other document if (but only to the extent that) the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, such General Intangible, Investment Property, Intellectual Property or other property or rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, unless and until all required consents shall have been obtained (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty) or (y) expressly give any other party (other than another Grantor or its Affiliates) in respect of any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (b) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable Law, including the UCC; provided , further , that, at such

2


 

time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (b) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the contract, lease, instrument, license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or to the extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;
     (c) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the UCC or other applicable law;
     (d) Equity Interests or debt securities of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower to the extent and for so long as a pledge of such Equity Interests or debt securities hereunder would result in additional financial reporting requirements under Rule 3-16 under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act;
     (e) margin stock;
     (f) Equity Interests in any Person (other than, in each case, Equity Interests in each Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary subject to any limitations and requirements under Communications Laws);
     (g) intercompany notes between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than, in each case, intercompany notes issued by any Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary);
     (h) any FCC Authorizations to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Administrative Agent may not validly possess a security interest therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral shall include, to the maximum extent permitted by law, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations (except to the extent requiring approval of any Governmental Authority, including by the FCC) and the right to receive all proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations;
     (i) any Intellectual Property to the extent that the attachment of the security interest of this Agreement thereto, or any assignment thereof, would result in the forfeiture, invalidation or unenforceability of the Grantors’ rights in such property including, without limitation, any Trademark applications filed in the USPTO on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of such Trademark has been filed with the USPTO pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq.), to the extent that granting a lien in such Trademark application

3


 

     (j) unless and until the Existing Notes Condition has been satisfied, any particular assets if pledging or creating a security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties would require the grant of equal and ratable security to or for the benefit of the holders of any Retained Notes under the applicable Retained Notes Documentation; provided , however , that if any Retained Existing Notes become required to be secured by a Lien on any assets that would otherwise constitute Collateral as a result of a breach by the Parent Borrower of the covenant set forth in the last paragraph of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, then such assets shall not be excluded from the Collateral pursuant to this clause (j);
     (k) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower and evidenced in writing, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) to the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries of creating or perfecting a pledge or security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or obtaining title insurance or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Secured Parties; and
     (l) any Receivables Collateral;
provided that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clauses (f) and (g) above shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Grantor ” means each Subsidiary Party.
          “ Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or

4


 

information, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing any of the foregoing.
          “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits III, IV and V, respectively.
          “ License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.
          “ Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
          “ Pledged Equity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
          “ Receivables Collateral ” means any assets that are “Collateral” as defined in the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture ” mean that certain Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997, between the Parent Borrower and The Bank of New York Trust

5


 

Company, N.A., as Trustee, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time through the date hereof.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary ” means any License Subsidiary that (a) is created or acquired after the Closing Date and (b) constitutes an Unrestricted Subsidiary under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
          “ Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.
          “ Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.
          “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

6


 

          “ USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.
          “ USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
ARTICLE II
Pledge of Securities
          SECTION 2.01 Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (i) all Equity Interests issued by each Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (the “ Pledged Equity ”); (ii) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the Pledged Equity; (iii) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and (iv) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).
          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject , however , to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
          SECTION 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Equity .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly (but in any event within 30 days after receipt thereof by such Grantor or, upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, within 60 days after such satisfaction) to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all Pledged Equity (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated).
          (b) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, any Pledged Equity shall be accompanied by stock or security powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Equity shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule II and made a part hereof; provided that failure to supplement Schedule II shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Equity. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

7


 

          SECTION 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents, warrants and covenants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:
     (a) As of the date hereof, Schedule II includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
     (b) the Pledged Equity has been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and are fully paid and nonassessable;
     (c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantors, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and (C) transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;
     (d) except for restrictions and limitations (i) imposed by the Loan Documents, securities laws generally or the Communications Laws and other similar federal, state and foreign laws, rules and regulations relating to the communications industry (ii) described in the Perfection Certificate or (iii) permitted by Section 7.09 of the Credit Agreement, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;
     (e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;
     (f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge

8


 

effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);
     (g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Equity is delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Equity as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, to the extent such perfection is governed by the UCC; and
     (h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.
          Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement excludes any assets from the scope of the Collateral, or from any requirement to take any action to perfect any security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral, the representations, warranties and covenants made by the Grantors in this Agreement or the Credit Agreement with respect to the creation, perfection or priority (as applicable) of the security interest granted in favor of the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, this Section 2.03) shall be deemed not to apply to such excluded assets.
          SECTION 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . No interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor that constitutes Pledged Equity shall be represented by a certificate unless (i) the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement expressly provides that such interests shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction, and (ii) such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.02 Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by

9


 

certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Administrative Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof.
          SECTION 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantor notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (subject to Section 2.07 hereof but otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Equity in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Equity for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.
          SECTION 2.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .
          (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have provided notice to the Parent Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended (with any such notice of suspension to be given and to be effective only consistent with Section 2.07 hereof and to be effective only to the extent permitted by Section 2.07 hereof):
     (i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Equity or any part thereof and each Grantor agrees that it shall exercise such rights for purposes consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     (ii) The Administrative Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice) execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.
     (iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Equity to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any

10


 

noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Equity or received in exchange for Pledged Equity or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver to each Grantor any Pledged Equity in its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Equity permitted by the Credit Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.06(a)(iii).
          (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the applicable Grantor of the suspension of its rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of such Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 and that remain in such account.
          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have provided the applicable Grantor with 10 days’ notice of the suspension of its rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then, subject to Section 2.07 hereof, all rights of such Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of

11


 

this Section 2.06, shall cease, and, subject to Section 2.07 hereof, all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) above, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06 shall be reinstated.
          (d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing and shall conform to and be subject to the requirements of Section 2.07 hereof, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          SECTION 2.07 FCC Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Administrative Agent and each Lender agree that (a) if the suspension of a Grantor’s rights in respect of the Pledged Equity and the vesting of such rights in the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.06 requires the approval of the FCC, such rights will not be suspended and will remain vested in such Grantor upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default unless and until such approval has been obtained; (b) if any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent in respect of the Pledged Equity pursuant to Section 4.01 requires the approval of the FCC, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such remedies unless and until such approval has been obtained and voting rights in the Pledged Collateral shall remain with the Grantor even if an Event of Default has occurred unless any such required prior FCC approval shall have been obtained; (c) if the Administrative Agent exercises any remedies of foreclosure in respect to the Pledged Collateral following the occurrence of an Event of Default, there will be either a private or public arm’s-length sale of the Pledged Collateral; and (d) prior to the exercise of any rights of the purchaser at such sale of such Pledged Collateral, the prior consent of the FCC pursuant to 47 U.S.C. Section 310(d), in each case only if required, shall be obtained. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any related agreements to the contrary, any foreclosure on, sale, transfer or other disposition of, or the exercise of any right to vote or consent with respect to any of the Collateral as provided herein or therein, or any other action taken or proposed to be taken by the Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder which would affect the operational, voting, or other control of any FCC Authorization or any facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC authorization, shall be in conformity with the requirements of the Communications Laws and, if and to the extent required thereby, subject to the prior approval of the FCC.

12


 

          Each Grantor agrees that, upon the request from time to time by the Administrative Agent following an Event of Default, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue obtaining any governmental, regulatory or third party consents, approvals or authorizations referred to in this Section 2.07, including the preparation, signing and filing with (or causing to be prepared, signed and filed with) the FCC of any application or applications for consent to the assignment of the FCC Authorizations or transfer of control required to be signed by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries necessary or appropriate under the FCC’s rules and regulations for approval of any sale or transfer of any of the Equity Interests or the assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any transfer of control in respect of any FCC Authorization.
ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property
          SECTION 3.01 Security Interest .
          (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):
          (i) all Accounts;
          (ii) all Chattel Paper;
          (iii) all Documents;
          (iv) all Equipment;
          (v) all General Intangibles;
          (vi) all Goods;
          (vii) all Instruments;
          (viii) all Inventory;
          (ix) all Investment Property;
          (x) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;
          (xi) all Fixtures;

13


 

          (xii) all Letter of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;
          (xiii) all Intellectual Property;
          (xiv) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III and on any supplement thereto received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.03(h); and
          (xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;
provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset except that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clauses (f) and (g) of the definition of Excluded Assets shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United States Intellectual Property granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Administrative Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar

14


 

central filing office) of the relevant State(s), and filings in the applicable real estate records with respect to any fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property, (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required elsewhere herein, (C) delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments or Pledged Equity as expressly required elsewhere herein or (D) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) and (C) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States, (iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute or (v) to deliver any Pledged Equity representing Equity Interests pledged hereunder, except as expressly provided herein.
          SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.
     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(e), the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

15


 

     (c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending, unless it constitutes an Excluded Asset) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, as may be necessary to establish a valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)).
     (d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction and (iii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(c), a perfected security interest in all registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of fully executed short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the USPTO and the USCO, as applicable. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any statutory or similar Lien that has priority as a matter of Law and (ii) any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office,

16


 

which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $15,000,000, other than the Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III.
          SECTION 3.03 Covenants .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 60 days, after any change in the (i) the legal name of such Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of such Grantor.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower, on behalf of the Grantors, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(c) and 2 of the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c).
          (d) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $15,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days thereof) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

17


 

          (e) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time (unless the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such actions or payments are necessary to protect the Security Interest, to avoid any loss or forfeiture or material impairment of any material Collateral or the use thereof, or to preserve and maintain any material Collateral in good condition) after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , the Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property that any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, in accordance with Section 3.03(g)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which is in excess of $15,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.
           (g) Intellectual Property Covenants .
     (i) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, and except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other governmental authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property of such Grantor.
     (ii) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable

18


 

business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, become publicly known).
     (iii) Other than as excluded or as not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the applicable Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.
     (iv) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.
     (v) Within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter each Grantor shall provide a list of any additional registrations of Intellectual Property of such Grantor not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the USPTO and USCO.
     (h)  Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed $15,000,000 for which this clause has not been satisfied and for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such complaint was filed notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.

19


 

ARTICLE IV
Remedies
          SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to Section 2.07, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon the request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assign the entire right, title, and interest of such Grantor in each of the Patents, Trademarks, domain names and Copyrights to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall not have the right under this Agreement to assume operational control of any FCC Authorization and facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC Authorization except in compliance with the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative

20


 

Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise

21


 

promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.
          The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).
          SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the

22


 

Administrative Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Administrative Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the applicable Grantor, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that such licenses granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Furthermore, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, subject only to the giving of 10 Business Days’ notice to the Grantor, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO or the USCO in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in each registration and application for a Patent, Trademark or Copyright, and to record the same.
ARTICLE V
Subordination
          SECTION 5.01 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 6.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

23


 

          SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements

24


 

by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of Cash Management Services, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) or so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          SECTION 6.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining

25


 

provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Grantor, any such notice being waived by each Grantor to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Grantors against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 6.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability

26


 

of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.12 Reserved .
          SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
          (b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.
          (c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant

27


 

to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, subject to Section 2.07 hereof shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby; and provided further , that no right accorded to Administrative Agent to act as attorney-in-fact for any Grantor shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of any Grantor any application or other instrument required to be filed with the FCC in any manner or under

28


 

any circumstances not permitted by the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.
          SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.
          SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
          SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event

29


 

of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.
[Signature Pages Follow.]

30


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CHRISTAL RADIO SALES, INC.
JACOR/PREMIERE HOLDING, INC.
KATZ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
KATZ MEDIA GROUP, INC.
KATZ MILLENNIUM SALES & MARKETING INC.
KATZ NET RADIO SALES, INC.
PREMIERE RADIO NETWORKS, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL COLLECTIVE MARKETING, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ signature page to security agreement ]

 


 

Schedule I to
the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
SUBSIDIARY PARTIES
The entities set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date to the extent they are wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date and any other entities which would additionally be required to become Grantors under this Agreement after giving effect to the Transactions pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 


 

Schedule II to
the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
PLEDGED EQUITY

 


 

Schedule III to
the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 


 

Exhibit I to the
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [•], to the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of [    ], 2008, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide additional Cash Management Services and as consideration for Loans previously made, Letters of Credit previously issued and Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured

 


 

Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Grantor, the information required by Schedules II and III to the Security Agreement applicable to it and the list of (i) all Intellectual Property held by the New Grantor and (ii) all instruments and debt securities held by the New Grantor and required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office.
          SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
           SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

2


 

          SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.
          SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
[Signature pages follow.]

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  Legal Name:  
  Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive office: 
 
 
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

Schedule I
to the Supplement No __ to the
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
LOCATION OF COLLATERAL
     
Description   Location
 
   
EQUITY INTERESTS
                 
            Number and    
    Number of   Registered   Class of   Percentage
Issuer   Certificate   Owner   Equity Interest   of Equity Interests
 
               
INSTRUMENTS AND DEBT SECURITIES
             
    Principal        
Issuer   Amount   Date of Note   Maturity Date
 
           

 


 

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

2


 

Exhibit II to the
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ ABL Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or the ABL Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
(a) The exact legal name of the Company, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . The Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of the Company, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of the Company and the jurisdiction of formation of the Company.
(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names the Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by the Company or any other business or organization to which the Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , the Company has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of the Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in

 


 

each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement) has been originated by the Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by the Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved ].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of the Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Company’s balance sheet.
          9. [ Reserved ] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by the Company.

-2-


 

          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by the Company, including a brief description thereof.
          12. Concentration Accounts . Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and complete list of all Blocked Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) maintained by the Parent Borrower, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of the entity that holds each account.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___day of _________, 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of [       ], 2008 (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [      ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of Holdings, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Holdings is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of Holdings, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of Holdings and the jurisdiction of formation of Holdings.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names Holdings has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by Holdings or any other business or organization to which Holdings became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , Holdings has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of Holdings is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. [ Reserved].
          4. [Reserved].
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. [Reserved] .

 


 

          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest held by Holdings. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of Holdings that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved].
          10. [Reserved] .
          11. [Reserved] .
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-2-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto executed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___day of _________, 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein (the “ SA Grantors ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (v) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names .
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise,

 


 

on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Facility Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved].
          6. [Reserved ].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property owned by each of the Companies that is a SA Grantor as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to such Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each such Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved] .

-2-


 

          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each such Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each such Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___day of March, 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Principal Properties Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ AA15 Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ AA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iv) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (v) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [        ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (vi) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [        ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (vii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.

 


 

          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement).
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [ Reserved ].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company

-2-


 

membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___day of _________, 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Exhibit III to the
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
     PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [   ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
     Reference is made to the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [   ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):
All letters Patent of the United States, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States in or to which the Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, including registrations, recordings and pending

 


 

applications in the USPTO, and all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, including those listed on Schedule I.
               Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Patent Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Patent Collateral.
     Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
     Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Patent Collateral consisting of U.S. Patent registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
     Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Patent Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Patent Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Patent Registrations and Published Applications
         
Patent Description   Owner   Registration Number/Serial Number
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

 


 

    Exhibit IV to the
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
               TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
     Reference is made to the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):
     (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade

 


 

dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names, other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by the Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I, and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by such marks; provided that the grant of security interest shall not include any trademark, service mark or other application for registration that may be deemed invalidated, canceled or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest unless and until such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not affect the validity of such trademark, service mark or other application for registration.
     Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Trademark Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Trademark Collateral.
     Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
     Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Trademark Collateral consisting of U.S. Trademark registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
     Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Trademark Registrations and Use Applications
                 
                Registration
                Number/
Trademark   Owner   Serial Number
 
 

2


 

    Exhibit V to the
Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
               COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [         ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
     Reference is made to the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
     Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):
(a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations,

 


 

recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO, including those listed on Schedule I.
     Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Copyright Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Copyright Collateral.
     Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
     Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Copyright Collateral consisting of U.S. Copyright registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
     Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

2


 

         
  [GRANTOR]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Copyright Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page for Copyright Security Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule I
Copyright Registrations
                 
Copyright Title   Owner   Registration Number
 
 

 


 

Exhibit G-3
 
[FORM OF]
NON-PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES (SPECIFIED ASSETS)
SECURITY AGREEMENT
dated as of
[          ], 2008
among
THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II [Reserved]
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE III Security Interests in Personal Property
    7  
SECTION 3.01 Security Interest
    7  
SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties
    8  
SECTION 3.03 Covenants
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Remedies
    12  
SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default
    12  
SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds
    14  
SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE V Subordination
    16  
SECTION 5.01 Subordination
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Miscellaneous
    16  
SECTION 6.01 Notices
    16  
SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment
    16  
SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    17  
SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns
    17  
SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement
    17  
SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    18  
SECTION 6.07 Severability
    18  
SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off
    18  
SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    19  
SECTION 6.10 Headings
    19  
SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute
    19  

i


 

         
SECTION 6.12 Reserved
    19  
SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release
    19  
SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors
    20  
SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    20  
SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent
    21  
SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care
    22  
SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement
    22  
SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous
    22  
     
Schedule I
  Subsidiary Parties
Schedule II
  Specified Assets
 
   
Exhibits
   
 
   
Exhibit I
  Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit II
  Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit III
  Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit IV
  Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit V
  Form of Copyright Security Agreement

ii


 

          NON-PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES (SPECIFIED ASSETS) SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [         ], 2008, among the Grantors (as defined below) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [  ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each Lender from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.
          “ Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Agreement ” means this Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement.
          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

 


 

          “ Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral.
          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Excluded Assets ” means:
     (a) any fee owned real property and all leasehold rights and interests in real property, other than, in each case, any fixtures (other than fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property);
     (b) any General Intangible (other than FCC Authorizations, which are addressed in subsection (h) below), Investment Property, Intellectual Property or other property or rights of a Grantor arising under or evidenced by any contract, lease, instrument, license or other document if (but only to the extent that) the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, such General Intangible, Investment Property, Intellectual Property or other property or rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, unless and until all required consents shall have been obtained (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty) or (y) expressly give any other party (other than another Grantor or its Affiliates) in respect of any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (b) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable Law, including the UCC; provided , further , that, at such

2


 

time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (b) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the contract, lease, instrument, license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or to the extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;
     (c) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the UCC or other applicable law;
     (d) Equity Interests or debt securities of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower to the extent and for so long as a pledge of such Equity Interests or debt securities hereunder would result in additional financial reporting requirements under Rule 3-16 under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act;
     (e) margin stock;
     (f) Equity Interests in any Person;
     (g) intercompany notes between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than, in each case, intercompany notes issued by any Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary);
     (h) any FCC Authorizations to the extent (but only to the extent) that at such time the Administrative Agent may not validly possess a security interest therein pursuant to applicable Communications Laws, but the Collateral shall include, to the maximum extent permitted by law, all rights incident or appurtenant to the FCC Authorizations (except to the extent requiring approval of any Governmental Authority, including by the FCC) and the right to receive all proceeds derived from or in connection with the sale, assignment or transfer of the FCC Authorizations;
     (i) any Intellectual Property to the extent that the attachment of the security interest of this Agreement thereto, or any assignment thereof, would result in the forfeiture, invalidation or unenforceability of the Grantors’ rights in such property including, without limitation, any Trademark applications filed in the USPTO on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of such Trademark has been filed with the USPTO pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq.), to the extent that granting a lien in such Trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such Trademark application;
     (j) unless and until the Existing Notes Condition has been satisfied, any particular assets if pledging or creating a security interest in such assets in favor

3


 

of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties would require the grant of equal and ratable security to or for the benefit of the holders of any Retained Notes under the applicable Retained Notes Documentation; provided , however , that if any Retained Existing Notes become required to be secured by a Lien on any assets that would otherwise constitute Collateral as a result of a breach by the Parent Borrower of the covenant set forth in the last paragraph of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, then such assets shall not be excluded from the Collateral pursuant to this clause (j);
     (k) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower and evidenced in writing, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) to the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries of creating or perfecting a pledge or security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or obtaining title insurance or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Secured Parties; and
     (l) any Receivables Collateral;
provided that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clauses (f) and (g) above shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Grantor ” means each Subsidiary Party.
          “ Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing any of the foregoing.

4


 

          “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits III, IV and V, respectively.
          “ License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.
          “ Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Receivables Collateral ” means any assets that are “Collateral” as defined in Receivables Collateral Security Agreement.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture ” mean that certain Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997, between the Parent Borrower and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time through the date hereof.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary ” means any License Subsidiary that (a) is created or acquired after the Closing Date and (b) constitutes an Unrestricted Subsidiary under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

5


 

          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
          “ Specified Assets ” means the assets identified on Schedule II; provided that Specified Assets shall not include any Receivables Collateral.
          “ Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.
          “ Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “ Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.
          “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
          “ USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.
          “ USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

6


 

ARTICLE II
[Reserved]
ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property
          SECTION 3.01 Security Interest .
          (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the Specified Assets now owned by such Grantor and all Proceeds and products thereof (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset except that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clauses (f) and (g) of the definition of Excluded Assets shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Specified Assets and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United States Intellectual Property granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.

7


 

          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Administrative Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State(s), (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required elsewhere herein, or (C) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or (iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute.
          SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.
     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(e), the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

8


 

     (c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending, unless it constitutes an Excluded Asset) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, as may be necessary to establish a valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)).
     (d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction and (iii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(c), a perfected security interest in all registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of fully executed short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the USPTO and the USCO, as applicable. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any statutory or similar Lien that has priority as a matter of Law and (ii) any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office,

9


 

which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 3.03 Covenants .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 60 days, after any change in the (i) the legal name of such Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of such Grantor.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower, on behalf of the Grantors, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(c) and 2 of the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c).
          (d) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $15,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days thereof) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          (e) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section

10


 

7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time (unless the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such actions or payments are necessary to protect the Security Interest, to avoid any loss or forfeiture or material impairment of any material Collateral or the use thereof, or to preserve and maintain any material Collateral in good condition) after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , the Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property that any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, in accordance with Section 3.03(g)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which is in excess of $15,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.
           (g) Intellectual Property Covenants .
     (i) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, and except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other governmental authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property of such Grantor.
     (ii) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid

11


 

or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, become publicly known).
     (iii) Other than as excluded or as not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the applicable Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.
     (iv) Within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter each Grantor shall provide a list of any additional registrations of Intellectual Property of such Grantor (x) not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and (y) that constitute Non-Principal Properties Collateral, including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the USPTO and USCO.
     (v) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.
ARTICLE IV
Remedies
          SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) require each

12


 

Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon the request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assign the entire right, title, and interest of such Grantor in each of the Patents, Trademarks, domain names and Copyrights to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall not have the right under this Agreement to assume operational control of any FCC Authorization and facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC Authorization except in compliance with the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any

13


 

such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.
          The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power

14


 

of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).
          SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the Administrative Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Administrative Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the applicable Grantor, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that such licenses granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Furthermore, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, subject only to the giving of 10 Business Days’ notice to the Grantor,

15


 

upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO or the USCO in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in each registration and application for a Patent, Trademark or Copyright, and to record the same.
ARTICLE V
Subordination
          SECTION 5.01 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 6.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any

16


 

Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of Cash Management Services, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document (other than (x) obligations under

17


 

Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) or so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          SECTION 6.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Grantor, any such notice being waived by each Grantor to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Grantors against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although

18


 

such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 6.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.12 Reserved.
          SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release.
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Aggregate

19


 

Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
          (b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.
          (c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

20


 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby; and provided further , that no right accorded to Administrative Agent to act as attorney-in-fact for any Grantor shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of any Grantor any application or other instrument required to be filed with the FCC in any manner or under any circumstances not permitted by the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce

21


 

any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.
          SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.
          SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
          SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.
[Signature Pages Follow.]

22


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
CC LICENSES, LLC
CITICASTERS CO.
CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING LICENSES, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC.
JACOR BROADCASTING CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
  AMFM RADIO LICENSES, LLC
By CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
Its sole member
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
  AMFM TEXAS BROADCASTING, LP
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
  CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT ]

 


 

         
  CCB TEXAS LICENSES, L.P.
By CCBL GP, LLC
Its General Partner
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
  CITICASTERS LICENSES, L.P.
By CITI GP, LLC
Its General Partner
By CITICASTERS CO.
Its sole member
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Brian Coleman   
    Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT ]

 


 

Schedule I to
the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
SUBSIDIARY PARTIES
The entities set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date to the extent they are wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date and any other entities which would additionally be required to become Grantors under this Agreement after giving effect to the Transactions pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 


 

Schedule II to
the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
SPECIFIED ASSETS
The assets set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date and owned by the Grantors on the Closing Date.

 


 

Exhibit I to the
the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [ ], to the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide additional Cash Management Services and as consideration for Loans previously made, Letters of Credit previously issued and Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New

 


 

Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Grantor, the information required by Schedule II to the Security Agreement applicable to it and the list of (i) all Intellectual Property held by the New Grantor and (ii) all instruments and debt securities held by the New Grantor and required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office.
          SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
           SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

2


 

          SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.
          SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
[Signature pages follow.]

3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Legal Name:
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive Office:
 
 
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

Schedule I
to the Supplement No __ to the
the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
LOCATION OF COLLATERAL
         
Description   Location
EQUITY INTERESTS
                 
            Number and    
    Number of   Registered   Class of   Percentage
Issuer   Certificate   Owner   Equity Interest   of Equity Interests
 
               
INSTRUMENTS AND DEBT SECURITIES
                         
        Principal        
Issuer   Amount   Date of Note   Maturity Date

 


 

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

2


 

Exhibit II to the
Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or the ABL Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
(a) The exact legal name of the Company, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . The Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of the Company, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of the Company and the jurisdiction of formation of the Company.
(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names the Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by the Company or any other business or organization to which the Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , the Company has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of the Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.

-2-


 

          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement) has been originated by the Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by the Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved ].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of the Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Company’s balance sheet.
          9. [ Reserved ] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by the Company.

-3-


 

          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by the Company, including a brief description thereof.
          12. Concentration Accounts . Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and complete list of all Blocked Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) maintained by the Parent Borrower, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of the entity that holds each account.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-4-


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___ day of                                           , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of Holdings, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Holdings is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of Holdings, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of Holdings and the jurisdiction of formation of Holdings.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names Holdings has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by Holdings or any other business or organization to which Holdings became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , Holdings has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of Holdings is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. [ Reserved].
          4. [Reserved].
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [Reserved].

 


 

          7. [Reserved] .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest held by Holdings. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of Holdings that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved].
          10. [Reserved] .
          11. [Reserved] .
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-2-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto executed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___ day of                                           , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein (the “ SA Grantors ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [   ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (v) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [   ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1.  Names .
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.

 


 

          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2.  Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3.  Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4.  File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Facility Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved].
          6.  [Reserved ].
          7.  Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property owned by each of the Companies that is a SA Grantor as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to such Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each such Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8.  Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.

-2-


 

          9.  [Reserved] .
          10.  Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each such Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each such Company.
          11.  Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of March, 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Principal Properties Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ AA15 Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ AA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iv) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (v) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (vi) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [   ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (vii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [   ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1.  Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.

 


 

          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2.  Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3.  Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4.  File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement).
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [ Reserved ].
          7.  Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8.  Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company

-2-


 

membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9.  [Reserved] .
          10.  Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each Company.
          11.  Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of                      , 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Exhibit III to the
Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
          PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
          Reference is made to the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [          ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):
All letters Patent of the United States, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States in or to which the Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-

 


 

part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, including those listed on Schedule I, in each case, related to any of the AM or FM radio broadcast stations listed on Schedule II.
          Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Patent Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Patent Collateral.
          Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
          Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Patent Collateral consisting of U.S. Patent registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
          Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Patent Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Patent Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Patent Registrations and Published Applications
                 
Patent Description     Owner     Registration Number/Serial Number  

 


 

Schedule II
AM and FM Radio Broadcast Stations
[Location]
                 
Station     Station Owner     Studio Address  

 


 

Exhibit IV to the
Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
          TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
          Reference is made to the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [          ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):
(a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names, other source or business

 


 

identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by the Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I, and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by such marks; provided that the grant of security interest shall not include any trademark, service mark or other application for registration that may be deemed invalidated, canceled or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest unless and until such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not affect the validity of such trademark, service mark or other application for registration, in each case, related to any of the AM or FM radio broadcast stations listed on Schedule II.
          Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Trademark Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Trademark Collateral.
          Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
          Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Trademark Collateral consisting of U.S. Trademark registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
          Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

 


 

[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Trademark Registrations and Use Applications
                 
                Registration Number/  
Trademark     Owner     Serial Number  

 


 

Schedule II
AM and FM Radio Broadcast Stations
[Location]
                 
Station     Station Owner     Studio Address  

 


 

Exhibit V to the
Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement
FORM OF
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (SHORT FORM)
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
          COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, between the Grantor identified on the signature page hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.
          Reference is made to the Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement dated as of [          ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Company are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, the subsidiary borrowers thereunder (collectively with the Company, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Grantor party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrowers and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):
(a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the

 


 

USCO, including those listed on Schedule I, in each case, related to any of the AM or FM radio broadcast stations listed on Schedule II.
          Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of the Grantor’s Secured Obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to the Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Copyright Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by the Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Copyright Collateral.
          Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.
          Section 5. Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Copyright Collateral consisting of U.S. Copyright registrations or applications owned by such Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.
          Section 6. Miscellaneous . As applicable, the provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.
[Signature pages follow.]

2


 

         
  [GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Copyright Security Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Copyright Security Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Copyright Registrations
                 
Copyright Title     Owner     Registration Number  

 


 

Schedule II
AM and FM Radio Broadcast Stations
[Location]
                 
Station     Station Owner     Studio Address  

 


 

Exhibit G-4
 
[FORM OF]
RECEIVABLES COLLATERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
dated as of
[          ], 2008
among
THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II [Reserved.]
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE III Security Interests in Personal Property
    5  
SECTION 3.01 Security Interest
    5  
SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties
    6  
SECTION 3.03 Covenants
    7  
SECTION 3.04 Second Priority Nature of Liens
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Remedies
    9  
SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default
    9  
SECTION 4.02 Certain Matters Relating to Accounts
    11  
SECTION 4.03 Application of Proceeds
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE V Subordination
    12  
SECTION 5.01 Subordination
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Miscellaneous
    12  
SECTION 6.01 Notices
    12  
SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment
    12  
SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    13  
SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns
    13  
SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement
    14  
SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    14  
SECTION 6.07 Severability
    14  
SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off
    15  
SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    15  
SECTION 6.10 Headings
    15  

i


 

         
SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute
    15  
SECTION 6.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs
    16  
SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release
    16  
SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors
    17  
SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    17  
SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent
    18  
SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care
    18  
SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement
    18  
SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous
    19  
     
Schedule I  
Subsidiary Parties
   
 
Exhibits  
 
   
 
Exhibit I  
Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit II  
Form of Perfection Certificate

ii


 

          RECEIVABLES COLLATERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [         ], 2008, among the Grantors (as defined below) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each Lender from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ ABL Controlled Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all Deposit Accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, (as such terms are defined in the UCC) and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Administrative Agent.
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.
          “ Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Agreement ” means this Receivables Collateral Security Agreement.

 


 

          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral.
          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement establishing a Person’s Control with respect to any ABL Controlled Account in favor of the ABL Administrative Agent as to which the ABL Administrative Agent has agreed in writing that its control over the ABL Controlled Accounts covered thereby is also for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Deposit Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Discharge of ABL Obligations ” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Excluded Assets ” means:
     (a) any fee owned real property and all leasehold rights and interests in real property, other than, in each case, any fixtures (other than fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property);
     (b) any General Intangible or other property or rights of a Grantor arising under or evidenced by any contract, instrument, or other document if (but only to the extent that) the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, such General Intangible, or other property or rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, unless and until all required consents shall have been obtained (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty) or (y) expressly give any other party (other than another Grantor or its Affiliates) in respect of any such contract, instrument, or other document, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (b) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable Law, including the UCC; provided , further , that, at such time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (b) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the contract, lease, instrument,

2


 

license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or to the extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;
     (c) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the UCC or other applicable law;
     (d) intercompany notes between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (e) unless and until the Existing Notes Condition has been satisfied, any particular assets if pledging or creating a security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties would require the grant of equal and ratable security to or for the benefit of the holders of any Retained Notes under the applicable Retained Notes Documentation; provided , however , that if any Retained Existing Notes become required to be secured by a Lien on any assets that would otherwise constitute Collateral as a result of a breach by the Parent Borrower of the covenant set forth in the last paragraph of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, then such assets shall not be excluded from the Collateral pursuant to this clause (e); and
     (f) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower and evidenced in writing, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) to the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries of creating or perfecting a pledge or security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Secured Parties;
provided that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clause (d) above shall constitute Collateral hereunder and shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Grantor ” means the Parent Borrower and each Subsidiary Party.

3


 

          “ Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement ” means the Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Second Priority ” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Loan Documents that such Lien is second in priority only to the Liens created under the ABL Facility Documentation prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
          “ Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.
          “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
ARTICLE II
[ Reserved. ]

4


 

ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property
          SECTION 3.01 Security Interest . (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all ABL Controlled Accounts;
     (iii) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing items referred o in the preceding clauses, all Documents, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Instruments;
     (iv) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and
     (v) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;
provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral of such Grantor as described herein (or as “all assets” with respect to Grantors that are parties to the Principal Properties Security Agreement or Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement) or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify,

5


 

any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) [Reserved.]
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Administrative Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State(s) or (B) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, except for Control Agreements in respect of the ABL Controlled Accounts, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States.
          SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.
     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(e), the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

6


 

     (c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral in which a security inter est may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any statutory or similar Lien that has priority as a matter of Law and (ii) any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 3.03 Covenants .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 60 days, after any change in the (i) the legal name of such Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of such Grantor.
          (b) Subject to Sections 3.01(e), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower, on behalf of the Grantors, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth

7


 

the information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(c) and 2 of the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c).
          (d) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $15,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days thereof) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          (e) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time (unless the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such actions or payments are necessary to protect the Security Interest, to avoid any loss or forfeiture or material impairment of any material Collateral or the use thereof, or to preserve and maintain any material Collateral in good condition) after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization. Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which is in excess of $15,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

8


 

          SECTION 3.04 Second Priority Nature of Liens . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be a Second Priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).
ARTICLE IV
Remedies
          SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate; (iv) demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligators on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Administrative Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; and (v) withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Grantor constituting Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall not have the right under this Agreement to assume operational control of any FCC Authorization and facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC Authorization except in compliance with the Communications Laws. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of

9


 

Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in sepa rate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the

10


 

name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relat ing thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          SECTION 4.02 Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .
          (a) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving reasonable notice to the Parent Borrower and any other relevant Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with such test verifications. The Administrative Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.
          (b) At the Administrative Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original invoices.
          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not, without prior consent from the Administrative Agent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts; compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof; release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof; or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Administrative Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.
          (d) Each Grantor shall, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, legend the Accounts and the other books, records and documents of such Grantor evidencing or pertaining to Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Accounts have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Administrative Agent has a security interest therein.
          SECTION 4.03 Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

11


 

          The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.03, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).
ARTICLE V
Subordination
          SECTION 5.01 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 6.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
     SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment .
     (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender in exercising any

12


 

right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Docu ments are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in

13


 

this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of Cash Management Services, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (unless cash collateral or other credit support satisfactory to the L/C Issuer thereof in its sole discretion has been provided) or so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
          SECTION 6.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith

14


 

negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Grantor, any such notice being waived by each Grantor to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Grantors against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 6.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of,

15


 

all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control. So long as the Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, any requirement in this Agreement to deliver any ABL Priority Collateral (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied by delivery of such ABL Priority Collateral to the ABL Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).
          SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released when all the outstanding Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (in each case, other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (unless cash collateral or other credit support satisfactory to the L/C Issuers thereof in each of their sole discretion has been provided) and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.
          (b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.
          (c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest

16


 

granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the

17


 

absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby; and provided further , that no right accorded to Administrative Agent to act as attorney-in-fact for any Grantor shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of any Grantor any application or other instrument required to be filed with the FCC in any manner or under any circumstances not permitted by the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.
          SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.
          SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator

18


 

of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
          SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.
[Signature Pages Follow.]

19


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
             
    [GRANTORS]    
 
 
  By:      
 
    Name:          
 
           
 
    Title:        
 
           
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT ]

 


 

             
    CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent    
 
 
  By:      
 
    Name:          
 
           
 
    Title:        
 
           
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT ]

 


 

Schedule I to
the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement
SUBSIDIARY PARTIES
The entities set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date to the extent they are wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date and any other entities which would additionally be required to become Grantors under this Agreement after giving effect to the Transactions pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 


 

Exhibit I to the
Receivables Collateral Security Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO.            dated as of [ ], to the Receivables Collateral Security Agreement (the ” Security Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], 2008, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, each Lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide additional Cash Management Services and as consideration for Loans previously made, Letters of Credit previously issued and Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured

2


 

Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office and a list of all Instruments relating to Collateral with a value in excess of $15,000,000 held by such New Grantor.
          SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
           SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.

3


 

          SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
[Signature pages follow.]

4


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Legal Name:
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive office:
Instruments:
 
 
     
     
     
 
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

Exhibit II to the
Receivables Collateral Security Agreement
FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or the ABL Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
(a) The exact legal name of the Company, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . The Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of the Company, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of the Company and the jurisdiction of formation of the Company.
(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names the Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by the Company or any other business or organization to which the Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , the Company has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of the Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.

 


 

          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement) has been originated by the Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by the Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved ].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of the Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Company’s balance sheet.
          9. [ Reserved ] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the Company’s United States Copyrights

-2-


 

and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by the Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by the Company, including a brief description thereof.
          12. Concentration Accounts . Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and complete list of all Blocked Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) maintained by the Parent Borrower, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of the entity that holds each account.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of                                           , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of Holdings, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Holdings is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of Holdings, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of Holdings and the jurisdiction of formation of Holdings.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names Holdings has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by Holdings or any other business or organization to which Holdings became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , Holdings has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of Holdings is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. [ Reserved].
          4. [Reserved].
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [Reserved].
          7. [Reserved] .

 


 

          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest held by Holdings. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of Holdings that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved].
          10. [Reserved] .
          11. [Reserved] .
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-2-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto executed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of                                           , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [   ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein (the “ SA Grantors ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [   ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [   ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (iv) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [   ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (v) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [   ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names .
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by

 


 

merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Agreement and the ABL Facility Security Agreement).
          5. [ Reserved].
          6. [Reserved ].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property owned by each of the Companies that is a SA Grantor as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to such Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each such Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.

-2-


 

          9. [Reserved] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of the Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each such Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of the United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) owned by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each such Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company that is a SA Grantor, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of March, 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Principal Properties Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ AA15 Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ AA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iv) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (v) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (vi) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (vii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [     ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.

 


 

          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
          4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement).
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [ Reserved ].
          7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .

-2-


 

          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9. [Reserved] .
          10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each Company.
          11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-3-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of                                           , 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

Exhibit G-5
 
[FORM OF]
PLEDGE AGREEMENT
dated as of
[               ], 2008
between
CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I Definitions
    1  
 
SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II Pledge of Securities
    2  
 
SECTION 2.01. Pledge
    2  
SECTION 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity
    3  
SECTION 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants
    3  
SECTION 2.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests
    5  
SECTION 2.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
    5  
SECTION 2.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest
    5  
SECTION 2.07. FCC Limitations
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE III Remedies
    8  
 
SECTION 3.01. Remedies Upon Default
    8  
SECTION 3.02. Application of Proceeds
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous
    11  
 
SECTION 4.01. Notices
    11  
SECTION 4.02. Waivers, Amendment
    11  
SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    12  
SECTION 4.04. Successors and Assigns
    12  
SECTION 4.05. Survival of Agreement
    12  
SECTION 4.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    13  
SECTION 4.07. Severability
    13  
SECTION 4.08. Right of Set-Off
    13  
SECTION 4.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process.
    14  
SECTION 4.10. Headings
    14  
SECTION 4.11. Security Interest Absolute
    14  
SECTION 4.12. [Reserved].
    14  

 


 

         
SECTION 4.13. Termination or Release
    14  
SECTION 4.14. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    15  
SECTION 4.15. General Authority of the Administrative Agent
    16  
SECTION 4.16. Reasonable Care
    16  
SECTION 4.17. Reinstatement
    16  
SECTION 4.18. Miscellaneous
    17  
     
Schedule I
  Pledged Equity
 
   
Exhibits
   
 
   
Exhibit I
  Perfection Certificate

 


 

          PLEDGE AGREEMENT dated as of [   ], 2008, among Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May o , 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.(the “ Parent Borrower ”), Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement . (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (a) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” means this Pledge Agreement.
          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.

 


 

          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Parent Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
          “ Pledged Equity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
          “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Pledged Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
ARTICLE II
Pledge of Securities
          SECTION 2.01. Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, Holdings hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of Holdings’ right, title and interest in, to and under all Equity Interests issued by the Parent Borrower (the “ Pledged Equity ”); (ii) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the Pledged Equity; (iii) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of Holdings with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and (iv) all Proceeds of any of the

2


 

foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).
          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject , however , to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.
          SECTION 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity . (a) Holdings agrees promptly (but in any event within 30 days after receipt by Holdings) to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all Pledged Equity (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated).
     (b) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, any Pledged Equity shall be accompanied by stock or security powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Equity shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule I and made a part hereof; provided that failure to supplement Schedule I shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Equity. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.
          SECTION 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Holdings represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:
     (a) As of the date hereof, Schedule I includes all Equity Interests required to be pledged by Holdings hereunder in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
     (b) the Pledged Equity has been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and are fully paid and nonassessable;
     (c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, Holdings (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity indicated on Schedule I, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created by the Collateral Documents, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

3


 

     (d) except for restrictions and limitations (i) imposed by the Loan Documents, securities laws generally or the Communications Laws and other similar federal, state and foreign laws, rules and regulations relating to the communications industry or (ii) described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;
     (e) Holdings has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;
     (f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);
     (g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by Holdings of this Agreement, when any Pledged Equity is delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Equity as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations to the extent such perfection is governed by the UCC; and
     (h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.
          Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Holdings hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in Holdings that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement excludes any assets from the scope of the Pledged Collateral, or from any requirement to take any action to perfect any security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral, the representations, warranties and covenants made by Holdings in this Agreement with respect to the creation, perfection or priority (as applicable) of the security interest granted in favor of the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, this Section 2.03) shall be deemed not to apply to such excluded assets.

4


 

          SECTION 2.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . No interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by Holdings that constitutes Pledged Equity shall be represented by a certificate unless (i) the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement expressly provides that such interests shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction, and (ii) such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.02. Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by Holdings shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by Holdings and pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) Holdings shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Holdings hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Administrative Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof.
          SECTION 2.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give Holdings notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (subject to Section 2.07 hereof but otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Equity in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of Holdings, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent and Holdings will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity registered in the name of Holdings and (b) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Equity for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.
          SECTION 2.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest . (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have provided notice to Holdings that its rights under this Section 2.06 are being suspended (with any such notice of suspension to be given and to be effective only consistent with Section 2.07 hereof and to be effective only to the extent permitted by Section 2.07 hereof):
     (i) Holdings shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Equity

5


 

or any part thereof and Holdings agrees that it shall exercise such rights for purposes consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     (ii) The Administrative Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice) execute and deliver to Holdings, or cause to be executed and delivered to Holdings, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as Holdings may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling Holdings to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.
     (iii) Holdings shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Equity to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Equity or received in exchange for Pledged Equity or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by Holdings, shall not be commingled by Holdings with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver to Holdings any Pledged Equity in its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Equity permitted by the Credit Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.06(a)(iii).
     (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified Holdings of the suspension of its rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of Holdings to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that Holdings is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends,

6


 

interest, principal or other distributions received by Holdings contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of Holdings and shall be promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to Holdings (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that Holdings would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 and that remain in such account.
     (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have provided Holdings with notice of the suspension of its rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then, subject to Section 2.07 hereof, all rights of Holdings to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06, shall cease, and, subject to Section 2.07 hereof, all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit Holdings to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, Holdings shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that Holdings would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) above, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06 shall be reinstated.
     (d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to Holdings suspending the rights of Holdings under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing and shall conform to and be subject to the requirements of Section 2.07 hereof and (ii) may suspend the rights of Holdings under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7


 

          SECTION 2.07. FCC Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Administrative Agent and each Lender agree that (a) if the suspension of Holdings’ rights in respect of the Pledged Equity and the vesting of such rights in the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.06 requires the approval of the FCC, such rights will not be suspended and will remain vested in Holdings upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default unless and until such approval has been obtained; (b) if any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent in respect of the Pledged Equity pursuant to Section 3.01 requires the approval of the FCC, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such remedies unless and until such approval has been obtained and voting rights in the Pledged Collateral shall remain with Holdings even if an Event of Default has occurred unless any such required prior FCC approval shall have been obtained; (c) if the Administrative Agent exercises any remedies of foreclosure in respect to the Pledged Collateral following the occurrence of an Event of Default, there will be either a private or public arm’s-length sale of the Pledged Collateral; and (d) prior to the exercise of any rights of the purchaser at such sale of such Pledged Collateral, the prior consent of the FCC pursuant to 47 U.S.C. Section 310(d), in each case only if required, shall be obtained. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any related agreements to the contrary, any foreclosure on, sale, transfer or other disposition of, or the exercise of any right to vote or consent with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral as provided herein or therein, or any other action taken or proposed to be taken by the Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder which would affect the operational, voting, or other control of any FCC Authorization or any facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC authorization, shall be in conformity with the requirements of the Communications Laws and, if and to the extent required thereby, subject to the prior approval of the FCC.
          Holdings agrees that, upon the request from time to time by the Administrative Agent following an Event of Default, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue obtaining any governmental, regulatory or third party consents, approvals or authorizations referred to in this Section 2.07, including the preparation, signing and filing with (or causing to be prepared, signed and filed with) the FCC of any application or applications for consent to the assignment of the FCC Authorizations or transfer of control required to be signed by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries necessary or appropriate under the FCC’s rules and regulations for approval of any sale or transfer of any of the Equity Interests or the assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any transfer of control in respect of any FCC Authorization.
ARTICLE III
Remedies
          SECTION 3.01. Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to Section 2.07 hereof, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) exercise

8


 

any and all rights and remedies of Holdings under or in connection with the Pledged Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Pledged Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide Holdings with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (ii) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall not have the right under this Agreement to assume operational control of any FCC Authorization and facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC Authorization except in compliance with the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Pledged Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Pledged Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Pledged Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of Holdings, and Holdings hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which Holdings now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Administrative Agent shall give Holdings 10 days’ written notice (which Holdings agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Pledged Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Pledged Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Pledged Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Pledged Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Pledged Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Pledged Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or

9


 

purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Pledged Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Pledged Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of Holdings (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from Holdings as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to Holdings therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Pledged Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and Holdings shall not be entitled to the return of the Pledged Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Pledged Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Holdings irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as its true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default ( provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide Holdings with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) endorsing the name of Holdings on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment representing or included in the Pledged Collateral and (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by Holdings to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
          SECTION 3.02. Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Pledged Collateral, including any Pledged Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.
          The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Pledged Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a

10


 

power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Pledged Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 3.02, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent Holdings from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 4.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02. Waivers, Amendment . (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by Holdings therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit or provision of Cash Management Services shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on Holdings in any case shall entitle Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

11


 

     (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and Holdings, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification . (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
     (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 4.04. Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of Holdings or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.05. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by Holdings hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of Cash Management Services, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding

12


 

Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) or so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 4.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to Holdings when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of Holdings shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon Holdings and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that Holdings shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Pledged Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 4.08. Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to Holdings, any such notice being waived by Holdings to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of Holdings against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify Holdings and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender may have.

13


 

          SECTION 4.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
     (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 4.10. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.11. Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of Holdings hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Holdings in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.12. [ Reserved] .
          SECTION 4.13. Termination or Release . (a) This Agreement and all security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (in each case, other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).

14


 

     (b) Upon any sale or transfer by Holdings of any Pledged Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Grantor), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Pledged Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
     (c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 4.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to Holdings, at Holdings’ expense, all documents that Holdings shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by Holdings to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 4.14. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Holdings hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of Holdings for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, subject to Section 2.07 hereof shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to Holdings of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of Holdings (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Pledged Collateral; (c) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Pledged Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Pledged Collateral; (d) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Pledged Collateral; and (e) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Pledged Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Pledged Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby; and provided further , that no right accorded to

15


 

Administrative Agent to act as attorney-in-fact for Holdings shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of Holdings any application or other instrument required to be filed with the FCC in any manner or under any circumstances not permitted by the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Holdings for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 4.15. General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against Holdings, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Pledged Collateral or Holdings’ obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against Holdings, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.
          SECTION 4.16. Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Pledged Collateral in its possession; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Pledged Collateral, if such Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.
          SECTION 4.17. Reinstatement . This Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

16


 

          SECTION 4.18. Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.
[ Signature Pages Follow. ]

17


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page to Holdings Pledge Agreement ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page to Holdings Pledge Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule I to
the Pledge Agreement
EQUITY INTERESTS
     
Pledgor   Pledged Interest
Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
  500,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Clear Channel Communications, Inc.

 


 

Exhibit I to the
Pledge Agreement
Perfection Certificate

 


 

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of [                     ], 2008 (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May o , 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent as follows:
          1. Names.
          (a) The exact legal name of Holdings, as such name appears in its certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Holdings is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of Holdings, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of Holdings and the jurisdiction of formation of Holdings.
          (b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names Holdings has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
          (c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by Holdings or any other business or organization to which Holdings became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , Holdings has not changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
          2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of Holdings is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
          3. [ Reserved].
          4. [Reserved].
          5. [Reserved].
          6. [Reserved].

 


 

Exhibit I to the
Pledge Agreement
          7. [Reserved] .
          8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest held by Holdings. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of Holdings that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
          9.   [Reserved].
          10. [Reserved] .
          11. [Reserved] .
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

-2-


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto executed this Perfection Certificate as of this                      day of                                           , 2008.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT H 1
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ROPES & GRAY LLP
     Each of the Delaware Corporate Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of Holdings and the Delaware LLC Subsidiaries (i) is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) has the power and authority under its limited liability company agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Delaware Limited Partnership Subsidiaries (i) is a limited partnership validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) has the power and authority under its limited partnership agreement and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the California Corporate Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     The Massachusetts Corporate Subsidiary (i) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Covered Entities has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Credit Documents to which each of the Loan Parties is a party constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each such Person as is party thereto and is enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms.
     The execution and delivery by each of the Covered Entities of the Credit Documents to which such Person is party and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder will not violate or require the repurchase of securities under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, the limited liability company agreement, or the partnership agreement, as applicable, of such Person. The execution and delivery by each of the Loan Parties of the Credit Documents to

 


 

which such Person is party and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder (a) will not violate any Covered Laws and (b) will not result in a breach or violation of, constitute a default under, result in the creation of a Lien pursuant to the terms of or result in the acceleration of the maturity of any obligation of any Loan Party thereunder, any of the agreements, instruments, court orders, judgments or decrees listed on Schedule III hereto.
     Except as may be required in order to perfect the Liens contemplated by the Collateral Documents, under the Covered Laws, no consent, approval, license or exemption by, or order or authorization of, or filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority is required to be obtained by the Loan Parties in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents to which each such Person is party or the performance by each such Person of its obligations thereunder.
     To our knowledge, but without having investigated any governmental records or court dockets, none of the Loan Parties is a party to any action, suit or proceeding that challenges the validity or enforceability of, or seeks to enjoin the performance of, the Credit Documents.
     None of the Loan Parties is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     Neither the making of the loans under the Credit Agreement, nor the application of the proceeds thereof as provided in the Credit Agreement, will violate Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect on the date hereof.
     Each of the Security Agreements creates a valid security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral described therein to the extent that a security interest in such Collateral can be created under Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“ New York Article 9 ”).
     Upon the proper filing of the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule IV-A in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Filing Office ”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by each Delaware Loan Party under each Security Agreement to which it is a party will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Delaware Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the Delaware Filing Office.
     Upon the proper filing of the financing statement attached hereto as Schedule IV-B in the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Massachusetts Filing Office ”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the Massachusetts Corporate Subsidiary under each Security Agreement to which it is a party will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Article 9 of the Massachusetts Uniform Commercial Code by the filing of a financing statement in the Massachusetts Filing Office.
     Upon the proper filing of the financing statement attached hereto as Schedule IV-C in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of California (the “ California Filing Office ”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the California Corporate Subsidiaries under each Security Agreement to which it is a party will be perfected to the extent a security interest in

 


 

such Collateral can be perfected under California Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the California Filing Office.
     Assuming the delivery to and continued possession by the Administrative Agent in the State of New York of the Pledged Equity listed on Schedule V and the related stock powers pursuant to the Holdings Pledge Agreement and assuming that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders have “notice of an adverse claim” (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) with respect to such Pledged Equity at the time such Pledged Equity is delivered to the Administrative Agent, the respective security interests in such Pledged Equity created in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Holdings Pledge Agreement constitute perfected security interests in such Pledged Equity, free of any “adverse claim” (as defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code).

 


 

EXHIBIT H-2
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF FLORIDA COUNSEL
     Each Florida Guarantor (i) is a corporation duly organized and validly existing, in good standing, under the laws of the State in connection with such status, and such status is active, and (ii) has all the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property.
     The Guarantor Documents executed and delivered, and the performance of its monetary obligations thereunder, by each Florida Guarantor have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Florida Guarantor in accordance with the terms of, and do not violate, conflict with or cause a default under its articles of incorporation or by-laws, and do not violate any law, statute, rule or regulation of the State known to us to be applicable to any Florida Guarantor and to corporations generally.
     Each Florida Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority under the laws of the State to execute and deliver the Guarantor Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     No consent, approval authorization, order, filing, registration of qualification of or with any State agency or body is required for the execution or delivery by the Florida Guarantors of, or the performance of their monetary obligations under, the Guarantor Documents.
     Upon the proper filing of the Financing Statements with the Florida Secured Transaction Registry (the “Florida Filing Office”) the security interest in the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) granted by the Florida Guarantors will be perfected to the extent that a security interest in the Collateral can be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State by the filing of financing statements in the Florida Filing Office. For purpose of the foregoing, we have assumed that the Security Agreement creates a valid, enforceable security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent and that the Florida Guarantors own the Collateral.
     Assuming that each Note, and any other evidence of indebtedness executed and delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, is executed and delivered outside of the State and that the only security instrument recorded in the State of Florida is the Financing Statements, then no taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible documentary stamp taxes, recorded taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, are payable to the State or to any jurisdiction therein in connection with the execution and delivery of the Guarantor Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Guarantor Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-3
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF COLORADO COUNSEL
      Organization . Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State.
      Good Standing . Based solely upon the Good Standing Certificate of Guarantor attached hereto as Exhibit 4.2 , Guarantor is in good standing under the laws of the State.
      Power and Authority . Guarantor has (a) power and authority to execute, deliver and perform each of the Guaranty Documents to which it is a party and (b) all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and/or operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently being conducted in the State.
      Execution and Delivery . Each of the Guaranty Documents has been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor.
      Authorization . The execution and delivery of each of the Guaranty Documents by Guarantor and the performance by Guarantor of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Guarantor.
      UCC . The UCC is in proper form for filing with the SOS and, upon due filing in such office and payment to the SOS of the fees described more fully in Section 4.9 below, the security interest created by the Pledge and Security Agreement in Collateral consisting of Article 9 Collateral (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement), will be perfected to the extent a security interest can be perfected in such Collateral under the State UCC by the filing of a financing statement in that office.
      No Consent . No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any State governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery by Guarantor of the Guaranty Documents, the consummation of the Transaction or the performance by Guarantor of its obligations under such Guaranty Documents.
      No Violation . The execution and delivery by the Guarantor of the Guaranty Documents and the performance by Guarantor of its obligations thereunder does not violate (a) any of the Constituent Documents, (b) the applicable provisions of statutory law or regulation of this State applicable to transactions such as the Transaction or (c) any of the proceedings described in Section V below of which we have knowledge as a result of the searches described in such Section V .
      Fees and Taxes . Other than the minimal statutory recording or filing fees with respect to the filing of the Security Documents, no fees, documentary stamp taxes, transfer taxes, or other similar charges are due or payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of the Security Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-4
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF NEVADA COUNSEL
     Each Nevada Subsidiary (a) is duly incorporated or formed, as applicable, and validly existing under the laws of the State and in good standing in the State and (b) has all requisite corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to be entered into by each Nevada Subsidiary and the transactions contemplated thereby are within each Nevada Subsidiary’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, action on the part of each Nevada Subsidiary. Each Loan Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by each Nevada Subsidiary.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority of the State, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate the articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership or limited partnership agreement, as applicable, of any Nevada Subsidiary and (c) will not violate any law, statute, rule or regulation of the State or any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority of the State known to us to be applicable to any Company.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Office of Secretary of State of the State, and upon the filing in such office, the security interest created by the Security Agreements on the Article 9 Collateral and the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreements) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will be duly perfected to the extent that the filing of a financing statement under the provisions of the UCC in Nevada is effective to perfect a security interest in such Article 9 Collateral and Collateral.
     No taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible or documentary stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, are payable to the State or to any jurisdiction therein on account of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents or the recording or filing of the Financing Statements, except for nominal filing or recording fees.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-5
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF WASHINGTON COUNSEL
     Each Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Washington. Each Guarantor has all necessary corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Documents to which it is party and to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Guarantor has authorized, by all necessary corporate action, the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Documents to which it is party, and each Guarantor has executed and delivered each such Document to the party or parties to whom such Document is to be given.
     Except for filings required for the perfection of the Agent’s liens and security interests, no approval, authorization or other action by, or filing with, any Washington state governmental authority, is required in connection with the execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Documents to which it is party and the performance of its agreements in such Documents, except for those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect.
     Execution and delivery by each Guarantor of, and the performance of its agreements in, each of the Documents to which it is party (a) do not violate the applicable Guarantor’s articles of incorporation or bylaws; (b) are not prohibited by, nor do they result in the imposition of a fine, penalty or other similar sanction for a violation under, the provisions of Washington state laws or regulations; and (c) to our knowledge, do not violate any judgment, decree or order of any Washington state court binding on tiny Guarantor. For purposes of expressing the opinion in Clause (c) of this Paragraph 4, we have with your express consent relied solely upon our review of CourtTrax Corporation’s on-line searches of each Guarantor’s name in the statewide court computer information system for the state of Washington, specifically the Washington State Superior Court Index for civil cases, the court records of Washington State Courts of Appeals, and the court records of the Washington State Supreme Court, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit B. We have assumed that such search results are accurate and complete. We have not caused the search of any other court records, including without limitation any Federal Court, Bankruptcy Court, Tribal Courts of Appeals, Municipal Court, or District Courts located in Washington State.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Filing Office. The security interest of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC will be a perfected security interest upon the filing of the Financing Statements with the Filing Office.

 


 

There are no stamp taxes, recording taxes, real property transfer taxes or similar charges payable under Washington law on account of the execution and delivery of the Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced by or secured by any of the Documents or upon the filing of the Financing Statements except (a) nominal filing fees payable to the Filing Office and (b) any fees or charges payable to any entity whose services may have been used to assist in such filing. We express no opinion, however, with respect to any income, franchise, sales, withholding, real or personal property, business license, business and occupation tax or any other tax that may result from the transactions contemplated by the Documents or the performance of the obligations described therein, including the payment of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-6
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF TEXAS COUNSEL
     Each Obligor that is a corporation is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. Each Obligor that is a limited partnership is a limited partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. Each Obligor has all requisite corporate or limited partnership power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Obligor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder, including, in the case of the Company, the borrowing of Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which each Obligor is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership action on the part of such Obligor. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor.
     The execution and delivery by each Obligor of the Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party and the performance by each Obligor of their respective obligations thereunder (including, in the case of the Company, the borrowing of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date) (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority of the State of Texas, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the filing of the Financing Statements, and (b) do not violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Obligor’s respective articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, or partnership agreement, as applicable, (ii) any Texas statutory law or regulation or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority of the State of Texas listed on Schedule I hereto.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Office of Secretary of State of the State of Texas (the “ Filing Office ”). The filing of the Financing Statements in the Filing Office is sufficient to perfect (within the meaning of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Texas (the “ UCC ”)) a security interest in all rights of each Obligor in and to the items and types of Collateral in which a security interest has been created under the respective Security Agreements to which such Obligor is a party that may be perfected under the UCC by the filing of a financing statement in the Filing Office. Assuming that the Financing Statements have been filed in the Filing Office and have not subsequently been released, terminated or modified, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in all rights of each Obligor in and to those items and types of Collateral described in the respective Security Agreements to which such Obligor is a party, in which a security interest has been created under Article 9 of the

 


 

New York Uniform Commercial Code, has been perfected, to the extent a security interest in such Collateral may be perfected under the UCC by the filing of a financing statement in the Filing Office.
     No Texas local taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible or documentary stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, imposed by any government department or other taxing authority of or in the State of Texas are payable on account of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents or the recording or filing of the Financing Statements, except for nominal filing or recording fees, and other than taxes, fees or other charges based on the income of the Lenders, including, without limitation, the Texas Margins Tax.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-7
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF OHIO COUNSEL
     1 . Each of the Ohio Loan Parties which is a corporation is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio. M Street L.L.C. is a limited liability company validly existing and in full force and effect under the laws of the State of Ohio. Each of the Ohio Loan Parties has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to be entered into by each of the Ohio Loan Parties and the transactions contemplated thereby are within such Ohio Loan Party’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Ohio Loan Party. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Ohio Loan Party to which it is a party.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to be entered into by each of the Ohio Loan Parties and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority of the State of Ohio, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, and (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate the Organization Documents of any Ohio Loan Party; and (c) will not violate any law, statute, rule or regulation of the State of Ohio or any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority of the State of Ohio known to us to be applicable to any Ohio Loan Party.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Office of Secretary of State of Ohio, and upon the filing in such office, the security interest created by the Receivables Security Agreement and the Non-Principal Properties Security Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Security Agreements”) in and to the Collateral described in such Security Agreements in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will be duly perfected to the extent that the filing of a financing statement under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Ohio is effective to perfect a security interest in such Collateral.
     No taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible or documentary stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, are payable to the State of Ohio or to any jurisdiction therein on account of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents or the recording or filing of the Financing Statements, except for nominal filing or recording fees.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-8
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF SPECIAL FCC COUNSEL
     The FCC records reviewed by us reflect that (a) the FCC-authorized licensee or permittee for each of the Station Licenses listed in Schedule III is the entity identified in Schedule III as the licensee or permittee thereof; (b) each of the Station Licenses has the expiration date set forth on Schedule III hereof; and (c) except as may be set forth on Schedule III, each of the Station Licenses is currently in effect.
     Except for those Station Licenses identified on Schedule III as construction permits, each Station License authorizes the licensee thereof identified in Schedule III to operate a full service radio broadcast station to serve the community of license identified in Schedule III for each such Station License, subject to compliance with the terms of such Station License and the Communications Laws.
     The FCC has issued the Merger Consent, and the Merger Consent has become effective pursuant to Section 1.103 of the FCC’s rules, 47 C.F.R. § 1.103. To our knowledge, (i) no stay of the effectiveness of the Merger Consent has been issued by the FCC and (ii) the Merger Consent has not been invalidated by any subsequently published FCC action. With regard to the three enumerated conditions in paragraph 40 of the Merger Consent, (a) the FCC has granted all necessary authority for consummation of the assignment to the Aloha Station Trust, LLC of those radio broadcast stations required to be so assigned under the first enumerated condition; (b) the FCC, by Memorandum Opinion and Order. Shareholders of Univision Communications, Inc., FCC 08-48, released February 12, 2008, modified the condition (the “ Univision Order Condition ”) imposed by its Memorandum Opinion and Order: Shareholders of Univision Communications, Inc., 22 FCC Rcd. 5842 (2007), to provide that the restructuring of the interests of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“ THLP ”) in Broadcast Media Partners, Inc. (“ BMPI ”) to become non-attributable has brought THLP and BMPI into compliance with the Univision Order Condition, as required by the second enumerated condition; and (c) the FCC has granted all necessary authority for the transfer of control of the radio broadcast stations held by Cumulus Media Partners, LLC (“ CMP ”) that would result from the actions required to render the interests of Bain Capital, LLC and THLP in CMP non-attributable, as required by the third enumerated condition. We advise you that, to our knowledge, (x) no petition for reconsideration or review of the Merger Consent has been filed, and (y) no action has been taken by the FCC to reverse or set aside the Merger Consent. We further advise you that written notification to the FCC is required upon consummation of the transactions authorized by the Merger Consent.
     The execution, delivery, and performance on the date hereof by the Loan Parties of the Credit Agreement and the other Reviewed Documents to which each is a party do not require any registration with, any authorization, consent or approval by, or any notice to or filing with, the FCC and do not violate the Communications Laws, except that: (a) the exercise of certain rights and remedies by the Agent or the Lenders that constitute the assignment of any license, permit or

 


 

other authorization issued by the FCC (“ FCC Authorization ”), or a transfer of control thereof, including an assignment or transfer of any FCC Authorization upon the exercise by the Agent or the Lenders of rights or remedies under the Reviewed Documents, may require the prior consent of the FCC (and we express no opinion as to the likelihood of obtaining any such FCC consent), (b) if any FCC Authorization is assigned or control thereof transferred, FCC policy may require that control of the assets used in the operation of the facilities authorized by such FCC Authorization be transferred or assigned along with such FCC Authorization, (c) written notification to the FCC is required upon consummation of any assignment of an FCC Authorization or transfer of control thereof previously approved by the FCC, and (d) Section 73.3613 of the FCC’s rules, 47 C.F.R. § 73.3613, may require that copies of certain of the Reviewed Documents be filed with the FCC for informational purposes within thirty (30) days after their execution, and any documents required to be so filed may also be required to be listed and described in ownership reports filed with the FCC.

 


 

Exhibit I
[FORM OF]
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
by and among
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as ABL Collateral Agent
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as CF Collateral Agent
Dated as of [          ], 2008

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page No.  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2 Rules of Construction
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 LIEN PRIORITY
    7  
 
       
Section 2.1 Priority of Liens
    7  
Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens
    8  
Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill
    9  
Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights
    10  
Section 2.5 No New Liens
    12  
Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES
    12  
 
       
Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted
    12  
Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection
    12  
Section 3.3 Inspection and Access Rights
    13  
Section 3.5 Exercise of Remedies – Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
    14  
 
       
Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds
    14  
Section 4.2 Specific Performance
    15  
 
ARTICLE 5 INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS
    16  
 
Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers
    16  
Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and CF Documents
    17  
Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS
    19  
 
       
Section 6.1 DIP Financing
    19  
Section 6.2 Relief from Stay
    19  
Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection
    19  
Section 6.4 Asset Sales
    20  
Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification
    20  
Section 6.6 Enforceability
    21  
Section 6.7 ABL Obligations and CF Obligations Unconditional
    21  

-i-


 

         
    Page No.  
ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS
    22  
 
       
Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation
    22  
Section 7.2 Further Assurances
    22  
Section 7.3 Representations
    22  
Section 7.4 Amendments
    22  
Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices
    23  
Section 7.6 No Waiver, Remedies
    23  
Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations
    23  
Section 7.8 Governing Law; Entire Agreement
    24  
Section 7.9 Counterparts
    24  
Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    24  
Section 7.11 Headings
    24  
Section 7.12 Severability
    24  
Section 7.13 Attorneys’ Fees
    24  
Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER
    24  
Section 7.15 Intercreditor Agreement
    25  
Section 7.16 Effectiveness
    25  
Section 7.17 Collateral Agents
    25  
Section 7.18 No Warranties or Liability
    25  
Section 7.19 Conflicts
    25  
Section 7.20 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties
    25  
Section 7.21 Acknowledgement
    26  

-ii-


 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
     THIS INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [           ], 2008 among CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Citibank ”), in its capacity as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined below) and Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the CF Secured Parties (as defined below).
RECITALS
     A. BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [       ], 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, Refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including without limitation to add new loans thereunder or increase the amount of loans thereunder), the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other parties named therein.
     B. BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [       ], 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, Refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including without limitation to add new loans thereunder or increase the amount of loans thereunder), the “ CF Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, Holdings, the foreign subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the subsidiary co-borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other parties named therein.
     Accordingly, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
      Section 1.1 Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement or the CF Credit Agreement, as applicable, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ ABL Collateral Agent ” shall mean Citibank, in its capacity as collateral agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents entered into pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the ABL Credit Agreement exercising substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such ABL Collateral Agent is not Citibank, such ABL

-1-


 

Collateral Agent shall have become a party to this Agreement and the other applicable ABL Security Documents.
     “ ABL Controlled Accounts ” shall mean (i) all Deposit Accounts and all Securities Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, “securities entitlements” (as such terms are defined in the UCC) and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, of any Grantor and which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent.
     “ ABL Documents ” means the credit, guaranty and security documents governing the ABL Obligations, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement and the ABL Security Documents and Secured Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).
     “ ABL Obligations ” shall mean all “Obligations” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
     “ ABL Recovery ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
     “ ABL Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).
     “ ABL Security Documents ” means the ABL Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing ABL Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.
     “ ABL Secured Parties ” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
     “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code.
     “ CF Collateral Agent ” shall mean Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the CF Credit Agreement and the other CF Documents entered into pursuant to the CF Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the CF Credit Agreement exercising substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such CF Collateral Agent is not Citibank, such CF Collateral Agent shall have become a party to this Agreement and the other applicable CF Security Documents.
     “ CF Documents ” means the credit, guaranty and security documents governing the CF Obligations, including, without limitation, the CF Credit Agreement, each Secured Hedge

-2-


 

Agreement (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement), each agreement relating to any Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and the CF Security Documents.
     “ CF Enforcement Date ” means the date which is 180 days after the occurrence of both (i) a continuing Event of Default (under and as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and (ii) the ABL Collateral Agent’s receipt of an Enforcement Notice from the CF Collateral Agent, provided that the CF Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur (or be deemed to have occurred) (A) at any time the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties have commenced and are diligently pursuing any enforcement action against the Intercreditor Collateral, (B) at any time that any Grantor is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any Insolvency Proceeding, or (C) if the Event of Default under the CF Credit Agreement is waived or cured in accordance with the terms of the CF Credit Agreement.
     “ CF Obligations ” shall mean all “Obligations” as defined in the CF Credit Agreement.
     “ CF Secured Partie s ” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the CF Credit Agreement.
     “ CF Security Documents ” means the Collateral Documents (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a lien on Intercreditor Collateral is granted or purported to be granted securing CF Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such liens are governed, but in each case only to the extent relating to Intercreditor Collateral.
     “ Citibank ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Collateral Agent(s) ” means individually the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent and collectively means the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent.
     “ Comparable CF Security Document ” shall mean, in relation to any Intercreditor Collateral subject to any Lien created under any ABL Document, those CF Security Documents that create a Lien on the same Intercreditor Collateral (but only to the extent relating to such Intercreditor Collateral), granted by the same Grantor or Grantors.
     “ Credit Documents ” shall mean the ABL Documents and the CF Documents.
     “ Deposit Account ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.
     “ DIP Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).
     “ Discharge of ABL Obligations ” shall mean, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 5.3, payment in full in cash (except for contingent indemnities and cost and reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim has been made) of all ABL Obligations and, with respect to letters of credit or letter of credit guaranties outstanding under the ABL Documents, delivery of cash collateral or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in a manner consistent with the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case after or concurrently with the termination of all commit-

-3-


 

ments to extend credit thereunder, and the termination of all commitments of ABL Secured Parties under ABL Documents; provided that the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred if such payments are made with the proceeds of other ABL Obligations that constitute an exchange or replacement for or a Refinancing of such ABL Obligations. In the event the ABL Obligations are modified and the ABL Obligations are paid over time or otherwise modified pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the ABL Obligations shall be deemed to be discharged when the final payment is made, in cash, in respect of such indebtedness and any obligations pursuant to such new indebtedness shall have been satisfied.
     “ Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).
     “ Enforcement Notice ” shall mean a written notice delivered by the CF Collateral Agent to the ABL Collateral Agent announcing the commencement of an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies.
     “ Event of Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under the ABL Credit Agreement or the CF Credit Agreement as the context requires.
     “ Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies ” or “ Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies ” shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the final sentence of this definition:
     (a) the taking by any Secured Party of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien on Intercreditor Collateral, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code;
     (b) the exercise by any Secured Party of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a Lien on Intercreditor Collateral under any of the Credit Documents, under applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain any of the Intercreditor Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien;
     (c) the taking of any action by any Secured Party or the exercise of any right or remedy by any Secured Party in respect of the collection on, set-off against, marshalling of, injunction respecting or foreclosure on the Intercreditor Collateral or the Proceeds thereof;
     (d) the appointment on the application of a Secured Party, of a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver of all or part of the Intercreditor Collateral;
     (e) the sale, lease, license, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral by private or public sale conducted by a Secured Party or any other means at the direction of a Secured Party permissible under applicable law; or
     (f) the exercise of any other right of a secured creditor under Part 6 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in respect of Intercreditor Collateral.

-4-


 

For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following shall be deemed to constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies: (i) the filing a proof of claim in bankruptcy court or seeking adequate protection, (ii) the exercise of rights by the ABL Collateral Agent upon the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), including, without limitation, the notification of account debtors, depository institutions or any other Person to deliver proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral to the ABL Collateral Agent (unless and until the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement cease to extend credit to the Borrowers thereunder, in which event an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be deemed to have occurred), (iii) the consent by a Secured Party to a sale or other disposition by any Grantor of any of its assets or properties, (iv) the acceleration of all or a portion of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations, (v) the reduction of the borrowing base, advance rates or sub-limits by the Administrative Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent and the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement, (vi) the imposition of reserves by the ABL Collateral Agent, (vii) an account ceasing to be an “eligible account” under the ABL Credit Agreement, (viii) any action taken by any CF Secured Party in respect of Non-Intercreditor Collateral or (ix) any of the actions permitted by Sections 2.3(b), 2.4(a) and 3.1.
     “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
     “ Grantors ” shall mean the Company and each Subsidiary that is party to any ABL Security Document or any CF Security Document.
     “ Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in the ABL Credit Agreement and the CF Credit Agreement, as applicable.
     “ Insolvency Proceeding ” shall mean:
     (1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;
     (2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or
     (3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.
     “ Intercreditor Collateral ” means all “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in the ABL Security Documents.

-5-


 

     “ Lien Priority ” shall mean with respect to any Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral, the order of priority of such Lien as specified in Section 2.1.
     “ Non-Intercreditor Collateral ” means all “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any CF Security Document but excluding all Intercreditor Collateral.
     “ Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
     “ Party ” shall mean the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent, and “ Parties ” shall mean collectively the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent.
     “ Proceeds ” shall mean (a) all “proceeds,” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Intercreditor Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.
     “ Property ” shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.
     “ Refinance ” means, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness, including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” have correlative meanings.
     “ Securities Account ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.
     “ Secured Parties ” shall mean the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties.
     “ Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning given such term by the ABL Credit Agreement and the CF Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided that to the extent that the Uniform Commercial Code is used to define any term in any security document and such term is defined differently in differing Articles of the Uniform Commercial Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided , further , that in the event that,

-6-


 

by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, publication or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Liens of any Party is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” will mean the Uniform Commercial Code or such foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
      Section 1.2 Rules of Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any reference herein to the repayment in full of an obligation shall mean the payment in full in cash of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved in writing by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation.
ARTICLE 2
LIEN PRIORITY
      Section 2.1 Priority of Liens .
          (a) Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment, or perfection of any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral or of any Liens granted to the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral, and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent (or the ABL Secured Parties or the CF Secured Parties) on any Intercreditor Collateral, (iii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law, or of any of the ABL Documents or any of the CF Documents, or (iv) whether the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Intercreditor Colla-

-7-


 

teral, the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself the CF Secured Parties, hereby agree that:
     (1) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the CF Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral; and
     (2) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the ABL Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party on the Intercreditor Collateral.
The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each applicable CF Secured Party, expressly agrees that any Lien purported to be granted on any Intercreditor Collateral as security for the ABL Obligations shall be deemed to be and shall be deemed to remain senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the Intercreditor Collateral securing any CF Obligations for all purposes regardless of whether the Lien purported to be granted is found to be improperly granted, improperly perfected, preferential, a fraudulent conveyance or legally or otherwise deficient in any manner.
          (b) The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, the CF Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself and the CF Secured Parties, has been granted Liens upon all of the Intercreditor Collateral in which the ABL Collateral Agent has been granted Liens and the ABL Collateral Agent hereby consents thereto. The subordination of Liens by the CF Collateral Agent in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent as set forth herein shall not be deemed to subordinate the Liens of the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties to Liens securing any other Obligations other than the ABL Obligations.
      Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens .
          (a) The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in respect of Intercreditor Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it will not take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party under the ABL Documents with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it may have as a junior lien creditor or other-

-8-


 

wise to contest, protest, object to, or interfere with the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the respective Liens of the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties in respect of the Intercreditor Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement.
      Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill .
          (a) The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that, from the date hereof until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, neither the CF Collateral Agent nor any CF Secured Party will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Intercreditor Collateral without the prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, and will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 4.1(b), upon the occurrence of the CF Enforcement Date, the CF Collateral Agent acting on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties may exercise such remedies without such prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent. From and after the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred (or prior thereto upon the occurrence of the CF Enforcement Date), the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the CF Documents or applicable law as to any Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3(a) or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Collateral Agent or any Secured Party from (i) filing a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations or CF Obligations owed to it in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, (ii) taking any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens of the other Collateral Agent or other Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral in which such other Collateral Agent or other Secured Parties has a priority Lien or the rights of the other Collateral Agent or any of the other Secured Parties to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on any Intercreditor Collateral, (iii) filing any necessary or responsive pleadings in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking disallowance of the claim or Lien of such Collateral Agent or Secured Party, (iv) filing any pleadings, objections, motions, or agreements which assert rights available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under any Insolvency Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, (v) voting on any plan of reorganization or filing any proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding of any Grantor, or (vi) objecting to the proposed retention of collateral by the other Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in full or partial satisfaction of any ABL Obligations or CF Obligations due to the other Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party, in each case (i) through (vi) above to the extent not inconsistent with, or could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement.

-9-


 

          (c) Subject to Section 2.3(b), (i) the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, agrees that neither it nor any CF Secured Party will take any action that would hinder any exercise of remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of Intercreditor Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, and (ii) the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it or any such CF Secured Party may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object to the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties seek to enforce or collect the ABL Obligations or the Liens granted in any of the Intercreditor Collateral, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of the ABL Collateral Agent or ABL Secured Parties is adverse to the interests of the CF Secured Parties.
          (d) The CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any CF Document shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the ABL Documents.
          (e) Subject to Section 2.3(b), the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, agrees that, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, it will not commence, or join with any Person (other than the ABL Secured Parties and the ABL Collateral Agent upon the request thereof) in commencing, any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding with respect to any Lien held by it in the Intercreditor Collateral.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 2.3 shall not apply to the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties from and after the occurrence of the CF Enforcement Date.
      Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights .
          (a) No Other Restrictions . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 2.1(a), Section 2.2(a), Section 2.3, Section 3.5 and Article 6 of this Agreement, the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party may exercise rights and remedies as an unsecured creditor and as a secured creditor with respect to the Non-Intercreditor Collateral against the Company or any Subsidiary that has guaranteed the CF Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable CF Documents and applicable laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party of the required payments of interest and principal so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral in respect of CF Obligations held by any of them or in any Insolvency Proceeding. In the event the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party becomes a judgment lien creditor or other secured creditor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor in respect of CF Obligations or otherwise, such judgment or other Lien on Intercreditor Collateral shall be subordinated to the Liens securing ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens securing the CF Obligations are so subordinated

-10-


 

to such Liens securing ABL Obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement impairs or otherwise adversely affects any rights or remedies the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties may have with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral. Furthermore, subject to Section 3.3 hereof, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict any right any CF Secured Party may have (secured or otherwise) in any property or asset of any Grantor that does not constitute Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) Release of Liens .
     If, at any time any Grantor or any ABL Secured Party delivers notice to the CF Collateral Agent with respect to any specified Intercreditor Collateral that:
     (A) such specified Intercreditor Collateral is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (a “ Disposition ”) by the owner of such Intercreditor Collateral in a transaction permitted under the ABL Credit Agreement and the CF Credit Agreement; or
     (B) the ABL Secured Parties are releasing or have released their Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral in connection with a Disposition in connection with an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to such Intercreditor Collateral,
then the Liens upon such Intercreditor Collateral securing CF Obligations will automatically be released and discharged as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral securing ABL Obligations are released and discharged ( provided that in the case of clause (B) of this Section 2.4(b), the Liens on any Intercreditor Collateral disposed of in connection with an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be automatically released but any proceeds thereof not applied to repay ABL Obligations shall be subject to the respective Liens securing CF Obligations and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.1). Upon delivery to the CF Collateral Agent of a notice from the ABL Collateral Agent stating that any such release of Liens securing or supporting the ABL Obligations has become effective (or shall become effective upon the CF Collateral Agent releasing its Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral), the CF Collateral Agent shall, at the Company’s expense, promptly execute and deliver such instruments, releases, termination statements or other documents confirming such release on customary terms, which instruments, releases and termination statements shall be substantially identical to the comparable instruments, releases and termination statements executed by the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such release. The CF Collateral Agent hereby appoints the ABL Collateral Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the ABL Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the CF Collateral Agent and in the name of the CF Collateral Agent or in the ABL Collateral Agent’s own name, from time to time, in the ABL Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).

-11-


 

      Section 2.5 No New Liens .
          Until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, the parties hereto agree that no CF Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any accounts receivable of any Grantor, the proceeds thereof or any deposit or other accounts of any Grantor in which accounts receivable or proceeds thereof are held or deposited, in each case of the type that would constitute Intercreditor Collateral as described in the definition thereof, whether in the form of accounts receivable or otherwise, securing any CF Obligation, if such accounts receivable or proceeds are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent under the ABL Documents (and subject to the Lien Priorities contemplated herein). If any CF Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any such accounts receivable or proceeds securing any CF Obligation, which accounts receivable or proceeds are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent under the ABL Documents, subject to the Lien Priority set forth herein, then the CF Collateral Agent (or the applicable CF Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other CF Secured Party and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other CF Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent as security for the ABL Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall use its best efforts to promptly notify the ABL Collateral Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien.
      Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling .
     Until the Discharge of the ABL Obligations, the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.
ARTICLE 3
ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES
      Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted . The CF Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent may make such demands or file such claims in respect of the CF Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, as are necessary to prevent the waiver or bar of such claims under applicable statutes of limitations or other statutes, court orders, or rules of procedure at any time. Except as provided in Section 5.2, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the CF Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral (including set-off with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral) or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them on the Intercreditor Collateral.
      Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection . The CF Collateral Agent appoints the ABL Collateral Agent, and the ABL Collateral Agent expressly accepts such appointment, to act as agent of the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party under each control agreement with respect

-12-


 

to all ABL Controlled Accounts for the purpose of perfecting the respective security interests granted under the CF Security Documents. None of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party, as applicable, shall have any obligation whatsoever to the others to assure that the Intercreditor Collateral is genuine or owned by the Company, any Grantor or any other Person or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of the ABL Collateral Agent under this Section 3.2 are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Intercreditor Collateral as agent for the CF Secured Parties for purposes of perfecting the respective Liens held by the CF Secured Parties. The ABL Collateral Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party, or any other Person. The CF Collateral Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for any other Agent or Secured Party, or any other Person. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, in the event that the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party receives any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral in violation of the terms of this Agreement, then the CF Collateral Agent or such CF Secured Party, as the case may be, shall promptly pay over such Proceeds or Intercreditor Collateral to the ABL Collateral Agent in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, for application in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 of this Agreement.
      Section 3.3 Inspection and Access Rights .
     Without limiting any rights the ABL Collateral Agent or any other ABL Secured Party may otherwise have under applicable law or by agreement, in the event of any liquidation of any Intercreditor Collateral (or any other Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Collateral Agent) and whether or not the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party has commenced and is continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies of any CF Secured Party, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have the right (a) during normal business hours on any business day, to access Intercreditor Collateral that is stored or located in or on Non-Intercreditor Collateral, and (b) to reasonably use the Non-Intercreditor Collateral (including, without limitation, equipment, computers, software, intellectual property, real property and books and records) in order to inspect, copy or download information stored on, take actions to perfect its Lien on, or otherwise deal with the Intercreditor Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party and without liability to any CF Secured Party; provided , however , if the CF Collateral Agent takes actual possession of any Non-Intercreditor Collateral in contemplation of a sale of such Non-Intercreditor Collateral or is otherwise exercising a remedy with respect to Non-Intercreditor Collateral, the Non-Intercreditor Collateral Agent shall give the ABL Collateral Agent reasonable opportunity (of reasonable duration and with reasonable advance notice) prior to the CF Collateral Agent’s sale of any such Non-Intercreditor Collateral to access Intercreditor Collateral as contemplated in (a) and (b) above. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.3 governs the rights of access and inspection as between the ABL Secured Parties on the one hand and the CF Secured Parties on the other (and not as between the Secured Parties and the Grantors, which rights are set forth in and governed by the applicable Credit Documents and are not affected by this Section 3.3).
      Section 3.4 Insurance . Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral include insurance proceeds and, therefore, the Lien Priority shall govern the ultimate disposition of insurance proceeds to the extent such insurance insures Intercreditor Collateral. Prior to the Discharge of

-13-


 

ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against the CF Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by the ABL Documents and subject to the rights of the Grantors thereunder, to adjust settlement of insurance claims to the extent such insurance insures Intercreditor Collateral in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of Intercreditor Collateral. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, all proceeds of such insurance with respect to Intercreditor Collateral shall be remitted for application in accordance Section 4.1 hereof.
      Section 3.5 Exercise of Remedies – Set—Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds . The CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party exercises its rights of set-off against any Grantor’s Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts to the extent constituting or containing Intercreditor Collateral or proceeds thereof, the amount of such set-off shall be deemed to be Intercreditor Collateral to be held and distributed pursuant to Section 4.1. In addition, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations occurs, the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party hereby consents to the application, of cash or other proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral, deposited under control agreements to the repayment of ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Documents.
ARTICLE 4
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
      Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds .
          (a) Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations . The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) the ABL Credit Agreement includes a revolving commitment, that in the ordinary course of business the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties will apply payments and make advances thereunder, and that no application of any Intercreditor Collateral or the release of any Lien by the ABL Collateral Agent upon any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral in connection with a permitted disposition by the Grantors under the ABL Credit Agreement shall constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies under this Agreement; (ii) subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.03(s) of the CF Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof) or such additional amounts as consented to by the Lenders under the CF Credit Agreement (in accordance with the provisions thereof), the amount of the ABL Obligations that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the ABL Obligations may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the ABL Obligations may be increased, replaced or Refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the CF Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof; and (iii) all Intercreditor Collateral received by the ABL Collateral Agent may be applied, reversed, reapplied, credited, or reborrowed, in whole or in part, to the ABL Obligations at any time. The Lien Priority shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or Refinancing of either the ABL Obligations or any CF Obligations, or any portion thereof.

-14-


 

          (b) Application of Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral . The ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent hereby agree that all Intercreditor Collateral and all Proceeds thereof, received by any of them in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral shall be applied, first , to the payment of costs and expenses of the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies, and second , to the payment of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred.
          (c) Payments Over . Any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set-off or credit bid) or in any Insolvency Proceeding relating to the Intercreditor Collateral prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations and not expressly permitted by this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of and forthwith paid over to the ABL Collateral Agent (and/or its designees) for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The ABL Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
          (d) Limited Obligation or Liability . In exercising remedies, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have no obligation or liability to the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party regarding the adequacy of any proceeds realized on any collateral or for any action or omission, save and except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by each Party under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, none of the Parties hereto waives any claim that it may have against a Secured Party on the grounds that and sale, transfer or other disposition by the Secured Party was not commercially reasonable in every respect as required by the UCC.
          (e) Turnover of Collateral after Discharge . Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent shall (a) notify the CF Collateral Agent in writing of the occurrence of such Discharge of ABL Obligations and (b) at the Company’s expense, deliver to the CF Collateral Agent or execute such documents as the CF Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including assignment of control agreements with respect to ABL Controlled Accounts) in order to affect a transfer of control to the CF Collateral Agent over any and all ABL Controlled Accounts in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      Section 4.2 Specific Performance . Each of the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Company or any Grantor shall have complied with any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, at any time when the other Party shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Each of the ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and the CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

-15-


 

ARTICLE 5
INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS
      Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers .
          (a) All ABL Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Company or any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the ABL Obligations. All CF Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Company or any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by the CF Collateral Agent or any such CF Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the CF Obligations.
          (b) None of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Intercreditor Collateral or any Proceeds thereof, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Intercreditor Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement for an extension of credit pursuant to any ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other ABL Documents, whether the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any CF Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any ABL Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under any ABL Credit Agreement and any of the other ABL Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party have in the Intercreditor Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the ABL Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement. The CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties shall be en-

-16-


 

titled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the CF Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Parties, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement.
      Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and CF Documents .
          (a) In the event that the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of or replace any of the ABL Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any ABL Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Company or any other Grantor thereunder (excluding the release of any Liens in Intercreditor Collateral except in accordance with Section 2.4(b)), then such amendment, waiver or consent, to the extent related to Intercreditor Collateral, shall apply automatically to any comparable provision (but only to the extent as such provision relates to Intercreditor Collateral) of each Comparable CF Security Document without the consent of the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party and without any action by the CF Collateral Agent, CF Secured Party, the Company or any other Grantor; provided , however , that such amendment, waiver or consent does not materially adversely affect the rights of the CF Secured Parties or the interests of the CF Secured Parties in the Intercreditor Collateral in a manner materially different from that affecting the rights of the ABL Secured Parties thereunder or therein. The ABL Collateral Agent shall give written notice of such amendment, waiver or consent (along with a copy thereof) to the CF Collateral Agent; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the effectiveness of such amendment with respect to the provisions of any CF Security Document as set forth in this Section 5.2(a). For the avoidance of doubt, no such amendment, modification or waiver shall apply to or otherwise affect (a) any Non-Intercreditor Collateral or (b) any document, agreement or instrument which neither grants nor purports to grant a Lien on, nor governs nor purports to govern any rights or remedies in respect of, Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) So long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, without the prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, the CF Collateral Agent shall not consent to amend, supplement or otherwise modify any, or enter into any new, CF Security Document relating to Intercreditor Collateral to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of such new CF Security Document, would be prohibited by or inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement. The CF Collateral Agent agrees that each CF Security Document relating to Intercreditor Collateral shall include the following language (or language to similar effect approved by the ABL Collateral Agent):
“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to Citibank, N.A. pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by Citibank, N.A. hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of o , 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as CF Collateral Agent, certain other persons party or that

-17-


 

may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
          (c) The ABL Obligations and the several CF Obligations may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is required to permit the refinancing transaction under any ABL Document or any CF Document) of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Parties, as the case may be, provided such Refinancing does not affect the relative Lien Priorities provided for herein or directly alter the other provisions hereof to the extent relating to the relative rights, obligations and priorities of the ABL Secured Parties on the one hand and the CF Secured Parties on the other.
      Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement .
          If the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of the Company, any Grantor, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations (an “ ABL Recovery ”), then the ABL Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such ABL Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such ABL Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such ABL Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. The ABL Collateral Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give written notice to the CF Collateral Agent of the occurrence of any such ABL Recovery (provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the ABL Collateral Agents rights hereunder, except it being understood that the CF Collateral Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of such ABL Recovery or required to take any actions based on such ABL Recovery until it has received such written notice of the occurrence of such ABL Recovery).
          All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent, the CF Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against the Company or any Grantor or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense (other than a defense that such obligations have in-fact been repaid) available to, or a discharge of the Company or any Grantor in respect of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations. No priority or right of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any Grantor or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the ABL Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party may have.

-18-


 

ARTICLE 6
INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS
      Section 6.1 DIP Financing .
          (a) If the Company or any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, and the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties shall seek to provide the Company or any Grantor with, or consent to a third party providing, any financing under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting Intercreditor Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (each, a “ DIP Financing ”), with such DIP Financing to be secured by all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code would be Intercreditor Collateral) but not any other asset or any Non-Intercreditor Collateral, then the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the CF Collateral Agent securing the CF Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is Intercreditor Collateral, except as permitted by Section 6.3(b)), so long as (i) the CF Collateral Agent retains its Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral to secure the CF Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code), (ii) the terms of the DIP Financing do not compel the applicable Grantor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms of such plan are set forth in the DIP Financing documentation or related document; and (iii) all Liens on Intercreditor Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties securing the ABL Obligations on Intercreditor Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party from raising any objection or supporting any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the CF Collateral Agent on Non-Intercreditor Collateral securing the CF Obligations.
          (b) All Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent in any Insolvency Proceeding on Intercreditor Collateral, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the Parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien Priority and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.
      Section 6.2 Relief from Stay . The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral without the ABL Collateral Agent’s express written consent.
      Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection .
          (a) The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not contest (or support any other Person contesting) (x) any request by the

-19-


 

ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Intercreditor Collateral, (y) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party to any motion, relief, action, or proceeding based on a claim by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that its interests in the Intercreditor Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement or (z) any lawful exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party of the right to credit bid ABL Obligations at any sale of Intercreditor Collateral or Non-Intercreditor Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party from contesting or challenging (or support any other Person contesting or challenging) any request by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for “adequate protection” (or the grant of any such “adequate protection”) to the extent such “adequate protection” is in the form of a Lien on any Non-Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, in any Insolvency Proceeding, if the ABL Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to Intercreditor Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Intercreditor Collateral), then the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and/or any of the CF Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the ABL Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Intercreditor Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of the CF Collateral Agent on the Intercreditor Collateral (it being understood that to the extent that any such additional collateral constituted Non-Intercreditor Collateral at the time it was granted to the ABL Secured Parties, the Lien thereon in favor of the ABL Secured Parties shall be subordinate in all respects to the Liens thereon in favor of the CF Secured Parties).
      Section 6.4 Asset Sales . The CF Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, that it will not oppose any sale consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent of any Intercreditor Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding) so long as the proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with this Agreement.
      Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . The CF Collateral Agent, each CF Secured Party, each ABL Secured Party and the ABL Collateral Agent each acknowledge and agree that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the ABL Security Documents on the one hand and the CF Security Documents on the other hand constitute separate and distinct grants of Liens and the CF Secured Parties’ claims against the Company and/or any Grantor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral constitute junior claims separate and apart (and of a different class) from the senior claims of the ABL Secured Parties against the Company and the Grantors in respect of Intercreditor Collateral and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Intercreditor Collateral, the CF Obligations are fundamentally different from the ABL Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in

-20-


 

an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the ABL Secured Parties and any CF Secured Parties in respect of the Intercreditor Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions in respect of or from the Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral shall be made as if there were separate classes of ABL Obligation claims and CF Obligation claims against the Grantors (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Intercreditor Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the CF Secured Parties), the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest at the relevant contract rate, before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the CF Secured Parties from such Intercreditor Collateral, with the CF Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the ABL Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them in respect of or from the Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.
      Section 6.6 Enforceability . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be enforceable under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
      Section 6.7 ABL Obligations and CF Obligations Unconditional . All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, and the CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties, respectively, hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:
     (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any ABL Documents or any CF Documents;
     (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the ABL Obligations or CF Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification, including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other ABL Document or of the terms of the CF Credit Agreement or any other CF Document;
     (c) any exchange of any security interest in any Intercreditor Collateral or any other collateral, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the ABL Obligations or CF Obligations or any guarantee thereof;
     (d) the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Company or any other Grantor; or
     (e) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense (other than a defense that such obligations have in-fact been repaid) available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any other Grantor in respect of ABL Obligations or CF Obligations in respect of this Agreement.

-21-


 

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation . The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that no payment to the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party may reasonably request, at the Company’s expense, to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the ABL Obligations resulting from payments to the ABL Collateral Agent by such Person.
      Section 7.2 Further Assurances . The Parties will, at their own expense and at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that any Party may reasonably request, in order to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder; provided , however , that no Party shall be required to pay over any payment or distribution, execute any instruments or documents, or take any other action referred to in this Section 7.2, to the extent that such action would contravene any law, order or other legal requirement or any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and in the event of a controversy or dispute, such Party may interplead any payment or distribution in any court of competent jurisdiction, without further responsibility in respect of such payment or distribution under this Section 7.2.
      Section 7.3 Representations . The CF Collateral Agent represents and warrants for itself to the ABL Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the CF Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties, enforceable against the CF Collateral Agent and CF Secured Parties in accordance with its terms. The ABL Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the CF Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the ABL Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, enforceable against the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in accordance with its terms.
      Section 7.4 Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by the CF Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.4 to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended from time to time at the request of the Company, at the Company’s expense, and without the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party to (i) provide for a replacement ABL Collateral Agent in accordance with the ABL Documents (including for the avoidance of doubt to provide for a replacement ABL Collateral Agent

-22-


 

assuming such role in connection with any Refinancing of the ABL Documents permitted hereunder), provide for a replacement CF Collateral Agent in accordance with the applicable CF Documents (including for the avoidance of doubt to provide for a replacement CF Collateral Agent assuming such role in connection with any Refinancing of the CF Documents permitted hereunder) and/or secure additional extensions of credit or add other parties holding ABL Obligations or CF Obligations to the extent such Indebtedness does not expressly violate the ABL Credit Agreement or the CF Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of such additional CF Obligations, (a) establish that the Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral securing such CF Obligations shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to all Liens on the Intercreditor Collateral securing any ABL Obligations (at least to the same extent as (taken together as a whole) the Liens on Intercreditor Collateral in favor of the CF Obligations are junior and subordinate to the Liens on Intercreditor Collateral in favor of the ABL Obligations pursuant to this Agreement immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional CF Obligations) and (b) provide to the holders of such CF Obligations (or any agent or trustee thereof) the comparable rights and benefits (including any improved rights and benefits that have been consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent) as are provided to the CF Secured Parties under this Agreement.
      Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices . All notices to the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties permitted or required under this Agreement may be sent to the applicable Collateral Agent for such Secured Party, respectively, as provided in the applicable Credit Document. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed).
      Section 7.6 No Waiver, Remedies . No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
      Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations . This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) subject to Section 5.3, remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, (b) be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Intercreditor Collateral. All references to any Grantor shall include any Grantor as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the CF Collateral Agent and any CF Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations, as applicable, to any other Person (other than the Company, any Grantor or any Affiliate of the Company or any Grantor and any Subsidiary of the Company or any Grantor), and such other Person shall

-23-


 

thereupon become vested with all the rights and obligations in respect thereof granted to the ABL Collateral Agent, the CF Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, or any applicable CF Secured Party, as the case may be, herein or otherwise. The ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide Indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, any Grantor on the faith hereof.
      Section 7.8 Governing Law; Entire Agreement . The validity, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.
      Section 7.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by means of facsimile or “pdf” file thereof, and it is not necessary that the signatures of all Parties be contained on any one counterpart hereof, each counterpart will be deemed to be an original, and all together shall constitute one and the same document.
      Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties. No other Person (including the Company, any Grantor or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company or any Grantor) shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.
      Section 7.11 Headings . The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
      Section 7.12 Severability . If any of the provisions in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and shall not invalidate the Lien Priority or the application of Proceeds and other priorities set forth in this Agreement.
      Section 7.13 Attorneys’ Fees . The Parties agree that if any dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding is brought with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or any provision hereof, the prevailing party in such dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement, irrespective of whether suit is brought.
      Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in New York, New York, and consent that all service of process may be made by registered mail directed to such party as provided in Section 7.5 for such party. Service so made shall be deemed to be completed three days after the same shall be posted as aforesaid. The parties hereto waive any objection to any action instituted hereunder in any such court based on forum non conveniens, and any objection to the venue of any action instituted hereunder in any such court. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION

-24-


 

BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR ACTION OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.
          (a) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 7.5. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
      Section 7.15 Intercreditor Agreement . This Agreement is the Intercreditor Agreement referred to in the ABL Documents and the CF Documents. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to subordinate the obligations due to (i) any ABL Secured Party to the obligations due to any CF Secured Party or (ii) any CF Secured Party to the obligations due to any ABL Secured Party (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding), it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement shall effectuate a subordination of Liens on Intercreditor Collateral but not a subordination of Indebtedness.
           Section 7.16 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be effective both before and after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding.
           Section 7.17 Collateral Agents . It is understood and agreed that (a) Citibank is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and the provisions of Article IX of the ABL Credit Agreement applicable to the administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder shall also apply to the ABL Collateral Agent hereunder, and (b) Citibank is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the CF Credit Agreement, and the provisions of Article IX of the CF Credit Agreement applicable to the administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder shall also apply to the CF Collateral Agent hereunder.
      Section 7.18 No Warranties or Liability . Each of the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that none of the other has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any other ABL Document or CF Document, as the case may be.
      Section 7.19 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Credit Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.
      Section 7.20 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties . Each of the CF Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent hereby assume responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Grantors and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations. The ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent each hereby agrees that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such

-25-


 

circumstances. In the event either the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, (a) it shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to any other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (iii) to disclose any other information, or (b) it makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall not be liable for any information contained therein, and (c) the Party receiving such information hereby agrees to hold the other Party harmless from any action the receiving Party may take or conclusion the receiving Party may reach or draw from any such information, as well as from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses to which such receiving Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the use of such information.
           Section 7.21 Acknowledgement . The ABL Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges for itself and on behalf of each ABL Secured Party that there are assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including Grantors) which are subject to Liens in favor of the CF Collateral Agent or other creditors but which do not constitute Intercreditor Collateral and nothing in this Agreement shall grant or imply the grant of any Lien or other security interest in such assets in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent to secure any ABL Obligations and nothing in this Agreement shall affect or limit the rights of the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party in any Non-Intercreditor Collateral or any other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Intercreditor Collateral) securing any CF Obligations.
[Signature pages follow]

-26-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as ABL Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as CF Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

S-1


 

         
CONSENT OF COMPANY AND GRANTORS
Dated: [          ], 2008
     Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent and Citibank, N.A., as CF Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, waived, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     Each of the undersigned Grantors has read the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and consents thereto. Each of the undersigned Grantors agrees not to take any action that would be contrary to the express provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it, agrees to abide by the requirements expressly applicable to it under the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that, except as otherwise provided therein, no ABL Secured Party or CF Secured Party shall have any liability to any Grantor for acting in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement provided that such party has not acted in violation of the ABL Security Documents, CF Security Documents, the ABL Credit Agreement or CF Credit Agreement, as applicable. Each Grantor understands that the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement is for the sole benefit of the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and that such Grantor is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary thereof except to the extent otherwise expressly provided therein.
     Without limitation to the foregoing, each Grantor agrees to take such further action and shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent (or any of their respective agents or representatives) may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of and the lien priorities contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement.
     This Consent shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Notices delivered to any Grantor pursuant to this Consent shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Consent-1


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent is hereby executed by each of the Grantors as of the date first written above.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

Consent S-1


 

         
[Other Grantors Signature Blocks]

 


 

Exhibit J
Joinder Agreement
          JOINDER, dated as of [             ];, 2008 (this “ Joinder ”) to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [**], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor-by-merger to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.) (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (“ Holdings ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
          Under Section 4.01(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement, it is a condition to the obligations of each Lender to make a Credit Extension under the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date that Holdings and each Borrower execute a joinder to the Credit Agreement in the form of this Joinder. The undersigned is executing this Joinder in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services.
          SECTION 1. Each Borrower by its signature below becomes a Borrower under the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary Co-Borrower, as applicable, and each Borrower hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it thereunder as the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary Co-Borrower, as applicable. Holdings, by its signature below becomes a party to the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein and hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it thereunder. The Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. This Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Joinder shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Joinder that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary, and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Joinder.
          SECTION 3. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 


 

           SECTION 4. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 5. If any provision contained in this Joinder is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Joinder shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Borrower, Holdings and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Joinder to the Credit Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC,
as Holdings,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC. ,
as a Subsidiary Co-Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY ,
as a Subsidiary Co-Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CITICASTERS CO. , as a Subsidiary Co-Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Joinder

 


 

         
  PREMIERE RADIO NETWORKS, INC. , as a Subsidiary Co-Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CITIBANK, N.A. ,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Joinder

 


 

Exhibit K
[FORM OF]
LOSS SHARING AGREEMENT
This LOSS SHARING AGREEMENT is dated as of [          ], 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), and entered into by and between Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (as defined below) (including its successors and assigns from time to time, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the Lenders from time to time party to the Credit Agreement dated as of May o , 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto (the Parent Borrower together with the Subsidiary Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings given such terms by the Credit Agreement.
          The Lenders have agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers and the L/C Issuers have each agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower pursuant to, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions specified in, the Credit Agreement. Each of the Lenders and each of the L/C Issuers are providing the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement in reliance upon each other Lender and the Administrative Agent entering into this Agreement.
          Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
           Section 1 — Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ CAM ” shall mean the mechanism for the allocation and exchange of interests in the Loans, participations in Letters of Credit and collections thereunder established under Section 2 of this Agreement.
          “ CAM Exchange ” means the exchange of the Lenders’ interests provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement.
          “ CAM Exchange Date ” shall mean the date on which there shall occur (a) any Event of Default referred to in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Parent Borrower or (b) an acceleration of Loans and termination of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Article VIII of the Credit Agreement.
          “ CAM Percentage ” shall mean, as to each Lender, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, of which (a) the numerator shall be the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Obligations described in clause (x) of the definition thereof (“ Designated Obligations ”) owed to such Lender (whether or not at the time due and payable) immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date and (b) the denominator shall be the aggregate amount of the Designated Obligations owed to all the

 


 

Lenders (whether or not at the time due and payable) immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date.
           Section 2 — CAM Exchange .
     (a) On the CAM Exchange Date, (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments shall automatically and without further act be terminated in accordance with Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) the Lenders shall automatically and without further act be deemed to have exchanged interests in the Designated Obligations such that, in lieu of the interests of each Lender in the Designated Obligations, such Lender shall own an interest equal to such Lender’s CAM Percentage in the Designated Obligations and (iii) simultaneously with the deemed exchange of interests pursuant to clause (ii) above, the interests in the Designated Obligations to be received in such deemed exchange shall, automatically and with no further action required, be converted into the Dollar Amount, determined using the Spot Rate calculated as of such date, of such amount and on and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to the Lenders in respect of such Designated Obligations shall accrue and be payable in U.S. Dollars at the rate otherwise applicable hereunder. Each Lender, each person acquiring a participation from any Lender as contemplated by Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement hereby consents and agrees to the CAM Exchange. Each of the Lenders agrees from time to time to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Lenders after giving effect to the CAM Exchange, and each Lender agrees to surrender any promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Loans under the Credit Agreement to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any promissory notes so executed and delivered; provided that the failure of any Lender to execute, deliver or accept any such promissory note, instrument or document shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the CAM Exchange.
     (b) As a result of the CAM Exchange, on and after the CAM Exchange Date, each payment received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Designated Obligations shall be distributed to the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective CAM Percentages (to be redetermined as of each such date of payment or distribution to the extent required by clause (c) below).
     (c) In the event that, on or after the CAM Exchange Date, the aggregate amount of the Designated Obligations shall change as a result of the making of a disbursement under a Letter of Credit by any L/C Issuer that is not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower then (i) each Appropriate Lender shall, in accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Credit Agreement, promptly pay its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount (without giving effect to the CAM Exchange) to the applicable L/C Issuer, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall redetermine the CAM Percentages after giving effect to such disbursement and the making of such advances by the Appropriate Lenders and the Lenders shall automatically and without further act be deemed to have exchanged interests in the Designated Obligations such that each Lender shall own an interest equal to such Lender’s CAM Percentage in the Designated Obligations (and the interests in the Designated Obligations to be received in such deemed exchange shall, automatically and

2


 

with no further action required, be converted into the Dollar Amount of such amount in accordance with clause (a) above), and (iii) in the event distributions shall have been made in respect of the Designated Obligations following the CAM Exchange Date as contemplated by clause (b) above, the Lenders shall make such payments to one another as shall be necessary in order that the amounts received by them shall be equal to the amounts they would have received had each such disbursement and payment by such Appropriate Lender in respect of such unreimbursed payment been outstanding on the CAM Exchange Date. Each such redetermination shall be binding on each of the Lenders and their successors and assigns and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
           Section 3 — Miscellaneous
          (a) Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that (i) any amendment or waiver that disproportionately and adversely affects any one or more individual Lenders shall require the written consent of each such Lender and (ii) any amendment or waiver that disproportionately and adversely affects any Class of Lenders (either before or after the CAM Exchange) shall require the written consent of each Lender of such Class (before or after the CAM Exchange, as the case may be).
          (b) Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. For the avoidance of doubt, each Person that becomes a Lender after the date hereof pursuant to Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement or that becomes a Lender pursuant to any joinder agreement shall be a party and subject to this Agreement as if an original signatory hereto.
          (c) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement constitutes the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
          (d) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

3


 

          (e) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          (f) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
          (g) WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (f) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
          (h) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
          (i) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN

4


 

INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
[Signature Page Follows]

5


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  CITIBANK, N.A. ,
as Administrative Agent and a Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Loss Sharing Agreement]

 


 

         
     
    , as a Lender 
       
       
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Loss Sharing Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT L
[FORM OF]
FOREIGN LENDER CERTIFICATION
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is not a “bank” as such term is used in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time, (the “ Code ”), (ii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iii) has income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document that is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (iv) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code.
          The undersigned shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent if any of the representations and warranties made herein are no longer true and correct.
         
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Date: ______, ___ ____

Exhibit 10.18
[**] = PORTIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS
EXHIBIT PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT. AN
UNREDACTED VERSION OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
EXECUTION COPY
 
Published CUSIP No:

Revolving Credit Loans: [
      ]
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 13, 2008
among
BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
(to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc.),
as Parent Borrower,
the Several Subsidiary Borrowers party hereto,
CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC,
as Holdings,
Citibank, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender
and L/C Issuer,
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as L/C Issuer,
and
THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO
 
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Syndication Agents,
CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC and
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
as Co-Documentation Agents,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    1  
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions
    46  
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms
    47  
SECTION 1.04. Rounding
    47  
SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.
    47  
SECTION 1.06. Times of Day
    47  
SECTION 1.07. Pro Forma Calculations
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    49  
SECTION 2.01. The Loans
    49  
SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    50  
SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit
    51  
SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans
    58  
SECTION 2.05. Prepayments
    60  
SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    62  
SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans
    62  
SECTION 2.08. Interest
    62  
SECTION 2.09. Fees
    63  
SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees
    63  
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness
    63  
SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally
    64  
SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments
    65  
SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions
    65  
SECTION 2.15. Reserves
    66  
 
       
ARTICLE III TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    67  
SECTION 3.01. Taxes
    67  
SECTION 3.02. Illegality
    69  
SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates
    70  
SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans
    70  
SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses
    71  
SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation
    71  
SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances
    72  
SECTION 3.08. Survival
    73  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    73  
SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension
    73  
SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Subsequent Credit Extensions
    74  
SECTION 4.03. Right to Cure Liquidity Event Condition
    74  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    75  
SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
    75  
SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention
    75  
SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization
    75  
SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect
    76  
SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    76  
SECTION 5.06. Litigation
    76  
SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters
    76  
SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens
    76  
SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters
    77  
SECTION 5.10. Taxes
    77  
SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance, Etc.
    77  
SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries
    78  
SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    78  
SECTION 5.14. Disclosure
    78  
SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc
    78  
SECTION 5.16. Solvency
    79  
SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing
    79  
SECTION 5.18. Special Representations Relating to FCC Authorizations, Etc.
    79  
 
       
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    80  
SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements and Borrowing Base Certificates
    80  
SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information
    81  
SECTION 6.03. Notices
    83  
SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations
    84  
SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc
    84  
SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties
    84  
SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance
    84  
SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws
    84  
SECTION 6.09. Books and Records
    85  
SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights
    85  
SECTION 6.11. Additional Borrowers, Guarantors and Obligations to Give Security
    85  
SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws
    86  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post Closing Deliverables
    86  
SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries
    87  
SECTION 6.15. Cash Management Systems
    87  
SECTION 6.16. License Subsidiaries
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    90  
SECTION 7.01. Liens
    90  
SECTION 7.02. Investments
    93  
SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness
    96  
SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes
    100  
SECTION 7.05. Dispositions
    101  
SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments
    103  
SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business
    106  
SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates
    106  
SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements
    107  
SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds
    108  
SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes
    108  
SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
    109  
SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    110  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    110  
SECTION 8.01. Events of Default
    110  
SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default
    112  
SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds
    111  
 
       
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS
    113  
SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent
    113  
SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties
    114  
SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents
    114  
SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent
    115  
SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default
    115  
SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents
    116  
SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents
    116  
SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax
    116  
SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities
    117  
SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent
    118  
SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    118  
SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    119  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers
    119  
SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents
    120  
SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement
    120  
 
       
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
    120  
SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc.
    120  
SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
    122  
SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    123  
SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses
    123  
SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers
    124  
SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside
    124  
SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns
    125  
SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality
    128  
SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information
    128  
SECTION 10.10. Setoff
    129  
SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation
    130  
SECTION 10.12. Counterparts
    130  
SECTION 10.13. Integration
    130  
SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties
    130  
SECTION 10.15. Severability
    130  
SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW
    130  
SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
    131  
SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect
    131  
SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency
    131  
SECTION 10.20. Lender Action
    132  
SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act
    132  
SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    132  
SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability
    132  
SECTION 10.24. FCC
    132  
SECTION 10.25. Joint and Several Liability
    133  
SECTION 10.26. Contribution and Indemnification Among the Loan Parties
    133  
SECTION 10.27. Agency of the Parent Borrower for Each Other Borrower
    134  
SECTION 10.28. Reinstatement
    134  
SECTION 10.29. Express Waivers by Borrowers in Respect of Cross-Guaranties and Cross-Collateralization
    134  
SECTION 10.30. Effectiveness of Merger
    135  

-iv-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    1  
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions
    46  
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms
    47  
SECTION 1.04. Rounding
    47  
SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.
    47  
SECTION 1.06. Times of Day
    47  
SECTION 1.07. Pro Forma Calculations
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    49  
SECTION 2.01. The Loans
    49  
SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    50  
SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit
    51  
SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans
    58  
SECTION 2.05. Prepayments
    60  
SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    62  
SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans
    62  
SECTION 2.08. Interest
    62  
SECTION 2.09. Fees
    63  
SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees
    63  
SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness
    63  
SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally
    64  
SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments
    65  
SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions
    65  
SECTION 2.15. Reserves. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may at any time and from time to time in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion establish and increase or decrease Reserves; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Parent Borrower at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such establishment or increase; and provided further that the Administrative Agent may only establish or increase a Reserve after the date hereof based on an event, condition or other circumstance arising after the Closing Date or based on facts not known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date. The amount of any Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition, other circumstance or new fact that is the basis for the Reserve. Upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed Reserve or increase, and the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition, circumstance or new fact that is the basis for such Reserve or increase no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion. In no event shall such notice and opportunity limit the right of the Administrative Agent to establish or change such Reserve, unless the Administrative Agent shall have determined in its Permitted Discretion that the event, condition, other circumstance or new fact that is the basis for such new Reserve or such change no longer exists or has otherwise been adequately addressed by the Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Reserves shall not duplicate eligibility criteria contained in the definition of “Eligible Accounts”.
    66  

-v-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE III TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    67  
SECTION 3.01. Taxes
    67  
SECTION 3.02. Illegality
    69  
SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates
    70  
SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans
    70  
SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses
    71  
SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation
    71  
SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances
    72  
SECTION 3.08. Survival
    73  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    73  
SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension
    73  
SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Subsequent Credit Extensions
    74  
SECTION 4.03. Right to Cure Liquidity Event Condition
    74  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    75  
SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
    75  
SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention
    75  
SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization
    75  
SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect
    76  
SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    76  
SECTION 5.06. Litigation
    76  
SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters
    76  
SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens
    76  
SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters
    77  
SECTION 5.10. Taxes
    77  
SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance, Etc.
    77  
SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries
    78  
SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    78  
SECTION 5.14. Disclosure
    78  
SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc
    78  
SECTION 5.16. Solvency
    79  
SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing
    79  
SECTION 5.18. Special Representations Relating to FCC Authorizations, Etc.
    79  

-vi-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    80  
SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements and Borrowing Base Certificates
    80  
SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information
    81  
SECTION 6.03. Notices
    83  
SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations
    84  
SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc
    84  
SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties
    84  
SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance
    84  
SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws
    84  
SECTION 6.09. Books and Records
    85  
SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights
    85  
SECTION 6.11. Additional Borrowers, Guarantors and Obligations to Give Security
    85  
SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws
    86  
SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post Closing Deliverables
    86  
SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries
    87  
SECTION 6.15. Cash Management Systems
    87  
SECTION 6.16. License Subsidiaries
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    90  
SECTION 7.01. Liens
    90  
SECTION 7.02. Investments
    93  
SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness
    96  
SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes
    100  
SECTION 7.05. Dispositions
    101  
SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments
    103  
SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business
    106  
SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates
    106  
SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements
    107  
SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds
    108  
SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes
    108  
SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
    109  
SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    110  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    110  
SECTION 8.01. Events of Default
    110  
SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default
    112  
SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds
    112  

-vii-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS
    113  
SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent
    113  
SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties
    114  
SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents
    114  
SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent
    115  
SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default
    115  
SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents
    116  
SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents
    116  
SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax
    116  
SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities
    117  
SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent
    118  
SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    118  
SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    119  
SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers
    119  
SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents
    120  
SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement
    120  
 
       
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
    120  
SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc.
    120  
SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
    122  
SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    123  
SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses
    123  
SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers
    124  
SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside
    124  
SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns
    125  
SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality
    128  
SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information
    128  
SECTION 10.10. Setoff
    129  
SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation
    130  
SECTION 10.12. Counterparts
    130  
SECTION 10.13. Integration
    130  
SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties
    130  
SECTION 10.15. Severability
    130  
SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW
    130  
SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
    131  
SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect
    131  
SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency
    131  

-viii-


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 10.20. Lender Action
    132  
SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act
    132  
SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    132  
SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability
    132  
SECTION 10.24. FCC
    132  
SECTION 10.25. Joint and Several Liability
    133  
SECTION 10.26. Contribution and Indemnification Among the Loan Parties
    133  
SECTION 10.27. Agency of the Parent Borrower for Each Other Borrower
    134  
SECTION 10.28. Reinstatement
    134  
SECTION 10.29. Express Waivers by Borrowers in Respect of Cross-Guaranties and Cross-Collateralization
    134  
SECTION 10.30. Effectiveness of Merger. None of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrowers shall have any rights or obligations hereunder until the consummation of the Merger and any representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrowers under the Loan Documents shall not become effective, and no Event of Default can occur, until such time. Upon consummation of the Merger, and without any further action by any Person, each of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) assumes and agrees punctually to pay, perform and discharge when due each of the Obligations and each and every debt, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by it under the Loan Documents, (ii) agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Loan Documents applicable to it and (iii) agrees that it will be responsible for and deemed to have made all of its representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents, whenever made or deemed to have been made.
    135  
SCHEDULES
     
1.01A
  Subsidiary Borrowers
1.01B
  Post-Closing Transaction Expenses
1.01C
  Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
1.01D
  NCR Stations
1.01E
  Disqualified Institutions
1.01F
  Revolving Credit Commitments
5.11(b)
  ERISA
5.12
  Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
5.18
  Broadcast Licenses
6.11(b)
  Post-Closing Collateral
6.15(a)
  Deposit Accounts
6.15(b)
  Blocked Accounts
7.01(b)
  Existing Liens
7.02(g)
  Existing Investments
7.03(b)
  Existing Indebtedness
7.05(o)
  Specified Dispositions
7.05(p)
  Other Specified Dispositions
7.08
  Transactions with Affiliates
7.09
  Existing Restrictions

-ix-


 

     
10.02
  Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
     
A
  Form of Committed Loan Notice
B
  Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
C
  Form of Revolving Credit Note
D
  Form of Compliance Certificate
E
  Form of Assignment and Assumption
F-1
  Form of Holdings Guarantee Agreement
F-2
  Form of U.S. Guarantee Agreement
G
  Form of ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement
H-1
  Form of Legal Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
H-2
  Form of Legal Opinion of Florida and New Jersey Counsel
H-3
  Form of Legal Opinion of Colorado Counsel
H-4
  Form of Legal Opinion of Nevada Counsel
H-5
  Form of Legal Opinion of Washington Counsel
H-6
  Form of Legal Opinion of Texas Counsel
H-7
  Form of Legal Opinion of Ohio Counsel
H-8
  Form of Special FCC Counsel
I
  Form of Intercreditor Agreement
J
  Form of Joinder Agreement
K
  Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
L
  Form of Foreign Lender Certification

-x-


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
          This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 13, 2008 among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers (as defined below) from time to time party hereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), upon consummation of the Merger, CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
          Pursuant to the Merger Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.01 below), Merger Sub, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, will merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into the Parent Borrower, with (i) subject to dissenters’ rights, the Merger Consideration being paid, and (ii) Parent Borrower surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent Borrower.
          The Borrowers have requested that substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Merger, the Lenders extend credit in the form of a Revolving Credit Facility to the Borrowers. The Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Letters of Credit from time to time and one or more Swing Line Loans from time to time.
          The proceeds of the Initial Revolving Borrowing (to the extent permitted in accordance with the definition of the term “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes”), together with (i) a portion of which may include revolver borrowings to pay a cash portion of the Merger Consideration and the Transaction Expenses, (iii) the proceeds of the issuance of the New Senior Notes, and (iv) the proceeds of the Equity Contribution, will be used to finance the Debt Repayment and to pay the cash portion of the Merger Consideration and the Transaction Expenses. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans made after the Closing Date and Letters of Credit will be used for (i) working capital needs of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, (ii) other general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and (iii) any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including Restricted Payments and repayments of the Retained Existing Notes on their respective maturity dates.
          The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
          In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Accounting Terms
          SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “ Accommodation Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.25.
          “ Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person obligated on an Account.
          “ Activities ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).

1


 

          “ Additional Cash from Revolver Draw ” means if (a) the revolving borrowing under the CF Facilities on the Closing Date exceeds $80,000,000 and (b) the Equity Contribution is less than $3,500,000,000, the excess of the revolving borrowing under the CF Facilities on the Closing Date over $80,000,000.
          “ Additional Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent.
          “ Administrative Agent’s Office ” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Parent Borrower on behalf of the Borrowers and the Lenders.
          “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Arrangers, the Agents, their respective lending affiliates or any entity acting as an L/C Issuer hereunder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
          “ Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.
          “ Agent’s Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).
          “ Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any) and the Arrangers.
          “ Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
          “ Aggregate Excess Availability ” means, at any time, (i) Excess Availability plus (ii)(x) the aggregate CF Revolving Credit Commitments minus (y) the aggregate CF Revolving Credit Exposure.
          “ Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
          “ Agreement Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
          “ Allocable Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.24.
          “ Aloha Trust ” means The Aloha Trust Station Trust, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
          “ AMFM ” means AMFM Operating Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ AMFM Notes ” means the 8% Senior Notes due 2008 of AMFM.
          “ AMFM Notes Indenture ” means that certain Indenture dated as of November 17, 1998 among AMFM (formerly known as Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles), the guarantors thereto, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 1999, as further supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 19, 1999 and as further supplemented

2


 

by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 18, 2000, as may be amended, supplemented or modified in connection with the previously announced Tender Offers.
          “ Annual Financial Statements ” means the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower as of each of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the Parent Borrower for the fiscal years then ended.
          “ Applicable Rate ” means, with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Letter of Credit fees, a percentage per annum equal to (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 2.40 %, (B) for Base Rate Loans, 1.40%, (C) for Letter of Credit fees, 2.40% and (D) for commitment fees, 0.375% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
                             
Applicable Rate
        Eurocurrency            
Pricing       Rate and Letter           Commitment
Level   Total Leverage Ratio   of Credit Fees   Base Rate   Fees
1
  <6:1     2.150 %     1.150 %     0.250 %
2
  > 6:1 but <7:1     2.275 %     1.275 %     0.375 %
3
  > 7:1     2.400 %     1.400 %     0.375 %
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided that if a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered the highest Applicable Rate pertaining to any pricing level shall apply as of the earlier of (i) 15 days after the day such Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered and (ii) the day on which the Required Lenders so require, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply); provided further that if an Event of Default exists, the highest Applicable Rate pertaining to any pricing level shall apply with respect to Commitment Fees.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined at any time before the 91 st day after the date on which all Loans have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated that the Total Leverage Ratio set forth in any Compliance Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Rate that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Total Leverage Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Rate” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Compliance Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Total Leverage Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrowers for the relevant period pursuant to Sections 2.08(a) and 2.09(a) as a result of the miscalculation of the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable upon the date that is five (5) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower of such miscalculation. If the preceding sentence is complied with the failure to previously pay such interest and fees shall not in and of itself constitute a Default and no amounts shall be payable at the Default Rate in respect of any such interest or fees.
          “ Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to any Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer and (ii) with respect to any Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i), the Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Lenders.
          “ Approved Electronic Communications ” means each Communication that any Loan Party is obligated to, or otherwise chooses to, provide to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein, including any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request and

3


 

certificate; provided , however , that, solely with respect to delivery of any such Communication by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent and without limiting or otherwise affecting either the Administrative Agent’s right to effect delivery of such Communication by posting such Communication to the Platform or the protections afforded hereby to the Administrative Agent in connection with any such posting, “Approved Electronic Communication” shall exclude (i) any notice of borrowing, letter of credit request, swing loan request, notice of conversion or continuation, and any other notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material relating to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing, (ii) any notice pursuant to Section 2.05(a) and any other notice relating to the payment of any principal or other amount due under any Loan Document prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) all notices of any Default or Event of Default and (iv) any notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material required to be delivered to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Article IV or any other condition to any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder or any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement.
          “ Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.
          “ Arrangers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.
          “ Assignees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(b).
          “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Assignment Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).
          “ Attorney Costs ” means all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.
          “ Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (x) when used with respect to any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP and (y) when used with respect to any sale-leaseback transaction, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Parent Borrower’s then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such sale-leaseback transaction.
          “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
          “ Available Amount ” means, at any time (the “ Reference Date ”), the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Available Amount Reference Period (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, minus 100% of such negative number) provided that the amount in this clause (a) shall only be available if the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such incurrence calculated on a pro forma basis for any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(v), 7.02(j)(B)(ii) or 7.02(p)(ii), any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(ii) or any repayments, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance and other payments made pursuant to Sections 7.12(a)(vii)(2), would be less than or equal to 6.8 to 1.0; plus
     (b) [Reserved];
     (c) the amount of any cash capital contributions (other than any Cure Amount and any Specified Equity Contribution and other than any amount funded for any cost or expense referenced in clause

4


 

(a)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”) or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances (or issuances of debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests) (other than the Equity Contribution and Net Cash Proceeds used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(f) and any Specified Equity Contribution) received by the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent as common equity capital to the Parent Borrower) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus
     (d) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above or (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries made or designated by using the Available Amount during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus
     (e) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above or (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash repayments of principal received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date in respect of loans or advances made by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries made by using the Available Amount; plus
     (f) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above, (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment or (C) required to be applied to prepay the CF Facilities in accordance with the CF Credit Agreement, the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of its ownership interest in any Minority Investment or Unrestricted Subsidiary that was made by using the Available Amount during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; minus
     (g) the aggregate amount of distributions and redemptions by any Securitization Entity in respect of its Equity Interests of the kind set forth in the definition of “Restricted Payment”, except to the extent such distribution or redemption is received by, or substantially concurrently therewith, contributed to, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Reference Date; minus
     (h) the aggregate amount of (A) any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(iv), Section 7.02(j)(B)(ii) and Section 7.02(p)(ii), (B) any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(ii), and (C) any repayments, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance and other payments made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(vii)(2), in each case during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Reference Date (and, for purposes of this clause (h), without taking account of the intended usage of the Available Amount on such Reference Date).
          “ Available Amount Reference Period ” means, with respect to any Reference Date, the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on April 1, 2008 and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), and the related Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Availability Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves, subject to section 2.15, as the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines as being appropriate to reflect any impediments to the realization upon the Collateral consisting of Eligible Accounts included in the Borrowing Base (including claims that the Administrative Agent determines will need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon such Collateral).

5


 

          “ Bank Product Reserves ” means such reserves as the Administrative Agent, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, determines in its Permitted Discretion, as being appropriate to reflect the reasonably anticipated liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties with respect to Secured Cash Management Obligations then provided or outstanding.
          “ Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.
          “ Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
          “ Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
          “ Basel II ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(a).
          “ BBA LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”
          “ Blocked Account Agreement ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.15(b).
          “ Blocked Accounts ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.15(b).
          “ Borrowers ” means the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Borrowers, jointly, severally and collectively.
          “ Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing or a Protective Advance, as the context may require.
          “ Borrowing Base ” means, on any date, an amount equal to (x) 85% multiplied by the book value of Eligible Accounts minus (y) any Reserves. The Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(e) or, in the case of the Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date, shall be the Borrowing Base as of the close of business on the last day of the most recent calendar month ending at least 10 Business Days prior to the Closing Date.
          “ Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate, duly executed by a Responsible Officer or controller of the Parent Borrower, appropriately completed and substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto or another form that is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
          “ Broadcast Licenses ” means the main station license issued by the FCC or any foreign Governmental Authority and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Broadcast Station operated by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Broadcast Stations ” means each full-service AM or FM radio broadcast station or full-service television broadcast station now or hereafter owned and operated by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York, New York or in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located; provided that, if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any

6


 

other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
          “ Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
          “ Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at Citibank (or any successor Administrative Agent) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
          “ Cash Dominion Event ” means either (i) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or Section 8.01(f) (in each case with respect to (1) any Borrower, (2) any Material Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (3) any group of Immaterial Subsidiaries that are Guarantors that, when taken together, constitute a Material Subsidiary), or (ii) the Borrowers have failed to maintain (a) Excess Availability of at least $50,000,000 for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days or (b) Aggregate Excess Availability of at least 10% of the Borrowing Base for five (5) consecutive Business Days, and in the case of this clause (ii), the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option (x) if the Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (i) above, so long as such Event of Default is continuing, or (y) if the Cash Dominion Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to achieve and maintain (A) Excess Availability as required hereunder, until Excess Availability has exceeded $50,000,000 or (B) Aggregate Excess Availability as required hereunder, until Aggregate Excess Availability has exceeded 10% of the Borrowing Base, in each case for thirty (30) consecutive days, in which case a Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement; provided that a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing (even if such an Event of Default is no longer continuing and/or Excess Availability and/or Aggregate Excess Availability exceeds the required amount for thirty (30) consecutive days) at all times in any four fiscal quarter period after a Cash Dominion Event has occurred and been discontinued on two occasions in such four fiscal quarter period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed that a Cash Dominion Event shall not be deemed to have occurred and be continuing as a result of the Loans made on the Closing Date unless and until additional Loans are made or Letters of Credit are issued hereunder and a Liquidity Event Condition subsequently occurs.

7


 

          “ Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:
     (a) Dollars;
     (b) (i) Canadian Dollars, Sterling, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (ii) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
     (e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;
     (f) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (g) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively, and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (h) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;
     (i) solely for the purpose of determining if an Investment therein is allowed under this Agreement and not for the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (j) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (i) above.
          In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (j) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (j) and in this paragraph.
          “ Cash for Post-Closing Expenses ” means (x) the aggregate amount of estimated post-closing expenses specified on Schedule 1.01B, less (y) the amount of such post-closing expenses paid or satisfied prior to the

8


 

Closing Date (it being understood that the Parent Borrower may reduce any such estimated post-closing expense based on its good faith estimate of the actual amount of such post-closing expense as of the Closing Date).
          “ Cash Income Taxes ” means, with respect to any period, all taxes based on income paid in cash by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.
          “ Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time it provides any Cash Management Services, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.
          “ Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services and designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as “Cash Management Obligations.”
          “ Cash Management Services ” means any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
          “ Cash Management Systems ” means the cash management systems described in Section 6.15.
          “ CCB Group ” means the Borrowers identified as members of the CCB Group on the signature page to this Agreement and the Joinder Agreement, including all supplements thereto.
          “ CCI ” means Clear Channel International BV, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the Netherlands.
          “ CCIH ” means Clear Channel International Holdings BV, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the Netherlands.
          “ CCN ” means Clear Channel Netherlands BV, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the Netherlands.
          “ CCOH ” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ CCOH 90% Investment ” means the first Investment in Equity Interests of CCOH which results in the U.S. Loan Parties owning at least 90% of the then outstanding Equity Interests in CCOH.
          “ CCO Cash Management Arrangements ” means the cash management arrangements established by the Parent Borrower and CCOH pursuant to the CCO Intercompany Agreements.
          “ CCO Intercompany Agreements ” means (a) the Master Agreement dated as of November 16, 2005 between the Parent Borrower and CCOH as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c) and (b) the Corporate Services Agreement dated as of November 16, 2005 between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P. and CCOH, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c).
          “ CCU Cash Management Notes ” means (a) the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005, issued by CCOH to the Parent Borrower pursuant to the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c) and (b) the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005, issued by the Parent Borrower to CCOH pursuant to the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c) (the “ Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note ”).

9


 

          “ CC UK ” means Clear Channel UK Limited, a limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales.
          “ CCU Notes ” means the CCU Cash Management Notes and the CCU Term Note.
           “CCU Term Note” means the $2.5 billion Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated as of August 2, 2005 made by Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc to CCOH, subsequently endorsed to the Parent Borrower, as amended on August 2, 2005, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 7.12(c).
          “ CF Administrative Agent ” means Citibank in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the CF Credit Agreement, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent under the CF Credit Agreement.
          “ CF Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, as administrative agent and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time, to the extent permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ CF Facilities ” means the credit facilities under the CF Credit Agreement.
          “ CF Facility Documentation ” means the CF Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.
          “ CF Revolving Credit Commitment ” has the meaning given to the term “Revolving Credit Commitment” in the CF Credit Agreement.
          “ CF Revolving Credit Exposure ” has the meaning given to the term “Revolving Credit Exposure: in the CF Credit Agreement.
          “ Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of:
     (a) (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders ceasing to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least a majority of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or the Sponsors ceasing to have the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Parent; or
          (ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting power of Voting Stock of Parent owned, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, by the Permitted Holders;
unless, in the case of clause (a)(ii) above, the Sponsors have, at such time and after giving effect to the transaction in question, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Parent; or

10


 

     (b) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) under the CF Credit Agreement, any New Senior Notes Indenture, or any other Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
     (c) subject to Section 7.04, the Parent Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings or Holdings ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent, provided that a “Change of Control” under this clause (c) shall not be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of options held by certain employees in the United Kingdom to purchase shares of the Parent Borrower that remain outstanding after the Closing Date so long as such options are terminated by no later than 60 days after the Closing Date.
          “ Citibank ” means Citibank, N.A.
          “ Class ” when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans or Protective Advances.
          “ Closing Date ” means “Closing Date” as defined in the Merger Agreement.
          “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.
          “ Co-Documentation Agents ” means Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
          “ Co-Investors ” means, collectively, (a) Highfields Capital I LP, Highfields Capital II LP, Highfields Capital III LP, Highfields Capital Management LP, FMR LLC, Fidelity Management & Research Company, Strategic Advisers, Inc., Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company, and any other Persons who, directly or indirectly, own Equity Interests of Parent on the Closing Date, and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or their respective Affiliates and (b) and the Management Stockholders.
          “ Collateral ” means all the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document.
          “ Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:
          (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.11, 6.13 or 6.15 , subject in each case to the limitations and exceptions of this definition, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;
          (b) Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents, all of the Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) that own Eligible Accounts shall execute a joiner to this Agreement in order to become a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder and all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) by Holdings, each Borrower (in the case of Obligations of each other Borrower) and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary and not an Excluded Subsidiary (each, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”, and each unconditional guarantee thereby, a “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”) (each of Holdings, the Borrowers (to the extent set forth above) and the Subsidiary Guarantors, a “ Guarantor ”);
          (c) all guarantees issued or to be issued in respect of the New Senior Notes or any Permitted Additional Notes (i) shall be subordinated to the Obligations to the same extent as the guarantees issued on the Closing Date in respect of the New Senior Notes are subordinated to the Obligations and (ii) shall provide for their automatic release upon a release of the corresponding Guarantee;

11


 

          (d) except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected first priority security interest in the Receivables Collateral, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary:
     (A) the foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of security interests in, or taking other actions with respect to, (i) pledges and security interests prohibited by Law (other than to the extent such prohibition is expressly deemed ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition), (ii) intercompany indebtedness between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries, or (iii) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent evidenced in writing, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Lenders under the Loan Documents; and
     (B) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower in writing; and.
     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Parent Borrower may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not at the time a Subsidiary Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor to take all actions necessary under this definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” to become a Subsidiary Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, in the case of such Restricted Subsidiary organized in the United States, in which case such Restricted Subsidiary shall be treated as a Subsidiary Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, hereunder for all purposes.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if any intended Guaranty cannot be provided on or prior to the date required under Section 6.13(b) or with respect to any intended Collateral, if the creation or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such intended Collateral may not be accomplished on or prior to the date required under Section 6.13(b) (other than the pledge and perfection of domestic assets of the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers, and the Guarantors with respect to which a lien may be perfected solely by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code) after use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so or without undue delay, burden or expense, then such Guaranty or Collateral shall not be required to be delivered under Section 6.13(b) if the Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests, (i) in the case of any intended guaranty, within 20 days after the Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of any intended Collateral, the time period for delivery applicable upon acquisition of intended Collateral pursuant to Section 6.11 (in each case subject to extension by the Administrative Agent in its discretion).
          “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Credit Card Notifications, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.11, Section 6.13, Section 6.15, the Guaranties, the Intercreditor Agreement, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          “ Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, a Revolving Credit Commitment and such Lender’s commitment to acquire participations in Protective Advances.

12


 

          “ Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a)  a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .
          “ Communications ” means each notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise transmitted between the parties hereto relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Loan Party or its Affiliates, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request and certificate.
          “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .
          “ Concentration Account ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.15(c).
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
          (a) increased (without duplication) by the following:
     (i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (ii) total interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (whether amortized or immediately expensed), to the extent in each case the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (iv) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Investment, acquisition, as-set disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the New Senior Notes, the CF Facilities, the Loans and any credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the New Senior Notes, the CF Facilities,

13


 

the Loans or any credit facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to the CF Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing, and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R)) and losses associated with FASB Interpretation No. 45), and in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (v) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after Closing Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added pursuant to this clause (v) shall not exceed 10% of LTM Cost Base in any four-quarter period; plus
     (vi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (vii) any other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any (A) write-offs or write-downs, (B) equity-based awards compensation expense, (C) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (D) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (E) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (viii) the amount of cost savings projected by the Parent Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus
     (ix) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including transaction

14


 

fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise to the Sponsors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (x) any costs or expense incurred by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and other than from the proceeds of the exercise of the Cure Right); plus
     (xi) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period;
(b) decreased by (without duplication):
     (i) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; plus
     (ii) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and
     (c) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, in each case to the extent excluded or included, as applicable, in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
     (i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries resulting in such period from Swap Contracts and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations;
     (ii) any net gain or loss (after any offset) of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or loss resulting from Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses; and
     (iii) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction Expenses, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

15


 

     (a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,
     (b) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations (other than the Permitted Disposition Assets to the extent included in discontinued operations prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower, shall be excluded,
     (d) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or cash to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
     (e) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of purchase accounting, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (f) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) obligations under any Swap Contracts, (ii) Indebtedness or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
     (g) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
     (h) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,
     (i) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,
     (j) solely for the purpose of determining the Available Amount pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments

16


 

actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted in to cash) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (k) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded, and
     (l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          “ Consolidated Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)) included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.
          “ Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date and set forth on the balance sheet of such Persons, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit or bank guaranty, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder, (ii) obligations under Swap Contracts and (iii) any non-recourse debt to the extent of the amount in excess of the fair market value of the assets securing such non-recourse debt.
          “ Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
          “ Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”
          “ Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Parent Borrower and/or other companies.
          “ Credit Card Notification ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.15.
          “ Credit Card Receivables ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eligible Credit Card Receivables.”
          “ Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
          “ Cure Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a).

17


 

          “ Cure Right ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a).
          “ DDAs ” means any checking or other demand deposit account maintained by a Loan Party in which Collateral and proceeds of Collateral is deposited or held. All funds in such DDAs shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in the DDAs, subject to the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Debt Proceeds ” means the sum of the proceeds of (a) the borrowings made on the Closing Date under the CF Facilities, (b) the proceeds of the issuance of the New Senior Notes, and (c) the proceeds of the initial borrowings under the Facility.
          “ Debt Repayment ” shall mean the repayment, prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance or tender, in whole or in part, of (a) the Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Existing Credit Agreement, (b) the Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower in respect of the Repurchased Existing Notes and (c) the other Indebtedness identified on Schedule 7.03(b) and that is repaid, prepaid, repurchased, redeemed or defeased or tendered on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date).
          “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
          “ Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
          “ Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
          “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans or participations in Protective Advances required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (d) has notified the Parent Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent in writing of any of the foregoing (including any written certification of its intent not to comply with its obligations under Article II).
          “ Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(j) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
          “ Designated 2010 Retained Existing Notes ” means any 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 of the Parent Borrower, to the extent not repaid, prepaid, repurchased or defeased on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date).

18


 

          “ Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale-leaseback transaction and any sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower)) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that no transaction or series of related transactions shall be considered a “Disposition” for purposes of Section 7.05 unless the net cash proceeds resulting from such transaction or series of transactions shall exceed $25,000,000.
          “ Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or any other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable, the termination of the Commitments and the termination of or backstop on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion all outstanding Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part or (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or under the terms of the plan under which such Equity Interests are issued and any stock subscription or shareholder agreement to which such Equity Interests are subject; provided, further , that any Equity Interests held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective estates, Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies’ or any other entity in which the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Disqualified Institutions ” means those banks and institutions set forth on Schedule 1.01E hereto or any Persons who are competitors of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as identified to the Administrative Agent from time to time.
          “ Divestiture Assets ” means the DoJ Divestiture Assets and the FCC Divestiture Assets.
          “ DoJ Divestiture Assets ” means the “Divestiture Assets” as defined in the DoJ Consent Orders.
          “ DoJ Orders ” means the Final Judgment and the Hold Separate Stipulation and Order entered by the United States District Court for the District of Columbia in the matter of United States of America v. Bain Capital, LLC, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Clear Channel .
          “ Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
          “ Eligible Accounts ” means, as of any date of determination thereof, the aggregate amount of all Accounts due to any Borrower, except to the extent that (determined without duplication):
     (a) except as provided in clause (v) of this definition, such Account does not arise from the sale of goods, intellectual property or advertising, or the performance of services by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

19


 

     (b) (i) such Borrower’s right to receive payment is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever or (ii) as to which such Person is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process;
     (c) any defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute exists as to such Account, but only to the extent of such defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute;
     (d) such Account is not a true and correct statement of bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for the sale of goods to or services rendered for the applicable Account Debtor;
     (e) an invoice, in form and substance consistent with the Parent Borrower’s credit and collection policies, or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the forms used by the Borrowers on the Closing Date are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), has not been prepared and sent to the applicable Account Debtor in respect of such Account prior to being reported to the Administrative Agent as Collateral (including Accounts identified as inactive, warranty or otherwise not attributable to an Account Debtor);
     (f) such Account (i) is not owned by a Borrower or (ii) is subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (t), (x) and (z) of Section 7.01;
     (g) such Account is the obligation of an Account Debtor that is (i) a director, officer, other employee or Affiliate of a Borrower (other than Accounts arising from the sale of goods, intellectual property or advertising, or provision of services delivered to such Account Debtor in the ordinary course of business), (ii) a natural person or (iii) only if such Account obligation has not been incurred in the ordinary course or on arms’ length terms, to any entity that has any common officer or director with a Borrower;
     (h) Accounts subject to a partial payment plan;
     (i) such Borrower is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to such Borrower but only to the extent of the potential offset;
     (j) upon the occurrence of any of the following with respect to such Account:
     (i) the Account is not paid within:
          (A) with respect to Accounts generated by the CCB Group, (x) in the case of Accounts due from advertising agencies, 120 days past the original invoice date, or (y) in the case of Accounts due from any other Person, 90 days past the original invoice date;
          (B) with respect to Accounts generated by the Premier Group, 120 days past the original invoice date; or
          (C) (x) with respect to Accounts generated from commissions billed for media representation services by the Katz Group, 60 days past the original due date, or (y) with respect to Accounts generated by billings made by the Katz Group to advertisers or advertising agencies for advertising spots, and for which a member of the CCB Group has billed a member of the Katz Group, the Account is not paid within 90 days following the original invoice date;
provided that in calculating delinquent portions of Accounts under clauses (A) through (C), CCB Group Accounts due from advertising agencies with net credit balances over 120 days old, CCB Group Accounts due from other persons with net credit balances over 90 days old, Premier Group Accounts with net credit balances over 120 days old, Katz Group media representation Accounts with net credit balances over 60 days old, and other Katz Group Accounts with net credit balances over 90 days old, will be excluded;

20


 

     (ii) the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends business, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due;
     (iii) any Account Debtor obligated upon such Account is a debtor or a debtor in possession under any bankruptcy law or any other federal, state or foreign (including any provincial) receivership, insolvency relief or other law or laws for the relief of debtors; or
     (iv) with respect to which Account (or any other Account due from the applicable Account Debtor), in whole or in part, a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance, or other instrument for the payment of money has been received, presented for payment, and returned uncollected for any reason;
     (k) such Account is the obligation of an Account Debtor from whom 50% or more of the aggregate amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under clause (j)(i) of this definition;
     (l) such Account, together with all other Accounts owing by such Account Debtor and its Affiliates as of any date of determination, exceeds 15% of all Eligible Accounts (but only the extent of such excess);
     (m) such Account is one as to which the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, is not a first priority perfected Lien, subject to Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (t) and (x) of Section 7.01;
     (n) any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents with respect to such Account are untrue in any material respect with respect to such Account (or, with respect to representations or warranties that are qualified by materiality, any of such representations and warranties are untrue);
     (o) such Account is evidenced by a judgment, Instrument or Chattel Paper (each such term as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) (other than Instruments or Chattel Paper that are held by a Borrower or that have been delivered to the Administrative Agent);
     (p) such Account is payable in any currency other than Dollars;
     (q) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a Person unless: (i) the Account Debtor’s billing address is in the United States or (ii) the Account Debtor is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
     (r) such Account is the obligation of an Account Debtor that is the United States government or a political subdivision thereof, or department, agency or instrumentality thereof;
     (s) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the government of any country or sovereign state other than the United States, or of any state, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof, or of any department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof;
     (t) such Account has been redated, extended, compromised, settled, adjusted or otherwise modified or discounted, except discounts or modifications that are granted by a Borrower in the ordinary course of business and that are reflected in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
     (u) such Account is of an Account Debtor that is located in a state requiring the filing of a notice of business activities report or similar report in order to permit a Borrower to seek judicial enforcement in such state of payment of such Account, unless such Borrower has qualified to do business in such state or has filed a notice of business activities report or equivalent report for the then-current year or if such failure to file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of being remedied without any material delay or material cost;

21


 

     (v) such Accounts were acquired or originated by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition (until such time as the Administrative Agent has completed a customary due diligence investigation as to such Accounts and such Person, which investigation may, at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, include a field examination, and the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied with the results thereof);
     (w) Credit Card Receivables (other than Eligible Credit Card Receivables);
     (x) Accounts which are subject to a credit that has been earned but not taken, subject to reduction as a result of an unapplied deferred revenue account, or a chargeback, to the extent of such rebate, deferred revenue account or chargeback;
     (y) that represents a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval, consignment or other repurchase or return basis;
     (z) such Borrower is subject to an event of the type described in Section 8.01(f);
     (aa) such Account is otherwise unacceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;
     (bb) such Account was generated by a Person that was a Borrower at the time such Account was generated but has since been sold or divested; or
     (cc) such Account was not generated by the CCB Group, Premier Group or Katz Group unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion (after such time as the Administrative Agent has completed a customary due diligence investigation as to such Accounts and such Person, which investigation may, at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, include a field examination, and the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied with the results thereof).
          “ Eligible Assignee ” means any assignee permitted by and, to the extent applicable, consented to in accordance with Section 10.07(b); provided that under no circumstances shall (i) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any Disqualified Institution be an Assignee.
          “ Eligible Credit Card Receivables ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Accounts due to any Borrower from major credit card and debit card processors (including, but not limited to, JCB, Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, DiscoverCard, Interlink, NYCE, Star/Mac, Tyme, Pulse, Accel, AFF, Shazam, CU244, Alaska Option and Maestro) that arise in the ordinary course of business and that have been earned by performance (“ Credit Card Receivables ”) and that are not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the criteria set forth below, except that none of the following (determined without duplication) shall be deemed to be Eligible Credit Card Receivables:
     (a) Accounts that have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale, or for such longer period(s) as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;
     (b) Accounts with respect to which a Borrower does not have good and valid title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (t), (x) and (z) of Section 7.01);
     (c) Accounts as to which the Administrative Agent’s Lien attached thereon on behalf of itself and the Lenders, is not a first priority perfected Lien, subject to Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (t) and (x) of Section 7.01;
     (d) Accounts that are disputed, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback (other than chargebacks in the ordinary course by the credit card processors) has been asserted,

22


 

by the related credit card processor (but only to the extent of such dispute, claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);
     (e) except as otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent, Accounts as to which the credit card processor has the right under certain circumstances to require a Borrower to repurchase the Accounts from such credit card or debit card processor;
     (f) except as otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent, Accounts arising from any private label credit card program of a Borrower; and
     (g) Accounts due from major credit card and debit card processors (other than JCB, Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, DiscoverCard, Interlink, NYCE, Star/Mac, Tyme, Pulse, Accel, AFF, Shazam, CU244, Alaska Option and Maestro) that the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion determines to be unlikely to be collected.
          “ EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “ EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.
          “ Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, drinking water, groundwater, land surfaces, subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.
          “ Environmental Claim ” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings with respect to any Environmental Liability (hereinafter “ Claims ”), including (i) any and all Claims by a Governmental Authority for enforcement, response or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any Person seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law.
          “ Environmental Laws ” means any and all Laws relating to the pollution or protection of the Environment including those relating to the generation, handling, storage, treatment transport or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials or, to the extent relating to exposure or threat of exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.
          “ Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, or Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
          “ Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
Equity Contribution ” means, collectively, (a) the direct or indirect contribution by the Sponsors and certain other investors of an aggregate amount of cash (the “Cash Contribution”) and (b) the Rollover Equity, in an amount which, together with (A) the Parent Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash on hand and (B) the Debt Proceeds, is sufficient to finance (a) the Merger Consideration, (b) the Debt Repayment, (c) Transaction Expenses paid on or prior to the Closing Date, (d) Cash for Post-Closing Expenses and (e) the Additional Cash from Revolver Draw. The Equity Contribution will be no less than $3,000,000,000. Any portion of the Cash Contribution not directly received

23


 

by Merger Sub or used by Parent or Holdings to pay Transaction Expenses will be contributed to the common equity capital of Merger Sub.
          “ Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).
          “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with Holdings or the Parent Borrower and is treated as a single employer pursuant to Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
          “ ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan for which notice to the PBGC is not waived by regulation; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan, notification of Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (d) the filing by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan; (e) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (f) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code and Section 303(d) of ERISA (or, after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the Code and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (h) the filing by the PBGC of a petition under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; or (i) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to Holdings or the Parent Borrower.
          “ Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among Merger Sub, Parent, the Parent Borrower, the financial institutions and other parties thereto.
          “ Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful single currency of the European Union.
          “ Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch (or other branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

24


 

          “ Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the applicable Eurocurrency Rate.
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
          “ Excess Availability ” means, as of any date of determination thereof, (x) the lesser of (1) the Borrowing Base and (2) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, minus (y) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
          “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing the Obligations, or a guarantee by which would require governmental consent, approval, license or authorization, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (e) AMFM and its Subsidiaries, until AMFM has completed the Debt Repayment of the AMFM Notes, as result of which the covenants in the AMFM Indenture have been defeased or, in the case of a tender offer and consent solicitation, eliminated in accordance therewith, (f) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (g) any Securitization Entity, and (h) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.
          “ Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 13, 2004, among the Parent Borrower and the subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower party thereto as borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto.
          “ Existing Notes ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Retained Existing Notes.”
          “ Existing Notes Condition ” means (i) the repayment of Existing Notes such that no more than $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Existing Notes remains outstanding or (ii) the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries are no longer subject to the negative covenants set forth in the Existing Notes Indentures as a result of a consent solicitation or other discharge or defeasance, as notified to the Administrative Agent in writing.
          “ Existing Notes Indentures ” means collectively the (i) Retained Existing Notes Indenture and the (ii) AMFM Notes Indenture.
          “ Facility ” means the Revolving Credit Facility.
          “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all Broadcast Licenses and other licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ FCC Divestiture Assets ” means (a) Broadcast Licenses transferred to the Aloha Trust pursuant to the FCC Order, (b) any interest in the Aloha Trust and (c) any assets of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to the Stations operated under the Broadcast Licenses referred to in clause (a).

25


 

          “ FCC Order ” means the Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 08-3, released by the FCC on January 24, 2008, as amended by the Erratum dated January 30, 2008.
          “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower minus Capital Expenditures minus Cash Income Taxes, in each case for such Test Period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such Test Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarter periods ending on the last day of each of the first, second and third whole fiscal quarters occurring after the Closing Date (each a “ Post-Closing Quarter ”), Fixed Charges shall be deemed to equal Fixed Charges for the period commencing on the first day of the first Post-Closing Quarter and ending (a) on the last day of the first Post-Closing Quarter, multiplied by 4, (b) on the last day of the second Post-Closing Quarter, multiplied by 2, and (c) on the last day of the third Post-Closing Quarter, multiplied by 4/3, respectively.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Test Period, without duplication, the sum of (a) consolidated cash interest expense (net of cash interest income to the extent excluded from Consolidated EBITDA), for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, for such Test Period plus (b) the aggregate amount of all cash dividend payments on Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower during such Test Period plus (c) the scheduled amortization payments during such Test Period on Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).
          “ Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
          “ FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
          “ Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Parent Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Parent Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.
          “ Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or

26


 

other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
          “ Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).
          “ Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “ Guarantees ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Guarantor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Guaranty ” means (a) the guaranty made by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers, and the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 or Exhibit F-2 , as applicable, and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11, all guarantees hereunder, the “ Guaranties .”
          “ Hazardous Materials ” means materials, chemicals, substances, compounds, wastes, pollutants and contaminants, in any form, including all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes, mold, petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and infectious or medical wastes, in each case regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
          “ Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          “ Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
          “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of

27


 

the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
     (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
     (b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;
     (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
     (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable);
     (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
     (f) all Attributable Indebtedness;
     (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and
     (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
          For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (i) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated Total Debt of such Person and (ii) in the case of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person that is not assumed by such Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.
          “ Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
          “ Indemnified Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Parent Borrower and its Affiliates.

28


 

          “ Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.
          “ Initial Incremental Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Initial Revolving Borrowing ” means one or more borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans or issuances in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amounts specified or referred to in the definition term “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes.”
          “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of the Closing Date hereof between the Administrative Agent and the CF Administrative Agent, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I , as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith and herewith.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
          “ Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan and the Administrative Agent, nine or twelve months (or such period of less than one month as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent and each Lender), as selected by the Parent Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:
     (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
          “ Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value of such Investment, net of any return representing a return of capital with respect to such Investment.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower.
          “ IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.

29


 

          “ ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
          “ Issuer Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
          “ Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith and herewith.
          “ Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
          “ Junior Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(a).
          “ Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.
          “ Katz Group ” means the Borrowers identified as members of the Katz Group on the signature page to this Agreement and the Joinder Agreement, including all supplements thereto.
          “ Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
          “ L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.
          “ L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.
          “ L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.
          “ L/C Issuer ” means Citibank, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and any other Lender that becomes a L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
          “ L/C Obligation ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit (whether or not (i) such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit or (ii) the conditions to drawing can then be satisfied) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Letters of Credit, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
          “ L/C Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $50,000,000.
          “ Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

30


 

          “ Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          “ Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.
          “ Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.
          “ Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
          “ License Subsidiary ” means a direct or indirect wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower substantially all of the assets of which consist of Broadcast Licenses and related rights.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory, judgment or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease in and of itself be deemed a Lien.
          “ Liquidity Event ” means the determination by the Administrative Agent that (a) Excess Availability on any day is less than $50,000,000 or (b) Aggregate Excess Availability on any day is less than 10% of the Borrowing Base.
          “ LMA ” means a time brokerage agreement between a broadcaster-broker and a radio station licensee pursuant to which the broadcaster-broker supplies programming and sells commercial spot announcements in discrete blocks of time provided by the radio station licensee that amount to 15% or more of the weekly broadcast hours of the radio station licensee’s radio broadcast station.
          “ Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan, a Swing Line Loan or a Protective Advance.
          “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Joinder Agreement, (iii) the Notes, (iv) the Guaranties, (v) the Collateral Documents, (vi) the Issuer Documents and (vii) the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Loan Parties ” means collectively, Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation, amortization and interest expense, of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder.
          “ Material Adverse Effect on the Company ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Merger Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date).

31


 

          “ Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Parent Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or contribute more than 5.0% of the gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, then the Parent Borrower shall, not later than 45 days after the date by which financial statements for such quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Domestic Subsidiaries as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 applicable to such Subsidiaries; provided , however , that, any License Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Material Domestic Subsidiary if such License Subsidiary would constitute a Material Domestic Subsidiary if it were assumed that such License Subsidiary had the revenues associated with the Broadcast Stations operated by the Parent Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries that utilized the Broadcast Licenses owned by such License Subsidiary.
          “ Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary.
          “ Maturity Date ” means the date that is six years after of the Closing Date; provided that if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.
          “ Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11.
          “ Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
          “ Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006, by and among the Parent Borrower, Merger Sub, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Parent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of April 18, 2007, Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 17, 2007 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 13, 2008.
          “ Merger Consideration ” means an amount equal to the total funds required to pay to the holder of each share of issued and outstanding common stock (subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the Merger Agreement) of the Parent Borrower (and to the holders of certain outstanding options to purchase, and outstanding restricted stock units with respect to, shares of common stock of the Parent Borrower (after deduction for any applicable exercise price)), other than shares the holders of which have elected to convert into common stock of Parent, an aggregate amount per share equal to Cash Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement).
          “ Merger Sub ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.
          “ Minority Investment ” means any Person other than a Subsidiary in which the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.
          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
          “ Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning provided in Section 6.01(e).
          “ Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates makes or is obligated to make contributions, or with respect to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.

32


 

          “ NCR Stations ” means the Stations listed on Schedule 1.01D .
          “ Net Cash Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in the CF Credit Agreement.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ New Senior Cash-Pay Notes ” means $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Parent Borrower’s 10.75% senior notes due 2016, and any exchange notes in respect thereof.
          “ New Senior Notes ” means, collectively, (i) the New Senior Cash-Pay Notes, and (ii) the New Senior Toggle Notes.
          “ New Senior Notes Indentures ” means any one or more indentures to be entered into among the Parent Borrower, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and a trustee, pursuant to which the New Senior Notes are issued.
          “ New Senior Toggle Notes ” means $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Parent Borrower’s 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016, any exchange notes in respect thereof, and any increases in the principal amount of New Senior Toggle Notes (or related exchange notes) in lieu of the payment of cash interest in accordance with the terms thereof.
          “ Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d).
          “ Non-Loan Party ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Loan Party.
          “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
          “ Note ” means a Revolving Credit Note.
          “ Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, (y) Hedging Obligations and (z) Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
          “ Organization Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
          “ Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).
          “ Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of

33


 

Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date; and (c) with respect to Protective Advances on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Protective Advances occurring on such date.
          “ Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
          “ Parent ” means CC Media Holdings Inc. (formerly BT Triple Crown Capital Holdings III, Inc.).
          “ Parent Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
          “ Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “CCU Cash Management Notes.”
          “ Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).
          “ Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).
          “ Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.
          “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
          “ Pension Act ” means the U.S. Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.
          “ Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is either (i) sponsored or maintained by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates or (ii) to which Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute or with respect to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.
          “ Permits ” means any and all franchises, licenses, permits, approvals, notifications, certifications, registrations, authorizations, exemptions, qualifications, and other rights, privileges and approvals required for the operation of the Parent Borrower’s business under its organizational documents or under any loan treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
          “ Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(j).
          “ Permitted Additional Notes ” means unsecured notes issued by the Parent Borrower and guaranteed on a subordinated unsecured basis by one or more Guarantors, provided that (a) the terms of such notes provide for customary subordination of the guarantees of such notes by each Guarantor to the Obligations (and in any event the terms of such subordination shall be no less favorable to the Lenders than the terms of the subordination set forth in the New Senior Notes Indenture) and do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption, sinking fund obligation or other payment prior to six months after the Maturity Date, other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights upon an event of default and (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees and other terms for such notes ( provided that

34


 

such notes shall have interest rates and redemption premiums determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower to be market rates and premiums at the time of issuance of such notes), taken as a whole, are determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower to be market terms on the date of issuance and in any event are not materially more restrictive on the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, or materially less favorable to the Lenders, than the terms of the New Senior Notes Indenture and do not require the maintenance or achievement of any financial performance standards other than as a condition to taking specified actions, provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).
          “ Permitted Additional Notes Documentation ” means any notes, instruments, agreements and other credit documents governing any Permitted Additional Notes.
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Discretion ” means the Administrative Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment, exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practices for comparable asset-based lending transactions, as to any factor, event, condition or other circumstance arising after the Closing Date or based on facts not known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines, with respect to Accounts, (a) will or reasonably could be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the value of any Eligible Accounts, the enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon or the amount which the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the L/C Issuer would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation of such Eligible Accounts or (b) evidences that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent by any Person on behalf of the Parent Borrower is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent may consider, without duplication, factors already included in or tested by the definition of Eligible Accounts (but Reserves may not duplicate the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts), and any other factors arising after the Closing Date that change in any material respect the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers on the security of the Eligible Accounts.
          “ Permitted Disposition Assets ” means (a) the Specified Assets and (b) the assets permitted to be Disposed of pursuant to clauses (k), (o) and (t) of Section 7.05.
          “ Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower (to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Parent Borrower), in each case to the extent not prohibited hereunder and neither in connection with the exercise of the Cure Right or which is for the funding of costs or expenses referenced in clause (a)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any Sponsor or Co-Investor; provided that for purposes of determining ownership by Permitted Holders of Voting Stock of Parent, Co-Investors shall be deemed to own the lesser of (x) the percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent actually owned by them at such time and (y) 25% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent and shall only be deemed to be a Permitted Holder to such extent.
          “ Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes ” means (a) one or more Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans in an aggregate amount of up to Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date, (i) finance the Transactions or (ii) finance working capital needs of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the issuance of Letters of Credit in an aggregate that, taken together with the Borrowings under clause (a) do not exceed the Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date, (i) in replacement of, or as a backstop for, letters of credit of the Parent Borrower

35


 

or the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date or (ii) to finance working capital needs of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.
          “ Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Junior Financing or Retained Existing Notes, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and does not include guarantees by any other Person who is not an obligor of such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; provided that, notwithstanding this clause (d), so long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom, Retained Existing Notes with a stated final maturity (as of the Closing Date) prior to the Maturity Date may be refinanced with Indebtedness that constitutes Permitted Additional Notes, and (e) in the case of any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the CF Facilities, such Permitted Refinancing is not secured by any portion of the Collateral except on a junior basis pursuant to one or more security agreements subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement).
          “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
          “ PIK Interest Amount ” means the aggregate principal amount of all increases in outstanding principal amount of New Senior Toggle Notes and issuances of additional New Senior Toggle Notes or “PIK Notes” (as defined in any New Senior Notes Indenture or any similar document) in connection with an election by the Parent Borrower to pay interest in kind
          “ Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established, maintained or contributed to by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

36


 

          “ Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “ Post-Closing Quarter ” has the meaning specified in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
          “ Premier Group ” means the Borrowers identified as members of the Premier Group on the signature page to this Agreement and the Joinder Agreement, including all supplements thereto.
          “ primary obligor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Guarantee.”
          “ Principal L/C Issuer ” means each of Citibank and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
          “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).
          “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).
          “ Projections ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).
          “ Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage of such Lender and, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, at such time; provided that, if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.
          “ Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “ Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.
          “ Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).
          “ Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its direct wholly-owned Subsidiaries, the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Person may, directly or indirectly, sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) one or more Securitization Entities or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of CCOH or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCOH or its Subsidiaries by the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) that are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Entity that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Securitization Entity, (b) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Entity are made at Fair Market Value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower), (d) giving effect on a pro forma basis for such Qualified Securitization Financing in accordance with Section 1.07, for the Test Period immediately preceding such transaction (i) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than the lesser of (x) 8.0 to 1.0 and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio for such Test Period before giving effect to such transaction, (ii) the Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than the Secured Leverage Ratio for such Test Period before giving effect to such transaction and (iii) the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt of the Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors to Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received

37


 

an officers’ certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (d) have been satisfied. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Entity) to secure Indebtedness under this Agreement prior to engaging in any securitization transaction shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
          “ Receivables Collateral ” means all the “Intercreditor Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “ Receivables Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves, subject to Section 2.15, as the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion determines as being appropriate with respect to the determination of the collectability in the ordinary course of business of Eligible Accounts, including, without limitation, dilution, reconciliation of variances between the general ledger and the receivables aging, and unapplied cash received.
          “ Reference Date ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Available Amount.”
          “ Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon the receipt by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.
          “ Reportable Event ” means, with respect to any Plan any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.
          “ Repurchased Existing Notes ” means (i) the 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 of the Parent Borrower and (ii) the AMFM Notes, in each case to the extent repaid, prepaid, repurchased or defeased on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date).
          “ Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
          “ Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (other than protective advances and with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), and (b)  aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
          “ Reserves ” means all, if any, Availability Reserves, Bank Product Reserves, Receivables Reserves and any and all other reserves which the Administrative Agent deems necessary in its Permitted Discretion to maintain with respect to Eligible Accounts that have been established in accordance with Section 2.15, it being understood that Reserves on the Closing Date shall be equal to the amount stated as Reserves on the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent.

38


 

          “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, or treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Restricted Payment ” means any direct or indirect dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Parent Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
          “ Restricting Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09(a).
          “ Retained Existing Notes ” means (a) the Parent Borrower’s (i) 4.25% Senior Notes due 2009, (ii) 4.5% Senior Notes due 2010, (iii) 6.25% Senior Notes due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes due 2011, (iv) 5.0% Senior Notes due 2012, (v) 5.75% Senior Notes due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes due 2014, (vi) 4.9% Senior Notes due 2015, (vii) 5.5% Senior Notes due 2016, (viii) 6.875% Senior Debentures due 2018 and (ix) 7.25% Debentures Due 2027 and (b) any 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 of the Parent Borrower and 8% Senior Notes due 2008 of AMFM to the extent not repaid, prepaid, repurchased or defeased on the Closing Date (or such later date as may be necessary to effect the Debt Repayment contemplated by any tender offer made on or prior to the Closing Date) (the “ Retained Existing Notes ” and, together with the Repurchased Existing Notes, the “ Existing Notes ”).
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture ” means the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 among the Parent Borrower and The Bank of New York, as trustee (with The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as current trustee), as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 2003, as further supplemented by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, as further supplemented by the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 21, 2003, as further supplemented by the Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 20, 2004, as further supplemented by the Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 22, 2004, as further supplemented by the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 16, 2004, as further supplemented by the Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 2006 and as further supplemented by the Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 15, 2006, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Debt ” means “Debt” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Sale-Leaseback Transaction ” means any “Sale-Leaseback Transaction” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.

39


 

          “ Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary ” means any License Subsidiary that (a) is created or acquired after the Closing Date and (b) constitutes an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under (and as defined in) the Retained Existing Notes Indenture.
          “ Revolving Commitment Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
          “ Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).
          “ Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01F under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders on the Closing Date shall be equal to $1,000,000,000 less the Tranche A Term Loan Backstop Amount, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Revolving Commitment Increase.
          “ Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.
          “ Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
          “ Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.
          “ Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).
          “ Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender.
          “ Rollover Equity ” means the value of all Equity Interests of existing shareholders (including management) of the Parent Borrower (prior to giving effect to the Merger) that are converted into Equity Interests of Parent (valued based upon the cash consideration payable in the Merger) in connection with the Merger and the value of all Equity Interests of Parent issued to or otherwise directly or indirectly acquired by, any existing shareholders and management of the Parent Borrower (prior to giving effect to the Merger) in connection with the Transactions.
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
          “ Same Day Funds ” means, with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds.
          “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

40


 

          “ Secured Cash Management Obligation ” means any Cash Management Obligations designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as “Secured Cash Management Obligations” which will thereby become Obligations hereunder and under the Security Agreement.
          “ Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Section 7.03(f) that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank and designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Hedge Agreement.”
          “ Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period.
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c).
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.
          “ Securitization Assets ” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.
          “ Securitization Entity ” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower), or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries, makes an Investment and to which the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Entity (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Parent Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower, (c) to which none of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, other than another Securitization Entity, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results, and (d) if such Securitization Entity is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, (i) to the extent permitted by the terms of the Qualified Securitization Financing, Holdings shall have pledged the Equity Interests of such Securitization Entity to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that the Obligations shall have been secured by a first priority security interest in such Equity Interests and Holdings shall not permit any other Liens on such Equity Interests and (ii) Holdings shall not transfer any Equity Interests in such Securitization Entity to any other Person (other than to Holdings or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries) and shall not permit such Securitization Entity to issue any additional Equity Interests (other than to Holdings or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries). Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower, or such other Person giving effect to such designation

41


 

and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
          “ Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Entity in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
          “ Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a Standard Securitization Undertaking, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
          “ Security Agreements ” means the ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , together with each other Security Agreement Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.
          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreements.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Parent and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “ Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
          “ SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).
          “ Specified Assets ” means assets used in the operation of the NCR Stations.
          “ Specified Date ” means March 27, 2008.
          “ Specified Equity Contribution ” means any cash capital contributions (other than any Cure Amount, other than any contribution increasing the Available Amount pursuant to clause (c) of the definition thereof and other than any amount funded for any cost or expense referenced in clause (a)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”) or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances (other than the Equity Contribution) received by the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent as common equity capital to the Parent Borrower) and certified by a Responsible Officer as a Specified Equity Contribution concurrently with such contribution or issuance.
          “ Specified L/C Sublimit ” means, with respect to any L/C Issuer, (i) in the case of Citibank (or any of its Affiliates), 50% of the L/C Sublimit, (ii) in the case of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (or any of its Affiliates), 50% of the L/C Sublimit and (iii) in the case of any other L/C Issuer, 100% of the L/C Sublimit, or in each case such lower percentage as is specified in the agreement pursuant to which such Person becomes an L/C Issuer entered into pursuant to Section 2.03(l) hereof.
          “ Specified Transaction ” means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition that results in a Restricted

42


 

Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.
          “ Sponsor ” means any of Bain Capital LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any or both of them or their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.
          “ Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, substantially in the form delivered to the Arrangers on or prior to the date hereof, between certain of the management companies associated with the one or more of the Sponsors or their advisors, the Parent Borrower (as successor by merger to Merger Sub), T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Parent, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however , that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the Lenders in any material respect than the agreement in the form delivered to the Arrangers on or prior to the date hereof.
          “ Sponsor Termination Fees ” means the one-time payment under the Sponsor Management Agreement of a termination fee to one or more of the Sponsors and their Affiliates in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.
          “ Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing.
          “ Stations ” means all radio and television broadcast stations owned by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Sterling ” and the sign “ £ ” each mean the lawful money of the United Kingdom.
          “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” means each of the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01A that is a party hereto as of the Closing Date and each Material Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Borrower after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.11 or otherwise.
          “ Subsidiary Guarantee ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
          “ Successor Parent Borrower ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).
          “ Supermajority Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) Lenders having more than 66-2/3% of the sum of the Aggregate Commitments at such date or (b) if the Aggregate Commitments have been terminated, Lenders having or holding at least 66-2/3% of the Total Outstandings at such date, provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.

43


 

          “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.14 and “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ” shall have the corresponding meaning.
          “ Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
          “ Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
          “ Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
          “ Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit sub-facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.
          “ Swing Line Lender ” means Citibank, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
          “ Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
          “ Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .
          “ Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.
          “ Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.
          “ Syndication Agents ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc., each in its capacity as a Syndication Agent under this Agreement.
          “ TARGET Day ” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
          “ Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

44


 

          “ Tender Offers ” means one or more tender offers and consent solicitations but the Parent Borrower and AMFM to repurchase the Parent Borrower’s outstanding 7.65% Senior Notes Due 2010 and the outstanding AMFM Notes.
          “ Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01.
          “ Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended September 30, 2008. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “December 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended December 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.
          “ Threshold Amount ” means $100,000,000.
          “ Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
          “ Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period.
          “ Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
          “ Tranche A Term Loan Backstop Amount ” means the excess, if any, of (i) $750,000,000 over (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the initial borrowing hereunder on the Closing Date.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          “ Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Merger, (c) the issuance of the New Senior Notes, (d) the funding of the Initial Revolving Borrowing on the Closing Date, (e) the funding of the CF Facilities on the Closing Date, if any, (f) the repayment of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (g) the consummation of the Tender Offers on or after the Closing Date, (h) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (i) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.
          “ Type ” means, with respect to a Loan denominated in Dollars, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.
          “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.
          “ United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.
          “ Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

45


 

          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the date hereof, (b) any Securitization Entity and (c) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, until such Person ceases to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower in accordance with Section 6.14 or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Unused Amount ” means, on any day the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect minus the aggregate of the then outstanding Revolving Credit Exposures, provided that the Unused Amount shall never be less than zero.
          “ USA PATRIOT Act ” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.
          “ Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors of such Person.
          “ Weekly Monitoring Event ” means (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) the Borrowers have failed to maintain (a) Excess Availability of at least $50,000,000 for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days or (b) Aggregate Excess Availability of at least 10% of the Borrowing Base for five (5) consecutive Business Days, and the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Weekly Monitoring Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option until (x) if the Weekly Monitoring Event arises under clause (i) above, so long as such Event of Default is continuing, or (y) if the Weekly Monitoring Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to achieve (A) Excess Availability as required by clause (ii)(a), until Excess Availability has exceeded at least $50,000,000 or (B) Aggregate Excess Availability as required by clause (ii)(b), until Aggregate Excess Availability has exceeded at least 10% of the Borrowing Base, in each case for thirty (30) consecutive days, in which case a Weekly Monitoring Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement; provided that a Weekly Monitoring Event shall be deemed continuing (even if Excess Availability exceeds the required amount for thirty (30) consecutive days) at all times in any four fiscal quarter period after a Weekly Monitoring Event has occurred and been discontinued on two occasions in such four fiscal quarter period; provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed that a Weekly Monitoring Event shall not be deemed to have occurred and be continuing as a result of the Loans made on the Closing Date unless and until additional Loans are made or Letters of Credit are issued hereunder and a Weekly Monitoring Event subsequently occurs.
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
          “ wholly-owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
          “ Withdrawal Liability ” means the liability of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
          SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

46


 

          (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
          (b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
     (ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.
     (iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
     (iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
          (c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”
          (d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
          (e) The word “or” is not exclusive.
          SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Annual Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
          SECTION 1.04. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
          SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
          SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
          SECTION 1.07. Pro Forma Calculations .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section.
          (b) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness included in the definitions of Consolidated Secured Debt or Consolidated Total Debt, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), subsequent to the end

47


 

of the Test Period for which the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.
          (c) For purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Specified Transactions that have been made by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the applicable Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.
          (d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness included in the definitions of Fixed Charges, as the case may be (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues or redeems Disqualified Equity Interests, subsequent to the commencement of the Test Period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Equity Interests, as if the same had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period.
          (e) If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any hedging obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Borrower may designate.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, when calculating the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of, the definition of “Applicable Rate”, the events described in Sections 1.07(b) and 1.07(c) above that occurred subsequent to the end of the Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.
          (g) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from such Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and shall be certified in an officers’ certificate by such responsible financial or accounting officer delivered to the Administrative Agent); provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) actions to realize such amounts are taken within 12 months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” shall not include any cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies that have not been actually realized.

48


 

ARTICLE II
The Commitments and Credit Extensions
          SECTION 2.01. The Loans .
          (a) [Reserved]
          (b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans to the Borrowers in Dollars as elected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date ( provided that each Lender agrees to make loans in an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the Initial Revolving Borrowing on the Closing Date), in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Protective Advances shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b) ( provided that, in each such case, such Revolving Credit Loans shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at such time in the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures’ exceeding the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) the Aggregate Commitments, in each case as then in effect (subject to Section 2.01(c)); and the Borrowers may prepay under Section 2.05.
          (c) Subject to the limitations set forth below (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.01(b) or in Article IV), the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation), to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars that are Base Rate Loans on behalf of all Lenders to the Borrowers, at any time that any condition precedent set forth in Article IV has not been satisfied or waived, which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary or desirable (x) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof or (y) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Loans and other Obligations (each such loan, a “ Protective Advance ”). Any Protective Advance may be made in a principal amount that would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures to exceed the Borrowing Base; provided that no Protective Advance may be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Protective Advance (together with the outstanding principal amount of any outstanding Protective Advances) the aggregate principal amount of all Protective Advances outstanding hereunder would exceed 5.0% of the Borrowing Base as determined on the date of such proposed Protective Advance; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Protective Advances plus the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at such time shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments as then in effect. Each Protective Advance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. No Protective Advance shall be outstanding after the earlier of (x) 20 Business Days after the date on which it was made or (y) the date on which the Required Lenders instruct the Administrative Agent to cease making Protective Advances. The Administrative Agent’s authorization to make Protective Advances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders. Any such revocation must be in writing and will become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof. The making of a Protective Advance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent to make any Protective Advance on any other occasion and under no circumstance shall the Borrowers have the right to require that a Protective Advance be made. At any time that the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV have been satisfied or waived, the Administrative Agent may request the Lenders to make a Revolving Credit Loan to repay a Protective Advance. At any other time, the Administrative Agent may require the Lenders to fund their risk participations described in Section 2.01(d).

49


 

          (d) Upon the making of a Protective Advance by the Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the Administrative Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance in proportion to its Pro Rata Share. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Protective Advance purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent in respect of such Protective Advance.
          SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .
          (a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing (other than Swing Line Borrowings with respect to which this Section 2.02 shall not apply) made after the Closing Date, each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Parent Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (ii) not later than 12:00 noon on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of the amount of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Parent Borrower is requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Parent Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Parent Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the date which is six months after the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent), all Eurocurrency Rate Loans may not have an Interest Period in excess of one (1) month. No notice shall be required in respect of the initial Credit Extensions made on the Closing Date, however, the Parent Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date.
          (b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans. In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the respective currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is on the Closing Date, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrowers in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Parent Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Parent Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Borrowing under a Revolving Credit Facility is given by the Parent Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be

50


 

applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second, to the Parent Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) as provided above.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
          (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
          (e) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than thirty (30) Interest Periods in effect unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          (f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.
          (g) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and each Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(g) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrowers (to the extent such amount is covered by interest paid by such Lender) the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by any Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit .
          (a) The Letter of Credit Commitments .
     (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A)(1) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower ( provided that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the

51


 

Letters of Credit and (2) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that L/C Issuers shall not be obligated to make L/C Credit Extensions with respect to Letters of Credit, and Lenders shall not be obligated to participate in Letters of Credit if, as of the date of the applicable Letter of Credit, (x) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Sublimit; provided , further , that no Letter of Credit shall be issued by any L/C Issuer the stated amount of which, when added to the Outstanding Amount of L/C Credit Extensions with respect to such L/C Issuer, would exceed the applicable Specified L/C Sublimit of such L/C Issuer then in effect. Each request by the Parent Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Parent Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Parent Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Parent Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
     (ii) An L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless otherwise agreed by such L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion; or
     (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender shall have approved such expiry date or (2) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized.
     (iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);
     (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally; or
     (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars.
     (iv) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
     (v) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Appropriate Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term

52


 

“Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuers.
          (b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit .
     (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Parent Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (g) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.
     (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Parent Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the relevant L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Parent Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.
     (iii) If the Parent Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Parent Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time until an expiry date not later than the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Credit Lender, or the Parent Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

53


 

     (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
     (c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.
     (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day following the date of any payment by any L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrowers shall reimburse such L/C Issuer in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency. If the Borrowers fail to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, (x) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under a Letter of Credit, the Parent Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans and to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Appropriate Lenders, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
     (ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which may be the same Business Day such notice is provided if such notice is provided prior to 12:00 noon), whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer.
     (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
     (iv) Until each Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.
     (v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of

54


 

the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Parent Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
     (vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d) Repayment of Participations .
     (i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Appropriate Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with this Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Parent Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The Obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
          (e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

55


 

     (iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;
     (v) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or
     (vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;
provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Parent Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, claims in respect of which are waived by the Parent Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Parent Borrower that are caused by acts or omissions of such L/C Issuer constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such L/C Issuer.
          (f) Role of L/C Issuers . Each Lender and the Parent Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) a problem with the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Parent Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Parent Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.03(f); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Parent Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Parent Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to lost profits or punitive or consequential damages suffered by the Parent Borrower that were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
          (g) Cash Collateral . If (i) any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Required Lenders require the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02(c), (ii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing or (iii) for any reason, any Letter of Credit is outstanding at the time of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and a backstop letter of credit that is satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion is not in place, then the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Event of Default), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m. on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (i) or (iii), (1) the Business Day that the Parent Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following

56


 

the day that the Parent Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (ii), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Appropriate Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Appropriate Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrowers hereby grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in Cash Equivalents selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrowers. In the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, if such Event of Default is cured or waived and no other Event of Default is then occurring and continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral shall be refunded to the Borrowers.
          (h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
          (i) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to (A) the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit), minus (B) the fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) below. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
          (j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrowers shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.
          (k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.
          (l) Addition of an L/C Issuer .
     (i) A Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Credit

57


 

Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.
     (ii) On the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (and on such other dates as the Administrative Agent may request), each L/C Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit issued by it that are outstanding at such time together with such other information as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
          (m) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Parent Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Parent Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Parent Borrower, and that the Parent Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans .
          (a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) prior to the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any other Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans shall only be denominated in Dollars. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
          (b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Parent Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000), and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrowers.

58


 

          (c)  Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .
     (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably authorize the Swing Line Lender to so request on their behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Parent Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
     (iii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Revolving Credit Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Parent Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Parent Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
          (d)  Repayment of Participations .
     (i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately

59


 

adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
          (e)  Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrowers for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
          (f)  Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
          SECTION 2.05. Prepayments .
          (a)  Optional .
     (i) The Borrowers may, upon notice by the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any partial prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans (other than Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances) shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.
     (ii) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
     (iii) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Protective Advances in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole

60


 

multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
     (iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parent Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the Revolving Credit Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.
          (b)  Mandatory .
     (i) If, on any date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrowers shall promptly prepay Protective Advances, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Protective Advances, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, such aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.
     (ii) If, on any date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) the Aggregate Commitments, in each case as then in effect (subject to Section 2.01(c)), the Borrowers shall promptly prepay first, Protective Advances and second, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Protective Advances, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, such aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.
     (iii) At all times following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to Section 6.15 and after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event and notification thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower (subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement), on each Business Day, at or before 1:00 p.m., the Administrative Agent shall apply all immediately available funds credited to the Concentration Account, first to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders (other than in connection with Secured Cash Management Obligations), pro rata, second to pay interest due and payable in respect of any Loans (including Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances) that may be outstanding, pro rata, third to prepay the principal of any Protective Advances that may be outstanding, pro rata, fourth to prepay the principal of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations, pro rata and fifth to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to any Cash Management Bank.
          (c)  Interest, Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05.
          Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05 prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, any Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the last day of such Interest Period into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Loan

61


 

Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Section 2.05.
          SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .
          (a)  Optional . The Parent Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Revolving Credit Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent one (1) Business Day prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. Except as provided above, the amount of any such Revolving Credit Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Parent Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.
          (b)  Mandatory . The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.
          (c)  Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Revolving Credit Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Revolving Credit Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
          SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans .
          (a)  Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.
          (b)  Swing Line Loans . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall repay each Swing Line Loan for the Revolving Credit Facility on the Maturity Date.
          (c)  Protective Advances . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall repay to the Administrative Agent the then unpaid amount of each Protective Advance on the Maturity Date.
          SECTION 2.08. Interest .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans.
          (b) The Borrowers shall pay interest on past due amounts hereunder (whether principal, interest, fees or other amounts) at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

62


 

          (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
          (d) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in the currency in which each Loan was made.
          SECTION 2.09. Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and (j):
          (a)  Commitment Fee . The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender for such Facility in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment for such Facility exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans for such Facility and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations for such Facility; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Revolving Credit Commitments under such Facility of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrowers so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrowers prior to such time; provided further that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Facility of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fees for a Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears in Dollars on the tenth Business Day following the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for such Facility. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
          (b)  Other Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Parent Borrower and the applicable Agent).
          SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Administrative Agent’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
          SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .
          (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrowers, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender

63


 

(through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
          (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
          (c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally .
          (a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office for payment and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time), shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.
          (b) If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made, unless otherwise specified herein, on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
          (c) Unless the Parent Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder, that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to such Lender or L/C Issuer. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then such Lender or L/C Issuer shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender or L/C Issuer in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or L/C Issuer to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.
          A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or any Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
          (d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

64


 

          (e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.
          (f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
          (g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.
          SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s Pro Rata Share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.
          SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .
          (a) The Parent Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (a) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided that (i) upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall exist. Each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than a amount of $100,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than a amount of $100,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set

65


 

forth in the next sentence). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment Increases shall not exceed $750,000,000 (such amount, the " Incremental Amount ”). Each notice from the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Revolving Commitment Increases. Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Revolving Credit Lender will have an obligation to provide a portion of any Revolving Commitment Increase), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.14 and otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or by any other lender (any such other lender being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Parent Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders or Loan Parties, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” or similar language in such Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. The Parent Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement; provided that to the extent the proceeds of Revolving Commitment Increases are being used to refinance Retained Existing Notes, such refinancing occurs no earlier than the final maturity date of such Retained Existing Notes. Upon each increase in (A) the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (x) each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.
          (b) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.
          SECTION 2.15. Reserves. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may at any time and from time to time in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion establish and increase or decrease Reserves; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Parent Borrower at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such establishment or increase; and provided further that the Administrative Agent may only establish or increase a Reserve after the date hereof based on an event, condition or other circumstance arising after the Closing Date or based on facts not known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date. The amount of any Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition, other circumstance or new fact that is the basis for the Reserve. Upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed Reserve or increase, and the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event,

66


 

condition, circumstance or new fact that is the basis for such Reserve or increase no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion. In no event shall such notice and opportunity limit the right of the Administrative Agent to establish or change such Reserve, unless the Administrative Agent shall have determined in its Permitted Discretion that the event, condition, other circumstance or new fact that is the basis for such new Reserve or such change no longer exists or has otherwise been adequately addressed by the Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Reserves shall not duplicate eligibility criteria contained in the definition of “Eligible Accounts”.
ARTICLE III
Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality
          SECTION 3.01. Taxes .
          (a) Except as required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent), any and all payments by any Borrower or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender (which term shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include, for the purposes of Section 3.01, any L/C Issuer) under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority (“ Taxes ”). If a Borrower or a Guarantor or the Administrative Agent is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (as defined below) or Other Taxes (as defined below) from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable by such Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a)), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower or such Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions, (iii) such Borrower or such Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as practicable thereafter), such Borrower or such Guarantor shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other documentary evidence of payment satisfactory to such Agent or Lender. If any Borrower or any Guarantor fails to pay any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Borrower or such Guarantor shall indemnify such Agent and such Lender for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure. “ Indemnified Taxes ” refers to any Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, (i) net income Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of any connection between such Agent or Lender and such jurisdiction other than the connection arising from executing or entering into any Loan Document or any of the Transactions contemplated by any Loan Document, (ii) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (including branch profits), franchise (and similar) taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, (iii) any withholding taxes to the extent imposed at the time a Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except (x) to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01 or (y) if such Foreign Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower and (iv) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of any Lender to comply with either the provisions of Section 3.01(b) or (c) (in the case of any Foreign Lender) or the provisions of Section 3.01(d) (in the case of any U.S. Lender).
          (b) To the extent it is legally able to do so, each Agent or Lender (including an Assignee to which a Lender assigns its interest in accordance with Section 10.07) that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each a “ Foreign Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), an accurate, complete and original signed copy of whichever of the following is applicable: (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying that it is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party that reduces or eliminates U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of interest; (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI certifying that the income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document is

67


 

effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; (iii) if the Foreign Lender (A) is not a bank described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) is not a 10-percent shareholder described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (C) has income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document that is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (D) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code, a certificate to that effect in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L and an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States person; or (iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner of any obligation of any Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L , Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable.
          (c) Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, (i) promptly, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, submit to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available to secure an exemption from or reduction in the rate of U.S. federal withholding tax (A) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete, (B) after the occurrence of a change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (C) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (ii) promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any previously claimed exemption or reduction.
          (d) Each Agent or Lender that is a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (each a “ U.S. Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent an accurate, complete and original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor form certifying that such Agent or Lender is not subject to United States backup withholding tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Agent’s or Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent first becomes a party to this Agreement, such U.S. federal withholding tax (including additions to tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to such U.S. federal withholding tax) shall be considered excluded from Indemnified Taxes except to the extent the Foreign Lender’s assignor was entitled to additional amounts or indemnity payments prior to the assignment or the assignment was pursuant to a request of a Borrower. Further, no Borrower shall be required pursuant to this Section 3.01 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, with respect to Indemnified Taxes to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to such Indemnified Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) solely as a result of a change in the place of organization or place of doing business of such Lender or Agent or a change in the Lending Office of such Lender (other than at the written request of a Borrower to change such Lending Office).
          (f) Each Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including additions to tax, penalties and interest related thereto) excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Agent or Lender’s Assignment and Assumption, grant of a Participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document (collectively, “ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes result from a connection that the Agent or Lender has with the taxing jurisdiction other than the connection arising out of the Loan Document or the transactions therein, except for Assignment Taxes resulting

68


 

from assignment or participation that is requested or required in writing by the Parent Borrower (all such non-excluded taxes described in this Section 3.01(f) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).
          (g) If any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are directly asserted against any Agent or Lender, such Agent or Lender may pay such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and the relevant Borrower will promptly pay such additional amounts so that each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes been asserted; whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted; provided that if the relevant Borrower reasonably believes that such Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or reasonably asserted, each such Agent or Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes or Other Taxes (which shall be repaid such Borrower in accordance with Section 3.01(h)) so long as such efforts would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Agent or Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it. Payments under this Section 3.01(g) shall be made within ten (10) days after the date such Borrower receives written demand for payment from such Agent or Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or any other Agent, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          (h) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to receive such refund and upon receipt of any such refund shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the relevant Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to such Borrower, net of all reasonable out of pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that each Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party, together with any interest and penalties charged by the relevant taxing authority, in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall provide the relevant Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential in its reasonable discretion). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or make available its tax returns or any other information it reasonably deems confidential or require any Lender to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, relief, remission or repayments to which it may be entitled.
          (i) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or (g) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the relevant Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to mitigate the effect of any such event, including by designating another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any tax related forms which would reduce or eliminate any amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes required to be deducted or withheld or paid by the relevant Borrower; provided that such efforts are made at the relevant Borrower’s expense and on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(i) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of such Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (g).
          SECTION 3.02. Illegality . If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the applicable Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Parent Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Parent Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to

69


 

or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, convert all then outstanding affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Parent Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.
          SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that by reason of any changes affecting the applicable interbank eurodollar market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that deposits are not being offered to banks in the relevant interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, in each case due to circumstances arising on or after the date hereof, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Parent Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Parent Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
          SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans .
          (a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law, in each case after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01, or any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exception (i) thereof to the extent such Taxes are imposed on or measured by net income or profits or branch profits or franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of the foregoing taxes) and any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (ii) and (iii) thereof, (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c), and (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Lenders or any of their Affiliates or the Agents or any of their Affiliates)), then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. At any time that any Eurocurrency Rate Loan is affected by the circumstances described in this Section 3.04(a), the Borrowers may either (i) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrowers receive any such demand from such Lender or (ii) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert such Eurocurrency Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, if applicable.
          (b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth

70


 

in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrowers shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction after receipt of such demand.
          (c) The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Parent Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.
          (d) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(d) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b) or (c).
          SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses . Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount, each Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense reasonably incurred by it as a result of:
          (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or
          (b) any failure by such Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by such Borrower;
including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.
          SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .
          (a) Any Agent or Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.
          (b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation

71


 

by the Borrowers under Section 3.04, the Borrowers may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.
          (c) If any Lender gives notice to the Parent Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.
          SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .
          (a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Parent Borrower may, on five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) only) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, with respect to clause (iii) above, all of its rights and obligations with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, waiver or amendment) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents. No such replacement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
          (b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Administrative Agent (or a lost or destroyed note indemnity in lieu thereof). Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (B) the assignee Lender shall purchase, at par, all Loans, accrued interest, accrued fees and other amounts owing to the assigning Lender as of the date of replacement and (C) upon such payment (regardless of whether such replaced Lender has executed an Assignment and Assumption or delivered its Notes to the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent), the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.

72


 

          (d) In the event that (i) the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”
          SECTION 3.08. Survival . All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions
          SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of executed counterparts of (A) this Agreement, executed by Merger Sub, and (B) the Joinder Agreement, executed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each Subsidiary Borrower, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party.
          (b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension on the Closing Date, the Merger shall be consummated pursuant to the Merger Agreement; provided that none of the following provisions of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Lead Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld: Sections 2.01, 2.03, 3.01, 6.01(c) (but only to the extent such amendment or waiver would have been required if the reference therein to $100 million were replaced with $200 million), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (but only to the extent such amendment or waiver would have been required if Clear Media Limited and its subsidiaries were excluded from such provision), 6.01(g), 6.01(n), 6.01(r), 6.01(t) (to the extent relating to any of the foregoing), 6.13(b), 7.01 or 7.02 (except to the extent any condition set forth therein is not satisfied solely as a result of a breach of any of the foregoing provisions of Article VI of the Merger Agreement).
          (c) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the Equity Contribution shall have been consummated.
Upon satisfaction of the foregoing conditions and the disbursement of the Debt Funding (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) of the Escrow Agreement, such Debt Funding shall be deemed to constitute an initial Credit Extension hereunder. The Parent Borrower may also obtain an Initial Revolving Borrowing permitted under clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes” by delivery to the Administrative Agent and, the relevant L/C Issuer of a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof. The Lenders may terminate their obligations to make Loans or other Credit Extensions hereunder if the foregoing conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 10.01) at or prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the earliest of (i) the twentieth Business Day following the receipt of the Requisite Shareholder Approval (as defined in the Merger Agreement), (ii) the twentieth Business Day following the failure to obtain the Requisite Shareholder Approval at a duly held Shareholders’ Meeting (as defined in the Merger Agreement) after giving effect to all adjournments and postponements thereof, (iii) five Business Days following the termination of the Merger Agreement or (iv) December 31, 2008 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that if (A) the Requisite Shareholder Approval is obtained and (B) any regulatory approval required in connection with the consummation of the Merger has not been obtained (or has lapsed and not been renewed) or any waiting period under applicable antitrust laws has not expired (or has restarted and such new period has not expired), then the Termination Date shall automatically be extended until the twentieth Business Day following receipt of all such approvals (or renewals), but in no event later than March 31, 2009; provided further , that, if as of the Termination Date there is a dispute among any of the parties to the Escrow Agreement with respect to the disposition of any Escrow

73


 

Funds (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), Merger Sub may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, extend the Termination Date until the fifth Business Day after the final resolution of such dispute by a court of competent jurisdiction or mutual resolution by the parties to such dispute; provided , however , that the Termination Date with respect to any Lender shall occur on the date such Lender withdraws its portion of the Escrow Funds pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Escrow Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02. Conditions to Subsequent Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension after the Closing Date (other than any Protective Advance and any Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
          (a) The representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.
          (b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.
          (c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
          (d) After giving effect to any Borrowing or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, Excess Availability shall be not less than zero.
          (e) If a Liquidity Event under clause (a) of the definition thereof as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof is in effect at the time of, or would exist after giving effect to, such requested Credit Extension, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Test Period last ended immediately preceding such Credit Extension, after giving pro forma effect to such Credit Extension, shall not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 (the “ Liquidity Event Condition ”) and the Parent Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower demonstrating compliance with such ratio.
          Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by a Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a), (b) and (d) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
          SECTION 4.03. Right to Cure Liquidity Event Condition.
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.02(e), in the event that the Borrowers fail to satisfy the Liquidity Event Condition as of the end of any relevant Test Period, until the date that is 10 days after the date the financial statements with respect to such Test Period are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, Parent shall have the right to make an equity investment in the Parent Borrower (other than in the form of Disqualified Equity Interests) in cash or otherwise make cash common equity contributions to the Parent Borrower (in each case, with the proceeds of any equity investment made in Parent by the Sponsors) (the “ Cure Right ”), and upon receipt by the Parent Borrower of such cash contributions (the “ Cure Amount ”), the Borrowers’ compliance with the Liquidity Event Condition shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:
     (i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purposes of determining compliance with the Liquidity Event Condition, including determining compliance with the Liquidity Event Condition as of the end of such Test Period and applicable subsequent periods that include such fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right is exercised by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

74


 

     (ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account any repayment of Indebtedness in connection therewith), the Borrowers shall satisfy the Liquidity Event Condition, then the Liquidity Event Condition shall be deemed satisfied as of the end of the relevant Test Period with the same effect as though there had been no failure to satisfy such condition at such date and the conditions to the applicable requested extension of credit shall be deemed satisfied, provided that all other conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied in connection therewith.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four-fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least one fiscal quarter in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) for purposes of this Section 4.03, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of satisfying the Liquidity Event Condition and (iii) the Cure Amount shall be disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with any other provision of this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
Representations and Warranties
          Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, at the times expressly set forth in Section 4.02, that:
          SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party nor the consummation of the Transactions will (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (b) result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as permitted by Section 7.01) under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any applicable material Law; except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (b) and (c), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect, (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) informational filings and notifications required to be made after the consummation of the Merger Agreement.

75


 

          SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing.
          SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .
          (a) (i) The Annual Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.
     (ii) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2007 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ending on such date (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared based on the Annual Financial Statements and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Parent Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2007 and their estimated results of operations for the period covered thereby.
          (b) As of the Specified Date, except (i) as reflected or reserved against in the Annual Financial Statements, (ii) for liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Annual Financial Statements and (iii) for liabilities or obligations arising under the Merger Agreement, neither the Parent Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (or notes thereto) of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than those which would not have, individually or in aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Parent Borrower.
          (c) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.06. Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, overtly threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made based on hours worked to employees of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with wage and hour matters; and (c) all payments due from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.
          SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

76


 

          SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters .
          (a) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (including having obtained all Environmental Permits) and (ii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any pending, or to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened Environmental Claim or any other Environmental Liability.
          (b) None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported or disposed of Hazardous Materials at, or arranged for the disposal or treatment or for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials from, any currently or formerly owned or operated real estate or facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries is listed or formally proposed for listing on the National Priorities List or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on at or under any property currently owned or operated by Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material at or on any facility, equipment or property currently owned or operated by Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any Person on any property currently, or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries formerly, owned or operated by any of them and there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries at any other location.
          (d) The properties currently owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute, or constituted a violation of, (ii) require response or other corrective action under, or (iii) could give rise to Environmental Liability, which violations, actions and liability, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (e) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not conducting or financing, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or response or action that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under any Environmental Law or is subject to any order, decree or judgment which imposes any obligation under any Environmental Law.
          SECTION 5.10. Taxes . Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal and state and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid all federal and state and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges (including satisfying its withholding tax obligations) levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable , except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.
          SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance, Etc. .

77


 

          (a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.
          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.11(b) , no ERISA Event has occurred that when taken together with all other ERISA Events which have occurred within the one-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Except where noncompliance or the incurrence of an obligation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and (ii) neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan.
          SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries . As of the Specified Date, neither Holdings nor any other Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrowers and the Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and all Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any other Loan Party are owned free and clear of all security interests of any Person except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents or under the CF Facility Documentation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Specified Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
          SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .
          (a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.
          (b) Neither the Parent Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
          SECTION 5.14. Disclosure . None of the factual information and data heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such factual information and data (taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which it was delivered, not materially misleading; it being understood that for purposes of this Section 5.14, such factual information and data shall not include projections and pro forma financial information or information of a general economic or general industry nature.
          SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . The Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid license or right to use, all of their patents, patent rights, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights, technology, software, know-how, database rights, rights of privacy and publicity, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of each Borrower, the operation of the respective businesses of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted does not infringe upon, misuse, misappropriate or violate any rights held by any Person, except for such infringements, misuses, misappropriations or violations individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any IP Rights is pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower,

78


 

threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 5.16. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
          SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor are “Designated Senior Debt,” “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) with respect to any guaranties of the New Senior Notes under, and as defined in, any New Senior Notes Indenture.
          SECTION 5.18. Special Representations Relating to FCC Authorizations, Etc.
          (a) The Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries hold all FCC Authorizations that are necessary or required for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct their business in the manner in which it is currently being conducted, except where the failure to do so would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.18 hereto lists each material FCC Authorization held by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as of the Specified Date. With respect to each Broadcast License issued by the FCC and listed on Schedule 5.18 hereto, the description includes the call sign, FCC identification number, community of license and the license expiration date.
          (b) All material FCC Authorizations held by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, with such exceptions as would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18 , as of the Specified Date and except for such matters as would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Parent Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has received any notice of apparent liability, notice of violation, order to show cause or other writing from the FCC, (ii) there is no proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened by or before the FCC relating to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Broadcast Station, and (iii) to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no complaint or investigatory proceeding is pending before the FCC (other than rulemaking proceedings and proceedings of general applicability to the broadcasting industry or substantial segments thereof). The Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed all required reports and notices with the FCC and have paid all amounts due in timely fashion on account of fees and charges to the FCC, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has obtained and holds all Permits required for any property owned, leased or otherwise operated by such Person and for the operation of each of its businesses as presently conducted, (ii) all such Permits are in full force and effect, and each of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has performed all requirements of such Permits to the extent performance is due, (iii) no event has occurred which allows or results in, or after notice or lapse of time would allow or result in, revocation or termination by the issuer thereof or in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit prior to the expiration of any stated term; and (iv) none of such Permits contains any restrictions, either individually or in the aggregate, that are materially burdensome to the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or to the operation of any of their respective businesses or any property owned, leased or otherwise operated by such Person.
          (d) No consent or authorization of, filing with or Permit from, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents other than (i) the requirement under the Communications Laws that certain Loan Documents be filed with the FCC following the closing under the Merger Agreement and (ii) the consents, authorizations and filings contemplated by the Loan Documents.

79


 

ARTICLE VI
Affirmative Covenants
          From and after the Closing Date, so long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations) hereunder that is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), the Parent Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:
          SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements and Borrowing Base Certificates . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
          (a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year;
          (b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2008), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year;
          (c) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008) of the Parent Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Parent Borrower for its internal use (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material; and
          (d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments

80


 

necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements.
          (e) (i) on or prior to the 10th calendar day of each calendar month, beginning with the first calendar month ending after the Closing Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and at such other times as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably require, a Borrowing Base Certificate (each a “ Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate ”) showing the Borrowing Base and the calculation of Excess Availability and Aggregate Excess Availability, in each case as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month (or, at the option of the Parent Borrower, as of a more recent date) each such Borrowing Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct in all material respects on behalf of the Parent Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower; (ii) solely during the continuance of a Weekly Monitoring Event, a Borrowing Base Certificate (each a “ Weekly Borrowing Base Certificate ”) showing the Parent Borrower’s reasonable estimate (which shall be based on the most current accounts receivable aging reasonably available and shall be calculated in a consistent manner with the most recent Monthly Borrowing Base Certificates delivered pursuant to this Section) of the Borrowing Base and the calculation of Excess Availability and Aggregate Excess Availability, in each case as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar week, unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, shall be furnished on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) and (iii) on or prior to the date of the consummation of a Disposition of Eligible Accounts in excess of $50,000,000 permitted by Section 7.05, an updated Borrowing Base Certificate giving pro forma effect to such Disposition; provided that the Parent Borrower shall retain records regarding the calculations of each such Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate (and, if a Weekly Monitoring Event has occurred, any Weekly Borrowing Base Certificates) in reasonable detail, and such records shall be made available by the Parent Borrower for review by the Administrative Agent during periodic commercial finance examinations, if requested; provided further that in the event there is a material error or miscalculation in a Borrowing Base Certificate, the Parent Borrower shall be required to provide an updated Borrowing Base Certificate within three (3) Business Days after receiving notification of such error or miscalculation from the Administrative Agent; and
          (f) at the time of the delivery of the consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(b), the Parent Borrower shall provide a current accounts receivable aging in respect of the Eligible Accounts, along with a reconciliation between the amounts that appear on such aging and the amount of accounts receivable presented on the concurrently delivered balance sheet.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower that holds all of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or (B) the Parent Borrower’s or such entity’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Parent Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Parent Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.
          SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:
          (a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (which shall include a reasonably detailed calculation of Consolidated EBITDA);
          (b) [Reserved]

81


 

          (c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings or the Parent Borrower files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
          (d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of any class or series of debt securities of any Loan Party having an aggregate outstanding principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount or pursuant to the terms of the CF Credit Agreement (other than borrowing base and related certificates), the CF Facility Documentation or the New Senior Notes Indentures, in each case, so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereunder is greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
          (e) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to (i) Section 6.01(a), a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(c) of each Security Agreement (or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report), and (ii) Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b)(x) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (y) a list of each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such list;
          (f) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and
          (g) upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of: (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Pension Plan; and (iii) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Pension Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Promptly following any reasonable request therefor by the Administrative Agent, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if such documents or notices have not been obtained or requested from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Person shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.
          Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.02(a) or 6.02(c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents or a link thereto and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

82


 

          The Parent Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders Communications by posting such Communications on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Parent Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Communications that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Communications shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Communications “PUBLIC,” the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Communications as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided, however, that to the extent such Communications constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.08); (y) all Communications marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Communications that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall be responsible for any statement or other designation by a Loan Party regarding whether a Communication contains or does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates incur any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates based upon such statement or designation, including any action as a result of which Restricting Information is provided to a Lender that may decide not to take access to Restricting Information. Nothing in this Section 6.02 shall modify or limit a Lender’s obligations under Section 10.08 with regard to Communications and the maintenance of the confidentiality of or other treatment of Information.
          Although the Platform and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Closing Date, a dual firewall and a User ID/Password Authorization System) and the Platform is secured through a single-user-per-deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. In consideration for the convenience and other benefits afforded by such distribution and for the other consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party hereby approves distribution of the Approved Electronic Communications through the Platform and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.
          THE PLATFORM AND THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NONE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE AGENT’S GROUP WARRANT THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.
          Each of the Lenders and each Loan Party agree that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally-applicable document retention procedures and policies.
          SECTION 6.03. Notices . Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:
          (a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

83


 

          (b) of (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of IP Rights, the occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with, or liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, in any such case, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
          SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations . Timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent (i) any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all corporate rights and privileges (including its good standing) to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction and (c) maintain all other material rights and privileges (including, without limitation, material Broadcast Licenses) except, in the case of (a) (other than in the case of the Borrowers except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.04), (b) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or pursuant to a transaction permitted by Article VII.
          SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted and consistent with past practice.
          SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .
          (a) Maintain with insurance companies that the Parent Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of its management) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.
          (b) All such liability insurance (other than business interruption insurance) as to which the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to be so named, shall name the Administrative Agent as additional insured.
          SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws .
          (a) Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) (i) Operate all of the Broadcast Stations in material compliance with the Communications Laws and the FCC’s rules, regulations and published policies promulgated thereunder and with the terms of the Broadcast Licenses, (ii) timely file all required reports and notices with the FCC and pay all amounts due in timely

84


 

fashion on account of fees and charges to the FCC and (iii) timely file and prosecute all applications for renewal or for extension of time with respect to all of the FCC Authorizations, except, in each case, for any failure which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 6.09. Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
          SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights .
          (a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than the records of the Board of Directors of such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary) and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to customary access agreements), all at the reasonable expense of the Parent Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Parent Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Parent Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Parent Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Parent Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
          (b) Independently of or in connection with the visits and inspections provided for in clause (a) above, but not more than twice a year (unless required by applicable law or an Event of Default or Liquidity Event has occurred and is continuing) upon the request of the Administrative Agent after reasonable prior notice, the Parent Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent to conduct appraisals, commercial finance examinations and other evaluations, including, without limitation, (i) of the Parent Borrower’s practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base, and (ii) inspecting, verifying and auditing the Collateral. The Parent Borrower shall pay the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent or such professionals with respect to such evaluations and appraisals.
          SECTION 6.11. Additional Borrowers, Guarantors and Obligations to Give Security . At the Parent Borrower’s expense, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:
          (a) (1) upon the formation, acquisition or designation (x) by any existing or new direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary (for the avoidance of doubt, including CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries but not Excluded Subsidiaries upon CCOH becoming wholly-owned by the Loan Parties) or (y) by any Loan Party of any direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) upon the designation by any Loan Party of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary referred to in the foregoing clause (x) or (y) (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.14:

85


 

     (i) within 45 days after such formation, acquisition or designation, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion:
     (A) (x) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a joinder to this Agreement or Guaranty (or supplement thereto), as applicable, and (y) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to grant a Lien on any Collateral pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) a joinder to this Agreement or a Guaranty (or supplement thereto), as applicable, Security Agreement Supplements, and other security agreements and documents, as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Security Agreement and other security agreements in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
     (B) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary to take whatever action (including the filing of UCC financing statements as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and perfected Liens to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms (subject to the Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a)-(h), (j)-(t) and (x)-(dd)), except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
     (ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, within forty-five (45) days after such request, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall not be required to take any action or deliver any document set forth on Schedule 6.11(b) before the time limit set forth on such Schedule with respect to such action or document, any such time limit which may be extended by the Administrative Agent acting in its sole discretion.
          SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause any lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties or facilities to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations, properties and facilities; and (c) in each case to the extent required by applicable Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any response or other corrective action necessary to investigate, remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials at, on, under, or emanating from any of its properties and facilities, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.
          SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post Closing Deliverables  From time to time duly authorize, execute and deliver, or cause to be duly authorized, executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates, financing statements, agreements or documents, and take all reasonable actions (including filing UCC and other financing statements), as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, for the purposes of perfecting the rights of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds or products thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the

86


 

Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), in each case subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
          (b) Within five Business Days of the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent), the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the following documents, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party:
     (i) executed counterparts of the Guaranties (subject to the last paragraph of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), executed by each Guarantor;
     (ii) a Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;
     (iii) each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01C required to be executed on or about the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule (subject to Section 6.11(b) and the last paragraph of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”), duly executed by each Loan Party thereto, together with:
     (A) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for filing in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of each jurisdiction in which a U.S. Loan Party is “located” (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code); and
     (B) (i) an opinion from Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 ; (ii) an opinion from New Jersey and Florida counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 ; (iii) an opinion from Colorado counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-3 ; (iv) an opinion from Nevada counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 ; (v) an opinion from Washington counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-5 ; (vi) an opinion from Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-6 ; (vii) an opinion from Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-7 ; and (viii) an opinion from special FCC counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-8 .
          SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of the Parent Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the CF Facilities, the New Senior Notes, or any other Junior Financing or any other Indebtedness of any Loan Party. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Loan Parties in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Loan Parties’ (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.
          SECTION 6.15. Cash Management Systems.
          (a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 6.15(a) is a schedule of all DDAs, that are maintained by the Loan Parties, which Schedule includes, with respect to each depository (i) the name and address of such depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; and (iii) a contact person at such depository.
          (b) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole reasonable discretion), each applicable Borrower will enter into a blocked account

87


 

agreement (each, a “ Blocked Account Agreement ”), reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to the DDAs existing as of the Closing Date listed on Schedule 6.15(b) attached hereto (collectively, the “ Blocked Accounts ”). Each Borrower hereby agrees that, once the Blocked Account Agreements are entered into, all cash in respect of Collateral received by a Loan Party in any DDA that is not a Blocked Account (other than amounts held in payroll, trust and tax withholding accounts funded in the ordinary course of business and required by Applicable Law) will be promptly transferred into a Blocked Account. After entering into the Blocked Account Agreement, there shall be at all times thereafter at least one Blocked Account.
          (c) Each Blocked Account Agreement entered into by a Borrower shall permit the Administrative Agent to instruct the depository, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event (and delivery of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent), to transfer on each Business Day of all available cash receipts to the concentration account maintained by the Administrative Agent at Citibank, N.A. (the “ Concentration Account ”), from:
          (i) the sale of Collateral;
          (ii) all proceeds of collections of Accounts; and
          (iii) each Blocked Account (including all cash deposited therein from each DDA).
If, at any time during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, any cash or Cash Equivalents that are Collateral (or proceeds thereof) owned by any Loan Party (other than (i) petty cash and minimum daily working capital accounts funded in the ordinary course of business, the deposits in which shall not at any time aggregate more than $20.0 million (or such greater amounts to which the Administrative Agent may agree), and (ii) payroll, trust and tax withholding accounts funded in the ordinary course of business and required by Applicable Law) are deposited to any account, or held or invested in any manner, otherwise than in a Blocked Account that is subject to a Blocked Account Agreement (or a DDA which is swept daily to a Blocked Account), the Administrative Agent may require the applicable Loan Party to close such account and have all funds therein transferred to a Blocked Account, and all future deposits made to a Blocked Account which is subject to a Blocked Account Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties shall provide the Administrative Agent with an accounting of the contents of the Blocked Accounts, which shall identify, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, the proceeds from the Collateral which were deposited into a Blocked Account and swept to the Concentration Account.
          (d) The Loan Parties may close DDAs or Blocked Accounts and/or open new DDAs or Blocked Accounts, subject to the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of appropriate Blocked Account Agreements (except with respect to any payroll, trust, and tax withholding accounts or unless expressly waived by the Administrative Agent) consistent with and to the extent required by the provisions of this Section 6.15 and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Parent Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent with prior written notice of its intention to open or close a Blocked Account and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower as to whether the Administrative Agent shall require a Blocked Account Agreement with the Person with whom any such new account will be maintained.
          (e) The Loan Parties may also maintain one or more disbursement accounts to be used by the Loan Parties for disbursements and payments (including payroll) in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted hereunder.
          (f) The Concentration Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) such Loan Party has no right of withdrawal from the Concentration Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account shall at all times continue to be collateral security for all of the Obligations, and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account shall be applied as provided in this Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.15, during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections related to Collateral, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Administrative Agent, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other

88


 

funds or deposited in any account of such Loan Party and shall promptly be deposited into the Concentration Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Administrative Agent.
          (g) So long as no Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, the Loan Parties may direct, and shall have sole control over, the manner of disposition of funds in the Blocked Accounts.
          (h) Any amounts received in the Concentration Account at any time when all of the Obligations then due have been and remain fully repaid shall be remitted to the operating account of the Loan Parties.
          (i) The Administrative Agent shall promptly (but in any event within one Business Day) furnish written notice to each Person with whom a Blocked Account is maintained of any termination of a Cash Dominion Event.
          (j) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole reasonable discretion), each Loan Party shall deliver to the Collateral Agent notifications (each, a “ Credit Card Notification ”) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent which have been executed on behalf of such Loan Party and addressed to such Loan Party’s credit card clearinghouses and processors. Each Credit Card Notification shall provide, among other things, that during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event (and after receipt of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent), all amounts owing to a Loan Party and constituting proceeds of Collateral shall be forwarded immediately to the Concentration Account.
          (k) The following shall apply to deposits and payments under and pursuant to this Agreement:
     (i) Funds shall be deemed to have been deposited to the Concentration Account on the Business Day on which deposited, provided that such deposit is available to the Administrative Agent by 4:00 p.m. on that Business Day (except that if the Obligations are being paid in full, by 2:00 p.m. New York City time, on that Business Day);
     (ii) Funds paid to the Administrative Agent, other than by deposit to the Concentration Account, shall be deemed to have been received on the Business Day when they are good and collected funds, provided that such payment is available to the Administrative Agent by 4:00 p.m. on that Business Day (except that if the Obligations are being paid in full, by 2:00 p.m. New York City time, on that Business Day);
     (iii) If a deposit to the Concentration Account or payment is not available to the Administrative Agent until after 4:00 p.m. on a Business Day, such deposit or payment shall be deemed to have been made at 9:00 a.m. on the then next Business Day;
     (iv) If any item deposited to the Concentration Account and credited to the Loan Account is dishonored or returned unpaid for any reason, whether or not such return is rightful or timely, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to reverse such credit and charge the amount of such item to the applicable Loan Account and the Borrowers shall indemnify the Secured Parties against all reasonable out-of-pocket claims and losses resulting from such dishonor or return;
     (v) All amounts received under this Section 6.15 shall be applied in the manner set forth in Section 8.03.
          SECTION 6.16. License Subsidiaries .
          (a) Use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all material Broadcast Licenses obtained on or after the Closing Date are held at all times by one or more Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiaries; provided , however , such requirement will not apply if holding any Broadcast License in a Retained Existing Notes Indenture Unrestricted License Subsidiary (i) is reasonably likely to have material

89


 

adverse tax, operational, or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (ii) requires any approval of the FCC or any other Governmental Authority that has not been obtained (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approval).
          (b) Ensure that each License Subsidiary engages only in the business of holding Broadcast Licenses and rights and activities related thereto.
          (c) Ensure that the FCC Authorizations held by each License Subsidiary are not (i) commingled with the property of any Borrower and any Subsidiary thereof other than another License Subsidiary, or (ii) transferred by such License Subsidiary to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any other License Subsidiary), except in connection with a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05.
          (d) Ensure that no License Subsidiary has any Indebtedness or other material liabilities except (a) liabilities arising under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (b) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, tax liabilities incidental to ownership of such rights and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those in connection with agreements necessary or desirable to operate a Broadcast Station, including retransmission consent, affiliation, programming, syndication, time brokerage, joint sales, lease and similar agreements.
ARTICLE VII
Negative Covenants
          From and after the Closing Date, so long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), the Parent Borrower shall not, nor shall the Parent Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
          SECTION 7.01. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”):
          (a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document;
          (b) Liens existing on the Specified Date, provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness in excess of (x) $5,000,000 individually or (y) $10,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens outstanding in reliance on this clause (b) that are not set forth on Schedule 7.01(b) shall only be permitted in reliance on this clause (b) to the extent that such Lien is listed on Schedule 7.01(b) ;
          (c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;
          (d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, so long as, in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business;
          (e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

90


 

          (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
          (g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any title exceptions referred to in Schedule B to the applicable Mortgage Policies (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement;
          (h) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(g);
          (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (C) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
          (j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;
          (k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
          (l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
          (m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(j) or Section 7.02(p) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05;
     (n) Liens on assets of CCOH and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(s);
          (o) Liens in favor of a Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d);
          (p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a

91


 

Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(e) or (g);
     (q) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
          (r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as tenant, subtenant, licensee or sublicensee in the ordinary course of business;
          (s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
          (t) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (u) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
     (v) [Reserved]
     (w) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
          (x) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;
          (y) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
          (z) Liens on the Receivables Collateral securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the CF Credit Agreement and CF Facility Documentation (or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof); provided such Liens on any Collateral are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or, in the case of any Permitted Refinancing thereof, another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement);
          (aa) Liens granted by any Securitization Entity on any Securitization Assets or accounts into which collections or proceeds of Securitization Assets are deposited, in each case arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
          (bb) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

92


 

          (cc) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;
          (dd) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clause (b), (i) or (p) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 and otherwise permitted to be secured under this Section 7.01, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;
     (ee) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000 determined as of the date of incurrence; and
     (ff) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), 7.03(f), 7.03(g), 7.03(h), 7.03(n), 7.03(o), 7.03(r), 7.03(s), 7.03(cc) or 7.03(dd).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure any Existing Notes, (y) the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any stock or indebtedness of any Retained Existing Notes Indenture Restricted Subsidiaries or any Principal Properties (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, securing Retained Existing Notes Indenture Debt (other than (i) Liens securing the obligations under the CF Facilities, (ii) Liens permitted by Section 6.11(f) of the CF Credit Agreement, (iii) Liens permitted by this Section 7.01 to the extent constituting “Permitted Mortgages” (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) referenced in clause (i) of the second paragraph of Section 1006 of the Retained Existing Notes Indenture and (iv) Mortgages (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) upon stock or indebtedness of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary, or existing upon stock or indebtedness of a Subsidiary at the time of acquisition of such stock or indebtedness, and any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any such Mortgage) and (z) the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) to, enter into a Sale-Leaseback Transaction (as defined in the Retained Existing Notes Indenture) that is not permitted by the first sentence of Section 1007 of the Retained Existing Notes Indenture
          SECTION 7.02. Investments . Make any Investments, except:
          (a) Investments by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;
     (b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and other business purposes in the ordinary course of business or in accordance with previous practice, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof); provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (iii) not to exceed $20,000,000;
     (c) Investments in the CCU Term Note, and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof in accordance with Section 7.12(c);

93


 

          (d) Investments (i) by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a U.S. Loan Party in the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a U.S. Loan Party, (ii) by any Non-Loan Party in any other Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) by any Non-Loan Party in the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, (iv) by any Foreign Loan Party in any other Foreign Loan Party, (v) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (v) when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(j)(B) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) the greater of $500,000,000 and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment and (y) the Available Amount at such time and (vi) by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness or Equity Interests or a combination thereof of such Foreign Subsidiary or another Foreign Subsidiary so long as such exchange does not adversely affect the Collateral, (B) in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or (C) constituting Guarantees of Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries owing to any Loan Party;
          (e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
          (f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, transactions of the type subject to Section 7.04, Dispositions, Restricted Payments and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03 (other than Section 7.03(d)), 7.04, 7.05 (other than Sections 7.05(d) or (e)), 7.06 (other than Section 7.06(d)) and 7.12, respectively;
          (g) Investments existing on the Specified Date (other than the CCU Term Note) or made pursuant to legally binding written contracts in existence on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.02(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing, to the extent permitted; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Specified Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Specified Date or as otherwise permitted by another clause of this Section 7.02;
          (h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;
          (i) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;
          (j) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (except to the extent permitted by subclause (B) below) (including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(j) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):
     (A) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the Collateral Documents, the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (and, to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Subsidiary) shall be Guarantors and shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11, within the times specified therein (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (A) shall not override any provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);
     (B) the aggregate amount of Investments made in Persons that do not become U.S. Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (j), when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(iv), shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (i) the greater of

94


 

$500,000,000 and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) the Available Amount at such time;
     (C) the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in a business permitted under Section 7.07;
     (D) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
     (E) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (j) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition;
          (k) the Transactions;
          (l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
          (m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
          (n) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance with Section 7.06(f), (g) or (l) so long as such amounts are counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of such clauses;
          (o) (i)(A) Investments in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided that any such Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a contribution of additional Securitization Assets or as customary Investments in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing.
          (p) other Investments that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the sum of (i) the greater of $900,000,000 and 3.0% of the Total Assets determined as of the date of such Investment and (ii) the Available Amount at such time; provided , however , that the foregoing amount may be increased, to the extent not otherwise included in the determination of the Available Amount, an amount equal to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts actually received in cash in respect of any Investment pursuant to this clause (p) (which amount referred to in this sentence shall not exceed the amount of such Investment valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment was made); provided further , however , that if the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries make any Investments in Equity Interests of CCOH pursuant to this clause (p) that is a CCOH 90% Investment, upon CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries and not Excluded Subsidiaries becoming. Subsidiary Guarantors and otherwise complying with Section 6.11, such Investments shall be deemed to be have been made pursuant to Section 7.02(v)(ii) (and Investments made by CCOH and its Subsidiaries which are Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been retroactively made by Loan Parties) and the amount previously utilized in connection with such Investment under this clause (p) shall be restored;
          (q) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

95


 

          (r) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests of Holdings (or by any direct or indirect parent thereof);
          (s) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section 7.02 or of a Person merged or amalgamated with or into the Parent Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
          (t) Guarantees by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
          (u) for the avoidance of doubt to avoid double counting, Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment made pursuant to clauses (d)(v), (j)(B) or (p) of this Section 7.02;
          (v) Investments (i) in CCOH and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the CCOH Cash Management Arrangements and (ii) in CCOH constituting the acquisition of outstanding Equity Interests of CCOH not owned by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise) so long as after giving effect to such acquisition, CCOH and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries which are Material Domestic Subsidiaries and not Excluded Subsidiaries become Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and otherwise comply with Section 6.11;
          (w) (i) cash Investments in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party by any Loan Party to the extent returned in the form of a cash dividend, distribution or other payment substantially concurrently with such cash Investment or (ii) non-cash Investments in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party by any Loan Party in the form of intercompany debt issued to such Loan Party in exchange for Equity Interests of another Foreign Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party that was held by such Loan Party, in each case, consummated on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date in order to effect a corporate restructuring to improve the efficiency of repatriation of foreign cash flows; and
          (x) Investments in non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries, joint ventures (regardless of the legal form) and Unrestricted Subsidiaries not to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding the greater of $300,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment; and
          (y) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not directly acquire any material operating assets or Broadcast Licenses that are not promptly contributed to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors or (ii) any wireless radio licenses used for intercompany communications and satellite earth station authorizations used for reception and transmission of programming or other communications; provided , however , such requirement will not apply if the acquisition of such operating assets or Broadcast Licenses by a Restricted Subsidiary (A) is reasonably likely to have material adverse tax, operational, or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (B) requires any approval of the FCC or any other Governmental Authority that has not been obtained (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approval).
          SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than:

96


 

          (a) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;
          (b) (i) Indebtedness existing on the Specified Date; provided that any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness refinanced on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions) that is in excess of (x) $5,000,000 individually or (y) $10,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (b) that is not set forth on Schedule 7.03(b)) shall only be permitted under this clause (b) to the extent that such Indebtedness is set forth on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereof and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that all such Indebtedness (other than the Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note) of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
          (c) Guarantees by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(c), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guaranty of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guaranty and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guaranty shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness; provided that, in any event, any Guaranty of the New Senior Notes or Permitted Additional Notes shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the New Senior Notes Indenture on the Closing Date;
          (d) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party (other than the Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note) shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
          (e) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions, and (iii) Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases other than those in effect on the Specified Date or entered into pursuant to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (e) and, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that not more than $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (e) shall be outstanding at any time;
          (f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks and not for speculative purposes and Guarantees thereof;
          (g) [Reserved]
          (h) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition: provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing and so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (h) does not exceed $250,000,000, determined at the time of incurrence;
          (i) [Reserved];
          (j) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

97


 

          (k) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.06;
          (l) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business or assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on the Closing Date) of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (l));
          (m) [Reserved];
          (n) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business and any Guarantees thereof;
          (o) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,000,000,000;
          (p) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
          (q) Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;
          (r) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
          (s) Indebtedness of CCOH and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are solely used to refinance the CCU Term Note, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such repayment is applied to prepay the CF Facilities to the extent required by the CF Credit Agreement.
          (t) Indebtedness under the CF Facilities and any Permitted Refinancing thereof in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate principal amount of commitment under the CF Facilities on the Closing date plus any Incremental Loans (as defined under the CF Facilities);
     (u) (i) Indebtedness and Guarantees by Guarantors in respect of the New Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,310,000,000 plus the PIK Interest Amount and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
          (v) [Reserved];
          (w) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (u) above and (x) through (aa) below;

98


 

          (x) Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations not constituting Indebtedness to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees;
          (y) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;
          (z) Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Additional Notes provided the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are immediately after the receipt thereof, used to prepay the CF Facilities to the extent required by the CF Credit Agreement and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;
          (aa) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;
          (bb) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation to employees or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;
          (cc) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than another Securitization Entity); and
          (dd) Indebtedness of any Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed $400,000,000 at any one time outstanding.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party will guarantee any Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party unless such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties may not incur Indebtedness pursuant to, without duplication, the first paragraph of this Section and clauses (g), (h) and (o) of this Section in an aggregate combined principal amount at any time outstanding in excess of $500,000,000 in each case determined at the time of incurrence and (ii) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, (A) the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantee of the Existing Notes and (B) all Indebtedness owed to the Parent Borrower by any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than the Parent Borrower Obligor Cash Management Note) shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Parent Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

99


 

          SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:
          (a) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with the Parent Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Parent Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that (x) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, (y) such merger or consolidation does not result in the Parent Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (z) in the case of a merger or consolidation of Holdings with and into the Parent Borrower, Holdings shall have no direct Subsidiaries at the time of such merger or consolidation other than the Parent Borrower and, after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the direct parent of the Parent Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower shall be pledged as Collateral;
          (b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;
          (c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Parent Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then the transferee must be a Loan Party;
          (d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom,
     (i) the Parent Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Parent Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Parent Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Parent Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Parent Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Parent Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to the Successor Parent Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to each Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Parent Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (E) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Parent Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Parent Borrower under this Agreement;
     (ii) (x) any Subsidiary Borrower may merge with any other Subsidiary Borrower and (y) any Subsidiary Borrower may merge with any other Person (other than a Subsidiary Borrower); provided that (i) such Subsidiary Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not such Subsidiary Borrower (any such Person, each a “ Successor Subsidiary Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Subsidiary Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Subsidiary Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the relevant Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Subsidiary Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to such Successor

100


 

Subsidiary Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to each Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to such Successor Subsidiary Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (E) the relevant Subsidiary Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, such Successor Subsidiary Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the relevant Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement;
          (e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person (i) in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 or (ii) for any other purpose; provided that (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11; and (B) in the case of subclause (ii) only, if the merger or consolidation involves a Guarantor and such Guarantor is not the surviving Person, the surviving Restricted Subsidiary shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
          (f) the Merger may be consummated; and
          (g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to transfer to the Parent Borrower any material operating assets or Broadcast Licenses, other than (i) Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries which are Subsidiary Guarantors or (ii) any wireless radio licenses used for intercompany communications and satellite earth station authorizations used for reception and transmission of programming or other communications; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any such assets to the Parent Borrower if (x) the failure to do so is reasonably likely to have material adverse tax, operational, or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (y) required by the FCC or any other Governmental Authority (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver of such requirement) and (B) the Parent Borrower shall not, transfer or participate any interests under any CCU Term Note other than to a Loan Party.
          SECTION 7.05. Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
          (a) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out, used or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
          (b) Dispositions of inventory, goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any IP Rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business);
          (c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such similar replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); provided that to the extent the property being transferred constitutes Collateral, such replacement property shall be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents;
          (d) Dispositions of property to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party, and to the extent

101


 

such property is Collateral, it shall continue to constitute Collateral after such Disposition or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;
          (e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04, 7.06 and 7.12 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;
          (f) Dispositions of property (i) owned on the Closing Date that does not constitute Collateral pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that all Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied to prepay the CF Facilities to the extent required by the CF Credit Agreement, and (ii) acquired after the Closing Date that does not constitute Collateral pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions;
          (g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;
          (h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license) (other than FCC Authorizations) and LMA’s, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
          (i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;
          (j) Dispositions of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition; (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of property Disposed of pursuant to this clause (j) shall not exceed $900,000,000 since the Closing Date and (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $50,000,000, the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (iii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Parent Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $300,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;.
          (k) Dispositions of the Specified Assets; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds in respect thereof shall be applied to prepay the CF Facilities to the extent required by the CF Credit Agreement;
          (l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
          (m) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
          (n) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

102


 

          (o) Dispositions of all or any part of the assets listed on Schedule 7.05(o) ,
          (p) Dispositions of all or any part of the assets listed on Schedule 7.05(p) ; provided , however , that the Net Cash Proceeds (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”, if applicable) of Dispositions pursuant to this Section 7.05(p) shall be applied to prepay the CF Facilities in accordance with the CF Credit Agreement;
          (q) Dispositions of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing provided , however , that the Net Cash Proceeds (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”, if applicable) of Dispositions pursuant to this Section 7.05(q) shall be applied to prepay the CF Facilities in accordance with the CF Credit Agreement;
          (r) the unwinding of any Swap Contract;
          (s) (i) Permitted Asset Swap allowable under Section 1031 of the Code and (ii) other Permitted Asset Swaps with a Fair Market Value not to exceed $50,000,000 in any calendar year; provided that, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), the portion of the consideration received in exchange for the disposed asset in the form of Cash Equivalents shall constitute proceeds of a Disposition subject to Section 2.05; and
          (t) Dispositions of the Divestiture Assets and any other asset required to be Disposed of by the FCC or other Governmental Authorities under applicable Laws.
provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(d), 7.05(e), 7.05(i), 7.05(l), and 7.05(m)) shall be for no less than the Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Parent Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to transfer to the Parent Borrower any material operating assets or Broadcast Licenses, other than (i) Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries which are Loan Parties or (ii) any wireless radio licenses used for intercompany communications and satellite earth station authorizations used for reception and transmission of programming or other communications; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any such assets to the Parent Borrower if (x) the failure to do so is reasonably likely to have material adverse tax, operational, or strategic consequences to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) or (y) required by the FCC or any other Governmental Authority (the Parent Borrower agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver of such requirement) and (B) the Parent Borrower shall not, transfer or participate any interests under any CCU Term Note other than to a Loan Party.
          SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:
          (a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Parent Borrower and to its other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Parent Borrower and any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);
          (b) (i) the Parent Borrower may redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests, provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as

103


 

advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby or (ii) the Parent Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;
          (c) Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions (including any amounts to be paid under, or contemplated by, the Merger Agreement) and the fees and expenses related thereto owed to Affiliates, including any payment to holders of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions) in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;
          (d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(n)), 7.04 (other than a merger or consolidation of Holdings and the Parent Borrower) or 7.08 (other than Section 7.08(a) or (j));
          (e) repurchases of Equity Interests in Parent, the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
          (f) the Parent Borrower may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or of any such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Parent Borrower (or of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement); provided that payments made pursuant to this paragraph (f) may not exceed in any calendar year $50,000,000 with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75,000,000 in any calendar year; provided that any cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Parent Borrower in connection with and as consideration for a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parents) shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this clause (f); provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the sum of (1) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances to employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date plus (2) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;
          (g) the Parent Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings or to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings:
     (i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) the tax liability (including additions to tax, penalties and interests with respect thereto) to each foreign, federal, state or local jurisdiction in respect of which a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated return is filed by Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) that includes the Parent Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent such tax liability (including additions to tax, penalties and interest with respect thereto) does not exceed the lesser of (A) the taxes that would have been payable by the Parent Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group and (B) the actual tax liability (including additions to tax, penalties and interest with respect thereto) of Holdings’ consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated group (or, if Holdings is not the parent of the actual group, the taxes that would have been paid by Holdings, the Parent Borrower and/or the Parent Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group), reduced by any such payments paid or to be paid directly by the Parent Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

104


 

     (ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) legal existence;
     (iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) the Parent Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a Loan Party under Section 7.02) or (2) the merger or amalgamation (to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a Loan Party under Section 7.02) in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11;
     (v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement (whether or not successful) and directly attributable to the operation of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, only to the extent such amounts are deducted, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period;
          (h) the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion;
          (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default occurred and was continuing;
     (j) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Parent Borrower’s common stock following the first public offering of the Parent Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parents after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Parent Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Parent Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;
     (k) purchases of Equity Interests of CCOH permitted by Section 7.02(p) or Section 7.02(v)(ii); and

105


 

          (l) in addition to the forgoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Parent Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of repayments, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings made pursuant to Sections 7.12(a)(vii), not to exceed the sum of (i) the greater of $400,000,000 and (ii) the Available Amount at such time.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article VII (including Sections 7.02 and 7.12 and this Section 7.06), the Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on or in respect of the Parent Borrower’s Equity Interests or purchase or otherwise acquire for cash any Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, for the purpose of directly or indirectly paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring any Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower for cash from, the Sponsors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Equity Interests to or from the Sponsors, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative dividend and investment credit provided by the use of the Available Amount or the exceptions provided by Sections 7.02(n) and (p), Sections 7.06(i) and (l) and Section 7.12(a)(vii), unless (x) at the time and after giving effect to such payment, the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period than last ended is less than 6.0 to 1.0 and (y) such payment is other-wise in compliance with this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto or constituting a reasonable extension thereof.
          SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than:
          (a) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction,
          (b) transactions on terms substantially as favorable to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would reasonably be obtainable by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate,
          (c) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions,
          (d) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in connection with the Transactions,
          (e) if, at the time of such payment and after giving effect so such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist, the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (other than any Sponsor Termination Fees), plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year,
          (f) Investments permitted under Section 7.02,
          (g) employment and severance arrangements between the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements,
          (h) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors,

106


 

officers, employees and consultants of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,
          (i) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Specified Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement) and set forth on Schedule 7.08 , or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Specified Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower),
          (j) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.12,
          (k) [Reserved],
          (l) transactions in which the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (b) of this Section 7.08,
          (m) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party,
          (n) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Parent to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof,
          (o) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business, and
          (p) investments by the Sponsors in loans or debt securities (other than any debt securities issued in connection with the Transactions) of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (A) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of loans or securities (it being understood and agreed that any purchase by the Sponsors of any loans or debt securities of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in secondary market transactions are not restricted by this Section 7.08).
          SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party (other than Holdings) or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facility and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that:
     (i) (A) exist on the Specified Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (B) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (A) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation,

107


 

     (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14,
     (iii) contracts for the sale of assets that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (iv) (a) with respect to clause (b) only, arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 7.01(a), (l), (s), (t)(i) or (t)(ii) and relate to the property subject to such Lien or (b) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05,
     (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing or Retained Existing Notes) and the proceeds and products thereof,
     (vii) are customary provisions contained in any leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, LMAs or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), 7.03(g) or 7.03(n)(as limited by the second paragraph of Section 7.03) (with respect to non-Loan Parties) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness,
     (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,
     (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business,
     (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the CF Credit Agreement, the CF Facility Documentation, any New Senior Notes, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing,
     (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01, and
     (xiv) are restrictions in any one or more agreements governing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted to be incurred by Section 7.03.
          SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, in a manner inconsistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes . Make any change in fiscal year except to, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

108


 

          SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .
          (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal, interest and mandatory prepayments shall be permitted) any New Senior Notes, any Retained Existing Notes, any Permitted Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (or guarantees in respect thereof) that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) except
     (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing;
     (ii) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution made substantially contemporaneously with such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction;
     (iii) prepayments and redemptions of Repurchased Existing Notes.
     (iv) on or after September 30, 2015, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary may redeem a portion of the New Senior Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the product of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) a fraction (which, for the avoidance of doubt, cannot exceed one), the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding on such date for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,500,000,000;
     (v) beginning on the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of the New Senior Toggle Notes, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary may make “AHYDO catch-up” payments on such Indebtedness;
     (vi) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Parent or any of its direct or indirect parents;
     (vii) so long as no Default is continuing or would result therefrom, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(l), not to exceed the sum of (1) the greater of $550,000,000 or 1.75% of Total Assets at such time and (2) the Available Amount at such time; and
     (viii) the Parent Borrower may redeem, defease or discharge any AMFM Notes or Designated 2010 Retained Existing Notes not purchased pursuant to the tender offers made in connection with the Debt Repayment,
     (ix) the Parent Borrower may prepay, redeem, purchase (including pursuant to an offer to purchase) Indebtedness outstanding under any New Senior Notes with the proceeds of any asset disposition to the extent such proceeds are (i) not required to be used to prepay the CF Facilities under the CF Credit Agreement and are not used to voluntarily prepay the CF Facilities and (ii) required to be so applied under the New Senior Notes Indentures.
          (b) Make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation; and
          (c) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation, Retained Existing Notes Indenture, the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, the CCU Notes or the CCO Intercompany Agreements, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld); it being understood and agreed that any extension of the CCO Cash Management Arrangements, the CCU Notes or the CCO

109


 

Intercompany Agreements or any change in the interest rate on the CCU Notes approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower, will be deemed not to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.
          SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) Permit any Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary to become a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary continues to be a Guarantor, (ii) in connection with a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all or a portion of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.05, (iii) as a result of the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 or (iv) the remaining Investment in such non-wholly-owned Subsidiary held by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a permitted Investment under Section 7.02 (valued at the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Investment is deemed made).
          (b) Until the Existing Notes Condition shall have been satisfied, permit the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be owned by any Person other than (i) one or more Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Material Domestic Subsidiary, then such Equity Interests shall only be owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) other Unrestricted Subsidiaries whose Equity Interest are owned by Persons permitted under this Section 7.13(b).
ARTICLE VIII
Events of Default and Remedies
          SECTION 8.01. Events of Default . Each of the events referred to in clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:
          (a) Non-Payment . Any Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or
          (b) Specific Covenants . Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a), 6.05(a) (solely with respect to any Borrower) or 6.13(b) or Article VII; or
          (c) Other Defaults . (i) Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.15 (other than any such failure resulting solely from actions taken by one or more Persons not controlled directly or indirectly by the Parent Borrower or such Person’s (or Persons’) failure to act in accordance with the instructions of the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or Section 6.01(e) and such failure continues unremedied for a period of at least 15 Business Days after the earlier of (x) a Responsible Officer has obtained knowledge of such default or (y) receipt by the Parent Borrower of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a), (b) or (c)(i) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Parent Borrower of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or
          (d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
          (e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period, if any, whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount (individually or in the aggregate with all other Indebtedness as to which such a failure

110


 

shall exist) of not less than the Threshold Amount, (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness (other than any such Indebtedness in respect of the CF Facilities), or any other event occurs (other than with respect to any such Indebtedness in respect of the CF Facilities and other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder; provided further that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to any termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 8.02 or (C) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness in respect of the CF Facilities, or any other event occurs with respect to the CF Facilities, and either (i) the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or the CF Administrative Agent on behalf of such holder or holders) cause such Indebtedness to become due (automatically or otherwise) prior to its stated maturity or (ii) such failure has not been cured or waived within 60 days; or
          (f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
          (g) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or
          (h) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any Borrower or their respective ERISA Affiliates under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) Holdings, any Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) with respect to a funded Foreign Plan a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
          (i) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or
          (j) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 6.11 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof including as a result of a

111


 

transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create, or any Lien purported to be created by any Collateral Document shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents (or other security purported to be created on the applicable Collateral) on any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements; or
          (k) Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” or “Guaranteed Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any such Junior Financing, if applicable; or
          (l) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.
          SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
          (a) declare Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
          (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower;
          (c) require that the Parent Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
          (d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;
provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws, the Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Parent Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
          SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
      First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
      Second , to the payment of all Protective Advances

112


 

      Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
      Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;
      Fifth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, and Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them;
      Sixth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;
      Seventh , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
      Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Parent Borrower.
ARTICLE IX
Administrative Agent and Other Agents
          SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent .
          (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The provisions of this Article (other than Sections 9.10 and 9.12) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
          (b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered

113


 

by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.
          (c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedge Bank and/or Cash Management Bank) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender and its Affiliates for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.
          SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent (other than to a Disqualified Institution) and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each such sub-agent and the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each such sub-agent shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 (as though such sub-agents were the “Administrative Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).
          SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the execution, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (vi) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. No Agent-Related Person shall have any duties or obligations to any

114


 

Lender or participant except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent-Related Persons:
          (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
          (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Person is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that such Person shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
          (c) shall not be required to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates.
          No Agent-Related Person be liable (i) to any participant or Secured Party or their Affiliates for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or such Person shall believe in good faith shall be necessary under the circumstances) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent .
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law.
          (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
          SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or any Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated

115


 

to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.
          SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.
          SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrowers’ continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Agents may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrowers to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as taxes or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket

116


 

expenses, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities .
          (a) Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though such Agent were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include each Agent in its individual capacity.
          (b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as Administrative Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 9.09 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, the Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in the Parent Borrower, another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates. Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, the Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of the Agent’s Group. None of the Administrative Agent nor any member of the Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.
          (c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of the Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of the Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the Person serving as Administrative Agent being a member of the Agent’s Group, and that each member of the Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by the Agent’s Group of information (including Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by the Administrative Agent or any member of the Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would

117


 

prevent or restrict the Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.
          SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Parent Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent and/or supplemental administrative agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.10). After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.
          Any resignation by the Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as an L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit issued by the Administrative Agent, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer effectively to assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
          SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
          (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

118


 

          (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.
          Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
          SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably agree:
          (a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party (it being understood that in the event that property that constitutes Collateral is transferred to any Loan Party, such property shall continue to constitute Collateral under the Loan Documents), (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor, upon release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below;
          (b) to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and
          (c) that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the New Senior Notes, or any Junior Financing.
          Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.12. In each case as specified in this Section 9.12, the Administrative Agent will promptly (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.12.
          SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . Except as expressly provided herein, none of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “joint bookrunner” or “joint lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have

119


 

any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
          SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents .
          (a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).
          (b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.
          (c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Parent Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement . The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the parties hereto acknowledge that the Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Receivables Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the CF Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to extend credit to the borrowers under the CF Credit Agreement and such CF Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
ARTICLE X
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Intercreditor

120


 

Agreement), and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Parent Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
          (a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that none of (i) a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02, (ii) the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments, or (iii) the making of any Protective Advance shall constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);
          (b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 or fee under Section 2.03 or 2.09(a) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
          (c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest or premium specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Total Leverage Ratio or Secured Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest; provided that, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;
          (d) change any provision of this Section 10.01, the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”, 2.06(c) relating to pro rata sharing, 2.13 or 8.03 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
          (e) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;
          (f) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Obligations of the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;
          (g) change the currency in which any Loan is denominated or interest or fees thereon is paid without the written consent of the Lender holding such Loans;
          (h) amend the definition of “Interest Period” to allow intervals in excess of six months or shorter than one month without the agreement of each affected Lender without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby; or
          (i) increase the advance rate provided for in the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” above 90% without the written consent of each Lender or (b) make any other increase in the advance rate provided for in the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” or make any change to the definition (or any other defined term set forth therein) of the term “Borrowing Base” if as a result thereof the amounts available to be borrowed by the Borrowers would be increased, without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders, provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves without the consent of the Supermajority Lenders; or;
and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of a L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan

121


 

Document; and (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).
          No amendment or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be effective unless consented to in writing by the Required Lenders, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.
          The Parent Borrower will not directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Lender for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Lenders and is paid to all Lenders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
          SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .
          (a) General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to any Borrower, any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender.
All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c)), when delivered and (E) if delivered by posting to a Platform, an Internet website or a similar telecommunication device requiring that a user have prior access to such Platform, website or other device (to the extent permitted by Section 10.02(d) to be delivered thereunder), when such notice, demand, request, consent and other communication shall have been made generally available on such Platform, Internet website or similar device to the class of Person being notified (regardless of whether any such Person must accomplish, and whether or not any such Person shall have accomplished, any action prior to obtaining access to such items, including registration, disclosure of contact information, compliance with a standard user agreement or undertaking a duty of confidentiality) and such Person has been notified in respect

122


 

of such posting that a communication has been posted to the Platform; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II or Article IX shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.
          (b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication (i.e., TIF or PDF or other similar communication). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.
          (c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Each Borrower, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of such Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
          (d) Notwithstanding clause (a) (unless the Administrative Agent requests that the provisions of clause (a) be followed) and any other provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document providing for the delivery of any Approved Electronic Communication by any other means, the Loan Parties shall deliver all Approved Electronic Communications to the Administrative Agent by properly transmitting such Approved Electronic Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com or such other electronic mail address (or similar means of electronic delivery) as the Administrative Agent may notify to the Parent Borrower. Nothing in this clause (d) shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to deliver any Approved Electronic Communication to any Loan Party in any manner authorized in this Agreement or to request that the Parent Borrower effect delivery in such manner.
          SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.
          SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses . (a) The Parent Borrower agrees if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp and one local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and (b) each Borrower agrees, jointly and severally, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including Attorney Costs but limited to those of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties). The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid promptly following receipt by the Parent Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other

123


 

amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
          SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers . Each Borrower shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees or advisors (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and Arrangers and one counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for each such group and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned or operated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability arising out of the activities or operations of any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, member, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee or (y) a breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.05 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any applicable law or public policy, the Borrowers shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
          SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand

124


 

its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.
          SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns .
          (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Holdings nor any Borrower may, except as permitted by Section 7.04, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Sections 10.07(g) and 10.07(i) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Parent Borrower (both prior to and after the consummation of the Merger) shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.
          (b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, it being understood that the Parent Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent if the Parent Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make a filing or registration with, a Governmental Agency) of:
     (A) the Parent Borrower, provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required or, for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee;
     (B) the Administrative Agent;
     (C) each Principal L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of any Principal L/C Issuer shall be required for an assignment to an Agent or any Affiliate thereof; and
     (D) the Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
     (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or such other date on which such Assignment and Assumption is effective) shall not be less than and shall be an integral multiple of (x) an amount of $5,000,000 unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that (1) no such consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

125


 

     (B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any Assignment;
     (C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and
     (D) the Assignee shall comply with Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable.
          This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
          (c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).
          (d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower, any Agent and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
          (e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a " Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements of Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable), 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.10 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation

126


 

shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the participation in question for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
          (f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless, in the case of Section 3.01, the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Parent Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
          (g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
          (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including their obligations under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05), except, in the case of Section 3.01, the increase or change results from a Change in Law after the SPC becomes a SPC and the grant was made with the Parent Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
          (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.
          (j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have identified, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, a successor L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or the

127


 

Swing Line Lender, the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Parent Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).
          SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, and to not use or disclose such Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors, partners, advisors, agents and other representatives, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made shall be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (c) to any other party to this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; (d) subject to an agreement to be bound by provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g), Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee or pledgee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or to any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrowers and their obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, any rating agency, or the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; (e) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower; (f) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party who is not known to such Person to be in breach of any obligation of confidentiality; (g) to any Governmental Authority, examiner, self-regulatory authority or other regulatory authority (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating or purporting to regulate any Lender; or (h) in connection with the administration of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from or on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries or any Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, relating to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their subsidiaries or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or (ii) is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
          SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information .
          (a) Certain of the Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities (“ Restricting Information ”). Other Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis

128


 

of information that may contain Restricting Information. Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall, by making any Communications (including Restricting Information) available to a Lender, by participating in any conversations or other interactions with a Lender or otherwise, make or be deemed to make any statement with regard to or otherwise warrant that any such information or Communication does or does not contain Restricting Information nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates be responsible or liable in any way for any decision a Lender may make to limit or to not limit its access to Restricting Information. In particular, none of the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates (i) shall have, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, hereby disclaims, any duty to ascertain or inquire as to whether or not a Lender has or has not limited its access to Restricting Information, such Lender’s policies or procedures regarding the safeguarding of material, nonpublic information or such Lender’s compliance with applicable laws related thereto or (ii) shall have, or incur, any liability to any Loan Party or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates arising out of or relating to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates providing or not providing Restricting Information to any Lender.
          (b) Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that might contain Restricting Information. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will nominate at least one designee to receive Communications (including Restricting Information) on its behalf and identify such designee (including such designee’s contact information) on such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time of such Lender’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Restricting Information may be sent by electronic transmission.
          (c) Each Lender acknowledges that Communications delivered hereunder and under the other Loan Documents may contain Restricting Information and that such Communications are available to all Lenders generally. Each Lender that elects not to take access to Restricting Information does so voluntarily and, by such election, acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and other Lenders may have access to Restricting Information that is not available to such electing Lender. None of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender with access to Restricting Information shall have any duty to disclose such Restricting Information to such electing Lender or to use such Restricting Information on behalf of such electing Lender, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, such Restricting Information.
          (d) The provisions of the foregoing clauses of this Section 10.09 are designed to assist the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties, in complying with their respective contractual obligations and applicable law in circumstances where certain Lenders express a desire not to receive Restricting Information notwithstanding that certain Communications hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or other information provided to the Lenders hereunder or thereunder may contain Restricting Information. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants or makes any other statement with respect to the adequacy of such provisions to achieve such purpose nor does the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates warrant or make any other statement to the effect that an Loan Party’s or Lender’s adherence to such provisions will be sufficient to ensure compliance by such Loan Party or Lender with its contractual obligations or its duties under applicable law in respect of Restricting Information and each of the Lenders and each Loan Party assumes the risks associated therewith.
          SECTION 10.10. Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrowers (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing to, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness.

129


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates and no L/C Issuer or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owing by such Lender or its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 10.10 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.
          SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Parent Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
          SECTION 10.12. Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission.
          SECTION 10.13. Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.
          SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation (other than Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations and other Obligations that are not accrued and payable) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) shall remain outstanding.
          SECTION 10.15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW .
          (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED THEREIN).

130


 

          (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS AND THE APPELLATE COURTS THEREOF. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELEPHONE, FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
          SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
          SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrowers, Holdings and the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrowers, Holdings, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns.
          SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

131


 

          SECTION 10.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements or agreements governing Cash Management Obligations (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 10.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.
          SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.
          SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each of Holdings and each Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the Revolving Credit Facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and their Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and each Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising any Borrower or any of their Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and Holdings and the Borrowers have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each of Holdings and each Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.
          SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of any Borrower, Holdings or any Loan Party or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (other than the Borrowers, Holdings and any other Loan Party) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Borrowers or the Loan Parties under the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Revolving Credit Facility, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Lender hereby waives and releases all such liability.
          SECTION 10.24. FCC .

132


 

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the Loan Documents, neither the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor any of their agents, will take any action pursuant to the Collateral Documents that would constitute or result in any assignment of the FCC Authorizations or any transfer of control thereof, within the meaning of 310(d) of the Communications Act of 1934 or other Communications Law, if such assignment of license or transfer of control thereof would require thereunder the prior approval of the FCC, without first obtaining such approval of the FCC.
          SECTION 10.25. Joint and Several Liability . All Loans, upon funding, shall be deemed to be jointly funded to and received by the Borrowers. Each Borrower is jointly and severally liable under this Agreement for all Obligations, regardless of the manner or amount in which proceeds of Loans are used, allocated, shared or disbursed by or among the Borrowers themselves, or the manner in which an Agent and/or any Lender accounts for such Loans or other Credit Extensions on its books and records. Each Borrower shall be liable for all amounts due to an Agent and/or any Lender from the Borrowers under this Agreement, regardless of which Borrower actually receives Loans or other Credit Extensions hereunder or the amount of such Loans and Credit Extensions received or the manner in which such Agent and/or such Lender accounts for such Loans or other Credit Extensions on its books and records. Each Borrower’s Obligations with respect to Loans and other Credit Extensions made to it, and such Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans made to the other Borrowers hereunder shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such Obligations shall be primary obligations of such Borrower. The Borrowers acknowledge and expressly agree with the Agents and each Lender that the joint and several liability of each Borrower is required solely as a condition to, and is given solely as inducement for and in consideration of, credit or accommodations extended or to be extended under the Loan Documents to any or all of the other Borrowers and is not required or given as a condition of Credit Extensions to such Borrower. Each Borrower’s Obligations under this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the release of any other Borrower pursuant to Section 9.12 or the validity or enforceability, avoidance, or subordination of the Obligations of any other Borrower or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations of any other Borrower, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations from any other Borrower, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance, or granting of any indulgence by an Agent and/or any Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the Obligations of any other Borrower, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any other Borrower and delivered to an Agent and/or any Lender, (iv) the failure by an Agent and/or any Lender to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for the Obligations of any other Borrower, (v) an Agent’s and/or any Lender’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower, as debtor-in-possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (vii) the disallowance of all or any portion of an Agent’s and/or any Lender’s claim(s) for the repayment of the Obligations of any other Borrower under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (viii) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor or of any other Borrower. With respect to any Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers hereunder with respect to Loans or other Credit Extensions made to any of the other Borrowers hereunder, such Borrower waives, until the Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Agreement shall have been terminated, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which an Agent and/or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against any other Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to an Agent and/or any Lender to secure payment of the Obligations or any other liability of any Borrower to an Agent and/or any Lender. Upon any Event of Default, the Agents may proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any Borrower to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the Obligations, without first proceeding against any other Borrower or any other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Agents shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, none of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.24 shall apply to any Person released from its Obligations as a Subsidiary Borrower in accordance with Section 9.12.
          SECTION 10.26. Contribution and Indemnification Among the Loan Parties . Each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, is obligated to repay the Obligations as a joint and several obligor under this Agreement. To the extent that any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, sell any of its assets to satisfy or otherwise repay any of the Obligations constituting Loans made to

133


 

another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (an “ Accommodation Payment ”), then the Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, in an amount, for each of such other Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower’s (or Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable) Allocable Amount (as defined below) and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors. As of any date of determination, the “ Allocable Amount ” of each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“ UFTA ”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“ UFCA ”), (b) leaving such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA. All rights and claims of contribution, indemnification, and reimbursement under this Section shall be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations. The provisions of this Section shall, to the extent expressly inconsistent with any provision in any Loan Document, supersede such inconsistent provision.
          SECTION 10.27. Agency of the Parent Borrower for Each Other Borrower . Each of the other Borrowers irrevocably appoints the Parent Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement, including the giving and receipt of notices and execution and delivery of all documents, instruments, and certificates contemplated herein (including, without limitation, execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of Borrowing Base Certificates and Committed Loan Notices) and all modifications hereto. Any acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification, or other action which might otherwise be valid or effective only if given or taken by all or any of the Borrowers or acting singly, shall be valid and effective if given or taken only by the Parent Borrower, whether or not any of the other Borrowers join therein, and the Agents and the Lenders shall have no duty or obligation to make further inquiry with respect to the authority of the Parent Borrower under this Section 10.26; provided that nothing in this Section 10.26 shall limit the effectiveness of, or the right of the Agents and the Lenders to rely upon, any notice (including, without limitation, a Committed Loan Notice), document, instrument, certificate, acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action delivered by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
          SECTION 10.28. Reinstatement . This Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary Borrower, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
          SECTION 10.29. Express Waivers by Borrowers in Respect of Cross-Guaranties and Cross-Collateralization . Each Borrower agrees as follows:
     (a) Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (ii) notice of the making of any Loans, the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any other financial accommodations made or extended under the Loan Documents or the creation or existence of any Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Obligations, subject, however, to such Borrower’s right to make inquiry of the Administrative Agent to ascertain the amount of the Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase such Borrower’s risk with respect to such other Borrower under the Loan Documents; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any promissory notes or other instruments among the Loan Documents; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party) and demands to which such Borrower might otherwise be entitled.
     (b) Each Borrower hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require an Agent or

134


 

any Lender to institute suit against any other Borrower or to exhaust any rights and remedies which an Agent or any Lender has or may have against any other Borrower. Each Borrower further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower (other than the defense of payment in full) or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any such Borrower in respect thereof.
     (c) Each Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert against any Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer: (i) any defense (legal or equitable) other than a defense of payment, set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Borrower may now or at any time hereafter have against any other Borrower or any other party liable under the Loan Documents; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim of any kind or nature available to any other Borrower (other than a defense of payment) against any Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer under any applicable law; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any other Borrower’s liability hereunder.
     (d) Each Borrower consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Borrower and without affecting or impairing the obligations of such Borrower hereunder, the Agents may (subject to any requirement for consent of any of the Lenders to the extent required by this Agreement), by action or inaction: (i) compromise, settle, extend the duration or the time for the payment of, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to or otherwise not enforce the Issuer Documents; (ii) release all or any one or more parties to any one or more of the Issuer Documents or grant other indulgences to any other Borrower in respect thereof; (iii) amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any of the Issuer Documents; or (iv) release or substitute any Person liable for payment of the Obligations, or enforce, exchange, release, or waive any security for the Obligations.
          SECTION 10.30. Effectiveness of Merger . None of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrowers shall have any rights or obligations hereunder until the consummation of the Merger and any representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrowers under the Loan Documents shall not become effective, and no Event of Default can occur, until such time. Upon consummation of the Merger, and without any further action by any Person, each of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiary Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) assumes and agrees punctually to pay, perform and discharge when due each of the Obligations and each and every debt, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by it under the Loan Documents, (ii) agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Loan Documents applicable to it and (iii) agrees that it will be responsible for and deemed to have made all of its representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents, whenever made or deemed to have been made.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

135


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent, Swing Line
Lender, L/C Issuer and as a Lender,
 
 
  By:   /s/ Shane Azzara    
    Name:   Shane Azzara   
    Title:   Director/Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Mayhew    
    Name:   David Mayhew   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Peter Yearlev    
    Name:   Peter Yearlev   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
         
  MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING INC. , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Henry F. D’Alessandro    
    Name:   Henry F. D’Alessandro   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judith Smith    
    Name:   Judith Smith   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Doreen Barr    
    Name:   Doreen Barr   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
         
  THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven F. Killilea    
    Name:   Steven F. Killilea   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
         
  WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ James Jeffries    
    Name:   James Jeffries   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

 


 

Schedule 1.01A
Subsidiary Borrowers
         
    Entity Name   State of Org.
1.
  Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   DE
 
       
2.
  AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   DE
 
       
3.
  AMFM Michigan, LLC   DE
 
       
4.
  AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP   DE
 
       
5.
  Bel Meade Broadcasting Company, Inc.   DE
 
       
6.
  Capstar Radio Operating Company   DE
 
       
7.
  Capstar TX Limited Partnership   DE
 
       
8.
  Christal Radio Sales, Inc.   DE
 
       
9.
  Citicasters Co.   OH
 
       
10.
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   NV
 
       
11.
  Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   OH
 
       
12.
  Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   CO
 
       
13.
  Katz Communications, Inc.   DE
 
       
14.
  Katz Millennium Sales & Marketing Inc.   DE
 
       
15.
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   DE

 


 

Schedule 1.01B
Post-Closing Expenses
         
    Estimated  
    Amount  
    ($ millions) 1  
Taxes due on Asset Sales
  $ 106  
Cross Currency Swap Breakage
    191  
International Retirement Plan Change in Control
    5  
Other Fees and Expenses (including Rating Agencies, Akin Gump, Ernst & Young, R.R. Donnelly and Mellon Investor Services)
    4  
 
     
Total Post-Closing Fees & Expenses
  $ 306  
 
1   Estimates as of March 31, 2007. Actual costs to be determined at closing.

 


 

Schedule 1.01C
Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Holdings Guarantee Agreement (ABL), dated as of the Closing Date, between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
U.S. Guarantee Agreement (ABL), dated as of the Closing Date, among the Guarantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 


 

Schedule 1.01D
NCR Stations
Market: Ashland/Mansfield, OH
WNCO-FM
WNCO-AM
WFXN-FM
WXXF-FM
WXXR-FM
WYHT-FM
WSWR-FM
WMAN-AM
Market: Anchorage, AK
KASH-FM
KBFX-FM
KGOT-FM
KYMG-FM
KENI-AM
KTZN-AM
Market: Augusta, ME
WIGY-FM
WFAU-AM
WABK-FM
WTOS-FM
WKCG-FM
WMCM-FM
WRKD-AM
WQSS-FM
WCME-FM
Market: Bangor, ME
WABI-AM
WVOM-FM
WBFB-FM

 


 

WKSQ-FM
WLKE-FM
WWBX-FM
Market: Binghamton, NY
WMXW-FM
WENE-AM
WMRV-FM
WKGB-FM
WBBI-FM
WINR-AM
Market: Bismarck, ND
KFYR-AM
KYYY-FM
KXMR-AM
KSSS-FM
KQDY-FM
KBMR-AM
Market: Burlington, VT
WCPV-FM
WEAV-AM
WXZO-FM
WEZF-FM
WVTK-FM
Market: Chillicothe, OH
WCHO-FM
WCHO-AM
WSRW-AM
WBEX-AM
WCHI-AM
WKKJ-FM
Market: Cookeville, TN
WGSQ-FM
WGIC-FM

 


 

WHUB-AM
WPTN-AM
Market: Defiance, OH
WDFM-FM
WDFM-LP
WNDH-FM
WONW-AM
WZOM-FM
Market: Dickinson, ND
KCAD-FM
KLTC-AM
KZRX-FM
Market: Eau Claire, WI
WATQ-FM
WBIZ-AM
WBIZ-FM
WMEQ-AM
WMEQ-FM
WQRB-FM
Market: Fairbanks, AK
KIAK-FM
KAKQ-FM
KFBX-AM
KKED-FM
Market: Farmington, NM
KTRA-FM
KDAG-FM
KCQL-AM
KKFG-FM
KAZX-FM
Market: Fayetteville, AR
KEZA-FM
KKIX-FM

 


 

KMXF-FM
KIGL-FM
Market: Findlay/Tiffin, OH
WPFX-FM
WTTF-AM
Market: The Florida Keys, FL
WFKZ-FM
WAIL-FM
WEOW-FM
WCTH-FM
Market: Fort Smith, AR
KWHN-AM
KMAG-FM
KZBB-FM
KKBD-FM
KYHN-AM
Market: Gadsden, AL
WAAX-AM
WGMZ-FM
Market: Gallup, NM
KGLX-FM
KXTC-FM
KFMQ-FM
KFXR-FM
Market: Grand Forks, ND
KSNR-FM
KKXL-FM
KQHT-FM
KJKJ-FM
KKXL-AM
Market: Huntington, WV
WTCR-FM
WKEE-FM

 


 

WBVB-FM
WAMX-FM
WVHU-AM
WTCR-AM
Market: Lancaster, PA
WLAN-AM
WLAN-FM
Market: Laurel, MS
WEEZ-AM
WJKX-FM
WUSW-FM
WZLD-FM
WFOR-AM
WNSL-FM
Market: Lima, OH
WZRX-FM
WIMA-AM
WIMT-FM
WMLX-FM
WLWD-FM
Market: Marion, OH
WDIF-FM
WMRN-AM
WYNT-FM
Market: Meridian, MS
WHTU-FM
WMSO-FM
WZKS-FM
WYHL-AM
WJDQ-FM
Market: Minot, ND
KCJB-AM
KYYX-FM

 


 

KMXA-FM
KIZZ-FM
KZPR-FM
Market: Montgomery, AL
WZHT-FM
WWMG-FM
WHLW-FM
Market: Ogallala, NE
KOGA-FM
KMCX-FM
KOGA-AM
Market: Parkersburg, WV
WDMX-FM
WRVB-FM
WNUS-FM
WHNK-AM
WLTP-AM
Market: Poughkeepsie, NY
WRNQ-FM
WRWD-FM
WCTW-FM
WPKF-FM
WELG-AM
WHUC-AM
WKIP-AM
WZCR-FM
WRWC-FM
WBWZ-FM
Market: Randolph, VT
WCVR-FM
WTSJ-AM
Market: Reading, PA
WRAW-AM

 


 

WRFY-FM
Market: Rochester, MN
KMFX-AM
KMFX-FM
KRCH-FM
KWEB-AM
KNFX-AM
Market: Salisbury, MD
WQHQ-FM
WSBY-FM
WJDY-AM
WWFG-FM
WOSC-FM
WTGM-AM
Market: Sandusky, OH
WMJK-FM
WLEC-AM
WCPZ-FM
Market: Sioux City, IA
KGLI-FM
KSEZ-FM
KSFT-FM
KWSL-AM
KMNS-AM
Market: Somerset, KY
WSEK-FM
WSFC-AM
WKEQ-FM
WLLK-FM
WSFE-AM
Market: Sparta-McMinnville, TN
WRKK-FM
WSMT-AM

 


 

WTZX-AM
WAKI-AM
WTRZ-FM
WBMC-AM
Market: Tupelo, MS
WKMQ-AM
WTUP-AM
WWZD-FM
WESE-FM
WBVV-FM
WWKZ-FM
Market: Wheeling, WV
WWVA-AM
WOVK-FM
WKWK-FM
WBBD-AM
WVKF-FM
WEGW-FM
Market: Williamsport, PA
WKSB-FM
WBYL- FM
WBLJ-FM
WRAK-AM
WRKK-AM
WVRT- FM
WVRZ-FM

 


 

Schedule 1.01E
Disqualified Institutions
CBS Corporation
Cumulus Media Inc.
Citadel Broadcasting Corporation
Entercom Communications Corp.
Lamar Media Corp.
JCDecaux S.A.
Radio One, Inc.
Cox Radio, Inc.
ABC, Inc.
FOX Entertainment Group, Inc.
NBC Universal, Inc.
Belo Corp.
Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc.
or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing

 


 

Schedule 2.01
Revolving Credit Commitments
         
    Revolving Credit  
Lender   Commitments  
Citibank, N.A.
    18.75 %
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch
    18.75 %
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc.
    18.75 %
Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch
    14.583 %
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
    14.583 %
Wachovia Bank, National Association
    14.584 %

 


 

Schedule 5.11(b)
ERISA
None.

 


 

Schedule 5.12
Subsidiaries
                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
1.
  1567 Media LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   95.94%   0%
2.
  1567 Media LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings CV   4.06%   0%
3.
  Ackerley Broadcasting Fresno, LLC   Delaware   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   100%   0%
4.
  Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
5.
  Ackerley Ventures, Inc.   Washington   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   100%   0%
6.
  AdCart AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB   100%   0%
7.
  Adshel (Brazil) Ltda.   Brazil   Clear Channel Brazil Holdco, LLC   100%   0%
8.
  Adshel Argentina SRL   Argentina   Adshel (Brazil) Ltda.   40%   0%
9.
  Adshel Argentina SRL   Argentina   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   60%   0%
10.
  Adshel Ireland, Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.   100%   0%
11.
  Adshel Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor, Ltd.   100%   0%
12.
  Adshel Ltda.   Brazil   Adshel (Brazil) Ltda.   89.2%   0%
13.
  Adshel Ltda.   Brazil   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   10.8%   0%
14.
  Adshel New Zealand Ltd.   New Zealand   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   100%   0%
15.
  Adshel NI Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.   100%   0%
16.
  Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   Australia   Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Ltd.   100%   0%
17.
  Aircheck India Pvt Ltd.   India   Media Monitors, LLC.   100%   0%
18.
  AK Mobile Television, Inc.   Washington   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   100%   0%
19.
  Allied Outdoor Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   100%   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
20.
  AMFM Air Services, Inc.   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company   100%   0%
21.
  AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   Delaware   AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
22.
  AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Radio Group, Inc.   100%   0%
23.
  AMFM Holdings Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Inc.   100%   0%
24.
  AMFM Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
25.
  AMFM Internet Holding Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Inc.   100%   0%
26.
  AMFM Michigan, LLC   Delaware   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   100%   0%
27.
  AMFM Operating Inc.   Delaware   Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.   96%   0%
28.
  AMFM Operating Inc.   Delaware   KTZMedia Corporation   4%   0%
29.
  AMFM Radio Group, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Operating Inc.   100%   0%
30.
  AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company   100%   0%
31.
  AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.   Texas   Capstar Radio Operating Company   100%   0%
32.
  AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP   Delaware   AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   1% general partner   0%
33.
  AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP   Delaware   AMFM Texas, LLC   99% limited partner   0%
34.
  AMFM Texas Licenses, LP   Delaware   AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.   1% general partner   0%
35.
  AMFM Texas Licenses, LP   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company   99% limited partner   0%
36.
  AMFM Texas, LLC   Delaware   AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
37.
  AMFM.com Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Inc.   100%   0%
38.
  Arcadia Cooper Properties Ltd   UK   Postermobile PLC   100%   0%
39.
  ARN Holdings PTY Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
40.
  Barnett and Son Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   100%   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
41.
  Bel Meade Broadcasting Company, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
42.
  BK Studi BV   Netherlands   Hillenaar Outdoor Advertising BV   100%   0%
43.
  BPS London Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   100%   0%
44.
  BPS Ltd.   UK   Team Relay Ltd.   100%   0%
45.
  Broadcast Architecture, Inc.   Massachusetts   AMFM Radio Group, Inc.   100%   0%
46.
  Broadcast Finance, Inc.   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company   100%   0%
47.
  C.F.D. Billboards Ltd   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.   100%   0%
48.
  CAC City Advertising Company   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG   100%   0%
49.
  Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Holdings Inc.   100%   0%
50.
  Capstar Radio Operating Company   Delaware   AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP   100%   0%
51.
  Capstar TX Limited Partnership   Delaware   AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.   1% general partner   0%
52.
  Capstar TX Limited Partnership   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company   99% limited partner   0%
53.
  CC Broadcast Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   100%   0%
54.
  CC Cayco Limited   Cayman Islands   Clear Channel CV   100%   0%
55.
  CC CV LP LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings CV   100%   0%
56.
  CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
57.
  CC Identity GP, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.   100%   0%
58.
  CC Identity Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.   100%   0%
59.
  CC Licenses, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
60.
  CC LP BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel CP III BV   100%   0%
61.
  CCB Texas Licenses, L.P.   Texas   CCBL FCC Holdings, Inc.   99% limited partner   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
62.
  CCB Texas Licenses, L.P.   Texas   CCBL GP, LLC   1% general partner   0%
63.
  CCBL FCC Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
64.
  CCBL GP, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
65.
  CCHCV LP LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.   100%   0%
66.
  CCO International Holdings BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel CV   100%   0%
67.
  CCO Ontario Holdings Inc.   Canada   Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada   64%   0%
68.
  CCO Ontario Holdings Inc.   Canada   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   36%   0%
69.
  Central NY News, Inc.   Washington   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   100%   0%
70.
  China Outdoor Media (HK) Co., Ltd.   Hong Kong   China Outdoor Media Investment, Inc.   100%   0%
71.
  China Outdoor Media Investment, Inc.   British Virgin Islands   Clear Media Limited   100%   0%
72.
  Christal Radio Sales, Inc.   Delaware   Katz Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
73.
  Cine Guarantors II, Inc.   California   Citicasters Co.   100%   0%
74.
  Cine Guarantors II, Ltd.   Canada   Cine Guarantors II, Inc.   100%   0%
75.
  Cine Movile SA de CV   Mexico   Cine Guarantors II, Inc.   100%   0%
76.
  Cinemobile Systems International NV   Netherlands Antilles   Cine Guarantors II, Inc.   100%   0%
77.
  Citi GP, LLC   Delaware   Citicasters Co.   100%   0%
78.
  Citicasters Co.   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company   100%   0%
79.
  Citicasters FCC Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Citicasters Co.   100%   0%
80.
  Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   Nevada   Citicasters FCC Holdings, Inc.   99% limited partner   0%
81.
  Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   Nevada   Citi GP, LLC   1% general partner   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
82.
  City Lights Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.   100%   0%
83.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising (Albert) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   100%   0%
84.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising (S. Australia) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   100%   0%
85.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising (W. Australia) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   100%   0%
86.
  Citysites Outdoor Advertising Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd   100%   0%
87.
  Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   100%   0%
88.
  Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.   100%   0%
89.
  Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.   100%   0%
90.
  Clear Channel ACIR Holdings NV   Netherlands Antilles   Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.   100%   0%
91.
  Clear Channel Adshel AS   Norway   Clear Channel Norge AS   100%   0%
92.
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   100%   0%
93.
  Clear Channel Affitalia SRL   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA   100%   0%
94.
  Clear Channel Airport PTE Ltd   Singapore   Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.   100%   0%
95.
  Clear Channel Airports of Georgia, Inc.   Georgia   Universal Outdoor, Inc.   70%   0%
96.
  Clear Channel Airports of Texas JV   Texas   Universal Outdoor, Inc.   85%   0%
97.
  Clear Channel Australia Pty Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
98.
  Clear Channel Aviation, LLC   Delaware   Radio-Active Media, Inc.   100%   0%
99.
  Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB   100%   0%
100.
  Clear Channel Baltics & Russia Limited   Russia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB   100%   0%
101.
  Clear Channel Banners Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   100%   0%
102.
  Clear Channel Belgium SA   Belgium   Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.   97%   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
103.
  Clear Channel Belgium SA   Belgium   Clear Channel More France SA   3%   0%
104.
  Clear Channel Brazil Holdco, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Espectaculos SL   100%   0%
105.
  Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Peoples, LLC   87%   0%
106.
  Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda   Brazil   CC Sao Paulo Participacoes Ltda   13%   0%
107.
  Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.   100%   0%
108.
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   Nevada   CC Broadcast Holdings, Inc.   100%   0%
109.
  Clear Channel Collective Marketing, LLC   Delaware   Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   100%   0%
110.
  Clear Channel Communications India Private Ltd.   India   Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd   97%   0%
111.
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   Texas   Clear Channel Capital I, LLC   100%   0%
112.
  Clear Channel Company Store, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   100%   0%
113.
  Clear Channel CP III BV   Netherlands   CCO International Holdings BV   100%   0%
114.
  Clear Channel CP IV BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.   100%   0%
115.
  Clear Channel CV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Holdings CV   92.242%   0%
116.
  Clear Channel CV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.   7.757%   0%
117.
  Clear Channel CV   Netherlands   CC CV LP LLC   0.001%   0%
118.
  Clear Channel Danmark AS   Denmark   Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.   100%   0%
119.
  Clear Channel Entertainment of Brazil Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Espectaculos SL   100%   0%
120.
  Clear Channel Espana SL   Spain   Clear Channel International Holdings BV   100%   0%
121.
  Clear Channel Espectaculos SL   Spain   Clear Channel CP III BV   100%   0%
122.
  Clear Channel Estonia OU   Estonia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB   100%   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
123.
  Clear Channel European Holdings SAS   France   Clear Channel International Holdings BV   100%   0%
124.
  Clear Channel Felice GmbH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG   100%   0%
125.
  Clear Channel France SA   France   Clear Channel European Holdings SAS   100%   0%
126.
  Clear Channel GP, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
127.
  Clear Channel Haidemenos Media Societe Anonyme   Greece   Clear Channel International Holdings BV   51%   0%
128.
  Clear Channel Hillenaar BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Netherlands BV   86%   0%
129.
  Clear Channel Holding AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel European Holdings SAS   100%   0%
130.
  Clear Channel Holding Italia SPA   Italy   Clear Channel International Holdings BV   70%   0%
131.
  Clear Channel Holdings CV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.   99.998%   0%
132.
  Clear Channel Holdings CV   Netherlands   CCHCV LP LLC   0.002%   0%
133.
  Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
134.
  Clear Channel Holdings, Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel International Holdings BV   100%   0%
135.
  Clear Channel Hong Kong Ltd   Hong Kong   Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.   100%   0%
136.
  Clear Channel Identity, L.P.   Texas   CC Identity Holdings, Inc.   99% limited partner   0%
137.
  Clear Channel Identity, L.P.   Texas   CC Identity GP, LLC   1% general partner   0%
138.
  Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%
139.
  Clear Channel International BV   Netherlands   CCO International Holdings BV   100%   0%
140.
  Clear Channel International Holdings BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel International BV   100%   0%
141.
  Clear Channel Investments, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   100%   0%

 


 

                     
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
142.
  Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel UK Ltd.   100%   0%
143.
  Clear Channel Italy Outdoor SRL   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA   100%   0%
144.
  Clear Channel Japan Inc.   Japan   Clear Channel International Holdings BV   55%   0%
145.
  Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA   Italy   Clear Channel Holding Italia SPA   100%   0%
146.
  Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV   Netherlands Antilles   Clear Channel CP III BV   100%   0%
147.
  Clear Channel LA, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   100%   0%
148.
  Clear Channel Latvia   Latvia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB   100%   0%
149.
  Clear Channel Lietuva   Lithuania   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB   100%   0%
150.
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Texas   Clear Channel GP, LLC   0.99% general partner   0%
151.
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Texas   CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.   99.01% limited partner   0%
152.
  Clear Channel Metra, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   80%   0%
153.
  Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.   100%   0%
154.
  Clear Channel Mexico, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel ACIR Holdings NV   100%   0%
155.
  Clear Channel More France SA   France   Clear Channel European Holdings SAS   100%   0%
156.
  Clear Channel Netherlands BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel International BV   100%   0%
157.
  Clear Channel NI Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.   100%   0%
158.
  Clear Channel Norge AS   Norway   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.   100%   0%
159.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Company Canada   Canada   CCO Ontario Holdings Inc.   100%   0%
160.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   100%   0%

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
161.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.     89 %     0 %
162.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Holdings Ltd.     100 %     0 %
163.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico Operaciones, SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     99.09 %     0 %
164.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     93.9 %     0 %
165.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV   Mexico   CC Outdoor Spanish Holdings SL     6%       0 %
166.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico Operaciones, SA de CV     0.1 %     0 %
167.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico Servicios Administrativos, SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     98 %     0 %
168.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Servicios Corporativos, SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     98 %     0 %
169.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
170.
  Clear Channel Outdoor Spanish Holdings SL   Spain   Clear Channel CV     100 %     0 %
171.
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
172.
  Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
173.
  Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.   Singapore   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
174.
  Clear Channel Peoples, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Espectaculos SL     100 %     0 %
175.
  Clear Channel Plakanda AIDA GmbH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
176.
  Clear Channel Plakanda GmbH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
177.
  Clear Channel Poland Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
178.
  Clear Channel Real Estate, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.     100 %     0 %
179.
  Clear Channel Sales AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
180.
  Clear Channel Sao Paulo Participacoes Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Peoples, LLC     100 %     0 %
181.
  Clear Channel Satellite Services, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
182.
  Clear Channel Scotland Ltd.   Scotland   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
183.
  Clear Channel Singapore Pte Ltd.   Singapore   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
184.
  Clear Channel Solutions Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
185.
  Clear Channel South Africa Invest. Pty Ltd   South Africa   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
186.
  Clear Channel South America S.A.C.   Peru   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     99.99 %     0 %
187.
  Clear Channel Southwest Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
188.
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC   Delaware   1567 Media LLC     100 %     0 %
189.
  Clear Channel Suomi Oy   Finland   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
190.
  Clear Channel Sverige AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
191.
  Clear Channel Tanitim ve Lierisin A.S.   Turkey   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
192.
  Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
193.
  Clear Channel UK Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
194.
  Clear Channel Wireless, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
195.
  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
196.
  Clear Channel/Interstate Philadelphia, LLC   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     51 %     0 %
197.
  Clear Media Limited   Bermuda   Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV     51.79 %     0 %
198.
  Clearmart, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
199.
  Comurben SA   Morocco   Clear Channel Espana SL     59 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
200.
  Concord Media Group, Inc.   Florida   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
201.
  CR Phillips Investments Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
202.
  Critical Mass Media, Inc.   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
203.
  Dauphin Adshel SAS   France   Clear Channel More France SA     100 %     0 %
204.
  Defi Belgique   Belgium   Defi Group SAS     75 %     0 %
205.
  Defi Czecia   Czech Republic   Defi Reklam     100 %     0 %
206.
  Defi Deutschland GmbH   Germany   Defi Group SAS     95 %     0 %
207.
  Defi France SAS   France   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
208.
  Defi Group Asia   Hong Kong   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
209.
  Defi Group SAS   France   Clear Channel European Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
210.
  Defi Italia SPA   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
211.
  Defi Neolux   Portugal   Defi Group SAS     51 %     0 %
212.
  Defi Pologne Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Defi Reklam     100 %     0 %
213.
  Defi Reklam Kft   Hungary   Defi Group SAS     80 %     0 %
214.
  Defi Russie   Russia   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
215.
  Defi Ukraine   Ukraine   Defi Group SAS     51 %     0 %
216.
  Dolis BV   Netherlands   CCO International Holdings BV     100 %     0 %
217.
  Eller Holding Company Cayman I   Cayman Islands   Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV     100 %     0 %
218.
  Eller Holding Company Cayman II   Cayman Islands   Clear Channel KNR Neth. Antilles NV     100 %     0 %
219.
  Eller Media Asesarris y Comercializacion Publicitaria   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     99.99 %     0 %
220.
  Eller Media Asesarris y Comercializacion Publicitaria   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman II     0.01 %     0 %
221.
  Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltd.   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     99.99 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
222.
  Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltd.   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman II     0.01 %     0 %
223.
  Eltex Investment Corp.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
224.
  Epiclove Ltd   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
225.
  Equipamientos Urbanos - Gallega de Publicidad Y Disseno AIE   Spain   Clear Channel Espana SL     60 %     0 %
226.
  Equipamientos Urbanos de Canarias SA   Spain   Clear Channel Espana SL     55 %     0 %
227.
  Equipamientos Urbanos Del Sur SL   Spain   Clear Channel Espana SL     67 %     0 %
228.
  Exceptional Outdoor, Inc.   Florida   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
229.
  Expoplakat AS   Estonia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     100 %     0 %
230.
  Foxmark UK Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
231.
  France Bus Publicite   France   France Rail Publicite SA     100 %     0 %
232.
  France Rail Publicite SA   France   Clear Channel France SA     80 %     0 %
233.
  Get Outdoors Florida, LLC   Florida   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
234.
  Giganto Holding Cayman   Cayman Islands   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     100 %     0 %
235.
  Giganto Outdoor SA   Chile   Giganto Holding Cayman     99.99 %     0 %
236.
  Giganto Outdoor SA   Chile   Eller Holding Company Cayman I     0.01 %     0 %
237.
  Grosvenor Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
238.
  Hainan Whitehorse Advertising Media Investment Company Ltd.   The Peoples’ Republic of   China China Outdoor Media (HK) Co., Ltd.     80 %     0 %
239.
  HCA, Inc.   Illinios   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
240.
  Hillenaar Outdoor Advertising BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Hillenaar BV     100 %     0 %
241.
  Hillenaar Services BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Hillenaar BV     100 %     0 %
242.
  Iberdefi (Espagne)   Spain   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
243.
  Idea Piu Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Dolis BV     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
244.
  Illuminated Awning Systems Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.     100 %     0 %
245.
  Immobiliaria Radial SA de CV   Mexico   Jacor Broadcasting Corp.     99.998 %     0 %
246.
  Immobiliaria Radial SA de CV   Mexico   Broadcast Finance, Inc.     0.002 %     0 %
247.
  Infotrak AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
248.
  Interpubli Werbe AG   Switzerland   Plakanda GMBH     100 %     0 %
249.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Australia Pty., Ltd.   Australia   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
250.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Costa Rica, S.A.   Costa Rica   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
251.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Curacao, N.V.   Netherlands Antilles   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
252.
  Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC   Pennsylvania   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
253.
  Interspace Airport Advertising Netherlands Antilles, N.V.   Netherlands Antilles   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
254.
  Interspace Airport Advertising New Zealand Limited   New Zealand   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
255.
  Interspace Airport Advertising West Indies Limited   West Indies   Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC     100 %     0 %
256.
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.   Pennsylvania   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
257.
  Interstate Bus Shelter, Inc.   Pennsylvania   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
258.
  Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   Ohio   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
259.
  Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   Colorado   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
260.
  Jacor Broadcasting of Denver, Inc.   California   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %
261.
  Jacor Communications Company   Florida   Clear Channel Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
262.
  Jacor/Premiere Holding, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
263.
  Katz Communications, Inc.   Delaware   Katz Media Group, Inc.     100 %     0 %
264.
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   Delaware   AMFM Operating Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
265.
  Katz Millennium Sales & Marketing Inc.   Delaware   Katz Media Group, Inc.     100 %     0 %
266.
  Katz Net Radio Sales, Inc.   Delaware   Katz Communications, Inc.     100 %     0 %
267.
  Klass Advertising SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     81.79 %     0 %
268.
  Klass Rooftop SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     82 %     0 %
269.
  KMS Advertising Ltd   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
270.
  KTZMedia Corporation   Delaware   Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.     100 %     0 %
271.
  KVOS TV, Ltd.   British Columbia   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC     100 %     0 %
272.
  L&C Outdoor Comunicacao Visual Ltda.   Brazil   Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda     100 %     0 %
273.
  Landimat   France   France Rail Publicite SA     99.94 %     0 %
274.
  L'Efficience Publictaire SA   Belgium   Clear Channel Belgium SA     99 %     0 %
275.
  L'Efficience Publictaire SA   Belgium   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     1 %     0 %
276.
  Lubbock Tower Company   Texas   Capstar Radio Operating Company     75 %     0 %
277.
  M Street Corporation   Washington   M Street L.L.C.     100 %     0 %
278.
  M Street L.L.C.   Ohio   Broadcast Finance, Inc.     39.94 %     0 %
279.
  M Street L.L.C.   Ohio   Critical Mass Media, Inc.     60.06 %     0 %
280.
  Mars Reklam ve Producksiyon AS   Turkey   Clear Channel Overseas, Ltd.     100 %     0 %
281.
  Maurice Stam Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
282.
  Media Monitors, LLC   NY   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
283.
  Media Vehicle BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
284.
  Mensa Sp. z o.o.   Poland   Clear Channel Poland Sp. z o.o.     100 %     0 %
285.
  Metrabus   Belgium   Clear Channel Belgium SA     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent     Percent  
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest     Pledged  
286.
  MG Pubblicita SRL   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
287.
  Ming Wai Holdings Ltd.   British Virgin Islands   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
288.
  Mobiliario Urbano de Nueva Leon SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     98 %     0 %
289.
  More Communications Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
290.
  More Media Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
291.
  More O'Ferrall Adshel Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
292.
  More O'Ferrall Ireland Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
293.
  More O'Ferrall Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
294.
  Morebus Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
295.
  Multimark Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
296.
  Musicpoint International, L.L.C.   Delaware   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
297.
  Nitelites (Ireland) Ltd.   Ireland   Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
298.
  Nobro, SC   Mexico   Citicasters Co.     100 %     0 %
299.
  Outdoor Advertising BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel Hillenaar BV     100 %     0 %
300.
  Outdoor International Holdings BV   Netherlands   Clear Channel CP III BV     100 %     0 %
301.
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
302.
  Outstanding Media I Norge AS   Norway   Clear Channel Norge AS     56 %     0 %
303.
  Outstanding Media I Stockholm AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %
304.
  Overtop Services SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     70 %     0 %
305.
  Panales Napsa S.A.   Peru   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     85 %     0 %
306.
  Parkin Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
307.
  Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
308.
  Phillips Finance Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
309.
  Phillips Neon Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
310.
  Plakanda AWI AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
311.
  Plakanda GMBH   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
312.
  Plakanda Management AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
313.
  Plakanda Ofex AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
314.
  Plakatron AG   Switzerland   Clear Channel Holding AG     100 %     0 %
315.
  Postermobile Advertising Ltd.   UK   Postermobile PLC     100 %     0 %
316.
  Postermobile PLC   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
317.
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor/Premiere Holding, Inc.     100 %     0 %
318.
  Premium Holdings Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
319.
  Premium Outdoor Ltd.   UK   Premium Holdings Ltd.     100 %     0 %
320.
  Procom Publicidade via Publica Ltda   Chile   Eller Media Asesarris y
Comercializacion Publicitaria
    99.99 %     0 %
321.
  Procom Publicidade via Publica Ltda   Chile   Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltd.     0.01 %     0 %
322.
  PTKC Rollerdam BV   Netherlands   Outdoor Advertising BV     95 %     0 %
323.
  PTKC Rollerdam BV   Netherlands   BK Studi BV     5 %     0 %
324.
  Pubbli A SPA   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     100 %     0 %
325.
  Pubblicita Zangari Ltd.   Italy   Pubbli A SPA     100 %     0 %
326.
  Publicidad Klimes Sao Paulo Ltda   Brazil   Clear Channel Brazil Holdings Ltda     100 %     0 %
327.
  Racklight SA de CV   Mexico   Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV     100 %     0 %
328.
  Radio Broadcasting Australia Pty Ltd.   Australia   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
329.
  Radio Computing Services (Africa) Pty Ltd.   South Africa   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
330.
  Radio Computing Services (India) Pvt Ltd.   India   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
331.
  Radio Computing Services (NZ) Ltd.   New Zealand   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
332.
  Radio Computing Services (SEA) Pte Ltd.   Singapore   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
333.
  Radio Computing Services (Thailand) Ltd.   Thailand   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
334.
  Radio Computing Services (UK) Ltd.   UK   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
335.
  Radio Computing Services Canada Ltd.   Canada   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
336.
  Radio Computing Services of Australia Pty Ltd.   Australia   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
337.
  Radio Computing Services, Inc.   New Jersey   CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.     100 %     0 %
338.
  Radio-Active Media, Inc.   Delaware   Jacor Communications Company     100 %     0 %
339.
  Radio Computing Services (China) Company Ltd.   China   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
340.
  Regentfile Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
341.
  Rockbox Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
342.
  RCS Europe SARL   France   Radio Computing Services, Inc.     100 %     0 %
343.
  SC Q Panel SRL   Romania   Clear Channel International Holdings BV     65 %     0 %
344.
  Shelter Advertising of America, Inc.   Delaware   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
345.
  Shelter Advertising Pty Ltd.   Australia   Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.     100 %     0 %
346.
  Signways Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
347.
  Simon Outdoor Ltd   Russia   Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB     65 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
348.
  Sirocco International SAS   France   Dauphin Adshel SAS     100 %     0 %
349.
  Sites International Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
350.
  Street Furnit. (NSW) Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
351.
  Taxi Media Holdings Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
352.
  Taxi Media Ltd   UK   Taxi Media Holdings Ltd.     100 %     0 %
353.
  Team Relay Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
354.
  Tebus SAR   Italy   Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA     60 %     0 %
355.
  Terrestrial RF Licensing, Inc.   Nevada   Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.     100 %     0 %
356.
  The Canton Investment Company Limited   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
357.
  The Kildoon Property Co. Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.     100 %     0 %
358.
  The Media Vehicle Group Limited   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
359.
  The New Research Group, Inc.   Nevada   Critical Mass Media, Inc.     100 %     0 %
360.
  Torpix Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.     67 %     0 %
361.
  Torpix Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.     33 %     0 %
362.
  Town & City Posters Advertising Ltd.   UK   Tracemotion Ltd.     100 %     0 %
363.
  Tracemotion Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel UK Ltd.     100 %     0 %
364.
  Trainer Advertising Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel Scotland Ltd.     100 %     0 %
365.
  Universal Outdoor, Inc.   Illinois   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.     100 %     0 %
366.
  Urban Design Furnit. Pty Ltd   Australia   Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd     100 %     0 %
367.
  Vision Posters Ltd.   UK   Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.     100 %     0 %
368.
  Werab Werbung Hugo Wrage GmbH & Co KG   Germany   Defi Group SAS     100 %     0 %
369.
  Westchester Radio, L.L.C.   Delaware   Capstar Radio Operating Company     100 %     0 %

 


 

                             
                Percent   Percent
Line   Current Legal Entities Owned   Jurisdiction   Record Owner   Interest   Pledged
370.
  Williams Display Excellence AB   Sweden   Clear Channel Sverige AB     100 %     0 %

 


 

Schedule 5.18
Broadcast Licenses
See attached.

 


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WWPR-FM
  New York, NY     6373     New York, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKTU(FM)
  New York, NY     6595     Lake Success, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WAXQ(FM)
  New York, NY     23004     New York, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WLTW(FM)
  New York, NY     56571     New York, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WHTZ(FM)
  New York, NY     59953     Newark, NJ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2006 ( See Notes)
KMCB(TV)
  Eugene, OR (DMA)     35183     Coos Bay, OR   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KTCW(TV)
  Eugene, OR (DMA)     35187     Roseburg, OR   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KMTR(TV)
  Eugene, OR (DMA)     35189     Eugene, OR   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KKFX-CA
  Santa Barbara — Santa Maria- San Luis, CA (DMA)     33870     San Luis Obispo, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KCOY-TV
  Santa Barbara — Santa Maria- San Luis, CA (DMA)     63165     Santa Maria, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KION-TV
  Monterey-Salinas, CA (DMA)     26249     Monterey, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KGET-TV
  Bakersfield, CA (DMA)     34459     Bakersfield, CA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KTVF(TV)
  Fairbanks, AK (DMA)     49621     Fairbanks, AK   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   12/1/2013
KBIG-FM
  Los Angeles, CA     6360     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KIIS-FM
  Los Angeles, CA     19218     Los Angeles, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KTLK(AM)
  Los Angeles, CA     19219     Los Angeles, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KOST(FM)
  Los Angeles, CA     34424     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KFI(AM)
  Los Angeles, CA     34425     Los Angeles, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KHHT(FM)
  Los Angeles, CA     35022     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KYSR(FM)
  Los Angeles, CA     36019     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KLAC(AM)
  Los Angeles, CA     59958     Los Angeles, CA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WVAZ(FM)
  Chicago, IL     6588     Oak Park, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WGRB(AM)
  Chicago, IL     51162     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WGCI-FM
  Chicago, IL     51165     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WNUA(FM)
  Chicago, IL     53971     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WLIT-FM
  Chicago, IL     70042     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WKSC-FM
  Chicago, IL     74178     Chicago, IL   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
WVON(AM
  Chicago, IL     87178     Berwyn, IL   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
KIOI(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     34930     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KMEL(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     35121     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KKGN(AM)
  San Francisco, CA     59957     Oakland, CA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KISQ(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     59964     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KNEW(AM)
  San Francisco, CA     59966     Oakland, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013

Page 1 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KYLD(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     59989     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KKSF(FM)
  San Francisco, CA     65484     San Francisco, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KZPS(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     6378     Dallas, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KDGE(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     9620     Fort Worth-Dallas, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KEGL(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     18114     Fort Worth, TX   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KHKS(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     23084     Denton, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KFXR(AM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     25375     Dallas, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KDMX(FM)
  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX     47739     Dallas, TX   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KKRW(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     9625     Houston, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KPRC(AM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     9644     Houston, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KTBZ-FM
  Houston-Galveston, TX     18516     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KBME(AM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     23082     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KLOL(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     35073     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KODA(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     35337     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KTRH(AM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     35674     Houston, TX   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KHMX(FM)
  Houston-Galveston, TX     47749     Houston, TX   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
WIOQ(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     20348     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WUSL(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     20349     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WRFF(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     53969     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WISX(FM)
  Philadelphia, PA     53973     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WUBA(AM)
  Philadelphia, PA     71315     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WDAS-FM
  Philadelphia, PA     71316     Philadelphia, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WWVA-FM
  Atlanta, GA     10698     Canton, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WKLS(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     11275     Atlanta, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WGST(AM)
  Atlanta, GA     29730     Atlanta, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WUBL(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     29735     Atlanta, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WCOH(AM)
  Atlanta, GA     48739     Newnan, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WWLG(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     61142     Peachtree City, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WBZY(FM)
  Atlanta, GA     63406     Bowdon, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WWRC(FM)
  Washington, DC     8681     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WWDC(FM)
  Washington, DC     8682     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WTNT(AM)
  Washington, DC     11846     Bethesda, MD   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WIHT(FM)
  Washington, DC     25080     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WTEM(AM)
  Washington, DC     25105     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011

Page 2 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WBIG-FM
  Washington, DC     54459     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WASH(FM)
  Washington, DC     70933     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WMZQ-FM
  Washington, DC     73305     Washington, DC   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WKOX(AM)
  Boston, MA     20441     Framingham, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WXKS(AM)
  Boston, MA     53964     Everett, MA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WXKS-FM
  Boston, MA     53965     Medford, MA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WJMN(FM)
  Boston, MA     53972     Boston, MA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WKQI(FM)
  Detroit, MI     6592     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDTW(AM)
  Detroit, MI     6593     Dearborn, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WNIC(FM)
  Detroit, MI     6594     Dearborn, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WJLB(FM)
  Detroit, MI     59592     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WMXD(FM)
  Detroit, MI     59596     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDTW-FM
  Detroit, MI     59952     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDFN(AM)
  Detroit, MI     59969     Detroit, MI   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WBGG-FM
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     11965     Fort Lauderdale, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WIOD(AM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     14242     Miami, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WHYI-FM
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     41381     Fort Lauderdale, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WINZ(AM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     51977     Miami, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WLVE(FM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     51978     Miami Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WMGE(FM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     51979     Miami Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WMIB(FM)
  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL     67193     Fort Lauderdale, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
KFNK(FM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     3915     Eatonville, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KHHO(AM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     18523     Tacoma, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KNBQ(FM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     33829     Centralia, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KJR-FM
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     48385     Seattle, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KJR(AM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     48386     Seattle, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KUBE(FM)
  Seattle-Tacoma, WA     48387     Seattle, WA   Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC   2/1/2014
KMXP(FM)
  Phoenix, AZ     6361     Phoenix, AZ   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KNIX-FM
  Phoenix, AZ     7698     Phoenix, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013

Page 3 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KYOT-FM
  Phoenix, AZ     18648     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KESZ(FM)
  Phoenix, AZ     40992     Phoenix, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KZZP(FM)
  Phoenix, AZ     47742     Mesa, AZ   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KOY(AM)
  Phoenix, AZ     63914     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KFYI(AM)
  Phoenix, AZ     63918     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KGME(AM)
  Phoenix, AZ     65480     Phoenix, AZ   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KFXN(AM)
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     10141     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KTCZ-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     10142     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KDWB-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     41967     Richfield, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KQQL(FM)
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     54457     Anoka, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KTLK-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     54458     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KFAN(AM)
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     59961     Minneapolis, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KEEY-FM
  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN     59967     St. Paul, MN   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KIOZ(FM)
  San Diego, CA     13504     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KHTS-FM
  San Diego, CA     20697     El Cajon, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KLSD(AM)
  San Diego, CA     34452     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KGB-FM
  San Diego, CA     34454     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KOGO(AM)
  San Diego, CA     51514     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KMYI(FM)
  San Diego, CA     58821     San Diego, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KUSS(FM)
  San Diego, CA     67664     Carlsbad, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
WXTB(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     11274     Clearwater, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WHNZ(AM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     23077     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WMTX(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     23078     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WFLA(AM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     29729     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WFLZ-FM
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     29732     Tampa, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WBTP(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     41382     Clearwater, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFUS(FM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     63984     Gulfport, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WDAE(AM)
  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL     74198     St. Petersburg, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
KLOU(FM)
  St. Louis, MO     9626     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KMJM-FM
  St. Louis, MO     13793     Columbia, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2012
KSD(FM)
  St. Louis, MO     20360     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KATZ-FM
  St. Louis, MO     48958     Alton, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2012
KSLZ(FM)
  St. Louis, MO     48960     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KATZ(AM)
  St. Louis, MO     48968     St. Louis, MO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WSMJ(FM)
  Baltimore, MD     8684     Baltimore, MD   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
WPOC(FM)
  Baltimore, MD     47747     Baltimore, MD   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
WCAO(AM)
  Baltimore, MD     63777     Baltimore, MD   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
KRFX(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29731     Denver, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013

Page 4 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KOA(AM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29738     Denver, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KBPI(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29739     Denver, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KKZN(AM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     29740     Thornton, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KHOW(AM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     48962     Denver, CO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KBCO(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     48966     Boulder, CO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KPTT(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     48967     Denver, CO   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KTCL(FM)
  Denver-Boulder, CO     68684     Wheat Ridge, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KEX(AM)
  Portland, OR     11271     Portland, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KKRZ(FM)
  Portland, OR     11280     Portland, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KPOJ(AM)
  Portland, OR     53069     Portland, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KQOL(FM)
  Portland, OR     60640     Vancouver, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KKCW(FM)
  Portland, OR     68210     Beaverton, OR   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
WPGB(FM)
  Pittsburgh, PA     18511     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WDVE(FM)
  Pittsburgh, PA     59588     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WBGG(AM)
  Pittsburgh, PA     59960     Pittsburgh, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WWSW-FM
  Pittsburgh, PA     59968     Pittsburgh, PA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
WXDX-FM
  Pittsburgh, PA     60153     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WKST-FM
  Pittsburgh, PA     65678     Pittsburgh, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WRFX-FM
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     53970     Kannapolis, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKKT(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     68207     Statesville, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WLYT(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     68211     Hickory, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WEND(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     74074     Salisbury, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WIBT(FM)
  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC     74194     Shelby, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
KTDD(AM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     2399     San Bernardino, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KMYT(FM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     2910     Temecula, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KKDD(AM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     10134     San Bernardino, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KGGI(FM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     10135     Riverside, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KDIF(AM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     27390     Riverside, CA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2013
KTMQ(FM)
  Riverside-San Bernardino, CA     85012     Temecula, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KHYL(FM)
  Sacramento, CA     10144     Auburn, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KFBK(AM)
  Sacramento, CA     10145     Sacramento, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KGBY(FM)
  Sacramento, CA     10146     Sacramento, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KSTE(AM)
  Sacramento, CA     22883     Rancho Cordova, CA   AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KJDX(FM)
  Sacramento, CA     60300     Pollock Pines, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WGAR-FM
  Cleveland, OH     47740     Cleveland, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMVX(FM)
  Cleveland, OH     59594     Cleveland, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WTAM(AM)
  Cleveland, OH     59595     Cleveland, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WMJI(FM)
  Cleveland, OH     73268     Cleveland, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMMS(FM)
  Cleveland, OH     73273     Cleveland, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012

Page 5 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WLW(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     29733     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WEBN(FM)
  Cincinnati, OH     29734     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WKRC(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     29737     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WSAI(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     41994     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WCKY(AM)
  Cincinnati, OH     51722     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WOFX-FM
  Cincinnati, OH     51725     Cincinnati, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WNNF(FM)
  Cincinnati, OH     59593     Cincinnati, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKFS(FM)
  Cincinnati, OH     70866     Milford, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
KAJA(FM)
  San Antonio, TX     11919     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KTKR(AM)
  San Antonio, TX     11945     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
WOAI(AM)
  San Antonio, TX     11952     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KQXT-FM
  San Antonio, TX     11962     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KRPT(FM)
  San Antonio, TX     25904     Devine, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KXXM(FM)
  San Antonio, TX     28668     San Antonio, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KJMY(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     6543     Bountiful, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KODJ(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     48916     Salt Lake City, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KOSY-FM
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     63536     Spanish Fork, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KNRS(AM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     63818     Salt Lake City, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KZHT(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     63820     Salt Lake City, UT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KTMY(FM)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT     69555     Centerville, UT   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KPLV(FM)
  Las Vegas, NV     6893     Las Vegas, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KWID(FM)
  Las Vegas, NV     55503     Las Vegas, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KWNR(FM)
  Las Vegas, NV     61527     Henderson, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KSNE-FM
  Las Vegas, NV     71525     Las Vegas, NV   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WXXL(FM)
  Orlando, FL     29569     Tavares, FL   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2012
WFLF(AM)
  Orlando, FL     51970     Pine Hills, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WMGF(FM)
  Orlando, FL     51981     Mount Dora, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WQTM(AM)
  Orlando, FL     51982     Orlando, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTKS-FM
  Orlando, FL     53457     Cocoa Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WRUM(FM)
  Orlando, FL     59976     Orlando, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WQBW(FM)
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     26609     Milwaukee, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WRIT-FM
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     60233     Milwaukee, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012
WOKY(AM)
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     63917     Milwaukee, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012

Page 6 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WMIL-FM
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     63919     Waukesha, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012
WISN(AM)
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     65695     Milwaukee, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WKKV-FM
  Milwaukee-Racine, WI     68758     Racine, WI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2012
WTVN(AM)
  Columbus, OH     11269     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCOL-FM
  Columbus, OH     25037     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WYTS(AM)
  Columbus, OH     25038     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WNCI(FM)
  Columbus, OH     47741     Columbus, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WLZT(FM)
  Columbus, OH     52042     Chillicothe, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WBWR(FM)
  Columbus, OH     64716     Hilliard, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WHJJ(AM)
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     37234     Providence, RI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WWBB(FM)
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     54568     Providence, RI   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2014
WHJY(FM)
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     72298     Providence, RI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WSNE-FM
  Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI     74069     Taunton, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WRZX(FM)
  Indianapolis, IN     59589     Indianapolis, IN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WFBQ(FM)
  Indianapolis, IN     59590     Indianapolis, IN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WNDE(AM)
  Indianapolis, IN     59591     Indianapolis, IN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WJCD(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     31123     Windsor, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WOWI(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     69558     Norfolk, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WKUS(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     69570     Norfolk, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WCDG(FM)
  Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA     70345     Moyock, NC   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2011
KPEZ(FM)
  Austin, TX     11935     Austin, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KHFI-FM
  Austin, TX     11948     Georgetown, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KASE-FM
  Austin, TX     35849     Austin, TX   Gulf Star Communications, Inc.   8/1/2013
KVET(AM)
  Austin, TX     35850     Austin, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KVET-FM
  Austin, TX     62048     Austin, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WKSL(FM)
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     53596     Burlington, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WDCG(FM)
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     53597     Durham, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WRDU(FM)
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     73936     Wilson, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WRVA-FM
  Raleigh-Durham, NC     74125     Rocky Mount, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WUBT(FM)
  Nashville, TN     34387     Russellville, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WLAC(AM)
  Nashville, TN     34391     Nashville, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WNRQ(FM)
  Nashville, TN     34392     Nashville, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WSIX-FM
  Nashville, TN     59815     Nashville, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WRVW(FM)
  Nashville, TN     59824     Lebanon, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012

Page 7 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WMKS(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     501     Clemmons, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WGBT(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     55754     Eden, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WTQR(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     58392     Winston-Salem, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WMAG(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     73258     High Point, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WVBZ(FM)
  Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC     74204     High Point, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKGR(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     1245     Fort Pierce, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WJNO(AM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     1917     West Palm Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WLDI(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     2680     Fort Pierce, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WBZT(AM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     20439     West Palm Beach, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WRLX(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     20442     West Palm Beach, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WZZR(FM)
  West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL     36544     Riviera Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WSOL-FM
  Jacksonville, FL     23830     Brunswick, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WQIK-FM
  Jacksonville, FL     29728     Jacksonville, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WFXJ(AM)
  Jacksonville, FL     51973     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WPLA(FM)
  Jacksonville, FL     51974     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WJBT(FM)
  Jacksonville, FL     51975     Callahan, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFKS(FM)
  Jacksonville, FL     67243     Neptune Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
KJYO(FM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     11918     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KTOK(AM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     11925     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KHBZ-FM
  Oklahoma City, OK     11964     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KEBC(AM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     58388     Midwest City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KXXY-FM
  Oklahoma City, OK     58389     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013

Page 8 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KTST(FM)
  Oklahoma City, OK     58390     Oklahoma City, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KJMS(FM)
  Memphis, TN     35874     Olive Branch, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WHRK(FM)
  Memphis, TN     54916     Memphis, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WREC(AM)
  Memphis, TN     58396     Memphis, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WEGR(FM)
  Memphis, TN     58397     Arlington, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WHAL-FM
  Memphis, TN     58399     Horn Lake, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WDIA(AM)
  Memphis, TN     69569     Memphis, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WPOP(AM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     37232     Hartford, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WKSS(FM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     53384     Hartford-Meriden, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WHCN(FM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     72144     Hartford, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WWYZ(FM)
  Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT     74205     Waterbury, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WAMZ(FM)
  Louisville, KY     11921     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WHAS(AM)
  Louisville, KY     11934     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WTFX-FM
  Louisville, KY     37753     Clarksville, IN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WQMF(FM)
  Louisville, KY     50763     Jeffersonville, IN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WKRD(AM)
  Louisville, KY     53587     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WLUE(FM)
  Louisville, KY     53593     Louisville, KY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2012
WKJK(AM)
  Louisville, KY     55497     Louisville, KY   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WZKF(FM)
  Louisville, KY     60706     Salem, IN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WKGS(FM)
  Rochester, NY     3205     Irondequoit, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WVOR(FM)
  Rochester, NY     8505     Canandaigua, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WFXF(FM)
  Rochester, NY     24958     Honeoye Falls, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WCRR(FM)
  Rochester, NY     27580     South Bristol Township, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WHAM(AM)
  Rochester, NY     37545     Rochester, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WDVI(FM)
  Rochester, NY     37546     Rochester, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WHTK(AM)
  Rochester, NY     37549     Rochester, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WQUE-FM
  New Orleans, LA     11915     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WODT(AM)
  New Orleans, LA     11947     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WYLD-FM
  New Orleans, LA     11972     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WRNO-FM
  New Orleans, LA     54890     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012

Page 9 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WNOE-FM
  New Orleans, LA     58394     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WYLD(AM)
  New Orleans, LA     60707     New Orleans, LA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
WRVA(AM)
  Richmond, VA     11914     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WRNL(AM)
  Richmond, VA     11960     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WRXL(FM)
  Richmond, VA     11961     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WRVQ(FM)
  Richmond, VA     11963     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WTVR-FM
  Richmond, VA     54387     Richmond, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WBTJ(FM)
  Richmond, VA     74168     Richmond, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WMJJ(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     2111     Birmingham, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WERC(AM)
  Birmingham, AL     2112     Birmingham, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WDXB(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     2114     Jasper, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WQEN(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     22997     Trussville, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WENN(FM)
  Birmingham, AL     62278     Hoover, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
KHKZ(FM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     36166     Mercedes, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KQXX-FM
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     36168     Mission, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KBFM(FM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     40777     Edinburg, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KTEX(FM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     64631     Brownsville, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KVNS(AM)
  McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX     87142     Brownsville, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
WLFJ(AM)
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     4678     Greenville, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WESC-FM
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     4679     Greenville, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WBZT-FM
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     25240     Mauldin, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WMYI(FM)
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     59818     Hendersonville, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WSSL-FM
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     59819     Gray Court, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WGVL(AM)
  Greenville-Spartanburg, SC     59821     Greenville, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WONE(AM)
  Dayton, OH     1903     Dayton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMMX(FM)
  Dayton, OH     1904     Dayton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WTUE(FM)
  Dayton, OH     1909     Dayton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WLQT(FM)
  Dayton, OH     55500     Kettering, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WIZE(AM)
  Dayton, OH     62208     Springfield, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WETM-TV
  Elmira (Corning), NY (DMA)     60653     Elmira, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WXEG(FM)
  Dayton, OH     67689     Beavercreek, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KOHT(FM)
  Tucson, AZ     8143     Marana, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
KXEW(AM)
  Tucson, AZ     8144     South Tucson, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013

Page 10 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KTZR-FM
  Tucson, AZ     24583     Green Valley, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KNST(AM)
  Tucson, AZ     53589     Tucson, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KRQQ(FM)
  Tucson, AZ     53591     Tucson, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KWMT-FM
  Tucson, AZ     53594     Tucson, AZ   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KWFM(AM)
  Tucson, AZ     68316     Tucson, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
WOLZ(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     13898     Fort Myers, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WZJZ(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     35213     Port Charlotte, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WCKT(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     55755     Lehigh Acres, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WBTT(FM)
  Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL     55756     Naples Park, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTRY-FM
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     8563     Rotterdam, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WGY(AM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     15329     Schenectady, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WRVE(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     15330     Schenectady, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKKF(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     17030     Ballston Spa, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WOFX(AM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     37233     Troy, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WHRL(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     55490     Albany, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WPYX(FM)
  Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY     73911     Albany, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
KHVH(AM)
  Honolulu, HI     34591     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KIKI-FM
  Honolulu, HI     34592     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KHBZ(AM)
  Honolulu, HI     40143     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KDNN(FM)
  Honolulu, HI     40144     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KSSK(AM)
  Honolulu, HI     48774     Honolulu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KSSK-FM
  Honolulu, HI     48775     Waipahu, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KUCD(FM)
  Honolulu, HI     48778     Pearl City, HI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KIZS(FM)
  Tulsa, OK     7669     Collinsville, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KAKC(AM)
  Tulsa, OK     11939     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KMOD-FM
  Tulsa, OK     11957     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KTBT(FM)
  Tulsa, OK     33727     Broken Arrow, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KTBZ(AM)
  Tulsa, OK     68293     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KQLL-FM
  Tulsa, OK     68294     Owassa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
KALZ(FM)
  Fresno, CA     2097     Fowler, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KCBL(AM)
  Fresno, CA     9749     Fresno, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013

Page 11 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KRZR(FM)
  Fresno, CA     48776     Hanford, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KHGE(FM)
  Fresno, CA     48777     Fresno, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KRDU(AM)
  Fresno, CA     54559     Dinuba, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KSOF(FM)
  Fresno, CA     54560     Dinuba, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WBFX(FM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     51727     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WTKG(AM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     51729     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WOOD(AM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     73604     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WOOD-FM
  Grand Rapids, MI     73605     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WBCT(FM)
  Grand Rapids, MI     73606     Grand Rapids, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WAEB(AM)
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     14371     Allentown, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WAEB-FM
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     14372     Allentown, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WZZO(FM)
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     14375     Bethlehem, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WSAN(AM)
  Allentown-Bethlehem, PA     18233     Allentown, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
KPEK(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     4704     Albuquerque, NM   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KBQI(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     4706     Albuquerque, NM   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KSYU(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     39265     Corrales, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KABQ(AM)
  Albuquerque, NM     65394     Albuquerque, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KZRR(FM)
  Albuquerque, NM     68609     Albuquerque, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KHUS(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     163     Bennington, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KGOR(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     26928     Omaha, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KFAB(AM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     26931     Omaha, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KXKT(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     69686     Glenwood, IA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
KQBW(FM)
  Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA     71411     Omaha, NE   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2013
WLTQ-FM
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     3059     Venice, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WDDV(AM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     3060     Venice, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WSDV(AM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     48671     Sarasota, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WCTQ(FM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     48672     Sarasota, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WSRZ-FM
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     48673     Coral Cove, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WTZB(FM)
  Sarasota-Bradenton, FL     59127     Englewood, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WHLO(AM)
  Akron, OH     43858     Akron, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WKDD(FM)
  Akron, OH     43863     Canton, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WARF(AM)
  Akron, OH     49951     Akron, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WDSD(FM)
  Wilmington, DE     4669     Dover, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WRDX(FM)
  Wilmington, DE     4676     Smyrna, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WWTX(AM)
  Wilmington, DE     14373     Wilmington, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
WILM(AM)
  Wilmington, DE     16438     Wilmington, DE   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2014
KTSM-FM
  El Paso, TX     67762     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013

Page 12 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KHEY(AM)
  El Paso, TX     67771     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KPRR(FM)
  El Paso, TX     68688     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KTSM(AM)
  El Paso, TX     69561     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KHEY-FM
  El Paso, TX     69563     El Paso, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KRAB(FM)
  Bakersfield, CA     17359     Green Acres, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KBFP(AM)
  Bakersfield, CA     28846     Bakersfield, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KDFO(FM)
  Bakersfield, CA     28847     Bakersfield, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KBFP-FM
  Bakersfield, CA     37774     Delano, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KHTY(AM)
  Bakersfield, CA     40868     Bakersfield, CA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KSRY(FM)
  Bakersfield, CA     66228     Tehachapi, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WHP(AM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     15322     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WKBO(AM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     15323     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRVV(FM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     15324     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WTKT(AM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     23463     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WHKF(FM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     23464     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRBT(FM)
  Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA     54019     Harrisburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
KQOD(FM)
  Stockton, CA     9134     Stockton, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KMRQ(FM)
  Stockton, CA     12963     Manteca, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KWSX(AM)
  Stockton, CA     32214     Stockton, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
WFMF(FM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     4053     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WJBO(AM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     4054     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WSKR(AM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     37815     Denham Springs, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KRVE(FM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     40866     Brusly, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WYNK-FM
  Baton Rouge, LA     47402     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WPYR(AM)
  Baton Rouge, LA     47403     Baton Rouge, LA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KOCN(FM)
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     8082     Pacific Grove, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KPRC-FM
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     8204     Salinas, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KION(AM)
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     26925     Salinas, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KDON-FM
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     26930     Salinas, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
KTOM-FM
  Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA     40145     Marina, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WHEN(AM)
  Syracuse, NY     7080     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WPHR-FM
  Syracuse, NY     25018     Auburn, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014
WSYR(AM)
  Syracuse, NY     48720     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WYYY(FM)
  Syracuse, NY     48725     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WBBS(FM)
  Syracuse, NY     48730     Fulton, NY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2014

Page 13 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WWHT(FM)
  Syracuse, NY     57842     Syracuse, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
KDJE(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     23025     Jacksonville, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KMJX(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     39689     Conway, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KSSN(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     61363     Little Rock, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KHLR(FM)
  Little Rock, AR     61366     Maumelle, AR   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WNNZ(AM)
  Springfield, MA     9736     Westfield, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WRNX(FM)
  Springfield, MA     25906     Amherst, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WPKX(FM)
  Springfield, MA     46965     Enfield, CT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WHYN(AM)
  Springfield, MA     55757     Springfield, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WHYN-FM
  Springfield, MA     55758     Springfield, MA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WEZL(FM)
  Charleston, SC     2441     Charleston, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WSCC-FM
  Charleston, SC     31939     Goose Creek, SC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WXLY(FM)
  Charleston, SC     34163     North Charleston, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WRFQ(FM)
  Charleston, SC     38901     Mount Pleasant, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WLTQ(AM)
  Charleston, SC     73874     Charleston, SC   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   12/1/2011
WPFX-FM
  Toledo, OH     7821     North Baltimore, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCWA(AM)
  Toledo, OH     19627     Toledo, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WIOT(FM)
  Toledo, OH     19628     Toledo, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WVKS(FM)
  Toledo, OH     48964     Toledo, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WSPD(AM)
  Toledo, OH     62187     Toledo, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WRVF(FM)
  Toledo, OH     62188     Toledo, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WLTY(FM)
  Columbia, SC     4667     Cayce, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WCOS(AM)
  Columbia, SC     4673     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WVOC(AM)
  Columbia, SC     11902     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WXBT(FM)
  Columbia, SC     13589     West Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WNOK(FM)
  Columbia, SC     19472     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WCOS-FM
  Columbia, SC     71290     Columbia, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
KCCQ(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     2115     Ames, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KASI(AM)
  Des Moines, IA     2116     Ames, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KXNO(AM)
  Des Moines, IA     12964     Des Moines, IA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
KKDM(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     42108     Des Moines, IA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
WHO(AM)
  Des Moines, IA     51331     Des Moines, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KDRB(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     51332     Des Moines, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KPTL(FM)
  Des Moines, IA     69635     Ankeny, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KKZX(FM)
  Spokane, WA     53146     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KPTQ(AM)
  Spokane, WA     53149     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KCDA(FM)
  Spokane, WA     57625     Post Falls, ID   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KISC(FM)
  Spokane, WA     60419     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014

Page 14 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KQNT(AM)
  Spokane, WA     60421     Spokane, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KIXZ-FM
  Spokane, WA     60422     Opportunity, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
WNTM(AM)
  Mobile, AL     8695     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WMXC(FM)
  Mobile, AL     8696     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRKH(FM)
  Mobile, AL     53142     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WKSJ-FM
  Mobile, AL     53145     Mobile, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
KVUU(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     35868     Pueblo, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KCCY(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     40847     Pueblo, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KIBT(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     66669     Fountain, CO   AMFM TX Licenses Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KKLI(FM)
  Colorado Springs, CO     67187     Widefield, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
WAVW(FM)
  Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL     14376     Stuart, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WZTA(AM)
  Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL     41067     Vero Beach, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WMMB(AM)
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     11408     Melbourne, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WBVD(FM)
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     11409     Melbourne, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WMMV(AM)
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     20371     Cocoa, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
WLRQ-FM
  Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL     20372     Cocoa, FL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
KRBB(FM)
  Wichita, KS     39902     Wichita, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KZCH(FM)
  Wichita, KS     53599     Derby, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KTHR(FM)
  Wichita, KS     53600     Wichita, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KZSN(FM)
  Wichita, KS     61364     Hutchinson, KS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WXXM(FM)
  Madison, WI     17383     Sun Prairie, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WIBA(AM)
  Madison, WI     17384     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WIBA-FM
  Madison, WI     17385     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WTSO(AM)
  Madison, WI     41973     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WZEE(FM)
  Madison, WI     41980     Madison, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WMAD(FM)
  Madison, WI     50055     Sauk City, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
KEZL(AM)
  Visalia-Tulare-Hanford, CA     2096     Visalia, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KBOS-FM
  Visalia-Tulare-Hanford, CA     9748     Tulare, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
WLKT(FM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     29575     Lexington-Fayette, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WXRA(AM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     34246     Georgetown, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WKQQ(FM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     68206     Winchester, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WMXL(FM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     68208     Lexington, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WLAP(AM)
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     68209     Lexington, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WBUL-FM
  Lexington-Fayette, KY     70192     Lexington, KY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WUSY(FM)
  Chattanooga, TN     12315     Cleveland, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WLND(FM)
  Chattanooga, TN     72371     Signal Mountain, TN   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WRXR-FM
  Chattanooga, TN     72375     Rossville, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
KFIV(AM)
  Modesto, CA     12959     Modesto, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013
KJSN(FM)
  Modesto, CA     12960     Modesto, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2013

Page 15 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KOSO(FM)
  Modesto, CA     35426     Patterson, CA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WQRV(FM)
  Huntsville, AL     19456     Meridianville, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WTAK-FM
  Huntsville, AL     25383     Hartselle, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WHOS(AM)
  Huntsville, AL     44023     Decatur, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WDRM(FM)
  Huntsville, AL     44024     Decatur, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WBHP(AM)
  Huntsville, AL     44025     Huntsville, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WKSP(FM)
  Augusta, GA     46966     Aiken, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WPRW-FM
  Augusta, GA     46967     Martinez, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WSGF(AM)
  Augusta, GA     59248     Augusta, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WBBQ-FM
  Augusta, GA     59249     Augusta, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WEKL(FM)
  Augusta, GA     59250     Augusta, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WYNF(AM)
  Augusta, GA     72467     North Augusta, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WSRS(FM)
  Worcester, MA     35225     Worcester, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WTAG(AM)
  Worcester, MA     35230     Worcester, MA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WLAN-FM
  Lancaster, PA     52259     Lancaster, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WLAN(AM)
  Lancaster, PA     52260     Lancaster, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WAVZ(AM)
  New Haven, CT     11920     New Haven, CT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WKCI-FM
  New Haven, CT     11930     Hamden, CT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WELI(AM)
  New Haven, CT     11933     New Haven, CT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WJJX(FM)
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     36094     Appomattox, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WROV-FM
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     37747     Martinsville, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WJJS(FM)
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     64082     Roanoke, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WYYD(FM)
  Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA     74282     Amherst, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WMYF(AM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     35217     Portsmouth, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WUBB(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     35218     York Center, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WHEB(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     35219     Portsmouth, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WERZ(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     53385     Exeter, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WGIN(AM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     53387     Rochester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WQSO(FM)
  Portsmouth-Dover-Rochester, NH     53388     Rochester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WNCD(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     13668     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WNIO(AM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     13669     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKBN(AM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     70519     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMXY(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     73154     Youngstown, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WBBG(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     73309     Niles, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WAKZ(FM)
  Youngstown-Warren, OH     74468     Sharpsville, PA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2014
WQJQ(FM)
  Jackson, MS     6482     Kosciusko, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WZRX(AM)
  Jackson, MS     37169     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WSTZ-FM
  Jackson, MS     37177     Vicksburg, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012

Page 16 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WJDX(AM)
  Jackson, MS     59817     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WMSI-FM
  Jackson, MS     59822     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WHLH(FM)
  Jackson, MS     59825     Jackson, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KXBG(FM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     7693     Cheyenne, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KSME(FM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     17626     Greeley, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KCOL(AM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     68685     Wellington, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KIIX(AM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     68966     Fort Collins, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.   4/1/2013
KPAW(FM)
  Ft. Collins-Greeley, CO     68976     Fort Collins, CO   Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.    
WTKX-FM
  Pensacola, FL     61243     Pensacola, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WYCL(FM)
  Pensacola, FL     63931     Pensacola, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WHOF(FM)
  Canton, OH     73135     North Canton, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WRFY-FM
  Reading, PA     69562     Reading, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRAW(AM)
  Reading, PA     69566     Reading, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
KEZA(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     12702     Fayetteville, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KIGL(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     35014     Seligman, MO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
KKIX(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     48951     Fayetteville, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KMXF(FM)
  Fayetteville, AR     48955     Lowell, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KSAB(FM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     33776     Robstown, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KUNO(AM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     33777     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KRYS-FM
  Corpus Christi, TX     55162     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KMXR(FM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     55163     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KKTX(AM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     55166     Corpus Christi, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KNCN(FM)
  Corpus Christi, TX     67186     Sinton, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WEZF(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     35232     Burlington, VT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCPV(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     36269     Essex, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WXZO(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     36422     Willsboro, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
WEAV(AM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     52806     Plattsburgh, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WVTK(FM)
  Burlington-Plattsburgh, VT-NY     53613     Port Henry, NY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2014
KLVI(AM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     25580     Beaumont, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KYKR(FM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     25581     Beaumont, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KIOC(FM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     33060     Orange, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KKMY(FM)
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     62239     Orange, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KCOL-FM
  Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX     70443     Groves, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
WRWC(FM)
  Newburgh-Middletown, NY     63525     Ellenville, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
KSWF(FM)
  Springfield, MO     3258     Aurora, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013

Page 17 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KXUS(FM)
  Springfield, MO     16574     Springfield, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
KTOZ-FM
  Springfield, MO     55164     Pleasant Hope, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
KGMY(AM)
  Springfield, MO     63886     Springfield, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
KGBX-FM
  Springfield, MO     63887     Nixa, MO   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
WOSC(FM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     4674     Bethany Beach, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WJDY(AM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     13672     Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WSBY-FM
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     13673     Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WTGM(AM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     28165     Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WOAI-TV
  San Antonio, TX (DMA)     69618     San Antonio, TX   CCB Texas Licenses, LP   6/1/2014
WQHQ(FM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     28166     Ocean City-Salisbury, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WWFG(FM)
  Salisbury-Ocean City, MD     74179     Ocean City, MD   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
KCQQ(FM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     32987     Davenport, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WFXN(AM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     43199     Moline, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KUUL(FM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     43208     East Moline, IL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KMXG(FM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     60359     Clinton, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WOC(AM)
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     60360     Davenport, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WLLR-FM
  Quad Cities, IA-IL     60361     Davenport, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WWWW-FM
  Ann Arbor, MI     41080     Ann Arbor, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WLBY(AM)
  Ann Arbor, MI     41081     Saline, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WTKA(AM)
  Ann Arbor, MI     47116     Ann Arbor, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WQKL(FM)
  Ann Arbor, MI     47117     Ann Arbor, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WHLW(FM)
  Montgomery, AL     6655     Luverne, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WZHT(FM)
  Montgomery, AL     8649     Troy, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WWMG(FM)
  Montgomery, AL     8662     Millbrook, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WQYZ(FM)
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     24513     Ocean Springs, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WBUV(FM)
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     29687     Moss Point, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WSYR-TV
  Syracuse, NY (DMA)     73113     Syracuse, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   10/1/2011
WHAM-TV
  Rochester, NY (DMA)     73371     Rochester, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   10/1/2011
WBGH-CA
  Binghamton, NY (DMA)     15569     Binghamton, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   10/1/2011
WWTI(TV)
  Watertown, NY (DMA)     16747     Watertown, NY   Central NY News, Inc.   2/1/2013
WKNN-FM
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     61367     Pascagoula, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WMJY(FM)
  Biloxi-Gulfport-Pascagoula, MS     61368     Biloxi, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WPCH(FM)
  Macon, GA     29128     Gray, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WIBB(AM)
  Macon, GA     41989     Macon, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WQBZ(FM)
  Macon, GA     64641     Fort Valley, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WIBB-FM
  Macon, GA     64652     Fort Valley, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRBV(FM)
  Macon, GA     65043     Warner Robins, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012

Page 18 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WVVM(AM)
  Macon, GA     87110     Dry Branch, GA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
KLFX(FM)
  Killeen-Temple, TX     60090     Nolanville, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KIIZ-FM
  Killeen-Temple, TX     60802     Killeen, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WTKS(AM)
  Savannah, GA     8589     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WQBT(FM)
  Savannah, GA     8594     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WAEV(FM)
  Savannah, GA     50403     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WSOK(AM)
  Savannah, GA     50406     Savannah, GA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WYKZ(FM)
  Savannah, GA     67680     Beaufort, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKEE-FM
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     500     Huntington, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WVHU(FM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     505     Huntington, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WBVB(AM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     507     Coal Grove, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WTCR-FM
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     7983     Huntington, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WTCR(AM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     14377     Kenova, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WAMX(FM)
  Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY     60450     Milton, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WWNC(AM)
  Asheville, NC     2946     Asheville, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WKSF(FM)
  Asheville, NC     2947     Old Fort, NC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WMXF(AM)
  Asheville, NC     40979     Waynesville, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WQNS(FM)
  Asheville, NC     41008     Waynesville, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WPEK(AM)
  Asheville, NC     41565     Fairview, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WQNQ(FM)
  Asheville, NC     71341     Fletcher, NC   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   12/1/2011
WRNQ(FM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     17771     Poughkeepsie, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WBWZ(FM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     48615     New Paltz, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WELG(AM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     63528     Ellenville, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WRWD-FM
  Poughkeepsie, NY     70719     Highland, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WPKF(FM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     72380     Poughkeepsie, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKIP(AM)
  Poughkeepsie, NY     73163     Poughkeepsie, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WFLA- FM
  Tallahassee, FL     5379     Midway, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WXSR(FM)
  Tallahassee, FL     25022     Quincy, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTNT-FM
  Tallahassee, FL     51590     Tallahassee, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WNLS(AM)
  Tallahassee, FL     51592     Tallahassee, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WTLY(FM)
  Tallahassee, FL     61250     Thomasville, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
KYMG(FM)
  Anchorage, AK     12514     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014

Page 19 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KGOT(FM)
  Anchorage, AK     12515     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KENI(AM)
  Anchorage, AK     12516     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KASH-FM
  Anchorage, AK     12958     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KBFX(FM)
  Anchorage, AK     12962     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KTZN(AM)
  Anchorage, AK     12967     Anchorage, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KMAG(FM)
  Fort Smith, AR     22098     Fort Smith, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KYHN(AM)
  Fort Smith, AR     22099     Fort Smith, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KKBD(FM)
  Fort Smith, AR     26909     Sallisaw, OK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KZBB(FM)
  Fort Smith, AR     72715     Poteau, OK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KWHN(AM)
  Fort Smith, AR     87114     Ft. Smith, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WTSJ(AM)
  Lebanon-Rutland-White River Junction, NH-VT     63472     Randolph, VT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCVR-FM
  Lebanon-Rutland-White River Junction, NH-VT     63473     Randolph, VT   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WBBI(FM)
  Binghamton, NY     18899     Endwell, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WMXW(FM)
  Binghamton, NY     19624     Vestal, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WENE(AM)
  Binghamton, NY     19625     Endicott, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WMRV-FM
  Binghamton, NY     19626     Endicott, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WKGB-FM
  Binghamton, NY     34451     Conklin, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WINR(AM)
  Binghamton, NY     67191     Binghamton, NY   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WHAL(AM)
  Columbus, GA     32383     Phenix City/Columbus, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WVRK(FM)
  Columbus, GA     39457     Columbus, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WAGH(FM)
  Columbus, GA     60656     Smiths, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WSTH-FM
  Columbus, GA     60763     Alexander City, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WDAK(AM)
  Columbus, GA     60764     Columbus, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WGSY(FM)
  Columbus, GA     66668     Phenix City, AL   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WWKZ(FM)
  Tupelo, MS     64364     Okolona, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WKMQ(AM)
  Tupelo, MS     68351     Tupelo, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WESE(FM)
  Tupelo, MS     68352     Baldwyn, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WTUP(AM)
  Tupelo, MS     68353     Tupelo, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WWZD-FM
  Tupelo, MS     68354     New Albany, MS   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
WBVV(FM)
  Tupelo, MS     71214     Guntown, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WGIR(AM)
  Manchester, NH     35237     Manchester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WGIR-FM
  Manchester, NH     35240     Manchester, NH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
KWTX(AM)
  Waco, TX     33057     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KBGO(FM)
  Waco, TX     33724     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KWTX-FM
  Waco, TX     35902     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
WACO-FM
  Waco, TX     59264     Waco, TX   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2013
KXIC(AM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     29075     Iowa City, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KKRQ(FM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     29076     Iowa City, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013

Page 20 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KMJM(AM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     54164     Cedar Rapids, IA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
WMT(AM)
  Cedar Rapids, IA     73593     Cedar Rapids, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WMT-FM
  Cedar Rapids, IA     73594     Cedar Rapids, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
WLVH(FM)
  Hilton Head, SC     31094     Hardeeville, SC   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2011
WVRZ(FM)
  Sunbury-Selinsgrove-Lewisburg, PA     25751     Mount Carmel, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WBLJ-FM
  Sunbury-Selinsgrove-Lewisburg, PA     47286     Shamokin, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WKSQ(FM)
  Bangor, ME     341     Ellsworth, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WABI(FM)
  Bangor, ME     3670     Bangor, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WWBX(FM)
  Bangor, ME     3671     Bangor, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WVOM(FM)
  Bangor, ME     4092     Howland, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KFLD(AM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     16725     Pasco, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   4/1/2014
KORD-FM
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     16726     Richland, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   4/1/2014
KXRX(FM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     16727     Walla Walla, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KOLW(FM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     51128     Basin City, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
KEYW(FM)
  Richland-Kennewick-Pasco, WA     68846     Pasco, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2013
WBFB(FM)
  Bangor, ME     25411     Belfast, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
WTFX(AM)
  Winchester, VA     4668     Winchester, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WFQX(FM)
  Winchester, VA     4675     Front Royal, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WKSI-FM
  Winchester, VA     26998     Stephens City, VA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KUTI(AM)
  Yakima, WA     49722     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2014
KFFM(FM)
  Yakima, WA     49723     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2013
KATS(FM)
  Yakima, WA     64397     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2015
KIT(AM)
  Yakima, WA     64398     Yakima, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KDBL(FM)
  Yakima, WA     64507     Toppenish, WA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
KQSN(FM)
  Yakima, WA     88006     Naches, WA   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2014
WAZR(FM)
  Winchester, VA     57910     Woodstock, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KBMX(FM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     4588     Proctor, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
KKCB(FM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     49686     Duluth, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
WEBC(AM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     49689     Duluth, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
KLDJ(FM)
  Duluth-Superior, MN-WI     53999     Duluth, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2014
WUSQ-FM
  Winchester, VA     74160     Winchester, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WNSL(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     16784     Laurel, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WEEZ(AM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     16785     Laurel, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WUSW(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     54611     Hattiesburg, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WFOR(AM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     54612     Hattiesburg, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WJKX(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     61116     Ellisville, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WZLD(FM)
  Laurel-Hattiesburg, MS     66954     Petal, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KWEB(AM)
  Rochester, MN     35526     Rochester, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2011

Page 21 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KRCH(FM)
  Rochester, MN     35527     Rochester, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
KMFX(AM)
  Rochester, MN     54624     Wabasha, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2014
KMFX-FM
  Rochester, MN     54635     Lake City, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WACT(AM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     48643     Tuscaloosa, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WRTR(FM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     48645     Brookwood, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WTXT(FM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     68418     Fayette, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WZBQ(FM)
  Tuscaloosa, AL     70264     Carrollton, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WMRR(FM)
  Muskegon, MI     24640     Muskegon Heights, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WSNX-FM
  Muskegon, MI     24644     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WMUS(FM)
  Muskegon, MI     25086     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WKBZ(AM)
  Muskegon, MI     25087     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WSHZ(FM)
  Muskegon, MI     70635     Muskegon, MI   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WPAP-FM
  Panama City, FL     61252     Panama City, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFLF-FM
  Panama City, FL     61262     Parker, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WDIZ(AM)
  Panama City, FL     66666     Panama City, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFSY(FM)
  Panama City, FL     66667     Panama City, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WEBZ(FM)
  Panama City, FL     73617     Mexico Beach, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WDDD(AM)
  Marion-Carbondale, IL     122     Johnston City, IL   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2012
KNFX-FM
  Bryan-College Station, TX     41410     Bryan, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KAGG(FM)
  Bryan-College Station, TX     49944     Madisonville, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
KVJM(FM)
  Bryan-College Station, TX     52835     Hearne, TX   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2013
KKYS(FM)
  Bryan-College Station, TX     54903     Bryan, TX   CCB TX Licenses, LP   8/1/2013
WBIZ(AM)
  Eau Claire, WI     2107     Eau Claire, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WBIZ-FM
  Eau Claire, WI     2108     Eau Claire, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
KEZJ-FM
  Twin Falls (Sun Valley), ID     3403     Twin Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
KLIX(AM)
  Twin Falls (Sun Valley), ID     3404     Twin Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
KLIX-FM
  Twin Falls (Sun Valley), ID     3407     Twin Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WQRB(FM)
  Eau Claire, WI     5870     Bloomer, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WATQ(FM)
  Eau Claire, WI     36357     Chetek, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WMEQ-FM
  Eau Claire, WI     52473     Menomonie, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
WNNJ-FM
  Sussex, NJ     25413     Newton, NJ   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WSUS(FM)
  Sussex, NJ     74077     Franklin, NJ   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
KDZA-FM
  Pueblo, CO     40848     Pueblo, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2012
KCSJ(AM)
  Pueblo, CO     53846     Pueblo, CO   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2012
KGHF(AM)
  Pueblo, CO     53850     Pueblo, CO   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013

Page 22 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WWVA(AM)
  Wheeling, WV     44046     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WOVK(FM)
  Wheeling, WV     44048     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WVKF(FM)
  Wheeling, WV     50150     Shadyside, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WEGW(FM)
  Wheeling, WV     72173     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WBBD(AM)
  Wheeling, WV     73192     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WKWK-FM
  Wheeling, WV     73193     Wheeling, WV   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WZRX-FM
  Lima, OH     8061     Fort Shawnee, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WIMT(FM)
  Lima, OH     37497     Lima, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WIMA(FM)
  Lima, OH     37498     Lima, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WMLX(FM)
  Lima, OH     37499     St. Marys, OH   Jacor Broadcasting Corporation   10/1/2012
WLWD(FM)
  Lima, OH     40714     Columbus Grove, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WDMX(FM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     4756     Vienna, WV   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WLTP(AM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     55182     Marietta, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WNUS(FM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     67465     Belpre, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WRVB(FM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     68306     Marietta, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WHNK(AM)
  Parkersburg-Marietta, WV-OH     73353     Parkersburg, WV   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WBCK(AM)
  Battle Creek, MI     37459     Battle Creek, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WBCK-FM
  Battle Creek, MI     37461     Battle Creek, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WBXX(FM)
  Battle Creek, MI     37463     Marshall, MI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WTOS-FM
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     46352     Skowhegan, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WFAU(AM)
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     68296     Gardiner, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WABK-FM
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     68297     Gardiner, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WKCG(FM)
  Augusta-Waterville, ME     68660     Augusta, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WJIZ-FM
  Albany, GA     6616     Albany, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WJYZ(AM)
  Albany, GA     6617     Albany, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRAK-FM
  Albany, GA     52402     Bainbridge, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WOBB(FM)
  Albany, GA     74182     Tifton, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WMRZ(FM)
  Albany, GA     88542     Dawson, GA   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WRAK(AM)
  Williamsport, PA     15325     Williamsport, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WKSB(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     15326     Williamsport, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WRKK(AM)
  Williamsport, PA     49265     Hughesville, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
WVRT(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     58313     Mill Hall, PA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2014
KWSL(AM)
  Sioux City, IA     8769     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
KMHK(FM)
  Billings, MT     1315     Hardin, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KBUL(AM)
  Billings, MT     16772     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KCTR-FM
  Billings, MT     16773     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KKBR(FM)
  Billings, MT     16774     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012

Page 23 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KBBB(FM)
  Billings, MT     35370     Billings, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KGLI(FM)
  Sioux City, IA     8771     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
KUCW(TV)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT (DMA)     1136     Ogden, UT   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2011
KMNS(AM)
  Sioux City, IA     10775     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
KSFT-FM
  Sioux City, IA     10776     South Sioux City, NE   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   6/1/2013
KSEZ(FM)
  Sioux City, IA     10777     Sioux City, IA   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   2/1/2013
WKCY-FM
  Harrisonburg, VA     41811     Harrisonburg, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
KTVX(TV)
  Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT (DMA)     68889     Salt Lake City, UT   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
WKCY(AM)
  Harrisonburg, VA     41815     Harrisonburg, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WACL(FM)
  Harrisonburg, VA     63491     Elkton, VA   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2011
WPTY-TV
  Memphis, TN (DMA)     11907     Memphis, TN   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
KQDY(FM)
  Bismarck, ND     2204     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KBMR(AM)
  Bismarck, ND     2207     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KSSS(FM)
  Bismarck, ND     2210     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KXMR(AM)
  Bismarck, ND     2211     Bismarck, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KYYY(FM)
  Bismarck, ND     41424     Bismarck, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KFYR(AM)
  Bismarck, ND     41426     Bismarck, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
WGSQ(FM)
  Cookeville, TN     13819     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WPTN(AM)
  Cookeville, TN     13820     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WHUB(AM)
  Cookeville, TN     70514     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WGIC(FM)
  Cookeville, TN     72329     Cookeville, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
KQHT(FM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     9657     Crookston, MN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KKXL(AM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     20324     Grand Forks, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KKXL-FM
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     20325     Grand Forks, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KJKJ(FM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     35012     Grand Forks, ND   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KSNR(FM)
  Grand Forks, ND-MN     73625     Thief River Falls, MN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KIYS(FM)
  Jonesboro, AR     51855     Jonesboro, AR   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2012
KOLZ(FM)
  Cheyenne, WY     30225     Cheyenne, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WAWS(TV)
  Jacksonville, FL (DMA)     11909     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2013
WTEV-TV
  Jacksonville, FL (DMA)     35576     Jacksonville, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2011
WEOW(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     11194     Key West, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WAIL(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     31637     Key West, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WFKZ(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     34356     Plantation Key, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012

Page 24 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WCTH(FM)
  The Florida Keys, FL     60910     Plantation Key, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WYHL(AM)
  Meridian, MS     7064     Meridian, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WJDQ(FM)
  Meridian, MS     7065     Marion, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WMSO(FM)
  Meridian, MS     7067     Meridian, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
KASN(TV)
  Little Rock — Pine Bluff, AR (DMA)     41212     Pine Bluff, AR   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
WZKS(FM)
  Meridian, MS     17357     Union, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WHTU(FM)
  Meridian, MS     48780     Newton, MS   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2012
WGMZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     2465     Glencoe, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WNCO-FM
  Outside All Markets     2925     Ashland, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KCGY(FM)
  Cheyenne, WY     14753     Laramie, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2013
KGAB(AM)
  Cheyenne, WY     30224     Orchard Valley, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
WNCO(AM)
  Outside All Markets     2926     Ashland, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KIGN(FM)
  Cheyenne, WY     56234     Burns, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
WSMT(AM)
  Outside All Markets     3336     Sparta, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
KOKI-TV
  Tulsa, OK (DMA)     11910     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KMYT-TV
  Tulsa, OK (DMA)     54420     Tulsa, OK   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WPMI-TV
  Mobile, AL — Pensacola, FL (DMA)     11906     Mobile, AL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WRKK-FM
  Outside All Markets     3337     Sparta, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WTZX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     3341     Sparta, TN   CC Licenses, LLC   8/1/2012
WJTC(TV)
  Mobile, AL — Pensacola, FL (DMA)     41210     Pensacola, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WCME(FM)
  Outside All Markets     4090     Boothbay Harbor, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WDOV(AM)
  Outside All Markets     4670     Dover, DE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KMGW(FM)
  Casper, WY     7360     Casper, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KTWO(AM)
  Casper, WY     11924     Casper, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KWYY(FM)
  Casper, WY     26300     Casper, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KTRS-FM
  Casper, WY     26301     Casper, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KKTL(AM)
  Casper, WY     86873     Casper, WY   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   6/1/2012
KRVK(FM)
  Casper, WY     88406     Midwest, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2012
KZPR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     9675     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2012
WSVO(FM)
  Outside All Markets     11665     Staunton, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011

Page 25 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WKDW(AM)
  Outside All Markets     11666     Staunton, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
KIAK-FM
  Outside All Markets     12517     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KFBX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     12518     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KAKQ-FM
  Outside All Markets     12519     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
KOCW(TV)
  Wichita-Hutchinson Plus, KS (DMA)     83181     Hoisington, KS   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KAAS-TV
  Wichita-Hutchinson Plus, KS (DMA)     11912     Salina, KS   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KLYQ(AM)
  Outside All Markets     4699     Hamilton, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2013
KBAZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     4700     Hamilton, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2013
KLLP(FM)
  Outside All Markets     8413     Chubbuck, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WBMC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     14734     McMinnville, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WKZP(FM)
  Outside All Markets     14735     McMinnville, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KIZZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     15968     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KTRA-FM
  Outside All Markets     16827     Farmington, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WAKI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     17758     McMinnville, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2011
WTRZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     17759     Spencer, TN   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WLEC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     19705     Sandusky, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCPZ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     19706     Sandusky, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKEQ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     21624     Somerset, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WSFC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     21626     Somerset, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WAAX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     22996     Gadsden, AL   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2012
WMRE(AM)
  Outside All Markets     27003     Charlestown, WV   AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WIGY(FM)
  Outside All Markets     28684     Madison, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCCF(AM)
  Outside All Markets     28897     Punta Gorda, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
WIKX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     28899     Charlotte Harbor, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2012
KDAG(FM)
  Outside All Markets     29519     Farmington, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KID(AM)
  Outside All Markets     22194     Idaho Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KID-FM
  Outside All Markets     22195     Idaho Falls, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KCQL(AM)
  Outside All Markets     29520     Aztec, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
KMMS(AM)
  Outside All Markets     24170     Bozeman, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2012
KMMS-FM
  Outside All Markets     24171     Bozeman, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2012
KISN(FM)
  Outside All Markets     24172     Belgrade, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   8/1/2012
KOWB(AM)
  Outside All Markets     24700     Laramie, WY   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   4/1/2012
KKFG(FM)
  Outside All Markets     29521     Bloomfield, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WXXF(FM)
  Outside All Markets     33066     Loudonville, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KMXA-FM
  Outside All Markets     34996     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
WKII(AM)
  Outside All Markets     35214     Solana, FL   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   2/1/2012
WSFE(AM)
  Outside All Markets     37024     Burnside, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012

Page 26 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
WSEK(FM)
  Outside All Markets     37027     Burnside, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WMGP(FM)
  Outside All Markets     39619     Hogansville, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
KPKY (FM)
  Outside All Markets     30246     Pocatello, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2013
KXLB(FM)
  Outside All Markets     30566     Livingston, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   4/1/2013
WVCC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     39620     Hogansville, GA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2012
WFXN-FM
  Outside All Markets     39730     Galion, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WMRN(AM)
  Outside All Markets     40169     Marion, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KWIK(AM)
  Outside All Markets     35885     Pocatello, ID   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
WRXS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40170     Marion, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WONW(AM)
  Outside All Markets     40710     Defiance, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KPRK(AM)
  Outside All Markets     37816     Livingston, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2012
KGRS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     39267     Burlington, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
KBUR(AM)
  Outside All Markets     39268     Burlington, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   8/1/2012
WZOM(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40711     Defiance, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WNDH(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40713     Napoleon, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KFMQ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     40806     Gallup, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WQSS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     41104     Camden, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
KMCX-FM
  Outside All Markets     42075     Ogallala, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WJKT(TV)
  Jackson, TN (DMA)     68519     Jackson, TN   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WBYL(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     49267     Salladasburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   8/1/2014
KVVS(FM)
  Outside All Markets     49950     Rosamond, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KOGA(AM)
  Outside All Markets     50065     Ogallala, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
KOGA-FM
  Outside All Markets     50066     Ogallala, NE   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   6/1/2013
WXXR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     50121     Fredericktown, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2013
WBEX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     52041     Chillicothe, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMEQ(AM)
  Outside All Markets     52474     Menomonie, WI   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   12/1/2012
KYYX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     55680     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KCJB(AM)
  Outside All Markets     55681     Minot, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KNFX(AM)
  Outside All Markets     56811     Austin, MN   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WRKD(AM)
  Outside All Markets     57300     Rockland, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WMCM(FM)
  Outside All Markets     57301     Rockland, ME   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2014
WCHO-FM
  Outside All Markets     57354     Washington Court House, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WCHO(AM)
  Outside All Markets     57355     Washington Ct. House, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KCAD(FM)
  Outside All Markets     57740     Dickinson, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KZRX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     57741     Dickinson, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
WMJK(FM)
  Outside All Markets     58344     Clyde, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WMRN-FM
  Outside All Markets     59282     Marion, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012

Page 27 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KGLX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     60596     Gallup, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
WLKE(FM)
  Outside All Markets     62289     Bar Harbor, ME   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2014
WCTW(FM)
  Outside All Markets     63527     Catskill, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WHUC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     63531     Hudson, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WZCR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     63532     Hudson, NY   CC Licenses, LLC   6/1/2014
WSRW(AM)
  Outside All Markets     65700     Hillsboro, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WSRW-FM
  Outside All Markets     65701     Hillsboro, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KTPI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     66229     Mojave, CA   CC Licenses, LLC   12/1/2013
WSWR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     66247     Shelby, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
KSAS-TV
  Wichita-Hutchinson Plus, KS (DMA)     11911     Wichita, KS   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2012
KBKB-FM
  Outside All Markets     64564     Fort Madison, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KBKB(AM)
  Outside All Markets     64567     Fort Madison, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   4/1/2014
WBYL(FM)
  Williamsport, PA     49267     Salladasburg, PA   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   6/1/2014
KFXR-FM
  Outside All Markets     66816     Chinle, AZ   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2013
WMAN(AM)
  Outside All Markets     67609     Mansfield, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WYHT(FM)
  Outside All Markets     67611     Mansfield, OH   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2012
WYNT(FM)
  Outside All Markets     68681     Caledonia, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
KKED(FM)
  Outside All Markets     69120     Fairbanks, AK   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   2/1/2014
WCKY-FM
  Outside All Markets     70526     Tiffin, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KSEN(AM)
  Outside All Markets     67655     Shelby, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   6/1/2014
KZIN-FM
  Outside All Markets     68295     Shelby, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2013
WTTF(AM)
  Outside All Markets     70527     Tiffin, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
WKCI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     70862     Waynesboro, VA   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2011
WCVU(FM)
  Outside All Markets     71594     Solana, FL   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KLTC(AM)
  Outside All Markets     71870     Dickinson, ND   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
WLLK-FM
  Outside All Markets     72780     Somerset, KY   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   8/1/2012
WDFM-LP
  Outside All Markets     73389     Defiance, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2013
KGVO(AM)
  Outside All Markets     71751     Missoula, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   2/1/2014
KMPT(AM)
  Outside All Markets     71754     East Missoula, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2012
KYSS-FM
  Outside All Markets     71759     Missoula, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp    
WDFM(FM)
  Outside All Markets     73393     Defiance, OH   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   10/1/2012
KZMY(FM)
  Outside All Markets     72722     Bozeman, MT   Capstar TX Limited Partnershp   10/1/2012
WKKJ(FM)
  Outside All Markets     74224     Chillicothe, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   10/1/2012
WCHI(AM)
  Outside All Markets     74225     Chillicothe, OH   CC Licenses, LLC   2/1/2012
KXTC(FM)
  Outside All Markets     74310     Thoreau, NM   Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.   10/1/2013
KAZX(FM)
  Outside All Markets     76749     Kirtland, NM   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   10/1/2013
WBCG(FM)
  Outside All Markets     82071     Murdock, FL   Concord Media Group, Inc.   2/1/2012

Page 28 of 29


 

Schedule 5.18
                         
Call Sign   Market   Fac. ID   City/State   Licensee   Expiration Date
KPHT(FM)
  Outside All Markets     87658     Rocky Ford, CO   Capstar TX Limited Partnership   4/1/2013
KENR(FM)
  Outside All Markets     88404     Superior, MT   CC Licenses, LLC   4/1/2013
KKSY(FM)
  Outside All Markets     162475     Anamosa, IA   Citicasters Licenses, L.P.   2/1/2013
Notes:
KKSY(FM), Anamosa, IA, has a pending application for its initial license.
WHTZ(FM), Newark, New Jersey, has a timely filed pending application for renewal of its license.

Page 29 of 29


 

Schedule 6.11(b)
Post-Closing Collateral
Deposit Account Control Agreement among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., as Agent.

 


 

Schedule 6.15(a)
Deposit Accounts
                     
        Depository Name &            
    ACCOUNT NAME   Address   Account Number   Contact Person   Acct Type
 
1
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Local Dep
2
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   Comerica   [**]        
3
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Depository
4
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   Key Bank   [**]       Local Dep
5
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Med/Flex Acct
6
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   Local Dep
7
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   IBC Bank   [**]       Local Dep
8
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   Bank of America Canada   [**]       A/P
9
  Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.   Bank of America Canada   [**]       Concentration
10
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San
Antonio, TX 78201
  [**]   Suzanne Peterson    
11
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   Fifth Third Bank   [**]       Local Dep
12
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Petty Cash/San Diego
13
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San Antonio, TX 78201   [**]   Suzanne Peterson   Master Funding Acct.
14
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY, NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   Controlled Disb
15
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY, NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   Master Funding Acct.
16
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Payroll Taxes
17
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San Antonio, TX 78201   [**]   Suzanne Peterson   Payroll Acct
18
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San Antonio, TX 78201   [**]   Suzanne Peterson   Payroll Acct
19
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San Antonio, TX 78201   [**]   Suzanne Peterson   Payroll Acct
20
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Master Account
21
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Wire/ACH Acct

 


 

                     
        Depository Name &            
    ACCOUNT NAME   Address   Account Number   Contact Person   Acct Type
 
22
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY,NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   A/P Acct
23
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY,NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   A/P Acct
24
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY,NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   A/P Acct
25
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   Payroll
26
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   A/P
27
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   A/P
28
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   Master Funding Acct.
29
  Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   A/P
30
  Katz Communications, Inc.   Citibank 1345 Avenue of the Americas NY,NY 10105   [**]   Scott Apmann   Emp Parking Reimb Acct
31
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San Antonio, TX 78201   [**]   Suzanne Peterson   Control Disb
32
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   Citibank 1345 Avenue of the Americas NY,NY 10105   [**]   Scott Apmann   Local Dep
33
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   A/P Acct
34
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   Payroll
35
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   Frost Nat’l Bank 100 W. Houston St. San Antonio, TX 78201   [**]   Suzanne Peterson   Control Disb
36
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY,NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   Control Disb
37
  Katz Media Group, Inc.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY,NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   Control Disb
38
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   After Dark Newsletter Acct
39
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   Wachovia Philadelphia, PA   [**]       BRG Music Works
40
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   JPMorgan Chase One Chase Manhattan Bank, 7th Floor NY, NY 10005   [**]   Vic Nigro   Credit card pymts

 


 

                     
        Depository Name &            
    ACCOUNT NAME   Address   Account Number   Contact Person   Acct Type
 
41
  Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Rush.com
42
  Radio Computing Services, Inc.   USBank 1420 Fifth Ave Seattle, WA 98101   [**]   Patrick McIndoo   A/P Acct
43
  Radio Computing Services, Inc.   JPMorgan Chase 106 Corporate Park Dr. White Plains, NY 10604   [**]   Eleanor Barreto   Dep/Disb Acct
44
  Radio Computing Services, Inc.   JPMorgan Chase 106 Corporate Park Dr. White Plains, NY 10604   [**]   Eleanor Barreto   Dep/Disb Acct
45
  Ackerley Broadcasting Fresno, LLC   BOA 901 Main Street Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Lockbox
46
  AMFM Texas, LLC   BOA 4795 S. Maryland Pkwy Las Vegas, Nevada   [**]   Judy McNutt   Local Ops
47
  Capstar Radio Operating Company   Bank of Hawaii 130 Merchant St, Suite 2050 Honolulu, Hawaii 96813   [**]   John McKenna   Local Dep
48
  CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.   BOA 4795 S. Maryland Pkwy Las Vegas, Nevada   [**]   Judy McNutt   Local Ops
49
  CC Identity Holdings, Inc.   BOA 4795 S. Maryland Pkwy Las Vegas, Nevada   [**]   Judy McNutt   Local Ops
50
  CCBL FCC Holdings, Inc.   BOA 4795 S. Maryland Pkwy Las Vegas, Nevada   [**]   Judy McNutt   Local Ops
51
  Citicasters FCC Holdings, Inc.   BOA 4795 S. Maryland Pkwy Las Vegas, Nevada   [**]   Judy McNutt   Local Ops
52
  Critical Mass Media, Inc.   Fifth Third Bank 4812 Vine St. Cincinnati, OH 45217   [**]   Craig Sims   Local

 


 

Schedule 6.15(b)
Blocked Accounts
                     
        Depository Name &            
    ACCOUNT NAME   Address   Account Number   Contact Person   Acct Type
 
1
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.   BOA 901 Main Street, Dallas, TX 75202   [**]   Michelle Reeck   Depository account


 

Schedule 7.01(b)
Existing Liens
None.

 


 

Schedule 7.02(g)
Existing Investments
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.’s interest in the Aloha Station Trust, pursuant to the Trust Agreement, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Aloha Station Trust LLC.
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated October 16 th , 2007 between Clear Channel International B.V. and Clear Media Limited in the amount of HK $350,000,000
Equity Investments (listed by Loan Party):
AMFM Texas Broadcasting LP. –
  (1)   Investment in 33.33% of Senior Tower Group
AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.–
  (1)   Investment in 25% of FM Broadcasters, LLC
Capstar Radio Operating Company–
  (1)   Investment in Muzak Holdings L.L.C.
  (2)   Investment in 75% of Lubbock Tower Co. (a Texas corporation)
Citicasters Co.-
  (1)   Investment in 16.66% of The Turp Company
 
  (2)   Investment in 11.11% of Senior Road Tower Group
 
  (3)   Investment in 16.66% of The Plura Services Company
Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. –
  (1)   Investment in ARN Holdings Pty Ltd (an Australia corporation) which holds an investment in 50% of Australian Radio Network Pty Ltd. (an Australia corporation) and its subsidiaries
 
  (2)   Investment in 3.14% of San Antonio Spurs LLC
 
  (3)   Investment in 33.33% of Osage Towers Associates II
 
  (4)   Investments in 14.79% Quetzal/J.P. Morgan Partners LP
 
  (5)   Investment in 50% of Austin Tower Company
 
  (6)   Investment in 50% Oklahoma City Tower Company
 
  (7)   Investment in 13.57% of Capital Region Broadcasters, LLC
 
  (8)   Investment in 33.33% of Tower FM Consortium, LLC
 
  (9)   Investment in 200,000 shares of Radio Data Group
Clear Channel Investments, Inc. –
  (1)   Investment in 2,920,700 shares of American Tower Corporation
 
  (2)   Investment in 8,329,877 shares of XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc.
 
  (3)   Investment in USA Digital Radio, Inc.

 


 

Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.-
  (1)   Investment in Clear Channel Acir Holdings N.V. (a Dutch Antilles corporation) which holds an indirect 40% investment in Grupo Acir Comunicaciones, S.A. de C.V. (a Mexico corporation) and its subsidiaries
Clear Channel Holdings, Inc. –
  (1)   Investment in 89% of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation)
Critical Mass Media, Inc.
  (1)   Investment in 40% of Duncan’s American Radio, LLC
Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.
      Investment in 0.96% of Colorado Rockies Baseball Club

 


 

Schedule 7.03(b)
Existing Indebtedness
Multi-Option Facility Agreement dated December 25 th , 2005 between Adshel Street Furniture Pty Limited and Adshel New Zealand Limited (each a borrower and guarantor) and National Australia Bank Limited in the amount of A $24,700,000 (“Tranche A Commitment”) and NZ $27,500,000 (“Tranche B Commitment”)
Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated September 19 th , 2007 between Clear Channel Outdoor Company Canada, the Bank of Montreal and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. in the amount of CDN $35,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated October 16 th , 2007 between Clear Channel International B.V. and Clear Media Limited in the amount of HK $350,000,000
Overdraft facility dated January 7 th , 2008 between Barclays Bank PLC, Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd. and Clear Channel U.K. Ltd. with the Gross Facility Limit of GBP 20,000,000.
HK $90,000,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2009 issued by Clear Media Limited
Loan Agreement dated September 27 th , 2007 between Adshel Street Furniture Pty Limited and Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Limited in the amount of A $7,383,150
Loan Agreement dated September 27 th , 2007 between Adshel Street Furniture Pty Limited and Biffen Pty Limited in the amount of A $7,382,573
Overdraft facility dated March 22 nd , 2007 between Cassa di Risparmio di Padova e Rovigo S.p.A. and Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita S.p.A.
Overdraft facility dated March 7 th , 2008 between Credit Industriel et Commercial and Clear Channel France in the amount of EUR 5,000,000
Overdraft facility dated March 21 st , 2006 between Banca Antoniana Popolare Veneta S.p.A. and Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita S.p.A.
Lease Agreement dated August 27 th , 1998 by and between DON JACOBS REVOCABLE TRUST Agreement dated January 10 th , 1994, and DON JACOBS, JR. and Jacor Broadcasting of Lexington, Inc.
Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated August 15 th , 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and Joseph Cubiero and Victoria S. Cuberio in the amount of $2,250,000
Overdraft facility dated July 27 th , 2007 between Banca Antonveneta and Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita S.p.A.

 


 

Promissory Note dated October 30 th , 1997 between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Hagerman Construction Corporation in the amount of $700,000
Lease Agreement dated February 18 th , 2003 between WHEELS LT and Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
Promissory Note dated March 1 st , 1999 between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and United Outdoor Advertising, Inc. in the amount of $464,000
Promissory Note dated October 16 th , 2000 between Eller Media Company and Robert L. Hopkins, individually and doing business as Hopkins Outdoor Advertising; Terry B. Kafka, individually and doing business as Impact Outdoor Advertising Company; and Impact Outdoor Advertising Company, Inc. in the amount of $225,000
Letters of Credit:
                     
Applicant   Beneficiary   USD Amount   Issuer   Reference   Exp. Date
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Fairbanks International Airport   10,000   Wachovia   SM209565   8/1/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Panama City – Bay County Airport   25,000   Wachovia   SM214599   7/15/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Metropolitan Knoxville Airport   37,500   Wachovia   SM212354   3/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Shreveport Airport Authority   50,000   Wachovia   SM203653   6/11/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Sacramento Intl Airport   561,445   Wachovia   SM210429   10/11/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Spokane Airport Board   32,000   Wachovia   406094   7/15/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  City of Pensacola   40,000   Wachovia   SM416738   4/30/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  General Mitchell Airport   70,000   Wachovia   517519   9/1/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Palm Beach County Dept of Airports   75,000   Wachovia   405029   12/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Port of Portland   100,000   Wachovia   SM413131   3/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Broward County, Fort Lauderdale   500,000   Wachovia   405264   6/30/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Princess Juliana Intl Airport   50,000   Wachovia   SM202761   4/9/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  MBJ Airports Limited   87,500   Wachovia   SM217914   1/30/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Bank of New Zealand   35,000   Wachovia   SM218556   2/22/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  City of San Jose   2,287,500   Wachovia   SM227049   8/1/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Edmonton Intl Airport   10,267   Wachovia   518546   12/31/08

 


 

                     
Applicant   Beneficiary   USD Amount   Issuer   Reference   Exp. Date
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Halifax Intl Airport   47,227   Wachovia   406324   10/01/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Ottawa Macdonald – Cartier   61,601   Wachovia   405399   10/31/08
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Port of Oakland   51,255   Wachovia   517506   03/01/09
In-Ter Space Services, Inc.
  Broward County, Fort Lauderdale   500,000   Wachovia   SM229469   12/31/08

 


 

Schedule 7.05(o)
Specified Dispositions
Disposition of the whole or part of the real property located in the United Kingdom and known as “Land lying on the south east side of West Cromwell Road, London” registered at the Land Registry with title number BGL45344.
Disposition of any equity interest in Clear Channel South Africa Investments (Proprietary) Limited. To the extent the proceeds from such disposition, expected to be 39 million ordinary shares of Independent News & Media PLC, consist of non-cash, such proceeds shall be deemed to be part of this schedule.
Disposition of equity interest in Clear Channel Acir Holdings N.V. (a Dutch Antilles corporation) which holds an indirect 40% investment in Grupo Acir Comunicaciones, S.A. de C.V. (a Mexico corporation) and its subsidiaries.
Dispositions of Stock of XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. and American Tower Corp. held by Clear Channel Investments, Inc. (and any related derivative contracts).
Dispositions of Broadcast Stations operating under call signs WTEM, WTNT, and WWRC (and any prepaid variable forward contract relating thereto).

 


 

Schedule 7.05(p)
Other Specified Dispositions
Disposition of any and all assets of the [**].


 

Schedule 7.08
Transactions with Affiliates
Voting agreement dated as of May 26, 2007, among B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., Highfields Capital I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Highfields Capital II LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Highfields Capital III LP, an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, B.W.I., and Highfields Capital Management LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 


 

Schedule 7.09
Existing Restrictions
Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note in the amount of $2,500,000,000, dated as of August 2, 2005 made by Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. subsequently endorsed to Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as amended on August 2, 2005.
Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (with The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as current trustee), as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 16, 1998, as further supplemented by the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 2003, as further supplemented by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, as further supplemented by the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 21, 2003, as further supplemented by the Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003, as further supplemented by the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 20, 2004, as further supplemented by the Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 22, 2004, as further supplemented by the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 16, 2004, as further supplemented by the Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 2006 and as further supplemented by the Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 15, 2006, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
Indenture dated as of November 17, 1998 among AMFM Operating Inc. (formerly known as Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles), the guarantors thereto, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 23, 1999, as further supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 19, 1999 and as further supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 18, 2000, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 


 

Schedule 10.02
Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender
Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender
Citigroup Global Loans
2 Penns Way, Suite 100
New Castle, DE 19720
Attn: Sonja Gore
Tel: 302-894-6107
Fax: 212-994-0849
E-mail: sonja.gore@citi.com
L/C Issuers
Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer
Citigroup Global Loans
2 Penns Way, Suite 100
New Castle, DE 19720
Attn: Sonja Gore
Tel: 302-894-6107
Fax: 212-994-0849
E-mail: sonja.gore@citi.com
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as L/C Issuer
60 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Charles Ferris
Tel: 212-250-1214
Fax: 212-797-0403
E-mail: charles.ferris@db.com
Holdings
Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02199
Attn: John Connaughton
Tel:
Fax:
and

 


 

Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal St.
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: Scott Sperling
Tel:
Fax:
With a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Steven R. Rutkovsky
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Jay J. Kim
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:
The Borrowers and the Other Loan Parties (other than Holdings)
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Website: www.clearchannel.com
Attn: Brian Coleman
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:
With a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Steven R. Rutkovsky
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:

 


 

Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Jay J. Kim
Tel:
Fax:
E-mail:

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF]
COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE
To: Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Citigroup Global Loans
2 Penns Way, Suite 100
New Castle, DE 19720
Attention: [                                                                ]
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement to be dated on or before May [    ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
The Parent Borrower hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement that it hereby requests (select one):
      o A Borrowing of new Loans
 
      o A conversion of Loans
 
      o A continuation of Loans
to be made on the terms set forth below:

 


 

         
(A)
  Date of Borrowing, conversion or continuation (which is a Business Day)    
 
       
(B)
  Principal amount 1    
 
       
(C)
  Type of Loan 2    
 
       
(D)
  Interest Period 3    
 
       
(E)
  Currency of Loan    
 
       
     Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lending specified in Sections 4.02(a), (b) and (d) of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied as of the date of Borrowing set forth above.] 4
     [The above request has been made to the Administrative Agent by telephone at (212) [    ]].
 
1   Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 (and any amount in excess of $1,000,000 shall be an integral multiple of $500,000), in each case. Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 (and any amount in excess of $500,000 shall be an integral multiple of $100,000), in each case.
 
2   Specify Eurocurrency or Base Rate.
 
3   Applicable for Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings/Loans only and until 6 months after the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent) cannot be in excess of one (1) month.
 
4     Applicable for Borrowings of new Loans only.

A - 2


 

         
  [CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as Parent Borrower,]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Committed Loan Notice]

 


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF]
SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE
To: Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Citigroup Global Loans
2 Penns Way, Suite 100
New Castle, DE 19720
Attention: [                                                                ]
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [ ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
     The undersigned hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement that the Parent Borrower requests a Swing Line Borrowing under the Credit Agreement with the terms set forth below:
         
(A)
  Principal amount to be borrowed 1    
 
       
(B)
  Date of Borrowing (which is a Business Day)    
 
       
     The Parent Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lending specified in Sections 4.02(a), (b) and (d) of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied as of the date of Borrowing set forth above.
The above request has been made to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent by telephone at (212) [    ].
 
1   Shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000).

 


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Swing Line Loan Notice]

 


 

Exhibit C
LENDER: [ ]
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]
[FORM OF]
REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”) and each of the Subsidiary Borrowers listed on the signature pages hereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), hereby promise to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the relevant Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein) (A) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the lesser of (i) the principal amount set forth above and (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and (B) interest from the date hereof on the principal amount from time to time outstanding on each such Revolving Credit Loan at the rate or rates per annum and payable on such dates as provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Borrowers, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at a rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
          The Borrowers hereby waive diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.
          All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this note.

 


 

          This note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.
           THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
           THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C -6 - 2


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  ACKERLEY BROADCASTING
OPERATIONS, LLC , as a CCB Group Subsidiary
Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  AMFM BROADCASTING, INC. , as a CCB
Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  AMFM MICHIGAN, LLC , as a CCB Group Subsidiary
Borrower,
 
 
  By:   CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, Its sole member    
       
  By:   AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC., Its General Partner    
       
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Revolving Credit Note]

 


 

         
  AMFM TEXAS BROADCASTING, LP , as a
CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:   AMFM BROADCASTING, INC., Its General Partner    
       
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BEL MEADE BROADCASTING COMPANY,
INC., as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY,
as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, as a
CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,

By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC., Its General Partner
 
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Revolving Credit Note]

 


 

         
  CITICASTERS CO., as a CCB Group Subsidiary
Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC.,
as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  JACOR BROADCASTING CORPORATION,
as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  JACOR BROADCASTING OF COLORADO,
INC., as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CHRISTAL RADIO SALES, INC., as a Katz
Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Revolving Credit Note]

 


 

         
  KATZ COMMUNICATIONS, INC., as a Katz
Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  KATZ MILLENNIUM SALES &
MARKETING INC., as a Katz Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  PREMIERE RADIO NETWORKS, INC., as a
Premiere Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Revolving Credit Note]

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS
                                         
                                        Name of
                        Payments of   Principal   Person Making
Date   Amount of Loan   Maturity Date   Principal/Interest   Balance of Note   the Notation

 


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF]
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Section 6.02(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower, certifies as follows:
  [1.   Pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower [has][is] deliver[ed][ing] to the Administrative Agent [by attachment hereto] (i) the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of [insert fiscal year], and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and not subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year. Also delivered [by attachment hereto] [were][are] the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements as well as consolidating footnotes to eliminate Non-Loan Parties.
 
  2.   Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(c) of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such report.
 
  3.   Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a list of each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of this Compliance Certificate or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such list delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 


 

  4.   Attached hereto as Exhibit C is the true and accurate calculation of Excess Cash Flow for the period [insert fiscal year] with a line by line detail based on the components included in the definition of Excess Cash Flow in the Credit Agreement.
 
  5.   Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are detailed calculations demonstrating compliance by the Parent Borrower with Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement. The Parent Borrower is in compliance with such Section as of the date hereof. 1 ]
 
  [1.   Pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower [has][is] deliver[ed][ing] to the Administrative Agent [by attachment hereto] (A) the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of [insert fiscal quarter], and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year and (iii) a certification by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (B) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year. Also delivered [by attachment hereto] [were][are] the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements as well as consolidating footnotes to eliminate Non-Loan Parties.]
 
  [6.][2.]   Except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing pursuant to the Credit Agreement, at no time during the last fiscal quarter covered by this Compliance Certificate or, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer, from the end of such fiscal quarter until delivery of this Compliance Certificate, did a Default or an Event of Default exist. [If unable to provide the foregoing certification, fully describe the reasons therefor and circumstances thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto on Annex A attached hereto.]
 
1   Section 1.07(g) of the Credit Agreement provides that Total Leverage Ratio may be calculated giving pro forma effect to cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies.

 


 

[7.][3.]   Attached hereto as Exhibit [D][A] is the true and accurate calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio for the period [insert fiscal year] with a line by line detail based on the components included in the definition of Total Leverage Ratio in the Credit Agreement. 2
 
[8.][4.]   Attached hereto as Exhibit [E][B] is a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by this Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
2   Section 1.07(e) of the Credit Agreement provides that Total Leverage Ratio may be calculated giving pro forma effect to cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies.

D - 3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower, has executed this certificate for and on behalf of the Parent Borrower and has caused this certificate to be delivered this ___ day of                      .
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Compliance Certificate]

 


 

EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF]
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the] [each] 1 Assignor (as defined below) and [the] [each] 2 Assignee (as defined below) pursuant to Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the] [each] Assignee. [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors] [the Assignees] 3 hereunder are several and not joint.] 4 Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Assumption and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
     For an agreed consideration, [the] [each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee] [the respective Assignees], and [the] [each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of [the Assignor’s] [the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender] [their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Documents and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing to the extent related to the
 
1   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.
 
2   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.
 
3   Select as appropriate.
 
4   Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

 


 

amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors] under the Facility identified below (including participations in any Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)] [the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or the transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the] [any] Assignor to [the] [any] Assignee pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the] [an] " Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the] [any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the] [any] Assignor.
  1.   Assignor[s] (the “Assignor[s]”):                                          
 
  2.   Assignee[s] (the “Assignee[s]”):                                          
 
      Assignee is an Affiliate of: [Name of Lender]
 
      Assignee is an Approved Fund of: [Name of Lender]
 
  3.   Borrower: Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and each of the Subsidiary Borrowers
 
  4.   Administrative Agent: Citibank, N.A.
 
  5.   Assigned Interest:
                         
    Aggregate Amount of     Amount of     Percentage As-  
    Commitment/Loans of     Commitment/Loans     signed of Com-  
Facility   all Lenders     Assigned     mitment/ Loans 5  
Revolving Credit
  $       $         %  
Facility
                       
Effective Date
 
5   Set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

E - 2


 

          The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
         
  [NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

         
  Consented to and Accepted:

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Consented to: CITIBANK, N.A.,

as a Principal L/C Issuer,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Consented to: DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST
COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Principal L/C Issuer,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Consented to:

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Swing Line Lender,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

         
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 1
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
 
1   No consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee.
[Signature Page to
Assignment and Assumption]

 


 

Annex I
CREDIT AGREEMENT 1
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
     1. Representations and Warranties.
     1.1 Assignor . [The] [Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the] [such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrowers, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrowers, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
     1.2. Assignee . [The] [Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.07(b) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.07(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the] [such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the] [such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received copies of the most recent financial statements delivered
 
1   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement dated as of May [     ], 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein.

 


 

pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance on any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vii) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is an Administrative Questionnaire, (viii) the Administrative Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date and (ix) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, [the] [any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
     2.  Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the] [each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the] [each] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the] [each] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
     3.  General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Annex I - 2


 

EXHIBIT F-1
 
[FORM OF]
HOLDINGS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
(ABL)
dated as of
[               ], 2008,
between
CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II GUARANTEE
    2  
 
       
SECTION 2.01 Guarantee
    2  
SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment
    2  
SECTION 2.03 No Limitations
    2  
SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement
    3  
SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    3  
SECTION 2.06 Information
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE III INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION
    4  
 
       
SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.02 Subordination
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS
    4  
 
       
SECTION 4.01 Notices
    4  
SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment
    4  
SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    5  
SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns
    5  
SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement
    5  
SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    6  
SECTION 4.07 Severability
    6  
SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off
    6  
SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    7  
SECTION 4.10 Headings
    7  
SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute
    7  
SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs
    7  
SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release
    8  
SECTION 4.14 Continuing Guarantee
    8  
SECTION 4.15 Consent to Certain Provisions
    8  

-i-


 

          HOLDINGS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of [          ], 2008, between Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (“ Holdings ”) and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [  ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as Parent Borrower, the Several Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” means this Guarantee Agreement.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Obligations ” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
          “ Paid in Full ” means termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).

 


 

          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
Guarantee
          SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . Holdings unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Holdings further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Holdings waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
          SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment . Holdings further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person.
          SECTION 2.03 No Limitations .
          (a) Except for termination of Holdings’ obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of Holdings hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of Holdings hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of Holdings or otherwise operate as a discharge of Holdings as a matter of Law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Holdings expressly authorizes the Secured Parties

-2-


 

to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of Holdings hereunder.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Holdings waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Holdings hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Holdings waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of Holdings against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
          SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement . Holdings agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
          SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at Law or in equity against Holdings by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrower or other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, Holdings hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by Holdings of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of Holdings against such Borrower or other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
          SECTION 2.06 Information . Holdings assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that Holdings assumes and incurs hereunder, and

-3-


 

agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise Holdings of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
ARTICLE III
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as Holdings may have under applicable Law (but subject to Section 3.02), each Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by Holdings under this Agreement, such Borrower shall indemnify Holdings for the full amount of such payment and Holdings shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.
          SECTION 3.02 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of Holdings under Section 3.01 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to Holdings on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower to make the payments required by Section 3.01 (or any other payments required under applicable Law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of Holdings with respect to its obligations hereunder, and Holdings shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 4.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by para-

-4-


 

graph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, provision of Cash Management Services or entering into Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of Holdings or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, issuance of any Letters of Credit, provision of any Cash Management Services and the entering into of Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any

-5-


 

Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
          SECTION 4.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such

-6-


 

obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of any such deposits or other Indebtedness for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such set off may only be against any obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 4.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of Holdings hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Holdings in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations).
          SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and all the rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

-7-


 

          SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations have been Paid in Full.
          (b) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to Holdings, at Holdings’ expense, all documents that Holdings shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          (c) At any time that the Parent Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (b), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of Holdings is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to Holdings as a result of any release of Holdings by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.13.
          (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of Holdings effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.
          SECTION 4.14 Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.
          SECTION 4.15 Consent to Certain Provisions . Holdings has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto.
[Signatures on following page]

-8-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT F-2
 
[FORM OF]
U.S. GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
(ABL)
dated as of
[         ], 2008,
among
THE GUARANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II GUARANTEE
    2  
 
       
SECTION 2.01 Guarantee
    2  
SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment
    2  
SECTION 2.03 No Limitations
    2  
SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement
    3  
SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    3  
SECTION 2.06 Information
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE III INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION
    4  
 
       
SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.02 Contribution and Subrogation
    4  
SECTION 3.03 Subordination
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS
    4  
 
       
SECTION 4.01 Notices
    4  
SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment
    4  
SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    5  
SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns
    5  
SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement
    5  
SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    6  
SECTION 4.07 Severability
    6  
SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off
    6  
SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    7  
SECTION 4.10 Headings
    7  
SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute
    7  
SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs
    7  
SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release
    7  
SECTION 4.14 Additional Guarantors
    8  
SECTION 4.15 [Reserved.]
    8  
SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations
    8  
SECTION 4.17 Continuing Guarantee
    8  
SECTION 4.18 Consent to Certain Provisions
    8  

i


 

Exhibits
     
Exhibit I
  Form of Guarantee Agreement Supplement

ii


 

          U.S. GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of [           ], 2008, among the Guarantors identified herein and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [  ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.. to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as Parent Borrower, the Several Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Guarantors are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement .
          (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ Agreement ” means this Guarantee Agreement.
          “ Borrowers ” means the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Borrowers.
          “ Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Guarantee Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
          “ Guarantor ” means (a) the Company, (b) each Restricted Subsidiary identified on the signature pages hereto and (c) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor after the Closing Date.

 


 

          “ Obligations ” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
          “ Paid in Full ” means termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under the Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
Guarantee
          SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . Each Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each of the Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
          SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment . Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person.
          SECTION 2.03 No Limitations .
          (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay,

-2-


 

willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of Law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
          SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
          SECTION 2.05 Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at Law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrower or other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against such Borrower or other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.
          SECTION 2.06 Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

-3-


 

ARTICLE III
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          SECTION 3.01 Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable Law (but subject to Section 3.03), each Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, such Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.
          SECTION 3.02 Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 3.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrowers as provided in Section 3.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties together with the net worth of the Claiming Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 4.14, the date of the Guarantee Agreement Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party to the extent of such payment. Each Guarantor recognizes and acknowledges that the rights to contribution arising hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of the party entitled to such contribution. In this connection, each Guarantor has the right to waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its contribution right against any other Guarantor to the extent that after giving effect to such waiver such Guarantor would remain solvent, in the determination of the Lenders.
          SECTION 3.03 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable Law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to such Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 3.01 and 3.02 (or any other payments required under applicable Law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
     SECTION 4.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

-4-


 

          SECTION 4.02 Waivers; Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, provision of Cash Management Services or entering into Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
          SECTION 4.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, issuance of any Letters of Credit, provision of any Cash Management Services and entering into Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any

-5-


 

L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank, any Hedge Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 4.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
          SECTION 4.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 4.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of any such deposits or other Indebtedness for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such set off may only be against any obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The

-6-


 

rights of each Lender under this Section 4.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
          SECTION 4.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
          SECTION 4.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.11 Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations).
          SECTION 4.12 Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement, and all the rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.
          SECTION 4.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations have been Paid in Full.
          (b) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary); provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

-7-


 

          (c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
          (d) At any time that the Parent Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (c), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Guarantor is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Guarantor as a result of any release of any Guarantor by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.13.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of any Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of a Guarantor effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.
          SECTION 4.14 Additional Guarantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Restricted Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that are not Excluded Subsidiaries are required to enter in this Agreement as Guarantors upon becoming Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Subsidiaries. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Guarantee Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.
          SECTION 4.15 [Reserved.]
          SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations . Each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Debtor Relief Laws (including the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal or state law). To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby irrevocably agrees that the Obligations owing by such Guarantor under this Agreement shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such Debtor Relief Laws and after giving effect to any rights to contribution and/or subrogation pursuant to any agreement providing for an equitable contribution and/or subrogation among such Guarantor and the other Guarantors, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
          SECTION 4.17 Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.
          SECTION 4.18 Consent to Certain Provisions . Each Guarantor has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto. Each Guarantor will comply with all

-8-


 

covenants in the Loan Documents applicable to it as a Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party even if it is not a signatory to the applicable Loan Document.


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [GUARANTORS]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as
Administrative Agent,

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
    Exhibit I
to the Guarantee Agreement
     
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [ ], to the U.S. Guarantee Agreement, dated as of [                      ], 2008, among the Guarantors identified therein and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Guarantee Agreement ”).
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [___], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.. to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as Parent Borrower, the Several Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other agents named therein and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement.
          C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, and (y) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 4.14 of the Guarantee Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit, and (y) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, and (y) Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 4.14 of the Guarantee Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee Agreement applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guarantee Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature
Exh. I-1

 


 

page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
          SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 4.01 of the Guarantee Agreement.
          SECTION 8. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
Exh. I-2

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
         
  CITIBANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent,

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT G
     
 
[FORM OF]
ABL RECEIVABLES
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
dated as of
[            ], 2008
among
THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms
    1  
ARTICLE II [Reserved]
    4  
ARTICLE III Security Interests in Personal Property
    4  
SECTION 3.01 Security Interest.
    4  
SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties
    5  
SECTION 3.03 Covenants
    6  
ARTICLE IV Remedies
    8  
SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default
    8  
SECTION 4.02 Certain Matters Relating to Accounts.
    10  
SECTION 4.03 Application of Proceeds
    11  
ARTICLE V Subordination
    11  
SECTION 5.01 Subordination.
    11  
ARTICLE VI Miscellaneous
    12  
SECTION 6.01 Notices
    12  
SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment
    12  
SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    12  
SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns
    13  
SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement
    13  
SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement
    13  
SECTION 6.07 Severability
    14  
SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off
    14  
SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process
    14  
SECTION 6.10 Headings
    15  
SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute
    15  

i


 

         
SECTION 6.12 [Reserved]
    15  
SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release
    15  
SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors
    16  
SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    16  
SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent
    17  
SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care
    17  
SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement
    17  
SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous
    18  
Schedule I        Subsidiary Parties
       
 
       
Exhibits
       
 
       
Exhibit I            Form of Security Agreement Supplement
       
Exhibit II           Form of Perfection Certificate
       

ii


 

          ABL RECEIVABLES PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [       ], 2008, among the Grantors (as defined below) and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [ ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each Lender from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents named therein. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
          “ ABL Controlled Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, (i) all Deposit Accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, (as such terms are defined in the UCC) and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, which are required by the Credit Agreement to be subject to a control agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent.
          “ Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.
          “ Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

 


 

          “ Agreement ” means this ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement.
          “ Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).
          “ Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral.
     “ Communications Laws ” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s rules, regulations, published orders and published and promulgated policy statements of the FCC, all as may be amended from time to time.
     “ Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement establishing the Administrative Agent’s Control with respect to any Deposit Account.
          “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.
          “ Deposit Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Excluded Assets ” means:
     (a) any fee owned real property and all leasehold rights and interests in real property, other than, in each case, any fixtures (other than fixtures relating to Mortgaged Property);
     (b) any General Intangible or other property or rights of a Grantor arising under or evidenced by any contract, instrument, or other document if (but only to the extent that) the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, such General Intangible, or other property or rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, unless and until all required consents shall have been obtained (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty) or (y) expressly give any other party (other than another Grantor or its Affiliates) in respect of any such contract, instrument, or other document, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (b) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable Law, including the UCC; provided , further , that, at such time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (b) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the contract, lease, instrument, license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or to the

2


 

extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;
     (c) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the UCC or other applicable law;
     (d) intercompany indebtedness between the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between any Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (e) any particular assets if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Parent Borrower and evidenced in writing, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) to the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries of creating or perfecting a pledge or security interest in such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or taking other actions in respect of such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Secured Parties;
provided that upon the satisfaction of the Existing Notes Condition, the assets specified in clause (d) above shall no longer constitute Excluded Assets.
          “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission of the United States or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions of such commission in whole or in part.
          “ FCC Authorizations ” means all licenses, permits and other authorizations issued by the FCC and held by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.
          “ Grantor ” means the Parent Borrower and each Subsidiary Party.
          “ Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.
          “ Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
          “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.

3


 

          “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
          “ Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.
          “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
ARTICLE II
[ Reserved]
ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property
SECTION 3.01 Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all ABL Controlled Accounts;
     (iii) to the extent relating to, evidencing or governing items referred o in the preceding clauses, all Documents, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Instruments;
     (iv) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and
     (v) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

4


 

provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral of such Grantor as described herein or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.
          (c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (d) [Reserved.]
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Administrative Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State(s) or (B) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, except for Control Agreements in respect of the ABL Controlled Accounts, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States.
SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:
     (a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

5


 

     (b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the Closing Date. Subject to Section 3.01(e), the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 6.11 or 6.13 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.
     (c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any statutory or similar Lien that has priority as a matter of Law and (ii) any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
     (d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar in strument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

6


 

SECTION 3.03 Covenants .
          (a) Each Grantor agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 60 days, after any change in the (i) the legal name of such Grantor, (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of such Grantor.
          (b) Subject to Sections 3.01(e), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower, on behalf of the Grantors, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(c) and 2 of the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c).
          (d) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $15,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days thereof) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          (e) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time (unless the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such actions or payments are necessary to protect the Security Interest, to avoid any loss or forfeiture or material impairment of any material Collateral or the use thereof, or to preserve and maintain any

7


 

material Collateral in good condition) after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization. Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which is in excess of $15,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.
ARTICLE IV
Remedies
SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate; (iv) demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligators on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constitut ing part of the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Administrative Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; and (v) withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of

8


 

any Grantor constituting Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall not have the right under this Agreement to assume operational control of any FCC Authorization and facility or station operated pursuant to such FCC Authorization except in compliance with the Communications Laws. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or

9


 

decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.
SECTION 4.02 Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .
          (a) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving reasonable notice to the Parent Borrower and any other relevant Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with such test verifications. The Administrative Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.
          (b) At the Administrative Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original invoices.
          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not, without prior consent from the Administrative Agent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts; compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof; release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof; or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Administrative Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.

10


 

          (d) Each Grantor shall, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, legend the Accounts and the other books, records and documents of such Grantor evidencing or pertaining to Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Accounts have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Administrative Agent has a security interest therein.
SECTION 4.03 Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with the Credit Agreement.
          The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.03, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).
ARTICLE V
Subordination
SECTION 5.01 Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

11


 

ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous
SECTION 6.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 6.02 Waivers, Amendment .
          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Cash Management Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Cash Management Bank or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

12


 

          (b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.
SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of Cash Management Services, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Cash Management Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (unless cash collateral or other credit support satisfactory to the L/C Issuer thereof in its sole discretion has been provided) or so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
SECTION 6.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties

13


 

and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.
SECTION 6.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Grantor, any such notice being waived by each Grantor to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the respective Grantors against any and all obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender may have.
SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
          (b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement

14


 

will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.
SECTION 6.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.
SECTION 6.12 [Reserved] .
SECTION 6.13 Termination or Release .
          (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released when all the outstanding Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (in each case, other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (unless cash collateral or other credit support satisfactory to the L/C Issuers thereof in each of their sole discretion has been provided) and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.
          (b) A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

15


 

          (c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 6.14 Additional Grantors . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.
SECTION 6.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign,

16


 

transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby; and provided further , that no right accorded to Administrative Agent to act as attorney-in-fact for any Grantor shall be deemed to authorize Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of any Grantor any application or other instrument required to be filed with the FCC in any manner or under any circumstances not permitted by the Communications Laws. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
SECTION 6.16 General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.
SECTION 6.17 Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.
SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or

17


 

returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.
[Signature Pages Follow.]

18


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:       
    Title:      
 
[Signature Page ABL Security Agreement]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:        
    Title:        
 
[Signature Page ABL Security Agreement]

 


 

Schedule I to
the ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement
SUBSIDIARY PARTIES
The Subsidiary Borrowers as of the Closing date and any other entities set forth on the draft of this schedule delivered to the Arrangers on or immediately prior to the Specified Date to the extent they are wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date and any other entities which would additionally be required to become Grantors under this Agreement after giving effect to the Transactions pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 


 

Exhibit I to the
ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement
          SUPPLEMENT NO. ___dated as of [ ], to the ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of [             ], 2008, among the Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [             ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain other Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, each Lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.
          C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans, the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and the Cash Management Banks to provide additional Cash Management Services and as consideration for Loans previously made, Letters of Credit previously issued and Cash Management Services previously provided.
          Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the

 


 

payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.
          SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office and a list of all Instruments relating to Collateral with a value in excess of $15,000,000 held by such New Grantor.
          SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
           SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 


 

          SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.
          SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.
[Signature pages follow.]

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:       
    Title:        
       
  Legal Name:  
  Jurisdiction of Formation:  
  Location of Chief Executive office:  
  Instruments:  
 
[ Signature Page – Security Agreement Supplement ]

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:        
 
[Signature Page – Security Agreement Supplement]

 


 

Exhibit II to the
ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement
[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE
          Reference is hereby made to (i) that certain Principal Properties Security Agreement, dated as of [           ], 2008 (the “ AA15 Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), (ii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (All Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [           ], 2008 (the “ AA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iii) that certain Non-Principal Properties (Specified Assets) Security Agreement, dated as of [           ], 2008 (the “ SA Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (iv) that certain Receivables Collateral Security Agreement, dated as of [           ], 2008 (the “ CF Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and the Administrative Agent, (v) that certain ABL Receivables Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [           ], 2008 (the “ ABL Receivables Security Agreement ”), among the grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ ABL Administrative Agent ”), (vi) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2008 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (vii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2008 (the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Parent Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the ABL Administrative Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement or the ABL Receivables Security Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise noted herein.
          As used herein, the term “ Companies ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower listed on Annex A .
          The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent as follows:
1. Names .
(a) The exact legal name of each Company, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Company is the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Company that is a

 


 

registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Company and the jurisdiction of formation of each Company.
(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other corporate or organizational names each Company has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change.
(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Company or any other business or organization to which each Company became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service at any time between the date five years prior to the date hereof and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Company has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.
2. Current Locations . The chief executive office of each Company is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
3. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 attached hereto, all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement) has been originated by each Company in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Company in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.
4. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction identified in Section 1(a) or Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) or Schedule 3 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Company purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral (as defined in each of the AA15 Security Agreement, the AA Security Agreement, the SA Security Agreement, the CF Receivables Security Agreement and the ABL Receivables Security Agreement).
5. [Reserved].
6. [Reserved].
7. Real Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 7(a) is a list of all (i) Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (ii) filing offices for mortgages relating to the Mortgaged Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each Mortgaged Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 7(b) attached hereto, no Company has entered

2


 

into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 7(a) .
8. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) is a true and correct list of all of the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other equity interest of each Company and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests. Also set forth on Schedule 8(b) is each equity investment of each Company that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made and included as “investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Parent Borrower’s balance sheet.
9. [Reserved] .
10. Intellectual Property . Attached hereto as Schedule 10(a ) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent, Patent License, Trademark and Trademark License owned by each Company. Attached hereto as Schedule 10(b) is a schedule setting forth all of each Company’s United States Copyrights and Copyright Licenses (each as defined in the Security Agreement), including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright or Copyright License owned by each Company.
11. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 11 is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) in excess of $15 million held by each Company, including a brief description thereof.
[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this ___ day of                      , 2008.
         
  [GRANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT H-1
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ROPES & GRAY LLP
     Each of the Delaware Corporate Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of Holdings and the Delaware LLC Subsidiaries (i) is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) has the power and authority under its limited liability company agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Delaware Limited Partnership Subsidiaries (i) is a limited partnership validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (ii) has the power and authority under its limited partnership agreement and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the California Corporate Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     The Massachusetts Corporate Subsidiary (i) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Covered Entities has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Credit Documents to which each of the Loan Parties is a party constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each such Person as is party thereto and is enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms.
     The execution and delivery by each of the Covered Entities of the Credit Documents to which such Person is party and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder will not violate or require the repurchase of securities under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, the limited liability company agreement, or the partnership agreement, as applicable, of such Person. The execution and delivery by each of the Loan Parties of the Credit Documents to

 


 

which such Person is party and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder (a) will not violate any Covered Laws and (b) will not result in a breach or violation of, constitute a default under, result in the creation of a Lien pursuant to the terms of or result in the acceleration of the maturity of any obligation of any Loan Party thereunder, any of the agreements, instruments, court orders, judgments or decrees listed on Schedule III hereto.
     Except as may be required in order to perfect the Liens contemplated by the Collateral Documents, under the Covered Laws, no consent, approval, license or exemption by, or order or authorization of, or filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority is required to be obtained by the Loan Parties in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents to which each such Person is party or the performance by each such Person of its obligations thereunder.
     To our knowledge, but without having investigated any governmental records or court dockets, none of the Loan Parties is a party to any action, suit or proceeding that challenges the validity or enforceability of, or seeks to enjoin the performance of, the Credit Documents.
     None of the Loan Parties is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     Neither the making of the loans under the Credit Agreement, nor the application of the proceeds thereof as provided in the Credit Agreement, will violate Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect on the date hereof.
     The Security Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral described therein to the extent that a security interest in such Collateral can be created under Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“ New York Article 9 ”).
     Upon the proper filing of the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule IV-A in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Filing Office ”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the Delaware Loan Parties under the Security Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Delaware Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the Delaware Filing 0ffice.
     Upon the proper filing of the financing statement attached hereto as Schedule IV-B in the office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Massachusetts Filing Office ”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the Massachusetts Corporate Subsidiary under the Security Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Article 9 of the Massachusetts Uniform Commercial Code by the filing of a financing statement in the Massachusetts Filing Office.
     Upon the proper filing of the financing statement attached hereto as Schedule IV-C in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of California (the “ California Filing Office ”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the California Corporate Subsidiaries under the Security Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Article 9 of the California Uniform Commercial Code by the filing of a financing statement in the California Filing Office.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-2
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF FLORIDA COUNSEL
     Each Florida Guarantor (i) is a corporation duly organized and validly existing, in good standing, under the laws of the State in connection with such status, and such status is active, and (ii) has all the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and. lease its property.
     The Guarantor Documents executed and delivered, and the performance of its monetary obligations thereunder, by each Florida Guarantor have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Florida Guarantor in accordance with the terms of, and do not violate, conflict with or cause a default under its articles of incorporation or by-laws, and do not violate any law, statute, rule or regulation of the State known to us to be applicable to any Florida Guarantor and to corporations generally.
     Each Florida Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority under the laws of the State to execute and deliver the Guarantor Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration of qualification of or with any State agency or body is required for the execution or delivery by the Florida Guarantors of, or the performance of their monetary obligations under, the Guarantor Documents.
     Upon the proper filing of the Financing Statements with the Florida Secured Transaction Registry (the “ Florida Filing Office ”) the security interest in the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) granted by the Florida Guarantors will be perfected to the extent that a security interest in the Collateral can be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State by the filing of financing statements in the Florida Filing Office. For purpose of the foregoing, we have assumed that the Security Agreement creates a valid, enforceable security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent and that the Florida Guarantors own the Collateral.
     Assuming that each Note, and any other evidence of indebtedness executed and delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, is executed and delivered outside of the State and that the only security instrument recorded in the State of Florida is the Financing Statements, then no taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible documentary stamp taxes, recorded taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, are payable to the State or to any jurisdiction therein in connection with the execution and delivery of the Guarantor Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Guarantor Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-3
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF COLORADO COUNSEL
      Organization . Subsidiary Borrower is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State.
      Good Standing . Based solely upon the Good Standing Certificate of Subsidiary Borrower attached hereto as Exhibit 4.2 , Subsidiary Borrower is in good standing under the laws of the State.
      Power and Authority . Subsidiary Borrower has (a) power and authority to execute, deliver and perform each of the Borrower Documents to which it is a party and (b) all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and/or operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently being conducted in the State.
      Execution and Delivery . Each of the Borrower Documents has been duly executed and delivered by Subsidiary Borrower.
      Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Borrower Documents by Subsidiary Borrower and the performance by Subsidiary Borrower of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Subsidiary Borrower.
      UCC . The UCC is in proper form for filing with the SOS and, upon due filing in such office and payment to the SOS of the fees described more fully in Section 4.9 below, the security interest created by the Pledge and Security Agreement in Collateral consisting of Article 9 Collateral (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) will be perfected to the extent a security interest can be perfected in such Collateral under the State UCC by the filing. of a financing statement in that office.
      No Consent . No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any State governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery by Subsidiary Borrower of the Borrower documents, the consummation of the Transaction or the performance by Subsidiary Borrower of its obligations under such Borrower Documents.
      No Violation . The execution and delivery by Subsidiary Borrower of the Borrower Documents and the performance by Subsidiary Borrower of its obligations thereunder does not violate (a) any of the Constituent Documents, (b).the applicable provisions of statutory law or regulation of this State applicable to transactions such as the Transaction or (c) any of the proceedings described in Section V below of which we have knowledge as a result of the searches described in such Section V .

 


 

      Fees and Taxes . Other than the minimal statutory recording or filing fees with respect to the filing of the Security Documents, no fees, documentary stamp taxes, transfer taxes, or other similar charges are due or payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of the Security Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-4
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF NEVADA COUNSEL
     Each Nevada Subsidiary (a) is duly incorporated or formed, as applicable, and validly existing under the laws of the State and in good standing in the State and (b) has all requisite corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to be entered into by each Nevada Subsidiary and the transactions contemplated thereby are within each Nevada Subsidiary’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, action on the part of each Nevada Subsidiary. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Nevada Subsidiary.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority of the State, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate the articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership or limited partnership agreement, as applicable, of any Nevada Subsidiary and (c) will not violate any law, statute, rule or regulation of the State or any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority of the State known to us to be applicable to any Company.
     No taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible or documentary stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, are payable to the State or to any jurisdiction therein on account of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents or the recording or filing of the Financing Statements, except for nominal filing or recording fees.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Office of Secretary of State of the State, and upon the filing in such office, the security interest created by the Security Agreement on the Collateral, as defined in the Security Agreement, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will be duly perfected to the extent that the filing of a financing statement under the provisions of the UCC in Nevada is effective to perfect a security interest in such Collateral.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-5
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF WASHINGTON COUNSEL
     Each Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Washington. Each Guarantor has all necessary corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Documents to which it is party and to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Guarantor has authorized, by all necessary corporate action, the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Documents to which it is party, and each Guarantor has executed and delivered each such Document to the party or parties to whom such Document is to be given.
     Except for filings required for the perfection of the Agent’s liens and security interests, no approval, authorization or other action by, or filing with, any Washington state governmental authority, is required in connection with the execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Documents to which it is party and the performance of its agreements in such Documents, except for those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect.
     Execution and delivery by each Guarantor of, and the performance of its agreements in, each of the Documents to which it is party (a) do not violate the applicable Guarantor’s articles of incorporation or bylaws; (b) are not prohibited by, nor do they result in the imposition of a fine, penalty or other similar sanction for a violation under, the provisions of Washington state laws or regulations; and (c) to our knowledge, do not violate any judgment, decree or order of any Washington state court binding on any Guarantor. For purposes of expressing the opinion in Clause (c) of this Paragraph 4, we have with your express consent relied solely upon our review of CourtTrax Corporation’s on-line searches of each Guarantor’s name in the statewide court computer information system for the state of Washington, specifically the Washington State Superior Court Index for civil cases, the court records of Washington State Courts of Appeals, and the court records of the Washington State Supreme Court, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit B. We have assumed that such search results are accurate and complete. We have not caused the search of any other court records, including without limitation any Federal Court, Bankruptcy Court, Tribal Courts of Appeals, Municipal Court, or District Courts located in Washington State.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Filing Office. The security interest of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC will be a perfected security interest upon the filing of the Financing Statements with the Filing Office.

 


 

     There are no stamp taxes, recording taxes, real property transfer taxes or similar charges payable under Washington law on account of the execution and delivery of the Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced by or secured by any of the Documents or upon the filing of the Financing Statements except (a) nominal filing fees payable to the Filing Office and (b) any fees or charges payable to any entity whose services may have been used to assist in such filing. We express no opinion, however, with respect to any income, franchise, sales, withholding, real or personal property, business license, business and occupation tax or any other tax that may result from the transactions contemplated by the Documents or the performance of the obligations described therein, including the payment of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-6
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF TEXAS COUNSEL
     Each Obligor that is a corporation is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. Each Obligor that is a limited partnership is a limited partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. Each Obligor has all requisite corporate or limited partnership power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Obligor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder, including, in the case of the Company, the borrowing of Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which each Obligor is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership action on the part of such Obligor. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor.
     The execution and delivery by each Obligor of the Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party and the performance by each Obligor of their respective obligations thereunder (including, in the case of the Company, the borrowing of Loans on the Closing Date) (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority of the State of Texas, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the filing of the Financing Statements, and (b) do not violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Obligor’s respective articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, or partnership agreement, as applicable, (ii) any Texas statutory law or regulation or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority of the State of Texas listed on Schedule I hereto.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Office of Secretary of State of the State of Texas (the “ Filing Office ”). The filing of the Financing Statements in the Filing Office is sufficient to perfect (within the meaning of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Texas (the “ UCC ”)) a security interest in all rights of the Obligors in and to the items and types of Collateral in which a security interest has been created under the Security Agreement that may be perfected under the UCC by the filing of a financing statement in the Filing Office. Assuming that the Financing Statements have been filed in the Filing Office and have not subsequently been released, terminated or modified, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in all rights of the Obligors in and to those items and types of Collateral described in the Security Agreement, in which a security interest has been created under Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, has been perfected, to the extent a

 


 

security interest in such Collateral may be perfected under the UCC by the filing of a financing statement in the Filing Office.
     No Texas local taxes-or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible or documentary stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, imposed by any government department or other taxing authority of or in the State of Texas are payable on account of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents or the recording or filing of the Financing Statements, except for nominal filing or recording fees, and other than taxes, fees or other charges based on the income of the Lenders, including, without limitation, the Texas Margins Tax.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-7
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF OHIO COUNSEL
     Each of the Ohio Loan Parties which is a corporation is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio. M Street L.L.C. is a limited liability company validly existing and in full force and effect under the laws of the State of Ohio. Each of the Ohio Loan Parties has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to be entered into by each of the Ohio Loan Parties and the transactions contemplated thereby are within such Ohio Loan Party’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Ohio Loan Party. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Ohio Loan Party to which it is a party.
     The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents and each of the other Transaction Documents to be entered into by each of the Ohio Loan Parties and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (including the borrowing of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date) (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority of the State of Ohio, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate the Organization Documents of any Ohio Loan Party, and (c) will not violate any law, statute, rule or regulation of the State of Ohio or any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority of the State of Ohio known to us to be applicable to any Ohio Loan Party.
     The Financing Statements are in proper form for filing in the Office of Secretary of State of Ohio, and upon the filing in such office, the security interest created by the Security Agreement in and to the Collateral described in the Security Agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will be duly perfected to the extent that the filing of a financing statement under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Ohio is effective to perfect a security interest in such Collateral.
     No taxes or other charges, including, without limitation, intangible or documentary stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer taxes or similar charges, are payable to the State of Ohio or to any jurisdiction therein on account of the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents or the recording or filing of the Financing Statements, except for nominal filing or recording fees.

 


 

EXHIBIT H-8
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF SPECIAL FCC COUNSEL
     The FCC records reviewed by us reflect that (a) the FCC-authorized licensee or permittee for each of the Station Licenses listed in Schedule III is the entity identified in Schedule III as the licensee or permittee thereof; (b) each of the Station Licenses has the expiration date set forth on Schedule III hereof; and (c) except as may be set forth on Schedule III, each of the Station Licenses is currently in effect.
     Except for those Station Licenses identified on Schedule III as construction permits, each Station License authorizes the licensee thereof identified in Schedule III to operate a full service radio broadcast station to serve the community of license identified in Schedule III for each such Station License, subject to compliance with the terms of such Station License and the Communications Laws.
     The FCC has issued the Merger Consent, and the Merger Consent has become effective pursuant to Section 1. 103 of the FCC’s rules, 47 C.F.R. § 1. 103. To our knowledge, (i) no stay of the effectiveness of the Merger Consent has been issued by the FCC, and (ii) the Merger Consent has not been invalidated by any subsequently published FCC action. With regard to the three enumerated conditions in paragraph 40 of the Merger Consent, (a) the FCC has granted all necessary authority for consummation of the assignment to the Aloha Station Trust, LLC of those radio broadcast stations required to be assigned to it under the first enumerated condition; (b) the FCC, by Memorandum Opinion and Order: Shareholders of Univision Communications, Inc., FCC 08-48, released February 12, 2008, modified the condition (the “ Univision Order Condition ”) imposed by its Memorandum Opinion and Order, Shareholders of Univision Communications, Inc., 22 FCC Rcd. 5842 (2007), to provide that the restructuring of the interests of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“ THLP ”) in Broadcast Media Partners, Inc. (“ BMPI ‘) to be come non-attributable has brought THLP and BMPI into compliance with the Univision Order Condition as required by the second enumerated condition; and (c) the FCC has granted all necessary authority for the transfer of control of the radio broadcast stations held by Cumulus Media Partners, LLC (“ CMP ”) that would result from actions required to render the interests of Bain Capital, LLC and THLP in CMP non-attributable, as required by the third enumerated condition. We advise you that, to our knowledge, (x) no petition for reconsideration or review of the Merger Consent has been filed, and (y) no action has been taken by the FCC to reverse or set aside the Merger Consent. We further advise you that written notification to the FCC is required upon consummation of the transactions authorized by the Merger Consent.
     The execution, delivery, and performance on the date hereof by the Loan Parties of the Credit Agreement and the other Reviewed Documents to which each is a party do not require any registration with, any authorization, consent or approval by, or any notice to or filing Citibank, N.A., et al with, the FCC and do not violate the Communications Laws, except that: (a) the exercise of certain rights and remedies by the Agent or the Lenders that constitute the

 


 

assignment of any license, permit or other authorization issued by the FCC (“ FCC Authorization ”), or a transfer of control thereof, including an assignment or transfer of any FCC Authorization upon the exercise by the Agent or the Lenders of rights or remedies under the Reviewed Documents, may require the prior consent of the FCC (and we express no opinion as to the likelihood of obtaining any such FCC consent), (b) if any FCC Authorization is assigned or control thereof transferred, FCC policy may require that control of the assets used in the operation of the facilities authorized by such FCC Authorization be transferred or assigned along with such FCC Authorization, (c) written notification to the FCC is required upon consummation of any assignment of an FCC Authorization or transfer of control thereof previously approved by the FCC, and (d) Section 73.3613 of the FCC’s rules, 47 C.F.R. § 73.3613, may require that copies of certain of the Reviewed Documents be filed with the FCC for informational purposes within thirty (30) days after their execution, and any documents required to be so filed may also be required to be listed and described in ownership reports filed with the FCC.

 


 

EXHIBIT I
[FORM OF]
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
by and among
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as ABL Collateral Agent
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as CF Collateral Agent
Dated as of [          ], 2008

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page No.  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2 Rules of Construction
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 LIEN PRIORITY
    7  
 
       
Section 2.1 Priority of Liens
    7  
Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens
    8  
Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill
    9  
Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights
    10  
Section 2.5 No New Liens
    12  
Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES
    12  
 
       
Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted
    12  
Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection
    12  
Section 3.3 Inspection and Access Rights
    13  
Section 3.5 Exercise of Remedies — Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
    14  
 
       
Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds
    14  
Section 4.2 Specific Performance
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS
    16  
 
       
Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers
    16  
Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and CF Documents
    17  
Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS
    19  
 
       
Section 6.1 DIP Financing
    19  
Section 6.2 Relief from Stay
    19  
Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection
    19  
Section 6.4 Asset Sales
    20  
Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification
    20  
Section 6.6 Enforceability
    21  
Section 6.7 ABL Obligations and CF Obligations Unconditional
    21  

-i-


 

         
    Page No.  
ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS
    22  
 
       
Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation
    22  
Section 7.2 Further Assurances
    22  
Section 7.3 Representations
    22  
Section 7.4 Amendments
    22  
Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices
    23  
Section 7.6 No Waiver, Remedies
    23  
Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations
    23  
Section 7.8 Governing Law; Entire Agreement
    24  
Section 7.9 Counterparts
    24  
Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    24  
Section 7.11 Headings
    24  
Section 7.12 Severability
    24  
Section 7.13 Attorneys’ Fees
    24  
Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER
    24  
Section 7.15 Intercreditor Agreement
    25  
Section 7.16 Effectiveness
    25  
Section 7.17 Collateral Agents
    25  
Section 7.18 No Warranties or Liability
    25  
Section 7.19 Conflicts
    25  
Section 7.20 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties
    25  
Section 7.21 Acknowledgement
    26  

-ii-


 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
     THIS INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [    ], 2008 among CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Citibank ”), in its capacity as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined below) and Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the CF Secured Parties (as defined below).
RECITALS
     A. BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, Refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including without limitation to add new loans thereunder or increase the amount of loans thereunder), the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other parties named therein.
     B. BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, Refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including without limitation to add new loans thereunder or increase the amount of loans thereunder), the “ CF Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into the Company, Holdings, the foreign subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the subsidiary co-borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other parties named therein.
     Accordingly, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
      Section 1.1 Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement or the CF Credit Agreement, as applicable, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ ABL Collateral Agent ” shall mean Citibank, in its capacity as collateral agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents entered into pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the ABL Credit Agreement exercising substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such ABL Collateral Agent is not Citibank, such ABL

 


 

Collateral Agent shall have become a party to this Agreement and the other applicable ABL Security Documents.
     “ ABL Controlled Accounts ” shall mean (i) all Deposit Accounts and all Securities Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, “securities entitlements” (as such terms are defined in the UCC) and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, of any Grantor and which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent.
     “ ABL Documents ” means the credit, guaranty and security documents governing the ABL Obligations, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement and the ABL Security Documents and Secured Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).
     “ ABL Obligations ” shall mean all “Obligations” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
     “ ABL Recovery ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
     “ ABL Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).
     “ ABL Security Documents ” means the ABL Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing ABL Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.
     “ ABL Secured Parties ” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.
     “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code.
     “ CF Collateral Agent ” shall mean Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the CF Credit Agreement and the other CF Documents entered into pursuant to the CF Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the CF Credit Agreement exercising substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such CF Collateral Agent is not Citibank, such CF Collateral Agent shall have become a party to this Agreement and the other applicable CF Security Documents.
     “ CF Documents ” means the credit, guaranty and security documents governing the CF Obligations, including, without limitation, the CF Credit Agreement, each Secured Hedge

-2-


 

Agreement (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement), each agreement relating to any Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and the CF Security Documents.
     “ CF Enforcement Date ” means the date which is 180 days after the occurrence of both (i) a continuing Event of Default (under and as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and (ii) the ABL Collateral Agent’s receipt of an Enforcement Notice from the CF Collateral Agent, provided that the CF Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur (or be deemed to have occurred) (A) at any time the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties have commenced and are diligently pursuing any enforcement action against the Intercreditor Collateral, (B) at any time that any Grantor is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any Insolvency Proceeding, or (C) if the Event of Default under the CF Credit Agreement is waived or cured in accordance with the terms of the CF Credit Agreement.
     “ CF Obligations ” shall mean all “Obligations” as defined in the CF Credit Agreement.
     “ CF Secured Partie s ” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the CF Credit Agreement.
     “ CF Security Documents ” means the Collateral Documents (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a lien on Intercreditor Collateral is granted or purported to be granted securing CF Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such liens are governed, but in each case only to the extent relating to Intercreditor Collateral.
     “ Citibank ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Collateral Agent(s) ” means individually the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent and collectively means the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent.
     “ Comparable CF Security Document ” shall mean, in relation to any Intercreditor Collateral subject to any Lien created under any ABL Document, those CF Security Documents that create a Lien on the same Intercreditor Collateral (but only to the extent relating to such Intercreditor Collateral), granted by the same Grantor or Grantors.
     “ Credit Documents ” shall mean the ABL Documents and the CF Documents.
     “ Deposit Account ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.
     “ DIP Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).
     “ Discharge of ABL Obligations ” shall mean, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 5.3, payment in full in cash (except for contingent indemnities and cost and reimbursement obligations to the extent no claim has been made) of all ABL Obligations and, with respect to letters of credit or letter of credit guaranties outstanding under the ABL Documents, delivery of cash collateral or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in a manner consistent with the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case after or concurrently with the termination of all commitments

-3-


 

to extend credit thereunder, and the termination of all commitments of ABL Secured Parties under ABL Documents; provided that the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred if such payments are made with the proceeds of other ABL Obligations that constitute an exchange or replacement for or a Refinancing of such ABL Obligations. In the event the ABL Obligations are modified and the ABL Obligations are paid over time or otherwise modified pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the ABL Obligations shall be deemed to be discharged when the final payment is made, in cash, in respect of such indebtedness and any obligations pursuant to such new indebtedness shall have been satisfied.
     “ Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).
     “ Enforcement Notice ” shall mean a written notice delivered by the CF Collateral Agent to the ABL Collateral Agent announcing the commencement of an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies.
     “ Event of Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under the ABL Credit Agreement or the CF Credit Agreement as the context requires.
     “ Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies ” or “ Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies ” shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the final sentence of this definition:
     (a) the taking by any Secured Party of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien on Intercreditor Collateral, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code;
     (b) the exercise by any Secured Party of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a Lien on Intercreditor Collateral under any of the Credit Documents, under applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain any of the Intercreditor Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien;
     (c) the taking of any action by any Secured Party or the exercise of any right or remedy by any Secured Party in respect of the collection on, set-off against, marshalling of, injunction respecting or foreclosure on the Intercreditor Collateral or the Proceeds thereof;
     (d) the appointment on the application of a Secured Party, of a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver of all or part of the Intercreditor Collateral;
     (e) the sale, lease, license, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral by private or public sale conducted by a Secured Party or any other means at the direction of a Secured Party permissible under applicable law; or
     (f) the exercise of any other right of a secured creditor under Part 6 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in respect of Intercreditor Collateral.

-4-


 

For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following shall be deemed to constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies: (i) the filing a proof of claim in bankruptcy court or seeking adequate protection, (ii) the exercise of rights by the ABL Collateral Agent upon the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), including, without limitation, the notification of account debtors, depository institutions or any other Person to deliver proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral to the ABL Collateral Agent (unless and until the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement cease to extend credit to the Borrowers thereunder, in which event an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be deemed to have occurred), (iii) the consent by a Secured Party to a sale or other disposition by any Grantor of any of its assets or properties, (iv) the acceleration of all or a portion of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations, (v) the reduction of the borrowing base, advance rates or sub-limits by the Administrative Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent and the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement, (vi) the imposition of reserves by the ABL Collateral Agent, (vii) an account ceasing to be an “eligible account” under the ABL Credit Agreement, (viii) any action taken by any CF Secured Party in respect of Non-Intercreditor Collateral or (ix) any of the actions permitted by Sections 2.3(b), 2.4(a) and 3.1.
     “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
     “ Grantors ” shall mean the Company and each Subsidiary that is party to any ABL Security Document or any CF Security Document.
     “ Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in the ABL Credit Agreement and the CF Credit Agreement, as applicable.
     “ Insolvency Proceeding ” shall mean:
     (1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;
     (2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or
     (3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.
     “ Intercreditor Collateral ” means all “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in the ABL Security Documents.

-5-


 

     “ Lien Priority ” shall mean with respect to any Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral, the order of priority of such Lien as specified in Section 2.1.
     “ Non-Intercreditor Collateral ” means all “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any CF Security Document but excluding all Intercreditor Collateral.
     “ Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
     “ Party ” shall mean the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent, and “ Parties ” shall mean collectively the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent.
     “ Proceeds ” shall mean (a) all “proceeds,” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Intercreditor Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.
     “ Property ” shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.
     “ Refinance ” means, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness, including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” have correlative meanings.
     “ Securities Account ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.
     “ Secured Parties ” shall mean the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties.
     “ Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning given such term by the ABL Credit Agreement and the CF Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided that to the extent that the Uniform Commercial Code is used to define any term in any security document and such term is defined differently in differing Articles of the Uniform Commercial Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided , further , that in the event that,

-6-


 

by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, publication or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Liens of any Party is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” will mean the Uniform Commercial Code or such foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
      Section 1.2 Rules of Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any reference herein to the repayment in full of an obligation shall mean the payment in full in cash of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved in writing by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation.
ARTICLE 2
LIEN PRIORITY
      Section 2.1 Priority of Liens .
          (a) Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment, or perfection of any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral or of any Liens granted to the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral, and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent (or the ABL Secured Parties or the CF Secured Parties) on any Intercreditor Collateral, (iii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law, or of any of the ABL Documents or any of the CF Documents, or (iv) whether the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Intercreditor

-7-


 

Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself the CF Secured Parties, hereby agree that:
     (1) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the CF Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral; and
     (2) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the ABL Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party on the Intercreditor Collateral.
The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each applicable CF Secured Party, expressly agrees that any Lien purported to be granted on any Intercreditor Collateral as security for the ABL Obligations shall be deemed to be and shall be deemed to remain senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the Intercreditor Collateral securing any CF Obligations for all purposes regardless of whether the Lien purported to be granted is found to be improperly granted, improperly perfected, preferential, a fraudulent conveyance or legally or otherwise deficient in any manner.
          (b) The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, the CF Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself and the CF Secured Parties, has been granted Liens upon all of the Intercreditor Collateral in which the ABL Collateral Agent has been granted Liens and the ABL Collateral Agent hereby consents thereto. The subordination of Liens by the CF Collateral Agent in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent as set forth herein shall not be deemed to subordinate the Liens of the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties to Liens securing any other Obligations other than the ABL Obligations.
      Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens .
          (a) The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in respect of Intercreditor Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it will not take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party under the ABL Documents with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it may have as a junior lien creditor or

-8-


 

otherwise to contest, protest, object to, or interfere with the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the respective Liens of the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties in respect of the Intercreditor Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement.
      Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill .
          (a) The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that, from the date hereof until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, neither the CF Collateral Agent nor any CF Secured Party will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Intercreditor Collateral without the prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, and will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 4.1(b), upon the occurrence of the CF Enforcement Date, the CF Collateral Agent acting on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties may exercise such remedies without such prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent. From and after the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred (or prior thereto upon the occurrence of the CF Enforcement Date), the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the CF Documents or applicable law as to any Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3(a) or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Collateral Agent or any Secured Party from (i) filing a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations or CF Obligations owed to it in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, (ii) taking any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens of the other Collateral Agent or other Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral in which such other Collateral Agent or other Secured Parties has a priority Lien or the rights of the other Collateral Agent or any of the other Secured Parties to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on any Intercreditor Collateral, (iii) filing any necessary or responsive pleadings in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking disallowance of the claim or Lien of such Collateral Agent or Secured Party, (iv) filing any pleadings, objections, motions, or agreements which assert rights available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under any Insolvency Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, (v) voting on any plan of reorganization or filing any proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding of any Grantor, or (vi) objecting to the proposed retention of collateral by the other Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in full or partial satisfaction of any ABL Obligations or CF Obligations due to the other Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party, in each case (i) through (vi) above to the extent not inconsistent with, or could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement.

-9-


 

          (c) Subject to Section 2.3(b), (i) the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, agrees that neither it nor any CF Secured Party will take any action that would hinder any exercise of remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of Intercreditor Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, and (ii) the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it or any such CF Secured Party may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object to the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties seek to enforce or collect the ABL Obligations or the Liens granted in any of the Intercreditor Collateral, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of the ABL Collateral Agent or ABL Secured Parties is adverse to the interests of the CF Secured Parties.
          (d) The CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any CF Document shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the ABL Documents.
          (e) Subject to Section 2.3(b), the CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, agrees that, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, it will not commence, or join with any Person (other than the ABL Secured Parties and the ABL Collateral Agent upon the request thereof) in commencing, any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding with respect to any Lien held by it in the Intercreditor Collateral.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 2.3 shall not apply to the CF Collateral Agent or the CF Secured Parties from and after the occurrence of the CF Enforcement Date.
      Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights .
          (a) No Other Restrictions . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 2.1(a), Section 2.2(a), Section 2.3, Section 3.5 and Article 6 of this Agreement, the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party may exercise rights and remedies as an unsecured creditor and as a secured creditor with respect to the Non-Intercreditor Collateral against the Company or any Subsidiary that has guaranteed the CF Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable CF Documents and applicable laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party of the required payments of interest and principal so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral in respect of CF Obligations held by any of them or in any Insolvency Proceeding. In the event the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party becomes a judgment lien creditor or other secured creditor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor in respect of CF Obligations or otherwise, such judgment or other Lien on Intercreditor Collateral shall be subordinated to the Liens securing ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens securing the CF Obligations are so subordinated

-10-


 

to such Liens securing ABL Obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement impairs or otherwise adversely affects any rights or remedies the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties may have with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral. Furthermore, subject to Section 3.3 hereof, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict any right any CF Secured Party may have (secured or otherwise) in any property or asset of any Grantor that does not constitute Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) Release of Liens .
     If, at any time any Grantor or any ABL Secured Party delivers notice to the CF Collateral Agent with respect to any specified Intercreditor Collateral that:
     (A) such specified Intercreditor Collateral is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (a “ Disposition ”) by the owner of such Intercreditor Collateral in a transaction permitted under the ABL Credit Agreement and the CF Credit Agreement; or
     (B) the ABL Secured Parties are releasing or have released their Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral in connection with a Disposition in connection with an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to such Intercreditor Collateral,
then the Liens upon such Intercreditor Collateral securing CF Obligations will automatically be released and discharged as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral securing ABL Obligations are released and discharged ( provided that in the case of clause (B) of this Section 2.4(b), the Liens on any Intercreditor Collateral disposed of in connection with an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be automatically released but any proceeds thereof not applied to repay ABL Obligations shall be subject to the respective Liens securing CF Obligations and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.1). Upon delivery to the CF Collateral Agent of a notice from the ABL Collateral Agent stating that any such release of Liens securing or supporting the ABL Obligations has become effective (or shall become effective upon the CF Collateral Agent releasing its Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral), the CF Collateral Agent shall, at the Company’s expense, promptly execute and deliver such instruments, releases, termination statements or other documents confirming such release on customary terms, which instruments, releases and termination statements shall be substantially identical to the comparable instruments, releases and termination statements executed by the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such release. The CF Collateral Agent hereby appoints the ABL Collateral Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the ABL Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the CF Collateral Agent and in the name of the CF Collateral Agent or in the ABL Collateral Agent’s own name, from time to time, in the ABL Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).

-11-


 

      Section 2.5 No New Liens .
          Until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, the parties hereto agree that no CF Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any accounts receivable of any Grantor, the proceeds thereof or any deposit or other accounts of any Grantor in which accounts receivable or proceeds thereof are held or deposited, in each case of the type that would constitute Intercreditor Collateral as described in the definition thereof, whether in the form of accounts receivable or otherwise, securing any CF Obligation, if such accounts receivable or proceeds are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent under the ABL Documents (and subject to the Lien Priorities contemplated herein). If any CF Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any such accounts receivable or proceeds securing any CF Obligation, which accounts receivable or proceeds are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent under the ABL Documents, subject to the Lien Priority set forth herein, then the CF Collateral Agent (or the applicable CF Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other CF Secured Party and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other CF Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent as security for the ABL Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall use its best efforts to promptly notify the ABL Collateral Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien.
      Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling .
          Until the Discharge of the ABL Obligations, the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.
ARTICLE 3
ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES
      Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted . The CF Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent may make such demands or file such claims in respect of the CF Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, as are necessary to prevent the waiver or bar of such claims under applicable statutes of limitations or other statutes, court orders, or rules of procedure at any time. Except as provided in Section 5.2, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the CF Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral (including set-off with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral) or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them on the Intercreditor Collateral.
      Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection . The CF Collateral Agent appoints the ABL Collateral Agent, and the ABL Collateral Agent expressly accepts such appointment, to act as agent of the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party under each control agreement with respect

-12-


 

to all ABL Controlled Accounts for the purpose of perfecting the respective security interests granted under the CF Security Documents. None of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party, as applicable, shall have any obligation whatsoever to the others to assure that the Intercreditor Collateral is genuine or owned by the Company, any Grantor or any other Person or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of the ABL Collateral Agent under this Section 3.2 are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Intercreditor Collateral as agent for the CF Secured Parties for purposes of perfecting the respective Liens held by the CF Secured Parties. The ABL Collateral Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party, or any other Person. The CF Collateral Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for any other Agent or Secured Party, or any other Person. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, in the event that the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party receives any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral in violation of the terms of this Agreement, then the CF Collateral Agent or such CF Secured Party, as the case may be, shall promptly pay over such Proceeds or Intercreditor Collateral to the ABL Collateral Agent in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, for application in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 of this Agreement.
      Section 3.3 Inspection and Access Rights .
     Without limiting any rights the ABL Collateral Agent or any other ABL Secured Party may otherwise have under applicable law or by agreement, in the event of any liquidation of any Intercreditor Collateral (or any other Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Collateral Agent) and whether or not the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party has commenced and is continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies of any CF Secured Party, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have the right (a) during normal business hours on any business day, to access Intercreditor Collateral that is stored or located in or on Non-Intercreditor Collateral, and (b) to reasonably use the Non-Intercreditor Collateral (including, without limitation, equipment, computers, software, intellectual property, real property and books and records) in order to inspect, copy or download information stored on, take actions to perfect its Lien on, or otherwise deal with the Intercreditor Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party and without liability to any CF Secured Party; provided , however , if the CF Collateral Agent takes actual possession of any Non-Intercreditor Collateral in contemplation of a sale of such Non-Intercreditor Collateral or is otherwise exercising a remedy with respect to Non-Intercreditor Collateral, the Non-Intercreditor Collateral Agent shall give the ABL Collateral Agent reasonable opportunity (of reasonable duration and with reasonable advance notice) prior to the CF Collateral Agent’s sale of any such Non-Intercreditor Collateral to access Intercreditor Collateral as contemplated in (a) and (b) above. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.3 governs the rights of access and inspection as between the ABL Secured Parties on the one hand and the CF Secured Parties on the other (and not as between the Secured Parties and the Grantors, which rights are set forth in and governed by the applicable Credit Documents and are not affected by this Section 3.3).
      Section 3.4 Insurance . Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral include insurance proceeds and, therefore, the Lien Priority shall govern the ultimate disposition of insurance proceeds to the extent such insurance insures Intercreditor Collateral. Prior to the Discharge of

-13-


 

ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against the CF Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by the ABL Documents and subject to the rights of the Grantors thereunder, to adjust settlement of insurance claims to the extent such insurance insures Intercreditor Collateral in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of Intercreditor Collateral. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, all proceeds of such insurance with respect to Intercreditor Collateral shall be remitted for application in accordance Section 4.1 hereof.
      Section 3.5 Exercise of Remedies — Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds . The CF Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the CF Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party exercises its rights of set-off against any Grantor’s Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts to the extent constituting or containing Intercreditor Collateral or proceeds thereof, the amount of such set-off shall be deemed to be Intercreditor Collateral to be held and distributed pursuant to Section 4.1. In addition, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations occurs, the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party hereby consents to the application, of cash or other proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral, deposited under control agreements to the repayment of ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Documents.
ARTICLE 4
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
      Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds .
          (a) Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations . The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) the ABL Credit Agreement includes a revolving commitment, that in the ordinary course of business the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties will apply payments and make advances thereunder, and that no application of any Intercreditor Collateral or the release of any Lien by the ABL Collateral Agent upon any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral in connection with a permitted disposition by the Grantors under the ABL Credit Agreement shall constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies under this Agreement; (ii) subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.03(s) of the CF Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof) or such additional amounts as consented to by the Lenders under the CF Credit Agreement (in accordance with the provisions thereof), the amount of the ABL Obligations that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the ABL Obligations may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the ABL Obligations may be increased, replaced or Refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the CF Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof; and (iii) all Intercreditor Collateral received by the ABL Collateral Agent may be applied, reversed, reapplied, credited, or reborrowed, in whole or in part, to the ABL Obligations at any time. The Lien Priority shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or Refinancing of either the ABL Obligations or any CF Obligations, or any portion thereof.

-14-


 

          (b) Application of Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral . The ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent hereby agree that all Intercreditor Collateral and all Proceeds thereof, received by any of them in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral shall be applied, first, to the payment of costs and expenses of the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies, and second, to the payment of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred.
          (c) Payments Over . Any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set-off or credit bid) or in any Insolvency Proceeding relating to the Intercreditor Collateral prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations and not expressly permitted by this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of and forthwith paid over to the ABL Collateral Agent (and/or its designees) for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The ABL Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for the CF Collateral Agent and each CF Secured Party. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
          (d) Limited Obligation or Liability . In exercising remedies, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have no obligation or liability to the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party regarding the adequacy of any proceeds realized on any collateral or for any action or omission, save and except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by each Party under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, none of the Parties hereto waives any claim that it may have against a Secured Party on the grounds that and sale, transfer or other disposition by the Secured Party was not commercially reasonable in every respect as required by the UCC.
          (e) Turnover of Collateral after Discharge . Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent shall (a) notify the CF Collateral Agent in writing of the occurrence of such Discharge of ABL Obligations and (b) at the Company’s expense, deliver to the CF Collateral Agent or execute such documents as the CF Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including assignment of control agreements with respect to ABL Controlled Accounts) in order to affect a transfer of control to the CF Collateral Agent over any and all ABL Controlled Accounts in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      Section 4.2 Specific Performance . Each of the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Company or any Grantor shall have complied with any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, at any time when the other Party shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Each of the ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and the CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

-15-


 

ARTICLE 5
INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS
      Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers .
          (a) All ABL Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Company or any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the ABL Obligations. All CF Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Company or any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by the CF Collateral Agent or any such CF Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the CF Obligations.
          (b) None of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Intercreditor Collateral or any Proceeds thereof, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Intercreditor Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement for an extension of credit pursuant to any ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other ABL Documents, whether the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any CF Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any ABL Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under any ABL Credit Agreement and any of the other ABL Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party have in the Intercreditor Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the ABL Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement. The CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties shall be

-16-


 

entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the CF Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Parties, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement.
      Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and CF Documents .
          (a) In the event that the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of or replace any of the ABL Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any ABL Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Company or any other Grantor thereunder (excluding the release of any Liens in Intercreditor Collateral except in accordance with Section 2.4(b)), then such amendment, waiver or consent, to the extent related to Intercreditor Collateral, shall apply automatically to any comparable provision (but only to the extent as such provision relates to Intercreditor Collateral) of each Comparable CF Security Document without the consent of the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party and without any action by the CF Collateral Agent, CF Secured Party, the Company or any other Grantor; provided , however , that such amendment, waiver or consent does not materially adversely affect the rights of the CF Secured Parties or the interests of the CF Secured Parties in the Intercreditor Collateral in a manner materially different from that affecting the rights of the ABL Secured Parties thereunder or therein. The ABL Collateral Agent shall give written notice of such amendment, waiver or consent (along with a copy thereof) to the CF Collateral Agent; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the effectiveness of such amendment with respect to the provisions of any CF Security Document as set forth in this Section 5.2(a). For the avoidance of doubt, no such amendment, modification or waiver shall apply to or otherwise affect (a) any Non-Intercreditor Collateral or (b) any document, agreement or instrument which neither grants nor purports to grant a Lien on, nor governs nor purports to govern any rights or remedies in respect of, Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) So long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, without the prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, the CF Collateral Agent shall not consent to amend, supplement or otherwise modify any, or enter into any new, CF Security Document relating to Intercreditor Collateral to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of such new CF Security Document, would be prohibited by or inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement. The CF Collateral Agent agrees that each CF Security Document relating to Intercreditor Collateral shall include the following language (or language to similar effect approved by the ABL Collateral Agent):
“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to Citibank, N.A. pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by Citibank, N.A. hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of [    ], 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as CF Collateral Agent, certain other persons party or that

-17-


 

may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
          (c) The ABL Obligations and the several CF Obligations may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is required to permit the refinancing transaction under any ABL Document or any CF Document) of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Parties, as the case may be, provided such Refinancing does not affect the relative Lien Priorities provided for herein or directly alter the other provisions hereof to the extent relating to the relative rights, obligations and priorities of the ABL Secured Parties on the one hand and the CF Secured Parties on the other.
      Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement .
          If the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of the Company, any Grantor, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations (an “ ABL Recovery ”), then the ABL Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such ABL Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such ABL Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such ABL Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. The ABL Collateral Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give written notice to the CF Collateral Agent of the occurrence of any such ABL Recovery (provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the ABL Collateral Agents rights hereunder, except it being understood that the CF Collateral Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of such ABL Recovery or required to take any actions based on such ABL Recovery until it has received such written notice of the occurrence of such ABL Recovery).
          All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent, the CF Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against the Company or any Grantor or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense (other than a defense that such obligations have in-fact been repaid) available to, or a discharge of the Company or any Grantor in respect of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations. No priority or right of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any Grantor or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the ABL Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party may have.

-18-


 

ARTICLE 6
INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS
      Section 6.1 DIP Financing .
          (a) If the Company or any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, and the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties shall seek to provide the Company or any Grantor with, or consent to a third party providing, any financing under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting Intercreditor Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (each, a “ DIP Financing ”), with such DIP Financing to be secured by all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code would be Intercreditor Collateral) but not any other asset or any Non-Intercreditor Collateral, then the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the CF Collateral Agent securing the CF Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is Intercreditor Collateral, except as permitted by Section 6.3(b)), so long as (i) the CF Collateral Agent retains its Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral to secure the CF Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code), (ii) the terms of the DIP Financing do not compel the applicable Grantor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms of such plan are set forth in the DIP Financing documentation or related document; and (iii) all Liens on Intercreditor Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties securing the ABL Obligations on Intercreditor Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party from raising any objection or supporting any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the CF Collateral Agent on Non-Intercreditor Collateral securing the CF Obligations.
          (b) All Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent in any Insolvency Proceeding on Intercreditor Collateral, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the Parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien Priority and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.
      Section 6.2 Relief from Stay . The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral without the ABL Collateral Agent’s express written consent.
      Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection .
          (a) The CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not contest (or support any other Person contesting) (x) any request by the

-19-


 

ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Intercreditor Collateral, (y) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party to any motion, relief, action, or proceeding based on a claim by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that its interests in the Intercreditor Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement or (z) any lawful exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party of the right to credit bid ABL Obligations at any sale of Intercreditor Collateral or Non-Intercreditor Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party from contesting or challenging (or support any other Person contesting or challenging) any request by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for “adequate protection” (or the grant of any such “adequate protection”) to the extent such “adequate protection” is in the form of a Lien on any Non-Intercreditor Collateral.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, in any Insolvency Proceeding, if the ABL Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to Intercreditor Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Intercreditor Collateral), then the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that the CF Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and/or any of the CF Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the ABL Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Intercreditor Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of the CF Collateral Agent on the Intercreditor Collateral (it being understood that to the extent that any such additional collateral constituted Non-Intercreditor Collateral at the time it was granted to the ABL Secured Parties, the Lien thereon in favor of the ABL Secured Parties shall be subordinate in all respects to the Liens thereon in favor of the CF Secured Parties).
      Section 6.4 Asset Sales . The CF Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, that it will not oppose any sale consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent of any Intercreditor Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding) so long as the proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with this Agreement.
      Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . The CF Collateral Agent, each CF Secured Party, each ABL Secured Party and the ABL Collateral Agent each acknowledge and agree that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the ABL Security Documents on the one hand and the CF Security Documents on the other hand constitute separate and distinct grants of Liens and the CF Secured Parties’ claims against the Company and/or any Grantor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral constitute junior claims separate and apart (and of a different class) from the senior claims of the ABL Secured Parties against the Company and the Grantors in respect of Intercreditor Collateral and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Intercreditor Collateral, the CF Obligations are fundamentally different from the ABL Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in

-20-


 

an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the ABL Secured Parties and any CF Secured Parties in respect of the Intercreditor Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions in respect of or from the Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral shall be made as if there were separate classes of ABL Obligation claims and CF Obligation claims against the Grantors (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Intercreditor Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the CF Secured Parties), the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest at the relevant contract rate, before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the CF Secured Parties from such Intercreditor Collateral, with the CF Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the ABL Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them in respect of or from the Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.
      Section 6.6 Enforceability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be enforceable under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
      Section 6.7 ABL Obligations and CF Obligations Unconditional . All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, and the CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties, respectively, hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:
     (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any ABL Documents or any CF Documents;
     (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the ABL Obligations or CF Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification, including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other ABL Document or of the terms of the CF Credit Agreement or any other CF Document;
     (c) any exchange of any security interest in any Intercreditor Collateral or any other collateral, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the ABL Obligations or CF Obligations or any guarantee thereof;
     (d) the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Company or any other Grantor; or
     (e) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense (other than a defense that such obligations have in-fact been repaid) available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any other Grantor in respect of ABL Obligations or CF Obligations in respect of this Agreement.

-21-


 

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation . The CF Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties, agrees that no payment to the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party may reasonably request, at the Company’s expense, to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the ABL Obligations resulting from payments to the ABL Collateral Agent by such Person.
      Section 7.2 Further Assurances . The Parties will, at their own expense and at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that any Party may reasonably request, in order to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder; provided , however , that no Party shall be required to pay over any payment or distribution, execute any instruments or documents, or take any other action referred to in this Section 7.2, to the extent that such action would contravene any law, order or other legal requirement or any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and in the event of a controversy or dispute, such Party may interplead any payment or distribution in any court of competent jurisdiction, without further responsibility in respect of such payment or distribution under this Section 7.2.
      Section 7.3 Representations. The CF Collateral Agent represents and warrants for itself to the ABL Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the CF Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the CF Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties, enforceable against the CF Collateral Agent and CF Secured Parties in accordance with its terms. The ABL Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the CF Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the ABL Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, enforceable against the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in accordance with its terms.
      Section 7.4 Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by the CF Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.4 to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended from time to time at the request of the Company, at the Company’s expense, and without the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the CF Collateral Agent or any CF Secured Party to (i) provide for a replacement ABL Collateral Agent in accordance with the ABL Documents (including for the avoidance of doubt to provide for a replacement ABL Collateral Agent

-22-


 

assuming such role in connection with any Refinancing of the ABL Documents permitted hereunder), provide for a replacement CF Collateral Agent in accordance with the applicable CF Documents (including for the avoidance of doubt to provide for a replacement CF Collateral Agent assuming such role in connection with any Refinancing of the CF Documents permitted hereunder) and/or secure additional extensions of credit or add other parties holding ABL Obligations or CF Obligations to the extent such Indebtedness does not expressly violate the ABL Credit Agreement or the CF Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of such additional CF Obligations, (a) establish that the Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral securing such CF Obligations shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to all Liens on the Intercreditor Collateral securing any ABL Obligations (at least to the same extent as (taken together as a whole) the Liens on Intercreditor Collateral in favor of the CF Obligations are junior and subordinate to the Liens on Intercreditor Collateral in favor of the ABL Obligations pursuant to this Agreement immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional CF Obligations) and (b) provide to the holders of such CF Obligations (or any agent or trustee thereof) the comparable rights and benefits (including any improved rights and benefits that have been consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent) as are provided to the CF Secured Parties under this Agreement.
      Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices . All notices to the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties permitted or required under this Agreement may be sent to the applicable Collateral Agent for such Secured Party, respectively, as provided in the applicable Credit Document. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed).
      Section 7.6 No Waiver, Remedies . No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
      Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations . This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) subject to Section 5.3, remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, (b) be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Intercreditor Collateral. All references to any Grantor shall include any Grantor as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the CF Collateral Agent and any CF Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations, as applicable, to any other Person (other than the Company, any Grantor or any Affiliate of the Company or any Grantor and any Subsidiary of the Company or any Grantor), and such other Person shall

-23-


 

thereupon become vested with all the rights and obligations in respect thereof granted to the ABL Collateral Agent, the CF Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, or any applicable CF Secured Party, as the case may be, herein or otherwise. The ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide Indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, any Grantor on the faith hereof.
      Section 7.8 Governing Law; Entire Agreement . The validity, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.
      Section 7.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by means of facsimile or “pdf” file thereof, and it is not necessary that the signatures of all Parties be contained on any one counterpart hereof, each counterpart will be deemed to be an original, and all together shall constitute one and the same document.
      Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the CF Collateral Agent and the CF Secured Parties. No other Person (including the Company, any Grantor or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company or any Grantor) shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.
      Section 7.11 Headings. The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
      Section 7.12 Severability. If any of the provisions in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and shall not invalidate the Lien Priority or the application of Proceeds and other priorities set forth in this Agreement.
      Section 7.13 Attorneys’ Fees . The Parties agree that if any dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding is brought with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or any provision hereof, the prevailing party in such dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement, irrespective of whether suit is brought.
      Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in New York, New York, and consent that all service of process may be made by registered mail directed to such party as provided in Section 7.5 for such party. Service so made shall be deemed to be completed three days after the same shall be posted as aforesaid. The parties hereto waive any objection to any action instituted hereunder in any such court based on forum non conveniens, and any objection to the venue of any action instituted hereunder in any such court. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION

-24-


 

BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR ACTION OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.
          (a) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 7.5. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
      Section 7.15 Intercreditor Agreement . This Agreement is the Intercreditor Agreement referred to in the ABL Documents and the CF Documents. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to subordinate the obligations due to (i) any ABL Secured Party to the obligations due to any CF Secured Party or (ii) any CF Secured Party to the obligations due to any ABL Secured Party (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding), it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement shall effectuate a subordination of Liens on Intercreditor Collateral but not a subordination of Indebtedness.
      Section 7.16 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be effective both before and after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding.
      Section 7.17 Collateral Agents . It is understood and agreed that (a) Citibank is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and the provisions of Article IX of the ABL Credit Agreement applicable to the administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder shall also apply to the ABL Collateral Agent hereunder, and (b) Citibank is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the CF Credit Agreement, and the provisions of Article IX of the CF Credit Agreement applicable to the administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder shall also apply to the CF Collateral Agent hereunder.
      Section 7.18 No Warranties or Liability . Each of the ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that none of the other has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any other ABL Document or CF Document, as the case may be.
      Section 7.19 Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Credit Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.
      Section 7.20 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties . Each of the CF Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent hereby assume responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Grantors and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the ABL Obligations or the CF Obligations. The ABL Collateral Agent and the CF Collateral Agent each hereby agrees that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such

-25-


 

circumstances. In the event either the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, (a) it shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to any other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (iii) to disclose any other information, or (b) it makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall not be liable for any information contained therein, and (c) the Party receiving such information hereby agrees to hold the other Party harmless from any action the receiving Party may take or conclusion the receiving Party may reach or draw from any such information, as well as from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses to which such receiving Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the use of such information.
           Section 7.21 Acknowledgement . The ABL Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges for itself and on behalf of each ABL Secured Party that there are assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including Grantors) which are subject to Liens in favor of the CF Collateral Agent or other creditors but which do not constitute Intercreditor Collateral and nothing in this Agreement shall grant or imply the grant of any Lien or other security interest in such assets in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent to secure any ABL Obligations and nothing in this Agreement shall affect or limit the rights of the CF Collateral Agent or CF Secured Party in any Non-Intercreditor Collateral or any other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Intercreditor Collateral) securing any CF Obligations.
[Signature pages follow]

-26-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as ABL Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as CF Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

S-1


 

         
CONSENT OF COMPANY AND GRANTORS
Dated: [          ], 2008
     Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent and Citibank, N.A., as CF Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, waived, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     Each of the undersigned Grantors has read the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and consents thereto. Each of the undersigned Grantors agrees not to take any action that would be contrary to the express provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it, agrees to abide by the requirements expressly applicable to it under the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that, except as otherwise provided therein, no ABL Secured Party or CF Secured Party shall have any liability to any Grantor for acting in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement provided that such party has not acted in violation of the ABL Security Documents, CF Security Documents, the ABL Credit Agreement or CF Credit Agreement, as applicable. Each Grantor understands that the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement is for the sole benefit of the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and that such Grantor is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary thereof except to the extent otherwise expressly provided therein.
     Without limitation to the foregoing, each Grantor agrees to take such further action and shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the ABL Collateral Agent or the CF Collateral Agent (or any of their respective agents or representatives) may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of and the lien priorities contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement.
     This Consent shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Notices delivered to any Grantor pursuant to this Consent shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Consent-1


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent is hereby executed by each of the Grantors as of the date first written above.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

Consent S-1


 

         
[Other Grantors Signature Blocks]

 


 

EXHIBIT J
Joinder Agreement
          JOINDER, dated as of [                      ], 2008 (this “ Joinder ”) to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [**], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor-by-merger to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.) (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (“ Holdings ”), each Lender from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the other agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
          Under Section 4.01(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement, it is a condition to the obligations of each Lender to make a Credit Extension under the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date that each Borrower execute a joinder to the Credit Agreement in the form of this Joinder. The undersigned is executing this Joinder in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services.
          SECTION 1. Each Borrower by its signature below becomes a Borrower under the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary Co-Borrower, as applicable, and each Borrower hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it thereunder as the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary Co-Borrower, as applicable. Holdings by its signature below becomes a party to the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein and hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it thereunder. The Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. This Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Joinder shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Joinder that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary, and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Joinder.
          SECTION 3. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 


 

           SECTION 4. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 5. If any provision contained in this Joinder is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Joinder shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Borrower, 1 Holdings and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Joinder to the Credit Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ,
as Parent Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC. , as Holdings,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  ACKERLEY BROADCASTING OPERATIONS, LLC , as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
 
AMFM BROADCASTING, INC. , as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
1   The parties identified as Subsidiary Borrowers on the signature pages hereto, which entities were the owners of the Eligible Accounts on the Borrowing Base Certificate as of February 29, 2008, delivered to the Arrangers prior to the date hereof, so long as such entities are wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date, and any other wholly-owned direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the Parent Borrower, which become owners of such Eligible Accounts or otherwise own Eligible Accounts on the Closing Date.
Signature Page to ABL Joinder

 


 

         
    AMFM MICHIGAN, LLC , as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
       
 
       
 
  By:   CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, Its sole member
 
       
 
  By:   AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.,Its General Partner
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
    AMFM TEXAS BROADCASTING, LP , as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
       
 
       
 
  By:   AMFM BROADCASTING, INC., Its General Partner
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  BEL MEADE BROADCASTING COMPANY, INC.,
    as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to ABL Joinder

 


 

         
  CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY,
      as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
    CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
    as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
       
 
       
 
  By   AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC., Its General Partner
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  CITICASTERS CO.,
     as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC.,
    as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to ABL Joinder

 


 

         
  JACOR BROADCASTING CORPORATION,
    as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  JACOR BROADCASTING OF COLORADO, INC.,
    as a CCB Group Subsidiary Borrower,  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  CHRISTAL RADIO SALES, INC.,
    as a Katz Group Subsidiary Borrower,  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  KATZ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
    as a Katz Group Subsidiary Borrower,  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  KATZ MILLENNIUM SALES & MARKETING INC.,
    as a Katz Group Subsidiary Borrower,  
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to ABL Joinder

 


 

         
  PREMIERE RADIO NETWORKS, INC.,
    as a Premiere Group Subsidiary Borrower,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to ABL Joinder

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and as a Lender,
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to ABL Joinder

 


 

EXHIBIT K
[FORM OF]
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
[DATE]
          This Borrowing Base Certificate is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e)(i) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the several subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.
          I, [                      ], certify that I am a duly appointed, qualified and acting Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower, and in such capacity, do hereby certify that the calculations attached as Annex A hereto are complete and correct in all material respects.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 


 

EXHIBIT K
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, solely in his capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower, has executed this Borrowing Base Certificate for and on behalf of the Parent Borrower and has caused this Borrowing Base Certificate to be delivered this ___ day of                      .
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
EXHIBIT L
[FORM OF]
FOREIGN LENDER CERTIFICATION
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May [   ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., to be merged with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto and the other agents named therein. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(b) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is not a “bank” as such term is used in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time, (the “ Code ”), (ii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iii) has income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document that is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (iv) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code.
          The undersigned shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent if any of the representations and warranties made herein are no longer true and correct.
         
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Date:                       , ___

 

Exhibit 10.21
Execution Version
BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.
(to be merged with and into
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.)
$980,000,000
10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
$1,330,000,000
11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
May 13, 2008
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
60 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), proposes to sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Purchaser ” and together, the “ Initial Purchasers ”) $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Notes ”). The Notes will be issued by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), containing the terms set forth in the “Description of Notes” attached as Exhibit A hereto (and such other provisions substantially in the form of the Indenture, dated as of October 26, 2006, among West Corporation, the guarantors signatory thereto and The Bank of New York, the Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, or otherwise usual and customary in recent high yield indentures for the sponsors of the portfolio companies under those indentures (the “ Sponsors ”), in each case, as determined by

 


 

Merger Sub in its sole judgment), among the Company, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent and registrar (“ Paying Agent ”), or such other Trustee and/or Paying Agent as may be selected by the Company.
          The Notes will be initially guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ” and, together with the Notes, the “ Securities ”) by each of the wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company which are guarantors under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) on an unsecured basis and will be subordinated only to the Guarantors’ guarantees under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Securities will be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), in reliance on exemptions therefrom.
          The Securities are being issued and sold as part of the financing necessary to effect the Transactions (as defined below), including the merger (the “ Merger ”) of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity. The Merger will be effected pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of November 16, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and the date hereof, among Merger Sub, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CC Media Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as BT Triple Crown Capital Holdings III, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Transactions” has the same meaning given to such term in the Senior Secured Credit Agreements.
          Substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, the Company shall become party to this Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) pursuant to a joinder agreement substantially in the form of the joinder agreement attached as Annex A hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”). The representations, warranties and agreements of the Company shall become effective on and as of the Merger, and the representations, warranties and agreements of the Guarantors shall become effective on and as of the execution by the Guarantors of a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of the Joinder Agreement (but if specified to be given as of a prior specified date, shall be given as of such date). Certain other terms used herein are defined in Section 16 hereof.
          1. Representations and Warranties . As of the date hereof, Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to each of the Initial Purchasers as follows (in the case of any representation or warranty made by Merger Sub regarding the Company or any Guarantor, any such representation or warranty shall be to the knowledge of Merger Sub, and in the case of any representation or warranty made by the Company and the Guarantors regarding Merger Sub, any such representation or warranty shall be to the knowledge of the Company and such Guarantors; capitalized terms used in this Section 1 and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Senior Secured Credit Agreements):
     (a) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 4 and their compliance with the agreements set forth

-2-


 

therein, none of Merger Sub, the Company, any Guarantor, nor any of their respective subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates, nor any person acting on their behalf, has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of, or solicited offers to buy, any security under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.
     (b) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 4 and their compliance with the agreements set forth therein, none of Merger Sub, the Company, any Guarantor, nor any of their respective subsidiaries nor any of their respective Affiliates, nor any person acting on their behalf, has: (i) engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities or (ii) engaged in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Securities; and Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors and each of their respective subsidiaries and each of their respective Affiliates and each person acting on their behalf has complied with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Any sale of the Securities by Merger Sub pursuant to Regulation S is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Act.
     (c) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act.
     (d) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 4 and their compliance with the agreements set forth therein, no registration of the Securities under the Act is required for the offer and sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers or by the Initial Purchasers to the initial purchasers therefrom, in each case in the manner contemplated herein, and it is not necessary to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. The Indenture, as of the Closing Date, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
     (e) None of Merger Sub, the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, will be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     (f) None of Merger Sub, the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries has paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any Securities (except as contemplated in this Agreement).
     (g) None of Merger Sub, the Company, any Guarantor nor any of their respective subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of Merger Sub or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

-3-


 

     (h) None of Merger Sub, the Company or any Guarantor is engaged nor will it engage principally in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any issuance of Securities will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.
          Any certificate signed by any officer of Merger Sub, the Company or the Guarantors and delivered to the Initial Purchasers or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Securities and, when issued, the Guarantees shall be deemed a joint and several representation and warranty by each of Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser.
          2. Purchase and Sale . Merger Sub (subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth) agrees to issue and sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from Merger Sub, at a purchase price of (A) 98.0% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto and (B) 98.0% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto.
          3. Delivery and Payment . Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at the offices of Ropes & Gray LLP, 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, on the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement are satisfied, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Initial Purchasers and Merger Sub (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “ Closing Date ”). Delivery of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes shall be made to the Initial Purchasers for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Initial Purchasers of the purchase price thereof in accordance with the Settlement Agreement, or if the Settlement Agreement does not specify payment instructions for the Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes, upon the order of Merger Sub or the Company. Delivery of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Initial Purchasers shall otherwise instruct.
          4. Offering by Initial Purchasers .
          (a) Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges that the Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Act.
          (b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with Merger Sub and the Company that:
     (i) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (x) as part of their

-4-


 

     distribution at any time or (y) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date except:
          (A) to those persons whom it reasonably believes to be “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act) or if any such person is buying for one or more institutional accounts for which such person is acting as a fiduciary or agent, only when such person has represented to it that each such account is a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice has been given that such sale or delivery is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and, in each case, in transactions in accordance with Rule 144A or
          (B) in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S;
     (ii) neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in the United States or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act;
     (iii) in connection with each sale pursuant to Section 4(b)(i)(A), it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A;
     (iv) neither it, nor any of its Affiliates nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Securities;
     (v) it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its Affiliates or with the prior written consent of Merger Sub;
     (vi) it and its Affiliates and any person acting on its behalf have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S;
     (vii) at or prior to the confirmation of sale of Securities sold in reliance of Regulation S (other than a sale of Securities pursuant to Section 4(b)(i)(A) of this Agreement), it shall have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the distribution compliance period (within the meaning of Regulation S) a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:
     
“The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the date of closing of the offering, except in either case in accordance with

-5-


 

     
Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Act. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S”; and
     (viii) it is an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D).
          5. Agreements . Merger Sub and, after the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally agree, in each case, with each Initial Purchaser as follows:
     (a) Within five Business Days following the Closing Date, the Company and each of the Guarantors will use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with the Initial Purchasers substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).
     (b) Within five Business Days following the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed to by each of the Guarantors, the Company and the Initial Purchasers), the Company and each of the Guarantors will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver opinions and advice letters, as the case may be, of (i) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for Merger Sub, the Company and those Guarantors organized or incorporated in the state of Delaware, California and Massachusetts, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, (ii) Texas counsel to the Company and Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, (iii) Colorado counsel to the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, (iv) Florida and New Jersey counsel to the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, (v) Nevada counsel to the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, (vi) Colorado counsel to the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, (vii) Washington counsel to the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, and (viii) special regulatory counsel to the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto and, in each case, with appropriate modifications to reflect the structure and terms of the Transactions; provided that it is understood by the parties that the drafts are subject to change should the Company or Merger Sub elect to engage local or FCC counsel which differ from those set forth on Exhibit D through J .
     (c) Within five Business Days following the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed to by each of the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers), each of the Guarantors shall have entered into the Joinder Agreement, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.
     (d) Within five Business Days following the Closing Date (unless otherwise agreed to by each of the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers), each of the Guarantors shall have entered into a supplemental indenture to the Indenture, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.
     (e) During the period from the Closing Date until two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates to, resell any Securities that have been acquired by any of them except for Securities resold in a transaction registered under the Act.

-6-


 

     (f) Merger Sub and any person acting on its behalf will not, and up to the Closing Date, Merger Sub will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company and the Guarantors not to, make offers or sales of any security (as defined in the Act), or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that could be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would reasonably be expected to require the registration of the Securities under the Act.
     (g) Except in connection with the Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) or the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), Merger Sub, the Company, the Guarantors and any person acting on their behalf will not engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.
     (h) So long as any of the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, Merger Sub, the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries will, unless they become subject to and comply with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or file the periodic reports contemplated by such provisions pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act (it being acknowledged and agreed that, prior to the first date on which information is required to be provided under the Indenture, the information of the type and scope contained in the Draft Offering Memorandum (as defined in Section 15 hereof) is sufficient for this purpose). This covenant is intended to be for the benefit of the holders, and the prospective purchasers designated by such holders, from time to time of such restricted securities.
     (i) Merger Sub, the Company, the Guarantors and any person acting on their behalf will not engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.
     (j) Merger Sub and the Company will cooperate with the Initial Purchasers and use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) permit the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes to be designated PORTAL Market securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the NASD relating to trading in the PORTAL Market and (ii) permit the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.
     (k) The Company (which is permitted to consummate its pending tender offer), its Affiliates (apart from Clear Media Limited, which is permitted to issue equity and debt securities, including conversion and puts of such securities, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, which are permitted to issue up to $400 million aggregate principal amount of public debt, and AMFM Operating Inc., which is

-7-


 

permitted to consummate its pending tender offer, and the Sponsors and their Affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries)) and the Guarantors will not, for a period of 90 days following the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of DBSI, offer, sell or contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Sponsors and their Affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries)) or any person in privity with the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates), directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, any capital markets debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors (other than the Securities and the Guarantees).
     (l) If the Closing Date occurs, Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the fees of the Trustee (and its counsel); (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of any customary offering memorandum (including the Offering Memorandum referred to in Section 15 hereof) and any amendment or supplement thereto; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of any offering memorandum, and all amendments or supplements thereto, as may be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of any blue sky memorandum to investors in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states and any other jurisdictions specified pursuant to Section 5(e) (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) admitting the Securities for trading in the PORTAL Market and the approval of the Securities for book-entry transfer by The Depository Trust Company; (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of representatives of Merger Sub in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) to Merger Sub and the Company; (x) the rating of the Securities by rating agencies; and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by Merger Sub and the Company of their obligations hereunder; provided , however , that except as specifically provided in this paragraph (h), the Initial Purchasers shall pay their own costs and expenses in connection with presentations for prospective purchasers of the Securities.
     (m) Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that the Initial Purchasers are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the offering of Securities contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, Merger Sub, the Company, any of the Guarantors or any other person. Additionally, no Initial

-8-


 

Purchaser is advising Merger Sub, the Company, any of the Guarantors or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Initial Purchasers shall have no responsibility or liability to Merger Sub, the Company or any of the Guarantors with respect thereto. Any review by the Initial Purchasers of Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and shall not be on behalf of Merger Sub, the Company or any of the Guarantors.
          6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers . The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (a) At the Closing Date, the Company, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have entered into the Indenture and the Initial Purchasers shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.
     (b) At the Closing Date, the Company shall have entered into the Joinder Agreement, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.
     (c) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the issuance of the Securities on the Closing Date, the Merger shall be consummated pursuant to the Merger Agreement; provided that none of the following provisions of the Merger Agreement shall have been amended or waived in any respect materially adverse to the Initial Purchasers without the prior written consent of the Initial Purchasers, not to be unreasonably withheld: Sections 2.01, 2.03, 3.01, 6.01(c) (but only to the extent such amendment or waiver would have been required if the reference therein to $100 million were replaced with $200 million), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (but only to the extent such amendment or waiver would have been required if Clear Media Limited and its subsidiaries were excluded from such provision), 6.01(g), 6.01(n), 6.01(r), 6.01(t) (to the extent relating to any of the foregoing), 6.13(b), 7.01 or 7.02 (except to the extent any condition set forth therein is not satisfied solely as a result of a breach of any of the foregoing provisions of Article VI of the Merger Agreement).
     (d) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the issuance of the Securities on the Closing Date, the Equity Contribution (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreements) shall have been consummated.
          The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 will be available for inspection at the office of Ropes & Gray LLP, at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, on the Business Day prior to the Closing Date.
          7. Indemnification and Contribution .

-9-


 

          (a) Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers and Affiliates of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other U.S. federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Offering Memorandum (as defined in Section 15 hereof), Recorded Road Show, Issuer Written Communication or any other written information used by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agree (subject to the limitations set forth in the provisos to this sentence) to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Offering Memorandum, Recorded Road Show, Issuer Written Communication or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Merger Sub, the Company or the Guarantors by any Initial Purchaser specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have. Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by Merger Sub, the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
          (b) Each Initial Purchaser severally, and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) as of the date hereof, Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, (ii) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act) Merger Sub, the Company or any of the Guarantors, and (iii) the directors, officers, members, managers and partners, as the case may be, of Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to Merger Sub by such Initial Purchaser in writing specifically for inclusion in any Offering Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto) (it being understood and agreed that the such information includes the third sentence of the third paragraph, the third sentence of the seventh paragraph and the eight paragraph under the heading “Private Placement” in the Draft Offering Memorandum). This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have.

-10-


 

          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights or defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above, except as provided in paragraph (d) below. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person); (ii) such action includes both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified persons. Any such separate firm for any Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by DBSI, and any such separate firm for Merger Sub, the Company or any of the Guarantors and any control persons of Merger Sub, the Company or any of the Guarantors shall be designated in writing by Merger Sub, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. In the event that any Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates, directors and officers or any control persons of such Initial Purchaser are Indemnified Persons collectively entitled, in connection with a proceeding in a single jurisdiction, to the payment of fees and expenses of a single separate firm under this Section 7(c), and any such Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates, directors and officers or any control persons of such Initial Purchaser cannot agree to a mutually acceptable separate firm to act as counsel thereto, then such separate firm for all such Indemnified Persons shall be designated in writing by DBSI. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be

-11-


 

sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any statement as to, or any admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
          (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) above, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which Merger Sub, the Company or any Guarantor and one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and by the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities related to the Losses purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason or not permitted by applicable law, Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by them, and benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by Merger Sub, the Company or any Guarantor, on the one hand, or the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. Merger Sub, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint. For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director,

-12-


 

officer, employee, Affiliate and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls Merger Sub, the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and the respective officers, directors, members, managers and partners of Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors shall have the same rights to contribution as Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
          8. Representations and Indemnities to Survive . The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors or, with respect to Sections 5(c), (d) and Section 15, their respective officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, or any of the indemnified persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of Section 7 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
          9. Termination . This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Closing Date shall not have occurred at or prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the earliest of (w) the 20th Business Day following the receipt of the Requisite Shareholder Approval (as defined in the Merger Agreement), (x) the 20th Business Day following the failure to obtain the Requisite Shareholder Approval at a duly held Shareholders’ Meeting (as defined in the Merger Agreement) after giving effect to all adjournments and postponements thereof, (y) five Business Days following the termination of the Merger Agreement or (z) December 31, 2008 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that if (A) the Requisite Shareholder Approval is obtained and (B) any regulatory approval required in connection with the consummation of the Merger has not been obtained (or has lapsed and not been renewed) or any waiting period under applicable antitrust laws has not expired (or has restarted and such new period has not expired), then the Termination Date shall automatically be extended until the 20th Business Day following receipt of all such approvals (or renewals), but in no event later than March 31, 2009, provided further , that, if as of the Termination Date there is a dispute among any of the parties to the Escrow Agreement with respect to the disposition of any Escrow Funds (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, Merger Sub may, by written notice to the Initial Purchasers, extend the Termination Date until the fifth Business Day after the final resolution of such dispute by a court of competent jurisdiction or mutual resolution by the parties to such dispute; provided , however , that the Termination Date with respect to any Initial Purchaser shall occur on the date such Initial Purchaser withdraws its portion of the Escrow Funds pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Escrow Agreement.
          10. Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt and, if sent to the Initial Purchasers, will be mailed, delivered or faxed to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (fax no. (212) 797-4564 and confirmed to 60 Wall Street, New York, New York. 10005), Attention: Legal Department; or, if sent to Merger Sub, the Company or the Guarantors, will be mailed, delivered or faxed c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (fax no. (210) 832-3121), Attention: General Counsel. Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors, shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by DBSI.

-13-


 

          11. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and at and after the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Joinder Agreement, Merger Sub and the Company and their respective successors and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 7 hereof and their respective successors, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. No purchaser of Securities from any Initial Purchaser shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.
          12. Applicable Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
          13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which when so executed shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          14. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          15. Post-Closing Agreement to Cooperate; Ongoing Compliance of Finalized Offering Memorandum; Securities Notices .
          (a) After the Closing Date, if requested by Initial Purchasers holding a majority in principal amount of the Securities held by all Initial Purchasers then outstanding (the “ Requisite Initial Purchasers ”) the Company will:
     (i) subject to section (c) below, use commercially reasonable efforts to, within twenty (20) Business Days from the date of such request (the “ Delivery Date ”), update the draft offering memorandum circulated to the Initial Purchasers on the date hereof (the “ Draft Offering Memorandum ”) attached as Exhibit K hereto (as so finalized, amended, supplemented or updated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Settlement Agreement, the “ Offering Memorandum ”) in a form customary for a Rule 144A offering, for the time during the Company’s fiscal year during which such offering is to be made;
     (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Initial Purchasers on the Delivery Date:
     (A) opinions and advice letters, as the case may be, consistent with those set forth in Section 5(b) of this Agreement; and
     (B) a “comfort” letter dated as of the Delivery Date (or, in the event professional standards preclude Ernst & Young LLP, from delivering a comfort letter, an agreed upon procedures letter will be substituted therefor) with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries and the Offering Memorandum from Ernst &

-14-


 

Young LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, such letter or letters to be in the forms previously negotiated with Ernst & Young LLP (as appropriately updated);
     (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Initial Purchasers in their marketing efforts for the resale of the Securities by, or by using commercially reasonable efforts to cause it material subsidiaries to, to the extent not unreasonably interfering with the (A) provide to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel all information reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers and their counsel to update due diligence to the Delivery Date or such later dates as the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably request in connection with an offer and resale of the Securities (a “ Sale Date ”) and (B) participate in conference calls with prospective investors; provided that such assistance does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Company and its subsidiaries or otherwise impair, in any material respect, the ability of any officer or executive of the Company or its subsidiaries to carry out their duties to the Company and its subsidiaries;
     (iv) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Securities under the state securities laws or blue sky laws of such U.S. jurisdictions as any Initial Purchaser reasonably requests no later than the initial Sale Date, (B) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary to enable each Initial Purchaser to consummate the disposition thereof in private transactions in such jurisdictions; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 15, (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational document, or any agreement between it and any of its equityholders, and (C) if not previously obtained, obtain (1) CUSIP numbers for the Securities as necessary, (2) approval by the Nasdaq Stock Market for the Securities to be designated as PORTAL-eligible securities (it being understood that the Initial Purchasers shall assist the Company in obtaining such approval) and (3) eligibility for the Securities to clear and settle through The Depository Trust Company;
     (v) use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, as many copies of the Offering Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they may reasonably request; provided that the Initial Purchasers shall not be entitled to use such Offering Memorandum delivered pursuant to this clause (v) at such time as (i) the financial information contained therein no longer complies with the applicable requirements of Regulation S-X or (ii) the Company has delivered a notice pursuant to section (c) below;
     (vi) not make any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum or otherwise distribute or refer to any written communications (as defined in Rule 405 of the Act) that constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities (any such communication by Merger Sub, the Company or the Guarantors, an “ Issuer Written Communication ”) that shall be reasonably disapproved by DBSI after reasonable notice thereof; and

-15-


 

     (vii) if at any time any event occurs prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“ DBSI ”)) as a result of which the Offering Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with applicable law in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Company, promptly (i) notify the Initial Purchasers upon actual knowledge of any such event; (ii) subject to the provisions of this Section 15, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to supply any supplemented or amended Offering Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as they may reasonably request.
          (b) In addition to section (a) above, the Requisite Initial Purchasers may request in writing that the Company cooperate in the resale of the Securities by performing the agreements set forth in clauses (a)(i)-(vii) above on one (1) additional occasion (a “ Securities Notice ”) (it being understood that the reference to a Sale Date, as applicable in section (a) above shall be deemed to mean the 20th Business Day after the delivery of a Securities Notice). The Securities Notice shall provide for a marketing period not to exceed five (5) consecutive Business Days (each such period a “ Marketing Period ”) on no more than one occasion.
          (c) The Company may delay the Delivery Date or delay the initiation of the Securities Notice by providing notice (each such notice, a “ blackout notice ”) to the Initial Purchasers and may suspend use of the Offering Memorandum by the Initial Purchasers for a reasonable period of time not to exceed 45 days in any three-month period and 90 days in any twelve-month period if (x) such action is required by applicable law or (y) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including material business developments or the acquisition or divestiture of assets or interference with the ongoing operations. The Company shall promptly inform the Initial Purchaser of the cessation of any “blackout notice.”
          (d) The provisions set forth in this Section 15 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such time as the Company and the Guarantors have fulfilled their obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to have a shelf registration statement declared effective by the Commission registering the Securities held by the Initial Purchasers and (ii) one year from the date hereof.
          16. Definitions . The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.
          “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

-16-


 

          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which commercial banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or required by law to close in New York City.
          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the Escrow Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Merger Sub, the financial institutions and the other parties thereto.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Investment Company Act ” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ NASD ” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
          “ PORTAL ” shall mean the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages system of the NASD.
          “ Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D under the Act.
          “ Regulation S ” shall mean Regulation S under the Act.
          “ Senior Secured Credit Agreements ” shall mean (i) the cash-flow based Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Merger Sub, as Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (upon consummation of the Merger), as Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other Lenders party thereto and the other agents named therein, and (ii) the receivables-based Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Merger Sub, as Parent Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (upon consummation of the Merger), as Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other Lenders party thereto and the other agents named therein, each as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Senior Secured Credit Facilities ” shall mean those facilities contemplated in the Senior Secured Credit Agreements.
          “ Settlement Agreement ” shall mean the settlement agreement dated the date hereof among the Company, Merger Sub, the Initial Purchasers and the other parties thereto.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

-17-


 

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between Merger Sub and the several Initial Purchasers.
         
  Very truly yours,

BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John Connaughton    
    Name:   John Connaughton   
    Title:      
 
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

             
The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed    
and accepted as of the date first above written.    
 
           
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.    
 
           
By:   /s/ David Flannery    
         
 
  Name:   David Flannery    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
 
           
By:   /s/ Scott Sartorios    
         
 
  Name:   Scott Sartorios    
 
  Title:   Director    
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.
             
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED    
 
           
By:   /s/ Henry F. D’Alessandro    
         
 
  Name:   Henry F. D’Alessandro    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.
             
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.    
 
           
By:   /s/ Ross A. MacIntyre    
         
 
  Name:   Ross A. MacIntyre    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.
             
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC    
 
           
By:   /s/ SoVonna Day-Gions    
         
 
  Name:   SoVonna Day-Gions    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.
             
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.    
 
           
By:   /s/ Michael F. Newcomb II    
         
 
  Name:   Michael F. Newcomb II    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.
             
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC    
 
           
By:   /s/ James Jefferies    
         
 
  Name:   James Jefferies    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

SCHEDULE I
                 
    Principal Amount        
    of Senior Cash     Principal Amount of  
    Pay Notes To Be     Senior Toggle Notes  
Initial Purchasers   Purchased     To Be Purchased  
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
    183,750,000.00       249,375,000.00  
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    183,751,000.00       249,375,000.00  
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
    183,750,000.00       249,375,000.00  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.
    142,913,000.00       193,954,000.00  
Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.
    142,913,000.00       193,954,000.00  
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
    142,923,000.00       193,967,000.00  
 
           
Total
  $ 980,000,000.00     $ 1,330,000,000.00  
 
           
[Purchase Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
     Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “ Issuer ” refers to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (the “ merger sub ”) and, following the merger (the “ merger ”) of the merger sub with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“ Clear Channel ”), to only Clear Channel as the surviving corporation in the merger and not to any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) the terms “ we ,” “ our ” and “ us ” each refer to the Issuer, its successors and their respective consolidated Subsidiaries, assuming completion of the merger.
     The Issuer will issue $2,310,000,000 of notes, consisting of $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 (together with any PIK Notes (as defined under “Principal, Maturity and Interest”) issued in respect thereof, the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Notes ”). The Issuer will issue the Notes under an indenture to be dated as of the Issue Date (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent (the “Paying Agent” ) and registrar. The Notes will be issued in private transactions that are not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the Indenture include those stated therein and will include those made part thereof by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes will each be issued as a separate class, but, except as otherwise provided below, will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture.
     The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because that agreement, not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the Notes.
Brief Description of Notes
     The Notes:
    will be unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;
 
    will be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes);
 
    will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities);
 
    will be senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;
 
    will be initially guaranteed by Holdings and each of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the General Credit Facilities (i) on an unsecured senior subordinated basis with respect to such Guarantor’s guarantee under Designated Senior Indebtedness and (ii) on a senior unsecured basis with respect to all of the applicable Guarantor’s existing and future unsecured senior debt other than such Guarantor’s guarantee under Designated Senior Indebtedness; and
 
    will be subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Guarantees
     The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, will initially jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis solely with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness, and on an unsecured senior basis in all other instances, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture or a supplemental indenture.
     Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees the General Credit Facilities will initially guarantee the Notes, subject to release as provided below and in the ABL Facility. Each Guarantor’s Guarantees of the Notes will be a general unsecured obligation of such Guarantor, will be subordinated to such

162


 

EXHIBIT A
Guarantor’s guarantee under any Designated Senior Indebtedness, will be pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and will be effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not guarantee the Notes.
     Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of the Issuer’s Foreign Subsidiaries, non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, special purpose Subsidiaries, Securitization Subsidiaries, any Receivables Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary that does not guarantee the General Credit Facilities will guarantee the Notes. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries would have accounted for approximately $3.4 billion, or 49%, of our total net revenue, approximately $1.1 billion, or 46%, of our EBITDA (as such term is described and used in “Offering Memorandum Summary”) and approximately $983 million, or 43%, of our Adjusted EBITDA (as such term is described and used in “Offering Memorandum Summary”), in each case, for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, and approximately $12.7 billion, or 44%, of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. On a historical basis without giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for approximately 38% of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. The difference between the historical percentage and the pro forma percentage of total assets principally relates to the creation of significant goodwill and intangibles in connection with the application of purchase accounting for the Transactions. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, as of March 31, 2008, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries would have had $5.3 billion of total balance sheet liabilities (including trade payables) to which the Notes would have been structurally subordinated.
     The obligations of each Restricted Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
     Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
     If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.
     Each Guarantee by a Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
     (1)(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
     (b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the General Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
     (c) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
     (d) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the Indenture; and
     (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

163


 

EXHIBIT A
Ranking
     The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes by the Issuer will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the obligations of the Issuer under the Senior Credit Facilities.
     The payment of any Guarantee of the Notes will be subordinated to obligations of such Guarantor under its Designated Senior Indebtedness and will rank pari passu in right of payment to all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor.
     Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantees of the Notes are subordinated to the obligations of that Guarantor under its Designated Senior Indebtedness. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of the holders of such Guarantor’s Designated Senior Indebtedness.
     Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Designated Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”
     No Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default ”):
     (1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due; or
     (2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;
unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, each Guarantor is permitted to make a payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.
     During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, no Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer) of written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:
     (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;
     (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or
     (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.
     Notwithstanding the provisions described above (but subject to the subordination provisions of the immediately succeeding paragraph), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, each Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Guarantees shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of Non-Payment Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Guarantees are in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect.

164


 

EXHIBIT A
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness and that was the basis for the initiation of such Payment Blockage Period will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Period unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Payment Blockage Period, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a
Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).
     In connection with the Guarantees, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property:
     (1) the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Designated Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or related to, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and
     (2) until the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.
     If a distribution is made to Holders of the Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the Notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
     The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of the Issuer to pay cash interest or principal (including any accretion) with respect to the Notes when due by their terms. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Guarantors must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration, provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination provisions described herein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.
     A Holder by its acceptance of Notes agrees to be bound by the provisions described in this section and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
     By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the Guarantor who are holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes, and creditors who are not holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes.
     The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of government securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal (including any accretion) of and interest on the Notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions and the respective deposit in the trust was otherwise made in accordance with such provisions.
     The Notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.
     Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be unsubordinated Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

165


 

EXHIBIT A
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
     The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for each series of Notes. The initial Paying Agent for each series of Notes will be Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
     The Issuer will also maintain a registrar in respect of each series of Notes, initially Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. If the Issuer fails to appoint a registrar the Trustee will act as such. The registrar for each series of Notes will maintain a register reflecting ownership of that series of Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of those Notes on behalf of the Issuer.
     The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as a Paying Agent or registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
     A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Any registrar or the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
     The Issuer will issue $2,310,000,000 of Notes, consisting of $980,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes and $1,330,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes. The Notes will mature on      , 2016. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“ Additional Notes ”). In addition, in connection with the payment of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Senior Toggle Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the Holders, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue additional Senior Toggle Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Senior Toggle Notes offered hereby (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). The Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes and PIK Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Notes” include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.
     Interest will accrue on the Notes from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months to Holders of record at the close of business on the               or            immediately preceding the interest payment date, on            and                 of each year, commencing      , 2008. If a payment date is not on a Business Day at the place of payment, payment may be made at the place on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.
     For any interest payment period, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes:
    entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”);
 
    entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”); or
 
    on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the principal amount by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ Partial PIK Interest ”).
     The Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent no later than 10 business days prior to the beginning of such interest period. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest

166


 

EXHIBIT A
period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes as described under “Optional Redemption” or “Repurchase at the Option of Holders” shall be made solely in cash.
     Cash Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and be payable in cash. PIK Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Senior Toggle Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of any outstanding global Senior Toggle Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as applicable, for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) (or, if necessary, pursuant to the requirements of the depositary or otherwise, to authenticate new global notes executed by the Issuer with such increased principal amounts) and (y) with respect to Senior Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as applicable, for the applicable period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the registrar of Holders. In the event that the Issuer elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any interest period, each Holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record date and Partial PIK Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Senior Toggle Notes as a result of a PIK Payment or Partial PIK Payment, the global Senior Toggle Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment or Partial PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Senior Toggle Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on      , 2016 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Senior Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note.
     Interest on the Senior Cash Pay Notes will accrue at a rate of 10.75% per annum and be payable in cash.
     Special Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes. Any Special Interest on the Notes will be payable in the same form elected by the Issuer for payment of interest for the applicable interest payment period. All references to the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Special Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes.
     Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and Cash Interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency will be the office of the Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
     On      , 2015 (the “ Special Redemption Date ”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “ Special Redemption Amount ”) of Senior Toggle Notes equal to the product of (x) $30.0 million and (y) the lesser of (i) one and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Special Redemption Date of the Senior Toggle Notes for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,330,000,000, as determined by the Issuer in good faith and rounded to the nearest $2,000 (such redemption, the “ Special Redemption ”). The redemption price for each portion of a Senior Toggle Note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.
     Except for the Special Redemption of any portion of the Senior Toggle Notes as described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Issuer is not required to make any sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

167


 

EXHIBIT A
Optional Redemption
Senior Cash Pay Notes
     At any time prior to      , 2012, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Cash Pay Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.
     On and after      , 2012, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The Senior Cash Pay Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Senior Cash Pay Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on                   of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year     Percentage
       
2012
    105.375%
2013
    102.688%
2014 and thereafter
    100.000%
     In addition, until      , 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Senior Cash Pay Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
     The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
     The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”
Senior Toggle Notes
     At any time prior to      , 2012, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

168


 

EXHIBIT A
     On and after      , 2012, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The Senior Toggle Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year     Percentage
       
2012
    105.500 %
2013
    102.750 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     In addition, until      , 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes (and any PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) at a redemption price equal to 111.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Senior Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date (but excluding PIK Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
     At the end of any “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date (each, a “ Mandatory Deferrable Interest Payment Date ”), the Issuer may make cash payments on the Senior Toggle Notes then outstanding in an aggregate amount of up to the Mandatory Deferrable Interest Payment Amount (each such payment, a “ Mandatory Deferrable Interest Payment ”). Any such payments will be made in proportion to the then outstanding principal amounts of such Senior Toggle Notes. The “ Mandatory Deferrable Interest Payment Amount ” shall mean, as of each Mandatory Deferrable Interest Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and all accrued but unpaid “original issue discount” (as defined in Section 1273(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes then outstanding, over (ii) an amount equal to the product of (A) the aggregate “issue price” (as defined in Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a) of the Code) of the Senior Toggle Notes then outstanding multiplied by (B) the “yield to maturity” (as defined in the Treasury Regulation Section 1.1272-1(b)(1)(i)) of the Senior Toggle Notes.
     The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
     The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Change of Control
     The Notes will provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of

169


 

EXHIBIT A
Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount; provided , however , that if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.
     The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
     On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
     The Senior Credit Facilities will, and future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Issuer becomes a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts

170


 

EXHIBIT A
outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound down.
     Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our
then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
     The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
     We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
     The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.
     Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions in the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes under the Indenture.
Asset Sales
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or that are owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

171


 

EXHIBIT A
     (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $300.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value
     shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.
     Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
     (1) to permanently reduce:
     (a) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (b) Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (as defined below) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (c) Obligations under (i) Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest; or
     (d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (2) to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) are either (x) used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
      provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
     Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale described in the preceding paragraph that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with such Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, or if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00, (in each case in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess

172


 

EXHIBIT A
Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $100.0 million or less.
     To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness will select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
     Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facility, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
     The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
     Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
Selection and Notice
     If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of a series of Notes at any time, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will select the Notes of such series to be redeemed (a) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason by lot or by such other method as the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deem appropriate.
     Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to (x) each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, (y) to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, or (z) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.
     The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
Certain Covenants
     Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants that will be contained in the Indenture.

173


 

EXHIBIT A
Limitation on Restricted Payments
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:
     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or
     (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (4) make any Restricted Investment

174


 

EXHIBIT A
     (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and
     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (c) thereof only), (6)(c) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:
     (i)(A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
     (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
     (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
     (B) to the extent such proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or
     (ii) debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;
provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
     (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) from any Excluded Contributions); plus

175


 

EXHIBIT A
     (d) 100% of the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:
     (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case with respect to Restricted Investments made after the Issue Date; or
     (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus
     (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $100.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.
     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
     (2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:
     (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;

176


 

EXHIBIT A
     (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and
     (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75.0 million in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date (other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (6)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;
     (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;
provided , however , that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock

177


 

EXHIBIT A
that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (8) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Issuer in or from any such public Equity Offering;
     (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
     (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $400.0 million;
     (11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and Securitization Fees;
     (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”, and any payments to holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions) in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;
     (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,
     (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;
     (b) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise and similar taxes; provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year (and to the extent of any amounts actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries);
     (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (e) amounts payable to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;
     (f) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (i) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful) and (ii) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful);

178


 

EXHIBIT A
     (g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and
     (h) to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment; (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the covenant “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” below) in order to consummate such Investment; (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with the Indenture; (D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (9) thereof);
     (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (17) any Restricted Payments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; and
     (18) purchase Equity Interests of CCO not owned by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise);
      provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10), (15) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
     As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on, or in respect of, the Issuer’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from, the Investors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Capital Stock to or from the Issuer, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by the first paragraph of this covenant, or the exceptions provided by clauses (1) or (10) of the second paragraph of this covenant or clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” unless the most recent interest payment made by the Issuer was a Cash Interest payment and the Issuer has not made a PIK Election with respect to the next interest payment due and, in each case, such payment is otherwise in compliance with this covenant.

179


 

EXHIBIT A
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 7.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $750.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.
     The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
     (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $16,770,638,000 outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate amount of proceeds received from the sale of any Securitization Assets made since the Issue Date;
     (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes);
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes (including any PIK Notes but excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));
     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $150.0 million at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under FAS 141(R)) of the Issuer or

180


 

EXHIBIT A
any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));
     (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the CCU Mirror Note) owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under”—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof) ; provided, however, that any amounts in excess of 100.0% shall be Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder, and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $1,000.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
     (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) below, or

181


 

EXHIBIT A
     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above,
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

182


 

EXHIBIT A
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and
     (C) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; or
     (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and provided further that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or
     (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
     (17)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the covenant described below under “Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $250.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or

183


 

EXHIBIT A
indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.
     Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor (other than Indebtedness constituting Designated Senior Indebtedness), as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be. The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

184


 

EXHIBIT A
Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend any of the Existing Senior Notes or the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, or any supplemental indenture in respect thereof, to create, incur or assume any Lien that secures any of the Existing Senior Notes other than to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
Limitation on Layering
     The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:
     (1) equal in right of payment with the such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; or
     (2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes.
     The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
Liens
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
     The foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes (including PIK Notes) and the related Guarantees or the Exchange Notes (including PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) and related guarantees, (b) Liens securing Obligations under any Indebtedness and related guarantees under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 6.75 to 1.0.
     Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) above.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
     The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), and may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the

185


 

EXHIBIT A
Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
     (5) each Restricted Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; and
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.
     The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) above shall not apply to the Transactions (including the merger). Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),
     (1) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; and
     (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
     Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Restricted Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1)(a) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
     (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or
     (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

186


 

EXHIBIT A
     In the case of clause (1) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Restricted Guarantor).
Transactions with Affiliates
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;
     (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses and indemnities, directly or indirectly, to the Investors, in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
     (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement), or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any

187


 

EXHIBIT A
material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or as otherwise permitted by the Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; and
     (14) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including without limitation, pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes;
     (b)(x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation, (y) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and (z) the Exchange Notes and the related indenture and guarantees;
     (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
     (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger,

188


 

EXHIBIT A
consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Issuer or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (j) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (k) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (l) any encumbrances or restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing; and
     (m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
     The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and
     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided , that this covenant shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Financing by any Restricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a

189


 

EXHIBIT A
Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods described above.
Reports and Other Information
     Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require the Issuer to file with the SEC from and after the Issue Date no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on
Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 5 days after the time the Issuer would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph. To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided , that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default and Remedies” if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Events of Default and Remedies
     The Indenture will provide that each of the following is an Event of Default:
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

190


 

EXHIBIT A
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
     (5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Party;
     (7) failure of any Person required by the terms of the Indenture to be a Guarantor as of the Issue Date to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture within five (5) Business Days following the Issue Date; or
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.
     If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.
     Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.
     The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

191


 

EXHIBIT A
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
     Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

192


 

EXHIBIT A
     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
     Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
     The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
     The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligations discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:
     (1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;
     (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
     In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

193


 

EXHIBIT A
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:
     (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2)(a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or

194


 

EXHIBIT A
violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
     (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
     In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
     Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification would only affect the Senior Cash Pay Notes or the Senior Toggle Notes, only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority in principal amount of all of the then outstanding Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.
     The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
     (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;
     (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
     (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or

195


 

EXHIBIT A
     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantors may amend or supplement any Guarantee issued under the Indenture, in each case, without the consent of any Holder;
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (9) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes issued thereunder to any provision of this “Description of the Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
     However, no amendment to, or waiver of, the subordination provisions of the Indenture with respect to the Guarantees (or the component definitions used therein), if adverse to the interests of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, may be made without the consent of the holders of a majority of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative).
     The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
Notices
     Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.
Concerning the Trustee
     The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

196


 

EXHIBIT A
     The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Governing Law
     The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
     Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
     “ ABL Facility ” means the asset-based revolving Credit Facility provided under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
     “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
     “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
     “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at           , 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such Note through           , 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date.

197


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or
     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or the making of any Permitted Investment;
     (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture;
     (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;
     (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
     (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;
     (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

198


 

EXHIBIT A
     (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; and
     (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law.
     “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
     “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
     “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2)(a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
     (b) in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

199


 

EXHIBIT A
     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

200


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Cash Interest ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”
     “ CCO ” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Issuer, as maker, and CCO, as payee.
      “Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transactions):
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
     (2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

201


 

EXHIBIT A
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
     In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
     For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

202


 

EXHIBIT A
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded,
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date) to the extent included in discontinued operations prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

203


 

EXHIBIT A
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.
     “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
     In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
     “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
     (2) to advance or supply funds

204


 

EXHIBIT A
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

205


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
     “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
     “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
     “ Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.
     “ Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) all Indebtedness of any Guarantor under its guarantee of (i) the Senior Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus (ii) the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (12)(b) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus (iii) the amount of additional Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Guarantor under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” that is also permitted to be and is secured by a Lien pursuant to (A) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio test set forth in clause (c) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Liens” or (B) clause (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens (in each case plus interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;
     (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); and
     (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2); provided , however , that Designated Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
     (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

206


 

EXHIBIT A
     (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);
     (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
     (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.
     “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
     “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2.0 million; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, Asset Sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with FAS 141(R) and gains or losses associated with FIN 45)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the Notes, Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions,

207


 

EXHIBIT A
discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (e)(x) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (y) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and (z) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (i) the amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Issue Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus
     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and

208


 

EXHIBIT A
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable,
     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
     “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
     “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
     “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
     “ euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer from,
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clauses (3)(b) and 3(c) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
     “ Existing Senior Notes ” means the Issuer’s 4.625% Senior Notes Due 2008, 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2008, 4.25% Senior Notes Due 2009, 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.
     “ Existing Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
     “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

209


 

EXHIBIT A
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ General Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
     “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
     “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
     “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
     “ Guaranteed Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
     In the event that any Guarantor (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is made (the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ) , then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed

210


 

EXHIBIT A
Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized; provided , that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation).
     “ Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
     “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
     “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
     “ Holdings ” means Clear Channel Capital I, LLC.
     “ Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
     “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

211


 

EXHIBIT A
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing.
     “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
     “ Initial Purchasers ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
     “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
     “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer;
     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
     “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
     (a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

212


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
     “ Issue Date ” means the date that the Transactions are consummated.
     “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”
     “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
     “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
     “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
     “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Issuer and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons).
     “ Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
     “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

213


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.
     “ Partial PIK Interest ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”
     “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
     “ Permitted Holder” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent or CC Media Holdings, Inc.) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
     “ Permitted Investments ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the first paragraph “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

214


 

EXHIBIT A
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);
     (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
     (12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $600.0 million and 2.00% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;
     (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $20.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
     (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;
     (17) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;
     (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Liens”;
     (19) any purchase or repurchase of the Notes; and
     (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $200.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
     “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which

215


 

EXHIBIT A
such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5), (12)(b) or (18) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

216


 

EXHIBIT A
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Liens on (x) accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility, and (y) any Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding
     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

217


 

EXHIBIT A
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of
set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;
     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted; and
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business.
     For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
     “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
     “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.
      “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (A) one or more Securitization Subsidiaries or (B) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of CCO or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any

218


 

EXHIBIT A
assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCO or its Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), (d) after giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 8.0 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing and (y) the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (e) the proceeds from such sale will be used by the Issuer to permanently reduce Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto and (f) the Issuer shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (e) have been satisfied.
     “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
     “ Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
     “ Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional Notes.
     “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Representative ” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor.
     “ Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
     “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
     “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
     “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

219


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
     “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Securitization Assets ” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and any other assets related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.
     “ Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
     “ Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Issuer) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors of the Issuer or such other Person as provided below as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (c) to which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
     “ Senior Credit Facilities ” means (i) any ABL Facility and (ii) the General Credit Facilities.
     “ Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
     “ Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer and/or any direct or indirect parent company, in substantially the form delivered to the Initial Purchasers prior to the Issue Date and as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing.

220


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

221


 

EXHIBIT A
     “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
     “ Total Assets ” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
     “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
     “ Transactions ” means the “Transactions” as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to      , 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to      , 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
     “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
     “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
     (2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and
     (3) each of:
     (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
     (b) its Subsidiaries
     has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

222


 

EXHIBIT A
     The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or
     (2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
     Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
     “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
     “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.
     “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

223


 

EXHIBIT B
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
$980,000,000 Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
$1,330,000,000 Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
[                         ], 2008
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
60 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) proposes to sell to certain purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives, their 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 in the principal amount of $980,000,000 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and their 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 in the principal amount of $1,330,000,000 (the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Senior Notes ”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement among Merger Sub and the Representatives dated May 13, 2008 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) relating to the initial placement of the Senior Notes and related guarantees (as described below) (the “ Initial Placement ”). The Senior Notes will be issued by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to an indenture, to be dated on or about [                ], 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent and registrar (the “ Paying Agent ”), or such other Trustee and/or Paying Agent as may be selected by the Company, as supplemented by the supplemental indenture executed by the Guarantors (as defined below). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Issuers (as defined below) agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (as defined below) (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “ Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Holders ”), as follows:
          The Senior Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed by the guarantors listed in Annex A hereto (the “ Guarantors ” and, together with Merger Sub and the Company, the “ Issuers ”) on an unsecured basis and will be subordinated only to the Guarantors’ guarantees of the

 


 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and as further described in the Offering Memorandum (as defined below). The Senior Cash Pay Notes, together with the related guarantees (the “ Senior Cash Pay Guarantees ”), to be resold by the Initial Purchasers to certain purchasers, are referred to herein as the “ Senior Cash Pay Securities .” The Senior Toggle Notes, together with the related guarantees (the “ Senior Toggle Guarantees ”), to be resold by the Initial Purchasers to certain purchasers, are referred to herein as the “ Senior Toggle Securities ” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Securities, the “ Securities .”
          1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
          “ Agreement ” shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ broker-dealer ” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.
          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
          “ Class ” shall mean all Senior Cash Pay Securities and New Securities issued in exchange for Senior Cash Pay Securities or all Senior Toggle Securities and New Securities issued in exchange for Senior Toggle Securities, as appropriate.
          “ Closing Date ” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities (determined without regard to any reopening of the Indenture that may occur).
          “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Conduct Rules ” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
          “ Effective Time ” shall mean in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective pursuant to the Securities Act and (ii) a Shelf Registration, the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective pursuant to the Securities Act.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

-2-


 

          “ Exchange Offer Registration Period ” shall mean the 180-day period following the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to such Registered Exchange Offer.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to a Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a broker-dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer) for New Securities.
          “ Freely Tradable ” means, with respect to a Security, a Security that at any time of determination (i) may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers where no conditions of Rule 144 are then applicable (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144, so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination) and (ii) does not bear any restrictive legends relating to the Securities Act.
          “ Guarantees ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Indenture ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Initial Placement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Issuers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
          “ Majority Holders ” shall mean, with respect to any Class on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of such Class of Securities registered under a Registration Statement.
          “ Managing Underwriters ” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement.

-3-


 

          “ New Securities ” shall mean debt securities of the Company and guarantees by the Guarantors, in each case identical in all material respects to the Senior Cash Pay Securities or the Senior Toggle Securities, as applicable (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), to be issued under the Indenture in connection with sales or exchanges effected pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ Offering Memorandum ” shall mean the offering memorandum required to be delivered pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, relating to the offer and sale of the Senior Notes and related guarantees, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date.
          “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Registered Exchange Offer ” shall mean the proposed offer of the Issuers to issue and deliver to the Holders of either Class of Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for such Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of New Securities of such Class.
          “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided that, with respect to either Class of Securities, the Securities of such Class shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) the date on which such Securities are Freely Tradable.
          “ Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.
          “ Registration Statement ” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers either Class of Securities or New Securities, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

-4-


 

          “ Senior Cash Pay Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Secured Credit Facilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Toggle Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Toggle Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
          “ Shelf Registration Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) hereof.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of either Class of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Trustee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Underwriter ” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.
          2. Registered Exchange Offer .
          (a) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statements with respect to each Registered Exchange Offer. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statements to become effective under the Securities Act within 300 days of the Closing Date.
          (b) Upon the effectiveness of the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, with respect to the Class of Securities registered pursuant to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities of such Class for New Securities of that Class (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s

-5-


 

business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.
          (c) In connection with a Registered Exchange Offer of a Class of Securities, the Issuers shall:
     (i) mail to each Holder of such Class a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to such Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);
     (iii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Securities Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities of such Class by Exchanging Dealers during the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Period;
     (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee;
     (v) permit such Holders to withdraw tendered Securities of such Class at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open;
     (vi) prior to effectiveness of the related Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers are conducting such Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc . (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuers have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in such Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of Issuers’ information and belief, each Holder participating in such Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and
     (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

-6-


 

          (d) As soon as practicable after the close of a Registered Exchange Offer of a Class of Securities, the Issuers shall:
     (i) accept for exchange all Securities of such Class tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
     (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities of such Class equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Class of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
          (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any broker-dealer and any such Holder using a Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuers or their Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in a Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers that, at the time of the consummation of such Registered Exchange Offer:
     (i) any New Securities to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;
     (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the applicable Securities or the applicable New Securities;
     (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of any of the Issuers;
     (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the applicable New Securities; and
     (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for any Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.

-7-


 

          (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities of either Class constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities of such Class registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities of such Class issued pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer.
          (g) Interest on each New Security issued pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer will accrue (i) from the later of (A) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Securities surrendered in exchange therefor and (B) if the Securities are surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date, or (ii) if no interest has been paid on the Securities, from the Closing Date.
          (h) The obligations of the Issuers under a Registered Exchange Offer shall be subject to the conditions that (i) such Registered Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with such Registered Exchange Offer, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuers and (iii) all governmental approvals required for the consummation of such Registered Exchange Offer by the Issuers shall have been obtained. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 2, the requirements to commence and complete a Registered Exchange Offer shall terminate at such time as all of the Securities are Freely Tradable.
          3. Shelf Registration .
          (a) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to either Class of Securities is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) above, and (i) due to any change in law or currently prevailing interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to such Class of Securities as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to such Class of Securities is not consummated within 300 days of the date hereof; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities of either Class that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities of such Class in the applicable Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of such Registered Exchange Offer; or (iv) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in a Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, which Initial Purchaser does not receive Freely Tradable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser must deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such

-8-


 

New Securities being not Freely Tradable; and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer must deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in a Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not Freely Tradable), the Issuers shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Class in accordance with subsection (b) below.
          (b) If a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any Class of Securities is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to this Section 3, (i) the Issuers shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 45 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file with the Commission and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 300 days after so required or requested, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the applicable Class of Securities or the New Securities, as applicable (which may be an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”), if the filing satisfies all relevant requirements for qualification as an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement), by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided , further , that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuers may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.
          (c) Subject to Section 4(k), the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Securities Act, until the earliest of (A) the first anniversary of the Closing Date; (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement; or (C) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, of such Class, covered by such Shelf Registration Statement become Freely Tradable (the “ Shelf Registration Period ”). The Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their commercially reasonable efforts to keep a Shelf Registration Statement effective during the applicable Shelf Registration Period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Issuers in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Issuers’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or a financing, and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3, the requirements to

-9-


 

file a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all Registrable Securities of a particular Class and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective and remain effective shall terminate at such time as all of the Securities of such Class are Freely Tradable.
          (d) The Issuers shall cause each Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
          4. Additional Registration Procedures . In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any Class of Securities and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.
          (a) The Issuers shall:
     (i) furnish, in each case if requested in writing, to each of the Representatives, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and to counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities of the applicable Class in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as applicable, and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representatives reasonably propose;
     (ii) include the information set forth in Annex B hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex C hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Registered Exchange Offer, in Annex D hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex E hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
     (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and
     (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.
          (b) The Issuers shall ensure that:

-10-


 

     (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act; and
     (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, it being understood that, with respect to the information about Holders in any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers will be relying solely on responses provided by Holders to a notice and questionnaire.
          (c) The Issuers shall advise the Representatives and, to the extent the Issuers have been provided in writing a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, the Holders of Securities of the applicable Class covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer of the applicable Class under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and, if requested by any Representative or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):
     (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
     (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;
     (iv) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
     (v) unless notice has been provided pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii), of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, such Registration Statement and Prospectus (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
          (d) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction.

-11-


 

          (e) The Issuers shall furnish, upon written request, to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
          (f) The Issuers shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any such Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Shelf Registration Statement.
          (g) The Issuers shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
          (h) The Issuers shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the applicable Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities of the Class covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
          (i) Prior to any such Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that no Issuer will be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
          (j) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities of the applicable Class to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

-12-


 

          (k) (i) Subject to clause (ii) below, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Issuers shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial Purchasers of the Securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.
               (ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuers, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Issuers shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Holders of the Registrable Securities or New Securities, as applicable, of the Class covered by such Shelf Registration Statement that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities or New Securities, as applicable, pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in clause (i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Issuers that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period.
          (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide, as may be necessary, the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
          (m) The Issuers shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Issuers’ first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.
          (n) The Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.

-13-


 

          (o) The Issuers may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Securities as the Issuers may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Issuers may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
          (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders of such Class being registered and the Managing Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6).
          (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall:
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of Securities of such Class to be registered thereunder (an “ Inspector ”), any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, one firm of accountants designated by the Majority Holders of Securities of such Class to be registered thereunder and one attorney and one firm of accountants designated by such underwriter or underwriters, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Issuers and their subsidiaries;
     (ii) cause each Issuers’ officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Inspector or any such underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided , however , that any information that is designated in writing by the Issuers, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, underwriter or underwriters or any such attorney or accountant, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;
     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably

-14-


 

satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
     (v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuers or of any business acquired by the Issuers for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and
     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders of the Class registered or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers.
The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.
          (r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a broker-dealer that holds Securities of the applicable Class that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities:
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the requesting party, one attorney and one firm of accountants designated by the requesting party, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuers and their subsidiaries;
     (ii) cause each Issuers’ officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney or accountant in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided , however , that any information that is designated in writing by the Issuers, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Initial Purchaser or any such attorney or accountant, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;

-15-


 

     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel), addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel;
     (v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuers or of any business acquired by the Issuers for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the requesting party or its counsel; and
     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements.
The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
          (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities of the Class being registered by Holders to the Issuers (or to such other person as directed by the Issuers) in exchange for the New Securities of such Class, the Issuers shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
          (t) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts if the Securities of the Class being registered have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
          (u) In the event that any broker-dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as

-16-


 

an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Issuers shall assist such broker-dealer in complying with the Conduct Rules.
          (v) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of either Class of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
          5. Registration Expenses . The Issuers shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp , but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders of the Class being registered) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel acting in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such Holders (severally or jointly), other than the one counsel specifically referred to above.
          6. Indemnification and Contribution .
          (a) The Issuers agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that no Issuer will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser or any Holder specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Issuers may otherwise have.

-17-


 

          Each Issuer also jointly and severally agrees to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.
          (b) Each Holder of Securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, each of their respective directors, each of their respective officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have.
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the

-18-


 

indemnified parties (such consent not be to unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.
          (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuer shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Offering Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Securities Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus-forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within

-19-


 

the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, each officer, director, employee and agent of Issuers who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Issuers shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
          (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuers or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.
          7. Underwritten Registrations .
          (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders of the Class being sold.
          (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, of the Class being sold on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
          8. Registration Defaults . The Issuers agree to pay, jointly and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Senior Cash Pay Notes and/or the Senior Toggle Notes, as applicable (“ Additional Interest ”) if:
     (a) on or prior to the 300th day after the Closing Date, the Issuers have not, if required by Section 2, exchanged New Securities of the applicable Class for all Securities of such Class tendered in accordance with the terms of a Registered Exchange Offer;
     (b) on or prior to the 300th day after the Closing Date, a Shelf Registration Statement, relating to the applicable Class, if required by Section 3, has not been declared effective, if applicable; or
     (c) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c) a “ Registration Default ”), then, except during any suspension of the availability of the Shelf Registration and any related Prospectus pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii), Additional Interest will accrue on the principal amount of the applicable Class of Securities (in addition to the stated interest on the applicable set of Securities) at a rate of 0.25 percent per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25 percent per annum

-20-


 

for each subsequent 90-day period during which such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 0.50 percent per annum) commencing on (x) the 301st day after the date of this Agreement, in the cases of subsections (a) and (b) above, or (y) the day on which such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective, in the case of subsection (c) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of New Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of subsection (a) above), or upon the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of subsection (b) above) or upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of subsection (c) above), Additional Interest on such Securities as a result of such subsection shall cease to accrue.
          9. No Inconsistent Agreements . Each Issuer has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
          10. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registerable Securities outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided , further , that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided , further , that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders of the applicable Class registered under such Registration Statement, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.
          11. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
     (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Trustee under the Indenture;
     (b) if to the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

-21-


 

     (c) if to the Issuers, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
          The Initial Purchasers or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          12. Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Issuers thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Issuers hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.
          13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          14. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          15. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
          16. Severability . In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
          17. Securities Held by the Issuers, etc . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of either Class of Securities or New Securities, as applicable, is required hereunder, such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Issuers or their Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of either Class of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

-22-


 

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Issuers and the several Initial Purchasers.
         
 

Very truly yours,

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [GUARANTORS]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

-23-


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
         
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
     
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING INC.
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
     
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      

-24-


 

         
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
 
 
By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      

-25-


 

         
ANNEX A
Guarantors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

A-1


 

ANNEX B
          Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuers have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the exchange offer and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration of the exchange offer, they will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

B-1


 

ANNEX C
          Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

C-1


 

ANNEX D
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
          Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuers have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the Exchange Offer and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date of the Exchange Offer, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until _________, ______, all dealers effecting transactions in the new securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.
          The issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by broker-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resells new securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          For a period of 180 days after the expiration of the Exchange Offer, the issuers will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The issuers have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
           [ If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508. ]

D-1


 

ANNEX E
Rider A
PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
         
Name:
       
Address:
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Rider B
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of [market-making activities] or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

E-1


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ROPES & GRAY LLP
     Each of the Company and each Covered Guarantor listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware Corporate Subsidiaries” (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) has the corporate power and authority under its certificate of incorporation, its bylaws and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to execute and deliver each of the Note Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     Each of the Covered Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware Limited Liability Companies” (a) is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) has the limited liability company power and authority under its certificate of formation, its limited liability company agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act to execute and deliver each of the Note Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     Each of the Covered Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware LP Subsidiaries” (a) is a limited partnership validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) has the limited partnership power and authority under its certificate of limited partnership, its limited partnership agreement and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act to execute and deliver each of the Note Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     Each of the Covered Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “California Corporate Subsidiaries” (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and (b) has the corporate power and authority under its articles of incorporation, its bylaws and the General Corporation Law of the State of California to execute and deliver each of the Note Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     The Covered Guarantor listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Massachusetts Corporate Subsidiary” (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (b) has the corporate power and authority under its articles of organization, its bylaws and the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act to execute and deliver each of the Note Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.
     The Purchase Agreement has been duly ratified, executed and delivered by the Company. The Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors.

 


 

     The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Clear Channel and each of the Guarantors, enforceable against Clear Channel and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.
     Assuming due execution and authentication by the Trustee in the manner provided for in the Indenture, the Notes, upon the issuance and delivery against payment of the consideration therefor in accordance with the terms of the Settlement Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, and the Indenture, and assuming the Merger has occurred, constitute the valid and binding obligations of Clear Channel, enforceable against Clear Channel in accordance with their terms.
     The Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors, and assuming that the Notes have been issued, authenticated and delivered against payment of the consideration therefor in accordance with the terms of the Settlement Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, and the Indenture, and assuming the Merger has occurred, the Guarantees constitute valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.
     The Guarantees of the Exchange Notes (defined herein) by each of the Covered Guarantors have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors.
     Upon the Merger, the Indenture constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Clear Channel, enforceable against Clear Channel in accordance with its terms.
     The Indenture Documents have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors, and the Supplemental Indenture has been executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors. Upon the Merger, the Indenture Documents constitute valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.
     Prior to the Merger, the Company was not an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, neither Clear Channel nor any Guarantor is an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act.
     The execution and delivery by the Company, Clear Channel and each Guarantor of the Note Documents to which it is a party, and the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company and of the Guarantees by the Guarantors, will not violate, conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a default under (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default), or require consent under, or result in the creation or imposition of a lien, charge or encumbrance on any property or assets of the Company, Clear Channel or the Guarantors or the acceleration of any indebtedness of the Company, Clear Channel or the Guarantors pursuant to (i) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or (a) the certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation or articles of organization, as applicable, or bylaws, (b) the certificate of formation or limited liability

 


 

company agreement, as applicable, or (c) the certificate of limited partnership or limited partnership agreement of each Covered Guarantor, as applicable, (ii) any agreement set forth on Schedule III hereto, or (iii) any Covered Laws applicable to the Company, Clear Channel or the Guarantors or their respective assets or properties. With regard to clause (iii) above, we do not express any opinion as to compliance with state securities or “Blue Sky” laws or as to compliance with the antifraud provisions of federal or state securities laws.
     No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency is required under the Covered Laws for the Company’s, Clear Channel’s, or any of the Guarantor’s execution and delivery of the Note Documents to which it is a party, or the issuance and delivery of the Notes or the Guarantees, except (i) such as may have been obtained or made or as may be required under state securities or “Blue Sky” laws, (ii) as may be required under federal or state securities or “Blue Sky” laws in connection with the registration statement to be filed to exchange any and all of each series of Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of new notes (the “Exchange Notes”) or any registration statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Notes and declared effective under the Act, as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and (iii) as may be required under or pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the published rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission promulgated thereunder.
     Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company, Clear Channel, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth in the Purchase Agreement, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes or in connection with any initial resale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement to register the offer or sale of the Notes or the Guarantees under the Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, it being understood that we express no opinion as to any resale of Notes subsequent to any initial resale thereof by the Initial Purchasers.
     To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, none of the Company, Clear Channel and the Guarantors is a party to any action, suit or proceeding which places in question the validity or enforceability of, or seeks to enjoin the performance of, the Note Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF FLORIDA COUNSEL
     Each Guarantor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida. Each Guarantor has all requisite company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Guarantor Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party by such Guarantor has been duly authorized by all necessary company action on the part of such Guarantor. The Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Guarantor.
     The Guarantees of notes to be issued by the Company, having substantially identical terms in all material respects as the Notes, except that such notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, by each Guarantor have been duly authorized by each such Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party and the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder will not conflict with, constitute a default under or violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Guarantors, or (ii) any law or regulation of the State of Florida applicable to corporations generally (“ Florida Law ”).
     No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any Florida governmental authority is required under Florida Law in connection with the execution and delivery by the Guarantors of the Guarantor Documents to which they are a party or consummation by the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated thereby or the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder.

 


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF COLORADO COUNSEL
      Organization . Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State.
      Good Standing . Based solely upon the Good Standing Certificate of Guarantor attached hereto as Exhibit 4.2 , Guarantor is in good standing under the laws of the State.
      Power and Authority . Guarantor has (a) power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations set forth in each of the Guaranty Documents to which it is a party and (b) all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and/or operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently being conducted in the State.
      Execution and Delivery . Each of the Guaranty Documents has been duly executed and delivered by Guarantor.
      Authorization . The execution and delivery of each of the Guaranty Documents to which Guarantor is a party and the performance by Guarantor of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Guarantor.
      Exchange Notes Guaranty . The execution and delivery by Guarantor of a form of Guaranty of Exchange Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) to be issued by the Company has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Guarantor.
      No Violation . The execution and delivery by Guarantor of the Guaranty Documents and the performance by Guarantor of its obligations thereunder does not violate (a) any of the Constituent Documents, (b) the applicable provisions of statutory law or regulation of this State applicable to transactions such as the Transaction or (c) to our knowledge, result in a violation of any of the proceedings described in Section V below and of which we have knowledge as a result of the searches described in such Section V .
      No Consent . No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any State governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery by Guarantor of the Guaranty Documents, the consummation of the Transaction or the performance by Guarantor of its obligations under such Guaranty Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF NEVADA COUNSEL
     Each Guarantor (other than Citicasters Licenses, L.P.) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada. Citicasters Licenses, L.P. is a limited partnership validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada. Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Guarantor Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party by such Guarantor has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership, as applicable, action on the part of such Guarantor. The Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Guarantor.
     The Guarantees of notes to be issued by the Company, having substantially identical terms in all material respects as the Notes, except that such notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, by each Guarantor have been duly authorized by each such Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party and the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder will not conflict with, constitute a default under or violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership and limited partnership agreement, as applicable, of the Guarantors, (ii) any Nevada law or regulation or (iii) to the best of our knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority binding on the Guarantors.
     No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any Nevada governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Guarantors of the Guarantor Documents to which they are a party, the consummation by the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated thereby or the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder.

 


 

EXHIBIT G
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF WASHINGTON COUNSEL
     Each Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the state of Washington. Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Guarantor Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party by such Guarantor has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Guarantor. The Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Guarantor.
     The Guarantees by each Guarantor of notes to be issued by the Company, having substantially identical terms in all material respects as the Notes, except that such notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, have been duly authorized by each such Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party and the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder will not conflict with, constitute a default under or violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of any of the Guarantors, (ii) any Washington law or regulation or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any Washington state court binding on any Guarantor. For purposes of expressing the opinion in clause (iii) of this Paragraph 4, we have with your express consent relied solely upon our review of searches of court records in the state of Washington attached hereto as Exhibit A.
     No approval, authorization or other action by, or filing with, any Washington governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Guarantor Documents to which it is a party and the performance by of its agreements in such Guarantor Documents.
     There are no stamp taxes, recording taxes, transfer fees or similar charges payable under Washington law on account of the execution and deli very of the Guarantor Documents or the creation of the indebtedness evidenced by any of the Guarantor Documents. We express no opinion, however, with respect to any income, franchise, sales, withholding, real or personal property, business license, business and occupation tax or other tax that may result from the transactions contemplated by the Guarantor Documents or the performance of the obligations described therein, including the payment of the indebtedness evidenced by any of the Guarantor Documents.

 


 

EXHIBIT H
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF TEXAS COUNSEL
     The Company and each Guarantor that is a corporation is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. Each Guarantor that is a limited partnership is a limited partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. The Company and each Guarantor have all requisite corporate or limited partnership power and authority to own, lease and operate their properties and to carryon their business as now being conducted.
     The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Note Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Note Documents to which the Company is a party by the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.
     Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate or limited partnership power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Guarantor Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party by such Guarantor have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership action on the part of such Guarantor.
     The Company has duly authorized for issuance the Exchange Notes (as defined in the Indenture). The Guarantees of the Exchange Notes by each Guarantor have been duly authorized by each such Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by the Company and each Guarantor of the Note Documents or Guarantor Documents to which they are a party and the performance by the Company or the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder will not conflict with, constitute a default under or violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, or partnership agreement of the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, (ii) any Texas statutory law or regulation or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority binding on the Company or the Guarantors.
     No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any Texas governmental authority is required on the part of the Company or the Guarantors in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company or the Guarantors of the Note Documents or Guarantor Documents to which they are a party, the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated to be performed pursuant thereto or the performance by the Company or the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder, except those which have previously been obtained or made.

 


 

EXHIBIT I
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF OHIO COUNSEL
     Each Guarantor which is a corporation is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio. M Street L.L.C. is a limited liability company validly existing and in full force and effect under the laws of the State of Ohio. Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.
     Each Guarantor has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to execute and deliver each of the Guarantor Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party by such Guarantor has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, on the part of such Guarantor. The Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Guarantor.
     The Guarantees of notes to be issued by the Company, as the successor in interest to Merger Sub as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement in exchange for the Notes, have been duly authorized by each such Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by each Guarantor of the Guarantor Documents to which each Guarantor is a party and the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder will not conflict with, constitute a default under or violate (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of incorporation and code of regulations of each Guarantor which is a corporation and the articles of organization and operating agreement of M Street L.L.C., (ii) any Ohio law or regulation or (iii) to the best of our knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority binding on the Guarantors.
     No consent, approval, waiver, license or authorization or other action by or filing with any Ohio governmental authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Guarantors of the Guarantor Documents to which they are a party, the consummation by the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated thereby or the performance by the Guarantors of their obligations thereunder.

 


 

EXHIBIT J
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF SPECIAL FCC COUNSEL
     The FCC records reviewed by us reflect that (a) the FCC-authorized licensee or permittee for each of the Station Licenses listed in Schedule III is the entity identified in Schedule III as the licensee or permittee thereof; (b) each of the Station Licenses has the expiration date set forth on Schedule III hereof; and (c) except as may be set forth on Schedule III, each of the Station Licenses is currently in effect
     Except for those Station Licenses identified on Schedule III as construction permits, each Station License authorizes the licensee thereof identified in Schedule III to operate a fun service radio broadcast station to serve the community of license identified in Schedule III for each such Station License, subject to compliance with the terms of such Station License and the Communications Laws.
     The FCC has issued the Merger Consent, and the Merger Consent has become effective pursuant to Section l 03 of the FCC’s rules, 47 C.F.R. § l 03. To our knowledge, (i) no stay of the effectiveness of the Merger Consent has been issued by the FCC, and (ii) the Merger Consent has not been invalidated by any subsequently published FCC action. With regard to the three enumerated conditions in paragraph 40 of the Merger Consent, (a) the FCC has granted all necessary authority for consummation of the assignment to the Aloha Station Trust, LLC of those radio broadcast stations required to be assigned to it under the first enumerated condition; (b) the FCC, by Memorandum Opinion and Order: Shareholders of Univision Communications, Inc., FCC 08-48, released February 12,2008, modified the condition (the “ Univision Order Condition ”) imposed by its Memorandum Opinion and Order: Shareholders of Univision Communications, Inc., 22 FCC Red. 5842 (2007), to provide that the restructuring of the interests of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (‘ THLP ”) in Broadcast Media Partners, Inc. (“ BMPI ”) to become non-attributable has brought THLP and BMPI into compliance with the Univision Order Condition, as required by the second enumerated condition; and (c) the FCC has granted all necessary authority for the transfer of control of the radio broadcast stations held by Cumulus Media Partners, LLC (“ CMP ”) that would result from the actions required to render the interests of Bain Capital, LLC and THLP in CMP non-attributable, as required by the third enumerated condition. We advise you that, to our knowledge, (x) no petition for reconsideration or review of the Merger Consent has been filed with the FCC, and (y) no action has been taken by the FCC to reverse or set aside the Merger Consent. We further advise you that written notification to the FCC is required upon consummation of the transactions authorized by the Merger Consent
     The execution, delivery, and performance on the date hereby Merger Sub, the Company and the Guarantors of the Note Documents to which each is a party do not require any registration with the FCC, any authorization, consent or approval by the FCC except for those that have been obtained, or any notice to or filing with the FCC, and do not violate the

 


 

Communications Laws, except that: (a) the exercise of rights and remedies that constitute the assignment of any license, permit or other authorization issued by the FCC (“ FCC Authorization ”), or transfer of control thereof, including an assignment or transfer of any FCC Authorization upon such exercise, may require the prior consent of the FCC (and we express no opinion as to the likelihood of obtaining any such FCC consent), (b) if any FCC Authorization is assigned or control thereof transferred, FCC policy may require that control of the assets used in the operation of the facilities authorized by such FCC Authorization be transferred or assigned along with such FCC Authorization, (c) written notification to the FCC is required upon consummation of any assignment of an FCC Authorization or transfer of control thereof previously approved by the FCC, and (d) Section 73.3613 of the FCC’s rules, 41 C.P.R. § 73.3613, may require that copies of certain of the Note Documents be filed with the FCC for informational purposes within thirty (30) days after their execution, and any documents required to be so filed may also be required to be listed and described in ownership reports filed with the FCC.

 


 

Exhibit K
     
OFFERING MEMORANDUM   CONFIDENTIAL
ClearChannel
BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.
to be merged with and into
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
$980,000,000 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
$1,330,000,000 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
 
     We are offering $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 (the “senior cash pay notes”) and $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 (the “senior toggle notes” and, together with the senior cash pay notes, the “notes”). The notes will be issued in connection with the acquisition of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “Company”). At the time of the acquisition, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., the issuer of the notes offered hereby, will merge with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation. At the time of the merger, the Company will assume the obligations of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. and the notes and related indenture by operation of law.
     The senior cash pay notes will mature on August 1, 2016. We will pay interest on the senior cash pay notes in cash on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2009. Interest on the senior cash pay notes will accrue at a rate of 10.75% per annum. The senior toggle notes will mature on August 1, 2016 and will require a special redemption on August 1, 2015. We will pay interest on the senior toggle notes on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2009. Interest on the senior toggle notes will be paid in cash on the first interest payment date. Following the first interest payment date, we may elect to pay all or 50% of such interest on the senior toggle notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or by issuing new senior toggle notes (such increase or issuance, “PIK Interest”). Interest on the senior toggle notes payable in cash will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum. We will prepay portions of the principal of the notes on the first interest payment date following the fifth anniversary of the issue date and on each interest payment date thereafter. The notes will be treated as having been issued with original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes.
     We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time prior to August 1, 2012 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and a “make-whole premium,” as described in this offering memorandum. We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after August 1, 2012 at the redemption prices set forth in this offering memorandum. In addition, we may redeem up to 40% of any series of the outstanding notes at any time on or prior to August 1, 2011 with the net cash proceeds we raise in one or more equity offerings. If we undergo a change of control, sell certain of our assets, or issue certain debt offerings, we may be required to offer to purchase notes from holders.
     The notes will be our senior unsecured debt and will rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt. Our direct parent and our wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries on the issue date that are guarantors of our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility will guarantee the notes with unconditional guarantees that will be unsecured and will be equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of such guarantors, except that the guarantees will be subordinated in right of payment only to the guarantees of obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility. In addition, the notes and the guarantees will be structurally senior to our existing and future debt to the extent that such debt is not guaranteed by the guarantors of the notes. The notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt and that of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.
     We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to make an offer to exchange the notes for registered, publicly tradable notes that have substantially identical terms as the notes. This offering memorandum includes additional information on the terms of the notes, including redemption and repurchase prices, covenants and transfer restrictions.
     We expect the notes to be eligible for trading in The PORTAL SM Market, a subsidiary of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
      Investing in the notes involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 32.
 
      We have not registered the notes under the federal securities laws or the securities laws of any state. The initial purchasers named below are offering the notes only to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A and to persons outside the United States under Regulation S. See “Notice to Investors” for additional information about eligible offerees and transfer restrictions.
 
          We expect that delivery of the notes will be made in New York, New York on or about          , 2008.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Deutsche Bank Securities   Morgan Stanley   Citi     
Credit Suisse   RBS Greenwich Capital   Wachovia Securities
The date of this offering memorandum is          , 2008.

 


 

     This offering memorandum has been prepared by us based on information we have obtained from sources we believe to be reliable. Summaries of documents contained in this offering memorandum may not be complete; we will make copies of actual documents available to you upon request. Neither we nor the initial purchasers represent that the information herein is complete. The information in this offering memorandum is current only as of the date on the cover, and the business or financial condition of the Company and other information in this offering memorandum may change after that date. You should consult your own legal, tax and business advisors regarding an investment in the notes. Information in this offering memorandum is not legal, tax, or business advice.
     You should base your decision to invest in the notes solely on information contained in this offering memorandum. Neither we nor the initial purchasers have authorized anyone to provide you with any different information.
     Contact the initial purchasers with any questions concerning this offering or to obtain documents or additional information to verify the information in this offering memorandum.
     We are offering the notes in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for an offer and sale of securities that does not involve a public offering. If you purchase the notes, you will be deemed to have made certain acknowledgments, representations and warranties as detailed under “Notice to Investors.” You may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the notes for an indefinite period. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are making an offer to sell the notes in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale of the notes is prohibited. We do not make any representation to you that the notes are a legal investment for you.
     Each prospective purchaser of the notes must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, or sells the notes and must obtain any consent, approval, or permission required by it for the purchase, offer, or sale by it of the notes under the laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction to which it is subject or in which it makes such purchases, offers, or sales, and neither we nor the initial purchasers shall have any responsibility therefor.
     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any State Securities Commission has approved or disapproved of the notes or determined if this offering memorandum is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
     We have prepared this offering memorandum solely for use in connection with the offer of the notes to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A and to persons outside the United States under Regulation S. You agree that you will hold the information contained in this offering memorandum and the transactions contemplated hereby in confidence. You may not distribute this offering memorandum to any person, other than a person retained to advise you in connection with the purchase of the notes. We and the initial purchasers may reject any offer to purchase the notes in whole or in part, sell less than the entire principal amount of the notes offered hereby, or allocate to any purchaser less than all of the notes for which it has subscribed.
     THE NOTES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

i


 

IRS CIRCULAR 230 NOTICE
      TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY DISCUSSION OF TAX MATTERS SET FORTH HEREIN WAS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED HEREIN AND WAS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED BY ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX-RELATED PENALTIES UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL TAX LAW. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THE TAXPAYER’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.
NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS
      NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE HAS BEEN FILED UNDER CHAPTER 421-B OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE REVISED STATUTES ANNOTATED, 1955, AS AMENDED, WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE FACT THAT A SECURITY IS EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY DOCUMENT FILED UNDER RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER ANY SUCH FACT NOR THE FACT THAT AN EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS PASSED IN ANY WAY UPON THE MERITS OR QUALIFICATIONS OF, OR RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO, ANY PERSON, SECURITY, OR TRANSACTION. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER, CUSTOMER, OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH.
SEC REVIEW
     The information in this offering memorandum relates to an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC relating to an exchange offer for the notes. The registration statement may differ in important ways from this offering memorandum in order to comply with SEC rules and comments, particularly due to rules governing the presentation of financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The SEC may take the view that the non-GAAP financial measures included in this offering memorandum, including, for example, income (loss) from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax (benefit) expense, depreciation and amortization, gain (loss) on marketable securities and minority interest expense, net of tax (“EBITDA”), OIBDAN (defined herein) and Adjusted EBITDA (defined herein), do not comply with these guidelines and may require us to remove them from, or to change the way we report (or reconcile to GAAP measures) our non-GAAP financial measures in the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement. Any such change would result in differences between the non-GAAP financial measures included in this offering memorandum and those included in any such registration statement, and any such change or any other change contained in any such registration statement could be material. Also, some adjustments to EBITDA may not be in accordance with current SEC practice or with regulations adopted by the SEC that apply to registration statements filed under the Securities Act and periodic reports

ii


 

presented under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA may be presented differently in filings made with the SEC than as presented in this offering memorandum. See “Offering Memorandum Summary—Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a description of the calculation of EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This offering memorandum includes “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future sales or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, plans, intentions or expected cost savings relating to acquisitions, business trends and other information that is not historical information and, in particular, appear under the headings “Offering Memorandum Summary,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Words such as “estimates,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts” and variations of such words or similar expressions that predict or indicate future events or trends, or that do not relate to historical matters, identify forward-looking statements. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith, and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs and projections will result or be achieved. Investors should not rely on forward-looking statements because they are subject to a variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. These factors include, but are not limited to:
    our financial performance through the date of the completion of the Transactions (as defined in this offering memorandum);
 
    the possibility that the Transactions may involve unexpected costs;
 
    the impact of the substantial indebtedness incurred to finance the consummation of the Transactions;
 
    the outcome of any legal proceedings instituted against us or others in connection with the proposed Transactions;
 
    the effect of the announcement of the Transactions on our customer relationships, operating results and business generally;
 
    business uncertainty and contractual restrictions that may exist during the pendency of the Transactions;
 
    changes in interest rates;
 
    the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to the Transactions;
 
    diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;
 
    the need to allocate significant amounts of cash flow to make payments on our indebtedness, which in turn could reduce our financial flexibility and ability to fund other activities; and

iii


 

    the other factors described in this offering memorandum under the heading “Risk Factors.”
     The foregoing factors are not exhaustive and new factors may emerge or changes to the foregoing factors may occur that could impact our business. Except to the extent required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. You should review carefully the section captioned “Risk Factors” in this offering memorandum for a more complete discussion of the risks of an investment in the notes.
     All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this offering memorandum and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this offering memorandum. Our actual results may differ materially from results anticipated in our forward-looking statements.
MARKET DATA
     Market and industry data throughout this offering memorandum was obtained from a combination of our own internal company surveys, the good faith estimates of management, various trade associations and publications, the Arbitron Inc. (“Arbitron”) and Nielsen Media Research, Inc. rankings, the Veronis Suhler Stevenson Industry Forecast, the Radio Advertising Bureau, BIA Financial Network Inc., eMarketer, the Outdoor Advertising Association of America and Universal McCann. While we believe our internal surveys, third-party information, estimates of management and data from trade associations are reliable, neither we nor the initial purchasers have verified this data with any independent sources. Accordingly, neither we nor the initial purchasers make any representations as to the accuracy or completeness of that data.
     Entities affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. beneficially own approximately 20.7% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of The Nielsen Company B.V., an affiliate of Nielsen Media Research, Inc. Additionally, officers of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. are members of the governing bodies of Nielsen Finance LLC, The Nielsen Company B.V. and Nielsen Finance Co., each of which are affiliates of Nielsen Media Research, Inc. Information provided by Nielsen Media Research, Inc. is contained in reports that are available to all of the clients of Nielsen Media Research, Inc. and were not commissioned by or prepared for Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or Bain Capital Partners, LLC.

iv


 

OFFERING MEMORANDUM SUMMARY
      Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this offering memorandum to “Clear Channel,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “Company” refer to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions described in this offering memorandum, references to “CCM Parent” refer to CC Media Holdings, Inc., references to “Merger Sub” refer to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. and references to the “Fincos” refer to B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and T Triple Crown Finco, LLC. In addition, unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this offering memorandum to the “merger agreement” refer to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 16, 2006, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated April 18, 2007, Amendment No. 2, dated May 17, 2007, and Amendment No. 3, dated May 13, 2008, by and among Clear Channel, Merger Sub, the Fincos and CCM Parent, and all references to the “merger” refer to the merger contemplated by the merger agreement. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the merger agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into Clear Channel, with Clear Channel continuing as the surviving corporation and as the issuer of the notes offered hereby. The offering of the notes and the merger will be consummated on a substantially concurrent basis. We refer to the merger, the offer and sale of the notes offered hereby, the borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility, and the application of proceeds thereof, including the repayment of certain of our existing indebtedness, as the “Transactions.”
      The following summary contains basic information about Clear Channel and this offering. It likely does not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire document and the documents we have referred you to.
Overview
     We are the largest outdoor media and the largest radio company in the world, with leading market positions in each of our operating segments: Americas Outdoor Advertising, International Outdoor Advertising and Radio Broadcasting.
    Americas Outdoor Advertising. We are the largest outdoor media company in the Americas, which includes the United States, Canada and Latin America. We own or operate approximately 209,000 displays in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment. Our outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars which we believe are in premier real estate locations in each of our markets throughout the Americas. We have operations in 49 of the top 50 markets in the United States, including all of the top 20 markets. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, Americas Outdoor Advertising represented 21% of our net revenue and 27% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
 
    International Outdoor Advertising. We are a leading outdoor media company internationally with operations in Asia, Australia and Europe. We own or operate approximately 688,000 displays in 34 countries, including key positions in attractive international growth markets. Our international outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, International Outdoor Advertising represented 26% of our net revenue and 14% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.

1


 

    Radio Broadcasting. We are the largest radio broadcaster in the United States. As of December 31, 2007, we owned 890 domestic radio stations, with 275 stations operating in the top 50 markets. Our portfolio of stations offers a broad assortment of programming formats, including adult contemporary, country, contemporary hit radio, rock, urban and oldies, among others, to a total weekly listening base of approximately 103 million individuals. In addition, we owned 115 smaller market non-core radio stations, of which 63 were sold subsequent to December 31, 2007, and 32 of which were subject to sale under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008. We also operate a national radio network that produces, distributes, or represents more than 70 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio stations. Some of our more popular syndicated programs include Rush Limbaugh, Steve Harvey, Ryan Seacrest and Jeff Foxworthy. We also own various sports, news and agriculture networks as well as equity interests in various international radio broadcasting companies located in Australia, Mexico and New Zealand. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, Radio Broadcasting represented 50% of our net revenue and 58% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
 
    Other. The “other” (“Other”) category includes our media representation business, Katz Media Group, Inc. (“Katz Media”), and general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses. Katz Media is a full-service media representation firm that sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. Katz Media represents over 3,200 radio stations and 380 television stations. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, the Other category represented 3% of our net revenue and 1% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
     For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, we generated consolidated net revenues of $6,980 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $2,302 million.
Our Strengths
      Global Scale and Local Market Leadership. We are the largest outdoor media and the largest radio company in the world. We believe we have unmatched asset quality in both businesses. We operate over 897,000 outdoor advertising displays worldwide, in what we believe are premier real estate locations. We own 890 radio stations in the top United States markets with strong signals and brand names. Our real estate locations, signals and brands provide a distinct local competitive advantage. Our global scale enables productive and cost-effective investment across our portfolio, which support our strong competitive position.
    Our outdoor advertising business is focused on urban markets with dense populations. Our real estate locations in these urban markets provide outstanding reach and therefore a compelling value proposition for our advertisers, enabling us to achieve more attractive economics. In the United States, we believe we hold the #1 market share in eight of the top 10 markets and are either #1 or #2 in 18 of the top 20 markets. Internationally, we believe we hold leading positions in France, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, as well as several attractive growth countries, including Australia and China.
 
    Our scale has enabled cost-effective investment in new display technologies, such as digital billboards, which we believe will continue to support future growth. This

2


 

      technology will enable us to transition from selling space on a display to a single advertiser to selling time on that display to multiple advertisers, creating new revenue opportunities from both new and existing clients. We have enjoyed significantly higher revenue per digital billboard than the revenue per vinyl billboard with relatively minimal capital costs.
 
    We own the #1 or #2 ranked radio station clusters in eight of the top 10 markets and in 18 of the top 25 markets in the United States. We have an average market share of 26% in the top 25 markets. With a total weekly listening base of approximately 103 million individuals, our portfolio of 890 stations generated twice the revenue as the next largest competitor in 2007. With over 5,000 sales people in local markets, we believe the aggregation of our local sales forces comprises the media industry’s largest local-based sales force with national scope. Our national scope has facilitated cost-effective investment in unique yield management and pricing systems that enable our local salespeople to maximize revenue. Additionally, our scale has allowed us to implement industry-changing initiatives that we believe differentiate us from the rest of the radio industry and position us to outperform other radio broadcasters.
      Strong Collection of Unique Assets. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have aggregated a unique portfolio of assets.
    The domestic outdoor industry is regulated by the federal government as well as state and municipal governments. Statutes and regulations govern the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, spacing, location, replacement and content of outdoor advertising structures. Due to such regulation, it has become increasingly difficult to construct new outdoor advertising structures. Further, for many of our existing billboards, a permit for replacement cannot be sought by our competitors or landlords. As a result, our existing billboards in top demographic areas, which we believe are in premier locations, have significant value.
 
    Ownership and operation of radio broadcast stations is governed by the Federal Communications Commission’s (“FCC”) licensing process, which limits the number of radio licenses available in any market. Any party seeking to acquire or transfer radio licenses must go through a detailed review process with the FCC. Over several decades, we have aggregated multiple licenses in local market clusters across the United States. A cluster of multiple radio stations in a market allows us to provide listeners with more diverse programming and advertisers with a more efficient means to reach those listeners. In addition, we are also able to operate our market clusters efficiently by eliminating duplicative operating expenses and realizing economies of scale.
      Attractive Out-of-home Industry Fundamentals. Both outdoor advertising and radio broadcasting offer compelling value propositions to advertisers, unparalleled reach and valuable out-of-home positions.
    Compelling Value Propositions. Outdoor media and radio broadcasting offer compelling value propositions to advertisers by providing the #1 and #2 most cost-effective media advertising outlets, respectively, as measured by cost per thousand persons reached (“CPM”). According to the Radio Advertising Bureau, radio advertising’s return on investment is 49% higher than that of television advertising. With low CPMs, we believe outdoor media and radio broadcasting have opportunity for growth even in relatively softer advertising environments.

3


 

    Unparalleled Audience Reach. According to Arbitron, 98% of Americans travel in a car each month, with an average of 310 miles traveled per week. The captive in-car audience is protected from media fragmentation and is subject to increasing out-of-home advertiser exposures as time and distance of commutes increase. Additionally, radio programming reaches 93% of all United States consumers in a given week, with the average consumer listening for almost three hours per day. On a weekly basis, this represents nearly 233 million unique listeners.
 
    Valuable Out-of-home Position. Both outdoor media and radio broadcasting reach potential consumers outside of the home, a valuable position as it is closer to the purchase decision. Today, consumers spend a significant portion of their day out-of-home, while out-of-home media (outdoor and radio) garner a disproportionately smaller share of media spending than in-home media. We believe this discrepancy represents an opportunity for growth.
      Consistent, Defensible Growth Profile. Both outdoor advertising and radio in the United States have demonstrated consistent growth over the last 40 years and are resilient in economic downturns.
    United States outdoor advertising revenue has grown to approximately $7 billion in 2007, representing a 9% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) since 1970. Growth has come via traditional billboards along highways and major roadways, as well as alternative advertising including transit displays, street furniture and mall displays. The outdoor industry has experienced only two negative growth years between 1970 and 2007. Additionally, the growth rate in the two years following an economic recession has averaged 8%. Outdoor media continues to be one of the fastest growing forms of advertising. According to the eMarketer industry forecast, total outdoor advertising is expected to grow at an 8% CAGR from 2007 to 2011, driven by an increased share of media spending due to the high value proposition of outdoor relative to other media and the rollout of digital billboards.
 
    United States radio advertising revenue has grown to approximately $19 billion in 2007, representing an 8% CAGR since 1970. Radio broadcasting has been one of the most resilient forms of advertising, weathering several competitive and technological advancements over time, including the introduction of television, audio cassettes, CDs and other portable audio devices, and remaining an important component of local advertiser marketing budgets. The radio industry has experienced only three negative growth years from 1970 through 2007. Historically, the growth rate in the two years following an economic recession has averaged 9%. While revenue in the radio industry (according to the Radio Advertising Bureau) declined during 2007 and the first three months of 2008, the eMarketer industry forecast expects radio broadcast advertising to grow at a stable 3% CAGR from 2007 to 2011. We expect growth to be driven by increased advertising, due to a captive audience spending more time in their cars and the adoption of new technologies such as high definition (“HD”) radio.

4


 

      Strong Cash Flow Generation. We have strong operating margins, driven by our significant scale and leading market share in both outdoor advertising and radio broadcasting. In addition, both outdoor media and radio broadcasting are low capital intensity businesses. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2008, our capital expenditures were only 6% of net revenue with maintenance capital expenditures comprising only 3% of net revenue. The change in net working capital from 2006 to 2007 was approximately 0.08% of net revenue. As a result of our high margins and low capital requirements, we have been able to convert a significant portion of our revenue into cash flow. By continuing to grow our business while maintaining costs, we expect to further improve our cash flow generation.
      Individual, Saleable Assets with High Value. Our business is comprised of numerous individual operating units, independently successful in local markets throughout the United States and the rest of the world. This creates tremendous asset value, with outdoor media and radio broadcasting businesses that are saleable at attractive multiples. Furthermore, at March 31, 2008, we have a capital loss carryforward of approximately $809 million that can be used to offset capital gains recognized on asset sales over the next three years.
      Business Diversity Provides Stability. Currently, approximately half of our revenue is generated from our Americas Outdoor Advertising and our International Outdoor Advertising segments, with the remaining half comprised of our Radio Broadcasting segment, as well as other support services and initiatives. We offer advertisers a diverse platform of media assets across geographies, outdoor products and radio programming formats. Further, we enjoy substantial diversity in our outdoor business, with no market and no ad category greater than 8% of our 2007 outdoor revenue. We also enjoy substantial diversity in our radio business, with no market greater than 9%, no format greater than 18%, and no ad category greater than 19% of our 2007 radio revenue. Through our multiple business units, we are able to reduce revenue volatility resulting from softness in any one advertising category or geographic market.
      Experienced Management Team and Entrepreneurial Culture. We have an experienced management team from our senior executives to our local market managers. Our executive officers and certain radio and outdoor senior managers possess an average of 20 years of industry experience, and have combined experience of over 220 years. The core of the executive management team includes Chief Executive Officer Mark P. Mays, who has been with the Company for over 19 years, and President and Chief Financial Officer Randall T. Mays, who has been with the Company for over 15 years. We also maintain an entrepreneurial culture empowering local market managers to operate their markets as separate profit centers, subject to centralized oversight. A portion of our managers’ compensation is dependent upon the financial success of their individual market. Our managers also have full access to our centralized resources, including sales training, research tools, shared best practices, global procurement and financial and legal support. Our culture and our centralization allow our local managers to maximize cash flow.

5


 

Our Strategy
     Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading global media company specializing in “out-of-home” advertising and to maximize cash flow. We plan to achieve this objective by capitalizing on our competitive strengths and pursuing the following strategies:
Outdoor
     We seek to capitalize on our global outdoor network and diversified product mix to maximize revenue and cash flow. In addition, by sharing best practices among our business segments, we believe we can quickly and effectively replicate our successes throughout the markets in which we operate. Our diversified product mix and long-standing presence in many of our existing markets provide us with the platform to launch new products and test new initiatives in a reliable and cost-effective manner.
      Drive Outdoor Media Spending. Outdoor advertising only represented 2.4% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2007. Given the attractive industry fundamentals of outdoor media and our depth and breadth of relationships with both local and national advertisers, we believe we can drive outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending by highlighting the value of outdoor advertising relative to other media. We have made and continue to make significant investments in research tools that enable our clients to better understand how our displays can successfully reach their target audiences and promote their advertising campaigns. Also, we are working closely with clients, advertising agencies and other diversified media companies to develop more sophisticated systems that will provide improved demographic measurements of outdoor advertising. We believe that these measurement systems will further enhance the attractiveness of outdoor advertising for both existing clients and new advertisers and further foster outdoor media spending growth. According to the eMarketer industry forecast, outdoor advertising’s share of total advertising spending will grow by approximately 34% from 2007 to 2011.
      Increase Our Share of Outdoor Media Spending. Domestically, we own and operate billboards on real estate in the highest trafficked areas of top markets—a compelling advertising opportunity for both local and national businesses. Internationally, we own and operate a variety of outdoor displays on real estate in large urban areas. We intend to continue to work toward ensuring that our customers have a superior experience by leveraging our unparalleled presence and our best-in-class sales force, and by increasing our focus on customer satisfaction and improved measurement systems. We believe our commitment to superior customer service, highlighted by our unique “Proof of Performance” system, and our superior products led to over 12,000 new advertisers in 2007. We have generated growth in many categories, including telecom, automotive and retail.
      Roll Out Digital Billboards. Advances in electronic displays, including flat screens, LCDs and LEDs, allow us to provide these technologies as complements to traditional methods of outdoor advertising. These electronic displays may be linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change static advertisements on a large number of displays. Digital outdoor advertising provides numerous advantages to advertisers, including the unprecedented flexibility to change messaging over the course of a day, the ability to quickly change messaging and the ability to enhance targeting by reaching different demographics at different times of day. Digital outdoor displays provide us with advantages, as they are operationally efficient and eliminate safety issues from manual copy changes. Additionally, digital outdoor displays have, at times, enhanced our relationship with regulators, as in certain circumstances we have offered emergency messaging services and public service

6


 

announcements on our digital boards. We recently began converting a limited number of vinyl boards to networked digital boards. We have enjoyed significantly higher revenue per digital billboard than the revenue per vinyl billboard with relatively minimal capital costs. We believe that the costs of digital upgrades will decrease over time as technologies improve and more digital boards come to market.
Radio
     Our radio broadcasting strategy centers on providing programming and services to the local communities in which we operate and being a contributing member of those communities. We believe that by serving the needs of local communities, we will be able to grow listenership and deliver target audiences to advertisers, thereby growing revenue and cash flow. Our radio broadcasting strategy also entails improving the ongoing operations of our stations through effective programming, promotion, marketing, sales and careful management of costs and expanded distribution of content.
      Drive Local and National Advertising. We intend to drive growth in our radio business via a strong focus on yield management, increased sales force effectiveness and expansion of our sales channels. In late 2004, we implemented what we believe are industry-leading price and yield optimization systems and invested in new information systems, which provide station level inventory yield and pricing information previously unavailable in the industry. We shifted our sales force compensation plan from a straight “volume-based” commission percentages system to a “value-based” system to reward success in optimizing price and inventory. We believe that utilization of our unique systems throughout our distribution and sales platform will drive continued revenue growth in excess of market radio revenue growth. We also intend to focus on driving advertisers to our radio stations through new sales channels and partnerships. For example, we recently formed an alliance with Google whereby we have gained access to an entirely new group of advertisers within a new and complementary sales channel.
      Continue to Capitalize on “Less is More.” In late 2004, we launched the Less is More initiative to position the Company for long-term radio growth. The implementation of the Less is More initiative reduced advertising clutter, enhanced listener experience and improved radio’s attractiveness as a medium for advertisers. On average, we reduced ad inventory by 20% and promotion time by 50%, which has led to more time for listeners to enjoy our compelling content. In addition, we changed our available advertising spots from 60 second ads to a combination of 60, 30, 15 and five second ads in order to give advertisers more flexibility. As anticipated, our reduction in ad inventory led to a decline in Radio Broadcasting revenue in 2005. Revenue growth of 6% followed in 2006, outperforming an index of other radio broadcasters. We continued to outperform the radio industry in 2007. Our Less is More strategy has separated us from our competitors and we believe it positions us to continue to outperform the radio industry.
      Continue to Enhance the Radio Listener Experience. We will continue to focus on enhancing the radio listener experience by offering a wide variety of compelling content. Our investments in radio programming over time have created a collection of leading on-air talent and our Premiere Radio Network offers over 70 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio stations across the United States. Our distribution platform allows us to attract top talent and more effectively utilize programming, sharing the best and most compelling content across many stations. Finally, we are continually expanding content choices for our listeners, including utilization of HD radio, Internet and other distribution channels with complementary formats. Ultimately, compelling content improves audience share which, in turn, drives revenue and cash flow generation.

7


 

      Deliver Content via New Distribution Technologies. We intend to drive company and industry development through new distribution technologies. Some examples of such innovation are as follows:
    Alternative Devices. The FM radio feature is increasingly integrated into MP3 players and cell phones. This should expand FM listenership by “putting a radio in every pocket” with free music and local content and represents the first meaningful increase in the radio installed base in more than 25 years.
 
    HD Radio. HD radio enables crystal clear reception, interactive features, data services and new applications. For example, the interactive capabilities of HD radio will potentially permit us to participate in commercial download services. Further, HD radio allows for many more stations, providing greater variety of content which we believe will enable advertisers to target consumers more effectively. On December 6, 2005, we joined a consortium of radio operators in announcing plans to create the HD Digital Radio Alliance to lobby auto makers, radio manufacturers and retailers for the rollout of digital radios. We plan to continue to develop compelling HD content and applications and to support the alliance to foster industry conversion. We currently operate 804 HD stations, comprised of 454 HD and 350 HD2 signals.
 
    Internet. Clear Channel websites had over 10.5 million unique visitors in April 2008, making the collection of these websites one of the top five trafficked music websites. Streaming audio via the Internet provides increased listener reach and new listener applications as well as new advertising capabilities.
 
    Mobile. We have pioneered mobile applications which allow subscribers to use their cell phones to interact directly with the station, including finding titles or artists, requesting songs and downloading station wallpapers.
Consolidated
      Maintain High Free Cash Flow Conversion. Our business segments benefit from high margins and low capital intensity, which leads to strong free cash flow generation. We intend to closely manage expense growth and to continue to focus on achieving operating efficiencies throughout our businesses. Within each of our operating segments, we share best practices across our markets and continually look for innovative ways to contain costs. Historically, we have been able to contain costs in all of our segments during periods of slower revenue growth. For example, while our Radio Broadcasting segment experienced flat growth in net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, we were able to reduce Radio Broadcasting operating expenses and increase Radio Broadcasting operating income by 1% during this period. We will continue to seek new ways of reducing costs across our global network. We also intend to deploy growth capital with discipline to generate continued high free cash flow yield.
      Pursue Strategic Opportunities and Optimize Our Portfolio of Assets. An inherent benefit of both our outdoor advertising and radio broadcasting businesses is that they represent a collection of saleable assets at attractive multiples. Furthermore, at March 31, 2008, we have a capital loss carryforward of approximately $809 million that can be used to offset capital gains recognized on asset sales over the next three years. We continually evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business and may from time to time sell, swap, or purchase assets or businesses in order to maximize the efficiency of our portfolio.

8


 

Recent Developments
Updated Financial Information
     On December 17, 2007, we announced that we commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for our outstanding $750 million principal amount of 7.65% senior notes due 2010 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 17, 2007. On July 1, 2008, we announced that we terminated such tender offer and consent solicitation. None of our outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010 were purchased in the offer, and all such notes previously tendered and not withdrawn were promptly returned to their respective holders and remain outstanding as of the date of this offering memorandum.
     Accordingly, we no longer expect to borrow any amounts available to us under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility upon the consummation of the Transactions in order to redeem our outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010. Consequently, upon the consummation of the Transactions, our actual financial position will differ in certain respects from certain of the financial data and other information set forth in this offering memorandum under the headings “Offering Memorandum Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Other Indebtedness,” which is based on our original intention to borrow $750 million under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility.
     Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we continue to expect to have total debt outstanding of approximately $19,861 million, including the notes offered hereby. However, $5,025 million aggregate principal amount of our existing senior notes will remain outstanding following the consummation of the Transactions in light of the termination of the tender offer for our 7.65% senior notes due 2010. Furthermore, approximately $15,661 million of debt will be incurred in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, accounting for our decision not to draw on the delayed draw 1 term loan facility.
     For the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, as adjusted for the foregoing discussion, pro forma interest expense will be approximately $1,673 million, as compared to $1,633 million as estimated in this offering memorandum. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, as adjusted for the foregoing discussion, pro forma cash interest expense will be approximately $1,438 million as compared to $1,415 million originally estimated. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, the ratio of our total debt to our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008 will remain 8.6x. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, the ratio of our total guaranteed/subsidiary debt (our total debt less the amount of our existing senior notes anticipated to remain outstanding following the consummation of the Transactions, which are not guaranteed by, or direct obligations of, our subsidiaries) to our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008 will be 6.9x, as compared to 7.2x, as estimated in this offering memorandum.
     The foregoing discussion should be read in connection with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto set forth in this offering memorandum.

9


 

Certain Regulatory Matters in Connection with the Merger
     In connection with the merger, the FCC released on January 24, 2008 an order (the “FCC Order”) approving the transfer of control of our FCC licenses to affiliates of the Fincos subject to compliance with certain conditions. Those conditions include the assignment prior to the closing of the merger of our FCC licenses for 57 radio stations (42 of which are included in our 890 radio stations as of December 31, 2007) to Aloha Station Trust, LLC (“AST”), an entity in which neither we nor Bain Capital Partners, LLC or Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. holds an interest pursuant to the FCC attribution standards. Pursuant to the FCC Order, the FCC licenses for radio stations assigned to AST are to be divested by AST within six months of the closing of the merger. The parties intend to satisfy the conditions included in the FCC Order prior to the closing date of the Transactions. The consents granted by the FCC Order remain in effect as granted or as extended. The FCC grants extensions of authority to consummate previously approved transfers of control either by right or for good cause shown. We anticipate that the FCC will grant any necessary extensions of the effective period of the FCC Order for consummation of the transfer.
     In addition, we agreed with the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) to enter into a Final Judgment in accordance with and subject to the Antitrust Procedures and Penalties Act, 15 U.S.C. §16 (the “Tunney Act”), as stipulated in the Hold Separate Stipulation and Order filed by the DOJ on February 13, 2008, whereby we have agreed to divest within 90 days of the closing of the merger, subject to the conditions set forth therein, six additional core radio stations in Cincinnati, Houston, Las Vegas and San Francisco.
Sale of Certain Radio Stations
     On November 16, 2006, we announced plans to sell 448 non-core radio stations. During the first quarter of 2008, we revised our plans to sell 173 of these stations because we determined that market conditions were not advantageous to complete the sales. We intend to hold and operate these stations.
     Since November 16, 2006, we have sold 223 non-core radio stations. In addition, we have 20 non-core radio stations that are no longer under a definitive asset purchase agreement as of March 31, 2008. However, we continue to actively market these radio stations and they continue to meet the criteria for classification as discontinued operations.
The following table presents the activity related to our planned divestitures of radio stations:
         
Total radio stations announced as being marketed for sale on November 16, 2006
    448  
Total radio stations no longer being marketed for sale
    (173 )
 
       
Adjusted number of radio stations being marketed for sale (“non-core” radio stations)
    275  
Non-core radio stations sold through March 31, 2008
    (223 )
 
       
Remaining non-core radio stations at March 31, 2008 classified as discontinued operations
    52  
Non-core radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements
    (32 )
 
       
Non-core radio stations being marketed for sale
    20  
 
       

10


 

     In addition to the non-core radio stations mentioned above, we had definitive asset purchase agreements for eight radio stations at March 31, 2008. Through May 7, 2008, we executed definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 17 radio stations in addition to the radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008.
     The closing of these radio sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. The sale of these assets is not a condition to the closing of the Transactions and is not contingent on the closing of the Transactions.
Sale of Our Television Business
     On November 16, 2006, we announced plans to sell all of our television stations. We entered into a definitive agreement on April 20, 2007 with an affiliate of Providence Equity Partners Inc. (“Providence”) to sell our television business. The FCC issued its consent order on November 29, 2007 approving the assignment of our television station licenses to the affiliate of Providence. On March 14, 2008, we completed the sale of all of our television stations to an affiliate of Providence for $1.0 billion, adjusted for certain items including proration of expenses and adjustments for working capital.
Sale of Certain Equity Investments
     On January 17, 2008, we entered into an agreement to sell our equity investment in Clear Channel Independent, an out-of-home advertising company with operations in South Africa and other sub-Saharan countries. We closed the transaction on March 28, 2008.
     On May 28, 2008, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our 40% equity interest in the Mexican radio broadcasting company, Grupo Acir, for total consideration of $94 million. The sale is subject to Mexican regulatory approvals and is expected to close in June 2008. At closing, the buyer will purchase half of our equity interest and is obligated to purchase our remaining equity interest in Grupo Acir within five years from the closing date.

11


 

The Transactions
Overview
     Upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the merger agreement, CCM Parent will acquire Clear Channel. The acquisition will be effected by the merger of Merger Sub with and into Clear Channel. As a result of the merger, Clear Channel will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CCM Parent, held indirectly through intermediate holding companies as described in the diagram of our corporate structure following the Transactions included on the following pages. Clear Channel, as the surviving corporation in the merger, will assume, by operation of law, all of the rights and obligations of Merger Sub under the notes offered hereby and the related indenture. The merger agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants with respect to the conduct of the business and certain closing conditions. Although there are no remaining regulatory approvals required in order to consummate the Transactions, the adoption of the merger agreement is subject to the approval of our shareholders. Following the Transactions, CCM Parent will be a public company and Clear Channel will no longer be a public company.
Capital Structure of CCM Parent Following the Transactions
      The following discussion assumes the approval of the adoption of the merger agreement by our shareholders.
     One or more new entities controlled by Bain Capital Investors, LLC and its affiliates (collectively, “Bain Capital”) and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its affiliates (collectively, “THL” and, together with Bain Capital, the “Sponsors”) and their co-investors will acquire directly or indirectly through newly formed companies (each of which will be ultimately controlled jointly by the Sponsors) shares of stock in CCM Parent. At the effective time of the merger, those shares will represent, in the aggregate, between 66% and 82% (whether measured by voting power or economic interest) of the equity of CCM Parent, depending on the percentage of shares certain members of our management commit, or are permitted and subsequently elect, to rollover and the number of shares issued to our public shareholders pursuant to the merger agreement, as more fully described below. The capital stock held by the Sponsors will consist of a combination of shares of “strong voting” Class B common stock and nonvoting Class C common stock of CCM Parent with aggregate votes equal to one vote per share. As an illustration only, assuming there were one million shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding and nine million shares of Class C common stock issued and outstanding, then each share of Class B common stock would have ten votes; and therefore, in the aggregate the Class B common stock would be entitled to ten million votes (a total number of votes equal to the total number of shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock outstanding).
     At the effective time of the merger, our shareholders who elect to receive cash consideration in connection with the merger will receive $36.00 in cash for each pre-merger share of our outstanding common stock they own, subject to the payment of additional equity consideration (defined below), if applicable. Pursuant to the merger agreement, as an alternative to receiving the $36.00 per share cash consideration, our shareholders will be offered the opportunity to exchange some or all of their pre-merger shares on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock in CCM Parent, subject to aggregate and individual caps

12


 

discussed below (“stock elections”). Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock will have the same economic rights.
     The merger agreement provides that no more than 30% of the capital stock of CCM Parent is issuable pursuant to stock elections in exchange for our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options. If our shareholders make stock elections exceeding the 30% aggregate cap, then each shareholder (other than certain shareholders who have separately agreed with CCM Parent to make stock elections with respect to an aggregate of 13,888,890 shares of our common stock whose respective stock elections are subject to proration only in the event of a reduction in the equity financing funded by the Sponsors and their co-investors) will receive a proportionate allocation of shares of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock. Furthermore, no shareholder making a stock election may receive more than 11,111,112 shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent in connection with the merger. Our shareholders which are subject to proration or the individual cap will receive $36.00 per share cash consideration for such prorated or capped shares, subject to the payment of additional equity consideration, if applicable.
     In limited circumstances, our shareholders electing to receive cash consideration for some or all of their shares of our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options, will, on a pro rata basis, instead be issued shares of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock (“additional equity consideration”). CCM Parent may reduce the cash consideration to be paid to our shareholders in the event the total funds that CCM Parent determines it needs to fund the Transactions exceed the total funds available to CCM Parent in connection with the Transactions, as described more fully in “—Sources and Uses” herein. If CCM Parent elects to reduce the cash consideration based on such determination, CCM Parent may reduce the cash consideration to be paid to our shareholders by an amount not to exceed 1/36 th of the total amount of cash consideration that our shareholders elected to receive and, in lieu thereof, issue shares of Class A common stock to such shareholders. The issuance of any additional equity consideration may result in the issuance of more than 30% of the total shares of capital stock of CCM Parent in exchange for shares of our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options.
     The merger agreement provides for payment of additional cash consideration if the merger closes after November 1, 2008 (“additional cash consideration”). If the merger is consummated after November 1, 2008, but on or before December 1, 2008, our shareholders will receive additional cash consideration based upon the number of days elapsed since November 1, 2008 (including November 1, 2008), equal to $36.00 multiplied by 4.5% per annum, per share. If the merger is consummated after December 1, 2008, the additional cash consideration will increase and our shareholders will receive additional cash consideration based on the number of days elapsed since December 1, 2008 (including December 1, 2008), equal to $36.00 multiplied by 6% per annum, per share (plus the additional cash consideration accrued during November 2008).
Equity Rollover by Our Management and Related Equity Arrangements
     In connection with the merger agreement, the Fincos and Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays entered into a letter agreement, as supplemented on May 17, 2007, and as further supplemented on May 13, 2008 (the “Letter Agreement”). Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays agreed to roll over

13


 

unrestricted common stock, restricted equity securities and “in the money” stock options exercisable for common stock of Clear Channel, with an aggregate value of approximately $45 million, in exchange for equity securities of CCM Parent (based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger).
     In connection with the Transactions and pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays committed to a rollover exchange pursuant to which they will surrender a portion of the equity securities of Clear Channel they own, with a value of $10 million ($20 million in the aggregate), in exchange for $10 million worth of the equity securities of CCM Parent ($20 million in the aggregate, based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger). In May 2007, Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays and certain members of our management received grants of restricted equity securities of Clear Channel (the “May 2007 equity grants”). Each of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays’ May 2007 equity grants, individually valued at approximately $2.9 million, will be used to reduce their respective $10 million rollover commitments. The remainder of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays’ rollover commitments will be satisfied through the rollover of a combination of unrestricted common stock of Clear Channel and “in the money” stock options exercisable for common stock of Clear Channel in exchange for equity securities of CCM Parent.
     Furthermore, in connection with the Transactions and pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Mr. L. Lowry Mays committed to a rollover exchange pursuant to which he will surrender a portion of the equity securities of Clear Channel he owns, with an aggregate value of $25 million, in exchange for $25 million worth of the equity securities of CCM Parent (based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger). Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ May 2007 equity grant, valued at approximately $1.4 million, will be used to reduce his $25 million rollover commitment. The remainder of Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ rollover commitment will be satisfied through the rollover of a combination of unrestricted common stock of Clear Channel and “in the money” stock options exercisable for common stock of Clear Channel in exchange for equity securities of CCM Parent.
     Pursuant to the Letter Agreement and the escrow agreement described herein, by May 28, 2008, each of Messrs. L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays deposited into escrow unrestricted shares of Clear Channel common stock and vested Clear Channel stock options that will be used to satisfy a portion of the foregoing equity commitments.
     In addition to the foregoing rollover arrangements, upon the consummation of the Transactions and pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays will each receive a grant of approximately $20 million worth of shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent, subject to certain vesting requirements, pursuant to their new employment arrangements with CCM Parent. Furthermore, each of Mr. Mark P. Mays and Mr. Randall T. Mays will receive grants of options equal to 2.5% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent upon the consummation of the Transactions.
     The merger agreement contemplates that the Fincos and CCM Parent may agree to permit certain members of our management to elect that some of their outstanding shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options, and shares of our restricted stock be converted into shares or options to purchase shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock following the consummation of the merger. We contemplate that such conversions, if any, would be based on the fair market value on the date of conversion, which we contemplate to be the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent

14


 

in connection with the merger, and would also, in the case of our stock options, preserve the aggregate spread value of the rolled options. As of the date of this offering memorandum, except for the Letter Agreement and with respect to shares of restricted stock discussed below, no member of our management nor any of our directors has entered into any agreement, arrangement, or understanding regarding any such arrangements. However, unvested options to acquire a maximum of 225,704 shares of Clear Channel common stock that are not “in the money” on the date of the merger may not, by their terms, be cancelled prior to their stated expiration date; the Fincos and Merger Sub have agreed to allow these stock options to be converted into stock options to acquire shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock.
     The Fincos and Merger Sub have informed us that they anticipate converting approximately 625,000 shares of Clear Channel restricted stock held by management and employees pursuant to the May 2007 equity grants into CCM Parent Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Such CCM Parent Class A common stock will continue to vest ratably on each of the next three anniversaries of the date of grant in accordance with their terms. The Fincos and Merger Sub have also informed us that they anticipate offering to certain members of our management and certain of our employees the opportunity to purchase up to an aggregate of $15 million of equity interests in CCM Parent (based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger).
     Other than with respect to 580,361 shares of our common stock included within Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ rollover commitment described above, shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock issued pursuant to the foregoing arrangements will not reduce the shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock available for issuance as stock consideration.
Financing of the Transactions
     The Transactions will be financed with the net proceeds of this offering, initial borrowings under new senior secured credit facilities and a new receivables based credit facility, available cash at Clear Channel and equity contributions to Merger Sub at closing, as more fully described under “ — Sources and Uses” herein. In connection with Amendment No. 3 to the merger agreement, on May 13, 2008, Merger Sub entered into a purchase agreement with the initial purchasers (the “purchase agreement”), pursuant to which Merger Sub has agreed to sell to the initial purchasers, and the initial purchasers have agreed, severally, to purchase from Merger Sub the notes offered hereby. Similarly, on May 13, 2008, Merger Sub entered into senior secured credit facilities and a receivables based credit facility with a syndicate of institutional lenders and financial institutions affiliated with the initial purchasers. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” for a summary of the terms of the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility. Following the consummation of the Transactions, Clear Channel, as the surviving corporation in the merger, will assume, by operation of law, all of the rights and obligations of Merger Sub under the purchase agreement, the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility.
Escrow Agreement
     In connection with Amendment No. 3 to the merger agreement, on May 13, 2008, Clear Channel, CCM Parent, Merger Sub, the Fincos, affiliates of the Sponsors, certain members of our management, certain of our shareholders, the initial purchasers, the agents and lenders under the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility, and The Bank of New York (the “escrow agent”) entered into an escrow agreement, pursuant to which such

15


 

parties other than the escrow agent agreed to fund into escrow, as applicable, the total amount of their respective equity and debt financing obligations and all or a portion of the equity securities which such parties have agreed to exchange for shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent pursuant to stock elections and rollover commitments. On May 28, 2008, the escrow agent confirmed receipt of all amounts and equity securities required to be deposited in escrow by that date. The amounts deposited with the escrow agent are to be released upon the consummation of the Transactions upon confirmation of satisfaction of specified closing conditions set forth in the merger agreement and the conditions to funding set forth in the purchase agreement, the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility.
Tender Offers and Consent Solicitations
     On December 17, 2007, we announced that we commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for our outstanding $750.0 million principal amount of our 7.65% senior notes due 2010 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 17, 2007. As of June 10, 2008, we had received tenders and consents representing 99% of our outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010.
     Also on December 17, AMFM Operating Inc. commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for the outstanding $644.9 million principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes due 2008 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 17, 2007. As of June 10, 2008, AMFM Operating Inc. had received tenders and consents representing 99% of the outstanding 8% senior notes due 2008.
     As a result of receiving the requisite consents, we and AMFM Operating Inc. entered into supplemental indentures which eliminate substantially all the restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the respective notes. Each supplemental indenture will become operative upon acceptance and payment of the tendered notes, as applicable.
     We may elect to terminate the tender offer and consent solicitation for our outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010 and relaunch a new tender offer and consent solicitation for our senior notes due 2010 prior to the consummation of the Transactions. AMFM Operating Inc. anticipates extending the tender offer and consent solicitation for its outstanding 8% senior notes due 2008.
     Each of the tender offers is conditioned upon the consummation of our merger. The completion of the merger and the related debt financings are not subject to, or conditioned upon, the completion of the tender offers.
     The foregoing discussion should be read in connection with “— Recent Developments-Updated Financial Information.”

16


 

Corporate Structure
         
Bain Capital/
       
THL/Co-Investors   Mays/Management   Public
 
66-82% (1)
  2-4% (1)   14-30% (1)
         
    CC Media Holdings, Inc. (DE)
(CCM Parent)
   
         
    Clear Channel Capital II, LLC
(DE)
   
         
    Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
(DE) (4)(6)
   
         
$4,275 million aggregate principal amount of existing notes to remain outstanding (2)   Clear Channel
Communications, Inc. (TX)
(Clear Channel)
  $15,770.638 million senior secured credit facilities: (4)
$2,000 million revolving credit facility
$1,425 million term loan A facility (5)
$10,700 million term loan B facility
$705.638 million term loan C – asset sale facility
$1,250 million delayed draw term loan facilities

$690 million receivables based credit facility (4)(5)

$980 million senior cash pay notes offered hereby (6)
$1,330 million senior toggle notes offered hereby (6)
   
    Other operating subsidiaries (3)(6)
         
    89% (7)    
         
    Clear Channel Outdoor
Holdings, Inc. (3) (DE)
(Non-guarantor subsidiary)
  Public

11% (7)

 
(1)   Ownership percentages assume that no additional equity consideration is issued. For more information regarding ownership of the outstanding capital stock of CCM Parent upon the consummation of the Transactions, see “—The Transactions.”
 
(2)   Consists of $4,275 million aggregate principal amount of Clear Channel’s existing notes which will remain outstanding following the closing of the Transactions. Clear Channel’s existing notes will not be guaranteed by Clear Channel’s subsidiaries following the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of Clear Channel’s existing notes to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $750 million of its outstanding senior notes due 2010.
 
(3)   There is an additional $119 million aggregate principal amount of subsidiary indebtedness which will remain outstanding following the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of subsidiary indebtedness to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008.
 
(4)   The new senior secured credit facilities and the new receivables based credit facility are guaranteed on a senior basis by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and Clear Channel’s material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. For information regarding adjustments and reallocations of the new senior secured credit facilities and new receivables based credit facility and the estimated borrowings thereunder upon the closing of the Transactions, see “— Sources and Uses.”
 
(5)   The amount available under the term loan A facility and the receivables based credit facility are subject to adjustment as described under “Description of Other Indebtedness”.

17


 

 
(6)   The notes offered hereby are guaranteed on a senior basis by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and all of Clear Channel’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee Clear Channel’s new senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility, except that such guarantees are subordinated to each such guarantor’s guarantee of such facilities.
 
(7)   Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”) became a publicly traded company on November 11, 2005 through an initial public offering in which CCOH sold 35 million shares, or 10%, of its common stock. Prior to CCOH’s public offering, it was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel. Since that time, CCOH has issued additional shares of common stock to the public. Pursuant to a cash management arrangement between Clear Channel and CCOH evidenced by tandem cash management notes, substantially all of the cash generated from CCOH’s domestic operations is transferred daily into Clear Channel accounts and is available for general corporate purposes, including making payments on Clear Channel’s indebtedness. Additionally, on August 2, 2005, CCOH distributed a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel as a dividend. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Intercompany Notes.”

18


 

Sources and Uses
     The following table sets forth our estimated sources and uses in connection with the Transactions, based on our estimates of certain assets and liabilities at closing and fees and expenses to be incurred as if the Transactions had occurred on March 31, 2008. The actual amounts of such sources and uses will differ on the actual closing date of the Transactions.
         
Sources      
(In millions)      
Senior secured credit facilities:
       
Revolving credit facility (1)
       
Domestic based borrowings
     
Foreign subsidiary borrowings
  $ 80  
Term loan A facility (2)
    1,425  
Term loan B facility (3)
    10,700  
Term loan C-asset sale facility (4)
    706  
Delayed draw term loan facilities (5)
    750  
Receivables based credit facility (2)
    440  
Senior cash pay notes offered hereby
    980  
Senior toggle notes offered hereby
    1,330  
Cash
    169  
Existing debt to remain outstanding (6)
    4,394  
Common equity (7)
    3,519  
 
     
Total Sources
  $ 24,493  
 
     
 
Uses      
(In millions)      
Purchase of common stock (8)
  $ 17,959  
Refinance existing debt (9)
    1,593  
Existing debt to remain outstanding (6)
    4,394  
Fees, expenses and other related costs of the Transactions (10)
    547  
 
     
Total Uses
  $ 24,493  
 
     
 
(1)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $2,000 million 6-year revolving credit facility, of which $150 million will be available in alternative currencies. We will have the ability to designate one or more of our foreign restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under a foreign currency sublimit of the revolving credit facility. Consistent with our international cash management practices, at or promptly after the consummation of the Transactions, we expect one of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow $80 million under the revolving credit facility’s sublimit for foreign based subsidiary borrowings to refinance our existing foreign subsidiary intercompany borrowings. The foreign based borrowings allow us to efficiently manage our liquidity needs in local countries, mitigating foreign exchange exposure and cash movement among different tax jurisdictions. Based on estimated cash levels (including estimated cash levels of our foreign subsidiaries), we do not expect to borrow any additional amounts under the revolving credit facility at the closing of the Transactions.
 
(2)   The aggregate amount of the 6-year term loan A facility will be the sum of $1,115 million plus the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability under our receivables based credit facility on the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate amount of our receivables based credit facility will correspondingly be reduced by the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability on the closing of the Transactions. Assuming that the borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility is $440 million, the term loan A facility would be $1,425 million and the aggregate receivables based credit facility (without regard to borrowing base limitations) would be $690 million. However, our actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than this amount.
 
(3)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $10,700 million 7.5-year term loan B facility.
 
(4)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $705.638 million 7.5-year term loan C–asset sale facility. To the extent specified assets are sold after March 27, 2008 and prior to the closing of the Transactions, actual borrowings under the term loan C–asset sale facility will be reduced by the net cash proceeds received therefrom. Proceeds from the sale of specified assets after the closing of the Transactions will be applied to prepay the term loan C–

19


 

    asset sale facility (and thereafter to prepay any remaining term loan facilities) without right of reinvestment under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, if the net proceeds of any other asset sales are not reinvested, but instead applied to prepay the senior secured credit facilities, such proceeds would first be applied to the term loan C—asset sale facility and thereafter pro rata to the remaining term loan facilities.
 
(5)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for two 7.5-year delayed draw term loans facilities aggregating $1,250 million. Proceeds from the delayed draw 1 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $750 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing senior notes due 2010. Proceeds from the delayed draw 2 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $500 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing 4.25% senior notes due 2009. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we expect to borrow all amounts available to us under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility in order to redeem substantially all of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. We do not expect to borrow any amount available to us under the delayed draw 2 term loan facility upon the consummation of the Transactions. Any unused commitment to lend will expire on September 30, 2010 in the case of the delayed draw 1 term loan facility and on the second anniversary of the closing in the case of the delayed draw 2 term loan facility.
 
(6)   We anticipate that a portion of our existing senior notes and other existing subsidiary indebtedness will remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of the existing senior notes and the subsidiary indebtedness that is estimated to remain outstanding is $4,275 million and $119 million, respectively, at March 31, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of the existing senior notes and the subsidiary indebtedness to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $750 million of our outstanding senior notes due 2010 and the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008.
 
(7)   Represents total equity as a result of rollover equity of our existing shareholders who have elected to receive shares of CCM Parent as merger consideration, rollover equity from the Mays family, restricted stock and estimated cash equity contributed to us indirectly by CCM Parent from cash equity investments in CCM Parent by entities associated with the Sponsors and their co-investors. Actual cash equity would be decreased by the amount of Clear Channel cash available on the closing date to be used in the Transactions, subject to a minimum of $3,000 million total equity.
 
(8)   The amount assumes, as of March 31, 2008, approximately 498.0 million issued and outstanding common shares and the settlement of 836,800 outstanding employee stock options at a per share price of $36.00, payable in either cash or rollover equity as selected by existing shareholders (subject to aggregate caps and individual limits).
 
(9)   Represents the refinancing of $125 million of our senior notes due June 2008, the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008 and the repurchase of $750 million of our outstanding senior notes due 2010, plus any premiums related thereto and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
 
(10)   Reflects estimated fees, expenses and other costs incurred in connection with the Transactions, including placement and other financing fees, advisory fees, transaction fees paid to affiliates of the Sponsors, costs associated with certain restricted stock grants to management, change-in-control payments, excess cash and other transaction costs and professional fees. All fees, expenses and other costs are estimates and actual amounts may differ from those set forth in this offering memorandum.

20


 

The Sponsors
Bain Capital Partners, LLC
     Founded in 1984, Bain Capital Partners, LLC is a leading global investment firm managing more than $65 billion in assets across private equity, venture capital, high-yield debt and public equity asset classes, and has more than 300 investment professionals. Headquartered in Boston, Bain Capital Partners, LLC has offices in New York, London, Munich, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Tokyo and Mumbai and has one of the largest in-country private equity investment teams in Europe and Asia. Bain Capital Partners, LLC has raised thirteen private equity funds, including ten in North America, and has made investments and add-on acquisitions in more than 300 companies. Bain Capital Partners, LLC has deep experience in a variety of industries and its group of dedicated operating professionals provide its portfolio companies and management partners with significant strategic and operational support. Bain Capital Partners, LLC has recently invested in a variety of media businesses including Warner Music Group, Cumulus Media Partners, Houghton Mifflin, ProSiebenSat.1, SuperPages Canada and DoubleClick.
Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
     THL is one of the oldest and most successful private equity investment firms in the United States. Since its founding in 1974, THL has become the preeminent growth buyout firm, raising approximately $22 billion of equity capital and investing in more than 100 businesses with an aggregate purchase price of more than $125 billion, completing over 200 add-on acquisitions for portfolio companies and generating superior returns for its investors and partners. Notable recent transactions sponsored by the firm include Aramark, Ceridian, Dunkin’ Brands, Fidelity Information Services, Grupo ONO, Houghton Mifflin, Michael Foods, The Nielsen Company, Nortek, ProSiebenSat.1, Simmons, Univision, Warner Chilcott, Warner Music Group and West Corp.
Corporate Information
     The Company was founded in 1972 and our principal executive offices are located at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209 (telephone: 210-822-2828).

21


 

The Offering
     The summary below describes the principal terms of the notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Notes” section of this offering memorandum contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the notes.
     
Issuer
  BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. prior to the merger, and Clear Channel, as the surviving corporation in the merger.
 
   
Notes Offered
  $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016.
 
   
Maturity
  The senior cash pay notes will mature on August 1, 2016 and the senior toggle notes will mature on August 1, 2016.
 
   
Interest Rate
  Interest on the senior cash pay notes will be payable in cash and will accrue at a rate of 10.75% per annum.
 
   
 
  Cash interest on the senior toggle notes will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum, and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum. We may elect, at our option, to either (a) pay interest on the entire principal amount of the outstanding senior toggle notes in cash, (b) pay interest by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or issuing new senior toggle notes (any such increase or issuance, a “PIK Election”) on 100% of the principal amount of the outstanding senior toggle notes or (c) pay interest on 50% of such principal amount in cash and make a PIK Election with respect to interest on the remaining 50% of such principal amount. Interest on the senior toggle notes will be paid in cash on the first interest payment date.
 
   
Interest Payment Dates
  Interest on the notes will be payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2009 and will accrue from the issue date of the notes.
 
   
Ranking
  The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will:
         
 
    rank senior in right of payment to our future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;
 
       
 
    rank equally in right with all of our existing and future unsecured senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; and

22


 

         
 
    be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt, including our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the notes.
     
 
  Similarly, the guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the guarantors and will:
         
 
    rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;
 
       
 
    rank equally in right with all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future unsecured senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;
 
       
 
    be subordinated in right of payment to the applicable guarantor’s guarantee of our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility; and
 
       
 
    be effectively subordinated to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of such applicable guarantor’s subsidiaries that is not also a guarantor of the notes.
     
Guarantees
  Our direct parent and our wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries on the issue date that guarantee the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility will guarantee the notes with unconditional guarantees. Any of our subsidiaries that is released as a guarantor of our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility will automatically be released as a guarantor of the notes.
 
   
 
  On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor subsidiaries would have accounted for approximately $3.4 billion, or 49%, of our total net revenue, approximately $1.1 billion, or 46%, of our EBITDA and approximately $983 million, or 43%, of our Adjusted EBITDA, in each case, for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, and approximately $12.7 billion, or 44%, of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. See “Risk Factors- Risks Related to the Notes and this Offering—The notes are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our

23


 

     
 
  subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. Your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or non-wholly-owned subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.”
     
Optional Redemption
  We may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 1, 2012 at the redemption prices set forth in “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.” In addition, we may redeem some or all of the notes at any time prior to August 1, 2012 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and a “make-whole premium” (as described in “Description of the Notes— Optional Redemption”).
 
   
Special Redemption Amount
  On August 1, 2015 (the “Special Redemption Date”), we will be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “Special Redemption Amount”) of the senior toggle notes equal to the product of (x) $30 million and (y) a fraction which, for the avoidance of doubt, cannot exceed one, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date of the senior toggle notes for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,330,000,000, as determined by us in good faith and rounded to the nearest $2,000 (such redemption, the “Special Redemption”). The redemption price for each portion of a senior toggle note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.
 
   
AHYDO Catch-Up Payments
  On the first interest payment date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2(a)(2)) of each series of notes (i.e., the senior cash pay notes and the senior toggle notes) and on each interest payment date thereafter, we will redeem a portion of the principal amount of each then outstanding note in such series in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such interest payment date with respect to such note. The “AHYDO Catch-Up Payment” for a particular interest payment date with respect to each note in a series means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such interest payment date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to such note before the close of such interest payment date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on such note

24


 

     
 
  (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such interest payment date plus (ii) the product of the “issue price” of such note as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code (that is, the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes in such series is sold, disregarding for this purpose sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that such note is not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided, however, for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of such note is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each interest payment date with respect to such note. It is intended that no senior cash pay note and that no senior toggle note will be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, and this provision will be interpreted consistently with such intent. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment will be made by us in our good faith reasonable discretion and will be binding upon the holders absent manifest error.
 
   
Optional Redemption After Certain
Equity Offerings
  At any time (which may be more than once) on or prior to August 1, 2011, we may choose to redeem up to 40% of any series of the outstanding notes with the net cash proceeds that we raise in one or more equity offerings, as long as:
         
 
    we pay 110.75% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior cash pay notes being redeemed or 111.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior toggle notes being redeemed, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date;
 
       
 
    we redeem the notes within 180 days of completing the applicable public equity offering; and
 
       
 
    at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior cash pay notes or the senior toggle notes, as applicable, issued as of such redemption date remains outstanding afterwards.
     
Change of Control Offer
  If we experience a change of control, we must give holders of the notes the opportunity to sell us their notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

25


 

     
 
  We might not be able to pay you the required price for notes you present to us at the time of a change of control, because:
         
 
    we might not have enough funds at that time; or
 
       
 
    the terms of our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility may prevent us from paying.
     
Asset Sale Proceeds
  If we or any of our restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, we or such restricted subsidiary generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, repay senior debt (including our senior secured credit facilities of our receivables based credit facility), or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with other senior debt). The purchase price of the notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
 
   
Certain Covenants
  The indenture governing the notes will contain covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
         
 
    incur additional debt or issue preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries;
 
       
 
    pay dividends or distributions on or repurchase capital stock of the issuer or its restricted subsidiaries;
 
       
 
    make certain investments;
 
       
 
    create liens on assets of the issuer or its restricted subsidiaries to secure debt;
 
       
 
    enter into transactions with affiliates; and
 
       
 
    merge or consolidate with another company. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of the Notes.”
     
Exchange Offer; Registration Rights
  We will use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers within five business days following the issue date of the notes.
 
   
 
  Pursuant to such registration rights agreement, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register notes

26


 

     
 
  (which we will refer to as the “exchange notes”) having substantially identical terms as the notes with the SEC as part of an offer to exchange freely tradable exchange notes for the notes (the “exchange offer”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the registration rights agreement, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange offer to be completed within 300 days after the issue date of the notes or, if required, to file one or more resale shelf registration statements within 300 days after the issue date of the notes and declared effective within the time frames specified in the registration rights agreement.
 
   
 
  If we fail to meet the targets listed above (a “registration default”), the annual interest rate on the notes will increase by 0.25%. The annual interest rate on the notes will increase by an additional 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period during which the registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 0.50% per year over the interest rate shown on the cover of this offering memorandum. If we correct the registration default, the interest rate on the notes will revert to the original level.
 
   
 
  If we must pay additional interest, we will pay it to you in the same manner and on the same dates that we make other interest payments on the notes, until we correct the registration default.
 
   
Transfer Restrictions
  We have not registered the notes under the Securities Act.
 
   
 
  The notes are subject to restrictions on transfer and may only be offered or sold in transactions exempt from or not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. See “Notice to Investors.”
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  We are using the money raised from the notes to finance, in part, the Transactions. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
   
Risk Factors
  Investing in the notes involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a description of certain of the risks you should consider before investing in the notes.

27


 

Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data
     The following table sets forth our summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data for, and as of, the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary historical financial data for, and as of, the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the interim data reflects all adjustments consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. The selected historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 are included elsewhere in this offering memorandum. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods and operating results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2008.
     The unaudited pro forma financial data for, and as of, the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008 gives effect to the Transactions in the manner described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.” We have derived the pro forma financial data for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008 by adding the pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the pro forma financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and subtracting the pro forma financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available data and certain assumptions we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data is for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would actually be if the Transactions occurred at any date, nor does such data purport to project the results of operations for any future period.
     The summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this offering memorandum. The amounts in the tables may not add due to rounding.

28


 

                                                 
    Historical     Pro Forma  
    Year ended     Three Months     Twelve Months  
    December 31,     Ended March 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2008     2007     2008 (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
Statement of Operations:
                                               
Revenue
  $ 6,921     $ 6,568     $ 6,127     $ 1,564     $ 1,505     $ 6,980  
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization) (2)
    2,733       2,532       2,352       706       628       2,811  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization) (2)
    1,762       1,709       1,651       426       416       1,772  
Depreciation and amortization
    567       600       594       152       140       694  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization) (2)
    181       196       167       46       48       189  
Merger expenses
    7       8             1       2        
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    14       71       50       2       7       9  
 
                                   
Operating income
    1,685       1,594       1,413       235       278       1,523  
Interest expense
    452       484       443       100       118       1,633  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    7       2       (1 )     6       1       13  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    35       38       38       83       5       113  
Other income (expense) —net
    6       (9 )     11       12             17  
 
                                   
Income before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations
    1,281       1,141       1,018       236       166       33  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (441 )     (470 )     (403 )     (67 )     (71 )     60  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    47       32       18       8             55  
 
                                   
Income before discontinued operations
    793       639       597       161       95     $ 38  
 
                                             
Income from discontinued operations, net
    146       53       339       638       7          
 
                                     
Net income
  $ 939     $ 692     $ 936     $ 799     $ 102          
 
                                     
Cash Flow Data:
                                               
Cash interest expense (3)
  $ 462     $ 461     $ 430     $ 122     $ 142     $ 1,415  
Capital expenditures (4)
    363       337       303       94       65       392  
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 1,576     $ 1,748     $ 1,304     $ 368     $ 321          
Net cash used in investing activities
    (483 )     (607 )     (350 )     (154 )     (71 )        
Net cash used in financing activities
    (1,431 )     (1,179 )     (1,061 )     (754 )     (283 )        
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    366       69       157       998       26          
Other Financial Data:
                                               
Total debt (5)
                                          $ 19,861  
Total guaranteed/subsidiary debt (6)
                                            16,530  
EBITDA (7)
  $ 2,293     $ 2,223     $ 2,056     $ 482     $ 423       2,347  
OIBDAN (7)
    2,289       2,173       1,963       396       421       2,263  
Adjusted EBITDA (7)
                                            2,302  
Ratio of total debt to Adjusted EBITDA
                                            8.6 x
Ratio of total guaranteed/subsidiary debt to Adjusted EBITDA
                                            7.2 x
Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 145     $ 116     $ 84     $ 602     $ 109     $ 433  
Working capital (8)
    856       850       748       846       773       889  
Total assets
    18,806       18,887       18,719       19,053       18,686       28,499  
Total debt
    6,575       7,663       7,047       5,942       7,425       19,861  
Shareholders’ equity (9)
    8,797       8,042       8,826       9,662       8,129       2,644  

29


 

 
(1)   Information for the twelve months ended March 31, 2008 is presented on a pro forma basis to give effect to the merger transaction. Pro forma adjustments are made to depreciation and amortization, corporate expenses, merger expenses, interest expense and income tax (benefit) expense.
 
(2)   Includes non-cash compensation expense.
 
(3)   Pro forma cash interest expense, a non-GAAP financial measure, includes cash paid for interest expense and excludes amortization of deferred financing costs and purchase accounting discount. Pro forma cash interest expense assumes that the PIK Election has not been made. The actual interest rates on the indebtedness incurred to consummate the Transactions and this offering could vary from those used to compute cash interest expense.
 
(4)   Capital expenditures include additions to our property, plant and equipment and do not include any proceeds from disposal of assets, nor any expenditures for acquisitions of operating (revenue-producing) assets.
 
(5)   Represents the sum of the indebtedness to be incurred in connection with the closing of the Transactions, which will be guaranteed by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and our material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, and existing indebtedness of us and our restricted subsidiaries anticipated to remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions. The existing indebtedness amount reflects purchase accounting fair value adjustments of a negative $931 million related to our existing senior notes.
 
(6)   Represents total debt described in footnote 5 above, less the amount of our existing senior notes anticipated to remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions, which are not guaranteed by, or direct obligations of, our subsidiaries.
 
(7)   The following table discloses the Company’s EBITDA (income (loss) from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax (benefit) expense, depreciation and amortization, (gain) loss on marketable securities and minority interest expense, net of tax), OIBDAN (defined as EBITDA excluding non-cash compensation expense and the following line items presented in the Statement of Operations: merger expenses; gain (loss) on disposition of assets—net; equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates and other income (expense)—net) and Adjusted EBITDA (OIBDAN adjusted for the annual management fee to be paid to the Sponsors, if any, and other items described below), which are non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA do not represent and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or cash flow from operations, as determined under GAAP. We believe that EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA provide investors with helpful information with respect to our operations and cash flows. We present EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Some adjustments to EBITDA may not be in accordance with current SEC practice or with regulations adopted by the SEC that apply to registration statements filed under the Securities Act and periodic reports presented under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA may be presented differently in filings made with the SEC than as presented in this offering memorandum.
 
    EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
    EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect (i) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (ii) our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt; (iii) our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and (iv) our historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
    other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA, OIBDAN and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

30


 

The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company’s historical and pro forma EBITDA, OIBDAN and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA and provides a reconciliation to the Company’s net income (loss) from continuing operations for the periods indicated:
                                                 
    Historical     Pro Forma  
                                            Twelve Months  
                            Three Months Ended     Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,     March 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2008     2007     2008(a)  
    (Dollars in millions)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 793     $ 639     $ 597     $ 161     $ 95     $ 38  
Interest expense
    452       484       443       100       118       1,633  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    441       470       403       67       71       (60 )
Depreciation and amortization
    567       600       594       152       140       694  
(Gain) loss on marketable securities
    (7 )     (2 )     1       (6 )     (1 )     (13 )
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    47       32       18       8             55  
 
                                   
EBITDA
  $ 2,293     $ 2,223     $ 2,056     $ 482     $ 423     $ 2,347  
Non-cash compensation
    44       42       6       10       8       55  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    (14 )     (71 )     (50 )     (2 )     (7 )     (9 )
Merger expenses
    7       8             1       2        
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (35 )     (38 )     (38 )     (83 )     (5 )     (113 )
Other (income) expense—net
    (6 )     9       (11 )     (12 )           (17 )
 
                                   
OIBDAN
  $ 2,289     $ 2,173     $ 1,963     $ 396     $ 421     $ 2,263  
 
                                   
Cash received from nonconsolidated affiliates (b)
                                            32  
Non-core radio EBITDA (c)
                                            3  
Non-cash rent expense (d)
                                            4  
 
                                             
Adjusted EBITDA
                                          $ 2,302  
 
                                             
 
(a)   Information for the twelve months ended March 31, 2008 is presented on a pro forma basis to give effect to the merger transaction. Pro forma adjustments are made to depreciation and amortization, corporate expenses, merger expenses, interest expense and income tax (benefit) expense.
 
(b)   Represents expected recurring cash dividends received from nonconsolidated affiliates as the equity in earnings from these investments has been deducted in the calculation of OIBDAN.
 
(c)   Represents the EBITDA from our non-core radio stations that were not sold as of March 31, 2008 and whose results of operations are included in “Income from discontinued operations, net” in the income statement.
 
(d)   Represents the difference between cash rent expense and GAAP rent expense.
(8)   Working capital is defined as (i) current assets except for cash, cash from discontinued operations, income taxes receivable and current deferred tax assets less (ii) current liabilities except for current portion of long-term debt, accrued interest, income taxes payable, current deferred tax liabilities and income taxes payable from discontinued operations.
 
(9)   The pro forma amount represents total shareholders’ equity from equity investments of $3,449 million, excluding $40 million of restricted stock of CCM Parent, presented on a pro forma basis less accounting adjustments of $805 million mainly related to continuing shareholders’ basis in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions (“EITF 88-16”).

31


 

RISK FACTORS
     An investment in the notes involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this offering memorandum, before making your decision to invest in the notes. Any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties, could harm the value of the notes directly, or our business and financial results and thus indirectly cause the value of the notes to decline. The risks described below are not the only ones that could impact the Company or the value of the notes. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. As a result of any of these risks, known or unknown, you may lose all or part of your investment in the notes.
Risks Related to the Notes and this Offering
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our operations and your investment in the notes.
     As a result of the Transactions, we will have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2008, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, we would have had outstanding total indebtedness of approximately $19,861 million, including the notes offered hereby and expected purchase accounting fair value adjustments of a negative $931 million. We also would have had an additional $1,920 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility and an additional $250 million (subject to borrowing base limitations) available for borrowing under our receivables based credit facility (after taking into account the temporary reduction in aggregate amount thereof), before taking into account outstanding letters of credit of approximately $83 million as of March 31, 2008.
     Our substantial level of indebtedness and other financial obligations increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on, or other amounts due, in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Our substantial debt could also have other significant consequences. For example, it could:
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic, competitive and industry conditions;
 
    limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes, or other purposes on satisfactory terms, or at all;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for operations and any future business opportunities;
 
    expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility, are at variable rates of interest;
 
    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;
 
    limit our planning flexibility for, or ability to react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

32


 

    limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions; and
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage with competitors who may have less indebtedness and other obligations or greater access to financing.
     If we fail to make any required payment under our new senior secured credit facilities or our new receivables based credit facility or to comply with any of the financial and operating covenants included in the new senior secured credit facilities or the new receivables based credit facility, we will be in default. Lenders under such facilities could then vote to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness and foreclose upon our and our subsidiaries’ assets securing such indebtedness. Other creditors might then accelerate other indebtedness. If any of our creditors accelerates the maturity of their indebtedness, we may not have sufficient assets to satisfy our obligations under the new senior secured credit facilities, the new receivables based credit facility, or our other indebtedness, including the notes offered hereby.
Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
     We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes offered hereby will contain and our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility do contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. For example, we will have up to $1,920 million of borrowings available under our new revolving credit facility (before taking into account outstanding letters of credit of approximately $83 million as of March 31, 2008), up to $250 million (subject to borrowing base limitations) of borrowings available under our new receivables based credit facility (after taking into account the temporary reduction in aggregate amount thereof) and $500 million of borrowings available under our new delayed draw term loan facilities following the consummation of the Transactions. After the closing date, we may, at our option, subject to certain conditions, raise incremental term loans or incremental commitments under the revolving credit facility of up to (a) $1.5 billion, plus (b) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times pro forma consolidated adjusted EBITDA (as calculated in the manner provided in the senior secured credit facilities documentation), over (y) $1.5 billion, plus (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made in respect of the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities (other than mandatory prepayments with net cash proceeds of certain asset sales). We may also, at our option, subject to certain conditions, increase the receivables based credit facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750 million if certain non-wholly-owned subsidiaries guarantee the receivables based credit facility. Any additional borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility would be effectively senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and the related guarantees of the notes would be subordinated to the guarantees of any additional borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility. Moreover, the indenture governing the notes offered hereby will not impose any limitation on our incurrence of liabilities that are not considered “indebtedness” under the indenture, and will not impose any limitation on liabilities incurred by our subsidiaries that might be designated as “unrestricted subsidiaries.” If we incur additional debt above the levels in effect upon the closing of the Transactions, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

33


 

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on the notes and service our other debt and financial obligations and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.
     Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt, including the notes, amounts borrowed under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility and other financial obligations, and to fund our operations will depend on our ability to generate substantial operating cash flow. Our cash flow generation will depend on our future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
     Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us under our senior secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility, or otherwise in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, including the notes, our existing senior notes to remain outstanding (the “Existing Notes”) and borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility, or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we cannot service our debt, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital investments, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. Any of these remedies may not, if necessary, be effected on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Also, the indenture governing the notes will restrict us and the indenture governing our Existing Notes and the credit agreements for our senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility do restrict us from adopting certain of these alternatives. Because of these and other factors beyond our control, we may be unable to pay the principal, premium, if any, interest, or other amounts on the notes.
The notes are effectively subordinated to our total secured indebtedness.
     The indenture governing the notes will permit us to incur certain secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility. Indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility of approximately $14,101 million will be secured by liens on certain of our assets, including, in the case of the senior secured credit facilities, a pledge of our capital stock. The notes are unsecured and will, therefore, be effectively subordinated to our total secured indebtedness (which includes certain of our existing indebtedness) in an amount equal to $14,109 million (to the extent of the value of the collateral). Accordingly, if we are involved in a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding, or upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facilities, our new receivables based credit facility, or our other secured indebtedness, our assets will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facilities, our new receivables based credit facility, or other secured indebtedness have been paid in full from those assets. In addition, a default under the indenture governing the notes would cause an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities and the receivables based credit facility, and the acceleration of debt under the senior secured credit facilities or the receivables based credit facility or the failure to pay such debt when due would, in certain circumstances, cause an event of default under the indenture governing the notes. See “Description of the Notes—Events of Default and Remedies.” The lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility also have the right upon an event of default thereunder to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. Further, following an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility, the lenders under such facilities will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that debt. If the debt under our senior

34


 

secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility, or the notes offered hereby were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full that debt, or any other debt that may become due as a result of that acceleration.
The guarantees of the notes are subordinated to the guarantees of our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility.
     The guarantees will be subordinated to the guarantees of the guarantors of the senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility. As of March 31, 2008, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the guarantees thereof would have been subordinated to guarantees of approximately $14,101 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility. We will also have up to $1,920 million of additional borrowings available under our new revolving credit facility (before taking into account outstanding letters of credit of approximately $83 million as of March 31, 2008), up to $250 million (subject to borrowing base limitations) of borrowings available under our new receivables based credit facility and $500 million of borrowings available under our new delayed draw term loan facilities following the consummation of the Transactions. After the closing date, we may, at our option, subject to certain conditions, raise incremental term loans or incremental commitments under the revolving credit facility of up to (a) $1.5 billion, plus (b) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times pro forma consolidated adjusted EBITDA (as calculated in the manner provided in the senior secured credit facilities documentation), over (y) $1.5 billion, plus (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made in respect of the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities (other than mandatory prepayments with net cash proceeds of certain asset sales), and we may increase commitments under our receivables based credit facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750 million if certain non-wholly-owned subsidiaries guarantee the receivables based credit facility. The guarantees of such additional borrowings would be senior in right of payment to the guarantees of the notes.
     As a result of such subordination, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors of any guarantor of the notes in a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, or similar proceeding, the holders of our debt under the senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility will be entitled to be paid in full before any payment will be made on that guarantor’s guarantee.
The notes are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. Your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or non-wholly-owned subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.
     CCOH and our other non-wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and our foreign subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes. As a result, the notes will also be structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations, including indebtedness, of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, and the claims of creditors of these subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will have priority as to the assets of these subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade and other creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us and, in turn, to our creditors.
     On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor subsidiaries would have accounted for approximately $3.4 billion, or 49%, of our total net revenue,

35


 

approximately $1.1 billion, or 46%, of our EBITDA and approximately $983 million, or 43%, of our Adjusted EBITDA, in each case, for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, and approximately $12.7 billion, or 44%, of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. On a historical basis without giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately 38% of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. The difference between the historical percentage and the pro forma percentage of total assets principally relates to the creation of significant goodwill and intangibles in connection with the application of purchase accounting for the Transactions. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, our non-guarantor subsidiaries would have had $5.3 billion of total balance sheet liabilities (including trade payables) to which the notes would have been structurally subordinated.
We may not have access to the cash flow and other assets of our subsidiaries that may be needed to make payment on the notes.
     We derive a substantial portion of our operating income from our subsidiaries. We are dependent on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries to meet our obligations with respect to the notes. We cannot assure you that our subsidiaries will be able to, or be permitted to, pay to us the amounts necessary to service the notes. Provisions of law, such as those requiring that dividends be paid only out of surplus, will also limit the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions, loans, or other payments to us. In the event we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.
     On November 10, 2005, we entered into a cash management arrangement with CCOH whereby we provide day-to-day cash management services. As part of this arrangement, substantially all of the cash generated from CCOH’s domestic operations is transferred daily into Clear Channel accounts and, in return, we fund certain of CCOH’s operations. This arrangement is evidenced by tandem cash management notes issued by Clear Channel to CCOH and by CCOH to Clear Channel. Each of the cash management notes is a demand obligation; however, we are not under any contractual commitment to advance funds to CCOH beyond the amounts outstanding under the note. The consummation of the Transactions will not permit CCOH to terminate these arrangements and we may continue to use the cash flows of the domestic operations of CCOH for our own general corporate purposes pursuant to the terms of the existing cash management and intercompany arrangements between us and CCOH, which may include making payments on our indebtedness.
     On August 2, 2005, CCOH distributed a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to us as a dividend. This note matures on August 2, 2010 and may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time. The note accrues interest at a variable per annum rate equal to our weighted average cost of debt, calculated on a monthly basis. This note is mandatorily payable upon a change of control of CCOH and, subject to certain exceptions, all proceeds from new debt issued or equity raised by CCOH must be used to prepay such note. At March 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.8%.
     The $2.5 billion note requires CCOH to comply with various negative covenants, including restrictions on the following activities: incurring consolidated funded indebtedness (as defined in the note), excluding intercompany indebtedness, in a principal amount in excess of $400 million at any one time outstanding; creating liens; making investments; entering into sale and leaseback transactions (as defined in the note), which when aggregated with consolidated funded indebtedness secured by liens, will not exceed an amount equal to 10% of CCOH’s total consolidated stockholders’ equity (as defined in the note) as shown on its most recently

36


 

reported annual audited consolidated financial statements; disposing of all or substantially all of its assets; entering into mergers and consolidations; declaring or making dividends or other distributions; repurchasing its equity; and entering into transactions with its affiliates. The existence of these restrictions could limit CCOH’s ability to grow and increase its revenue or respond to competitive changes.
Restrictive covenants in the senior secured credit facilities, receivables based credit facility and the indenture governing the notes restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
     Our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility do contain, and the indenture governing the notes offered hereby will contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. These agreements governing our indebtedness do or will include covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to:
    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;
 
    pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock, or redeem, repurchase, or retire our capital stock and subordinated debt;
 
    make certain investments;
 
    create liens on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;
 
    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;
 
    enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
 
    sell certain assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;
 
    alter the business that we conduct; and
 
    designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
     Notwithstanding the restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, redeem, or purchase capital stock and make certain other restricted payments, the indenture governing the notes will allow us to make significant restricted payments in certain circumstances. See “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
We may not be able to fulfill our repurchase obligations in the event of a change of control.
     Upon the occurrence of any change of control, we will be required to make a change of control offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. Any change of control also would constitute a default under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility. Therefore, upon the occurrence of a change of control, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility would have the right to

37


 

accelerate their loans, and if so accelerated, we would be required to repay all of our outstanding obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility. Also, our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility generally prohibit us from purchasing any notes if we do not repay all borrowings under such facilities first or obtain the consent of the lenders under such facilities. Accordingly, unless we first repay all such borrowings or obtain the consent of such lenders, we are prohibited from purchasing the notes upon a change of control.
     In addition, if a change of control occurs, there can be no assurance that we will have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any of the notes that might be delivered by holders of the notes seeking to accept the change of control offer and, accordingly, none of the holders of the notes may receive the change of control purchase price for their notes. Our failure to make the change of control offer or to pay the change of control purchase price with respect to the notes when due would result in a default under the indenture governing the notes. See “Description of the Notes—Events of Default and Remedies.”
The lenders under our new senior secured credit facilities have the discretion to release the guarantors under our new senior secured credit facilities, and our new senior secured credit facilities documentation provides for the automatic release of one or more guarantors in a variety of circumstances, which will cause those guarantors to be released from their guarantees of the notes.
     If the lenders under our new senior secured credit facilities release a guarantor from its guarantee of obligations under our new senior secured credit facilities, or any guarantor is automatically released from its guarantee of obligations under our new senior secured credit facilities pursuant to the terms thereof, then the guarantee of the notes by such guarantor will be released automatically without action by, or consent of, any holder of the notes or the Trustee under the indenture governing the notes offered hereby. See “Description of the Notes.” You will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of the notes, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of noteholders.
Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees of our subsidiaries and require note holders to return payments received from subsidiary guarantors.
     Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that subsidiary guarantor if, among other things, the subsidiary guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:
    intended to hinder, delay, or defraud creditors; or
 
    received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee; and
 
    was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or
 
    was engaged in a business or transaction for which the subsidiary guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
 
    intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

38


 

     In addition, any payment by that subsidiary guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the subsidiary guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.
     The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:
    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the then fair saleable value of all of its assets; or
 
    if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
    it could not pay its debts as they become due.
     On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that each subsidiary guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of each series of notes, will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations or that a court would agree with our or any subsidiary guarantor’s conclusions in this regard.
You will be required to pay United States federal income tax on the senior toggle notes even if we do not pay cash interest.
     None of the interest payments on the senior toggle notes will be qualified stated interest for United States federal income tax purposes, even if we never exercise the option to pay PIK Interest, because the senior toggle notes provide us with the option to pay cash interest or PIK Interest for any interest payment period through the maturity of the senior toggle notes. Consequently, the senior toggle notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount (“OID”) for United States federal income tax purposes, and United States holders will be required to include the OID in gross income on a constant yield to maturity basis, regardless of whether interest is paid currently in cash and regardless of their regular method of tax accounting. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
We may only be entitled to deduct a portion of any interest or OID on the senior toggle notes for United States federal income tax purposes, and only at such time as such interest or OID is considered paid in cash.
     The senior toggle notes may constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” for United States federal income tax purposes. If so, any interest deductions with respect to any OID relating to the senior toggle notes will be deferred until paid in cash, and will be disallowed to the extent the yield to maturity on the senior toggle notes exceeds six percentage points over the “applicable federal rate” (as determined under the Code) in effect for the calendar month in which the senior toggle notes are issued. The deferral and disallowance of deductions for payments of interest or OID on the senior toggle notes may reduce the amount of cash available to us to meet our obligations under the notes.

39


 

United States Holders will be required to pay United States federal income tax on the accrual of original issue discount on the senior cash pay notes.
     We expect that the “stated redemption price at maturity” of the senior cash pay notes will exceed their “issue price” by more than the statutory de minimis threshold, in which case, the senior cash pay notes will be treated as being issued with original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes. A United States Holder (as defined in “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) of a senior cash pay note issued with original issue discount will be required to include such original issue discount in gross income for United Sates federal income tax purposes on a constant yield-to-maturity basis, in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income and regardless of the United States Holder’s regular method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more detail.
United States Holders will be required to pay United States federal income tax as interest accrues on the senior toggle notes whether or not we pay cash interest.
     Because the senior toggle notes provide us with the option to pay PIK Interest in lieu of paying cash interest in any interest payment period after the initial interest payment, and because the senior toggle notes may be issued at a discount to their stated principal amount, we will treat the senior toggle notes as issued with original issue discount. As a result, United States Holders will be required to include such original issue discount in gross income for United Sates federal income tax purposes on a constant yield-to-maturity basis, in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income and regardless of the United States Holder’s regular method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more detail.
There are restrictions on your ability to resell your notes.
     The notes are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under United States and applicable state securities laws. Therefore, you may transfer or resell the notes in the United States only in a transaction registered under or exempt from the registration requirements of the United States and applicable state securities laws, and you may be required to bear the risk of your investment for an indefinite period of time.
     We will use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a registration rights agreement within five business days following the issue date of the notes. Pursuant to such registration rights agreement, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective with respect to each series of the exchange notes. The SEC, however, has broad discretion to declare any registration statement effective and may delay, defer, or suspend the effectiveness of any registration statement for a variety of reasons. If issued under an effective registration statement, the exchange notes generally may be resold or otherwise transferred (subject to restrictions described under “Notice to Investors”) by each holder of the exchange notes with no need for further registration. However, each series of the exchange notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We cannot assure you that there will be an active trading market for the exchange notes, or, in the case of non-exchanging holders of each series of the notes, the trading market for the notes following the exchange offer. See “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

40


 

An active trading market may not develop for these notes.
     The notes are new issues of securities for which there is no established public market. Although the notes are expected to be designated for trading in The PORTAL SM Market, we do not intend to apply to list the notes for trading on any securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. As a result of this and the other factors listed below, an active trading market for the notes may not develop, in which case the market price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected.
     In addition, you may not be able to sell your notes at a particular time or at a price favorable to you. Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including:
    our operating performance and financial condition;
 
    our prospects or the prospects for companies in our industry generally;
 
    the fact that the notes will not be registered under the Securities Act;
 
    the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the notes;
 
    the market for similar securities;
 
    prevailing interest rates; and
 
    the other factors described in this offering memorandum under “Risk Factors.”
     Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices. It is possible that the market for the notes will be subject to disruptions. A disruption may have a negative effect on you as a holder of the notes, regardless of our prospects or performance.
     Although the initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, they are not obligated to do so. The initial purchasers may also discontinue any market making activities at any time, in their sole discretion, which could further negatively impact your ability to sell the notes or the prevailing market price at the time you choose to sell.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our business is dependent upon the performance of on-air talent and program hosts, as well as our management team and other key employees.
     We employ or independently contract with several on-air personalities and hosts of syndicated radio programs with significant loyal audiences in their respective markets. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our key on-air talent and program hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these persons will remain with us or will retain their audiences. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of these individuals are under no legal obligation to remain with us. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these individuals on terms which we may be unwilling to meet. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key on-air talent and program hosts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could limit our ability to generate revenue.

41


 

     Our business is also dependent upon the performance of our management team and other key employees. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of these individuals, we can give no assurance that all or any of our executive officers or key employees will remain with us. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of our key employees are at-will employees who are under no legal obligation to remain with us. In addition, any or all of our executive officers or key employees may decide to leave for a variety of personal or other reasons beyond our control. The loss of members of our management team or other key employees could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.
Doing business in foreign countries creates certain risks not found in doing business in the United States.
     Doing business in foreign countries carries with it certain risks that are not found in doing business in the United States. The risks of doing business in foreign countries that could result in losses against which we are not insured include:
    exposure to local economic conditions;
 
    potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of foreign countries with the United States;
 
    hostility from local populations;
 
    the adverse effect of currency exchange controls;
 
    restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investment and earnings;
 
    government policies against businesses owned by foreigners;
 
    investment restrictions or requirements;
 
    expropriations of property;
 
    the potential instability of foreign governments;
 
    the risk of insurrections;
 
    risks of renegotiation or modification of existing agreements with governmental authorities;
 
    foreign exchange restrictions;
 
    withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries; and
 
    changes in taxation structure.
Exchange rates may cause future losses in our international operations.
     Because we own assets in foreign countries and derive revenue from our international operations, we may incur currency translation losses due to changes in the values of foreign currencies and in the value of the United States dollar. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results.

42


 

Extensive government regulation may limit our broadcasting operations.
     The federal government extensively regulates the domestic broadcasting industry, and any changes in the current regulatory scheme could significantly affect us. Our broadcasting businesses depend upon maintaining broadcasting licenses issued by the FCC for maximum terms of eight years. Renewals of broadcasting licenses can be attained only through the FCC’s grant of appropriate applications. Although the FCC rarely denies a renewal application, the FCC could deny future renewal applications resulting in the loss of one or more of our broadcasting licenses.
     The federal communications laws limit the number of broadcasting properties we may own in a particular area. While the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”) relaxed the FCC’s multiple ownership limits, any subsequent modifications that tighten those limits could make it impossible for us to complete potential acquisitions or require us to divest stations we have already acquired. Most significantly, in June 2003, the FCC adopted a decision comprehensively modifying its media ownership rules. The modified rules significantly changed the FCC’s regulations governing radio ownership. Soon after their adoption, however, a federal court issued a stay preventing the implementation of the modified media ownership rules while it considered appeals of the rules by numerous parties (including Clear Channel). In a June 2004 decision, the court upheld the modified rules in certain respects, remanded them to the FCC for further justification in other respects and left in place the stay on their implementation. In September 2004, the court partially lifted its stay on the modified radio ownership rules, putting into effect aspects of those rules that establish a new methodology for defining local radio markets and counting stations within those markets, limit our ability to transfer intact combinations of stations that do not comply with the new rules and require us to terminate within two years certain of our agreements whereby we provide programming to or sell advertising on radio stations we do not own. In June 2006, the FCC commenced its proceeding on remand of the modified media ownership rules. On December 18, 2007, the FCC adopted a decision in that proceeding which made no changes to the local radio ownership rules currently in effect. The FCC also adopted rules to promote diversification of broadcast ownership. The media ownership rules, as modified by the FCC’s 2003 decision and by the FCC’s December 2007 actions, are subject to various further FCC and court proceedings and recent and possible future actions by Congress. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the media ownership proceedings or their effects on our ability to acquire broadcast stations in the future, to complete acquisitions that we have agreed to make, to continue to own and freely transfer groups of stations that we have already acquired, or to continue our existing agreements to provide programming to or sell advertising on stations we do not own.
     Other changes in governmental regulations and policies may have a material impact on us. For example, the FCC has adopted rules which under certain circumstances subject previously non-attributable debt and equity interests in communications media to the FCC’s multiple ownership restrictions. These rules may limit our ability to expand our media holdings. Moreover, recent and possible future actions by the FCC in the areas of localism and public interest obligations may impose additional regulatory requirements on us.
We may be adversely affected by new statutes dealing with indecency.
     Provisions of federal law regulate the broadcast of obscene, indecent, or profane material. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations. Congressional legislation enacted in 2006 provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per violation for the broadcast of such material. We therefore face increased costs in the form of fines for indecency violations, and cannot predict whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.

43


 

Antitrust regulations may limit future acquisitions.
     Additional acquisitions by us of radio stations and outdoor advertising properties may require antitrust review by federal antitrust agencies and may require review by foreign antitrust agencies under the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions. We can give no assurances that the DOJ or the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) or foreign antitrust agencies will not seek to bar us from acquiring additional radio stations or outdoor advertising properties in any market where we already have a significant position. Following passage of the 1996 Act, the DOJ has become more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations, particularly in instances where the proposed acquiror already owns one or more radio station properties in a particular market and seeks to acquire another radio station in the same market. The DOJ has, in some cases, obtained consent decrees requiring radio station divestitures in a particular market based on allegations that acquisitions would lead to unacceptable concentration levels. For example, we agreed with the DOJ to enter into a Final Judgment in accordance with and subject to the Tunney Act, as stipulated in the Hold Separate Stipulation and Order filed by the DOJ on February 13, 2008, whereby we have agreed to divest within 90 days of the closing of the merger, subject to the conditions set forth therein, six additional core radio stations in Cincinnati, Houston, Las Vegas and San Francisco. The DOJ also actively reviews proposed acquisitions of outdoor advertising properties. In addition, the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions will apply if we acquire international broadcasting properties.
Environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations may limit or restrict some of our operations.
     As the owner or operator of various real properties and facilities, especially in our outdoor advertising operations, we must comply with various foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations. We and our properties are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety as well as zoning restrictions. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws. However, additional laws which may be passed in the future, or a finding of a violation of or liability under existing laws, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.
Government regulation of outdoor advertising may restrict our outdoor advertising operations.
     United States federal, state and local regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our outdoor advertising business. One of the seminal laws was the Highway Beautification Act of 1965 (the “HBA”), which regulates outdoor advertising on the 306,000 miles of Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems (“controlled roads”). The HBA regulates the size and location of billboards, mandates a state compliance program, requires the development of state standards, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs and requires just compensation for takings. Construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and the location of billboards and the use of new technologies for changing displays, such as digital displays, are regulated by federal, state and local governments. From time to time, states and municipalities have prohibited or significantly limited the construction of new outdoor advertising structures and also permitted non-conforming structures to be rebuilt by third parties. Changes in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising at any level of government, including laws of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, could have a significant financial impact on us by requiring us to make significant expenditures or otherwise limiting or restricting some of our operations.

44


 

     From time to time, certain state and local governments and third parties have attempted to force the removal of our displays under various state and local laws, including condemnation and amortization. Amortization is the attempted forced removal of legal but non-conforming billboards (billboards which conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built, but which do not conform to current zoning regulations) or the commercial advertising placed on such billboards after a period of years. Pursuant to this concept, the governmental body asserts that just compensation is earned by continued operation of the billboard over time. Amortization is prohibited along all controlled roads and generally prohibited along non-controlled roads. Amortization has, however, been upheld along non-controlled roads in limited instances where provided by state and local law. Other regulations limit our ability to rebuild, replace, repair, maintain and upgrade non-conforming displays. In addition, from time to time third parties or local governments assert that we own or operate displays that either are not properly permitted or otherwise are not in strict compliance with applicable law. Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal based on alleged noncompliance is immaterial, from time to time we have been required to remove billboards for alleged noncompliance. Such regulations and allegations have not had a material impact on our results of operations to date, but if we are increasingly unable to resolve such allegations or obtain acceptable arrangements in circumstances in which our displays are subject to removal, modification, or amortization, or if there occurs an increase in such regulations or their enforcement, our operating results could suffer.
     A number of state and local governments have implemented or initiated legislative billboard controls, including taxes, fees and registration requirements in an effort to decrease or restrict the number of outdoor signs and/or to raise revenue. While these controls have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect state and local governments to continue these efforts. The increased imposition of these controls and our inability to pass on the cost of these items to our clients could negatively affect our operating income.
     International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry varies by region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Significant international regulations include the Law of December 29, 1979 in France, the Town and Country Planning (Control of Advertisements) Regulations 1992 in the United Kingdom, and Règlement Régional Urbain de I’agglomération Bruxelloise in Belgium. These laws define issues such as the extent to which advertisements can be erected in rural areas, the hours during which illuminated signs may be lighted and whether the consent of local authorities is required to place a sign in certain communities. Other regulations limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays. For instance, the United States and most European Union countries, among other nations, have banned outdoor advertisements for tobacco products. Our failure to comply with these or any future international regulations could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our displays or their attractiveness to clients as an advertising medium and may require us to make significant expenditures to ensure compliance. As a result, we may experience a significant impact on our operations, revenue, international client base and overall financial condition.
Additional restrictions on outdoor advertising of tobacco, alcohol and other products may further restrict the categories of clients that can advertise using our products.
     Out-of-court settlements between the major United States tobacco companies and all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and four other United States territories include a ban on the outdoor advertising of tobacco products. Other products and services may be targeted in the future, including alcohol products. Legislation regulating

45


 

tobacco and alcohol advertising has also been introduced in a number of European countries in which we conduct business and could have a similar impact. Any significant reduction in alcohol-related advertising due to content-related restrictions could cause a reduction in our direct revenue from such advertisements and an increase in the available space on the existing inventory of billboards in the outdoor advertising industry.
Future acquisitions could pose risks.
     We may acquire media-related assets and other assets or businesses that we believe will assist our customers in marketing their products and services. Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks, including:
    certain of our acquisitions may prove unprofitable and fail to generate anticipated cash flows;
 
    to successfully manage our large portfolio of broadcasting, outdoor advertising and other properties, we may need to:
    recruit additional senior management as we cannot be assured that senior management of acquired companies will continue to work for us and, in this highly competitive labor market, we cannot be certain that any of our recruiting efforts will succeed, and
 
    expand corporate infrastructure to facilitate the integration of our operations with those of acquired properties, because the failure to do so may cause us to lose the benefits of any expansion that we decide to undertake by leading to disruptions in our ongoing businesses or by distracting our management;
    entry into markets and geographic areas where we have limited or no experience;
 
    we may encounter difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;
 
    our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns; and
 
    we may lose key employees of acquired companies or stations.
     We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material.
Capital requirements necessary to implement strategic initiatives could pose risks.
     The purchase price of possible acquisitions and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the strategic opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures.

46


 

We face intense competition in the broadcasting and outdoor advertising industries.
     Our business segments are in highly competitive industries, and we may not be able to maintain or increase our current audience ratings and advertising and sales revenue. Our radio stations and outdoor advertising properties compete for audiences and advertising revenue with other radio stations and outdoor advertising companies, as well as with other media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, direct mail, satellite radio and Internet-based media, within their respective markets. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, which could have the effect of reducing our revenue in that market. Our competitors may develop services or advertising media that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of our business segments. An increased level of competition for advertising dollars may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match.
Our financial performance may be adversely affected by certain variables which are not in our control.
     Certain variables that could adversely affect our financial performance by, among other things, leading to decreases in overall revenue, the numbers of advertising customers, advertising fees, or profit margins include:
    unfavorable economic conditions, both general and relative to the radio broadcasting, outdoor advertising and all related media industries, which may cause companies to reduce their expenditures on advertising;
 
    unfavorable shifts in population and other demographics which may cause us to lose advertising customers as people migrate to markets where we have a smaller presence, or which may cause advertisers to be willing to pay less in advertising fees if the general population shifts into a less desirable age or geographical demographic from an advertising perspective;
 
    an increased level of competition for advertising dollars, which may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or which may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match;
 
    unfavorable fluctuations in operating costs which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our customers;
 
    technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive advertising or listening alternatives than what we currently offer, which may lead to a loss of advertising customers or to lower advertising rates;
 
    the impact of potential new royalties charged for terrestrial radio broadcasting which could materially increase our expenses;
 
    unfavorable changes in labor conditions which may require us to spend more to retain and attract key employees; and
 
    changes in governmental regulations and policies and actions of federal regulatory bodies which could restrict the advertising media which we employ or restrict some or all of our customers that operate in regulated areas from using certain advertising media, or from advertising at all.

47


 

New technologies may affect our broadcasting operations.
     Our broadcasting businesses face increasing competition from new broadcast technologies, such as broadband wireless and satellite television and radio, and new consumer products, such as portable digital audio players and personal digital video recorders. These new technologies and alternative media platforms compete with our radio stations for audience share and advertising revenue, and in the case of some products, allow listeners and viewers to avoid traditional commercial advertisements. The FCC has also approved new technologies for use in the radio broadcasting industry, including the terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting, which significantly enhances the sound quality of radio broadcasts. We have currently converted approximately 454 of our radio stations to digital broadcasting. We are unable to predict the effect such technologies and related services and products will have on our broadcasting operations, but the capital expenditures necessary to implement such technologies could be substantial and other companies employing such technologies could compete with our businesses.
We may be adversely affected by a general deterioration in economic conditions.
     The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. A decline in the level of business activity of our advertisers could have an adverse effect on our revenue and profit margins. During economic slowdowns in the United States, many advertisers have reduced their advertising expenditures. The impact of slowdowns on our business is difficult to predict, but they may result in reductions in purchases of advertising.
We may be adversely affected by the occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks.
     The occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks, intentional or unintentional mass casualty incidents, or similar events may substantially decrease the use of and demand for advertising, which may decrease our revenue or expose us to substantial liability. The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, for example, caused a nationwide disruption of commercial activities. As a result of the expanded news coverage following the attacks and subsequent military actions, we experienced a loss in advertising revenue and increased incremental operating expenses. The occurrence of future terrorist attacks, military actions by the United States, contagious disease outbreaks, or similar events cannot be predicted, and their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the economies of the United States and other foreign countries where we do business generally, specifically the market for advertising.
Significant equity investors will control us and their interests may not be in line with your interests.
     Upon the consummation of the Transactions, private equity funds sponsored by or co-investors with Bain Capital and THL will indirectly own a majority of our outstanding capital stock and will exercise control over matters requiring approval of our shareholders and Board of Directors. Because of this control, transactions may be pursued that could enhance this equity investment while involving risks to your interests. There can be no assurance that the interests of our controlling equity investors will not conflict with your interests.

48


 

     Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complimentary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as private equity funds sponsored by or co-investors with the Sponsors continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

49


 

USE OF PROCEEDS
     The following table sets forth our estimated sources and uses in connection with the Transactions, based on our estimates of certain assets and liabilities at closing and fees and expenses to be incurred as if the Transactions had occurred on March 31, 2008. The actual amounts of such sources and uses will differ on the actual closing date of the Transactions.
       
Sources      
(In millions)      
Senior secured credit facilities:
     
Revolving credit facility (1)
     
Domestic based borrowings
   
Foreign subsidiary borrowings
  $ 80
Term loan A facility (2)
    1,425
Term loan B facility (3)
    10,700
Term loan C—asset sale facility (4)
    706
Delayed draw term loan facilities (5)
    750
Receivables based credit facility (2)
    440
Senior cash pay notes offered hereby
    980
Senior toggle notes offered hereby
    1,330
Cash
    169
Existing debt to remain outstanding (6)
    4,394
Common equity (7)
    3,519
 
   
Total Sources
  $ 24,493
 
   
       
Uses      
(In millions)      
Purchase of common stock (8)   $ 17,959
Refinance existing debt (9)     1,593
Existing debt to remain outstanding(6)     4,394
Fees, expenses and other related costs of the Transactions (10)     547
     
Total Uses
  $ 24,493
     
 
(1)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $2,000 million 6-year revolving credit facility, of which $150 million will be available in alternative currencies. We will have the ability to designate one or more of our foreign restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under a foreign currency sublimit of the revolving credit facility. Consistent with our international cash management practices, at or promptly after the consummation of the Transactions, we expect one of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow $80 million under the revolving credit facility’s sublimit for foreign based subsidiary borrowings to refinance our existing foreign subsidiary intercompany borrowings. The foreign based borrowings allow us to efficiently manage our liquidity needs in local countries, mitigating foreign exchange exposure and cash movement among different tax jurisdictions. Based on estimated cash levels (including estimated cash levels of our foreign subsidiaries), we do not expect to borrow any additional amounts under the revolving credit facility at the closing of the Transactions.
 
(2)   The aggregate amount of the 6-year term loan A facility will be the sum of $1,115 million plus the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability under our receivables based credit facility on the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate amount of our receivables based credit facility will correspondingly be reduced by the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability on the closing of the Transactions. Assuming that the borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility is $440 million, the term loan A facility would be $1,425 million and the aggregate receivables based credit facility (without regard to borrowing base limitations) would be $690 million. However, our actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than this amount.
 
(3)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $10,700 million 7.5-year term loan B facility.
 
(4)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $705.638 million 7.5-year term loan C—asset sale facility. To the extent specified assets are sold after March 27, 2008 and prior to the closing of the Transactions, actual borrowings under the term loan C—asset sale facility will be reduced by the net cash proceeds received therefrom. Proceeds from the sale of specified assets after the closing of the Transactions will be applied to prepay the term loan C— asset sale facility (and thereafter to prepay any remaining term loan facilities) without right of reinvestment under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, if the net proceeds of any other asset sales are not reinvested, but

50


 

 
    instead applied to prepay the senior secured credit facilities, such proceeds would first be applied to the term loan C—asset sale facility and thereafter pro rata to the remaining term loan facilities.
 
(5)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for two 7.5-year delayed draw term loans facilities aggregating $1,250 million. Proceeds from the delayed draw 1 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $750 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing senior notes due 2010. Proceeds from the delayed draw 2 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $500 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing 4.25% senior notes due 2009. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we expect to borrow all amounts available to us under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility in order to redeem substantially all of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. We do not expect to borrow any amount available to us under the delayed draw 2 term loan facility upon the consummation of the Transactions. Any unused commitment to lend will expire on September 30, 2010 in the case of the delayed draw 1 term loan facility and on the second anniversary of the closing in the case of the delayed draw 2 term loan facility.
 
(6)   We anticipate that a portion of our existing senior notes and other existing subsidiary indebtedness will remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of the existing senior notes and the subsidiary indebtedness that is estimated to remain outstanding is $4,275 million and $119 million, respectively, at March 31, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of the existing senior notes and the subsidiary indebtedness to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $750 million of our outstanding senior notes due 2010 and the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008.
 
(7)   Represents total equity as a result of rollover equity of our existing shareholders who have elected to receive shares of CCM Parent as merger consideration, rollover equity from the Mays family, restricted stock and estimated cash equity contributed to us indirectly by CCM Parent from cash equity investments in CCM Parent by entities associated with the Sponsors and their co-investors. Actual cash equity would be decreased by the amount of Clear Channel cash available on the closing date to be used in the Transactions, subject to a minimum of $3,000 million total equity.
 
(8)   The amount assumes, as of March 31, 2008, approximately 498.0 million issued and outstanding common shares and the settlement of 836,800 outstanding employee stock options at a per share price of $36.00, payable in either cash or rollover equity as selected by existing shareholders (subject to aggregate caps and individual limits).
 
(9)   Represents the refinancing of $125 million of our senior notes due June 2008, the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008 and the repurchase of $750 million of our outstanding senior notes due 2010, plus any premiums related thereto and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
 
(10)   Reflects estimated fees, expenses and other costs incurred in connection with the Transactions, including placement and other financing fees, advisory fees, transaction fees paid to affiliates of the Sponsors, costs associated with certain restricted stock grants to management, change-in-control payments, excess cash and other transaction costs and professional fees. All fees, expenses and other costs are estimates and actual amounts may differ from those set forth in this offering memorandum.

51


 

CAPITALIZATION
     The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2008 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date. You should read this table along with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this offering memorandum.
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2008  
    Historical     Pro Forma  
    (In millions)  
Cash and Cash Equivalents
  $ 602     $ 433  
 
           
 
               
Debt:
               
Existing revolving credit facility
               
Domestic based borrowings
  $     $  
Foreign subsidiary borrowings
           
Senior secured credit facilities:
           
Revolving credit facility (1)
               
Domestic based borrowings
           
Foreign subsidiary borrowings
          80  
Term loan A facility (2)
          1,425  
Term loan B facility (3)
          10,700  
Term loan C—asset sale facility (4)
          706  
Delayed draw term loan facilities (5)
          750  
Receivables based credit facility (2)
          440  
Senior cash pay notes offered hereby
          980  
Senior toggle notes offered hereby
          1,330  
Existing subsidiary debt (6)
    766       119  
 
           
Total guaranteed/subsidiary debt (7)(8)
  $ 766     $ 16,530  
Existing structurally subordinated Clear Channel notes to remain outstanding (8)(9)
    5,176       3,331  
 
           
Total Debt
    5,942       19,861  
Total Shareholders’ Equity (10)
    9,662       2,644  
 
           
Total Capitalization
  $ 15,604     $ 22,505  
 
           
 
(1)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $2,000 million 6-year revolving credit facility, of which $150 million will be available in alternative currencies. We will have the ability to designate one or more of our foreign restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under a foreign currency sublimit of the revolving credit facility. Consistent with our international cash management practices, we expect one of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow $80 million under the revolving credit facility’s sublimit for foreign based subsidiary borrowings to refinance our existing foreign subsidiary intercompany borrowings. The foreign based borrowings allow us to efficiently manage our liquidity needs in local countries, mitigating foreign exchange exposure and cash movement among different tax jurisdictions. Based on estimated cash levels (including estimated cash levels of our foreign subsidiaries), we do not expect to borrow any additional amounts under the revolving credit facility at the closing of the Transactions.
 
(2)   The aggregate amount of the 6-year term loan A facility will be the sum of $1,115 million plus the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability under our receivables based credit facility on the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate amount of our receivables based credit facility will correspondingly be reduced by the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability on the closing of the Transactions. Assuming that the borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility is $440 million, the term loan A facility would be $1,425 million and the aggregate receivables based credit facility (without regard to borrowing base limitations) would be $690 million. However, our actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than this amount.

52


 

(3)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $10,700 million 7.5-year term loan B facility.
 
(4)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $705.638 million 7.5-year term loan C—asset sale facility. To the extent specified assets are sold after March 27, 2008 and prior to the closing of the Transactions, actual borrowings under the term loan C—asset sale facility will be reduced by the net cash proceeds received therefrom. Proceeds from the sale of specified assets after the closing of the Transactions will be applied to prepay the term loan C— asset sale facility (and thereafter to prepay any remaining term loan facilities) without right of reinvestment under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, if the net proceeds of any other asset sales are not reinvested, but instead applied to prepay the senior secured credit facilities, such proceeds would first be applied to the term loan C—asset sale facility and thereafter pro rata to the remaining term loan facilities.
 
(5)   Our senior secured credit facilities provide for two 7.5-year delayed draw term loans facilities aggregating $1,250 million. Proceeds from the delayed draw 1 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $750 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing senior notes due 2010. Proceeds from the delayed draw 2 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $500 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing 4.25% senior notes due 2009. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we expect to borrow all amounts available to us under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility in order to redeem substantially all of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. We do not expect to borrow any amount available to us under the delayed draw 2 term loan facility upon the consummation of the Transactions. Any unused commitment to lend will expire on September 30, 2010 in the case of the delayed draw 1 term loan facility and on the second anniversary of the closing in the case of the delayed draw 2 term loan facility.
 
(6)   Represents existing subsidiary indebtedness which is anticipated to remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of subsidiary indebtedness to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008.
 
(7)   Represents the sum of the indebtedness to be incurred in connection with the closing of the Transactions, which will be guaranteed by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and our material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, and existing indebtedness of us and our restricted subsidiaries anticipated to remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions, which amount reflects the purchase accounting fair value adjustments.
 
(8)   Represents total debt, less the amount of our existing senior notes anticipated to remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions, which are not guaranteed by, or direct obligations of, our subsidiaries.
 
(9)   Represents our existing senior notes, which are not guaranteed by, or direct obligations of, our subsidiaries, a portion of which is anticipated to remain outstanding after the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of our existing senior notes to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $750 million of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. The pro forma amount includes purchase accounting fair value adjustments of $(931) million.
 
(10)   The pro forma amount represents total shareholders’ equity from equity investments of $3,449 million, excluding $40 million of restricted stock of CCM Parent, presented on a pro forma basis less an accounting adjustment of $805 million mainly related to continuing shareholders’ basis in accordance with EITF 88-16. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data.”

53


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to Clear Channel’s audited historical consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 and Clear Channel’s unaudited historical consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007.
     The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data gives effect to the merger which will be accounted for as a purchase in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (“Statement 141”), and EITF 88-16. As a result of the potential continuing ownership in CCM Parent by certain members of Clear Channel’s management and large shareholders, CCM Parent expects to allocate a portion of the consideration to the assets and liabilities at their respective fair values with the remaining portion recorded at the continuing shareholders’ historical basis. The pro forma adjustments are based on the preliminary assessments of allocation of the consideration paid using information available to date and certain assumptions believed to be reasonable. The allocation will be determined following the close of the merger based on a formal valuation analysis and will depend on a number of factors, including: (i) the final valuation of Clear Channel’s assets and liabilities as of the effective time of the merger, (ii) the number of equity securities which are subject to agreements between certain officers or employees of Clear Channel and CCM Parent, pursuant to which such shares or options are to be converted into equity securities of CCM Parent in the merger, (iii) the identity of the shareholders who elect to receive stock consideration in the merger and the number of shares of Class A common stock allocated to them, after giving effect to the 30% aggregate cap and the individual cap of 11,111,112 shares of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock governing the stock election, (iv) the extent to which CCM Parent determines that additional equity consideration is needed and (v) the historical basis of continuing ownership under EITF 88-16. Differences between the preliminary and final allocation may have a material impact on amounts recorded for total assets, total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and income (loss). For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data, the management of CCM Parent has assumed that the fair value of equity after the merger is $3.4 billion. Based on the commitments of certain affiliated shareholders and discussions with certain other large shareholders that could materially impact the EITF 88-16 calculation, management assumed that Clear Channel shareholders will elect to receive stock consideration with a value of approximately $658.9 million in connection with the merger and an additional $390.1 million of stock consideration will be distributed as additional equity consideration. Based on these assumptions, it is anticipated that 9.9% of each asset and liability will be recorded at historic carryover basis and 90.1% at fair value. For purposes of the pro forma adjustment, the historical book basis of equity was used as a proxy for historical or predecessor basis of the control group’s ownership. The actual predecessor basis will be used, to the extent practicable, in the final purchase adjustments.
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet was prepared based upon the historical consolidated balance sheet of Clear Channel, adjusted to reflect the merger as if it had occurred on March 31, 2008.
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008 were prepared based upon the historical consolidated statements of operations of Clear Channel, adjusted to reflect the merger as if it had occurred on January 1, 2007.

54


 

     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations do not reflect nonrecurring charges that have been or will be incurred in connection with the merger, including (i) compensation charges of $44.0 million for the acceleration of vesting of stock options and restricted shares, (ii) certain non-recurring advisory and legal costs of $204.0 million and (iii) costs for the early redemption of certain Clear Channel debt of $51.9 million. In addition, Clear Channel currently anticipates approximately $311.0 million will be used to fund certain liabilities and post closing transactions. These funds will be provided through either additional equity contributions from the Sponsors or their affiliates or Clear Channel’s available cash balances.
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and the notes thereto of Clear Channel included in this offering memorandum and the other financial information contained in “Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated and Other Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included herein.
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated data is not necessarily indicative of the actual results of operations or financial position had the above described transactions occurred on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial position.

55


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AT MARCH 31, 2008
(In thousands)
                         
    Clear              
    Channel     Transaction        
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
ASSETS
                       
Current assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 602,112     $ (168,897 )(G)   $ 433,215  
Accounts receivable, net
    1,681,514             1,681,514  
Prepaid expenses
    125,387             125,387  
Other current assets
    270,306       43,015 (A),   (B)     313,321  
 
                 
Total Current Assets
    2,679,319       (125,882 )     2,553,437  
Property, plant & equipment, net
    3,074,741       148,701 (A)     3,223,442  
Property, plant and equipment from discontinued operations, net
    15,487       4,482 (A)     19,969  
Definite-lived intangibles, net
    489,542       437,067 (A)     926,609  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — licenses
    4,213,262       2,420,063 (A)     6,633,325  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — permits
    252,576       2,954,805 (A)     3,207,381  
Goodwill
    7,268,059       3,246,222 (A)     10,514,281  
Goodwill and intangible assets from discontinued operations, net
    31,889       3,263 (A)     35,152  
Other assets:
                       
Notes receivable
    11,630             11,630  
Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates
    296,481       221,897 (A)     518,378  
Other assets
    361,281       134,826 (A), (B)     496,107  
Other investments
    351,216             351,216  
Other assets from discontinued operations
    7,728             7,728  
 
                 
Total Assets
  $ 19,053,211     $ 9,445,444     $ 28,498,655  
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                       
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued interest
  $ 1,037,592     $     $ 1,037,592  
Current portion of long-term debt
    869,631             869,631  
Deferred income
    242,861             242,861  
Accrued income taxes
    148,833             148,833  
 
                 
Total Current Liabilities
    2,298,917             2,298,917  
Long-term debt
    5,072,000       13,919,095 (A), (C)     18,991,095  
Other long-term obligations
    167,775             167,775  
Deferred income taxes
    830,937       2,576,190 (A), (D)     3,407,127  
Other long-term liabilities
    560,945       (31,761 ) (A), (E)     529,184  
Minority interest
    460,728             460,728  
 
                       
Shareholders’ Equity
                       
Common stock
    49,817       (49,317 )(F)     500  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,871,648       (24,228,319 )(F)     2,643,329 (G)
Retained deficit
    (17,689,490 )     17,689,490 (F)      
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    436,544       (436,544 )(F)      
Cost of shares held in treasury
    (6,610 )     6,610 (F)      
 
                 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    9,661,909       (7,018,080 )(F)     2,643,829 (G)
 
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 19,053,211     $ 9,445,444     $ 28,498,655  
 
                 

56


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
(In thousands)
                         
    Clear              
    Channel     Transaction        
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
Revenue
  $ 6,921,202     $     $ 6,921,202  
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,733,004             2,733,004  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,761,939             1,761,939  
Depreciation and amortization
    566,627       115,324 (H)     681,951  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    181,504       9,729 (K)     191,233  
Merger expenses
    6,762       (6,762 )(J)      
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    14,113             14,113  
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    1,685,479       (118,291 )     1,567,188  
Interest expense
    451,870       1,181,169 (l)     1,633,039  
Gain on marketable securities
    6,742             6,742  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    35,176             35,176  
Other income (expense) — net
    5,326             5,326  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest
    1,280,853       (1,299,460 )     (18,607 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (441,148 )     490,238 (D)     49,090  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    47,031             47,031  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 792,674     $ (809,222 )   $ (16,548 )
 
                 

57


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2007
(In thousands)
                         
    Clear Channel     Transaction        
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
Revenue
  $ 1,505,077     $     $ 1,505,077  
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    627,879             627,879  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    416,319             416,319  
Depreciation and amortization
    139,685       28,831 (H)     168,516  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    48,150       2,432 (K)     50,582  
Merger expenses
    1,686       (1,686 )(J)      
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    6,947             6,947  
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    278,305       (29,577 )     248,728  
Interest expense
    118,077       290,183 (l)     408,260  
Gain on marketable securities
    395             395  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    5,264             5,264  
Other income (expense) — net
    (12 )           (12 )
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest
    165,875       (319,760 )     (153,885 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (70,466 )     120,619 (D)     50,153  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    276             276  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 95,133     $ (199,141 )   $ (104,008 )
 
                 

58


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008
(In thousands)
                         
    Clear              
    Channel     Transaction        
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
Revenue
  $ 1,564,207     $     $ 1,564,207  
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    705,947             705,947  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    426,381             426,381  
Depreciation and amortization
    152,278       28,831 (H)     181,109  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    46,303       2,432 (K)     48,735  
Merger expenses
    389       (389 )(J)      
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    2,097             2,097  
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    235,006       (30,874 )     204,132  
Interest expense
    100,003       308,313 (l)     408,316  
Gain on marketable securities
    6,526             6,526  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    83,045             83,045  
Other income (expense) — net
    11,787             11,787  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest
    236,361       (339,187 )     (102,826 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (66,581 )     128,002 (D)     61,421  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    8,389             8,389  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 161,391     $ (211,185 )   $ (49,794 )
 
                 

59


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008
(In thousands)
                         
    Clear Channel     Transaction        
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
Revenue
  $ 6,980,332     $     $ 6,980,332  
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,811,072             2,811,072  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,772,001             1,772,001  
Depreciation and amortization
    579,220       115,324 (H)     694,544  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    179,657       9,729 (K)     189,386  
Merger expenses
    5,465       (5,465 )(J)      
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    9,263             9,263  
 
                 
Operating income (loss)
    1,642,180       (119,588 )     1,522,592  
Interest expense
    433,796       1,199,299 (l)     1,633,095  
Gain on marketable securities
    12,873             12,873  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    112,957             112,957  
Other income (expense) — net
    17,125             17,125  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest
    1,351,339       (1,318,887 )     32,452  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (437,263 )     497,621 (D)     60,358  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    55,144             55,144  
 
                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 858,932     $ (821,266 )   $ 37,666  
 
                 

60


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
     The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data includes the following pro forma assumptions and adjustments.
      (A)  The pro forma adjustments include the fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities in accordance with Statement 141 and the historical basis of the continuing shareholders of the “control group” in accordance with EITF 88-16. The control group under EITF 88-16 includes members of management of Clear Channel who exchange pre-merger Clear Channel equity securities for shares of capital stock of CCM Parent and greater than 5% shareholders whose ownership has increased as a result of making a stock election in the merger. Based upon information currently available to Clear Channel, it is anticipated that the continuing aggregate ownership of the control group will be approximately 9.9%. However, the actual continuing aggregate ownership of the control group will not be determinable until after the consummation of the merger and will depend on a number of factors including the identity of the shareholders who elect to receive stock consideration and the actual fair value of equity after the merger.
     The following table shows (i) the impact of the currently anticipated continuing aggregate ownership by the control group and (ii) the impact of each 100 basis point change in the continuing aggregate ownership by the control group on the pro forma balances of CCM Parent’s definite-lived intangibles, indefinite-lived intangibles, goodwill, total assets and total shareholders’ equity at March 31, 2008, and income (loss) from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008.
Control Group Continuing Ownership
                         
    9.9%   100 bps increase   100 bps decrease
            (In thousands)        
Definite-lived intangibles, net
  $ 926,609     $ (4,851 )   $ 4,851  
Indefinite-lived intangibles—Licenses
    6,633,325       (26,859 )     26,859  
Indefinite-lived intangibles—Permits
    3,207,381       (32,795 )     32,795  
Goodwill
    10,514,281       (33,388 )     33,388  
Total assets
    28,498,655       (102,093 )     102,093  
Total shareholders’ equity
    2,643,829       (82,664 )     82,664  
Income (loss) from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2007
    (16,548 )     2,071       (2,071 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008
    (49,794 )     518       (518 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007
    (104,008 )     518       (518 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008
    37,666       2,071       (2,071 )
     For purposes of the pro forma adjustments, the historical book basis of equity was used as a proxy for historical or predecessor basis of the control group’s ownership. The actual predecessor basis will be used, to the extent practicable, in the final purchase adjustments.

61


 

     A summary of the merger is presented below:
         
    (In thousands)  
Consideration for Equity (i)
  $ 17,928,262  
Rollover of restricted stock awards
    13,567  
Estimated transaction costs
    235,359  
 
     
 
       
Total Consideration
    18,177,188  
Less: Net assets acquired
    9,661,909  
Less: Adjustment for historical carryover basis per EITF 88-16
    818,369  
 
     
Excess Consideration to be Allocated
  $ 7,696,910  
 
     
 
       
Allocation:
       
Fair Value Adjustments:
       
Other current assets (B)
  $ (4,108 )
Property, plant and equipment, net
    148,701  
Property, plant and equipment from discontinued operations, net
    4,482  
Definite-lived intangibles (ii)
    437,067  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — Licenses (iii)
    2,420,063  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — Permits (iii)
    2,954,805  
Intangible assets from discontinued operations, net
    3,263  
Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates
    221,897  
Other assets (B)
    (162,736 )
Long-term debt (C)
    931,310  
Deferred income taxes recorded for fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities (D)
    (2,576,190 )
Other long term liabilities (E)
    31,761  
Termination of interest rate swaps (C)
    40,373  
Goodwill (iv)
    3,246,222  
 
     
Total Adjustments
  $ 7,696,910  
 
     
 
(i)   Consideration for equity:
         
Total shares outstanding (1)
    498,007  
Multiplied by: Price per share (2)
  $ 36.00  
 
     
 
  $ 17,928,262  
 
     
     
(1)   Total shares outstanding include 836,800 equivalent shares subject to employee stock options.
 
(2)   Price per share is assumed to be $36.00 per share, which is equal to the amount of the cash consideration.
 
(ii)   Identifiable intangible assets acquired subject to amortization includes contracts amortizable over a weighted average amortization period of approximately 5.1 years.
 
(iii)   The licenses and permits were deemed to be indefinite-lived assets that can be separated from any other asset, do not have legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, or other factors that limit the useful lives and require no material levels of maintenance to retain their cash flows. As such, licenses and permits are not currently subject to amortization. Annually, the licenses and permits will be reviewed for impairment and useful lives evaluated to determine whether facts and circumstances continue to support an indefinite life for these assets.
 
(iv)   The pro forma adjustment to goodwill consists of:
         
Removal of historical goodwill
  $ (7,268,059 )
Goodwill arising from the merger
    10,514,281  
 
     
 
  $ 3,246,222  
 
     
      (B)  These pro forma adjustments record the deferred loan costs of $344.7 million arising from the debt issued in conjunction with the merger, the removal of historical deferred loan costs, and adjustments for the liquidation of assets for a non-qualified employee benefit plan required upon a change of control as a result of the merger.

62


 

      (C)  This pro forma adjustment reflects long-term debt to be issued in connection with the merger and the fair value adjustments to existing Clear Channel long-term debt.
         
Total debt to be redeemed (i)
  $ (1,519,860 )
Issuance of debt in merger (ii)
    16,410,638  
Fair value adjustment ($1,047,090 related to senior notes less $12,119 related to other fair value adjustments and $103,661 related to historical carryover basis per EITF 88-16)
    (931,310 )
Less: termination of interest rate swaps in connection with the merger
    (40,373 )
 
     
Debt adjustment ($13,919,095 long-term less $0 current portion)
  $ 13,919,095  
 
     
 
(i)   Total Debt to be Redeemed:
         
Clear Channel bank credit facilities (1)
  $ 125,000  
Clear Channel senior notes due 2010
    750,000  
AMFM Operating Inc. 8% senior notes due 2008
    644,860  
 
     
Total
  $ 1,519,860  
 
     
 
(1)   The pro forma balance of $125 million on our bank credit facilities reflects the June 15, 2008 maturity of our 6.625% senior notes due 2008.
 
(ii)   Issuance of Debt in the Merger:
         
Senior secured credit facilities:
       
Revolving credit facility
       
Domestic based borrowings
  $  
Foreign subsidiary borrowings
    80,000  
Term loan A facility
    1,425,000  
Term loan B facility
    10,700,000  
Term loan C — asset sale facility
    705,638  
Delayed draw term loan facilities
    750,000  
Receivables based credit facility
    440,000  
Notes offered hereby
    2,310,000  
 
     
Total
  $ 16,410,638  
 
     
     Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $2,000 million 6-year revolving credit facility, of which $150 million will be available in alternative currencies. We will have the ability to designate one or more of our foreign restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under a foreign currency sublimit of the revolving credit facility. Consistent with our international cash management practices, we expect one of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow $80 million under the revolving credit facility’s sublimit for foreign based subsidiary borrowings to refinance our existing foreign subsidiary intercompany borrowings. The foreign based borrowings allow us to efficiently manage our liquidity needs in local countries, mitigating foreign exchange exposure and cash movement among different tax jurisdictions. Based on estimated cash levels (including estimated cash levels of our foreign subsidiaries), we do not expect to borrow any additional amounts under the revolving credit facility at the closing of the Transactions.
     The aggregate amount of the 6-year term loan A facility will be the sum of $1,115 million plus the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability under our receivables based credit facility on the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate amount of our receivables based credit facility will correspondingly be reduced by the excess of $750 million over the borrowing

63


 

base availability on the closing of the Transactions. Assuming that the borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility is $440 million, the term loan A facility would be $1,425 million and the aggregate receivables based credit facility (without regard to borrowing base limitations) would be $690 million. However, our actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than this amount.
     Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $10,700 million 7.5-year term loan B facility.
     Our senior secured credit facilities further provide for a $705.638 million 7.5-year term loan C—asset sale facility. To the extent specified assets are sold after March 27, 2008 and prior to the closing of the Transactions, actual borrowings under the term loan C—asset sale facility will be reduced by the net cash proceeds received therefrom. Proceeds from the sale of specified assets after the closing of the Transactions will be applied to prepay the term loan C—asset sale facility (and thereafter to prepay any remaining term loan facilities) without right of reinvestment under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, if the net proceeds of any other asset sales are not reinvested, but instead applied to prepay the senior secured credit facilities, such proceeds would first be applied to the term loan C—asset sale facility and thereafter pro rata to the remaining term loan facilities.
     Our senior secured credit facilities provide for two 7.5-year delayed draw term loans facilities aggregating $1,250 million. Proceeds from the delayed draw 1 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $750 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing senior notes due 2010. Proceeds from the delayed draw 2 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $500 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing 4.25% senior notes due 2009. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we expect to borrow all amounts available to us under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility in order to redeem substantially all of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. We do not expect to borrow any amount available to us under the delayed draw 2 term loan facility upon the consummation of the Transactions. Any unused commitment to lend will expire on September 30, 2010 in the case of the delayed draw 1 term loan facility and on the second anniversary of the closing in the case of the delayed draw 2 term loan facility.
     Our $1,000 million receivables based credit facility will have availability that is limited by a borrowing base. We estimate that borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility at the closing of the Transactions will be $440 million, although our actual availability may be greater or less than our estimation.
      (D)  Deferred income taxes in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet are recorded at the statutory rate in effect for the various tax jurisdictions in which Clear Channel operates. Deferred income tax liabilities increased $2.6 billion on the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet primarily due to the fair value adjustments for licenses, permits and other intangibles, partially offset by adjustments for deferred tax assets from net operating losses generated by transaction costs associated with the merger.
     The pro forma adjustment for income tax expense was determined using statutory rates for the year ended December 31, 2007, the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008.
      (E)  This pro forma adjustment is for the fair value adjustment of an existing other long-term liability and the payment of $38.1 million for a non-qualified employee benefit plan required upon a change of control as a result of the merger.

64


 

      (F)  These pro forma adjustments eliminate the historical shareholders’ equity to the extent that it is not carryover basis for the control group under EITF 88-16 (90.1% eliminated with 9.9% at carryover basis).
      (G)  Pro forma shareholders’ equity was calculated as follows:
         
    (In thousands)  
Fair value of shareholders’ equity at March 31, 2008
  $ 17,928,262  
Net cash proceeds from debt due to merger (i)
    (14,479,631 )
 
     
Fair value of equity after merger (ii)
  $ 3,448,631  
 
     
Pro forma shareholder’s equity under EITF 88-16
 
Fair value of equity after merger
  $ 3,448,631  
Less: 9.9% of fair value of equity after merger ($3,448,631 multiplied by 9.9%)
    (341,414 )
Plus: 9.9% of shareholders’ historical carryover basis (9,661,909 multiplied by 9.9%)
    956,529  
Less: Deemed dividend (14,479,631 multiplied by 9.9%)
    (1,433,484 )
 
     
Adjustment for historical carryover basis per EITF 88-16
    (818,369 )
Adjustment for rollover of restricted stock awards
  $ 13,567  
 
     
Total pro forma shareholders’ equity under EITF 88-16 (iii)
  $ 2,643,829  
 
     
 
(i)   Net increase in debt in merger:
         
Issuance of debt in merger
  $ 16,410,638  
Total debt redeemed
    (1,519,860 )
Total decrease in cash
    168,897  
Estimated transaction and loan costs
    (580,044 )
 
     
Total increase in debt due to merger
  $ 14,479,631  
 
     
 
(ii)   For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data, the management of CCM Parent has assumed that the fair value of equity after the merger is $3.4 billion.
 
(iii)   Total pro forma shareholders’ equity under EITF 88-16:
         
Common stock, par value $.001 per share
  $ 500  
Additional paid-in capital
    2,643,329  
 
     
 
  $ 2,643,829  
 
     
      (H)  This pro forma adjustment is for the additional depreciation and amortization related to the fair value adjustments on property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets based on the estimated remaining useful lives ranging from two to twenty years for such assets.
      (I)  This pro forma adjustment is for the incremental interest expense resulting from the new capital structure resulting from the merger and the fair value adjustments to existing Clear Channel long-term debt.
                                 
            Three     Three     Twelve  
            Months     Months     Months  
    Year Ended     Ended     Ended     Ended  
    December 31,     March 31,     March 31,     March 31,  
    2007     2008     2007     2008  
    (In thousands)  
Interest expense on revolving credit facility (1)
  $ 14,476     $ 3,619     $ 3,619     $ 14,476  
Interest expense on receivables based credit facility (2)
    23,356       5,895       5,839       23,412  
Interest expense on term loan facilities (3)
    867,229       216,807       216,807       867,229  
Interest expense on notes offered hereby (4)
    251,650       62,913       62,913       251,650  
Amortization of deferred financing fees and fair value adjustments on Clear Channel senior notes (5)
    232,887       58,222       58,222       232,887  
Reduction in interest expense on debt redeemed
    (208,429 )     (39,143 )     (57,217 )     (190,355 )
 
                       
Total pro forma interest adjustment
  $ 1,181,169     $ 308,313     $ 290,183     $ 1,199,299  
 
                       

65


 

 
(1)   Pro forma interest expense reflects an $80 million outstanding balance on the $2,000 million revolving credit facility at a rate equal to an applicable margin (assumed to be 3.4%) over LIBOR (assumed to be 2.7%) plus a commitment fee of 0.5% on the assumed undrawn balance of the revolving credit facility. For each 0.125% per annum change in LIBOR, annual interest expense on the revolving credit facility would change by $0.1 million.
 
(2)   Reflects pro forma interest expense on the receivables based credit facility at a rate equal to an applicable margin (assumed to be 2.4%) over LIBOR (assumed to be 2.7%) and assumes a commitment fee of 0.375% on the unutilized portion of the receivables based credit facility. For each 0.125% per annum change in LIBOR, annual interest expense on the receivables based credit facility would change by $0.6 million.
 
(3)   Reflects pro forma interest expense on the term loan facilities at a rate equal to an applicable margin over LIBOR. The pro forma adjustment assumes margins of 3.4% to 3.65% and LIBOR of 2.7%. Assumes a commitment fee of 1.82% on the unutilized portion of the delayed draw term loan facilities. For each 0.125% per annum change in LIBOR, annual interest expense on the term loan facilities would change by $17.0 million.
 
(4)   Assumes a fixed rate of 10.75% on the senior cash pay notes offered hereby and a fixed rate of 11.00% on the senior toggle notes offered hereby.
  (i)   These pro forma financial statements include the assumptions that interest expense is calculated at the rates under each tranche of the debt per the purchase agreement and that the PIK Election has not been made in all available periods to the fullest extent possible.
      The table below quantifies the effects for the period presented of two possible alternate scenarios available to Clear Channel with regard to the payment of required interest, a) paying 100% payment-in-kind (“PIK”) for all periods presented and b) electing to pay 50% in cash and 50% through use of the PIK Election for all periods presented:
                                 
    100% PIK   50% Cash/50% PIK
    Increase in   Increase   Increase in   Increase
    interest   in net   interest   in net
    expense   loss   expense   loss
Year ended December 31, 2007
  $ 14,566     $ 9,031     $ 7,283     $ 4,515  
Three months ended March 31, 2008
    7,219       4,476       3,610       2,238  
Three months ended March 31, 2007
    2,494       1,547       1,247       773  
Twelve months ended March 31, 2008
    19,291       11,960       9,646       5,980  
      The use of the 100% PIK Election will increase cash balances by approximately $146 million, net of tax, in the first year that the debt is outstanding. The use of the 50% cash pay / 50% PIK Election will increase cash balances by approximately $73 million, net of tax, in the first year that the debt is outstanding.
(5)   Represents debt issuance costs associated with our new bank facilities amortized over 6 years for the receivables based credit facility and the revolving credit facility, 6 to 7.5 years for the term loan facilities and 8 years for the notes offered hereby.
      (J)  This pro forma adjustment reverses merger expenses as they are non-recurring charges incurred in connection with the merger.
      (K)  This pro forma adjustment records non-cash compensation expense of $9.7 million, $2.4 million, $2.4 million and $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, respectively, associated with common stock options of CCM Parent that will be granted to certain key executives upon completion of the merger in accordance with new employment agreements described elsewhere in this offering memorandum. The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of these awards were consistent with the assumptions used by Clear Channel disclosed in its Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. It is likely that actual results will differ from these estimates due to changes in the underlying assumptions and the pro forma results of operations could be materially impacted.

66


 

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
     The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2007, and as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 and 2007. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for the three years ended December 31, 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this offering memorandum. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and for the two years ended December 31, 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not included herein. The financial data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and for the two years ended December 31, 2004 has been revised to reflect the reclassification of the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of our television business and certain radio stations as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (“Statement 144”). The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this offering memorandum. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations for these periods. Due to seasonality and other factors, operating results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2008.
     Acquisitions and dispositions significantly impact the comparability of the historical consolidated financial data reflected in this financial data. This information is only a summary and you should read the information presented below in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this offering memorandum, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

67


 

                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2007(1)     2006(2)     2005     2004     2003     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)     (Unaudited)  
Statement of Operations:
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 6,921,202     $ 6,567,790     $ 6,126,553     $ 6,132,880     $ 5,786,048     $ 1,564,207     $ 1,505,077  
Operating expenses:
                                                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,733,004       2,532,444       2,351,614       2,216,789       2,024,442       705,947       627,879  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,761,939       1,708,957       1,651,195       1,644,251       1,621,599       426,381       416,319  
Depreciation and amortization
    566,627       600,294       593,477       591,670       575,134       152,278       139,685  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    181,504       196,319       167,088       163,263       149,697       46,303       48,150  
Merger expenses
    6,762       7,633                         389       1,686  
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    14,113       71,571       49,656       43,040       7,377       2,097       6,947  
 
                                         
Operating income
    1,685,479       1,593,714       1,412,835       1,559,947       1,422,553       235,006       278,305  
Interest expense
    451,870       484,063       443,442       367,511       392,215       100,003       118,077  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    6,742       2,306       (702 )     46,271       678,846       6,526       395  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    35,176       37,845       38,338       22,285       20,669       83,045       5,264  
Other income (expense)—net
    5,326       (8,593 )     11,016       (30,554 )     20,407       11,787       (12 )
 
                                         
Income before income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,280,853       1,141,209       1,018,045       1,230,438       1,750,260       236,361       165,875  
Income tax expense
    441,148       470,443       403,047       471,504       753,564       66,581       70,466  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    47,031       31,927       17,847       7,602       3,906       8,389       276  
 
                                         
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    792,674       638,839       597,151       751,332       992,790       161,391       95,133  
Income from discontinued operations, net (3)
    145,833       52,678       338,511       94,467       152,801       638,262       7,089  
 
                                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    938,507       691,517       935,662       845,799       1,145,591       799,653       102,222  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax of, $2,959,003 in 2004(4)
                      (4,883,968 )                  
 
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 938,507     $ 691,517     $ 935,662     $ (4,038,169 )   $ 1,145,591     $ 799,653     $ 102,222  
 
                                         

68


 

                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   March 31,
    2007   2006   2005   2004   2003   2008   2007
    (In thousands)   (Unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Current assets
  $ 2,294,583     $ 2,205,730     $ 2,398,294     $ 2,269,922     $ 2,185,682     $ 2,679,319     $ 2,065,806  
Property, plant and equipment—net, including discontinued operations (5)
    3,215,088       3,236,210       3,255,649       3,328,165       3,476,900       3,090,228       3,188,918  
Total assets
    18,805,528       18,886,455       18,718,571       19,959,618       28,352,693       19,053,211       18,686,330  
Current liabilities
    2,813,277       1,663,846       2,107,313       2,184,552       1,892,719       2,298,917       1,815,182  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    5,214,988       7,326,700       6,155,363       6,941,996       6,898,722       5,072,000       6,862,109  
Shareholders’ equity
    8,797,491       8,042,341       8,826,462       9,488,078       15,553,939       9,661,909       8,128,722  
 
                                                       
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                                       
Net cash flows provided by (used in):
                                                       
Operating activities
  $ 1,576,428     $ 1,748,057     $ 1,303,880                     $ 367,772     $ 321,463  
Investing activities
    (482,677 )     (607,011 )     (349,796 )                     (154,257 )     (71,021 )
Financing activities
    (1,431,014 )     (1,178,610 )     (1,061,392 )                     (754,449 )     (283,165 )
Discontinued operations
    366,411       69,227       157,118                       997,898       25,913  
 
                                                       
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
Capital expenditures
  $ 363,309     $ 336,739     $ 302,655                     $ 93,693     $ 64,986  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    2.38 x     2.27 x     2.24 x     2.76 x     3.56 x     1.72 x     1.78 x
 
(1)   Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). In accordance with the provisions of FIN 48, the effects of adoption were accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the balance of retained earnings on the date of adoption. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in a decrease of $0.2 million to the January 1, 2007 balance of “Retained deficit”, an increase of $101.7 million in “Other long-term liabilities” for unrecognized tax benefits and a decrease of $123.0 million in “Deferred income taxes”.
 
(2)   Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share- Based Payment (“Statement 123(R)”). In accordance with the provisions of Statement 123(R), we elected to adopt the standard using the modified prospective method.
 
(3)   Includes the results of operations of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses, which we spun-off on December 21, 2005, our television business sold on March 14, 2008 and certain of our non-core radio stations.
 
(4)   We recorded a non-cash charge of $4.9 billion, net of deferred taxes of $3.0 billion, as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle during the fourth quarter of 2004 as a result of the adoption of EITF Topic D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets other than Goodwill (“Topic D-108”).
 
(5)   Excludes the property, plant and equipment—net of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses, which we spun-off on December 21, 2005.

69


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
      You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this offering memorandum. In this section, the terms “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” and “Clear Channel” refer collectively to Clear Channel and its consolidated subsidiaries. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our markets, the demand for our products and services and our future results. We based these statements on assumptions that we consider reasonable. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by our forward-looking statements for various reasons including those discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this offering memorandum. Those sections expressly qualify all subsequent oral and written forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements included in this offering memorandum.
Format of Presentation
     Management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. Our discussion is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis. Our reportable operating segments are Americas Outdoor Advertising, International Outdoor Advertising and Radio Broadcasting, which includes our national syndication business. Included in the Other segment are our media representation business, Katz Media, and other general support services and initiatives.
     We manage our operating segments primarily focusing on their operating income, while corporate expenses, merger expenses, gain on disposition of assets—net, interest expense, gain on marketable securities, equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates, other income (expense) — net, income tax expense and minority interest expense—net of tax are managed on a total company basis and are, therefore, included only in our discussion of consolidated results.
Recent Events
Merger with a Group Co-led by Bain Capital and THL
      The following discussion assumes the approval of the adoption of the merger agreement by our shareholders.
     One or more new entities controlled by the Sponsors and their co-investors will acquire directly or indirectly through newly formed companies (each of which will be ultimately controlled jointly by the Sponsors) shares of stock in CCM Parent. At the effective time of the merger, those shares will represent, in the aggregate, between 66% and 82% (whether measured by voting power or economic interest) of the equity of CCM Parent, depending on the percentage of shares certain members of our management commit, or are permitted and subsequently elect, to rollover and the number of shares issued to our public shareholders pursuant to the merger agreement, as more fully described below. The capital stock held by the Sponsors will consist of a combination of shares of “strong voting” Class B common stock and nonvoting Class C common stock of CCM Parent with aggregate votes equal to one vote per share. As an illustration only, assuming there were one million shares of Class B common stock

70


 

issued and outstanding and nine million shares of Class C common stock issued and outstanding, then each share of Class B common stock would have ten votes; and therefore, in the aggregate the Class B common stock would be entitled to ten million votes (a total number of votes equal to the total number of shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock outstanding).
     At the effective time of the merger, our shareholders who elect to receive cash consideration in connection with the merger will receive $36.00 in cash for each pre-merger share of our outstanding common stock they own, subject to the payment of additional equity consideration, if applicable. Pursuant to the merger agreement, as an alternative to receiving the $36.00 per share cash consideration, our shareholders will be offered the opportunity to exchange some or all of their pre-merger shares on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock in CCM Parent, subject to aggregate and individual caps discussed below. Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock will have the same economic rights.
     The merger agreement provides that no more than 30% of the capital stock of CCM Parent is issuable pursuant to stock elections in exchange for our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options. If our shareholders make stock elections exceeding the 30% aggregate cap, then each shareholder (other than certain shareholders who have separately agreed with CCM Parent to make stock elections with respect to an aggregate of 13,888,890 shares of our common stock whose respective stock elections are subject to proration only in the event of a reduction in the equity financing funded by the Sponsors and their co-investors) will receive a proportionate allocation of shares of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock. Furthermore, no shareholder making a stock election may receive more than 11,111,112 shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent in connection with the merger. Our shareholders which are subject to proration or the individual cap will receive $36.00 per share cash consideration for such prorated or capped shares, subject to the payment of additional equity consideration, if applicable.
     In limited circumstances, our shareholders electing to receive cash consideration for some or all of their shares of our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options, will, on a pro rata basis, instead be issued shares of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock. CCM Parent may reduce the cash consideration to be paid to our shareholders in the event the total funds that CCM Parent determines it needs to fund the Transactions exceed the total funds available to CCM Parent in connection with the Transactions, as described more fully in “Use of Proceeds” herein. If CCM Parent elects to reduce the cash consideration based on such determination, CCM Parent may reduce the cash consideration to be paid to our shareholders by an amount not to exceed 1/36 th of the total amount of cash consideration that our shareholders elected to receive and, in lieu thereof, issue shares of Class A common stock to such shareholders. The issuance of any additional equity consideration may result in the issuance of more than 30% of the total shares of capital stock of CCM Parent in exchange for shares of our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options.
     The merger agreement provides for payment of additional cash consideration if the merger closes after November 1, 2008. If the merger is consummated after November 1, 2008, but on or before December 1, 2008, our shareholders will receive additional cash consideration based upon the number of days elapsed since November 1, 2008 (including November 1, 2008), equal to $36.00 multiplied by 4.5% per annum, per share. If the merger is consummated after December 1, 2008, the additional cash consideration will increase and our shareholders will

71


 

receive additional cash consideration based on the number of days elapsed since December 1, 2008 (including December 1, 2008), equal to $36.00 multiplied by 6% per annum, per share (plus the additional cash consideration accrued during November 2008).
Certain Regulatory Matters in Connection with the Merger
     In connection with the merger, the FCC released on January 24, 2008 the FCC Order approving the transfer of control of our FCC licenses to affiliates of the Fincos subject to compliance with certain conditions. Those conditions include the assignment prior to the closing of the merger of our FCC licenses for 57 radio stations (42 of which are included in our 890 radio stations as of December 31, 2007) to AST, an entity in which neither we nor Bain Capital or THL holds an interest pursuant to the FCC attribution standards. The parties intend to satisfy the conditions included in the FCC Order prior to the closing date of the Transactions. The consents granted by the FCC Order remain in effect as granted or as extended. The FCC grants extensions of authority to consummate previously approved transfers of control either by right or for good cause shown. We anticipate that the FCC will grant any necessary extensions of the effective period of the FCC Order for consummation of the transfer.
     In addition, we agreed with the DOJ to enter into a Final Judgment in accordance with and subject to the Tunney Act, as stipulated in the Hold Separate Stipulation and Order filed by the DOJ on February 13, 2008, whereby we have agreed to divest within 90 days of the closing of the merger, subject to the conditions set forth therein, six additional core radio stations in Cincinnati, Houston, Las Vegas and San Francisco.
Sale of Certain Radio Stations
     On November 16, 2006, we announced plans to sell 448 non-core radio stations. During the first quarter of 2008, we revised our plans to sell 173 of these stations because we determined that market conditions were not advantageous to complete the sales. We intend to hold and operate these stations. Of these, 145 were classified as discontinued operations at December 31, 2007. At March 31, 2008, these 145 non-core stations no longer met the requirements of Statement 144 for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows from these 145 stations were reclassified to continuing operations in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended March 31, 2008, for the period ended March 31, 2007 and as of December 31, 2007.
     We have 20 non-core radio stations that are no longer under a definitive asset purchase agreement as of March 31, 2008. However, we continue to actively market these radio stations and they continue to meet the criteria in Statement 144 for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows from these stations remain classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended March 31, 2008, for the period ended March 31, 2007 and as of December 31, 2007.

72


 

     The following table presents the activity related to our planned divestitures of radio stations:
         
Total radio stations announced as being marketed for sale on November 16, 2006
    448  
Total radio stations no longer being marketed for sale
    (173 )
 
       
Adjusted number of radio stations being marketed for sale (non-core radio stations)
    275  
Non-core radio stations sold through March 31, 2008
    (223 )
 
       
Remaining non-core radio stations at March 31, 2008 classified as discontinued operations
    52  
Non-core radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements
    (32 )
 
       
Non-core radio stations being marketed for sale
    20  
 
       
     In addition to our non-core stations, we had definitive asset purchase agreements for eight stations at March 31, 2008. We determined that each of these radio station markets represents disposal groups. Consistent with the provisions of Statement 144, we classified these assets that are subject to transfer under the definitive asset purchase agreements as discontinued operations as of and for the period ended March 31, 2008, for the period ended March 31, 2007 and as of December 31, 2007. Accordingly, depreciation and amortization associated with these assets was discontinued. Additionally, we determined that these assets comprise operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company. As of March 31, 2008, we determined that the estimated fair value less costs to sell attributable to these assets was in excess of the carrying value of their related net assets held for sale.
     Through May 7, 2008, we executed definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 17 radio stations in addition to the radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008.
     The closing of these radio sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. The sale of these radio assets is not a condition to the closing of the Transactions and is not contingent on the closing of the Transactions.
Sale of Our Television Business
     On November 16, 2006, we announced plans to sell all of our television stations. We entered into a definitive agreement on April 20, 2007 with an affiliate of Providence to sell our television business. The FCC issued its consent order on November 29, 2007 approving the assignment of our television station licenses to the affiliate of Providence. On March 14, 2008, we completed the sale of all of our television stations to an affiliate of Providence for $1.0 billion, adjusted for certain items including proration of expenses and adjustments for working capital.
     As a result, we recorded a gain of $666.7 million as a component of “Income from discontinued operations, net” in our consolidated statement of operations during the quarter ended March 31, 2008. Additionally, net income and cash flows from the television business were classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows, respectively, for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007. The net assets related to the television business were classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2007.
Sale of Certain Equity Investments
     On January 17, 2008, we entered into an agreement to sell our equity investment in Clear Channel Independent, an out-of-home advertising company with operations in South Africa and other sub-Saharan countries. We closed the transaction on March 28, 2008.

73


 

     On May 28, 2008, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our 40% equity interest in the Mexican radio broadcasting company, Grupo Acir, for total consideration of $94 million. The sale is subject to Mexican regulatory approvals and is expected to close in June 2008. At closing, the buyer will purchase half of our equity interest and is obligated to purchase our remaining equity interest in Grupo Acir within five years from the closing date.
Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising
     Our revenue is derived from selling advertising space on the displays we own or operate in key markets worldwide consisting primarily of billboards, street furniture and transit displays. We own the majority of our advertising displays, which typically are located on sites that we either lease or own or for which we have acquired permanent easements. Our advertising contracts typically outline the number of displays reserved, the duration of the advertising campaign and the unit price per display.
     Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered, expressed as a percentage of a market population, of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time and, in some international markets, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic. Management typically monitors our business by reviewing the average rates, average revenue per display, or yield, occupancy and inventory levels of each of our display types by market. In addition, because a significant portion of our advertising operations are conducted in foreign markets, the largest being France and the United Kingdom, management reviews the operating results from our foreign operations on a constant dollar basis. A constant dollar basis allows for comparison of operations independent of foreign exchange movements.
     The significant expenses associated with our operations include (i) direct production, maintenance and installation expenses, (ii) site lease expenses for land under our displays and (iii) revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed amounts payable under our billboard, street furniture and transit display contracts. Our direct production, maintenance and installation expenses include costs for printing, transporting and changing the advertising copy on our displays, the related labor costs, the vinyl and paper costs and the costs for cleaning and maintaining our displays. Vinyl and paper costs vary according to the complexity of the advertising copy and the quantity of displays. Our site lease expenses include lease payments for use of the land under our displays, as well as any revenue-sharing arrangements or minimum guaranteed amounts payable that we may have with the landlords. The terms of our site leases and revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed contracts generally range from one to 20 years.
     In our International Outdoor Advertising business, normal market practice is to sell billboards and street furniture as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks, compared to contract terms typically ranging from four weeks to one year in the United States. In addition, competitive bidding for street furniture and transit contracts, which constitute a larger portion of our International Outdoor Advertising business, and a different regulatory environment for billboards, result in higher site lease cost in our International Outdoor Advertising business compared to our Americas Outdoor Advertising business. As a result, our margins are typically less in our International Outdoor Advertising business than in the Americas Outdoor Advertising.

74


 

     Our street furniture and transit display contracts, the terms of which range from three to 20 years, generally require us to make upfront investments in property, plant and equipment. These contracts may also include upfront lease payments and/or minimum annual guaranteed lease payments. We can give no assurance that our cash flows from operations over the terms of these contracts will exceed the upfront and minimum required payments.
Radio Broadcasting
     Our revenue is derived from selling advertising time (“spots”) on our radio stations, with advertising contracts typically less than one year. The formats are designed to reach audiences with targeted demographic characteristics that appeal to our advertisers. Management monitors average advertising rates, which are principally based on the length of the spot and how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by an independent ratings service. The size of the market influences rates as well, with larger markets typically receiving higher rates than smaller markets. Also, our advertising rates are influenced by the time of day the advertisement airs, with morning and evening drive-time hours typically the highest. Management monitors yield per available minute in addition to average rates because yield allows management to track revenue performance across our inventory. Yield is defined by management as revenue earned divided by commercial capacity available.
     Management monitors macro level indicators to assess our radio broadcasting operations’ performance. Due to the geographic diversity and autonomy of our markets, we have a multitude of market specific advertising rates and audience demographics. Therefore, management reviews average unit rates across all of our stations.
     Management looks at our radio broadcasting operations’ overall revenue as well as local advertising, which is sold predominately in a station’s local market, and national advertising, which is sold across multiple markets. Local advertising is sold by each radio station’s sales staffs while national advertising is sold, for the most part, through our national representation firm. Local advertising, which is our largest source of advertising revenue, and national advertising revenues are tracked separately, because these revenue streams have different sales forces and respond differently to changes in the economic environment.
     Management also looks at radio revenue by market size, as defined by Arbitron. Typically, larger markets can reach larger audiences with wider demographics than smaller markets. Additionally, management reviews our share of target demographics listening to the radio in an average quarter hour. This metric gauges how well our formats are attracting and retaining listeners.
     A portion of our Radio Broadcasting segment’s expenses vary in connection with changes in revenue. These variable expenses primarily relate to costs in our sales department, such as salaries, commissions and bad debt. Our programming and general and administrative departments incur most of our fixed costs, such as talent costs, rights fees, utilities and office salaries. Lastly, our highly discretionary costs are in our marketing and promotions department, which we primarily incur to maintain and/or increase our audience share.

75


 

Statement 123(R)
     We adopted Statement 123(R) on January 1, 2006 under the modified-prospective approach which requires us to recognize employee compensation cost related to our stock option grants in the same line items as cash compensation for all options granted after the date of adoption as well as for any options that were unvested at adoption. Under the modified-prospective approach, no stock option expense attributable to these options is reflected in the financial statements for years prior to adoption. The amounts recorded as share-based payments in the financial statements during 2005 relate to the expense associated with restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2007, there was $89.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. As of March 31, 2008, there was $78.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. The following table details compensation costs related to share-based payments for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 and 2007:
                         
            Three
            Months
    Year Ended   Ended
    December 31   March 31,
    2007   2008   2007
    (In millions)
Americas Outdoor Advertising
                       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 5.7     $ 1.1     $ 0.8  
SG&A
    2.2       0.4       0.3  
International Outdoor Advertising
                       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 1.2     $ 0.3     $ 0.2  
SG&A
    0.5       0.1       0.1  
Radio Broadcasting
                       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 10.0     $ 2.2     $ 2.0  
SG&A
    12.2       2.6       2.5  
Other
                       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $     $     $  
SG&A
                 
Corporate
  $ 12.2     $ 2.9     $ 2.4  

76


 

The Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 is as Follows:
                         
    Three Months Ended     %  
    March 31,     Change  
    2008     2007        
    (In thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 1,564,207     $ 1,505,077       4 %
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    705,947       627,879       12 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    426,381       416,319       2 %
Depreciation and amortization
    152,278       139,685       9 %
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and
    46,303       48,150       (4 %)
Merger expenses
    389       1,686          
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    2,097       6,947          
 
                   
Operating income
    235,006       278,305       (16 %)
Interest expense
    100,003       118,077          
Gain on marketable securities
    6,526       395          
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    83,045       5,264          
Other income (expense) — net
    11,787       (12 )        
 
                   
Income before income taxes, minority interest expense and discontinued operations
    236,361       165,875          
Income tax expense:
                       
Current
    (23,833 )     (32,359 )        
Deferred
    (42,748 )     (38,107 )        
 
                   
Income tax expense
    (66,581 )     (70,466 )        
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    8,389       276          
 
                   
Income before discontinued operations
    161,391       95,133          
Income from discontinued operations, net
    638,262       7,089          
 
                   
Net income
  $ 799,653     $ 102,222          
 
                   
Consolidated Results of Operations
Revenue
     Our consolidated revenue increased $59.1 million during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the same period of 2007. Our International Outdoor Advertising revenue increased $68.4 million, with roughly $46.4 million from movements in foreign exchange. The remainder of our International Outdoor Advertising revenue growth was mostly associated with increases in China, Italy, Spain and Australia. Our Americas Outdoor Advertising revenue grew $16.3 million primarily from increases in airport and street furniture revenues and digital display revenue. These gains were partially offset by a revenue decline of $29.6 million from our Radio Broadcasting segment associated with decreases in local and national advertising.
Direct Operating Expenses
     Direct operating expenses increased $78.1 million during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the same period of 2007. Our International Outdoor Advertising segment contributed $55.3 million of the increase, of which $31.7 million related to movements in foreign exchange, and the remainder of the increase was associated with an increase in site lease expenses. Americas Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased $21.3 million driven by increased site lease expenses associated with new contracts and the increase in airport, street furniture and

77


 

digital display revenues. Partially offsetting these increases were less direct operating expenses in our Radio Broadcasting segment of $3.0 million primarily attributable to a decline in programming expenses.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”)
     SG&A increased $10.1 million during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the same period of 2007. Our International Outdoor Advertising SG&A expenses increased $12.9 million primarily attributable to $8.9 million from movements in foreign exchange. SG&A increased $4.1 million in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment principally related to an increase in commission expenses associated with the increase in revenue. Our Radio Broadcasting SG&A declined $7.4 million from fewer advertising expenses and decreases in commission expenses associated with the revenue decline.
Depreciation and Amortization
     Depreciation and amortization increased $12.6 million in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the same period of 2007 primarily as a result of a $6.6 million adjustment related to radio stations that were reclassified to continuing operations for depreciation and amortization that would have been recognized had the stations been continuously classified as continuing operations and approximately $4.9 million related to increases in foreign exchange.
Corporate Expenses
     Corporate expenses declined approximately $1.8 million related to a decline in Radio Broadcasting bonus expense associated with the decline in Radio Broadcasting operating income.
Gain on Disposition of Assets—Net
     The $2.1 million gain in 2008 primarily relates to a gain on disposition of Americas Outdoor Advertising assets of $2.6 million plus net gains of various miscellaneous items of $0.9 million, partially offset by a loss on the disposal of land of $1.4 million in one of our Americas Outdoor Advertising markets.
     The gain on disposition of assets—net for 2007 was $6.9 million related primarily to a $5.5 million gain on the disposition of street furniture assets.
Interest Expense
     The decline in interest expense of $18.1 million primarily relates to the decline in average debt outstanding as well as a decline in the weighted average cost of debt in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the same period of 2007.
Gain on Marketable Securities
     The gain on marketable securities for the first quarters of 2008 and 2007 relates solely to the change in value of secured forward exchange contracts and the underlying shares.
Equity in Earnings of Nonconsolidated Affiliates
     Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates increased $77.8 million primarily from a $75.6 million gain on the sale of our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor advertising company.

78


 

Other Income (Expense)—Net
     Other income increased $11.8 million in the current quarter over the same period of 2007 primarily related to foreign exchange gains.
Income Tax Benefit (Expense)
     Current tax expense decreased by $8.5 million during 2008 as compared to 2007 primarily due to current tax benefits of approximately $10.2 million recorded in 2008 related to additional tax depreciation deductions as a result of the bonus depreciation provisions enacted as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008. Additionally, we sold our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, which was structured as a tax free disposition. The sale resulted in a gain of $75.6 million with no current tax expense.
     Deferred tax expense increased $4.6 million during 2008 as compared to 2007 mostly due to the additional tax depreciation deductions taken in 2008 mentioned above. This increase was partially offset by additional deferred tax expense recorded during 2007 as a result of the utilization of deferred tax assets related to capital expenditures in certain foreign jurisdictions.
Minority Interest Expense, Net of Tax
     The increase in minority interest expense in 2008 compared to 2007 relates to the increase in net income of our majority-owned subsidiary, CCOH.
Income from Discontinued Operations, Net
     Included in income from discontinued operations in the first quarter of 2008 is a gain of $633.2 million, net of tax, related to the sale of our television business and the sale of radio stations. We estimate utilization of approximately $577.3 million of capital loss carryforwards to offset a portion of the taxes associated with these gains. As of March 31, 2008, we had approximately $809.2 million in capital loss carryforwards remaining.
Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Three Months Ended        
    March 31,     %  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 333,362     $ 317,023       5 %
Direct operating expenses
    156,245       134,914       16 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    58,375       54,243       8 %
Depreciation and amortization
    50,099       46,561       8 %
 
                 
Operating income
  $ 68,643     $ 81,305       (16 %)
 
                 
     Revenue increased approximately $16.3 million during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007 primarily from increases in airport and street furniture revenues as well as digital display revenue. The increase in street furniture revenue was primarily the result of a new contract in San Francisco while the increase in airport revenue was due to increased rates and occupancy. We benefited from contract wins in our airport business as well. Digital display

79


 

revenue growth was primarily attributable to an increase in digital displays. Partially offsetting the revenue increase was a decline in bulletin and poster revenue of approximately $4.5 million. The decline in bulletin revenue was primarily attributable to decreased occupancy while the decline in poster revenue was primarily attributable to a decrease in rate. Leading advertising categories during the quarter were telecommunications, retail, automotive, financial services and amusements. Revenue growth was led by Los Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle and Milwaukee and America Outdoor Advertising’s international markets of Canada, Mexico and Peru.
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased $21.3 million primarily from higher site lease expenses of $18.9 million. Approximately $8.9 million of this increase was associated with new airport and street furniture contracts and the remainder is primarily associated with the increase in airport, street furniture and digital revenue. Our SG&A expenses increased $4.1 million primarily from commission expenses associated with the increase in revenue.
International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
    Our International Outdoor Advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Three Months Ended        
    March 31,     %  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 442,217     $ 373,833       18 %
Direct operating expenses
    314,589       259,291       21 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    86,235       73,290       18 %
Depreciation and amortization
    54,991       49,109       12 %
 
                 
Operating income
  $ (13,598 )   $ (7,857 )   NA  
 
                 
     Revenue increased approximately $68.4 million, with roughly $46.4 million from movements in foreign exchange. The remainder of the revenue growth was primarily attributable to growth in China, Italy, Spain, Romania and Australia, partially offset by a revenue decline in the United Kingdom. We experienced weak advertising markets in both France and the United Kingdom during the quarter. China, Italy, Spain and Australia all benefited from strong advertising environments. We acquired operations in Romania at the end of the second quarter of 2007, which contributed to the revenue growth in 2008. We also benefited from political spending for the national elections in Italy. The revenue growth in Spain was primarily a result of our Barcelona bike contract, which we began operating during the first quarter of 2007.
     Direct operating expenses increased $55.3 million. Included in the increase is approximately $31.7 million related to movements in foreign exchange. The remaining increase in direct operating expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in site lease expenses and other direct operating expenses associated with the increase in revenue. SG&A expenses increased $12.9 million in 2008 over 2007 from approximately $8.9 million related to movements in foreign exchange and an increase in selling expenses associated with the increase in revenue.

80


 

Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
     Our Radio Broadcasting operating results were as follows:
                         
    Three Months Ended        
    March 31,     %  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 769,611     $ 799,201       (4 %)
Direct operating expenses
    231,496       234,518       (1 %)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    269,282       276,693       (3 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    31,487       29,901       5 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 237,346     $ 258,089       (8 %)
 
                   
     Our Radio Broadcasting revenue declined $29.6 million during the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007. Decreases in local and national revenues were partially offset by increases in traffic, on-line and syndicated radio revenues. Local and national revenues were down partially as a result of overall weakness in advertising as well as declines in automotive, retail and services advertising categories. Our yield per available minute decreased in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007.
     Direct operating expenses declined $3.0 million primarily related to a decline of $11.5 million in programming expenses attributable to decreases in outside research and salaries partially offset by increases in syndicated radio and other infrastructure support expenses. SG&A expenses decreased approximately $7.4 million primarily from reduced advertising expenses and a decline in commission expenses associated with the revenue decline.
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
  $ 68,643     $ 81,305  
International Outdoor Advertising
    (13,598 )     (7,857 )
Radio Broadcasting
    237,346       258,089  
Other
    (8,644 )     (6,195 )
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    2,097       6,947  
Corporate and merger expenses
    (50,838 )     (53,984 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income
  $ 235,006     $ 278,305  
 
           

81


 

The Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2007 to Year Ended December 31, 2006 is as Follows:
                         
    Year Ended        
    December 31,     %  
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 6,921,202     $ 6,567,790       5 %
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,733,004       2,532,444       8 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,761,939       1,708,957       3 %
Depreciation and amortization
    566,627       600,294       (6 )%
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    181,504       196,319       (8 )%
Merger expenses
    6,762       7,633          
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    14,113       71,571          
 
                   
Operating income
    1,685,479       1,593,714       6 %
Interest expense
    451,870       484,063          
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    6,742       2,306          
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    35,176       37,845          
Other income (expense) — net
    5,326       (8,593 )        
 
                   
Income before income taxes, minority interest expense and discontinued operations
    1,280,853       1,141,209          
Income tax expense:
                       
Current
    252,910       278,663          
Deferred
    188,238       191,780          
 
                   
Income tax expense
    441,148       470,443          
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    47,031       31,927          
 
                   
Income before discontinued operations
    792,674       638,839          
Income from discontinued operations, net
    145,833       52,678          
 
                   
Net income
  $ 938,507     $ 691,517          
 
                   

82


 

Consolidated Results of
Operations Revenue
     Our consolidated revenue increased $353.4 million during 2007 compared to 2006. Our International Outdoor Advertising revenue increased $240.4 million, including approximately $133.3 million related to movements in foreign exchange and the remainder associated with growth across inventory categories. Our Americas Outdoor Advertising revenue increased $143.7 million driven by increases in bulletin, street furniture, airports and taxi display revenues as well as $32.1 million from Interspace Airport Advertising (“Interspace”). Our Radio Broadcasting revenue was essentially flat. Declines in local and national advertising revenue were partially offset by an increase in our syndicated radio programming, traffic and on-line businesses. These increases were also partially offset by declines from operations classified in our Other segment.
Direct Operating Expenses
     Our direct operating expenses increased $200.6 million in 2007 compared to 2006. International Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased $163.8 million principally from $88.0 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Americas Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased $56.2 million primarily attributable to increased site lease expenses associated with new contracts and the increase in transit revenue as well as approximately $14.9 million from Interspace. Partially offsetting these increases was a decline in our Radio Broadcasting direct operating expenses of approximately $11.7 million primarily from a decline in programming and expenses associated with non-traditional revenue.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
     Our SG&A increased $53.0 million in 2007 compared to 2006. International Outdoor Advertising SG&A expenses increased $31.9 million primarily related to movements in foreign exchange. Americas Outdoor Advertising SG&A expenses increased $19.1 million mostly attributable to sales expenses associated with the increase in revenue and $6.7 million from Interspace. Our Radio Broadcasting SG&A expenses increased $4.3 million for the comparative periods primarily from an increase in our marketing and promotions department which was partially offset by a decline in bonus and commission expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization
     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased approximately $33.7 million primarily from a decrease in the radio segments fixed assets and a reduction in amortization from international outdoor contracts.
Corporate Expenses
     Corporate expenses decreased $14.8 million during 2007 compared to 2006 primarily related to a decline in radio bonus expenses.
Merger Expenses
     We entered into the merger agreement in the fourth quarter of 2006. Expenses associated with the merger were $6.8 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and include accounting, investment banking, legal and other expenses.

83


 

Gain on Disposition of Assets—Net
     The gain on disposition of assets—net of $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 related primarily to a $8.9 million gain from the sale of street furniture assets and land in our International Outdoor Advertising segment, as well as $3.4 million from the disposition of assets in our Radio Broadcasting segment.
     Gain on disposition of assets—net of $71.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 mostly related to $34.6 million in our Radio Broadcasting segment primarily from the sale of stations and programming rights and $13.2 million in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment from the exchange of assets in one of our markets for the assets of a third party located in a different market.
Interest Expense
     Interest expense declined $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period of 2006. The decline was primarily associated with the reduction in our average outstanding debt during 2007.
Gain (Loss) on Marketable Securities
     The $6.7 million gain on marketable securities for 2007 primarily related to changes in fair value of the American Tower Corporation (“AMT”) shares and the related forward exchange contracts. The gain of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 related to a $3.8 million gain from terminating our secured forward exchange contract associated with our investment in XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. partially offset by a loss of $1.5 million from the change in fair value of AMT securities that are classified as trading and the related secured forward exchange contracts associated with those securities.
Other Income (Expense)—Net
     Other income of $5.3 million recorded in 2007 primarily relates to foreign exchange gains while other expense of $8.6 million recorded in 2006 primarily relates to foreign exchange losses.
Income Tax Benefit (Expense)
     Current tax expense decreased $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily due to current tax benefits of approximately $45.7 million recorded in 2007 related to the settlement of several tax positions with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for the 1999 through 2004 tax years. In addition, we recorded current tax benefits of approximately $14.6 million in 2007 related to the utilization of capital loss carryforwards. The 2007 current tax benefits were partially offset by additional current tax expense due to an increase in income before income taxes of $139.6 million.
     Deferred tax expense decreased $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily due to additional deferred tax benefits of approximately $8.3 million recorded in 2007 related to accrued interest and state tax expense on uncertain tax positions. In addition, we recorded deferred tax expense of approximately $16.7 million in 2006 related to the uncertainty of our ability to utilize certain tax losses in the

84


 

future for certain international operations. The changes noted above were partially offset by additional deferred tax expense recorded in 2007 as a result of tax depreciation expense related to capital expenditures in certain foreign jurisdictions.
Minority Interest Expense, Net of Tax
     Minority interest expense increased $15.1 million in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily from an increase in net income attributable to our subsidiary, CCOH.
Income from Discontinued Operations, Net
     We closed on the sale of 160 stations in 2007 and five stations in 2006. The gain on sale of assets recorded in discontinued operations for these sales was $144.6 million and $0.3 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The remaining $1.2 million and $52.4 million are associated with the net income from radio stations and our television business that are recorded as income from discontinued operations for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)        
Revenue
  $ 1,485,058     $ 1,341,356       11 %
Direct operating expenses
    590,563       534,365       11 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    226,448       207,326       9 %
Depreciation and amortization
    189,853       178,970       6 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 478,194     $ 420,695       14 %
 
                   
     Americas Outdoor Advertising revenue increased $143.7 million, or 11%, during 2007 as compared to 2006 with Interspace contributing approximately $32.1 million to the increase. The growth occurred across our inventory, including bulletins, street furniture, airports and taxi displays. The revenue growth was primarily driven by bulletin revenue attributable to increased rates and airport revenue which had both increased rates and occupancy. Leading advertising categories during the year were telecommunications, retail, automotive, financial services and amusements. Revenue growth occurred across our markets, led by Los Angeles, New York, Washington/Baltimore, Atlanta, Boston, Seattle and Minneapolis.
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased $56.2 million primarily from an increase of $46.6 million in site lease expenses associated with new contracts and the increase in airport, street furniture and taxi revenues. Interspace contributed $14.9 million to the increase. Our SG&A expenses increased $19.1 million primarily from bonus and commission expenses associated with the increase in revenue and from Interspace, which contributed approximately $6.7 million to the increase.
     Depreciation and amortization increased $10.9 million during 2007 compared to 2006 primarily associated with $5.9 million from Interspace.

85


 

International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our International Outdoor Advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)  
Revenue
  $ 1,796,778     $ 1,556,365       15 %
Direct operating expenses
    1,144,282       980,477       17 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    311,546       279,668       11 %
Depreciation and amortization
    209,630       228,760       (8 )%
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 131,320     $ 67,460       95 %
 
                   
     International Outdoor Advertising revenue increased $240.4 million, or 15%, in 2007 as compared to 2006. Included in the increase was approximately $133.3 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Revenue growth occurred across inventory categories including billboards, street furniture and transit, driven by both increased rates and occupancy. Growth was led by increased revenues in France, Italy, Australia, Spain and China.
     Our International Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased approximately $163.8 million in 2007 compared to 2006. Included in the increase was approximately $88.0 million related to movements in foreign exchange. The remaining increase in direct operating expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in site lease expenses associated with the increase in revenue. SG&A expenses increased $31.9 million in 2007 over 2006 from approximately $23.4 million related to movements in foreign exchange and an increase in selling expenses associated with the increase in revenue. Additionally, we recorded a $9.8 million reduction to SG&A in 2006 as a result of the favorable settlement of a legal proceeding.
     Depreciation and amortization declined $19.1 million during 2007 compared to 2006 primarily from contracts which were recorded at fair value in purchase accounting in prior years and became fully amortized at December 31, 2006.
Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
     Our Radio Broadcasting operating results were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2007     2006     Change  
    (In thousands)  
Revenue
  $ 3,558,534     $ 3,567,413       0 %
Direct operating expenses
    982,966       994,686       (1 )%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,190,083       1,185,770       0 %
Depreciation and amortization
    107,466       125,631       (14 )%
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 1,278,019     $ 1,261,326       1 %
 
                   
     Our Radio Broadcasting revenue was essentially flat. Declines in local and national revenues were partially offset by increases in network, traffic, syndicated radio and on-line revenues. Local and national revenues were down partially as a result of overall weakness in advertising as well as declines in automotive, retail and political advertising categories. During 2007, our average minute rate declined compared to 2006.

86


 

     Our Radio Broadcasting direct operating expenses declined approximately $11.7 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The decline was primarily from a $14.8 million decline in programming expenses partially related to salaries, a $16.5 million decline in non-traditional expenses primarily related to fewer concert events sponsored by us in the current year and $5.1 million in other direct operating expenses. Partially offsetting these declines were increases of $5.7 million in traffic expenses and $19.1 million in internet expenses associated with the increased revenue in these businesses. SG&A expenses increased $4.3 million during 2007 as compared to 2006 primarily from an increase of $16.2 million in our marketing and promotions department partially offset by a decline of $9.5 million in bonus and commission expenses.
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
  $ 478,194     $ 420,695  
International Outdoor Advertising
    131,320       67,460  
Radio Broadcasting
    1,278,019       1,261,326  
Other
    (11,659 )     (4,225 )
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    14,113       71,571  
Merger expenses
    (6,762 )     (7,633 )
Corporate
    (197,746 )     (215,480 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income
  $ 1,685,479     $ 1,593,714  
 
           

87


 

The Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2006 to Year Ended December 31, 2005 is as Follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2006     2005     Change  
    (In thousands)  
Revenue
  $ 6,567,790     $ 6,126,553       7 %
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,532,444       2,351,614       8 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,708,957       1,651,195       3 %
Depreciation and amortization
    600,294       593,477       1 %
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    196,319       167,088       17 %
Merger expenses
    7,633                
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    71,571       49,656       44 %
 
                   
Operating income
    1,593,714       1,412,835       13 %
Interest expense
    484,063       443,442          
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    2,306       (702 )        
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    37,845       38,338          
Other income (expense) — net
    (8,593 )     11,016          
 
                   
Income before income taxes, minority interest expense and discontinued operations
    1,141,209       1,018,045          
Income tax expense:
                       
Current
    278,663       33,765          
Deferred
    191,780       369,282          
 
                   
Income tax benefit (expense)
    470,443       403,047          
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    31,927       17,847          
 
                   
Income before discontinued operations
    638,839       597,151          
Income from discontinued operations, net
    52,678       338,511          
 
                   
Net income
  $ 691,517     $ 935,662          
 
                   
Consolidated Results of Operations
Revenue
     Consolidated revenue increased $441.2 million during 2006 compared to 2005. Radio Broadcasting contributed $186.6 million attributable to increased average rates on local and national sales. Our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment’s revenue increased $125.0 million from an increase in revenue across our displays as well as the acquisition of Interspace which contributed approximately $30.2 million to revenue in 2006. Our International Outdoor Advertising segment contributed $106.7 million, of which approximately $44.9 million during the first six months of 2006 related to Clear Media Limited (“Clear Media”), a Chinese outdoor advertising company. We began consolidating Clear Media in the third quarter of 2005. Increased street furniture revenue also contributed to our International Outdoor Advertising revenue growth. Our 2006 revenue increased $17.4 million due to movements in foreign exchange.

88


 

Direct Operating Expenses
     Direct operating expenses increased $180.8 million for 2006 compared to 2005. Our Radio Broadcasting segment contributed $70.1 million primarily from increased programming expenses. Americas Outdoor Advertising direct operating expenses increased $44.5 million driven by increased site lease expenses associated with the increase in revenue and the acquisition of Interspace which contributed $13.0 million to direct operating expenses in 2006. Our International Outdoor Advertising segment contributed $65.4 million, of which $18.0 million during the first six months of 2006 related to our consolidation of Clear Media and the remainder was principally due to an increase in site lease expenses. Included in our direct operating expense growth in 2006 was $10.6 million from increases in foreign exchange.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
     SG&A increased $57.8 million during 2006 compared 2005. Our Radio Broadcasting SG&A increased $45.1 million primarily as a result of an increase in salary, bonus and commission expenses in our sales department associated with the increase in revenue. SG&A increased $20.6 million in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment principally related to an increase in bonus and commission expenses associated with the increase in revenue as well as $6.2 million from our acquisition of Interspace. Our International Outdoor Advertising SG&A expenses declined $11.9 million primarily attributable to a $9.8 million reduction recorded in 2006 as a result of the favorable settlement of a legal proceeding as well as $26.6 million related to restructuring our businesses in France recorded in the third quarter of 2005. Partially offsetting this decline in our international SG&A was $9.5 million from our consolidation of Clear Media. Included in our SG&A expense growth in 2006 was $3.9 million from increases in foreign exchange.
Corporate Expenses
     Corporate expenses increased $29.2 million during 2006 compared to 2005 primarily related to increases in bonus expense and share-based payments.
Merger Expenses
     We entered into the merger agreement in the fourth quarter of 2006. Expenses associated with the merger were $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and include accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs.
Gain on Disposition of Assets–Net
     Gain on disposition of assets—net of $71.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 mostly related to $34.6 million in our Radio Broadcasting segment primarily from the sale of stations and programming rights and $13.2 million in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment from the exchange of assets in one of our markets for the assets of a third party located in a different market.
Interest Expense
     Interest expense increased $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 over 2005 primarily due to increased interest rates. Interest on our floating rate debt, which includes our

89


 

credit facility and fixed-rate debt on which we have entered into interest rate swap agreements, is influenced by changes in LIBOR. Average LIBOR for 2006 and 2005 was 5.2% and 3.6%, respectively.
Gain (Loss) on Marketable Securities
     The gain of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 related to a $3.8 million gain from terminating our secured forward exchange contract associated with our investment in XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. partially offset by a loss of $1.5 million from the change in fair value of AMT securities that are classified as trading and a related secured forward exchange contract associated with those securities. The loss of $0.7 million recorded in 2005 related to the change in fair value of AMT securities that were classified as trading and a related secured forward exchange contract associated with those securities.
Other Income (Expense) — Net
     Other expense of $8.6 million recorded in 2006 primarily relates to foreign exchange losses while the income of $11.0 million recorded in 2005 was comprised of various miscellaneous amounts.
Income Taxes
     Current tax expense increased $244.9 million in 2006 as compared to 2005. In addition to higher earnings before tax in 2006, we received approximately $204.7 million in current tax benefits in 2005 from ordinary losses for tax purposes resulting from restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment, the July 2005 maturity of our Euro denominated bonds and a 2005 current tax benefit related to an amendment on a previously filed return. Deferred tax expense decreased $177.5 million primarily related to the tax losses mentioned above that increased deferred tax expense in 2005.
Minority Interest, Net of Tax
     Minority interest expense increased $14.1 million during 2006 as compared to 2005 as a result of the initial public offering of 10% of our subsidiary CCOH, which we completed on November 11, 2005.
Discontinued Operations
     We completed the spin-off of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses on December 21, 2005. Therefore, we reported the results of operations for these businesses through December 21, 2005 in discontinued operations. We also reported the results of operations associated with our radio stations and our television business discussed above as income from discontinued operations for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

90


 

Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2006     2005     Change  
    (In thousands)  
Revenue
  $ 1,341,356     $ 1,216,382       10 %
Direct operating expenses
    534,365       489,826       9 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    207,326       186,749       11 %
Depreciation and amortization
    178,970       180,559       (1 )%
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 420,695     $ 359,248       17 %
 
                   
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising revenue increased 10% during 2006 as compared to 2005 from revenue growth across our displays. We experienced rate increases on most of our inventory, with occupancy essentially unchanged during 2006 as compared to 2005. Our airport revenue increased $44.8 million primarily related to $30.2 million from our acquisition of Interspace. Revenue growth occurred across both our large and small markets including Albuquerque, Des Moines, Miami, Sacramento and San Antonio.
     Direct operating expenses increased $44.5 million in 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily from an increase in site lease expenses of approximately $30.2 million as well as $3.4 million related to the adoption of Statement 123(R). Interspace contributed $13.0 million to direct operating expenses in 2006. Our SG&A expenses increased $20.6 million in 2006 over 2005 primarily from an increase in bonus and commission expenses of $7.6 million related to the increase in revenue, $6.2 million from Interspace and $1.3 million of share-based payments related to the adoption of Statement 123(R).
International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
     Our International Outdoor Advertising operating results were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2006     2005     Change  
    (In thousands)  
Revenue
  $ 1,556,365     $ 1,449,696       7 %
Direct operating expenses
    980,477       915,086       7 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    279,668       291,594       (4 )%
Depreciation and amortization
    228,760       220,080       4 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 67,460     $ 22,936       194 %
 
                   
     Revenue in our International Outdoor Advertising segment increased 7% in 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase includes approximately $44.9 million during the first six months of 2006 related to our consolidation of Clear Media which we began consolidating in the third quarter of 2005. Also contributing to the increase was approximately $25.9 million from growth in street furniture revenue and $11.9 million related to movements in foreign exchange, partially offset by a decline in billboard revenue for 2006 as compared to 2005.
     Direct operating expenses increased $65.4 million during 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to $18.0 million during the first six months of 2006 related to

91


 

our consolidation of Clear Media as well as an increase of approximately $37.7 million in site lease expenses and approximately $7.7 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Also included in the increase was $0.9 million related to the adoption of Statement 123(R). Our SG&A expenses declined $11.9 million primarily attributable to a $9.8 million reduction recorded in 2006 as a result of the favorable settlement of a legal proceeding as well as $26.6 million related to restructuring our businesses in France recorded in the third quarter of 2005. Partially offsetting this decline was $9.5 million from our consolidation of Clear Media and $2.9 million from movements in foreign exchange.
Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
     Our Radio Broadcasting operating results were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,     %  
    2006     2005     Change  
    (In thousands)  
Revenue
  $ 3,567,413     $ 3,380,774       6 %
Direct operating expenses
    994,686       924,635       8 %
Selling, general and administrative expense
    1,185,770       1,140,694       4 %
Depreciation and amortization
    125,631       128,443       (2 )%
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 1,261,326     $ 1,187,002       6 %
 
                   
     Our Radio Broadcasting revenue increased 6% during 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily from an increase in both local and national advertising revenues. This growth was driven by an increase in yield and average unit rates. The number of 30 second and 15 second commercials broadcast as a percent of total minutes sold increased during 2006 as compared to 2005. The overall revenue growth was primarily focused in our top 100 media markets. Significant advertising categories contributing to the revenue growth for the year were political, services, automotive, retail and entertainment.
     Our Radio Broadcasting direct operating expenses increased $70.1 million during 2006 as compared to 2005. Included in direct operating expenses for 2006 were share-based payments of $11.1 million as a result of adopting Statement 123(R). Also contributing to the increase were added costs of approximately $45.2 million from programming expenses primarily related to an increase in talent expenses, music license fees, new shows and affiliations in our syndicated radio business and new distribution initiatives. Our SG&A expenses increased $45.1 million primarily as a result of approximately $12.3 million in salary, bonus and commission expenses in our sales department associated with the increase in revenue as well as $14.1 million from the adoption of Statement 123(R).
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
  $ 420,695     $ 359,248  
International Outdoor Advertising
    67,460       22,936  
Radio Broadcasting
    1,261,326       1,187,002  
Other
    (4,225 )     (20,061 )
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    71,571       49,656  
Merger expenses
    (7,633 )      
Corporate
    (215,480 )     (185,946 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income
  $ 1,593,714     $ 1,412,835  
 
           

92


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources Cash
Flows
                                         
                            Three Months Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
Cash provided by (used in):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 1,576,428     $ 1,748,057     $ 1,303,880     $ 367,772     $ 321,463  
Investing activities
    (482,677 )     (607,011 )     (349,796 )     (154,257 )     (71,021 )
Financing activities
    (1,431,014 )     (1,178,610 )     (1,061,392 )     (754,449 )     (283,165 )
Discontinued operations
    366,411       69,227       157,118       997,898       25,913  
Operating Activities
      Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
     Cash flows from operating activities for the first quarter of 2008 primarily reflects income before discontinued operations of $156.2 million plus depreciation and amortization of $152.3 million and deferred taxes of $42.7 million. In addition, we recorded a $75.6 million gain in equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates related to the sale of our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent based on the fair value of the equity securities received. Cash flows from operating activities for the first quarter of 2007 primarily reflects income before discontinued operations of $95.1 million plus depreciation and amortization of $139.7 million and deferred taxes of $38.1 million.
      Fiscal Year 2007
     Net cash flow from operating activities during 2007 primarily reflected income before discontinued operations of $792.7 million plus depreciation and amortization of $566.6 million and deferred taxes of $188.2 million.
      Fiscal Year 2006
     Net cash flow from operating activities of $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally reflects net income from continuing operations of $638.8 million and depreciation and amortization of $600.3 million. Net cash flows from operating activities also reflects an increase of $190.2 million in accounts receivable as a result of the increase in revenue and a $390.4 million federal income tax refund related to restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment and the utilization of a portion of the capital loss generated on the spin-off of Live Nation.
      Fiscal Year 2005
     Net cash flow from operating activities of $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally reflects net income from continuing operations of $597.2 million and depreciation and amortization of $593.5 million. Net cash flows from operating activities also reflects decreases in accounts payable, other accrued expenses and income taxes payable. Taxes payable decreased principally as result of the carryback of capital tax losses generated on the spin-off of Live Nation which were used to offset taxes paid on previously recognized taxable capital gains as well as approximately $210.5 million in current tax benefits from ordinary losses

93


 

for tax purposes resulting from restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment, the July 2005 maturity of our Euro denominated bonds and a current tax benefit related to an amendment on a previously filed tax return.
Investing Activities
      Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
     Cash used in investing activities for the first quarter of 2008 principally reflects capital expenditures of $93.7 million and the purchase of outdoor advertising assets and two FCC licenses for $83.9 million. Cash used in investing activities for the first quarter of 2007 principally reflects capital expenditures of $65.0 million.
      Fiscal Year 2007
     Net cash used in investing activities of $482.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 principally reflects the purchase of property, plant and equipment of $363.3 million.
      Fiscal Year 2006
     Net cash used in investing activities of $607.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally reflects capital expenditures of $336.7 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment and $341.2 million primarily related to acquisitions of operating assets, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of other assets of $99.7 million.
      Fiscal Year 2005
     Net cash used in investing activities of $349.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally reflects capital expenditures of $302.7 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment and $150.8 million primarily related to acquisitions of operating assets, partially offset by proceeds from the sale other assets of $102.0 million.
      Financing Activities
      Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
     Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2008 principally reflects net payments on our credit facility of $162.8 million, the January 15, 2008 maturity of our $500.0 million 4.625% senior notes and $93.4 million in dividends paid. Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2007 principally reflects net draws on our credit facility of $13.3 million offset by $250.0 million related to the February 2007 maturity of our 3.125% senior notes and $92.6 million in dividends paid.
      Fiscal Year 2007
     Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 principally reflects $372.4 million in dividend payments, decrease in debt of $1.1 billion, partially offset by the proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $80.0 million.
      Fiscal Year 2006
     Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally reflects $1.4 billion for shares repurchased, $382.8 million in dividend payments, partially offset by the net increase in debt of $601.3 million and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $57.4 million.

94


 

      Fiscal Year 2005
     Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally reflect the net reduction in debt of $288.7 million, $343.3 million in dividend payments, $1.1 billion in share repurchases, all partially offset by the proceeds from the initial public offering of CCOH of $600.6 million, and proceeds of $40.2 million related to the exercise of stock options.
Discontinued Operations
     During the first quarter of 2008, we completed the sale of our television business to an affiliate of Providence for $1.0 billion and completed the sales of certain radio stations for $76.0 million. The cash received from these sales was recorded as a component of cash flows from discontinued operations during the first quarter of 2008. We had definitive asset purchase agreements signed for the sale of 40 of our radio stations as of March 31, 2008. The cash flows from these stations, along with the 20 stations no longer under definitive asset purchase agreements discussed above, were reported for both periods as cash flows from discontinued operations.
     We completed the spin-off of Live Nation on December 21, 2005. Included in cash flows from discontinued operations for 2005 is approximately $220.0 million from the repayment of intercompany notes owed to us by Live Nation.
Disposal of Assets
     We received proceeds of $26.2 million primarily related to the sale of representation contracts and outdoor assets recorded in cash flows from investing activities during 2007. We also received proceeds of $341.9 million related to the sale of radio stations recorded as investing cash flows from discontinued operations during 2007.
Anticipated Cash Requirements
     We expect to fund anticipated cash requirements (including payments of principal and interest on outstanding indebtedness and commitments, acquisitions, anticipated capital expenditures, share repurchases and quarterly dividends) for the foreseeable future with cash flows from operations and various externally generated funds.
      Sources of Capital
     As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had the following debt outstanding and cash and cash equivalents:
                 
    Three Months Ended     Year Ended  
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (In millions)  
Credit facilities
  $     $ 174.6  
Long-term bonds (a)
    5,823.1       6,294.5  
Other borrowings
    118.5       106.1  
 
           
Total debt
    5,941.6       6,575.2  
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
    602.1       145.1  
 
           
 
  $ 5,339.5     $ 6,430.1  
 
           

95


 

 
(a)   Includes $2.3 million and $3.2 million at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, in unamortized purchase accounting fair value adjustment premiums related to the merger with AMFM Operating Inc. Also includes positive $40.4 million and $11.4 million related to purchase accounting fair value adjustments for interest rate swap agreements at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
      Credit Facility
     We have a multi-currency revolving credit facility in the amount of $1.75 billion, which can be used for general working capital purposes, including commercial paper support, as well as to fund capital expenditures, share repurchases, acquisitions and the refinancing of public debt securities. At March 31, 2008, there was no outstanding balance on this facility and, taking into account letters of credit of $82.8 million, approximately $1.7 billion was available for future borrowings, with the entire balance to be repaid on July 12, 2009.
     During the three months ended March 31, 2008, we made principal payments totaling $862.9 million and drew down $700.1 million on the credit facility. As of May 7, 2008, there was no outstanding balance on the credit facility, and, taking into account outstanding letters of credit, approximately $1.7 billion was available for future borrowings.
      Other Borrowings
     Other debt includes various borrowings and capital leases utilized for general operating purposes. Included in the $106.1 million balance at December 31, 2007 is $87.2 million that matures in less than one year, which we have historically refinanced with new twelve month notes and anticipate these refinancings to continue.
Guarantees of Third Party Obligations
     As of March 31, 2008, we did not guarantee any debt of third parties.
Uses of Capital
      Dividends
     Our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends as follows:
                         
    Amount                
    per                
    Common             Total  
Declaration Date   Share     Record Date   Payment Date   Payment  
            (In millions, except per share data)  
October 25, 2006
    0.1875     December 31, 2006   January 15, 2007   $ 92.6  
February 21, 2007
    0.1875     March 31, 2007   April 15, 2007     93.0  
April 19, 2007
    0.1875     June 30, 2007   July 15, 2007     93.4  
July 27, 2007
    0.1875     September 30, 2007   October 15, 2007     93.4  
December 3, 2007
    0.1875     December 31, 2007   January 15, 2008     93.4  
     Our Board of Directors determined to defer consideration of a first quarter dividend payable to shareholders. Historically, the Board of Directors has declared a dividend to shareholders of record on the last day of a quarter, with payment on or before the 15th of the following month. The Board of Directors took this action after receiving a request from the Sponsors to defer the payment date in light of the delayed closing of our merger. In support of their continued efforts to close the merger, we agreed to honor that request.

96


 

      Debt Redemptions
     On February 1, 2007, we redeemed our 3.125% senior notes at their maturity for $250.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from our bank credit facility.
     On November 13, 2007, AMFM Operating Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, redeemed $26.4 million of its 8% senior notes. Following the redemption, $644.9 million remained outstanding.
     On January 15, 2008, we redeemed our 4.625% senior notes at their maturity for $500.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from our bank credit facility.
      Tender Offers and Consent Solicitations
     On December 17, 2007, we announced that we commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for our outstanding $750.0 million principal amount of our 7.65% senior notes due 2010 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 17, 2007. As of June 10, 2008, we had received tenders and consents representing 99% of our outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010.
     Also on December 17, AMFM Operating Inc. commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for the outstanding $644.9 million principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes due 2008 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 17, 2007. As of June 10, 2008, AMFM Operating Inc. had received tenders and consents representing 99% of the outstanding 8% senior notes due 2008.
     As a result of receiving the requisite consents, we and AMFM Operating Inc. entered into supplemental indentures which eliminate substantially all the restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the respective notes. Each supplemental indenture will become operative upon acceptance and payment of the tendered notes, as applicable.
     We may elect to terminate the tender offer and consent solicitation for our outstanding 7.65% senior notes due 2010 and relaunch a new tender offer and consent solicitation for our senior notes due 2010 prior to the consummation of the Transactions. AMFM Operating Inc. anticipates extending the tender offer and consent solicitation for its outstanding 8% senior notes due 2008.
     Each of the tender offers is conditioned upon the consummation of our merger. The completion of the merger and the related debt financings are not subject to, or conditioned upon, the completion of the tender offers.
Acquisitions
     We acquired two FCC licenses in our Radio Broadcasting segment for $11.6 million in cash during 2008. We acquired outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $68.6 million in cash during 2008. Our national representation business acquired representation contracts for $3.7 million in cash during 2008.
     During 2008, we exchanged assets in one of our Americas Outdoor Advertising markets for assets located in a different market and recognized a gain of $2.6 million in “Gain on disposition of assets—net.” In addition, we sold our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent and recognized a gain of $75.6 million in “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates” based on the fair value of the equity securities received.
     We acquired domestic outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $69.1 million in cash during 2007. Our national representation business acquired representation contracts for $53.0 million in cash during 2007.

97


 

Capital Expenditures
     Capital expenditures were $93.7 million and $65.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
            Americas     International              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Corporate        
    Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     and Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
Non-revenue producing
  $ 18.4     $ 9.6     $ 13.4     $ 2.0     $ 43.4  
Revenue producing
          20.5       29.8             50.3  
 
                             
 
  $ 18.4     $ 30.1     $ 43.2     $ 2.0     $ 93.7  
 
                             
     We define non-revenue producing capital expenditures as those expenditures that are required on a recurring basis. Revenue producing capital expenditures are discretionary capital investments for new revenue streams, similar to an acquisition.
Commitments, Contingencies and Future Obligations
      Commitments and Contingencies
     There are various lawsuits and claims pending against us. Based on current assumptions, we have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. Future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in these assumptions.
     Certain agreements relating to acquisitions provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired companies generally over a one to five year period. We will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact our financial position or results of operations.
      Future Obligations
     In addition to our scheduled maturities on our debt, we have future cash obligations under various types of contracts. We lease office space, certain broadcast facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by our outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of our lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for our payment of utilities and maintenance.
     We have minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable us to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions that are calculated as the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. Also, we have non-cancelable contracts in our Radio Broadcasting operations related to program rights and music license fees.
     In the normal course of business, our broadcasting operations have minimum future payments associated with employee and talent contracts. These contracts typically contain cancellation provisions that allow us to cancel the contract with good cause.

98


 

     The scheduled maturities of our credit facility, other long-term debt outstanding, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable lease agreements, minimum payments under other non-cancelable contracts, payments under employment/talent contracts, capital expenditure commitments and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2007 are as follows:
                                         
    Payment due by Period  
            Less than 1     1 to 3     3 to 5     More than  
Contractual Obligations   Total     year     Years     Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
Long-term debt
                                       
Credit facility
  $ 174,619           $ 174,619              
Senior notes (1)
    5,650,000     $ 625,000       1,500,000     $ 1,300,000     $ 2,225,000  
Subsidiary long-term debt (2)
    750,979       732,047       11,972       2,250       4,710  
Interest payments on long-term debt
    1,799,610       365,285       548,355       311,044       574,926  
Non-cancelable operating leases
    2,711,559       372,474       632,063       472,761       1,234,261  
Non-cancelable contracts
    3,269,567       776,203       1,081,912       655,293       756,159  
Employment/talent contracts
    436,526       177,552       188,343       65,417       5,214  
Capital expenditures
    159,573       106,187       45,930       7,224       232  
Other long-term obligations (3)
    272,601             13,424       107,865       151,312  
 
                             
Total (4)
  $ 15,225,034     $ 3,154,748     $ 4,196,618     $ 2,921,854     $ 4,951,814  
 
                             
 
(1)   The balance includes the portion of the principal amount of the senior notes due 2010 to be repaid by our delayed draw 1 term loan facility.
 
(2)   The balance includes the $644.9 million principal amount of the 8% senior notes due 2008 discussed above.
 
(3)   Other long-term obligations consist of $70.5 million related to asset retirement obligations recorded pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which assumes the underlying assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. Also included is $103.0 million related to the maturity value of loans secured by forward exchange contracts that we accrete to maturity using the effective interest method and can be settled in cash or the underlying shares. These contracts had an accreted value of $86.9 million and the underlying shares had a fair value of $124.4 million recorded on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007. Also included is $75.6 million related to deferred compensation and retirement plans and $23.5 million of various other long-term obligations.
 
(4)   Excluded from the table is $144.4 million related to the fair value of cross-currency swap agreements and secured forward exchange contracts. Also excluded is $294.5 million related to various obligations with no specific contractual commitment or maturity, $237.1 million of which relates to unrecognized tax benefits recorded pursuant to FIN 48.
Liquidity and Capital Resources Following the Transactions
     In connection with the Transactions, we will incur substantial amounts of debt, including amounts outstanding under our new senior secured credit facilities, our new receivables based credit facility and the notes offered hereby. Interest payments on this indebtedness will significantly reduce our cash flow from operations. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we expect to have total debt of approximately $19,861 million.
     Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $2,000 million 6-year revolving credit facility, of which $150 million will be available in alternative currencies. We will have the ability to designate one or more of our foreign restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under a foreign currency sublimit of the revolving credit facility. Consistent with our international cash management practices, at or promptly after the consummation of the Transactions, we expect one of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow $80 million under the revolving credit facility’s

99


 

sublimit for foreign based subsidiary borrowings to refinance our existing foreign subsidiary intercompany borrowings. The foreign based borrowings allow us to efficiently manage our liquidity needs in local countries, mitigating foreign exchange exposure and cash movement among different tax jurisdictions. Based on estimated cash levels (including estimated cash levels of our foreign subsidiaries), we do not expect to borrow any additional amounts under the revolving credit facility at the closing of the Transactions.
     The aggregate amount of the 6-year term loan A facility will be the sum of $1,115 million plus the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability under our receivables based credit facility on the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate amount of our receivables based credit facility will correspondingly be reduced by the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability on the closing of the Transactions. Assuming that the borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility is $440 million, the term loan A facility would be $1,425 million and the aggregate receivables based credit facility (without regard to borrowing base limitations) would be $690 million. However, our actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than this amount.
     Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $10,700 million 7.5-year term loan B facility. Furthermore, our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $705.638 million 7.5-year term loan C—asset sale facility. To the extent specified assets are sold after March 27, 2008 and prior to the closing of the Transactions, actual borrowings under the term loan C—asset sale facility will be reduced by the net cash proceeds received therefrom. Proceeds from the sale of specified assets after the closing of the Transactions will be applied to prepay the term loan C—asset sale facility (and thereafter to prepay any remaining term loan facilities) without right of reinvestment under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, if the net proceeds of any other asset sales are not reinvested, but instead applied to prepay the senior secured credit facilities, such proceeds would first be applied to the term loan C—asset sale facility and thereafter pro rata to the remaining term loan facilities.
     Our senior secured credit facilities provide for two 7.5-year delayed draw term loans facilities aggregating $1,250 million. Proceeds from the delayed draw 1 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $750 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing senior notes due 2010. Proceeds from the delayed draw 2 term loan facility, available in the aggregate amount of $500 million, can only be used to redeem any of our existing 4.25% senior notes due 2009. Upon the consummation of the Transactions, we expect to borrow all amounts available to us under the delayed draw 1 term loan facility in order to redeem substantially all of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. We do not expect to borrow any amount available to us under the delayed draw 2 term loan facility upon the consummation of the Transactions. Any unused commitment to lend will expire on September 30, 2010 in the case of the delayed draw 1 term loan facility and on the second anniversary of the closing in the case of the delayed draw 2 term loan facility.
     Finally, we will have a $1,000 million receivables based credit facility with availability that is limited by a borrowing base. We estimate that borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility at the closing of the Transactions will be $440 million, although our actual availability may be greater or less than our estimation.
     Following the Transactions, our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash flow from operations. Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and availability under our new senior secured credit facilities and our new receivables based credit facility will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements

100


 

for the foreseeable future. Our ability to fund our working capital needs, debt payments and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenants under our debt agreements, however, depends on our future operating performance and cash flow, which are in turn subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Subject to restrictions in our new senior secured credit facilities, our new receivables based credit facility and the indenture governing the notes, we may incur more debt for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and for other purposes. In addition, we may require additional financing if our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate. There can be no assurance that such financing, if permitted under the terms of our debt agreements, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. The inability to obtain additional financing could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet our obligations under the notes.
Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
     At March 31, 2008, approximately 19% of our long-term debt, including fixed-rate debt on which we have entered into interest rate swap agreements, bears interest at variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings are affected by changes in interest rates. Assuming the current level of borrowings at variable rates and assuming a two percentage point change in the average interest rate under these borrowings, it is estimated that our interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2008 would have changed by $5.7 million and that our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2008 would have changed by $4.1 million. In the event of an adverse change in interest rates, management may take actions to further mitigate its exposure. However, due to the uncertainty of the actions that would be taken and their possible effects, this interest rate analysis assumes no such actions. Further, the analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment.
     At March 31, 2008, we had entered into interest rate swap agreements with a $1.1 billion aggregate notional amount that effectively float interest at rates based upon LIBOR. These agreements expire from May 2009 to March 2012. The fair value of these agreements at March 31, 2008 was an asset of $40.4 million.
Equity Price Risk
     The carrying value of our available-for-sale and trading equity securities is affected by changes in their quoted market prices. It is estimated that a 20% change in the market prices of these securities would change their carrying value at March 31, 2008 by $68.0 million and would change accumulated comprehensive income and net income by $37.6 million and $11.4 million, respectively. At March 31, 2008, we also held $11.4 million of investments that do not have a quoted market price, but are subject to fluctuations in their value.
     We maintain derivative instruments on certain of our trading equity securities to limit our exposure to and benefit from price fluctuations on those securities.
Foreign Currency
     We have operations in countries throughout the world. Foreign operations are measured in their local currencies except in hyper-inflationary countries in which we operate. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates

101


 

or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we have operations. To mitigate a portion of the exposure of international currency fluctuations, we maintain a natural hedge through borrowings in currencies other than the United States dollar. In addition, we have United States dollar—Euro cross currency swaps which are also designated as a hedge of our net investment in Euro denominated assets. These hedge positions are reviewed monthly. Our foreign operations reported net income of $78.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. It is estimated that a 10% change in the value of the United States dollar to foreign currencies would change net income for the three months ended March 31, 2008 by $7.8 million.
     Our earnings are also affected by fluctuations in the value of the United States dollar as compared to foreign currencies as a result of our investments in various countries, all of which are accounted for under the equity method. It is estimated that the result of a 10% fluctuation in the value of the dollar relative to these foreign currencies at March 31, 2008 would change our equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates by $7.7 million and would change our net income by approximately $5.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008.
     This analysis does not consider the implications that such fluctuations could have on the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment in the United States or the foreign countries or on the results of operations of these foreign entities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement 157”). Statement 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Statement 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Statement 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Companies will need to apply the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities and for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are remeasured at least annually effective January 1, 2008. The effective date in Statement 157 is delayed for one year for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Excluded from the scope of Statement 157 are certain leasing transactions accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, Accounting for Leases. The exclusion does not apply to fair value measurements of assets and liabilities recorded as a result of a lease transaction but measured pursuant to other pronouncements within the scope of Statement 157. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting Statement 157 on our financial position or results of operations.
     On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“Statement 161”). Statement 161 requires additional disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items effect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. We will adopt the disclosure requirements beginning January 1, 2009.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“Statement 141(R)”), was issued in December 2007. Statement 141(R) requires that upon initially obtaining control, an acquirer will recognize 100% of the fair values of acquired assets,

102


 

including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions, even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. Additionally, contingent consideration arrangements will be fair valued at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration and transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. Statement 141(R) also modifies the recognition for preacquisition contingencies, such as environmental or legal issues, restructuring plans and acquired research and development value in purchase accounting. Statement 141(R) amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. Statement 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption is prospective and early adoption is not permitted. We expect to adopt Statement 141(R) on January 1, 2009. Statement 141(R)’s impact on accounting for business combinations is dependent upon acquisitions at that time.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“Statement 159”), was issued in February 2007. Statement 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Statement 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. Statement 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. Statement 159 does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards, including requirements for disclosures about fair value measurements included in Statement 157, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Statement 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. We adopted Statement 159 on January 1, 2008 and do not anticipate adoption to materially impact our financial position or results of operations.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“Statement 160”), was issued in December 2007. Statement 160 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under Statement 160, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. Statement 160 is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. Statement 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassify noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. We expect to adopt Statement 160 on January 1, 2009 and are currently assessing the potential impact that the adoption could have on our financial statements.

103


 

Critical Accounting Estimates
     The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates that are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of these evaluations forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such difference could be material. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements in this offering memorandum. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with our independent auditor and the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. The following narrative describes these critical accounting estimates, the judgments and assumptions and the effect if actual results differ from these assumptions.
Stock Based Compensation
     We adopted Statement 123(R) on January 1, 2006 using the modified-prospective-transition method. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
     We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what we believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions.
     If our agings were to improve or deteriorate resulting in a 10% change in our allowance, it is estimated that our 2007 bad debt expense would have changed by $5.9 million and our 2007 net income would have changed by $3.5 million.
Long-Lived Assets
     Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that depreciable and amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

104


 

     We use various assumptions in determining the current fair market value of these assets, including future expected cash flows and discount rates, as well as future salvage values. Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.
     Using the impairment review described, we found no impairment charge required for the year ended December 31, 2007. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.
Goodwill
     Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We review goodwill for potential impairment annually using the income approach to determine the fair value of our reporting units. The fair value of our reporting units is used to apply value to the net assets of each reporting unit. To the extent that the carrying amount of net assets would exceed the fair value, an impairment charge may be required to be recorded.
     The income approach we use for valuing goodwill involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Statement 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“Statement 142”), we performed our annual impairment tests as of October 1, 2005, 2006 and 2007 on goodwill. No impairment charges resulted from these tests. We may incur impairment charges in future periods under Statement 142 to the extent we do not achieve our expected cash flow growth rates, and to the extent that market values decrease and long-term interest rates increase.
Indefinite-lived Assets
     Indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually for possible impairment using the direct method as prescribed in Topic D-108. Under the direct method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
     Our key assumptions using the direct method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average station within a market.
     If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to impairment charges in the future. Our annual impairment test was performed as of October 1, 2007, which resulted in no impairment.

105


 

Tax Accruals
     The IRS and other taxing authorities routinely examine our tax returns. From time to time, the IRS challenges certain of our tax positions. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and we would vigorously defend these positions if challenged. The final disposition of any positions challenged by the IRS could require us to make additional tax payments. We believe that we have adequately accrued for any foreseeable payments resulting from tax examinations and consequently do not anticipate any material impact upon their ultimate resolution.
     Our estimates of income taxes and the significant items giving rise to the deferred assets and liabilities are shown in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this offering memorandum and reflect our assessment of actual future taxes to be paid on items reflected in the financial statements, giving consideration to both timing and probability of these estimates. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or results from the final review of our tax returns by federal, state, or foreign tax authorities.
     We have considered these potential changes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and FIN 48 which requires us to record reserves for estimates of probable settlements of federal and state audits. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken within an income tax return. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in a decrease of $0.2 million to the January 1, 2007 balance of “retained deficit”, an increase of $101.7 million in “other long term-liabilities” for unrecognized tax benefits and a decrease of $123.0 million in “deferred income taxes”.
Litigation Accruals
     We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims.
     Management’s estimates used have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.
     It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.
Insurance Accruals
     We are currently self-insured beyond certain retention amounts for various insurance coverages, including general liability and property and casualty. Accruals are recorded based on estimates of actual claims filed, historical payouts, existing insurance coverage and projections of future development of costs related to existing claims.
     Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management must make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported as of December 31, 2007.

106


 

     If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in our self-insurance liabilities at December 31, 2007, would have affected net income by approximately $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Inflation
     Inflation has affected our performance in terms of higher costs for wages, salaries and equipment. Although the exact impact of inflation is indeterminable, we believe we have offset these higher costs in various manners.
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
     The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is as follows:
                                                 
Three Months Ended        
March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
2008
 
2007
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
   
2003
 
1.72
    1.78       2.38       2.27       2.24       2.76       3.56  
     The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed on a total enterprise basis. Earnings represent income from continuing operations before income taxes less equity in undistributed net income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates plus fixed charges. Fixed charges represent interest, amortization of debt discount and expense and the estimated interest portion of rental charges. We had no preferred stock outstanding for any period presented.

107


 

BUSINESS
     We are the largest outdoor media and the largest radio company in the world, with leading market positions in each of our operating segments: Americas Outdoor Advertising, International Outdoor Advertising and Radio Broadcasting.
    Americas Outdoor Advertising. We are the largest outdoor media company in the Americas, which includes the United States, Canada and Latin America. We own or operate approximately 209,000 displays in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment. Our outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars which we believe are in premier real estate locations in each of our markets throughout the Americas. We have operations in 49 of the top 50 markets in the United States, including all of the top 20 markets. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, Americas Outdoor Advertising represented 21% of our net revenue and 27% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
 
    International Outdoor Advertising. We are a leading outdoor media company internationally with operations in Asia, Australia and Europe. We own or operate approximately 688,000 displays in 34 countries, including key positions in attractive international growth markets. Our international outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, International Outdoor Advertising represented 26% of our net revenue and 14% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
 
    Radio Broadcasting. We are the largest radio broadcaster in the United States. As of December 31, 2007, we owned 890 domestic radio stations, with 275 stations operating in the top 50 markets. Our portfolio of stations offers a broad assortment of programming formats, including adult contemporary, country, contemporary hit radio, rock, urban and oldies, among others, to a total weekly listening base of approximately 103 million individuals. In addition, we owned 115 smaller market non-core radio stations, of which 63 were sold subsequent to December 31, 2007, and 32 of which were subject to sale under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008. We also operate a national radio network that produces, distributes, or represents more than 70 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio stations. Some of our more popular syndicated programs include Rush Limbaugh, Steve Harvey, Ryan Seacrest and Jeff Foxworthy. We also own various sports, news and agriculture networks as well as equity interests in various international radio broadcasting companies located in Australia, Mexico and New Zealand. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, Radio Broadcasting represented 50% of our net revenue and 58% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
 
    Other. The Other category includes our media representation business, Katz Media, and general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses. Katz Media is a full-service media representation firm that sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. Katz Media represents over 3,200 radio stations and 380 television stations. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, the Other category represented 3% of our net revenue and 1% of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA.
     For the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, we generated consolidated net revenues of $6,980 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $2,302 million.

108


 

Our Strengths
      Global Scale and Local Market Leadership. We are the largest outdoor media and the largest radio company in the world. We believe we have unmatched asset quality in both businesses. We operate over 897,000 outdoor advertising displays worldwide, in what we believe are premier real estate locations. We own 890 radio stations in the top United States markets with strong signals and brand names. Our real estate locations, signals and brands provide a distinct local competitive advantage. Our global scale enables productive and cost-effective investment across our portfolio, which support our strong competitive position.
    Our outdoor advertising business is focused on urban markets with dense populations. Our real estate locations in these urban markets provide outstanding reach and therefore a compelling value proposition for our advertisers, enabling us to achieve more attractive economics. In the United States, we believe we hold the #1 market share in eight of the top 10 markets and are either #1 or #2 in 18 of the top 20 markets. Internationally, we believe we hold leading positions in France, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, as well as several attractive growth countries, including Australia and China.
 
    Our scale has enabled cost-effective investment in new display technologies, such as digital billboards, which we believe will continue to support future growth. This technology will enable us to transition from selling space on a display to a single advertiser to selling time on that display to multiple advertisers, creating new revenue opportunities from both new and existing clients. We have enjoyed significantly higher revenue per digital billboard than the revenue per vinyl billboard with relatively minimal capital costs.
 
    We own the #1 or #2 ranked radio station clusters in eight of the top 10 markets and in 18 of the top 25 markets in the United States. We have an average market share of 26% in the top 25 markets. With a total weekly listening base of approximately 103 million individuals, our portfolio of 890 stations generated twice the revenue as the next largest competitor in 2007. With over 5,000 sales people in local markets, we believe the aggregation of our local sales forces comprises the media industry’s largest local-based sales force with national scope. Our national scope has facilitated cost-effective investment in unique yield management and pricing systems that enable our local salespeople to maximize revenue. Additionally, our scale has allowed us to implement industry-changing initiatives that we believe differentiate us from the rest of the radio industry and position us to outperform other radio broadcasters.
      Strong Collection of Unique Assets. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have aggregated a unique portfolio of assets.
    The domestic outdoor industry is regulated by the federal government as well as state and municipal governments. Statutes and regulations govern the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, spacing, location, replacement and content of outdoor advertising structures. Due to such regulation, it has become increasingly difficult to construct new outdoor advertising structures. Further, for many of our existing billboards, a permit for replacement cannot be sought by our competitors or landlords. As a result, our existing billboards in top demographic areas, which we believe are in premier locations, have significant value.

109


 

    Ownership and operation of radio broadcast stations is governed by the FCC’s licensing process, which limits the number of radio licenses available in any market. Any party seeking to acquire or transfer radio licenses must go through a detailed review process with the FCC. Over several decades, we have aggregated multiple licenses in local market clusters across the United States. A cluster of multiple radio stations in a market allows us to provide listeners with more diverse programming and advertisers with a more efficient means to reach those listeners. In addition, we are also able to operate our market clusters efficiently by eliminating duplicative operating expenses and realizing economies of scale.
      Attractive Out-of-home Industry Fundamentals. Both outdoor advertising and radio broadcasting offer compelling value propositions to advertisers, unparalleled reach and valuable out-of-home positions.
    Compelling Value Propositions. Outdoor media and radio broadcasting offer compelling value propositions to advertisers by providing the #1 and #2 most cost-effective media advertising outlets, respectively, as measured by cost per thousand persons reached. According to the Radio Advertising Bureau, radio advertising’s return on investment is 49% higher than that of television advertising. With low CPMs, we believe outdoor media and radio broadcasting have opportunity for growth even in relatively softer advertising environments.
 
    Unparalleled Audience Reach. According to Arbitron, 98% of Americans travel in a car each month, with an average of 310 miles traveled per week. The captive in-car audience is protected from media fragmentation and is subject to increasing out-of-home advertiser exposures as time and distance of commutes increase. Additionally, radio programming reaches 93% of all United States consumers in a given week, with the average consumer listening for almost three hours per day. On a weekly basis, this represents nearly 233 million unique listeners.
 
    Valuable Out-of-home Position. Both outdoor media and radio broadcasting reach potential consumers outside of the home, a valuable position as it is closer to the purchase decision. Today, consumers spend a significant portion of their day out-of-home, while out-of-home media (outdoor and radio) garner a disproportionately smaller share of media spending than in-home media. We believe this discrepancy represents an opportunity for growth.
    Consistent, Defensible Growth Profile. Both outdoor advertising and radio in the United States have demonstrated consistent growth over the last 40 years and are resilient in economic downturns.
    United States outdoor advertising revenue has grown to approximately $7 billion in 2007, representing a 9% CAGR since 1970. Growth has come via traditional billboards along highways and major roadways, as well as alternative advertising including transit displays, street furniture and mall displays. The outdoor industry has experienced only two negative growth years between 1970 and 2007. Additionally, the growth rate in the two years following an economic recession has averaged 8%. Outdoor media continues to be one of the fastest growing forms of advertising. According to the eMarketer industry forecast, total outdoor advertising is expected to grow at an 8% CAGR from 2007 to 2011, driven by an increased share of media spending due to the high value proposition of outdoor relative to other media and the rollout of digital billboards.

110


 

    United States radio advertising revenue has grown to approximately $19 billion in 2007, representing an 8% CAGR since 1970. Radio broadcasting has been one of the most resilient forms of advertising, weathering several competitive and technological advancements over time, including the introduction of television, audio cassettes, CDs and other portable audio devices, and remaining an important component of local advertiser marketing budgets. The radio industry has experienced only three negative growth years from 1970 through 2007. Historically, the growth rate in the two years following an economic recession has averaged 9%. While revenue in the radio industry (according to the Radio Advertising Bureau) declined during 2007 and the first three months of 2008, the eMarketer industry forecast expects radio broadcast advertising to grow at a stable 3% CAGR from 2007 to 2011. We expect growth to be driven by increased advertising, due to a captive audience spending more time in their cars and the adoption of new technologies such as HD radio.
      Strong Cash Flow Generation. We have strong operating margins, driven by our significant scale and leading market share in both outdoor advertising and radio broadcasting. In addition, both outdoor media and radio broadcasting are low capital intensity businesses. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2008, our capital expenditures were only 6% of net revenue with maintenance capital expenditures comprising only 3% of net revenue. The change in net working capital from 2006 to 2007 was approximately 0.08% of net revenue. As a result of our high margins and low capital requirements, we have been able to convert a significant portion of our revenue into cash flow. By continuing to grow our business while maintaining costs, we expect to further improve our cash flow generation.
      Individual, Saleable Assets with High Value. Our business is comprised of numerous individual operating units, independently successful in local markets throughout the United States and the rest of the world. This creates tremendous asset value, with outdoor media and radio broadcasting businesses that are saleable at attractive multiples. Furthermore, at March 31, 2008, we have a capital loss carryforward of approximately $809 million that can be used to offset capital gains recognized on asset sales over the next three years subject to the limitations of Section 383(b) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
      Business Diversity Provides Stability. Currently, approximately half of our revenue is generated from our Americas Outdoor Advertising and our International Outdoor Advertising segments, with the remaining half comprised of our Radio Broadcasting segment, as well as other support services and initiatives. We offer advertisers a diverse platform of media assets across geographies, outdoor products and radio programming formats. Further, we enjoy substantial diversity in our outdoor business, with no market and no ad category greater than 8% of our 2007 outdoor revenue. We also enjoy substantial diversity in our radio business, with no market greater than 9%, no format greater than 18%, and no ad category greater than 19% of our 2007 radio revenue. Through our multiple business units, we are able to reduce revenue volatility resulting from softness in any one advertising category or geographic market.
      Experienced Management Team and Entrepreneurial Culture. We have an experienced management team from our senior executives to our local market managers. Our executive officers and certain radio and outdoor senior managers possess an average of 20 years of industry experience, and have combined experience of over 220 years. The core of the executive management team includes Chief Executive Officer Mark P. Mays, who has been with the Company for over 19 years, and President and Chief Financial Officer Randall T. Mays, who has been with the Company for over 15 years. We also maintain an entrepreneurial culture empowering local market managers to operate their markets as separate profit centers, subject to centralized oversight. A portion of our managers’ compensation is dependent upon the

111


 

financial success of their individual market. Our managers also have full access to our centralized resources, including sales training, research tools, shared best practices, global procurement and financial and legal support. Our culture and our centralization allow our local managers to maximize cash flow.
Our Strategy
     Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading global media company specializing in “out-of-home” advertising and to maximize cash flow. We plan to achieve this objective by capitalizing on our competitive strengths and pursuing the following strategies:
Outdoor
     We seek to capitalize on our global outdoor network and diversified product mix to maximize revenue and cash flow. In addition, by sharing best practices among our business segments, we believe we can quickly and effectively replicate our successes throughout the markets in which we operate. Our diversified product mix and long-standing presence in many of our existing markets provide us with the platform to launch new products and test new initiatives in a reliable and cost-effective manner.
      Drive Outdoor Media Spending. Outdoor advertising only represented 2.4% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2007. Given the attractive industry fundamentals of outdoor media and our depth and breadth of relationships with both local and national advertisers, we believe we can drive outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending by highlighting the value of outdoor advertising relative to other media. We have made and continue to make significant investments in research tools that enable our clients to better understand how our displays can successfully reach their target audiences and promote their advertising campaigns. Also, we are working closely with clients, advertising agencies and other diversified media companies to develop more sophisticated systems that will provide improved demographic measurements of outdoor advertising. We believe that these measurement systems will further enhance the attractiveness of outdoor advertising for both existing clients and new advertisers and further foster outdoor media spending growth. According to the eMarketer industry forecast, outdoor advertising’s share of total advertising spending will grow by approximately 34% from 2007 to 2011.
      Increase Our Share of Outdoor Media Spending. Domestically, we own and operate billboards on real estate in the highest trafficked areas of top markets—a compelling advertising opportunity for both local and national businesses. Internationally, we own and operate a variety of outdoor displays on real estate in large urban areas. We intend to continue to work toward ensuring that our customers have a superior experience by leveraging our unparalleled presence and our best-in-class sales force, and by increasing our focus on customer satisfaction and improved measurement systems. We believe our commitment to superior customer service, highlighted by our unique “Proof of Performance” system, and our superior products led to over 12,000 new advertisers in 2007. We have generated growth in many categories, including telecom, automotive and retail.
      Roll Out Digital Billboards. Advances in electronic displays, including flat screens, LCDs and LEDs, allow us to provide these technologies as complements to traditional methods of outdoor advertising. These electronic displays may be linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change static advertisements on a large number of displays. Digital outdoor advertising provides numerous advantages to advertisers, including the unprecedented flexibility to change messaging over the course of a day, the ability to quickly change messaging and the ability to enhance targeting by reaching different

112


 

demographics at different times of day. Digital outdoor displays provide us with advantages, as they are operationally efficient and eliminate safety issues from manual copy changes. Additionally, digital outdoor displays have, at times, enhanced our relationship with regulators, as in certain circumstances we have offered emergency messaging services and public service announcements on our digital boards. We recently began converting a limited number of vinyl boards to networked digital boards. We have enjoyed significantly higher revenue per digital billboard than the revenue per vinyl billboard with relatively minimal capital costs. We believe that the costs of digital upgrades will decrease over time as technologies improve and more digital boards come to market.
Radio
     Our radio broadcasting strategy centers on providing programming and services to the local communities in which we operate and being a contributing member of those communities. We believe that by serving the needs of local communities, we will be able to grow listenership and deliver target audiences to advertisers, thereby growing revenue and cash flow. Our radio broadcasting strategy also entails improving the ongoing operations of our stations through effective programming, promotion, marketing, sales and careful management of costs and expanded distribution of content.
      Drive Local and National Advertising. We intend to drive growth in our radio business via a strong focus on yield management, increased sales force effectiveness and expansion of our sales channels. In late 2004, we implemented what we believe are industry-leading price and yield optimization systems and invested in new information systems, which provide station level inventory yield and pricing information previously unavailable in the industry. We shifted our sales force compensation plan from a straight “volume-based” commission percentages system to a “value-based” system to reward success in optimizing price and inventory. We believe that utilization of our unique systems throughout our distribution and sales platform will drive continued revenue growth in excess of market radio revenue growth. We also intend to focus on driving advertisers to our radio stations through new sales channels and partnerships. For example, we recently formed an alliance with Google whereby we have gained access to an entirely new group of advertisers within a new and complementary sales channel.
      Continue to Capitalize on “Less is More.” In late 2004, we launched the Less is More initiative to position the Company for long-term radio growth. The implementation of the Less is More initiative reduced advertising clutter, enhanced listener experience and improved radio’s attractiveness as a medium for advertisers. On average, we reduced ad inventory by 20% and promotion time by 50%, which has led to more time for listeners to enjoy our compelling content. In addition, we changed our available advertising spots from 60 second ads to a combination of 60, 30, 15 and five second ads in order to give advertisers more flexibility. As anticipated, our reduction in ad inventory led to a decline in Radio Broadcasting revenue in 2005. Revenue growth of 6% followed in 2006, outperforming an index of other radio broadcasters. We continued to outperform the radio industry in 2007. Our Less is More strategy has separated us from our competitors and we believe it positions us to continue to outperform the radio industry.
      Continue to Enhance the Radio Listener Experience. We will continue to focus on enhancing the radio listener experience by offering a wide variety of compelling content. Our investments in radio programming over time have created a collection of leading on-air talent and our Premiere Radio Network offers over 70 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio stations across the United States. Our distribution platform allows us to attract top talent and more effectively utilize programming, sharing the best and most compelling content across many stations. Finally, we are continually expanding content choices for our listeners, including utilization of HD radio, Internet and other distribution channels with

113


 

complementary formats. Ultimately, compelling content improves audience share which, in turn, drives revenue and cash flow generation.
      Deliver Content via New Distribution Technologies. We intend to drive company and industry development through new distribution technologies. Some examples of such innovation are as follows:
    Alternative Devices. The FM radio feature is increasingly integrated into MP3 players and cell phones. This should expand FM listenership by “putting a radio in every pocket” with free music and local content and represents the first meaningful increase in the radio installed base in more than 25 years.
 
    HD Radio. HD radio enables crystal clear reception, interactive features, data services and new applications. For example, the interactive capabilities of HD radio will potentially permit us to participate in commercial download services. Further, HD radio allows for many more stations, providing greater variety of content which we believe will enable advertisers to target consumers more effectively. On December 6, 2005, we joined a consortium of radio operators in announcing plans to create the HD Digital Radio Alliance to lobby auto makers, radio manufacturers and retailers for the rollout of digital radios. We plan to continue to develop compelling HD content and applications and to support the alliance to foster industry conversion. We currently operate 804 HD stations, comprised of 454 HD and 350 HD2 signals.
 
    Internet. Clear Channel websites had over 10.5 million unique visitors in April 2008, making the collection of these websites one of the top five trafficked music websites. Streaming audio via the Internet provides increased listener reach and new listener applications as well as new advertising capabilities.
 
    Mobile. We have pioneered mobile applications which allow subscribers to use their cell phones to interact directly with the station, including finding titles or artists, requesting songs and downloading station wallpapers.
Consolidated
      Maintain High Free Cash Flow Conversion. Our business segments benefit from high margins and low capital intensity, which leads to strong free cash flow generation. We intend to closely manage expense growth and to continue to focus on achieving operating efficiencies throughout our businesses. Within each of our operating segments, we share best practices across our markets and continually look for innovative ways to contain costs. Historically, we have been able to contain costs in all of our segments during periods of slower revenue growth. For example, while our Radio Broadcasting segment experienced flat growth in net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, we were able to reduce Radio Broadcasting operating expenses and increase Radio Broadcasting operating income by 1% during this period. We will continue to seek new ways of reducing costs across our global network. We also intend to deploy growth capital with discipline to generate continued high free cash flow yield.
      Pursue Strategic Opportunities and Optimize Our Portfolio of Assets. An inherent benefit of both our outdoor advertising and radio broadcasting businesses is that they represent a collection of saleable assets at attractive multiples. At March 31, 2008, we have a capital loss carryforward of approximately $809 million that can be used to offset capital gains recognized on asset sales over the next three years subject to the limitations of Section 383(b) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. We continually evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business and may from time to time sell, swap, or purchase assets or businesses in order to maximize the efficiency of our portfolio.

114


 

Our Business Segments
Americas Outdoor Advertising
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment consists of our operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 93% of our 2007 revenue in this segment derived from the United States. The Americas Outdoor Advertising segment includes advertising display faces which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Americas Outdoor Advertising generated 21%, 20% and 20% of our consolidated net revenue in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Sources of Revenue
     Americas Outdoor Advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. Billboards comprise approximately 70% of our display revenue. The margins on our billboard contracts tend to be higher than those on contracts for other displays due to their greater size, impact and location along major roadways that are highly trafficked. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each category for our Americas Outdoor Advertising inventory:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
Billboards
                       
Bulletins (1)
    52 %     52 %     54 %
Posters
    16       18       19  
Street furniture displays
    4       4       4  
Transit displays
    16       14       11  
Other displays (2)
    12       12       12  
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                 
 
(1)   Includes digital displays.
 
(2)   Includes spectaculars, mall displays and wallscapes.
     Our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment generates revenue from local, regional and national sales. Advertising rates are based on a number of different factors, including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross rating points. Gross rating points are the total number of impressions delivered expressed as a percentage of a market population, of a display or group of displays. The number of “impressions” delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time. For all of our billboards in the United States, we use independent, third-party auditing companies to verify the number of impressions delivered by a display. “Reach” is the percent a target audience exposed to an advertising message at least once during a specified period of time, typically during a period of four weeks. “Frequency” is the average number of exposures an individual has to an advertising message during a specified period of time. Out-of-home frequency is typically measured over a four-week period.
     While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. In addition, we have long-standing relationships with a diversified group of advertising brands and agencies that allow us to diversify client accounts and establish continuing revenue streams.

115


 

Billboards
     Our billboard inventory primarily includes bulletins and posters.
    Bulletins. Bulletins vary in size, with the most common size being 14 feet high by 48 feet wide. Almost all of the advertising copy displayed on bulletins is computer printed on vinyl and transported to the bulletin where it is secured to the display surface. Because of their greater size and impact, we typically receive our highest rates for bulletins. Bulletins generally are located along major expressways, primary commuting routes and main intersections that are highly visible and heavily trafficked. Our clients may contract for individual bulletins or a network of bulletins, meaning the clients’ advertisements are rotated among bulletins to increase the reach of the campaign. Our client contracts for bulletins generally have terms ranging from one month to one year.
 
    Posters. Posters are available in two sizes, 30-sheet and eight-sheet displays. The 30-sheet posters are approximately 11 feet high by 23 feet wide, and the eight-sheet posters are approximately five feet high by 11 feet wide. Advertising copy for posters is printed using silk-screen or lithographic processes to transfer the designs onto paper that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Posters generally are located in commercial areas on primary and secondary routes near point-of-purchase locations, facilitating advertising campaigns with greater demographic targeting than those displayed on bulletins. Our poster rates typically are less than our bulletin rates, and our client contracts for posters generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year. Two types of posters are premiere panels and squares. Premiere displays are innovative hybrids between bulletins and posters that we developed to provide our clients with an alternative for their targeted marketing campaigns. The premiere displays utilize one or more poster panels, but with vinyl advertising stretched over the panels similar to bulletins. Our intent is to combine the creative impact of bulletins with the additional reach and frequency of posters.
Street Furniture Displays
     Our street furniture displays, marketed under our global Adshel™ brand, are advertising surfaces on bus shelters, information kiosks, public toilets, freestanding units and other public structures, and are primarily located in major metropolitan cities and along major commuting routes. Generally, we own the street furniture structures and are responsible for their construction and maintenance. Contracts for the right to place our street furniture displays in the public domain and sell advertising space on them are awarded by municipal and transit authorities in competitive bidding processes governed by local law. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years. As compensation for the right to sell advertising space on our street furniture structures, we pay the municipality or transit authority a fee or revenue share that is either a fixed amount or a percentage of the revenue derived from the street furniture displays. Typically, these revenue sharing arrangements include payments by us of minimum guaranteed amounts. Client contracts for street furniture displays typically have terms ranging from four weeks to one year, and, similar to billboards, may be for network packages.
Transit Displays
     Our transit displays are advertising surfaces on various types of vehicles or within transit systems, including on the interior and exterior sides of buses, trains, trams and taxis, and within the common areas of rail stations and airports. Similar to street furniture, contracts for the right to place our displays on such vehicles or within such transit systems and to sell advertising

116


 

space on them generally are awarded by public transit authorities in competitive bidding processes or are negotiated with private transit operators. These contracts typically have terms of up to five years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.
Other Inventory
     The balance of our display inventory consists of spectaculars, mall displays and wallscapes. Spectaculars are customized display structures that often incorporate video, multidimensional lettering and figures, mechanical devices and moving parts and other embellishments to create special effects. The majority of our spectaculars are located in Dundas Square in Toronto, Times Square and Penn Plaza in New York City, Fashion Show in Las Vegas, Sunset Strip in Los Angeles and across from the Target Center in Minneapolis. Client contracts for spectaculars typically have terms of one year or longer. We also own displays located within the common areas of malls on which our clients run advertising campaigns for periods ranging from four weeks to one year. Contracts with mall operators grant us the exclusive right to place our displays within the common areas and sell advertising on those displays. Our contracts with mall operators generally have terms ranging from five to ten years. Client contracts for mall displays typically have terms ranging from four to eight weeks. A wallscape is a display that drapes over or is suspended from the sides of buildings or other structures. Generally, wallscapes are located in high-profile areas where other types of outdoor advertising displays are limited or unavailable. Clients typically contract for individual wallscapes for extended terms.
Competition
     The outdoor advertising industry in the Americas is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and Lamar Advertising Company, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, the Internet and direct mail.

117


 

Advertising Inventory and Markets
     As of December 31, 2007, we owned or operated approximately 209,000 displays in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our Americas Outdoor Advertising inventory, with our markets listed in order of their designated market area (“DMA ® ”) region ranking (DMA ® is a registered service mark of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.):
                                                                     
DMA ®                       Street            
Region       Billboards   Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays   Displays (1)   Displays
       
United States
                                               
  1    
New York, NY
                                  16,936  
  2    
Los Angeles, CA
                                  11,583  
  3    
Chicago, IL
                                  15,293  
  4    
Philadelphia, PA
                                  6,618  
  5    
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX
                                  9,981  
  6    
San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA
                                  8,971  
  7    
Boston, MA (Manchester, NH)
                                  7,219  
  8    
Atlanta, GA
                                    3,091  
  9    
Washington, DC (Hagerstown, MD)
                                  3,403  
  10    
Houston, TX
                        (2)           4,542  
  11    
Detroit, Ml
                                      606  
  12    
Phoenix, AZ
                                    2,155  
  13    
Tampa-St. Petersburg (Sarasota), FL
                                  2,428  
  14    
Seattle-Tacoma, WA
                                    11,092  
  15    
Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN
                                    2,552  
  16    
Miami-Ft. Lauderdale, FL
                                  4,003  
  17    
Cleveland-Akron (Canton), OH
                                    3,484  
  18    
Denver, CO
                                        861  
  19    
Orlando-Daytona Beach- Melbourne, FL
                                    4,166  
  20    
Sacramento-Stockton-Modesto, CA
                                  1,509  
  21    
St. Louis, MO
                                        279  
  22    
Pittsburgh, PA
                          (2)           674  
  23    
Portland, OR
                                    1,417  
  24    
Baltimore, MD
                                  2,533  
  25    
Charlotte, NC
                                          12  
  26    
Indianapolis, IN
                                    1,871  
  27    
San Diecio, CA
                                    871  
  28    
RalGigh-Durham (Fayetteville), NC
                                          449  
  29    
Hartford-NGW Haven, CT
                            (2)           374  
  30    
Nashville, TN
                                      652  
  31    
Kansas City, KS/MO
                            (2)             324  
  32    
Columbus, OH
                                    1,525  
  33    
Cincinnati, OH
                                        12  
  34    
Milwaukee, Wl
                                  5,838  
  35    
Salt Lake City, UT
                                        66  
  36    
Greenville-Spartanburg,SC-Asheville, NC-Anderson, SC
                                        88  
  37    
San Antonio, TX
                        (2)           3,799  
  38    
West Palm Beach-Ft. Pierce, FL
                                  782  
  39    
Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, Ml
                                          100  
  40    
Birmingham, AL
                                            0  
  41    
Harrisburg-Lancaster-Lebanon-York, PA
                                        171  

118


 

                                                         
DMA ®                       Street            
Region       Billboards   Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays   Displays (1)   Displays
  42    
Norfolk-Portsmouth- Newport News, VA
                                    470  
  43    
Las Vegas, NV
                                  13,362  
  44    
Albuquerque-Santa Fe, NM
                                      1,420  
  45    
Oklahoma City, OK
                                          3  
  46    
Greensboro-High Point-Winston Salem, NC
                                          999  
  47    
Memphis, TN
                                  2,305  
  48    
Louisville, KY
                                        134  
  49    
Jacksonville, FL
                                    991  
  50    
Buffalo, NY
                                          483  
  51-100    
Various United States Cities
                        (2)           12,925  
  101-150    
Various United States Cities
                            (2)     5,491  
  151+    
Various United States Cities
                                    2,458  
       
Non-United States Markets
                                               
  n/a    
Aruba
                                          213  
  n/a    
Australia
                                          810  
  n/a    
Barbados
                                          61  
  n/a    
Bahamas
                                          194  
  n/a    
Belize
                                          155  
  n/a    
Brazil
                                      7,089  
  n/a    
Canada
                                      4,314  
  n/a    
Chile
                                        1,166  
  n/a    
Costa Rica
                                          210  
  n/a    
Dominican Republic
                                          285  
  n/a    
Grenada
                                          155  
  n/a    
Guam
                                          144  
  n/a    
Jamaica
                                          213  
  n/a    
Mexico
                                        5,016  
  n/a    
Netherlands Antilles
                                          1,019  
  n/a    
New Zealand
                                          1,392  
  n/a    
Peru
                                  2,860  
  n/a    
Saint Kitts and Nevis
                                          144  
  n/a    
Saint Lucia
                                          100  
  n/a    
Virgin Islands
                                          260  
       
 
                                               
       
Total Americas Outdoor Advertising Displays
                                            209,171  
       
 
                                               
 
(1)   Includes wallscapes, spectaculars, mall and digital displays. Includes other small displays not counted as separate displays in this offering memorandum since their contribution to our revenue is not material.
 
(2)   We have access to additional displays through arrangements with local advertising and other companies.
International Outdoor Advertising
     Our International Outdoor Advertising segment consists of our advertising operations in Asia, Australia and Europe, with approximately half of our 2007 revenue in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom. The International Outdoor Advertising segment includes advertising display faces which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our International Outdoor Advertising segment generated 26%, 23% and 23% of our consolidated net revenue in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

119


 

Sources of Revenue
     International Outdoor Advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our international outdoor display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as neon displays. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each inventory category of our International Outdoor Advertising segment:
                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
Billboards (1)
    39 %     41 %     44 %
Street furniture displays
    37       37       34  
Transit displays (2)
    8       9       9  
Other displays (3)
    16       13       13  
 
                       
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                       
 
(1)   Includes revenue from spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(2)   Includes small displays.
 
(3)   Includes advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services and production revenue.
     Our International Outdoor Advertising segment generates revenue worldwide from local, regional and national sales. Similar to our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment, advertising rates generally are based on the gross rating points of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display, in some countries, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic.
     While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. Our entrepreneurial culture allows local managers to operated their markets as separate profit centers, encouraging customer cultivation and service.
Billboards
     The sizes of our international billboards are not standardized. The billboards vary in both format and size across our networks, with the majority of our international billboards being similar in size to our posters used in our Americas outdoor business (30-sheet and eight-sheet displays). Our international billboards are sold to clients as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. We lease the majority of our billboard sites from private landowners. Billboards include our spectacular and neon displays. DEFI, our international neon subsidiary, is a leading global provider of neon signs with approximately 400 displays in 15 countries worldwide. Client contracts for international neon displays typically have terms of approximately five years.
Street Furniture Displays
     Our international street furniture displays are substantially similar to their Americas street furniture counterparts, and include bus shelters, freestanding units, public toilets, various types of kiosks and benches. Internationally, contracts with municipal and transit authorities for the

120


 

right to place our street furniture in the public domain and sell advertising on such street furniture typically provide for terms ranging from 10 to 15 years. The major difference between our international and Americas street furniture businesses is in the nature of the municipal contracts. In our international outdoor business, these contracts typically require us to provide the municipality with a broader range of urban amenities such as public wastebaskets and lampposts, as well as space for the municipality to display maps or other public information. In exchange for providing such urban amenities and display space, we are authorized to sell advertising space on certain sections of the structures we erect in the public domain. Our international street furniture is typically sold to clients as network packages, with contract terms ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year.
Transit Displays
     Our international transit display contracts are substantially similar to their Americas transit display counterparts, and typically require us to make only a minimal initial investment and few ongoing maintenance expenditures. Contracts with public transit authorities or private transit operators typically have terms ranging from three to seven years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from one week to one year, or longer.
Other International Inventory and Services
     The balance of our revenue from our International Outdoor Advertising segment consists primarily of advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services and production revenue. Internationally, our contracts with mall operators generally have terms ranging from five to ten years and client contracts for mall displays generally have terms ranging from one to two weeks, but are available for up to six-month periods. Our international inventory includes other small displays that are counted as separate displays since they form a substantial part of our network and International Outdoor Advertising revenue. We also have a bike rental program which provides bicycles for rent to the general public in several municipalities. In exchange for providing the bike rental program, we generally derive revenue from advertising rights to the bikes, bike stations, or additional street furniture displays. Several of our international markets sell equipment or provide cleaning and maintenance services as part of a billboard or street furniture contract with a municipality. Production revenue relates to the production of advertising posters, usually for small customers.
Competition
     The international outdoor advertising industry is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and JC Decaux, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, the Internet and direct mail.

121


 

Advertising Inventory and Markets
     As of December 31, 2007, we owned or operated approximately 688,000 displays in our International Outdoor Advertising segment. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our International Outdoor Advertising inventory, which are listed in descending order according to 2007 revenue contribution:
                                         
            Street            
            Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
International Markets   Billboards (1)   Displays   Displays (2)   Displays (3)   Displays
France
                            162,386  
United Kingdom
                            69,418  
Italy
                                57,533  
China
                            62,573  
Australia/New Zealand
                                16,958  
Sweden
                            111,479  
Switzerland
                              17,663  
Belgium
                            23,486  
Norway
                              18,357  
Ireland
                                7,581  
Denmark
                            33,986  
Turkey
                            10,439  
India
                              695  
Finland
                            23,031  
Poland
                              13,204  
Holland
                                3,326  
Baltic States/Russia
                                16,135  
Greece
                                1,219  
Singapore
                                  3,847  
Japan
                                  53  
Germany
                                  53  
Hungary
                                  30  
Austria
                                  13  
United Arab Emirates
                                  1  
Czech Republic
                                  7  
Ukraine
                                  2  
Indonesia
                                  1  
Portugal
                                  15  
Slovenia
                                  1  
 
                                       
Total International Outdoor Advertising Displays
                                    687,966  
 
                                       
 
(1)   Includes spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(2)   Includes small displays.
 
(3)   Includes mall displays and other small displays counted as separate displays in this offering memorandum since they form a substantial part of our network and International Outdoor Advertising revenue.

122


 

     In addition to the displays listed above, as of December 31, 2007, we had equity investments in various out-of-home advertising companies that operate in the following markets:
                                         
                            Street    
            Equity           Furniture   Transit
Market   Company   Investment   Billboards (1)   Displays   Displays
Outdoor Advertising Companies
                                       
South Africa (2)
  Clear Channel Independent     50.0 %                  
Italy
  Alessi     34.3 %                  
Italy
  AD Moving SpA     17.5 %                      
Hong Kong
  Buspak     50.0 %                      
Spain
  Clear Channel CEMUSA     50.0 %                      
Thailand
  Master & More     32.5 %                    
Belgium
  MTB     49.0 %                      
Belgium
  Streep     25.0 %                      
Denmark
  City Reklame     45.0 %                      
Other Media Companies
                                       
Norway
  CAPA     50.0 %                        
 
(1)   Includes spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(2)   On January 17, 2008, we entered into an agreement to sell our investment in Clear Channel Independent. We closed the transaction on March 28, 2008.
Radio Broadcasting
     Our Radio Broadcasting segment includes radio stations for which we are the licensee and for which we program and/or sell air time under local marketing agreements (“LMAs”) or joint sales agreements (“JSAs”). The Radio Broadcasting segment also operates our Premiere Radio Network, a national radio network, and various other local sports, news and agricultural radio networks, and owns an equity interest in radio broadcasting companies in Australia, Mexico and New Zealand. Our Radio Broadcasting segment generated 50%, 53% and 54% of our consolidated net revenue in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Sources of Revenue
     The primary source of our revenue in our Radio Broadcasting segment is the sale of spots on our radio stations for local, regional and national advertising. Our local advertisers cover a wide range of categories, including automotive dealers, consumer services, retailers, entertainment, health and beauty products, telecommunications and media. Our contracts with our advertisers generally provide for a term which extends for less than a one-year period. We also generate additional revenue from network compensation, the Internet, air traffic, events, barter and other miscellaneous transactions. These other sources of revenue supplement our traditional advertising revenue without increasing on-air-commercial time.
     Each radio station’s local sales staff solicits advertising directly from local advertisers or indirectly through advertising agencies. Our strategy of producing commercials that respond to the specific needs of our advertisers helps to build local direct advertising relationships. Regional advertising sales are also generally realized by our local sales staff. To generate national advertising sales, we engage firms specializing in soliciting radio advertising sales on a national

123


 

level. National sales representatives obtain advertising principally from advertising agencies located outside the station’s market and receive commissions based on advertising sold.
     Advertising rates are principally based on the length of the spot and how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by independent ratings services. A station’s format can be important in determining the size and characteristics of its listening audience, and advertising rates are influenced by the station’s ability to attract and target audiences that advertisers aim to reach. The size of the market influences rates as well, with larger markets typically receiving higher rates than smaller markets. Rates are generally highest during morning and evening commuting periods.
     We seek to maximize revenue by closely managing on-air inventory of advertising time and adjusting prices to local market conditions. As part of Less is More, we implemented industry-leading price and yield optimization systems and invested in new information systems, which provide detailed inventory information previously unavailable. These systems enable our station managers and sales directors to adjust commercial inventory and pricing based on local market demand, as well as to manage and monitor different commercial durations (60 second, 30 second, 15 second and five second) in order to provide more effective advertising for our customers at optimal prices.
Competition
     We compete in our respective markets for audiences, advertising revenue and programming with other radio stations owned by companies such as CBS, Citadel, Entercom and Cumulus. We also compete with other advertising media, including satellite radio, broadcast and cable television, print media, outdoor advertising, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement.
Radio Stations
     As of December 31, 2007, we owned 304 AM and 701 FM domestic radio stations, of which 275 stations were in the top 50 United States markets according to the Arbitron rankings as of January 2, 2008. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our radio broadcasting stations.

124


 

                 
            Number
    Market   of
Market   Rank*   Stations
New York, NY
    1       5  
Los Angeles, CA
    2       8  
Chicago, IL
    3       7  
San Francisco, CA
    4       7  
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX
    5       6  
Houston-Galveston, TX
    6       8  
Philadelphia, PA
    7       6  
Atlanta, GA
    8       6  
Washington, DC
    9       8  
Boston, MA
    10       4  
Detroit, Ml
    11       7  
Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL
    12       7  
Seattle-Tacoma, WA
    14       6  
Phoenix, AZ
    15       8  
Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN
    16       7  
San Diego, CA
    17       8  
Nassau-Suffolk (Long Island), NY
    18       2  
Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL
    19       8  
St. Louis, MO
    20       6  
Baltimore, MD
    21       3  
Denver-Boulder, CO
    22       8  
Portland, OR
    23       5  
Pittsburgh, PA
    24       6  
Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC
    25       5  
Riverside-San Bernardino, CA
    26       6  
Sacramento, CA
    27       4  
Cleveland, OH
    28       6  
Cincinnati, OH
    29       8  
San Antonio, TX
    30       5  
Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT
    31       6  
Las Vegas, NV
    33       4  
Orlando, FL
    34       7  
San Jose, CA
    35       3  
Milwaukee-Racine, WI
    36       6  
Columbus, OH
    37       7  
Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI
    39       4  
Indianapolis, IN
    40       3  
Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA
    41       4  
Austin, TX
    42       6  
Raleigh-Durham, NC
    43       4  
Nashville, TN
    44       5  
Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC
    45       5  
West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL
    46       6  
Jacksonville, FL
    47       7  
Oklahoma City, OK
    48       6  
Memphis, TN
    49       7  
Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT
    50       5  
Louisville, KY
    53       8  
Rochester, NY
    54       7  
New Orleans, LA
    55       7  
Richmond, VA
    56       6  
Birmingham, AL
    57       5  
McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX
    58       5  
Greenville-Spartanburg, SC
    59       6  
Dayton, OH
    60       8  
Tucson, AZ
    61       7  
Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL
    62       6  
Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY
    63       7  
Honolulu, HI
    64       6  
Tulsa, OK
    65       6  
Fresno, CA
    66       8  
Grand Rapids, MI
    67       7  
Allentown-Bethlehem, PA
    68       4  
Albuquerque, NM
    69       7  
Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA
    72       5  
Sarasota-Bradenton, FL
    73       6  
Akron, OH
    74       5  
Wilmington, DE
    75       2  
El Paso, TX
    76       5  
Bakersfield, CA
    77       6  
Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA
    78       6  
Stockton, CA
    79       6  
Baton Rouge, LA
    80       6  
Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA
    81       5  
Syracuse, NY
    82       7  
Little Rock, AR
    84       5  
Springfield, MA
    86       5  
Charleston, SC
    87       6  
Toledo, OH
    88       5  
Columbia, SC
    90       6  
Des Moines, IA
    91       5  
Spokane, WA
    92       6  
Mobile, AL
    93       4  
Colorado Springs, CO
    95       3  
Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL
    96       6  
Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL
    97       4  
Wichita, KS
    98       4  

125


 

                 
            Number
    Market   of
Market   Rank*   Stations
Madison, WI
    99       6  
Various United States Cities
    101-150       104  
Various United States Cities
    151-200       87  
Various United States Cities
    201-250       52  
Various United States Cities
    251+       69  
Various United States Cities
  unranked     69  
Non-core radio (1)
            115  
 
               
Total (2)(3)
            1,005  
 
               
 
*   Per Arbitron Rankings as of January 2, 2008.
 
(1)   Included in the 115 non-core radio stations are 63 stations which were sold subsequent to December 31, 2007, and 32 stations which were subject to sale under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008.
 
(2)   In connection with the merger, we have agreed with regulatory authorities to divest of a total of 62 stations (47 core radio stations and 15 non-core radio stations).
 
(3)   Excluded from the 1,005 radio stations owned or operated by us are five radio stations programmed pursuant to a LMA or shared services agreement (where the FCC licenses are not owned by us) and one Mexican radio station that we provide programming to and for which we sell airtime for under exclusive sales agency arrangements. Also excluded are radio stations in Australia, Mexico and New Zealand. We own a 50%, 40% and 50% equity interest in companies that have radio broadcasting operations in these markets, respectively. On May 28, 2008, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our 40% equity interest in the Mexican radio broadcasting company, Grupo Acir, for total consideration of $94 million. The sale is subject to Mexican regulatory approvals and is expected to close in June 2008. At closing, the buyer will purchase half of our equity interest and is obligated to purchase our remaining equity interest in Grupo Acir within five years from the closing date.
Radio Networks
     In addition to radio stations, our Radio Broadcasting segment includes our Premiere Radio Network, a national radio network, and various sports, news and agriculture networks serving Alabama, California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Kentucky, Missouri, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Virginia. Premiere Radio Network produces, distributes, or represents more than 70 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio station affiliates. Our broad distribution platform enables us to attract and retain top programming talent. Some of our more popular radio programs include Rush Limbaugh, Steve Harvey, Ryan Seacrest and Jeff Foxworthy.
     Recruiting and retaining top talent is an important component of the success of our radio networks. Given our scale, market position and distribution platform, we believe that we have a competitive advantage relative to other radio networks with regards to attracting on-air talent.
International Radio Investments
     We own equity interests in various international radio broadcasting companies located in Australia (50% ownership), Mexico (40% ownership) and New Zealand (50% ownership), which we account for under the equity method of accounting. On May 28, 2008, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our 40% equity interest in the Mexican radio broadcasting company, Grupo Acir, for total consideration of $94 million. The sale is subject to Mexican regulatory approvals and is expected to close in June 2008. At closing, the buyer will purchase half of our equity interest and is obligated to purchase our remaining equity interest in Grupo Acir within five years from the closing date.
Other
     The Other category includes our media representation firm and other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses.

126


 

Media Representation
     We own Katz Media, a full-service media representation firm that sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. As of December 31, 2007, Katz Media represented over 3,200 radio stations, of which almost one-third are owned by us, and 380 television stations, of which nearly one-tenth are owned by us.
     Katz Media generates revenue primarily through contractual commissions realized from the sale of national spot advertising airtime. National spot advertising is commercial airtime sold to advertisers on behalf of radio and television stations. Katz Media represents its media clients pursuant to media representation contracts, which typically have terms of up to ten years in length.
Regulation of our Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising Businesses
     The outdoor advertising industry in the United States is subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state and local levels. These regulations may include, among others, restrictions on the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and location of and, in some instances, content of advertising copy being displayed on outdoor advertising structures. In addition, the outdoor advertising industry outside of the United States is subject to certain foreign governmental regulation.
     From time to time, legislation has been introduced in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions attempting to impose taxes on revenue from outdoor advertising. Domestically, several state and local jurisdictions have already imposed such taxes as a percentage of our outdoor advertising revenue in that jurisdiction. While these taxes have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect state and local governments to continue to try to impose such taxes as a way of increasing revenue. These laws may affect prevailing competitive conditions in our markets in a variety of ways. Such laws may reduce our expansion opportunities, or may increase or reduce competitive pressure from other members of the outdoor advertising industry. No assurance can be given that existing or future laws or regulations, and the enforcement thereof, will not materially and adversely affect the outdoor advertising industry. However, we contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.
     Federal law, principally the HBA, requires the regulation of outdoor advertising on Federal-Aid Primary and Interstate and National Highway Systems roads within the United States. Other important outdoor advertising regulations include the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991, the Bonus Act/Bonus Program and the 1995 Scenic Byways Amendment. The HBA requires that states regulate the size and placement of billboards, requires the development of state standards, mandates a state’s compliance program, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs and requires just compensation for takings.
     To satisfy the HBA’s requirements, all states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations which regulate, among other things, construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and the placement of outdoor advertising structures. Other than on Native American sovereign lands, we are not aware of any state which has passed control statutes and regulations less restrictive than the prevailing federal requirements, including the

127


 

requirement that an owner remove any non-grandfathered non-compliant signs along the controlled roads, at the owner’s expense and without compensation. Local governments generally also include billboard control as part of their zoning laws and building codes regulating those items described above and include similar provisions regarding the removal of non-grandfathered structures that do not comply with certain of the local requirements.
     As part of their billboard control laws, state and local governments regulate the construction of new signs. Some jurisdictions prohibit new construction, some jurisdictions allow new construction only to replace existing structures and some jurisdictions allow new construction subject to the various restrictions discussed above. In most jurisdictions, restrictive regulations also limit our ability to relocate, rebuild, repair, maintain, upgrade, modify, or replace existing legal non-conforming billboards.
     Federal law neither requires nor prohibits the removal of existing lawful billboards, but it does mandate the payment of compensation if a state or political subdivision compels the removal of a lawful billboard along the controlled roads. In the past, state governments have purchased and removed existing lawful billboards for beautification purposes using federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, and these jurisdictions may continue to do so in the future. From time to time, state and local government authorities use the power of eminent domain and amortization to remove billboards. Thus far, we have been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for our billboards purchased or removed as a result of these types of governmental action, although there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future.
     We have introduced and intend to expand the deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers, on existing and new billboard locations. We have encountered some existing regulations that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays, but these regulations have not yet materially impacted our digital deployment. However, since digital technology for changing static copy has only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, existing regulations that currently do not apply to digital technology by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics, driver safety, or lighting.
     International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry varies by region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. The significant international regulations include the Law of December 29, 1979 in France, the Town and Country Planning (Control of Advertisements) Regulations 1992 in the United Kingdom and Règlement Régional Urbain de l ’agglomération bruxelloise in Belgium. These laws define issues such as the extent to which advertisements can be erected in rural areas, the hours during which illuminated signs may be lit and whether the consent of local authorities is required to place a sign in certain communities. Other regulations may limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays.
Regulation of Our Radio Broadcasting Businesses
Existing Regulation and 1996 Legislation
     Radio broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The Communications Act prohibits the operation of a radio broadcasting station except under a license issued by the FCC and empowers the FCC, among other things, to:
    issue, renew, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses;
 
    assign frequency bands;

128


 

    determine stations’ frequencies, locations and power;
 
    regulate the equipment used by stations;
 
    adopt other regulations to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act;
 
    impose penalties for violation of such regulations; and
 
    impose fees for processing applications and other administrative functions.
     The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a licensee without prior approval of the FCC.
     The 1996 Act represented a comprehensive overhaul of the country’s telecommunications laws. The 1996 Act changed both the process for renewal of broadcast station licenses and the broadcast ownership rules. The 1996 Act established a “two-step” renewal process that limited the FCC’s discretion to consider applications filed in competition with an incumbent’s renewal application. The 1996 Act also liberalized the national broadcast ownership rules, eliminating the national radio limits, and relaxed local radio ownership restrictions.
License Grant and Renewal
     Under the 1996 Act, the FCC grants broadcast licenses to radio stations for terms of up to eight years. The 1996 Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if it finds that:
    the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;
 
    there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and
 
    there have been no other violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse.
     In making its determination, the FCC may consider petitions to deny and informal objections, and may order a hearing if such petitions or objections raise sufficiently serious issues. The FCC, however, may not consider whether the public interest would be better served by a person or entity other than the renewal applicant. Instead, under the 1996 Act, competing applications for the incumbent’s spectrum may be accepted only after the FCC has denied the incumbent’s application for renewal of its license.
     Although in the vast majority of cases broadcast licenses are renewed by the FCC, even when petitions to deny or informal objections are filed, there can be no assurance that any of our stations’ licenses will be renewed at the expiration of their terms.
Current Multiple Ownership Restrictions
     The FCC has promulgated rules that, among other things, limit the ability of individuals and entities to own or have an “attributable interest” in broadcast stations and other specified mass media entities.
     The 1996 Act mandated significant revisions to the radio ownership rules. With respect to radio licensees, the 1996 Act directed the FCC to eliminate the national ownership restriction, allowing one entity to own nationally any number of AM or FM broadcast stations. Other FCC rules mandated by the 1996 Act greatly eased local radio ownership restrictions. The maximum allowable number of radio stations that may be commonly owned in a market varies depending

129


 

on the total number of radio stations in that market, as determined using a method prescribed by the FCC. In markets with 45 or more stations, one company may own, operate, or control eight stations, with no more than five in any one service (AM or FM). In markets with 30 to 44 stations, one company may own seven stations, with no more than four in any one service. In markets with 15 to 29 stations, one entity may own six stations, with no more than four in any one service. In markets with 14 stations or less, one company may own up to five stations or 50% of all of the stations, whichever is less, with no more than three in any one service.
     Irrespective of FCC rules governing radio ownership, however, the Antitrust Division of the DOJ (the “Antitrust Division”) and the FTC have the authority to determine that a particular transaction presents antitrust concerns. Following the passage of the 1996 Act, the Antitrust Division became more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations, particularly in instances where the proposed purchaser already owned one or more radio stations in a particular market and sought to acquire additional radio stations in the same market. The Antitrust Division has, in some cases, obtained consent decrees requiring radio station divestitures in a particular market based on allegations that acquisitions would lead to unacceptable concentration levels.
     The FCC has adopted rules with respect to LMAs by which the licensee of one radio or television station provides substantially all of the programming for another licensee’s station in the same market and sells all of the advertising within that programming. Under these rules, an entity that owns one or more radio or television stations in a market and programs more than 15% of the broadcast time on another station in the same service (radio or television) in the same market pursuant to an LMA is generally required to count the LMA station toward its media ownership limits even though it does not own the station. As a result, in a market where we own one or more radio stations, we generally cannot provide programming under an LMA to another radio station if we cannot acquire that station under the various rules governing media ownership.
     Under the FCC’s ownership rules, an officer or director of our Company or a direct or indirect purchaser of certain types of our securities could cause us to violate FCC regulations or policies if that purchaser owned or acquired an “attributable” interest in other media properties in the same areas as our stations or in a manner otherwise prohibited by the FCC. All officers and directors of a licensee and any direct or indirect parent, general partners, limited partners and limited liability company members who are not properly “insulated” from management activities, and stockholders who own 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a licensee or its parent, either directly or indirectly, generally will be deemed to have an attributable interest in the licensee. Certain institutional investors who exert no control or influence over a licensee may own up to 20% of a licensee’s or its parent’s outstanding voting stock before attribution occurs. Under current FCC regulations, debt instruments, non-voting stock, minority voting stock interests in corporations having a single majority stockholder, and properly insulated limited partnership and limited liability company interests as to which the licensee certifies that the interest holders are not “materially involved” in the management and operation of the subject media property generally are not subject to attribution unless such interests implicate the FCC’s “equity/debt plus” (“EDP”) rule. Under the EDP rule, an aggregate debt and/or equity interest in excess of 33% of a licensee’s total asset value (equity plus debt) is attributable if the interest holder is either a major program supplier (providing over 15% of the licensee’s station’s total weekly broadcast programming hours) or a same-market media owner (including broadcasters, cable operators and newspapers). To the best of our knowledge at present, none of our officers, directors, or attributable 5% or greater shareholders holds an interest in another television station, radio station, or daily newspaper that is inconsistent with the FCC’s ownership rules and policies.

130


 

Developments and Future Actions Regarding Multiple Ownership Rules
     Expansion of our broadcast operations in particular areas and nationwide will continue to be subject to the FCC’s ownership rules and any further changes the FCC or Congress may adopt. Recent actions by and pending proceedings before the FCC, Congress and the courts may significantly affect our business.
     The 1996 Act requires the FCC to review its remaining ownership rules biennially as part of its regulatory reform obligations (although, under subsequently enacted appropriations legislation, the FCC is obligated to review the rules every four years rather than biennially). The first two biennial reviews did not result in any significant changes to the FCC’s media ownership rules, although the first such review led to the commencement of several separate proceedings concerning specific rules.
     In its third review, which commenced in September 2002, the FCC undertook a comprehensive review and reevaluation of all of its media ownership rules, including incorporation of a previously commenced separate rulemaking on the radio ownership rules. This biennial review culminated in a decision adopted by the FCC in June 2003, in which the agency made significant changes to virtually all aspects of the existing media ownership rules.
     With respect to local radio ownership, the FCC’s June 2003 decision left in place the existing tiered numerical limits on station ownership in a single market. The FCC, however, completely revised the manner of defining local radio markets, abandoning the existing definition based on station signal contours in favor of a definition based on “metro” markets as defined by Arbitron. Under the modified approach, commercial and non-commercial radio stations licensed to communities within an Arbitron metro market, as well as stations licensed to communities outside the metro market but considered “home” to that market, are counted as stations in the local radio market for the purposes of applying the ownership limits. For geographic areas outside defined Arbitron metro markets, the FCC adopted an interim market definition methodology based on a modified signal contour overlap approach and initiated a further rulemaking proceeding to determine a permanent market definition methodology for such areas. The further proceeding is still pending. The FCC grandfathered existing combinations of owned stations that would not comply with the modified rules. However, the FCC ruled that such noncompliant combinations could not be sold intact except to certain “eligible entities,” which the agency defined as entities qualifying as a small business consistent with Small Business Administration standards.
     In addition, the FCC’s June 2003 decision ruled for the first time that radio JSAs by which the licensee of one radio station sells more than 15% of the weekly advertising time of another licensee’s station in the same market (but does not provide programming to that station), would be considered attributable to the selling party. Furthermore, the FCC stated that where the newly attributable status of existing JSAs and LMAs resulted in combinations of stations that would not comply with the modified rules, termination of such JSAs and LMAs would be required within two years of the modified rules’ effectiveness.
     Numerous parties, including us, appealed the modified ownership rules adopted by the FCC in June 2003. These appeals were consolidated before the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. In September 2003, shortly before the modified rules were scheduled to take effect, that court issued a stay preventing the rules’ implementation pending the court’s decision on appeal. In June 2004, the court issued a decision that upheld the modified ownership rules in certain respects and remanded them to the FCC for further justification in other respects.

131


 

     With respect to the modified radio ownership rules, the court affirmed the FCC’s switch to an Arbitron-based methodology for defining radio markets, its decision to include noncommercial stations when counting stations in a market, its limitations on transfer of existing combinations of stations that would not comply with the modified rules, its decision to make JSAs attributable to the selling party and its decision to require termination within two years of the rules’ effectiveness of existing JSAs and LMAs that resulted in non-compliance with the modified radio rules. However, the court determined that the FCC had insufficiently justified its retention of the existing numerical station caps and remanded the numerical limits to the FCC for further explanation.
     In its June 2004 decision, the court left in place the stay on the FCC’s implementation of the modified media ownership rules. However, in September 2004, the court partially lifted its stay on the modified radio ownership rules, putting into effect the aspects of those rules that establish a new methodology for defining local radio markets and counting stations within those markets, limit our ability to transfer intact combinations of stations that do not comply with the new rules, make JSAs attributable and require us to terminate within two years those of our existing JSAs and LMAs which, because of their newly attributable status, cause our station combinations in the relevant markets to be non-compliant with the new radio ownership rules. Moreover, in a market where we own one or more radio stations, we generally cannot enter into a JSA with another radio station if we could not acquire that station under the modified rules.
     In June 2006, the FCC commenced its proceeding on remand of the modified media ownership rules. On December 18, 2007, the FCC adopted rules to promote diversification of broadcast ownership, including revisions to its EDP attribution rule and the “eligible entity” exception to the prohibition on the sale of grandfathered noncompliant radio station combinations. The FCC made no changes to the currently effective local radio ownership rules (as modified by the 2003 decision).
     The FCC’s media ownership rules, including the modifications adopted in December 2007, are subject to further court appeals, various petitions for reconsideration before the FCC and possible actions by Congress. In the 2004 Consolidated Appropriations Act, Congress changed the FCC’s obligation to periodically review the media ownership rules from every two years to every four years.
     We cannot predict the impact of any of these developments on our business. In particular, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FCC’s media ownership proceedings or their effects on our ability to acquire broadcast stations in the future, to complete acquisitions that we have agreed to make, to continue to own and freely transfer groups of stations that we have already acquired, or to continue our existing agreements to provide programming to or sell advertising on stations we do not own. Moreover, we cannot predict the impact of future reviews or any other agency or legislative initiatives upon the FCC’s broadcast rules. Further, the 1996 Act’s relaxation of the FCC’s ownership rules has increased the level of competition in many markets in which our stations are located.
Alien Ownership Restrictions
     The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities or individuals to own or hold certain interests in broadcast licenses. Foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments, non-United States citizens, representatives of non-United States citizens and corporations or partnerships organized under the laws of a foreign nation are barred from holding broadcast licenses. Non-United States citizens, collectively, may own or vote up to 20% of the capital stock of a corporate licensee. A broadcast license may not be granted to or held by

132


 

any entity that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by a business entity more than one-fourth of whose capital stock is owned or voted by non-United States citizens or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-United States business entities, if the FCC finds that the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. The FCC has interpreted this provision of the Communications Act to require an affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may be granted to or held by any such entity, and the FCC has made such an affirmative finding only in limited circumstances. Since we serve as a holding company for subsidiaries that serve as licensees for our stations, we are effectively restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by non-United States citizens or their representatives, foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments, or foreign business entities.
Other Regulations Affecting Broadcast Stations
      General. The FCC has significantly reduced its past regulation of broadcast stations, including elimination of formal ascertainment requirements and guidelines concerning amounts of certain types of programming and commercial matter that may be broadcast. There are, however, statutes and rules and policies of the FCC and other federal agencies that regulate matters such as network-affiliate relations, the ability of stations to obtain exclusive rights to air syndicated programming, satellite systems’ carriage of syndicated and network programming on distant stations, political advertising practices, obscenity and indecency in broadcast programming, application procedures and other areas affecting the business or operations of broadcast stations. Moreover, recent and possible future actions by the FCC in the areas of localism and public interest obligations may impose additional regulatory requirements on us.
      Indecency. Provisions of federal law regulate the broadcast of obscene, indecent, or profane material. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations. Legislation enacted in 2006 provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per violation for the broadcast of such material. We cannot predict whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.
      Public Interest Programming. Broadcasters are required to air programming addressing the needs and interests of their communities of license, and to place “issues/programs lists” in their public inspection files to provide their communities with information on the level of “public interest” programming they air. In March 2007, the FCC initiated a proceeding to consider imposing on radio licensees obligations to report “public interest” programming on a standardized form and to post this form and certain other contents of the public inspection file on each station’s website. Moreover, in August 2003, the FCC introduced a “Localism in Broadcasting” initiative that, among other things, resulted in the creation of an FCC Localism Task Force, localism hearings at various locations throughout the country and the July 2004 initiation of a proceeding to consider whether additional FCC rules and procedures are necessary to promote localism in broadcasting. In December 2007, the FCC adopted a report and proposed rules designed to increase local programming content and diversity, including renewal application processing guidelines for locally-oriented programming and a requirement that broadcasters establish advisory boards in the communities where they own stations.
      Equal Employment Opportunity. The FCC’s equal employment opportunity rules generally require broadcasters to engage in broad and inclusive recruitment efforts to fill job vacancies, keep a considerable amount of recruitment data and report much of this data to the FCC and to the public via stations’ public files and websites. The FCC is still considering whether to apply these rules to part-time employment positions. Broadcasters are also obligated not to engage in employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, national origin, or sex.

133


 

      Digital Radio. The FCC has approved a technical standard for the provision of “in band, on channel” terrestrial digital radio broadcasting by existing radio broadcasters, and has allowed radio broadcasters to convert to a hybrid mode of digital/analog operation on their existing frequencies. We and other broadcasters have intensified efforts to roll out terrestrial digital radio service. In May 2007, the FCC established service, operational and technical rules for terrestrial digital audio broadcasting and sought public comment on what (if any) limitations should be placed on subscription services offered by digital audio broadcasters and whether any new public interest requirements should be applied to terrestrial digital audio broadcast service. We cannot predict the impact of terrestrial digital audio radio service on our business.
      Low Power FM Radio Service. In January 2000, the FCC created two new classes of noncommercial low power FM radio stations (“LPFM”). One class, “LP100”, is authorized to operate with a maximum power of 100 watts and a service radius of about 3.5 miles. The other class, “LP10”, is authorized to operate with a maximum power of 10 watts and a service radius of about one to two miles. In establishing the new LPFM service, the FCC said that its goal is to create a class of radio stations designed “to serve very localized communities or underrepresented groups within communities.” The FCC has authorized a number of LPFM stations. In December 2000, Congress passed the Radio Broadcasting Preservation Act of 2000. This legislation requires the FCC to maintain interference protection requirements between LPFM stations and full-power radio stations on third-adjacent channels. It also requires the FCC to conduct field tests to determine the impact of eliminating such requirements. The FCC has commissioned a preliminary report on such impact and on the basis of that report, has recommended to Congress that such requirements be eliminated. In addition, in November 2007, the FCC adopted rules that, among other things, enhance LPFM’s interference protection from subsequently authorized full-service stations. Concurrently, the FCC solicited public comment on technical rules for possible expansion of LPFM licensing opportunities and technical and financial assistance to LPFM broadcasters from full-service stations which propose to create interference to LPFM stations. We cannot predict the number of LPFM stations that eventually will be authorized to operate or the impact of such stations on our business.
     Finally, Congress and the FCC from time to time consider, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of other matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation and ownership of our broadcast properties. In addition to the changes and proposed changes noted above, such matters have included, for example, spectrum use fees, political advertising rates and potential restrictions on the advertising of certain products such as beer and wine. Other matters that could affect our broadcast properties include technological innovations and developments generally affecting competition in the mass communications industry, such as direct broadcast satellite service, “streaming” of audio and video programming via the Internet, digital radio technologies, the establishment of a low power FM radio service and possible telephone company participation in the provision of video programming service.
     The foregoing is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act, the 1996 Act and specific regulations and policies of the FCC thereunder. This description does not purport to be comprehensive and reference should be made to the Communications Act, the 1996 Act, the FCC’s rules and the public notices and rulings of the FCC for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of broadcast stations. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before and are being considered by Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. Also, various of the foregoing matters are now, or may become, the subject of court litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such litigation or its impact on our broadcasting business.

134


 

Employees
     As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately 23,900 domestic employees and 5,500 international employees of which approximately 28,500 were in operations and approximately 900 were in corporate related activities. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 850 of our United States employees and 220 of our non-United States employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements in their respective countries. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Properties
Corporate
     Our corporate headquarters is in San Antonio, Texas, where we own a 55,000 square foot executive office building and a 123,000 square foot data and administrative service center.
Operations
Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising
     The headquarters of our Americas Outdoor Advertising operations is in Phoenix, Arizona and the headquarters of our International Outdoor Advertising operations is in London, England. The types of properties required to support each of our outdoor advertising branches include offices, production facilities and structure sites. An outdoor branch and production facility is generally located in an industrial or warehouse district.
     In both our Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising segments, we own or have acquired permanent easements for relatively few parcels of real property that serve as the sites for our outdoor displays. Our remaining outdoor display sites are leased. Our leases generally range from month-to-month to year-to-year and can be for terms of 10 years or longer, and many provide for renewal options. There is no significant concentration of displays under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. We believe that an important part of our management activity is to negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.
     As noted above, as of December 31, 2007, we owned more than 1,000 radio stations and owned or leased over 897,000 outdoor advertising display faces in various markets throughout the world. Therefore, no one property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations.
Radio Broadcasting
     Our radio executive operations are located in our corporate headquarters in San Antonio, Texas. The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. We either own or lease our transmitter and antenna sites. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from five to 15 years. A radio station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in downtown or business districts. A radio station’s transmitter sites and antenna sites are generally located in a manner that provides maximum market coverage.

135


 

Consolidated
     The studios and offices of our radio stations and outdoor advertising branches are located in leased or owned facilities. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from one to 40 years. We do not anticipate any difficulties in renewing those leases that expire within the next several years or in leasing other space, if required. We own substantially all of the equipment used in our radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising businesses.
Legal Proceedings
     We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.
     On September 9, 2003, the Assistant United States Attorney for the Eastern District of Missouri caused a Subpoena to Testify before Grand Jury to be issued to us. The subpoena requires us to produce certain information regarding commercial advertising run by us on behalf of offshore and/or online (Internet) gambling businesses, including sports bookmaking and casino-style gambling. On October 5, 2006, we received a subpoena from the Assistant United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York requiring us to produce certain information regarding substantially the same matters as covered in the subpoena from the Eastern District of Missouri. We are cooperating with such requirements.
     On February 7, 2005, we received a subpoena from the State of New York Attorney General’s office, requesting information on policies and practices regarding record promotion on radio stations in the state of New York. We are cooperating with this subpoena.
     We are a co-defendant with Live Nation (which was spun off as an independent company in December 2005) in 22 putative class actions filed by different named plaintiffs in various district courts throughout the country. These actions generally allege that the defendants monopolized or attempted to monopolize the market for “live rock concerts” in violation of Section 2 of the Sherman Act. Plaintiffs claim that they paid higher ticket prices for defendants’ “rock concerts” as a result of defendants’ conduct. They seek damages in an undetermined amount. On April 17, 2006, the Judicial Panel for Multidistrict Litigation centralized these class action proceedings in the Central District of California. On March 2, 2007, plaintiffs filed motions for class certification in five “template” cases involving five regional markets, Los Angeles, Boston, New York, Chicago and Denver. Defendants opposed that motion and, on October 22, 2007, the district court issued its decision certifying the class for each regional market. On November 4, 2007, defendants filed a petition for permission to appeal the class certification ruling with the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. On November 5, 2007 the District Court issued a stay on all proceedings pending the Ninth Circuit’s decision on our Petition to Appeal. On February 19, 2008, the Ninth Circuit denied our Petition to Appeal, and we filed a Motion for Reconsideration of the District Court’s ruling on class certification which is still pending. In the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement between us and Live Nation that was entered into in connection with our spin-off of Live Nation in December 2005, Live Nation agreed, among other things, to assume responsibility for legal actions existing at the time of, or initiated after, the spin-off in which we are a defendant if such actions relate in any material respect to the business of Live Nation. Pursuant to the agreement, Live Nation also agreed to indemnify us with respect to all liabilities assumed by Live Nation, including those pertaining to the claims discussed above.

136


 

     Plaintiff Grantley Patent Holdings, Ltd. (“Grantley”) sued us and nine of our subsidiaries for patent infringement in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas in November 2006. The four patents at issue claim methods and systems for electronically combining a traffic and billing system and a software yield management system to create an inventory management system for the broadcast media industry. We contend that the patents are invalid and alternatively, that our systems do not infringe the patents. The case was tried before a jury beginning April 14, 2008. On April 22, the jury found that the patents at issue were valid and that we infringed the patents and awarded damages to Grantley in the amount of $66 million. A final judgment has not yet been entered. We plan to vigorously contest the judgment through post-trial motions, including a motion for judgment as a matter of law on the issue of non-infringement, willful infringement, invalidity and damages, or in the alternative, a motion for new trial. If we are not successful at the trial court level, we plan to appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit on these same issues. For these reasons, we have accrued an amount less than the jury award. Ultimate resolution of the case could result in material additional expense.
Merger-Related Litigation
     Eight putative class action lawsuits were filed in the District Court of Bexar County, Texas, in 2006 in connection with the merger. Of the eight, three have been voluntarily dismissed and five are still pending. The remaining putative class actions, Teitelbaum v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI17492 (filed November 14, 2006), City of St. Clair Shores Police and Fire Retirement System v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et. al., No. 2006CI17660 (filed November 16, 2006), Levy Investments, Ltd. v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI17669 (filed November 16, 2006), DD Equity Partners LLC v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI7914 (filed November 22, 2006) and Pioneer Investments Kapitalanlagegesellschaft MBH v. L. Lowry Mays, et al. (filed December 7, 2006), are consolidated into one proceeding and all raise substantially similar allegations on behalf of a purported class of our shareholders against the defendants for breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the approval of the merger. Additionally, the plaintiffs in the Pioneer Investments action filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division against us and our officers and directors for violations of Section 14(a)-9 of the Exchange Act in connection with the proxy statement mailed to our shareholders in February 2007.
     Three other lawsuits filed in connection with the merger are also still pending, Rauch v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., Case No. 2006-CI17436 (filed November 14, 2006), Pioneer Investments Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., (filed January 30, 2007 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas) and Alaska Laborers Employees Retirement Fund v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et. al., Case No. SA-07-CA-0042 (filed January 11, 2007 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas). These lawsuits raise substantially similar allegations to those found in the pleadings of the consolidated class actions. On May 23, 2008, plaintiffs in the Rauch action filed a fourth amended petition against the same defendants, adding allegations of breach of fiduciary duties, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and waste of corporate assets by the defendants in connection with our Board of Directors’ decision to approve the revised terms of the Transactions. This litigation has been consolidated with the five putative class action complaints described above for limited pre-trial purposes, but is not set for hearing.
     We continue to believe that the allegations contained in each of the pleadings in the above-referenced actions are without merit and we intend to contest the actions vigorously. We believe that the approval of the merger by our shareholders will render the claims in all the

137


 

merger-related litigation moot. However, we cannot assure you that the courts will concur with our position, that we will successfully defend the allegations included in the complaints or that pending motions to dismiss the lawsuits will be granted. If we are unable to resolve the claims that are the basis for the lawsuits or to prevail in any related litigation, we may be required to pay substantial monetary damages for which we may not be adequately insured, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Regardless of whether the merger is consummated or the outcome of the lawsuits, we may incur significant related expenses and costs that could have an adverse effect on our business and operations. Furthermore, the cases could involve a substantial diversion of the time of some members of management. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate the impact of any potential liabilities associated with the complaints.

138


 

MANAGEMENT
Anticipated Board of Directors and Executive Officers
     Following the consummation of the Transactions, CCM Parent’s Board of Directors will consist of 12 members. Holders of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors. However, since the Sponsors and their affiliates will hold a majority of the outstanding capital stock and voting power of CCM Parent after the Transactions, the holders of CCM Parent Class A common stock will not have the voting power to elect the remaining 10 members of CCM Parent’s Board of Directors. Pursuant to an amended and restated voting agreement (the “Voting Agreement”) entered into among the Fincos, Merger Sub, CCM Parent, Highfields Capital I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Highfields Capital II LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Highfields Capital III L.P., an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, B.W.I. (collectively, with Highfields Capital I LP and Highfields Capital II LP, the “Highfields Funds”), and Highfields Capital Management LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Highfields Management”), following the effective time of the Transactions, one of the members of the Board of Directors who is to be elected by holders of CCM Parent’s Class A common stock will be selected by Highfields Management, which member will be named to CCM Parent’s nominating committee and who the parties to the Voting Agreement have agreed will be Jonathon S. Jacobson, and the other director will be selected by CCM Parent’s nominating committee after consultation with Highfields Management, who the parties to the Voting Agreement have agreed will be David Abrams. These directors will serve until CCM Parent’s next stockholders meeting. In addition, until the Highfields Funds own less than five percent of the outstanding voting securities of CCM Parent issued as stock consideration, CCM Parent will nominate two candidates for election by the holders of Class A common stock, of which one candidate (who initially will be Mr. Jacobson) will be selected by Highfields Management and will serve on CCM Parent’s nominating committee, and one candidate (who initially will be Mr. Abrams) will be selected by CCM Parent’s nominating committee after consultation with Highfields Management. CCM Parent has also agreed to recommend and solicit proxies for the election of such candidates, and, to the extent authorized by stockholders granting proxies, to vote the securities represented by all proxies granted by stockholders in favor of such candidates.
    The following table sets forth information regarding the individuals who are expected to serve as CCM Parent’s directors and executive officers following consummation of the Transactions.
             
Name   Age   Position
Mark P. Mays
    44     Director and Chief Executive Officer
Randall T. Mays
    43     Director and President
David Abrams
    47     Director
Steve Barnes
    48     Director
Richard J. Bressler
    50     Director
Charles A. Brizius
    39     Director
John Connaughton
    42     Director
Ed Han
    33     Director
Jonathon S. Jacobson
    47     Director
Ian K. Loring
    42     Director
Scott M. Sperling
    50     Director
Kent R. Weldon
    41     Director
L. Lowry Mays
    72     Chairman Emeritus
Paul J. Meyer
    65     Global President and Chief Operating Officer — Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
John E. Hogan
    51     President/Chief Executive Officer — Clear Channel Radio

139


 

      Mark P. Mays served as Clear Channel’s President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1997 until his appointment as its President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2004. He relinquished his duties as President in February 2006. Mr. Mark P. Mays has been one of Clear Channel’s directors since May 1998. Mr. Mark Mays is the son of L. Lowry Mays, Clear Channel’s Chairman of the Board and the brother of Randall T. Mays, Clear Channel’s President and Chief Financial Officer.
      Randall T. Mays was appointed as Clear Channel’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 1997. He was appointed Clear Channel’s President in February 2006. Mr. Randall T. Mays is the son of L. Lowry Mays, Clear Channel’s Chairman of the Board and the brother of Mark P. Mays, Clear Channel’s Chief Executive Officer.
      David Abrams is the managing partner of Abrams Capital, a Boston-based investment firm he founded in 1998. Abrams Capital manages approximately $3.8 billion in assets across a wide spectrum of investments. Mr. Abrams serves on the Board of Directors of Crown Castle International, Inc. (NYSE: CCI) and several private companies and also serves as a Trustee of Berklee College of Music and Milton Academy. He received a BA from the University of Pennsylvania.
      Steve Barnes has been associated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1988 and has been a Managing Director since 2000. In addition to working for Bain Capital Partners, LLC, he also held senior operating roles of several Bain Capital portfolio companies including Chief Executive Officer of Dade Behring, Inc., President of Executone Business Systems, Inc., and President of Holson Burnes Group, Inc. Prior to 1988, he held several senior management positions in the Mergers & Acquisitions Support Group of PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr. Barnes presently serves on several boards including Ideal Standard, Sigma Kalon, CRC Health Group, Accellent and Unisource. He is also active in numerous community activities including being a member of the Board of Director’s of Make-A-Wish Foundation of Massachusetts, the United Way of Massachusetts Bay, the Trust Board of Children’s Hospital in Boston, the Syracuse University School of Management Corporate Advisory Council and the Executive Committee of the Young President’s Organization in New England. He received a B.S. from Syracuse University and is a Certified Public Accountant.
      Richard J. Bressler is a Managing Director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Mr. Bressler was the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Viacom Inc., with responsibility for managing all strategic, financial, business development and technology functions. Prior to that, Mr. Bressler served in various capacities with Time Warner Inc., including as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner Digital Media. He also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner Inc. Before joining Time Inc., Mr. Bressler was a partner with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young. Mr. Bressler is currently a director of American Media, Inc., Gartner, Inc., The Nielsen Company and Warner Music Group.
      Charles A. Brizius is a Managing Director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Mr. Brizius worked in the Corporate Finance Department at Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Mr. Brizius has also worked as a securities analyst at The Capital Group Companies, Inc. and as an accounting intern at Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Brizius is currently a director of Ariel Holdings Ltd. and Spectrum Brands, Inc. His prior directorships include Big V Supermarkets, Inc., Eye Care Centers of America, Inc., Front Line Management Companies, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Company, TransWestern Publishing, United Industries Corporation and Warner Music Group. Mr. Brizius holds a B.B.A., magna cum laude, in Finance and Accounting from Southern Methodist University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate

140


 

School of Business Administration. Mr. Brizius presently serves as President of the Board of Trustees of The Institute of Contemporary Art, Boston, Trustee of the Buckingham Browne & Nichols School and Board Member of The Steppingstone Foundation — a non-profit organization that develops programs which prepare urban schoolchildren for educational opportunities that lead to college.
      John Connaughton has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1997 and a member of the firm since 1989. He has played a leading role in transactions in the media, technology and medical industries. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Connaughton was a consultant at Bain & Company, Inc., where he advised Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Connaughton currently serves as a director of Warner Music Group Corp., AMC Theatres, SunGard Data Systems, Hospital Corporation of America (HCA), Quintiles Transnational Corp., MC Communications (PriMed), Warner Chilcott, CRC Health Group and The Boston Celtics. He also volunteers for a variety of charitable organizations, serving as a member of The Berklee College of Music Board of Trustees and the UVa McIntire Foundation Board of Trustees. Mr. Connaughton received a B.S. in commerce from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.
      Ed Han first joined Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 1998, and is currently a Principal of the firm. Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Mr. Han was a consultant at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Han received a B.A. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.
      Jonathon S. Jacobson founded Highfields Capital Management, a Boston-based investment firm that currently manages over $11 billion for endowments, foundations and high net worth individuals, in July 1998. Prior to founding Highfields, he was a senior equity portfolio manager at Harvard Management Company, Inc. for eight years. At HMC, Mr. Jacobson concurrently managed both a U.S. and an Emerging Markets equity fund. Prior to that, Mr. Jacobson spent three years in the Equity Arbitrage Group at Lehman Brothers and two years in investment banking at Merrill Lynch in New York. Mr. Jacobson received an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School in 1987 and graduated magna cum laude with a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania in 1983. In September 2007, he was named to the Asset Managers’ Committee of the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets, which was formed to foster a dialogue with the Federal Reserve Board and Department of the Treasury on issues of significance to the investment industry. He is Trustee of Brandeis University, where he is a member of both the Executive and Investment Committees, and Gilman School, where he also serves on the investment committee. He also serves on the boards of the Birthright Israel Foundation and Facing History and Ourselves and is a member of the Board of Dean’s Advisors at the Harvard Business School.
      Ian K. Loring is a Managing Director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Since joining the firm in 1996, Mr. Loring has played a leading role in prominent media, technology and telecommunications investments such as Warner Music Group, Pro Seiben Sat 1 Media AG, Advertising Directory Solutions, Cumulus Media Partners, Eschelon Telecom, NXP Technologies and Therma-Wave. Currently, Mr. Loring sits on the Board of Directors of Warner Music Group and NXP Technologies. He also volunteers for a variety of non-profit organizations. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Loring was a Vice President of Berkshire Partners, with experience in its specialty manufacturing, technology and retail industries. Previously, Mr. Loring worked in the Corporate Finance department at Drexel Burnham Lambert. He received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Trinity College.
      Scott M. Sperling is Co-President of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Mr. Sperling’s current and prior directorships include Hawkeye Holdings, Thermo Fisher Corp., Warner Music Group,

141


 

Experian Information Solutions, Fisher Scientific, Front Line Management Companies, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Co., The Learning Company, LiveWire, LLC, PriCellular Corp., ProcureNet, ProSiebenSat.1, Tibbar, LLC, Wyndham Hotels and several other private companies. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Mr. Sperling was Managing Partner of The Aeneas Group, Inc., the private capital affiliate of Harvard Management Company, for more than ten years. Before that he was a senior consultant with the Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Sperling is also a director of several charitable organizations including the Brigham & Women’s / Faulkner Hospital Group, The Citi Center for Performing Arts and Wang Theater and Harvard Business School’s Rock Center for Entrepreneurship.
      Kent R. Weldon is a Managing Director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Mr. Weldon worked at Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the Financial Institutions Group. Mr. Weldon also worked at Wellington Management Company, an institutional money management firm. Mr. Weldon is currently a director of Michael Foods, Nortek Inc. and Progressive Moulded Products. His prior directorships include FairPoint Communications, Inc. and Fisher Scientific. Mr. Weldon holds a B.A., summa cum laude, in Economics and Arts and Letters Program for Administrators from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.
      L. Lowry Mays is the founder of Clear Channel and was its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from February 1997 to October 2004. Since that time, Mr. L. Lowry Mays has served as Clear Channel’s Chairman of the Board. He has been one of its directors since Clear Channel’s inception. Mr. L. Lowry Mays is the father of Mark P. Mays, currently Clear Channel’s Chief Executive Officer, and Randall T. Mays, currently Clear Channel’s President/Chief Financial Officer.
      Paul J. Meyer has served as the Global President/Chief Operating Officer for Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (formerly Eller Media) since April 2005. Prior thereto, he was the President/Chief Executive Officer for Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
      John E. Hogan was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Clear Channel Radio in August 2002. Prior thereto he was Chief Operating Officer of Clear Channel Radio.
Employment Agreements
     Each of the employment agreements discussed below provides for severance and change-in-control payments as more fully described under the heading “—Potential Post-Employment Payments” in this offering memorandum. The employment agreements also restrict the ability of L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays to engage in business activities that compete with the business of CCM Parent for a period of two years following certain terminations of their employment.
L. Lowry Mays
     Upon consummation of the Transactions, L. Lowry Mays is expected to be employed by CCM Parent as its Chairman Emeritus. Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ employment agreement provides for a term of five years and will be automatically extended for consecutive one-year periods unless terminated by either party. Mr. L. Lowry Mays will receive an annual salary of $250,000 and benefits and perquisites consistent with his existing arrangement with Clear Channel. Mr. L.

142


 

Lowry Mays also will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors of CCM Parent, in its sole discretion, provided, however, that if in any year CCM Parent achieves at least 80% of the budgeted OIBDAN for the given year, Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ annual bonus for that year will be no less than $1,000,000. Mr. L. Lowry Mays also will be bound by customary covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees during the term of his agreement.
Mark P. Mays
     Upon consummation of the Transactions, Mark P. Mays is expected to be employed by CCM Parent as its Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Mark P. Mays’ employment agreement provides for a term of five years and will be automatically extended for consecutive one-year periods unless 12 months prior notice of non-renewal is provided by the terminating party. Mr. Mark P. Mays will receive an annual base salary of not less than $895,000 and benefits and perquisites consistent with his existing arrangement with Clear Channel (including “gross-up” payments for excise taxes that may be payable by Mr. Mark P. Mays). Mr. Mark P. Mays also will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors of CCM Parent, in its sole discretion, provided, however, that if in any year CCM Parent achieves at least 80% of the budgeted OIBDAN for the given year, Mr. Mark P. Mays’ annual bonus for that year will be no less than $6,625,000. Mr. Mark P. Mays also will be bound by customary covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees during the term of his agreement and for two years following termination. Additionally, upon the consummation of the Transactions, Mr. Mark P. Mays will receive an equity incentive award pursuant to CCM Parent’s equity incentive plan of options to purchase shares of CCM Parent stock equal to 2.5% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent and will be issued restricted shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock with a value equal to $20 million.
Randall T. Mays
     Upon consummation of the Transactions, Randall T. Mays is expected to be employed by CCM Parent as its President. Mr. Randall T. Mays’ employment agreement provides for a term of five years and will be automatically extended for consecutive one-year periods unless 12 months prior notice of non-renewal is provided by the terminating party. Mr. Randall T. Mays will receive an annual base salary of not less than $868,333 and benefits and perquisites consistent with his existing arrangement with Clear Channel (including “gross-up” payments for excise taxes that may be payable by Mr. Randall T. Mays). Mr. Randall T. Mays also will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors of CCM Parent, in its sole discretion, provided, however, that if in any year CCM Parent achieves at least 80% of the budgeted OIBDAN for the given year, Mr. Randall T. Mays’ annual bonus for that year will be no less than $6,625,000. Mr. Randall T. Mays also will be bound by customary covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees during the term of his agreement and for two years following termination. Additionally, upon the consummation of the Transactions, Mr. Randall T. Mays will receive an equity incentive award pursuant to CCM Parent’s equity incentive plan of options to purchase shares of CCM Parent stock equal to 2.5% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent and will be issued restricted shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock with a value equal to $20 million.
     We will indemnify each of L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays from any losses incurred by them because they were made a party to a proceeding as a result of their being an officer of CCM Parent. Furthermore, any expenses incurred by them in connection with any such action shall be paid by us in advance upon request that we pay such expenses, but

143


 

only in the event that they shall have delivered in writing to us (i) an undertaking to reimburse us for such expenses with respect to which they are not entitled to indemnification, and (ii) an affirmation of their good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by us has been met.
     We define OIBDAN to mean net income adjusted to exclude non-cash compensation expense and the following: results of discontinued operations; minority interest expense, net of tax; income tax benefit (expense); other income (expense) — net; merger expenses; equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates; interest expense; gain on disposition of assets—net; and depreciation and amortization.
Paul J. Meyer
     Paul J. Meyer’s current employment agreement expires on August 5, 2008 and will automatically extend one day at a time thereafter, unless terminated by either party. The agreement provides for Mr. Meyer to be the President and Chief Operating Officer of CCOH for a base salary in the contract year beginning August 5, 2007, of $650,000, subject to additional annual raises thereafter in accordance with CCOH’s policies. Mr. Meyer’s current annual base salary is $675,000. Mr. Meyer is also eligible to receive a performance bonus as decided at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and the compensation committee of CCOH.
     Mr. Meyer may terminate his employment at any time upon one year’s written notice. CCOH may terminate Mr. Meyer’s employment without “Cause” upon one year’s written notice. “Cause” is narrowly defined in the agreement. If Mr. Meyer is terminated without “Cause,” he is entitled to receive a lump sum payment of accrued and unpaid base salary and prorated bonus, if any, and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan. Mr. Meyer is prohibited by his employment agreement from activities that compete with CCOH for one year after he leaves CCOH and he is prohibited from soliciting CCOH employees for employment for 12 months after termination regardless of the reason for termination of employment.
John E. Hogan
     Effective February 1, 2004, Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. (“CCB”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel, entered into an employment agreement with John E. Hogan as President and Chief Executive Officer, Clear Channel Radio. The initial term of the agreement ended on January 31, 2006; however, the agreement, by its terms, automatically extends one day at a time until terminated by either party.
     Mr. Hogan’s current annual base salary is $775,000 and he will be eligible for additional annual raises commensurate with company policy. No later than March 31 of each calendar year during the term, Mr. Hogan is eligible to receive a performance bonus. Mr. Hogan is also entitled to participate in all pension, profit sharing and other retirement plans, all incentive compensation plans, and all group health, hospitalization and disability or other insurance plans, paid vacation, sick leave and other employee welfare benefit plans in which other similarly situated employees may participate.
     Mr. Hogan is prohibited by the agreement from activities that compete with CCB or its affiliates for one year after he leaves CCB, and he is prohibited from soliciting CCB’s employees for employment for 12 months after termination regardless of the reason for termination of

144


 

employment. However, after Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB has terminated, upon receiving written permission from the Board of Directors of CCB, Mr. Hogan shall be permitted to engage in competing activities that would otherwise be prohibited by his employment agreement if such activities are determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of CCB in good faith to be immaterial to the operations of CCB, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, in the location in question. Mr. Hogan is also prohibited from using CCB’s confidential information at any time following the termination of his employment in competing, directly or indirectly, with CCB.
     Mr. Hogan is entitled to reimbursement of reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses and full indemnification from any losses related to any proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been an officer of CCB or any of its subsidiaries (other than any dispute, claim, or controversy arising under or relating to his employment agreement).
Potential Post-Employment Payments
Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays
     The new employment agreements for each of Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays, which will be effective upon consummation of the Transactions, provide for the following severance and change-in-control payments in the event that we terminate their employment without “Cause” or if the executive terminates for “Good Reason.”
     Under each executive agreement, “Cause” is defined as the executive’s (i) willful and continued failure to perform his duties, following 10 days notice of the misconduct, (ii) willful misconduct that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to CCM Parent, the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates, (iii) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to CCM Parent, the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates, (iv) committing any act of fraud, embezzlement, or other act of dishonesty against CCM Parent or its affiliates, that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to CCM Parent, the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates, and (v) breach of any of the restrictive covenants in the agreement.
     The term “Good Reason” includes, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a reduction in the executive’s base pay or annual incentive compensation opportunity, (ii) substantial diminution of the executive’s title, duties and responsibilities, (iii) failure to provide the executive with the use of a company provided aircraft for personal travel, and (iv) transfer of the executive’s primary workplace outside the city limits of San Antonio, Texas. Neither an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good faith and which is remedied by us within 10 days after receipt of notice thereof given by executive nor the consummation of the Transactions alone will constitute “Good Reason.”
     If the executive is terminated by us without Cause or the executive resigns for Good Reason, then the executive will receive (i) a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination, a prorated bonus (determined by reference to the executive’s bonus opportunity for the year in which the termination occurs) and accrued vacation pay through the date of termination, and (ii) a lump-sum cash payment equal to three times the sum of the executive’s base salary and bonus (using the bonus paid to executive for the year prior to the year in which termination occurs).

145


 

     In addition, in the event that the executive’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or by the executive for Good Reason, we shall maintain in full force and effect, for the continued benefit of the executive, his spouse and his dependents for a period of three years following the date of termination, the medical, hospitalization, dental, and life insurance programs in which the executive, his spouse and his dependents were participating immediately prior to the date of termination, at the level in effect and upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, contributions required by executive for such benefits) as existed immediately prior to the date of termination. However, if the executive, his spouse, or his dependents cannot continue to participate in our programs providing such benefits, we shall arrange to provide the executive, his spouse and his dependents with the economic equivalent of such benefits which they otherwise would have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs. The aggregate value of these continued benefits are capped at $50,000, even if the cap is reached prior to the end of the three-year period.
     If the executive’s employment is terminated by us for Cause or by the executive other than for Good Reason, (i) we will pay the executive his base salary, bonus and his accrued vacation pay through the date of termination, as soon as practicable following the date of termination, (ii) we will reimburse the executive for reasonable expenses incurred, but not paid prior to such termination of employment, and (iii) the executive shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to the executive in accordance with the terms and provisions of any of our agreements, plans, or programs.
     During any period in which the executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the executive shall continue to receive his full base salary until his employment is terminated. If, as a result of the executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the executive shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six consecutive months, and within 30 days after written notice of termination is given after such six-month period, the executive shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, CCM Parent will have the right to terminate his employment for disability. In the event the executive’s employment is terminated for disability, CCM Parent will pay to the executive his base salary, bonus and accrued vacation pay through the date of termination. If the executive’s employment is terminated by his death, CCM Parent will pay in a lump sum to the executive’s beneficiary, legal representatives, or estate, as the case may be, the executive’s base salary, bonus and accrued vacation pay through the date of his death.
L. Lowry Mays
     The new employment agreement for L. Lowry Mays, which will be effective upon consummation of the Transactions, provides for the following severance and change-in-control payments in the event that CCM Parent terminates his employment without “Extraordinary Cause” during the initial five-year term of the agreement.
     Under Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ agreement, “Extraordinary Cause” is defined as the executive’s (i) willful misconduct that causes material and demonstrable injury to CCM Parent, and (ii) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude.
     If Mr. L. Lowry Mays is terminated by us without Extraordinary Cause then he will receive (i) a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination, a prorated bonus (determined by reference to the executive’s bonus opportunity for the year in which the termination occurs) and accrued vacation pay through the date of

146


 

termination, and (ii) a lump-sum cash payment equal to the base salary and bonus to which the executive would otherwise have been entitled to had he remained employed for the remainder of the then current term.
Paul J. Meyer
     Either party may terminate Paul J. Meyer’s employment with CCOH for any reason upon one year’s prior written notice. If Mr. Meyer’s employment is terminated by CCOH for “Cause,” CCOH will, within 90 days, pay in a lump sum to Mr. Meyer his accrued and unpaid base salary and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). A termination for “Cause” must be for one or more of the following reasons: (i) conduct by Mr. Meyer constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including violation of CCOH’s policy on sexual harassment, misappropriation of funds or property of CCOH, or other willful misconduct as determined in the sole discretion of CCOH, (ii) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by Mr. Meyer of his duties under his employment agreement (other than by reason of Mr. Meyer’s physical or mental illness, incapacity, or disability) where such non-performance has continued for more than 10 days following written notice of such non-performance, (iii) Mr. Meyer’s refusal or failure to follow lawful directives where such refusal or failure has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such refusal or failure, (iv) a criminal or civil conviction of Mr. Meyer, a plea of nolo contendere by Mr. Meyer, or other conduct by Mr. Meyer that, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, has resulted in, or would result in if he were retained in his position with CCOH, material injury to the reputation of CCOH, including conviction of fraud, theft, embezzlement, or a crime involving moral turpitude, (v) a breach by Mr. Meyer of any of the provisions of his employment agreement, or (vi) a violation by Mr. Meyer of CCOH’s employment policies.
     If Mr. Meyer’s employment with CCOH is terminated by CCOH without Cause, CCOH will, within 90 days after the effective date of the termination, pay in a lump sum to Mr. Meyer (i) his accrued and unpaid base salary and pro rated bonus, if any, and (ii) any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). Additionally, Mr. Meyer will receive a total of $600,000, paid pro rata over a one-year period in accordance with CCOH’s standard payroll schedule and practices, as consideration for Mr. Meyer’s post-termination non-compete and non-solicitation obligations.
     If Mr. Meyer’s employment with CCOH terminates by reason of his death, CCOH will, within 90 days, pay in a lump sum to such person as Mr. Meyer shall designate in a notice filed with CCOH or, if no such person is designated, to Mr. Meyer’s estate, Mr. Meyer’s accrued and unpaid base salary and prorated bonus, if any, and any payments to which Mr. Meyer’s spouse, beneficiaries, or estate may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). If Mr. Meyer’s employment with CCOH terminates by reason of his disability (defined as Mr. Meyer’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness such that Mr. Meyer is unable to perform his duties under this Agreement on a full-time basis for more than 90 days in any 12-month period, as determined by CCOH), CCOH shall, within 90 days, pay in a lump sum to Mr. Meyer his accrued and unpaid base salary and prorated bonus, if any, and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies).
John E. Hogan
     Either party may terminate John E. Hogan’s employment with CCB for any reason upon one year’s prior written notice. If Mr. Hogan’s employment is terminated by CCB for “Cause,” CCB

147


 

will, within 45 days, pay in a lump sum to Mr. Hogan his accrued and unpaid base salary and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). A termination for “Cause” must be for one or more of the following reasons: (i) conduct by Mr. Hogan constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including violation of CCB’s policy on sexual harassment, misappropriation of funds or property of CCB, or other willful misconduct as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of CCB, (ii) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by Mr. Hogan of his duties under his employment agreement (other than by reason of Mr. Hogan’s physical or mental illness, incapacity, or disability) where such non-performance has continued for more than 10 days following written notice of such non-performance, (iii) Mr. Hogan’s refusal or failure to follow lawful directives where such refusal or failure has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such refusal or failure, (iv) a criminal or civil conviction of Mr. Hogan, a plea of nolo contendere by Mr. Hogan, or other conduct by Mr. Hogan that, as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors, has resulted in, or would result in if he were retained in his position with CCB, material injury to the reputation of CCB, including conviction of fraud, theft, embezzlement, or a crime involving moral turpitude, (v) a material breach by Mr. Hogan of any of the provisions of his employment agreement, or (vi) a material violation by Mr. Hogan of CCB’s employment policies.
     If Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB is terminated by CCB without Cause, CCB will pay Mr. Hogan his base salary and pro rated bonus, if any, for the remainder of the one-year notice period and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). In addition, CCB will pay Mr. Hogan $1,600,000 over three years commencing on the effective date of the termination and in accordance with CCB’s standard payroll practices as consideration for certain non-compete obligations. If Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB is terminated by Mr. Hogan, CCB will (i) pay Mr. Hogan his base salary and pro rated bonus, if any, for the remainder of the one-year notice period and (ii) pay Mr. Hogan his then current base salary for a period of one year in consideration for certain non-compete obligations.
     If Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB terminates by reason of his death, CCB will, within 45 days, pay in a lump sum to such person as Mr. Hogan shall designate in a notice filed with CCB or, if no such person is designated, to Mr. Hogan’s estate, Mr. Hogan’s accrued and unpaid base salary and prorated bonus, if any, and any payments to which Mr. Hogan’s spouse, beneficiaries, or estate may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies). If Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB terminates by reason of his disability (defined as Mr. Hogan’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness such that Mr. Hogan is unable to perform his duties under this Agreement on a full-time basis for more than 90 days in any 12-month period, as determined by CCB), CCB shall, within 45 days, pay in a lump sum to Mr. Hogan his accrued and unpaid base salary and prorated bonus, if any, and any payments to which he may be entitled under any applicable employee benefit plan (according to the terms of such plans and policies).
CCM Parent Equity Incentive Plan
     In connection with, and prior to, the consummation of the Transactions, CCM Parent will adopt a new equity incentive plan, under which participating employees will be eligible to receive options to acquire stock or other equity interests and/or restricted share interests in CCM Parent. This new equity incentive plan will permit the grant of options covering 10.7% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent immediately after consummation of the Transactions (with

148


 

exercise prices set at fair market value for shares issuable upon exercise of such options, which for initial grants we contemplate would be tied to the price paid by the Sponsors for such securities). It is contemplated by the parties to the Letter Agreement that, at the closing of the Transactions, a significant majority of the options or other equity securities permitted to be issued under the new equity incentive plan will be granted. As part of this grant, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays will each receive grants of options equal to 2.5% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent and other officers and employees of Clear Channel will receive grants of options equal to 4.0% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent. It is anticipated that the option grants contemplated by the Letter Agreement and the shares that they cover would be subject to one or more stockholder agreements that Merger Sub expects to enter into with Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays, our other officers and employees who receive such grants and certain other parties, including L. Lowry Mays, CCM Parent, Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC (“CCC IV”) and Clear Channel Capital V,L.P. (“CCC V”). After this initial grant, the remaining 1.7% of the fully diluted equity subject to the new equity incentive plan will remain available for future grants to employees. Of the options or other equity securities to be granted to Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays under the new equity incentive plan at the closing of the Transactions, 50% will vest solely based upon continued employment (with 25% vesting on the third anniversary of the grant date, 25% vesting on the fourth anniversary of the grant date and 50% vesting on the fifth anniversary of the grant date) and the remaining 50% will vest based both upon continued employment and upon the achievement of predetermined performance targets set by CCM Parent’s Board of Directors. Of the option grants to other employees of Clear Channel, including officers of Clear Channel, 33.34% will vest solely upon continued employment (with 20% vesting annually over five years) and the remaining 66.66% will vest both upon continued employment and the achievement of predetermined performance targets. All options granted at closing will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value at the date of grant, which we contemplate to be the same price per share paid by the Sponsors in connection with the Transactions.

149


 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
    After the Transactions, the outstanding capital stock of CCM Parent will be owned as follows:
    up to 30% of CCM Parent’s outstanding capital stock and voting power (assuming that there is no issuance of additional equity consideration and excluding any shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent held by our management as a result of certain rollover investments described below) will be held in the form of shares of Class A common stock issued to former Clear Channel shareholders who elect to receive shares of Class A common stock in connection with the merger; and
 
    the remaining shares of outstanding capital stock of CCM Parent (approximately 70% assuming that there is no issuance of additional equity consideration and that our shareholders elect to receive the maximum permitted amount of stock consideration in the merger, subject to reduction on account of equity securities of CCM Parent held by our management described below) will be held in the form of Class B common stock and Class C common stock issued to affiliates of the Sponsors as part of the equity financing.
     In connection with the merger agreement, the Fincos and Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays entered into the Letter Agreement, pursuant to which Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays agreed to roll over unrestricted common stock, restricted equity securities and “in the money” stock options exercisable for common stock of Clear Channel, with an aggregate value of approximately $45 million, in exchange for equity securities of CCM Parent (based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger).
     In connection with the Transactions and pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays committed to a rollover exchange pursuant to which they will surrender a portion of the equity securities of Clear Channel they own, with a value of $10 million ($20 million in the aggregate), in exchange for $10 million worth of the equity securities of CCM Parent ($20 million in the aggregate, based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger). In May 2007, Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays and certain members of our management received grants of restricted equity securities of Clear Channel. Each of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays’ May 2007 equity grants, individually valued at approximately $2.9 million, will be used to reduce their respective $10 million rollover commitments. The remainder of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays’ rollover commitments will be satisfied through the rollover of a combination of unrestricted common stock of Clear Channel and “in the money” stock options exercisable for common stock of Clear Channel in exchange for equity securities of CCM Parent.
     Furthermore, in connection with the Transactions and pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Mr. L. Lowry Mays committed to a rollover exchange pursuant to which he will surrender a portion of the equity securities of Clear Channel he owns, with an aggregate value of $25 million, in exchange for $25 million worth of the equity securities of CCM Parent (based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger). Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ May 2007 equity grant, valued at approximately $1.4 million, will be used to reduce his $25 million rollover commitment. The remainder of Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ rollover commitment will be satisfied through the rollover of a combination of unrestricted common stock of Clear Channel and “in the money” stock options exercisable for common stock of Clear Channel in exchange for equity securities of CCM Parent.

150


 

     Pursuant to the Letter Agreement and the escrow agreement, by May 28, 2008, each of Messrs. L. Lowry Mays, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays deposited into escrow unrestricted shares of Clear Channel common stock and vested Clear Channel stock options that will be used to satisfy a portion of the foregoing equity commitments.
     In addition to the foregoing rollover arrangements, upon the consummation of the Transactions and pursuant to the Letter Agreement, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays will each receive a grant of approximately $20 million worth of shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent, subject to certain vesting requirements, pursuant to their new employment arrangements with CCM Parent. Furthermore, each of Mr. Mark P. Mays and Mr. Randall T. Mays will receive grants of options equal to 2.5% of the fully diluted equity of CCM Parent upon the consummation of the Transactions.
     The merger agreement contemplates that the Fincos and CCM Parent may agree to permit certain members of our management to elect that some of their outstanding shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding options, and shares of our restricted stock be converted into shares or options to purchase shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock following the consummation of the merger. We contemplate that such conversions, if any, would be based on the fair market value on the date of conversion, which we contemplate to be the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger, and would also, in the case of our stock options, preserve the aggregate spread value of the rolled options. As of the date of this offering memorandum, except for the Letter Agreement and with respect to shares of restricted stock discussed below, no member of our management nor any of our directors has entered into any agreement, arrangement, or understanding regarding any such arrangements. However, unvested options to acquire a maximum of 225,704 shares of Clear Channel common stock that are not “in the money” on the date of the merger may not, by their terms, be cancelled prior to their stated expiration date; the Fincos and Merger Sub have agreed to allow these stock options to be converted into stock options to acquire shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock.
     The Fincos and Merger Sub have informed us that they anticipate converting approximately 625,000 shares of Clear Channel restricted stock held by management and employees pursuant to the May 2007 equity grants into CCM Parent Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Such CCM Parent Class A common stock will continue to vest ratably on each of the next three anniversaries of the date of grant in accordance with their terms. The Fincos and Merger Sub have also informed us that they anticipate offering to certain members of our management and certain of our employees the opportunity to purchase up to an aggregate of $15 million of equity interests in CCM Parent (based upon the per share price paid by the Sponsors for shares of CCM Parent in connection with the merger).
     Other than with respect to 580,361 shares of our common stock included within Mr. L. Lowry Mays’ rollover commitment described above, shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock issued pursuant to the foregoing arrangements will not reduce the shares of CCM Parent Class A common stock available for issuance as stock consideration.

151


 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreement
     In connection with the Transactions, we expect to become party to a management agreement with the Sponsors and CCM Parent, pursuant to which the Sponsors will provide management and financial advisory services. Pursuant to the management agreement, we will pay the Sponsors a transaction fee of up to $87.5 million at closing. Thereafter we may pay additional management fees to the Sponsors or their affiliates for such services, although no such management fee has been agreed upon to date, and any such additional fees will be subject to approval by independent directors as and to the extent required under arrangements to be entered into pursuant to the Voting Agreement with the Highfields Funds and Highfields Management, described below.
Stockholders Agreement
     Merger Sub expects, prior to the consummation of the Transactions, to enter into a stockholders agreement with CCM Parent, certain of our executive officers and directors who are expected to become stockholders of CCM Parent (including Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays), CCC IV and CCC V, a newly-formed limited partnership that is jointly controlled by affiliates of the Sponsors and is expected to hold all of the shares of CCM Parent’s Class C common stock that will be outstanding upon the consummation of the Transactions. It is anticipated that the stockholders agreement, among other things, (i) would specify how the parties would vote in elections to the Board of Directors of CCM Parent, (ii) restrict the transfer of shares subject to the agreement, (iii) include the ability of CCC IV to compel the parties to sell their shares in a change-of-control transaction or participate in a recapitalization of CCM Parent, (iv) give the parties the right to subscribe for their pro rata share of proposed future issuances of equity securities by CCM Parent or its subsidiaries to the Sponsors or their affiliates, (v) require the parties to agree to customary lock-up agreements in connection with underwritten public offerings and (vi) provide the parties with customary demand and “piggy-back” registration rights. CCM Parent, CCC IV and CCC V also expect to enter into a separate agreement with Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays that would set forth terms and conditions under which certain of their shares of CCM Parent common stock would be repurchased by CCM Parent following the termination of their employment (through the exercise of a “call option” by CCM Parent or a “put option” by Messrs. Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays, as applicable). Any shares of CCM Parent common stock that Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays, L. Lowry Mays or their estate-planning entities should acquire pursuant to stock elections would not be subject to the stockholders agreement.
Voting Agreement
     As contemplated by the Voting Agreement entered into with the Highfields Funds and Highfields Management, the Sponsors, Merger Sub and CCM Parent will enter into an agreement under which CCM Parent will agree that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries will enter into or effect any affiliate transaction between CCM Parent or of one of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Sponsor or any other private investment fund under common control with either Sponsor (collectively, the “principal investors”), on the other hand, without the prior approval of either a majority of the independent directors of CCM Parent or a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent (excluding for purposes of such calculation from both (i) the votes cast and (ii) the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, all shares held at that time by any principal investor, any affiliate of a principal investor, or members of management and directors of CCM Parent whose beneficial ownership information is required to be disclosed in filings with the SEC pursuant to Item 403 of

152


 

Regulation S-K (the “public shares”)). Such agreement will become effective as of the effective time of the merger and expire upon the earlier of (i) an underwritten public offering and sale of CCM Parent’s common stock which results in aggregate proceeds in excess of $250 million to CCM Parent and after which CCM Parent’s common stock is listed on NASDAQ’s National Market System or another national securities exchange (a “qualified public offering”) and (ii) the consummation of a certain transaction resulting in a change of control (as defined in the agreement and summarized below) of CCM Parent. The following are not deemed to be affiliate transactions for purposes of the agreement described in this paragraph: (i) any commercial transaction between CCM Parent or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any portfolio company in which any principal investor or any affiliate of a principal investor has a direct or indirect equity interest, on the other, so long as such transaction was entered into on an arms’-length basis; (ii) any purchase of bank debt or securities by a principal investor or an affiliate of a principal investor or any transaction between a principal investor or affiliate of a principal investor on the one hand, and CCM Parent or one of its subsidiaries, on the other hand, related to the ownership of bank debt or securities, provided such purchase or transaction is on terms (except with respect to relief from all or part of any underwriting or placement fee applicable thereto) comparable to those consummated within an offering made to unaffiliated third parties; (iii) the payment by CCM Parent or one of its subsidiaries of up to $87.5 million in transaction fees to the principal investors or their affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement; (iv) any payment of management, transaction, monitoring, or any other fees to the principal investors or their affiliates pursuant to an arrangement or structure whereby the holders of public shares of CCM Parent are made whole for the portion of such fees paid by CCM Parent that would otherwise be proportionate to their share holdings; and (v) any transaction to which a principal investor or an affiliate thereof is a party in its capacity as a stockholder of CCM Parent that is offered generally to other stockholders of CCM Parent (including the holders of shares of Class A common stock of CCM Parent) on comparable or more favorable terms.
     A change of control of CCM Parent will be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any consolidation or merger of CCM Parent with or into any other corporation or other entity, or any other corporate reorganization or transaction (including the acquisition of stock of CCM Parent), in which the direct and indirect stockholders of CCM Parent immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, reorganization, or transaction, own stock either representing less than 50% of the economic interests in and less than 50% of the voting power of CCM Parent or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, or transaction or that does not have, through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise, the power to elect a majority of the entire Board of Directors of CCM Parent or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, or transaction, excluding any bona fide primary or secondary public offering; (ii) any stock sale or other transaction or series of related transactions, after giving effect to which in excess of 50% of CCM Parent’s voting power is owned by any person or entity and its “affiliates” or “associates” (as such terms are defined in the rules adopted by the SEC under the Exchange Act), other than the principal investors and their respective affiliates, excluding any bona fide primary or secondary public offering; or (iii) a sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of CCM Parent.
     The agreement described above terminates upon the earliest of the termination of the merger agreement, a qualified public offering and the consummation of a change of control (as defined therein). Other than as described in the prior sentence, such agreement may not be terminated, amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified without the prior written approval of either (i) a majority of the independent directors of CCM Parent elected by the holders of Class A common stock of CCM Parent, or (ii) a majority of the then-outstanding public shares.

153


 

Intercompany Notes
     On November 10, 2005, we entered into a cash management arrangement with CCOH whereby we provide day-to-day cash management services. As part of this arrangement, substantially all of the cash generated from CCOH’s domestic operations is transferred daily into Clear Channel accounts and, in return, we fund certain of CCOH’s operations. This arrangement is evidenced by tandem cash management notes issued by Clear Channel to CCOH and by CCOH to Clear Channel. Each of the cash management notes is a demand obligation; however, we are not under any contractual commitment to advance funds to CCOH beyond the amounts outstanding under the note. The consummation of the Transactions will not permit CCOH to terminate these arrangements and we may continue to use the cash flows of the domestic operations of CCOH for our own general corporate purposes pursuant to the terms of the existing cash management and intercompany arrangements between us and CCOH, which may include making payments on our indebtedness.
     On August 2, 2005, CCOH distributed a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to us as a dividend. This note matures on August 2, 2010 and may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time. The note accrues interest at a variable per annum rate equal to our weighted average cost of debt, calculated on a monthly basis. This note is mandatorily payable upon a change of control of CCOH and, subject to certain exceptions, all proceeds from new debt issued or equity raised by CCOH must be used to prepay such note. At March 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.8%.
     The $2.5 billion note requires CCOH to comply with various negative covenants, including restrictions on the following activities: incurring consolidated funded indebtedness (as defined in the note), excluding intercompany indebtedness, in a principal amount in excess of $400 million at any one time outstanding; creating liens; making investments; entering into sale and leaseback transactions (as defined in the note), which when aggregated with consolidated funded indebtedness secured by liens, will not exceed an amount equal to 10% of CCOH’s total consolidated stockholders’ equity (as defined in the note) as shown on its most recently reported annual audited consolidated financial statements; disposing of all or substantially all of its assets; entering into mergers and consolidations; declaring or making dividends or other distributions; repurchasing its equity; and entering into transactions with its affiliates.

154


 

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Overview
     On May 13, 2008, Merger Sub entered into senior secured credit facilities with a syndicate of institutional lenders and financial institutions. Following the consummation of the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving entity, the Company will succeed to and assume the obligations of Merger Sub under the senior secured credit facilities. The following is a summary of the terms of our senior secured credit facilities.
     Our senior secured credit facilities will consist of:
    a $1,425 million term loan A facility, subject to adjustment as described below, with a maturity of six years;
 
    a $10,700 million term loan B facility with a maturity of seven years and six months;
 
    a $706 million term loan C—asset sale facility, subject to reduction as described below, with a maturity of seven years and six months;
 
    $1,250 million delayed draw term loan facilities with maturities of seven years and six months, up to $750 million of which may be drawn on or after the closing date to purchase or repay our outstanding senior notes due 2010, and the remainder of which will be available after the closing date to purchase or repay our outstanding 4.25% senior notes due 2009; and
 
    a $2,000 million revolving credit facility with a maturity of six years, including a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.
     The aggregate amount of the term loan A facility will be the sum of $1,115 million plus the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability under our receivables based credit facility on the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate amount of our receivables based credit facility will correspondingly be reduced by the excess of $750 million over the borrowing base availability on the closing of the Transactions. Assuming that the borrowing base availability under the receivables based credit facility is $440 million, the term loan A facility would be $1,425 million and the aggregate receivables based credit facility (without regard to borrowing base limitations) would be $690 million. However, our actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than this amount.
     To the extent specified assets are sold after March 27, 2008 and prior to the closing of the Transactions, actual borrowings under the term loan C—asset sale facility will be reduced by the net cash proceeds received therefrom. Proceeds from the sale of specified assets after the closing of the Transactions will be applied to prepay our term loan C—asset sale facility (and thereafter to prepay any remaining term loan facilities) without right of reinvestment under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, if the net proceeds of any other asset sales are not reinvested, but instead applied to prepay the senior secured credit facilities, such proceeds would first be applied to our term loan C—asset sale facility and thereafter pro rata to the remaining term loan facilities.
     After the consummation of the Transactions, we may raise incremental term loans or incremental commitments under the revolving credit facility of up to (a) $1.5 billion, plus (b) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times pro forma consolidated adjusted EBITDA (as calculated in the manner provided in the senior secured credit facilities documentation), over (y) $1.5 billion, plus

155


 

(c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made in respect of the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities (other than mandatory prepayments with net cash proceeds of certain asset sales). Availability of such incremental term loans or revolving credit commitments is subject, among other things, to the absence of any default, pro forma compliance with the financial covenant and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.
     All borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities following the closing of the Transactions are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of any default and the accuracy of representations and warranties.
     Proceeds of our term loans and borrowings under our revolving credit facility on the closing date of the Transactions will, together with other sources of funds described under “Offering Memorandum Summary—Sources and Uses,” be used to finance the Transactions. Proceeds of the revolving credit facility, swingline loans and letters of credit will also be available following the closing of the Transactions to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.
     After giving effect to the Transactions, we will be the primary borrower under the senior secured credit facilities, except that certain of our domestic restricted subsidiaries may be co-borrowers under a portion of the term loan facilities. We will also have the ability to designate one or more of our foreign restricted subsidiaries in certain jurisdictions as borrowers under the revolving credit facility, subject to certain conditions and sublimits. Consistent with our international cash management practices, at or promptly after the consummation of the Transactions, we expect one of our foreign subsidiaries to borrow $80 million under the revolving credit facility’s sublimit for foreign based subsidiary borrowings to refinance our existing foreign subsidiary intercompany borrowings.
Interest Rate and Fees
     Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities will bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurodollar rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
     The applicable margin percentages applicable to our term loan facilities and the revolving credit facility will initially be the following percentages per annum:
    with respect to loans under the term loan A facility and the revolving credit facility, (i) 2.40%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.40%, in the case of Eurodollar loans; and
 
    with respect to loans under the term loan B facility, term loan C—asset sale facility and delayed draw term loan facilities, (i) 2.65%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.65%, in the case of Eurodollar loans.
Beginning with the date of delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter completed after the closing of the Transactions, the applicable margin percentages will be subject to adjustments based upon our leverage ratio.
     We are required to pay each revolving credit lender a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the revolving credit facility, which initially will be 0.50% per annum

156


 

until the date of delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter completed after the closing of the Transactions and thereafter subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio. We are also required to pay each delayed draw term facility lender a commitment fee in respect of any undrawn commitments under the delayed draw term facilities, which initially will be 1.825% per annum until the delayed draw term facilities are fully drawn or commitments thereunder terminated.
Prepayments
     Our senior secured credit facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:
    50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and to 0% based upon our leverage ratio) of our annual excess cash flow (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities), less any voluntary prepayments of term loans and revolving credit loans (to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction of the commitment) and subject to customary credits;
 
    100% of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions (including casualty and condemnation events) of specified assets being marketed for sale, subject to certain exceptions;
 
    100% (which percentage will be reduced to 75% and 50% based upon our leverage ratio) of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions by us or our wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (including casualty and condemnation events) of assets other than specified assets being marketed for sale, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions; and
 
    100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under our senior secured credit facilities.
     The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of certain incurrences of debt and annual excess cash flow will be applied (i) first to the term loans other than the term loan C—asset sale facility loans (on a pro rata basis) and (ii) second to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans, in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of the sale of assets (including casualty and condemnation events) will be applied (i) first to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans and (ii) second to the other term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity.
     We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under our senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurodollar loans.
Amortization of Term Loans
     We are required to repay the loans under our term loan facilities as follows:
    the term loan A facility will amortize in quarterly installments commencing on the first interest payment date after the second anniversary of the closing date in annual amounts equal to 5% of the original funded principal amount of such facility in years three and four, 10% thereafter, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date of such term loans; and
 
    the term loan B facility, term loan C—asset sale facility and delayed draw term loan facilities will amortize in quarterly installments on the first interest payment date after

157


 

      the third anniversary of the closing date, in annual amounts equal to 2.5% of the original funded principal amount of such facilities in years four and five and 1% thereafter, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date of such term loans.
Collateral and Guarantees
      Our senior secured credit facilities will be guaranteed by our immediate parent company and each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.
     All obligations under our senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, will be secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by:
    a first-priority lien on the capital stock of the Company;
 
    100% of the capital stock of any future material wholly-owned domestic license subsidiary that is not a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing our Existing Notes;
 
    certain specified assets of the Company and the guarantors that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our Existing Notes), including certain specified assets being marketed for sale;
 
    certain specified assets of the Company and the guarantors that constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our Existing Notes) securing obligations under the senior secured credit facilities up to the maximum amount permitted to be secured by such assets without requiring equal and ratable security under the indenture governing our Existing Notes; and
 
    a second-priority lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility.
     The obligations of any foreign subsidiaries of the Company that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility will also be guaranteed by certain of their material wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of all such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions.
Conditions and Termination
     Availability under our senior secured credit facilities is subject to the following closing conditions:
    the receipt of executed counterparts of the definitive credit agreement by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the Company and each subsidiary co-borrower;
 
    the consummation of the merger in accordance with the merger agreement;
 
    the absence of amendments or waivers to certain provisions of the merger agreement in a manner materially adverse to the lenders without their consent; and
 
    the receipt of equity contributions (including the value of all equity of CCM Parent issued to our existing shareholders and management in connection with the Transactions) in an amount determined in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities, but in any event not less than $3 billion.
     The lenders may terminate their commitments under the senior secured credit facilities if the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the earliest of (i) the 20th business day following the receipt of the Requisite Shareholder Approval (as defined

158


 

in the merger agreement), (ii) the 20th business day following the failure to obtain the Requisite Shareholder Approval at a duly held Shareholders’ Meeting (as defined in the merger agreement) after giving effect to all adjournments and postponements thereof, (iii) five business days following the termination of the merger agreement or (iv) December 31, 2008 (the “Termination Date”); provided, that if (A) the Requisite Shareholder Approval is obtained and (B) any regulatory approval required in connection with the consummation of the merger has not been obtained (or has lapsed and not been renewed) or any waiting period under applicable antitrust laws has not expired (or has restarted and such new period has not expired), then the Termination Date will automatically be extended until the 20th business day following receipt of all such approvals (or renewals), but in no event later than March 31, 2009. If as of the Termination Date there is a dispute among any of the parties to the escrow agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008 (the “escrow agreement”), with respect to the disposition of any escrow funds (as defined in the escrow agreement), Merger Sub may, by written notice to the administrative agent, extend the Termination Date until the fifth business day after the final resolution of such dispute by a court of competent jurisdiction or mutual resolution by the parties to such dispute; provided, that the Termination Date with respect to any lender will occur on the date such lender withdraws its portion of the escrow funds pursuant to the escrow agreement.
Certain Covenants and Events of Default
     Our senior secured credit facilities require us to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities) ratio. This financial covenant will become more restrictive over time. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness;
 
    create liens on assets;
 
    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
 
    sell assets;
 
    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;
 
    make investments, loans, or advances;
 
    prepay certain junior indebtedness;
 
    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and
 
    change our lines of business.
     Our senior secured credit facilities include certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, the invalidity of material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities documentation, the failure of collateral under the security documents for our senior secured credit facilities, the failure of our senior secured credit facilities to be senior debt under the subordination provisions of certain of our subordinated debt and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under our senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

159


 

Receivables Based Credit Facility
Overview
     On May 13, 2008, Merger Sub entered into a receivables based credit facility with a syndicate of institutional lenders and financial institutions. Following the consummation of the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving entity, the Company will succeed to and assume the obligations of Merger Sub under the secured credit facilities. The following is a summary of terms of our receivables based credit facility.
     Our receivables based credit facility provides revolving credit commitments in an amount equal to the initial borrowing on the closing date plus $250 million, up to a maximum of $1,000 million, subject to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time will equal 85% of our and certain of our subsidiaries’ eligible accounts receivable. Our receivables based credit facility will include a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility. The maturity of our receivables based credit facility is six years. Assuming a borrowing base of $440 million at closing, total commitments under the receivables based credit facility will be $690 million. Actual borrowing base availability may be greater or less than $440 million.
     In addition, we may request increases to our receivables based credit facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding $750 million. Availability of such increases to our receivables based credit facility is subject to, among other things, the absence of any default and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.
     All borrowings under our receivables based credit facility following the closing of the Transactions are subject to the absence of any default, the accuracy of representations and warranties and compliance with the borrowing base. In addition, borrowings under our receivables based credit facility following the closing date will be subject to compliance with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 if excess availability under the receivables based credit facility is less than $50 million, or if aggregate excess availability under the receivables based credit facility and revolving credit facility is less than 10% of the borrowing base.
     Proceeds of the borrowings under our receivables based credit facility on the closing date of the Transactions will, together with other sources of funds described under “Offering Memorandum Summary—Sources and Uses,” be used to finance the Transactions. Proceeds of our receivables based credit facility, swingline loans and letters of credit will also be available following the closing of the Transactions to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.
     After giving effect to the Transactions, we and certain subsidiary borrowers will be the borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. We will have the ability to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under our receivables based credit facility. The receivables based credit facility loans and letters of credit will be available in United States dollars.

160


 

Interest Rate and Fees
     Borrowings under our receivables based credit facility will bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurodollar rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
     The applicable margin percentage applicable to our receivables based credit facility will initially be (i) 1.40%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 2.40%, in the case of Eurodollar loans. Beginning with the date of delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter completed after the closing of the Transactions, the applicable margin percentage will be subject to adjustments based upon our leverage ratio.
     We will be required to pay each lender a commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under our receivables based credit facility, which initially will be 0.375% per annum until the date of delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter completed after the closing of the Transactions and thereafter subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio.
Prepayments
     If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounts under our receivables based credit facility (including the letter of credit outstanding amounts and swingline loans thereunder) exceeds the lesser of (i) the borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate commitments under our receivables based credit facility, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
     We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under our receivables based credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurodollar loans.
Collateral and Guarantees
     Our receivables based credit facility will be guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, the guarantors of our senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under our receivables based credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, will be secured by a perfected first-priority security interest in all of our and all of the guarantors’ accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions.
     Our receivables based credit facility includes negative covenants, representations, warranties, events of default, conditions precedent and termination provisions substantially similar to those governing our senior secured credit facilities.
Existing Indebtedness
     We anticipate that $4,275 million aggregate principal amount of our existing senior notes will remain outstanding following the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of our existing senior notes to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $750 million of our outstanding senior notes due 2010. Our existing senior notes bear interest at fixed

161


 

rates ranging from 4.25% to 7.65%, have maturities through 2027 and contain provisions, including limitations on certain liens and sale and leaseback transactions, customary for investment grade debt securities. We also anticipate that $119 million aggregate principal amount of our subsidiary indebtedness will remain outstanding following the closing of the Transactions. The aggregate principal amount of subsidiary indebtedness to remain outstanding assumes the repurchase of $645 million aggregate principal amount of AMFM Operating Inc.’s outstanding 8.0% senior notes due 2008. Approximately $4 million principal amount of such subsidiary indebtedness is an obligation of the guarantors of our new senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility. All financial and other covenants related to substantially all of such indebtedness are being eliminated in connection with the tender offer related to such indebtedness.

162


 

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
     Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “Issuer” refers to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (the “ merger sub”) and, following the merger (the “merger”) of the merger sub with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“Clear Channel”), to only Clear Channel as the surviving corporation in the merger and not to any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to the Issuer, its successors and their respective consolidated Subsidiaries, assuming completion of the merger.
     The Issuer will issue $2,310,000,000 of notes, consisting of $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 (the “Senior Cash Pay Notes”) and $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 (together with any PIK Notes (as defined under “Principal, Maturity and Interest”) issued in respect thereof, the “Senior Toggle Notes” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “Notes”). The Issuer will issue the Notes under an indenture to be dated as of the Issue Date (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent (the “Paying Agent”), registrar and transfer agent. The Notes will be issued in private transactions that are not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the Indenture include those stated therein and will include those made part thereof by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes will each be issued as a separate class, but, except as otherwise provided below, will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture.
     The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because that agreement, not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the Notes.
Brief Description of Notes
  The Notes:
 
    will be unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;
 
    will be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes);
 
    will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities);
 
    will be senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;
 
    will be initially guaranteed by Holdings and each of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the General Credit Facilities (i) on an unsecured senior subordinated basis with respect to such Guarantor’s guarantee under Designated Senior Indebtedness and (ii) on a senior unsecured basis with respect to all of the applicable Guarantor’s existing and future unsecured senior debt other than such Guarantor’s guarantee under Designated Senior Indebtedness; and

163


 

    will be subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Guarantees
     The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, will initially jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis solely with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness, and on an unsecured senior basis in all other instances, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture or a supplemental indenture.
     Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees the General Credit Facilities will initially guarantee the Notes, subject to release as provided below and in the ABL Facility. Each Guarantor’s Guarantees of the Notes will be a general unsecured obligation of such Guarantor, will be subordinated to such Guarantor’s guarantee under any Designated Senior Indebtedness, will be pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and will be effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not guarantee the Notes.
     Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of the Issuer’s Foreign Subsidiaries, non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, special purpose Subsidiaries, Securitization Subsidiaries, any Receivables Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary that does not guarantee the General Credit Facilities will guarantee the Notes. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries would have accounted for approximately $3.4 billion, or 49%, of our total net revenue, approximately $1.1 billion, or 46%, of our EBITDA (as such term is described and used in “Offering Memorandum Summary”) and approximately $983 million, or 43%, of our Adjusted EBITDA (as such term is described and used in “Offering Memorandum Summary”), in each case, for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2008, and approximately $12.7 billion, or 44%, of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. On a historical basis without giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for approximately 38% of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. The difference between the historical percentage and the pro forma percentage of total assets principally relates to the creation of significant goodwill and intangibles in connection with the application of purchase accounting for the Transactions. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, as of March 31, 2008, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries would have had $5.3 billion of total balance sheet liabilities (including trade payables) to which the Notes would have been structurally subordinated.
     The obligations of each Restricted Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
     Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other

164


 

Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
     If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.
     Each Guarantee by a Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
     (1)(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
     (b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the General Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
     (c) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
     (d) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the Indenture; and
     (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Ranking
     The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes by the Issuer will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the obligations of the Issuer under the Senior Credit Facilities.
     The payment of any Guarantee of the Notes will be subordinated to obligations of such Guarantor under its Designated Senior Indebtedness and will rank pari passu in right of payment to all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor.
     Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantees of the Notes are subordinated to the obligations of that Guarantor under its Designated Senior Indebtedness. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of the holders of such Guarantor’s Designated Senior Indebtedness.
     Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness

165


 

could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Designated Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”
     No Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default”):
     (1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due; or
     (2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;
unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, each Guarantor is permitted to make a payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.
     During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, no Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:
     (1) by written notice to the Trustee, the relevant Guarantor and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;
     (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or
     (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.
     Notwithstanding the provisions described above (but subject to the subordination provisions of the immediately succeeding paragraph), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, each Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Guarantees shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of Non-Payment Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period.

166


 

However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Guarantees are in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness and that was the basis for the initiation of such Payment Blockage Period will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Period unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).
     In connection with the Guarantees, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property:
     (1) the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Designated Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or related to, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and
     (2) until the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.
     If a distribution is made to Holders of the Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the Notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
     The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of the Issuer to pay cash interest or principal (including any accretion) with respect to the Notes when due by their terms. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on any Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee, the Guarantors must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration, provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination provisions described herein. So long as any Designated Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities remains outstanding and the relevant Guarantor is a guarantor thereof, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the respective Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.
     A Holder by its acceptance of Notes agrees to be bound by the provisions described in this section and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as

167


 

may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
     By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the Guarantor who are holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes, and creditors who are not holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes.
     The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of government securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal (including any accretion) of and interest on the Notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions and the respective deposit in the trust was otherwise made in accordance with such provisions.
     The Notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.
     Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be unsubordinated Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
     The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for each series of Notes. The initial Paying Agent for each series of Notes will be Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
     The Issuer will also maintain a registrar in respect of each series of Notes, initially Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. If the Issuer fails to appoint a registrar the Trustee will act as such. The registrar for each series of Notes will maintain a register reflecting ownership of that series of Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of those Notes on behalf of the Issuer.
     The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as a Paying Agent or registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
     A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Any registrar or the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
     The Issuer will issue $2,310,000,000 of Notes, consisting of $980,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes and $1,330,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of

168


 

Senior Toggle Notes. The Notes will mature on August 1, 2016. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“Additional Notes”). In addition, in connection with the payment of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Senior Toggle Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the Holders, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue additional Senior Toggle Notes (the “ PIK Notes”) under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Senior Toggle Notes offered hereby (in each case, a “ PIK Payment”). The Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes and PIK Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Notes” include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.
     Interest will accrue on the Notes from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months to Holders of record at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2009. If a payment date is not on a Business Day at the place of payment, payment may be made at the place on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.
     Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will be paid in cash on the first interest payment date. For any other interest payment period, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes:
    entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”);
 
    entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”); or
 
    on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the principal amount by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“Partial PIK Interest”).
     The Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent no later than 10 business days prior to the beginning of such interest period. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes as described under “Optional Redemption” or “Repurchase at the Option of Holders” shall be made solely in cash.
     Cash Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and be payable in cash. PIK Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Senior Toggle Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of any outstanding global Senior Toggle Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest or Partial PIK

169


 

Interest, as applicable, for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) (or, if necessary, pursuant to the requirements of the depositary or otherwise, to authenticate new global notes executed by the Issuer with such increased principal amounts) and (y) with respect to Senior Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as applicable, for the applicable period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the registrar of Holders. In the event that the Issuer elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any interest period, each Holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record date and Partial PIK Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Senior Toggle Notes as a result of a PIK Payment or Partial PIK Payment, the global Senior Toggle Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment or Partial PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Senior Toggle Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on August 1, 2016 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Senior Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note.
     Interest on the Senior Cash Pay Notes will accrue at a rate of 10.75% per annum and be payable in cash.
     Special Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes. Any Special Interest on the Notes will be payable in the same form elected by the Issuer for payment of interest for the applicable interest payment period. All references to the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Special Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for the Notes.
     Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and Cash Interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency will be the office of the Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
     On August 1, 2015 (the “Special Redemption Date”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “Special Redemption Amount”) of Senior Toggle Notes equal to the product of (x) $30.0 million and (y) the lesser of (i) one and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Special Redemption Date of the Senior Toggle Notes for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,330,000,000, as determined by the Issuer in good faith and rounded to the nearest $2,000 (such redemption, the “Special Redemption”). The redemption price for each portion of a

170


 

Senior Toggle Note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.
     On the first interest payment date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2(a)(2) of each series of Notes (i.e., the Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes), and on each interest payment date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of each then outstanding Note in such series in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such interest payment date with respect to such Note. The “AHYDO Catch-Up Payment” for a particular interest payment date with respect to each Note in a series means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such interest payment date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to such Note before the close of such interest payment date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on such Note (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such interest payment date plus (ii) the product of the issue price of such Note as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes in such series is sold, disregarding for this purpose sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that such Note is not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided, however, for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of such Note is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each interest payment date with respect to such Note. It is intended that no Senior Cash Pay Note and that no Senior Toggle Note will be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, and this provision will be interpreted consistently with such intent. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment will be made by the Issuer in its good faith reasonable discretion and will be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error.
     The Issuer is not required to make any sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.
Optional Redemption Senior
Cash Pay Notes
     At any time prior to August 1, 2012, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Cash Pay Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

171


 

     On and after August 1, 2012, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The Senior Cash Pay Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Senior Cash Pay Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage
2012
    105.375 %
2013
    102.688 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     In addition, until August 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Senior Cash Pay Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
     The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
     The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”
Senior Toggle Notes
     At any time prior to August 1, 2012, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

172


 

     On and after August 1, 2012, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The Senior Toggle Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage
2012
    105.500 %
2013
    102.750 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     In addition, until August 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes (and any PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) at a redemption price equal to 111.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Senior Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date (but excluding PIK Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
     The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Change of Control
     The Notes will provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders

173


 

of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date”);
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount; provided, however, that if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.
     The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of

174


 

Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
     On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
     The Senior Credit Facilities will, and future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Issuer becomes a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound down.
     Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
     The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants — Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
     We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such

175


 

Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
     The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.
     Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions in the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes under the Indenture.
Asset Sales
    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or that are owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
     (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $300.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value

176


 

 shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.
     Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
     (1) to permanently reduce:
     (a) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (b) Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (as defined below) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (c) Obligations under (i) Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest; or
     (d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (2) to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) are either (x) used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
      provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
     Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale described in the preceding paragraph that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with such Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of

177


 

such Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof, or if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00, (in each case in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $100.0 million or less.
     To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness will select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
     Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facility, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
     The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
     Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
Selection and Notice
     If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of a series of Notes at any time, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will select the Notes of such series to be redeemed (a) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national

178


 

securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason by lot or by such other method as the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deem appropriate.
     Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to (x) each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, (y) to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, or (z) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.
     The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
Certain Covenants
     Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants that will be contained in the Indenture.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:

179


 

     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or
     (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (4) make any Restricted Investment
     (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and
     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (c) thereof only), (6)(c) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:
     (i)(A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
     (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company

180


 

of the Issuer, after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
     (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
     (B) to the extent such proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or
     (ii) debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;
provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
     (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) from any Excluded Contributions); plus
     (d) 100% of the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:
     (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case with respect to Restricted Investments made after the Issue Date; or
     (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus
     (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $100.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

181


 

     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
     (2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:
     (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;
     (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and
     (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

182


 

     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75.0 million in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date (other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (6)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;
     (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class

183


 

or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;
provided, however, that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (8) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Issuer in or from any such public Equity Offering;
     (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
     (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $400.0 million;
     (11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and Securitization Fees;
     (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”, and any payments to holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions) in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;
     (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of the

184


 

Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,
     (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;
     (b) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise and similar taxes; provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year (and to the extent of any amounts actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries);
     (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (e) amounts payable to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;
     (f) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (i) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful) and (ii) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful);
     (g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and
     (h) to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment; (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the covenant “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” below) in order to consummate such Investment; (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with the Indenture; (D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (9) thereof);

185


 

     (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (17) any Restricted Payments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; and
     (18) purchase Equity Interests of CCO not owned by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise);
      provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10), (15) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
     As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on, or in respect of, the Issuer’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from, the Investors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Capital Stock to or from the Issuer, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by the first paragraph of this covenant, or the exceptions provided by clauses (1) or (10) of the second paragraph of this covenant or clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” unless the most recent interest payment made by the Issuer was a Cash Interest payment and the Issuer has not made a PIK Election with respect to the next interest payment due and, in each case, such payment is otherwise in compliance with this covenant.

186


 

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an " incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 7.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $750.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.
     The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
     (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $16,770,638,000 outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate amount of proceeds received from the sale of any Securitization Assets made since the Issue Date;
     (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes);
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes (including any PIK Notes but excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));
     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness

187


 

incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $150.0 million at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under FAS 141(R)) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));
     (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the CCU Mirror Note) owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

188


 

     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof); provided, however, that any amounts in excess of 100.0% shall be Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder, and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $1,000.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
     (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) below, or
     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above,
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to

189


 

Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and
     (C) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; or
     (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and provided further that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or
     (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

190


 

     (17)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the covenant described below under “Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $250.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
     For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.
     Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

191


 

     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor (other than Indebtedness constituting Designated Senior Indebtedness), as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be. The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend any of the Existing Senior Notes or the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, or any supplemental indenture in respect thereof, to create, incur or assume any Lien that secures any of the Existing Senior Notes other than to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
Limitation on Layering
     The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:
     (1) equal in right of payment with the such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; or
     (2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes.

192


 

     The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
Liens
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
     The foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes (including PIK Notes) and the related Guarantees or the Exchange Notes (including PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) and related guarantees, (b) Liens securing Obligations under any Indebtedness and related guarantees under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 6.75 to 1.0.
     Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) above.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
     The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), and may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

193


 

     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
     (5) each Restricted Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; and
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.
     The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) above shall not apply to the Transactions (including the merger). Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),
     (1) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; and
     (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
     Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Restricted Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1)(a) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

194


 

     (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or
     (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”
     In the case of clause (1) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Restricted Guarantor).
Transactions with Affiliates
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

195


 

     (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses and indemnities, directly or indirectly, to the Investors, in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
     (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement), or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect

196


 

of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or as otherwise permitted by the Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; and
     (14) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
     The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including without limitation, pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes;
     (b)(x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation, (y) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and (z) the Exchange Notes and the related indenture and guarantees;
     (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
     (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets

197


 

of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Issuer or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (j) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (k) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (l) any encumbrances or restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing; and
     (m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (I) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
     The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, if

198


 

such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and
     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided, that this covenant shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Financing by any Restricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods described above.
Reports and Other Information
     Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require the Issuer to file with the SEC from and after the Issue Date no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on
Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 5 days after the time the Issuer would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph. To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect

199


 

thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided, that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default and Remedies” if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Events of Default and Remedies
     The Indenture will provide that each of the following is an Event of Default:
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of

200


 

such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
     (5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Party;
     (7) failure of any Person required by the terms of the Indenture to be a Guarantor as of the Issue Date to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture within five (5) Business Days following the Issue Date; or
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.
     If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.
     Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.
     The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded,

201


 

automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
     Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
     Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
     The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such

202


 

obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
     The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligations discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:
     (1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;
     (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
     In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

203


 

     (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Satisfaction and Discharge
     The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:
     (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2)(a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed

204


 

within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
     (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
     In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
     Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification would only affect the Senior Cash Pay Notes or the Senior Toggle Notes, only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority in principal amount of all of the then outstanding Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.

205


 

     The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
     (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;
     (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
     (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or
     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantors may amend or supplement any Guarantee issued under the Indenture, in each case, without the consent of any Holder;
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

206


 

     (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (9) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes issued thereunder to any provision of this “Description of the Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
     However, no amendment to, or waiver of, the subordination provisions of the Indenture with respect to the Guarantees (or the component definitions used therein), if adverse to the interests of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, may be made without the consent of the holders of a majority of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative). In addition, no amendment or supplement to the Indenture or the Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of the Paying Agent, registrar or transfer agent may be made without the consent of such agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement will constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such agent).
     The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
Notices
     Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.
Concerning the Trustee
     The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on

207


 

certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
     The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Governing Law
     The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
     Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
      “ABL Facility” means the asset-based revolving Credit Facility provided under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
      “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

208


 

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
      “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
      “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at August 1, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such Note through August 1, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date.
      “Asset Sale” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or
     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
     in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or the making of any Permitted Investment;

209


 

     (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture;
     (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;
     (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
     (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;
     (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
     (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; or
     (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law.
      “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
      “Capital Stock” means:

210


 

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
      “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
      “Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
      “Cash Equivalents” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2)(a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
     (b) in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

211


 

     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
      “Cash Interest” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”
      “CCO” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ CCU Mirror Note” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Issuer, as maker, and CCO, as payee.
      “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transactions):
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
     (2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of

212


 

“beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
      “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
      “Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
      “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

213


 

     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
      “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
     In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided,

214


 

that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
     For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
      “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded,
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date) to the extent included in discontinued operations prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

215


 

     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.
      “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

216


 

     In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
      “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

217


 

     (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
      “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
      “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
      “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
      “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.
      “Designated Senior Indebtedness” means:
     (1) all Indebtedness of any Guarantor under its guarantee of (i) the Senior Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus (ii) the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred

218


 

pursuant to clause (12)(b) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus (iii) the amount of additional Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Guarantor under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” that is also permitted to be and is secured by a Lien pursuant to (A) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio test set forth in clause (c) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Liens” or (B) clause (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens (in each case plus interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;
     (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); and
     (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2); provided, however, that Designated Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
     (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;
     (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);
     (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
     (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.
      “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the

219


 

Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries.
      “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
      “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2.0 million; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, Asset Sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with FAS 141(R) and gains or losses associated with FIN 45)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the Notes, Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (e)(x) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (y) the amount of any severance, relocation costs,

220


 

curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and (z) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (i) the amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Issue Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus
     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such

221


 

cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and
     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
      “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
      “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
      “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
      “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
      “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
      “Exchange Notes” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the Registration Rights Agreement.
      “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer from,

222


 

     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clauses (3)(b) and 3(c) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
      “Existing Senior Notes” means the Issuer’s 4.625% Senior Notes Due 2008, 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2008, 4.25% Senior Notes Due 2009, 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.
      “Existing Senior Notes Indenture” means the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
      “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
      “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
      “General Credit Facilities” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments

223


 

thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
      “Government Securities” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
      “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
      “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
      “Guaranteed Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
     In the event that any Guarantor (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is made (the “Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as

224


 

determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
      “Guarantor” means, each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
      “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
      “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
      “Holdings” means Clear Channel Capital I, LLC.
      “Immediate Family Member” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

225


 

      “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing.
      “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
      “Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
      “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

226


 

      “Investment Grade Securities” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer;
     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
      “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
     (a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.
      “Investors” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
      “Issue Date” means the date that the Transactions are consummated.

227


 

      “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”
     “ Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
      “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
      “LTM Cost Base” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
      “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
      “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
     “ Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Issuer and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons).
      “Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not

228


 

such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
      “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.
      “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.
      “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.
      “Partial PIK Interest” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”
     “ Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
      “Permitted Holder” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent or CC Media Holdings, Inc.) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
     “ Permitted Investments” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

229


 

     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the first paragraph “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

230


 

     (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
     (12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $600.0 million and 2.00% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;
     (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $20.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
     (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;
     (17) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;
     (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Liens”;
     (19) any purchase or repurchase of the Notes; and
     (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $200.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

231


 

     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5), (12)(b) or (18) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

232


 

     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Liens on (x) accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility, and (y) any Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding
     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

233


 

     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;
     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted; and
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business.
     For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

234


 

      “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
      “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
      “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.
      “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (A) one or more Securitization Subsidiaries or (B) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of CCO or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCO or its Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), (d) after giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 8.0 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing and (y) the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (e) the proceeds from such sale will be used by the Issuer to permanently reduce Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto and (f) the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (e) have been satisfied.
     “ Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
      “Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

235


 

      “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
      “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
      “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional Notes.
     “ Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
      “Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor.
      “Restricted Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
      “Restricted Investment’ means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
      “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
      “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
      “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
      “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
      “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
     “ Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Securitization Assets” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and any other assets related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.
      “Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

236


 

     “ Securitization Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Issuer) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors of the Issuer or such other Person as provided below as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (c) to which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
      “Senior Credit Facilities” means (i) any ABL Facility and (ii) the General Credit Facilities.
      “Significant Party” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
      “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
      “Special Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
      “Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer and/or any direct or indirect parent company, in substantially the form delivered to the Initial Purchasers prior to the Issue Date and as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date.
     “ Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing.

237


 

      “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
      “Subordinated Indebtedness” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
      “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
      “Total Assets” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
      “Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
      “Transactions” means the “Transactions” as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
      “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2012; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
      “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
      “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

238


 

     The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
     (2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and
     (3) each of:
     (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
     (b) its Subsidiaries
     has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
     The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or
     (2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
     Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
     “ Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
      “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

239


 

     (2) the sum of all such payments.
      “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

240


 

EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     We, the guarantors and the initial purchasers have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “registration rights agreement”) within five business days following the original issue date of the notes (“issue date”) pursuant to which we and the guarantors agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to, at our expense, for the benefit of the holders of the notes (the “holders”), (i) file a registration statement on an appropriate registration form (the “exchange offer registration statement”) with respect to a registered offer to exchange the notes for exchange notes of the Company, guaranteed on a senior basis by the guarantors (except that the guarantees of the exchange notes shall be subordinated to the guarantees of the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility), which exchange notes will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the notes (except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) and which will evidence the same continuing indebtedness and (ii) cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and consummate the exchange offer within 300 calendar days of the original issue date of the notes. Upon the exchange offer registration statement being declared effective, we will offer the exchange notes (and the related guarantees) in exchange for surrender of the notes. We will keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the exchange offer is mailed to holders of the notes. For each of the notes surrendered to us pursuant to the exchange offer, the holder who surrendered such note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered note. Interest on each exchange note will accrue (i) from the later of (A) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the note surrendered in exchange therefor, or (B) if the note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date, or (ii) if no interest has been paid on such note, from the issue date.
     Under existing interpretations of the SEC contained in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes and the related guarantees would generally be freely transferable by holders thereof (other than our affiliates) after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act (subject to certain representations required to be made by each holder of notes, as set forth below); provided, however, that each holder that wishes to exchange its notes for exchange notes will be required to make certain representations, including representations that (i) any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of ours or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable, (iv) if such holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of exchange notes, (v) if such holder is a broker-dealer (a “participating broker-dealer”) that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for notes that were acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes and (vi) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations. Any purchaser of notes who is an “affiliate” of us or any guarantor and any purchaser of notes who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes (i) will not be able to rely on the interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) will not be able to tender its notes in the exchange offer and (iii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any

241


 

sale or transfer of the notes unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. In addition, in connection with any resales of exchange notes, any broker-dealer, which we refer to as a participating broker-dealer, that acquired the notes for its own account as a result of market making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The SEC has taken the position that participating broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from this offering) with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. We will agree to make available, during the period required by the Securities Act, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act for use by participating broker-dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with any resale of exchange notes. A participating broker-dealer or any other person that delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement.
     If (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, we are not permitted to effect an exchange offer, (ii) the exchange offer is not consummated within 300 calendar days of the issue date, (iii) in certain circumstances, certain holders of unregistered exchange notes so request, or (iv) in the case of any holder that participates in the exchange offer, such holder does not receive exchange notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of ours or within the meaning of the Securities Act), then in each case, we will (A) promptly deliver to the holders and the Trustee written notice thereof and (B) at our sole expense, (1) as promptly as practicable, file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the notes (the “shelf registration statement”) and (2) use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep effective the shelf registration statement until the earlier of one year after the issue date or such time as all of the applicable notes covered by the shelf registration statement have either been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the shelf registration statement or become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume restrictions. We will, in the event that a shelf registration statement is filed, provide to each holder copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement for the notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the notes. A holder that sells notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales, and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations). In addition, each holder will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement and to provide comments on the shelf registration statement within the time periods set forth in the registration rights agreement to have their notes included in the shelf registration statement and to benefit from the provisions regarding liquidated damages described in the following paragraph.
     If (i) we have not exchanged exchange notes for all notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer on or prior to the 300th calendar day after the original issue date of the notes nor had a shelf registration statement declared effective on or prior to such date, (ii) we are required to file a shelf registration statement and such shelf registration statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 300th calendar day after the date such filing was required, or (iii) if applicable, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the notes

242


 

has been declared effective and such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective at any time prior to the first anniversary of the issue date (other than after such time as all notes have been disposed of thereunder and subject to any exceptions in the registration rights agreement) (we refer to each of (i), (ii) and (iii) as registration defaults), then additional interest (the “additional interest”) shall accrue on the principal amount of the applicable notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such registration default continues, provided that the rate at which such additional interest accrues may in no event exceed 0.50% per annum) commencing on (A) the 301st calendar day after the original issue date of the notes, in the case of (i) above, (B) the 301st calendar day after such shelf registration statement filing was required, in the case of (ii) above, or (C) the day such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective, in the case of (iii) above; provided, however, that upon the exchange of exchange notes for all notes tendered (in the case of clause (i) above), upon effectiveness of the shelf registration statement in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (iii) above), additional interest on such notes as a result of such clause, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.
     Any amounts of additional interest due pursuant to clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above will be payable in the same manner and on the same original interest payment dates as the notes.
     This summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, the complete provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which we will make available to holders of notes upon request.

243


 

NOTICE TO INVESTORS
     Because the following restrictions will apply unless we complete the exchange offer for the notes or otherwise cause registration statements with respect to the resale of the notes to be declared effective under the Securities Act, purchasers are advised to consult legal counsel prior to making any offer, resale, pledge or transfer of any of the notes. See “Description of the Notes.”
     None of the notes has been registered under the Securities Act and they may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the notes are being offered and sold only (A) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) (“QIBs”) in compliance with Rule 144A and (B) outside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons (“non-U.S. purchasers”, which term shall include dealers or other professional fiduciaries in the United States acting on a discretionary basis for non-U.S. beneficial owners (other than an estate or trust)) in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). As used herein, the terms “United States” and “U.S. person” have the meanings given to them in Regulation S.
    Each purchaser of notes will be deemed to have represented and agreed as follows:
     1. It is purchasing the notes for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is either (A) a QIB, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A or (B) a non-U.S. purchaser that is outside the United States (or a non-U.S. purchaser that is a dealer or other fiduciary as referred to above).
     2. It acknowledges that the notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except as set forth below.
     3. It shall not resell or otherwise transfer any of such notes within one year after the original issuance of the notes except (A) to us or any of our subsidiaries, (B) inside the United States to a QIB in a transaction complying with Rule 144A, (C) inside the United States to institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) (an “accredited investor”), that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from such Trustee), (D) outside the United States in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (F) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if we so request), or (G) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
     4. It agrees that it will give to each person to whom it transfers the notes notice of any restrictions on transfer of such notes.
     5. It acknowledges that prior to any proposed transfer of notes in certificated form or of beneficial interests in a note in global form (a “global note”) (in each case other than pursuant to an effective registration statement) the holder of notes or the holder of

244


 

beneficial interests in a global note, as the case may be, may be required to provide certifications and other documentation relating to the manner of such transfer and submit such certifications and other documentation as provided in the indenture.
     6. It understands that all of the notes will bear a legend substantially to the following effect unless otherwise agreed by us and the holder thereof;
     THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

245


 

     7. It shall not sell or otherwise transfer such notes to, and each purchaser represents and covenants that it is not (directly or indirectly) acquiring the notes for or on behalf of, and will not (directly or indirectly) transfer the notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”)), except that such a purchase for or on behalf of a pension or welfare plan shall be permitted:
     I. to the extent such purchase is made by or on behalf of a bank collective investment fund maintained by the purchaser in which, at any time while the notes are held by the purchaser, no plan (together with any other plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization) has an interest in excess of 10% of the total assets in such collective investment fund and the conditions of Section III of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 91-38 issued by the Department of Labor are satisfied;
     II. to the extent such purchase is made by or on behalf of an insurance company pooled separate account maintained by the purchaser in which, at any time while the notes are held by the purchaser, no plan (together with any other plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization) has an interest in excess of 10% of the total of all assets in such pooled separate account and the conditions of Section III of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 90-1 issued by the Department of Labor are satisfied;
     III. to the extent such purchase is made by or on behalf of an insurance company general account maintained by the purchaser in which, at any time while the notes are held by the purchaser, the conditions of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 issued by the Department of Labor are satisfied;
     IV. to the extent such purchase is made on behalf of a plan by (i) an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 that had as of the last day of its most recent fiscal year total assets under its management and control in excess of $85,000,000 and stockholders’ or partners’ equity in excess of $1,000,000, as shown in its most recent balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (ii) a bank as defined in Section 202(a)(2) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 with equity capital in excess of $1,000,000 as of the last day of its most recent fiscal year, (iii) an insurance company which is qualified under the laws of more than one state to manage, acquire or dispose of any assets of a plan, which insurance company has, as of the last day of its most recent fiscal year, net worth in excess of $1,000,000 and which is subject to supervision and examination by a state authority having supervision over insurance companies, or (iv) a savings and loan association, the accounts of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, that has made application for and been granted trust powers to manage, acquire or dispose of assets of a plan by a State or Federal authority having supervision over savings and loan associations, which savings and loan association has, as of the last day of its most recent fiscal year, equity capital or net worth in excess of $1,000,000 and, in any case, such investment adviser, bank, insurance company or savings and loan is otherwise a qualified professional asset manager, as such term is used in Prohibited Transaction Exception 84-14 issued by the Department of Labor, and the assets of such plan when combined with the assets of other plans established or maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof) or employee organization and managed by such investment adviser, bank, insurance company or savings and loan do not represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such investment adviser, bank, insurance company or savings and loan and the conditions of Section I of such exemption are otherwise satisfied;

246


 

     V. to the extent such plan is a governmental plan (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA) which is not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law; or
     VI. to the extent the purchase is made by or on behalf of an investment fund managed by an “in-house asset manager” (the “INHAM”) (as defined in Part IV of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 96-23 issued by the Department of Labor), plans maintained by affiliates of the INHAM and/or the INHAM have aggregate assets in excess of $250 million, and the conditions of Part I of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 96-23 are otherwise satisfied.
     8. It acknowledges that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any notes acquired by it, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to us and the Trustee that the restrictions set forth herein have been complied with.
     9. It acknowledges that we, the initial purchasers and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements and agrees that if any of the acknowledgments, representations or agreements deemed to have been made by its purchase of the notes are no longer accurate, it shall promptly notify us and the initial purchasers. If it is acquiring the notes as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, it represents that it has sole investment discretion with respect to each such account and it has full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on behalf of each account.

247


 

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
     The certificates representing the notes will be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons.
     Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A will initially be represented by permanent global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons (each a “Restricted Global Note”) and will be deposited with the Trustee as a custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of a nominee of such depositary.
     Notes sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act will initially be represented by temporary global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons (each a “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”) and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC, as depositary, and registered in the name of a nominee of such depositary. Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchangeable for a single permanent global note after the expiration of the “distribution compliance period” (as defined in Regulation S) and the certification required by Regulation S. Prior to such time, a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note whether before, on, or after such time, only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S.
     Any beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Global Note that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note, respectively, will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in the type of global note previously held and become an interest in the other type of global note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other type of global note for as long as it remains such an interest.
     The global notes (and any notes issued in exchange therefor) will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein and in the indenture and will bear the legend regarding such restrictions set forth under the heading “Notice to Investors” herein. Subject to such restrictions, QIBs or non-U.S. purchasers may elect to take physical delivery of their certificates (each a “certificated security”) instead of holding their interests through the global notes (and which are then ineligible to trade through DTC) (collectively referred to herein as the “non-global purchasers”). Upon the transfer to a QIB of any certificated security initially issued to a non-global purchaser, such certificated security will, unless the transferee requests otherwise or the global notes have previously been exchanged in whole for certificated securities, be exchanged for an interest in the global notes. For a description of the restrictions on transfer of certificated securities and any interest in the global notes, see “Notice to Investors.”
The Global Notes
     We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon the issuance of the global notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such global notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of beneficial

248


 

interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants (as defined below)) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the initial purchasers and ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“participants”) or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the global notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system.
     So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such global notes for all purposes under the indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the global notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indenture with respect to the notes.
     Payments of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest (including additional interest) on, the global notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of us, the Trustee, or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising, or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.
     We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest (including additional interest) on the global notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
     Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a certificated security for any reason, including to sell notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of the notes, or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in a global note in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth in the indenture.
     DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the indenture, DTC will exchange the global notes for certificated securities, which it will distribute to its participants and which will be legended as set forth under the heading “Notice to Investors.”
     DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to

249


 

hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly (“indirect participants”).
     Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global note among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, its participants, or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
Certificated Securities
     Certificated securities shall be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in the global notes (i) after the occurrence and during the continuation of a default, or (ii) if DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global notes or has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and in either case, a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 120 days.

250


 

PRIVATE PLACEMENT
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, Merger Sub has agreed to sell to the initial purchasers, and the initial purchasers have agreed, severally, to purchase from Merger Sub, all of the notes. The notes will be sold by the initial purchasers from time to time in negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying pricings to be determined at the time of sale.
     The initial purchasers have agreed to resell the notes (a) to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (b) outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. See “Notice to Investors.”
     The purchase agreement provides that, upon the consummation of the merger, we and the guarantors will indemnify the initial purchasers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and will contribute to payments that the initial purchasers may be required to make in respect thereof.
     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each initial purchaser has represented and agreed that, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), it has not made and will not make an offer of notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the notes that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of notes to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
    to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of notes to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
     Each initial purchaser has represented and agreed that:
    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated, and will only communicate or cause to be communicated, an invitation or inducement to engage in investment

251


 

      activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the notes in, from, or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
     Prior to the offering, there has been no active market for the notes. The notes are expected to be eligible for trading in The PORTAL SM Market. The initial purchasers have advised us that they presently intend to make a market in the notes as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. The initial purchasers are not obligated, however, to make a market in the notes and any such market making may be discontinued at any time at the sole discretion of the initial purchasers. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or trading markets for, the notes.
     In connection with the offering, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the notes. Specifically, the initial purchasers may bid for and purchase notes in the open market to stabilize the price of the notes. The initial purchasers may also overallot the offering, creating a syndicate short position, and may bid for and purchase notes in the open market to cover the syndicate short position. In addition, the initial purchasers may bid for and purchase notes in market making transactions and impose penalty bids. These activities may stabilize or maintain the respective market price of the notes above market levels that may otherwise prevail. The initial purchasers are not required to engage in these activities, and may end these activities at any time.
     Certain of the initial purchasers or their respective affiliates from time to time have provided in the past, currently provide and may provide in the future investment banking, commercial lending and financial advisory services to us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business. Currently, certain affiliates of the initial purchasers are dealer managers to our and AMFM Operating Inc.’s tender offers and are counterparties with respect to certain derivative arrangements. Affiliates of the initial purchasers will provide paying agent and registrar services and are agents and/or lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility.

252


 

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
      To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Service, you are hereby notified that any discussion of tax matters set forth in this preliminary offering memorandum supplement was written in connection with the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed herein and was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by any prospective investor, for the purpose of avoiding tax-related penalties under federal, state, or local tax law. Each prospective investor should seek advice based on its particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.
     The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of notes as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with notes that are held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, including if you are:
    a dealer in securities or currencies;
 
    a financial institution;
 
    a regulated investment company;
 
    a real estate investment trust;
 
    a tax-exempt organization;
 
    an insurance company;
 
    a person holding the notes as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion, or constructive sale transaction or a straddle;
 
    a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities;
 
    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;
 
    a pass-through entity or a person who is an investor in a pass-through entity that holds the notes;
 
    a former United States citizen or long-term resident subject to taxation as an expatriate under Section 877 of the Code; or
 
    a United States Holder (as defined below) whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar.
     The discussion below does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to you in light of your particular investment or other circumstances. In addition, this summary does not discuss any state, local, or foreign income or other tax laws. The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed,

253


 

perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed herein. There can be no assurances that the IRS would not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition (including an exchange) of the notes or that any such position would not be sustained.
     Under the terms of the notes, we may be obligated to pay holders amounts in excess of stated interest and principal on the notes upon a change of control or upon a registration default. The obligation to make such payments may implicate the provisions of the Treasury regulations relating to “contingent payment debt instruments.” Under applicable Treasury regulations, the possibility of such excess amounts being paid will not cause the notes to be treated as contingent payment debt instruments if there is only a remote chance that these contingencies will occur or if such contingencies are considered to be “incidental.” Although the matter is not free from doubt, we intend to take the position that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental and, therefore, should not cause the notes to be treated as contingent payment debt instruments. Our determination that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental will be binding on a holder unless you explicitly disclose your contrary position to the IRS in the manner required by applicable United States Treasury regulations. Our determination, however, is not binding on the IRS, and should the IRS successfully challenge this determination, you would be required to accrue interest income on the notes at a rate higher than the stated interest rate on the notes and other tax consequences of ownership and disposition of the notes could be materially and adversely different from those described herein. In the event a contingency occurs, it could affect the amount, character and timing of the income recognized by you. If we pay additional interest on the notes pursuant to the registration rights provisions or a premium pursuant to the change of control provisions, you will be required to recognize such amounts as income. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments.
     If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds notes, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner of a partnership holding notes, you should consult your tax advisors.
      PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DISCUSSED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.
United States Holders
     The following is a summary of certain United States federal tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a United States Holder of notes.
     As used in this section, “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is for United States federal income tax purposes:
    an individual citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or who meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

254


 

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
Senior Cash Pay Notes
      Original Issue Discount. A senior cash pay note is issued with OID in an amount equal to any excess of its “stated redemption price at maturity” (the sum of all payments to be made on the senior cash pay note other than “qualified stated interest”) over its “issue price.” If that excess is less than 1 / 4 of 1% of the senior cash pay note’s “stated redemption price at maturity” multiplied by the number of complete years from its issue date to its maturity, the senior cash pay note is treated under a de minimis rule as having zero OID. You generally must include OID in gross income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income.
     Because all of the stated interest on a senior cash pay note is “qualified stated interest,” the “stated redemption price at maturity” of a senior cash pay note is its stated principal amount, and any OID on a senior cash pay note is solely attributable to any excess of its stated principal amount over its “issue price.” The “issue price” of each senior cash pay note is the first price at which a substantial amount of the senior cash pay notes in the issue that included such senior cash pay note was sold (other than to an underwriter, placement agent, or wholesaler). We will not be able to determine the issue price and the amount of any OID on any senior cash pay notes until after the acquisition of the Company.
     If you are an initial purchaser of a senior cash pay note, the amount of OID that you are required to include in income generally will equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the senior cash pay note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year in which you held such senior cash pay note. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in an “accrual period” the pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for the senior cash pay note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the senior cash pay note, provided that each accrual period is not longer than one year and that each scheduled payment of interest or principal occurs on the first or final day of an accrual period.
     The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period other than the final accrual period is an amount equal to the product of the senior cash pay note’s adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period) reduced by any qualified stated interest allocable to such accrual period. OID allocable to a final accrual period is the excess of the amount payable at maturity and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period reduced any qualified stated interest allocable to such final accrual period. The yield to maturity of a senior cash pay note is the discount rate that causes the present value of all payments on the senior cash pay note as of its original issue date to equal the issue price of such senior cash pay note.

255


 

     The “adjusted issue price” of a senior cash pay note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any cash payments made on such senior cash pay note on or before the first day of the accrual period that were not qualified stated interest. We are required to provide information returns stating the amount of OID accrued on senior cash pay notes held of record by persons other than corporations and other holders exempt from information reporting.
     The rules regarding OID are complex and the rules described above may not apply in all cases. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding their application.
      Market Discount. If a United States Holder purchases a senior cash pay note at a cost that is less than its adjusted issue price, the amount of such difference is treated as a “market discount” for federal income tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a specified de minimis amount.
     Under the market discount rules of the Code, a United States Holder is required to treat any payments of principal on a senior cash pay note, and any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a senior cash pay note, as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount that has not previously been included in income. In general, the amount of market discount that has accrued is determined on a ratable basis. A United States Holder may, however, make an election to determine the amount of accrued market discount on an constant yield basis.
     A United States Holder that purchases a senior cash pay note with market discount may not be allowed to deduct immediately a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or to carry the senior cash pay note. A United States Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, in which case the interest deferral rule set forth in the preceding sentence will not apply. This election will apply to all debt instruments acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.
      Acquisition Premium. If a United States Holder purchases a senior cash pay note at an “acquisition premium,” the amount of the OID that the United States Holder includes in gross income in each taxable period is reduced by an allocable portion of the acquisition premium. A senior cash pay note will be purchased at an acquisition premium if its adjusted tax basis, immediately after its purchase is (i) less than or equal to the stated principal amount of the senior cash pay note and (ii) greater than the senior cash pay note’s adjusted issue price.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Senior Cash Pay Notes
     Upon the sale, exchange (other than for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer or in a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement, or other taxable disposition of each of your senior cash pay notes, you will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount received by you (other than amounts representing accrued and unpaid stated interest, if any) and your adjusted tax basis in the senior cash pay note. Your tax basis will, in general, be your cost for the senior cash pay note, increased by OID previously included in income (as adjusted by any acquisition premium) and the amount of market discount, if any, previously included in income in respect of the senior cash pay note and reduced by any cash payments (other than stated interest) on the senior cash pay note. Subject to the market discount rules discussed above, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Capital gains of individuals derived in respect of capital assets held for more than one year generally are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. The tax

256


 

treatment of the receipt of any make-whole premium upon certain optional redemptions of the senior cash pay notes is unclear and United States Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of any such payment.
     Any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments that you receive in redemption of a portion of the principal amount of a senior cash pay note will be treated in their entirety as tax-free payments of a portion of the then-accrued OID on such senior cash pay note.
Senior Toggle Notes
      Treatment of PIK Senior Toggle Notes. Because we have the option to pay PIK Interest on the senior toggle notes in lieu of paying cash interest in any interest payment period after the initial interest payment, and because the senior toggle notes may be issued at a discount to their stated principal amount, we will treat the senior toggle notes as issued with OID, as described below. The issuance of PIK notes generally is not treated as a payment of interest. Instead, the senior toggle notes and any PIK senior toggle notes issued in respect of PIK Interest thereon are treated as a single debt instrument under the OID rules.
      Original Issue Discount. A senior toggle note is issued with OID in an amount equal to the excess of its “stated redemption price at maturity” (the sum of all payments to be made on the senior toggle note other than “qualified stated interest”) over its “issue price.” You generally must include OID in gross income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income. The “issue price” of each senior toggle note is the first price at which a substantial amount of the senior toggle notes in the issue that included such senior toggle note was sold (other than to an underwriter, placement agent, or wholesaler). The term “qualified stated interest” means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate or, subject to certain conditions, based on one or more interest indices. Because we have the option in any interest payment period after the initial interest payment period to make interest payments in PIK Interest instead of paying cash, none of the stated interest payments on the senior toggle notes is qualified stated interest.
     If you are an initial purchaser of a senior toggle note, the amount of OID that you are required to include in income generally will equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the senior toggle note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year in which you held such senior toggle note. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in an “accrual period” the pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for the senior toggle note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the senior toggle note, provided that each accrual period is not longer than one year and that each scheduled payment of interest or principal occurs on the first or final day of an accrual period.
     The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period other than the final accrual period is an amount equal to the product of the senior toggle note’s adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period). OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The yield to maturity of a senior toggle note is the discount rate that causes the present value of all payments on the senior toggle note as of its original issue date to equal the issue price of such senior toggle note. For purposes of determining the yield to maturity, we will be assumed to pay interest in cash unless the exercise of our option to pay PIK Interest would decrease the yield on the senior

257


 

toggle notes. If the senior toggle notes are issued at a significant enough discount to their stated principal amount, the yield will decrease if we exercise our option to pay PIK Interest, and we will calculate the yield to maturity of the senior toggle notes on the assumption that we will exercise such option. We will not be able to determine the issue price, yield to maturity or amount of OID with respect to the senior toggle notes until after the acquisition of the Company.
     The “adjusted issue price” of a senior toggle note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any cash payments made on such senior toggle note on or before the first day of the accrual period. We are required to provide information returns stating the amount of OID accrued on senior toggle notes held of record by persons other than corporations and other holders exempt from information reporting.
     If we are assumed to pay interest in cash on the senior toggle notes and do in fact pay such cash interest, you will not be required to adjust your OID inclusions. Each payment made in cash under a senior toggle note will be treated first as a payment of any accrued OID that has not been allocated to prior payments and second as a payment of principal. You generally will not be required to include separately in income cash payments received on the senior toggle notes to the extent such payments constitute payments of previously accrued OID or payments of principal.
     If we are assumed to pay cash interest on the senior toggle notes and, for an interest payment period, we exercise our option to pay interest in the form of PIK Interest, your OID calculation for future periods will be adjusted by treating the senior toggle note as if it had been retired and then reissued for an amount equal to its adjusted issue price on the date preceding the last date of such interest payment period, and re-calculating the yield to maturity of the reissued note by treating the amount of such PIK Interest (and of any prior PIK Interest) as a payment that will be made on the maturity date on such senior toggle note.
     If we are assumed to pay PIK Interest on the senior toggle notes and do in fact pay such PIK Interest, you will not be required to adjust your OID inclusions. If we are assumed to pay PIK Interest and, for an interest payment period, we pay cash interest, such cash payment would be treated as a prepayment of OID.
     The rules regarding OID are complex and the rules described above may not apply in all cases. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding their application.
      Market Discount. If a United States Holder purchases a senior toggle note at a cost that is less than its adjusted issue price, the amount of such difference is treated as a “market discount” for federal income tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a specified de minimis amount.
     Under the market discount rules of the Code, a United States Holder is required to treat any payments of principal on a senior toggle note, and any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a senior toggle note, as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount that has not previously been included in income. In general, the amount of market discount that has accrued is determined on a ratable basis. A United States Holder may, however, make an election to determine the amount of accrued market discount on an constant yield basis.
     A United States Holder that purchases a senior toggle note with market discount may not be allowed to deduct immediately a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness

258


 

incurred or continued to purchase or to carry the senior toggle note. A United States Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, in which case the interest deferral rule set forth in the preceding sentence will not apply. This election will apply to all debt instruments acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.
      Acquisition Premium. If a United States Holder purchases a senior toggle note at an “acquisition premium,” the amount of the OID that the United States Holder includes in gross income in each taxable period is reduced by an allocable portion of the acquisition premium. A senior toggle note will be purchased at an acquisition premium if its adjusted tax basis, immediately after its purchase is (i) less than or equal to the sum of all amounts payable on the senior toggle note after the purchase date (including stated interest) and (ii) greater than the senior cash pay note’s adjusted issue price.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Senior Toggle Notes
     Upon the sale, exchange (other than for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer or in a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement, or other taxable disposition of each of your senior toggle notes:
    You generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property you receive in exchange and your adjusted tax basis in the senior toggle note (or the PIK senior toggle note).
 
    In general, your adjusted tax basis in a senior toggle note is your cost of the senior toggle note, increased by OID previously included in income (as adjusted by any acquisition premium) and the amount of market discount, if any, previously included in income in respect of the senior toggle note and decreased by any cash payments previously received by such holder on the senior toggle note.
 
    Subject to the market discount rules discussed above, your gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the disposition you have held the senior toggle note for more than one year. Otherwise, your gain or loss generally will be a short-term gain or loss. For some non-corporate taxpayers (including individuals) long-term capital gains are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
     Although not free from doubt, your adjusted tax basis in the senior toggle note should be allocated between the original senior toggle note and any PIK senior toggle notes received in respect of PIK Interest thereon in proportion to their relative principal amounts. Your holding period in any PIK senior toggle note received in respect of PIK Interest would likely be identical to your holding period for the original senior toggle note with respect to which the PIK senior toggle note was received.
     Any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments that you receive in redemption of a portion of the principal amount of a senior toggle note and payments you receive upon a Special Redemption of a portion of a senior toggle note will be treated in their entirety as tax-free payments of a portion of the then-accrued OID on such senior toggle note.
Exchange Offer
     The exchange of notes for identical debt securities registered under the Securities Act will not constitute a taxable exchange. As a result, (1) you should not recognize a taxable gain or

259


 

loss as a result of exchanging your notes, (2) the holding period of the notes received should include the holding period of the notes exchanged therefor and (3) the adjusted tax basis of the notes received should be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the notes exchanged therefor immediately before such exchange.
Non-United States Holders
     The following is a summary of certain United States federal tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a “Non-United States Holder” of notes. As used in this section, “Non-United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note, other than a partnership (or an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes), who is not a United States Holder (as defined under “— United States Holders” above).
     Special rules may apply to you if you are subject to special treatment under the Code, including, but not limited to if you are a “controlled foreign corporation” or a “passive foreign investment company.” If you are such a Non-United States Holder, you should consult your own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to you.
United States Federal Withholding Tax
     United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any payment of interest (including OID) on the notes under the “portfolio interest” rule, provided that:
    interest (including OID) paid on the notes is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States;
 
    you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;
 
    you are not a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes that is related to us (actually or constructively) through stock ownership;
 
    you are not a bank receiving interest (including OID) on a note on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of your trade or business; and
 
    either (1) you provide your name and address on an IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form), and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a United States person (within the meaning of the Code), or (2) you hold your notes through certain financial intermediaries and you or the financial intermediaries satisfy the certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special rules apply to Non-United States Holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.
     If you do not satisfy the requirements of the “portfolio interest” exception described above, payments of interest (including OID) to you will be subject to a 30% United States federal withholding tax unless you provide us or our paying agent, as the case may be, with a properly executed (1) IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, or (2) IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest (including OID) paid on the note is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (as discussed below under “United States Federal Income Tax”). United States federal withholding tax generally will not apply to any payment of principal.

260


 

     You should consult your taxation advisor regarding the certification requirements for Non-United States Holders.
United States Trade or Business
     If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and your investment in the notes is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you), you will be subject to United States federal income tax on interest (including OID) on a net income basis at regular graduated rates (although you will be exempt from United States federal withholding tax on interest (including OID), provided the certification requirements on IRS Form W-8ECI (or a successor form) as discussed above in “— United States Federal Withholding Tax” are satisfied) in the same manner as if you were a United States person. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) of such interest (including OID), subject to adjustments.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes
     Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, any gain realized on the disposition of a note generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:
    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment) in which case you will be subject to United States federal income tax as described in the preceding paragraph; or
 
    you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such disposition, and certain other conditions are met (in which case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain generally will be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax).
     The exchange of notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange.
United States Federal Estate Tax
     A note held or beneficially owned by an individual who, for United States federal estate tax purposes, is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of death will not be includable in the individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, provided that (1) such holder or beneficial owner did not at the time of death actually or constructively own 10% or more of the consolidated voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote and (2) at the time of death, payments with respect to such note would not have been effectively connected with the conduct by such holder of a trade or business in the United States. In addition, under the terms of an applicable estate tax treaty, the United States federal estate tax may not apply with respect to a note.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
United States Holders
     A United States Holder may be subject to a backup withholding tax upon the receipt of interest (including OID) and principal payments on the notes offered hereby or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. Certain holders (including, among

261


 

others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) generally are not subject to backup withholding. A United States Holder will be subject to this backup withholding tax if such holder is not otherwise exempt and such holder:
    fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, for an individual, is ordinarily his or her social security number;
 
    furnishes an incorrect TIN;
 
    is notified by the IRS that it has failed to properly report payments of interest (including OID) or dividends; or
 
    fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the United States Holder that it is subject to backup withholding.
     United States Holders should consult their personal tax advisor regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their United States federal income tax.
Non-United States Holders
     Information reporting also will generally apply to payments of interest (including OID) made to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest (including OID) payments and any withholding may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.
     In general, backup withholding will not apply to interest (including OID) payments to you provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person (within the meaning of the Code) and we have received the required certification that you are a Non—United States Holder described above in the fifth bullet point under “—Non-United States Holders—United States Federal Withholding Tax.”
     Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our notes (including a redemption or retirement) within the United States or conducted through a broker or other United States financial intermediaries, unless you certify under penalties of perjury that you are a Non-United States Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person (within the meaning of the Code)) or you otherwise establish an exemption. Information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply if you use the foreign office of a broker that has certain connections to the United States.
      We suggest that you consult your tax advisors concerning the application of information reporting and backup withholding rules.

262


 

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS FOR PLAN INVESTORS
     The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the notes (and exchange notes) by employee benefit plans within the meaning of Title I of ERISA, including (i) private United States-based retirement and welfare plans, (ii) plans described in Section 4975 of the Code, including an individual retirement arrangement under Section 408 of the Code, (iii) plans (such as a governmental, church, or non-United States plan) not subject to Title I of ERISA but subject to provisions under applicable federal, state, local, non-United States, or other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (“Similar Laws”), and (iv) any entity of which the underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts and arrangements under United States Department of Labor regulations or Section 3(42) of ERISA, as enacted by Section 611 (f) of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (each, a “Plan Investor”). This summary considers certain issues raised by ERISA and the Code as they apply to those Plan Investors subject to those statutes and does not purport to be complete, and no assurance can be given that future legislation, court decisions, administrative regulations, rulings, or administrative pronouncements will not significantly modify the provisions summarized herein. Any such changes may be retroactive and may thereby apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of enactment or release. Note in particular the representation to be made by Plan Investors as described below in connection with the purchase of the notes.
General Fiduciary Matters
     ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan Investor subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”), and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
     In considering an investment in the notes (and exchange notes) with assets of an ERISA Plan, a fiduciary should consider, among other matters:
    whether the acquisition and holding of the notes (and exchange notes) is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing such ERISA Plan; and
 
    whether the acquisition and holding of the notes (and exchange notes) is solely in the interest of ERISA Plan participants and beneficiaries and otherwise consistent with the fiduciary’s responsibilities and in compliance with the applicable requirements of ERISA or the Code, including, in particular, any diversification, prudence and liquidity requirements.
     Any insurance company proposing to invest assets of its general account in the notes (and exchange notes) should consider the extent that such investment would be subject to the requirements of ERISA in light of the United States Supreme Court’s decision in John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank and under any subsequent legislation or other guidance that has or may become available relating to that decision, including the enactment of Section 401(c) of ERISA by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     Under United States Department of Labor regulation Section 2510.3-101 (the “Plan Asset Regulation”), guidance is provided as to when assets of an underlying investment will be deemed to be assets of an investing Plan Investor. Additional rules have recently been

263


 

enacted under Section 611 (f) of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, which was signed into law on August 17, 2006. In general (subject to certain exceptions), where a Plan Investor holds an “equity interest” in an entity, the assets of the entity are deemed to be plan assets of the Plan Investor. “Equity interest” is defined as “any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features.” While no assurances can be given, it is intended that the notes (and exchange notes) should not be treated as an “equity interest” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations.
Prohibited Transaction Issues
     Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions, “prohibited transactions,” involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code, including an obligation to correct the transaction.
     The acquisition and/or holding of the notes and exchange notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we (the obligor with respect to the notes and exchange notes) or the initial purchasers or their affiliates may be a party in interest or a disqualified person, may give rise to a prohibited transaction. Consequently, before investing in the notes (and exchange notes), any person who is acquiring such securities for, or on behalf of, an ERISA Plan should determine that either a statutory or an administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction rules is applicable to such investment in the notes (and exchange notes), or that such acquisition and holding of such securities will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction.
     The statutory or administrative exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules under ERISA and the Code which may be available to an ERISA Plan investing in the notes and exchange notes include, without limitation, the following:
    Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;
 
    PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment funds;
 
    PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by qualified professional asset managers;
 
    PTCE 96-23, regarding transactions effected by in-house asset managers; and
 
    PTCE 95-60, regarding investments by insurance company general accounts.
     Governmental plans, non-United States plans and certain church plans, while not subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, may nevertheless be subject to Similar Laws which may affect their investment in the notes (and exchange notes). Any fiduciary of such a governmental, non-United States, or church plan considering an investment in the notes (and exchange notes) should consult with its counsel before purchasing notes and exchange notes to consider the applicable fiduciary standards and to determine the need for, and the availability, if necessary, of any exemptive relief under such Similar Laws.

264


 

     Because of the foregoing, the notes and exchange notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing plan assets of any Plan Investor unless such purchase, holding and, if applicable, conversion will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a violation under any applicable Similar Laws.
Representation
     Accordingly, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of the notes (and exchange notes) will represent and warrant that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the notes (or the exchange notes) constitutes assets of any Plan Investor or (ii) the purchase and holding of the notes (and the exchange of notes for exchange notes) by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.
     The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the notes (and holding the notes or exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan Investor, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the notes.

265


 

LEGAL MATTERS
     The validity of the notes will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The validity of the notes will be passed upon for the initial purchasers by Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp, New York, New York.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     The consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, included in this offering memorandum, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
     Immediately following the offering, we will not be subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, we will agree that for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee and the holders of the notes the information specified therein. In addition, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we will agree to make available to the holders of the notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers, upon their request the information required to be delivered by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     Following the offering, we intend to use commercially reasonable efforts to offer the holders of the notes offered hereby the right to exchange such notes for exchange notes with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the notes offered hereby, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions. See “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

266


 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
       
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004
    F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    F-7  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-9  
 
       
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
    F-49  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007
    F-51  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007
    F-52  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-53  

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also include the financial statement schedule listed in the index as Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
     We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
     As discussed in Note K to the consolidated financial statements, in 2007 the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.
     As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation.
     We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 14, 2008, except for internal control over financial reporting related to Notes B, Q and R of the 2007 consolidated financial statements as to which the date is May 22, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Antonio, Texas
February 14, 2008,
except for Notes B, Q and R, as to which the date is
May 22, 2008

F-2


 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
ASSETS
               
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 145,148     $ 116,000  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $59,169 in 2007 and $56,068 in 2006
    1,693,218       1,619,858  
Prepaid expenses
    116,902       122,000  
Other current assets
    243,248       244,103  
Income taxes receivable
          7,392  
Current assets from discontinued operations
    96,067       96,377  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    2,294,583       2,205,730  
 
               
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
               
Land, buildings and improvements
    840,832       789,639  
Structures
    3,901,941       3,601,653  
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment
    600,315       626,682  
Furniture and other equipment
    527,714       530,560  
Construction in progress
    119,260       90,767  
 
           
 
    5,990,062       5,639,301  
Less accumulated depreciation
    2,939,698       2,631,973  
 
           
 
    3,050,364       3,007,328  
Property, plant and equipment from discontinued operations, net
    164,724       228,882  
 
               
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
               
Definite-lived intangibles, net
    485,870       522,493  
Indefinite-lived intangibles—licenses
    4,201,617       4,211,685  
Indefinite-lived intangibles—permits
    251,988       260,950  
Goodwill
    7,210,116       7,234,235  
 
               
Intangible assets from discontinued operations, net
    219,722       376,964  
 
               
OTHER ASSETS
               
Notes receivable
    12,388       6,318  
Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates
    346,387       311,258  
Other assets
    303,791       249,524  
Other investments
    237,598       244,980  
Other assets from discontinued operations
    26,380       26,108  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 18,805,528     $ 18,886,455  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-3


 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Accounts payable
  $ 165,533     $ 151,577  
Accrued expenses
    912,665       884,479  
Accrued interest
    98,601       112,049  
Accrued income taxes
    79,973        
Current portion of long-term debt
    1,360,199       336,375  
Deferred income
    158,893       134,287  
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
    37,413       45,079  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    2,813,277       1,663,846  
 
               
Long-term debt
    5,214,988       7,326,700  
Other long-term obligations
    127,384       68,509  
Deferred income taxes
    793,850       729,804  
Other long-term liabilities
    567,848       673,954  
Long-term liabilities from discontinued operations
    54,330       31,910  
 
               
Minority interest
    436,360       349,391  
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 1)
               
 
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Preferred Stock—Class A, par value $1.00 per share, authorized 2,000,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding
           
Preferred Stock—Class B, par value $1.00 per share, authorized 8,000,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding
           
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, authorized 1,500,000,000 shares, issued 498,075,417 and 493,982,851 shares in 2007 and 2006, respectively
    49,808       49,399  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,858,079       26,745,687  
Retained deficit
    (18,489,143 )     (19,054,365 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    383,698       304,975  
Cost of shares (157,744 in 2007 and 114,449 in 2006) held in treasury
    (4,951 )     (3,355 )
 
           
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    8,797,491       8,042,341  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 18,805,528     $ 18,886,455  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Revenue
  $ 6,921,202     $ 6,567,790     $ 6,126,553  
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (includes share-based payments of $16,975, $16,142 and $212 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,733,004       2,532,444       2,351,614  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (includes share-based payments of $14,884, $16,762 and $0 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,761,939       1,708,957       1,651,195  
Depreciation and amortization
    566,627       600,294       593,477  
Corporate expenses (includes share-based payments of $12,192, $9,126 and $5,869 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    181,504       196,319       167,088  
Merger expenses
    6,762       7,633        
Gain on disposition of assets—net
    14,113       71,571       49,656  
 
                 
Operating income
    1,685,479       1,593,714       1,412,835  
Interest expense
    451,870       484,063       443,442  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    6,742       2,306       (702 )
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    35,176       37,845       38,338  
Other income (expense)—net
    5,326       (8,593 )     11,016  
 
                 
Income before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations
    1,280,853       1,141,209       1,018,045  
 
                       
Income tax expense:
                       
Current
    252,910       278,663       33,765  
Deferred
    188,238       191,780       369,282  
 
                 
Income tax expense
    441,148       470,443       403,047  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    47,031       31,927       17,847  
 
                 
Income before discontinued operations
    792,674       638,839       597,151  
Income from discontinued operations, net
    145,833       52,678       338,511  
 
                 
Net income
  $ 938,507     $ 691,517     $ 935,662  
 
                 
 
                       
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    88,823       92,810       28,643  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:
                       
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (8,412 )     (60,516 )     (48,492 )
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on cash flow derivatives
    (1,688 )     76,132       56,634  
 
                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 1,017,230     $ 799,943     $ 972,447  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income per common share:
                       
Income before discontinued operations—Basic
  $ 1.60     $ 1.27     $ 1.09  
Discontinued operations—Basic
    .30       .11       .62  
 
                 
Net income—Basic
  $ 1.90     $ 1.38     $ 1.71  
 
                 
Weighted average common shares—basic
    494,347       500,786       545,848  
Income before discontinued operations—Diluted
  $ 1.60     $ 1.27     $ 1.09  
Discontinued operations—Diluted
    .29       .11       .62  
 
                 
Net income —Diluted
  $ 1.89     $ 1.38     $ 1.71  
 
                 
Weighted average common shares—diluted
    495,784       501,639       547,151  
Dividends declared per share
  $ .75     $ .75     $ .69  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                   
                                      Accumulated                      
    Common                               Other                      
    Shares       Common     Additional     Retained     Comprehensive             Treasury        
    Issued       Stock     Paid-in Capital     (Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Other     Stock     Total  
              (In thousands, except share data)  
Balances at December 31, 2004
    567,572,736       $ 56,757     $ 29,183,595     $ (19,933,777 )   $ 194,590     $ (213 )   $ (12,874 )   $ 9,488,078  
Net income
                              935,662                               935,662  
Dividends declared
                              (373,296 )                             (373,296 )
Spin-off of Live Nation
                      (687,206 )             (29,447 )                     (716,653 )
Gain on sale of subsidiary common stock
                      479,699                                       479,699  
Purchase of common shares
                                                      (1,070,204 )     (1,070,204 )
Treasury shares retired and cancelled
    (32,800,471 )       (3,280 )     (1,067,175 )                             1,070,455        
Exercise of stock options and other
    3,515,498         352       31,012                               8,558       39,922  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                      5,800                       213       456       6,469  
Currency translation adjustment
                                      28,643                       28,643  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow derivatives
                                      56,634                       56,634  
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                      (48,492 )                     (48,492 )
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2005
    538,287,763         53,829       27,945,725       (19,371,411 )     201,928             (3,609 )     8,826,462  
Net income
                              691,517                               691,517  
Dividends declared
                              (374,471 )                             (374,471 )
Subsidiary common stock issued for a business acquisition
                      67,873                                       67,873  
Purchase of common shares
                                                      (1,371,462 )     (1,371,462 )
Treasury shares retired and cancelled
    (46,729,900 )       (4,673 )     (1,367,032 )                             1,371,705        
Exercise of stock options and other
    2,424,988         243       60,139                               11       60,393  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                      38,982                                       38,982  
Currency translation adjustment
                                      87,431                       87,431  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow derivatives
                                      76,132                       76,132  
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                      (60,516 )                     ( 60,516 )
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2006
    493,982,851         49,399       26,745,687       (19,054,365 )     304,975             (3,355 )     8,042,341  
Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption
                              (152 )                             (152 )
Net income
                              938,507                               938,507  
Dividends declared
                              (373,133 )                             (373,133 )
Exercise of stock options and other
    4,092,566         409       74,827                               (1,596 )     73,640  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                      37,565                                       37,565  
Currency translation adjustment
                                      88,823                       88,823  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow derivatives
                                      (1,688 )                     (1,688 )
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                      (8,412 )                     (8,412 )
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2007
    498,075,417       $ 49,808     $ 26,858,079     $ (18,489,143 )   $ 383,698     $     $ (4,951 )   $ 8,797,491  
 
                                                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 938,507     $ 691,517     $ 935,662  
Less: Income from discontinued operations, net
    145,833       52,678       338,511  
 
                 
Net income from continuing operations
    792,674       638,839       597,151  
 
                       
Reconciling Items:
                       
Depreciation
    461,598       449,624       439,645  
Amortization of intangibles
    105,029       150,670       153,832  
Deferred taxes
    188,238       191,780       369,282  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    38,615       34,627       34,260  
Amortization of deferred financing charges, bond premiums and accretion of note discounts, net
    7,739       3,462       2,042  
Share-based compensation
    44,051       42,030       6,081  
(Gain) loss on sale of operating and fixed assets
    (14,113 )     (71,571 )     (49,656 )
(Gain) loss on forward exchange contract
    3,953       18,161       18,194  
(Gain) loss on trading securities
    (10,696 )     (20,467 )     (17,492 )
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (35,176 )     (37,845 )     (38,338 )
Minority interest, net of tax
    47,031       31,927       17,847  
Increase (decrease) other, net
    (91 )     9,027       (14,530 )
 
                       
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable
    (111,152 )     (190,191 )     (22,179 )
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses
    5,098       (23,797 )     15,013  
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
    694       (2,238 )     42,131  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    27,027       86,887       (42,334 )
Federal income tax refund
          390,438        
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
    (13,429 )     14,567       3,411  
Increase (decrease) in deferred income
    26,013       6,486       (18,518 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes
    13,325       25,641       (191,962 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,576,428       1,748,057       1,303,880  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


 

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Decrease (increase) in notes receivable, net
    (6,069 )     1,163       755  
Decrease (increase) in investments in, and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates—net
    20,868       20,445       15,343  
Cross currency settlement of interest
    (1,214 )     1,607       734  
Purchase of other investments
    (726 )     (520 )     (900 )
Proceeds from sale of other investments
    2,409             370  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (363,309 )     (336,739 )     (302,655 )
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    26,177       99,682       102,001  
Acquisition of operating assets
    (122,110 )     (341,206 )     (150,819 )
Decrease (increase) in other—net
    (38,703 )     (51,443 )     (14,625 )
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (482,677 )     (607,011 )     (349,796 )
 
                       
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Draws on credit facilities
    886,910       3,383,667       1,934,000  
Payments on credit facilities
    (1,705,014 )     (2,700,004 )     (1,986,045 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    22,483       783,997        
Payments on long-term debt
    (343,041 )     (866,352 )     (236,703 )
Payment to terminate forward exchange contract
          (83,132 )      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, stock purchase plan and common stock warrants
    80,017       57,452       40,239  
Dividends paid
    (372,369 )     (382,776 )     (343,321 )
Proceeds from initial public offering
                600,642  
Payments for purchase of common shares
          (1,371,462 )     (1,070,204 )
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (1,431,014 )     (1,178,610 )     (1,061,392 )
 
                       
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    33,832       99,265       115,267  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    332,579       (30,038 )     (198,149 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
                240,000  
 
                 
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    366,411       69,227       157,118  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    29,148       31,663       49,810  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    116,000       84,337       34,527  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 145,148     $ 116,000     $ 84,337  
 
                 
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 462,181     $ 461,398     $ 430,382  
Income taxes
    299,415             193,723  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE A—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Business
     Clear Channel Communications, Inc., (the “Company”) incorporated in Texas in 1974, is a diversified media company with three principal business segments: radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising. The Company’s radio broadcasting segment owns, programs and sells airtime generating revenue from the sale of national and local advertising. The Company’s Americas and international outdoor advertising segments own or operate advertising display faces domestically and internationally.
Merger
     The Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the Merger Agreement, as amended, with a group led by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Bain Capital Partners, LLC on September 25, 2007. The transaction remains subject to customary closing conditions.
     Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, as amended, the Company’s shareholders will receive $39.20 in cash for each share they own plus additional per share consideration, if any, as the closing of the merger will occur after December 31, 2007. For a description of the computation of any additional per share consideration and the circumstances under which it is payable, please refer to the joint proxy statement/prospectus dated August 21, 2007, filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission (the “Proxy Statement”). As an alternative to receiving the $39.20 per share cash consideration, the Company’s unaffiliated shareholders were offered the opportunity on a purely voluntary basis to exchange some or all of their shares of Clear Channel common stock on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock in CC Media Holdings, Inc., the new corporation formed by the private equity group to acquire the Company (subject to aggregate and individual caps), plus the additional per share consideration, if any.
     Holders of shares of the Company’s common stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding options) in excess of the aggregate cap provided in the Merger Agreement, as amended, elected to receive the stock consideration. As a result, unaffiliated shareholders of the Company will own an aggregate of 30.6 million shares of CC Media Holdings Inc. Class A common stock upon consummation of the merger.
Principles of Consolidation
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
     Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

F-9


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
     The Company evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, it records a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected. For all other customers, it recognizes reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions. The Company believes its concentration of credit risk is limited due to the large number and the geographic diversification of its customers.
Land Leases and Other Structure Licenses
     Most of the Company’s outdoor advertising structures are located on leased land. Americas outdoor land rents are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from one to twelve months. International outdoor land rents are paid both in advance and in arrears, for periods ranging from one to twelve months. Most international street furniture display faces are operated through contracts with the municipalities for up to 20 years. The street furniture contracts often include a percent of revenue to be paid along with a base rent payment. Prepaid land leases are recorded as an asset and expensed ratably over the related rental term and license and rent payments in arrears are recorded as an accrued liability.
Purchase Accounting
     The Company accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. In addition, reserves have been established on the Company’s balance sheet related to acquired liabilities and qualifying restructuring costs and contingencies based on assumptions made at the time of acquisition. The Company evaluates these reserves on a regular basis to determine the adequacies of the amounts. Various acquisition agreements may include contingent purchase consideration based on performance requirements of the investee. The Company accrues these payments under the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force issue 95-8: Accounting for Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an Acquired Enterprise in a Purchase Business Combination, after the contingencies have been resolved.
Property, Plant and Equipment
     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates that, in the opinion of management, are adequate to allocate the cost of such assets over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:
Buildings and improvements—10 to 39 years
Structures—5 to 40 years

F-10


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment—7 to 20 years
Furniture and other equipment—3 to 20 years
Leasehold improvements—shorter of economic life or lease term assuming
                                        renewal periods, if appropriate
     For assets associated with a lease or contract, the assets are depreciated at the shorter of the economic life or the lease or contract term, assuming renewal periods, if appropriate. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.
     The Company tests for possible impairment of property, plant, and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value. The impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and the discount rates that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.
Intangible Assets
     The Company classifies intangible assets as definite-lived, indefinite-lived or goodwill. Definite-lived intangibles include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, talent, and representation contracts, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements, typically four to fifteen years, or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived assets. These assets are stated at cost. Indefinite-lived intangibles include broadcast FCC licenses and billboard permits. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is classified as goodwill. The indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually.
     The Company tests for possible impairment of definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.
     The Company performs its annual impairment test for its FCC licenses and permits using a direct valuation technique as prescribed by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Topic D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets Other Than Goodwill (“D-108”). Certain assumptions are used under the Company’s direct valuation technique, including market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up cost and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk adjusted

F-11


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
discount rate and terminal values. The Company utilizes Mesirow Financial Consulting LLC, a third party valuation firm, to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its FCC licenses and permits. Impairment charges are recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations.
     At least annually, the Company performs its impairment test for each reporting unit’s goodwill using a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company identified its reporting units under the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“Statement 142”) and EITF D-101, Clarification of Reporting Unit Guidance in Paragraph 30 of FASB Statement No. 142. The Company’s reporting units for radio broadcasting and Americas outdoor advertising are the reportable segments. The Company determined that each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a reporting unit and therefore tests goodwill for impairment at the country level. Certain assumptions are used in determining the fair value, including assumptions about future cash flows, discount rates, and terminal values. If the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit, the Company reduces the carrying amount of goodwill. Impairment charges are recorded in amortization expense on the statement of operations.
Other Investments
     Other investments are composed primarily of equity securities. These securities are classified as available-for-sale or trading and are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. Securities are carried at historical value when quoted market prices are unavailable. The net unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The net unrealized gains or losses on the trading securities are reported in the statement of operations. In addition, the Company holds investments that do not have quoted market prices. The Company periodically reviews the value of available-for-sale, trading and non-marketable securities and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary. The average cost method is used to compute the realized gains and losses on sales of equity securities.
Nonconsolidated Affiliates
     In general, investments in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not recognize gains or losses upon the issuance of securities by any of its equity method investees. The Company reviews the value of equity method investments and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary.
Financial Instruments
     Due to their short maturity, the carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

F-12


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Income Taxes
     The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the asset will not be realized. As all earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are permanently reinvested and not distributed, the Company’s income tax provision does not include additional U.S. taxes on foreign operations. It is not practical to determine the amount of federal income taxes, if any, that might become due in the event that the earnings were distributed.
Revenue Recognition
     Radio broadcasting revenue is recognized as advertisements or programs are broadcast and is generally billed monthly. Outdoor advertising contracts typically cover periods of up to three years and are generally billed monthly. Revenue for outdoor advertising space rental is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Advertising revenue is reported net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue for the Company’s broadcasting and outdoor operations. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as deferred income.
     Barter transactions represent the exchange of airtime or display space for merchandise or services. These transactions are generally recorded at the fair market value of the airtime or display space or the fair value of the merchandise or services received. Revenue is recognized on barter and trade transactions when the advertisements are broadcasted or displayed. Expenses are recorded ratably over a period that estimates when the merchandise or service received is utilized or the event occurs. Barter and trade revenues from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, were approximately $70.7 million, $77.8 million and $75.1 million, respectively, and are included in total revenue. Barter and trade expenses from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, were approximately $70.4 million, $75.6 million and $70.6 million, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Share-Based Payments
     Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for share-based payments under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”) and related Interpretations, as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (“Statement 123”). Under that method, when options were granted with a strike price equal to or greater than market price on date of issuance, there was no impact on earnings either on the date of grant or thereafter, absent certain modifications to the options. The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (R), Share-Based Payment (“Statement 123(R)”), on January 1, 2006 using the modified-prospective-transition method. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over

F-13


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
     Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, (“Statement 133”), requires the Company to recognize all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further, on the type of hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for speculation or trading purposes.
Foreign Currency
     Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries and foreign equity investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year. The assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and investees, other than those of operations in highly inflationary countries, are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, “Accumulated other comprehensive income”. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses from translation of financial statements of subsidiaries and investees in highly inflationary countries, are included in operations.
Advertising Expense
     The Company records advertising expense as it is incurred. Advertising expenses from continuing operations of $138.5 million, $130.4 million and $155.2 million were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.
Use of Estimates
     The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and

F-14


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
accompanying notes including, but not limited to, legal, tax and insurance accruals. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Certain Reclassifications
     The Company has reclassified certain selling, general and administrative expenses to direct operating expenses in 2006 and 2005 to conform to current year presentation. The historical financial statements and footnote disclosures have been revised to exclude amounts related to the Company’s television business, certain radio stations and Live Nation as discussed below.
New Accounting Pronouncements
     In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement 157”). Statement 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Statement 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Statement 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Companies will need to apply the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities and for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are remeasured at least annually effective January 1, 2008. The effective date in Statement 157 is delayed for one year for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Excluded from the scope of Statement 157 are certain leasing transactions accounted for under FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases. The exclusion does not apply to fair value measurements of assets and liabilities recorded as a result of a lease transaction but measured pursuant to other pronouncements within the scope of Statement 157. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FAS 157 on our financial position or results of operations.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“Statement 141 (R)”), was issued in December 2007. Statement 141 (R) requires that upon initially obtaining control, an acquirer will recognize 100% of the fair values of acquired assets, including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions, even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. Additionally, contingent consideration arrangements will be fair valued at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration and transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. Statement 141 (R) also modifies the recognition for preacquisition contingencies, such as environmental or legal issues, restructuring plans and acquired research and development value in purchase accounting. Statement 141(R) amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. Statement 141 (R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption is prospective and early adoption is not permitted. The Company expects to adopt Statement 141 (R) on January 1, 2009. Statement 141R’s impact on accounting for business combinations is dependent upon acquisitions at that time.

F-15


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“Statement 159”), was issued in February 2007. Statement 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Statement 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. Statement 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. Statement 159 does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards, including requirements for disclosures about fair value measurements included in Statements No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, and No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Statement 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company will adopt Statement 159 on January 1, 2008 and does not anticipate adoption to materially impact our financial position or results of operations.
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“Statement 160”), was issued in December 2007. Statement 160 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under Statement 160 noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. Statement 160 is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. Statement 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassify noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company expects to adopt Statement 160 on January 1, 2009 and is currently assessing the potential impact that the adoption could have on its financial statements.
NOTE B—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Sale of non-core radio stations
     On November 16, 2006, the Company announced plans to sell 448 non-core radio stations. The merger is not contingent on the sales of these stations, and the sales of these stations are not contingent on the closing of the Company’s merger discussed above. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company revised its plans to sell 173 of these stations because it determined that market conditions were not advantageous to complete the sales. The Company intends to hold and operate these stations. Of these, 145 were previously classified as discontinued operations. At March 31, 2008, these 145 non-core stations no longer meet the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (“Statement 144”) for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows from these

F-16


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
145 stations were reclassified to continuing operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     The Company has 20 non-core radio stations that are no longer under a definitive asset purchase agreement as of March 31, 2008. The definitive asset purchase agreement was terminated in the fourth quarter of 2007. However the Company continues to actively market these radio stations and they continue to meet the criteria in Statement 144 for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows from these stations remain classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2007.
     The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s planned divestitures of 448 non-core radio stations:
         
Total radio stations announced as being marketed for sale on November 16, 2006
    448  
Total radio stations no longer being marketed for sale
    (173 )
 
       
Adjusted number of radio stations being marketed for sale (“Non-core” radio stations)
    275  
Non-core radio stations sold through March 31, 2008
    (223 )
 
       
Remaining non-core radio stations at March 31, 2008 classified as discontinued operations
    52  
Non-core radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008
    (32 )
 
       
Non-core radio stations being marketed for sale
    20  
 
       
Sale of other radio stations
     In addition to its non-core stations, the Company sold 5 stations in the fourth quarter of 2006 and had definitive asset purchase agreements for 8 stations at March 31, 2008.
Sale of the Television Business
     On April 20, 2007, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with an affiliate (“buyer”) of Providence Equity Partners Inc. (“Providence”) to sell its television business. Subsequently, a representative of Providence informed the Company that the buyer is considering its options under the definitive agreement, including not closing the acquisition on the terms and conditions in the definitive agreement. The definitive agreement is in full force and effect, has not been terminated and contains customary closing conditions. There have been no allegations that we have breached any of the terms or conditions of the definitive agreement or that there is a failure of a condition to closing the acquisition. On November 29, 2007, the FCC issued its initial consent order approving the assignment of our television station licenses to the buyer.
     The Company determined that each of these radio station markets and its television business represent disposal groups. Consistent with the provisions of Statement 144, the Company classified these assets that are subject to transfer under the definitive asset purchase agreements as discontinued operations at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Accordingly, depreciation and amortization associated with these assets was discontinued. Additionally, the Company determined that these assets comprise operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company. As of March 31, 2008, the Company determined that the estimated fair value less costs to sell attributable to these assets was in excess of the carrying value of their related net assets held for sale.

F-17


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     Summarized operating results for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 from these businesses are as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    (In thousands)
Revenue
  $ 442,263     $ 531,621     $ 483,865  
Income before income taxes
  $ 209,882     $ 84,969     $ 61,282  
     Included in income from discontinued operations, net are income tax expenses of $64.0 million, $32.3 million and $23.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Also included in income from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are gains on the sale of certain radio stations of $144.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
     The following table summarizes the carrying amount at December 31, 2007 and 2006 of the major classes of assets and liabilities of the Company’s businesses classified as discontinued operations:
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Assets
               
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 76,426     $ 75,490  
Other current assets
    19,641       20,887  
 
           
Total current assets
  $ 96,067     $ 96,377  
 
           
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 73,138     $ 116,631  
Transmitter and studio equipment
    207,230       259,435  
Other property, plant and equipment
    22,781       30,437  
Less accumulated depreciation
    138,425       177,621  
 
           
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 164,724     $ 228,882  
 
           
Definite-lived intangibles, net
  $ 283     $ 323  
Licenses
    107,910       119,977  
Goodwill
    111,529       256,664  
 
           
Total intangible assets
  $ 219,722     $ 376,964  
 
           
Film rights
  $ 18,042     $ 20,442  
Other long-term assets
    8,338       5,666  
 
           
Total non-current assets
  $ 26,380     $ 26,108  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 10,565     $ 13,911  
Film liability
    18,027       21,765  
Other current liabilities
    8,821       9,403  
 
           
Total current liabilities
  $ 37,413     $ 45,079  
 
           
Film liability
  $ 19,902     $ 22,158  
Other long-term liabilities
    34,428       9,752  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
  $ 54,330     $ 31,910  
 
           

F-18


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Spin-off of Live Nation
     On December 2, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the spin-off of Live Nation, made up of the Company’s former live entertainment segment and sports representation business. The Company’s consolidated statements of operations have been restated to reflect Live Nation’s results of operations in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005. The following table displays financial information for Live Nation’s discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005:
         
    2005(1)
    (In thousands)
Revenue (including sales to other Company segments of $0.7 million)
  $ 2,858,481  
Income before income taxes
  $ (16,215 )
 
(1)   Includes the results of operations for Live Nation through December 21, 2005.
     Included in income from discontinued operations, net is an income tax benefit of $316.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Transactions with Live Nation
     The Company sells advertising and other services to Live Nation. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 the Company recorded $6.1 million and $4.3 million, respectively, of revenue for these advertisements. It is the Company’s opinion that these transactions were recorded at fair value.
NOTE C—INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
Definite-lived Intangibles
     The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts and other contractual rights in the outdoor segments, talent and program right contracts in the radio segment, and in the Company’s other segment, representation contracts for non-affiliated radio and television stations. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Gross             Gross        
    Carrying     Accumulated     Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
    (In thousands)  
Transit, street furniture, and other outdoor contractual rights
  $ 867,283     $ 613,897     $ 821,364     $ 530,063  
Talent contracts
                125,270       115,537  
Representation contracts
    400,316       212,403       349,493       175,658  
Other
    84,004       39,433       121,180       73,556  
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,351,603     $ 865,733     $ 1,417,307     $ 894,814  
 
                       

F-19


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     Total amortization expense from continuing operations related to definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $105.0 million, $150.7 million and $153.8 million, respectively. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets that exist at December 31, 2007:
         
    (In thousands)
2008
  $ 87,668  
2009
    80,722  
2010
    62,740  
2011
    50,237  
2012
    42,067  
     As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized, amortization expense may vary.
Indefinite-lived Intangibles
     The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC broadcast licenses and billboard permits. FCC broadcast licenses are granted to both radio and television stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996. The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if: it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse. The licenses may be renewed indefinitely at little or no cost. The Company does not believe that the technology of wireless broadcasting will be replaced in the foreseeable future. The Company’s billboard permits are issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically include the location which allows the Company the right to operate an advertising structure. The Company’s permits are located on either owned or leased land. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases are typically from 10 to 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use.
     The Company does not amortize its FCC broadcast licenses or billboard permits. The Company tests these indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually using a direct method. This direct method assumes that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
     Under the direct method, the Company aggregates its indefinite-lived intangible assets at the market level for purposes of impairment testing as prescribed by EITF 02-07, Unit of Accounting for Testing Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. The Company’s key assumptions using the direct method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses

F-20


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average station within a market.
Goodwill
     The Company tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The Company’s reporting units for radio broadcasting and Americas outdoor advertising are the reportable segments. The Company determined that each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a reporting unit and therefore tests goodwill for impairment at the country level. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007:
                                         
            Americas     International              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Other     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ 6,110,684     $ 405,964     $ 343,611           $ 6,860,259  
Acquisitions
    42,761       249,527       42,222             334,510  
Dispositions
    (10,532 )     (1,913 )                 (12,445 )
Foreign currency
          14,085       40,109             54,194  
Adjustments
    (2,300 )     323       (312 )     6       (2,283 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    6,140,613       667,986       425,630       6       7,234,235  
Acquisitions
    5,608       20,361       13,733       1,994       41,696  
Dispositions
    (3,974 )                       (3,974 )
Foreign currency
          78       35,430             35,508  
Adjustments
    (96,720 )     (89 )     (540 )           (97,349 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 6,045,527     $ 688,336     $ 474,253     $ 2,000     $ 7,210,116  
 
                             
     Included in the Americas’ acquisitions amount above in 2006 is $148.6 million related to the acquisition of Interspace, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
     In 2007, the Company recorded a $97.4 million adjustment to its balance of goodwill related to tax positions established as part of various radio station acquisitions for which the IRS audit periods have now closed.
NOTE D—BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
2007 Acquisitions
     The Company acquired domestic outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $69.1 million in cash during 2007. The Company’s national representation business acquired representation contracts for $53.0 million in cash during 2007.

F-21


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
2006 Acquisitions
     The Company acquired radio stations for $16.4 million and a music scheduling company for $44.3 million in cash plus $10.0 million of deferred purchase consideration during 2006. The Company also acquired Interspace Airport Advertising, Americas and international outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $242.4 million in cash. The Company exchanged assets in one of its Americas outdoor markets for assets located in a different market and recognized a gain of $13.2 million in “Gain on disposition of assets—net”. In addition, the Company’s national representation firm acquired representation contracts for $38.1 million in cash.
2005 Acquisitions
     During 2005 the Company acquired radio stations for $3.6 million in cash. The Company also acquired Americas outdoor display faces for $113.2 million in cash. The Company’s international outdoor segment acquired display faces for $17.1 million and increased its investment to a controlling majority interest in Clear Media Limited for $8.9 million. Clear Media is a Chinese outdoor advertising company and as a result of consolidating its operations during the third quarter of 2005, the acquisition resulted in an increase in the Company’s cash of $39.7 million. Also, the Company’s national representation business acquired new contracts for a total of $47.7 million.
Acquisition Summary
     The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration given for all acquisitions made during 2007 and 2006:
                 
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 28,002     $ 49,641  
Accounts receivable
          18,636  
Definite lived intangibles
    55,017       177,554  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
    15,023       32,862  
Goodwill
    41,696       253,411  
Other assets
    3,453       6,006  
 
           
 
    143,191       538,110  
Other liabilities
    (13,081 )     (64,303 )
Minority interests
          (15,293 )
Deferred tax
          (21,361 )
Subsidiary common stock issued, net of minority interests
          (67,873 )
 
           
 
    (13,081 )     (168,830 )
 
           
Less: fair value of net assets exchanged in swap
    (8,000 )     (28,074 )
 
           
Cash paid for acquisitions
  $ 122,110     $ 341,206  
 
           
     The Company has entered into certain agreements relating to acquisitions that provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired company. The Company will continue to accrue additional

F-22


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets were met, would not significantly impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
NOTE E—INVESTMENTS
     The Company’s most significant investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are listed below:
Australian Radio Network
     The Company owns a fifty-percent (50%) interest in Australian Radio Network (“ARN”), an Australian company that owns and operates radio stations in Australia and New Zealand.
Grupo ACIR Comunicaciones
     The Company owns a forty-percent (40%) interest in Grupo ACIR Comunicaciones (“ACIR”), a Mexican radio broadcasting company. ACIR owns and operates radio stations throughout Mexico.
Summarized Financial Information
     The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in these nonconsolidated affiliates:
                                 
                    All        
(In thousands)   ARN     ACIR     Others     Total  
At December 31, 2006
  $ 145,646     $ 68,260     $ 97,352     $ 311,258  
Acquisition (disposition) of investments, net
                (46 )     (46 )
Other, net
    (22,259 )           2,861       (19,398 )
Equity in net earnings (loss)
    25,832       4,942       4,402       35,176  
Foreign currency transaction adjustment
    (2,082 )                 (2,082 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    18,337       (297 )     3,439       21,479  
 
                       
At December 31, 2007
  $ 165,474     $ 72,905     $ 108,008     $ 346,387  
 
                       
     The investments in the table above are not consolidated, but are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its investments in these entities in the balance sheet as “Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates.” The Company’s interests in their operations are recorded in the statement of operations as “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates”. Accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained deficit for these investments were $133.6 million, $112.8 million and $90.1 million for December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

F-23


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Other Investments
     Other investments of $237.6 million and $245.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, include marketable equity securities and other investments classified as follows:
                                         
    Fair     Unrealized        
Investments   Value     Gains     (Losses)     Net     Cost  
    (In thousands)  
2007
                                       
Available-for sale
  $ 140,731     $ 104,996     $     $ 104,996     $ 35,735  
Trading
    85,649       78,391             78,391       7,258  
Other cost investments
    11,218                         11,218  
 
                             
Total
  $ 237,598     $ 183,387     $     $ 183,387     $ 54,211  
 
                             
 
                                       
2006
                                       
Available-for sale
  $ 154,297     $ 118,563     $     $ 118,563     $ 35,734  
Trading
    74,953       67,695             67,695       7,258  
Other cost investments
    15,730                         15,730  
 
                             
Total
  $ 244,980     $ 186,258     $     $ 186,258     $ 58,722  
 
                             
     A certain amount of the Company’s trading securities secure its obligations under forward exchange contracts discussed in Note H.
     The accumulated net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, of $69.4 million and $79.5 million were recorded in shareholders’ equity in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The net unrealized gain (loss) on trading securities of $10.7 million and $20.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is recorded on the statement of operations in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities”. Other cost investments include various investments in companies for which there is no readily determinable market value.
NOTE F—ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION
     The Company’s asset retirement obligation is reported in “Other long-term liabilities” and relates to its obligation to dismantle and remove outdoor advertising displays from leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease. The liability is capitalized as part of the related long-lived assets’ carrying value. Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, the calculation assumes that all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk adjusted credit rate for the same period.

F-24


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s asset retirement obligation:
                 
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Balance at January 1
  $ 59,280     $ 49,807  
Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs
    8,958       7,581  
Accretion of liability
    4,236       3,539  
Liabilities settled
    (1,977 )     (1,647 )
 
           
Balance at December 31
  $ 70,497     $ 59,280  
 
           
NOTE G—LONG-TERM DEBT
     Long-term debt at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Bank credit facilities
  $ 174,619     $ 966,488  
Senior Notes:
               
6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011
    750,000       750,000  
3.125% Senior Notes Due 2007
          250,000  
4.625% Senior Notes Due 2008
    500,000       500,000  
6.625% Senior Notes Due 2008
    125,000       125,000  
4.25% Senior Notes Due 2009
    500,000       500,000  
7.65% Senior Notes Due 2010
    750,000       750,000  
4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010
    250,000       250,000  
4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011
    250,000       250,000  
5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012
    300,000       300,000  
5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013
    500,000       500,000  
5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014
    750,000       750,000  
4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015
    250,000       250,000  
5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016
    250,000       250,000  
6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018
    175,000       175,000  
7.25% Senior Debentures Due 2027
    300,000       300,000  
Subsidiary level notes
    644,860       671,305  
Other long-term debt
    106,119       164,939  
Purchase accounting adjustment and original issue (discount) premium
    (11,849 )     (9,823 )
Fair value adjustments related to interest rate swaps
    11,438       (29,834 )
 
           
 
    6,575,187       7,663,075  
Less: current portion
    1,360,199       336,375  
 
           
Total long-term debt
  $ 5,214,988     $ 7,326,700  
 
           
Bank Credit Facility
     The Company has a five-year, multi-currency revolving credit facility in the amount of $1.75 billion. The interest rate is based upon a prime, LIBOR, or Federal Funds rate selected at the

F-25


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Company’s discretion, plus a margin. The multi-currency revolving credit facility can be used for general working capital purposes including commercial paper support as well as to fund capital expenditures, share repurchases, acquisitions and the refinancing of public debt securities.
     At December 31, 2007, the outstanding balance on the $1.75 billion credit facility was $174.6 million and, taking into account letters of credit of $82.8 million, $1.5 billion was available for future borrowings, with the entire balance to be repaid on July 12, 2009. At December 31, 2007, interest rates on this bank credit facility varied from 5.0% to 5.4%.
Senior Notes
     On February 1, 2007, the Company redeemed its 3.125% Senior Notes at their maturity for $250.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from its bank credit facility.
     On December 17, 2007, the Company announced that it commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for its outstanding $750.0 million principal amount of the 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 17, 2007. As of February 13, 2008, the Company had received tenders and consents representing 98% of its outstanding 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010. The tender offer is conditioned upon the consummation of the Merger. The completion of the Merger and the related debt financings are not subject to, or conditioned upon, the completion of the tender offer.
     All fees and initial offering discounts are being amortized as interest expense over the life of the respective notes. The aggregate principal amount and market value of the senior notes was approximately $5.7 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2007. The aggregate principal and market value of the senior notes was approximately $5.9 billion and $5.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2006.
      Interest Rate Swaps: The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements on the 3.125% senior notes due 2007, the 4.25% senior notes due 2009, the 4.4% senior notes due 2011 and the 5.0% senior notes due 2012 whereby the Company pays interest at a floating rate and receives the fixed rate coupon. The fair value of the Company’s swaps was an asset of $11.4 million and a liability of $29.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Subsidiary Level Notes
     AMFM Operating Inc. (“AMFM”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, has outstanding long-term bonds, of which are all 8% senior notes due 2008. On November 13, 2007 AMFM redeemed $26.4 million of its 8% senior notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer (as defined in the indenture governing the notes). Following the redemption, $644.9 million principal amount remained outstanding. The senior notes include a purchase accounting premium of $3.2 million and $7.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The fair value of the senior notes was $661.0 million and $701.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     On December 17, 2007, AMFM commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for the outstanding $644.9 million principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes due 2008 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated

F-26


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
December 17, 2007. As of February 13, 2008, AMFM had received tenders and consents representing 87% of its outstanding 8% Senior Notes due 2008. The tender offer is conditioned upon the consummation of the Merger. The completion of the Merger and the related debt financings are not subject to, or conditioned upon, the completion of the tender offer.
Other Borrowings
     Other debt includes various borrowings and capital leases utilized for general operating purposes. Included in the $106.1 million balance at December 31, 2007, is $87.2 million that matures in less than one year.
Debt Covenants
     The significant covenants on the Company’s $1.75 billion five-year, multi-currency revolving credit facility relate to leverage and interest coverage contained and defined in the credit agreement. The leverage ratio covenant requires the Company to maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to operating cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement) of less than 5.25x. The interest coverage covenant requires the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of operating cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement) to interest expense of 2.50x. In the event that the Company does not meet these covenants, it is considered to be in default on the credit facility at which time the credit facility may become immediately due. At December 31, 2007, the Company’s leverage and interest coverage ratios were 3.0x and 5.1x, respectively. This credit facility contains a cross default provision that would be triggered if we were to default on any other indebtedness greater than $200.0 million.
     The Company’s other indebtedness does not contain provisions that would make it a default if the Company were to default on our credit facility.
     The fees the Company pays on its $1.75 billion, five-year multi-currency revolving credit facility depend on the highest of its long-term debt ratings, unless there is a split rating of more than one level in which case the fees depend on the long-term debt rating that is one level lower than the highest rating. Based on the Company’s current ratings level of B-/Baa3, its fees on borrowings are a 52.5 basis point spread to LIBOR and are 22.5 basis points on the total $1.75 billion facility. In the event the Company’s ratings improve, the fee on borrowings and facility fee decline gradually to 20.0 basis points and 9.0 basis points, respectively, at ratings of A/A3 or better. In the event that the Company’s ratings decline, the fee on borrowings and facility fee increase gradually to 120.0 basis points and 30.0 basis points, respectively, at ratings of BB/Ba2 or lower.
     The Company believes there are no other agreements that contain provisions that trigger an event of default upon a change in long-term debt ratings that would have a material impact to its financial statements.
     Additionally, the Company’s 8% senior notes due 2008, which were originally issued by AMFM Operating Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, contain certain restrictive covenants that limit the ability of AMFM Operating Inc. to incur additional indebtedness, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, pay dividends, consolidate, or effect certain asset sales.

F-27


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
At December 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.
Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2007 are as follows:
         
    (In thousands)  
2008 (1)
  $ 1,357,047  
2009
    686,514  
2010 (2)
    1,000,077  
2011
    1,002,250  
2012
    300,000  
Thereafter
    2,229,710  
 
     
Total (3)
  $ 6,575,598  
 
     
 
(1)   The balance includes the $644.9 million principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes due 2008 which the Company received tenders and consents discussed above.
 
(2)   The balance includes the $750.0 million principal amount of the 7.65% Senior Notes due 2010 which the Company received tenders and consents discussed above.
 
(3)   The total excludes the $3.2 million in unamortized fair value purchase accounting adjustment premiums related to the merger with AMFM, the $11.4 million related to fair value adjustments for interest rate swap agreements and the $15.0 million related to original issue discounts.
NOTE H—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     The Company has entered into financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, secured forward exchange contracts and foreign currency rate management agreements, with various financial institutions. The Company continually monitors its positions with, and credit quality of, the financial institutions which are counterparties to its financial instruments. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements. However, the Company considers this risk to be low.
Interest Rate Swaps
     The Company has $1.1 billion of interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 that are designated as fair value hedges of the underlying fixed-rate debt obligations. The terms of the underlying debt and the interest rate swap agreements coincide; therefore the hedge qualifies for the short-cut method defined in Statement 133. Accordingly, no net gains or losses were recorded on the statement of operations related to the Company’s underlying debt and interest rate swap agreements. On December 31, 2007, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was recorded on the balance sheet as “Other long-term assets” with the offset recorded in “Long-term debt” of approximately $11.4 million. On December 31, 2006, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was recorded on the balance sheet as “Other long-term liabilities” with the offset recorded in “Long-term debt” of approximately $29.8 million. Accordingly, an adjustment was made to the swaps and carrying value of the underlying debt on December 31, 2007 and 2006 to reflect the change in fair value.
Secured Forward Exchange Contracts
     In 2001, Clear Channel Investments, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into two ten-year secured forward exchange contracts that monetized 2.9 million shares of its investment in American Tower Corporation (“AMT”). The AMT contracts had a value of

F-28


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
$17.0 million and $10.3 million recorded in “Other long term liabilities” at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. These contracts are not designated as a hedge of the Company’s cash flow exposure of the forecasted sale of the AMT shares. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized losses of $6.7 million, $22.0 million and $18.2 million, respectively, in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” related to the change in the fair value of these contracts. To offset the change in the fair value of these contracts, the Company has recorded AMT shares as trading securities. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized income of $10.7 million, $20.5 million and $17.5 million, respectively, in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” related to the change in the fair value of the shares.
Foreign Currency Rate Management
     As a result of the Company’s foreign operations, the Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risks related to its investment in net assets in foreign countries. To manage this risk, the Company holds two United States dollar—Euro cross currency swaps with an aggregate Euro notional amount of 706.0 million and a corresponding aggregate U.S. dollar notional amount of $877.7 million. These cross currency swaps had a value of $127.4 million and $68.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which was recorded in “Other long-term obligations”.
     The cross currency swaps require the Company to make fixed cash payments on the Euro notional amount while it receives fixed cash payments on the equivalent U.S. dollar notional amount, all on a semiannual basis. The Company has designated the cross currency swaps as a hedge of its net investment in Euro denominated assets. The Company selected the forward method under the guidance of the Derivatives Implementation Group Statement 133 Implementation Issue H8, Foreign Currency Hedges: Measuring the Amount of Ineffectiveness in a Net Investment Hedge. The forward method requires all changes in the fair value of the cross currency swaps and the semiannual cash payments to be reported as a cumulative translation adjustment in other comprehensive income (loss) in the same manner as the underlying hedged net assets. As of December 31, 2007, a $73.5 million loss, net of tax, was recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment to “Other comprehensive income (loss)” related to the cross currency swaps.
NOTE I—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     The Company accounts for its rentals that include renewal options, annual rent escalation clauses, minimum franchise payments and maintenance related to displays under the guidance in EITF 01-8, Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease (“EITF 01-8”), Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, Accounting for Leases, Financial Accounting Standards No. 29, Determining Contingent Rentals an amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 (“Statement 29”) and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases (“FTB 85-3”).
     The Company considers its non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters, etc. to be leases in accordance with the guidance in EITF 01-8. These contracts may contain minimum annual franchise payments which generally escalate each year. The Company accounts for these minimum franchise payments on a

F-29


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
straight-line basis in accordance with FTB 85-3. If the rental increases are not scheduled in the lease, for example an increase based on the CPI, those rents are considered contingent rentals and are recorded as expense when accruable. Other contracts may contain a variable rent component based on revenue. The Company accounts for these variable components as contingent rentals under Statement 29, and records these payments as expense when accruable.
     The Company accounts for annual rent escalation clauses included in the lease term on a straight-line basis under the guidance in FTB 85-3. The Company considers renewal periods in determining its lease terms if at inception of the lease there is reasonable assurance the lease will be renewed. Expenditures for maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.
     The Company leases office space, certain broadcasting facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by its outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. The Company accounts for these leases in accordance with the policies described above.
     The Company’s contracts with municipal bodies or private companies relating to street furniture, billboard, transit and malls generally require the Company to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures during the term of the contract. The Company owns these structures and is generally allowed to advertise on them for the remaining term of the contract. Once the Company has built the structure, the cost is capitalized and expensed over the shorter of the economic life of the asset or the remaining life of the contract.
     Certain of the Company’s contracts contain penalties for not fulfilling its commitments related to its obligations to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures. Historically, any such penalties have not materially impacted the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year, minimum payments under non-cancelable contracts in excess of one year, and capital expenditure commitments consist of the following:
                         
    Non-Cancelable     Non-Cancelable     Capital  
    Operating Leases     Contracts     Expenditures  
    (In thousands)  
2008
  $ 372,474     $ 776,203     $ 106,187  
2009
    333,870       632,680       33,171  
2010
    298,193       449,232       12,759  
2011
    252,083       399,317       5,483  
2012
    220,678       255,976       1,741  
Thereafter
    1,234,261       756,159       232  
 
                 
Total
  $ 2,711,559     $ 3,269,567     $ 159,573  
 
                 
     Rent expense charged to continuing operations for 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1.2 billion, $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively.
     The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates

F-30


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.
     In various areas in which the Company operates, outdoor advertising is the object of restrictive and, in some cases, prohibitive zoning and other regulatory provisions, either enacted or proposed. The impact to the Company of loss of displays due to governmental action has been somewhat mitigated by federal and state laws mandating compensation for such loss and constitutional restraints.
     Certain acquisition agreements include deferred consideration payments based on performance requirements by the seller typically involving the completion of a development or obtaining appropriate permits that enable the Company to construct additional advertising displays. At December 31, 2007, the Company believes its maximum aggregate contingency, which is subject to performance requirements by the seller, is approximately $35.0 million. As the contingencies have not been met or resolved as of December 31, 2007, these amounts are not recorded. If future payments are made, amounts will be recorded as additional purchase price.
     The Company has various investments in nonconsolidated affiliates subject to agreements that contain provisions that may result in future additional investments to be made by the Company. The put values are contingent upon the financial performance of the investee and are typically based on the investee meeting certain EBITDA targets, as defined in the agreement. The Company will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact the financial position or results of operations of the Company.
NOTE J—GUARANTEES
     Within the Company’s $1.75 billion credit facility, there exists a $150.0 million sub-limit available to certain of the Company’s international subsidiaries. This $150.0 million sub-limit allows for borrowings in various foreign currencies, which are used to hedge net assets in those currencies and provides funds to the Company’s international operations for certain working capital needs. Subsidiary borrowings under this sub-limit are guaranteed by the Company. At December 31, 2007, this portion of the $1.75 billion credit facility’s outstanding balance was $80.0 million, which is recorded in “Long-term debt” on the Company’s financial statements.
     Within the Company’s bank credit facility agreement is a provision that requires the Company to reimburse lenders for any increased costs that they may incur in an event of a change in law, rule or regulation resulting in their reduced returns from any change in capital requirements. In addition to not being able to estimate the potential amount of any future payment under this provision, the Company is not able to predict if such event will ever occur.
     The Company currently has guarantees that provide protection to its international subsidiary’s banking institutions related to overdraft lines up to approximately $40.2 million. As of December 31, 2007, no amounts were outstanding under these agreements.

F-31


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company has outstanding commercial standby letters of credit and surety bonds of $90.0 million and $52.6 million, respectively. These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters including insurance, bid, and performance bonds as well as other items. These letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability on the Company’s bank credit facilities, and are included in the Company’s calculation of its leverage ratio covenant under the bank credit facilities. The surety bonds are not considered as borrowings under the Company’s bank credit facilities.
NOTE K—INCOME TAXES
     Significant components of the provision for income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
Current—federal
  $ 187,700     $ 211,444     $ (20,614 )
Current—foreign
    43,776       40,454       56,879  
Current—state
    21,434       26,765       (2,500 )
 
                 
Total current
    252,910       278,663       33,765  
Deferred—federal
    175,524       185,053       385,471  
Deferred—foreign
    (1,400 )     (9,134 )     (35,040 )
Deferred—state
    14,114       15,861       18,851  
 
                 
Total deferred
    188,238       191,780       369,282  
 
                 
Income tax expense
  $ 441,148     $ 470,443     $ 403,047  
 
                 
     Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangibles and fixed assets
  $ 921,497     $ 753,178  
Unrealized gain in marketable securities
    20,715       38,485  
Foreign
    7,799       4,677  
Equity in earnings
    44,579       26,277  
Investments
    17,585       13,396  
Deferred Income
    4,940       4,129  
Other
    11,814       11,460  
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    1,028,929       851,602  
 
               
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accrued expenses
    91,080       19,908  
Long-term debt
    56,026       35,081  
Net operating loss/Capital loss carryforwards
    521,187       558,371  
Bad debt reserves
    14,051       14,447  
Other
    90,511       66,635  
 
           
Total gross deferred tax assets
    772,855       694,442  
Valuation allowance
    516,922       553,398  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    255,933       141,044  
 
           
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ 772,996     $ 710,558  
 
           

F-32


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     Included in the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities are $20.9 million and $19.3 million of current net deferred tax assets for 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company presents these assets in “Other current assets” on its consolidated balance sheets. The remaining $793.9 million and $729.8 million of net deferred tax liabilities for 2007 and 2006, respectively, are presented in “Deferred tax liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.
     At December 31, 2007, net deferred tax liabilities include a deferred tax asset of $35.7 million relating to stock-based compensation expense under Statement 123(R). Full realization of this deferred tax asset requires stock options to be exercised at a price equaling or exceeding the sum of the grant price plus the fair value of the option at the grant date and restricted stock to vest at a price equaling or exceeding the fair market value at the grant date. The provisions of Statement 123(R), however, do not allow a valuation allowance to be recorded unless the company’s future taxable income is expected to be insufficient to recover the asset. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the stock price of the Company’s common stock will rise to levels sufficient to realize the entire tax benefit currently reflected in its balance sheet. See Note L for additional discussion of Statement 123(R).
     The deferred tax liability related to intangibles and fixed assets primarily relates to the difference in book and tax basis of acquired FCC licenses and tax deductible goodwill created from the Company’s various stock acquisitions. In accordance with Statement 142, the Company no longer amortizes FCC licenses and permits. Thus, a deferred tax benefit for the difference between book and tax amortization for the Company’s FCC licenses, permits and tax-deductible goodwill is no longer recognized, as these assets are no longer amortized for book purposes. As a result, this deferred tax liability will not reverse over time unless the Company recognizes future impairment charges related to its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill or sells its FCC licenses or permits. As the Company continues to amortize its tax basis in its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill, the deferred tax liability will increase over time.
     During 2005, the Company recognized a capital loss of approximately $2.4 billion as a result of the spin-off of Live Nation. Of the $2.4 billion capital loss, approximately $734.5 million was used to offset capital gains recognized in 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the Company received the related $257.0 million tax refund on October 12, 2006. As of December 31, 2007, the remaining capital loss carryforward is approximately $1.4 billion and it can be used to offset future capital gains for the next three years. The Company has recorded an after tax valuation allowance of $516.9 million related to the capital loss carryforward due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize the carryforward prior to its expiration. If the Company is able to utilize the capital loss carryforward in future years, the valuation allowance will be released and be recorded as a current tax benefit in the year the losses are utilized.

F-33


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit) is:
                                                 
    2007     2006     2005  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (In thousands)  
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates
  $ 448,298       35 %   $ 399,423       35 %   $ 356,316       35 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    35,548       3 %     42,626       4 %     16,351       2 %
Foreign taxes
    (8,857 )     (1 %)     6,391       1 %     6,624       1 %
Nondeductible items
    6,228       0 %     2,607       0 %     2,337       0 %
Changes in valuation allowance and other estimates
    (34,005 )     (3 %)     16,482       1 %     19,673       2 %
Other, net
    (6,064 )     (0 %)     2,914       0 %     1,746       0 %
 
                                   
 
  $ 441,148       34 %   $ 470,443       41 %   $ 403,047       40 %
 
                                   
     During 2007, the Company utilized approximately $2.2 million of net operating loss carryforwards, the majority of which were generated by certain acquired companies prior to their acquisition by the Company. The utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards reduced current taxes payable and current tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2007 was 34.4% as compared to 41.2% for 2006. For 2007, the effective tax rate was primarily affected by the recording of current tax benefits of approximately $45.7 million related to the settlement of several tax positions with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for the 1999 through 2004 tax years and deferred tax benefits of approximately $14.6 million related to the release of valuation allowances for the use of certain capital loss carryforwards. These tax benefits were partially offset by additional current tax expense being recorded in 2007 due to an increase in Income before income taxes of $139.6 million.
     During 2006, the Company utilized approximately $70.3 million of net operating loss carryforwards, the majority of which were generated during 2005. The utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards reduced current taxes payable and current tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition, current tax expense was reduced by approximately $22.1 million related to the disposition of certain operating assets and the filing of an amended tax return during 2006. As discussed above, the Company recorded a capital loss on the spin-off of Live Nation. During 2006 the amount of capital loss carryforward and the related valuation allowance was adjusted to the final amount reported on our 2005 filed tax return.
     During 2005, current tax expense was reduced by approximately $204.7 million from foreign exchange losses as a result of the Company’s restructuring its international businesses consistent with its strategic realignment, a foreign exchange loss for tax purposes on the redemption of the Company’s Euro denominated bonds and tax deductions taken on an amended tax return filing for a previous year. These losses resulted in a net operating loss of $65.5 million for 2005. The Company’s deferred tax expense increased as a result of these items. As stated above, the Company recognized a capital loss of approximately $2.4 billion during 2005. Approximately $925.5 million of the capital loss was utilized in 2005 and carried back to

F-34


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
earlier years and no amount was utilized in 2006. The anticipated utilization of the capital loss resulted in a $314.1 million current tax benefit that was recorded as a component of discontinued operations in 2005.
     The remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $9.5 million expires in various amounts from 2008 to 2020.
     The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken within an income tax return. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in a decrease of $0.2 million to the January 1, 2007 balance of “Retained deficit”, an increase of $101.7 million in “Other long term-liabilities” for unrecognized tax benefits and a decrease of $123.0 million in “Deferred income taxes”. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007 was $416.1 million, inclusive of $89.6 million for interest. Of this total, $218.4 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.
     The Company continues to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current income tax expense. The total amount of interest accrued at December 31, 2007 was $43.0 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2007 was $237.1 million and is recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Of this total, $232.8 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.
                         
            Accrued     Gross  
    Unrecognized     Interest and     Unrecognized  
    Tax Benefits     Penalties     Tax Benefits  
    (In thousands)  
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 326,478     $ 89,692     $ 416,170  
Increases due to tax positions taken during 2007
    18,873             18,873  
Increase due to tax positions taken in previous years
    45,404       25,761       71,165  
Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities
    (196,236 )     (72,274 )     (268,510 )
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations
    (459 )     (154 )     (613 )
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 194,060     $ 43,025     $ 237,085  
 
                 
     The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As stated above, the Company settled several federal tax positions for the 1999 through 2004 tax years with the IRS during the year ended December 31, 2007. As a result of this settlement and other state and foreign settlements, the Company reduced its balance of unrecognized tax benefits and associated accrued interest and penalties by $268.5 million. Of this amount, $52.4 million was recorded as a decrease to current tax expense, $97.4 million as a decrease to goodwill attributable to prior acquisitions, and $118.7 million as adjustments to current and deferred tax payables and other balance sheet accounts. The IRS is currently auditing the Company’s 2005 and 2006 tax years. Substantially all

F-35


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
material state, local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 1999. The Company does not expect to resolve any material federal tax positions within the next twelve months.
NOTE L—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Dividends
     The Company’s Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends as follows.
                         
    Amount            
    per            
    Common           Total
Declaration Date   Share   Record Date   Payment Date   Payment
    (In millions, except per share data)
2007:
                       
February 21, 2007
    0.1875     March 31, 2007   April 15, 2007   $ 93.0  
April 19, 2007
    0.1875     June 30, 2007   July 15, 2007     93.4  
July 27, 2007
    0.1875     September 30, 2007   October 15, 2007     93.4  
December 3, 2007
    0.1875     December 31, 2007   January 15, 2008     93.4  
 
                       
2006:
                       
February 14, 2006
    0.1875     March 31, 2006   April 15, 2006   $ 95.5  
April 26, 2006
    0.1875     June 30, 2006   July 15, 2006     94.0  
July 25, 2006
    0.1875     September 30, 2006   October 15, 2006     92.4  
October 25, 2006
    0.1875     December 31, 2006   January 15, 2007     92.6  
Share-Based Payments
     The Company has granted options to purchase its common stock to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates under various stock option plans typically at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company or one of its affiliates. These options vest over a period of up to five years. All option plans contain anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.
     The Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement 123(R) on January 1, 2006, using the modified-prospective-transition method. The fair value of the options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized straight-line to expense over the vesting period. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its share-based payments under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB 25 and related Interpretations, as permitted by Statement 123. Under that method, when options are granted with a strike price equal to or greater than the market price on the date of issuance, there is no impact on earnings either on the date of grant or thereafter, absent certain modifications to the options. The amounts recorded as share-based payments prior to adopting Statement 123(R) primarily related to the expense associated with restricted stock awards. Under the modified-prospective-transition method, compensation cost recognized beginning in 2006 includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original

F-36


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
provisions of Statement 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement 123(R). As permitted under the modified-prospective-transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated.
     As a result of adopting Statement 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Company’s income before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $27.3 million lower and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $17.5 million lower than if it had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25. Basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $.04 and $.03 lower, respectively, than if the Company had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25.
     Prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R), the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Statement of Cash Flows. Statement 123(R) requires the cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. The excess tax benefit that is required to be classified as a financing cash inflow after adoption of Statement 123(R) is not material.
     The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2005 as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of Statement 123(R)to options granted under the Company’s stock option plans in all periods presented. For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of the options, excluding restricted stock awards, is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized to expense over the options’ vesting periods.
         
    2005  
    (In thousands,  
    except per  
    share data)  
Income before discontinued operations:
       
Reported
  $ 597,151  
Add:      Share-based payments included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
    6,081  
Deduct: Total share-based payments determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (30,426 )
 
     
Pro Forma
  $ 572,806  
 
     
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax:
       
Reported
  $ 338,511  
Add:      Share-based payments included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
    1,313  
Deduct: Total share-based payments determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    4,067  
 
     
Pro Forma
  $ 343,891  
 
     

F-37


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
         
    2005  
    (In thousands,  
    except per  
    share data)  
Income before discontinued operations per common share:
       
Basic:
       
Reported
  $ 1.09  
 
     
Pro Forma
  $ 1.05  
 
     
 
       
Diluted:
       
Reported
  $ 1.09  
 
     
Pro Forma
  $ 1.05  
 
     
 
       
Discontinued operations, net per common share:
       
Basic:
       
Reported
  $ .62  
 
     
Pro Forma
  $ .63  
 
     
 
       
Diluted:
       
 
     
Reported
  $ .62  
 
     
Pro Forma
  $ .63  
 
     
     The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock, historical volatility on the Company’s stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. Prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R), the Company recognized forfeitures as they occurred in its Statement 123 pro forma disclosures. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of the Company’s options on the date of grant during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
Expected volatility
    25%       25%       25%  
Expected life in years
    5.5 - 7       5 - 7.5       5 - 7.5  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.74% - 4.81%       4.61% - 5.10%       3.76% - 4.44%  
Dividend yield
    1.97%       2.32% - 2.65%       1.46% - 2.36%  

F-38


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The following table presents a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2007 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):
                                 
                    Weighted Average   Aggregate
                    Remaining   Intrinsic
    Options   Price   Contractual Term   Value
    (In thousands, except per share data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2007
    36,175     $ 42.18                  
Granted (a)
    5       38.11                  
Exercised (b)
    (3,021 )     23.10                  
Forfeited
    (422 )     32.05                  
Expired
    (2,094 )     51.67                  
 
                               
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    30,643       43.56     2.43 years   $ 20,879  
 
                               
Exercisable
    23,826       46.79     1.63 years     4,089  
Expect to Vest
    6,817       32.26     5.2 years     16,790  
 
(a)   The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $10.60, $7.21 and $8.01, respectively.
 
(b)   Cash received from option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $69.8 million, and the Company received an income tax benefit of $6.5 million relating to the options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $41.2 million, $22.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively.
     A summary of the Company’s unvested options at and changes during the year ended December 31, 2007, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted
            Average
            Grant
            Date
    Options   Fair Value
    (In thousands,
    except per share data)
Unvested, January 1, 2007
    7,789     $ 10.77  
Granted
    5       10.60  
Vested (a)
    (556 )     14.23  
Forfeited
    (421 )     10.63  
 
               
Unvested, December 31, 2007
    6,817       10.80  
 
               
 
(a)   The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $7.9 million and $95.3 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Awards
     The Company has granted restricted stock awards to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company prior to the lapse of the restriction. The restricted stock awards were granted out of the Company’s stock option plans. Recipients of the restricted stock awards are entitled to all cash dividends as of the date the award was granted.

F-39


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The following table presents a summary of the Company’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2007 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):
                 
    Awards   Price
    (In thousands,
    except per share data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2007
    2,282     $ 32.64  
Granted
    1,161       38.07  
Vested (restriction lapsed)
    (53 )     34.63  
Forfeited
    (89 )     32.47  
 
               
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    3,301       34.52  
 
               
Subsidiary Share-Based Awards
     The Company’s subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCO”), grants options to purchase shares of its Class A common stock to its employees and directors and its affiliates under its incentive stock plan typically at no less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCO or one of its affiliates. These options vest over a period of up to five years. The incentive stock plan contains anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of CCO’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.
     Prior to CCO’s IPO, CCO did not have any compensation plans under which it granted stock awards to employees. However, the Company had granted certain of CCO’s officers and other key employees stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. All outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock held by CCO employees were converted using an intrinsic value method into options to purchase shares of CCO Class A common stock concurrent with the closing of CCO’s IPO.
     The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on CCO’s stock, historical volatility on CCO’s stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. CCO uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. Prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R), the Company recognized forfeitures as they occurred in its Statement 123 pro forma disclosures. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of CCO’s options on the date of grant during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
Expected volatility
    27%       27%     25% - 27%  
Expected life in years
    5.0 - 7.0       5.0 - 7.5       1.3 - 7.5  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.76% - 4.89%       4.58% - 5.08%       4.42% - 4.58%  
Dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%  

F-40


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The following table presents a summary of CCO’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2007 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):
                                 
                    Weighted    
                    Average    
                    Remaining   Aggregate
                    Contractual   Intrinsic
    Options   Price   Term   Value
    (In thousands, except per share data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2007
    7,707     $ 23.41                  
Granted (a)
    978       29.02                  
Exercised (b)
    (454 )     23.85                  
Forfeited
    (71 )     19.83                  
Expired
    (624 )     36.25                  
 
                               
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    7,536       23.08     4.2 years   $ 40,259  
 
                               
Exercisable
    2,915       26.82     1.6 years   $ 6,900  
Expect to vest
    4,622       20.73     5.9 years   $ 33,359  
 
(a)   The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $11.05, $6.76 and $6.51, respectively.
 
(b)   Cash received from option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $10.8 million. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $2.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
     A summary of CCO’s unvested options at and changes during the year ended December 31, 2007, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted
            Average
            Grant
            Date
    Options   Fair Value
    (In thousands,
    except per share data)
Unvested, January 1, 2007
    4,151     $ 5.78  
Granted
    978       11.05  
Vested (a)
    (436 )     4.55  
Forfeited
    (71 )     5.91  
 
               
Unvested, December 31, 2007
    4,622       7.01  
 
               
 
(a)   The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $2.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively.
     CCO also grants restricted stock awards to employees and directors of CCO and its affiliates. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCO prior to the lapse of the restriction. The restricted stock awards were granted out of the CCO’s stock option plan.

F-41


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The following table presents a summary of CCO’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2007 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):
                 
    Awards   Price
    (In thousands,
    except per share data)
Outstanding, January 1, 2007
    217     $ 18.84  
Granted
    293       29.02  
Vested (restriction lapsed)
    (10 )     18.37  
Forfeited
    (9 )     20.48  
 
               
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    491       24.57  
 
               
Unrecognized share-based compensation cost
     As of December 31, 2007, there was $89.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years.
Share Repurchase Programs
     The Company’s Board of Directors approved six separate share repurchase programs during 2004, 2005 and 2006 for an aggregate $5.3 billion. The Company had repurchased an aggregate 130.9 million shares for $4.3 billion, including commission and fees, under all six share repurchase programs as of December 31, 2006, with $1.0 billion remaining available. No shares were repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2007. The final $1.0 billion share repurchase program expired on September 6, 2007.
Shares Held in Treasury
     Included in the 157,744 and 114,449 shares held in treasury are 42,677 and 14,449 shares that the Company holds in Rabbi Trusts at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, relating to the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan. No shares were retired from the Company’s shares held in treasury account during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 46.7 million shares were retired from the Company’s shares held in treasury account during the year ended December 31, 2006.

F-42


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Reconciliation of Earnings per Share
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands,  
    except per share data)  
NUMERATOR:
                       
Income before discontinued operations
  $ 792,674     $ 638,839     $ 597,151  
Income from discontinued operations, net
    145,833       52,678       338,511  
 
                 
Net income
    938,507       691,517       935,662  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
None
                 
 
                 
Numerator for net income per common share—diluted
  $ 938,507     $ 691,517     $ 935,662  
 
                 
DENOMINATOR:
                       
Weighted average common shares
    494,347       500,786       545,848  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options and common stock warrants (a)
    1,437       853       1,303  
 
                 
Denominator for net income per common share—diluted
    495,784       501,639       547,151  
 
                 
Net income per common share:
                       
Income before discontinued operations—Basic
  $ 1.60     $ 1.27     $ 1.09  
Discontinued operations—Basic
    .30       .11       .62  
 
                 
Net income—Basic
  $ 1.90     $ 1.38     $ 1.71  
 
                 
Income before discontinued operations—Diluted
  $ 1.60     $ 1.27     $ 1.09  
Discontinued operations —Diluted
    .29       .11       .62  
 
                 
Net income—Diluted
  $ 1.89     $ 1.38     $ 1.71  
 
                 
 
(a)   22.2 million, 24.2 million and 27.0 million stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as the respective options’ strike price was greater than the current market price of the shares.
NOTE M—EMPLOYEE STOCK AND SAVINGS PLANS
     The Company has various 401 (k) savings and other plans for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for substantially all employees. Both the employees and the Company make contributions to the plan. The Company matches a portion of an employee’s contribution. Company matched contributions vest to the employees based upon their years of service to the Company. Contributions from continuing operations to these plans of $39.1 million, $36.2 million and $35.3 million were charged to expense for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
     The Company has a non-qualified employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Under the plan, shares of the Company’s common stock may be purchased at 95% of the market value on the day of purchase. The Company changed its discount from market value offered to participants under the plan from 15% to 5% in July 2005. Employees may purchase shares having a value not exceeding 10% of their annual gross compensation or $25,000, whichever is lower. During 2006 and 2005, employees purchased 144,444 and 222,789 shares at weighted average share prices of $28.56 and $28.79, respectively. Effective January 1, 2007 the Company no longer accepts contributions to this plan as a condition of its Merger Agreement.
     The Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for highly compensated executives allowing deferrals up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. The Company does not match any deferral amounts and retains ownership of all assets until distributed. Participants in the plan have the opportunity to choose from different

F-43


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
investment options. In accordance with the provisions of EITF No. 97-14, Accounting for Deferred Compensation Arrangements Where Amounts Earned are Held in a Rabbi Trust and Invested, the assets and liabilities of the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are presented in “Other assets” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, respectively. The asset under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $39.5 million and $32.0 million, respectively. The liability under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $40.9 million and $32.5 million, respectively.
NOTE N—OTHER INFORMATION
                         
    For the year ended  
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
The following details the components of “Other income (expense)—net”:
                       
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
  $ 6,743     $ (8,130 )   $ 7,550  
Other
    (1,417 )     (463 )     3,466  
 
                 
Total other income (expense)—net
  $ 5,326     $ (8,593 )   $ 11,016  
 
                 
The following details the income tax expense (benefit) on items of other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ (16,233 )   $ (22,012 )   $ 187,216  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:
                       
Unrealized holding gain (loss)
  $ (5,155 )   $ (37,091 )   $ (29,721 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow derivatives
  $ (1,035 )   $ 46,662     $ 34,711  
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
The following details the components of “Other current assets”:
               
Inventory
  $ 27,900     $ 23,062  
Deferred tax asset
    20,854       19,246  
Deposits
    27,696       37,234  
Other prepayments
    90,631       85,180  
Other
    76,167       79,381  
 
           
Total other current assets
  $ 243,248     $ 244,103  
 
           
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
The following details the components of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”:
               
Cumulative currency translation adjustment
  $ 314,282     $ 225,459  
Cumulative unrealized gain on investments
    67,693       76,105  
Cumulative unrealized gain on cash flow derivatives
    1,723       3,411  
 
           
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 383,698     $ 304,975  
 
           

F-44


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
NOTE O—SEGMENT DATA
     The Company’s reportable operating segments are radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising. Revenue and expenses earned and charged between segments are recorded at fair value and eliminated in consolidation. The radio broadcasting segment also operates various radio networks. The Americas outdoor advertising segment consists of our operations primarily in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 93% of its 2007 revenue in this segment derived from the United States. The international outdoor segment includes operations in Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. The Americas and international display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The other category includes our television business and our media representation firm, as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating and selling, general and administrative expenses.
                                                         
                                    Corporate,              
                                    merger              
                                    and gain              
                                    on              
            Americas     International             disposition              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             of              
    Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     assets – net     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
2007
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 3,558,534     $ 1,485,058     $ 1,796,778     $ 207,704     $     $ (126,872 )   $ 6,921,202  
Direct operating expenses
    982,966       590,563       1,144,282       78,513             (63,320 )     2,733,004  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,190,083       226,448       311,546       97,414             (63,552 )     1,761,939  
Depreciation and amortization
    107,466       189,853       209,630       43,436       16,242             566,627  
Corporate expenses
                            181,504             181,504  
Merger expenses
                            6,762             6,762  
Gain on disposition of assets-net
                            14,113             14,113  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,278,019     $ 478,194     $ 131,320     $ (11,659 )   $ (190,395 )   $     $ 1,685,479  
 
                                         
Intersegment revenues
  $ 44,666     $ 13,733     $     $ 68,473     $     $     $ 126,872  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,732,311     $ 2,878,753     $ 2,606,130     $ 736,037     $ 345,404     $     $ 18,298,635  
Capital expenditures
  $ 78,523     $ 142,826     $ 132,864     $ 2,418     $ 6,678     $     $ 363,309  
Share-based payments
  $ 22,226     $ 7,932     $ 1,701     $     $ 12,192     $     $ 44,051  

F-45


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
                                                         
                                    Corporate,              
                                    merger              
                                    and gain              
                                    on              
            Americas     International             disposition              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             of              
    Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     assets - net     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
2006
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 3,567,413     $ 1,341,356     $ 1,556,365     $ 223,929     $     $ (121,273 )   $ 6,567,790  
Direct operating expenses
    994,686       534,365       980,477       82,372             (59,456 )     2,532,444  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,185,770       207,326       279,668       98,010             (61,817 )     1,708,957  
Depreciation and amortization
    125,631       178,970       228,760       47,772       19,161             600,294  
Corporate expenses
                            196,319             196,319  
Merger expenses
                            7,633             7,633  
Gain on disposition of assets-net
                            71,571             71,571  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,261,326     $ 420,695     $ 67,460     $ (4,225 )   $ (151,542 )   $     $ 1,593,714  
 
                                         
Intersegment revenues
  $ 40,119     $ 10,536     $     $ 70,618     $     $     $ 121,273  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,873,784     $ 2,820,737     $ 2,401,924     $ 701,239     $ 360,440     $     $ 18,158,124  
Capital expenditures
  $ 93,264     $ 90,495     $ 143,387     $ 2,603     $ 6,990     $     $ 336,739  
Share-based payments
  $ 25,237     $ 4,699     $ 1,312     $ 1,656     $ 9,126     $     $ 42,030  
 
                                                       
2005
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 3,380,774     $ 1,216,382     $ 1,449,696     $ 193,466     $     $ (113,765 )   $ 6,126,553  
Direct operating expenses
    924,635       489,826       915,086       81,313             (59,246 )     2,351,614  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,140,694       186,749       291,594       86,677             (54,519 )     1,651,195  
Depreciation and amortization
    128,443       180,559       220,080       45,537       18,858             593,477  
Corporate expenses
                            167,088             167,088  
Gain on disposition of assets-net
                            49,656             49,656  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,187,002     $ 359,248     $ 22,936     $ (20,061 )   $ (136,290 )   $     $ 1,412,835  
 
                                         
Intersegment revenues
  $ 36,656     $ 8,181     $     $ 68,928     $     $     $ 113,765  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,766,099     $ 2,531,426     $ 2,125,470     $ 792,381     $ 770,169     $     $ 17,985,545  
Capital expenditures
  $ 82,899     $ 73,084     $ 135,072     $ 2,655     $ 8,945     $     $ 302,655  
Share-based payments
  $ 212     $     $     $     $ 5,869     $     $ 6,081  
     Revenue of $1.9 billion, $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion and identifiable assets of $2.9 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.2 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

F-46


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
NOTE P—QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
                                                                 
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Revenue
  $ 1,505,077     $ 1,388,875     $ 1,802,192     $ 1,714,402     $ 1,751,165     $ 1,665,380     $ 1,862,768     $ 1,799,133  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Direct operating expenses
    627,879       582,313       676,255       622,543       689,681       642,893       739,189       684,695  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    416,319       404,614       447,190       442,594       431,366       416,863       467,064       444,886  
Depreciation and amortization
    139,685       142,450       141,309       149,509       139,650       148,533       145,983       159,802  
Corporate expenses
    48,150       40,507       43,044       48,239       47,040       48,486       43,270       59,087  
Merger expenses
    1,686             2,684             2,002             390       7,633  
Gain (loss) on disposition of assets—net
    6,947       48,418       3,996       813       678       9,012       2,492       13,328  
 
                                               
Operating income
    278,305       267,409       495,706       452,330       442,104       417,617       469,364       456,358  
Interest expense
    118,077       114,376       116,422       123,298       113,026       128,276       104,345       118,113  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    395       (2,324 )     (410 )     (1,000 )     676       5,396       6,081       234  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    5,264       6,909       11,435       9,715       7,133       8,681       11,344       12,540  
Other income (expense) — net
    (12 )     (648 )     340       (4,609 )     (1,403 )     (601 )     6,401       (2,735 )
 
                                               
Income before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations
    165,875       156,970       390,649       333,138       335,484       302,817       388,845       348,284  
Income tax expense
    70,466       64,531       159,786       137,332       70,125       124,706       140,771       143,874  
Minority interest income (expense)—net
    (276 )     779       (14,970 )     (13,736 )     (11,961 )     (3,674 )     (19,824 )     (15,296 )
 
                                               
Income before discontinued operations
    95,133       93,218       215,893       182,070       253,398       174,437       228,250       189,114  
Discontinued operations
    7,089       3,596       20,097       15,418       26,338       11,434       92,309       22,230  
 
                                               
Net income
  $ 102,222     $ 96,814     $ 235,990     $ 197,488     $ 279,736     $ 185,871     $ 320,559     $ 211,344  
 
                                               
Net income per common share:
                                                               
Basic:
                                                               
Income before discontinued operations
  $ .19     $ .18     $ .44     $ .36     $ .51     $ .36     $ .46     $ .38  
Discontinued operations
    .02       .01       .04       .03       .06       .02       .19       .05  
 
                                               
Net income
  $ .21     $ .19     $ .48     $ .39     $ .57     $ .38     $ .65     $ .43  
 
                                               
Diluted:
                                                               
Income before discontinued operations
  $ .19     $ .18     $ .44     $ .36     $ .51     $ .36     $ .46     $ .38  
Discontinued operations
    .02       .01       .04       .03       .05       .02       .19       .05  
 
                                               
Net income
  $ .21     $ .19     $ .48     $ .39     $ .56     $ .38     $ .65     $ .43  
 
                                               
Dividends declared per share
  $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875  
Stock price:
                                                               
High
  $ 37.55     $ 32.84     $ 38.58     $ 31.54     $ 38.24     $ 31.64     $ 38.02     $ 35.88  
Low
    34.45       27.82       34.90       27.34       33.51       27.17       32.02       28.83  
     The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CCU.

F-47


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
NOTE Q—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
     On January 15, 2008, the Company redeemed its 4.625% Senior Notes at their maturity for $500.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from its bank credit facility.
     On January 17, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor advertising company, for approximately $127.0 million based on the closing price of the acquirer’s shares on the date of announcement. As of December 31, 2007, $54.2 million is recorded in “Investments in and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet related to this investment. The closing of the transaction is subject to regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.
     Through May 7, 2008, the Company executed definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 17 radio stations in addition to the radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008. The closing of these sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions.
NOTE R—OTHER EVENTS
     The Company is revising its historical financial statements in connection with its application of Statement 144. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company revised its plans to sell 173 of its stations. Of these, 145 were previously classified as discontinued operations. These 145 non-core stations no longer met the requirements of Statement 144 for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows were reclassified to continuing operations in the quarterly report filed for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (including the comparable period of the prior year). However, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) applicable to the Company required that it reclassify the reported assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows from these properties to be consistent with the reporting in its quarterly report for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 for each of the three years presented in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, if those financial statements are incorporated by reference in a registration statement to be filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, even though those financial statements relate to a period prior to the transactions giving rise to the reclassification.
     The reclassification to continuing operations had no effect on the Company’s reported net income available to common shareholders as reported in prior SEC filings. Instead, the reclassification presented the revenue and expenses relating to the 145 stations along with the Company’s other results of operations, rather than presenting the revenues and expenses as a single line item titled discontinued operations. In addition to financial statements themselves, certain disclosures contained in Notes A, B, C, I, K, L, O, P and Q relating to the revisions made in connection with application of Statement 144 have been modified to reflect the effects of these reclassifications.

F-48


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
(In thousands)
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)     (Audited)  
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 602,112     $ 145,148  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $62,791 in 2008 and $59,169 in 2007
    1,681,514       1,693,218  
Prepaid expenses
    125,387       116,902  
Other current assets
    270,306       243,248  
Current assets from discontinued operations
          96,067  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    2,679,319       2,294,583  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
               
Land, buildings and improvements
    851,555       840,832  
Structures
    3,947,728       3,901,941  
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment
    586,804       600,315  
Furniture and other equipment
    526,518       527,714  
Construction in progress
    128,128       119,260  
 
           
 
    6,040,733       5,990,062  
Less accumulated depreciation
    2,965,992       2,939,698  
 
           
 
    3,074,741       3,050,364  
Property, plant and equipment from discontinued operations, net
    15,487       164,724  
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
               
Definite-lived intangibles, net
    489,542       485,870  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — licenses
    4,213,262       4,201,617  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — permits
    252,576       251,988  
Goodwill
    7,268,059       7,210,116  
Intangible assets from discontinued operations, net
    31,889       219,722  
OTHER ASSETS
               
Notes receivable
    11,630       12,388  
Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates
    296,481       346,387  
Other assets
    361,281       303,791  
Other investments
    351,216       237,598  
Other assets from discontinued operations
    7,728       26,380  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 19,053,211     $ 18,805,528  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-49


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)     (Audited)  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Accounts payable
  $ 129,458     $ 165,533  
Accrued expenses
    832,155       912,665  
Accrued interest
    75,979       98,601  
Accrued income taxes
    148,833       79,973  
Current portion of long-term debt
    869,631       1,360,199  
Deferred income
    242,861       158,893  
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
          37,413  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    2,298,917       2,813,277  
Long-term debt
    5,072,000       5,214,988  
Other long-term obligations
    167,775       127,384  
Deferred income taxes
    830,937       793,850  
Other long-term liabilities
    560,945       567,848  
Long-term liabilities from discontinued operations
          54,330  
Minority interest
    460,728       436,360  
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 5)
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Common Stock
    49,817       49,808  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,871,648       26,858,079  
Retained deficit
    (17,689,490 )     (18,489,143 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    436,544       383,698  
Cost of shares held in treasury
    (6,610 )     (4,951 )
 
           
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    9,661,909       8,797,491  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 19,053,211     $ 18,805,528  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-50


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
Revenue
  $ 1,564,207     $ 1,505,077  
Operating expenses:
               
Direct operating expenses (includes share based payments of $3,604 and $3,000 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    705,947       627,879  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (includes share based payments of $3,135 and $2,831 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    426,381       416,319  
Depreciation and amortization
    152,278       139,685  
Corporate expenses (includes share based payments of $2,851 and $2,414 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    46,303       48,150  
Merger expenses
    389       1,686  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    2,097       6,947  
 
           
Operating income
    235,006       278,305  
Interest expense
    100,003       118,077  
Gain on marketable securities
    6,526       395  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    83,045       5,264  
Other income (expense) — net
    11,787       (12 )
 
           
Income before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations
    236,361       165,875  
Income tax benefit (expense):
               
Current
    (23,833 )     (32,359 )
Deferred
    (42,748 )     (38,107 )
 
           
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (66,581 )     (70,466 )
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    8,389       276  
 
           
Income before discontinued operations
    161,391       95,133  
Income from discontinued operations, net
    638,262       7,089  
 
           
Net income
  $ 799,653     $ 102,222  
 
           
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    57,967       8,751  
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (5,121 )     (6,959 )
 
           
Comprehensive income
  $ 852,499     $ 104,014  
 
           
Net income per common share:
               
Income before discontinued operations — Basic
  $ .33     $ .19  
Discontinued operations — Basic
    1.29       .02  
 
           
Net income — Basic
  $ 1.62     $ .21  
 
           
Weighted average common shares — Basic
    494,749       493,843  
Income before discontinued operations — Diluted
  $ .32     $ .19  
Discontinued operations — Diluted
    1.29       .02  
 
           
Net income — Diluted
  $ 1.61     $ .21  
 
           
Weighted average common shares — Diluted
    496,388       494,868  
Dividends declared per share
  $     $ .1875  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-51


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(In thousands)
                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 799,653     $ 102,222  
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net
    (638,262 )     (7,089 )
 
           
 
    161,391       95,133  
Reconciling items:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    152,278       139,685  
Deferred taxes
    42,748       38,107  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (2,097 )     (6,947 )
(Gain) loss forward exchange contract
    (13,342 )     2,962  
(Gain) loss on trading securities
    6,816       (3,358 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    10,332       9,049  
Share-based compensation
    9,590       8,245  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (83,046 )     (5,264 )
Other reconciling items— net
    11,724       1,047  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions
    71,378       42,804  
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    367,772       321,463  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Decrease (increase) in notes receivable— net
    (735 )     42  
Decrease (increase) in investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates— net
    18,376       5,911  
Sales (purchases) of investments
    487       (393 )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (93,693 )     (64,986 )
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    11,345       13,078  
Acquisition of operating assets, net of cash acquired
    (83,897 )     (12,189 )
Decrease (increase) in other— net
    (6,140 )     (12,484 )
 
           
Net cash used in investing activities
    (154,257 )     (71,021 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Draws on credit facilities
    700,089       252,881  
Payments on credit facilities
    (862,850 )     (239,582 )
Payments on long-term debt
    (503,017 )     (260,416 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, stock purchase plan, common stock warrants and other
    5,953       56,555  
Payments for purchase of common shares
    (1,257 )      
Dividends paid
    (93,367 )     (92,603 )
 
           
Net cash used in financing activities
    (754,449 )     (283,165 )
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (88,121 )     16,685  
Net cash provided by investing activities
    1,086,019       9,228  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
           
 
           
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    997,898       25,913  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    456,964       (6,810 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    145,148       116,000  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 602,112     $ 109,190  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-52


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
Note 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Preparation of Interim Financial Statements
     The consolidated financial statements were prepared by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments necessary for adoption of new accounting standards) necessary to present fairly the results of the interim periods shown. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC rules and regulations. Management believes that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. The financial statements contained herein should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Investments in companies in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over operating and financial policies of the company are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidation process.
Merger Update
     The Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the Merger Agreement, as amended, with a group led by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Bain Capital Partners, LLC (the “Sponsors”) on September 25, 2007. The Company anticipated the merger would close by the end of the first quarter of 2008. However, on March 26, 2008, the Company, joined by CC Media Holdings, Inc., a unit of the Sponsors, sued the banks who had committed to financing the debt connected to the merger for tortious interference. A trial date is set for June 2, 2008. The Company is unable to estimate a closing date at this time and is not certain that a closing will occur.
Certain Reclassifications
     The historical financial statements and footnote disclosures have been revised to exclude amounts related to the Company’s television business and certain radio stations as discussed below.
Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale
Sale of non-core radio stations
     On November 16, 2006, the Company announced plans to sell 448 non-core radio stations. The merger is not contingent on the sales of these stations, and the sales of these stations are not contingent on the closing of the Company’s merger discussed above. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company revised its plans to sell 173 of these stations because it

F-53


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
determined that market conditions were not advantageous to complete the sales. The Company intends to hold and operate these stations. Of these, 145 were classified as discontinued operations at December 31, 2007. At March 31, 2008, these 145 non-core stations no longer meet the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (“Statement 144”) for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows from these 145 stations were reclassified to continuing operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended March 31, 2008, for the period ended March 31, 2007 and as of December 31, 2007. As a result of the reclassification, the Company recorded a $6.6 million charge to depreciation and amortization expense for depreciation and amortization that would have been recognized had the 145 stations been continuously classified as continuing operations.
     The Company has 20 non-core radio stations that are no longer under a definitive asset purchase agreement as of March 31, 2008. However, the Company continues to actively market these radio stations and they continue to meet the criteria in Statement 144 for classification as discontinued operations. Therefore, the assets, results of operations and cash flows from these stations remain classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended March 31, 2008, for the period ended March 31, 2007 and as of December 31, 2007.
     The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s planned divestitures of radio stations:
         
Total radio stations announced as being marketed for sale on November 16, 2006
    448  
Total radio stations no longer being marketed for sale
    (173 )
 
       
Adjusted number of radio stations being marketed for sale (“Non-core” radio stations)
    275  
Non-core radio stations sold through March 31, 2008
    (223 )
 
       
Remaining non-core radio stations at March 31, 2008 classified as discontinued operations
    52  
Non-core radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements
    (32 )
 
       
Non-core radio stations being marketed for sale
    20  
 
       
Sale of other radio stations
     In addition to its non-core stations, the Company had definitive asset purchase agreements for 8 stations at March 31, 2008.
     The Company determined that each of the radio station markets represents disposal groups. Consistent with the provisions of Statement 144, the Company classified these assets that are subject to transfer under the definitive asset purchase agreements as discontinued operations as of and for the period ended March 31, 2008, for the period ended March 31, 2007 and as of December 31, 2007. Accordingly, depreciation and amortization associated with these assets was discontinued. Additionally, the Company determined that these assets comprise operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company. As of March 31, 2008, the Company determined that the estimated fair value less costs to sell attributable to these assets was in excess of the carrying value of their related net assets held for sale.

F-54


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
Sale of the television business
     On March 14, 2008, the Company announced it had completed the sale of its television business to Newport Television, LLC for $1.0 billion, adjusted for certain items including proration of expenses and adjustments for working capital. As a result, the Company recorded a gain of $666.7 million as a component of “Income from discontinued operations, net” in its consolidated statement of operations during the quarter ended March 31, 2008. Additionally, net income and cash flows from the television business were classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows, respectively, in 2008 through the date of sale and the first quarter of 2007. The net assets related to the television business were classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2007.
Summarized Financial Information of Discontinued Operations
     Summarized operating results of discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
                 
    Three Months
    2008   2007
    (In thousands)
Revenue
  $ 69,883     $ 117,005  
Income before income taxes
  $ 695,364     $ 9,365  
     Included in income from discontinued operations, net are income tax expenses of $57.1 million and $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Also included in income from discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 is a gain of $688.2 million related to the sale of the Company’s television business and certain radio stations. The Company estimates utilization of approximately $577.3 million of capital loss carryforwards to offset a portion of the taxes associated with these gains. As of March 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $809.2 million in capital loss carryforwards remaining.
     Included in income from discontinued operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 is a gain of $2.8 million related to the sale of certain radio stations.

F-55


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
     The following table summarizes the carrying amount at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 of the major classes of assets and liabilities of the Company’s businesses classified as discontinued operations:
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
Assets
               
Accounts receivable, net
  $     $ 76,426  
Other current assets
          19,641  
 
           
Total current assets
  $     $ 96,067  
 
           
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 9,393     $ 73,138  
Transmitter and studio equipment
    16,133       207,230  
Other property, plant and equipment
    2,725       22,781  
Less accumulated depreciation
    12,764       138,425  
 
           
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 15,487     $ 164,724  
 
           
Definite-lived intangibles, net
  $     $ 283  
Licenses
    3,976       107,910  
Goodwill
    27,913       111,529  
 
           
Total intangible assets
  $ 31,889     $ 219,722  
 
           
Film rights
  $     $ 18,042  
Other long-term assets
    7,728       8,338  
 
           
Total other assets
  $ 7,728     $ 26,380  
 
           
Liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $     $ 10,565  
Film liability
          18,027  
Other current liabilities
          8,821  
 
           
Total current liabilities
  $     $ 37,413  
 
           
Film liability
  $     $ 19,902  
Other long-term liabilities
          34,428  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
  $     $ 54,330  
 
           
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     On March 19, 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“Statement 161”). Statement 161 requires additional disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items effect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company will adopt the disclosure requirements beginning January 1, 2009.

F-56


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
New Accounting Standards
     The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“Statement 159”), which permits entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected should be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The provisions of Statement 159 were effective as of January 1, 2008. The Company did not elect the fair value option under this standard upon adoption.
     The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement 157”) on January 1, 2008 and began to apply its recognition and disclosure provisions to its financial assets and financial liabilities that are remeasured at fair value at least annually. Statement 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
     The Company holds marketable equity securities classified in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (“Statement 115”). These equity securities are measured at fair value on each reporting date using quoted prices in active markets. Due to the fact that the inputs used to measure the equity securities at fair value are observable, the Company has categorized the securities as Level 1.
     The Company is a party to two U.S. dollar—Euro cross currency swap contracts as discussed in Note 3. The Company is also a party to $1.1 billion of interest rate swap contracts that are designated as fair value hedges of the underlying fixed-rate debt obligations. The fair values of the cross-currency swap contracts and interest rate swap contracts are determined based on inputs that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets. Due to the fact that the inputs are either directly or indirectly observable, the Company has classified these contracts as Level 2.
     The Company holds options under two secured forward exchange contracts as discussed in Note 3. The fair value of these contracts is determined using option pricing models that include both observable and unobservable inputs (principally volatility). As a result of the impact that volatility has on the calculation of fair value, the Company has classified these contracts as Level 3.

F-57


 

      CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
     The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirements of Statement 157 at March 31, 2008 were as follows:
                         
    Quoted Prices in              
    Active markets for     Significant Other     Significant  
    Identical Assets     Observable Inputs     Unobservable  
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)  
            (In thousands)          
Asset / (Liability)
                       
Trading securities
  $ 78,833     $     $  
Available-for-sale securities
    261,018              
Derivatives
          (127,402 )     (3,636 )
 
                 
Total
  $ 339, 851     $ (127,402 )   $ (3,636 )
 
                 
     For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs, Statement 157 requires a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances as follows:
         
    2008  
    (In thousands)  
Beginning balance at January 1
  $ (16,978 )
Unrealized gain included in “Gain on marketable securities”
    13,342  
 
     
Ending balance at March 31
  $ (3,636 )
 
     
Note 2: INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
Definite-lived Intangibles
     The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts and other contractual rights in its Americas and International outdoor segments, talent and program right contracts in its radio segment, and contracts for non-affiliated radio and television stations in the Company’s media representation operations. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows.
     The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:
                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
    (In thousands)  
Transit, street furniture, and other outdoor contractual rights
  $ 918,456     $ 654,343     $ 867,283     $ 613,897  
Representation contracts
    403,982       222,255       400,316       212,403  
Other
    83,922       40,220       84,004       39,433  
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,406,360     $ 916,818     $ 1,351,603     $ 865,733  
 
                       

F-58


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
     Total amortization expense from continuing operations related to definite-lived intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $24.0 million and $105.0 million, respectively. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets:
         
    (In thousands)
2009
  $ 85,385  
2010
    68,020  
2011
    52,707  
2012
    43,071  
2013
    38,261  
     As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized, amortization expense may vary.
Indefinite-lived Intangibles
     The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) broadcast licenses and billboard permits. FCC broadcast licenses are granted to both radio and television stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996. The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if: it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse. The licenses may be renewed indefinitely at little or no cost. The Company does not believe that the technology of wireless broadcasting will be replaced in the foreseeable future. The Company’s billboard permits are issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically include the location which allows the Company the right to operate an advertising structure. The Company’s permits are located on either owned or leased land. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases are typically from 10 to 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use.
     The Company does not amortize its FCC broadcast licenses or billboard permits. The Company tests these indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually using a direct method. This direct method assumes that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
     Under the direct method, the Company aggregates its indefinite-lived intangible assets at the market level for purposes of impairment testing. The Company’s key assumptions using the direct method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information.

F-59


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
Goodwill
The Company tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The Company’s reporting units for radio broadcasting and Americas outdoor advertising are the reportable segments. The Company determined that each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a reporting unit. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments for the three month period ended March 31, 2008:
                                         
            Americas     International              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Other     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 6,045,527     $ 688,336     $ 474,253     $ 2,000     $ 7,210,116  
Acquisitions
          25       18,465             18,490  
Dispositions
                             
Foreign currency
          (276 )     39,902             39,626  
Adjustments
    (173 )                       (173 )
 
                             
Balance as of March 31, 2008
  $ 6,045,354     $ 688,085     $ 532,620     $ 2,000     $ 7,268,059  
 
                             
Note 3: DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
     The Company holds options under two secured forward exchange contracts that limit its exposure to and benefit from price fluctuations in American Tower Corporation (“AMT”) over the terms of the contracts (the “AMT contracts”). These options are not designated as hedges of the underlying shares of AMT. The AMT contracts had a value of $3.6 million and $17.0 million recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized a gain of $13.3 million and a loss of $6.7 million, respectively, in “Gain on marketable securities” related to the change in fair value of the options. To offset the change in the fair value of these contracts, the Company has recorded AMT shares as trading securities. During the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized a loss of $6.8 million and a gain of $10.7 million, respectively, in “Gain on marketable securities” related to the change in the fair value of the shares.
     The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risks related to its investment in net assets in foreign countries. To manage this risk, the Company entered into two U.S. dollar — Euro cross currency swaps with an aggregate Euro notional amount of 706.0 million and a corresponding aggregate U.S. dollar notional amount of $877.7 million. These cross currency swaps had a value of $167.8 million at March 31, 2008 and $127.4 million at December 31, 2007, which was recorded in “Other long-term obligations”. These cross currency swaps require the Company to make fixed cash payments on the Euro notional amount while it receives fixed cash payments on the equivalent U.S. dollar notional amount, all on a semiannual basis. The Company has designated these cross currency swaps as a hedge of its net investment in Euro denominated assets. The Company selected the forward method under the guidance of the Derivatives Implementation Group Statement 133 Implementation Issue H8, Foreign Currency

F-60


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
Hedges: Measuring the Amount of Ineffectiveness in a Net Investment Hedge. The forward method requires all changes in the fair value of the cross currency swaps and the semiannual cash payments to be reported as a cumulative translation adjustment in other comprehensive income in the same manner as the underlying hedged net assets. As of March 31, 2008, a $104.6 million loss, net of tax, was recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income related to the cross currency swap.
Note 4: OTHER DEVELOPMENTS
Acquisitions
     The Company acquired two FCC licenses in its radio segment for $11.6 million in cash during 2008. The Company acquired outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $68.6 million in cash during 2008. The Company’s national representation business acquired representation contracts for $3.7 million in cash during 2008.
     During 2008, the Company exchanged assets in one of its Americas markets for assets located in a different market and recognized a gain of $2.6 million in “Gain on disposition of assets—net.”
Disposition of Assets
     The Company received proceeds of $76.0 million related to the sale of radio stations recorded as investing cash flows from discontinued operations and recorded a gain of $21.5 million as a component of “income from discontinued operations, net” during the three months ended March 31, 2008. The Company received proceeds of $1.0 billion related to the sale of its television business recorded as investing cash flows from discontinued operations and recorded a gain of $666.7 million as a component of “income from discontinued operations, net” during the three months ended March 31, 2008.
     In addition, the Company sold its 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor advertising company, and recognized a gain of $75.6 million in “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates” based on the fair value of the equity securities received. The Company classified these equity securities as available-for-sale on its consolidated balance sheet in accordance with Statement 115. The sale of Clear Channel Independent was structured as a tax free disposition thereby resulting in no current tax expense recognized on the sale. As a result, the Company’s effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2008 was 28.2%.
Debt Maturities
     On January 15, 2008, the Company redeemed its 4.625% Senior Notes at their maturity for $500.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from its bank credit facility.
Legal Proceedings
     Plaintiff Grantley Patent Holdings, Ltd. (“Grantley”) sued Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and nine Clear Channel subsidiaries for patent infringement in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas in November 2006. The four patents at issue claim methods and systems for electronically combining a traffic and billing system and a software yield management system to create an inventory management system for the broadcast media

F-61


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
industry. Clear Channel contends that the patents are invalid and alternatively, that Clear Channel’s systems do not infringe the patents. The case was tried before a jury beginning April 14, 2008. On April 22, the jury found that the patents at issue were valid and that Clear Channel infringed the patents and awarded damages to Grantley in the amount of $66.0 million. A final judgment has not yet been entered. Clear Channel plans to vigorously contest the judgment through post-trial motions, including a motion for judgment as a matter of law on the issue of non-infringement, willful infringement, invalidity and damages, or in the alternative, a motion for new trial. If we are not successful at the trial court level, we plan to appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit on these same issues. For these reasons, we have accrued an amount less than the jury award. Ultimate resolution of the case could result in material additional expense.
     The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in management’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.
Note 5: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     Certain agreements relating to acquisitions provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired companies. The Company will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact the financial position or results of operations of the Company.
     As discussed in Note 4, there are various lawsuits and claims pending against the Company. Based on current assumptions, the Company has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. Future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in these assumptions.
Note 6: GUARANTEES
     Within the Company’s $1.75 billion credit facility, there exists a $150.0 million sub-limit available to certain of the Company’s international subsidiaries. This $150.0 million sub-limit allows for borrowings in various foreign currencies, which are used to hedge net assets in those currencies and provide funds to the Company’s international operations for certain working capital needs. Subsidiary borrowings under this sub-limit are guaranteed by the Company. At March 31, 2008, there was no outstanding balance on this portion of the $1.75 billion credit facility.
     Within the Company’s bank credit facility agreement is a provision that requires the Company to reimburse lenders for any increased costs that they may incur in an event of a change in law, rule or regulation resulting in their reduced returns from any change in capital requirements. In addition to not being able to estimate the potential amount of any future payment under this provision, the Company is not able to predict if such event will ever occur.

F-62


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
     The Company guarantees $40.2 million of credit lines provided to certain of its international subsidiaries by a major international bank. Most of these credit lines relate to intraday overdraft facilities covering participants in the Company’s European cash management pool. As of March 31, 2008, no amounts were outstanding under these agreements.
     As of March 31, 2008, the Company has outstanding commercial standby letters of credit and surety bonds of $89.8 million and $51.2 million, respectively. These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters including insurance, bid, and performance bonds as well as other items. Letters of credit issued under the Company’s $1.75 billion credit facility reduce the borrowing availability on the credit facility, and are included in the Company’s calculation of its leverage ratio covenant under the bank credit facilities. The surety bonds are not considered as borrowings under the Company’s bank credit facilities.

F-63


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
Note 8: SEGMENT DATA
     The Company has three reportable segments, which it believes best reflects how the Company is currently managed — radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and International outdoor advertising. The Americas outdoor advertising segment consists primarily of operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, and the International outdoor segment includes operations primarily in Europe, Asia and Australia. The category “other” includes media representation and other general support services and initiatives. Revenue and expenses earned and charged between segments are recorded at fair value and eliminated in consolidation.
                                                         
                                    Corporate,              
                                    Merger and              
            Americas     International             Gain on              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             disposition of              
    Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     assets – net     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
Three Months Ended March 31, 2008
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 769,611     $ 333,362     $ 442,217     $ 44,453     $     $ (25,436 )   $ 1,564,207  
Direct operating expenses
    231,496       156,245       314,589       17,324             (13,707 )     705,947  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    269,282       58,375       86,235       24,218             (11,729 )     426,381  
Depreciation and amortization
    31,487       50,099       54,991       11,555       4,146             152,278  
Corporate expenses
                            46,303             46,303  
Merger expenses
                            389             389  
Gain on disposition of assets— net
                            2,097             2,097  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 237,346     $ 68,643     $ (13,598 )   $ (8,644 )   $ (48,741 )   $     $ 235,006  
 
                                         
Intersegment revenues
  $ 10,964     $ 1,677     $     $ 12,795     $     $     $ 25,436  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,641,673     $ 2,904,243     $ 2,877,597     $ 721,556     $ 853,038     $     $ 18,998,107  
Capital expenditures
  $ 18,420     $ 30,050     $ 43,251     $ 905     $ 1,067     $     $ 93,693  
Share-based payments
  $ 4,809     $ 1,538     $ 392     $     $ 2,851     $     $ 9,590  
 
               
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 799,201     $ 317,023     $ 373,833     $ 45,674     $     $ (30,654 )   $ 1,505,077  
Direct operating expenses
    234,518       134,914       259,291       17,705             (18,549 )     627,879  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    276,693       54,243       73,290       24,198             (12,105 )     416,319  
Depreciation and amortization
    29,901       46,561       49,109       9,966       4,148             139,685  
Corporate expenses
                            48,150             48,150  
Merger expenses
                            1,686             1,686  
Gain on disposition of assets— net
                            6,947             6,947  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 258,089     $ 81,305     $ (7,857 )   $ (6,195 )   $ (47,037 )   $     $ 278,305  
 
                                         
Intersegment revenues
  $ 15,282     $ 1,883     $     $ 13,489     $     $     $ 30,654  
Identifiable assets
  $ 11,828,170     $ 2,764,927     $ 2,391,523     $ 654,587     $ 332,578     $     $ 17,971,785  
Capital expenditures
  $ 14,677     $ 22,582     $ 24,671     $ 1,589     $ 1,467     $     $ 64,986  
Share-based payments
  $ 4,464     $ 1,126     $ 241     $     $ 2,414     $     $ 8,245  
     Revenue of $476.6 million and $398.5 million derived from foreign operations are included in the data above for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Identifiable assets of $3.1 billion and $2.7 billion derived from foreign operations are included in the data above at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

F-64


 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)
Note 9: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
     Through May 7, 2008, the Company executed definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 17 radio stations in addition to the radio stations under definitive asset purchase agreements at March 31, 2008. The closing of these sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions.

F-65


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

 
 
      We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or represent anything to you other than the information contained in this offering memorandum. You must not rely on unauthorized information or representations.
      This offering memorandum does not offer to sell or ask for offers to buy any of the securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who can not legally be offered the securities.
      The information in this offering memorandum is current only as of the date on its cover, and may change after that date. For any time after the cover date of this offering memorandum, we do not represent that our affairs are the same as described or that the information in this offering memorandum is correct—nor do we imply those things by delivering this offering memorandum or selling securities to you.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
Offering Memorandum Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    32  
Use of Proceeds
    50  
Capitalization
    52  
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
    54  
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
    67  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    70  
Business
    108  
Management
    139  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
    150  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
    152  
Description of Other Indebtedness
    155  
Description of the Notes
    163  
Exchange Offer; Registration Rights
    241  
Notice to Investors
    244  
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form
    248  
Private Placement
    251  
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
    253  
Certain Considerations for Plan Investors
    263  
Legal Matters
    266  
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    266  
Available Information
    266  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-1  
 
OFFERING MEMORANDUM
 
ClearChannel
BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.
to be merged with and into
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
$980,000,000 10.75%
Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
$1,330,000,000 11.00%/11.75%
Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
Deutsche Bank Securities
Morgan Stanley
Citi
Credit Suisse
RBS Greenwich Capital
Wachovia Securities
          , 2008
 
 

 


 

ANNEX A
Form of Joinder Agreement
          WHEREAS, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Purchase Agreement, dated May 13, 2008 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), providing for the issuance and sale of the Securities (as defined therein); and
          NOW, THEREFORE, each of the undersigned hereby agrees for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers, as follows:
          Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
          1. Joinder . Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Purchase Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Purchase Agreement as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to each of the undersigned in the Purchase Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties requested of each of the undersigned pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
          2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements . Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that it has all the requisite company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement, that this Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby has been duly and validly authorized, except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or results of operations of the undersigned and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and after giving effect to the Transactions.
          3. Counterparts . This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          4. Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
          5. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

A-1


 

          6. APPLICABLE LAW . THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY THEREIN.

A-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement this [       ] day of [       ], 2008.
         
  [PARTY]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-3


 

         
         
Acknowledged by:    
 
       
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.    
 
       
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING INC.    
 
       
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.    
 
       
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC    
 
       
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    

A-4


 

         
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.    
 
       
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC    
 
       
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

A-5

Exhibit 10.22
EXECUTION COPY
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of July 30, 2008
among
BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
as the Issuer,
(to be merged with and into
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
as the surviving entity),
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee
and
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
10.75% SENIOR CASH PAY NOTES DUE 2016
and
11.00% / 11.75% SENIOR TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2016
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
           
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310
(a)(1)
    7.10  
 
(a)(2)
    7.10  
 
(a)(3)
    N.A.  
 
(a)(4)
    N.A.  
 
(a)(5)
    7.10  
 
(b)
    7.03, 7.10  
 
(c)
    N.A.  
311
(a)
    7.11  
 
(b)
    7.11  
 
(c)
    N.A.  
312
(a)
    2.05  
 
(b)
    13.03  
 
(c)
    13.03  
313
(a)
    7.06  
 
(b)(1)
    N.A.  
 
(b)(2)
    7.06; 7.07  
 
(c)
    7.06; 13.02  
 
(d)
    7.06  
314
(a)
    4.03; 13.05  
 
(b)
    N.A.  
 
(c)(1)
    13.04  
 
(c)(2)
    13.04  
 
(c)(3)
    N.A.  
 
(d)
    N.A.  
 
(e)
    13.05  
 
(f)
    N.A.  
315
(a)
    7.01  
 
(b)
    7.05; 13.02  
 
(c)
    7.01  
 
(d)
    7.01  
 
(e)
    6.14  
316
(a)(last sentence)
    2.09  
 
(a)(1)(A)
    6.05  
 
(a)(1)(B)
    6.04  
 
(a)(2)
    N.A  
 
(b)
    6.07  
 
(c)
    2.12; 9.04  
317
(a)(1)
    6.08  
 
(a)(2)
    6.12  
 
(b)
    2.04  
318
(a)
    13.01  
 
(b)
    N.A.  
 
(c)
    13.01  
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE 1
       
 
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
       
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    36  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    37  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    37  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    38  
 
       
ARTICLE 2
       
 
       
THE NOTES
       
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    39  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    41  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    41  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    42  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    42  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    43  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    54  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    54  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    55  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    55  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    55  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    55  
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
    56  
 
       
ARTICLE 3
       
 
       
REDEMPTION
       
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    56  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
    56  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    57  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    58  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    58  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    58  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    59  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    60  
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    60  

-i-


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE 4
       
 
       
COVENANTS
       
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    62  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    63  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    63  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    64  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    65  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    65  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    65  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    73  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
    74  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    80  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    82  
Section 4.12 Liens
    84  
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
    85  
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    85  
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
    86  
Section 4.16 Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes
    87  
Section 4.17 Limitation on Layering
    87  
 
       
ARTICLE 5
       
 
       
SUCCESSORS
       
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    88  
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE 6
       
 
       
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
       
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    90  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    92  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    92  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    92  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    92  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    92  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment
    93  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    93  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    93  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    93  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    94  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    94  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    94  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    95  

-ii-


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE 7
       
 
       
TRUSTEE
       
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    95  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    96  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    97  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    97  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    97  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    97  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    98  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent
    98  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
    99  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    99  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
    100  
 
       
ARTICLE 8
       
 
       
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
       
 
       
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    100  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    100  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    101  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    101  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    102  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer
    103  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    103  
 
       
ARTICLE 9
       
 
       
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
       
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    103  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    104  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    106  
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    106  
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    107  
Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
    107  
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
    107  
 
       
ARTICLE 10
       
 
       
GUARANTEES
       
 
       
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    107  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    109  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
    109  
Section 10.04 Subrogation
    110  
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    110  
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees
    110  

-iii-


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE 11
       
 
       
SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES
       
 
       
Section 11.01 Agreement To Subordinate
    110  
Section 11.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
    111  
Section 11.03 Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor
    111  
Section 11.04 Demand for Payment
    113  
Section 11.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
    113  
Section 11.06 Subrogation
    113  
Section 11.07 Relative Rights
    113  
Section 11.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor
    114  
Section 11.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
    114  
Section 11.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative
    114  
Section 11.11 Article 11 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment
    114  
Section 11.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated
    114  
Section 11.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely
    115  
Section 11.14 Trustee To Effectuate Subordination
    115  
Section 11.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors
    116  
Section 11.16 Reliance by Holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions
    116  
 
       
ARTICLE 12
       
 
       
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
       
 
       
Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    116  
Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money
    117  
ARTICLE 13
       
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    118  
Section 13.02 Notices
    118  
Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    119  
Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    120  
Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    120  
Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    120  
Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    120  
Section 13.08 Governing Law
    121  
Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    121  
Section 13.10 Force Majeure
    121  
Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    121  
Section 13.12 Successors
    121  
Section 13.13 Severability
    121  

-iv-


 

         
    Page
Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals
    121  
Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
    121  
Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture
    122  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A1 Form of Senior Cash Pay Note
       
Exhibit A2 Form of Senior Toggle Note
       
Exhibit B Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit C Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

-v-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of July 30, 2008, among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Co ,” and prior to the consummation of the Merger, the Issuer), and following the consummation of the Merger, Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Clear Channel ,” and following the consummation of the Merger, the Issuer), Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $980,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and an issue of $1,330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.00% / 11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”);
          WHEREAS, Merger Co and Clear Channel, each in its capacity as the Issuer, have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, following the consummation of the merger of Merger Co with and into Clear Channel on the Issue Date (the “ Merger ”), with Clear Channel as the surviving entity, Clear Channel shall assume all of the rights and obligations of Merger Co as the Issuer under this Indenture by operation of law.
          NOW, THEREFORE, Merger Co and Clear Channel, each in its capacity as the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions .
          “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
          “ ABL Facility ” means the asset-based revolving Credit Facility provided under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

 


 

          “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “ Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.
          “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 1, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(d) hereof and in Section 5(d) of such Note), plus (ii) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such Note through August 1, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date.
          “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
          “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or
     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

-2-


 

in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof or the making of any Permitted Investment;
     (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50,000,000;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;
     (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
     (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

-3-


 

     (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;
     (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
     (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; or
     (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law.
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2) (a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

-4-


 

     (b) in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95.0% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
          “ CCO ” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Issuer, as maker, and CCO, as payee.

-5-


 

          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transactions):
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
     (2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
          “ Clear Channel ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation.
          “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.
          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net

-6-


 

payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
          For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified

-7-


 

Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded;
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded;
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date) to the extent included in discontinued operations prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;

-8-


 

     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted

-9-


 

Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
          “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been

-10-


 

or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
          “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
     (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
          “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

-11-


 

          “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
          “ Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
          “ Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) all Indebtedness of any Guarantor under its guarantee of (i) the Senior Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof plus (ii) the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (12)(b) of Section 4.09(b) hereof plus (iii) the amount of additional Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Guarantor under Section 4.09 hereof that is also permitted to be and is secured by a Lien pursuant to (A) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio test set forth in Section 4.12(b) hereof or (B) clause (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens (in each case plus interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;
     (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); and
     (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2); provided , however , that Designated Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
     (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

-12-


 

     (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);
     (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
     (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries.
          “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2,000,000; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

-13-


 

     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, Asset Sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with FAS 141(R) and gains or losses associated with FIN 45)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the Notes, Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (e) (x) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (y) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and (z) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided , that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10.0% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

-14-


 

     (i) the amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Issue Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus
     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and
     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
          “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

-15-


 

          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
          “ euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
          “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer from
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
          “ Existing Senior Notes ” means the Issuer’s 4.625% Senior Notes Due 2008, 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2008, 4.25% Senior Notes Due 2009, 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.

-16-


 

          “ Existing Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ General Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
          “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

-17-


 

     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
          “ Guaranteed Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that any Guarantor (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified

-18-


 

Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized; provided , that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
          “ Guarantor ” means each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
          “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
          “ Holdings ” means Clear Channel Capital I, LLC.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes

-19-


 

an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing.
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
          “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
          “ Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means February 1 and August 1 of each year to stated maturity.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

-20-


 

     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer;
     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
          “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
     (a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.
          “ Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
          “ Issue Date ” means July 30, 2008.
          “ Issuer ” means, prior to the consummation of the Merger, Merger Co, and following the consummation of the Merger, Clear Channel.
          “ Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

-21-


 

          “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
          “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Merger Co ” means BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
          “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Issuer and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons).

-22-


 

          “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
          “ Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.
          “ Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “ Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated July 30, 2008, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.
          “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent or CC Media Holdings, Inc.) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

-23-


 

          “ Permitted Investments ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
     and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;
     (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

-24-


 

     (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);
     (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
     (12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $600,000,000 and 2.00% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
     (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;
     (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $20,000,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
     (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;
     (17) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;
     (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;
     (19) any purchase or repurchase of the Notes; and
     (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $200,000,000 (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
          “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and

-25-


 

adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5), (12)(b) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an

-26-


 

amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Liens on (x) accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility, and (y) any Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

-27-


 

     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;
     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

-28-


 

     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted; and
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business.
          For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
          “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Proof of Claim ” shall mean a proof of claim or debt filed in accordance with and pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Law, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and/or a final order of the U.S. bankruptcy court.
          “ Proper Proof of Claim ” shall mean, at any time, a Proof of Claim in an amount not less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes at such time plus accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes at such time.
          “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.
          “ Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (A) one or more Securitization Subsidiaries or (B) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of CCO or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCO or its Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), (d) after giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing,

-29-


 

(x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 8.0 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing and (y) the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (e) the proceeds from such sale will be used by the Issuer to permanently reduce Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto and (f) the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (e) have been satisfied.
          “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
          “ Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
          “ Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
          “ Record Date ” for the interest or Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional Notes.
          “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

-30-


 

          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Representative ” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor.
          “ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
          “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

-31-


 

          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Securitization Assets ” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and any other assets related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.
          “ Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
          “ Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Issuer) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors of the Issuer or such other Person as provided below as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (c) to which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
          “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Senior Credit Facilities ” means (i) any ABL Facility and (ii) the General Credit Facilities.

-32-


 

          “ Senior Toggle Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “ Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer and/or any direct or indirect parent company, in substantially the form delivered to the Initial Purchasers prior to the Issue Date and as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing.
          “ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
          “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

-33-


 

          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
          “ Total Assets ” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Transactions ” means the “Transactions” as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).
          “ Trustee ” means Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 , that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary

-34-


 

or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
     (2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and
     (3) each of:
     (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
     (b) its Subsidiaries
has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or
     (2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
     Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
          “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.

-35-


 

          “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.11 (a)
“AHYDO”
    3.08 (b)
“AHYDO Catch-Up Payment”
    3.08 (b)
“Asset Sale Offer”
    4.10 (c)
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Blockage Notice”
    11.03  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.14 (a)
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.14 (a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.14 (a)
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“Defeased Covenants”
    8.03  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01 (a)
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10 (c)
“incur” or “incurrence”
    4.09 (a)
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02  
“Non-Payment Default”
    11.03  
“Note Register”
    2.03  
“Offer Amount”
    3.09 (b)
“Offer Period”
    3.09 (b)
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
    4.10 (c)
“Partial PIK Interest”
    4.01  
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Payment Blockage Period”
    11.03  
“Payment Default”
    11.03  
“PIK Interest”
    4.01  
“PIK Notes”
    2.01 (d)
“PIK Payment”
    2.01 (d)
“Purchase Date”
    3.09 (b)
“Redemption Date”
    3.07 (a)
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
    4.09 (b)
“Refunding Capital Stock”
    4.07 (b)
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Restricted Payments”
    4.07 (a)
“Special Redemption”
    3.08 (a)
“Special Redemption Amount”
    3.08 (a)
“Special Redemption Date”
    3.08 (a)
“Successor Company”
    5.01 (a)
“Successor Person”
    5.01 (c)
“Transfer Agent”
    2.03  
“Treasury Capital Stock”
    4.07 (b)

-36-


 

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
     “indenture securities” means the Notes;
     “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;
     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .
          Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

-37-


 

          (i) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
          (j) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
          (k) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater; and
          (l) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
          (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

-38-


 

          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .
          (a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 (in the case of the Senior Cash Pay Notes) or Exhibit A2 (in the case of the Senior Toggle Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, subject to the issuance of PIK Interest pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof, in which case the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes may be increased by, or PIK Notes may be issued in, an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest paid by the Issuer for the applicable interest period.
          (b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each Global Note shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon (and, with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes, giving effect to any PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note) and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges

-39-


 

and redemptions and, with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes, payment of PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
          (c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.
          Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
          (d) PIK Notes . In connection with the payment of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Senior Toggle Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the Holders and without regard to Section 4.09 hereof, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue additional Senior Toggle Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Senior Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). The Notes, including any PIK Notes, and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, except as provided in Article 9 hereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture shall include any Additional Notes and PIK Notes that are actually issued and any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment, and references to “principal amount” of the Notes or the Senior Toggle Notes shall include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment.
          (e) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

-40-


 

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.
          Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
          (f) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .
          At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time such Note is authenticated, such Note shall nevertheless be valid.
          A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency in the Borough of

-41-


 

Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“ Transfer Agent ”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Transfer Agent” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.
          The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (for so long as it acts as Paying Agent) or the Trustee (if Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas ceases to act as Paying Agent hereunder) shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists .
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

-42-


 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive

-43-


 

Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

-44-


 

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
          (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
          (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

-45-


 

     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
          (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
          (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

-46-


 

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
          (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
          (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

-47-


 

     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
          (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

-48-


 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
               Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
          (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
          (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
          (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

-49-


 

     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
          (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
          (f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

-50-


 

          (g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
          (i) Private Placement Legend .
     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE

-51-


 

IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

-52-


 

          (iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”
          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
          (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).
          (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
          (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

-53-


 

          (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
          (viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
          (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .
          If either (x) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
          Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .
          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such Note.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

-54-


 

          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any Notes payable on such date, then such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and after such date.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .
          Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
          Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation .
          The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer

-55-


 

shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers .
          The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .
          If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and/or Senior Toggle Notes, as the case may be, to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .
          If less than all of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and/or Senior Toggle Notes, as the case may be, are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Registrar shall deem appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

-56-


 

          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part (other than PIK Notes, which may be redeemed in minimum amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof), except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .
          Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address, or shall otherwise deliver on such timeframe such notice in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
     (a) the redemption date;
     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) that if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

-57-


 

          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided in Section 3.07 hereof and in Section 5 of the Notes). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
          On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .
          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided , that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

-58-


 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
          (a) At any time prior to August 1, 2012, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of such Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
          (b) Until August 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, redeem up to 40.0% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of each of (i) the Senior Cash Pay Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, and (ii) the Senior Toggle Notes (and any PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) at a redemption price equal to 111.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes, as applicable, originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes, as applicable, issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date (but excluding PIK Notes in the case of the Senior Toggle Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to such redemption, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (c) Except pursuant to Sections 3.07(a) and (b), the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before August 1, 2012.
          (d) On and after August 1, 2012, each of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes, as applicable, to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of such Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:
                 
    Senior     Senior  
    Cash Pay Notes     Toggle  
Year   Percentage     Notes Percentage  
2012
    105.375 %     105.500 %
2013
    102.688 %     102.750 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %     100.000 %

-59-


 

          (e) Any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .
          (a) On August 1, 2015 (the “ Special Redemption Date ”), the Issuer shall be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “ Special Redemption Amount ”) of Senior Toggle Notes equal to the product of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) the lesser of (i) one and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Special Redemption Date of the Senior Toggle Notes for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,330,000,000, as determined by the Issuer in good faith and rounded to the nearest $2,000 (such redemption, the “ Special Redemption ”). The redemption price for each portion of a Senior Toggle Note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.
          (b) On the first Interest Payment Date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2(a)(2) of each series of Notes ( i.e ., the Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes), and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of each then outstanding Note in such series in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note. The “ AHYDO Catch-Up Payment ” for a particular Interest Payment Date with respect to each Note in a series means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such Interest Payment Date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to such Note before the close of such Interest Payment Date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on such Note (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such Interest Payment Date plus (ii) the product of the issue price of such Note as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code ( i.e. , the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes in such series is sold, disregarding for this purpose sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that such Note is not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided , however , for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of such Note is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note. This Section 3.08(b) shall be interpreted consistently with the intent that no Senior Cash Pay Note and that no Senior Toggle Note shall be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “ AHYDO ”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be made by the Issuer in its good faith reasonable discretion and shall be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error.
          (c) The Special Redemption and any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. The Issuer shall not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .
          (a) The Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in clauses (b) through (f) of this Section 3.09 for any Asset Sale Offer commenced pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof.
          (b) An Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable

-60-


 

law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
          (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
          (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
     (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;
     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only (or if PIK Notes are issued and PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, in minimum principal amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 with respect thereto);
     (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Registrar shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments

-61-


 

as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 (or if PIK Notes are issued and PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, in minimum principal amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 with respect thereto) shall be purchased); and
     (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
          (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
          (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (or if PIK Notes are issued and PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, in minimum principal amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 with respect thereto). Any Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .
          The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due; provided that with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes, for any interest period, if the Issuer elects to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”) or paying 50.0% of such interest in the form of PIK Interest (“ Partial PIK Interest ”), in each case, in the matter provided in the Senior Toggle Notes, then all such interest paid in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK

-62-


 

Interest shall be considered paid or duly provided for, for all purposes of this Indenture, and shall not be considered overdue. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and for the avoidance of doubt, no additional interest or other amounts shall be payable in respect of the interest period for which such payment is made as a result of such extension of time.
          The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
          The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, 400 Madison Avenue, Suite 4D, New York, NY 10017, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Issuer shall file with the SEC no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

-63-


 

     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 5 days after the time the Issuer would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to this Section 4.03(a). To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above in this Section 4.03(a) and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Issuer shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided , that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .
          (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and

-64-


 

covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
          (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture of which the Issuer is aware, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default of which the Issuer is aware, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes .
          The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
          The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
     (I) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
     (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or
     (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

-65-


 

     (II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:
     (A) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
     (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (IV) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (c) thereof only), (6)(c) and (8) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
     (a) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:
     (i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
     (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

-66-


 

     (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
(B) to the extent such proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or
     (ii) debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;
provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
     (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) from any Excluded Contributions); plus
     (d) 100% of the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:
     (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case with respect to Restricted Investments made after the Issue Date; or
     (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

-67-


 

     (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $100,000,000, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.
     (b) Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:
     (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;

-68-


 

     (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and
     (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $50,000,000 with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75,000,000 in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date (other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted

-69-


 

Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;
     (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);
provided , however , that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof;
     (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (8) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Issuer in or from any such public Equity Offering;
     (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
     (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $400,000,000;
     (11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and Securitization Fees;
     (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, and any payments to holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions) in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;
     (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

-70-


 

     (14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,
     (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;
     (b) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise and similar taxes; provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year (and to the extent of any amounts actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries);
     (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (e) amounts payable to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;
     (f) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (i) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful) and (ii) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful);
     (g) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and
     (h) to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment; (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted

-71-


 

Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture; (D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (9) thereof);
     (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01 hereof; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
     (17) any Restricted Payments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; and
     (18) purchase Equity Interests of CCO not owned by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise);
provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10), (15) and (17) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
          (c) The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on, or in respect of, the Issuer’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from, the Investors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Capital Stock to or from the Issuer, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by Section 4.07(a) hereof, or the exceptions provided by clauses (1) or (10) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” unless the most recent interest payment made by the Issuer was a Cash Interest payment and the Issuer has not made a PIK Election with respect to the next interest payment due and, in each case, such payment is otherwise in compliance with this covenant.

-72-


 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including without limitation, pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes;
     (2) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation, (y) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and (z) the Exchange Notes and the related indenture and guarantees;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Issuer or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

-73-


 

     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) any encumbrances or restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing; and
     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur “ and collectively, an “ incurrence “) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 7.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided , however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $750,000,000 of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

-74-


 

     (b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
     (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $16,770,638,000 outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate amount of proceeds received from the sale of any Securitization Assets made since the Issue Date;
     (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes);
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes (including any PIK Notes but excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b));
     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $150,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under FAS 141(R)) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));

-75-


 

     (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the CCU Mirror Note) owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof); provided , however , that any amounts in excess of 100.0% shall be Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder, and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $1,000,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred

-76-


 

or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
     (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b), or
     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above,
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and
     (C) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; or
     (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

-77-


 

and provided further that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
     (17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $250,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18));
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;
     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and

-78-


 

     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.
          (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
          (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          (g) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor (other than Indebtedness constituting Designated Senior Indebtedness), as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or

-79-


 

such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and unsubordinated Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales .
     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or that are owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
     (B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $300,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.
          (b) Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
          (1) to permanently reduce:
     (A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

-80-


 

     (B) Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (as defined below) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (C) Obligations under (i) Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 5 of each of the Notes and Section 3.02 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 and Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest; or
     (D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (2) to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) are either (x) used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
          (c) Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes exceeds $100,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with such Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof, or if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00, (in each case in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100,000,000 by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may

-81-


 

satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $100,000,000 or less.
          To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
          (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facility, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
          (e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20,000,000, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

-82-


 

     (b) Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;
     (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses and indemnities, directly or indirectly, to the Investors, in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
     (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement), or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

-83-


 

     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;
     (12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or as otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; and
     (14) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
Section 4.12 Liens .
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
          (b) Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to (i) Liens securing the Notes (including PIK Notes) and the related Guarantees or the Exchange Notes (including PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) and related guarantees, (ii) Liens securing Obligations under any Indebtedness and related guarantees under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and (iii) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (iii), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 6.75 to 1.0.
          (c) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.12(a) hereof.

-84-


 

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth in Section 5 of each of the Notes and Section 3.03 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple

-85-


 

of $1,000 in principal amount; provided , however , that if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.
     The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase by the Issuer of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
     (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
     (d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .
     The Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and

-86-


 

     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Financing by any Restricted Subsidiary.
          The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day period described in clause (1) of this Section 4.15.
Section 4.16 Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes .
          The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend any of the Existing Senior Notes or the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, or any supplemental indenture in respect thereof, to create, incur or assume any Lien that secures any of the Existing Senior Notes other than to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
Section 4.17 Limitation on Layering .
          (a) The Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:
          (1) equal in right of payment with the such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; or
          (2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes.
          (b) For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and unsubordinated Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

-87-


 

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
          (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), and shall not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (B) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
     (5) each Restricted Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(B) of Section 5.01(c) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
          (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of Section 5.01(a) hereof shall not apply to the Transactions (including the merger). Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
     (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; and

-88-


 

     (y) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
          (c) No Restricted Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) (A) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person “);
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under this Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
     (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.10(a) hereof.
          (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 4.10(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under this Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Restricted Guarantor).
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .
 
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under

-89-


 

this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default .
          (a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding;
     (5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $100,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgments are covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgments or decrees which is not promptly stayed;

-90-


 

     (6) the Issuer or any Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Party in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Party; or
     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party;
     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.
          (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

-91-


 

Section 6.02 Acceleration .
          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies .
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority .
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .
          Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

-92-


 

     (2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
          A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment .
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

-93-


 

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities .
          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

-94-


 

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

-95-


 

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
           (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
           (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
           (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
           (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
           (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.
           (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
           (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
           (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

-96-


 

           (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
           (j) In the event the Issuer is re quired to pay Special Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .
          Within 60 days after each February 1, beginning with the February 1 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

-97-


 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
          The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and any Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and each Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s or each such Agent’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and each Agent for, and hold each of the Trustee and each Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and each Agent shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or applicable Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or any Agent through such Person’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.
          To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, each of the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by such Person, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent .
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or any successor Agent shall become effective only upon the acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 by such successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. The Trustee or any Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee or such Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or any Agent if:
     (a) in the case of the Trustee, such Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

-98-


 

     (b) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or such Agent or such Person’s property; or
     (d) the Trustee or such Agent becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee or any Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or any Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, to replace such successor Trustee or successor Agent appointed by the Issuer.
          If a successor Trustee or successor Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Agent.
          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee or successor Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the applicable Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or successor Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee or Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .
          If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust or relevant agent business, as applicable, to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under

-99-


 

such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance “). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture as referenced in Section 8.04 hereof;
     (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (d) this Section 8.02.

-100-


 

          Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a ” Defeased Covenant , and collectively, the “ Defeased Covenants ”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any Defeased Covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to any Significant Party), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to any Significant Party) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

-101-


 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

-102-


 

          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement .
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with this Indenture;

-103-


 

     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
          Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer

-104-


 

or exchange offer for the Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification would only affect the Senior Cash Pay Notes or the Senior Toggle Notes, only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority in principal amount of all of the then outstanding Notes), as the case may be, shall be required. Sections 2.08 and 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.
          Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
          Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
          (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
          (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);
          (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
          (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
          (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
          (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;
          (7) make any change to this paragraph of this Section 9.02;

-105-


 

     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
     (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or
     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
          Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, (1) no amendment to, or waiver of, the subordination provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Guarantees (or the component definitions used therein), if adverse to the interests of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, may be made without the consent of the holders of a majority of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative), and (2) no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of any Agent may be made without the consent of such Agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement shall constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such Agent).
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

-106-


 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .
          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .
          The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee .
          Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity,

-107-


 

by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture or the Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the Notes). Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-108-


 

          The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor, shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future senior indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .
          (a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
          (c) If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.
          (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          (e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

-109-


 

Section 10.04 Subrogation .
          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .
          A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof;
     (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the General Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
     (C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
     (D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 12 hereof; and
     (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
ARTICLE 11
SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES
Section 11.01 Agreement To Subordinate .
          Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 11, to the prior payment in full in cash of all existing and future Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness. A Guarantor’s Obligations under its Guarantee shall

-110-


 

in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of such Guarantor, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is Designated Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 11 shall be subject to Section 11.12 hereof.
Section 11.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .
          Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property:
     (i) the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Designated Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and
     (ii) until the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Article 11 shall be made to holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.
To the extent any payment of Designated Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor (whether by or on behalf of such Guarantor, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or similar law, then, if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to, such receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or similar Person, the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred. It is further agreed that any diminution (whether pursuant to court decree or otherwise, including without limitation for any of the reasons described in the preceding sentence) of any Guarantor’s obligation to make any distribution or payment pursuant to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such diminution occurs by reason of the repayment (which has not been disgorged or returned) of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor in cash, shall have no force or effect for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in this Article 11, with any turnover of payments as otherwise calculated pursuant to this Article 11 to be made as if no such diminution had occurred. The Issuer shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee of any such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, or reorganization of any Guarantor, provided that any delay or failure to give such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained in this Article 11.
Section 11.03 Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor .
          A Guarantor shall not make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default ”):
     (i) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due; or

-111-


 

     (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;
unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that such Guarantor shall be entitled to make a payment or distribution under its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.
          During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Guarantor and the Issuer) of written notice (a ” Blockage Notice “) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:
     (i) by written notice to the Trustee, the relevant Guarantor and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;
     (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or
     (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.
          Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph (but subject to the provisions contained in the first paragraph of this Section 11.03 and Section 11.02 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the relevant Guarantor shall be permitted to resume paying its Guarantee after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. Each Guarantee shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of Non-Payment Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on a Guarantee is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness and that was the basis for the initiation of such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Period unless such default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

-112-


 

Section 11.04 Demand for Payment .
          If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such demand; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article 11. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Designated Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and the relevant Guarantor is a guarantor thereof, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the respective Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not pay its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.
Section 11.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .
          If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to this Article 11, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
Section 11.06 Subrogation .
          After all Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is paid in full in cash and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Designated Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 11 to holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the applicable Guarantor and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Designated Senior Indebtedness.
Section 11.07 Relative Rights .
          This Article 11 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
     (i) impair, as between such Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments under its Guarantee in accordance with its terms;
     (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by such Guarantor under its obligations with respect to its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or
     (iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

-113-


 

Section 11.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor .
          No right of any holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
Section 11.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .
          Notwithstanding Section 11.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 11; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination of the Guarantees to the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors shall not be affected and the Holders receiving any payments in contravention of Section 11.02 and/or 11.03 (and such respective payments) shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of this Article 11. A Guarantor, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to give the notice that payments may not be made under this Article 11; provided , however , that, if an issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give such notice.
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 11 with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Designated Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 hereof shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 11 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.
Section 11.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative .
          Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
Section 11.11 Article 11 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment         .
          The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment pursuant its Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 11 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee. Nothing in this Article 11 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 10 hereof.
Section 11.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated .
          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal (including any accretion) of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 11, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to such Guarantor or any holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or any

-114-


 

other creditor of such Guarantor; provided , that the subordination provisions of this Article 11 were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 hereof, as the case may be, and such deposit was otherwise made in accordance with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.
Section 11.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely .
          Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 11, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 11. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 11, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Designated Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 11, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 11.
Section 11.14 Trustee To Effectuate Subordination .
          A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article 11 and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor as provided in this Article 11 and appoints the Trustee as its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
          If the Trustee does not file a Proper Proof of Claim in any proceeding prior to 15 days before the expiration of the time to file a Proof of Claim in such proceeding, then the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor (or their Representative) are hereby authorized to have the right to file and are (or is) hereby authorized to file, in the name of the Trustee, a Proof of Claim for and on behalf of the Holders; provided , that (i) if the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (or their Representative) file any Proof of Claim as contemplated above and the Trustee shall subsequently file a Proper Proof of Claim in such proceeding before the expiration of the time to file a Proof of Claim in such proceeding, such subsequent Proper Proof of Claim filed by the Trustee shall supersede any such Proof of Claim theretofore filed by the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (or their Representative), and such Proof of Claim theretofore filed by the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (or their Representative) shall thereupon be deemed to be withdrawn, and (ii) the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to authorize the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes, or to authorize the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. This Section 11.14 is intended solely to permit the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor to preserve their “turnover

-115-


 

right” pursuant to the applicable subordination provisions in this Article 11 in circumstances where a Proper Proof of Claim has not been filed by the Trustee before the expiration of the time to file a Proof of Claim in a bankruptcy proceeding, and nothing herein shall impair the rights of the Trustee under Section 6.13 and 7.07 hereof.
Section 11.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors .
          The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or such Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 11 or otherwise.
Section 11.16 Reliance by Holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions .
          Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the subordination provisions in this Article 11 are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, whether such Designated Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Designated Senior Indebtedness, and such holder of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Designated Senior Indebtedness.
          Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 11 or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any other Person.
ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:
     (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

-116-


 

     (2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
     (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money .
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

-117-


 

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 13.02 Notices .
          Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Telephone: (210) 832-3311
Facsimile: (210) 832-3432
with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY
Attention: Jay J. Kim, Esq.
Telephone: (212) 596-9000
Facsimile: (212) 596-9090
If to the Trustee:
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, Suite 4D
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Vice President
Telephone: (212) 750-6474
Facsimile: (212) 750-1361

-118-


 

If to the initial Paying Agent and Registrar:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
60 Wall Street, 27th Floor
MS: NYC60-2710
New York, NY 10005
Attention.: Trust & Securities Services
Facsimile: (732) 578-4635
with a copy to:
Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
25 DeForest Avenue
Mail Stop: SUM01-0105
Summit, New Jersey 07901
Attention: Trust & Securities Services
Facsimile: (732) 578-4635
          The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

-119-


 

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
          Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

-120-


 

Section 13.08 Governing Law .
          THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .
          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 13.10 Force Majeure .
          In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 13.12 Successors .
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.
Section 13.13 Severability .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals .
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.
Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

-121-


 

Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture .
          The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
[Signatures on following page]

-122-


 

         
  BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.,
as Issuer
 
 
  By:   /s/ John P. Connaughton    
    Name:   John P. Connaughton   
    Title:   Co-President and Secretary   
 
The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the effectiveness of the merger of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation under the name “Clear Channel Communications, Inc.”, it will succeed by operation of law to all of the rights and obligations of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. set forth herein and that all references herein to the “Issuer” shall thereupon be deemed to be references to the undersigned.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
    Name:   Mark P. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer   
 
Signature Page to Indenture


 

         
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW
YORK, as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ James D. Heaney    
    Name:   James D. Heaney   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Indenture


 

         
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Annie Jaghatspanyan    
    Name:   Annie Jaghatspanyan   
    Title:      
 
     
  By:   /s/ Jennifer Davis    
    Name:   Jennifer Davis   
    Title:   Associate   
 
Signature Page to Indenture


 

EXHIBIT A1
[Face of Senior Cash Pay Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [ THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. THE ISSUE DATE IS [ ] . INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER THIS NOTE CAN BE PROMPTLY OBTAINED BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE TREASURER OF THE ISSUER AT 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78209. ]

A1-1


 

CUSIP [        ]
ISIN [         ] 1
[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$980,000,000
10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
No. ___   [$                      ]
BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
as the Issuer
(to be merged with and into CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
with CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. as the surviving entity)
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                           United States Dollars] on August 1, 2016.
Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1
Record Dates: January 15 and July 15
 
1   Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 184502 AZ5
 
    Rule 144A Note ISIN: US184502AZ53
 
    Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18285 AD5
 
    Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18285AD55
 
    Exchange Note CUSIP:
 
    Exchange Note ISIN:

A1-2


 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [ ]
         
  BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the effectiveness of the merger of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation under the name “Clear Channel Communications, Inc.”, it will succeed by operation of law to all of the rights and obligations of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. set forth herein and that all references herein to the “Issuer” shall thereupon be deemed to be references to the undersigned.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A1-3


 

         
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
  as Trustee  
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A1-4


 

         
[Back of Senior Cash Pay Note]
10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. INTEREST. BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., with CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. as the surviving entity) (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Cash Pay Note at 10.75% per annum from July 30, 2008 2 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Senior Cash Pay Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 1, 2009. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Senior Cash Pay Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Senior Cash Pay Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the Senior Cash Pay Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of the Senior Cash Pay Notes at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Senior Cash Pay Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Senior Cash Pay Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Senior Cash Pay Notes under an Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar
 
2   With respect to the Initial Notes

A1-5


 

and Transfer Agent. This Senior Cash Pay Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Senior Cash Pay Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Senior Cash Pay Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Senior Cash Pay Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
          (a) Except as described below under Sections 5(b) and 5(c) below, the Senior Cash Pay Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before August 1, 2012.
          (b) At any time prior to August 1, 2012, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
          (c) Until August 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 110.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Senior Cash Pay Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are Senior Cash Pay Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (d) On and after August 1, 2012, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    Senior  
    Cash Pay  
Year   Notes Percentage  
2012
    105.375 %
2013
    102.688 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %

A1-6


 

          (e) Any redemption of Senior Cash Pay Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
          6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. On the first Interest Payment Date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2(a)(2) of the Senior Cash Pay Notes, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of each then outstanding Senior Cash Pay Note in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note. The “ AHYDO Catch-Up Payment ” for a particular Interest Payment Date with respect to each Senior Cash Pay Note means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such Interest Payment Date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to such Senior Cash Pay Note before the close of such Interest Payment Date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on such Senior Cash Pay Note (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such Interest Payment Date plus (ii) the product of the issue price of such Senior Cash Pay Note as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code ( i.e. , the first price at which a substantial amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes is sold, disregarding for this purpose sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that such Senior Cash Pay Note is not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided , however , for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of such Senior Cash Pay Note is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each Interest Payment Date with respect to such Senior Cash Pay Note. This Section 6 shall be interpreted consistently with the intent that no Senior Cash Pay Note shall be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “ AHYDO ”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be made by the Issuer in its good faith reasonable discretion and shall be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error.
          The Issuer shall not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Senior Cash Pay Notes.
          7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Senior Cash Pay Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Senior Cash Pay Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Senior Cash Pay Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Senior

A1-7


 

Cash Pay Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Senior Cash Pay Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
          (b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Senior Cash Pay Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Senior Cash Pay Notes (as selected by the Trustee or the Paying Agent) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (as selected by the agent thereof) shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero. Holders of Senior Cash Pay Notes that are the subject of an offer to repurchase shall receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Senior Cash Pay Notes.
          9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Senior Cash Pay Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Senior Cash Pay Notes may be registered and Senior Cash Pay Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Cash Pay Note or portion of a Senior Cash Pay Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Senior Cash Pay Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any Senior Cash Pay Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed or (y) any Senior Cash Pay Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
          10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Senior Cash Pay Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

A1-8


 

          12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
          13. AUTHENTICATION. This Senior Cash Pay Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
          14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2008, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).
          15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
          16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Senior Cash Pay Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209

A1-9


 

Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

A1-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Senior Cash Pay Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Senior Cash Pay Note to:                                                                                                         
(Insert assignee’ legal name)                                        
     
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
     and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                    to transfer this Senior Cash Pay Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                                               
         
     
  Your Signature:      
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on
the face of this Senior Cash Pay Note) 
 
 
Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                    
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A1-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you want to elect to have this Senior Cash Pay Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
[     ] Section 4.10           [     ] Section 4.14
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Senior Cash Pay Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                                          
Date:                                                               
         
     
  Your Signature:      
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on
the face of this Senior Cash Pay Note) 
 
  Tax Identification No.:                                                              
 
Signature Guarantee*:                                                                                    
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A1-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
          The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                                           . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                 
        Amount of increase   Principal Amount of   Signature of
        in Principal   this Global Note   authorized officer
    Amount of decrease   Amount of this   following such   of Trustee or
Date of Exchange   in Principal Amount   Global Note   decrease or increase   Note Custodian
 
               
 
  This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A1-13


 

EXHIBIT A2
[Face of Senior Toggle Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [ THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. THE ISSUE DATE IS [ ] . INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER THIS NOTE CAN BE PROMPTLY OBTAINED BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE TREASURER OF THE ISSUER AT 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78209. ]
          

A2-1


 

CUSIP [          ]
ISIN [          ] 3
[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$1,330,000,000
11.00% / 11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
     
No. ___
  [$____________]
BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
as the Issuer
          (to be merged with and into CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., with CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. as the surviving entity)
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                                                United States Dollars] on August 1, 2016.
Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1
Record Dates: January 15 and July 15
 
3     Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 184502 BC5
Rule 144A Note ISIN: US184502BC59
Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18285 AE3
Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18285AE39
Exchange Note CUSIP:
Exchange Note ISIN:

A2-2


 

          IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [ ]
         
  BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the effectiveness of the merger of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. with and into Clear Channel Communications, Inc. with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation under the name “Clear Channel Communications, Inc.”, it will succeed by operation of law to all of the rights and obligations of BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. set forth herein and that all references herein to the “Issuer” shall thereupon be deemed to be references to the undersigned.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A2-3


 

         
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A2-4


 

         
[Back of Senior Toggle Note]
11.00% / 11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. INTEREST. BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (to be merged with and into CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., with CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. as the surviving entity) (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Toggle Note as follows: Cash Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and be payable in cash. PIK Interest and Partial PIK Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum and be payable (a) with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee on the relevant Record Date, by increasing the principal amount of any outstanding Senior Toggle Notes represented by such global notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as applicable, for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole US dollar) and (b) with respect to Senior Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as applicable, for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and the Trustee shall, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Record Date, as shown by the records of the Register. In the event that the Issuer elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any interest period, each Holder shall be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date and Partial PIK Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date. Interest that is paid in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest shall be considered paid or duly provided for, for all purposes under the Indenture, and shall not be considered overdue. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes represented by global notes as a result of a PIK Payment, such Senior Toggle Notes shall bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form shall be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and shall bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment shall mature on August 1, 2016, and shall be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Senior Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes shall be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on each February 1 and August 1 to the Holders of Senior Toggle Notes of record on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 1, 2009 4 . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. For any interest period, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes (1) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”), (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”)
 
4   With respect to the Initial Notes.

A2-5


 

or (3) 50.0% as Cash Interest and 50.0% as PIK Interest (“ Partial PIK Interest ”). The Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent no later than 10 Business Days prior to the beginning of such interest period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest period. The Issuer shall pay interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of the Senior Toggle Notes at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Senior Toggle Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.
          3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Senior Toggle Notes under an Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. This Senior Toggle Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Senior Toggle Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Senior Toggle Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Senior Toggle Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
          (a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) of this Section 5, the Senior Toggle Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before August 1, 2012.
          (b) At any time prior to August 1, 2012, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
          (c) Until August 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes (and any PIK Notes issued in respect thereof), upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 111.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Senior Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date (but excluding PIK Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the

A2-6


 

occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (d) On and after August 1, 2012, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    Senior  
    Toggle  
Year   Notes Percentage  
2012
    105.500 %
2013
    102.750 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          (e) Any redemption of the Senior Toggle Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
          6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. (a) On August 1, 2015 (the “ Special Redemption Date ”), the Issuer shall be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “ Special Redemption Amount ”) of Senior Toggle Notes equal to the product of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) the lesser of (i) one and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Special Redemption Date of the Senior Toggle Notes for United States federal income tax purposes and the denominator of which is $1,330,000,000, as determined by the Issuer in good faith and rounded to the nearest $2,000 (such redemption, the “ Special Redemption ”). The redemption price for each portion of a Senior Toggle Note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption shall equal 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.
          (b) On the first Interest Payment Date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2(a)(2) of the Senior Toggle Notes, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of each then outstanding Senior Toggle Note in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note. The “ AHYDO Catch-Up Payment ” for a particular Interest Payment Date with respect to each Senior Toggle Note means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such Interest Payment Date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to such Senior Toggle Note before the close of such Interest Payment Date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on such Senior Toggle Note (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such Interest Payment Date plus (ii) the product of the issue price of such Senior Toggle Note as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code ( i.e. , the first price at which a substantial amount of the Senior Toggle Notes is sold, disregarding for this purpose sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons acting in the capacity of

A2-7


 

underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that such Senior Toggle Note is not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code; provided , however , for avoidance of doubt, that if the yield to maturity of such Senior Toggle Note is less than the amount described in Section 163(i)(1)(B) of the Code, the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be zero for each Interest Payment Date with respect to such Senior Toggle Note. This Section 6(b) shall be interpreted consistently with the intent that no Senior Toggle Note shall be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “ AHYDO ”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment shall be made by the Issuer in its good faith reasonable discretion and shall be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error.
          (c) Other than the Special Redemption and any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes.
          7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Senior Toggle Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Senior Toggle Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Senior Toggle Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Senior Toggle Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Senior Toggle Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Senior Toggle Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
          (b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Senior Toggle Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Senior Toggle Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Toggle Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Senior Toggle Notes (as selected by the Trustee or the Paying Agent) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (as

A2-8


 

selected by the agent thereof) shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes and the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero. Holders of Senior Toggle Notes that are the subject of an offer to repurchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Senior Toggle Notes.
          9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Senior Toggle Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Senior Toggle Notes may be registered and Senior Toggle Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Toggle Note or portion of a Senior Toggle Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Senior Toggle Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any Senior Toggle Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Toggle Notes to be redeemed or (y) any Senior Toggle Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
          10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Senior Toggle Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Senior Toggle Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
          12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
          13. AUTHENTICATION. This Senior Toggle Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

A2-9


 

          14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2008, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).
          15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
          16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Senior Toggle Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Senior Toggle Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

A2-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          To assign this Senior Toggle Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Senior Toggle Note to:
   
 
   
 
  (Insert assignee’ legal name)
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
     
and irrevocably appoint
   
 
   
to transfer this Senior Toggle Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date: _______________________________________
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on
 
      the face of this Senior Toggle Note)
Signature Guarantee*: _______________________________________
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A2-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this Senior Toggle Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
[     ] Section 4.10                      [     ] Section 4.14
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Senior Toggle Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$_______________
Date:   _______________________________________
           
 
  Your Signature:    
 
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on
 
    the face of this Senior Toggle Note)
 
  Tax Identification No.:
 
       
Signature Guarantee*: _______________________________________
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A2-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
     The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $_________. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                     
                        Principal Amount        
        Amount of     Amount of increase     of      Signature of  
        decrease     in Principal     this Global Note     authorized officer  
Date of     in Principal     Amount of this     following such     of Trustee or  
Exchange     Amount     Global Note     decrease or increase     Note Custodian  
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A2-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, Suite 4D
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Vice President
Deutsche Bank Services Tennessee Inc.
648 Grassmere Park Road
Nashville, TN USA 37211
Attention: Transfer Department
Telephone: (800) 735-7777
          Re: 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 and 11.00% /11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
          _________ (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to _________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
          1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the

B-1


 

Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
     (a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
     (b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;
or
     (c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
          4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.(a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,

B-2


 

the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated: _______________________________________

B-4


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER                
          1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  (a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
 
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
  (b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
          2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
  (a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
 
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]), or
 
  (iii)   [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [                    ]); or
  (b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
 
  (c)   [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, Suite 4D
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Vice President
Deutsche Bank Services Tennessee Inc.
648 Grassmere Park Road
Nashville, TN USA 37211
Attention: Transfer Department
Telephone: (800) 735-7777
Re: 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 and 11.00% / 11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
          _________ (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $_________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
          1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
     a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted

C-1


 

Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
a)   [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions

C-2


 

applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated _______________________________________ .
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated: _______________________________________

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
          Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of _________, among _________ (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of July 30, 2008, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and 11.00% / 11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Notes ”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          (1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          (2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Articles 10 and 11 thereof.
          (3) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
          (4) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

D-1


 

          (5) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          (6) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          (7) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
          (8) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
          (9) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
          (10) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

D-3

Exhibit 10.24
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OF CC FINCO HOLDINGS, LLC
Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of December 9, 2008, among CC Finco Holdings, LLC (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of July 30, 2008, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and 11.00% / 11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
     (1)  Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     (2)  Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Articles 10 and 11 thereof.
     (3)  No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
     (4)  Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (5)  Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
     (6)  Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     (7)  The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

1


 

     (8)  Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
     (9)  Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     (10)  Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  CC FINCO HOLDINGS, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
    Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ James D. Heaney    
    Name:   James D. Heaney   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Supplemental Indenture of CC Finco Holdings, LLC]

 

Exhibit 10.25
EXECUTION COPY
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
$980,000,000 Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016
$1,330,000,000 Senior Toggle Notes due 2016
July 30, 2008
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
60 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), has sold to certain purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives, its 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 in the principal amount of $980,000,000 (the “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ”) and its 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 in the principal amount of $1,330,000,000 (the “ Senior Toggle Notes ” and together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the “ Senior Notes ”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement among Merger Sub and the Representatives dated May 13, 2008 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) relating to the initial placement of the Senior Notes and related guarantees (as described below) (the “ Initial Placement ”). The Senior Notes were issued by Merger Sub prior to the consummation of the Merger and pursuant to an indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), among Merger Sub, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, and, immediately following the consummation of the Merger, Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), as supplemented by a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among the Guarantors (as defined below) and the Trustee. Following the consummation of the Merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, the Company succeeded to and assumed the obligations of Merger Sub under the Indenture. The Issuers (as defined below) agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (as defined below) (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “ Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Holders ”), as follows:
          The Senior Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed by the guarantors listed in Annex A hereto (the “ Guarantors ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”) on an unsecured

 


 

basis and will be subordinated only to the Guarantors’ guarantees of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and as further described in the Offering Memorandum (as defined below). The Senior Cash Pay Notes, together with the related guarantees (the “ Senior Cash Pay Guarantees ”), to be resold by the Initial Purchasers to certain purchasers, are referred to herein as the “ Senior Cash Pay Securities .” The Senior Toggle Notes, together with the related guarantees (the “ Senior Toggle Guarantees ”), to be resold by the Initial Purchasers to certain purchasers, are referred to herein as the “ Senior Toggle Securities ” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Securities, the “ Securities .”
          1.  Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.
          “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
          “ Agreement ” shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
          “ broker-dealer ” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.
          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
          “ Class ” shall mean all Senior Cash Pay Securities and New Securities issued in exchange for Senior Cash Pay Securities or all Senior Toggle Securities and New Securities issued in exchange for Senior Toggle Securities, as appropriate.
          “ Closing Date ” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities (determined without regard to any reopening of the Indenture that may occur).
          “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Conduct Rules ” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

-2-


 

          “ Exchange Offer Registration Period ” shall mean the 180-day period following the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to such Registered Exchange Offer.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to a Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a broker-dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer).
          “ Freely Tradable ” means, with respect to a Security, a Security that at any time of determination (i) may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers where no conditions of Rule 144 are then applicable (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144, so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination) and (ii) does not bear any restrictive legends relating to the Securities Act.
          “ Guarantees ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Indenture ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Initial Placement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(q)(i) hereof.
          “ Issuers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
          “ Majority Holders ” shall mean, with respect to any Class on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of such Class of Securities registered under a Registration Statement.
          “ Managing Underwriters ” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement.

-3-


 

          “ New Securities ” shall mean debt securities of the Company and guarantees by the Guarantors, in each case identical in all material respects to the Senior Cash Pay Securities or the Senior Toggle Securities, as applicable (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), to be issued under the Indenture in connection with sales or exchanges effected pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ Offering Memorandum ” shall mean the offering memorandum delivered to the Initial Purchasers, dated as of July 30, 2008, relating to the offer and sale of the Senior Notes and related guarantees, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date.
          “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Registered Exchange Offer ” shall mean the proposed offer of the Issuers to issue and deliver to the Holders of either Class of Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for such Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of New Securities of such Class.
          “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided that, with respect to either Class of Securities, the Securities of such Class shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) the date on which such Securities are Freely Tradable.
          “ Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.
          “ Registration Statement ” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers either Class of Securities or New Securities, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Senior Cash Pay Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

-4-


 

          “ Senior Cash Pay Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Secured Credit Facilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Toggle Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Senior Toggle Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
          “ Shelf Registration Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) hereof.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of either Class of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “ Trustee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Underwriter ” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.
          2.  Registered Exchange Offer .
          (a) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statements with respect to each Registered Exchange Offer. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statements to become effective under the Securities Act within 300 days of the Closing Date.
          (b) Upon the effectiveness of the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, with respect to the Class of Securities registered pursuant to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities of such Class for New Securities of that Class (assuming that such Holder is not an

-5-


 

Affiliate of any Issuer, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.
          (c) In connection with a Registered Exchange Offer of a Class of Securities, the Issuers shall:
     (i) mail to each Holder of such Class a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to such Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);
     (iii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Securities Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities of such Class by Exchanging Dealers during the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Period;
     (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee;
     (v) permit such Holders to withdraw tendered Securities of such Class at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open;
     (vi) prior to effectiveness of the related Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers are conducting such Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc . (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuers have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in such Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuers’ information and belief, each Holder participating in such Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and
     (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

-6-


 

          (d) As soon as practicable after the close of a Registered Exchange Offer of a Class of Securities, the Issuers shall:
     (i) accept for exchange all Securities of such Class tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
     (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities of such Class equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Class of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
          (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any broker-dealer and any such Holder using a Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuers or their Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in a Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers that, at the time of the consummation of such Registered Exchange Offer:
     (i) any New Securities to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;
     (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the applicable Securities or the applicable New Securities;
     (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of any of the Issuers;
     (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the applicable New Securities; and
     (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for any Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.

-7-


 

          (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities of either Class constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities of such Class registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities of such Class issued pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer.
          (g) Interest on each New Security issued pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer will accrue (i) from the later of (A) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Securities surrendered in exchange therefor and (B) if the Securities are surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date, or (ii) if no interest has been paid on the Securities, from the Closing Date.
          (h) The obligations of the Issuers under a Registered Exchange Offer shall be subject to the conditions that (i) such Registered Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with such Registered Exchange Offer, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuers and (iii) all governmental approvals required for the consummation of such Registered Exchange Offer by the Issuers shall have been obtained. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 2, the requirements to commence and complete a Registered Exchange Offer shall terminate at such time as all of the Securities are Freely Tradable.
          3.  Shelf Registration .
          (a) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to either Class of Securities is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) above, and (i) due to any change in law or currently prevailing interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to such Class of Securities as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to such Class of Securities is not consummated within 300 days of the date hereof; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities of either Class that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities of such Class in the applicable Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of such Registered Exchange Offer; or (iv) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in a Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, which Initial Purchaser does not receive Freely Tradable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser must deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such

-8-


 

New Securities being not Freely Tradable; and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer must deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in a Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not Freely Tradable), the Issuers shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Class in accordance with subsection (b) below.
          (b) If a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any Class of Securities is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to this Section 3, the Issuers shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 45 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file with the Commission and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 300 days after so required or requested, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the applicable Class of Securities or the New Securities, as applicable (which may be an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”), if the filing satisfies all relevant requirements for qualification as an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement), by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided , further , that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuers may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.
          (c) Subject to Section 4(k), the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Securities Act, until the earliest of (A) the first anniversary of the Closing Date; (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement; or (C) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, of such Class, covered by such Shelf Registration Statement become Freely Tradable (the “ Shelf Registration Period ”). The Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their commercially reasonable efforts to keep a Shelf Registration Statement effective during the applicable Shelf Registration Period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Issuers in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Issuers’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or a financing, and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3, the requirements to

-9-


 

file a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all Registrable Securities of a particular Class and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective and remain effective shall terminate at such time as all of the Securities of such Class are Freely Tradable.
          (d) The Issuers shall cause each Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
          4.  Additional Registration Procedures . In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any Class of Securities and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.
          (a) The Issuers shall:
     (i) furnish, in each case if requested in writing, to each of the Representatives, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and to counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities of the applicable Class in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as applicable, and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representatives reasonably propose;
     (ii) include the information set forth in Annex B hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex C hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Registered Exchange Offer, in Annex D hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex E hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
     (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and
     (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.
          (b) The Issuers shall ensure that:
     (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act; and

-10-


 

     (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, it being understood that, with respect to the information about Holders in any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers will be relying solely on responses provided by Holders to a notice and questionnaire.
          (c) The Issuers shall advise the Representatives and, to the extent the Issuers have been provided in writing a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, the Holders of Securities of the applicable Class covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer of the applicable Class under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and, if requested by any Representative or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):
     (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
     (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;
     (iv) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
     (v) unless notice has been provided pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii), of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, such Registration Statement and Prospectus (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
          (d) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction.

-11-


 

          (e) The Issuers shall furnish, upon written request, to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
          (f) The Issuers shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any such Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Shelf Registration Statement.
          (g) The Issuers shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
          (h) The Issuers shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the applicable Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities of the Class covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
          (i) Prior to any such Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that no Issuer will be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
          (j) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities of the applicable Class to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

-12-


 

          (k) (i) Subject to clause (ii) below, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Issuers shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial Purchasers of the Securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.
               (ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuers, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Issuers shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Holders of the Registrable Securities or New Securities, as applicable, of the Class covered by such Shelf Registration Statement that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities or New Securities, as applicable, pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in clause (i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Issuers that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period.
          (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide, as may be necessary, the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
          (m) The Issuers shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Issuers’ first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.
          (n) The Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.

-13-


 

          (o) The Issuers may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Securities as the Issuers may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Issuers may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
          (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders of such Class being registered and the Managing Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6).
          (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall:
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of Securities of such Class to be registered thereunder (an “ Inspector ”), any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, one firm of accountants designated by the Majority Holders of Securities of such Class to be registered thereunder and one attorney and one firm of accountants designated by such underwriter or underwriters, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Issuers and their subsidiaries;
     (ii) cause each Issuers’ officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Inspector or any such underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided , however , that any information that is designated in writing by the Issuers, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, underwriter or underwriters or any such attorney or accountant, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;
     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably

-14-


 

satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
     (v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuers or of any business acquired by the Issuers for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and
     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders of the Class registered or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers.
The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.
          (r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a broker-dealer that holds Securities of the applicable Class that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities:
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the requesting party, one attorney and one firm of accountants designated by the requesting party, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuers and their subsidiaries;
     (ii) cause each Issuers’ officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney or accountant in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided , however , that any information that is designated in writing by the Issuers, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Initial Purchaser or any such attorney or accountant, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;

-15-


 

     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel), addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel;
     (v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuers or of any business acquired by the Issuers for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the requesting party or its counsel; and
     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements.
The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
          (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities of the Class being registered by Holders to the Issuers (or to such other person as directed by the Issuers) in exchange for the New Securities of such Class, the Issuers shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
          (t) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts if the Securities of the Class being registered have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
          (u) In the event that any broker-dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Issuers shall assist such broker-dealer in complying with the Conduct Rules.

-16-


 

          (v) The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of either Class of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
          5.  Registration Expenses . The Issuers shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders of the Class being registered) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel acting in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such Holders (severally or jointly), other than the one counsel specifically referred to above.
          6.  Indemnification and Contribution .
          (a) The Issuers agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that no Issuer will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser or any Holder specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Issuers may otherwise have.

-17-


 

          Each Issuer also jointly and severally agrees to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.
          (b) Each Holder of Securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, each of their respective directors, each of their respective officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have.
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified

-18-


 

parties (such consent not be to unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.
          (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “ Losses “) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuer shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Offering Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Securities Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus-forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within

-19-


 

the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, each officer, director, employee and agent of Issuers who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Issuers shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
          (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuers or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.
          7. Underwritten Registrations .
          (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders of the Class being sold.
          (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, of the Class being sold on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
          8. Registration Defaults . The Issuers agree to pay, jointly and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Senior Cash Pay Notes and/or the Senior Toggle Notes, as applicable (“ Additional Interest ”) if:
     (a) on or prior to the 300th day after the Closing Date, the Issuers have not, if required by Section 2, exchanged New Securities of the applicable Class for all Securities of such Class tendered in accordance with the terms of a Registered Exchange Offer;
     (b) on or prior to the 300th day after the Closing Date, a Shelf Registration Statement, relating to the applicable Class, if required by Section 3, has not been declared effective, if applicable; or
     (c) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c) a “ Registration Default ”), then, except during any suspension of the availability of the Shelf Registration and any related Prospectus pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii), Additional Interest will accrue on the principal amount of the applicable Class of Securities (in addition to the stated interest on the applicable set of Securities) at a rate of 0.25 percent per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25 percent per annum

-20-


 

for each subsequent 90-day period during which such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 0.50 percent per annum) commencing on (x) the 301st day after the date of this Agreement, in the cases of subsections (a) and (b) above, or (y) the day on which such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective, in the case of subsection (c) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of New Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of subsection (a) above), or upon the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of subsection (b) above) or upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of subsection (c) above), Additional Interest on such Securities as a result of such subsection shall cease to accrue.
          9. No Inconsistent Agreements . Each Issuer has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
          10. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided , further , that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided , further , that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders of the applicable Class registered under such Registration Statement, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.
          11. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
     (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Trustee under the Indenture;
     (b) if to the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

-21-


 

          (c) if to the Issuers, initially at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209.
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
          The Initial Purchasers or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          12. Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Issuers thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Issuers hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.
          13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          14. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          15. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
          16. Severability . In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
          17. Securities Held by the Issuers, etc . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of either Class of Securities or New Securities, as applicable, is required hereunder, such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Issuers or their Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of either Class of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

-22-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
    Name:   Mark P. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Operating Officer 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Han    
    Name:   Edward J. Han   
    Title:   Manager and Authorized Signatory   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

ACKERLEY VENTURES, INC.
AK MOBILE TELEVISION, INC.
AMFM AIR SERVICES, INC.
AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
AMFM HOLDINGS INC.
AMFM INC.
AMFM INTERNET HOLDING INC.
AMFM OPERATING INC.
AMFM RADIO GROUP, INC.
AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
AMFM.COM INC.
BEL MEADE BROADCASTING COMPANY, INC.
BROADCAST ARCHITECTURE, INC.
BROADCAST FINANCE, INC.
CAPSTAR BROADCASTING PARTNERS, INC.
CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
CC BROADCAST HOLDINGS, INC.
CC HOLDINGS-NEVADA, INC.
CC IDENTITY HOLDINGS, INC.
CCBL FCC HOLDINGS, INC.
CENTRAL NY NEWS, INC.
CHRISTAL RADIO SALES, INC.
CINE GUARANTORS II, INC.
CITICASTERS CO.
CITICASTERS FCC HOLDINGS, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING LICENSES, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL BROADCASTING, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL COMPANY STORE, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL HOLDINGS, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL INTANGIBLES, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL INVESTMENTS, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL MEXICO HOLDINGS, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.
CLEAR CHANNEL WIRELESS, INC.
CLEARMART, INC.
CONCORD MEDIA GROUP, INC.
CRITICAL MASS MEDIA, INC.
JACOR BROADCASTING CORPORATION
JACOR BROADCASTING OF COLORADO, INC.
JACOR BROADCASTING OF DENVER, INC.
JACOR COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
JACOR/PREMIERE HOLDING, INC.
         
By:   /s/ Brian Coleman    
  Name:   Brian Coleman    
  Title:   Senior Vice President/Treasurer   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

KATZ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
KATZ MEDIA GROUP, INC.
KATZ MILLENNIUM SALES & MARKETING INC.
KATZ NET RADIO SALES, INC.
KTZMEDIA CORPORATION
M STREET CORPORATION
PREMIERE RADIO NETWORKS, INC.
RADIO-ACTIVE MEDIA, INC.
TERRESTRIAL RF LICENSING, INC.
THE NEW RESEARCH GROUP, INC.
ACKERLEY BROADCASTING FRESNO, LLC
ACKERLEY BROADCASTING OPERATIONS, LLC
CC IDENTITY GP, LLC
CC LICENSES, LLC
CCBL GP, LLC
CLEAR CHANNEL COLLECTIVE MARKETING, LLC
CLEAR CHANNEL GP, LLC
CLEAR CHANNEL REAL ESTATE, LLC
         
   
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
         
AMFM BROADCASTING LICENSES, LLC
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its sole member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
AMFM MICHIGAN, LLC
By CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Its sole member

By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
AMFM RADIO LICENSES, LLC
By CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
Its sole member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
AMFM TEXAS, LLC
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its sole member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
         
CITI GP, LLC
By CITICASTERS CO.
Its sole member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
CLEAR CHANNEL AVIATION, LLC
By RADIO-ACTIVE MEDIA, INC.
Its sole member

 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
         
M STREET L.L.C.
By CRITICAL MASS MEDIA, INC.
Its Managing Member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

MUSICPOINT INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.
By CLEAR CHANNEL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, L.P.
Its sole member
         
By CLEAR CHANNEL GP, LLC
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
WESTCHESTER RADIO, L.L.C.
By CAPSTAR RADIO OPERATING COMPANY
Its sole member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
         
AMFM TEXAS BROADCASTING, LP
By AMFM BROADCASTING, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
AMFM TEXAS LICENSES, LP
By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
Its General Partner
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
         
CAPSTAR TX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By AMFM SHAMROCK TEXAS, INC.
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

           
CCB TEXAS LICENSES, L.P.
By CCBL GP, LLC
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
CITICASTERS LICENSES, L.P.
By CITI GP, LLC
Its General Partner

By CITICASTERS CO.
Its sole member
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
         
CLEAR CHANNEL IDENTITY, L.P.
By CC IDENTITY GP, LLC
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
CLEAR CHANNEL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, L.P.
By CLEAR CHANNEL GP, LLC
Its General Partner
 
 
By:   /s/ Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.    
  Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
         
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ Sean Murphy    
  Name:   Sean Murphy    
  Title:   Managing Director   
 
   
By:   /s/ Scott Sartorius    
  Name:   Scott Sartorius    
  Title:   Director   
         
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
 
 
By:   /s/ Gene Martin    
  Name:   Gene Martin    
  Title:   Managing Director   
 
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ Timothy P. Dilworth    
  Name:   Timothy P. Dilworth    
  Title:   Director   
         
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
 
 
By:   /s/ SoVonna Day-Goins    
  Name:   SoVonna Day-Goins    
  Title:   Managing Director   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ Steven F. Killileg    
  Name:   Steven Killileg    
  Title:   Managing Director   
 
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
 
 
By:   /s/ Charles C. Edwards, III    
  Name:   Charles C. Edwards, III    
  Title:   Director   
 
Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

ANNEX A
Guarantors

Ackerley Broadcasting Operations, LLC
Ackerley Ventures, Inc.
AK Mobile Television, Inc.
AMFM Air Services, Inc.
AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC
AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.
AMFM Holdings Inc.
AMFM Inc.
AMFM Internet Holding Inc.
AMFM Michigan, LLC
AMFM Operating Inc.
AMFM Radio Group, Inc.
AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC
AMFM Shamrock Texas, Inc.
AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP
AMFM Texas Licenses, LP
AMFM Texas, LLC
AMFM.com Inc.
Bel Meade Broadcasting Company, Inc.
Broadcast Architecture, Inc.
Broadcast Finance, Inc.
Capstar Broadcasting Partners, Inc.
Capstar Radio Operating Company
Capstar TX Limited Partnership
CC Broadcast Holdings, Inc.
CC Holdings-Nevada, Inc.
CC Identity GP, LLC
CC Identity Holdings, Inc.
CC Licenses, LLC
CCB Texas Licenses, L.P.
CCBL FCC Holdings, Inc.
CCBL GP, LLC
Central NY News, Inc.
Christal Radio Sales, Inc.
Cine Guarantors II, Inc.
Citi GP, LLC
Citicasters Co.
Citicasters FCC Holdings, Inc.
Citicasters Licenses, L.P.
Clear Channel Aviation, LLC
Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.
Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.
Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
Clear Channel Collective Marketing, LLC
Clear Channel Company Store, Inc.
Clear Channel GP, LLC
Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.
Clear Channel Identity, L.P.
Clear Channel Intangibles, Inc.
Clear Channel Investments, Inc.
Clear Channel Management Services, L.P.
Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.
Clear Channel Real Estate, LLC
Clear Channel Satellite Services, Inc.
Clear Channel Wireless, Inc.
Clearmart, Inc.
Concord Media Group, Inc.
Critical Mass Media, Inc.
Jacor Broadcasting Corporation
Jacor Broadcasting of Colorado, Inc.
Jacor Broadcasting of Denver, Inc.
Jacor Communications Company
Jacor/Premiere Holding, Inc.
Katz Communications, Inc.
Katz Media Group, Inc.
Katz Millennium Sales & Marketing Inc.
Katz Net Radio Sales, Inc.
KTZMedia Corporation
M Street Corporation
M Street L.L.C.
Musicpoint International, L.L.C.
Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.
Radio-Active Media, Inc.
Terrestrial RF Licensing, Inc.
The New Research Group, Inc.
Westchester Radio, L.L.C.


A-1


 

ANNEX B
          Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuers have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the exchange offer and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration of the exchange offer, they will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

B-1


 

ANNEX C
          Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

C-1


 

ANNEX D
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
          Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuers have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the Exchange Offer and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date of the Exchange Offer, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until _________, ______, all dealers effecting transactions in the new securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.
          The issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by broker-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resells new securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          For a period of 180 days after the expiration of the Exchange Offer, the issuers will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The issuers have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
           [ If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508. ]

D-1


 

ANNEX E
Rider A
PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
         
Name:
       
Address:
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
       
Rider B
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of [market-making activities] or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

E-1

Exhibit 10.26
Adopted July 1, 2008
CLEAR CHANNEL
2008 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE PLAN
1. DEFINED TERM
     Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference, defines the terms used in the Plan and sets forth certain operational rules related to those terms.
2. PURPOSE
     The Plan has been established to advance the interests of the Company and its Affiliates by providing for the grant to Participants of Stock-based and other incentive Awards. Awards under the Plan are intended to align the incentives of the Company’s executives and investors and to improve the performance of the Company. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Awards to be granted under this Plan are expected to be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1, B-2, or B-3; provided, that all Rollover Option Agreements shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 or C-2 and all Restricted Stock Agreements shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in each case unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
3. ADMINISTRATION
     The Administrator has discretionary authority, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreements, to interpret the Plan; determine eligibility for and grant Awards; determine, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; prescribe forms, rules and procedures; and otherwise do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. In the case of any Award intended to be eligible for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator will exercise its discretion consistent with qualifying the Award for that exception. Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of an Award Agreement, all determinations of the Administrator made under the Plan will be conclusive and will bind all parties.
4. LIMITS ON AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN
      (a)  Number of Shares . A maximum of 10,187,406 Shares may be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan. The number of Shares delivered in satisfaction of Awards shall, for purposes of the preceding sentence, be determined net of Shares (i) withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of the Award or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements with respect to the Award, (ii) awarded under the Plan as Restricted Stock, but thereafter forfeited, and (iii) made subject to an award that is exercised or satisfied, or that terminates or expires, without the delivery of such shares. The limits set forth in this Section 4(a) shall be construed to comply with Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. To the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and regulations thereunder and with other applicable legal requirements (including applicable stock exchange requirements), shares of Stock issued under awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition shall not reduce the number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.

-1-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
      (b)  Type of Shares . Stock delivered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Stock or previously issued Stock acquired by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. No fractional Shares will be delivered under the Plan.
      (c)  Section  162(m) Limits . The maximum number of Shares for which Stock Options may be granted to any person in any calendar year and the maximum number of Shares subject to SARs granted to any person in any calendar year will each be 2,700,000. The maximum number of Shares subject to other Awards granted to any person in any calendar year will be 700,000 Shares. The maximum amount payable to any person in any year under Cash Awards will be $20,000,000. The foregoing provisions will be construed in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.
5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     The Administrator will select Participants from among those key Employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company or its Affiliates who, in the opinion of the Administrator, are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company and its Affiliates; provided , that, subject to such express exceptions, if any, as the Administrator may establish, eligibility shall be further limited to those persons as to whom the use of a Form S-8 registration statement is permissible. Within 10 business days following the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement dated as of November 16, 2006, as amended, among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and the other parties thereto), the Company shall file a Form S-8 registration statement with respect to all Shares available for issuance under this Plan. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such Form S-8 while Awards granted hereunder remain outstanding; provided however that nothing herein shall prevent the Company from de-registering the Shares under the Plan if and to the extent they are no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code.
6. RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
      (a)  All Awards
           (1) Award Provisions . The Administrator will determine the terms of all Awards, subject to the limitations provided herein, and shall furnish to each Participant an Award Agreement setting forth the terms applicable to the Participant’s Award. By entering into an Award Agreement, the Participant agrees to the terms of the Award and of the Plan, to the extent not inconsistent with the express terms of the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition may contain terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions specified herein, as determined by the Administrator.
           (2) Transferability . Neither ISOs, nor, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides, other Awards may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during a Participant’s lifetime ISOs (and, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides, other non-transferable Awards requiring exercise) may be exercised only by the Participant.

-2-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
           (3) Vesting, Etc. The Administrator may determine the time or times at which an Award will vest or become exercisable and the terms on which an Award requiring exercise will remain exercisable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award, regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from such acceleration. Unless expressly provided otherwise by the Administrator or an Award Agreement, automatically and immediately upon the cessation of Employment, all outstanding Restricted Stock will be forfeited and all Awards requiring exercise will cease to be exercisable and will terminate, except that:
     (A) subject to (B) and (C) below, all Stock Options and other Awards requiring exercise held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of 90 days or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(3), and will thereupon terminate;
     (B) all Stock Options and other Awards requiring exercise held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Participant’s Employment by reason of death or disability, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) the one year period ending with the first anniversary of the Participant’s death or disability, as the case may be, or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(3), and will thereupon terminate; and
     (C) all Stock Options and other Awards requiring exercise held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment will immediately terminate upon such cessation if such cessation of Employment has resulted in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause.
           (4) Taxes . The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Administrator may, but need not, hold back Shares from an Award or permit a Participant to tender previously owned Shares in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate), using the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date of exercise to determine the number of shares so withheld or tendered.
           (5) Dividend Equivalents, Etc . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Administrator may provide for the payment of amounts in lieu of cash dividends or other cash distributions with respect to Stock subject to an Award.
           (6) Rights Limited . Nothing in the Plan will be construed as giving any person the right to continued Employment with the Company or its Affiliates, or any rights as a stockholder except as to shares of Stock actually issued under the Plan. The loss of potential

-3-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
appreciation in Awards will not constitute an element of damages in the event of termination of Employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or its Affiliate to the Participant.
           (7) Section 162(m) . This Section 6(a)(7) applies to any Performance Award intended to qualify as performance-based for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code other than a Stock Option or SAR. In the case of any Performance Award to which this Section 6(a)(7) applies, the Plan and such Award will be construed to the maximum extent permitted by law in a manner consistent with qualifying the Award for such exception. With respect to such Performance Awards, the Administrator will pre-establish, in writing, one or more specific Performance Criteria no later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the performance relates (or at such earlier time as is required to qualify the Award as performance-based under Section 162(m) of the Code). Prior to grant, vesting or payment of the Performance Award, as the case may be, the Administrator will certify whether the applicable Performance Criteria have been attained and such determination will be final and conclusive. No Performance Award to which this Section 6(a)(7) applies may be granted after the first meeting of the stockholders of the Company held in 2013 until the listed performance measures set forth in the definition of “Performance Criteria” (as originally approved or as subsequently amended) have been resubmitted to and reapproved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, unless such grant is made contingent upon such approval.
           (8) Stockholders Agreement . Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Award Agreement, all Awards issued under the Plan and all Stock issued thereunder will be subject to the Stockholders Agreement.
           (9) Section 409A . Awards under the Plan are intended either to be exempt from the rules of Section 409A of the Code or to satisfy those rules, and the Plan and such Awards shall be construed accordingly. Granted Awards may be modified at any time, in the Administrator’s discretion, so as to increase the likelihood of exemption from or compliance with the rules of Section 409A of the Code, so long as such modification does not result in a reduction in value to the applicable Participant (unless the Participant consents in writing to such modification); provided that, to the extent the applicable Participant declines to provide such consent and the Administrator is otherwise unable to modify an award because of such a reduction in value, the Participant shall be solely responsible for any resulting tax liability and the Company shall withhold as required by law.
           (10) Certain Requirements of Corporate Law . Awards shall be granted and administered consistent with the requirements of applicable Delaware law relating to the issuance of Stock and the consideration to be received therefor, and with the applicable requirements of Delaware, in each case as determined by the Administrator.
      (b)  Awards Requiring Exercise
           (1) Time And Manner Of Exercise . Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, an Award requiring exercise by the holder will not be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator receives a notice of exercise (in form reasonably acceptable to

-4-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
the Administrator) signed by the appropriate Person and accompanied by any payment required under the Award. If the Award is exercised by any Person other than the Participant, the Administrator may require satisfactory evidence that the Person exercising the Award has the right to do so.
           (2) Exercise Price . The Administrator will determine the exercise price, if any, of each Award to be granted that requires exercise. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, and in all events in the case of a Stock Option or a SAR (except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7(b)(1) hereof), the exercise price of an Award requiring exercise will not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Award, determined as of the date of grant, and in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Award, determined as of the date of grant. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 7, no such Award, once granted, may be repriced other than in accordance with the applicable stockholder approval requirements of the stock exchanges or other trading systems, if any, on which the Stock is listed or entered for trading. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code and Section 409A of the Code.
           (3) Payment Of Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, where the exercise of an Award is to be accompanied by payment, the Administrator may determine the required or permitted forms of payment, subject to the following: (a) all payments will be by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, or (b) if so permitted by the Administrator, (i) through the delivery of shares of Stock that have a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, except where payment by delivery of shares would adversely affect the Company’s results of operations under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or where payment by delivery of shares outstanding for less than six months would require application of securities laws relating to profit realized on such shares, (ii) at such time, if any, as the Stock is publicly traded, through a broker-assisted exercise program acceptable to the Administrator, (iii) by other means acceptable to the Administrator, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. The delivery of shares in payment of the exercise price under clause (b)(i) above may be accomplished either by actual delivery or by constructive delivery through attestation of ownership, subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe.
           (4) ISOs . No ISO may be granted under the Plan after the date that is the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, but ISOs previously granted may extend beyond that date.
      (c)  Awards Not Requiring Exercise .
     Awards of Restricted Stock and Unrestricted Stock, whether delivered outright or under Awards of Stock Units or other Awards that do not require exercise, may be made in exchange for such lawful consideration, including services, as the Administrator determines.

-5-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
7. EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
      (a)  Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement:
           (1) Assumption or Substitution . In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Administrator may provide for the continuation or assumption of some or all outstanding Awards, or for the grant of new awards in substitution therefor, by the acquiror or survivor or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the acquiror or survivor, in each case on such terms and subject to such conditions (including vesting or other restrictions) as the Administrator determines are appropriate. The continuation or assumption of such Awards, to the extent applicable, shall be done on terms and conditions consistent with Section 409A of the Code.
           (2) Acceleration or Cash-Out of Certain Awards . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (whether or not there is an acquiring or surviving entity) in which there is no continuation, assumption or substitution as to some or all outstanding Awards, the Administrator may provide (unless the Administrator determines otherwise, on terms and conditions consistent with Section 409A of the Code) for (i) treating as satisfied any vesting condition on any such Award, (ii) the accelerated delivery of shares of Stock issuable under each such Award consisting of Restricted Stock Units, in each case on a basis that gives the holder of the Award a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Administrator, following exercise of the Award or the issuance of the shares, as the case may be, to participate as a stockholder in the Corporate Transaction or (iii) if the Corporate Transaction is one in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), the Administrator may provide for payment (a “cash-out”), with respect to some or all Awards, equal in the case of each affected Award to the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value of one Share times the number of Shares subject to the Award, over (B) the aggregate exercise price, if any, under the Award, in each case on such payment terms (which need not be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Administrator determines.
           (3) Termination of Awards . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, each Award (unless continued, substituted, or assumed pursuant to the Section 7(a)(1)), will terminate upon consummation of the Corporate Transaction, provided that Restricted Stock Units accelerated pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 7(a)(2) shall be treated in the same manner as other shares of Stock (subject to Section 7(a)(4)).
           (4) Additional Limitations . Any Share delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(2) above with respect to an Award may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be subject to such restrictions, if any, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any performance or other vesting conditions to which the Award was subject prior to the Corporation Transaction and that did not lapse in connection with the Corporate Transaction. In the case of Restricted Stock, the Administrator may require that any amounts delivered, exchanged or otherwise paid in respect of Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction be placed in escrow or otherwise made subject to such restrictions as the Administrator deems appropriate to carry out the intent of the Plan.
      (b)  Changes In, Distributions With Respect To And Redemptions Of The Stock
           (1) Basic Adjustment Provisions . In the event of any stock dividend or other similar distribution of stock or other securities of the Company, stock split or combination of

-6-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, merger, exchange of stock, redemption or repurchase of all or part of the shares of any class of stock or any change in the capital structure of the Company or an Affiliate or other transaction or event, the Administrator shall, as appropriate in order to prevent enlargement or dilution of benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, make proportionate adjustments to the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan under Section 4(a) and to the maximum share limits described in Section 4(c) and shall also make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other provision of Awards affected by such change. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, any adjustments hereunder shall be done on terms and conditions consistent with Section 409A of the Code.
           (2) Certain Other Adjustments . The Administrator may also make adjustments of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) above to take into account distributions to stockholders or any other event, if the Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan and to preserve the value of Awards made hereunder, having due regard for the qualification of ISOs under Section 422 of the Code, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and for the performance-based compensation rules of Section 162(m) of the Code, where applicable.
           (3) Continuing Application of Plan Terms . References in the Plan to Shares will be construed to include any stock or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 7.
8. LEGAL CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK
     The Company shall use best efforts to ensure, prior to delivering Shares pursuant to the Plan or removing any restriction from Shares previously delivered under the Plan, that (a) all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been addressed and resolved, and (b) if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate will be obligated to deliver any Shares pursuant to the Plan or to remove any restriction from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence have been satisfied and all other conditions of the Award have been satisfied or waived. If the sale of Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may require, as a condition to exercise of the Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider reasonably appropriate to avoid violation of such Act. The Company may require that certificates evidencing Stock issued under the Plan bear an appropriate legend reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Stock, and the Company may hold the certificates pending lapse of the applicable restrictions.

-7-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     The Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, and may at any time terminate the Plan as to any future grants of Awards; provided , that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an Award so as to affect adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award, unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so at the time of the Award. Unless otherwise provided in the Award, the Administrator expressly reserves the right to amend or alter the terms of any Award if such Award or a portion thereof would be reasonably likely to be treated as a “liability award” under guidance issued or provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). Any amendments to the Plan shall be conditioned upon stockholder approval only to the extent, if any, such approval is required by applicable law (including the Code and applicable stock exchange requirements), as determined by the Administrator.
10. OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS
     The existence of the Plan or the grant of any Award will not in any way affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to Award a person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.
11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
      (a)  Waiver of Jury Trial . By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan and any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim shall be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative or attorney of the Company or any Affiliate has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers.
      (b)  Arbitration . In the event the waiver in Section 11(a) is held to be invalid or unenforceable, if requested by the Company, the parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Plan or any Award hereunder promptly by negotiations between themselves or their representatives who have authority to settle the controversy. If the matter has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of the initiation of such procedure, the Company may require that the parties submit the controversy to arbitration by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the Parties, and if no agreement can be reached within 30 days after names of potential arbitrators have been proposed by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA “), then by one arbitrator having reasonable experience in corporate incentive plans of the type provided for in this Plan and who is chosen by the AAA. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Section 1, et seq., and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be Delaware or any other location mutually agreed to between the parties. The arbitrator shall apply the law as established by decisions of the Delaware federal and/or state courts in deciding the merits of claims and defenses under federal law or any state or federal anti-discrimination law. The arbitrator is required to state, in writing, the reasoning on which the award rests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph

-8-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate.
12. ESTABLISHMENT OF SUB-PLANS
     The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable blue sky, securities or tax laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan setting forth (i) such limitations on the Administrator’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable and (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction that is not affected.
13. GOVERNING LAW
     Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

-9-


 

Adopted July 1, 2008
EXHIBIT A
Definitions of Terms
     Unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, the following terms, when used in the Plan, will have the meanings and be subject to the provisions set forth below:
      “Administrator” : The Board or, if one or more has been appointed, the Committee. The Administrator may delegate ministerial tasks to such Persons as it deems appropriate.
      “Affiliate” : Any corporation or other entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity has a controlling interest in another corporation or other entity in the chain, beginning with the Company and ending with such corporation or other entity. For purposes of the preceding sentence, except as the Administrator may otherwise determine subject to the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E)(1), the term “controlling interest” has the same meaning as provided in Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i), provided that the words “at least 50 percent” are used instead of the words “at least 80 percent” each place such words appear in Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i). The Company may at any time by amendment provide that different ownership thresholds (consistent with Section 409A of the Code) apply but any such change shall not be effective for twelve (12) months. In addition, any Affiliate must also meet the requirements of subsection (c) under Rule 701.
      “Award” : Any or a combination of the following:
  (i)   SARs;
 
  (ii)   Stock Options;
 
  (iii)   Restricted Stock;
 
  (iv)   Unrestricted Stock;
 
  (v)   Stock Units, including Restricted Stock Units;
 
  (vi)   Awards (other than Awards described in (i) through (iv) above) that are convertible into or exchangeable for Stock on such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines;
 
  (vii)   Performance Awards; and/or
 
  (viii)   Current or deferred grants of cash (which the Company may make payable by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) or loans, made in connection with other Awards.
      “Award Agreement” : A written agreement between the Company and the Participant evidencing the Award.
      “Board” : The Board of Directors of CC Media Holdings, Inc.

-10-


 

      “Cause”: In the case of any Participant, unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement or employment agreement, a termination by the Company or an Affiliate of the Participant’s Employment or a termination by the Participant of the Participant’s Employment, in either case following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Participant’s willful and continued failure to perform his or her material duties with respect to the Company or an Affiliate which, if curable, continues beyond ten business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Company; or (ii) the willful or intentional engaging by the Participant in material misconduct that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company or an Affiliate or the Investors and any of their respective affiliates; or (iii) Participant’s conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime constituting (A) a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; or (B) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise to the Company or an Affiliate or the Investors and any of their respective affiliates; (iv) the Participant’s committing or engaging in any act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or other act of dishonesty against the Company or its subsidiaries that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company or an Affiliate or the Investors and any of their respective affiliates; or (v) the Participant’s breach of his or her noncompetition or nonsolicitation obligations that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company or an Affiliate or the Investors and any of their respective affiliates.
      “Code”: The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from time to time amended and in effect, or any successor statute as from time to time in effect. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference to any section of the Code includes reference to any regulations (including proposed or temporary regulations) promulgated under that section and any IRS guidance thereunder.
      “Committee”: One or more committees of the Board, which, for purposes of meeting certain requirements of Section 162(m) of Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder (including Treas. Regs. Section 1.162-27(e)(3)), may be deemed to be any subcommittee of the Committee to which the Committee has delegated its duties and authority under this Plan consisting solely of at least two “outside directors,” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
      “Company”: CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
      “Corporate Transaction”: Any of the following: (i) Change of Control (as defined in any Award Agreement); (ii) a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction or series of transactions with or into a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that is not an affiliate of any member of the Investors, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to such a Person (or such a group of Persons acting in concert); or (iii) a sale by the Company or an Affiliate or the Investors and any of their respective affiliates of the capital stock of the Company that results in more than 50% of the common stock of the Company (or any resulting company after a merger) being held by a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that does not include any member of the Investors or any of their respective affiliates, provided , that, in each case, to the extent any amount constituting “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code would become payable under an Award by reason of a Corporate Transaction, it shall become payable only if the event or circumstances constituting the

-11-


 

Corporate Transaction would also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, within the meaning of subsection (a)(2)(A)(v) of Section 409A of the Code.
      “Employee”: Any person who is employed by the Company or an Affiliate.
      “Employment”: A Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise: A change in the capacity in which a Participant is employed by or renders services to the Company and/or its Affiliates, whether as an Employee, director, consultant or advisor, or a change in the entity by which the Participant is employed or to which the Participant rendered services, will not be deemed a termination of Employment so long as the Participant continues providing services in a capacity and to an entity described in Section 5. If a Participant’s relationship is with an Affiliate and that entity ceases to be an Affiliate, the Participant will be deemed to cease Employment when the entity ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant transfers Employment to the Company or its remaining Affiliates.
      “Fair Market Value”: The fair market value of the Stock on any given date, as determined in good faith by the Board which, (a) if the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be determined as provided thereunder and, (b) in the event that the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall be based on a third party appraisal that has been completed within at least twelve months prior to such determination date; provided , that (i) if, for any Participant, since such appraisal, events have occurred that would reasonably be expected to cause the fair market value determination to fail to satisfy the safe harbor methodology for determining such value under Section 409A of the Code, or (ii) in the event of a valuation performed upon the termination of a Participant, if the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company is the terminated Participant and the Participant objects to the determination of such fair market value by the Board, then in any such event the determination of what constitutes “fair market value” with respect to the Stock for which the Board’s determination is being disputed will be determined by a mutually acceptable expert, whose determination will be binding on the parties, the costs of which shall be borne by the Company.
      “Investors”: “Investors” as that term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
      “ISO”: A Stock Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. Each option granted pursuant to the Plan will be treated as providing by its terms that it is to be a non-incentive stock option unless, as of the date of grant, it is expressly designated as an ISO.
      “Merger”: Transactions completed by the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, Clear Channel Communications, Inc., and the Company (formerly known as BT Triple Crown Capital Holdings, Inc.) dated as of November 16, 2006 and amended on April 18, 2007 and May 17, 2007 (as may be further amended from time to time).

-12-


 

      “Participant”: A person who is granted an Award under the Plan.
      “Person”: Any natural person or individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.
      “Performance Award” : An Award subject to Performance Criteria. The Committee in its discretion may grant Performance Awards that are intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code and Performance Awards that are not intended so to qualify.
      “Performance Criteria” : Specified criteria, other than the mere continuation of Employment or the mere passage of time, the satisfaction of which is a condition for the grant, exercisability, vesting or full enjoyment of an Award. For purposes of Awards that are intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, a Performance Criterion will mean an objectively determinable measure of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): sales; revenues; assets; expenses; earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, or amortization, whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; return on equity, investment, capital or assets; one or more operating ratios; borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; market share; capital expenditures; cash flow; stock price; stockholder return; sales of particular products or services; customer acquisition or retention; acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); joint ventures and strategic alliances; spin-offs, split-ups and the like; reorganizations; or recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings. A Performance Criterion and any targets with respect thereto determined by the Administrator need not be based upon an increase, a positive or improved result or avoidance of loss. To the extent consistent with the requirements for satisfying the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), the Administrator may provide in the case of any Award intended to qualify for such exception that one or more of the Performance Criteria applicable to such Award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, but without limitation, acquisitions or dispositions) occurring during the performance period that affect the applicable Performance Criterion or Criteria.
      “Plan”: Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan as from time to time amended and in effect.
     ” QPO ”: An underwritten public offering and sale of common stock of the Company for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement by the Company, any Investor, or any member of the Sponsor Group.
      “Restricted Stock”: An Award of Stock for so long as the Stock remains subject to restrictions under this Plan or such Award requiring that it be redelivered or offered for sale to the Company if specified conditions are not satisfied.

-13-


 

      “Restricted Stock Unit”: A Stock Unit that is, or as to which the delivery of Stock or cash in lieu of Stock is, subject to the satisfaction of specified performance or other vesting conditions.
      “SAR”: A right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or shares of Stock of equivalent value, as specified in the Award except as otherwise determined by the Administrator) equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Shares subject to the right over a specified amount that is not less than the fair market value of such Shares at the date of grant.
      “Share”: a share of Stock.
      “Sponsor Group”: “Sponsor Group” as that term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
      “Stock”: Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, which shall be the same class of common stock to be held by public shareholders of the Company.
      “Stock Option”: An option entitling the recipient to acquire Shares upon payment of the applicable exercise price.
     ” Stock Unit ” : An unfunded and unsecured promise, denominated in Shares, to deliver Stock or cash measured by the value of the Stock in the future.
      “Stockholders Agreement”: Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date of the consummation of the Merger, by and among the Company, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. and other stockholders of CC Media Holdings Inc. who from time to time may become a party thereto.
      “Unrestricted Stock”: An Award of Stock not subject to any restrictions under the Plan.

-14-


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Option Agreement

-15-


 

SENIOR EXECUTIVE OPTION AGREEMENT
Optionee:
      This Option and any securities issued upon exercise of this Option are subject to restrictions on voting and transfer and requirements of sale and other provisions as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2008, among CC Media Holdings Inc. BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. ( “MergerSub ”), Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays, Randall T. Mays, and other stockholders of CC Media Holdings, Inc. who from time to time may become a party thereto, as amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), and the Side Letter Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2008, among CC Media Holdings, Inc., MergerSub, Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays and Randall T. Mays (“Side Letter Agreement,” together with the Stockholders Agreement, the “ Equity Agreements ”). This Option and any securities delivered hereunder constitute Executive Shares as defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     This stock option (the “Agreement”) is granted by CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to the Optionee, pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”). For the purpose of this Agreement, the “Grant Date” shall mean July 30, 2008.
     1.  Grant of Option . The Agreement evidences the grant by the Company on the Grant Date to the Optionee of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (the “Shares”), as set forth below:
     (a)                   Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “Tranche 1 Options”);
     (b)                   Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “Tranche 2 Options”); and
     (c)                   Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “Tranche 3 Options”).
     The Option evidenced by this Agreement is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).
     2.  Vesting .
     (a) During Employment . During the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall vest as follows:
     (i) Tranche 1 : The Tranche 1 Options will vest and become exercisable (A) with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to the Tranche 1 Options on and after the third anniversary of the Grant Date; (B) with respect to an additional 25% of the Shares subject to the Tranche 1 Options on and after the

1


 

fourth anniversary of the Grant Date; and (C) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Shares subject to the Tranche 1 Options on and after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date.
     (ii) Tranche 2 : The Tranche 2 Options shall only vest and become exercisable upon a 2.0x Return to Investor.
     (iii) Tranche 3 : The Tranche 3 Options shall only vest and become exercisable upon a 2.5x Return to Investor.
     (b) Termination of Employment Upon Death or Disability or Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, automatically and immediately upon the cessation of Employment, all outstanding and unvested Tranche 1, 2 and 3 Options shall cease to be exercisable and will terminate, except that:
     (i) upon a termination due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, any unvested Tranche 1 Options that would have vested as of the next succeeding anniversary of the Closing Date following such death or Disability will vest as if the Optionee’s Employment had continued through such date;
     (ii) upon a termination due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, any unvested Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 Options that would have vested as of the next succeeding anniversary of the Closing Date following such death or Disability will vest as if the Optionee’s Employment had continued through such date; and
     (iii) upon a termination by the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries without Cause or resignation by the Optionee for Good Reason, all unvested Tranche 1 Options, Tranche 2 Options and Tranche 3 Options will vest.
     (c) Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, in the event of a Change of Control, 100% of the Shares subject to any then outstanding and unvested Tranche 1 Options shall become fully vested.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, (but subject to any other provision of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and the Optionee with respect to vesting and termination of Shares granted under the Plan), no Options shall vest or shall become eligible to vest on any date specified above unless the Optionee is then, and since the Grant Date has continuously been, Employed by the Company, its Affiliates, or its subsidiaries.
     3.  Exercise of Option . Each election to exercise this Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by his or her executor or administrator or by the Person or Persons to whom this Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution (the “Legal Representative”), and made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. In addition to the methods of payment otherwise permitted by the Plan, the Administrator shall, at the election

2


 

of the Optionee, hold back Shares from the Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price in payment of the Option exercise price. The latest date on which this Option may be exercised (the “Final Exercise Date”) is the date which is the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) above, the following rules will apply if the Optionee’s Employment terminates: automatically and immediately upon the termination of Employment, this Option will cease to be exercisable and will terminate, except that:
     (a) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of a termination by the Company without Cause, the Optionee’s Retirement, or a resignation by the Optionee for Good Reason, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 180 days or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate;
     (b) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to a termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of a resignation by the Optionee without Good Reason, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 90 days or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate;
     (c) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of death or Disability, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) the one year period ending with the first anniversary of the Optionee’s death or Disability, as the case may be, or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate; and
     (d) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment will immediately terminate upon such termination if such termination of Employment has resulted in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause.
     4.  Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), the Optionee shall be entitled to receive, in consideration for any portion of the Award then outstanding, such payment (a “cash-out”), equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the price paid in such Corporate Transaction for one Share times the number of Shares subject to the Award, over (B) the aggregate exercise price, if any, under the Award, in each case on such payment terms (which shall be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as are consistent with those applied to the consideration received by holders of Stock in the transaction, as the Administrator reasonably and in good faith determines.

3


 

     5.  Other Agreements . Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the shares received upon exercise of this Option shall be subject to the Equity Agreements and the transfer and other restrictions, rights, and obligations set forth therein.
     6.  Withholding . No Shares will be transferred pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the person exercising this Option shall have remitted to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, or local withholding tax requirements, or shall have made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company with respect to such taxes. The Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from the Option or permit an Optionee to tender previously owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate).
     7.  Nontransferability of Option . This Option is not transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.
     8.  Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of this Option, nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of this Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.
     9.  Provisions of the Plan . This Option is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant of this Option has been furnished to the Optionee. By exercising all or any part of this Option, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Option. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Option and the Plan, the terms of this Option shall control. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan to the contrary, however, in the event of the payment of any extraordinary cash dividend on Shares (a “Special Dividend Payment”), the Optionee shall be entitled to receive (i) a payment in an amount equal to the cash dividends the Optionee would have received (a “Dividend Equivalent Payment”), if the Optionee held as a stockholder the same number of Shares, as are, as of the date of such Special Dividend Payment, subject to any vested Options hereunder, which payment shall be made at the same time as such Special Dividend Payments are made; (ii) with respect to any Shares subject to any unvested Options on the date of such Special Dividend Payment, a Dividend Equivalent Payment on such Shares, to be paid at such time(s) as such Optionee becomes vested in such Options. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any such payments, no reduction in exercise price or similar adjustment shall be made under Section 7(b)(1) or (2) of the Plan. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, in order to avoid liability accounting as provided therein, revoke or reduce the amount of any Award, but may impose reasonable terms and conditions on the exercise of put rights, call rights and other transactions as may be reasonably necessary to avoid the treatment of the grant as a liability award under FASB. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, without the Optionee’s consent, alter the terms of the Plan or this Agreement so as to adversely affect the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.
     10.  Definitions . The initially capitalized terms Optionee shall have the meaning set forth on the first page of this Agreement; initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein

4


 

shall have the meaning provided in the Plan, and to the extent not otherwise defined in the Plan, then as defined in the Equity Agreements. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Change of Control ” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Cause ” has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
     “ Disability ” has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
     “ Employment ” for purposes of this Agreement only, means employment on a continuous and substantially full-time basis (exclusive only of vacation and other approved absences) and excludes any period of employment during which services are performed on an intermittent or mutually agreed basis in a consulting capacity.
     “ Employment Agreement ” shall mean the employment agreement entered into between the Company, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., and the Optionee dated as of July 28, 2008.
     “ Good Reason ” has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
     “ Investor Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement and shall include any stock, securities or other property or interests received by the Investors in respect of Investor Shares in connection with any stock dividend or other similar distribution, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, merger, exchange of stock or other transaction or event that affects the Company’s capital stock occurring after the date of issuance.
     “ Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Retirement ” means an Optionee’s retirement from service with the Company on the date that is the earlier of (i) after attaining 62 years of age or (ii) after attaining 60 years of age and completing thirty-six (36) months of service following consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger.
     “ Return to Investor ” means the return to the Investors, measured in the aggregate on their cash investment to purchase Investor Shares, taking into account the amount of all cash dividends and cash distributions to such Investors in respect of their Investor Shares and all cash proceeds to such Investors from the sale or other disposition of such Investor Shares.
     “ Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share.
     11.  General . For purposes of this Option and any determinations to be made by the Administrator or Compensation Committee, as the case may be, hereunder, the determinations by the Administrator or Compensation Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the Optionee and any transferee.

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This Option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
         
  CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Andrew Levin   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer   
 
         
Dated:  
   
Acknowledged and Agreed  
   
   
Name:  
   
Address of Principal Residence:  
   
   
 
   
 

 


 

EXECUTIVE OPTION AGREEMENT
    Optionee:                                          
      This Option and any securities issued upon exercise of this Option are subject to restrictions on transfer and requirements of sale and other provisions as set forth below.
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     This stock option (the “ Option ”) is granted by CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”),to the Optionee, pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”). For the purpose of this Executive Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), the “ Grant Date ” shall mean July 30, 2008.
     1.  Grant of Option . The Agreement evidences the grant by the Company on the Grant Date to the Optionee of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), as set forth below:
(a)            Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “ Tranche 1 Options ”);
(b)            Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “ Tranche 2 Options ”); and
(c)            Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “ Tranche 3 Options ”).”
     The Option evidenced by this Agreement is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
     2.  Vesting .
     (a) During Employment . During the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall vest as follows:
     (i) Tranche 1 : The Tranche 1 Options will vest and become exercisable with respect to 20% of the Tranche 1 Options on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date.
     (ii) Tranche 2 : The Tranche 2 Options will become eligible to vest (subject to achieving a 2.0x Return to Investor) with respect to 20% of the Tranche 2 Options on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date. Tranche 2 Options that are eligible to vest shall only vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of a 2.0x Return to Investor. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, Tranche 2 Options not eligible to vest on the date a 2.0x Return to Investor is achieved, shall thereafter vest and become exercisable when they become eligible to vest.

1


 

     (iii) Tranche 3 : The Tranche 3 Options will become eligible to vest (subject to achieving a 2.5x Return to Investor) with respect to 20% of the Tranche 3 Options on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date. Tranche 3 Options that are eligible to vest shall only vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of a 2.5x Return to Investor. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, Tranche 3 Options not eligible to vest on the date a 2.5x Return to Investor is achieved, shall thereafter vest and become exercisable when they become eligible to vest.
     (b) Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, in the event of a Change of Control, 100% of the then outstanding and unvested Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 Options shall become eligible to vest and shall vest and become exercisable to the extent that the applicable Return to Investor is achieved upon the Change of Control.
     (c) Termination of Employment .
     (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2 and subject to Section 2(c)(ii) below, automatically and immediately upon the cessation of Employment, all outstanding and unvested Tranche 1, 2 and 3 Options shall terminate.
     (ii) Notwithstanding Section 2(c)(i), in the event the Optionee’s Employment is terminated by the Company without Cause during the twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, 100% of the then outstanding and unvested Tranche 1 Options will vest and become exercisable in accordance with Section 3(a) below.
Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to any contrary provision of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and the Optionee with respect to vesting and termination of Awards granted under the Plan), no Options shall vest or shall become eligible to vest on any date specified above unless the Optionee is then, and since the Grant Date has continuously been, an Employee.
     3.  Exercise of Option . Each election to exercise this Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by his or her executor or administrator or by the person or persons to whom this Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution (the “ Legal Representative ”), and made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. In addition to the methods of payment otherwise permitted by the Plan, the Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from an Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price in payment of the Option exercise price. The latest date on which this Option may be exercised (the “ Final Exercise Date ”) is the date which is the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) above, the following rules will apply if a Optionee’s Employment ceases in all circumstances:

2


 

automatically and immediately upon the cessation of Employment, this Option will cease to be exercisable and will terminate, except that:
     (a) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s Permitted Transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of a termination by the Company without Cause, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 90 days or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate; and
     (b) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s Permitted Transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of death or Disability, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) the one year period ending with the first anniversary of the Optionee’s death or Disability, as the case may be, or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate.
     4.  Withholding . No Shares will be transferred pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the person exercising this Option shall have remitted to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, or local withholding tax requirements, or shall have made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company with respect to such taxes. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, hold back Shares otherwise receivable upon exercise of the Option or permit an Optionee to tender previously owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate).
     5.  Nontransferability of Option . This Option is not transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.
     6. Restrictions on Shares .
     (a) Transferability of Shares . Except as provided in this Section 6, no Transfer of Shares received upon exercise of the Option (“ Received Shares ”) by the Optionee is permitted:
     (i) Permitted Transferees . The Optionee may Transfer any and all Received Shares to a Permitted Transferee, provided that such Permitted Transferee shall become a party to and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Prior to the initial Transfer of any Received Shares to a given Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 6(a) and as a condition thereto, the Permitted Transferee shall execute a written agreement in a form provided by the Company under which such Permitted Transferee shall become subject to all provisions of this Agreement to the extent applicable to the Received Shares including without limitation Sections 6, 7, and 10.
     (ii) Public Transfers . After the third anniversary of the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, the Optionee may Transfer any or all Received Shares

3


 

to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Rule 144 ”)
     (iii) Sale Rights on Termination Due to Death or Disability . Upon the Optionee’s termination of Employment due to death or Disability, the Optionee and his or her Permitted Transferees will have the right, subject to Sections 6(a)(v) and 6(a)(vi), to sell to the public pursuant to Rule 144 at any time during the one-year period following the effective date of such termination all or any portion of the Received Shares, notwithstanding that such a Transfer might not otherwise then be permitted by Section 6(a)(ii).
     (iv) Release of Received Shares . If prior to the third anniversary of the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, any Investor makes a Transfer of its Equity Shares to any Person (other than a Transfer to any other Investor or Sponsor or to any of the respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds of any such Investor or Sponsor), then the Optionee will be permitted to Transfer, pursuant to Rule 144, that portion of the Optionee’s Received Shares that bears the same proportion to the total number of Shares with respect to which this Option is then vested and exercisable and Received Shares then owned by the Optionee as the number of Equity Shares that were Transferred by such Investor bears to the total number of Equity Shares that were owned by all Investors immediately prior to such Transfer.
     (v) Legal Restrictions; Other Restrictions . The restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement, including those specified in this Section 6, are in addition to any prohibitions and other restrictions on transfer arising under any applicable laws, rules or regulations, and the Optionee may not Transfer Received Shares to any other Person unless the Optionee first takes all reasonable and customary steps, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, to ensure that such Transfer would not violate, or be reasonably expected to restrict or impair the respective business activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under, any applicable laws, rules or regulations, including applicable securities, antitrust or U.S. federal communications laws, rules and regulations. The restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement are in addition to any other restrictions on Transfer to which the Optionee may be subject, including any restrictions on Transfer contained in the Company’s certificate of incorporation (including restrictions therein relating to federal communications laws), or any other agreement to which the Optionee is a party or is bound or any applicable lock-up rules and regulations of any national securities exchange or national securities association.
     (vi) Impermissible Transfers . Any Transfer of Received Shares not made in compliance with the terms of this Section 6 shall be null and void ab initio, and the Company shall not in any way give effect to any such Transfer.
     (vii) Period . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, all the Transfer restrictions of this Section 6 shall terminate.

4


 

     (b) Drag Rights .
     (i) Sale Event Drag Along . If the Company notifies the Optionee in writing that it has received a valid Drag Along Sale Notice (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement and that Capital IV has informed the Company that it desires to have the Optionee participate in the transaction that is the subject of the Drag Along Sale Notice, then the Optionee shall be bound and obligated to Transfer in such transaction the percentage of the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which this Option is then vested and exercisable and Received Shares then held by the Optionee that the Company notifies the Optionee is equal to the percentage of Equity Shares held by the Sponsors and their Affiliates that the Sponsors and Affiliates are transferring in such transaction, on the same terms and conditions as the Sponsors and their Affiliates with respect to each Equity Share Transferred. With respect to a given transaction that is the subject of a Drag Along Notice, the Optionee’s obligations under this Section 6(b) shall remain in effect until the earlier of (1) the consummation of such transaction and (2) notification by the Company that such Drag Along Sale Notice has been withdrawn.
     (ii) Waiver of Appraisal Rights . The Optionee agrees not to demand or exercise appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, as amended, or otherwise with respect to any transaction subject to this Section 6(b), whether or not such appraisal rights are otherwise available.
     (iii) Further Assurances . The Optionee shall take or cause to be taken all such actions as requested by the Company or Capital IV in order to consummate any transaction subject to this Section 6(b) and any related transactions, including but not limited to the exercise of vested Options and the execution of agreements and other documents requested by the Company.
     (iv) Period . The foregoing provisions of this Section 6(b) shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.
     (c) Lock-Up . The Optionee agrees that in connection with a Public Offering, upon the request of the Company or the managing underwriters(s) of such Public Offering, the Optionee will not Transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge, enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic ownership, or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Option or any portion thereof or any of the Received Shares for such period as the Company or such managing underwriter(s), as the case may be, may request, commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to such Public Offering and continuing for not more than 90 days (or 180 days in the case of any Public Offering up to and including the Qualified Public Offering), except with the prior written consent of the Company or such managing underwriter(s), as the case may be. The Optionee also agrees that he or she will sign a “lock up” or similar arrangement in connection with a Public Offering on terms and conditions that the Company or the managing underwriter(s) thereof deems necessary or desirable.

5


 

     7.  Grant of Proxy . To the extent permitted by law, the Optionee hereby grants to Capital IV an irrevocable proxy coupled with an interest, with full power of substitution, to vote such Optionee’s Received Shares as Capital IV sees fit on all matters related to (i) the election of members of the Board, (ii) any transaction subject to Section 6(b) herein or (iii) any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized thereunder. Such proxy shall be valid and remain in effect until the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) with respect to any particular matter, the latest date permitted by applicable law.
     8.  Status Change . Upon the termination of the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall continue or terminate, as and to the extent provided in the Plan and this Agreement.
     9.  Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of this Option, nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of this Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.
     10.  Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Non-Disclosure . The Board shall have the right to cancel, modify, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict this Option, including, without limitation, canceling or rescinding this Option if the Board determines that the Optionee is not in compliance with any non-competition or non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreement with the Company and such non-compliance has not been authorized in advance in a specific written waiver from the Company. In addition, in the event of any such violation of such agreement (without the advance written consent of the Company) that occurs during the period following termination of employment covered by any such agreement, the Company may require that (i) the Optionee sell to the Company Received Shares then held by the Optionee for a purchase price equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Options and (ii) the Optionee remit or deliver to the Company (1) the amount of any gain realized upon the sale of any Received Shares, and (2) any consideration received upon the exchange of any Received Shares (or the extent that such consideration was not received in the form of cash, the cash equivalent thereof valued at the time of the exchange). The Company shall have the right to offset, against any Shares and any cash amounts due to the Optionee under or by reason of Optionee’s holding this Option, any amounts to which the Company is entitled as a result of Optionee’s violation of the terms of any non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreement with the Company or Optionee’s breach of any duty to the Company. Accordingly, Optionee acknowledges that (i) the Company may withhold delivery of Shares, (ii) the Company may place the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of Shares in an escrow account of the Company’s choosing pending resolution of any dispute with the Company, and (iii) the Company has no liability for any attendant market risk caused by any such delay, withholding, or escrow. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the calculation of damages from a breach of an agreement with the Company or of any duty to the Company would be difficult to calculate accurately and that the right to offset or other remedy provided for herein is reasonable and not a penalty. The Optionee further agrees not to challenge the reasonableness of such provisions even where the Company rescinds, delays, withholds or escrows Shares or proceeds or uses those Shares or proceeds as a setoff.

6


 

     11.  Provisions of the Plan . This Option is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant of this Option has been furnished to the Optionee. By exercising all or any part of this Option, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
     12. Definitions . The initially capitalized terms Optionee and Grant Date shall have the meanings set forth on the first page of this Agreement; initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Plan, and, as used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be considered an Affiliate of any Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds.
     “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) an investment fund that is an Affiliate of such Person or that is advised by the same investment adviser as such Person or by an Affiliate of such investment adviser or such Person or, with respect to a Person that is a Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Sponsor, (b) any partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity controlled (i) jointly by the Sponsors and/or their respective Affiliates or (ii) individually by a single Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, in each case (i) and (ii) that is formed to invest directly or indirectly in the Company.
     “ Capital IV ” means Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed and jointly controlled by the Sponsors, and its successors and/or assigns.
     “ Capital V ” means Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership formed and jointly controlled by the Sponsors, and its successors and/or assigns.
     “ Change of Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other Person, or any other corporate reorganization or transaction (including the acquisition of capital stock of the Company), whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after which the Sponsors and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates do not directly or indirectly control capital stock representing more than 25% of the economic interests in and 25% of the voting power of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization or transaction; (b) any stock sale or other transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is owned directly or indirectly by any Person and its “affiliates” or “associates” (as such terms are defined the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended and the rules thereunder), other than the Sponsors and their respective Affiliated Funds

7


 

and Affiliates (or a group of Persons that includes such Persons); or (c) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person and the “affiliates” or “associates” of such Person (or a group of Persons acting in concert), other than the Sponsors and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates (or a group of Persons that includes such Persons).
     “ Disability ” (a) has the meaning given to such term in the Optionee’s employment agreement then in effect, if any, between the Optionee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) if there is no such term in such employment agreement or there is no such employment agreement then in effect, means the disability of an Optionee during his or her Employment through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature as a result of which, in the judgment of the Board, he or she is unable to perform substantially all of his or her duties and responsibilities, notwithstanding the provision of any reasonable accommodation, for 6 consecutive months during any period of 12 consecutive months.
     “ Equity Shares ” means Shares as such term is used in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Investors ” means Capital IV and Capital V and their “Permitted Transferees,” as defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “ Investor Shares ” means Equity Shares of any type held by the Investors and shall include any stock, securities or other property or interests received by the Investors in respect of Equity Shares in connection with any stock dividend or other similar distribution, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, merger, exchange of stock or other transaction or event that affects the Company’s capital stock occurring after the date of issuance.
     “ Members of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to an individual, each spouse or child or other descendant of such individual, each trust created solely for the benefit of one or more of the aforementioned persons and their spouses and each custodian or guardian of any property of one or more of the aforementioned persons in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian.
     “ Permitted Transferee ” means (a) the Optionee’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees or distributees, in each case acquiring the Received Shares in question pursuant to the will or other instrument taking effect at death of such Optionee or by applicable laws of descent and distribution, or (b) a trust, private foundation or entity formed for estate planning purposes for the benefit of the Optionee and/or any of the Members of the Immediate Family of such Optionee. In addition, the Optionee shall be a Permitted Transferee of the Optionee’s Permitted Transferees.
     “ Public Offering ” means a public offering and sale of shares of common stock of the Company, for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ Qualified Public Offering ” means the first underwritten Public Offering after the Grant Date pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable

8


 

form) in connection with which the Company or any of the Sponsors or their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds receives sale proceeds therefrom.
     “ Return to Investor ” means the return to the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Funds, measured in the aggregate, on their cash investment to purchase Investor Shares, taking into account the amount of all cash dividends and cash distributions to the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Funds in respect of their Investor Shares and all cash proceeds to the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Funds from the sale or other disposition of such Investor Shares.
     “ Sponsors ” shall mean Bain Capital (CC) IX L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P.
     “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2008, as amended from time to time, by and among the Company, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. and other stockholders of the Company who from time to time may become parties thereto.
     “ Transfer ” means any sale, pledge, assignment, encumbrance, distribution or other transfer or disposition of shares or other property to any other Person, whether directly, indirectly, voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise.
     13.  General . For purposes of this Option and any determinations to be made by the Administrator or Committee, as the case may be, hereunder, the determinations by the Administrator or Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the Optionee and any transferee.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This Option shall take effect as a sealed instrument
         
  CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Mark P. Mays   
    Title:   CEO   
 
Dated:
Acknowledged and Agreed

9


 

         
   
   
Name:  
   
Address of Principal Residence:  
   
   
 
   
 
   
 

10


 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT OPTION AGREEMENT
Optionee:                                          
      This Option and any securities issued upon exercise of this Option are subject to restrictions on transfer and requirements of sale and other provisions as set forth below.
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     This stock option (the “Option”) is granted by CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to the Optionee, pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”). For the purpose of this Senior Management Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), the “Grant Date” shall mean July 30, 2008.
     1.  Grant of Option . The Agreement evidences the grant by the Company on the Grant Date to the Optionee of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, shares of class A common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (the “Shares”), as set forth below:
  (a)                         Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “Tranche 1 Options”);
 
  (b)                         Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “Tranche 2 Options”); and
 
  (c)                         Shares at $36.00 per Share (the “Tranche 3 Options”).”
     The Option evidenced by this Agreement is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
     2.  Vesting .
     (a) During Employment . During the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall vest as follows:
     (i) Tranche 1 : The Tranche 1 Options will vest and become exercisable with respect to 20% of the Tranche 1 Options on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date.
     (ii) Tranche 2 : The Tranche 2 Options will become eligible to vest (subject to achieving a 2.0x Return to Investor) with respect to 20% of the Tranche 2 Options on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date. Tranche 2 Options that are eligible to vest shall only vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of a 2.0x Return to Investor. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, Tranche 2 Options not eligible to vest on the date a 2.0x Return to Investor is achieved, shall thereafter vest and become exercisable when they become eligible to vest.

1


 

     (iii) Tranche 3 : The Tranche 3 Options will become eligible to vest (subject to achieving a 2.5x Return to Investor) with respect to 20% of the Tranche 3 Options on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date. Tranche 3 Options that are eligible to vest shall only vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of a 2.5x Return to Investor. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, Tranche 3 Options not eligible to vest on the date a 2.5x Return to Investor is achieved, shall thereafter vest and become exercisable when they become eligible to vest.
     (b) Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, in the event of a Change of Control, 100% of the then outstanding and unvested Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 Options shall become eligible to vest and shall vest and become exercisable to the extent that the applicable Return to Investor is achieved upon the Change of Control.
     (c) Termination of Employment .
     (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2 and subject to Section 2(c)(ii) below, automatically and immediately upon the cessation of Employment, all outstanding and unvested Tranche 1, 2 and 3 Options shall cease to be exercisable and will terminate.
     (ii) Notwithstanding Section 2(c)(i), in the event the Optionee’s Employment is terminated by the Company without Cause during the twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, 100% of the then outstanding and unvested Tranche 1 Options will vest and become exercisable in accordance with Section 3(a) below.
Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to any contrary provision of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company and the Optionee with respect to vesting and termination of Shares granted under the Plan), no Options shall vest or shall become eligible to vest on any date specified above unless the Optionee is then, and since the Grant Date has continuously been, an Employee.
     3.  Exercise of Option . Each election to exercise this Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by his or her executor or administrator or by the person or persons to whom this Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution (the “Legal Representative”), and made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. In addition to the methods of payment otherwise permitted by the Plan, the Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from an Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price in payment of the Option exercise price. The latest date on which this Option may be exercised (the “Final Exercise Date”) is the date which is the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) above, the following rules will apply if a Optionee’s Employment ceases in all circumstances:

2


 

automatically and immediately upon the cessation of Employment, this Option will cease to be exercisable and will terminate, except that:
     (a) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of a termination by the Company without Cause, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 90 days or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate; and
     (b) any portion of this Option held by the Optionee or the Optionee’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the termination of the Optionee’s Employment by reason of death or Disability, to the extent then vested and exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) the one year period ending with the first anniversary of the Optionee’s death or Disability, as the case may be, or (ii) the period ending on the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon terminate.
     4.  Lock Up . The Optionee agrees that in connection with a public offering and sale of shares of Stock for cash by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “Public Offering”) and upon the Company’s or underwriter’s request, the Optionee will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge, enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership, or, otherwise encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option for such period as the Company or underwriter may request, commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to any such offering and continuing for not more than 90 days (or 180 days in the case of any public offering up to and including the public offering that is the first underwritten public offering after the date of the Merger (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) in connection with which the Company or its majority shareholders receives sale proceeds therefrom), except with the prior written consent of the Company or underwriter. The Optionee agrees that he or she will sign a “lock up” or similar agreement in connection with a Public Offering on terms and conditions that the Company or underwriter deems necessary or desirable. For the avoidance of doubt this Agreement and the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to the Stockholders Agreement.
     5.  Withholding . No Shares will be transferred pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the person exercising this Option shall have remitted to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, or local Withholding tax requirements, or shall have made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company with respect to such taxes. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, hold back Shares otherwise receivable under this Agreement or permit the Optionee to tender previously owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate).

3


 

     6.  Nontransferability of Option . This Option is not transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.
     7.  Status Change . Upon the termination of the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall continue or terminate, as and to the extent provided in the Plan and this Agreement.
     8.  Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of this Option, nor the issuance of Shares upon exercise of this Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.
     9.  Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Non-Disclosure . The Board shall have the right to cancel, modify, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict this Option, including, without limitation, canceling or rescinding this Option if the Board determines that the Optionee is not in compliance with any non-competition or non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreement with the Company and such non-compliance has not been authorized in advance in a specific written waiver from the Company. In addition, in the event of any such violation of such agreement (without the advance written consent of the Company) that occurs during the period following termination of employment covered by any such agreement, the Company may require that (i) the Optionee sell to the Company Shares received by the Optionee upon exercise of the Option and then held by the Optionee for a purchase price equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option; or (ii) the Optionee remit or deliver to the Company (1) the amount of any gain realized upon the sale of any Shares received pursuant to this Option, and (2) any consideration received upon the exchange of any Shares received pursuant to this Option (or the extent that such consideration was not received in the form of cash, the cash equivalent thereof valued at the time of the exchange). The Company shall have the right to offset, against any Shares and any cash amounts due to the Optionee under or by reason of Optionee’s holding this Option, any amounts to which the Company is entitled as a result of Optionee’s violation of the terms of any non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreement with the Company or Optionee’s breach of any duty to the Company. Accordingly, Optionee acknowledges that (i) the Company may withhold delivery of Shares, (ii) the Company may place the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of Shares in an escrow account of the Company’s choosing pending resolution of any dispute with the Company, and (iii) the Company has no liability for any attendant market risk caused by any such delay, withholding, or escrow. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the calculation of damages from a breach of an agreement with the Company or of any duty to the Company would be difficult to calculate accurately and that the right to offset or other remedy provided for herein is reasonable and not a penalty. The Optionee further agrees not to challenge the reasonableness of such provisions even where the Company rescinds, delays, withholds or escrows Shares or proceeds or uses those Shares or proceeds as a setoff.
     10.  Provisions of the Plan . This Option is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant of this Option has been furnished to the Optionee. By exercising all or any part of this Option, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. In the

4


 

event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
     11.  Definitions . The initially capitalized terms Optionee and Grant Date shall have the meanings set forth on the first page of this Agreement; initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Plan, and, as used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, or (b) if such specified Person is a natural person, any member of the immediate family of such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be considered an Affiliate of any of the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Funds.
     “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) an investment fund that is an Affiliate of such Person or that is advised by the same investment adviser as such Person or by an Affiliate of such investment adviser or such Person or, with respect to a Person that is a Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Sponsor, (ii) any other partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity controlled (a) jointly by the Sponsors and/or their respective Affiliates or (b) individually by a single Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, in each case (a) and (b) that is formed to invest directly or indirectly in the Company and that is designated as an Affiliate by the Sponsor or Sponsors that control, or whose Affiliates control, such entity.
     “ Change of Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other Person, or any other corporate reorganization or transaction (including the acquisition of capital stock of the Company), whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after which the Sponsors and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates do not directly or indirectly control capital stock representing more than 25% of the economic interests in and 25% of the voting power of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization or transaction; (b) any sale or other transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is owned directly or indirectly by any Person and its “affiliates” or “associates” (as such terms are defined in the rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Sponsors and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates (or a group of Persons that includes such Persons); or (c) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person and the “affiliates” or “associates” of such Person (or a group of Persons acting in concert), other than the Sponsors and their respective Affiliated Funds and Affiliates (or a group of Persons that includes such Persons).
     “ Cause ” means (1) the Optionee’s failure to perform (other than by reason of Disability),

5


 

or material negligence in the performance of, his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (2) material breach by the Optionee of any provision of this Agreement or any employment or other written agreement; or (3) other conduct by the Optionee that is materially harmful to the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates.
     “ Disability ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any employment agreement other similar agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or, if no such agreement exists or the provisions of such agreements conflict, the disability of a Optionee during his or her Employment through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature as a result of which, in the judgment of the Board, he or she is unable to perform substantially all of his duties and responsibilities, notwithstanding the provision of any reasonable accommodation, for ninety (90) consecutive days during any period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) consecutive calendar days.
     “ Investor Shares ” means Shares of any type held by Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC and any successors in interest thereto and Clear Channel Capital V, L.P. and any successors in interest thereto, (each, an “Investor”) and shall include any stock, securities or other property or interests received by the Investors in respect of Investor Shares in connection with any stock dividend or other similar distribution, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, merger, exchange of stock or other transaction or event that affects the Company’s capital stock occurring after the date of issuance.
     “ Person ” means any natural person or individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “ Return to Investor ” means the return to the Sponsors, measured in the aggregate, on their cash investment to purchase Investor Shares, taking into account the amount of all cash dividends and cash distributions to such Sponsors in respect of their Investor Shares and all cash proceeds to such Sponsors from the sale or other disposition of such Investor Shares.
     “ Sponsors” shall mean Bain Capital (CC) IX L.P. and its Affiliates and THL Equity Fund VI, L.P. and its Affiliates.
     “ Stock ” means class A common stock of CC Media Holdings, Inc, par value $.001 per share.
     12.  General . For purposes of this Option and any determinations to be made by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, hereunder, the determinations by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the Optionee and any transferee.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This Agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

6


 

         
  CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Mark P. Mays   
    Title:   CEO   
 
Dated:
Acknowledged and Agreed
     
 
Name:
   
 
   
Address of Principal Residence:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   

7


 

EXHIBIT C
Form of Rollover Option Agreement

-16-


 

ROLLOVER OPTION AGREEMENT
Optionee:
      This Option and any securities issued upon exercise of this Option are subject to restrictions on voting and transfer and requirements of sale and other provisions set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, to be entered into on or before the Closing Date (as that term is defined in the Merger Agreement), among CC Media Holdings, Inc., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“ MergerSub ”), Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays, Randall T. Mays, and other stochholders of CC Media Holdings, Inc. who from time to time may become a party thereto, as amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), and the Side Letter Agreement, to be entered into on or before the Closing Date, among CC Media Holdings, Inc., MergerSub, Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays and Randall T. Mays (“Side Letter Agreement, together with the Stockholders Agreement, the “ Equity Agreements ”). This Option and any securities delivered hereunder constitute Executive Shares as defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     This stock option agreement (the “Agreement”) is hereby entered into between CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Optionee pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). For the purpose of this Agreement, the “Grant Date” shall mean the Closing Date (as that term is defined in the Merger Agreement).
  1.   Grant of Option. This Agreement evidences the grant by the Company on the Grant Date to the Optionee of an incentive stock option to purchase (the “Option”), in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan,                                  shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (the “Shares”) at $[    ] per Share. 1 The Option evidenced by this certificate is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). This Option is granted in substitution of an option (which option is hereby deemed cancelled as of the Closing Date) held by the Optionee under equity incentive plans maintained by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “Rollover Option”). Except as permitted in Section 422 Rollover Law and expressly provided in this Agreement, the terms of the Rollover Option are deemed incorporated into this Option; it being understood, that the exercise price and the number of shares subject thereto may be adjusted as permitted under Section 422 Rollover Law. The Option shall be subject to the terms of the plan that previously governed the Rollover Option immediately prior to the date hereof, and to the terms of any other agreement previously governing the Rollover Option for which this Option is substituted to the extent required by Section 422 Rollover Law, and will also be governed
 
1   Exercise price of the option to be reduced to the extent permitted by law, provided that the ratio of the option price to the fair market value of the shares subject to the rolled option shall be maintained.

 


 

     
 
    by the Plan, as applicable, and the Equity Agreements, in each case to the extent consistent with Section 422 Rollover Law.
  2.   Vesting. The Option will be fully vested upon grant.
 
  3.   Exercise of Option. Each election to exercise this Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by his or her executor or administrator or by the Person or Persons to whom this Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution (the “Legal Representative”), and made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. In addition to the methods of payment otherwise permitted by the Plan, the Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from an Award having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price in payment of the Option exercise price. The latest date on which this Option may be exercised (the “Final Exercise Date”) is the latest date upon which the Rollover Option was exercisable, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.
 
  4.   Other Agreements . Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Shares received upon exercise of this Option shall be subject to the Equity Agreements and the transfer and other restrictions, rights, and obligations set forth therein.
 
  5.   Extraordinary Dividends. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan to the contrary, however, in the event of the payment of any extraordinary cash dividend on Shares (a “Special Dividend Payment”), the Optionee shall be entitled to receive a payment in an amount equal to the cash dividends the Optionee would have received (a “Dividend Equivalent Payment”), if the Optionee held as a stockholder the same number of Shares subject to the Option, which payment shall be made at the same time as such Special Dividend Payments are made. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, without the Optionee’s consent, alter the terms of the Plan or the Agreement so as to adversely affect the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.
 
  6.   Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction subsequent to the Merger contemplated by the Merger Agreement in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), the Optionee shall be entitled to receive, in consideration for any portion of the Option then outstanding such payment (a “cash-out”), equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the price paid in such Corporate Transaction for one Share times the number of Shares subject to the Option, over (B) the aggregate exercise price, if any, under the Option, in each case on such payment terms (which shall be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as are consistent with those applied to the consideration received by holders of Stock in the transaction, as the Administrator reasonably and in good faith determines.
 
  7.   Withholding. No Shares will be transferred pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the Person exercising this Option shall have remitted to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, or local withholding tax requirements, or shall have made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company with respect to such

 


 

      taxes. The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. The Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from the Option or permit a Optionee to tender previously owned Shares in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate).
  8.   Nontransferability of Option. This Option is not transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and, subject to the foregoing provision, is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.
 
  9.   Status Change. Upon the termination of the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall continue or terminate, as and to the extent provided in the Plan, except to the extent required under Section 422 Rollover Law.
 
  10.   Effect on Employment. Neither the grant of this Option, nor the issuance of shares upon exercise of this Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.
 
  11.   Provisions of the Plan. This Option is subject to the terms of the plan that previously governed the Rollover Option immediately prior to the date hereof and to the terms of any other agreement previously governing the Rollover Option for which this Option is substituted, which are incorporated herein by reference, to the extent required by Section 422 Rollover Law. The Option is also subject to the provisions of the Plan, as applicable, which are also incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant of this Option has been furnished to the Optionee. By exercising all or any part of this Option, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Option. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Option and the Plan, between this Option and the plan that previously governed the Rollover Option immediately prior to the date hereof, or between this Option and any other agreement previously governing the Rollover Option for which this Option is substituted, the terms of this Option shall control, except to the extent required under Section 422 Rollover Law. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, without the Grantee’s consent, alter the terms of the Plan or this Agreement so as to adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under this Agreement.
 
  12.   Definitions. The initially capitalized terms Optionee and Grant Date shall have the meanings set forth on the first page of this Agreement; initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Plan, and to the extent not defined in the Plan, as defined in the Equity Agreements, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “Merger Agreement” shall mean shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006 and amended on April 18, 2007 and May 17, 2007, by and among the Company, MergerSub, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

 


 

and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas Corporation (“Clear Channel”), which is being further amended by a third amendment (the “Third Amendment”) on or about May 12, 2008.
          “Section 422 Rollover Law” shall mean Section 422 of the Code and guidance issued thereunder (or applicable thereto) including Treasury Regulations in respect of Section 422 of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 and any subsequent guidance under Section 422 of the Code.
  13.   General. For purposes of this Option and any determinations to be made by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, hereunder, the determinations by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the Optionee and any transferee.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This Agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
         
  CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:   
 
Dated:
Acknowledged and Agreed
     
 
Name:
   
 
   
Address of Principal Residence:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   

 


 

ROLLOVER OPTION AGREEMENT
Optionee:
      This Option and any securities issued upon exercise of this Option are subject to restrictions on voting and transfer and requirements of sale and other provisions set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, to be entered into on or before the Closing Date (as that term is defined in the Merger Agreement), among CC Media Holdings, Inc., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“ MergerSub ”), Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays, Randall T. Mays, and other stockholders of CC Media Holdings, Inc. who from time to time may become a party thereto, as amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), and the Side Letter Agreement, to be entered into on or before the Closing Date, among CC Media Holdings, Inc., MergerSub, Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays and Randall T. Mays (“Side Letter Agreement, ” together with the Stockholders Agreement, the “ Equity Agreements ”). This Option and any securities delivered hereunder constitute Executive Shares as defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     This stock option agreement (the “Agreement”) is hereby entered into between CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Optionee pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). For the purpose of this Agreement, the “Grant Date” shall mean the Closing Date (as that term is defined in the Merger Agreement).
1.   Grant of Option . This Agreement evidences the grant by the Company on the Grant Date to the Optionee of an option to purchase (the “Option”), in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan,            shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (the “Shares”) at $ [   ] per Share. The Option evidenced by this certificate is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). This Option is granted in substitution of an option (which option is hereby deemed cancelled as of the Closing Date) held by the Optionee under equity incentive plans maintained by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “Rollover Option”). Except as permitted in Section 409A Rollover Law and expressly provided in this Agreement, the terms of the Rollover Option are deemed incorporated into this Option; it being understood, that the exercise price and the number of shares subject thereto may be adjusted as permitted under Section 409A Rollover Law. The Option shall be subject to the terms of the plan that previously governed the Rollover Option immediately prior to the date hereof, and to the terms of any other agreement previously governing the Rollover Option for which this Option is substituted to the extent required by Section 409A Rollover Law, and will also be governed by the Plan, as applicable, and the Equity Agreements, in each case to the extent consistent with Section 409A Rollover Law.

 


 

2.   Vesting . The Option will be fully vested upon grant.
 
3.   Exercise of Option . Each election to exercise this Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Optionee or by his or her executor or administrator or by the Person or Persons to whom this Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution (the “Legal Representative”), and made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. In addition to the methods of payment otherwise permitted by the Plan, the Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from an Award having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price in payment of the Option exercise price. The latest date on which this Option may be exercised (the “Final Exercise Date”) is the latest date upon which the Rollover Option was exercisable, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.
 
4.   Other Agreements . Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Shares received upon exercise of this Option shall be subject to the Equity Agreements and the transfer and other restrictions, rights, and obligations set forth therein.
 
5.   Extraordinary Dividends . Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan to the contrary, however, in the event of the payment of any extraordinary cash dividend on Shares (a “Special Dividend Payment”), the Optionee shall be entitled to receive a payment in an amount equal to the cash dividends the Optionee would have received (a “Dividend Equivalent Payment”), if the Optionee held as a stockholder the same number of Shares subject to the Option , which payment shall be made at the same time as such Special Dividend Payments are made. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, without the Optionee’s consent, alter the terms of the Plan or the Agreement so as to adversely affect the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.
 
6.   Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction subsequent to the Merger contemplated by the Merger Agreement in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), the Optionee shall be entitled to receive, in consideration for any portion of the Option then outstanding such payment (a “cash-out”), equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the price paid in such Corporate Transaction for one Share times the number of Shares subject to the Option, over (B) the aggregate exercise price, if any, under the Option, in each case on such payment terms (which shall be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as are consistent with those applied to the consideration received by holders of Stock in the transaction, as the Administrator reasonably and in good faith determines.
 
7.   Withholding . No Shares will be transferred pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the Person exercising this Option shall have remitted to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, or local withholding tax requirements, or shall have made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company with respect to such taxes. The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. The Administrator shall, at the election of the Optionee, hold back Shares from the Option or permit a Optionee to tender previously owned Shares in

 


 

    satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate).
 
8.   Nontransferability of Option . This Option is not transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and, subject to the foregoing provision, is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.
 
9.   Status Change . Upon the termination of the Optionee’s Employment, this Option shall continue or terminate, as and to the extent provided in the Plan, except to the extent required under Section 409A Rollover Law.
 
10.   Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of this Option, nor the issuance of shares upon exercise of this Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or its Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.
 
11.   Provisions of the Plan . This Option is subject to the terms of the plan that previously governed the Rollover Option immediately prior to the date hereof and to the terms of any other agreement previously governing the Rollover Option for which this Option is substituted, which are incorporated herein by reference, to the extent required by Section 409A Rollover Law. The Option is also subject to the provisions of the Plan, as applicable, which are also incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant of this Option has been furnished to the Optionee. By exercising all or any part of this Option, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Option. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Option and the Plan, between this Option and the plan that previously governed the Rollover Option immediately prior to the date hereof, or between this Option and any other agreement previously governing the Rollover Option for which this Option is substituted, the terms of this Option shall control, except to the extent required under Section 409A Rollover Law. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, without the Optionee’s consent, alter the terms of the Plan or this Agreement so as to adversely affect the Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.
 
12.   Definitions . The initially capitalized terms Optionee and Grant Date shall have the meanings set forth on the first page of this Agreement; initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Plan, and to the extent not defined in the Plan, as defined in the Equity Agreements, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “Merger Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006 and amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007, and May 13, 2008, by and among the Company, MergerSub, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas Corporation (“Clear Channel”).

 


 

     “Section 409A Rollover Law” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and guidance issued thereunder (or applicable thereto) including Treasury Regulations in respect of Section 409A of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 and any subsequent guidance under Section 409A of the Code.
13.   General . For purposes of this Option and any determinations to be made by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, hereunder, the determinations by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the Optionee and any transferee.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This Agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
         
  CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated:


Acknowledged and Agreed


     
 
Name:
   
 
   
Address of Principal Residence:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT D
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement

-17-


 

Name of Grantee:
This Award and any securities delivered hereunder are subject to restrictions on voting and transfer and requirements of sale and other provisions set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, to be entered into on or before the Closing Date (as that term is defined in the Merger Agreement), among CC Media Holdings, Inc., BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”), Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays, Randall T. Mays, and other stockholders of CC Media Holdings, Inc. who from time to time may become a party thereto, as amended from time to time, (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), and the Side Letter Agreement, to be entered into on or before the Closing Date, among CC Media Holdings, Inc., MergerSub, Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC, Clear Channel Capital V, L.P., Mark P. Mays, L. Lowry Mays and Randall T. Mays (“Side Letter Agreement, together with the Stockholders Agreement, the “ Equity Agreements ”). This Award and any securities delivered hereunder constitute Executive Shares as defined in the Stockholders Agreement.
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
Senior Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
c/o Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Bill Hamersly, SVP, Human Resources
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned Grantee (i) acknowledges receipt of an award (the “ Award ”) of restricted stock from CC Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), under the Company’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), subject to the terms set forth below and in the Plan, a copy of which Plan, as in effect on the date hereof, is attached hereto as Exhibit A ; and (ii) agrees with the Company as follows:
     1.  Effective Date . This agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”) shall take effect as of July 30, 2008, which is the grant date of the Award (the “ Grant Date ”). The Grantee shall be the record owner of the Shares on the Grant Date.
     2.  Shares Subject to Award . The Award consists of a total of            shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share (the “Shares”) with a Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of $36.00 per Share and                      in the aggregate.
     The Grantee’s rights to the Shares are subject to the restrictions described in this Award Agreement and the Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference with the same effect as if set forth herein in full) in addition to such other restrictions, if any, as may be imposed by law.

 


 

     3. Nontransferability of Shares . The Shares acquired by the Grantee pursuant to this Award Agreement shall not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as provided in the Equity Agreements.
     4 Forfeiture Risk . If the Grantee’s Employment with the Company and its subsidiaries ceases for any reason, other than death, Disability, termination of employment by the Company without Cause, or resignation by Grantee for Good Reason, then any and all outstanding and unvested Shares acquired by the Grantee hereunder shall be automatically and immediately forfeited.
The Grantee hereby (i) appoints the Company as the attorney-in-fact of the Grantee to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate a transfer of the record ownership of any Shares that are unvested and forfeited hereunder, (ii) agrees to deliver to the Company, as a precondition to the issuance of any certificate or certificates with respect to unvested Shares hereunder, one or more stock powers, endorsed in blank, with respect to such Shares, and (iii) agrees to sign such other powers and take such other actions as the Company may reasonably request to accomplish the transfer or forfeiture of any unvested Shares that are forfeited hereunder.
     5.  Certificates . The Company will, on or subsequent to the Grant Date, issue the Grantee a certificate representing the Shares. If unvested Shares are held in book entry form at any time thereafter, the Grantee agrees that the Company may give stop transfer instructions to the depositary, stock transfer agent or other keeper of the Company’s stock records to ensure compliance with the provisions hereof.
     6.  Vesting of Shares . Unless earlier vested pursuant to the Plan, the Shares acquired hereunder shall Vest during the Grantee’s Employment by the Company or a subsidiary thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6 and applicable provisions of the Plan as follows:
          20% on and after the first anniversary of the Grant Date;
          20% on and after the second anniversary of the Grant Date;
          20% on and after the third anniversary of the Grant Date;
          20% on and after the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date; and
          20% on and after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date.
Notwithstanding the above, 100% of the Grantee’s outstanding and unvested Shares shall Vest immediately upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Change of Control subsequent to the Merger contemplated by the Merger Agreement (so long as the Grantee is employed with the Company or any subsidiary thereof) or (ii) the termination of the Grantee’s Employment with the Company and its subsidiaries due to death, Disability, termination of employment by the Company without Cause, or resignation by Grantee for Good Reason.
     7.  Legend . In addition to any legend required by the Equity Agreements or

-2-


 

applicable law, any certificates representing Shares shall contain a legend substantially in the following form:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF THE CLEAR CHANNEL 2008 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 29, 2008, AMONG CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC., BT TRIPLE CROWN MERGER CO., INC., CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL IV, LLC, CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL V, L.P., MARK P. MAYS, L. LOWRY MAYS, RANDALL T. MAYS, AND OTHER STOCKHOLDERS OF CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC. WHO FROM TIME TO TIME MAY BECOME A PARTY HERETO. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN, AWARD AGREEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
Upon the request of the Grantee, as soon as practicable following the Vesting of any such Shares the Company shall cause a certificate or certificates covering such Shares, without the aforesaid legend, to be issued and delivered to the Grantee. If any Shares are held in book-entry form, the Company may take such steps as it deems necessary or appropriate to record and manifest the restrictions applicable to such Shares.
     8.  Dividends, etc . The Grantee shall be entitled to (i) receive any and all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to those vested and unvested Shares of which the Grantee is the record owner on the record date for such dividend or other distribution, whether or not Vested at such time, in the same form and amount as any holder of Stock receives, and (ii) subject to the terms of the Equity Agreements, vote any Shares of which the Grantee is the record owner on the record date for such vote; provided, however, that any property (other than cash) distributed with respect to a share of Stock (the “ Associated Share ”) acquired hereunder, by reason of a stock dividend, stock split or other similar adjustment to the Stock pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Plan, shall be subject to the restrictions of this Award Agreement in the same manner and for so long as the Associated Share remains subject to such restrictions, and shall be promptly forfeited if and when the Associated Share is so forfeited.
     9.  Sale of Vested Shares . The Grantee understands that the sale of any Share, once it has Vested, will remain subject to (i) satisfaction of applicable tax withholding requirements, if any, with respect to the Vesting or transfer of such Share; (ii) the completion of any administrative steps (for example, but without limitation, the transfer of certificates) that the Company may reasonably impose; (iii) applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws; and (iv) the terms and conditions of the Equity Agreements to the extent that they are then in effect.
     10.  Provisions of the Plan . This Grant is subject it its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the date of the grant of this Award has been furnished to the Grantee and the Grantee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Award. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this

-3-


 

Award and the Plan, the terms of this Award shall control. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, in order to avoid liability accounting as provided therein, revoke or reduce the amount of any Award, but may impose reasonable terms and conditions on the exercise of put rights, call rights and other transactions as may be reasonably necessary to avoid the treatment of the grant as a liability award under FASB. Notwithstanding Section 9 of the Plan, the Administrator shall not, without the Grantee’s consent, alter the terms of the Plan or this Award Agreement so as to adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under this Award Agreement.
     11.  Other Agreements . Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the Shares delivered under this Award Agreement shall be subject to the Equity Agreements and the transfer and other restrictions, rights, and obligations set forth therein. By executing this Award Agreement, Grantee hereby becomes a party to and bound by the Equity Agreements as an Executive (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement and used in the Side Letter Agreement), without any further action on the part of Grantee, the Company or any other Person.
     12.  Certain Tax Matters . The Grantee expressly acknowledges the following:
A. The Grantee has been advised to confer promptly with a professional tax advisor to consider whether the Grantee should make a so-called “83(b) election” with respect to the Shares. Any such election, to be effective, must be made in accordance with applicable regulations and within thirty (30) days following the date this Award is granted and the Grantee must provide the Company with a copy of the 83(b) election prior to filing. The Company has made no recommendation to the Grantee with respect to the advisability of making such an election.
B. The award or Vesting of the Shares acquired hereunder, and the payment of dividends with respect to such Shares, may give rise to “wages” subject to withholding. The Grantee expressly acknowledges and agrees that his or her rights hereunder are subject to his or her promptly paying to the Company in cash (or by such other means as may be acceptable to the Company in its discretion), all taxes required to be withheld in connection with such award, Vesting or payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall, at the election of the Participant, hold back Shares from an Award or permit the Grantee to tender previously owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements (but not in excess of the applicable minimum statutory withholding rate).
     13.  Definitions . The initially capitalized term Grantee shall have the meaning set forth on the first page of this Award Agreement; initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Plan, and to the extent not defined in the Plan, then as defined in the Equity Agreements. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “Cause” has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
     “Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “Disability” has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.

-4-


 

     “Employment Agreement” shall mean the employment agreement entered into between the Company, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. and the Grantee dated July 28, 2008.
     “Good Reason” has the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
     “Investors” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.
     “Merger Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2006 and amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and May 13, 2008, by and among the Company, MergerSub, B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas Corporation (“ Clear Channel ”).
     “Vest” as used herein with respect to any Share means the lapsing of the restrictions described herein with respect to such Share.
     14.  General . For purposes of this Award Agreement and any determinations to be made by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, here under, the determinations by the Administrator or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the Grantee and any transferee.
[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

-5-


 

         
 
  Very truly yours,    
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
  Address:    
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
Dated:
The foregoing Restricted Stock
Award is hereby accepted:
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
     
 
   
   
Name: Andrew Levin
   
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer

 


 

Section 83(b) Election
[DATE]
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
Austin, TX 73301-0002
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     I hereby make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The following information is submitted as required by Treas. Reg. § 1.83-2(e):
         
1.
  Name of Taxpayer:   «First_Name» «Last_Name»
 
       
 
  Home Address:   «Street»
 
      «City», «State» «Zip»
 
       
 
  Social Security No.:    
 
       
         
2.
  Property for which election is made:   «Total_Shares» Shares of Class A
Common Stock of CC Media Holdings, Inc.
 
   
3.
  Date of Transfer:    
 
       
4.
  Taxable year for which election is made:   Calendar year 2008
 
       
5.
  Restrictions to which property is subject:   The shares are subject to time-based vesting restrictions and other forfeiture provisions as specified in a restricted stock award agreement and are restricted as to transfer in accordance with a stockholders agreement. The shares will generally be forfeited if employment ceases prior to vesting.
 
       
6.
  The fair market value of the property at the time of its transfer to me (without regard to restrictions) was:   «Total_Value»
 
       
7.
  Amount paid for the property:   $ 0.00 
     A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company and to each other person, if any, required to receive the election pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.83-2(d).

 


 

     Please acknowledge receipt of this Section 83(b) Election by signing or stamping the enclosed copy of this letter and return it in the enclosed, self-addressed, stamped envelope.
         
 
  Very truly yours,    
 
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
  «First_Name» «Last_Name»    
cc: CC Media Holdings, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT E
California Supplement
     Pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, this supplement has been adopted for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, to the extent applicable. This supplement may be amended by the Administrator without the approval of the Company, as necessary or desirable to comply with California law. Any Awards granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant (a “California Participant”) shall be subject to the following additional limitations, terms and conditions, to the extent applicable:
     1.  Maximum Duration of Awards . No Award granted to a California Participant will be for a term in excess of 10 years.
     2.  Definition of Disability . For purposes of Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan, in the case of a California Participant, “disability” shall mean “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
     3.  Additional Limitations on Timing of Awards . No Award granted to a California Participant shall become vested or exercisable unless the Plan has been approved by the Company’s stockholders by the later of (1) within 12 months before or after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board or (2) prior to or within 12 months of the granting of an Award under the Plan in California.
     4.  Term . The Plan will be deemed to terminate with respect to California Participants no later than 10 years from the earlier of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board or the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders.

-18-

Exhibit 10.32
CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
2008 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purposes . The purposes of this 2008 Annual Incentive Plan are to provide an incentive to executive officers and other selected key executives of Clear Channel to contribute to the growth, profitability and increased shareholder value of Clear Channel and to retain such executives.
2. Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     (a) “Board” shall mean Clear Channel’s Board of Directors.
     (b) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions thereto.
     (c) “Committee” shall mean a committee composed of at least two members of the Board.
     (d) “Clear Channel” or “Company” shall mean CC Media Holdings, Inc. and any entity that succeeds to all or substantially all of its business.
     (e) “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2008.
     (f) “Eligible Employee” shall mean each executive officer of Clear Channel, including those employed by subsidiaries, and other key executives of Clear Channel and its subsidiaries selected by the Committee.
     (g) “GAAP” shall mean U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
     (h) “Participant” shall mean an Eligible Employee designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan for a designated Performance Period.
     (i) “Performance Award” shall mean the right of a Participant to receive cash or other property following the completion of a Performance Period based upon performance in respect of one or more of the Performance Goals during such Performance Period, as specified in Section 5.

 


 

     (j) “Performance Goals” shall mean or may be expressed in terms of any of the following business criteria: revenue growth, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), EBITDA growth, operating income before depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense (“OIBDAN”), OIBDAN growth, funds from operations, funds from operations per share and per share growth, cash available for distribution, cash available for distribution per share and per share growth, operating income and operating income growth, net earnings, earnings per share and per share growth, return on equity, return on assets, share price performance on an absolute basis and relative to an index, improvements in Clear Channel’s attainment of expense levels, implementing or completion of critical projects, or improvement in cash-flow (before or after tax). A Performance Goal may be measured over a Performance Period on a periodic, annual, cumulative or average basis and may be established on a corporate-wide basis or established with respect to one or more operating units, divisions, subsidiaries, acquired businesses, minority investments, partnerships or joint ventures. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee by no later than the earlier of the date that is ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Performance Period or the day prior to the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period has elapsed, the Performance Goals will be determined by not accounting for a change in GAAP during a Performance Period.
     (k) “Performance Objective” shall mean the level or levels of performance required to be attained with respect to specified Performance Goals in order that a Participant shall become entitled to specified rights in connection with a Performance Award.
     (l) “Performance Period” shall mean the calendar year, or such other shorter or longer period designated by the Committee, during which performance will be measured in order to determine a Participant’s entitlement to receive payment of a Performance Award.
     (m) “Plan” shall mean this CC Media Holdings, Inc. 2008 Annual Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
3. Administration .
     (a)  Authority . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, in its sole discretion, from time to time to: (i) select Participants; (ii) grant Performance Awards under the Plan; (iii) determine the type, terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Performance Awards; (iv) prescribe Performance Award agreements (which need not be identical); (v) establish, modify or rescind such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan; and (vi) make such determinations and interpretations and to take such steps in connection with the Plan or the Performance Awards granted thereunder as it deems necessary or advisable. All such actions by the Committee under the Plan or with respect to the Performance Awards granted thereunder shall be final and binding on all persons.

 


 

     (b)  Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . The Committee may delegate its responsibility with respect to the administration of the Plan to one or more officers of Clear Channel, to one or more members of the Committee or to one or more members of the Board; provided , however , that the Committee may not delegate its responsibility (i) to make Performance Awards to executive officers of Clear Channel and to certify the satisfaction of Performance Objectives pursuant to Section 5(e). The Committee may also appoint agents to assist in the day-to-day administration of the Plan and may delegate the authority to execute documents under the Plan to one or more members of the Committee or to one or more officers of the Company.
     (c)  Limitation of Liability . The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of Clear Channel, Clear Channel’s independent certified public accountants, consultants or any other agent assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of Clear Channel acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by Clear Channel with respect to any such action or determination.
4. Types of Awards . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee has the discretion to grant to Participants Performance Awards described in Section 5 in respect of any Performance Period.
5. Performance Awards .
     (a)  Form of Award . The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards pursuant to this Section 5. A Performance Award shall represent the conditional right of the Participant to receive cash or other property based upon achievement of one or more pre-established Performance Objectives during a Performance Period, subject to the terms of this Section 5 and the other applicable terms of the Plan. Performance Awards shall be subject to such conditions, including deferral of settlement, risks of forfeiture, restrictions on transferability and other terms and conditions as shall be specified by the Committee.
     (b)  Performance Objectives . The Committee shall establish the Performance Objective for each Performance Award, consisting of one or more business criteria permitted as Performance Goals hereunder and one or more levels of performance with respect to each such criteria. In addition, the Committee shall establish the amount or amounts payable or other rights that the Participant will be entitled to as a Performance Award upon achievement of such levels of performance. The Performance Objective shall be established by the Committee prior to, or reasonably promptly following the inception of, a Performance Period.

 


 

     (c)  Additional Provisions Applicable to Performance Awards . More than one Performance Goal may be incorporated in a Performance Objective, in which case achievement with respect to each Performance Goal may be assessed individually or in combination with each other. The Committee may, in connection with the establishment of Performance Objectives for a Performance Period, establish a matrix setting forth the relationship between performance on two or more Performance Goals and the amount of the Performance Award payable for that Performance Period. The level or levels of performance specified with respect to a Performance Goal may be established in absolute terms, as objectives relative to performance in prior periods, as an objective compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies, or otherwise as the Committee may determine. Performance Objectives may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.
     (d)  Duration of the Performance Period . The Committee shall establish the duration of each Performance Period at the time that it sets the Performance Objectives applicable to that Performance Period. The Committee shall be authorized to permit overlapping or consecutive Performance Periods.
     (e)  Certification . Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the Performance Objective and other material terms for paying amounts in respect of each Performance Award related to that Performance Period have been achieved or met. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Performance Awards shall not be settled until the Committee has made the certification specified under this Section 5(e).
     (f)  Adjustment . The Committee is authorized at any time during or after a Performance Period to reduce or eliminate the Performance Award of any Participant for any reason, including, without limitation, changes in the position or duties of any Participant with Clear Channel during or after a Performance Period, whether due to any termination of employment (including death, disability, retirement, voluntary termination or termination with or without cause) or otherwise. In addition, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended economic effects of the Plan to Clear Channel and the Participants, the Committee shall adjust Performance Objectives, the Performance Awards or both to take into account: (i) a change in corporate capitalization, (ii) a corporate transaction, such as any merger of Clear Channel or any subsidiary into another corporation, any consolidation of Clear Channel or any subsidiary into another corporation, any separation of Clear Channel or any subsidiary (including a spin-off or the distribution of stock or property of Clear Channel or any subsidiary), any reorganization of Clear Channel or any subsidiary or a large, special and non-recurring dividend paid or distributed by Clear Channel (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of Section 368 of the Code), (iii) any partial or complete liquidation of Clear Channel or any subsidiary or (iv) a change in accounting or other relevant rules or regulations (any adjustment pursuant to this Clause (iv) shall be subject to the timing requirements of the last sentence of Section 2(j) of the Plan).

 


 

     (g)  Timing of Payment . Except as provided below, any cash amounts payable in respect of Performance Awards for a Performance Period will generally be paid as soon as practicable following the determination in respect thereof made pursuant to Section 5(e), and any non-cash amounts or any other rights that the Participant is entitled to with respect to a Performance Award for a Performance Period will be paid in accordance with the terms of the Performance Award.
     (h)  Deferral of Payments . Subject to such terms, conditions and administrative guidelines as the Committee shall specify from time to time, a Participant shall have the right to elect to defer receipt of part or all of any payment due with respect to a Performance Award.
     (i)  Maximum Amount Payable Per Participant Under This Section 5 . With respect to Performance Awards to be settled in cash or property, a Participant shall not be granted Performance Awards for all of the Performance Periods commencing in a calendar year that permit the Participant in the aggregate to earn a cash payment or payment in other property, in excess of $15,000,000.
6. General Provisions .
     (a)  Termination of Employment . In the event a Participant terminates employment for any reason during a Performance Period or prior to the Performance Award payment, he or she (or his or her beneficiary, in the case of death) shall not be entitled to receive any Performance Award for such Performance Period unless the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects to pay a Performance Award to such Participant.
     (b)  Death of the Participant . Subject to Section 6(a), in the event of the death of a Participant, any payments hereunder due to such Participant shall be paid to his or her beneficiary as designated in writing to the Committee or, failing such designation, to his or her estate. No beneficiary designation shall be effective unless it is in writing and received by the Committee prior to the date of death of the Participant.
     (c)  Taxes . Clear Channel is authorized to withhold from any Performance Award granted, any payment relating to a Performance Award under the Plan, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving a Performance Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable Clear Channel and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Performance Award. This authority shall include authority for Clear Channel to withhold or receive other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee.

 


 

     (d)  Limitations on Rights Conferred under Plan and Beneficiaries . Neither status as a Participant nor receipt or completion of a deferral election form shall be construed as a commitment that any Performance Award will become payable under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan or in any documents related to the Plan or to any Award shall confer upon any Eligible Employee or Participant any right to continue as an Eligible Employee, Participant or in the employ of Clear Channel or constitute any contract or agreement of employment, or interfere in any way with the right of Clear Channel to reduce such person’s compensation, to change the position held by such person or to terminate the employment of such Eligible Employee or Participant, with or without cause, but nothing contained in this Plan or any document related thereto shall affect any other contractual right of any Eligible Employee or Participant. No benefit payable under, or interest in, this Plan shall be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge.
     (e)  Changes to the Plan and Awards . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board, or a committee designated by the Board, may, at any time, terminate or, from time to time, amend, modify or suspend the Plan and the terms and provisions of any Performance Award theretofore granted to any Participant which has not been settled (either by payment or deferral). No Performance Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after its termination.
     (f)  Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any amounts payable to a Participant pursuant to a Performance Award, nothing contained in the Plan (or in any documents related thereto), nor the creation or adoption of the Plan, the grant of any Performance Award, or the taking of any other action pursuant to the Plan shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of Clear Channel; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash or other property or make other arrangements, to meet Clear Channel’s obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify in accordance with applicable law.
     (g)  Non-Exclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board (or a committee designated by the Board) shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem necessary.
     (h)  Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and any Performance Award shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable Federal law.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Compensation Arrangements, Performance Objectives and Performance Awards
Participants: Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays
Compensation Arrangement:   with respect to Mark P. Mays, $6,625,000 in cash, if the Company’s 2008 Core Assets OIBDAN 1 (which excludes results from the Television division) in the 2008 fiscal year is equal to or greater than $1,903,876,000; with respect to Randall T Mays, $6,625,000 in cash, if the Company’s 2008 Core Assets OIBDAN 1 (which excludes results from the Television division) in the 2008 fiscal year is equal to or greater than $1,903,876,000.
 
1   As used herein, “OIBDAN” means operating income as defined by GAAP before depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense.

C-1


 

EXHIBIT D
Compensation Arrangements, Performance Objectives and Performance Awards
Participant: John Hogan
Compensation Arrangement:   the amounts of (i) salary and (ii) bonus shown in the attached table corresponding to (A) the increase in OIBDAN 2 in the Company’s Radio Division for the 2008 fiscal year over the OIBDAN in the Company’s Radio Division for the 2007 fiscal year plus (C) Management by Objective opportunities.
 
2   As used herein, “OIBDAN” means operating income as defined by GAAP before depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense.

D-1


 

John Hogan — Proposed 2008 Compensation Package
                         
                    Total Cash Comp
Base Salary:
                       
2003
    535,000               550,000  
2004
    550,000       2.8 %     600,000  
2005
    600,000       9.1 %     600,000  
2006
    625,000       4.2 %     1,600,000  
2007
    750,000       20.0 %     907,500  
2008
    775,000       3.3 %        
 
                       
Bonus:
                       
2003
    15,000                  
2004
    50,000                  
2005
                       
2006
    975,000                  
2007
    157,500                  
 
                       
Target 2% OIBDAN Growth             600,000  
Target Bonus
    1,000,000                  
                                                                                                         
    80%         6.67%             6.67%         6.67%          
    OIBDAN                   MBO#1                   MBO #2                   MBO #3                
OIBDAN   Bonus   OIBDAN           Bonus                   Bonus                   Bonus           Total Bonus   % of Bonus
Growth Rate   Target   Bonus           Amount   Bonus           Amount   Bonus           Amount   Bonus   Opportunity   Opportunity
0.2%
    8.00 %     80,000               0.67 %     6,667               0.67 %     6,667               0.67 %     6,667       100,000       10.0 %
0.4%
    16.00 %     160,000               1.33 %     13,333               1.33 %     13,333               1.33 %     13,333       200,000       20.0 %
0.6%
    24.00 %     240,000               2.00 %     20,000               2.00 %     20,000               2.00 %     20,000       300,000       30.0 %
0.8%
    32.00 %     320,000               2.67 %     26,667               2.67 %     26,667               2.67 %     26,667       400,000       40.0 %
1.0%
    40.00 %     400,000               3.33 %     33,333               3.33 %     33,333               3.33 %     33,333       500,000       50.0 %
1.2%
    48.00 %     480,000               4.00 %     40,000               4.00 %     40,000               4.00 %     40,000       600,000       60.0 %
1.4%
    56.00 %     560,000               4.67 %     46,667               4.67 %     46,667               4.67 %     46,667       700,000       70.0 %
1.6%
    64.00 %     640,000               5.33 %     53,333               5.33 %     53,333               5.33 %     53,333       800,000       80.0 %
1.8%
    72.00 %     720,000               6.00 %     60,000               6.00 %     60,000               6.00 %     60,000       900,000       90.0 %
2.0%
    80.00 %     800,000       66,667       6.67 %     66,667       66,667       6.67 %     66,667       66,667       6.67 %     66,667       1,000,000       100.0 %
2.2%
    92.00 %     920,000               7.67 %     76,667               7.67 %     76,667               7.67 %     76,667       1,150,000       115.0 %
2.4%
    104.00 %     1,040,000               8.67 %     86,667               8.67 %     86,667               8.67 %     86,667       1,300,000       130.0 %
2.6%
    116.00 %     1,160,000               9.67 %     96,667               9.67 %     96,667               9.67 %     96,667       1,450,000       145.0 %
2.8%
    128.00 %     1,280,000               10.67 %     106,667               10.67 %     106,667               10.67 %     106,667       1,600,000       160.0 %
3.0%
    140.00 %     1,400,000               11.67 %     116,667               11.67 %     116,667               11.67 %     116,667       1,750,000       175.0 %
3.2%
    152.00 %     1,520,000               12.67 %     126,667               12.67 %     126,667               12.67 %     126,667       1,900,000       190.0 %
3.4%
    164.00 %     1,640,000               13.67 %     136,667               13.67 %     136,667               13.67 %     136,667       2,050,000       205.0 %
3.6%
    176.00 %     1,760,000               14.67 %     146,667               14.67 %     146,667               14.67 %     146,667       2,200,000       220.0 %
3.8%
    188.00 %     1,880,000               15.67 %     156,667               15.67 %     156,667               15.67 %     156,667       2,350,000       235.0 %
4.0%
    200.00 %     2,000,000               16.67 %     166,667               16.67 %     166,667               16.67 %     166,667       2,500,000       250.0 %
 
20% of total bonus opportunity will be based on success In achieving the following MBO goals:
 
    MBO objective #1: Implement blueprinting process
 
    MBO Objective #2: Improve CCU Radio ratings
 
    MBO Objective #3: Improve CCU Radio revenues
 
1.   Growth (over prior year ) needed in OIBDAN to reach target bonus is 2.0%.
 
2.   Performance on all 2008 MBO objectives will be based on the judgement of the Board of Directors.
                         
Stock Options/Restricted Stock:                        
2003 (SO)
    85,000                  
2004 (SO)
    85,000       50,000  (a)         
2005 (SO)
    100,000                  
2006 (RS)
    25,000       50,000  (b)        
2007 (RS)
    30,000                  
2008 (SO)
    204,506  (est)            
 
(a)   one time grant to put under contract
 
(b)   one time Special Grant
                 
2008 Total Compensation Package                
Salary
    775,000          
Bonus Target
    1,000,000          
Stock Options
    2,104,365  (est)    
 
               
Total
    3,879,365  (est)    
                 
Value of proposed stock option grant (assumes 2.5X return achieved over 5 years)
  $ 2,104,365     (204,506 options at $34.30)
 
               
Total Package Value at Target =
  $ 3,879,365          

 


 

EXHIBIT E-1
2007 Compensation Arrangements, Performance Objectives and Performance Awards
See attached

E-1


 

Bob Cohen — 2007 Compensation Package
                     
Base Salary:
                 
 
2003
      210 , 000          
 
2004
      225,000       7.1 %
 
2005
      235,000       4.4 %
 
2006
      275,000       17.0 %
 
200 7
      325,000       18.2 %
 
 
                 
Bonus:
                 
 
2003
      205,000          
 
2004
      150,000          
 
2005
      210,000          
 
2006
      200,000          
 
 
                 
Target 2007 Bonus Is 185,000          
Actual 2007 OIBN: -3.6%
Total Bonus for 2007 Performance: $20,000
                               
  OIBN     % of Bonus     Bonus     Bonus  
  Growth Rate     Opportunity     Target     Payment  
   
1
%     10.0 %     10.00 %     18,500  
   
2
%     20.0 %     20.00 %     37,000  
   
3
%     30.0 %     30.00 %     55,500  
   
4
%     40.0 %     40.00 %     74,000  
   
5
%     50.0 %     50.00 %     92,500  
   
6
%     60.0 %     60.00 %     111,000  
   
7
%     70.0 %     70.00 %     129,500  
   
8
%     80.0 %     80.00 %     148,000  
   
9
%     90.0 %     90.00 %     166,500  
   
10
%     100.0 %     100.00 %     185,000  
   
11
%     110.0 %     110.00 %     203,500  
   
12
%     120.0 %     120.00 %     222,000  
   
13
%     130.0 %     130.00 %     240,500  
   
14
%     140.0 %     140.00 %     259,000  
   
15
%     150.0 %     150.00 %     277,500  
   
16
%     160.0 %     160.00 %     296,000  
   
17
    170.0 %     170.00 %     314,500  
   
18
%     180.0 %     180.00 %     333,000  
   
19
%     190.0 %     190.00 %     351,500  
   
20
%     200.0 %     200.00 %     370,000  
   
21
%     210.0 %     210.00 %     388,500  
   
22
%     220.0 %     220.00 %     407,000  
   
23
%     230.0 %     230.00 %     425,500  
   
24
%     240.0 %     240.00 %     444,000  
   
25
%     250.0 %     250.00 %     462,500  
Growth (over prior year) needed in OIBN to reach target bonus is 10%. Bonus is based upon Division only. Bonus is scaled so better performance gets bigger bonus, lower performance gets smaller bonus. An additional bonus of $5,000 each (up to $20,000 total) will be paid for attainment of the following MBO goals:
1.   Improve operational processes in Mexico: management skills, sales proficiency, and business systems
 
2.   Develop online content in Australia and New Zealand
 
3.   Australia — Reverse decline of revenue share
 
4.   New Zealand — Defend against CanWest Networks in Auchland, and improve Christ Church
                     
Stock Options:
                 
 
2003
      25,000          
 
2004
      25,000          
 
2005
      25,000          
 
 
                 
Restricted Stock:
                 
 
2006
      6,250       12,500  (a)
 
2007
      8,500          
 
(a) One Time Special Realignment Grant
         
2007 Total Compensation Package
 
Salary:
  $ 325,000  
Bonus:
  $ 185,000  
 
       
Restricted Stock:
  $ 314,500  
 
       
Total:
  $ 824,500  
Value of 2007 restricted stock grant at $37.00 = $314,500


 

EXHIBIT E-2
2008 Compensation Arrangements, Performance Objectives and Performance Awards
Participant: Bob Cohen
Compensation Arrangement:   the amounts of (i) salary and (ii) bonus shown in the attached table corresponding to (A) the increase in OIBDAN 3 in the Company’s International Radio Division for the 2008 fiscal year over the OIBDAN in the Company’s International Radio Division for the 2007 fiscal year and (B) Management by Objective opportunities.
 
3   As used herein, “OIBDAN” means operating income as defined by GAAP before depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense.
E-2

 


 

Bob Cohen — Proposed 2008 Compensation Package
                     
Base Salary:
                 
 
2003
      210,000          
 
2004
      225,000       7.1 %
 
2005
      235,000       4.4 %
 
2006
      275,000       17.0 %
 
2007
      325,000       18.2 %
 
2008
      340,000       4.6 %
Bonus:
                 
 
2003
      205,000          
 
2004
      150,000          
 
2005
      210,000          
 
2006
      200,000          
 
2007
      20,000          
 
 
                 
Target 2008 Bonus Is: $185,000          
                         
    OIBDAN     % of Bonus     Bonus  
    Growth Rate     Opportunity     Payment  
     
0.5
    10.0 %   $ 18,500  
     
1.0
    20.0 %   $ 37,000  
     
1.5
    30.0 %   $ 55,500  
     
2.0
    40.0 %   $ 74,000  
     
2.5
    50.0 %   $ 92,500  
     
3.0
    60.0 %   $ 111,000  
     
3.5
    70.0 %   $ 129,500  
     
4.0
    80.0 %   $ 148,000  
     
4.5
    90.0 %   $ 166,500  
     
5.0
    100.0 %   $ 185,000  
     
5.5
    110.0 %   $ 203,500  
     
6.0
    120.0 %   $ 222,000  
     
6.5
    130.0 %   $ 240,500  
     
7.0
    140.0 %   $ 259,000  
     
7.5
    150.0 %   $ 277,500  
     
8.0
    160.0 %   $ 296,000  
     
8.5
    170.0 %   $ 314,500  
     
9.0
    180.0 %   $ 333,000  
     
9.5
    190.0 %   $ 351,500  
     
10.0
    200.0 %   $ 370,000  
     
10.5
    210.0 %   $ 388,500  
     
11.0
    220.0 %   $ 407,000  
     
11.5
    230.0 %   $ 425,500  
     
12.0
    240.0 %   $ 444,000  
     
12.5
    250.0 %   $ 462,500  
Growth (over prior year) needed in OIBDAN to reach target bonus is 5%. Bonus is based upon Division only. Bonus is scaled so better performance gets bigger bonus, lower performance gets smaller bonus. An additional bonus of $5,000 each (up to $20,000 total) will be paid for attainment of the following MBO goals:
1.   Improve operational processes in Mexico: management skills, sales proficiency, and business systems
 
2.   Develop online content in Australia and New Zealand
 
3.   Australia — Reverse decline of revenue share
 
4.   New Zealand — Defend against CanWest Networks in Auchland, and improve Christ Church
                 
Stock Options:
               
2003
    25,000          
2004
    25,000          
2005
    25,000          
 
               
Restricted Stock:
               
2006
    6,250       12,500  (a)
2007
    8,500          
 
(a)   One Time Special Realignment Grant
         
2008 Total Compensation Package        
 
Salary
  $ 340,000  
Bonus
  $ 185,000  
 
       
LTI phantom stock
  TBD  
 
       
Cash Comp Target
  $ 525,000  

 


 

EXHIBIT E-3
Retention and Price Bonus Agreement
See attached
E-3

 


 

Retention and Price Bonus Agreement — Bob Cohen
February15, 2008
Mr. Bob Cohen
Dear Bob:
This Agreement establishes some additional terms of your continued employment with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (CC), pending the closing of the proposed acquisition of the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. International Radio Division by a third party(s) who has not yet been identified. We will refer to the date that the acquisition is closed as the closing date.
1. Duration
The term of this Agreement will begin on the date this agreement is signed and end on the closing date. If the Mexico and Australia/New Zealand assets are not sold together, the term of this Agreement will end on the later closing date. Unless extended through the consent of both parties, this Agreement will expire if the acquisition(s) have not been announced by December 31, 2012.
2. Title
You will be employed as President of Clear Channel International Radio, devoting your best professional efforts, time and skill to the performance of the duties originally undertaken under your current job description. You will continue to report to Mark Mays, the CEO of Clear Channel Communications.
3. Compensation
Your annual base salary will increase to $340,000 effective February 1, 2008 effective January 1,2008 and you will be paid in accordance with CC’s normal payroll procedures. Your 2008 bonus opportunities are shown on the attached spreadsheet, and you will be eligible for annual salary reviews in accordance with CC’s normal pay review procedures.
4. Retention Bonus
You will be eligible for a retention bonus of one half of your current base salary, subject to the terms described below. That amount will be paid to you only if you are still employed by CC on the closing date and if you agree to and sign a general release prepared by the Company. It will be paid to you through the next reasonable payroll cycle following the closing date.

 


 

5. Termination
No specific term of employment is intended by the terms outlined above, by inference or otherwise. Your employment is and continues to be at-will. If CC terminates your employment other than for cause before December 31,2009, CC will be obligated to pay you the retention bonus. However, no retention bonus will be payable if you are terminated for cause. If for any reason you resign from CC at any point before the closing date, no bonus will be payable.
For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” means:
Your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with CC.
Your willful engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct.
6. Price Bonus
In addition to the Retention Bonus described above, you are eligible for the following Price Bonuses. If the net price received by CC for the sale of the Mexico assets exceeds $80,000,000 you will receive a bonus equal to 2.0% of the excess amount. For example, if CC receives a net of $85,000,000 you will earn $5,000,000 X .02, or $100,000.
Additionally, if the net price received by CC for the sale of the Australia/New Zealand assets exceeds $350,000,000 you will receive a bonus equal to 1.0% of the excess amount.
7. Severance
If you are involuntarily terminated without cause in connection with the sale of the International Radio Division and are not offered comparable employment with the successor entity(s), you will be entitled to receive twice the amount of your current annual base salary plus twice the amount of the largest annual bonus you earned for your performance in any year beginning with the 2006 performance year. For purposes of this Agreement, “comparable employment” means a position where there is no reduction in base pay or bonus opportunity as determined immediately prior to the termination date, and which does not require the relocation of your primary office to a location which is more than 30 miles from your present location without your consent.
Additionally, all of your unvested stock options and restricted stock awards will be immediately and fully vested and exercisable (to the extent applicable) if you are involuntarily terminated without cause as a result of the sale of the International Radio Division. Any severance payment is conditional upon your execution of a general release

 


 

of claims in favor of CC, and will be subject to the terms of any future document which may be adopted by CC to describe the terms and conditions of severances payable as a result of the Merger and/or Permitted Divestitures.
8. Governing Law
The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall, in all respects, be governed by the relevant laws of the state of Texas.
9. Modification
No provision of this Agreement may be modified, altered or amended, except by collective agreement between CC and you in writing.
10. Arbitration
By signing this Agreement, you agree that any claims or disputes covered by this Agreement or resulting from your employment during the term of the Agreement must be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the terms of the Clear Channel Arbitration Policy.
If you accept the terms of this Agreement, please sign below in the space provided.
     
Date:
  Employee (sign):
 
   
 
  Bob Cohen, President — Clear Channel International Radio
 
   
 
   
Date:
  Employer (sign):
 
   
 
  Mark Mays, CEO — Clear Channel Communications

 


 

EXHIBIT F-1
2008 Compensation Arrangements, Performance Objectives and Performance Awards
Participant: Craig Millar
Compensation Arrangement:   the amounts of (i) salary and (ii) bonus shown in the attached table corresponding to (A) the increase in OIBDAN 4 in the Company’s Television Division for the 2008 fiscal year over the OIBDAN in the Company’s Television Division for the 2007 fiscal year and (B) Management by Objective opportunities.
 
4   As used herein, “OIBDAN” means operating income as defined by GAAP before depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense.
F-l


 

Craig Millar — Proposed 2008 Compensation Package
                     
Base Salary:                  
 
2003       170,000          
 
2004       175,000       2.9 %
 
2005       220,000       25.7 %
 
2006       240,000       9.1 %
 
2007       275,000       14.6 %
 
2008       350,000       27.3 %
 
                   
Bonus:
                 
 
2003       30,000          
 
2004       40,000          
 
2005       52,686          
 
2006       101,996          
 
2007       206,400          
 
                   
Target 2008 Bonus Is: $200,000          
                         
    OIBDAN     % of Bonus     Bonus  
    Growth Rate     Opportunity     Payment  
 
    0.25 %     10.0 %   $ 20,000  
 
    1.00 %     20.0 %   $ 40,000  
 
    1.75 %     30.0 %   $ 60,000  
 
    2.50 %     40.0 %   $ 80,000  
 
    3.25 %     50.0 %   $ 100,000  
 
    4.00 %     60.0 %   $ 120,000  
 
    4.75 %     70.0 %   $ 140,000  
 
    5.50 %     80.0 %   $ 160,000  
 
    6.25 %     90.0 %   $ 180,000  
 
    7.00 %     100.0 %   $ 200,000  
 
    7.75 %     110.0 %   $ 220,000  
 
    8.50 %     120.0 %   $ 240,000  
 
    9.25 %     130.0 %   $ 260,000  
 
    10.00 %     140.0 %   $ 280,000  
 
    10.75 %     150.0 %   $ 300,000  
 
    11.50 %     160.0 %   $ 320,000  
 
    12.25 %     170.0 %   $ 340,000  
 
    13.00 %     180.0 %   $ 360,000  
 
    13.75 %     190.0 %   $ 380,000  
 
    14.50 %     200.0 %   $ 400,000  
 
    15.25 %     210.0 %   $ 420,000  
 
    16.00 %     220.0 %   $ 440,000  
 
    16.75 %     230.0 %   $ 460,000  
 
    17.50 %     240.0 %   $ 480,000  
 
    18.25 %     250.0 %   $ 500,000  
Growth (over prior year) needed in OIBDAN to reach target bonus is 5%. Bonus is based upon Division only. Bonus is scaled so better performance gets bigger bonus, lower performance gets smaller bonus. An additional bonus of $6,667 each (up to $20,000 total) will be paid for attainment of the following MBO goals:
1 Recruitment and development of key management positions
2 Maintain and improve TV division morale
3 Increase TV division revenue growth
         
2008 Total Compensation Package  
Salary:
  $ 350,000  
Bonus:
  $ 200,000  
 
       
LTI phantom stock:
  TBD  
 
       
Cash Comp Target:
  $ 550,000  


 

EXHIBIT F-2
Retention and Price Bonus Agreement
See attached

F-2


 

Retention and Price Bonus Agreement — Craig Millar
February 15, 2008
Mr. Craig Millar
Dear Craig:
This Retention Bonus Agreement establishes some additional terms of your continued employment with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (CC), pending the closing of the proposed acquisition of the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. Television Division by a third party who has not yet been identified. We will refer to the date that the acquisition is closed as the closing date.
1. Duration
The term of this Agreement will begin on the date this agreement is signed and end on the closing date. This Agreement will expire if no acquisition has been announced by December 31, 2012.
2. Title
You will be employed as interim President/CEO of Clear Channel Television, devoting your best professional efforts, time and skill to the performance of the duties originally undertaken under your current job description. You will continue to report to Mark Mays, the CEO of Clear Channel Communications.
3. Compensation
Your annual base salary will increase to $300,000 effective February 1, 2008, and you will be paid in accordance with CC’s normal payroll procedures.
4. Retention Bonus
You will be eligible for a retention bonus of one half of your current base salary, subject to the terms described below. That amount will be paid to you only if you are still employed by CC on the closing date and if you agree to and sign a general release prepared by the Company. It will be paid to you through the next reasonable payroll cycle following the closing date.
5. Termination
If CC terminates your employment other than for cause before the closing date, CC will be obligated to pay you the retention bonus. However, no retention bonus will be payable if you are terminated for cause or if you no longer hold your current position on

 


 

the closing date. If for any reason you resign from CC at any point before the closing date, no retention bonus will be payable.
For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” means:
Your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with CC.
Your willful engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct.
6. Price Bonus
In addition to the Retention Bonus described above, you are eligible for the following Price Bonus. If the net price received by CC for the sale of the Television Division exceeds $1,000,000,000 you will receive a bonus equal to 0.5% of the excess amount. For example, if CC receives a net of $1,050,000,000 you will earn $50,000,000 X .005, or $250,000. Payment of this bonus is also subject to the terms of sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement.
7. Governing Law
The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall, in all respects, be governed by the relevant laws of the state of Texas.
8. Modification
No provision of this Agreement may be modified, altered or amended, except by collective agreement between CC and you in writing.
9. Arbitration
By signing this Agreement, you agree that any claims or disputes covered by this Agreement or resulting from your employment during the term of the Agreement must be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the terms of the Clear Channel Arbitration Policy.
If you accept the terms of this Agreement, please sign below in the space provided.
     
Date:
  Employee (sign):
 
   
 
  Craig Millar, Interim President/CEO — Clear Channel Television
 
   
 
   
Date:
  Employer (sign):
 
   
 
  Mark Mays, CEO — Clear Channel Communications

 

Exhibit 10.36
EXECUTION COPY
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017
9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017
Purchase Agreement
December 18, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
     As representative of the several Purchasers
     named in Schedule I
hereto, 85 Broad Street, New
York, New York 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Issuer”), an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “Purchasers”) an aggregate of $500.0 million principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017 (the “2017 A Notes”) and an aggregate of $2.0 billion principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017 (the “2017 B Notes” and, together with the 2017 A Notes, the “Securities”). The Securities will be guaranteed as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”) and each of the subsidiaries of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the Company, CCOI and such subsidiaries, the “Guarantors”, and such guarantees, the “Guarantees”).
1.   Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the each of the Purchasers that:
  (a)   A preliminary offering circular, dated December 18, 2009 (the “Preliminary Offering Circular”), and an offering circular, dated December 18, 2009 (the “Offering Circular”), have been prepared in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular, as amended and supplemented immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(b)), is hereinafter referred to as the “Pricing Circular”. Any reference to the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular or the Offering Circular shall be deemed to refer to and include any Additional Issuer Information (as defined in Section 5(f)) furnished by the Company prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto did not and will not, as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this


 

      representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
 
  (b)   For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is 2:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Circular as supplemented by the information set forth in Schedule IV hereto (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), taken together as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Company Supplemental Disclosure Document (as defined in Section 6(i)) listed on Schedule III hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Pricing Circular or the Offering Circular and each such Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in a Company Supplemental Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
 
  (c)   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Circular any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Circular, there has not been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular;
 
  (d)   The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, except as described in the Offering Circular or except to the extent that the failure to have good and marketable title to any real or personal property would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; all such real property and personal property is free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Circular or such as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
  (e)   The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and

2


 

      other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Circular, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing in such other jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and each significant subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
 
  (f)   The Issuer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Circular, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing in such other jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and each significant subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) of the Issuer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
 
  (g)   Each Guarantor that is a corporation has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; each Guarantor that is a limited liability company has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; and each Guarantor that is a limited partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited partnership in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; each Guarantor has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing in such other jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on such Guarantor;
 
  (h)   The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except as otherwise set forth in the Pricing Circular) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
 
  (i)   The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly executed, authenticated by the Trustee, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer entitled to the benefits provided by the indenture related to the 2017 A Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “Series A Indenture”) or the indenture related to the 2017 B Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “Series B Indenture” and, together with the Series A Indenture, the

3


 

      “Indentures”), in each case, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), under which they are to be issued; the Indentures have been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, the Indentures will constitute valid and legally binding instruments, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and the Securities and the Indentures will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;
 
  (j)   Each Guarantor has duly authorized its Guarantee and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indentures, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered and will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the related Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and the Guarantees will conform to the description thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;
 
  (k)   The Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement related to the 2017 A Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Series A Registration Rights Agreement”) and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement related to the 2017 B Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “Series B Registration Rights Agreement” and, together with the Series A Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreements”), which will be substantially in the form previously delivered to you, have been duly authorized and as of the Time of Delivery (as defined herein) will have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Guarantors and will constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and the Registration Rights Agreements will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;
 
  (I)   None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  (m)   Prior to the date hereof, neither the Issuer, the Guarantors nor any of their respective affiliates has taken any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which could have been reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Issuer or any Guarantor in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Guarantees;
 
  (n)   The issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees and the compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture,

4


 

      mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other applicable organizational documents of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties is required for the issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees or the consummation by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indentures or the Registration Rights Agreements, except for the filing of a registration statement by the Issuer with the Commission pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Purchasers;
 
  (o)   Neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other applicable organizational documents or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;
 
  (p)   The statements set forth in the Pricing Circular and the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of the Notes”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities and the Guarantees, under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”, and under the caption “Plan of Distribution”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;
 
  (q)   Other than as set forth in the Pricing Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;
 
  (r)   When the Securities and the Guarantees are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Securities nor the Guarantees will be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as securities which are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system;

5


 

  (s)   The Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
 
  (t)   Neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors is, or after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof, is required to register as an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);
 
  (u)   Neither the Issuer, the Guarantors nor any of their affiliates nor any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the Purchasers about which no representation is made) has offered or sold the Securities by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act or, with respect to Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), by means of any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902 under the Act, and the Company, any affiliate of the Company and any person acting on its or their behalf in connection with Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), if any, has complied with and will implement the “offering restriction” within the meaning of such Rule 902;
 
  (v)   Within the preceding six months, none of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any person acting on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors has offered or sold to any person any Securities or Guarantees, or any securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities or Guarantees, other than Securities and Guarantees offered or sold to the Purchasers hereunder. The Issuer and the Guarantors will take reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act) of any Securities or Guarantees or any substantially similar security issued by the Issuer, within six months subsequent to the date on which the distribution of the Securities and the Guarantees has been completed (as notified to the Company by Goldman, Sachs & Co.), is made under restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the status of the offer and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees in the United States and to U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Act;
 
  (w)   The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008, and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;
 
  (x)   Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Circular, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

6


 

  (y)   The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2009;
 
  (z)   The Issuer, the Guarantors and each of their respective subsidiaries have all licenses, franchises, permits, authorizations, approvals and orders and other concessions of and from all governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary to own or lease their properties and conduct their businesses as described in the Pricing Circular, except to the extent that the failure to have any such license, franchise, permit, authorization, approval, order or concession would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
  (aa)   The Guarantors listed on Schedule II, other than the Company, together with the Issuer, constitute on the date hereof and on the Closing Date all of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company incorporated or otherwise organized within the United States; and
 
  (bb)   Ernst & Young LLP, which has audited certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
 
  (cc)   The Indentures will comply in all material respects with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
 
  (dd)   Except as otherwise disclosed in the Offering Circular, none of the foreign subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. is a borrower under (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.), the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 9, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 28, 2008 or (ii) the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 9, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 28, 2008.
2.   Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuer and the Guarantors, at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from December 23, 2009 to the Time of Delivery hereunder, the principal amount of Securities (including the Guarantees thereof) set forth opposite the name of the Purchaser in Schedule I hereto. Concurrently therewith, CCOI shall be required, and hereby agrees, to pay to Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Purchasers, an amount equal to 1.75% of the principal amount of the Securities.

7


 

3.   Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Securities and Guarantees, the Purchasers propose to offer the Securities for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offering Circular, and each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Issuer, the Company and the other Guarantors that:
  (a)   It will offer and sell the Securities only: (i) to persons who it reasonably believes are “qualified institutional buyers” (“QIBs”) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act in transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (ii) upon the terms and conditions set forth in Annex I to this Agreement;
 
  (b)   It is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act; and
 
  (c)   It will not offer or sell the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to the methods described in Rule 502(c) under the Act.
4. (a) The Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser hereunder will be represented by one or more definitive global Securities in book-entry form which will be deposited by or on behalf of the Issuer with The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its designated custodian. The Issuer and the Guarantors will deliver the Securities and the Guarantees to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of each Purchaser, against payment by or on behalf of such Purchaser of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, by causing DTC to credit the Securities to the account of Goldman, Sachs & Co. at DTC. The Issuer will cause the certificates representing the Securities to be made available to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for checking at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019-7475 (the “Closing Location”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on December 23, 2009 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company or Issuer may agree upon in writing. Such time and date are herein called the “Time of Delivery”.
  (b)   The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross-receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 8(h) hereof, will be delivered at such time and date at the Closing Location, and the Securities and the Guarantees will be delivered at DTC or its designated custodian, all at the Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
5.   Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the Purchasers:
  (a)   To prepare the Offering Circular in a form approved by you; to make no amendment or any supplement to the Offering Circular which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; and to furnish you with copies thereof;

8


 

  (b)   Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities, provided that in connection therewith neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;
 
  (c)   To furnish the Purchasers with written and electronic copies thereof in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request, and if, at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the date of the Offering Circular, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Offering Circular as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Offering Circular is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary or desirable during such same period to amend or supplement the Offering Circular, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Purchaser and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Offering Circular or a supplement to the Offering Circular which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;
 
  (d)   During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing until the date 90 days after the Time of Delivery, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder any securities of the Issuer or the Company that are substantially similar to the Securities or the Guarantees without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.;
 
  (e)   Not to be or become, at any time prior to the expiration of two years after the Time of Delivery, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust, closed-end investment company or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act;
 
  (f)   At any time when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for the benefit of holders from time to time of Securities, to furnish at its expense, upon request, to holders of Securities and prospective purchasers of securities information (the “Additional Issuer Information”) satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4)(i) of Rule 144A under the Act;
 
  (g)   Except for such documents that are publicly available on EDGAR, to furnish to the holders of the Securities as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the date of the Offering Circular), to make available to the holders of the Securities consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

9


 

  (h)   During the period of one year after the Time of Delivery, the Issuer and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their respective “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Act) to, resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them; and
 
  (i)   To use the net proceeds received by them from the sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds”.
6.  
(i) Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that, if the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement were conducted as a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act with the Commission, would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act (any such offer is hereinafter referred to as a “Company Supplemental Disclosure Document”);
(ii) Each Purchaser represents and agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co., such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, other than one or more term sheets relating to the Securities containing customary information and conveyed to purchasers of securities, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that, if the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement were conducted as a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act with the Commission, would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act (any such offer (other than any such term sheets), is hereinafter referred to as a “Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Document”); and
(iii) Any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document or Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Document the use of which has been consented to by the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. is listed on Schedule III hereto.
7.   Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree with the several Purchasers that the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ counsel and accountants in connection with the issue of the Securities and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Purchasers and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among the Purchasers, this Agreement, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Purchasers in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky and legal investment surveys; (iv) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities; (v) the cost of preparing the Securities; (vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee

10


 

    and any agent of the Trustee and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee in connection with the Indentures, the Securities and the Guarantees; (vii) all costs and expenses of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers related to any roadshows or investor presentations, including, without limitation, the costs of printing or producing any investor presentation materials; (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
 
8.   The obligations of the Purchasers hereunder shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Issuer and the Guarantors herein are, at and as of the Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:
  (a)   You shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Time of Delivery, with respect to such matters as the Purchasers may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
 
  (b)   (i) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, (ii) Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, counsel for Clear Channel Communications, Inc., shall have furnished to you their written opinion (iii) Lionel Sawyer & Collins, counsel for the Issuer and certain Guarantors, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and (iv) Dechert LLP, counsel for certain Guarantors, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, in the case of each of clauses (i)-(iv), in form and substance satisfactory to you, dated the Time of Delivery and to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto.
 
  (c)   On the date of the Offering Circular prior to the execution of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance previously agreed to by you;
 
  (d)   (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Circular any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular, and
(ii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Circular there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular,

11


 

      the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the Offering Circular;
 
  (e)   On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;
 
  (f)   On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Circular;
 
  (g)   The Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of each Registration Rights Agreement that shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Issuer and each Guarantor; and
 
  (h)   The Issuer and the Guarantors shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Issuer and the Guarantors reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Issuer and the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsection (d) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request.
 
  (i)   The Issuer shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you certificates of foreign qualifications of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors with respect to each of the jurisdictions in which such entities are qualified to do business as set forth on Schedule V.
9.   (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Purchaser may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will

12


 

    reimburse each Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.
  (b)   Each Purchaser will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and each Guarantor against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by such Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Issuer and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.
 
  (c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from

13


 

      all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
 
  (d)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits, but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer and the Guarantors bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasers, in each case as set forth in the Offering Circular. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand or the Purchasers on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to investors were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages which such Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.
 
  (e)   The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuer or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to any affiliate of each Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Purchasers under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective

14


 

      Purchasers may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Issuer or any Guarantor and to each person, if any, who controls the Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Act.
10.   (a) If any Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Purchaser you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Issuer shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Issuer that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Issuer notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, you or the Issuer shall have the right to postpone the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Issuer agrees to prepare promptly any amendments to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Purchaser” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.
  (b)   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Issuer as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Issuer shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.
 
  (c)   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Issuer as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Issuer shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser, the Issuer or any Guarantor, except for the expenses to be borne by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Purchasers as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.
11.   The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the several Purchasers, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any controlling person of any Purchaser, or the Issuer or the Company, or

15


 

    any officer or director or controlling person of the Issuer or the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.
 
12.   If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall then be under any liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer as provided herein, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Purchasers through you for all expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Purchasers in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities, but neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall then be under any further liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; provided, however, if the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer because of a failure of a condition set forth in clause (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(f), neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to reimburse any Purchaser for any expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel.
 
13.   In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Purchasers, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Purchaser made or given by you.
 
14.   All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Purchasers shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representative at 85 Broad Street, 20th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; and if to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to a Purchaser pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Purchaser at its address set forth in its Purchasers’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Issuer by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
 
15.   In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the initial purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.
 
16.   This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Purchasers, the Issuer, the Guarantors and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Issuer and the Guarantors and each person who controls the Issuer or the Company or any Purchaser, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.
 
17.   Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

16


 

18.   The Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the several Purchasers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer or the Guarantors, (iii) no Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer or the Guarantors with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Issuer or the Guarantors on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer and the Guarantors except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer and the Guarantors have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that they will not claim that a Purchaser, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer or the Guarantors, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
 
19.   This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Purchasers, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement does not supersede any engagement letter entered into by any Purchaser and the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the offering of the Securities and the transactions relating thereto, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.
 
20.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
21.   The Issuer, the Guarantors and each of the Purchasers hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
22.   This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
23.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer and the Guarantors (and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ employees, representatives, and other agents) are authorized to disclose to any and all persons, the tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Issuer or the Guarantors relating to that treatment and structure, without the Purchasers’ imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax treatment” means US federal and state income tax treatment, and “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Issuer and the Representative plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Issuer and the

17


 

Guarantors. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

18


 

             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Executive Vice President, Chief    
 
                Financial Officer, Secretary    
 
           
    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    1567 Media LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
[ Purchase Agreement ]

 


 

             
    Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Outdoor Management Services, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    In-ter-space Services, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
[ Purchase Agreement ]

 


 

         
Accepted as of the date hereof:    
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
   
 
       
as Representative of the several Purchasers    
[ Purchase Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule I
                 
    Principal     Principal  
    Amount of     Amount of  
    Series A Notes     Series B Notes  
    to be     to be  
Purchaser   Purchased     Purchased  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  $ 200,000,000     $ 800,000,000  
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
    100,000,000       400,000,000  
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    70,000,000       280,000,000  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
    35,000,000       140,000,000  
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
    35,000,000       140,000,000  
Moelis & Company LLC
    35,000,000       140,000,000  
Banc of America Securities LLC
    12,500,000       50,000,000  
Barclays Capital Inc.
    12,500,000       50,000,000  
 
               
 
           
Total
  $ 500,000,000     $ 2,000,000,000  
 
           

 


 

SCHEDULE II
GUARANTORS
1567 Media LLC
Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
In-ter-space Services, Inc.
Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

 


 

SCHEDULE III
Approved Supplemental Disclosure Documents:
Company Supplemental Disclosure Documents:
1. Series A Senior Notes Pricing Supplement, dated as of December 18, 2009, attached as Schedule IV hereto.
2. Series B Senior Notes Pricing Supplement, dated as of December 18, 2009, attached as Schedule IV hereto.
Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Documents:
None.

 


 

SCHEDULE IV
[Attached behind this page]

 


 

PRICING SUPPLEMENT OF CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
This Pricing Supplement is qualified in its entirety by reference to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 11, 2009, as modified by the Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 18, 2009 (as so modified, the “Preliminary Offering Circular”). The information in this Pricing Supplement supplements the Preliminary Offering Circular and supersedes the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular to the extent inconsistent with the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular.
Series A Senior Notes
     
Issuer:
  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Security Description:
  Senior Notes
Distribution:
  144A/Reg S with Registration Rights
Maturity:
  December 15, 2017
Face Amount:
  $500,000,000
Gross Proceeds:
  $500,000,000
Coupon:
  9.250%
Price to Public:
  100.000%
Yield to Maturity:
  9.250%
Settlement Date:
  December 23, 2009 (T+3)
Interest Payment Dates:
  June 15 and December 15, beginning June 15, 2010
Optional Redemption:
  Callable, on or after the following dates, and at the following prices:
         
    Date   Price
 
  December 15, 2012   106.93750%
 
  December 15, 2013   104.6250%
 
  December 15, 2014   102.31250%
 
  December 15, 2015 and thereafter   100.000%
     
Equity Clawback:
  Prior to December 15, 2012 may redeem up to 35.00% at 109.250%
Spread to Treasury:
  602
Reference Treasury:
  4.25% UST due November 15, 2017
Joint Book-Running Managers:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
 
  Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
  Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Co-Managers:
  Banc of America Securities LLC
 
  Barclays Capital Inc.
 
  Moelis & Company Inc.
         
CUSIP/ISIN:   144A   Reg S
 
  CUSIP: 18451Q AA6   CUSIP: U18294 AA3
 
  ISIN: US18451QAA67   ISIN: USU18294AA32
 
This communication is for informational purposes only and does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security. No offer to buy securities described herein can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price thereof can be received, unless the person making such investment decision has received and reviewed the information contained in the relevant prospectus or offering circular in making their investment decisions. This communication is not intended to be a confirmation as required under Rule 10b-10 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A formal confirmation will be delivered to you separately. This notice shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of the notes in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. The Series A Senior Notes and the Series B Senior Notes will be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and to persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Act. The notes have not been registered under the Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. persons absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

1 of 2


 

PRICING SUPPLEMENT OF CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
This Pricing Supplement is qualified in its entirety by reference to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 11, 2009, as modified by the Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 18, 2009 (as so modified, the “Preliminary Offering Circular”). The information in this Pricing Supplement supplements the Preliminary Offering Circular and supersedes the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular to the extent inconsistent with the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular.
Series B Senior Notes
     
Issuer:
  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Security Description:
  Senior Notes
Distribution:
  144A/Reg S with Registration Rights
Maturity:
  December 15, 2017
Face Amount:
  $2,000,000,000
Gross Proceeds:
  $2,000,000,000
Coupon:
  9.250%
Price to Public:
  100.000%
Yield to Maturity:
  9.250%
Settlement Date:
  December 23, 2009 (T+3)
Interest Payment Dates:
  June 15 and December 15, beginning June 15, 2010
Optional Redemption:
  Callable, on or after the following dates, and at the following prices:
         
    Date   Price
 
  December 15, 2012   106.93750%
 
  December 15, 2013   104.6250%
 
  December 15, 2014   102.31250%
 
  December 15, 2015 and thereafter   100.000%
     
Equity Clawback:
  Prior to December 15, 2012 may redeem up to 35.00% at 109.250%
Spread to Treasury:
  602
Reference to Treasury:
  4.25% UST due November 15, 2017
Joint Book-Running Managers:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
 
  Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
  Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Co-Managers:
  Banc of America Securities LLC
 
  Barclays Capital Inc.
 
  Moelis & Company Inc.
         
CUSIP/ISIN:   144A   Reg S
 
  CUSIP: 18451Q AB4   CUSIP: U18294 AB1
 
  ISIN: US18451QAB41   ISIN: USU18294AB15
 
This communication is for informational purposes only and does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security. No offer to buy securities described herein can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price thereof can be received, unless the person making such investment decision has received and reviewed the information contained in the relevant prospectus or offering circular in making their investment decisions. This communication is not intended to be a confirmation as required under Rule 10b-10 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A formal confirmation will be delivered to you separately. This notice shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of the notes in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. The Series A Senior Notes and the Series B Senior Notes will be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and to persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Act. The notes have not been registered under the Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. persons absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

2 of 2


 

SCHEDULE V
CERTIFICATES OF FOREIGN QUALIFICATIONS
         
 
  Jurisdiction of    
 
  Formation/Incorporation   States Qualified
ISSUER
         
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
  Nevada   N/A
 
       
GUARANTORS
       
 
       
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware   DC
 
       
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
  Delaware   AZ, DC, NE, MA, NJ, IN, MI, GA, AL, MN, AK, TN, NC, VA,
ND, VT, WA, OK, NH, NM, PA, SC, WI, NY, SD, CA, TX, MT,
WY, CT, FL, KY, IL, LA, MO, MS, OH, CO, MD, ID, UT, AR,
KS, ME, IA, NV, OR, WV
 
       
Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
  Delaware   DC
 
       
1567 Media LLC
  Delaware   NY

 


 

         
 
  Jurisdiction of    
 
  Formation/Incorporation    States Qualified
 
       
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
  Delaware   NJ, NV, NY
 
       
Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
  Delaware   AZ, DC, MA, MI, NV, GA, WA, NY, TN, RI, CA, TX, FL, UT, MO, IL, MD, PA
 
       
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
  Delaware   N/A
 
       
Outdoor Management Service, Inc.
  Nevada   N/A
 
       
In-ter-space Services, Inc.
  Pennsylvania   NE, MA, NJ, IN, MI, GA, AL, MN, AK, TN, NC, VA, OR, ND, VT, WA, OK, NV, NH, WV, NM, SC, WI, NY,
SD, CA, TX, ME, MT, OH, CO, CT, FL, KY, ID, IL, AR, KS, LA, MO, IA, MS, PA, AZ, MD

 


 

ANNEX I
(1)   The Securities have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. The Purchaser represents that it has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities (i) as part of its distribution at any time and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Time of Delivery, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Act. Accordingly, the Purchaser agrees that neither it, its affiliates nor any persons acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and it and they have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. The Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sale of Securities (other than a sale pursuant to Rule 144A), it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:
 
    “The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and may not be offered and sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the closing date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meaning given to them by Regulation S.”
 
    Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.
 
    The Purchaser further agrees that it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution or delivery of the Securities, except with its affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Issuer.
 
(2)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Securities in registered form may be offered, sold and delivered by the Purchaser in the United States and to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement without delivery of the written statement required by paragraph (1) above.
 
(3)   The Purchaser agrees that it will not offer, sell or deliver any of the Securities in any jurisdiction outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws thereof, and that it will take at its own expense whatever action is required to permit its purchase and resale of the Securities in such jurisdictions. The Purchaser understands that no action has been taken to permit a public offering in any jurisdiction outside the United States where action would be required for such purpose.

 


 

ANNEX II (i)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ROPES & GRAY LLP
     Each Covered Guarantor listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware Corporations” (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) has the corporate Power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular.
     Each of the Covered Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware Limited Liability Companies” (a) is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State; of Delaware and (b). has the limited liability company power under its certificate of formation, its limited liability company agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular.
     The Indentures have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors. Each Indenture constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms.
     Assuming due execution and authentication by the Trustee in the manner provided for in the Indentures, the Notes, when delivered against payment of the consideration therefor in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms.
     The Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors, and assuming that the Notes have been issued, authenticated and delivered against payment of the consideration therefor in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Guarantees constitute valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.
     The Registration Rights Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors. Each Registration Rights Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms.
     The Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors.
     The Proceeds Loan Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by CCOI . Each Proceeds Loan Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of CCOI and the Issuer, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

 


 

     Each of the Intercompany Amendments has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by CCOH.
     Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     The execution and delivery by each Covered Guarantor of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the issuance and sale of the Guarantees by the Covered Guarantors will not violate or require the repurchase of securities under the charter or by-laws or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, of any of the Covered Guarantors. The execution and delivery by CCU, the Issuer and each Guarantor of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Issuer and of the Guarantees by the Guarantors will not (a) violate any Covered Laws or (b) result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any of the agreements, instruments, court orders, judgments or decrees listed on Scheduler IV hereto. With regard to clause (a) above, we do not express any opinion as to compliance with state securities or “Blue Sky” laws or as to compliance with the antifraud provisions on federal or state securities laws.
     No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency is required under the Covered Laws for the execution and delivery by CCU, the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or the issuance and delivery of the Notes or the Guarantees, except (i) such as may have beep obtained or made or as may be required under state securities or “Blue Sky” laws and (ii) as may be required under federal or state securities or “Blue Sky” laws in connection with the registration statement to be filed to exchange any and all of each series of Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of new notes (the “ Exchange Notes ”) or any registration statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Notes and declared effective under the Act, as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.
     Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth in the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Offering Circular to register the offer or sale of the Notes or the Guarantees under the Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, it being understood that we express no opinion as to any resale of Notes subsequent to the initial resale thereof by the Initial Purchasers.
     We are not representing CCOH or any of its Subsidiaries-in any pending litigation in which it is a named defendant that challenges the validity or enforceability of, or seeks to enjoin the performance of, the Transaction Documents.

 


 

ANNEX II (ii)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF TEXAS COUNSEL
     The Company is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of Texas and has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Intercompany Amendments and to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for CC Media Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
     The Intercompany Amendments have been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company.
     The Intercompany Amendments to which it is a party, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, and CCOH, enforceable against each of the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, and CCOH in accordance with their terms.
     The execution, delivery, and performance of the Intercompany Amendments to which the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor or CCOH is a party, by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, or CCOH, will not result (a) in a violation of any law, rule or regulation that is an Included Law (as defined below), (b) in a violation of any Reviewed Order, or (c) in a violation of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company.
     No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body (each, a “ Filing ”) is required under any of the Included Laws for the due execution and delivery of the Intercompany Amendments to which the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor or CCOH is a party, by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, or CCOH, and the performance by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, or CCOH, of its obligations under the Intercompany Amendments to which it is a party, except for those which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, except (i) Filings necessary in order to obtain and maintain perfection of liens, (ii) routine Filings necessary in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor or CCOH, as applicable, (iii) Filings necessary in connection with the exercise of remedies under the Intercompany Amendments, (iv) such other Filings as have been obtained or made, (v) Filings required under Federal and state securities laws, (vi) Filings related to environmental matters, ERISA matters, taxes, and intellectual property, and (vii) Filings required to maintain corporate and similar standing and existence.

 


 

ANNEX II (iii)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF NEVADA COUNSEL
     Each of the Issuer and the Nevada Guarantor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.
     Each of the Issuer and the Nevada Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently conducted and to execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Issuer and Nevada Guarantor has duly authorized, executed and delivered each Transaction Document to which it is a party.
     The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Issuer and Nevada Guarantor of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the compliance by each of the Issuer and Nevada Guarantor with all of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated will not conflict with, result in violation of, or constitute a default under (a) the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor, (b) any Nevada law or regulation or (c) to our actual knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any Nevada court or governmental authority binding on the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor or any agreement to which the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor is a party.
     No consent, approval, waiver, license, or authorization or other action by or filing with any Nevada governmental authority is required on the part of the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor in connection with the consummation by the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor of the transactions contemplated to be performed pursuant to the Transaction Documents or the execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor of their respective obligations thereunder.

 


 

ANNEX II (iv)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNSEL
     The Pennsylvania Guarantor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to conduct its business as it is, to our knowledge, currently conducted.
     The Pennsylvania Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.
     The execution, delivery and performance by the Pennsylvania Guarantor of the Transaction Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Pennsylvania Guarantor.
     The Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Pennsylvania Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by the Pennsylvania Guarantor of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, do not (a) violate the provisions of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or (b) violate the provisions of the state laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to it.
     No authorization, approval or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority or agency of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is required on the part of the Pennsylvania Guarantor for the execution or delivery by it of the Transaction Documents or for the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Exhibit 10.37
EXECUTION COPY
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017
unconditionally guaranteed as to the
payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest by the Guarantors
 
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
December 23, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
     As representative of the several Purchasers
     named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:
          1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
      “Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.
     The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.
      “Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

1


 

      “Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.
      “Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.
      “Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.
      “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).
      “Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.
     The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.
      “IDEA System” means the IDEA filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).
      “Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture related to the Series A Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
      “Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
     The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.
      “Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, between the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors relating to the Securities.

2


 

      “Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.
      “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.
      “Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.
      “Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.
      “Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Securities” shall mean the $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Series A Notes”) to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.
      “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

3


 

      “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.
          Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.
     2. Registration Under the Securities Act.
     (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, within 210 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 270 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly (but no later than 10 Business Days) following the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 and not more than 30 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company

4


 

and the Guarantors agree, that upon request, they will (x) include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180 th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).
     (b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement is not within 270 days following the Closing Date and the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days of such Effective Time or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20 th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, then the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act no later than 30 days after the time such obligation to file arises (but no earlier than 210 days after the Closing Date), a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after such Shelf Registration Statement filing obligation arises (but no earlier than 270 days after the Closing Date); provided, that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantors shall file the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding. No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company and the Guarantors agree, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post-effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the

5


 

Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement which shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period (a “Suspension Period”) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.
     (c) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b), or (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days after the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period’), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period.
     (d) Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.
     3. Registration Procedures.
          If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

6


 

     (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
     (c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration”), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective no later than 270 days after the Closing Date;
     (ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;
     (iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable

7


 

requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (v) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (vii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and
     (viii) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

8


 

     (i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);
     (ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (B) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s IDEA System;
     (v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;
     (vi) provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;
     (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at

9


 

reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company or the Guarantors as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or any of the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under

10


 

the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (ix) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (x) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s IDEA System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;
     (xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and

11


 

comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;
     (xiv) obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;
     (xv) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and
     (xvi) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of

12


 

Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.
     (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
     (g) Until the expiration of one year after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.
     (h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

13


 

          4. Registration Expenses.
               The Company and the Guarantors agree to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and 0) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.
          5. Representations and Warranties.
               Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

14


 

     (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (B) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (c) The compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (x) the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and qualification of the

15


 

Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
     (d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and by the Guarantors.
          6. Indemnification and Contribution.
     (a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or such Electing Holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder or any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder and each such Electing Holder for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.
     (b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b), that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each Electing Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other Electing Holders may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder,

16


 

or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.
     (c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue

17


 

statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.
     (e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantors and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          7. Underwritten Offerings.
               Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company, (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (d) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Company hereby agrees with each holder of Registrable Securities that, to the extent it consents to an underwritten offering hereunder, it will negotiate in good faith and execute all indemnities,

18


 

underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, including using commercially reasonable efforts to procure customary legal opinions and auditor “comfort” letters.
          8. Rule 144.
     (a) Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144. The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
     (b) Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration and Special Interest.
          9. Miscellaneous.
     (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.
     (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company or the Guarantors fail to perform any of their obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.
     (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company

19


 

or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     (d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.
     (e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.
     (f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     (h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.
     (i) Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the record holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any Business Day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and

20


 

this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.
     (j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     (k) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

21


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and the Representative plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
         
  Very truly yours,

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Secretary 
 
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  1567 Media LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Series A Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

         
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company
Canada
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays    
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Series A Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
             
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
       
 
  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)        
 
           
On behalf of each of the Purchasers        
[Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement]

23


 

Exhibit A
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
(Date of Mailing)
URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] *
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”) are held.
The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.
It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel.
 
*   Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.
A-1

 


 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Notice of Registration Statement
and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire
(Date)
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement”) between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission’) a registration statement on Form [___] (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.
Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
A-2

 


 

ELECTION
The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.
Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), against certain loses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:
A-3

 


 

QUESTIONNAIRE
(1) (a) Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:
 
   
 
  (b)   Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
 
     
 
 
  (c)   Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
 
     
 
(2)   Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
                 
 
  Telephone:            
               
 
  Fax:            
               
 
  Contact Person:            
               
    E-mail for Contact Person:        
               
(3)   Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
      Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
 
  (a)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
 
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:
 
 
  (b)   Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
 
     
 
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:
 
 
  (c)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:   
 
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:
 
(4)   Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
      Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

A-4


 

(5)   Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
      If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company”), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.
 
  (a)   Is the holder a Reporting Company?
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).
 
  (b)   List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
      Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(6)   Relationships with the Company:
      Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
(7)   Plan of Distribution:
      Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the

A-5


 

      Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
      Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
(8)   Broker-Dealers:
      The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.
 
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
  (b)   If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
  (i)   Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:
  (ii)   Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?
      Yes                                  No                     
  (iii)   If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

A-6


 

  (c)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
  (d)   If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:
  (i)   Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
  (ii)   At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
      If the answer is “No” to Item (8)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (8)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.
(9)   Hedging and short sales:
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

A-7


 

  (b)   Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:
 
      “An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”
 
      By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.
*   *   *   *   *
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).
The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

A-8


 

  (i)   To the Company:
 
 
 
 
  (ii)   With a copy to:
 
 
 
 
Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

A-9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
Dated:                                            
         
  Selling Securityholder
(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)
 
 
     
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:
 
 
 
 

A-10


 

Exhibit B
NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
[Name of Trustee]
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings,
Inc. c/o [Name of Trustee]
[Address of Trustee]
Attention: Trust Officer
      Re:   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)
9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
Dear Sirs:
Please be advised that                      has transferred $                      aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [                      ] (File No. 333-                      ) filed by the Company.
We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.
Dated:
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
 
     (Name)   
 
  By:      
    (Authorized Signature)   
       
 

B-1

Exhibit 10.38
EXECUTION COPY
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
9.250/0 Series B Senior Notes Due 2017
unconditionally guaranteed as to the
payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest by the Guarantors
 
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
December 23, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
     As representative of the several Purchasers named in
     Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
85 Broad Street New
York, NY 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $2,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:
           1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this ’’Agreement’), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
      “Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.
     The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.
      “Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

1


 

      “Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.
      “Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.
      “Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.
      “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).
      “Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.
     The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.
      “IDEA System” means the IDEA filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).
      “Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture related to the Series B Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
      “Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
     The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.
      “Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, between the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors relating to the Securities.

2


 

      “Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.
      “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.
      “Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.
      “Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.
      “Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415’: “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Securities” shall mean the $2,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Series B Notes”) to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.
      “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

3


 

      “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      ’’Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.
          Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.
           2. Registration Under the Securities Act.
     (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, within 210 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer’) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities’). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 270 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly (but no later than 10 Business Days) following the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 and not more than 30 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company

4


 

and the Guarantors agree, that upon request, they will (x) include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180 th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).
     (b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement is not within 270 days following the Closing Date and the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days of such Effective Time or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20 th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, then the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act no later than 30 days after the time such obligation to file arises (but no earlier than 210 days after the Closing Date), a “shelf’ registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement’). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after such Shelf Registration Statement filing obligation arises (but no earlier than 270 days after the Closing Date); provided, that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantors shall file the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding. No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company and the Guarantors agree, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post- effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the

5


 

Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement which shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period (a “Suspension Period’) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.
     (c) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b), or (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days after the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period’), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest’), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period.
     (d) Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.
           3. Registration Procedures.
          If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

6


 

     (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
     (c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration’), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective no later than 270 days after the Closing Date;
     (ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;
     (iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (8) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (0) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable

7


 

requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (v) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (0) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (vii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and
     (viii) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries complying with Section 11 (a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

8


 

     (i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);
     (ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (8) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s IDEA System;
     (v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;
     (vi) provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;
     (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at

9


 

reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company or the Guarantors as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or any of the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under

10


 

the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (ix) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (x) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s IDEA System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;
     (xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (8) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and

11


 

comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;
     (xiv) obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;
     (xv) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and
     (xvi) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (inclUding, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of

12


 

Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.
     (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
     (g) Until the expiration of one year after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.
     (h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (8) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

13


 

      4. Registration Expenses.
          The Company and the Guarantors agree to bear and to payor cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and 0) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses’). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counselor other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.
      5. Representations and Warranties.
          Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

14


 

     (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (8) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (c) The compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (x) the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and qualification of the

15


 

Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
     (d) This Agreement has been dUly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and by the Guarantors.
      6. Indemnification and Contribution.
     (a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or such Electing Holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder or any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder and each such Electing Holder for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.
     (b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b), that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each Electing Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other Electing Holders may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder,

16


 

or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.
     (c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counselor any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue

17


 

statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 (f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.
     (e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantors and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.
      7. Underwritten Offerings.
               Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company, (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (d) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Company hereby agrees with each holder of Registrable Securities that, to the extent it consents to an underwritten offering hereunder, it will negotiate in good faith and execute all indemnities,

18


 

underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, including using commercially reasonable efforts to procure customary legal opinions and auditor “comfort” letters.
      8. Rule 144.
     (a) Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144. The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
     (b) Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration and Special Interest.
      9. Miscellaneous.
     (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.
     (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company or the Guarantors fail to perform any of their obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.
     (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company

19


 

or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     (d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.
     (e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.
     (f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     (h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.
     (i) Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the record holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any Business Day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and

20


 

this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.
     U) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     (k) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

21


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and the Representative plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
                 
    Very truly yours,    
 
               
    Clera Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief    
 
          Financial Officer, Secretary    
 
               
    Clera Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clera Channel Outdoor, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clera Channel Adshel, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    1567 Media LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
[Series B Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

                 
    Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Outdoor Management Services, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Inter-space Services, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
[Series B Registration Rights Agreement}

 


 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
         
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
 
 
(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
   
On behalf of each of the Purchasers
[Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement]

23


 

Exhibit A
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
(Date of Mailing)
URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE]*
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company’) 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities’) are held.
The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.
It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel.
 
*   Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.

A-1


 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Notice of Registration Statement
and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire
(Date)
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement’’) between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company’’) and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission’’) a registration statement on Form [       ] (the “Shelf Registration Statement’’) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities’’). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire’’) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.
Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

A-2


 

ELECTION
The undersigned holder (the “Selling SecurityhoJder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.
Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act’), against certain loses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

A-3


 

QUESTIONNAIRE
         
(1)
  (a)   Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (b)   Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (c)   Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
 
       
 
       
(2) Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:
             
             
 
           
             
 
           
             
 
           
 
      Telephone:
   
 
       
 
           
 
      Fax:
   
 
           
 
           
 
      Contact Person:
   
 
       
 
           
 
      E-mail for Contact Person:
   
 
       
(3) Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
         
 
      Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
 
       
 
  (a)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:   
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:   
 
       
 
  (b)   Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:   
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:   
 
       
 
  (c)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration
Statement:     
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:    
(4) Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
     
 
  Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).
 
   
 
  State any exceptions here:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   

A-4


 

(5) Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
         
 
      If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company”), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.
 
       
 
  (a)   Is the holder a Reporting Company?
 
       
 
      Yes                                           No                               
 
       
 
      If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).
 
       
 
  (b)   List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
      Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(6) Relationships with the Company:
         
 
      Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
 
       
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
(7) Plan of Distribution:
         
 
      Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the

A-5


 

         
 
      Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
 
       
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      Note: In no event may such methodes) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
(8) Broker-Dealers:
         
 
      The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.
 
       
 
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
  (b)   If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
 
 
      (i) Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
      If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      (ii) Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?
 
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
 
      (iii) If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

A-6


 

         
 
  (c)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  (d)   If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:
 
       
 
      (i) Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?
 
       
 
      Yes                                           No                               
 
       
 
      If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      (ii) At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
      If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      If the answer is “No” to Item (B)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (B)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.
(9) Hedging and short sales:
         
 
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
      If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

A-7


 

  (b)   Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:
 
      “An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”
 
      By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.
*   *   *   *   *
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).
The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

A-8


 

             
 
  (i) To the Company:        
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  (ii) With a copy to:        
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

A-9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
Dated:                                          
         
 
 
     
 
    Selling Securityholder
    (Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
    Name:
    Title:
PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL
AT:
 
 
 
 
 

A-10


 

Exhibit B
NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
[Name of Trustee]
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
c/o [Name of Trustee]
[Address of Trustee]
Attention: Trust Officer
          Re:   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)
9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
Dear Sirs:
Please be advised that                      has transferred $                      aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [                      ] (File No. 333-                      ) filed by the Company.
We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name. .
Dated:
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
 
     
 
(Name)
   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
(Authorized Signature)
   

B-1

Exhibit 10.39
EXECUTION VERSION
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT, dated effective as of December 22, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”, the “Company”), CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Randall T. Mays (“Executive”).
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdings, and Executive previously entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008, as further amended effective January 20, 2009 (the “Existing Agreement”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdings, and Executive desire to amend and restate the terms of the Existing Agreement, to be effective as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants set forth below, the parties hereby amend and restate the Existing Agreement effective as of the Effective Date as follows:
     1.  Employment . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Executive as the Chief Financial Officer and as Vice-Chairman of the Company, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     2.  Term . The period of employment of Executive by the Company under this Agreement shall commence December 22, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) and shall have an original term from the Effective Date through July 31, 2013 (the “Employment Period”), and shall be automatically extended thereafter for successive terms of one year each, unless either party provides notice to the other at least twelve months prior to the expiration of the original or any extension term that the Agreement is not to be extended. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.
     3.  Position and Duties . Executive shall continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer until the date on which the Company hires a new Chief Financial Officer to succeed him. During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Vice-Chairman of the Company, and shall report solely and directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings. Executive shall have those powers and duties normally associated with the position of Vice-Chairman of entities comparable to the Company and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer; provided, that such other powers and duties are consistent with Executive’s position as Vice-Chairman. Executive shall be provided with all the support as shall be appropriate to perform such duties of Vice-Chairman, including, but not limited to: office space, stenographic and secretarial assistance and use of the Company-provided airplane, all as otherwise provided in Section 5 of this Agreement. The Executive shall devote as much of his working time, attention and energies during normal business hours (other than absences due to illness or vacation) to satisfactorily perform his duties for the Company. In particular, but not in limitation of the foregoing, following the date on which Executive shall commence to act as Vice-Chairman of the Company, it is the expectation of the parties that Executive shall work no less than 40 hours per month, on average. Notwithstanding the above, Executive shall be permitted to (i) manage Executive’s personal, financial and legal affairs, (ii) serve on civic or

-1-


 

charitable boards or committees or on the Board of Directors of Live Nation Inc. and its committees (it being expressly understood and agreed that Executive’s continuing to serve on any such boards and/or committees on which Executive is serving, or with which Executive is otherwise associated, as of the Effective Date shall be deemed not to interfere with the performance by Executive of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement), and (iii) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements. During the Employment Period, for so long as Executive remains Vice-Chairman of the Company, Executive shall also serve as a member of the Board of the Company.
4.   Place of Performance . The principal place of employment of Executive shall be at the Company’s principal executive offices in San Antonio, Texas.
5.   Compensation and Related Matters .
     (a) Base Salary and Bonus . During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate of not less than $500,000 for calendar year 2009 and, thereafter, not less than $1,000,000 per year (“Base Salary”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon ceasing to act as Chief Financial Officer, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reduced automatically to the rate of $500,000 per year. Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Holdings (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review Executive’s Base Salary for increase (but not decrease) no less frequently than annually and consistent with the executive compensation practices and guidelines of the Company and Holdings. If Executive’s Base Salary is increased by the Company, such increased Base Salary shall then constitute the Base Salary for all purposes of this Agreement. In addition to Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Performance Bonus”), which shall be solely at the discretion of the Board of Holdings (and which may be zero). The Performance Bonus, if any, shall be payable in one lump sum between January 1 and March 15 of the year following the year for which the Performance Bonus was earned.
     (b) Expenses and Perquisites . The Company shall promptly reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses upon the presentation of reasonably itemized statements of such expenses, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures now in force or as such policies and procedures may be modified generally with respect to senior executive officers of the Company. In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to, at the sole expense of the Company:
  (i)   the use of an automobile appropriate to his position and no less qualitative than the automobile provided to him immediately prior to the date of this Agreement; and
 
  (ii)   use of a Company-provided aircraft for personal travel, in accordance with Company policy as in effect on November 16, 2006 (the “Aircraft Benefit”), with such usage consistent with past practice.

-2-


 

     (c) Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to the number of weeks of paid vacation per year that he was eligible for immediately prior to the date of this Agreement, but in no event less than four (4) weeks annually provided that, upon ceasing to act as Chief Financial Officer vacation shall be taken at the Executive’s discretion. Vacation shall otherwise be governed by the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time. In addition to vacation, Executive shall be entitled to the number of sick days and personal days per year that other senior executive officers of the Company with similar tenure are entitled to under the Company’s policies.
     (d) Services Furnished . During the Employment Period, the Company shall furnish Executive with office space, stenographic and secretarial assistance and such other facilities and services no less favorable than what he was receiving immediately prior to the date of this Agreement or, if better, as provided to other senior executive officers of the Company (other than the Chairman Emeritus).
     (e) Welfare, Pension and Incentive Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies, Executive (and his spouse and dependents to the extent provided therein) shall be entitled to participate in and be covered under all the welfare benefit plans or programs maintained by the Company from time to time for the benefit of its senior executives (other than benefits maintained exclusively for the Chairman Emeritus), including, without limitation, all medical, hospitalization, dental, disability, accidental death and dismemberment and travel accident insurance plans and programs. During the Employment Period, the Company shall provide to Executive (and his spouse and dependents to the extent provided under the applicable plans or programs) the same type and substantially equivalent levels of participation and employee benefits (other than severance pay plans and, except with the express consent of the Board of Holdings, incentive bonus programs other than as explicitly set forth in Section 5(a) hereof) as are being provided to other senior executives (and their spouses and dependents to the extent provided under the applicable plans or programs) on the Effective Date, subject to modifications affecting all senior executive officers.
     (f) Amendments to Equity Incentive Awards .
     (i) On the Effective Date, the parties shall execute such agreements and amendments to the Executive’s equity incentive awards and other documents as are necessary to provide that upon Executive’s cessation of service as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, with respect to the stock options granted by Holdings to Executive on July 29, 2008 under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (the “2008 Stock Options”), two-thirds of the Tranche 1 Options and all of the Tranche 2 Options and Tranche 3 Options (as such terms are defined in the stock option agreement (“Stock Option Agreement”) shall be automatically terminated and of no further force and effect.
     (ii) The parties shall execute such agreements and amendments to the Executive’s equity incentive awards and other documents as are necessary to provide that on and after the Effective Date, notwithstanding any other agreement to the contrary, neither Executive nor any family limited partnership or other estate planning vehicle established by Executive shall have the right to require Holdings (or any other person, including any Investor (as defined in the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan) to purchase any common stock or make payment in

-3-


 

exchange for the cancellation of any stock option at any time or for specified consideration, provided that any shares of common stock of the Company held by Executive shall be free of restrictions on transfer, except those restrictions imposed by law or Holdings Insider Trading Policy, dated July 30, 2008, as amended from time to time.
     (iii) The parties shall execute such agreements and amendments to the Executive’s equity incentive awards and other documents as are necessary to provide that as of the Effective Date: (1) all of Executive’s stock options in Company not forfeited pursuant to paragraph 5(f)(i), will vest immediately and remain exercisable through their original term notwithstanding any agreement that would limit the period of exercisability on account of termination of employment (but otherwise subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of Section 7 of the plan and Section 4 of the option agreement); (2) subject to the approval by the Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCO”) Board (or any Compensation Committee to whom such authority has been delegated) and the provisions of any governing documents, all of Executive’s stock Options in CCO will vest immediately and remain exercisable through their original term notwithstanding any agreement that would limit the period of exercisability on account of termination of employment, (3) if Executive is terminated pursuant to paragraphs 6(a), 6(b), (d) and/or 6 (e) of this Agreement, Executive’s unvested Restricted Stock in the Company will immediately vest and shall be free of restrictions; and (4) subject to the approval by the CCO Board (or any Compensation Committee to whom such authority has been delegated) and the provisions of any governing documents, all of Executive’s unvested Restricted Stock in CCO will immediately vest and be free of restrictions, except those restrictions imposed by law or the CCO Insider Trading Policy, as amended from time to time.
     6.  Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
     (a) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
     (b) Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder notwithstanding the provision of reasonable accommodation for a period of six (6) consecutive months, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such six (6) month period Executive shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability”, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
     (c) Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause by providing Executive with a written Notice of Termination, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:
     (i) Executive’s conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendre to, a crime constituting a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company; or

-4-


 

     (ii) Executive’s committing or engaging in any act of fraud, embezzlement, or theft against the Company or its Affiliates that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise to the Company; or
     (iii) Executive’s breach of any provision of Section 11 hereof that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company.
Whether “Cause” exists shall be determined by at least a majority of the members of the Board of the Company at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose, provided that at least a majority of the members of the Board of Holdings has determined prior to such meeting that Cause exists.
     (d) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment for “Good Reason” by providing the Company with a written Notice of Termination within six (6) months of the event giving rise to “Good Reason”. The following events, without the written consent of Executive, shall constitute “Good Reason”:
     (i) Reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within ten (10) business days after Executive gives the Company notice of such event;
     (ii) Failure by the Company to provide the Aircraft Benefit or any material breach of its obligations to provide such Benefit, which is other than insubstantial, inadvertent, not in bad faith and is not repeated; or
     (iii) Transfer of Executive’s primary workplace outside the city limits of San Antonio, Texas; or
     (iv) If Mark P. Mays is no longer Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s provision of notice of non-renewal of the Agreement pursuant to Section 2 hereof, alone or in combination with the transition of Executive’s duties to another employee during the notice period, shall not constitute Good Reason.
Executive expressly waives any rights he might otherwise have, under the Existing Agreement or otherwise, to resign for Good Reason or otherwise receive any compensation in the nature of severance or separation pay or benefits as a result of the transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Transaction”).

-5-


 

     (e) Without Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause by providing Executive with a Notice of Termination at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 6(e), the Board of the Company may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Board so elects, the Company will pay Executive his Base Salary for the initial thirty (30) days of the notice period or for any lesser remaining portion of such period, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company.
     (f) Without Good Reason . Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 6(f), the Board of the Company may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Board so elects, the Company will pay Executive his Base Salary for the initial thirty (30) days of the notice period or for any lesser remaining portion of such period, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company.
     7.  Termination Procedure .
     (a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 6(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.
     (b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date set forth in such Notice of Termination.
     8.  Compensation Upon Termination or During Disability . In the event Executive is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Executive with the payments and benefits set forth below; provided, however, that any obligation of the Company to Executive under Section 8(a), other than for Final Compensation, is expressly conditioned upon Executive signing and returning to the Company a timely and effective release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (by the deadline specified therein (any such release submitted by such deadline, the “Executive Release of Claims”)) and delivering it to the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of his separation from service. Following the Company’s receipt of a timely and effective Release of Claims, the Company and Holdings shall execute a release of claims in favor of Executive in the form attached hereto as

-6-


 

Exhibit G (the “Company Release of Claims”). The Executive Release of Claims required for separation benefits in accordance with Section 8(a) creates legally binding obligations on the part of Executive, and the Company and its Affiliates therefore advise Executive and his beneficiary or legal representative, as applicable, to seek the advice of an attorney before signing it.
     (a) Termination By the Company Without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason:
  (i)   The Company shall pay to Executive his Base Salary, which for purposes of this Section 8(a) shall never be less than $1,000,000, and unused vacation pay accrued or prorated through the Date of Termination (together, the “Final Compensation”) and shall reimburse Executive pursuant to Section 5(b) for reasonable business expenses incurred but not paid prior to such termination of employment. The Final Compensation shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, but in no event later than two and a half months following the end of the taxable year including the Date of Termination.
 
  (ii)   The Company shall continue (1) to pay to Executive his Base Salary, as defined by Section 8(a)(i), for the remainder of the initial Employment Period, and (2) maintain in full force and effect, for the continued benefit of the Executive and his eligible dependents, for the remainder of the initial Employment Period the medical and hospitalization insurance programs in which the Executive and his dependents were participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination, at the level in effect and upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including without limitation contributions required by Executive for such benefits) as existed immediately prior to the Date of Termination; provided, that if Executive or his dependents cannot continue to participate in the Company plans and programs providing these benefits, the Company shall arrange to provide Executive and his dependents with the economic equivalent of such benefits which they otherwise would have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs (the “Continued Benefits”), provided, that such Continued Benefits shall terminate on the date or dates Executive receives equivalent coverage and benefits, without waiting period or pre-existing condition limitations, under the plans and programs of a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8(a)(ii), the aggregate value (as the same would be determined under Section 280G of the Code) of the Continued Benefits shall in no event exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “Aggregate Cap”); accordingly, the Company’s obligation to provide the Continued Benefits shall cease once such value of the Continued Benefits that have been provided to the Executive and/or his dependents reaches the Aggregate Cap, even if such date occurs prior to the end of the initial Employment Period.

-7-


 

  (iii)   The Executive shall be entitled to continued use of any available Company-provided aircraft for personal travel in accordance with Section 5(b)(ii) (the usage of which shall not be unreasonably withheld) through the end of the initial Employment Period.
     (b) Termination By the Company for Cause or By Executive Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive the Final Compensation at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. The Company shall have no further obligation to Executive upon such termination under this Agreement.
     (c) Disability . During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability Period”), Executive shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 5(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b), and the Company may, in its discretion, designate another individual to act in Executive’s place, and such designation shall not constitute Good Reason. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 6(b), the Company shall pay to Executive the Final Compensation at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. The Company shall have no further obligation to Executive upon such termination under this Agreement.
     (d) Death . If Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the Company shall pay the Final Compensation to Executive’s beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. The Company shall have no further obligation to Executive upon such termination under the Agreement.
     (e) Timing of Payments/Separation from Service . If at the time of Executive’s separation from service, Executive is a “specified employee,” as hereinafter defined, any and all amounts payable under this Section 8 in connection with such separation from service that constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of Code (“Section 409A”), as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion, and that would (but for this sentence) be payable within six months following such separation from service, shall instead be paid on the date that follows the date of such separation from service by six (6) months. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “separation from service” shall be determined in a manner consistent with subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) of Section 409A and the term “specified employee” shall mean an individual determined by the Company to be a specified employee as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A.
     9.  Gross-Up Payment .
  (i)   Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or

-8-


 

    distribution) to or for the benefit of Executive provided under this Agreement (the “Payments”) would be subject to a twenty percent addition to taxation under Section 409A (“409A Tax”) or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such tax, then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all 409A Taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the sum of (x) the 409A Taxes, interest, and penalties imposed upon the Payments and (y) the product of any deductions disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income and the highest applicable marginal rate of income taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to (A) pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (B) pay applicable state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes and (C) have otherwise allowable deductions for federal income tax purposes at least equal to those which could be disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income.
  (ii)   Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) to or for the benefit of Executive (the “Payments”) as a result of the transactions consummated on July 30, 2008, pursuant to which MergerSub merged with and into the Company (the “Transaction”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any Excise Tax) imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the sum of (x) the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments and (y) the product of any deductions disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income and the highest applicable marginal rate of federal income taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall

-9-


 

      be deemed to (A) pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (B) pay applicable state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes and (C) have otherwise allowable deductions for federal income tax purposes at least equal to those which could be disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income.
 
  (iii)   Subject to the provisions of Section 9(i) and 9(ii), as applicable, all determinations required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by a nationally recognized public accounting firm that is selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from the Company or Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company or Executive (collectively, the “Determination”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company, and the Company shall enter into any reasonable agreement requested by the Accounting Firm in connection with the performance of the services hereunder. The Gross-Up Payment under this Section 9 with respect to any Payments made to Executive shall be made to the relevant tax authorities no later than the date on which the 409A Tax or Excise Tax on such Payments is due to the relevant tax authorities. If the Accounting Firm determines that no 409A Tax or Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion to such effect, and to the effect that failure to report the 409A Tax or Excise Tax, if any, on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return should not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty.
 
  (iv)   As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the Determination, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”) or Gross-Up Payments are made by the Company which should not have been made (“Overpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that Executive thereafter is required to make payment of any Excise Tax or additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code)

-10-


 

      shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive. In the event the amount of the Gross-Up Payment exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse Executive for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by Executive (to the extent he has received a refund if the applicable Excise Tax has been paid to the Internal Revenue Service) to or for the benefit of the Company. Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any contest or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax.
 
  (v)   Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Gross-Up Payment in Paragraph 9(ii) is limited exclusively to Excise Tax that may come due in connection with Payments to or for the benefit of Executive as a result of the Transaction, and that Executive will not be entitled to any Gross-Up Payments as a result of any change of control that may occur following the Effective Date.
     10.  Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Executive under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein. Additionally, amounts owed to Executive under this Agreement shall not be offset by any claims the Company may have against Executive, and the Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any other circumstances, including, without limitation, any counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against Executive or others.
     11.  Restrictive Covenants .
     (a) Confidential Information .
  (i)   Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates continually develop Confidential Information, that Executive has developed and will develop Confidential Information for the Company or its Affiliates, and that Executive has learned and will learn of Confidential Information during the course of his employment. Executive will comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates for protecting Confidential Information. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and Confidential Information, knowledge or data relating to the Company, its Affiliates and their businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive’s employment by the Company and which is not generally available

-11-


 

      public knowledge (other than by acts of Executive in violation of this Agreement or by any other person having an obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Affiliates). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Executive shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), use, communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, Confidential Information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business. Executive understands that this restriction shall continue to apply after his employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination.
 
      For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean any and all information of the Company and its Affiliates that is not generally known by those with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates competes or does business, or with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates plans to compete or do business, and any and all information, publicly known in whole or in part or not, which, if disclosed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, would assist in competition against them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the costs, sources of supply, financial performance and strategic plans of the Company and its Affiliates, (iii) the identity and special needs of the customers of the Company and its Affiliates and (iv) the people and organizations with whom the Company and its Affiliates have business relationships and the nature and substance of those relationships. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company or any of its Affiliates has received, or may receive hereafter, belonging to customers or others with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed to others.
 
      For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliates” shall mean all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, where control may be by management authority, contract or equity interest. For the avoidance of doubt, Affiliates includes Holdings.
 
  (ii)   All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or its Affiliates, and any copies, in whole or in part,

-12-


 

      thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time his employment terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Board of the Company or Holdings or its designee may specify, all Documents then in Executive’s possession or control.
     (b) Restricted Activities . Executive hereby agrees that some restrictions on his activities during and after his employment are necessary to protect the goodwill, trade secrets, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates. In consideration of Executive’s employment hereunder, and the Company’s agreement to grant Executive access to trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company and its Affiliates and to their customers, and in view of the confidential position to be held by Executive hereunder, Executive agrees as follows:
  (i)   Non-Solicitation . During the Employment Period and during the two year period immediately following termination of the Employment Period (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly: (A) hire, solicit for hiring or assist in any way in the hiring of any employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or induce or otherwise attempt to influence any employee or independent contractor to terminate or diminish such employment or contractor relationship or to become employed by any other radio broadcasting station or any other entity engaged in the radio business, the television business or in any other business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates is engaged (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes without limitation the business of providing clients with advertising opportunities through billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as wallscapes, spectaculars and mall displays (the “Outdoor Business”)), or (B) solicit or encourage any customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them, or seek to persuade any such customer or prospective customer to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an “employee” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any person who was such at any time within the preceding two years; a “customer” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any person or entity who is or has been a customer at any time within the preceding two years; and a “prospective customer” is any person or entity whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time within the preceding two years, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement. Notwithstanding this provision, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not be prohibited from hiring or soliciting his current assistant to work for him following his termination of employment with the Company.

-13-


 

  (ii)   Non-Competition. For the six months following his termination of employment with the Company, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates within the United States or anywhere else in the world where the Company or any of its Affiliates does business, or undertake any planning for any business competitive with the Company or any of its Affiliates. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, Executive agrees not to engage in any manner in any activity that is directly or indirectly competitive or potentially competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates as conducted or under consideration at any time during Executive’s employment, and Executive further agrees not to work for or provide services to, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, any person or entity that is engaged in any business that is competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates for which the Executive has provided services, as conducted or in planning during his employment. For the purposes of this Section 11, the business of the Company and its Affiliates shall include the radio and television businesses, the Outdoor Business and any other business that was conducted or in planning during the Executive’s employment. The foregoing, however, shall not prevent Executive’s direct or beneficial ownership of up to five percent (5%) of the debt or equity securities of any entity, whether or not in the same or competing business.
     (c) Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property.
  (i)   Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. Executive will not charge the Company for time spent in complying with these obligations. All copyrightable works that Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” and shall, upon creation, be owned exclusively by the Company.

-14-


 

  (ii)   For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by Executive (whether alone or with others, whether or not during normal business hours or on or off Company premises) during Executive’s employment that relate to either the Products or any prospective activity of the Company or any of its Affiliates or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company or any of its Affiliates; and “Products” means all products planned, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its Affiliates, together with all services provided or planned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, during Executive’s employment.
     (d) Conflict of Interest. Executive agrees that, during his employment with the Company, he will not undertake any outside activity, whether or not competitive with the business of the Company or its Affiliates, that could reasonably give rise to a conflict of interest with the Company or any of its Affiliates.
     (e) Modification of Covenants . The parties hereby acknowledge that the restrictions in this Section 11 have been specifically negotiated and agreed to by the parties hereto, and are limited only to those restrictions necessary to protect the Company and its Affiliates from unfair competition. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions in Section 11 hereof, and agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the goodwill, trade secrets, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates; and that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. Executive acknowledges that the Company operates in major, medium and small-sized markets throughout the United States and many foreign countries, that the effect of Section 11(b) may be to prevent him from working in a competitive business after his termination of employment hereunder, and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent him from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which he is bound by such restraints. The parties hereby agree that if the scope or enforceability of any provision, paragraph or subparagraph of this Section 11 is in any way disputed at any time, and should a court find that such restrictions are overly broad, the court shall modify and enforce the covenant to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. Each provision, paragraph and subparagraph of this Section 11 is separable from every other provision, paragraph, and subparagraph, and constitutes a separate and distinct covenant.
     (f) Remedies . Executive hereby expressly acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the terms set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement would result in significant, irreparable and continuing injury to the Company, the monetary value of which would be difficult to establish or measure. Therefore,

-15-


 

Executive agrees that, in addition to any other remedies available to it, the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction against any breach or threatened breach, without having to post bond, as well as the recovery of all reasonable attorney’s fees expended in enforcing its rights hereunder, if the Company is the prevailing party.
     12.  Indemnification .
     (a) General . The Company agrees that if Executive is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that Executive is or was a trustee, director or officer of the Company, Holdings, or any subsidiary thereof, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any subsidiary as a trustee, director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a trustee, director, officer, member, employee or agent while serving as a trustee, director, officer, member, employee or agent, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by Texas law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and, notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even if Executive has ceased to be an officer, director, trustee or agent, or is no longer employed by the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.
     (b) Expenses . As used in this Agreement, the term “Expenses” shall include, without limitation, damages, losses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, excise taxes, settlements, costs, attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bonds, investigations, and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Agreement.
     (c) Enforcement . If a valid claim or request under this Agreement is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within thirty (30) days after a written claim or request has been received by the Company, Executive may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or request and, if successful in whole or in part, Executive shall be further entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such suit. All obligations for indemnification hereunder shall be subject to, and paid in accordance with, applicable Texas law.
     (d) Partial Indemnification . If Executive is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Executive for the portion of such Expenses to which Executive is entitled.
     (e) Advances of Expenses . Expenses incurred by Executive in connection with any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance upon request of Executive that the Company pay such Expenses; but, only in the event that Executive shall have delivered in writing to the Company (i) an undertaking to reimburse the Company for Expenses with respect to which Executive is not entitled to indemnification and (ii) an affirmation of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company has been met.

-16-


 

     (f) Notice of Claim . Executive shall give to the Company notice of any claim made against him for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. In addition, Executive shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Executive’s power and at such times and places as are mutually convenient for Executive and the Company.
     (g) Defense of Claim . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Executive notifies the Company of the commencement thereof:
  (i)   The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and
 
  (ii)   Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Company will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Executive, which in the Company’s sole discretion may be regular counsel to the Company and may be counsel to other officers and directors of the Company or any subsidiary. Executive shall also have the right to employ his own counsel in such action, suit or proceeding if he reasonably concludes that failure to do so would involve a conflict of interest between the Company and Executive, and, under such circumstances, the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
 
  (iii)   The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Executive under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent. The Company shall not settle any action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Executive without Executive’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Executive will unreasonably withhold or delay their consent to any proposed settlement.
     (h) Non-exclusivity . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right which Executive may have or hereafter may acquire under any statute, provision of the declaration of trust or certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, Holdings or any subsidiary, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or trustees or otherwise.
     13.  Arbitration . Except as provided for in Section 11 of this Agreement, if any contest or dispute arises between the parties with respect to this Agreement, such contest or dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration for resolution in San Antonio, Texas in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the appointed arbitrator shall be final and binding on both parties, and any court of competent jurisdiction may enter judgment upon the award. The losing party shall pay all expenses relating to such arbitration, including, but not limited to, the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses.

-17-


 

     14.  Successors; Binding Agreement .
     (a) Company’s Successors . No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred, except that the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinabove defined and any successor to its business and/or assets (by merger, purchase or otherwise) which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 14 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.
     (b) Executive’s Successors . No rights or obligations of Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Executive other than his right to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Executive’s death, this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representatives, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Executive’s interests under this Agreement. Executive shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Executive’s death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Executive should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so designated in writing by Executive, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
     15.  Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to Executive:
Randall T. Mays
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
with a copy to:
Schmoyer Reinhard LLP
3619 Paesanos Parkway, Suite 202
San Antonio, Texas 78231
Attn: Shannon B. Schmoyer

-18-


 

If to the Company:
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Attention: Secretary
and
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Loretta Richard
or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     16.  Miscellaneous . No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of law principles.
     17.  Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
     18.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

-19-


 

     19.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter, including but not limited to the Existing Agreement, and excluding only any existing obligations on the part of Executive with respect to Confidential Information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition and the like. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
     20.  Taxes . All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. The Company, Holdings, Sponsor Group and Executive shall each use reasonable best efforts to minimize all taxes that may be due in connection with any award or payment made pursuant to this Agreement, including in connection with the Restricted Stock Award; provided, that Executive shall only be required to use such reasonable best efforts to the extent that Executive will not be economically disadvantaged as a result of such efforts.
     21.  Noncontravention . The Company represents that the Company is not prevented from entering into or performing this Agreement by the terms of any law, order, rule or regulation, its by-laws or declaration of trust, or any agreement to which it is a party, other than which would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to enter into or perform this Agreement.
     22.  Section Headings . The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
Remainder of page intentionally left blank

-20-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
         
   
By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
  Name:   Mark P. Mays   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
  Name:   Mark P. Mays   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
   
  /s/ Randall T. Mays    
  Randall T. Mays   
     
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO RANDALL T. MAYS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ]

 


 

EXHIBIT F TO RANDALL T. MAYS AGREEMENT
RELEASE OF CLAIMS
     FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the benefits to be provided me in connection with the termination of my employment, as set forth in the employment agreement between me, Randall T. Mays (“Executive”), Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”, the “Company”), and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) effective as of December 22, 2009 (the “Agreement”), which are conditioned on my signing this Release of Claims and to which I am not otherwise entitled, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, I, on my own behalf and on behalf of my heirs, executors, administrators, beneficiaries, representatives and assigns, and all others connected with or claiming through me, hereby release and forever discharge the Company, Holdings and all of their respective subsidiaries and other affiliates, past, present and future officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, employees, agents, general and limited partners, members, managers, joint venturers, representatives, successors and assigns, and all others connected with any of them, all of the foregoing both individually and in their official capacities, from any and all causes of action, rights or claims of any type or description, known or unknown, which I have had in the past, now have, or might now have, through the date of my signing of this Release of Claims, in any way resulting from, arising out of or connected with my employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates or the termination of that employment or pursuant to any federal, state or local law, regulation or other requirement (including without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the fair employment practices laws of the state or states in which I have been employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, each as amended from time to time).
Excluded from the scope of this Release of Claims is (i) any claim arising under the terms of the Agreement after the effective date of this Release of Claims, (ii) any right of indemnification or contribution that I have pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, and (iii) any claims under any of the equity incentive plan and equity-based award agreements referenced in the Agreement with respect to any securities (including shares, options, and any other equity-based rights) that I continue to hold after I sign this Release of Claims.
In signing this Release of Claims, I acknowledge my understanding that I may not sign it prior to the termination of my employment, but that I may consider the terms of this Release of Claims for up to twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as the Company may specify) from the later of the date my employment with the Company terminates or the date I receive this Release of Claims. I also acknowledge that I am advised by the Company and its subsidiaries and other affiliates to seek the advice of an attorney prior to signing this Release of Claims; that I have had sufficient time to consider this Release of

 


 

Claims and to consult with an attorney, if I wished to do so, or to consult with any other person of my choosing before signing; and that I am signing this Release of Claims voluntarily and with a full understanding of its terms.
I further acknowledge that, in signing this Release of Claims, I have not relied on any promises or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in the Agreement. I understand that I may revoke this Release of Claims at any time within seven (7) days of the date of my signing by written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and that this Release of Claims will take effect only upon the expiration of such seven-day revocation period and only if I have not timely revoked it.
Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.
           
Signature:       
   
Name (please print):     
     
Date Signed:    

 


 

EXHIBIT G TO RANDALL T. MAYS AGREEMENT

RELEASE OF CLAIMS
     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and as required by the agreement between Randall T. Mays (“Executive”), Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”, the “Company”), and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) effective as of December 22 2009, the Company, and Holdings, , on their own behalf and on behalf of their predecessors, affiliates and successors, and each of their past, present, and future officers, directors, employees, representatives, attorneys, insurers, agents and assigns, individually and in their official capacities, hereby release and forever discharge Randall T. Mays from any and all causes of action, rights or claims of any type or description, known or unknown, which they have had in the past, now have, or might now have, through the date of signing of this Release of Claims, in any way resulting from, arising out of or connected with Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates or the termination of that employment or pursuant to any federal, state or local law, regulation or other requirements, including without limitation those arising under common law.
Excluded from the scope of this Release of Claims is (i) any claim arising after the effective date of this Release of Claims; and (ii) any claims relating to Executive’s commission of fraud, criminal acts, or other substantial, willful and intentional misconduct related to the Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.

1


 

Intending to be legally bound, the parties below have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.
         
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
 
 
By:      
         
       
    Name:      
    Title:  
 
 
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
 
   
By:      
         
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.40
EMPLOYMENT SEPARATION AGREEMENT
     This Employment Separation Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 13 th day of July 2009, by Andrew W. Levin, Employee ID No.: 1036548 (“Executive”), and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”).
      WHEREAS , the Executive’s position as the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary will end, effective January 8, 2010, and the Company wants to provide an incentive to Executive to remain an Executive of the Company in his current position through January 8, 2010;
      THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, Executive and the Company agree as follows:
1. Termination Date. The Company desires to continue the employment of Executive until January 8, 2010 (the “Termination Date”) and agrees that Executive shall retain his current positions of Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary until the Termination Date. Executive shall be compensated during such employment at the compensation level in existence on the date of this Agreement.
2. Consideration for Agreement from Company .
     2.1 Bonus Payments. The Company shall pay and Executive shall receive bonus payments in the total sum of Nine Hundred Eighty Nine Thousand Two Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($989,250.00), less applicable federal and state withholding and all other ordinary payroll deductions. Such payments will be made pursuant to the Payment Schedule

Page 1 of 11


 

attached hereto as Schedule A , and are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule A .
     2.2 Regular Compensation. The amount described in Section 2.1 is in addition to and does not affect the monthly salary and benefits Executive is entitled to while employed with the Company.
     2.3 2009 Annual Incentive Plan. In addition to the payments listed in Section 2.1, Executive will continue to be eligible to receive a performance bonus under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan, to be paid no later than March 15, 2010, the details of which are set forth in Schedule B attached to this Agreement.
     2.4 Consulting Agreement. In further consideration for the Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as a consultant to the Company for a period commencing on the day following the Termination Date and expiring on May 31, 2011 (“Consulting Period”), the details of which are set forth in Schedule C attached to this Agreement. For a period of no less than 90 days following the Termination Date set forth in the Agreement (the “Transition Period”), Executive will be available on a reasonable basis, for up to ten hours per week, to provide such services at no additional compensation. After the completion of the Transition Period and continuing thereafter throughout the remaining term of the Consulting Period, Executive will be available to the Company on an as needed basis, for up to five hours per week and will be entitled to be paid $200.00 per hour for hours worked in excess of five hours per week.
3.  Withholding. Executive acknowledges and agrees he is responsible for satisfying any and all tax obligations of the Executive that arise as a result of any compensation paid to Executive during his employment or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the payments listed in Section 2. The Company is authorized to deduct and withhold

Page 2 of 11


 

from any compensation or benefits payable hereunder amounts sufficient to satisfy applicable income and employment tax amounts the Company is required to withhold by applicable law, regulation or ruling.
4. Executive’s Release of Claims .
     4.1 Executive affirms he has not filed, caused to be filed, and/or is not presently a party to any claim, complaint, or action against Company in any forum or form. Executive furthermore affirms he has no known workplace injuries or occupational diseases.
     4.2 Save and except for Executive’s right to indemnification as an officer and employee of the Company, rights as a shareholder of Company, or rights under health, benefit or insurance plans or policies as an employee of Company, Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Company from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any nature, both past and present, known and unknown (“Claims”), resulting from any act or omission of any kind occurring on or before the date of execution of this Agreement that arise under contract or common law, or any federal, state or local law, regulation or ordinance. Executive understands and agrees Executive’s release of claims includes, but is not limited to, the following: all claims, demands, causes of action and liabilities for past or future loss of pay or benefits, expenses, damages for pain and suffering, punitive damages, compensatory damages, attorney’s fees, interest, court costs, physical or mental injury, damage to reputation, and any other injury, loss, damage or expense or equitable remedy of any kind whatsoever.
     4.3 Executive additionally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Company from any and all claims, demands, causes of action and liabilities arising out of or in any way connected with, directly or indirectly, Executive’s

Page 3 of 11


 

employment with the Company or any incident thereof, including, without limitation, his treatment by the Company or any other person, the terms and conditions of his employment, and any and all possible state or federal statutory and/or common law claims, including but not limited to:
     (a) All claims which he might have arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, et seq .; The Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1981 and § 1988; Executive Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001, et seq. ; Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq .; The Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq. ; The Older Worker Benefit Protection Act of 1990; The Immigration Reform and Control Act, as amended; and/or The Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended.;
     (b) All contractual claims for any wages or other employment benefits owed as a result of Executive’s separation from the Company, and any claims arising from tax obligations of Executive (including, without limitation, obligations under Internal Revenue Code § 409A, if any) relating to compensation paid to Executive during employment or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any severance;
     (c) All claims arising under the Civil Rights Act of 1991, 42 U.S.C. § 1981a; and,
     (d) All other claims, whether based on contract, tort (personal injury), or statute, arising from Executive’s employment, the separation from that employment, or any investigation and/or interview conducted by or on behalf of the Company.

Page 4 of 11


 

     4.4 Executive agrees, promises and represents that his receipt and acceptance of the Section 2.1 payments made after the Termination Date will constitute, in addition to the releases contained in this Agreement, Executive’s release of all know and unknown claims, promises, causes of action or similar rights of any type that may have arisen since the date this Agreement was executed through the date of the last payment received under Section 2.1.
5. D&O Insurance and Indemnification . The Company acknowledges and accepts its continuing obligation of defense and indemnity under Delaware law applicable to acts of Executive related to his work as an officer, director, employee, consultant and agent of the Company and agrees to indemnify Executive in accordance with the provisions of Schedule D attached to this Agreement.
6. Other Understandings, Agreements, and Representations .
     6.1 Successors and Assigns . Executive agrees this Agreement binds him and also binds his spouse, children, heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, agents, partners, successors in interest, and all other persons and entities in privity with him. Executive also understands this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the Company and its representatives, executors, successors, and assigns.
     6.2 Confidentiality . Executive promises and represents he will not disclose, disseminate, or publicize, or cause or permit to be disclosed, disseminated, or publicized, any of the terms of this Agreement, except (1) to the extent necessary to report income to appropriate taxing authorities; (2) in response to an order or subpoena of a court of competent jurisdiction; (3) in response to any subpoena issued by a state or federal governmental agency; and/or (4) as required by law.

Page 5 of 11


 

     6.3 Nondisparagement . Executive promises and represents he will not make or cause to be made any derogatory, negative or disparaging statements, either written or verbal, about the Company.
     6.4 Protected Information . During the course of employment, Executive has been given access to the confidential and proprietary information of the Company. This confidential information includes, but is not limited to, the Company’s human resources and Executive-related information, strategic business plans, budgets, financial performance and financial statements, operational information, business and employment contracts, litigation information, compensation information, and other information that the Company treats as confidential or proprietary. Executive agrees he will not disclose or use the Company’s confidential or proprietary information. Executive understands that the Company may seek from a court of competent jurisdiction an injunction to prohibit such disclosure.
     6.5 Nonsolicitation . Executive agrees he will not during the Consulting Period directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, recruit or otherwise induce or attempt to induce any employees to leave the employment of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) interfere with or disrupt the Company’s relationship with any of its employees, contractors, or accounts; (iii) induce or attempt to induce any person or entity which is an advertiser, sponsor, client, or contractor with the Company to cease performing services for or doing business with the Company; (iv) induce or attempt to induce any person or entity which is an advertiser, sponsor, client, or contractor with the Company to perform services for, advertise with, or sponsor any other broadcast program or station or communication company; or (v) influence or attempt to influence any person or persons, firm, association, syndicate, partnership, company, corporation or other entity that is a contracting party with the Company to terminate any written or oral agreement with the

Page 6 of 11


 

Company, or enter into any agreement with any such person or entity which would have an adverse effect on the Company.
     6.6 Return of Company Property . On or before the Termination Date, Executive shall return to the Company all property belonging to the Company the Executive possesses or has possessed but has provided to a third party, including but not limited to, all equipment or other materials and all originals and copies of Company documents, files, memoranda, notes, computer-readable information (maintained on disk or in any other form) and video or tape recordings of any kind other than personal materials relating solely to the Executive. Executive warrants and represents Executive has not retained, distributed or caused to be distributed, and shall not retain, distribute or cause to be distributed, any original or duplicates of any such Company property specified in this Section.
     6.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the attached Schedules contain the entire understanding between Executive and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be modified, amended, or terminated unless such modification, amendment, or termination is executed in writing by Executive and an authorized representative of the Company.
     6.8 Dispute Resolution . Any disputes that relate in any way to the provisions of this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall proceed in accordance with the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in effect at the time the claim or dispute arose, unless other rules are agreed upon by the parties. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, the arbitration shall be conducted by one arbitrator who is a member of the AAA or any comparable arbitration service, and who is selected pursuant to the methods set out in the National Rules for Resolution

Page 7 of 11


 

of Employment Disputes of the AAA, or other rules as the parties may agree to in writing. The Company will pay the actual costs of arbitration excluding attorneys’ fees. Each party will pay its own attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by their respective attorneys.
     6.9 Review Period . Executive may take up to twenty-one (21) days from receipt of this Agreement to decide whether to accept this Agreement. Executive may actually accept and sign this Agreement at any time within this 21-day period, but Executive is not required to do so by the Company. If Executive has not signed this Agreement as of the 22nd day after receipt, this offer is revoked by the Company. In deciding whether to accept the terms of this Agreement, Executive is advised he may revoke this entire release up to seven days following its execution.
     6.10 No Suit, Action or Proceeding . Executive acknowledges and agrees he will not institute any suit, action or proceeding, whether at law or equity, challenging the enforceability of this Agreement. Should Executive ever attempt to challenge the terms of this Agreement, attempt to obtain an order declaring this Agreement to be null and void, or institute litigation against the Company based upon a claim which is covered by the terms of the release, Executive will as a condition precedent to such action repay all amounts paid to him under Section 2.1 of this Agreement. Furthermore, if Executive does not prevail in an action to challenge this Agreement, to obtain an order declaring this Agreement to be null and void, or in any action against the Company based upon a claim which is covered by this release, Executive shall pay to the Company all their costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in their defense of my action.
     6.11 Waiver of ADEA Claims . Executive understands and agrees that he shall not be required to repay the amounts paid to him under Section 2.1 of this Agreement or pay the Company its costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in its defense of this action (except those attorneys’ fees or costs specifically authorized under federal or state law) in the event Executive

Page 8 of 11


 

seeks to challenge his waiver of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act. Likewise, this Paragraph is in no way intended to constitute a waiver of Executive’s right to challenge the enforceability of this Agreement as a defense to any action by the Company against Executive for breach of this Agreement. Under such circumstances, Executive will not be obligated to repay any amounts paid to him under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
     6.12 Age Representation : Executive is over the age of forty at the time of signing this Agreement.
     6.13 Notice Regarding Attorney : Executive is hereby advised of his right to consult with an attorney of his choice, at his expense, before signing this Agreement.
     6.14 Governing Law . Unless otherwise specified or required by statute in a particular jurisdiction which expressly pertains to an employment relationship (e.g., wage payment timing, tax withholding, etc.), all construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas , without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
     6.15 Separability . Executive agrees that, if any single section or clause of this Agreement should be found invalid or unenforceable, it shall be severed and the remaining sections and clauses enforced in accordance with the intent of this Agreement.
     6.16 Representations by Executive . Executive represents and certifies that he (1) has received a copy of this Agreement for review and study and has had ample time to review it before signing; (2) has read this Agreement carefully; (3) has been given a fair opportunity to discuss and negotiate the terms of this Agreement; (4) understands its provisions; (5) understands that he has the right to consult with an attorney; (6) has determined that it is in his best interest to

Page 9 of 11


 

enter into this Agreement; (7) has not been influenced to sign this Agreement by any statement or representation by the Company not contained in this Agreement; and (8) enters into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

Page 10 of 11


 

             
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:   ANDREW W. LEVIN    
 
           
Date: July 13, 2009   /s/ Andrew W. Levin    
         
 
           
    CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
           
Date: July 13, 2009
  By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
         
 
  Name:   Mark P. Mays    
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer    

Page 11 of 11


 

Schedule A
1. Payment Schedule of Bonus Payments.
     1.1 The bonus payments totaling Nine Hundred Eighty Nine Thousand Two Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($989,250.00), less applicable federal and state withholding and all other ordinary payroll deductions, will be paid out as follows:
     (a) The first payment will be paid in a lump sum of Four Hundred Ninety Four Thousand Six Hundred Twenty Five and No/100 Dollars ($494,625.00), payable on August 1, 2009.
     (b) Additional payments will be in the amount of Fifty Four Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty Eight and 33/100 Dollars ($54,958.33) and will be paid on a monthly basis beginning on the Company’s last regular pay date in August 2009.
     (c) These monthly payments will continue through April 2010 and will be paid on the Company’s last regular pay date of each month.
     (d) Executive hereby acknowledges the sufficiency of these payments from the Company.
     (e) The Company will have no continuing obligation to make any of the foregoing payments if Executive breaches this Agreement.
     1.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive’s continued employment with the Company through (i) the date of payment for any scheduled payment that is required to be paid on or before the Termination Date, or (ii) the Termination Date for any scheduled payment that is required to be paid after the Termination Date, is a condition precedent that must be satisfied for Executive to be entitled to any scheduled payment, except in

A-1


 

the event of termination by Company without “cause”, or death or disability of Executive. If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated before the Termination Date by reason of Executive’s voluntary termination, Executive will forfeit all scheduled payments not yet paid as of the actual date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.
     1.3 This Agreement will be administered and interpreted to maximize the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement will be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Any scheduled payment under this Agreement that is payable during the short-term deferral period (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations) will be treated as a short-term deferral and not aggregated with other awards, plans, or payments. Designated payment dates provided for in this Agreement are deemed to incorporate the grace periods provided by Section 1.409A-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations, and Executive is not permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of any payment.

A-2


 

Schedule B
1. 2009 Annual Incentive Plan.
     Executive’s aggregate target bonus for 2009 under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan is set at $200,000, as further described below. In 2009, 100% of Executive’s annual bonus opportunity is based on four qualitatively-evaluated initiatives described below that are directly relevant to his position and responsibilities, each of which represents 25% of the bonus opportunity.
     Executive’s 2009 performance-based goals consist of (i) successful implementation of the legal department general and administrative cost savings initiative, (ii) overseeing the successful execution of legislative and regulatory strategy relating to the proposed Performance Royalty Act, (iii) successful implementation of the integration of the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. legal department with the CC Media Holdings, Inc. legal department and (iv) successful transition of duties to a new general counsel.

B-1


 

Schedule C
1. Consulting Agreement Terms.
     1.1 Term of Consulting Period. As set forth in the Agreement, the Consulting Period shall be the period commencing on the day following the Termination Date set forth in the Agreement (January 9, 2010) and expiring on May 31, 2011.
     1.2 Duties. Executive shall be available (either in person or by telephone consultation) from time to time to render advice to and provide services for the Company, and to provide information to and consult with the Company, concerning the legal matters of the Company. In furtherance of the foregoing, Executive shall render the following specific services to the Company:
     (a) For a period of no less than 90 days following the Termination Date set forth in the Agreement (the “Transition Period”), Executive will be available on a reasonable basis, for up to ten hours per week, to provide such services as may be requested by the Company to assist in the transition of all management functions related to the Legal and Government Affairs Departments to the new management of the Legal and Government Affairs Departments. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provision, Executive agrees he will provide, within ten (10) business days following the Termination Date, a comprehensive written list containing a complete description of all projects, negotiations, litigation matters, and similar matters that are currently active and on which he has devoted any substantive attention on behalf of the Company. As Executive has limited access to files, information, and personnel, his compliance with this provision shall be on the basis of his recollection and his compliance shall not form

C-1


 

the basis of a complaint or alleged breach by the Company; provided, however, that Executive will use his best efforts to fully comply with his obligations as stated.
     (b) After the completion of the Transition Period and continuing thereafter throughout the remaining term of the Consulting Period, Executive will be available to the Company on an as needed basis, for up to five hours per week, to provide consulting services as may be requested in regard to (i) any remaining transition of management functions related to the Legal and Government Affairs Departments to the new management of the Legal and Government Affairs Departments; and (ii) any specific projects or discrete functions identified from time to time by the Company in connection with the business of the Legal and Government Affairs Departments. Executive will be required to perform and fulfill the specific tasks and projects that may reasonably be assigned to him from time to time by the Company during the time required to be devoted to the Company pursuant to this clause (b).
     (c) Executive agrees to provide assistance and cooperation in the operation of the Company’s business, including but not limited to lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, governmental hearings, investigations or proceedings (collectively, “legal proceedings”) in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates are a party or otherwise involved, as may be requested from time to time. By way of example, assistance and cooperation may include (i) assisting in compiling documents or other data in response to the Company’s requests for information, (ii) meeting with legal counsel of the Company from time to time to assist in the preparation of arguments and the discovery or compilation of factual matters, and (iii) providing testimony or statements in connection with any legal proceedings. Upon reasonable request, Executive agrees to provide

C-2


 

historical information concerning relationships and other relevant data concerning the operations of the Legal and Government Affairs Departments. This subparagraph (c) shall survive the expiration of the Consulting Period.
     (d) Executive will be reimbursed for reasonable business expenses associated with any specific projects or discrete functions requests pursuant to clauses (a), (b), or (c) in addition to being paid $200.00 per hour for hours worked in excess of five hours per week after the Transition Period. The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year. Reimbursement of eligible expenses shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred.

C-3


 

Schedule D
1 . Indemnification Agreement.
     1.1 Indemnification — General. On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Agreement and/or this Schedule D , the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Executive with respect to, and hold Executive harmless from and against, liabilities, losses, costs, Expenses (as hereinafter defined) and other matters that may result from or arise in connection with Executive’s status as an Executive and/or a consultant under this Agreement and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, advance Expenses to Executive, notwithstanding that such indemnification or advances are not specifically authorized by other provisions of the Agreement. The indemnification obligations of the Company under the Agreement (a) shall continue after such time as Executive ceases to serve as a consultant of the Company under the Agreement and (b) include, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Executive in respect of any alleged breach of fiduciary duty, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     1.2 Indemnification for Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. If by reason of Executive’s status as an Executive or consultant to the Company under the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, Executive was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Executive with respect to, and hold Executive harmless from and against, all Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by Executive or on behalf of Executive in connection with

D-1


 

such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Executive acted in good faith and in a manner Executive reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Executive’s conduct was unlawful.
     1.3 Indemnification for Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. If by reason of Executive’s status as Executive or consultant to the Company under the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, Executive was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Executive with respect to, and hold Executive harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive or on behalf of Executive in connection with such Proceeding if Executive acted in good faith and in a manner Executive reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Executive shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company only if (and only to the extent that) the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending shall determine that despite such adjudication of liability and in light of all circumstances such indemnification may be made.
     1.4 Mandatory Indemnification in Case of Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, to the extent that Executive is, by reason of Executive’s status as Executive or consultant to the Company under the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the

D-2


 

Company), the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Executive with respect to, and hold Executive harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive or on behalf of Executive in connection therewith. If Executive is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Executive against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Executive or on behalf of Executive in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of Section 1.4 of this Schedule D and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, on substantive or procedural grounds, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
1.5 Advancement of Expenses.
     (a) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, advance all Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding within twenty (20) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Executive requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such advances shall, in all events, be a) unsecured and interest free; and b) made without regard to Executive’s ability to repay the advances.
     (b) To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Schedule D , Executive shall submit to the Company a written request for advancement of Expenses and, to the extent required by applicable law, an unsecured written undertaking by or on behalf of

D-3


 

Executive to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Upon submission of such request for advancement of Expenses and unsecured written undertaking, Executive shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 4.5(b), and such advancement of Expenses shall continue until such time (if any) as there is a final judicial determination that Executive is not entitled to indemnification.
1.6 Insurance.
     (a) The Company shall promptly obtain and, during the time period Executive serves the Company as an Executive or consultant under the Agreement, maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that shall:
     (1) be provided by an insurance company that has a rating of at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, Inc.;
     (2) provide Executive at least the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the directors of any Clear Channel Entity; and
     (3) not have any deductible or retention with respect to Executive.
     (b) If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Executive is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Executive, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

D-4


 

     (c) If Executive ceases to serve the Company as an Executive or consultant under the terms of the Agreement for any reason, the Company shall procure a run-off directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred before the time Executive ceased to serve the Company as an Executive or consultant and covering Executive, which policy, without any lapse in coverage, will provide coverage for a period of six (6) years after the time Executive ceased to serve the Company as an Executive or consultant and will provide coverage (including amount and type of coverage and size of deductibles) that is substantially comparable to the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy that was most protective of Executive in the twelve (12) months preceding the time Executive ceased to serve the Company as an Executive or consultant (but in any event will provide coverage at least as protective as the coverage required pursuant to this Schedule D ); provided , however , that:
     (1) this obligation shall be suspended during the period immediately following the time Executive ceases to serve the Company as an Executive or consultant if and only so long as the Company has a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in effect covering Executive for such claims that, if it were a run-off policy, would meet or exceed the foregoing standards, but in any event this suspension period shall end when a Change in Control occurs; and
     (2) no later than the end of the suspension period provided in the preceding clause (i) (whether because of failure to have a policy meeting the foregoing standards or because a Change in Control occurs), the Company shall

D-5


 

procure a run-off directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy meeting the foregoing standards and lasting for the remainder of the six-year period,
     (d) The Company shall not be liable under the Agreement and/or this Schedule D to pay or advance to Executive any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Executive has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided , however , that the Company hereby agrees it is the indemnitor of first resort to provide advancement or indemnification.
1.7 Definitions Applicable to Indemnification Provisions of Schedule D.
     (a) “ Beneficial Owner ” or “ Beneficial Ownership ” have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined) as in effect on the date hereof.
     (b) “ Change in Control ” means any of the following events:
     (1) The acquisition in one or more transactions by any “person” (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Clear Channel Entities (as hereinafter defined), of Beneficial Ownership of shares representing at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined); or
     (2) Consummation by the Company, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of (A) a merger or consolidation involving the Company if the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority of the total voting power of the

D-6


 

outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation or (B) a sale, conveyance, lease, license, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of a majority or more of the assets or earning power of the Company.
     (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “ Change in Control ” shall not be deemed to occur solely because a majority or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is acquired by (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any corporation that, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Company immediately prior to such acquisition.
     (c) “ Clear Channel Entities ” means any one or more of (i) CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“ CC Media ”); (ii) any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity of which CC Media is the Beneficial Owner (directly or indirectly) of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests; and (iii) any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity that is controlled by CC Media, controls CC Media or is under common control with CC Media; provided , however , that in no event shall “ Clear Channel Entities ” include (A) the Company, (B) any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity of which the Company is the Beneficial Owner (directly or indirectly) of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests or (C) any other corporation, partnership, joint

D-7


 

venture, association or other entity that is controlled by the Company. For purposes of this definition of “ Clear Channel Entities ,” the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     (d) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     (e) “ Expenses ” means all reasonable costs, fees and expenses and shall specifically include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness, in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including, but not limited to, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such Expenses. Should any payment by the Company under this Agreement be determined to be subject to any federal, state or local income or excise tax, “ Expenses ” shall also include such amounts as are necessary to place Executive in the same after-tax position (after giving effect to all applicable taxes) as Executive would have been in had no such tax been determined to apply to such payments.

D-8


 

     (f) “ Non-Affiliate Director ” means a director of the Company who is not also (i) an officer or employee of the Company or any other Outdoor Entity; or (ii) a director, officer or employee of any Clear Channel Entity; provided , however , that a director of the Company who is also an officer, director, shareholder, member, manager, partner or employee of Bain Capital Partners, LLC or Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., or an affiliate of either entity, shall not be a “ Non-Affiliate Director .” Executive shall be deemed to be “ Non-Affiliate Director .”
     (g) “ Outdoor Entity ” means the Company, any of its subsidiaries and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise with respect to which Executive serves as a director, officer, employee, partner, representative, fiduciary or agent, or in any similar capacity, at the request of the Company.
     (h) “ Proceeding ” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Executive was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Executive’s employment or consultant status or by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as Executive or consultant for the Company (in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement).

D-9


 

     (i) “ To the fullest extent permitted by law ” means to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof, and to such greater extent as applicable law may hereafter from time to time permit.
     (j) “ Voting Stock ” means the shares of all classes of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

D-10

Exhibit 10.41
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE, entered into on December 23, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”), is made to the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 (the “ Original Note ”), in the maximum available principal amount of $1.0 billion, executed by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Maker ”), as maker thereof, payable to the order of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CCOH ”).
      Recitals . CCOH, as the current legal and equitable owner and holder, and the payee, of the Original Note, and Maker desire to amend the Original Note (i) to extend the maturity date of the Note and (ii) to amend the Contract Rate payable on the Note, with such new Contract Rate being applicable as of the date hereof. Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and reasonably equivalent value of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, Maker and CCOH agree as follows:
      SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings and uses assigned in the Original Note, and the term “ Note ” when used in this Amendment means the Original Note, as amended hereby.
      SECTION 2. Amendments .
      2.1. The first sentence of the Original Note is hereby amended by replacing “August 10, 2010” with “December 15, 2017”.
      2.2. The term “ Contract Rate ” as defined and used in the Original Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “‘ Contract Rate ’ means a variable per annum rate of interest equal to the “Contract Rate” as defined in the Revolving Promissory Note, dated August 2, 2005 (as amended), in the maximum available principal amount of $1.0 billion, executed by CCOH, as maker thereof, payable to the order of CCU, as payee thereunder.”
      SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . Maker represents and warrants to CCOH that Maker’s representations and warranties set forth in the Original Note are true and correct in all material respects as if made on the date hereof and on the effective date hereof, except as they may specifically relate to an earlier date.
      SECTION 4. Continuing Effect of Original Note . Each of the Original Note and the other Subject Documents, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and all references to the “Note” in the Original Note or any other Subject Document shall mean the Original Note, as amended hereby. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of, or waiver with respect to, any provision of the Original Note not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent to any action on the part of any party

 


 

hereto that would require an amendment, waiver or consent of CCOH except as expressly stated herein.
      SECTION 5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
      SECTION 6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Maker and CCOH and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Note, except Maker may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder other than as provided in the Note.
      SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterpart when so executed shall be an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A counterpart signature page delivered by fax or internet transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers on, and effective as of, the date first set forth above.
     
 
  MAKER :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
 
   
 
    /s/ Brian Coleman
 
   
 
  Name: Brian Coleman
 
  Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer
 
   
 
  PAYEE :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
   
 
    /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
   
 
  Name: Randall T. Mays
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
First Amendment to “Due From CCU” Revolving Promissory Note

 

Exhibit 10.42
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE, entered into on December 23, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”), is made to the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 (the “ Original Note ”), in the maximum available principal amount of $1.0 billion, executed by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Maker ”), as maker thereof, payable to the order of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ CCU ”).
      Recitals . CCU, as the current legal and equitable owner and holder, and the payee, of the Original Note, and Maker desire to amend the Original Note (i) to extend the maturity date of the Note and (ii) to amend the Contract Rate payable on the Note, with such new Contract Rate being applicable as of the date hereof. Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and reasonably equivalent value of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, Maker and CCU agree as follows:
      SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings and uses assigned in the Original Note, and the term “ Note ” when used in this Amendment means the Original Note, as amended hereby.
      SECTION 2. Amendments .
      2.1. The first sentence of the Original Note is hereby amended by replacing “August 10, 2010” with “December 15, 2017”.
      2.2. The term “ Contract Rate ” as defined and used in the Original Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “‘ Contract Rate ’ means a variable per annum rate of interest equal to the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding Refinancing Notes, as such weighted-average cost is determined by CCU from time to time and for each applicable period under this Note. A certificate of CCU as to such weighted-average cost for any period shall be conclusive proof of such cost, absent manifest error in the mechanical calculation thereof.”
      2.3. The term “ Refinancing Notes ” is inserted in the proper alphabetical order in the “definitions” section to read as follows:
     “‘ Refinancing Notes ’ means (a) up to (i) $500,000,000 of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ CCWH Series A Notes ”) and (ii) $2,000,000,000 of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ CCWH Series B Notes ” and, collectively with the CCWH Series A Notes, the “ CCWH Notes ”) issued by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ CCWH ”) and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Maker, and (b) any term loans or debt securities issued to refinance a significant portion of the CCWH Notes.”

 


 

      SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . Maker represents and warrants to CCU that Maker’s representations and warranties set forth in the Original Note are true and correct in all material respects as if made on the date hereof and on the effective date hereof, except as they may specifically relate to an earlier date.
      SECTION 4. Continuing Effect of Original Note . Each of the Original Note and the other Subject Documents, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and all references to the “Note” in the Original Note or any other Subject Document shall mean the Original Note, as amended hereby. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of, or waiver with respect to, any provision of the Original Note not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent to any action on the part of any party hereto that would require an amendment, waiver or consent of CCU except as expressly stated herein.
      SECTION 5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
      SECTION 6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Maker and CCU and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Note, except Maker may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder other than as provided in the Note.
      SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterpart when so executed shall be an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A counterpart signature page delivered by fax or internet transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers on, and effective as of, the date first set forth above.
     
 
  MAKER :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
   
 
   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
   
 
  Name: Randall T. Mays
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
   
 
  PAYEE :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
 
   
 
   /s/ Brian Coleman
 
   
 
  Name: Brian Coleman
 
  Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer
First Amendment to “Due To CCU” Revolving Promissory Note

 

Exhibit 10.43
SERIES A SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS SERIES A SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, is made by and between CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “ Lender ”) and CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Lender intends to issue $500,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) under an indenture dated as of the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), among the Lender, as issuer, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and the guarantors party thereto; and
     WHEREAS, the Lender has agreed to lend the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, conditions, representations, and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Interpretation .
1.1 Defined Terms .
     “ Bankruptcy Event ” means an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) of the Indenture with respect to the Borrower.
     “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York.
     “ Final Maturity Date ” means the final maturity date of the Notes, being December 15, 2017.
     “ Note Guarantee ” means the Borrower’s guarantee of the Lender’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
     “ Loan ” means the amount loaned (as from time to time reduced by repayment or prepayment) under this Agreement.
     “ Trustee Account ” means that certain trustee account established by the Lender for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture.
1.2 Terms Defined in the Indenture . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 


 

2. Loan . In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Lender shall loan to the Borrower an amount of $500,000,000.00 on the date on which the Notes are issued. The amount loaned hereunder shall be used for the purpose of paying any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Notes, to fund $50,000,000 of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower.
3. Interest .
3.1 The Loan shall bear interest on terms corresponding to those under the Indenture for interest payable from time to time in respect of the Notes, including default interest, if any.
3.2 Interest will be due and payable on the date on which interest is due and payable under the Indenture.
4. Payments .
4.1 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. dollars on the due date to the Trustee Account or to such other person or bank and bank account as may be notified by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time.
4.2 All payments shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding whatsoever, except as required by law.
4.3 Any payment which falls due on a day which is not a Business Day shall instead be made on the preceding Business Day.
5. Term of the Loan .
5.1 On the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Loan, plus accrued and unpaid and payable thereon.
5.2 If the Lender elects to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease any Notes (including, without limitation, through any optional redemption, open market purchase or tender offer), the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus the Applicable Premium payable thereon or any other premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Lender agrees to notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable after the announcement of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance of the Notes and of the date such transaction shall occur, and Borrower’s prepayment under this clause 5.2 shall be made by such date.
5.3 In the event any principal amount of the Notes is required to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, at the election of any holder of Notes or otherwise) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus any premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Any prepayment required to be made under this clause 5.3 shall be made by the date on which the Lender is required to make the corresponding purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture. The Lender agrees to notify the

-2-


 

Borrower of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture as soon as reasonably practicable after the date upon which it becomes aware of any such requirement to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease.
5.4 Upon the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full, together with all amounts (including, without limitation, interest) owing by the Borrower under this Agreement. If, following a Bankruptcy Event, any cash or other property of the Borrower (or any reorganized debtor) is distributed to the Lender on account of the Loan (whether interim payments in respect of adequate protection, distributions under a plan of reorganization or otherwise), the outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of such cash or fair market value of such property.
5.5 The Borrower may not prepay or repay any or all of the Loan save as set forth in this clause or as otherwise agreed between the parties.
6. Costs and Expenses . In the event that principal or any interest payable under this Agreement is not paid when due, or in the event that proceedings at law or in equity are instituted in connection with this Agreement, or in the event that it becomes necessary to enforce any of the rights or agreements contained in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay all costs of collection or attempting to collect this Agreement or protecting or enforcing such rights, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether suit is brought or not.
7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
8. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the Lender and the Borrower.
9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10. Assignment . This Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of each of the parties.

-3-


 

11. Headings. The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by hand or courier or three days after the date when posted by air mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at such party’s business address, or to such other person, address, facsimile number or e-mail address as a party to this Agreement may furnish to the other in writing, it being understood that electronic transmissions are deemed received at the time of receipt.
13. Counterparts . This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
14. Additional Documents and Acts . Each of the parties agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents, certificates and instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as may be reasonably requested and as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
15. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
16. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY (i) SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, (ii) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COURTS, OR AT THE SOLE OPTION OF AGENT, IN ANY OTHER COURT IN WHICH AGENT SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY (iii) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT NOW OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE FOREGOING COURTS, AND ANY OBJECTION ON THE GROUND THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND (iv) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY MATTER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-4-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
    LENDER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE
HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
       
 
  Name:   Randall T. Mays
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
       
    BORROWER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Brian Coleman
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Coleman
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.44
SERIES B SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS SERIES B SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, is made by and between CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “ Lender ”) and CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Lender intends to issue $2,000,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) under an indenture dated as of the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), among the Lender, as issuer, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and the guarantors party thereto; and
     WHEREAS, the Lender has agreed to lend the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, conditions, representations, and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Interpretation .
1.1 Defined Terms .
     “ Bankruptcy Event ” means an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) of the Indenture with respect to the Borrower.
     “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York.
     “ Final Maturity Date ” means the final maturity date of the Notes, being December 15, 2017.
     “ Note Guarantee ” means the Borrower’s guarantee of the Lender’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
     “ Loan ” means the amount loaned (as from time to time reduced by repayment or prepayment) under this Agreement.
     “ Trustee Account ” means that certain trustee account established by the Lender for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture.
1.2 Terms Defined in the Indenture . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 


 

2. Loan . In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Lender shall loan to the Borrower an amount of $2,000,000,000.00 on the date on which the Notes are issued. The amount loaned hereunder shall be used to make a prepayment of intercompany indebtedness owing by the Borrower to Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
3. Interest .
3.1 The Loan shall bear interest on terms corresponding to those under the Indenture for interest payable from time to time in respect of the Notes, including default interest, if any.
3.2 Interest will be due and payable on the date on which interest is due and payable under the Indenture.
4. Payments .
4.1 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. dollars on the due date to the Trustee Account or to such other person or bank and bank account as may be notified by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time.
4.2 All payments shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding whatsoever, except as required by law.
4.3 Any payment which falls due on a day which is not a Business Day shall instead be made on the preceding Business Day.
5. Term of the Loan .
5.1 On the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Loan, plus accrued and unpaid and payable thereon.
5.2 If the Lender elects to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease any Notes (including, without limitation, through any optional redemption, open market purchase or tender offer), the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus the Applicable Premium payable thereon or any other premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Lender agrees to notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable after the announcement of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance of the Notes and of the date such transaction shall occur, and Borrower’s prepayment under this clause 5.2 shall be made by such date.
5.3 In the event any principal amount of the Notes is required to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, at the election of any holder of Notes or otherwise) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus any premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Any prepayment required to be made under this clause 5.3 shall be made by the date on which the Lender is required to make the corresponding purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture. The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture as soon as

-2-


 

reasonably practicable after the date upon which it becomes aware of any such requirement to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease.
5.4 Upon the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full, together with all amounts (including, without limitation, interest) owing by the Borrower under this Agreement. If, following a Bankruptcy Event, any cash or other property of the Borrower (or any reorganized debtor) is distributed to the Lender on account of the Loan (whether interim payments in respect of adequate protection, distributions under a plan of reorganization or otherwise), the outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of such cash or fair market value of such property.
5.5 The Borrower may not prepay or repay any or all of the Loan save as set forth in this clause or as otherwise agreed between the parties.
6. Costs and Expenses . In the event that principal or any interest payable under this Agreement is not paid when due, or in the event that proceedings at law or in equity are instituted in connection with this Agreement, or in the event that it becomes necessary to enforce any of the rights or agreements contained in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay all costs of collection or attempting to collect this Agreement or protecting or enforcing such rights, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether suit is brought or not.
7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
8. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the Lender and the Borrower.
9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10. Assignment . This Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of each of the parties.

-3-


 

11. Headings . The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by hand or courier or three days after the date when posted by air mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at such party’s business address, or to such other person, address, facsimile number or e-mail address as a party to this Agreement may furnish to the other in writing, it being understood that electronic transmissions are deemed received at the time of receipt.
13. Counterparts . This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
14. Additional Documents and Acts . Each of the parties agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents, certificates and instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as may be reasonably requested and as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
15. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
16. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY (i) SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, (ii) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COURTS, OR AT THE SOLE OPTION OF AGENT, IN ANY OTHER COURT IN WHICH AGENT SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY (iii) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT NOW OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE FOREGOING COURTS, AND ANY OBJECTION ON THE GROUND THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND (iv) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY MATTER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-4-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
    LENDER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE
HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
       
 
  Name:   Randall T. Mays
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
       
    BORROWER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Brian Coleman
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Coleman
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement

EXHIBIT 11 – Computation of Per Share Earnings (Loss)
                                    
    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
            Period from              
            July 31     Period from        
    Year ended     through     January 1     Year ended  
    December     December     through July     December  
(In thousands, except per share data)   31, 2009     31, 2008     30,2008     31, 2007  
NUMERATOR:
                               
Income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the Company – common shares
  $ (4,034,086 )   $ (5,041,998 )   $ 1,036,525     $ 938,507  
Less: Participating securities dividends
    6,799                    
Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
          (1,845 )     640,236       145,833  
 
                       
Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to the Company
    (4,040,885 )     (5,040,153 )     396,289       792,674  
Less: Income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the Company – unvested shares
                2,333       4,786  
 
                       
Net income (loss) before discontinued operations attributable to the Company per common share – basic and diluted
  $ (4,040,885 )   $ (5,040,153 )   $ 393,956     $ 787,888  
 
                       
 
                               
DENOMINATOR:
                               
Weighted average common shares — basic
    81,296       81,242       495,044       494,347  
 
                               
Effect of dilutive securities:
                               
Stock options and common stock warrants (1)
                1,475       1,437  
 
                       
Denominator for net income (loss) per common share – diluted
    81,296       81,242       496,519       495,784  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations – basic
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59  
Discontinued operations – basic
          (.02 )     1.29       .30  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company – basic
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.89  
 
                       
 
                               
Income (loss) attributable to the Company before discontinued operations – diluted
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.04 )   $ .80     $ 1.59  
Discontinued operations – diluted
          (.02 )     1.29       .29  
 
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company – diluted
  $ (49.71 )   $ (62.06 )   $ 2.09     $ 1.88  
 
                       
 
(1)   6.2 million, 7.6 million, 7.8 million, and 22.2 million stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2009, July 30, 2008, December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as the respective options’ strike price was greater than the current market price of the shares.

 

EXHIBIT 21 — Subsidiaries of Registrant, CC Media Holdings, Inc.
     
Name   State of Incorporation
1567 Media, LLC
  DE
AMFM Air Services, Inc.
  DE
AMFM Broadcasting Licenses, LLC
  DE
AMFM Broadcasting, Inc.
  DE
AMFM Operating, Inc.
  DE
AMFM Radio Licenses, LLC
  DE
AMFM Texas Broadcasting, LP
  DE
AMFM Texas Licenses, LLC
  DE
AMFM Texas, LLC
  DE
A.P.E. Radio, LLC
  DE
Austin Tower Company
  DE
Capstar Radio Operating Company
  DE
Capstar TX, LLC
  DE
CC Broadcast Holdings, Inc.
  NV
CC CV LP, LLC
  DE
CC Finco Holdings, LLC
  DE
CC Finco, LLC
  DE
CC Finco II, LLC
  DE
CC Licenses, LLC
  DE
CCHCV LP, LLC
  DE
Christal Radio Sales, Inc.
  DE
Cine Guarantors II, Inc.
  CA
Citicasters Co.
  OH
Citicasters Licenses, Inc.
  TX
Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
  DE
Clear Channel Airports of Georgia, Inc.
  GA
Clear Channel Airports of Texas, JV
  TX
Clear Channel Branded Cities, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Brazil Holdco, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Broadcasting Licenses, Inc.
  NV
Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc.
  NV
Clear Channel Capital I, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Capital II, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
  TX
Clear Channel Digital, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Holdings, Inc.
  NV
Clear Channel Identity, Inc.
  TX
Clear Channel Investments, Inc.
  NV
Clear Channel Management Services, Inc.
  TX
Clear Channel Metra, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Mexico Holdings, Inc.
  NV
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
  DE
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
  DE
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
  DE
Clear Channel Peoples, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Real Estate, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Satellite Services, Inc.
  DE
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
  DE
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
  NV
Clear Channel/Interstate Philadelphia, LLC
  DE

 


 

     
Name   State of Incorporation
Critical Mass Media, Inc.
  OH
Eller-PW Company, LLC
  CA
Exceptional Outdoor Advertising, Inc.
  FL
Get Outdoors Florida, LLC
  FL
Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC
  PA
Interspace Services, Inc.
  PA
Jacor Communications Company
  FL
Katz Communications, Inc.
  DE
Katz Media Group, Inc.
  DE
Katz Millennium Sales & Marketing, Inc.
  DE
Katz Net Radio Sales, Inc.
  DE
Keller Booth Sumners Joint Venture
  TX
Kelnic II Joint Venture
  DE
M Street Corporation
  WA
Oklahoma City Tower Company
  DE
Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
  NV
Premiere Radio Networks, Inc.
  DE
Sunset Billboards, LLC
  WA
Terrestrial RF Licensing, Inc.
  NV
Tower FM Consortium, LLC
  TX
     
    Country of
Name   Incorporation
Adcart AB
  Sweden
Adshel (Brazil) Ltda
  Brazil
Adshel Ireland Limited
  Ireland
Adshel Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Adshel Ltda
  Brazil
Adshel NI Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Aircheck India Pvt. Ltd.
  India
Allied Outdoor Advertising Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Arcadia Cooper Properties Ltd.
  United Kingdom
ARN Holdings Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Barnett And Son Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Bk Studi BV
  Netherlands
BPS London Ltd.
  United Kingdom
BPS Ltd.
  United Kingdom
C.F.D. Billboards Ltd.
  United Kingdom
CAC City Advertising Company AG
  Switzerland
Clear Channel Haidemenos Media SA
  Greece
Clear Channel International BV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel International Holdings BV
  Netherlands
CC LP BV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel Netherlands BV
  Netherlands
CCO International Holdings BV
  Netherlands
CCO Ontario Holdings, Inc.
  Canada
China Outdoor Media Investment (HK) Co., Ltd.
  Hong Kong
China Outdoor Media Investment, Inc.
  British Virgin Islands
City Lights Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Acir Holdings NV
  Netherlands Antilles
Clear Channel Adshel AS
  Norway
Clear Channel Affitalia SRL
  Italy
Clear Channel Australia Pty Ltd.
  Australia

 


 

     
    Country of
Name   Incorporation
Clear Channel Baltics & Russia Limited
  Russia
Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB
  Sweden
Clear Channel Banners Limited
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Belgium SA
  Belgium
Clear Channel Brazil Holding S/A
  Brazil
Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Communications India Pvt Ltd
  India
Clear Channel CP III BV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel CP IV BV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel CV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel Danmark A/S
  Denmark
Clear Channel Entertainment of Brazil Ltda
  Brazil
Clear Channel Espana SL
  Spain
Clear Channel Espectaculos SL
  Spain
Clear Channel Estonia OU
  Estonia
Clear Channel European Holdings SAS
  France
Clear Channel Felice GmbH
  Switzerland
Clear Channel France SA
  France
Clear Channel Hillenaar BV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel Holding AG
  Switzerland
Clear Channel Holding Italia SPA
  Italy
Clear Channel Holdings CV
  Netherlands
Clear Channel Holdings, Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Hong Kong Ltd.
  Hong Kong
Clear Channel Outdoor Hungary KFT
  Hungary
Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.
  Ireland
Clear Channel Italy Outdoor SRL
  Italy
Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA
  Italy
Clear Channel KNR Neth Antilles NV
  Netherlands Antilles
Clear Channel Latvia
  Latvia
Clear Channel Lietuva
  Lithuania
Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel NI Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Norway AS
  Norway
Clear Channel Outdoor Company Canada
  Canada
Clear Channel Outdoor Limited
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV
  Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Operaciones SA de CV
  Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Servicios Administrativos, SA de CV
  Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Servicios Corporativos, SA de CV
  Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Clear Channel Outdoor Spanish Holdings S.L.
  Spain
Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.
  Singapore
Clear Channel Plakanda Aida GmbH
  Switzerland
Clear Channel Plakanda GmbH
  Switzerland
Clear Channel Poland Sp ZO.o.
  Poland
Clear Channel Sales AB
  Sweden
Clear Channel Sao Paulo Participacoes Ltda
  Brazil
Clear Channel Scotland Ltd.
  Scotland
Clear Channel Singapore Pte Ltd.
  Singapore

 


 

     
    Country of
Name   Incorporation
Clear Channel Smartbike
  France
Clear Channel Smart Bike Italia SRL
  Italy
Clear Channel Solutions Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel South America S.A.C.
  Peru
Clear Channel Southwest Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Clear Channel Suomi Oy
  Finland
Clear Channel Sverige AB
  Sweden
Clear Channel Tanitim Ve Iletisim AS
  Turkey
Clear Channel UK Ltd
  United Kingdom
Clear Media Limited
  Bermuda
Comurben SA
  Morocco
Defi Belgium
  Belgium
Defi Czecia
  Czech Republic
Defi Deutschland GmbH
  Germany
Defi France SAS
  France
Defi Group Asia
  Hong Kong
Defi Group SAS
  France
Defi Italia SPA
  Italy
Defi Neolux
  Portugal
Defi Poland SP ZO.o
  Poland
Defi Hungary Kft
  Hungary
Defi Russie
  Russia
Defi Ukraine
  Ukraine
Dolis BV
  Netherlands
Eller Holding Company Cayman I
  Cayman Islands
Eller Holding Company Cayman II
  Cayman Islands
Eller Media Asesorias Y Comercializacion Publicitaria Ltda
  Chile
Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltda
  Chile
Epiclove Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Equipamientos Urbanos de Canarias SA
  Spain
Equipamientos Urbanos Del Sur SL
  Spain
Equipamientos Urbanos — Gallega de Publicidad Disseno AIE
  Spain
Foxmark UK Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Giganto Holding Cayman
  Cayman Islands
Giganto Outdoor SA
  Chile
Grosvenor Advertising Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Hainan Whitehorse Advertising Media Investment Company Ltd.
  China
Hillenaar Outdoor Advertising BV
  Netherlands
Hillenaar Services BV
  Netherlands
Iberdefi (Espagne)
  Spain
Illuminated Awnings Systems Ltd.
  Ireland
Infotrak SA
  Switzerland
Interpubli Werbe AG
  Switzerland
Interspace Airport Advertising Australia Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Interspace Costa Rica Airport Advertising SA
  Costa Rica
Interspace Airport Advertising Curacao NV
  Netherlands Antilles
Interspace Airport Advertising Netherlands Antilles NV
  Netherlands Antilles
Interspace Airport Advertising West Indies Ltd.
  West Indies
Interspace Airport Advertising New Zealand Ltd.
  New Zealand
Clear Channel Romania SRL
  Romania
Clear Channel Rooftop SRL
  Romania
KMS Advertising Ltd.
  United Kingdom

 


 

     
    Country of
Name   Incorporation
L ‘Efficience Publicitaire SA
  Belgium
L & C Outdoor Ltda.
  Brazil
Landimat
  France
Mars Reklam Ve Producksiyon AS
  Turkey
Maurice Stam Ltd
  United Kingdom
Media Monitors Dominican Republic
  Panama
Media Monitors (M) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Metrabus
  Belgium
Ming Wai Holdings Ltd.
  British Virgin Islands
More O’Ferrall Adshel Ltd.
  United Kingdom
More Communications Ltd.
  United Kingdom
More Media Ltd.
  United Kingdom
More O’Ferrall Ltd.
  United Kingdom
More O’Ferrall Ireland Ltd.
  Ireland
Morebus Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Multimark Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Musicpoint Services Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Nitelites (Ireland) Ltd.
  Ireland
Adshel Mexico
  Mexico
Outdoor Advertising BV
  Netherlands
Outdoor International Holdings BV
  Netherlands
Outstanding Media I Stockholm AB
  Sweden
Overtop Services SRL
  Romania
Paneles Napsa. S.A.
  Peru
Parkin Advertising Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Plakanda Awi AG
  Switzerland
Plakanda GmbH
  Switzerland
Plakanda Management AG
  Switzerland
Plakanda Ofex AG
  Switzerland
Plakatron AG
  Switzerland
Postermobile Advertising Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Postermobile PLC.
  United Kingdom
Premium Holdings Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Premium Outdoor Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Procom Publicidade via Publica Ltda
  Chile
PTKC Rotterdam BV
  Netherlands
Pubbli A SPA
  Italy
Publicidade Klimes Sao Paulo Ltda
  Brazil
Pubblicita Zangari SRL
  Italy
Q Panel SRL
  Romania
Racklight SA de CV
  Mexico
Radio Broadcasting Australia Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Radio Computing Services (Africa) Pty Ltd.
  South Africa
Radio Computing Services (NZ) Ltd.
  New Zealand
Radio Computing Services (SEA) Pte Ltd.
  Singapore
Radio Computing Services (Thailand) Ltd.
  Thailand
Radio Computing Services (UK) Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Radio Computing Services Canada Ltd.
  Canada
RCS Radio Computing China, Inc.
  China
Radio Computing Services of Australia Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Radio Computing Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.
  India
RCS Europe SARL
  France

 


 

     
    Country of
Name   Incorporation
Regentfile Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Rockbox Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Signways Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Simon Outdoor Ltd.
  Russia
Sites International Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Super Signs Ltd.
  Bahamas
Supersigns Polska SP ZO.o.
  Poland
Taxi Media Holdings Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Taxi Media Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Team Relay Ltd.
  United Kingdom
The Canton Property Investment Co. Ltd.
  United Kingdom
The Kildoon Property Co. Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Torpix Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Town & City Posters Advertising. Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Tracemotion Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Trainer Advertising Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Urban Media SA
  Belgium
Upright Sprl
  Belgium
Vision Posters Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Williams Display Excellence AB
  Sweden
Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Citysites Outdoor Advertising (West Australia) Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Adshel New Zealand Ltd.
  New Zealand
Citysites Outdoor Advertising (South Australia) Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Citysites Outdoor Advertising (Albert) Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Street Furniture (NSW) Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Urban Design Furniture Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Citysites Outdoor Advertising Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Phillips Neon Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Shelter Advertising Pty Ltd.
  Australia
CR Phillips Investments Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Phillips Finance Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Cine Guarantors II, Ltd.
  Canada
Cine Movile SA de CV
  Mexico
Cinemobile Systems International NV
  Netherlands Antilles
Immobiliaria Radial SA de CV
  Mexico
Nobro SC
  Mexico

 

EXHIBIT 23 —   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM — ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
  1.   Registration Statement (Form S-8) pertaining to the Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan; the Clear Channel 2008 Employee Investment Program; the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1994 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan; the Amended and Restated Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan; the Amended and Restated Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan; the Jacor Communications, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan; the Marquee Group, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, the SFX Entertainment, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (No. 333-152647); and
  2.   Registration Statement (Form S-8) pertaining to the Clear Channel Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (No. 333-152648)
of our reports dated March 16, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of CC Media Holdings, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of CC Media Holdings, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP    
     
     
 
San Antonio, Texas
March 16, 2010

 

EXHIBIT 31.1 —   CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Mark P. Mays, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CC Media Holdings, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
      (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
      (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
      (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
      (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
      (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
      (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 16, 2010
         
     
  /s/ Mark P. Mays    
  Mark P. Mays   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
EXHIBIT 31.2 —   CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Thomas W. Casey, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CC Media Holdings, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
      (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
      (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
      (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
      (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
      (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
      (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 16, 2010
         
     
  /s/ Thomas W. Casey    
  Thomas W. Casey   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

         
EXHIBIT 32.1 —   CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”) for the year ended December 31, 2009 of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Issuer”). The undersigned hereby certifies that the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.
Dated: March 16, 2010
         
By:
  /s/ Mark P. Mays    
 
       
 
  Name: Mark P. Mays    
 
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer    
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Issuer and will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or its staff, upon request.

 

EXHIBIT 32.2 —   CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”) for the year ended December 31, 2009 of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Issuer”). The undersigned hereby certifies that the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.
Dated: March 16, 2010
         
By:
  /s/ Thomas W. Casey    
 
       
 
  Name: Thomas W. Casey    
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer    
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Issuer and will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or its staff, upon request.